■ 



>f 



■ 



'% 



■ i 







8MB 













-n:- n 















9~y 







































# 


r£- •:• 


















































^ 






•V 



< 






9 I A » 






^>, ^ 






«> ^ 









































V 































% v*" 



^ ■%. ' 









-> 



vv> 



v v 





















<P 
























$P> c**^ 



"^ ,# 

.* ^ 












■>-, ^x 



^ 






% 









.-CV 






'%$ 






i 
5 \* 



^ 









,0 c. 






,,^% 



"bo* 









-& r. r 



%** 









v v * 









* .0 



-y 



*p. 



















v** 



^, ' 










V 









A t# 

COMPANION 



TO THE 



United States Pharmacopoeia 

BEING A 

Commentary on the Latest Edition of tie Plarmacopa 

AND CONTAINING THE 

DESCRIPTIONS, PROPERTIES, USES, AND DOSES OF ALL 

OFFICIAL AND NUMEROUS UNOFFICIAL DRUGS AND 

PREPARATIONS IN CURRENT USE IN THE UNITED 

STATES, TOGETHER WITH PRACTICAL HINTS, 

WORKING FORMULAS, ETC. 

DESIGNED AS 

A BEADY REFERENCE BOOK FOR PHARMACISTS, 
PHYSICIANS, AND STUDENTS 






tUttl) croer 650 original Mustrationa 



BY 

OSCAE OLDBERG-, Phar.D. 

MEMBER OF THE COMMITTEE OF REVISION OF THE PHARMACOPOEIA OF THE UNITED STATES ; AUTHOB 

OF THE "UNOFFICIAL PHARMACOPOEIA." "THE METRIC SYSTEM IN MEDICINE," ETC. J 

FORMEBLY MEDICAL PURVEYOR OF THE UNITED STATES MARINE HOSPITAL 

SERVICE, AND PROFESSOR OF MATERIA MEDICA IN THE NATIONAL 

COLLEGE OF PHARMACY, WASHINGTON, D. C, ETC. 

AND 

OTTO A. WALL, M.D., Ph.G. 

PROFESSOR OF MATERIA MEDICA, THERAPEUTICS AND PHARMACY IN THE MISSOURI MEDICAL COLLEGE, AND 

OF MATERIA MEDICA AND BOTANY IN THE ST. LOUIS COLLEGE OF PHARMACY ; MEMBER OF THE 

COMMITTEE OF REVISION OF THE PHARMACOPOEIA OF THE UNITED STATES, ETC. 



NEW YORK ^ 0PWASHl ^°! 




<P 



WILLIAM WOOD k COMP 

56 & 58 Lafayette Place 
1884 



n> x 



'■% 



t)^ 



CopYbight 
WILLIAM WOOD & COMPANY 

1884 



TROW'8 

•■HINTING AND BOOKBINDING COMPANY, 

NEW YORK. 



PREFACE. 



The Sixth Kevision of the Pharmacopoeia of the United States, to 
which this book is intended to be a companion, commentary, and sup- 
plement, differs essentially from its predecessors in many respects. 
It introduces decimal proportions in the determination of the strength 
of its preparations ; it abolishes fluid measures and substitutes parts 
by weight in the formulae for all liquid preparations, except the fluid 
extracts ; it has greatly improved the descriptions and definitions of 
drugs and chemicals, and placed its standards of quality and purity 
far above those formerly official ; it has materially improved upon 
most of the working formulae, giving better processes for many of the 
chemical preparations, and more appropriate menstrua for most of 
the liquid galenical preparations ; and it makes many real improve- 
ments in the direction of a correct and systematic nomenclature. 
The new Pharmacopoeia has its defects ; but it is none the less a 
great step forward. 

In accounting for the appearance of the Companion to the United 
States Pharmacopoeia, it is necessary to state that we believe that 
some of the features of the new Pharmacopoeia will temporarily de- 
mand much labor on the part of a great majority of the pharmacists 
who use it, and that one of the objects of the Companion is to lighten 
this labor, if not to obviate it. The new methods are so unlike those 
with which the professions are familiar, and are so out of harmony 
with the prevailing manner of prescribing and administering liquid 
medicines, that although the changes in the strength of the phar- 
macopceial preparations are few and generally unimportant, the 
old and the new cannot be readily compared, and this in itself is a 



IV PREFACE. 



material disadvantage. We refer the reader to the article " parts by 
weight " under the title Weights and Measures in the latter part of 
this book. 

The Companion is also designed as a ready reference book and 
working manual. In its preparation we have endeavored to give 
due regard to the actual conditions and requirements of the trade 
and of the professions concerned, and to give only such information as 
physicians and pharmacists have constant use for in their daily busi- 
ness. Hence botanical descriptions of mother plants, the physiological 
actions of medicines, and much other information not daily referred 
to, are omitted, and the practical facts and suggestions given are 
thus found at a glance. Works of a more encyclopaedic character 
cannot be as suitable for ready reference. 

The Pharmacopoeia treats of but a limited number of the drugs 
and preparations in current use, and omits many which are used 
quite extensively. The Companion supplements the Pharmacopoeia 
in treating of the official drugs and preparations, and translates the 
" parts by weight " of its working formulse into definite quantities by 
weight and measure. It does not repeat descriptions, tests, etc., given 
in the Pharmacopoeia. It is, in fact, as its title implies, a com- 
panion to the Pharmacopoeia, and not a substitute for it. 

The Companion treats of all drugs and preparations used to any 
considerable extent in the current practice of medicine, without 
reference to their real or supposed virtues or want of virtues. 

The illustrations are nearly all from original drawings by Pro- 
fessor Otto A. Wall. Most of these drawings are from actual speci- 
mens of the respective objects ; a few are from Berg and Schmidt, 
and other sources. Our thanks are tendered to Messrs. Lehn & Pink, 
W. H. Schieffelin & Co., and McKesson & Bobbins, of New York ; 
B. O. & G. C. Wilson, of Boston ; Thomsen & Muth, of Baltimore, 
and Wallace Bros. & Stephenson, of Statesville, N. C, for specimens 
generously sent us. 

The arrangement of the titles in the Companion is, in the opinion 
of the authors, preferable to any other in practical utility. All the 



PREFACE. 



principal drags and chemicals are arranged in alphabetical order, and 
all the preparations of each drug or chemical are put alphabetically 
under it. This enables the reader to compare most readily all the 
various forms in which each medicine is used. 

In regard to the nomenclature used in the Companion, it is proper 
to say that it is the one best adapted to the above-described arrange- 
ment of the titles. In onr opinion the pharmacopoeia! nomenclature 
ought to be in accordance with the same general plan, because it com- 
bines systematic classification with alphabetical order. It should be 
remembered that a pharmaceutical nomenclature made up of words 
from the Latin is, after all, not Latin, but simply technical termin- 
ology, and should be made to serve its purposes as perfectly as 
possible without regard to any nice requirements of the Latin lan- 
guage. Thus we would even prefer that the titles of Latin origin 
chosen to make up the pharmacopceial nomenclature be, in fact, treated 
as indeclinable words, thus abolishing the genitive, as illustrated in 
the Unofficial Pharmacopoeia by one of the authors of the Com- 
panion. 

Formulae are contained in the Companion for perhaps nearly all 
the tinctures, extracts, fluid extracts, syrups, the principal elixirs, and 
other pharmaceutical preparations used. 

The differences in strength and other differences, where any exist, 
between preparations of the old and the corresponding preparations 
of the new Pharmacopoeia, are plainly stated. 

The weights and measures used in the working formulae, as given 
in the Companion, are both metric, and avoirdupois weight, and 
metric as well as United States (or " wine ") measure, side by side. 

The Companion gives concisely the medicinal properties and uses 
of all the medicines of which it treats, and states the dose after 
each article. Care has been taken to give the correct doses in the 
simplest terms, rather than to give the exact equivalents according to 
the two systems, which would involve odd fractions. It also contains 
needful practical information relative to the preparation and use of 
hypodermic and other injections, as well as inhalations, baths, and 



VI PREFACE. 



other forms of medication not usually referred to in books of similar 
description. 

A chapter giving practical suggestions as to the use of the micro- 
scope in pharmacognosy is added, in view of the great importance of 
the subject and the want of any handbook specially adapted to this 
study. For similar reasons the authors have also included a brief ac- 
count of the microscopic structure of plants. Both of these chapters 
are the work of Professor Otto A. Wall. 

A general reference to the proximate principles of plants and 
drugs will be found under the title Extracta Fltiida. Chapters on 
the modes of administration of medicines, and on prescription writ- 
ing, are also added, in the hope that they may prove useful. 

The tables of equivalents of weights and measures, thermometric 
degrees, etc., are comprehensive. The relation of weight to volume 
and vice versa is generally given wherever requisite. Tables of 
extensive practical applicability are placed on the insides of the 
covers and on the opposite pages of the fly-leaves, where they can be 
found without delay. 

That the pharmaceutical and chemical portions of the Companion 
are largely the work of Professor Oscar Oldberg, and the therapeutical 
portions the work of Professor Otto A. Wall, will be understood. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



PAGB 

PREFACE iii 

MATERIA MEDIC A, PHARMACY, AND THERAPEUTICS 1 

THE USE OF THE MICROSCOPE IN PHARMACOGNOSY 1035 

THE MICROSCOPICAL STRUCTURE OF PLANTS 1067 

ON THE ADMINISTRATION OF MEDICINES 1105 

EXTEMPORANEOUS PRESCRIPTIONS 1111 

SIGNS, ABBREVIATIONS, ETC. , USED IN PRESCRIPTIONS 1116 

DOSES 1120 

APPROXIMATE MEASURES 1122 

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES 1123 

SPECIFIC GRAVITY 1 134 

SPECIFIC VOLUME 1135 

APPENDIX 1139 

INDEX 1145 



A COMPANION 



TO THE 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



Absinthium ; IT. S. 

Absinthium. 



Absinthii Summitates — Wermuth, G. ; Absinthe commune, Grande 
absinthe, Armoise amere, F.; Ajenjo, Sp.; Malbrt, Sw.; Worm- 
wood. 

Origin. — Artemisia Absinthium, Linne (Compositee). 

Habitat. — Northern hemisphere; cultivated. 

Parts used. — The leaves and flowering tops. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 1. A good drug, is 
free from coarse stems, consists chiefly of leaves and flowers, and has a 
characteristic, strong, aromatic odor. Wild wormwood, which is better 
than the cultivated, is more hairy. 

Constituents. — The aroma is due to a volatile oil, of which it 
contains from one-half to one and one-half per cent. The bitterness 
belongs to a peculiar substance called absinthin, which is freely soluble 
in alcohol and slightly so in hot water. The bitter taste of the absinthin 
is known to be imparted to the milk, urine, and even flesh of animals 
feeding upon wormwood. 

Medicinal Properties. — Wormwood is a powerful aromatic bitter 
tonic, useful in atonic and flatulent dyspepsia and impaired digestion 
due to general debility of the intestinal tract. In over-doses it is 
said to produce disturbance of the cerebral functions, and even convul- 
sions. 

1 



2 A COMPANION TO THE 

It is one of the ingredients of " absinthe," an intoxicating "liqueur" 
or bitters used in France and elsewhere, an abusive use of which leads to 
serious mental and physical derangement ; but these results can be 
only partly ascribed to the wormwood, as the alcohol and other ingre- 
dients tend to produce the same effects. 



ABSINTHII EXTKACTUM. 
Extract op Absinthium. — Extract of Wormwood. 

Evaporate the fluid extract to the pilular consistence, and then add 
five per cent, glycerin. 

Brownish green. Yield about twenty-five per cent. Used chiefly as 
a corrigent in pills. 

Dose. — 0.30 to 0.65 gram (five to ten grains). 



ABSINTHII EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Absinthium. — Fluid Extract of Wormwood. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent, 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Use five hundred grams (or its equivalent, 17§ avoirdupois ounces) 
of the drug in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum, use diluted alcohol. Moisten the drug with two 
hundred and fifty grams (about 9f fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack 
it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate with menstruum. Macer- 
ate forty-eight hours ; then percolate. Reserve four hundred cubic 
centimeters (13£ fluidounces) of the first percolate. Continue the perco- 
lation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 
For suggestions as to details, see page 451. 

Each cubic centimeter of this fluid extract represents the soluble 
matter of one gram of the drug. Each fluidounce represents four 
hundred and fifty-five and two-thirds grains, and each fluidrachm nearly 
fifty-seven grains. 

Very dark greenish brown. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2.5 cubic centimeters (8 to 40 minims). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



ABSIFTHII ESTFUSUM. 
Infusion of Absinthium. — Infusion of Wormwood. 

Take thirty grams (1 ounce) wormwood to make three hundred 
cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) of colature. 

Dose. — Twenty-five to fifty cubic centimeters (6 to 12 fluid- 
drachms). The fluid extract is preferable. 

ABSINTHII TUSTCTUKA. 

Tincture of Absinthium. — Tincture of Wormwood. 

From sixty grams (2 ounces) coarsely powdered wormwood make 
three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) of tincture by percola- 
tion with diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2| fluidrachms). 

Absinthii Oleum. 

Oil of Absinthium. — Absinthii ^Etheroleum ; Volatile Oil of 
Absinthium. — Oil of Wormwood. 

This is the dark-green volatile oil from wormwood. It possesses, in 
a high degree, the powerful aromatic odor of the drug. Adulterations 
and substitutions of various kinds are not uncommon. 

It is a powerful vascular and nervous stimulant, increasing the peri- 
staltic motion of the intestines. It has, therefore, been used to promote 
the expulsion of intestinal worms. In large doses the oil is narcotic, 
causing pain in the epigastrium, nausea, vomiting, headache, vertigo, 
and delirium. 

Dose. — From one to three drops. 

Salts of Wormwood is occasionally called for even to this day. 
Originally this was simply the potash washed out of the ash of worm- 
wood. Now it is customary to dispense pearl-ash under that name, and 
sometimes a little oil of wormwood is added. The real salts of worm- 
wood, which now no longer exists, never contained any oil of wormwood. 

Abstract a. 

Abstracts. 

This class of preparations is new. Abstracts are powdered sacchar- 
ated extracts, of a definite strength, representing uniformly twice their 
weight of the crude drug. They are dry powders, containing the ex- 



A COMPANION TO THE 



tracted soluble constituents of the crude drugs, diluted with powdered 
milk-sugar in such proportions that each pound of abstract represents 
two pounds of 'the drug from which it was made. An abstract is, in 
other words, twice the strength of the fluid extract of the same drug. 

The advantages of these preparations are : The dose is compara- 
tively small, and its relation to the dose of the drug or of the fluid ex- 
tract easily remembered. An abstract keeps better than a fluid or solid 
extract, for it is neither liable to the changes which in time occur in 
liquid preparations, nor does it dry up like an extract or a pill, nor fer- 
ment, as certain solid extracts are liable to do. In the preparation of 
an abstract it is easier to avoid an injurious exposure to heat, even on a 
small scale, than in the preparation of powdered extracts. The tritura- 
tion which constitutes the last step in the process of making an abstract, 
can be so thoroughly carried out as to reduce the active constituents of 
the drug to the finest state of division possible to a dry preparation. 
Finally, being a dry powder, an abstract is most conveniently weighed 
out and divided without waste. 

The liquid form is obviously the one most favorable to prompt and 
effective medicinal activity. In dry substances the finest possible state 
of division is for similar reasons desirable. The value of the abstracts 
will, therefore, very materially depend upon their fineness, which can- 
not be exasperated. 

Preparation. — As seen in the text of the Pharmacopoeia, the drug, 
in powder of requisite fineness, is first exhausted by percolation with 
the proper menstruum; the fluid extract thus obtained is mixed with 
one-fourth its weight of powdered milk-sugar, and the mixture dried in 
a moderately warm place (not over 50° C, equal to 122° F.), after which 
an additional quantity of powdered milk-sugar is added, so that the 
whole finished product shall weigh one-half as much as the crude drug 
operated upon, and the trituration to fine powder finishes the process. 

It is obvious that abstracts can be made only of drugs yielding less 
than fifty per cent, of dry solid extract, and that it would be useless 
to make snch preparations of drugs, the doses of which are compara- 
tively large, as large quantities of dry powders cannot be conveniently 

taken. 

The official abstracts in the new Pharmacopoeia are eleven in number, 
viz.: aconite root, belladonna root, conium fruit, digitalis, hyoscyamus 
leaves, ignatia, jalap, nux vomica, podophyllum, senega, and valerian. 

Tli is list might advantageously be largely extended. 

Doses. — The dose of any abstract is one-half the weight of the dose 
<>[ the fluid extract of the same drug. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



Acacia ; XT. S. 

Acacia. 

Acacice Gummi y Gummi Arabicum — Arabisches Gummi, G.; Gomme 
Arabique, F. ; Goma Ardbiga, Sp. ; Arabiskt Gummi, Sw. — (rim 
Arabic. 

Origin. — Acacia Verek, Guillemin et Perrottet, and other species 
of Acacia (Leguminosae). 

Habitat. — Africa. 

Part used. — The dry gummy exudation. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 8. Select No. 1 gum 
arabic — the kind pharmacists use for medicinal purposes — is the grade 
described in the Pharmacopoeia. It must be free from impurities or 
discolored pieces; has but a faint, peculiar, not the least sourish odor; 
is completely soluble in an equal weight of water, forming mucilage. 

Varieties and Grades. — The best acacia comes from Kordofan. 
" Senaar gum " is also of fine quality. 

Some varieties of gum arabic, although of handsome appearance, do 
not dissolve completely in water, having probably been dried too far or 
exposed to a too high temperature in drying, whereby the arabic acid 
is altered (see mucilage). 

/Senegal gum is more clear or transparent than Kordofan gum, 
having but few fissures; the tears are also larger in this variety of 
acacia ; but it is always more or less colored (yellowish or reddish), and 
its taste is not as pure. 

Mezquite gum is also discolored, and a mucilage made from it does not 
give a precipitate with subacetate of lead, ferric chloride, or borax. The 
different grades of gum arabic in the market are designated by numbers, 
No. 1 being the best tears selected from the whole lot. The next best 
selection becomes No. 2, and so on, until about five selections have been 
made. The remainder, consisting of more or less colored pieces and all 
the impurities, receives the designation "sorts." The term "sorts," 
however, sometimes means the unsorted gum arabic containing all the 
grades, or consists of all except the first and second grades. Jobbers 
sometimes distinguish between " strong " and " weak " gums, these 
designations having reference partly to the relative quantity of mois- 
ture contained in the drug, the " strong gums " being the drier; and 
partly to the degree of solubility, the weaker gums being those which 
swell in water but do not completely dissolve. 

Original Packages. — Picked gum arabic is sold in cases of two 



A COMPANION TO THE 



hundred and fifty to three hundred and fifty pounds; " sorts" in bales 
of three hundred to four hundred and fifty pounds. First select gum 
arabic (" Turkey ") is quoted at three times the price of sorts. 

Forms. — Gum arabic in tears has been already described above. 

Granulated gum arabic is of necessity always made from the very 
best quality of the gum, as any lower grade would be readily recog- 
nized by its appearance. It should have a perfectly pure white color, 
and be free from fine powder. Should also be dry and have no odor, 
except the faint one properly belonging to prime gum arabic. Granu- 
lated gum arabic dissolves in water more readily than the powdered. 

Powdered gum arabic should be perfectly white, dry, mobile, and 
fine. 

Constituents. — Pure gum arabic consists almost entirely of gum- 
mate of calcium. The amount of moisture averages about seventeen 
per cent. 

Tests. — As gum arabic dissolves entirely in cold water any portion 
remaining undissolved is an impurity or adulteration. The faintest 
sourish odor being developed when a handful of the drug is blown upon 
with a pure moist breath is an indication of poor quality. 

Powdered gum arabic is sometimes adulterated with starch or flour. 
This may be detected by dissolving the sample in cold water, in which 
the starch will not dissolve. If the acacia is pure a very nearly clear 
solution will be obtained, with scarcely any undissolved sediment. 

Preservation. — Acacia must be kept in a dry place. Powdered 
acacia, especially, must be well protected from moisture to prevent it 
from caking and from becoming mouldy or sourish. 

Medicinal Uses. — Gum arabic is a valuable demulcent. It can 
be given ad libitum. In the form of mucilage it is used in inflam- 
mations of the stomach or intestines, dysentery, typhoid fever, etc. 
It is often prescribed in the " summer complaint " of children, and then 
somewhat diluted; in cases of this kind, where an astringent and stimu- 
lant is indicated, the domestic wine known as "Virginia Seedling" is a 
favorite remedy in combination with mucilage among Western physicians. 

To allay cough resulting from irritation in the pharynx or about the 
epiglottis, or in any cases of pharyngitis or laryngitis, gum arabic may 
be dissolved slowly in the mouth or used in the form of lozenges. 

Pharmaceutical Uses. — It is used as an excipient in pills and 
lozenges, mixtures, etc., and for disguising the taste of some acrid reme- 
dies. Tincture of cantharides, chloroform, ammonium carbonate, etc., 
are less apt to irritate when given with mucilage of acacia. In mixtures 
in which insoluble powders are dispensed, the addition of gum arabic 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



prevents the powder from precipitating too rapidly, as in mistura cretce 
eomposita. 

The use of acacia in forming pill masses is not always attended with 
the best results, as the mass is liable to dry too hard. As a coating for 
pills it is, however, very good, especially when combined with gelatine. 

The use of acacia for preparing emulsions, for which purpose no 
other agent will answer as well, will be discussed under the title Emul- 
sions, on page 422. 

ACACIA MUCILAGO ; U. S. 
Mucilage op Acacia. 

Preparation. — Put one hundred and seventy grams (6 avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of acacia in pieces into a bottle capable of holding from four 
hundred and fifty to five hundred cubic centimeters (from 15 to 17 fluid- 
ounces); pour upon it about two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (or 
about half a pint) of cold water, shake it up a second or two, and after 
the acacia has settled somewhat pour away the water, the object of this 
washing being simply the removal of dust. Now add to the acacia three 
hundred and thirty cubic centimeters (11 fluidounces) of tepid distilled 
water, cork tightly, shake together, and then lay the bottle down on its 
side. Turn it over occasionally so that the cake of acacia may be at the 
top. The solution formed will settle to the bottom, leaving the acacia 
always in contact with a fresh supply of solvent, thus materially hasten- 
ing the process. When the acacia is all dissolved strain the mucilage. 

The Pharmacopoeia does not prescribe the use of distilled water, 
but the preparation is less liable to ferment if the organic ferments con- 
tained in ordinary water be avoided. The use of tolu water (see page 
997) is also a decided improvement, not only because it will preserve the 
mucilage from decomposition, but because, in addition, it makes the 
preparation very agreeable. To pick out the finest and clearest tears of 
acacia for making mucilage will add no little to its quality, and the 
result will justify the trifling additional trouble. 

The use of boiling water will not hasten the solution of the gum. It 
makes the product thicker and very difficult to strain, probably because 
a portion of the arabic acid is changed to metarabic acid, which simply 
swells but does not dissolve in the water. 

Specific Gravity and Strength. — The official mucilage of acacia 
has a specific gravity of 1.13 to 1.14 — that is, one hundred cubic centi- 
meters of it will weigh one hundred and thirteen to one hundred and 
fourteen grams, and ninety-six fluidounces weigh one hundred and 
thirteen to one hundred and fourteen avoirdupois ounces. To make one 



A COMPANION TO THE 



hundred cubic centimeters of mucilage requires 38.6 grams of acacia, 
and to make ninety-six fluidounces would take thirty-eight ounces and 
two hundred and sixty grains' of it. Thus 38.6 grams of acacia, when 
dissolved in water, will add twenty-five cubic centimeters to the volume 
of the liquid, and thirty-eight and one-half avoirdupois ounces of acacia 
dissolved in water occupies the space of twenty-four fluidounces. 

Opaque. — Mucilage of acacia is not perfectly colorless and clear, 
but at best slightly opaque. 

Preservation. — It keeps best when put into small bottles (holding 
about one hundred and eighty cubic centimeters, or six fluidounces), 
which must be quite filled, tightly corked, and put in a cool place. 

Uses. — Mucilage is much used to emulsify fixed oils, etc. To tritu- 
rate the oil with powdered gum arabic and afterward with the water is 
a far better process. However, thirty grams (1 ounce) mucilage will be 
required for sixty grams (2 ounces) fixed oil, and the same quantity for 
twenty grams (f ounce) of copaiba. Its emulsifying properties are 
greatly impaired and finally destroyed by fermentation. Mucilage which 
has begun to ferment is wholly unfit for any use. 

ACACIJE SYKUPUS ; U. S. 
Syrup of Acacia. 

Prepared by eimply mixing one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) 
mucilage of acacia and four hundred grams (14 ounces 48 grains) 
simple syrup. As one hundred grams mucilage will measure about 
88.33 cubic centimeters (3 fluidounces), and four hundred grams syrup 
three hundred and five cubic centimeters (10J fluidounces), the pro- 
duct measures about three hundred and ninety-three cubic centimeters 
(13£ fluidounces). 

As this preparation does not keep sweet but a very short time, the 
Pharmacopoeia prescribes that it be made fresh whenever wanted for 
use. 

It is colorless and almost as clear as pure water. 

Aceta. 

Vinegars. 

Essige, G. ; Vinaigres, F. ; Vmagre, Sp. ; Attikor, Sw. 

Several of the active principles of drugs, among which are certain 
Alkaloids, volatile oils, resins, and acrid principles, may be dissolved out 
by the use of diluted acetic acid or vinegar. Other solvents are, how- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 9 

ever, so much better in most cases that the number of official vinegars 
is now quite limited, there being only four in our present Pharmacopoeia, 
viz., those of lobelia, opium, sanguinaria, and squill, each of which repre- 
sents one-tenth the strength of the drug, being prepared from one part 
of the drug to ten parts of the menstruum. 

The medicated vinegars do not keep very well, and are, on the whole, 
unsatisfactory and disagreeable preparations. They are therefore rarely 
used, with the exception of the vinegar of squill, which is used only as 
a constituent of the syrup of squill. 

Acetum. 

VlNEGAE. 

Acetum Commune; Acetum Vini — Essig, G.; Vinaigre, F.; Vinagre, 

Sp. ; Attika, Sw. 

A liquid containing from four to five per cent, of anhydrous acetic 
acid (C 4 H 6 3 ), or five to six per cent, absolute acetic acid (HC 2 H 3 2 ), 
obtained by fermentation from cheaper grades of wine, or from grape- 
juice, cider, weak spirit, malt, or unmalted grain. 

The best vinegar is that made from pure white wine ("white wine 
vinegar"). Cider vinegar is also of good quality when properly made. 

Good vinegar has an agreeable acid taste and odor, free from all 
acrid and empyreumatic matters, which, when present, impart to vinegar 
a disagreeable, smokish odor and taste. 

Tests. — The presence of metallic impurities, such as lead, copper, 
tin, iron, or calcium, are detected by the tests given for acetic acid by 
the Pharmacopoeia. When supersaturated with an alkali or alkaline 
salt it should not develop a smoky odor or taste. Sulphuric acid is de- 
tected by the precipitate it forms upon the addition of solution of barium 
chloride. Sharp acrid substances, such as pepper, mustard, etc., if pres- 
ent, are recognized by the odor and taste upon neutralizing the vinegar 
with magnesium carbonate. 

Pharmaceutical and Household Uses. — Pure diluted acetic 
acid is now substituted in the Pharmacopoeia for the vinegar formerly 
official. Unless the acid be perfectly pure, however, good vinegar is 
preferable. But common vinegar is itself frequently made by diluting 
impure acetic acid (contaminated with empyreumatic products) ; such 
vinegar is extremely offensive, and unfit for either pharmacal or table 
uses. 

Medicinal Uses. — Vinegar is a household remedy that is often em- 
ployed both internally and externally. It assuages thirst when taken 



10 A COMPANION TO THE 

internally, and for this purpose may be given in water with sugar to suit 
the taste. In febrile conditions it produces a cooling effect. 

It may also be employed externally in the form of a lotion, one part 
to four or five parts of water, to be sponged over the surface of the 
body, and not merely over the forehead and hands, as is often done. 
Sponging a large part of the surface of the body abstracts much heat by 
the evaporation of the liquid, and thus reduces the temperature, the 
vinegar adding markedly to the sense of refreshing relief. 

For reasons of convenience this sponging is often preferred to the 
wet pack or bath, either of which acts more powerfully and promptly, 
and one of these methods of reducing temperature is therefore to be 
preferred in dangerous exacerbations of the febrile state. 

Vinegar is a good antidote in cases of poisoning by alkalies or their 
carbonates, producing the comparatively harmless acetates, and as it is 
kept in every household it is the handiest remedy in that unfortunately 
too frequent accident, the drinking of lye by children. 

Vinegar is a styptic when applied directly to bleeding surfaces, but 
is not as effective as some of the iron preparations, for instance. Being 
easily obtained it may, however, often serve a useful purpose in emer- 
gencies until other remedies can be obtained. 

A mixture of castor oil, vinegar, and water is a popular enema in 
fevers, especially in children, and this combination may also be used to 
expel threadworms from the rectum. 

In excessive doses vinegar produces an anaemic condition which is 
frequently seen in chlorotic girls as a consequence of over-indulgence in 
pickles. The health may be permanently undermined and ruined by 
the excessive use of this condiment, and especially if mineral acids are 
contained in the vinegar to increase its acidity. 

Dose. — For internal use from a tea- to a tablespoonful in water (5 
to 15 cubic centimeters). For enemas a tablespoonful to a wineglass- 
ful, in water (15 to GO cubic centimeters). 

Acetum Aromaticum. 

Aromatic Vinegar. 

Gewiirz Essig, G. ; Vinaigre Aromatique, Vinaigre Vulneraire, F.; 
Vinagre Antiseptico, Sp. ; KrydddttiJca, Sw. 

Mix one cubic centimeter (16 minims) of each of spirit of rosemary, 
spirit of lavender, spirit of juniper, spirit of lemon, and spirit of pepper- 
mint ; ten cubic centimeters (1G0 minims) spirit of cloves ; fifteen cubic 
centimeters (£ fluidounce) glacial acetic acid; twenty cubic centimeters 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 11 

(§- fluidounce) alcohol and sufficient distilled water to make the whole 
measure one hundred cubic centimeters (3J fluidounces). Let the mix- 
ture stand five days, shaking it occasionally; then filter. To get a 
perfectly clear preparation it is well to first shake it with about four 
grams (-J ounce) filter-paper scraps. 

It is very grateful, and much used as a cooling and cleansing appli- 
cation. 

[The " Acetum Prophylacticum," or " Acetum Quatuor Latronum " 
— Yinaigre de quatre voleurs, F. ; Vinagre de los cuatro ladrones, Sp. ; 
or Four Thieves' vinegar, was a once celebrated preparation, made from 
one and one-half ounce each of southernwood, Roman wormwood, 
crisped mint, rosemary, rue, and sage; two ounces lavender flowers; one- 
fourth ounce each of sweet flag, cloves, and nutmeg, and one gallon vine- 
gar. Sometimes a little camphor was added, previously dissolved in 
glacial acetic acid. It is said to have received its name from the fact of 
four persons, who robbed the dead bodies of the victims of a pestilence 
in Marseilles, being protected from the contagion by the use of this 
vinegar.] 

Achillea. 

Achillea. 

Millefolii Summitates. — Schafgarbe, Schafrippe, G. ; Millefeicille, Herbe 
aux charpentiers, F. ; Mile/olio, Milenrama, Sp. ; IZdlleJca, Sw. ; Yar- 
row, Milfoil. 

Origin. — Achillea Millefolium, Linne (Compositae). 

Habitat. — Northern hemisphere. 

Parts used. — The flowering tops and the leaves. 

Description. — The flower heads are flat, and consist of numerous 
greenish- white flowers; the leaves are from five to twenty-five centi- 
meters (2 to 10 inches) long, pointed, pinnately cleft. Odor strong, 
aromatic, reminding of chamomile ; taste, bitter. Should be free from 
coarse stems. 

Constituents. — The flowers contain a small quantity of a blue or 
bluish-green volatile oil. A different volatile oil exists in other parts of 
the plant. The bitterness of the drug is due to achillein, which is a 
glucoside, amorphous, and soluble in water. There is also some tannin, 
resin, and traces of aconitic acid in the drug. 

Medicinal Properties. — Achillea is an aromatic, bitter tonic, re- 



12 A COMPANION TO THE 

sembling chamomile in its medicinal virtues, but with special effect upon 
the organs of the pelvis. It is a popular remedy in leucorrhcea and 
menorrhagia, and as these conditions are usually associated with general 
want of tone of the system, achillea, being a stomachic and stimulant, 
often proves beneficial. 



ACHILLEA EXTKACTUM. 
Exteact of Achillea. — Extract op Yarrow. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract, to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. 

Dose. — 0.10 to 0.50 gram (2 to 8 grains). 



ACHILLEA EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Achillea. — Fluid Extract of Yarrow. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent, 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Use five hundred grams (or its equivalent, 17f avoirdupois ounces) 
of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. Moisten the drug with two 
hundred and fifty grams (about 9f fluidounces) of the menstruum. 
Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate with menstruum. 
Macerate forty-eight hours; then percolate. Reserve four hundred cubic 
centimeters (13 J fluidounces) of the first percolate. Continue the perco- 
lation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to 
make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). For suggestions as to details, see page 451. 

Each cubic centimeter of this fluid extract represents the soluble 
matter of one gram of the drug. Each fluidounce represents four 
hundred and fifty-five and two-third grains; and each fluidrachm nearly 
fifty-seven grains. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 13 

ACHILLEA ISTFUSUM. 
Intusiox of Achillea. — Infusion of Yarrow. 

From thirty grams (1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make three 
hundred cubic centimeters (equal to about 10 fluidounces). (See direc- 
tions on page 597.) 

Dose. — Ten to fifteen cubic" centimeters (2|- to 4 fluidrachms) at 
intervals of one or two hours. 

Acidum Aceticum ; U. S. 

Acetic Acid. 
Essigsaure, G. ; Acide acetique, F. ; Acido Acetico, Sp. ; Attiksyra, Sw. 

Acetic acid is now largely manufactured from wood. There are 
three different strengths of acetic acid in the new U. S. Pharmacopoeia. 
The one bearing the title acetic acid has the specific gravity 1.048 at 
15° C. (59° F.), corresponding to about 6.8° Baume. One hundred 
pounds of this acetic acid contains thirty-six pounds absolute acetic acid 
(HC 2 H 3 2 ) and sixty-four pounds of water ; or, which is the same, 
30.55 pounds acetic anhydride (C 4 H 6 3 ) and 69.45 pounds water. Thus 
the acetic acid of the new Pharmacopoeia is 2.86 per cent, stronger than 
the acetic acid of the Pharmacopoeia of 1870, which contained thirty- 
five per cent, of absolute acetic acid, and had the specific gravity 1.047 
corresponding to about 6.3° Baume\ 

To neutralize ten grams of the official acetic acid requires six grams 
potassium bicarbonate. For description and tests see the Pharmaco- 
poeia, pages 9 and 10. 

Unless acetic acid is quite up to the standard of the Pharmacopoeia 
as to purity, it is liable to be extremely disagreeable to the taste when 
neutralized with an alkali or alkaline carbonate. (See ammonii aceta- 
tis liquor, page 121.) 

Preservation. — Must be kept in glass-stoppered bottles. 

ACIDUM ACETICUM DILUTUM; U. S. 

Diluted Acetic Acid. 

Mix one hundred and seventy grams (6 ounces) acetic acid with 
eight hundred and thirty grams (29 ounces 120 grains) distilled 
water. This preparation is an acetic acid of 1.0083 specific gravity, 
corresponding to about 1.2° Baume\ It contains six per cent, absolute 
acetic acid, or nearly 5.1 per cent, acetic anhydride. This new diluted 



14 A COMPANION TO THE 

acetic acid is, therefore, one-third stronger than the preparation of 1870 
of the same title, which contained only four and one-half per cent, abso- 
lute acetic acid. The new diluted acetic acid of our Pharmacopoeia 
(1880) is of the same strength as that of the German Pharmacopoeia. 

To neutralize ten grams of diluted acetic acid requires about one 
gram potassium bicarbonate. 

ACIDUM ACETICUM GLACIALE ; U. S. 

Glacial Acetic Acid. 
Eisessig, G.; Vinaigre glacial, F.; Isattiha, Sw. 

This acetic acid is solid at 15° C. (59° F.), having at that tempera- 
ture a specific gravity of 1.056 to 1.058, corresponding to nearly 8° 
Baume. It consists almost wholly of absolute acetic acid, the minimum 
strength allowed by the Pharmacopoeia being ninety-nine per cent. 

To neutralize ten grams of this acid will require not less than 16.7 
grams potassium bicarbonate if the acetic acid be of standard strength. 

There was no glacial acetic acid prescribed in the U. S. Pharma- 
copoeia of 1870. Glacial acetic acid crystallizes into an ice-like mass, 
or only partially, so that while large transparent masses of crystals are 
formed, a portion of the acid still remains liquid, giving it the appear- 
ance of a supersaturated solution. 

When glacial acetic acid is diluted with water the density (specific 
gravity) increases while the temperature falls until the mixture contains 
about seventy-seven to eighty per cent, of absolute acetic acid; when 
further diluted the specific gravity of the liquid decreases and the tem- 
perature rises. An acetic acid containing forty-seven per cent, absolute 
acetic acid has about the same specific gravity as the official glacial ace- 
tic acid, which is more than twice as strong. The fact that acetic acids 
of so widely different strengths still may have the same density renders 
it necessary to ascertain the strength of glacial acetic acid, and other 
strong acetic acids by other means. The safest way is to find the quan- 
tity of volumetric solution of soda, or the quantity of potassium bicar- 
bonate, required to neutralize the acid. 

Caution. — Glacial acetic acid is so destructive in its effects upon 
organic matter as to render it necessary to be cautious in handling it, 
as in removing the stopper from the containing bottle. 

Solvent Properties. — Glacial acetic acid dissolves sulphur, phos- 
phorus, ether, chloroform, gun-cotton, resins, gum-resins, volatile oils, 
camphor, etc., in greater or less proportions. According to Duflos, one 
gram acetic acid containing not more than four per cent, of water will 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 15 

mix clear with one gram oil of cloves, or with ten centigrams oil of 
lemon. 

Acetic Acids of Commerce.— The acid sold by chemical manu- 
facturers as " No. 8 " acetic acid is an impure acid of variable strength, 
but usually containing about twenty-nine per cent, absolute acetic acid, 
having the specific gravity 1.040. The so-called " 0. P." acetic acid 
generally sold is of the same strength but less impure. Both are one- 
fourth weaker than the acid heretofore known to the drug trade as 
"U. S. P." acetic acid, specific gravity 1.047, containing thirty-five per 
cent, absolute acid. The commercial " glacial acetic acid " is usually 
about 1.065 specific gravity, and contains about ninety-five and one-half 
per cent, absolute acetic acid. Pure acetic acid is worth four or five 
times as much as "No. 8." 

Medicinal Uses. — Acetic acid is seldom employed internally. The 
effects of the diluted acid are like those of vinegar, but as it is less 
grateful to the senses the latter is preferred. The glacial acetic acid is 
used for external application as a caustic, rubefacient or vesicant. As 
it has the property of slowly softening and dissolving dry epithelial 
cells, it is useful for the removal of accumulations of horny epithelial 
masses, as corns. 

It is also used in some skin diseases of a parasitic nature, to destroy 
the animal or vegetable organisms which cause the disease. For this 
purpose it often requires dilution with an equal weight, or more, of 
glycerin. 

On account of the pungent smell, the strong acetic acid, or prefer- 
ably the glacial acetic acid, is useful when applied to the nostrils in 
cases of headache or syncope. The glacial acetic acid is often put up 
in " smelling-bottles." 

ACIDUM ACETICUM AEOMATICUM; G. 

Aromatic Acetic Acid. 

Mix thirty-four cubic centimeters (1-J fluidounce) oil of cloves, 
twenty-four cubic centimeters (6 fluidrachms) oil of lavender, twenty- 
four cubic centimeters (6 fluidrachms) oil of lemon, twelve cubic centi- 
meters (3 fluidrachms) oil of bergamot, twelve cubic centimeters oil of 
thyme, four cubic centimeters (1 fluidrachm) oil of cassia, and ninety 
grams (3 ounces) glacial acetic acid. Macerate, shaking occasionally, 
until dissolved. 

As a grateful contents of the smelling-bottle this preparation is used 
in headaches, fainting fits, and similar attaoks. It is also used to dis- 
guise disagreeable odors in the sick-room. 



16 A COMPANION TO THE 

Acidum Benzoicum; U. S. 

Benzoic Acid. 

Flores Benzo'es — Benzoesciure, Benzoeblumen, G. ; Acide benzoique, 
Fleurs de benjoin, F. ; Acido Benzoico, Flores de Benjui, Sp. ; 
Benzoesyra, Sw. ; Natural Benzoic Acid, English Benzoic Acid. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 11. The 
description and tests given exclude from medicinal use any other than 
the natural benzoic acid prepared from the benzoin by sublimation. It 
must be free from the odor of bitter almond or of stale urine belonging 
to impure artificial benzoic acid made from hippuric acid. Benzoic acid 
is also made from naphthalin by oxidation with nitric acid, when phthalic 
acid is formed, which when heated with lime gives benzoate of calcium. 
The calcium benzoate is then decomposed with hydrochloric acid. Lately 
benzoic acid is manufactured also from toluol. 

A perfectly pure artificial benzoic acid, free from all odor, can be 
made, and the true odor of benzoin (always present in genuine natural 
benzoic acid) can be imparted to it by subliming it with a little benzoin. 
No test is known by which this artificial product can be distinguished 
from the true sublimed natural benzoic acid. Benzoic acid made from 
benzoin by boiling it with lime and then precipitating with hydrochloric 
acid is not fragrant. That made from the putrid urine of herbivorous 
animals retains a faint odor of urine. 

In the American trade the true benzoic acid, made by sublimation 
from benzoin ("from gum benzoin") is known as "English benzoic 
acid," while the false is known as "German benzoic acid" — not because 
the English make more of the true than of the artificial acid, nor that 
natural benzoic acid is not made in Germany, but because the artificial 
acid was first made by German chemists. 

The fragrant odor of true sublimed benzoic acid is due to volatile 
oil (ethyl benzoate). Many consider this as being the only medicinally 
active constituent of the official preparation. Even artificial benzoic 
acid is antiseptic in its properties, but these properties are not the only 
ones expected of benzoic acid. It is therefore clear that the natural sub- 
limed acid, which is the only one containing the volatile oil (or ethyl 
benzoate), is the only one that should be used. 

Solubility. — Benzoic acid is practically insoluble in pure cold water. 
It dissolves in fifteen parts boiling water. Borax aids its solution, one 
part benzoic acid and one part borax dissolving together in one hundred 
parts water. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 17 

Preservation. — The preparation must be kept in well-closed bot- 
tles and protected from the light. 

Sold in the market in one-pound and one-ounce bottles. It takes a 
four-ounce bottle to hold one ounce. " English benzoic acid " fetches 
a twenty-five per cent, higher price than " German benzoic acid." 

Medicinal Uses. — Benzoic acid, when taken internally, acts as a 
stimulant blennorrhetic upon the bronchial mucous membranes and in- 
creases the expectoration. It is therefore useful, either alone or with 
senega, squills, etc., in chronic bronchitis, especially that form known as 
" dry catarrh" or " dry bronchitis" which is accompanied by a distress- 
ing dyspnoea resembling asthma. A solution in the form of spray 
(atomization) is often used in chronic laryngeal and bronchial affec- 
tions. 

Benzoic acid (or benzoate of ammonium) is also useful in rendering 
ammoniacal urine acid, part of the medicine being eliminated with the 
urine as benzoic, part as hippuric acid. As alkaline urine is generally 
accompanied by irritation or inflammation of the lining membrane of the 
bladder {cystitis), and may be accompanied with incontinence of urine 
or the deposits of phosphates (phosphatic calculi), these symptoms and 
consequences may be removed and avoided by this medicine. Even 
should phosphatic calculi {gravel or stone in the bladder) have been 
formed, they may often be redissolved by a long-continued use of the 
benzoic acid. 

Benzoic acid also possesses valuable antiseptic properties, and solu- 
tions have been employed with good results in dressing foul ulcers and 
sores. 

Dose. — From 0.5 to 2.5 grams (10 to 40 grs.) once or twice a day, 
or in smaller doses more frequently repeated. 



Acidum Boricum ; U. S. 

Boric Acid. 

Acidum Boracicum, Sal Sedativum Hombergii — Borsdure, G.; Acide 
borique, F.; Acido Borico, Sp. ; Borsyra, Sw.; Boracic Acid. 

Description and Tests.— See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 11 and 12. 
It is soluble in four parts of glycerin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Boric acid possesses powerful antiseptic prop- 
erties, and being at the same time mild and harmless, and absolutely 
non-irritant when pure, it is often preferred to carbolic acid. Lister 
2 






18 A COMPANION TO THE 

uses it extensively. In order to be effective it must be in actual contact 
with the surface which it is intended to purify or keep healthy. 

Lint dipped in a boiling saturated solution of boric acid in water, 
and then dried, forms an excellent antiseptic dressing. 

ACIDI BOEICI UNGUENT DM. 

Boric Acid Ointment. 

Mix fifteen grams (J ounce) boric acid with ninety grams (3 ounces) 
petroleum ointment, triturating until perfectly smooth. 
A disinfecting dressing for wounds, ulcers, etc. 

Acidum Carbolicum ; IT. S. 

Carbolic Acid. 

Phenol; Acidum Phenicum ; Acidum Phenylicum — Carbolsdure, 
Phenylsdure, Phenylalkohol, Gr. ; Acide phenique, Acide carbolique, 
Hydrate de phenyle, F.; Acido Carbolico, Sp.; Karbolsyra, Phenyl- 
alcohol, Phenol, Sw. ; Phenol, Phenic Acid, Phenylic Acid, Phenyl 
Hydrate, Phenylic Alcohol, Pure Crystallized Carbolic Acid. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 12. 

This extensively used substance is not an acid, although so called. 
It doubtless derived its improper name from its corrosive properties. 
Instead of being an acid, it belongs to the alcohol series of chemical 
compounds, and its proper name is phenol. 

The pinkish tint which pure carbolic acid sometimes acquires when 
exposed to light or air may be due to traces of anilin, pyrrhol, or some 
other related bodies, or it may be rosoleic acid. It does not in the least 
detract from the medicinal value or strength of the article. 

Carbolic acid does not redden blue litmus paper. 

It should be hard and comparatively dry. In dry, cool weather the 
crystallized acid scarcely becomes moist, even when exposed to the air, 
but when the temperature is above 15° C. (59° F.) it liquefies more or 
less, even in a well-corked or glass-stoppered bottle. 

One part by weight of warm water will mix perfectly with from four 
to nine parts of melted carbolic acid, and the mixture may even remain 
perfect at ordinary temperatures, but the acid separates again at tem- 
peratures below 5° C. (41° F.) if more than seven parts of crystallized 
acid is added. 

A mixture of one part crystallized carbolic acid with fifteen parts 
water will mix clear with any additional quantity of water ; four parts 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 19 

carbolic acid dissolves in seven parts olive oil ; seven parts dissolves in 
two parts glycerin ; five parts in one part alcohol ; four parts in one 
part ether ; three parts in one part chloroform. 

Solution of chlorinated lime takes away the odor of carbolic acid. 

Medicinal Uses. — Carbolic acid is a powerful antiseptic and disin- 
fectant. It prevents the growth of and destroys the minute organisms 
on which fermentation, putrefaction, and many of the infectious diseases 
are supposed to depend. Carbolic acid is valuable as a disinfectant of 
alvine discharges in cholera, typhoid fever, etc., and for the purification 
of water-closets, sewers, and drains. 

It is often used in the form of a one or 2.5 per cent, solution as a 
wash for the hands and instruments of the surgeon and his assistants, 
before proceeding to an operation, while the air is kept charged with 
a spray of the same solution during the operation. The dressings of the 
wound are also impregnated with the carbolic acid. This treatment, 
which has proved of great value, especially in abdominal surgery when 
the peritoneum is exposed, is not without danger, as a number of deaths 
have been observed from the absorption of the acid and the consequent 
carbolic acid poisoning. 

This substance is often applied to foul ulcers, and prevents suppura- 
tion by preventing the proliferation of pus corpuscles. For this purpose 
it may be applied in solution in water or oil, the latter method being 
less liable to give rise to symptoms of absorption and poisoning. 
It hardens and corrugates the surface of the ulcer, hastening cicatri- 
zation, but its power to prevent cell-formation and cell-life is also apt to 
interfere with the proper formation of granulations when this process is 
necessary to supply a deficiency of tissue, and in such cases carbolic 
acid may delay the healing process, or even prove injurious by causing 
the deterioration and breaking down of granulations already formed. 

It is also used as an external application in gangrene and small-pox. 

It is a local anaesthetic, and when applied to the skin whitens it and 
renders it insensible, so that small operations, like opening abscesses, 
may be performed without pain. 

In weak solution it is also employed as a gargle and mouth-wash in 
putrid sore throat, diphtheria, or in foul breath from carious teeth, etc.; 
also as a spray in phthisical or other lung troubles, gangrene of the 
lungs, and chronic bronchitis, if they are accompanied by purulent or 
offensive expectoration. 

Internally it has been given, but without any great benefit, in vari- 
ous infectious and zymotic diseases, as scarlatina, small-pox, and also in 
malarial fevers. 

In larger quantities it acts as an irritant poison, corroding the stomach, 



20 A COMPANION TO THE 



forming eschars surrounded by intense congestion and inflammation. 
It also produces stupor or coma and convulsions, followed by death. 
The local effects on the stomach should be counteracted by administer- 
ing large quantities of white of egg, milk, oil, mucilage, etc., of which 
the first mentioned is most effective. Opium, cooling demulcent drinks, 
and appropriate diet must be given for some time, until convalescence 
from the inflammatory action has occurred. As its escharotic action is 
rather superficial, it is not so liable to be followed by subsequent con- 
striction of the oesophagus as after swallowing of lye and some other 
corrosive poisons. 

The cerebral effects must be combated with cold douches and with 
counter-irritation and stimulation, the latter being made by subcutane- 
ous injection of ether, ammonia, or musk, if the patient cannot swallow. 

If taken in large quantities the effect is often exceedingly rapid, and 
death may result before any efforts to help can be made. 

In cases where strong carbolic acid by accident comes in direct con- 
tact with any part of the body, it should be immediately washed off with 
warm water. Loss of the eyesight or other serious results might follow 
from a careless handling of it. 

Dose. — 0.03 to 0.06 gram (one-half to one grain) two to four times 
daily, and made into a pill with soap or marshmallow powder and traga- 
canth, or suspended in emulsion or mucilage (0.06 to 0.125 gram to 30 
cubic centimeters ; 1-2 grains to 1 fluidounce). 

ACIDUM CARBOLICUM LIQUIDUM PUHUM. 
Pure Liquid Medicinal Carbolic Acid. 

This is a clear, colorless solution of ninety-five parts crystallized car- 
bolic acid in five parts distilled water, or nineteen parts in one part. It 
is called " ninety-five per cent, medicinal carbolic acid " in the trade. It 
does not mix clear with an additional quantity of water unless at least 
one-fourth as much by weight as the crystallized acid used be added, 
when it will become clear again. 

One minim of this liquid represents one grain of crystallized acid. 

ACIDI CAEBOLICI SOLUTIO. 
"Carbolic Acid Solution, No. 1." 

This is a clear, colorless, eighty per cent, solution of crystallized 
carbolio acid in distilled water, made by mixing four parts melted car- 
bolic acid with one part of warm distilled water. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 21 

Carbolic Acid Spray consists of a solution of one-eighth to one- 
half ounce crystallized carbolic acid in one pint of water. 

When carbolic acid is used for inhalation it is most convenient to 
dilute the liquid medicinal carbolic acid (95 per cent.) to the requisite 
strength. Fifteen to twenty drops of the liquid medicinal carbolic acid 
may be diluted with one pint water, to be used warm (60° 0., or 140° F.). 
For " dry inhalation " the liquid acid is used without dilution, the patient 
inhaling the fumes which arise spontaneously from the vessel. 

For a gargle a solution of one to two grains crystallized carbolic 
acid to each fluidounce of water is used. 

As an injection, one grain to four fluidounces. 

Carbolized Oil is a solution of one ounce crystallized carbolic acid 
in twenty ounces olive oil, or linseed oil. 

The carbolized oil in which catgut ligatures are preserved is made of 
one ounce crystallized carbolic acid to four ounces linseed oil. 

For hypodermic injection three-fourths grain of crystallized carbolic 
acid in twenty drops of water is used (Squire). 

Carbolic Acid Camphor. — This is an oily liquid, prepared by dissolv- 
ing two hundred and fifty grams powdered camphor in a solution made 
of ninety grams crystallized carbolic acid and ten grams alcohol. It is 
miscible in all proportions with alcohol, ether, and sweet oil of almonds. 

Iodized Phenol consists of fifteen grams (^ ounce) iodine and thirty 
grams (1 ounce) crystallized carbolic acid, mixed by the aid of gentle 
heat. 

Liquid Iodized JPhenol consists of fifty-five grams iodized phenol, 
thirty-five grams crystallized carbolic acid, and ten grams water. 



ACIDUM CAEBOLICUM CKITDUM ; U. S. 

Crude Carbolic Acid. 

An impure, somewhat colored phenol, contaminated with cresylic 
acid or cresol. It should not contain more than five per cent, water. 
The well-known " Calvert's Carbolic Acid, No. 5 " well represents the 
kind intended to be used under the name of crude carbolic acid. There 
are several manufacturers in the United States who make similar acid 
fully equal to Calvert's, and at a less cost. For description and tests 
see the Pharmacopoeia, pages 12 and 13. 

Crude carbolic acid is intended for free use as a disinfectant in hos- 
pital wards, out-houses, alleys, water-closets, drains, etc. 

The following mixture is much used : 

Disinfectant of Copperas and Carbolic Acid. — Dissolve two thou- 



22 A COMPANION TO THE 



sand grams (about 70 ounces avoirdupois) copperas and three hundred 
grams (about 10£ ounces avoirdupois) crude carbolic acid in fifteen liters 
(about 4J gallons) of water. 



ACIDI CAKBOLICI AQUA ; Phar. 1870. 
Carbolic Acid Water. 

Was prepared by mixing ten fluidrachms of glycerite of carbolic 
acid with fourteen and three-fourths fluidounces of distilled water. 
Practically it contains one-fourth ounce crystallized carbolic acid in six- 
teen fluidounces. A convenient way to prepare it is to mix one-fourth 
ounce crystallized carbolic acid with one-fourth ounce glycerine in a 
mortar, and then to add sixteen fluidounces of distilled water. 

Used as a wash, gargle, spray, or for internal use. 

One fluidrachm contains about one grain of the acid. 

Dose. — One to two fluidrachms (4 to 8 cubic centimeters) two or 
three times daily. 

ACIDI CAKBOLICI GLYCERITUM; Phar. 1870. 
Glycerite of Carbolic Acid. 

Glycerin and crystallized carbolic acid can be combined in all pro- 
portions by triturating them together, forming a clear solution. Such 
a solution containing equal parts of the two substances is miscible with 
water in all proportions. 

The glycerite of carbolic acid of the United States Pharmacopoeia 
(1870) was a solution of one troy ounce crystallized carbolic acid in four 
fluidounces of glycerin. 

It is used as an external application. Carbolic acid water was pre- 
scribed in the United States Pharmacopoeia of 1870 to be made from 
the glycerite. 

ACIDI CARBOLICI SUPPOSITORIA. 
Carbolic Acid Suppositories. 

Each suppository contains one grain crystallized carbolic acid and 
thirty grains cacao butter ; or one grain of the acid with fifteen grains 
powdered castile soap and three and one-half grains glycerite of starch 
(Squire). 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEXA 23 

ACIDI CAKBOL1CI UNGUENTUM ; U. S. 

Carbolic Acid Ointment. 

Mix thirty grams (1 ounce) crystallized carbolic acid intimately with 
two hundred and seventy grams (9 ounces) simple ointment. 
Must be made fresh whenever wanted for use. 

Acidum Chromicum ; U. S. 

Chromic Acid. 

Chromsaure, G. ; Acide chromique, F. ; Acido Chromico, Sp. ; Krom- 

syra, Sw. 

Must be kept in glass-stoppered bottles. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pa*e 13. 

It is usually very much contaminated with sulphuric acid, and never 
entirely free from it. Being, however, used only externally as an es- 
charotic, caustic, or antiseptic, a small quantity of sulphuric acid does 
not condemn the preparation. 

It dissolves perfectly in less than its own weight of water. 

Medicinal Uses. — Used to remove venereal growths on the geni- 
tals, and to destroy superficial parasitic eruptions of the skin, such as 
barber's itch, etc. Its action is not very deep, and it is therefore also 
used to stimulate chronic ulcers. Gynecologists use it as an application 
to the neck of the womb in cancers and ulcers of that organ. Chromic 
acid is also used to remove warts and other growths on the skin and 
mucous membranes. 

Strong solutions should be applied with a glass rod, but weaker solu- 
tions may be applied with a camel's-hair brush which must immediately 
thereafter be well washed in water. 

A dilute solution of one-half to two per cent, in strength is much 
used by microscopists to harden histological or pathological specimens 
which it is desired to cut in thin sections. This method of hardening is 
especially valuable for nervous tissues. 

Acidum Chrysophanicum. 

Chrysophanic Acid. 

The substance used under the above name in the treatment of skin 
diseases is chrysarobin, which see. 

True chrysophanic acid is found in some lichens, in rhubarb, rumex, 
etc., of which it is the principal coloring matter. When pure it is ob- 
tained in bright yellow crystals. 



24 A COMPANION TO THE 



Acidum Cinnamicum. 

Cinnamic Acid. . 

Zimmtsaure, G.; Acid Cinnamique, F. ; Acido Cinnamico, Sp. ; Kanel- 

syra, Sw. 

An aromatic acid existing in the balsams of Peru, Tolu, and Storax. 
It is also found in old resinified oil of cinnamon. At present it is pre- 
pared in large quantities artificially by Schering of Berlin. It resembles 
benzoic acid in appearance and properties, and is attracting attention 
as an antiseptic. 

True cinnamic acid may be conveniently prepared from old, hard 
balsam of tolu, by boiling the tolu with water and lime, filtering while 
hot, and immediately precipitating with hydrochloric acid. 



Acidum Citricum ; U. $. 

Citric Acid. 

Citronensaure, G. ; Acide citrique, Acide du citron, F. ; Acido Citrico, 
Sp.; Citronsyra, Sw. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 13 and 
14. Permanent in the air at ordinary temperatures if pure. Soluble in 
twice its weight of glycerin. 

To neutralize ten grams citric acid dissolved in water requires fif- 
teen grams potassium bicarbonate; twelve grams potassium carbonate; 
twelve grams sodium bicarbonate; twenty-one grams crystallized sodium 
carbonate; nine grams ammonium carbonate; 9.8 grams water of am- 
monia; 3.5 grams stronger water of ammonia; 7.8 grams magnesium 
carbonate; or, 3.5 grams magnesia. 

Density of Solutions. — According to Schiff the specific gravities 
of solutions of citric acid of different strengths are as follows: 

A four per cent, solution has the specific gravity 1.0150; an eight 
per cent, solution has the specific gravity 1.0306; a twelve per cent, 
solution has the specific gravity 1.0470; a sixteen per cent, solution has 
the specific gravity 1.0G34; a twenty-four per cent, solution has the 
specific gravity 1.0979; a thirty-six per cent, solution has the specific 
gravity 1.1540; a fifty per cent, solution has, according to Gerlach, the 
specific gravity 1.2204, and a sixty per cent, solution the specific gravity 
1.2738. 

Aqueous solutions of citric acid soon become mouldy. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 25 



Original Packages of citric acid are kegs containing one hundred 
and twelve pounds each. 

Medicinal Uses. — Citric acid is a remedy of great value in scurvy, 
and in the form of lime-juice is used as a preventive of that disease on 
vessels that are on the sea for any length of time. It is also used as a 
refrigerant, and forms a grateful drink for feverish patients, on account 
of its power to allay thirst. In the form of lemon-juice it enjoys the 
popular reputation of curing and preventing " biliousness." It is given 
in sweetened water to suit the taste. 

Artificial Lemon-juice is made by dissolving thirty grams (1 ounce) 
•'citric acid in four hundred grams (13J fluidounces) water. 

Artificial Lemonade is prepared by dissolving sixty grams (2 ounces) 
citric acid in one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) water, 
and adding two hundred and fifty grams (8| ounces) sugar previously 
rubbed up with ten drops of oil of lemon. 



ACIDI CITKICI SYKUPUS ; IT. S. 

Syrup of Citric Acid. 

Mix four grams'(5 fluidrachms) spirit of lemon with nine hundred and 
eighty grams (34 ounces 250 grains) simple syrup in a liter (or quart) 
bottle. Add gradually eight grams (124 grains) citric acid dissolved 
in eight grams (2 fluidrachms) water, shaking the bottle after each 
addition, until all is thoroughly mixed. The final product should weigh 
one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains), and will measure about 
seven hundred and sixty-five cubic centimeters (nearly 26 fluidounces). 



Acidum Cresylicum. 

Cresol. — Cresylic Acid. — Cresyl Alcohol. 

This is an uncrystallizable, clear, colorless liquid when pure. As 
usually sold it has a reddish tint. It is a coal-tar product which always 
accompanies impure carbolic acid. A mixture of equal parts of pure 
carbolic acid and glycerin can be diluted in any proportions with 
water, forming a clear mixture, but cresylic acid forms a turbid mixture 
when similarly treated. 

Cresylic acid is a powerful disinfectant, perhaps more powerful than 
carbolic acid. Its medicinal properties, as far as known, are similar to 
those of phenol. Used as a vapor by heating over a small lamp. 



26 A COMPANION TO THE 

Acidum Formicicum. 

Formic Acid. 
Ameisensaure, G.; Acide formique, F.; Myrsyra, Sw. 

A colorless liquid of a pungent acid odor. It mixes readily with 
water and alcohol. When applied to the skin it causes a burning sen- 
sation, acting as an irritant poison and producing blisters. 

The stinging effect of the hairs of nettle, and of the stings of certain 
insects, are caused by formic acid, which is also present in and has de- 
rived its name from red ants. 

Properties. — Stimulant. 

SPIKITUS FORMICAKUM ; G. 

Macerate five hundred grams (17f ounces) bruised red ants with 
seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (1^- pint) water and eight 
hundred cubic centimeters (about 34 fluidounces) alcohol for two days 
in a retort. Then distil off one thousand grams (35^ ounces). 

Dose. — 1 to 4 cubic centimeters (15 to 60 minims). 



Acidum Gallicum; IT. S. 

Gallic Acid. 
Gallussaure, G.; Acide galliqiie, F. ; Acido Gallico, Sp.; Gallusyra, Sw. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 14. It 
dissolves in twenty times its weight of glycerin. An alcoholic solution 
mixes clear with water in all proportions, but turns brown by keeping. 

Sold in one-pound boxes and in one-ounce bottles. It requires a 
four-ounce bottle to hold one ounce. 

Medicinal Uses. — For internal use gallic acid is to be preferred to 
tannic acid, as the latter is changed to gallic acid in the blood. For 
hemorrhage from the kidneys, gallic acid is the best remedy we possess. 
It is not styptic when employed externally, and therefore cannot be sub- 
stituted for tannic acid when we desire the local effect. 

Dose.— 0.0G to 0.65 Gram (1 to 10 grains). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 27 

ACIDI GALLICI GLYCEELTUM. 

Glycerite of Gallic Acid. 

Dissolve thirty grams (1 ounce) gallic acid in one hundred and 
fifty grams (5 ounces, or about 4 fluidounces) glycerin by the aid of 
heat. On cooling, a portion of the gallic acid separates, and must be 
removed, as it does not re-dissolve. 

ACIDI GALLICI UNGUENT UM; U. S. 

Ointment of Gallic Acid. 

Mix thoroughly thirty grams (1 ounce) gallic acid and two hundred 
and seventy grams (9 ounces) benzoinated lard. Use a horn spatula, 
as iron would discolor the product. 

Acidum Hydriodicum. 

Hydriodic Acid. 

Jodwasserstoffsaure, G. ; Acide iodhydrigue, F. ; Acido iodohidrico, Sp. ; 
Jbdvatesyra, Sw. — Solution of Hydrogen Iodide. 

This is hydrogen iodide dissolved in water. The acid contains over 
ninety-nine per cent, iodine. A ten per cent, strong acid would thus 
contain nearly ten per cent, iodine. The hydriodic acid, formerly of- 
ficial in the United States, had a specific gravity of 1.112, and contained 
fifteen per cent, iodide of hydrogen, or nearly fifteen per cent, iodine. 
It should be colorless and clear. As the bromine strength of hydro- 
bromic acid is greater than that of any other bromide, so is the iodine 
strength of hydriodic acid greater than that of any other iodide. Hence 
their use in medicine. 

Hydriodic acid does not keep. It turns reddish brown from free 
iodine. The addition of a small quantity of hyposulphite of sodium is 
said to retard the decomposition. The only preparation of hydriodic 
acid fit for use (on pharmaceutical grounds) is the syrup. 

ACIDI HYDEIODICI SYEUPUS ; U. S. 
Syrup of Hydriodic Acid. 

Dissolve ten grams (154^ grains) iodine in eighty grams (meas- 
uring about 3J fluidounces) alcohol, in a loosely stoppered chemical 
flask, using very gentle heat to avoid loss of iodine by vaporization. 
Add the solution to one hundred and fifty grams (5 ounces 127 grains) 



28 A COMPANION TO THE 

simple syrup previously mixed with one hundred and fifty grams (5 
fluidounces) water. Put the mixture in a tall glass vessel, shake well, 
and then pass into it a current of hydrosulphuric acid gas until it turns 
a purely yellowish color and no longer gets brown on shaking it. Filter 
the liquid through white filter paper, returning what passes until it 
comes through clear. Wash the filter with a little distilled water, and 
evaporate the filtrate and washings in a weighed porcelain dish on a 
water-bath at not over 55° C. (131° F.), stirring constantly, until all 
odor of hydrosulphuric acid has been removed. Now set the evaporat- 
ing dish aside until the contents are cool. Then add five grams (77 
grains) spirit of orange and four hundred grams (14 ounces 48 grains) 
sugar, and enough water to make the whole weigh one thousand grams 
(35 ounces. 120 grains). When the sugar has dissolved (without the 
aid of heat) strain the syrup through a plug of loose cotton put in the 
stem of a funnel, keeping the latter covered. 

Preservation. — Fill the product in bottles holding not more than 
two hundred and forty cubic centimeters (8 fluidounces) each, which 
must be quite filled and corked with corks dipped in melted paraffin or 
wax. Keep these bottles in a cool, dark place. The preparation is not 
easily made to keep well. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 318. It 
contains one per cent, absolute hydriodic acid, or nearly one per cent. 
iodine (combined). 

Dose. — One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 

Acidum Hydrobromicum. 

Hydrobromic Acid. 

Bromwasserstoffsaure, G.; Acide bromhydrique, F.; Acido bromohi- 
drico, Sp.; Bromvdtesyra, Sw. — Solution of Hydrogen Bromide. 

The official hydrobromic acid is : 

ACIDUM IIYDROBEOMICUM DILUTUM; U. S. 
Diluted Hydrobromic Acid. 
This is a pure acid of ten per cent, strength. 

Description and Tests.— See the Pharmacopoeia, page 14. When 
first introduced into medicine in this country the acid was made of ten 
per cent, strength by decomposing eighty grains potassium bromide 
with one hundred grains of tartaric acid. This preparation was impure, 
containing both potassium bitartrate and undecomposed potassium 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 29 

bromide. The hydrobromic acid gained its reputation as a remedy by 
the use of a ten per cent, acid, and this would seem to be sufficiently 
stron°\ Absolute hydrobromic acid is hydrogen bromide, containing 
ninety-eight and three-fourths per cent, bromine and one and one-fourth 
per cent, hydrogen. It contains more bromine than any other bromide. 
Potassium bromide contains about two-thirds of its weight of bromine, 
and lithium bromide about ninety-two per cent. Dr. Squibb prepares 
a hydrobromic acid containing thirty-four per cent, of hydrogen bro- 
mide (or absolute hydrobromic acid), which represents one-half the 
bromine strength of an equal weight of potassium bromide, Squibb's 
hydrobromic acid containing 33.58 per cent, bromine, and the potassium 
bromide containing 67.17 per cent. 

Hydrobromic acid keeps well when pure. Should be put in glass- 
stoppered bottles. 

Medicinal Uses. — It is useful in the same kind of cases in which 
bromide of potassium is indicated. Headache, accompanied by conges- 
tion of the brain, as evidenced by the beating and throbbing of the 
pulsations, is readily relieved by it; also, the tinnitus aurium experienced 
after taking quinine. It fails to do good in epilepsy. 

Dose. — Of the diluted acid, from 2 to 4 cubic centimeters (J to 1 
fluidrachm). 

Acidum Hydrochloricum; U. S. 

Hydrochloric Acid. 

Acidum Hydrochloratum • Acidum Muriaticum y Acidum Chlorhy- 
dricum — Salzsciure, G. ; Acide chlorhydrique, Acide muriatique, F. ; 
Acido chlorohidrico, Acido hidrochlorico, Acido muriatico, Sp.; 
Saltsyra, ITlorvdtesyra, Sw. ; Muriatic Acid, Hydrogen Chloride. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 14 and 
15. Hydrochloric acid is commonly called muriatic acid. The old name, 
"spirit of salt," is rarely used any more. The U. S. Pharmacopoeia 
does not sanction the use of commercial hydrochloric or muriatic acid 
for medical or pharmacal purposes, requiring the chemically pure in all 
cases. 

The official or "U. S. P." acid is, therefore, a " C. P." acid. It has 
1.16 specific gravity, and contains 31.9 per cent, hydrochloric acid gas 
(chloride of hydrogen). Chemical manufacturers sell it in one-pound 
bottles and in six-pound bottles, under the designation of C P. muriatic 
acid of 20° Baume strength. The " muriatic acid " of the Pharmacopoeia 
of 1870 was of the same strength. 



30 A COMPANION TO THE 

Commercial muriatic acid is usually very impure, containing arsenic, 
iron, and sulphuric and sulphurous acids. It is used in the arts, and 
sold for this purpose by all druggists. Manufacturers sell several grades 
of it, viz.: 18° Baume = 1.14 specific gravity = twenty-eight per cent.' 
absolute acid; 20° Baume = 1.16 specific gravity = thirty-two per 
cent, absolute acid; and 22° Baume = 1.18 specific gravity = 35.5 per 
cent, absolute hydrochloric acid. Carboys of muriatic acid contain about 
one hundred and twenty pounds each. 

Strong hydrochloric acid gives off white vapors in the air. This is 
partly due to the difference in percentage of moisture in the air and in 
the acid, and partly to the ammonia contained in the atmosphere, which, 
when it meets the hydrochloric acid forms a light cloud of chloride of 
ammonium. 

Bottles containing hydrochloric acid, or other acids, frequently 
become covered with a light cloud or coat which is easily wiped or 
washed off. This is ammonium salt, formed from the ammonia in the 
air uniting with the vapors passing off from the acid bottle. 

Glass-stoppered bottles are necessary for keeping hydrochloric acid. 

Medicinal Uses. — Mineral acids have certain properties in common. 
In a concentrated form they are highly corrosive escharotics, which ab- 
stract water with great avidity from the tissues. 

Hydrochloric acid aids digestion. A gland is stimulated by applying 
to the opening of its duct a solution of an opposite reaction to that of 
its secretion, and its action is diminished by an application of the same 
reaction as that of its secretion. 

In heartburn, due to excessive secretion of gastric juice, alkaline 
treatment, as magnesia or bicarbonate of soda, is only palliative, since 
it merely neutralizes the acidity of the gastric juice, while it rather aug- 
ments than diminishes the amount of it. If given at all in such a case, 
such substances should be given after meals. 

It is better to give diluted hydrochloric acid before meals, when it 
will check the flow of gastric juice and cure the trouble. 

In atonic dyspepsia, which is due to a diminished secretion of 
gastric juice, the reverse is true. The hydrochloric acid must be given 
after meals to assist the digestion. 

Hydrochloric acid largely diluted with sweetened water forms an 
excellent drink to allay thirst and increase the appetite and digestion in 
fevers, especially during convalescence. Externally it is occasionally 
employed as a local escharotic in syphilitic ulcers, mucous patches, etc. 
It is given in the form of the diluted acid. 

Poisonous Effects. — If taken in concentrated form it destroys the 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 31 



mucous membrane of the mouth, pharynx, epiglottis, oesophagus, and 
stomach, producing intense pain and distress. As antidotes we give 
magnesia, chalk, alkalies, soda, lime, soap, etc., to neutralize, and albu- 
men, oil, milk, etc., to mechanically protect the tissues. Calcined mag- 
nesia is preferable to the carbonates, because the liberated carbonic 
acid may distend and rupture the corroded walls of the stomach. 
After-treatment — opium, stimulants, etc. 



ACIDUM HYDROCHLOKICITM DILUTUM; IT. S. 

Diluted Hydrochloric Acid. 

Diluted Muriatic Acid, Phar., 1870. 

Mix sixty grams (2 ounces 50^- grains) of hydrochloric acid with one 
hundred and thirty grams (4 ounces 256 grains) distilled water. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 15. It 
contains ten per cent, of absolute hydrochloric acid or hydrogen chlo- 
ride ; has the specific gravity 1.049, corresponding to 7° Baume ; and is 
about thirty per cent, stronger than the "diluted muriatic acid" of the 
Pharmacopoeia of 1870, which had a specific gravity of 1.038, containing 
7.7 per cent, of absolute acid. 

Dose. — From 0.3 to 1.50 cubic centimeter (5 to 25 minims), largely 
diluted, and taken through a straw or a glass tube to prevent the acid 
from injuring the teeth. 

Acidum Hydrocyamicum Dilutum ; XT. S. 

Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid. 

Acidum Hydrocyanatum / Acidum Sorussicum — Cyanwasserstoff- 
saure, JBlausdure, G. ; Acide cyanhydrique, Acide hydrocyanique, F. ; 
Acido cianhidrico, Acido hidrocianico, Acido Prusico, Sp. ; Cyan- 
vdtesyra, Blasyra, Sw. ; Prussic Acid. — Solution of Hydrogen 
Cyanide. 

Extremely poisonous, and never administered alone. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 15 and 
16. The official preparation contains two per cent, hydrogen cyanide. 
Keeps well in small bottles — about thirty cubic centimeters capacity, 
or one fluidounce — with well-ground glass stoppers, in a cool, dark 
place. 



32 A COMPANION TO THE 

The alternate formula of the Pharmacopoeia for preparing diluted 
hydrocyanic acid from cyanide of silver by decomposition with hydro- 
chloric acid yields a perfectly pure product, but seems to be superfluous. 
It is not probable that any considerable number of pharmacists ever 
make their own hydrocyanic acid, and a physician who is unable to find 
hydrocyanic acid in a case of emergency, would be even more likely to 
fail to find cyanide of silver. 

Scheele's Hydrocyanic Acid, so called, which is sometimes called for 
even now, contains five per cent, absolute hydrocyanic acid, being thus 
two and one-half times the strength of the U. S. P. preparation. 

Medicinal Uses. — Hydrocyanic acid is a most powerful poison. 
Even the inhalation of its vapor has resulted in death. For medicinal 
use only the diluted acid can be employed. In small or medicinal doses 
its action is that of a calmative or sedative. It is a valuable remedy in 
certain affections depending upon an irritation of the pneumogastric 
nerve; in nervous vomiting, of pregnancy, or of cerebral disorders, or 
the reflex vomiting of phthisis which occurs after severe spells of cough- 
ing; also in irritable cough or whooping-cough / some forms of dyspep- 
sia, gastralgia, etc. 

Applied externally it allays itching in urticaria, lichen, or pruritus, 
pruritus ani or vulvas, etc. For this purpose it may be used by diluting 
one-half to one fluidrachm of dilute acid in six to eight fiuidounces of in- 
fusion (cold process) of marshmallow or sassafras pith, or in an emul- 
sion of almonds. 

Poisonous Effects. — It is very rapidly absorbed, and if taken in a 
large dose the effect is perceptible in a few seconds, while death may 
result within four or five minutes. The symptoms are sudden giddiness 
almost instantly followed by insensibility, cold extremities, clammy 
sweat, slow, jerking respiration, and very feeble pulse. If the effects 
are slower, convulsions, lockjaw, and opisthotonus may occur. 

Antidotes and Treatment. — All chemical antidotes are worth- 
less, as they are absorbed much too slowly. If the dose was large, the 
probability is that all help will be too late. The treatment consists in 
cold douches and affusions to the head and spine, and the inhalation 

and hypodermic injection of ammonia. 

Dose. — 1 to 3 minims (0.05 to 0.20 cubic centimeter) several times 
a 'lay in some neutral vehicle. 

For inhalation a mixture of ten to fifteen minims of diluted acid in 
sixty minims of water is used (0.G6 to 1.0 cubic centimeter in 4 cubic 
centimeters water.) 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 33 

HYDKOCYANATA EMULSIO. 
Hydrocyaxated Emulsion. 

Beat twenty-five grams (386 grains) blanched sweet almond in a 
mortar with enough water, gradually added, to obtain two hundred and 
twenty-five cubic centimeters (8 fluidounces) emulsion, to which add 
twenty-five cubic centimeters (6f fluidrachms) simple syrup. Macerate 
with this during one hour three grams (46 grains) amygdalin, shaking 
briskly from time to time. 

During the maceration hydrocyanic acid is formed, the quantity of 
which is accurately estimated from the quantity of amygdalin used. 
Prepared as here indicated, the preparation contains two centigrams of 
anhydrous hydrocyanic acid in every thirty cubic centimeters (nearly 
one-third grain in each fluidounce.) 

This is a reliable hydrocyanic acid preparation when made freshly as 
required for use. 

Dose. — 2 to 5 cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

Acidum Hypophosphorosum, 

Hypophosphorous Acid. 

Prepared by decomposing hypophosphite of calcium with oxalic acid. 
It is a colorless acid liquid, containing, as commonly made, about ten per 
cent, of the acid (hydrogen hypophosphite), each fluidrachm represent- 
ing six grains hypophosphorous acid, containing two and one-fourth 
grains of combined phosphorus. It is hardly ever used except for the 
preparation of syrups and solutions of the hypophosphites. 

Dose. — 0.6 to 4 cubic centimeters (10 to 60 minims). 

Acidum Lacticum; U. S. 

Lactic Acid. 
Milchsaure, G.; Acide lactique, F. ; Mjolksyra, Sw. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 16 and 
17. It has the specific gravity 1.212, corresponding to nearly 25.5° 
Baume, and contains seventy-five per cent, absolute lactic acid, being of 
the same strength as in the Pharmacopoeia of 1870. Should be kept in 
glass-stoppered bottles. 

" Lacto- Phosphates" are simply solutions of phosphates in lactic 
acid. " Lacto-phosphate of lime " is, when properly made, phosphate of 
calcium dissolved in lactic acid. 
3 



34 A COMPANION TO THE 



" Lacto-Peptin " is a mixture the published formula of which is re- 
markable. The popularity of the preparation is probably due to the fact 
that it contains some free lactic acid, which aids the digestive power 
of the principal constituent, pepsin. 

Medicinal Uses. — This acid is a valuable aid in impaired digestion, 
atonic dyspepsia, and that form of the latter disease accompanied by 
diarrhoea in which the stools contain undigested food. It may be com- 
bined with pepsin. 

In heartburn it may be given before meals, like hydrochloric acid, but 
is preferable to the latter as it is one of the natural ingredients of the 
gastric juice. 

A solution of one part in sixteen parts of water is an excellent sol- 
vent of false membranes in croup or diphtheria. It may be applied with 
a probang or brush if the membranes do not extend into the larynx, or 
as a spray by inhalation if they do. 

Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims), in sweet- 
ened water. 

Acidum Nitricum ; IT. S. 

Nitric Acid. 

Acidum azoticum — Salpeterstiure, G.; Acide azotique, Acide nitrique, 
F. ; Acido JVitrico, Sp. ; Salpetersyra, Sw. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 17. The 
official nitric acid of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia is a chemically pure acid 
of 1.42 specific gravity, corresponding to 43° Baume. It contains 69.4 
per cent, absolute nitric acid, and is of the same strength as the nitric 
acid of the Pharmacopoeia of 1870. Should be quite colorless. It is 
extremely corrosive. 

Commercial nitric acid is very impure, containing sulphuric acid, 
chlorine, and iron, and is usually more or less colored. It is sold in one- 
pound glass-stoppered bottles and in seven-pound glass-stoppered bottles, 
and also in carboys of about one hundred and twenty to one hundred and 
forty pounds each, the strength of the acid usually sold being 30° 
Baume, or 1.33 specific gravity, containing fifty-two per cent, absolute 
acid ; 38° Baume, or 1.355 specific gravity, containing fifty-seven per 
cent.; 40° Baume, or 1.38 specific gravity, containing 61.5 per cent. ; 
41° Baume, or 1.30 specific gravity, containing sixty-two per cent.; 42° 
Baum6, or 1.41 specific gravity, containing 67.5 per cent.; and 43° 
Baume, or 1.42 specific gravity, containing 60.4 per cent, of absolute 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 35 

nitric acid. The commercial acid is unfit for pharmacopoeial or medicinal 
uses. 

Nitric acid must be kept in glass-stoppered bottles. 

Fuming Nitric Acid is a very strong nitric acid containing hypo- 
nitric acid which escapes as reddish brown fumes when the stopper is 
removed from the bottle. It is reddish yellow from the hyponitric acid. 
Great care should be exercised in handling fuming nitric acid, especially 
in removing the stopper from a full bottle, when the confined gas may 
suddenly expand and throw a portion of the liquid out. This acid has 
a specific gravity of 1.52 (G. P.), or 49.5° Baume. 

Nitrous Acid is of the same composition as fuming nitric acid but 
weaker. Sold in one-pound glass-stoppered bottles. 

Medicinal Uses. — The general effects of nitric acid are like those 
of other mineral acids, which were described under Hydrochloric Acid. 
It is used for the same purposes as that acid, but is perhaps to be pre- 
ferred in diseases accompanied by inactivity of the liver. Only the 
diluted acid is given internally. 

Externally, nitric acid is often used as an escharotic for the destruc- 
tion of phagedenic chancre or chancroids. It stains the skin yellow. 
It is applied with a soft stick, and its action may be limited to a certain 
extent of surface by applying a piece of surgeon's adhesive plaster which 
has a hole exposing the desired surface, and any superfluous acid may be 
neutralized with an alkaline wash. 

Nitric acid is also used to destroy piles or small ncevi {mother's- 
marks), but it must be used with care for the latter purpose, as we re- 
member to have seen a case in which its application to the face of a 
young lady for the latter purpose was followed by frightful cicatrices. 

The poisonous effects are like those of hydrochloric acid ; those of a 
corrosive poison. The nature of the acid, when swallowed, will be be- 
trayed by the yellow discoloration of the lips. Antidotes and treatment 
are like those for poisoning with hydrochloric acid. 

ACIDUM NITEICUM DILUTUM; U. S. 

Diluted Niteic Acid. 

Mix thirty grams (or 1 ounce) nitric acid with one hundred and 
eighty grams (or 6 ounces) distilled water. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 17 and 18. 
It is a chemically pure nitric acid, containing ten per cent, of absolute 
acid and having the specific gravity 1.059. 

The diluted nitric acid of the Pharmacopoeia of 1870 had the specific 



30 A COMPANION TO THE 

gravity 1.101, and contained fifteen per cent, of absolute nitric acid, being 
thus fifty per cent, stronger than the present preparation. 

Dose. — 2 to 20 drops, well diluted with water, several times daily, 
taken through a straw or a glass tube, the mouth being afterward well 
rinsed to protect the teeth from injury. 

For medicinal effects, see " Nitric Acid " above. 



Acidum Nitrohydrochloricum ; U. S. 

NITROHYDROCHLORIC AdD. 

Acidum Nitromuriaticum / Nitre-muriatic Acid. 

This is prepared by mixing forty grams (1 ounce 180 grains) of the 
official nitric acid with one hundred and fifty grams (5 ounces 127 
grains) of the official hydrochloric acid. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 18. It is not 
a mere mechanical mixture. A chemical reaction with considerable rise 
of temperature takes place, which may cause quite violent effervescence. 
Hence the precaution to mix the acids in an "open" and "capacious" 
vessel ; to put the mixture in bottles only after " effervescence has 
ceased," and to pour the bottles half full only, to allow ample space for 
the gases which are formed. These gases are chlorine and chloro-nitrous 
acid. The properties of the nitrohydrochloric acid depend chiefly upon 
the free chlorine in it. 

The proportions between the nitric and the hydrochloric acid in the 
new formula are such as will yield the greatest amount of chlorine. 

The preparation must be kept in bottles with well-fitting glass stop- 
pers, and in a cool, dark place. 

Formerly a mixture of nitric acid with hydrochloric acid was called 
Aqua Regia, owing to its royal power of absorbing gold, which no other 
acid attacks. 

Medicinal Uses. — The general effects of nitrohydrochloric acid are 
like those of other mineral acids as described under hydrochloric acid. 
It is, however, preferred to other mineral acids in diseases involving the 
functions of the liver. 

It is useful in chronic hepatic troubles, and in dysentery and dropsy 
of hepatic origin; also in jaundice accompanying malarial diseases. 

The internal use should be accompanied by the use of the nitrohydro- 
chloric acid bath applied to the right hypochondriac region or to the 
whole surface of the body. 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 37 

It is also given internally in syphilitic cachexia and in some cutane- 
ous diseases. Its use must be continued for some time. 

The poisonous effects and antidotes and treatment are like those of 
its component acids. 

ACIDUM NITKOHYDEOCHLOEICUM DILUTUM; U. S. 

Diluted Niteohydeochloeic Acid. 

Acidum Nitromuriaticum Dilutum ; Diluted Nitromuriatic Acid, 

Phar., 1870. 

Mix forty grams (1 ounce 180 grains) nitric acid with one hundred 
and fifty grams (5 ounces 127 grains) hydrochloric acid in the same 
manner as in making nitrohydrochloric acid (see above). After the re- 
action has subsided add seven hundred and sixty grams (26 ounces 
350 grains) distilled water. 

The chemical reaction by which the chlorine and chloro-nitrous acid 
are formed can take place only when the acids are strong, and will be 
entirely prevented by using previously diluted acids. After long keep- 
ing this preparation contains hyponitric and hydrochloric acids. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 18. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 1.50 cubic centimeter (5 to 25 minims) several times 
a day, largely diluted, and taken through a straw or a glass tube to pre- 
vent injury to the teeth. 

Nitrohydrochloric Acid Bath. — Bartholow gives the following direc- 
tions for this bath: Three ounces of nitrohydrochloric acid to a gallon of 
water. The feet to be placed in the bath, and the legs, arms, and abdo- 
men to be alternately sponged. The temperature of the bath should be 
about 35.5° C. (96° F.). 

Squire gives the proportions of eight ounces by measure to one 
gallon of pure water; temperature, 35.5° to 36.5° C. (96° to 98° F.). 
Let a flannel roller of ten or twelve inches wide, and sufficient to encircle 
the body twice, be soaked in this fluid and then wrung so as to remain 
only damp. Apply this immediately to the bod} 7- , covering it with a 
piece of oiled silk to avoid dampening the dress. It should be worn 
constantly, but should be renewed morning and evening. This bath 
should be prepared in glass or glazed earthenware vessels. 

Acidum Oleicum; U. S. 

Oleic Acid. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 18 and 
19. It should be, at most, pale yellowish in color, and nearly odorless, 



38 A COMPANION TO THE 



and have the specific gravity mentioned, viz., 0.80 to 0.81. True plas- 
ters and soaps are oleates, or salts of oleic acid. 

Oleic acid is introduced in the Pharmacopoeia for use in the prepara- 
tion of the new class of official preparations called " oleata," which are 
solutions of oleates in an excess of oleic acid. Oleates made without an 
excess of oleic acid, and dissolved in fat or petroleum ointment, are much 
to be preferred whenever it is possible to make them. Oleate of mer- 
cury can readily be made without any excess of oleic acid, and then 
remains always free from the rancid acridity which is almost sure to 
come in oleic acid after long keeping. (See Hydrargyri Oleatum.) Brown 
or rancid oleic acid is unfit for pharmacopoeial uses, and may, in fact, 
do great harm on account of its acridity if employed in the preparation 
of oleates. 

Acidum Oxalicum. 

Oxalic Acid. 

Oxalsaure, Kleesaure, G.; Acicle oxalique, Acide carboneux, F.; Acido 

Oxalico, Sp. ; Oxalsyra, Sw. 

Obtained by the action of nitric acid on sugar or starch. It is in 
perfectly white, odorless crystals, soluble in eight parts cold water, and 
in less than its own weight of boiling water. Soluble in two and one- 
half parts cold, and in 1.8 part boiling alcohol. It has a very acid taste. 

Is not used in medicine, but is mentioned here on account of its being 
sold in every drug store, and because it is used as a reagent, being em- 
ployed to determine the strength of alkalies and alkaline carbonates, 
and for the detection of calcium salts. It is also used to remove rust 
and ink-spots from white fabrics. 

A solution of freshly precipated ferrocyanide of iron in oxalic acid 
and water makes a good blue ink. 

Poisonous Action. — In large doses it is an irritant poison, pro- 
ducing burning pain, vomiting, drowsiness or stupor with collapse and 
death. Powdered chalk or whitewash from the walls mixed with water 
should be given as an antidote, and the inflammation combated on gen- 
eral principles. 

Acidum Phosphoricum ; IT. S. 

Phosphoric Acid. 
I'liosphorsdure, G. ; Acide Phosfyhorique, F. ; Acido Fosforico, Sp.; 

Fosforsyra, Sw. 

The new Pharmacopoeia prescribes a phosphoric acid of 1.347 specific 
gravity, corresponding to 37.2° Baume, containing fifty per cent, ortho- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 39 

phosphoric acid. As it is improbable that pharmacists will generally 
prepare their own phosphoric acid, we will omit here the process of prep- 
aration. 

For working formula, description, and tests, see the Pharmacopoeia, 
pages 19 and 20. The official tests are such as require a perfectly pure 
phosphoric acid. The one prepared from phosphorus by oxidation with 
nitric acid is the only kind which the Pharmacopoeia intends should be 
used; and it must be quite colorless and absolutely free from arsenic, 
phosphorous acid, and nitric acid. It must be kept in glass-stoppered 
bottles. 

ACIDUM PHOSPHORICUM D1LUTUM; IT. S. 
Diluted Phosphoric Acid. 

Prepared by mixing thirty grams (or 1 ounce) phosphoric acid with 
one hundred and twenty grams (or 4 ounces) of distilled water — all by 
weight. 

This preparation contains ten per cent, orthophosphoric acid, and is 
a trifle stronger than the diluted phosphoric acid of the Pharmacopoeia 
of 1870. The specific gravity of the new diluted phosphoric acid is 
1.057, while the specific gravity of the former preparation was 1.056. 

Diluted phosphoric acid must not be made from glacial phosphoric 
acid, as permitted in the old Pharmacopoeia, as the glacial acid is gener- 
ally impure. 

Description and Tests.— See the Pharmacopoeia, page 20. 

Medicinal Uses. — Diluted phosphoric acid is employed for the 
same purposes as the other mineral acids, such as hydrochloric or nitric 
acids. It may be given for the same purposes as the hydrochloric acid, 
although in most cases where either would be appropriate, the latter 
may be preferred. It is used in heartburn, dyspepsia, indigestion, affec- 
tions of the bones, nightsweats, hectic fevers, etc. It possesses the 
property of assuaging thirst in a marked degree, and has been given to 
moderate the excessive secretion of urine in diabetes by reducing the 
quantity of water imbibed. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 1 cubic centimeter (8 to 15 minims) largely diluted 
with water. 

Phosphoric Acid Lemonade is made by mixing twelve grams (185 
grains) diluted phosphoric acid (measuring about 3 fluidrachms) with 
ninety cubic centimeters (3 fluidounces) simple syrup, and enough water 
to make the whole measure one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluid- 
ounces). 



40 A COMPANION TO THE 



ACIDUM PHOSPHOEICUM GLACIALE. 
Glacial Phosphoric Acid. 

This is meta-phosphoric acid. It has the appearance of ice or broken 
glass. Usually it contains a considerable quantity of sodium phosphate. 

Syrupy Phosphoric Acid from phosphorus is also sold by manufac- 
turing chemists. It i» generally pure. Since the introduction into the 
new Pharmacopoeia of a phosphoric acid of fifty per cent, strength, it 
is probable that the syrupy phosphoric acid will be largely displaced by 
the official preparation. 

Acidum Picricum. 

Picric Acid. 

Acidum carbazoticum — Pikrinsaure, Trinitrocarbolsaure, Welter 'sches 
Bitter, G. ; Acide picrique, Acide carbazotique, Acide nitroxan- 
thique, Jau?ie-amer, F. ; Acido picrico, Sp. ; Pikrinsyra, Sw. ; Car- 
bazotic Acid, Trinitrophenol. 

This is tri-nitro-carbolic acid [C 6 H 3 (N0 2 ) 3 0], formed when carbolic 
acid is slowly dropped into fuming nitric acid, and the mixture after- 
ward heated. 

Bright yellow crystals of an acid and excessively bitter taste, solu- 
ble in eighty-six parts of water, and very readily in alcohol and ether. 
It is used as a dyestuff. Stains the skin persistently and intensely 
yellow. Most picrates (or carbazotates) are explosive by percussion or 
heat. In large doses it is poisonous. 

Picrate of Ammonium (carbazotate of ammonia) has been used as 
a remedy in ague and in trichinosis. 

Dose. — From one to ten centigrams (-J- to 1J grain). 

Acidum Pyrogallicum. 

Pyrogallic Acid. 

Light, flaky, white crystals of a somewhat pearly lustre. They 
blacken on exposure to light. Soluble in water, of which sixty cubic 
centimeters (2 fluidounces) will dissolve thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains), 
the resulting solution measuring seventy-five cubic centimeters (about 
2^ fluidounces). 

Uses. — It is much used by photographers. A solution of one part 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 41 

pyrogallic acid in sixteen parts water is used with a solution of one part 
nitrate of silver in thirty parts of water as a black hair-dye. 

Medicinally, it is employed in psoriasis in the form of an ointment, 
made of one gram (15 grains) of the acid to thirty grams (1 ounce) 
benzoinated lard, or petroleum ointment. 

Acidum Pyrolignosum. 

Pyeoligneous Acid. 

Acetum Pyroxylicum — Holzessig, G. ; Acide pyroxyliqtie, F. ; Trd-dt- 
tika, Sw. ; Wood-vinegar, 

Crude pyroligneous acid is a brown liquid of 1.015 to 1.030 specific 
gravity, having an acid and smoky odor and taste, and containing acetic 
acid, methyl-alcohol, besides a great number of other products of the 
destructive distillation of wood, by which the pyroligneous acid is ob- 
tained. 

Rectified pyroligneous acid is less dark colored, and pure acetic acid 
is now largely manufactured from wood-vinegar or pyroligneous acid. 

For medicinal purposes the acid should be one, twenty parts of 
which will neutralize one part dried sodium carbonate, and which will 
leave, on evaporation, about six to ten per cent. tar. 

Medicinal Uses. — For the purification of gangrenous, and other 
ill-natured sores, pyroligneous acid is sometimes applied. 

Acidum Salicy licum ; U. S. 

Salicylic Acid. 

Salicylsdure, G. ; Acid Salicylique, F. ; Acido salicylico, Sp. ; Salicyl- 
syra, Sw. ; Ortho-oxyoenzoic Acid. 

"Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 21. The 
official description rejects the common amorphous, and frequently pink- 
ish-colored salicylic acid, which is impure. It requires a perfectly pure 
acid, in "fine, white, prismatic, needle-shaped crystals," which are well 
developed, present a very handsome appearance, and always furnish a 
good indication of purity. 

Besides the solubilities stated in the Pharmacopoeia we have to add 
that it dissolves in sixty parts glycerin, and in two parts olive oil. The 
solution of one part salicylic acid in two parts olive oil is effected by 
heat, and although a partial separation takes place on standing, the 
mixture becomes homogeneous as:ain when shaken. 



42 A COMPANION TO THE 



Salicylic acid dissolves more readily in solutions of acetate of potas- 
sium, acetate of ammonium, citrate of potassium, phosphate of ammo- 
nium., etc. 

A solution of twenty grains salicylic acid to each fluidounce is the 
most commonly employed strength. To prepare it, triturate the salicylic 
acid with an equal weight of acetate of potassium, and use equal parts 
of glycerin and water as a solvent. 

The inhalation of the dust of salicylic acid causes coughing and 
sneezing. 

Crystallized salicylic acid is pure and odorless ; precipitated acid has 
a peculiar taste, more disagreeable than that properly belonging to the 
acid itself ; and the sublimed acid is often pink-colored and smells of 
phenol. The dialyzed salicylic acid is the best. 

Medicinal Uses. — Salicylic acid is an antiseptic and anti-ferment- 
ative. Added to beer, cider, or milk, it prevents souring. Eggs laid 
in a concentrated solution may be kept fresh for a long time. It pre- 
vents putrefaction of urine, or arrests this process after it has com- 
menced. These properties make it valuable as an application to wounds, 
promoting primary union and preventing suppuration and infection. 
When given internally in fevers it reduces the temperature, and it has 
been given with good results in typhoid fever, erysipelas, pneumonia, 
phthisis ; also as an antipyretic and antiperiodic in intermittent fevers. 
It is especially valuable in septicemic fevers depending on blood- 
poisoning, as in diphtheria, pyaemia, traumatic fevecs, etc. ; but its 
most important results seem to be achieved in acute rheumatism, at- 
tacks of this disease often yielding in as many days as they otherwise 
would last weeks. 

It is also much used as a local disinfectant and deodorizing applica- 
tion in fetid perspiration (for example, of the feet or axilla), or as an 
ingredient of dentifrices in foul breatli from carious teeth. It is equal 
to carbolic acid in the treatment of wounds ; but, unlike the latter, it 
does not produce poisoning. It may be applied in powder to cancerous 
or gangrenous wounds, or as a dressing by soaking cotton in an alco- 
holic solution and then drying. For external application a solution 
may be made by adding eight parts of borate of sodium to one hundred 
parts of boiling water, and when dissolved gradually adding ten parts 
of salicylic acid, filtering on cooling, if necessary. 

Salicylic acid is extremely irritating to the mucous surfaces, and 
should therefore never be given in pill form or even in powder, which may 
remain for some time in direct contact with the membrane. It is better 
to give it in solution. On account, however, of the exceedingly dis- 
agreeable taste of the preparation, which makes it impossible for some 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 43 

patients to take it in that form, it will be found best to prescribe salicy- 
lic acid suspended in some pleasant-tasting syrup. 

Dose. — For internal use, from ten grains to one drachm. It is 
claimed that small doses frequently repeated are more successful in their 
action than large doses at longer intervals. It does not appear to be 
poisonous, though large doses may cause vomiting. 

For inhalation, a solution of fifteen grams (-J ounce) of salicylic 
acid, fifteen grams (-| ounce) borax, and five hundred cubic centimeters 
(17 fluidounces) boiling water is used. 

SALICYLIC ACID MIXTUEE. 

Dissolve five grams (75 grains) salicylic acid, and ten grams (150 
grains) potassium acetate in fifteen grams (300 grains) glycerin and 
enough distilled water to make the whole measure one hundred cubic 
centimeters (3^- fluidounces). Contains twenty-five centigrams salicylic 
acid in each five cubic centimeters, or four grains to the teaspoonful. 

SALICYLATUM OLEUM. 

Salicylated Oil. 

Dissolve fifteen grams (|- ounce) salicylic acid in thirty grams (1 
ounce) olive oil by the aid of heat. 

To be shaken before each application. 

ACIDI SALICYLICI UNGUENTITM. 

Salicylic Acid Ointment. 

Mix thirty grams (1 ounce) salicylic acid with two hundred and 
seventy grams (9 ounces) petroleum butter in a porcelain evaporating 
dish, and heat gently until dissolved. 

Acidum Succinicum. 

' Succinic Acid. 

Sal Succini — Bernsteinsaure, G. ; Acide succinique, F. ; Acido sucinico, 
Sal voldtil de sucino, Sp. ; JBemstenssyra, Sw. ; Acid of Amber. 

Occurs in amber, from which it is obtained by dry distillation. Pure 
succinic acid is perfectly white and odorless. This, however, is not the 
kind used in medicine. The medicinal succinic acid is in yellowish crys- 
tals, which should smell and taste of oil of amber. The small percentage 
of volatile oil in the acid is deemed to be the only active portion. 



44 A COMPANION TO THE 



It is soluble in about twenty-four parts of cold water, and in two 
and one-half parts boiling water. Readily soluble in alcohol, but insol- 
uble in ether. 

Uses. — In making solution of succinate of ammonium. Succinic 
acid itself is probably of little, if any, value. 

Dose. — 0.30 to 1 gram (5 to 15 grains). 

Acidum Sulphuricum ; IT. S. 

Sulphuric Acid. 

Schwefelsaure, Vitriol'dl, G. ; Acide sulphurique, Huile de vitriol, F. ; 
Acido sulfurico, Sp. ; Svafvelsyra, Vitriololja, Sw. ; Oil of Vitriol, 

Descriptor) and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 21. 

The official preparation is a chemically pure acid of 1.840 specific 
gravity, or 66.3° Baume, containing not less than ninety-six per cent. 
absolute sulphuric acid (hydrogen sulphate), or eighty per cent, anhy- 
dride. Must be colorless, and to keep it so, as well as to keep it from 
absorbing moisture, and thus become weaker, it must be kept in bottles 
with well-ground glass stoppers. 

Commercial sulphuric acid, commonly called oil of vitriol, is an im- 
pure acid containing arsenic, lead, nitric acid, etc. The lead sulphate 
precipitates if the acid is diluted with more than three times its weight 
of water and allowed to stand for a day. 

The oil of vitriol sold by the manufacturers usually has a specific 
gravity of 1.835, corresponding to 66° Baume, and contains about 
ninety-four per cent, of absolute sulphuric acid. It is put up in nine- 
pound bottles, and in carboys of about one hundred and seventy pounds 
each. 

Medical Uses. — The concentrated acid is sometimes used exter- 
nally to destroy morbid growths or fungoid granulations, chancroids, 
etc. It is a powerful escharotic, abstracting water or its equivalents of 
oxygenated hydrogen from organic substances and charring them. , To 
control and confine its action it is best applied in the form of a paste 
made by saturating asbestos or powdered charcoal with the acid. 

Poisonous Effects and Antidotes. — When taken internally its 
nature may be known from the blackened appearance of the lips and 
other parts of the mouth. It corrodes all the parts with which it comes 
into contact, producing intense pain with efforts to vomit. Collapse 
and death often occur rapidly as the consequence of the intense conges- 
tion accompanying the destruction of the lining membrane of the 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 45 

oesophagus and stomach, and even if death does not ensue rapidly, it is 
generally brought about later by the subsequent strictures of the oesoph- 
agus. 

The antidotes are as in hydrochloric acid, with the exception that 
water cannot be given in large quantities, as it produces intense heat 
with the sulphuric acid. Chalk, magnesia, soap, alkalies, and their 
carbonates, oil, white of egg, etc., are all appropriate. If recourse be 
had to the stomach-pump it is to be used with care, as shreds of the lin- 
ing membrane of the stomach are apt to be sucked into the mouth of 
the tube and then torn off. After-treatment consists of demulcents, 
opiates, etc., with liquid diet. 

Strong sulphuric acid has frequently been applied externally for 
criminal purposes, especially in France, to destroy the beauty of a suc- 
cessful rival or to avenge the wrongs, or supposed wrongs, inflicted by a 
lover. This practice has most frequently been indulged in by jealous 
or revengeful women, called " vitreulleuses." The pouring of this acid 
over the face, neck, and bosom produces intense pain and destruction 
of tissue. The eyes may be destroyed, and when healed the entire face 
may be horribly disfigured by the contraction of the cicatrices. Chalk, 
or plaster from the wall, magnesia, alkalies, or their carbonates, etc., 
should be applied as soon as possible, to be followed by oil and emolli- 
ents. To relieve the pain, opium may be given internally. 

ACIDUM SULPHURICUM FUMANS. 

NORDHATTSEIS- AdD. 

Fuming sulphuric acid, or Nordhausen sulphuric acid, is made by 
heating sulphate of iron. This is really the original " oil of vitriol," 
being the oily liquid obtained from vitriol or copperas. Now it is made 
by first oxidizing the copperas in the air and then heating it in retorts. 
It has 1.86 to 1.87 specific gravity, and is a mixture of hydrogen sul- 
phate (sulphuric acid) and sulphuric anhydride. It is generally more 
or less dark colored by charred dust, etc. 

ACIDI SULPHURICI LIQUOR HALLERI. 

Acidus Liquor Halleri (Haller's Acid Drops) is a mixture of equal 
parts by weight of sulphuric acid and alcohol. The acid should be 
gradually added to the alcohol with constant stirring, taking care that 
the temperature does not rise too high, when the liquid will boil vio- 
lently, vaporizing the alcohol. The mixture contains ether, alcohol, 
sulphuric acid, and sulph-ethylic acid. 



46 A COMPANION TO THE 



If the alcohol contain fusel oil the preparation is liable to be yel- 
lowish ; otherwise it is colorless, or very nearly so. It has a specific 
gravity of 1.20. Its medicinal uses are about the same as those of aro- 
matic sulphuric acid. Must be kept in glass-stoppered bottles. 

ACIDI SULPHUKICI PASTA. 

Sulphuric Acid Paste is sulphuric acid mixed with sufficient pow- 
dered charcoal to form a stiff paste. It must be kept in a glass or por- 
celain jar with cover of the same material. It is used to cauterize syphi- 
litic ulcers, etc. 

ACIDUM SULPHUKICTJM AROMATICUM; U.S. 

Aromatic Sulphuric Acid. 

JSIixtura Aromatica Acida, Tinctura Aromatica Adda — Elixir of 

Vitriol. 

Put seven hundred grams (24 ounces 300 grains) of alcohol (meas- 
uring 29£ fluidounces) in a half gallon, w T ide-mouthed bottle. Stir it 
around briskly with a glass rod so as to set it in rapid rotatory motion. 
Pour into it gradually, and in a small stream, two hundred grams (7 
ounces 24 grains) sulphuric acid. Allow the mixture, which will become 
very hot from the chemical action, to get cool again. Then add forty- 
five grams (1 ounce 257 grains) tincture of ginger (measuring 1^ fluid- 
ounce), one gram (15 grains) oil of cinnamon, and enough alcohol to 
make the whole weigh one thousand grains (35 ounces 120 grains). 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 22. It 
must be preserved in glass-stoppered bottles. 

Ethyl-sulphuric acid is formed by the action of the sulphuric acid on 
the alcohol, and is a constituent of the preparation. 

The above preparation (U. S. P., 1880), is an improvement upon that 
of the old Pharmacopoeia (1870). In the old preparation a compound 
tincture of ginger and cinnamon was mixed with the sulphuric acid and 
alcohol. Thus a larger quantity of organic matter was introduced into 
the preparation, which, constantly acted on by the sulphuric acid, 
caused a continuous formation of precipitate. In the new formula the 
substitution of oil of cinnamon for the crude drug lessens the amount 
of precipitate considerably, though it does not entirely prevent it. The 
present preparation is lighter colored than the old. Both are reddish 
brown. 

The new official aromatic sulphuric acid contains twenty per cent., 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 47 

bv weight, of the official sulphuric acid, whereas the preparation of the 
Pharmacopoeia of 1870 contained only nineteen per cent. 

The name " Acidum Sulphuricum Aromaticum " is an awkward one, 
as the preparation is not an acid, still less an aromatic acid. It should 
have been called tinctura aromatica acida, or, still better, mixtura aro- 
matica acida. 

Medicinal Uses. — It is useful in the same diseases in which sul- 
phuric acid is indicated, and is preferred on account of its more pleasant 
taste. It is frequently employed in night-sweats, especially of phthisi- 
cal or hectic patients, in excessive menstrual discharge, or menorrhagia. 
If given for any length of time it is apt to derange the digestion. 

The preparation is prescribed alone, to be taken in water. It is 
also much used in combination with sulphate of quinine, both in solution 
and in pills, aiding considerably the efficacy of the quinine by rendering 
it easily soluble. 

Dose. — 0.5 to one cubic centimeter (10 to 20 minims). 

ACIDUM SULPHUKICUM DILUTUM; U.S. 
Diluted Sulphuric Acid. 

Prepared by mixing thirty grams (or 1 ounce), by weight, of sulphu- 
ric acid with two hundred and seventy grams (or 9 ounces) of distilled 
water. In making it be careful to put the water in a vessel capable of 
holding at least one-third more than the total volume of the two liquids ; 
then set the water in rapid rotatory motion by stirring it around vigor- 
ously in one direction with a glass rod, after which pour the sulphuric 
acid gradually, and in a small stream, into the center of the moving 
water. There will then be no danger of a sudden boiling over of the 
mixture, which sometimes takes place when sulphuric acid and water 
are mixed. To add the water to the sulphuric acid instead of the con- 
trary, would almost certainly cause such a violent commotion as to 
throw the liquid out, and perhaps cause serious injury to the operator. 

Description and Tests. — See Pharmacopoeia, page 22. Contains 
ten per cent, of the official sulphuric acid, and has a specific gravity 
of 1.069. Must be perfectly clear and colorless, and kept in glass- 
stoppered bottles. The diluted acid of the Pharmacopoeia of 1870 had 
a specific gravity of 1.094, and contained 11.14 per cent, of sulphuric 
anhydride, S0 3 , or 12.38 per cent, absolute sulphuric acid, H 2 S0 4 . The 
acid of 1880 is therefore less than five-sixths as strong as that of 1870. 

Medicinal Uses. — Sulphuric acid is generally given internally in 
the form of diluted sulphuric acid, or as aromatic sulphuric acid. The 



43 A COMPANION TO THE 



effects are described under the latter heading. Sulphuric acid possesses 
the general properties of mineral acids, but is more astringent. 

Dose of the diluted acid. — Ten to thirty drops, largely diluted, and 
taken through a straw or glass tube to prevent injury to the teeth. 

ACIDI SULPHURICI LEMON ADUM. 

Sulphuric Acid Lemonade is made by mixing two grams (31 grains) 
sulphuric acid with about five hundred cubic centimeters of water, and 
then adding ninety cubic centimeters (3 fluidounces) simple syrup and 
enough water to make the whole about one thousand cubic centimeters 
(or 34: fluidounces). 

It is much used as a prophylactic against cholera. 



ACIDI SULPHURICI SYRUPUS. 
Sulphuric Acid Syrup. 

Mix thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) diluted sulphuric acid and 
two hundred and seventy cubic centimeters (9 fluidounces) simple syrup. 
Dose. — Four to eight cubic centimeters (1 to 2 fluidrachms). 

Acidum Sulphurosum ; U. S. 

Sulphurous Acid. 
Schweflige Sihtre, G. ; Acide sulfureux, F. ; Swafvelsyrlighet, Sw. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 22 and 
23. It is improbable that any great number of pharmacists will prepare 
sulphurous acid, and hence we omit the process of preparation. 

The preparation is a solution of sulphurous acid gas in water. It 
contains three and one-half per cent, of the acid, and has the specific 
gravity 1.022. Smells like the fumes of burning sulphur. Should be 
clear and colorless. 

Preservation. — It must be kept in small and quite filled, dark, 
amber-colored bottles, with well ground glass stoppers, and in a cool 
place. 

Sulphurous acid is an energetic deoxidizing agent, and hence 
bleaches vegetable colors. 

Medicinal Uses. — Internally it has been given in zymotic diseases, 
but the sulphites are generally preferred. The sulphurous acid is espe- 
cially useful in the vomiting of frothy or yeasty matters containing 
sarcince ventriculi. Externally it is used as a disinfectant and deodor- 
izer. It is useful as an application in parasitic skin diseases. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 49 

The fumes of burning sulphur (sulphurous acid gas) are an excellent 
disinfectant for rooms or hospital wards. The patients having been re- 
moved, a dish of sulphur is placed in the room and ignited. The doors 
and windows are tightly closed and the room left for some time so that 
the fumes may penetrate into all parts of the apartment. It must be 
recollected that this procedure will bleach and destroy textile fabrics, as 
curtains, carpets, etc., if left in the room. 

Dose of the acid for internal use. — One to two fluidrachms (4 to 8 
cubic centimeters) largely diluted with water. 

Acidum Tannicum ; IT. S. 

Tannic Acid. 

Acidum G alio- Tannicum, Tanninum — Gerbsaure, Tannin, G. ; Acide 
tannique, Tannin, F. ; Acido Tanico, Tanino, Sp. ; Galltipple- 
garfsyra, Tannin, Sw. — Tannin. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 23. It 
consists of pale yellowish and very light porous masses, or coarse pow- 
der made up of small shining scales. It often has a greenish tint. 

Tannic acids of various kinds exist in numerous plants, as in the as- 
tringent drugs; thus there is quercitannic acid in oak bark, cinchotannic 
acid in cinchona, catechutannic acid in catechu, etc. The official tannic 
acid is s:allotannic acid — the one extracted from nut-o-alls. 

Turkish galls contain sometimes as much as sixty-five per cent., and 
Chinese galls even more. The tannic acid from Chinese galls has a 
lighter color. 

Heat aids the solution of tannin in its solvents. The solutions 
darken by age and exposure to air, and even dry tannic acid darkens 
in the light of the sun. 

It takes a ten-ounce bottle to hold one ounce tannin without crush- 
ing or shaking it down. It is sold in one-ounce bottles and one-pound 
boxes. An ordinary flour barrel holds about twenty -five pounds. 

Medicinal Uses. — This substance is a powerful astringent and is 
useful in all relaxed conditions of the tissues, especially of the mucous 
membranes. It is indicated for internal use in diarrhoeas, fluxes, and 
hemorrhages. In hemorrhage from the kidney it is especially useful. 
It is also used in the form of a spray (in solution) in hemorrhage from 
the lungs. All hemorrhages, especially if of a passive nature, will be 
diminished or arrested by this substance. 

Tannic acid coagulates the fibrin when added to the blood, forming 
clots, and is therefore an excellent local styptic, and may be applied in 
4 



50 A COMPANION TO THE 



the form of powder to the bleeding surfaces, as in bleeding from the 
nose, vagina, rectum, leeclibites, etc. It is also good in spongy and 
bleeding gums as a wash; in leucorrhoea, gleet, and gonorrhoea after the 
first acute painful stage is passed, as an injection; in pharyngitis as a 
gargle, and in profuse sweating as a wash. 

When bedsores threaten to form, the skin may be washed over the 
prominences with a solution of tannic acid, alcohol, and water. 

In the eczema, especially of children, we have used it frequently and 
found it to act well. In the moist condition of this disease a dusting 
powder consisting of tannic acid, with or without lycopodium, may be 
applied with a puff. If dry crusts have formed, we loosen and remove 
the crusts with tepid soap-water and apply an ointment of tannic acid, 
five grams, with oxide of zinc ointment, forty grams, on lint. 

In prolapsus ani the protruded part of the gut may be dusted over 
with tannic acid in fine powder, and the bowel then returned. 

The dose for internal use is from 0.20 to 0.50 gram (3 to 8 grains), 
in pill, wafer, or capsule. It is very difficult to swallow it in solution. 

COLLODIUM STYPTICUM; IT. S. 
Styptic Collodion. 

Dissolve twenty grams (309 grains) tannic acid in a mixture of five 
grams (77 grains, measuring 100 minims) alcohol, twenty grams (309 
grains, measuring about 7 fluidrachms) ether, and fifty-five grams (1 
ounce 411 grains) collodion, by agitating these ingredients together in 
a bottle. When solution is completed, keep the product in well-closed 
bottles in a cool place away from fire or flames. The bottles should not 
be more than three-fourths filled. 

This preparation is new to the Pharmacopoeia. 

Uses. — It combines the styptic properties of tannin with the pro- 
tective ones of the collodion. Used in superficial hemorrhage of capil- 
lary origin or from small wounds. The reduction of the size of the 
small vessels by the contraction of the collodion materially assists in 
controlling the hemorrhage. 

COLLODIUM BLEMOSTATICUM (PAVESI). 

Pavesi's Haemostatic Collodion. 

Dissolve five grams benzoic acid and five grams tannic acid in one 
hundred grams collodion ; then add ten grams crystallized caibolic acid, 
and shake well. 

Uses. — The same as those of styptic collodion. The antiseptic 
properties of carbolic are here added. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 51 

ACIDI TANNICI GLYCEEITUM. 

Glycerite of Tannin. 

Glycerole of Tannin. 

Triturate fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) tannin in a Wedgewood 
mortar with two hundred and fifty grams (8 ounces 358 grains) glycerin 
until thoroughly mixed. Then put the mixture into a porcelain evapo- 
rating dish and heat it until solution is effected. 

The preparation is not clear, more or less scum rising to the surface, 
which must be skimmed off. It has a brownish color. 

Used externally as an astringent local application ; rarely inter- 
nally, in doses of from one to four grams (15 to 60 grains). 

Acidi Tannici Injectio is made from one gram (15 grains) tannic 
acid to one 'hundred cubic centimeters (3^- fluidounces) rose-water. 

This is used both for injections and with the spray apparatus. 

ACIDI TANNICI LINIMENTUM. 

Liniment op Tannin. 

Dissolve ten grams (154 grains) tannic acid in sixty grams (2 ounces) 
olive oil. 

Used as an application to burns. 

ACIDI TANNICI PILUL^E. 

Tannic Acid Pells. 

One gram (15 grains) of glycerin makes a proper pill mass, with four 
grams (60 grains) tannic acid. This mass is most conveniently divided 
into forty pills, each pill thus containing 0.10 gram (1-J grain). 

ACIDI TANNICI SUPPOSITOKIA . 

Tannic Acid Suppositories. 

Incorporate four grams (or 60 grains) tannic acid with twenty grams 
(or 300 grains) cacao butter, and divide the mixture into twelve sup- 
positories. 

They are best made on a moist board, with an elastic, well nickel- 
plated spatula, An iron spatula (not plated) should not be used, as 
this metal will blacken the mass. 

A vaginal plug for stopping hemorrhage may be made from four 



52 A COMPANION TO THE 



grams (60 grains) tannic acid and 0.50 gram (7 minims) glycerin. It is 
held in place by a piece of sponge. 

Schusters Pastiles are urethral suppositories made of two grams (30 
grains tannic acid, 0.06 gram (1 grain) opium, and a sufficient quantity 
of glycerin to form a mass which is made up into cylinders. 

ACIDI TANNICI TKOCHISCI; IT. S. 

Tannic Acid Troches. 

Mix 6.50 grams (or 100 grains) tannic acid, sixty-five grams (1,000 
grains) powdered sugar, and 1.60 gram (25 grains) powdered traga- 
canth, and make the mixture into a suitable mass with a sufficient 
quantity of orange-flower water. Divide the mass into one hundred 
troches. 

ACIDI TANNICI UNGUENT UM; U. S. 

Tannin Ointment. 

Mix intimately five grams (77 grains) tannic acid, and forty-five 
grams (1 ounce 257 grains) benzoinated lard. 

Do not use an iron spatula, but a nickel-plated or a horn spatula. 

ACIDI TANNICI YINUM. 

Tannin Wine. 

Dissolve one gram (15 grains) tannic acid in two hundred cubic cen- 
timeters (6f fluidounces) of pure claret wine. Filter. 
Used as an injection in gonorrhoea. 

Acidum Tartaricum ; U. S. 

Tartaric Acid. 

Weinsaure, Weinsteinsdure, G. ; Acide tartrique, Acide de Tartre, F. ; 
Acido Tartdrico, Sp. ; Vinsyra, Sw. 

Description and Tests.— See the Pharmacopoeia, page 24. Tar- 
taric acid in crystals is rarely to be found in the shops, the powdered 
being preferred for the sake of convenience. 

The whole acid is in transparent, colorless crystals, odorless, of a 
pure, strongly acid taste. The crystals are not affected by the air. The 
powder is of a pure white color and dry. It is soluble in two-thirds its 
weight of water, and easily in three times its weight of ninety per cent. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 53 

alcohol. One hundred grains of tartaric acid neutralizes one hundred 
and thirty -three grains of bicarbonate of potassium. 

When dry tartaric acid is triturated in a mortar in the dark, it 
emits light. At 15.5° C. (60° F.), a forty -two per cent, solution of tar- 
taric acid has a specific gravity of 1.22 ; a forty per cent, solution, 1.207 ; 
a thirty per cent, solution, 1.149 ; twenty-five percent., 1.121 ; twenty 
per cent., 1.095 ; fifteen per cent., 1.070 ; ten per cent., 1.045 ; and a 
five per cent, solution, 1.021 (Hager). 

Original packages of tartaric acid in crystals are barrels containing 
about three hundred pounds ; the powdered tartaric acid is sold in bar- 
rels of two hundred and seventy-five pounds, and in boxes of fifty 
pounds each. 

It is used for the same purposes as citric acid, and is often substi- 
tuted for the latter on account of its being cheaper. 

ACIDI TAETARIOI SYKUPUS. 
Syrup of Tartaric Acid. 

Mix four grams (5 fluidrachms) spirit of lemon with nine hundred 
and eighty grams (34 ounces 250 grains, measuring about 25 fluid- 
ounces) simple syrup in a liter (or quart) bottle. Add gradually eight 
grams (124 grains) tartaric acid, dissolved in eight grams (2 fluidrachms) 
water, shaking the bottle after each addition, until all is thoroughly 
mixed. The final product should weigh one thousand grams (35 ounces 
120 grains), and will measure about seven hundred and sixty-five cubic 
centimeters (nearly 2G fluidounces). 

Tartaric Acid Lemonade is made by mixing one hundred cubic cen- 
timeters (3i|- fluidounces) of syrup of tartaric acid with nine hundred 
cubic centimeters (30£ fluidounces) of water. 

Acidum Valerianicum. 

Valerianic Acid. 

Acidum Valericum — Baldriansdure, Valeriansaure, G. ; Acide Vcderi- 
anique, Acide Valerique, F. : Acido Valerianico, Acido Valerico, 
Sp. ; Vdleriansyra, Sw. 

Preparation.. — Originally made from valerian, from w T hich it de- 
rives its name. Now made chiefly by oxidizing fusel oil with chromic 
acid. 

Description. — A colorless oily liquid, of a penetrating, disagree- 
able, sour, valerian-like odor, reminding at the same time of old cheese. 
Tastes acrid, acid, disagreeable. Dissolves one-fifth its weight of water ; 



54 



A COMPANION TO THE 



and itself dissolves in thirty times its weight of water. Is miscible in 
all proportions with alcohol and ether. Its specific gravity is 0.933 
to 0.935. 

Used for making valerianate of ammonium and other valerianates. 

Aconitum ; U. S. 

Aconite. 

Tuber Aconiti ; Aconiti Radix — Eisenhutknollen, Sturmhutknollen, 
G.; Racine d'aco?iit, F.; Raiz de Aconito, Sp.; Stormhattrot, Sw. 

Origin. — Aconitum Napettus, Linne (Ranunculacece). 
Habitat. — Europe, Asia, and North America. 
Part Used. — The tuber, or tuberous root. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 24. The root (tuber) 
is now the only part of this plant that is recognized by the Pharmaco- 




A.N 



I -5.— Aconite tubers. A.N., Aconitum Napollus, single and double tubers, natural 
size, and transverse section slightly enlarged. A.C., same of Aconitum oammarum. 

poeia, and the only species of aconite from which the root is to be col- 
lected is the Aconitum Napellus. Formerly both the leaves and the root 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



05 



were separately official, and in some countries the roots and leaves of 
other species of aconitum besides Aconitum Napellus are used (A. 
cammarum, and A. variegatum). It is from twelve to sixteen milli- 
meters (|- to f- inch) thick at the top, where frequently a small rem- 
nant of the stem is left, from twenty-five to seventy-five millimeters 
(1 to 3 inches) long, and tapering to a blunt point. It is usually very 
much wrinkled, and brownish black, externally, and often two tubers 
(" mother and daughter ") are seen adhering together. When tasted, 
or when the dust is inhaled, or any of its preparations taken, it causes 
a burning sensation in the throat. It must be sound, not discolored 
externally or internally, and free from mites. 

Constituents. — The chief constituents are the alkaloids aconitine 
and pseudaconitine, which are found in all parts of the plant, probably 
combined with aconitic acid. 

Other Aconite Roots. — The tubers of Aconitum cammarum and Aco- 
nitum ferox are shown beside 
the one of Aconitum Napellus 
in the illustration. Japanese, 
or Chinese aconite root is also 
shown; it is obtained from 
a species not yet ascertained, 
and contains a somewhat dif- 
ferent alkaloid from the aco- 
nitine, called japaconitine^ 
which is even more poisonous 
than aconitine. 

The Indian aconite root 
(bish, or bikh) from Aconitum 
ferox is about double the size 
of the official drug, and a 
great deal stronger and more 
poisonous; but it does not 
yield aconitine, containing 
instead only pseudaconitine 
(called also acraconitine, na- 
pelline, and nepaline). 

Medicinal Uses.— Aco- 
nite is a powerful sedative or motor depressant, reducing the force and 
number of heartbeats and the arterial tension. If a full medicinal dose 
is given, weakness of the limbs, tongue, and lips, and a sense of con- 
striction of the fauces occur. It paralyses the sensory as well as the 
motor nerves, the action beginning at the peripheral ends. 




Figs. 6-7. — A.F., Aconitum ferox, natural size. 
J. A., Japanese aconite, natural size. 



56 A COMPANION TO THE 

This remedy is used to reduce fevers. It is especially useful in in- 
flammatory diseases of the lungs, in tonsillitis, acute pharyngitis, over- 
excitement of the heart, etc. In neuralgia it may be used advan- 
tageously — externally as well as internally. 

Dose. — 0.03 to 0.12 gram (£ to 2 grains) of the powdered root. 
Average dose about 0.03 gram (^ grain). 

The doses of aconite preparations, as quoted by various authorities, 
differ materially, and this fact, in addition to the variability of the 
quality of the drug itself, makes it difficult to state doses. It is safest 
to commence with small doses and carefully increase them until the de- 
sired effect is obtained. 

Poisonous Effects. — In an overdose aconite is a powerful narcotic 
poison. The effects begin in a few minutes after the taking of the 
excessive dose, the patient complaining of excessive weakness and 
fatigue, to which is added stupor as the paralysis proceeds from the 
periphery to the centres, finally affecting the brain. The patient dies 
from paralysis of the muscles of respiration and of the heart, which 
latter organ ceases to beat in diastole, being too weak to contract. 

Antidotal treatment requires the prompt evacuation of the stomach 
and the administration of alcohol, ether, ammonia, or digitalis. Arti- 
ficial heat must be applied to the surface, and the failure of the heart's 
action overcome by subcutaneous injection of atropine or alcohol. The 
patient should lie down to prevent cessation of heart action through 
syncope. 

ACONITI [RADIC1S] ABSTRACTUM ; IT. S. 

Abstract of Aconite [Root]. 

One thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains) of aconite root in No. 
CO powder is moistened uniformly (by rubbing between the hands) with 
four hundred grams (14 ounces 48 grains, measuring 16f fiuidounces) of 
alcohol, in which has been dissolved ten grams (154 grains) powdered 
tartaric acid. The moist powder is run through a coarse sieve, to break 
up any lumps, and is then packed tightly in a cylindrical percolator, 
which is to be properly labelled. More alcohol is now poured on until 
the whole mass is entirely permeated, and liquid begins to drop from 
the exit tube, while a layer of the alcohol remains covering the top of 
the packed drug. The exit tube of the percolator is now closed tightly, 
and the top carefully covered to prevent evaporation. The whole is 
allowed to stand forty-eight hours to macerate. Then the percolator is 
tpened below and the percolation proceeded with, adding alcohol on 
top, from time to time, so as to keep the drug always covered, until 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 57 

eight hundred and fifty grams (30 ounces, measuring about 35 fluid- 
ounces) of percolate has been collected, which is set aside and properly 
labelled " reserved percolate." A new receiving bottle is placed under 
the percolator and the percolation continued in the same way as before, 
until the drug is completely exhausted. If the drug was well packed 
and the percolator tall enough in proportion to its diameter, the point 
of exhaustion will have been reached before the total percolate amounts 
to twice the weight of the drug, or before in all two thousand grams 
(a little over 70 ounces, measuring about 80 fluidounces) of percolate 
has been received. The second percolate — that collected after the 
"reserved percolate" — is now put into a weighed porcelain evapo- 
rating dish and evaporated down until it weighs one hundred and fifty 
grams (5 ounces 127 grains), which is mixed with the reserved perco- 
late, the total weight of the fluid extract thus beino- the same as that 
of the drug used. If need be, the liquid is to be filtered, after which it 
is put into a tared evaporating dish together with two hundred and 
fifty grams (8 ounces 358 grains) powdered sugar of milk ; the dish is 
covered with a thin piece of muslin to protect the contents from dust, 
and is then set in a warm place, not over 50° C, 120° F., until the con- 
tents are dry. A sufficient quantity of powdered sugar of milk is then 
added to make the total weight of the contents of the dish five hundred 
grams (17 ounces 279 grains), and the whole is triturated until a very 
fine and perfectly uniform powder results. When large quantities are 
operated upon the greater portion of the alcohol in the second percolate 
may be recovered by distillation in the usual way. The addition of tar- 
taric acid to the menstruum in a proportion amounting to one per cent, 
of the drug used facilitates the extraction of the aconitine. 

This preparation is more uniform in strength and more easily dis- 
pensed than the extract. 

The Dose is about 0.015 to 0.5 gram (£ to 1 grain). 

ACCXNTTI CHLOKOFOEMUM. 

Aconite Chloroform. 
A fluid extract of aconite root made with chloroform as a menstruum. 
Used for neuralgia. 

ACONITI EMPLASTKUK 

Aconite Plaster. 

Evaporate five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces) fluid ex- 
tract of aconite root to the consistence of a thick, soft extract. Incor- 



58 A COMPANION TO THE 



porate intimately with it a sufficient quantity of melted resin plaster to 
make the whole product weigh five hundred grams (17§ ounces). 
A good anodyne plaster in painful rheumatism, neuralgia, etc. 

ACONITI [RADICIS] EXTEACTUM ; U. S. 
Extract of Aconite [Root]. 

(Ought to be called extract of aconite root, being several times the 
strength of the " Extract of Aconite " of 1870, which was made from 
the leaves). 

The official process for its preparation is as follows : To make the ex- 
tract from five hundred grams (17§ avoirdupois ounces) of the drug in 
No. CO powder : Moisten with a solution of five grams (l ounce) tartaric 
acid in two hundred grams (8^- fluidounces) alcohol. Pack tightly in a 
cylindrical percolator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate twenty-four 
hours. Percolate. Reserve four hundred and fifty grams (about 15 fluid- 
ounces) of first percolate. Continue percolation until the aconite is ex- 
hausted, or until 1,050 grams (about 43 fluidounces) second percolate has 
been collected. Evaporate the second percolate to fifty grams (If ounce) 
before adding it to the first percolate. Evaporate the mixture to a pilular 
consistence. To the remainder add one-twentieth part of its weight of 
glycerin. 

Practically the same product is obtained by evaporating the fluid 
extract to the pilular consistence and then incorporating the five per 
cent, of glycerin. It is dark brown. 

Dose. — 0.005 to 0.015 gram (y 1 ^ to \ grain). 

Caution. — Be careful in dispensing extract of aconite to deter- 
mine whether the extract of the root (" Extract of Aconite," U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia, 1880), or the extract of the leaf (" Extract of Aconite," 
U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1870), or the extract of the fresh leaves and flower- 
ing tops (" Extract of Aconite," B. P.), is intended, and whether the 
dose is a safe one, as these several extracts of aconite vary greatly in 
strength, while they all have the same name and are in actual use, and 
generally found in the shops, with the exception of the official extract 
of the new Pharmacopoeia of the United States, which is not yet in com- 
mon use. 

The new extract of aconite (from the root) is at least four times the 
strength of the extract of aconite of the old U. S. Pharmacopoeia, which 
is now in stock in all drug stores, and at least twice the strength of the 
English " Extract of Aconite," which is used a great deal in this coun- 
try (Allen's). 

Physicians prescribing extract of aconite ought to designate which 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 59 

kind they intend, for the pharmacist must otherwise either ignore the 
Pharmacopoeia and dispense the old discarded preparation, or the prepa- 
ration of the British Pharmacopoeia, or he must run a fearful risk, if the 
dose is a full one, and he should dispense the now official preparation. 
We cannot do otherwise than to advise pharmacists not to dispense the 
extract of aconite root when " Extract of Aconite " is prescribed, unless 
they are quite positive that the new extract is really intended. 

Nomenclature. — We regret that the recommendation made to the 
Committee of Revision of the Pharmacopoeia that the plant part used 
be specified throughout the pharmacopceial nomenclature was not 
adopted. The preparations of aconite furnish strong illustrations of 
the serious risks that are possible on account of this omission. Conium 
furnishes other illustrations. 

The instances where different parts of the same plant are used, and 
the preparations of two or three different parts of the same plant kept 
side by side on the pharmacist's shelf are many, and although the cases 
where this fact may result in serious harm on account of a failure 
to give each preparation its proper full name may not be numerous, 
the cases where this omission may lead to disappointment are too 
plentiful, and even in the cases of comparatively innocent drugs the 
only correct nomenclature is surely that which at once distinguishes the 
drug or preparation from any other that may be at all used, whether 
official or unofficial. The answer that the Pharmacopoeia should not or 
need not recognize the existence of drugs or preparations not included 
in it, is, in our opinion, wrong. Cognizance should be taken of every 
fact which is liable to lead to conflict or error unless due precaution be 
observed. Even in some cases where only one part of a certain plant is 
now used it is not at all improbable that some other part of the same 
plant may be preferred by one or by many physicians at any future 
time; and if the one part now used monopolizes the generic name of 
the plant without qualification, it is evident that there will be no cer- 
tainty of avoiding confusion should two or more parts of the plant be 
used side by side, or a new part of the plant take the place of the old 
drug. 

ACOOTTI [EADICIS] EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM ; XL S. 

Fluid Extract op Aconite [Root.] 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 
U. S. fluidounces). Use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f 
avoirdupois ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 



GO A COMPANION TO THE 



As a first menstruum use a mixture of two hundred grams (about 
8-^- fluidounces) alcohol, and five grams (77 grains) tartaric acid. 

As a second menstruum use alcohol. Moisten the drug with the 
first menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate 
with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. Reserve 
four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14£ fluidounces) of the 
first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and 
then dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the second men- 
struum to make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 
fluidounces). For suggestions as to details, see page 451. 

Each cubic centimeter of this fluid extract represents the soluble 
matter of one gram of the drug. Each fluidounce represents four hun- 
dred and fifty-five and two-thirds grains, and each fluidrachm nearly 
fifty-seven grains. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.12 cubic centimeters (1 to 2 minims), with care. 

ACONITI LINIMENTUM. 
Aconite Liniment. 

Dissolve ten grams (150 grains) camphor in sixty cubic centimeters 
(2 fluidounces) fluid extract of aconite, and then add sufficient soap 
liniment to make the whole measure one hundred and twenty cubic 
centimetres (4 fluidounces). 

In the Pharmacopoeia of 1870 the preparation called " Liniment of 
Aconite " was simply fluid extract of aconite, which name the prepara- 
tion now bears. 

Fluid extract of aconite root may be a good liniment in some cases, 
but we have seen its application cause severe vesication. A diluted 
preparation like the one above suggested will probably prove sufficiently 
strong in most cases. 

Uses. — An embrocation, exceedingly valuable in painful affections 
or inflammations, as rheumatism, enlarged joints, neuralgia, etc. 

ACONITI [RADICIS] TTNCTURA ; U. S. 

Tincture of Aconite [Root]. 

Moisten four hundred grams (14 ounces 48 grains) aconite root in 
No. 60 powder with two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains, measuring 
-v 1 , fluidounces) alcohol, in which has been previously dissolved four 
grams (62 grains) powdered tartaric acid. Macerate twenty-four hours. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 61 

Then pack it tightly in a cylindrical glass percolator, and percolate 
until one thousand grains (35 ounces 120 grains, measuring about 42 
fluidounces) of tincture has been obtained. Tartaric acid aids the ex- 
traction of the alkaloid. 

Dose. — 0.10 to 0.25 cubic centimeters (1|- to 4 minims). 

This tincture is (according to Dr. Squibb's JEphemeris, September, 
1882) twenty-eight times the strength of tincture of aconite leaf. Do 
not dispense tincture of aconite root where tincture of aconite leaf is 
intended. 

Dispensing clerks are usually instructed by careful pharmacists not 
to dispense this tincture unless the prescription specifically designates 
the tincture of aconite root. 



ACONIT1 TINCTUKA FLEMINGII. 

Fleming's Tincture op Aconite. 

From five hundred grams (17f avoirdupois ounces) of aconite root 
in No. 60 powder make seven hundred and ten cubic centimeters (24 
fluidounces) of tincture by percolation with alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.20 cubic centimeter (1 to 3 minims). This is 
nearly twice the strength of the official tincture. 

Aconiti Folia. 

Aconite Leaf. 
Origin, habitat, and constituents the same as in Aconitum. 

Description. — Dark green leaves formed as seen in Fig. 9. A 
discolored or bleached drug must be rejected. As met with in the 
market it usually consists of the whole flowering tops. 

Aconite leaf is not now official, having given place in the Pharma- 
copoeia to the root, which is stronger and more* uniform in quality when 
collected from the proper plant. The leaves are, however, still used to 
a very considerable extent, being found in a majority of the drug stores. 
It is, therefore, unfortunate that the aconite root should be simply 
called aconite, instead of being named in full. 

Medicinal Uses. — The same as those of the root. The leaves are 
weaker and more variable in strength. 

Dose. — From 0.06 to 0.25 gram (1 to 4 grains). 



62 



A COMPANION TO THE 



ACONITI [FOLIOKUM] EXTKACTUM; B. 

English Extract of Aconite. 

The fresh leaves and flowering tops of aconite are bruised in a stone 
mortar and the juice pressed out. Heat it gradually to 130° F., and 
separate the green coloring matter (chlorophyll) on a muslin strainer. 




Fig. 8.— Aconite, flowering top reduced; a, section of flower; &, flower with sepals removed. 

Heat the strained liquid to 200° F., to coagulate albumen, and then 
strain again. Evaporate on a water-bath to the consistence of syrup. 
To this add the separated chlorophyll, and then continue the evapora- 
tion at a heat not above 140° F., stirring assiduously, until the extract 
has the proper consistence. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



03 



Brownish green. 

Dose. — 0.015 to 0.03 gram (£ to £ grain). 

Caution. — This extract, which is sold in the market as "English 
Extract of Aconite " is not the " Extract^of Aconite " of the present U. S. 




Fig. 9. — Aconite leaf, reduced. 

Pharmacopoeia (nor of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870). The " Extract 
of Aconite," U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1880, is at least twice as strong as 
the above preparation. 

ACONITI FOLIOEUM EXTEACTUM ALCOHOLICUM. 

Alcoholic Extract of Aconite Leaves. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract of aconite leaves 
to the pilular consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, 
one-twentieth part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brownish green. Yield about twenty-five per cent. This was the 
" Extract of Aconite " of 1870; it is not now official. The new "Extract 
of Aconite " of 1880 is at least four times as strong. 

Dose.— 0.02 to 0.06 gram (J to 1 grain). 



ACONITI FOLIOKUM EXTRACTUM FLTILDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Aconite Leaves. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces). Use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water, mixed in the proportion of 



64 A COMPANION TO THE 



two hundred grams (about 8^- fluidounces) alcohol to every one hundred 
grams (about 3^ fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred grams (about 8 fluidounces) of 
the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate 
with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13J fluidounces) of thejirst 
percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to 
make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). For suggestions as to details, see page 451. 

Each cubic centimeter of this fluid extract represents the soluble 
matter of one gram of the drug. Each fluidounce represents four hun- 
dred and fifty-five and two-third grains, and each fluidrachm nearly 
fifty-seven grains. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.2 cubic centimeters (1 to 3 minims), with care. 

ACONITI SUCCITS. 
Aconite Juice. 

Mix three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) of juice ex- 
pressed from bruised fresh aconite herb with one hundred cubic centi- 
meters (3^ fluidounces) alcohol; let stand seven days, and then filter. 

Dose. — About one cubic centimeter (16 minims). 

ACONITI FOLIORUM TINCTURA. 
Tincture of Aconite Leaf. 

Make two hundred and forty cubic centimeters (8 fluidounces) tinc- 
ture by percolation with diluted alcohol from 31.1 grams (480 grains) 
aconite leaf in No. 40 powder. 

Dose. — 0.5 to one cubic centimeter (8 to 15 minims). 

This tincture is, according to Dr. Squibb, only one twenty-eighth 
(^th) the strength of the official tincture of aconite root, and one forty- 
eighth (^th) the strength of Fleming's tincture of aconite. 

Aconitina. 

Aconitine. 

This alkaloid is the most important constituent of aconite. It is in 
pure, white, well-developed crystals, soluble in alcohol and in dilute 
acids. The true aconitine can best be obtained by precipitation from 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPEIA. 65 

Duquesnel's crystallized nitrate of aconitine. No other aconitine ought 
to be used internally because no other aconitine is reliable. 

A substance so powerful as aconitine must be extremely dangerous 
to use unless of tolerably uniform quality and strength. The pure true 
aconitine in white crystals cannot but be uniform. But there are 
several other substances sold in the market and dispensed in the shops 
under the name of aconitine, and the difference in strength between 
them ranges from one scarcely stronger than the powdered aconite root 
to the pure alkaloid which is over one hundred times as strong. Dr. 
Squibb's Ephemeris for September, 1882, mentions four different 
kinds of aconitine used in this country, the relative strength of which 
was found to be as follows: 1, An amorphous aconitine of unknown 
make, one grain (65 milligrams) of which was equal in effect to one 
grain powdered aconite root; 2, Merck's ordinary "aconitin," of which 
one-eighth grain (8 milligrams) was equal in effect to one grain pow- 
dered aconite root; 3, Merck's " aconitin from Himalaya root" (proba- 
bly pseudaconitine from Aconitam ferox), one eighty-third grain (0.78 
milligram) of which was equal in effect to one grain powdered aconite 
root; and 4, Duquesnel's aconitine, one one-hundred-and-eleventh grain 
(0.59 milligram) of which was equal in effect to one grain of the pow- 
dered aconite root. 

Amorphous aconitine (not in crystals) varies from an extract-like 
mass to a light brown powder, is of uncertain source, and variable 
strength and therapeutic action. It is, therefore, dangerous and unfit 
to be used. 

Pseudaconitine is a different alkaloid from (real) aconitine, and 
has different medicinal effects from those obtained from aconitine. 
The pseudaconitine is extracted from the Indian aconite root (A. 
ferox), and is the same thing as sold by Merck under the name of 
"aconitine from Himalaya root." It is light brown and amorphous — 
never pure white and in well-developed crystals, which true aconitine 
always is. 

The "Aconitin" of the Eclectic Medicine (American) is still another 
preparation of altogether indefinite composition. 

If a physician prescribes aconitine for internal use, basing his dose 
upon results obtained with some one of the other substances called by 
that name, but of variable character and composition, and frequently 
not containing any aconitine at all, pure or true aconitine might be 
dispensed and serious results ensue, as the one one-hundredth part of a 
grain may prove fatal. 

Of true aconitine the one two-hundredth part of a grain is a dose. 
The other kinds should never be used except for external purposes. 
5 



66 A COMPANION TO THE 



Medicinal Uses. — Aconitine may be used internally for the same 
purposes as aconite, but is mainly employed for external application in 
the form of solution or ointment in neuralgia. 

Dose. — Maximum, for internal use, 0.0003 gram (^fo grain). 

Externally a solution of 0.075 gram in five cubic centimeters (1J 
grain in 75 minims) of alcohol may be applied with a brush, or an oint- 
ment, containing 0.05 to 0.20 gram in five grams (1 to 3 grains in a 
drachm) of simple cerate may be used. 

ACONITIK/E OLEATUM. 

Oleate of Aconitine. 

Triturate one gram (15 grains) of aconitine thoroughly with a little 
oleic acid in a warm mortar to a smooth paste. Then add enough oleic 
acid to make the whole mixture weigh one hundred grams (1,500 grains), 
and set the mortar in a warm place, triturating the contents occasionally 
until the aconitine is dissolved. Contains one per cent, aconitine. 

Used externally in neuralgia, etc. 

ACONITIl^E UJSTGUENTUM. 

Aconitine Ointment. 

Dissolve one gram (15 grains) aconitine in six grams (2 fluidrachms) 
alcohol, and mix the solution intimately with enough benzoinated lard 
to make the whole weigh one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains 
avoirdupois). 

Uses. — Externally in neuralgia, sciatica, etc. 

Actsea. 

ACT^E A. — BaNEBEERT. 

Origin. — Actoea rubra and A. alba, Bigelow (Cimicifugeai). 
Habitat.— The United States. 
Part Used. — The rhizome with the rootlets. 

Description. — Blackish gray roots resembling cimicifuga. Inodor- 
ous. Taste bitter, acrid. 

Constituents and Properties. — Similar to those of cimicifuga. 
Uses. — Emetic and cathartic. Has been recommended for asthma. 
Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains) during the day. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 67 



Adeps ; IT. S. 

Lard. 

Axungia, Axungia Porci, Adeps Suillus — Schweineschmalz, G. ; Axonge, 
Graisse de pore, F. ; Grasa de Cerdo, Sp. ; Ister, Svinister, Sw. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 24 and 25. 
The best, freshly rendered hog's lard. Must be free from rancidity, con- 
tain no water nor salt, and have a perfectly white color when solidified. 
When semifluid it has a watery-white color. 

Rendering lard is a rather slow process. All membranes must be 
carefully picked out. The fat should be cut into small pieces, and 
washed well with cold water to remove blood, etc., which, if allowed to 
remain, would cause the lard to spoil rapidly. It is then heated by 
steam, or on a water-bath in a porcelain or tinned copper vessel, to the 
boiling point; it is next strained through flannel, again heated until all 
moisture has been expelled, and then put into jars of glass or porcelain, 
which must be quite filled, tightly covered, and kept in a cool place. 

Lard consists of about thirty-eight per cent, tri-stearin and tri- 
palmitin, and sixty-two per cent, tri-olein. Its composition, color, and 
keeping qualities vary considerably, however. The best lard is that 
taken from young animals in the coldest months of the year, when it is 
more firm and white, and keeps better. Lard melts at from 30° to 35° 
C, according to the percentage of olein, the best lard being tha^t with 
the higher melting-point, which is the only kind sanctioned by the 
Pharmacopoeia. 

After lard has once become rancid it cannot again be made fit for 
pharmaceutical purposes. Hence the necessity for preserving it well. 
The Pharmacopoeia prescribes that it be preserved in " vessels imper- 
vious to fat." This is imperatively necessary if it has to be kept more 
than a week, or if the same vessel is used as a container for lard from 
week to week. Earthenware is easily penetrated by lard, and even 
glazed white jars soon become impregnated, so that these are not fit 
containers for lard or ointments. Glass alone is unexceptionable, though 
small, new tin cans will answer the purpose if tightly closed and filled 
only once. Whatever may be the receptacle used, it should be scrupu- 
lously cleaned, and every portion of the old stock removed from it, 
before refilling it. New lard, or a new lot of ointment containing lard, 
must never be allowed to come in contact with any leavings of the old 
lot. 

Lard is the base of most of our ointments. It is, however, at best, 
a very unsatisfactory article for any pharmaceutical use, and it would 



68 A COMPANION TO THE 



be a great improvement from the pharmacist's standpoint to substitute 
the soft petroleum paraffinoids, of which one is now officially recognized 
in the Pharmacopoeia under the name of "Petrolatum." (See that title.) 
The only official ointment in which lard may be required (for chemical 
reasons) is the ointment of nitrate of mercury, and even this prepara- 
tion might perhaps be better made with some other base. The keeping 
qualities of lard are so poor, and the melting point so low, that in the 
warmer portions of this country, and in summer, the use of lard becomes 
a positive nuisance. And yet it is questionable whether any perfect 
substitute for lard can be had when we take into consideration the well- 
known fact that no other fatty substances are able to soften and pene- 
trate the skin as well as animal fats do. Lard and lard oil are far better 
mediums for inunction than olive oil, cotton-seed oil, petroleum paraf- 
finoids (such as "vaseline," "cosmoline," " petrolina," etc.), or any 
other vegetable or mineral fatty matter. 

Medicinal Uses. — Lard is mostly employed as an ingredient of 
ointments ; but sometimes also for inunction in scarlatina and measles, 
so as to prevent the itching and the occurrence of complications, such as 
taking cold, scarlatinal dropsy, etc. 

In fevers with hot, dry skin the inunction with lard reduces the 
temperature and pulse. It is very generally employed as a lubricant to 
the hot and dry membrane of the vagina in tedious or difficult labors, 
causing the parte to become soft and moist and facilitating the passage 
of the^cetus; it is also used as an inunction to facilitate the removal of 
the sebaceous substances from the surface of the newborn child. 

Badly nourished, cachectic children are often much benefited by 
inunctions with lard or oils, and warm baths followed by inunctions of 
lard or cod-liver oil over the body, just before going to bed, will greatly 
improve the condition of delicate and spare women, who wish to gain 
fulness of form. The same treatment is of great benefit in cases of 
consumption, both by nourishing the patient and by preventing the 
taking cold by changes of temperature. 

When taken internally it acts as a laxative, having this property in 
common with other oils and fats. 

ADEPS BENZOIN ATUS ; U. S. 

Benzoinated Lard. 

[Benzoated Bard — Ointment of Benzoin (1870).] 

Tie thirty grams (1 ounce) of benzoin, in coarse powder, loosely, in a 
bag of coarse muslin and suspend it in one thousand five hundred grams 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 69 

(50 ounces) of lard melted in a porcelain or tin vessel over a water-bath. 
The whole is stirred frequently, and the heat continued for two hours, 
the vessel being kept covered in the intervals between stirring, and care 
being taken not to allow the heat to exceed 60° C. (140° F.). Then the 
ba°" of benzoin is removed, and the benzoinated lard is strained and al- 
lowed to cool, stirring it constantly while cooling. 

This is a good working formula. Still better, however, is to pick 
out whole pieces or tears, not smaller than peas, of clean, light-colored 
benzoin, free from foreign substances and from any small particles, and 
to put these pieces directly into the melted lard. In good benzoin it is 
quite easy to pick out good white " almonds " or " tears " of the resin 
from a freshly broken lump. The resin dissolves readily in the melted 
lard. It is necessary to stir the benzoinated lard constantly while cool- 
ing, because otherwise a granular product will be obtained. Constant 
stirring while cooling also makes the preparation whiter. The prepara- 
tion should be white and possess a decided odor of benzoin. 

Benzoinated lard keeps remarkably well, considering how rapidly 
lard itself spoils. It is not the benzoic acid in the benzoin which alone 
preserves the lard, but the very small quantity of volatile oil contained 
in the resin contributes to keep the preparation sweet. Other volatile 
oils preserve fats in the same way, but are more or less objectionable 
on account of their strong odor and irritating qualities. Oil of sassa- 
fras is used in the proportion of from one to four drops to the ounce to 
preserve some of the proprietary " all-healing " ointments sold in this 
country. Any of the balsamic resins will preserve fats equally as well 
as benzoin, such as tolu, peru, storax, etc., all of which contain either 
benzoic or cinnamic acid, or both. The fragrant resin of poplar buds is 
as efficient. 

It is used for the same purposes generally as lard. 



ADIPIS OLEUM; U. S. 

Lard Oil. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, p. 232. Must be perfectly 
bland and free from rancidity. It does not keep long. Should be kept 
in a cold place. 

Used for external application as an ingredient of liniments, etc. It 
is more easily absorbed than vegetable oils. 



70 



A COMPANION TO THE 



[ADIPIS] UISTGUENTUM; U. S. 

Ointment. 

Simple Ointment. 

Melt four hundred grams (14 ounces 48 grains) yellow wax, and then 
add gradually one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) lard, stirring 
the mixture until cool. 

It is a curious fact that although Simple Ointment was prescribed in 
the Pharmacopoeia of 1870 to be made from yellow wax, the preparation 
is comparatively rarely seen other than white. The singular feature 




Figs. 10-12.— Maidenhair Fern (p. 71), natural size ; a, edge of frond flattened out, enlarged; 
by section through edge of frond, enlarged, showing the insertion of sporangia. 

about it is that an ointment made with yellow wax, as officially pre- 
scribed, is cheaper as well as better, and white ointment seems to be 
preferred solely on account of the color. 

Used simply as a base for medicated ointments. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA 71 

Adiantum. 

Adiantum. — Maidenhair Fern. 

Adiantum pedatum, Linne" (Filices). 

Description. — Common in the woods in the United States, and its 
appearance is familiar. The illustration represents it better than a ver- 
bal description. It has a slight aromatic odor, a sweetish, somewhat bit- 
ter and astringent taste. It is demulcent and somewhat astringent. 

Used in pulmonary catarrh and bronchorrhcea, in the form of a syrup. 

ADIANTI SYEUPUS. 
Syrup of Adiantum. 

Infuse thirty grams (1 ounce) of the drug in three hundred cubic 
centimeters (10 fluidounces) of boiling water for half an hour. Strain. 
Dissolve five hundred grams (17 ounces 279 grains avoirdupois) sugar 
in the strained infusion. Used as an ingredient of expectorant mixtures. 

Dose. — Five to twenty-five cubic centimeters (1 to 6 drachms) or 
more. 

JEther ; U. S. 

Ether. 

either Sulphuricus — Aether, Schwefelather, G. ; Ether hydrique, Ether 
culfurique, F. ; Eter, Eter sulfurico, Sp. ; Ether, Sw. ; Sulphuric 
Ether. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 25. Con- 
taining about seventy-four per cent, ethyl oxide, and about twenty-six 
per cent, alcohol (with a little water) specific gravity 0.750 at 15° C. 
(59° F.). 

^ETHEE FORTIOB; U. S. 

Stronger Ether. 

Containing about ninety-four per cent, ethyl oxide, and about six 
per cent, alcohol (with a little water). 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 26. Its 
specific gravity is not over 0.725 at 15° C. (59° F.), or 0.716 at 25° C. 

(77° F.). 

.In trade, ether is generally called " sulphuric ether " to distinguish 
it from other ethers. The compound does not contain sulphuric acid, 
however, although sulphuric acid is used in its production, and, there- 



72 A COMPANION TO THE 

fore, the name is incorrect and not analogous to such names as nitrous 
ether, butyric ether, etc. 

The price-lists of chemical manufacturers include three kinds of 
ether, viz.: "sulphuric ether, U. S. P.," "washed sulphuric ether," and 
"concentrated sulphuric ether." 

The "sulphuric ether, U. S. P." is, of course, understood to corre- 
spond to the standard of the Pharmacopoeia for ether, which was the 
same in 1870 as in the new revision. The " sulphuric ether, washed " 
[Letheon] has a specific gravity of about 0.735 at 15° C. (59° F.). The 
" sulphuric ether, concentrated " has a specific gravity of 0.733 to 0.725. 
Absolute ether has a specific gravity of 0.710 to 0.712 at 20° C. (68° F.) 
to 25° C. (77° F.). 

According to Boullay, absolute ether (ethyl oxide) is soluble in 
fourteen parts of water, and, on the other hand, it dissolves one thirty- 
sixth part of its weight of water — that is, water is soluble in thirty-six 
parts of ether. Pharmacopoeial " stronger ether " requires only eight 
parts of water to dissolve it. 

Ether freely dissolves iodine and bromine, fixed and volatile oils, 
many resins, corrosive sublimate, etc. It dissolves sulphur and phos- 
phorus less freely. It must be preserved in well-stoppered bottles [or 
sealed tin cans] in a cool place, and where no fire or flame can ignite its 
vapor, as it is extremely inflammable. The vapor of ether mixed with 
air in certain proportions produces a powerful explosive mixture. This 
circumstance renders- the use of ether as an anaesthetic extremely haz- 
ardous at night, as in' child-bed cases, puerperal convulsions, etc., in 
which cases chloroform is preferred on this account. 

As the tension of ether gas varies considerably with the temper- 
ature, the bottles, tin cans, or other containers in which ether or any 
ethereal tincture or other liquid, as, for instance, collodion, is put, 
ought not to be over two-thirds filled. 

Medicinal Uses. — Ether is a valuable diffusible stimulant. Given 
internally it produces a sense of burning or warmth, followed by a sen- 
sation of cooling. Increased action of the heart, flushing of the face, 
and diaphoresis follow very soon. There is a state of exhilaration, 
shortly after followed by a period of quiet, and sleep may be produced. 
The effects resemble the intoxication by alcohol, but are more quickly 
produced and more transient in their nature. 

Ether is used internally in syncope (sudden failure of the heart's 
action); in spasmodic asthma; in flatulent colic; in the painful symp- 
toms caused by the passage of renal or bilious calculi ; in hysteria ; 
hysterica] convulsions, etc. It is also given as an inhalation to meet the 
same indications. In cases of collapse from any cause, as in poisoning, 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 73 

or syncope, or extreme debility following excessive loss of blood, shock, 
etc., ether may be given by subcutaneous injection, and is the promptest 
stimulant for such cases, even taking the place of transfusion of blood 
in some cases. 

Dose. — Internally, two to four cubic centimeters (-J- to 1 fluidrachm), 
suspended in syrupy or mucilaginous liquid. For hypodermic injec- 
tion, fifteen minims (1 cubic centimeter), repeated at short intervals, 
if necessary, half a dozen times or more. 

Ether as an Anwsthetic. — When inhaled the vapor of ether produces 
total relaxation of the muscular system with complete loss of conscious- 
ness or sensation. It is, therefore, used as an anaesthetic in surgical 
operations. It must be pushed to its full extent quickly, by causing 
the patient to inhale as much of the vapor as possible. It sometimes 
produces nausea and vomiting, especially if the patient ate shortly 
before its administration. The patient should, therefore, not eat any- 
thing for some time before the operation. Ether is preferred as an 
anaesthetic by many, as its administration is claimed to be accompanied 
by less danger than the use of chloroform. 

Locally a stream of the vapor in the form of spray from the rubber 
spray apparatus causes insensibility of the skin, and is used in this 
manner for minor operations, as opening abscesses, cutting out ingrown 
nails, etc. 

^THEKIS SPIPJTUS ; IT. S. 

Spirit of Ether. 
JEther Spirituosus — Hoff marts Anodyne without Ethereal Oil of Wine. 

A mixture of three hundred grams (14 fluidounces) Stronger Ether 
and seven hundred grams (29 fluidounces) alcohol. The preparation 
is new to the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, and was introduced because it is be- 
lieved that many prefer Hoffman's anodyne without the ethereal oil of 
wine, and because most of the Hoffman's anodyne sold or dispensed is 
actually prepared by this formula. 

Dose. — Two to five centimeters (30 to 80 minims). Best kept in 
glass-stoppered bottles in a cool place away from any flame. 

JEther Aceticus ; U. S. 

Acetic Ether. 
Essigather, G.; Ether acetique, F. ; Eter Acetico, Sp.; Attikether, Sw. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 25 and 
26. A colorless inflammable liquid of a refreshing odor, reminding 



74 A COMPANION TO THE 

somewhat of acetic acid and ether. Should be carefully preserved in 
well-stoppered bottles in a cool place, and away from all lights or fire, 
the bottles containing it to be only two-thirds full. It is a constituent 
of the tinctura ferri acetatis, which is now for the first time official in 
the U. S. Pharmacopoeia (see Tinctura Ferri Acetatis). 

Acetic ether is used in making certain artificial fruit flavors, and 
also as a refreshing addition to cologne water for use in the sick-room. 

JEihereum. Oleum ; U. S. 

Ethereal Oil. 
Heavy Oil of Wine. 

The preparation consists of equal volumes of heavy oil of wine and 
stronger ether. As few pharmacists will prepare their own ethereal oil, 
we omit here the process of its preparation. (See the Pharmacopoeia, 
page 232.) It is pale straw-colored. For further description see the 
Pharmacopoeia. 

Only used as an ingredient of the following preparation. 



JETHERIS SPIRITUS COMPOSITUS ; U. S. 

Compound Spirit of Ether. 

Hoffman'' s Anodyne. 

Mix three hundred grams (14 fluidounces) stronger ether, six hundred 
and seventy grams (28 fluidounces) alcohol, and thirty grams (1 ounce 
25 grains) ethereal oil. Must be kept in well-stoppered bottles, away 
from lights and fire, and in a cool place. 

Dose. — 0.5 to four cubic centimeters (10 to 60 minims). 

JEtheris Nitrosi Spiritus ; U. S. 

Spirit of Nitrous Ether. 
Spiritus JVitri Dulcis. — Sweet Spirit of Nitre. 

Preparation, Description, and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, 
pages 304 and 305. This preparation must be kept "in small, glass- 
stoppered vials, in a dark place, remote from lights or fire." It consists 
of alcohol, aldehyd, water, ethyl acetate, and ethyl nitrite. It is best 
preserved in amber bottles of one hundred grams capacity or less. The 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 75 



Pharmacopoeia requires at least four per cent, ethyl nitrite. The 
oreater the percentage of ethyl nitrite the yellower is the liquid. 

Dose.— Two to four cubic centimeters (£ to 1 fluidrachm). 

JEtherolea. 

Volatile Oils. 

The title " iEtheroleum " is applied to volatile oils in the pharmaco- 
poeias of Sweden, Norway, and Denmark. In all other pharmacopoeias 
the title "Oleum" is applied to fixed oils (real oils) and "volatile oils " 
indiscriminately. That the so-called volatile oils are not oils in any 
sense whatever, is universally recognized. These two classes of sub- 
stances — oils and volatile oils — have no properties in common beyond 
the fact that both are usually liquid. There would be as great propriety 
in calling glycerin, sulphuric acid, ether, or water, oil, as in giving any 
volatile oil that title. Moreover, many plants contain both fixed and 
volatile oils. We have oils and volatile oils of almonds, mustard seed, 
nutmeg, etc. It would seem, therefore, to be highly desirable that our 
pharmaceutical nomenclature should make proper distinction between 
these essentially different classes of bodies. The best title so far recom- 
mended for the volatile oils is the one which has been in actual use in 
the pharmacopoeias named for nearly a century. The necessity of a 
distinction crops out in the adjectives — " volatile," " essential," " ether- 
eal," etc., which have been used in connection with the word " oleum " 
to designate volatile oils. In the living languages there is actually no 
one single word yet set apart as a title for these interesting compounds. 
Attention is called to the subject here for the purpose of inviting dis- 
cussion of an exceedingly important practical question, and to familiarize 
our readers with the only suitable title yet proposed. 

The title "aetheroleum" has been objected to for three reasons: 
first, because it is a long and unfamiliar term, but it is no longer than 
oleoresin, suppositories, etc., and we cannot expect that a new term 
(and a new term must be used) will sound familiar; the second objec- 
tion is that the first part of the word 03thero\Q\xm suggests that the vola- 
tile oil contains ether or has some connection with ether, but that, we 
think, is hypercritical; the third objection is that we would still say 
" oleum." But it is not claimed that the term " aetheroleum " is the best 
that can be found — it is simply the only intelligible title yet used or 
proposed, if we except the term "otto" (or "attar"), which has had a 
limited application in perfumery, and those made up of more than one 
word. 



76 A COMPANION TO THE 



Ag-arlcus Albus. 

White Agaric. 

Boletus Laricis — Larchenschwamm, G. ; Agaric blanc, Agaric pur- 
gatif, F.; Agarico Blanco, Sp.; Ldrktradswamp, Sw.; Purging 
Agaric. 

Origin. — Polyporus officinalis, Linne {Fungi). 

Habitat. — Europe. 

Description. — A fungus growing on the trunks of old larch trees. 
As found in the shops it is broken up into irregular pieces, the outer 
rind having been removed, and is of a dirty-white color, light in weight, 
of a close, fibrous texture, difficult to powder. The odor resembles that 
of new flour; the powder causes violent sneezing. The taste is at first 
sweetish, but finally very acrid and disagreeably and persistently bitter. 

Agaric is often damaged by an insect (Anobium festivum). Very 
hard and dense pieces of a yellow color should be rejected, and also such 
as have become tasteless by age. Contains from thirty-six (Bley) to 
seventy-two (Braconnot) per cent, of resins. Bucholz found forty-nine 
per cent. One of the resins, soluble in cold alcohol, is intensely bitter. 
Schoonbroodt found a white, crystalline substance, agaricin, which has, 
at first, an insipid, then sweet, then bitter, and finally acrid taste. 

Agaric acid has also been found in the drug, crystallizing in needles, 
nearly insoluble in water, but freely soluble in alcohol. 

Medicinal Uses. — Was formerly used as a drastic purgative in 
doses of from two to four grams (30 to 60 grains). Lately used in 
doses of ten to twenty centigrams (1£ to 3 grains), to check sweating. 

Agaricus Cliirurg'orum. 

Surgeons' Agaric. 

Feuerschicamm, Zunder, G.; Bolet amadouvier, F.; Agarico de Mi~ 
cina, Sp.; Fioskswamp, Sw.; Spunk. 

Origin. — Polyporus fomentarius, Fries (Fungi). 

Habitat. — The best surgeons' agaric is collected from beech-trees 
in Sweden, Bohemia, Hungary, and Switzerland. That growing on 
birches or on oaks is not so gfood. 

Part used. — The interior of the fungus. 

Description. — It is thin, soft, velvety, rust brown. Before being 
fit for use it must be soaked in hot, weak lye, then boiled, and finally 
beaten with mallets. As thus prepared, it occurs in light, thin, yellow- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 77 

ish brown, soft and pliable flat pieces, with somewhat corrugated sur- 
faces and margins, not glossy. Has no odor nor taste. It is almost 
pure cellulose. Hard, uneven surgeons' agaric is useless. 

Uses. — It is an excellent mechanical hsemostatic, causing coagula- 
tion by the absorption of a portion of the fluid constituents of the blood. 
(When used as a tinder it is first soaked in a strong solution of potas- 
sium nitrate and dried.) 

Agrimonia. 

Agrimony. 

Herba Agrimonia? — Odermennig, Leberplette, G.; Aigremoine, Eupa- 
toire des Grecs, F. ; Agrimonia, Sp. and Sw. 

Origin. — Agrimonia Eupatoria, Linne {Rosacea?). 

Habitat. — Europe and North America. 

Parts used. — The whole plant. 

Description. — A simple stem with green leaves about twelve and 
one-half centimeters (5 inches) long, pinnate, with coarsely toothed 
leaflets ; flowers yellow. Odor feebly aromatic ; taste astringent, some- 
what bitter. 

Constituents. — Tannin, about four or five per cent. 

Uses. — Stimulant, astringent. Internally in hemorrhages and diar- 
rhoeas. Externally as a wash for ulcers, as a gargle in sore-throat, and 
as a mouth-wash. It is also used in poultices, fomentations, and injec- 
tions. 

Dose. — Two to ten grams (|- to 2-J- drachms). Best in the form of 
fluid extract. 

AGKIMONI/E EXTRACTUM FLOIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Agrimonia. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces). Use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred grams (about 7-§- fluidounces) of 
the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate 
with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13^- fluidounces) of thejirst 
percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 



A COMPANION TO THE 



dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to 
make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). For suggestions as to details, see page 451. 

Each cubic centimeter of this fluid extract represents the soluble 
matter of one gram of the drug. Each fluidounce represents four hun- 
dred and fifty-five and two-thirds grains, and each fluidrachm nearly 
fifty-seven grains. 

Dose. — Two to eight cubic centimeters (-J- to 2 fluidrachms). 

Ailanthus. 

AlLANTHUS. 

Gotterbaum, G. ; Tree of Heaven, Chinese Sumach. 

Origin. — Ailanthus glandulosa, Desfontaines {Simarubacem). 

Habitat. — North America, Europe, and Asia. 

Part used. — The bark. 

Description. — Externally brownish gray, smooth; internally yel- 
lowish. Or the corky layer is removed and the bark yellowish on both 
surfaces. Fibrous. Odor feeble. Taste very bitter. 

Constituents. — Ailanthic acid, the calcium salt of which is said 
to impart the bitterness to the drug. A little volatile oil and tannin 
have also been found in it. 

Uses. — Bitter tonic and stomachic. Employed in atonic conditions 
of the digestive organs, atonic dyspepsia, want of appetitej etc. It also 
possesses toenicide properties. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 grams (8 to 30 grains), best given in fluid extract. 

AILANTIII EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Ailanthus. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces). Use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use a mixture of two hundred grams (about 8J 
fluidounces) alcohol, and one hundred grams (about 3 J fluidounces) water. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred grams (about 7 fluidounces) of 
the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate 
with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13J fluidounces) of thefirst 
percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 79 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to 
make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). For suggestions as to details, see page 451. 

Each cubic centimeter of this fluid extract represents the soluble 
matter of one gram of the drug. Each fluidounce represents four hun- 
dred and fifty-five and two-thirds grains, and each fluidrachm nearly 
fifty-seven grains. 

Dose. — 0.50 to 2 cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims). 

Akazga. 

Akazga. 
Boundon, Ikaju, Quai. 

Origin. — Probably a species of Strychnos. 

Habitat. — Western Africa. 

Part used. — The bark. 

Description. — Orange yellowish, light red in spots, covered with 
yellow tubercles. The inner surface light brown, and characterized by a 
layer of hardened parenchyma. Inodorous. Very bitter. 

Constituents. — An alkaloid called alcazgine, which is intensely 
bitter, extremely poisonous, and resembling strychnine in its action. 

No uses have been made of this drug. Its effects resemble those of 
nux vomica. In Africa it is used to prepare an ordeal drink. 

Alcohol. 

Alcohol. 

Spiritus Yini — Rectified Spirit ; — Weingeist, G. ; Alcool, F. ; Alcohol, 

Sp. ; /Sprit, Sw. 

Source. — Obtained by fermentation, directly or indirectly, from sub- 
stances rich in sugar, starch, or inulin, the alcohol formed being sepa- 
rated by distillation. 

Properties. — Pure alcohol is a colorless, transparent, volatile liquid 
of a peculiar odor and sharp taste. It has a perfectly neutral reaction 
toward litmus paper moistened with water. It boils at 78° C. (183° F.), 
readily ignites, and burns with a blue flame and without smoke. 

Alcohol is an indispensable and widely useful solvent. In pharmacy 
it is employed to extract alkaloids, resinous substances, volatile oils, 
neutral principles, etc., and to dissolve many substances which are not 
acted upon by water. Camphor, iodine, castor oil, phosphorus, potassa, 
a great number of salts, etc., are more or less soluble in alcohol. 



80 A COMPANION TO THE 



Alcohol mixes clear and in all proportions with water, ether, gly- 
cerin, or chloroform. 

Tests. — On evaporating fifty cubic centimeters (about 1J fluidounce) 
of the alcohol in a small capsule no residue must be left. Mix ten cubic 
centimeters (2J fluidrachms) of the alcohol with ten cubic centimeters 
of water and two cubic centimeters (£ fluidrachm) glycerin, soak a piece 
of blotting-paper in the mixture, and then dry it ; after the alcohol has 
evaporated from the wet paper no foreign odor should be present. 
Concentrate ten cubic centimeters (2£ fluidrachms) of the mixture by 
evaporation to two cubic centimeters (|- fluidrachm), and then add to it 
two cubic centimeters (^ fluidrachm) of strong sulphuric acid ; no red- 
dish coloration should appear. Both these tests are intended to discover 
fusel oil, which has an irritating odor and can be recognized by it if 
present only to the extent of one-tenth per cent., and which is colored 
red by sulphuric acid. Aldehyd, if present, is detected by a dark colora- 
tion, which appears after adding to the alcohol an. equal volume of solu- 
tion of potassa. 

Preservation. — Being inflammable and volatile it must be kept in 
tightly stoppered bottles, in a cool place, and where it will be safe from 
any flame or fire. 

Strength of Alcohol. — Its strength is most conveniently deter- 
mined by means of the alcoholometer (with jar), which can be purchased 
with double scale, showing percentage and degrees proof, and combined 
with a thermometer for ascertaining the temperature at the same time 
that the degree is read off. The scales of the alcoholometer register 
correctly only at the standard temperature to which they were adjusted. 
In the United States alcohol is bought and sold with reference to the 
percentage by measure of absolute alcohol it contains. In the collection 
of the revenue the term "proof-spirit" signifies a spirit containing fifty 
per cent, by measure of absolute alcohol — that is, an alcohol of which 
one hundred gallons contain fifty gallons of absolute alcohol. Each 
degree above or below proof represents one-half per cent, more or less. 
Thus one hundred degrees above proof represents fifty per cent, nuore 
of absolute alcohol than proof-spirit contains ; or, in other words, one 
hundred per cent, absolute alcohol, or all absolute alcohol. On the 
other hand, one hundred degrees below proof means fifty per cent, less 
of absolute alcohol than is contained in proof-spirit ; or, in other words, 
no alcohol at all, or all water. As " proof-spirit " is denoted as " one hun- 
dred degrees," it will be seen that absolute alcohol is two hundred de- 
grees (being one hundred degrees above "proof"), while water is 0° 
(being one hundred degrees below " proof"). The pharmacopceial "alco- 
hol," which is the strongest alcohol generally produced at the distilleries, 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



81 



is one hundred and eighty-eight degrees, or eighty-eight degrees above 
proof, and contains forty-four (one-half of eighty-eight) per cent, more 
of absolute alcohol than proof-spirit contains, and as proof-spirit con- 
tains fifty per cent, the alcohol described contains fifty plus forty-four, 
or ninety-four per cent, by volume of absolute alcohol. To ascertain 
the volume percentage strength, the most convenient and direct method 
will be to use the alcoholometer combining Tralle's scale (which shows 
the per cent, by volume direct) and the U. S. Custom-House standard 
scale (which shows the degree above or below proof), with thermometer, 
and scale for corrections for variations of temperature. In our country 
the standard temperature to which the scale of the alcoholometer is ad- 
justed is sixty degrees Fahrenheit (15.55° C). When the spirit tested 
is of exactly that temperature, that degree on the scale which coincides 
with the level of the liquid in the jar when the instrument is suspended 
in it will indicate exactly the strength of the spirit. But if the tem- 
perature is above 60° F. the indication on the alcoholometer will be 
higher than the actual strength of the alcohol by one-fifth per cent, for 
every degree above the standard temperature (60° F.) ; and if below 
60° F. the actual strength of the alcohol will be greater than shown by 
the alcoholometer, the error being in this case also one-fifth per cent, 
for every degree of variation of the temperature from the standard. 
Thus, if the thermometer shows 65° F. and the alcoholometer scale reads 
off eighty per cent., the difference in temperature being five degrees, 
five times one-fifth (or one) per cent, must be deducted from the read- 
ing, leaving seventy-nine per cent, as the actual strength. 

The pharmacist may also use the specific gravity bottle, or the ordi- 
nary areometer for liquids lighter than water, to find the specific gravity 
of the spirit, and afterward by reference to the following table, the cor- 
responding strength. This table is prepared with reference to a stand- 
ard temperature of 15.55° C. (60° F.) : 



Specific 
Gravity. 


100 Measures Spirit 
Contain — 


Contraction 
of Volume 
Measures. 


Specific 
Gravity. 


100 Measures Spirit 
Contain— 


Contraction 


Measures of 
Absolute 
Alcohol. 


Measures 
of Water. 


Measures of 
Absolute 
Alcohol. 


Measures 
of Water. 


of Volume 
Measures. 


1.0000 
.9985 
.9970 
.9956 
.9942 
.9928 
.9915 




1 

2 

3 
4 
5 
6 


100.000 
99.055 
98.111 
97.176 
96.242 
95.307 
94.382 


.055 
.111 
.176 
.242 

.307 
.382 


.9902 
.9890 
.9878 
.9866 
.9854 
.9843 
.9832 


7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 


93 458 
92.543 
91.629 
90.714 
89.799 
88.895 
87.990 


.458 
.543 
.629 
.714 

.799 
.895 
.990 



82 



A COMPANION TO THE 





100 Measubes Spirit 






100 Measures Spirit 






Contain— 






Contain — 










Contraction 
of Volume 
Measures. 


Specific 
Gravity. 






Contraction 


Specific 
Geavitt. 


Measures of 
Absolute 
Alcohol. 


Measures 
of Water. 


Measures of 
Absolute 
Alcohol. 


Measures 
of Water. 


of Volume 
Measures. 


.9821 


14 


87.086 


1.086 


.9178 


58 


45.693 


3.693 


.9811 


15 


86.191 


1.191 


.9156 


59 


44.678 


3.678 


.9800 


16 


85.286 


1.286 


.9134 


60 


43.664 


3.664 


.9790 


17 


84.392 


1.392 


.9112 


61 


42.649 


3.649 


.9780 


18 


83.497 


1.497 


.9090 


62 


41.635 


3.635 


.9770 


19 


82.603 


1.603 


.9067 


63 


40.610 


3.610 


.9760 


20 


81.708 


1.708 


.9044 


64 


39.586 


3.586 


.9750 


21 


80.813 


1.813 


.9021 


65 


38.561 


3.561 


.9740 


22 


79.919 


1.919 


.8997 


66 


37.526 


3.526 


.9729 


23 


79.014 


2.014 


.8973 


67 


36.492 


3.492 


.9719 


24 


78.119 


2.119 


.8949 


68 


35.457 


3 457 


.9709 


25 


77.225 


2.225 


.8925 


69 


34.423 


3.423 


.9698 


26 


76.320 


2.320 


.8900 


70 


33378 


3.378 


.9688 


27 


75.426 


2.426 


.8875 


71 


32.333 


3.333 


.9677 


28 


74.521 


2.521 


.8850 


72 


31.289 


3.289 


.9666 


29 


73.617 


2.617 


.8825 


73 


30.244 


3.244 


.9655 


30 


72.712 


2.712 


.8799 


74 


29.190 


3.190 


.9643 


31 


71.797 


2.797 


.8773 


75 


28.135 


3.135 


.9631 


32 


70.883 


2.883 


.8747 


76 


27.080 


3.080 


.9618 


33 


69.958 


2.958 


.8720 


77 


26016 


3.016 


.9605 


34 


69.034 


3.034 


.8693 


78 


24.951 


2.951 


.9592 


35 


68.109 


3.109 


.8666 


79 


23.877 


2.877 


..9579 


36 


67.184 


3.184 


.8639 


80 


22.822 


2.822 


.9565 


37 


66.250 


3.250 


.8611 


81 


21.747 


2.747 


.9550 


38 


65.305 


3.305 


.8583 


82 


20.673 


2.673 


.9535 


39 


64.361 


3.361 


.8555 


83 


19.598 


2.598 


.9519 


40 


63.406 


3.406 


.8526 


84 


18.514 


2514 


.9503 


41 


62 451 


3.451 


.8496 


85 


17.419 


2.419 


.9487 


42 


61.497 


3.497 


.8466 


86 


16.324 


2.324 


.9470 


43 


60.532 


3.532 


.8436 


87 


15.230 


2.230 


.9452 


44 


59.558 


3.558 


.8405 


88 


14.121 


2.121 


.9435 


45 


58.593 


3.593 


.8373 


89 


13.011 


2.011 


.9417 


46 


57.618 


3.618 


.8339 


90 


11.876 


1.876 


.9399 


47 


56.644 


3.644 


.8306 


91 


10.751 


1.751 


.9381 


48 


55.669 


3.669 


.8272 


92 


9.617 


1.617 


.9362 


49 


54.685 


3.685 


.8237 


93 


8.472 


1.472 


.9343 


50 


53.700 


3.700 


.8201 


94 


7.318 


1.318 


.9323 


51 


52.705 


3.705 


.8167 


95 


6.153 


1.153 


.9303 


52 


51.711 


3.711 


.8125 


96 


4.968 


.968 


.9283 


53 


50.716 


3.716 


.8084 


97 


3.764 


.764 


.9263 


54 


49.722 


3.722 


.8041 


98 


2.539 


.539 


.9242 


55 


48.717 


3.717 


.7995 


99 


1.285 


.285 


.9221 


56 


47.712 


3.712 


.7946 


100 


0. 






.9200 


57 


46.708 


3.708 











When alcohol and water are mixed the temperature of the liquids 
rises while the volume contracts. The greatest contraction of volume 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 83 

takes place when 52.3 measures of absolute alcohol are mixed with 47.7 
measures of water, the total volume being only 96.23 measures instead 
of one hundred. The volume of this mixture, therefore, when either 
water or alcohol is added, expands beyond the added measure. 

As seen from the above table it requires fifty-four measures of abso- 
lute alcohol and 49.722 measures of water to make one hundred meas- 
ures of spirit of 0.9263 specific gravity, the contraction of volume being 
thus 3.722 volumes (nearly 3f per cent.). The table shows the volume 
per cent, of spirit, of any specific gravity named in the first column, and 
the specific gravity of alcohol, of any percentage strength named in the 
second column. It also shows how much water and how much alcohol 
of any given strength are necessary to make a given number of meas- 
ures of spirit of any other strength, by very simple calculations. Thus, 
suppose you have alcohol of 0.820 specific gravity, and you desire to 
make ten gallons spirit of fifty per cent, strength (by measure). By 
reference to the table you find that alcohol of 0.820 specific gravity con- 
tains (at 60° F.) ninety-four per cent, of absolute alcohol. The rule is: 
multiply the percentage strength desired by the number of gallons to 
be made, and then divide the product by the percentage strength of the 

50 x 10 
alcohol to be diluted. Thus, — g-r — (= 5.32). The quotient is the 

number of gallons of the stronger spirit which is required to make the 
desired quantity of the weaker spirit. It therefore requires 5.32 gal- 
lons of ninety-four per cent, alcohol to make ten gallons of fifty per 
cent, alcohol. 

This rule is, in oar opinion, preferable to that of the Pharmacopoeia 
(see p. 89). 

In the Pharmacopoeia of 1870 there were three separate strengths 
of alcohol prescribed, viz.: "Alcohol Fortius " = " Stronger Alcohol," 
"Alcohol," and "Alcohol Dilutum." The Alcohol Fortius was ninety- 
five per cent, (by volume) alcohol ; specific gravity, 0.817. Alcohol of 
this strength is difficult to obtain, and as a ninety-four per cent, alcohol 
is sufficiently strong for pharmacopceial purposes the stronger alcohol 
was wisely dropped and the ninety-four per cent, alcohol, which is always 
readily obtainable, was substituted for it in the new Pharmacopoeia. 

The " Alcohol " of 1870 had a specific gravity of 0.835, and contained 
ninety per cent, of absolute alcohol. It was dropped as unnecessary, 
since any strength between the ninety-four per cent, alcohol and the 
official Diluted Alcohol may be readily mixed at any time when wanted 
for use. To make the alcohol of the standard of the Pharmacopoeia of 
1870, mix twenty (20) measures of ninety-four per cent, alcohol with one 
(1) measure of water ; this will make the resulting mixture almost ex- 



84 A COMPANION TO THE 



actly (lacking only one-thirtieth per cent, of water) ninety per cent. 
strength by volume. 

The " Diluted Alcohol " of the old Pharmacopoeia (1870) was a mix- 
ture of equal measures of ninety-five per cent, alcohol and distilled water. 
It had the specific gravity 0.941, and contained about forty-six and one- 
half per cent., by measure (thirty-nine per cent, by weight), of absolute 
alcohol, being nearly seventeen per cent, weaker than the now official 
Diluted Alcohol (U. S. P., 1880). 



ALCOHOL ABSOLUTUM. 
Absolute Alcohol. 

This is nearly pure ethyl alcohol, containing over ninety-nine per 
cent, real absolute alcohol if properly made. It is prepared by mixing 
ninety-four per cent, alcohol with powdered unslaked lime, and distil- 
ling the mixture after a day's maceration. 

Absolute alcohol has the specific gravity 0.794 at 15.55° C. (60° F.). 
It dissolves a number of resins, alkaloids, phosphorus, and other sub- 
stances not readily dissolved by ordinary commercial alcohol. 



ALCOHOL; U. S. 
Alcohol. 

The alcohol of the new Pharmacopoeia (1880) is one hundred and 
eighty-eight degrees proof, or contains ninety-four per cent, by volume 
of absolute alcohol, one hundred gallons of it containing ninet} T -four gal- 
lons absolute alcohol and 7.318 gallons water (the contraction of volume 
in combining the two liquids in the proportions named being 1.318 gal- 
lon). The statement in the Pharmacopoeia that it contains six per cent, 
by volume of water is to be understood as meaning that six per cent, by 
volume of the liquid consists of water if the contraction of volume be 
ignored. One hundred pounds of it contain ninety-one pounds absolute 
alcohol and nine pounds water. It has the specific gravity 0.820 at 
15.6° C. (60° F.) and 0.812 at 25° C. (77° F.). 

To state the strength of alcohol by volume (measure) has the disad- 
vantage of being always incorrect, for as the volume of the mixture of 
alcohol and water contracts it is practically impossible to know the rela- 
tive proportions by volume of the two component parts of the liquid. We 
do not know whether both the alcohol and the water contract, or only 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 85 

one of them, nor could the contraction of each be measured separately 
if both are condensed, as is probably the case. Hence we really do not 
know how great a proportion of the space occupied by the liquid is taken 
up by the alcohol in it, and how much by the water ; and all that we do 
know is the space that the absolute alcohol in it occupies when separated 
from the water. In other words, we know that one hundred gallons of 
official alcohol of 0.820 specific gravity at 15.6° C. (60° F.) will result 
from ninety-four gallons of absolute alcohol and enough water to make 
up the one hundred gallons, which will require not six gallons but 7.318 
gallons. 

The per cent, by weight, however, may always be correctly ascer- 
tained. 



Relation of Volume to Weight op the Official Alcohol. 

At about 15.6° to 22° C. (60° to 71.6° F.) the following equivalents of 
alcohol are approximately correct : 

1 liter (1,000 cubic centimeters) weighs 816 grams. 

1 U. S. pint . " 6,000 grains. 

1 imperial pint " 7,200 grains. 

1,000 grams measure 1,220 cubic centimeters. 

16 troy ounces " 20| IJ. S. fluidounces. 

16 avoirdupois ounces " 18 T 8 o U. S. fluidounces, or 

19J imp. fluidounces. 

At 15.6° C. (60° F.) the folloioing equivalents of alcohol are exact: 

1 liter weighs 820 grams. 

1 pint (U. S.) " 13| avoirdupois ounces. 

100 avoirdupois ounces measure 117 U. S. fluidounces (or 122 

imp. fluidounces). 
100 troy ounces " 128 U. S. fluidounces (or 134 

imp. fluidounces). 

At 25° C. (77° F.) the following equivalents of alcohol are exact: 

1 liter weighs 812 grams. 

1 U. S. pint " 13.53 avoirdupois ounces. 

100 avoirdupois ounces measure 118 U. S. fluidounces (or 123 

imp. fluidounces). 
100 troy ounces " 129 U. S. fluidounces. 



86 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Table showing the volume measure of different quantities, by weight, of 
the official alcohol (0.812 specific gravity at 25° C, or 77° F.). 



Grams. 


Avoirdupois weight. 


Cubic centi- 
meters. 




Grams. 


Avoirdupois weight. 


Cubic centi- 
meters. 




1 


15.43 grs. 


1.23 


0.33 


200 


7 ozs. 24 grs. 


246.76 


8.34 


2 


30.86 grs. 


2.47 


0.67 


225 


7 ozs. 409f grs. 


277.60 


9.38 


3 


46.30 grs. 


3.70 


1.00 


250 


8 ozs. 358 grs. 


308.44 


10.43 


4 


61.73 grs. 


4.94 


1.33 


275 


9 ozs. 306£ grs. 


339.28 


11.47 


5 


77.16 grs. 


6.17 


1.67 


300 


10 ozs. 255 grs. 


370.13 


12.52 


6 


92.59 grs. 


7.40 


2.00 


325 


11 ozs. 203i grs. 


400.97 


13.56 


7 


108.03 grs. 


8.64 


2.33 


350 


12 ozs. 151£ grs. 


431.82 


14.60 


8 


123.46 grs. 


9.87 


2.67 


375 


13 ozs. 99| grs. 


462.66 


15.64 


9 


138.89 grs. 


11.10 


3.00 


400 


14 ozs. 48 grs. 


493.51 


16.69 


10 


154.32 grs. 


12.34 


3.34 


425 


14 ozs. 433| grs. 


524.35 


17.73 


15 


231.48 grs. 


18.51 


5.01 


450 


15 ozs. 382i grs. 


555.20 


18.77 


20 


308.65 grs. 


24.67 


6.67 


475 


16 ozs. 330^ grs. 


586.04 


19.81 








Fluid- 


500 


17 ozs. 279 grs. 


616.89 


20.86 








ounces. 


525 


18 ozs. 227 grs. 


647.73 


21.90 


25 


385.81 grs. 


30.84 


1.04 


550 


19 ozs. 175£ grs. 


678.58 


22.95 


30 


1 oz. 25| grs. 


37.01 


1.25 


575 


20 ozs. 124 grs. 


709.42 


24.00 


35 


1 oz. 102 j grs. 


43.18 


1.46 


600 


21 ozs. 72£ grs. 


740.27 


25.03 


40 


1 oz. 180 grs. 


49.35 


1.67 


650 


22 ozs. 406£ grs. 


801.96 


27.12 


45 


1 oz. 257 grs. 


55.52 


1.87 


700 


24 ozs. 303 grs. 


863.65 


29.20 


50 


1 oz. 334 grs. 


61.69 


2.08 


750 


26 ozs. 199| grs. 


925.34 


31.29 


55 


1 oz. 411 grs. 


67.86 


2.29 


800 


28 ozs. 96 grs. 


987.00 


33.38 


60 


2 ozs. 50£ grs. 


74.03 


2.50 


850 


29 ozs. 430 grs. 


1,048.69 


35.46 


65 


2 ozs. 127£ grs. 


80.19 


2.71 


900 


31 ozs. 327 grs. 


1,110.41 


37.55 


70 


2 ozs. 205 grs. 


86.36 


2.92 


950 


33 ozs. 223£ grs. 


1,172.09 


39.63 


75 


2 ozs 282 grs. 


92.53 


3.13 


1,000 


35 ozs. 120 grs. 


1,233.78 


41.72 


80 


2 ozs. 359 grs. 


98.70 


3.33 


1,500 


52 ozs. 399 grs. 


1,850.67 


62.58 


85 


2 ozs. 436| grs. 


104.87 


3.54 


2,000 


70 ozs. 240 grs. 


2,467.57 


83.44 


90 


3 ozs. 76| grs. 


111.04 


3.75 


2,500 


88 ozs. 82 grs. 


3,084.45 104.30 


95 


3 ozs. 153| grs. 


117.21 


3.96 


3,000 


105 ozs. 360 grs. 


3,701.35125.16 


100 


3 ozs. 230f grs. 


123.38 


4.17 


4,000 


141 ozs. 42£ grs. 


4,935.13166.88 


125 


4 ozs. 179 grs. 


154.22 


5.21 


5,000 


176 ozs. 1621 grs. 


6,168.92 208.60 


150 


5 ozs. 127 grs. 


185.07 


6.26 


10,000 


352 ozs. 325 grs. 


12,337.85 417.20 


175 


6 ozs. 75£ grs. 


215.91 


7.30 


1 







Weight of a barrel of ninety -four per cent, alcohol, net. 

At any temperature, 

40 gallons at the standard temperature weighs 273£ pounds. 



m 

41 

414 
42 

43 

44 
44i 



it 


a 


a 


a 


it 


it 


a 


tt 


a 


u 


tt 


tt 


tt 


a 


tt 


a 


a 


tt 



276f 

280| 

2834 

287 

290$ 

293* 

297i 

300f 

303 T V 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 



87 



Weight of a barrel of ninety-four per cent, alcohol, net. — Continued. 

At any temperature. 

45 gallons at the standard temperature weighs 307J pounds. 



45J 


t a 


n 


46 


i a 


tt 


46£ 


t a 


tt 


47 


t tt 


tt 


m 


I tt 


tt 


48 


( tt 


tt 


48£ 


t tt 


a 


49 


t tt 


a 


49£ 


t it 


tt 


50 « 


t it 


a 



310 T 9 o 

314* 

317f 

321* 

324* 

328 

331| 

334f 

337i 

341} 



The most convenient way to ascertain the correctness of stated con- 
tents of barrels of alcohol is to find the net weight, which, if the strength 
of the alcohol is known, will always furnish reliable data for calculating 
the measure. The gauger's certificates on the alcohol barrels are 
generally pretty correct if the barrel and contents have been recently 
gauged; but as a rule it will be found profitable to weigh every barrel 
immediately upon receiving it, then empty it into suitable receptacles, 
after which weigh the empty barrel ; then deduct the weight of the 
barrel from the gross weight to get the net weight of the alcohol, which 
should correspond with the figures given in the above table, and will do 
so if the alcohol is of proper strength, and if the number of gallons be 
as stated. The weights given refer to alcohol of 0.820 specific gravity 
15. G° C. (60° F.), and measured at that temperature. It is obvious that 
although forty-five gallons of alcohol at 60° F. will measure more than 
forty -five gallons at a higher, and less than forty-five gallons at a lower 
temperature, it will weigh exactly the same number of pounds at any 
temperature, viz.: three hundred and seven and one-half pounds, if of 
ninety-four per cent, strength. If stronger than ninety-four per cent, 
it will weigh less, and if weaker, more, and hence it is necessary to find 
also its strength by means of the alcoholometer at 60° F. 



ALCOHOL DILUTUM; U. S. 

Diluted Alcohol. 

The diluted alcohol of the new Pharmacopoeia (1880) is one hundred 
and six degrees proof, or contains fifty-three per cent, by volume of 
absolute alcohol, one hundred gallons of it containing fifty-three gallons 



88 A COMPANION TO THE 

of absolute alcohol, and 50.716 gallons or water, the contraction of 
volume in combining the two liquids in these proportions being 3.716 
gallons. One hundred pounds of it contains forty-five and one-half 
pounds of absolute alcohol, and fifty-four and one-half pounds water. 
Its specific gravity is 0.928 at 15.6° C. (60° F.), and 0.920 at 25° C. 
(77° F.). It is about seventeen per cent, stronger that the diluted alco- 
hol of the old Pharmacopoeia (1870), which contained only about forty- 
six and one-half per cent, by volume of absolute alcohol. 



Relation of Weight to Volume of the Official Diluted Alcohol. 

At about 15.6° to 25° C. (60° to 77° F.) the following equivalents of 
diluted alcohol are approximately correct : 

1 liter (1,000 cubic centimeters) weighs about 924 grams. 



1 U. S. pint " 

1 imperial pint " 

1,000 grams measure 

16 troyounces " 

16 avoirdupois ounces " 



6,800 grains. 
8,000 grains. 
1,075 cubic centimeters. 
18-J- U. S. fluidounces. 
16f U. S. fluidounces (or 
17^ imp. fluidounces). 



At 15.6° C. (60° F.) the following equivalents of diluted alcohol are 
approximately correct : 

1 liter weighs 928 grams. 

1 U. S. pint " 15.47 avoirdupois ounces. 

100 avoirdupois ounces measure 103^ U. S. fluidounces (or 

107§- imp. fluidounces). 
100 troyounces " 113J U. S. fluidounces (or 

118 imp. fluidounces). 



At 25° C. (77° F.) the following equivalents of diluted alcohol are approx- 
imately correct : 

1 liter weighs 920 grams. 

1 U. S. pint " 15£ avoirdupois ounces. 

100 avoirdupois ounces measure 104^ U. S. fluidounces (or 

108| imp. fluidounces). 
100 troyounces " 114£ U. S. fluidounces (or 

119 imp. fluidounces). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



89 



Table showing the volume measure of different quantities, by weight, 
of the official diluted alcohol (0.920 specific gravity at 25° C, or 
77° F.). 



Grams. 


Ounces and Grains. 


Cubic 
centimeters. 


Fluid- 
ounces. 


Grams. 


Ounces and Grains. 


Cubic 
centimeters. 


Fluid- 
ounces. 


30 


1 oz. 25-£ grs. 


32.25 


1.09 


175 


6 ozs. 75£ grs. 


188.12 


6.36 


40 


1 oz. 180 grs. 


43.00 


1.45 


200 


7 ozs. 24 grs. 


215.00 


7.27 


50 


1 oz. 334 grs. 


53.75 


1.81 


225 


7 ozs. 409|grs. 


250.87 


8.17 


60 


2 ozs. 50| grs. 


64.50 


2.18 


250 


8 ozs. 358 grs. 


268.75 


9.08 


70 


2 ozs. 205 grs. 


75.25 


2.54 


275 


9 ozs. 306±grs. 


304.62. 


10.00 


80 


2 ozs. 359 grs. 


86.00 


2.90 


300 


10 ozs. 255 grs. 


322.50 


10.90 


90 


3 ozs. 76£ grs. 


96.75 


3.27 


350 


12 ozs. 15 1£ grs. 


376.25 


12.72 


100 


3 ozs. 230| grs. 


107.50 


3.63 


400 


14 ozs. 48 grs. 


430.00 


14.54 


125 


4 ozs. 179 grs. 


143.37 


4.54 


500 


17 ozs. 279 grs. 


537.50 


18.17 


150 


5 ozs. 127 grs. 


161.25 


5.45 


1,000 


35 ozs. 120 grs. 


1,075.00 


36.34 



Rule for diluting alcohol to any given strength. — The rule given in 
the Pharmacopoeia for diluting alcohol of any higher strength to the 
official standard for diluted alcohol is very simple, and alcohol of any 
strength can be diluted to any lower percentage by a similar process. 
This rule is : 1. Find the percentage strength of the alcohol to be di- 
luted (the per cent, by volume if the alcohol is to be diluted to a cer- 
tain volumetric strength ; or the percentage strength of the alcohol by 
weight if the diluted alcohol is to be of a certain* per cent, by weight). 
2. Divide the number representing the percentage strength of the al- 
cohol which is to be diluted by the number representing the percentage 
strength of the diluted alcohol to be made. 3. From the quotient so 
obtained subtract 1. 4. The remainder represents the number of parts 
of water (by weight or volume as the case may be) which must be added 
to each part of the alcohol to be diluted. Thus, for example : It is de- 
sired to dilute a ninety per cent, alcohol (by weight) to a strength of 
thirty per cent, (by weight). Divide 90 by 30; this gives 3 as the quo- 
tient; subtract 1 from this, which leaves 2. We thus find that two 
parts, by weight, of water must be added to each part, by weight, of 
ninety per cent, alcohol in order to get a thirty per cent, alcohol. 

When the volumetric per cent, is referred to the process is the same, 
and the result shows how many measures of water must be added to 
each measure of the alcohol which is to be diluted; but the answers 
when the volumetric strength is referred to are not absolutely correct 
because the degree of contraction or expansion taking place produces 
a greater or less deviation. For most purposes, however, it is suffi- 
ciently correct. 



90 A COMPANION TO THE 



Medicinal Uses. — Alcohol is one of the most valuable remedies, 
being a stimulant of great power and general applicability. 

It is usually administered in the form of wine or liquor (whiskey or 
brandy), or in combination with other remedies, in tinctures, medicated 
wines, etc. 

It is an article of common use in all countries and by all people, in 
the form of beverages produced by the fermentation of grain or fruit, 
or their juices. In moderate doses these beverages are similar in their 
action to spices and condiments, increasing the appetite and digestion, 
quickening the circulation, and promoting gland action, preventing tis- 
sue waste and favoring an accumulation of fat. Its moderate use is 
therefore of much benefit, especially to those who are weak and in poor 
physical condition. To a certain extent alcohol may be considered as a 
food in such cases. 

The deleterious effects produced by drinking alcoholic beverages re- 
sult mainly from the use of the stronger liquors, which coagulate and 
precipitate pepsin and bring about a condition of gastric irritation ; or 
by drinking excessive quantities of the weaker alcoholic beverages, as 
beer or wine, which dilute the gastric juice and thereby . prevent di- 
gestion. 

In excessive doses alcohol produces intoxication, loss of co-ordina- 
tion, mental excitement followed by stupor, and perhaps unconscious- 
ness. Generally this effect gradually wears off as the alcohol is elimi- 
nated, but it may result in death by a suspension of respiration and 
circulation. 

Sometimes long-continued habitual excess in drinking produces deli- 
rium tremens. 

Alcohol is a valuable stomachic and tonic in atonic dyspepsia, indi- 
gestion, debility, and during convalescence from acute diseases. It is 
valuable in all low conditions when the pulse is weak, the tongue dry, 
digestion poor, and sleep unrefreshing. Such conditions exist in ady- 
namic diseases, typhoid stages of various fevers, later stages of con- 
sumption, etc. Alcohol is best combined with egg y milk, etc., as egg- 
nog, milk-punch, and similar preparations. 

In annemic persons sleeplessness is often relieved by a dose of alco- 
hol, as wine, brandy, toddy, beer, or ale before going to bed. 

In consumption alcohol is a very valuable remedy, some observers 
going so far as to say that drunkards very seldom are afflicted with 
phthisis. 

In snakebite large quantities of whiskey can be taken without pro- 
ducing intoxication, and this treatment is one of the best in cases of 
that kind. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 91 

Externally, alcohol mixed with water is an excellent lotion to pre- 
vent bed-sores, to relieve pain in inflammation, and as a wash to ulcers 
and sores. The dose is difficult to state, as it depends on the condition 
of the patient as well as upon the form in which it is given. 

Pure diluted alcohol is preferable to doubtful whiskey or brandy, 
and, in fact, to any of the ordinary liquors for medicinal purposes. 



Alcohol Amylicum. 

Amylic Alcohol. 

Amylalcohol, Fuselol, G. ; Alcohol amylique, Huile de Grain, F. ; 
Finkelolja, Sw. — Fusel-oil, Potato-oil. 

Origin. — Fusel-oil is to be found in all unrectified alcohol made 
from potatoes, grain, or starch, in any form. It is not an oil, however, 
as the name would indicate, but an alcohol. 

Description. — A colorless, clear liquid, with a penetrating, oppres- 
sive odor, and a hot taste. Its specific gravity is 0.818. It is soluble 
in alcohol in all proportions, and also in ether and in volatile oils, but 
in water only to a very small extent. When oxidized with chromic 
acid it yields valerianic acid. It is poisonous when inhaled or taken 
internally. The irritating qualities of fusel-oil are discernible even if it 
be present only to the extent of one-tenth per cent, in alcohol. 



Alcohol Methylicum. 

Methylic Alcohol. 

Spiritus Pyroxylicus, Holzgeist, Methylalcohol, G.; Alcool methylique, 
Alcool formique, Alcool de bois, Esprit de bois, Esprit pyroligneux, 
F. ; Alcohol metylico, Sp.; Trdalkohol, llethylalkohol, Sw. ; Wood 
Alcohol, Wood Spirit, " Alcoholine," Pyroligneous Spirit, Pyroxylic 
Spirit, Wood Naphtha. 

Preparation. — Methylic alcohol or wood alcohol is contained in the 
distillate from the dry distillation of wood, together with acetic acid, 
etc. It is separated by neutralizing the acetic acid with lime, and re- 
distilling, and afterward the product is purified by a series of manipu- 
lations. 

Description. — A light, clear, colorless liquid, of a strong odor, re- 
minding of alcohol and acetic ether, but having at the same time a 
peculiar burnt-wood odor. Its specific gravity is 0.798 at 20° C. (68° 



92 



A COMPANION TO THE 



F.). It mixes clear in all proportions with water, alcohol, and ether, 
and dissolves fixed and volatile oils, several resins, etc. 

Uses. — In the arts and manufactures wood alcohol is frequently 
substituted for the ordinary (or ethylic) alcohol as a solvent, etc. In 
manufacturing chemistry and pharmacy it is rarely used, and only as a 
solvent in cases where it can be afterward entirely eliminated, and will 
not in any way contaminate the product. 

Methylic alcohol itself is rather offensive, and causes headache, diz- 
ziness, and nausea, and hence it is never used as a constituent of any 
medicinal preparation. Its presence is, moreover, so readily detected 
by odor and taste that it could not be used as an adulteration of alcohol 
without detection. It was formerly used as an ingredient in prepara- 
tions intended for the relief of phthisis, chronic catarrh, etc. A " Com- 
pound Elixir of Tar" is used in the 
District of Columbia, which contains 
about five per cent, rectified wood 
naphtha. 

Aletris. 

Aletris. 

Aletridis Radix — Unicorn Root, Colic 
Root, Starwort Root, Stargrass 
Root, Blazing Star Root. 

Origin. — Aletris farinosa, Linne" 

(Hcemodoracece) . 

Habitat.— The United States. 
Part used. — The rhizome. 
Description. — About twenty-five 
to thirty-five millimeters (1 to 1 J inch) 
long, and three to ten millimeters (£ 
to § inch) thick, jointed, externally 
grayish brown, internally white and 
mealy, inodorous ; taste bitter. Rem- 
nants of leaves are seen above and rootlets attached below. The root- 
lets are fifty to seventy-five millimeters (2 to 3 inches) long, the older 
ones being dark and tough, the younger light colored and softer. Con- 
tains a bitter principle which is soluble in alcohol. 

Jlelonias is also called " unicorn root " and frequently sold under 
that name. 

Uses. — Bitter tonic and stomachic. Employed in flatulent colic, 




Fig. 13. — Aletris, natural size. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 93 

dvspepsia, etc. It is claimed to be a valuable stimulant and tonic to the 
uterus, counteracting a tendency to miscarriage. 

Dose of the powder, 0.3 to one gram (5 to 15 grains). Average 
dose about 0.6 gram (10 grains), best given in the form of fluid ex- 
tract. 

ALETR1DIS EXTRACTUM FLTTIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Aletris. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces). Use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and seventy-five grams (about 
6^ fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical perco- 
lator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13£ fluidounces) of the Jirst 
percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 
For suggestions as to details, see page 451. 

Each cubic centimeter of this fluid extract represents the soluble 
matter of one gram of the drug. Each fluidounce represents four hun- 
dred and fifty-five and two-third grains ; and each fluidrachm nearly 
fifty-seven grains. 

Dose. — One to 2.5 cubic centimeters (15 to 40 minims). 

Alkanna. 

Alkanet Root. 

Anchusce Radix — Alkannawurzel, G. ; Orcanette, F. ; Ancusa de tintes 
orcaneta, Sp. ; AlJcannarot, Sw. 

Origin. — Alkanna tinctoria, Tausch (Boragi?iacem). 

Habitat. — Collected in large quantities in Hungary. Indigenous to 
Asia and parts of Europe. 

Part used. — The thicker upper portion of the root with the under- 
ground stem. 

Description. — It is about thirty centimeters (1 foot) or less long in 



94 A COMPANION TO THE 



its entire state, but as found in trade is considerably broken up ; finger 
thick ; underground stem frequently beset with remnants of the hairy 
leaf stalks. The outer and middle barks, in thin layers, envelop the 
root loosely, but the inner bark adheres firmly to the wood. The barks 
are purple. 

Alkanet root which has been deprived of its thin foliaceous bark is 
worthless. 

Constituents. — Contains a rich purplish-red coloring matter called 
alkanet red (alkannin) or anchusin, which is found principally in the 
inner cell-layers of the middle bark and the outer cells of the inner bark. 
It is insoluble in water, but soluble in alcohol and volatile oils, and still 
more soluble in ether and in fixed oils. When isolated the anchusin is a 
reddish-brown, resinous mass. With alkalies and alkaline earths it 
forms blue compounds. 

The root is used in pharmacy simply to color cerates, pomades, and 
fixed oils, which is done by heating them moderately with the alkanet root 
and then straining. The color produced is quite handsome, but fades 
on exposure to light. 

ALKANNJS OLEUM. 
Alkanet Oil. 

Digest two hundred and fifty grams (8 ounces 358 grains) alkanet 
root (whole) during five days with one liter (34 fluidounces) olive oil (or 
cotton-seed oil), shaking occasionally. Strain. 

Used for coloring hair oils, pomades, cerates, etc., purplish red. 

ALKANN^E TINCTUKA. 
Tincture of Alkanet. 

Digest two hundred and fifty grams (8 ounces 358 grains) alkanet 
root with one liter (34 fluidounces) alcohol during five days, shaking 
occasionally. 

Used to color alcoholic liquids purplish red. 

Allium; U. S. 

Garlic. 
Allil Bulbus— Knoblauch, G.; Ail, F.; Ajo, Sp.; Ilmtloh, Sw. 

Origin. — Allium sativum, Linne (Liliacece). 
Habitat. — Cultivated. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



95 



Part used. — The bulb. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 27. Only sound, fresh, 
pungent bulbs should be used. Figs. 14-16 well show the structure 
of garlic. 

Preservation. — Must not be kept in tightly closed receptacles, as it 
will then soon spoil, become mouldy, and smell badly. It is best kept 
in dry sand, in a dry, cool place. 




Pigs. 14-16.— Garlic, with and without scales, and showing insertion of "cloves" on stalk; 

all natural size. 



Constituents. — The most important constituent of garlic is a vola- 
tile oil, which is brownish yellow, has an extremely pungent odor, and 
blisters the skin. It is heavier than water, and contains sulphur. 

Properties and Uses. — Garlic is a stimulant carminative and in- 
creases the appetite. It causes the expulsion of flatus. 

Dose. — About two grams (30 grains), best in the form of syrup. 



96 A COMPANION TO THE 



ALL1I SYRUPUS; U. S. 
Stkup of Gaelic. 

Macerate one hundred and fifty grams (5 ounces 127 grains) sliced 
and bruised fresh garlic with two hundred and fifty grams (8 ounces 358 
grains, measuring about 8^- fluidounces) diluted acetic acid in a quart 
bottle for four days. Express the liquid, mix the residue with an addi- 
tional quantity of one hundred and fifty grams (5 ounces 127 grains, 
measuring about 5 fluidounces) diluted acetic acid, and express again. 
Filter the liquids. The total quantity of liquid expressed should, after 
filtration, weigh four hundred grams (14 ounces 48 grains). Shake this 
in the quart bottle with six hundred grams (21 ounces) sugar until all is 
dissolved. 

To get this preparation colorless and clear it is necessary to remove 
all of the old dry outer leaves, and to use only the inner, fresh juicy 
portions. 

Must be kept in filled bottles, well corked, and in a cool place. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 



Alnus Rubra. 

Alnus Rubra. 
Alni Rubral Cortex — Tag Alder, American Alder, Black Alder. 

Origin. — Alnus serrulata, Aiton (Betulaceoe). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used.— The bark. 

Description. — In quills or troughs, externally dark brownish gray, 
marked by corky warts which tend to run together transversely. The 
inner surface is orange brown, and marked by scattered, coarse, narrow, 
short ridges or striae. Odor feeble ; taste bitter and astringent. Its 
constituents are not known with any certainty except that it contains 
tannin. 

Uses. — Astringent. Used internally in diarrhoea, hematuria, and 
as a gargle and mouth-wash in sore-throat, spongy gums, etc. Also 
used as an injection in leucorrhcea. It is said to be alterative and 
emetic, and has been given in scrofula, syphilis, and various cutaneous 
diseases. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains), best given in the form 
of fluid extract. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



97 



ALNI KUBILE EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Tag Alder. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces). Use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use a mixture of two hundred grams (about 8J 





Figs. 17-19. — Alnus rubra, whole, outer and inner surface, natural size ; and transverse sec- 
tion enlarged. 



fluidounces) alcohol, and one hundred grams (about 3^ fluidounces) 
water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and seventy-five grams (about 7 
fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical perco- 
lator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13-J fluidounces) of the first 
percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to 
make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). For suggestions as to details, see page 451. 

Each cubic centimeter of this fluid extract represents the soluble 
matter of one gram of the drug. Each fluidounce represents four hun- 
7 



08 A COMPANION TO THE 



dred and fifty.-five and two-thirds grains, and each fluidrachm nearly 
fifty-seven grains. 

Dose. — 0.50 to 2.50 cubic centimeters (8 to 40 minims). 

Aloe. 

Aloe, G. and Sw.; Aloes, F.; Acibar, Sp. — Aloes. 

Origin. — Aloe socotrina, Lamarck ; A. vulgaris, Lamarck ; A. 
spicata, Thunberg; and other species of Aloe (Liliacece). 

Habitat. — Africa, Asia, the Mediterranean shores, the West Indies. 

Drug. — The inspissated juice from the leaves. 

Varieties. — In the new Pharmacopoeia of the United States there 
is but one kind of aloes recognized — the Socotrine. In the previous 
Pharmacopoeia (1870) three kinds were official — Socotrine, Baebadoes, 
and Cape. 

The several varieties of aloes were at one time divided into "Aloe 
1/ucida," with a bright shining fracture, and "Aloe Hepatica" with a 
dull, liver-colored fracture. Cape aloes is always an Aloe I/ucida, and 
Barbadoes and Curacoa aloes are always Aloe Hepatica, but Socotrine 
aloes may be one or the other. 

Properties common to all Aloes. — Dark-brown masses hav- 
ing a strong odor reminding of saffron, and an extremely bitter taste. 
Aloes is almost completely soluble in about four times its weight of 
boiling water, and this concentrated solution deposits resinous matter 
on cooling or when diluted with water, but is not precipitated by the 
addition of alcohol. Diluted alcohol dissolves aloes almost entirely, 
taking up fully one-half its own weight, and the solution is permanent. 
Cold water dissolves more or less of the aloes, according to its quality. 
The portion dissolved by cold water was formerly called " Aloe-Bitter," 
while the remainder constituted the "Aloe-Resin." The aloe-resin 
being soluble in a very concentrated aqueous solution of aloe-bitter, but 
not soluble in such a solution when less concentrated, explains why a 
solution of one part aloes in four parts water precipitates when more 
water is added. 

Constituents. — "Aloe-Bitter," or that portion of aloes which is 
soluble in cold water, is the valuable portion, while the "Aloe-Resin" 
is almost inert. Alkalies dissolve the resin, which is re-precipitated by 
the addition of acid. 

All aloes contain Aloin. Long boiling in water renders the aloin 
amorphous. This circumstance may account, in a great measure, for 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 99 

the differences noted between the several principal varieties of aloes as 
to their aloin, which is sometimes crystalline and sometimes amorphous. 
Thus good socotrine aloes contains numerous crystals of aloin, while no 
crystalline particles are visible in Cape aloes. 

The value of aloes depends upon soundness and freedom from for- 
eign substances. Carelessness in the process of making it may cause 
fermentation, resulting in a sourish, disagreeable odor in the finished 
drug, or the aloes may have more or less dirt mixed with it. The 
inspissation of the juice may also be carried out in various ways, a 
continued exposure to high heat being the cause of the absence of 
crystallized aloin in some kinds (as Cape Aloes). If the mode of pre- 
paring the drug were the same in all places where it is produced, the 
differences between Socotrine, Barbadoes, and Cape aloes might, per- 
haps be less marked. 

ALOINUM. 
Aloin. 

True aloin is a neutral principal peculiar to aloes. Sometimes it is 
crystalline, and sometimes amorphous. As usually met with in the trade 
and in the shops, it is an amorphous, dirty, yellowish-brown powder. T. 
& H. Smith, of Edinburgh and London, the discoverers of aloin, pre- 
pare pure Barbaloin and Socaloin, which have a clean yellow color and 
crystalline structure. Aloin is odorless, and has an at first sweetish, but 
afterward extremely bitter, taste. It is almost insoluble in cold water, 
but readily soluble in boiling water and in alcohol. Crystalline aloin is 
changed into the amorphous variety by long boiling in water. Alkalies 
and alkaline salts, when present, hasten this alteration, while acids pre- 
vent it. 

Socaloin — the aloin from Socotrine aloes — crystallizes in needles. 
It is of a dark lemon-yellow color, and is soluble in thirty parts alcohol 
and in ninety parts water. Nitric acid has no effect upon it. 

Barbaloin — aloin from Barbadoes aloes — is much darker than soc- 
aloin, being of an orange-yellow color, and crystallizes in prismatic 
needles. It dissolves readily in warm, but not as readily in cold, water 
or alcohol as socaloin. With a drop of nitric acid it turns crimson. By 
the action of nitric acid upon it chrysammic acid is one of the products 
formed. 

Nataloin — from Natal (an inferior kind of African hepatic) aloes 
— is very light yellow, and crystallizes in scales. It turns crimson with 
nitric acid, but yields no chrysammic acid with it. 



100 A COMPANION TO THE 



Aloe ; U. S. 

Aloes. 
Socotrine Aloes. 

From Aloe Socotrina, Lamarck. 

Socotrine aloes comes from Eastern Africa, and from Socotora and 
other islands of the Indian Ocean. 

Description. — In masses it is apparently amorphous, with a resin- 
ous fracture, opaque, sometimes soft in the interior, and of an orange- 
brown or yellowish-brown color. When mixed with alcohol and exam- 
ined under the microscope, Socotrine aloes is seen to contain numerous 
crystals of aloin. In thin splinters the best aloes is translucent with a 
brownish-red or garnet-red color. The powder is yellowish brown. The 
saffron odor of aloes is in the Socotrine variety modified by a peculiar, 
rather pleasant odor of its own. The odor is most distinct when the 
drug is exposed to warm moisture, as when breathed upon. 

Tests. — Good Socotrine aloes is almost entirely free from foreign 
(mechanical) impurities, has a pleasant odor and a reddish tinge in thin 
fragments. It should not be liver-colored, nor exhibit a greenish hue. 

Socotrine aloes brings nearly twice the price of Barbadoes aloes, and 
about three times the price of Cape aloes. It is put up in boxes and 
kegs of sixty to one hundred and fifty pounds. (Tare in v. or actual.) 

ALOE PUKIFICATA ; IT. S. 
Purified Aloes. 

Heat three hundred grams (or 10 avoirdupois ounces) of Socotrine 
aloes in a dish on a water-bath until melted. Then add forty-five grams 
(or 1-J- avoirdupois ounce, equal to If U. S. fluidounce) of alcohol ; stir 
until thoroughly mixed ; strain through a No. 60 sieve, which has been 
just before dipped into boiling water. Evaporate the strained mixture 
by water-bath heat, stirring constantly, until a small quantity, taken 
out and allowed to cool, is found to be brittle. Then, when cold, break 
it into pieces and put it into dry, warm bottles, which must be at once 
well corked. 

The preparation has a dull brown color and the odor of Socotrine 
aloes. It is almost completely soluble in alcohol. 

The object of subjecting the aloes to this straining process is, as the 
name implies, a purification from mechanical impurities such as the sieve 
will remove. The process is the same as in the Pharmacopoeia of 1870. 

Powdered aloes for dispensing ought always to be made from the 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 101 

purified aloes. The use of purified aloes is also properly prescribed by 
the present Pharmacopoeia in making all the official preparations of aloes 
except the extract, which is of course prepared from the crude aloes. 

Medicinal Uses. — Aloes is used in small doses as a tonic stomachic 
and is an ingredient of many of the popular bitters. In medium doses 
it is laxative without increasing the fluidity of the stools, while in large 
doses it is actively purgative. The effect takes place about twelve hours 
after taking, and is increased by combining with soap or alkalies. 

Aloes stimulates the function of the liver and increases the flow of 
bile, and is therefore of use in many cases of simple jaundice. It also 
stimulates the peristaltic action of the bowels, especially of the large in- 
testine, and is therefore a valuable remedy in chronic constipation due 
to atony of the intestines. It is best combined with iron and belladonna, 
as in the formula for pills given below. 

Aloes causes a determination of blood to the pelvic organs, and is 
much employed in amenorrhoea. As this condition often depends on 
anaemia, the latter trouble must also receive attention. This drug is 
much used in hypochondriasis, biliousness, etc. 

Contrary to expectation based on a knowledge of its effect in causing 
hyperaemia of pelvic organs, this drug is a valuable remedy in hemor- 
rhoids due to an atonic condition of the parts following parturition. It 
is given with iron, cinchona, bitter tonics, etc., or in some cases with 
hyoscyamus or opium. 

Dose. — As a tonic, 0.05 to 0.12 gram (1 to 2 grains) ; as a laxative 
or purgative, 0.2 to one gram (3 to 15 grains). 

ALOES DECOCTUM COMPOSITUM. 

Compound Decoction of Aloes. 

Bourne de Vie. 

Take four grams (60 grains) aqueous extract of aloes and three grams 
(45 grains) myrrh, reduce them to coarse powder and put them, together 
with two grams (30 grains) potassium carbonate and twenty grams (300 
grains) extract of liquorice into a suitable vessel, add two hundred and 
fifty cubic centimeters (about 8 fluidounces) of water, cover the vessel, 
boil the contents gently for five minutes, then add three grams (45 
grains) Spanish saffron. Let the decoction cool, then add one hundred 
and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces) compound tincture of car- 
damom; cover the vessel closely and set it aside for two hours. Finally, 
strain through flannel, adding enough water through the strainer to 



102 A COMPANION TO THE 



make the total product measure four hundred and eighty cubic centi- 
meters (16 fluidounces). 

Contains 0.33 gram (5 grains) in forty cubic centimeters (1J fluid- 
ounce) ; eight cubic centimeters (about 2 fluidrachms) of the prepara- 
tion contains 0.066 gram (about 1 grain) of aloes. 

It is a mild cathartic, tonic, and antacid. In England it is by many 
considered one of the most valuable preparations of aloes. It is not 
drastic in its effects, does not gripe, and is, moreover, palatable as made 
by the above formula, which differs from the British Pharmacopoeia by 
an increase of the quantity of extract of liquorice added, in accordance 
with the recommendation of Peter Squire. 

Dose. — Fifteen to sixty cubic centimeters (J to 2 fluidounces). 

ALOES ENEMA; B. P. 
Enema of Aloes. 

Dissolve 2.65 grams (40 grains) aloes and one gram (15 grains) potas- 
sium carbonate in three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) de- 
coction (mucilage) of starch. These quantities are intended for one 
enema. 

Uses. — Purgative. Also removes threadworms ( Ascaris vermicularis) 
from the rectum ; for this purpose one hundred to one hundred and 
twenty cubic centimeters (3 to 4 fluidounces) should be injected at a 
time and retained for a while. 

ALOES EXTRACTUM AQUOSUM; U. S. 
Aqueous Extract of Aloes. 

Mix five hundred grams (17f- avoirdupois ounces) of Socotrine aloes, 
in pieces, with five liters (about 10£ wine-pints) of boiling distilled water 
in a jar or other suitable vessel. Stir from time to time until the aloes 
is disintegrated and softened, after which let it rest twelve hours. Then 
decant the clear liquid from the sediment, strain the residue through 
muslin (without using force), mix the liquids, and evaporate the mixture 
to dryness by steam or water-bath heat. 

Notes. — This preparation ought, for the sake of convenience, to be 
reduced to powder and kept in that form. 

About one-third of the aloes remains undissolved and is to be thrown 
away. Boiling water being used, it is probable that a portion of the 
resin of the drug dissolves at first in the liquor, but, on cooling, it de- 
posits again. It is dark brown. 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 103 

Although long and extensively used, and highly valued by many, the 
Aqueous Extract of x\loes was not official in the Pharmacopoeia of 1870. 
It is official im the British Pharmacopoeia, which also prescribes an 
Aqueous Extract of Barbadoes Aloes made by the same process. 

Dose. — 0.03 to 0.2 gram (j- to 3 grains), preferably in pill form. 

ALOES EXTRACTUM LIQUIDUM. 

Liquid Extract of Aloes. 
Sold sometimes in the United States as " Fluid Extract of Aloes." 

Dissolve five hundred grams (or 17f avoirdupois ounces) of Socotrine 
aloes in coarse powder in one liter (or 34 fluidounces) diluted alcohol by 
the aid of moderate heat. Strain. Evaporate the strained liquid until 
it measures one liter (34 fluid ounces). Nearly the whole of the aloes 
dissolves. 

As one liter (or 34 fluidounces) of the liquid cannot hold in solution 
one kilogram (35J avoirdupois ounces) of aloes, a "Fluid Extract of 
Aloes " of the same relative strength as other fluid extracts is of course 
an impossibility. The preparation quoted on the price-lists of manu- 
facturers as " Fluid Extract of Aloes " is, at least in several if not in 
all instances, the half-strength preparation obtained according to the 
above formula, which ought to be called Liquid Extract of Aloes to dis- 
tinguish it from what it cannot be, except in name. 

Dose. — 0.30 to one cubic centimeter (5 to 15 minims). 

ALOES PILLULE; IT. S. 

Pills of Aloes. 

Make a pill mass of one hundred and thirty centigrams (20 grains) 
purified aloes, in fine powder, and one hundred and thirty centigrams 
(20 grains) powdered soap, with a little water, and divide it into ten (10) 
pills. Each pill contains thirteen centigrams (2 grains) of aloes. 

ALOES ET AS AFCETID^E PILUL^E ; U. S. 
Pills of Aloes and Asafetida. 

Make a pill mass of two hundred and sixty centigrams (40 grains) 
purified aloes, two hundred and sixty centigrams asafetida, and two 
hundred and sixty centigrams soap — all in fine powder — using a little 
water to form the mass. Divide this mass into thirty (30) pills. Each 
pill contains 8.66 centigrams (1-J- grain) each of aloes and asafetida. 

Dose. — Two to five pills. 



104 A COMPANION TO THE 






ALOES ET FEKRI PILULE; U. S. 
Pills of Aloes and Iron. % 

Make a pill mass of sixty-five centigrams (10 grains) purified aloes, 
in fine powder, sixty-five centigrams dried sulphate of iron, sixty-five 
centigrams aromatic powder, and a sufficient quantity of confection of 
rose, and divide this mass into ten (10) pills. Each pill contains 6.5 
centigrams (1 grain) each of aloes and dried sulphate of iron. 

Dose. — Two to four pills. 

ALOES ET MASTICHES PILULE; U. S. 
Pills of Aloes and Mastic. 
Lady Webster' 9 s Dinner Pills. 

Make a pill mass of one hundred and thirty centigrams (20 grains) 
purified aloes, 32.5 centigrams (5 grains) mastic, and 32.5 centigrams (5 
grains) red rose, all in fine powder, using a little water to form the 
mass, and divide it into ten (10) pills. Each pill contains thirteen cen- 
tigrams (2 grains) aloes. 

Dose- — One to two pills. 

ALOES ET MYRRILE PILULE; U. S, 

Pills of Aloes and Myrrh. 

Hufus's Pills. 

Make a pill mass of one hundred and thirty centigrams (20 grains) 
purified aloes and sixty-five centigrams (10 grains) myrrh, both in fine 
powder, 32.5 centigrams (5 grains) aromatic powder, and a sufficient 
quantity of simple syrup to form the mass, and divide it into ten (10) 
pills. Each pill contains thirteen centigrams (2 grains) aloes and 6.5 
centigrams (1 grain) myrrh. 

Dose. — From three to six pills. 

In the British and several other Pharmacopoeias saffron is used in- 
stead of aromatic powder. Thus the Pilulce Aloes Crocatce of the 
Swedish Pharmacopoeia are made as follows : Mix twenty -five centigrams 
(4 grains) myrrh, twenty-five centigrams saffron, fifty centigrams (8 
grains) aloes, and enough simple syrup to form the mass. Divide this 
into ten (10) pills. Each pill contains 2.5 centigrams (about -fa grain) 
aloes. 

Dose. — From three to twelve pills. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 105 

ALOES ET FEREI PILULE CUM BELLADONNA. 
Pills of Aloes, Ikon, and Belladonna. 

Mix two grams (30 grains) aqueous extract of aloes, two grams (30 
grains) dried sulphate of iron, and fifty centigrams (8 grains) extract 
of belladonna, using a little confection of rose, if necessary, to form the 
mass, and divide it into thirty (30) pills. 

Dose. — One pill morning and evening; the frequency of this dose 
to be decreased as the natural tone of the bowels is restored. 

Used for chronic constipation. 

ALOES ET CANELLA PULVIS. 

Powder of Aloes and Canella. 

Hiera Picra. 

Mix intimately four hundred grams (14 ounces 48 grains) powdered 
socotrine aloes and one hundred grains (3 ounces 230 grains) powdered 
canella alba. 

Dose. — One to 1.50 gram (15 to 22 grains). 

ALOES TINCTURA; U. S. 
Tincture of Aloes. 

Mix fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) purified aloes and fifty grams 
extract of glycyrrhiza (black liquorice), both in moderately fine powder, 
with four hundred grams (14^- fluidounces) diluted alcohol, and macerate 
seven days in a closed vessel. Then filter. Add enough diluted alcohol 
through the filter to make the whole product weigh five hundred grams 
(17 ounces 279 grains). 

This preparation differs very considerably from the corresponding 
tincture of the same name in the Pharmacopoeia of 1870, the new prep- 
aration being three times the strength of the old. (The preparation of 
1870 contained one troyounce aloes in two pints, and the alcoholic 
strength of the menstruum has been more than doubled.) 

The Tincture of Aloes of our Pharmacopoeia is now somewhat 
stronger than that of the British Pharmacopoeia, instead of being less 
than one-half its strength, as formerly. The tinctures of the German 
and French Pharmacopoeias are twice the strength of the tincture of 
aloes, U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1880. 

Dose of the old tincture of aloes, 1870 : Laxative, four to eight 



106 A COMPANION TO THE 



cubic centimeters (1 to 2 fl uidrachms) ; purgative, fifteen cubic centi- 
meters (J fluidounce). 

Dose of the present tincture of aloes, 1880: Laxative, one to three 
cubic centimeters (15 to 45 minims); purgative, five cubic centimeters 
(1^ fluidrachm). 

ALOES ET MYKEH^E TINCTUBA; U. S. 

Tincture of Aloes and Myrrh. 
Elixir Proprietors Paracelsi. 

Mix fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) purified aloes and fifty grams 
myrrh, both in moderately fine powder, with four hundred grams (16f 
fluidounces) alcohol, and macerate in a bottle for seven days. Filter, 
adding enough alcohol through the filter to make the total product 
weigh five hundred grams (17 ounces 279 grains). This preparation is 
the same strength as that of the old Pharmacopoeia. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1£ to 2J fluidrachms). 
In some Pharmacopoeias saffron is added, as in the case of the pills 
of aloes and myrrh. 

ALOES TINCTUKA COMPOSITA; G. 

Compound Tincture of Aloes. 

Elixir ad long am vitam; Lebenselixir, G.; Elixir de longue vie, F.; 

Swedish Bitters. 

Mix eighteen grams (278 grains) aloes, two grams (30 grains) gen- 
tian, two grams rhubarb, two grams zedoary, two grams saffron, and two 
grams agaric, with four hundred grams (14 fluidounces) alcohol of 0.892 
specific gravity, for seven days, after which express and filter. 

' ALOES VINUM; IT. S. 

Wine of Aloes. 

Mix thirty grams (1 ounce) purified aloes, five grams (-J- ounce) 
cardamom, and five grams (i ounce) ginger ; reduce all to a moderately 
coarse powder (No. 40), and macerate with four hundred and fifty grams 
(about 15J fluidounces) stronger white wine (see page 1022) for seven 
days, shaking occasionally. Filter, and add enough wine through the 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 107 

filter to make the product weigh five hundred grams (17 ounces 279 
grains). 

Dose. — Fifteen cubic centimeters (J fluidounce). Same strength as 
in 1870. 

ALOE BABBADENSIS. 
Barbadoes Aloes. 

Obtained in the "West Indies from Aloe vulgaris, Lamarck. 

Description. — It is dark liver-colored, has a dull waxy fracture, 
and is imported in gourds. The saffron odor is more prominent in Bar- 
badoes aloes than in any other. It is believed by some to be stronger 
than Socotrine aloes, two grains of the Barbadoes being considered equal 
to three grains of the Socotrine aloes. Water dissolves about seventy- 
five per cent, of its weight. 

Curagoa aloes and JBonaire aloes are varieties of Barbadoes aloes, 
and answer the description given above. Cura^oa aloes is very clean. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.10 gram (f to 1J grain) as a tonic laxative ; 0.2 
to 0.6 gram (3 to 10 grains) as a purgative. 

Barbadoes, Curagoa, and Bonaire aloes fetch about the same prices. 
They are worth nearly twice as much as Cape aloes, but not much more 
than half the price of Socotrine aloes. Ordinary Barbadoes aloes is put 
up in boxes and casks of fifty pounds to three hundred pounds ; the 
other varieties in boxes of fifty to one hundred pounds. 

In the British Pharmacopoeia there are a few preparations of Barba- 
does aloes corresponding to those of Socotrine aloes. 

ALOE CAPEKSIS. 

Cape Aloes. 

Aloe iMcida, Capaloe, G. 

Origin. — Aloes spicata, Thunberg, and other species of Aloe. 

Description. — This is more brittle and has a more shining fracture 
than the other varieties of aloes. In thin pieces it is quite transparent 
and clear. The color is olive (or greenish) brown, and the pieces are 
frequently covered with a film of greenish yellow powder. In bulk the 
powder is almost lemon yellow with a greenish cast. Cape aloes has 
a less prominent saffron odor than the Barbadoes or the Socotrine aloes. 
Sometimes the odor is disagreeably sourish (in poor grades). Under 
the microscope there are no crystals visible in Cape aloes. Cold water 
dissolves about sixty per cent., leaving a soft resinous mass together 
with the impurities. 



108 A COMPANION TO THE 



Uses. — The same as of the other two varieties. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.15 gram (f to 2\ grains) as a tonic laxative ; 0.2 
to 0.65 gram (3 to 10 grains) as a purgative. 

Value. — Cape aloes is cheaper than either Barbadoes or Socotrine 
aloes. It is worth only half as much as Barbadoes, and only about one- 
third the price of the best Socotrine. 

It is sold in original cases of two hundred to five hundred pounds. 
(Tare 18 per cent.) 

Preparations. — In countries where this variety of aloes is official, 
similar preparations are made of it as have been described under aloe 

(Socotrina). The preparations of Cape 
aloes have the greenish tint of that drug, 
and lack the saffron odor of the other two 
kinds. 

Alstonia Constricta. 

Alstonia Constricta. 
Australian Fever JBarJc. 

Origin. — Alstonia constricta, F. Muel- 
ler {Apocynacew). 

H ab i tat . — Australia. 
Part used. — The bark. 
Description. — Quills or troughs of 
various lengths from ten to sixty centi- 
meters (a few inches to 2 feet), from twelve 
Fig. 20.-Alstonia constricta, nat- to sixty millimeters (£ to 2£ inches) thick, 
ural slze - covered externally by a rough, fissured, 

corky layer, which is grayish brown, spongy, friable, and in cross sec- 
tion mottled, yellow, and brownish. The inner bark is about six milli- 
meters (J- inch) thick, firm, fibrous, tough, with longitudinal ridges on 
the inner surface, yellowish in cross section. 

Constituents. — The drug appears to contain an alkaloid, alstonine, 
which is very bitter. 

Medicinal Uses. — This drug is a bitter tonic and antiperiodic, and 
has been found useful in all cases in which cinchona barks are generally 
employed. It is not as reliable in its action, however, and seems to be 
already falling into disuse again, although introduced only a few years 
ago. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen grams (1 to 4 drachms), best given in fluid 
extract. 




UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



109 



ALSTONS CONSTKICT^E EXTKACTUM FLUID UM. 
Fluid Extract of Alstonia Constricta. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces): 
Use five hundred grams (17§ ounces) of Alstonia constricta in No. 60 
powder, and alcohol as a menstruum. Moisten with one hundred and 
fifty grams (6J- fluidounces). Pack tightly in a cylindrical percolator. 
Saturate with more menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Perco- 
late. Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13J fluidounces) of the 
first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. Evaporate the second percolate to the con- 
sistence of honey, and then dissolve it in the first perco- 
late. Add enough alcohol to make the whole product 
measure five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces). 
For details, see p. 451. 

Each cubic centimeter represents the soluble matter 
of one gram of the drug. Each fluidounce represents 
four hundred and fifty-five and two-thirds grains ; and 
each fluidrachm nearly fifty-seven grains. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 flui- 
drachms). 



Althaea; U. S. 

Althaea. 

Althmce Radix — Eibischwurzel, Altheeiourzel, G. ; Racine 
de Guimauve, F.; Altea, Malvabisco, Sp. ; Altearot, 
Sw. ; Marshmallow Root. 



t 




Origin. — Althcea officinalis, Linne 
(Malvacem). 

Habitat. — Cultivated in Europe. 
Part used. — Peeled root. 

Description. — See the Pharmaco- 
poeia, page 28. It has no pith. Must be 
white and dry. A discolored or mouldy 
root, or one having a disagreeable or sour- 
ish odor or taste, must be rejected. 
Constituents. — Althaea root is rich in mucilage and starch, con- 
taining about thirty-five per cent, of each. It also contains two per 
cent, of asparagin, eleven per cent, pectous matter, ten per cent, sugar, 
and one per cent, fixed oil. There is no tannin in it. 



Pig. 21.— Al 
thaea root, natu 
ral size; 1 
specimen. 



,rge 



Fig. 22.— Trans- 
verse section of 
Althaea root, 
slightly enlarged. 



110 A COMPANION TO THE 

Uses. — Of the mucilaginous drugs althaea root must be considered 
as one of the foremost. It has no active medicinal properties, but is 
unquestionably one of the best demulcents. It is very generally used 
in pectoral teas and syrups, especially in Europe. 

Powdered althaea root, with a sufficient quantity of hot water to 
give it the right consistence, makes a good emollient poultice. 

The powdered drug is also much used as an excipient in pill masses 
and troches, and is for that purpose to be greatly preferred to powdered 
liquorice root. 

ALTELEJ3 DECOCTUM. 

Decoction of Althaea. 

Make five hundred grams (about 17 fluidounces) of decoction from 
fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) of cut althaea root. For details, see 
page 401. 

Dose. — Use freely as a demulcent drink. It is also used as an 
injection. 

ALTHJEJE RAD1CIS EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Althaea Root. 

A Fluid Extract of Marshmallow Root is on several of the manufac- 
turers' lists. From the nature of the drug such a preparation is quite 
improper and useless. We have seen some specimens of this fluid ex- 
tract, all of them dark colored, and we have also seen syrup of althaea 
made from the fluid extract. When so made the syrup is dark colored, 
unsightly, and altogether a very different thing from a proper syrup of 
althaea, which is always to be made as follows : 



ALTELE^ SYRUPUS; U. S. 

Syrup of Althaea. 

Put thirty grams (1 ounce) cut althaea into a sixteen-ounce wide- 
mouthed bottle, pour about two hundred and forty cubic centimeters (8 
fluidounces) cold water on it, shake, and then pour the water away. The 
object is to remove dust. Now put four hundred and fifty cubic centi- 
meters (15£ fluidounces) water on the washed althaea and macerate one 
hour, stirring frequently, but not so actively as to cause the separation 
of solid particles from the drug. Then strain through flannel without 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. Ill 

using any force. Weigh off three hundred grams (10 ounces 255 grains) 
of this strained infusion, and dissolve in it by shaking, and without heat, 
four hundred and fifty grams (15 ounces 382 grains) sugar. 

The Pharmacopoeia directs that this preparation be freshly made 
whenever wanted for use. 

To get the preparation perfectly clear the infusion ought to be fil- 
tered. If hot water is used, the starch will enter into the preparation, 
and not only render it thick and unclear, but the product will then not 
keep nearly so well ; and if expression is resorted to, the infusion will 
also be unclear. 

When properly made, from good white althaea, the preparation is 
pale, straw-colored, perfectly clear, and keeps quite well for several 
weeks if put in a cool place. In the Swedish Pharmacopoeia the prepa- 
ration is flavored with orange-flower water, which makes it very pleasant, 
Without flavoring of any kind it is insipid. 

ALTELE^E PULVIS COMPOSITUS. 

Compound Powder of Althaea. 
Pulvis Gummosus, Sw. 

Mix thirty grams (1 ounce) powdered althaea, sixty grams (2 ounces) 
powdered acacia, and sixty grams (2 ounces) powdered sugar. 

Used as a vehicle for more active remedies. 

Thus the "Pulvis Gummosus Stibiatus" of the Swedish Pharma- 
copoeia consists of one gram (15 grains) kermes mineral, nine grams 
(138 grains) sugar, and thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) of the com- 
pound powder of althaea (or pulvis gummosus). 

ALTH^E^E SPECIES COMPOSITE. 

German Breast Tea. 

Species Pectorales, G. P. — Brust Thee. 

Mix eighty grams (2 ounces 359 grains) cut althaea root, thirty grams 
(1 ounce 25 grains) peeled and cut glycyrrhiza, ten grams (154 grains) 
cut or crushed orris root, forty grams (1 ounce 180 grains) cut tussilago 
(colt's-foot herb), twenty grams (308 grains) mullein flowers, and twenty 
grams (308 grains) bruised star anise. 

A popular demulcent drink as tea in bronchial affections, coughs, 
colds, etc. 



112 A COMPANION TO THE 



Althaeas Flores. 

Althaea Flowers. 
Marshmallow Flowers. 

About fifteen millimeters (§ inch) long, tubular, greenish-yellow. 
They have a nine-cleft involucel, five sepals, and five pale rose-colored 
petals, which are heart-shaped with the point at the base. Mucilaginous. 

ALTH^E^E FLOEUM EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Althaea Flowers. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces). Use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred and twenty-five grams (about 
8-J- fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical per- 
colator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Eeserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13|- fluidounces) of the^rs^ 
percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 
For suggestions as to details, see page 451. 

Each cubic centimeter of this fluid extract represents the soluble 
matter of one gram of the drug. Each fluidounce represents four hun- 
dred and fifty-five and two-thirds grains ; and each fluidrachm nearly 
fifty-seven grains. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to %\ fluidrachms). 

Aluminium. 

Aluminium. 

Common clay is a silicate of aluminium. Alum is a sulphate of 
aluminium and potassium, and the metal was named after it. 

The metal is white as tin, is malleable, may be filed, and can be 
drawn into fine wire. Does not oxidize in air either at the ordinary 
temperatures or in fire. It is not attacked by dilute acids except hydro- 
chloric acid. When heated with solution of potassa or soda it dissolves, 
hydrogen being given off and aluminates formed. 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 113 

Aluminium is one of the hardest of metals. Its specific gravity is 
2.56. 

Weights made of aluminium foil and wire are very convenient, and 
may be obtained of great accuracy. Owing to the lightness of the 
metal they are considerably larger than weights made of platinum, 
silver, or brass, and are thus less liable to get lost ; and their great 
hardness, as well as the fact that this metal does not oxidize or tarnish, 
makes them exceptionally durable. They can be easily cleaned with 
dilute sulphuric acid. 

The salts of aluminium are colorless, and those that are soluble in 
water (chloride, sulphate) have a sweetish, acidulous, astringent taste, 
and acid reaction. 

"Rotten Stone" is a soft, finely divided, friable clay of a dark 
brownish-gray color. It is used to polish steel instruments, etc. 



Alumen ; XT. S. 

Alum. 

Aluminio-Potassicus Sulphas ; Aluminio-Potassic Sulphate — Aluminii 
et Potassii Sulphas ; Sulphate of Aluminium and Potassium — 
Alaun, Kalialaun, G. ; Alun, Sulfate d^alumine et de potasse, F. ; 
Alumbre, Sidfato Aluminico-potasico, Sp. ; Alun, Sw. ; Potash 
Alum ; Potassa Alum. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 29. 

Attention is invited to the fact that the Alum of the present Phar- 
macopoeia is the potassa alum instead of the ammonia alum, which was 
the " Alum " of the Pharmacopoeia of 1870. The name "Alum " prop- 
erly belongs to the potassa alum, and for medicinal purposes this kind 
of alum is to be preferred to the sulphate of aluminium and ammonium. 

Most, if not all, of the article sold under the name of Alum in this 
country is ammonia alum, and in order to obtain the true alum — potassa 
alum — which is now the only one officially recognized, it will be neces- 
sary in ordering it to distinctly specify Potassa Alum. 

Alum is soluble in about ten parts of water at the ordinary temper- 
ature. At 100° C. (212° F.) its solubility in water is unlimited as it 
melts in its water of crystallization alone. It is soluble in glycerin, 
but insoluble in alcohol, diluted alcohol, ether, chloroform, benzol, and 
in volatile and fixed oils. 

Ammonia alum is distinguished from the official alum by the odor 
of ammonia developed when solution of potassa or soda is added. 



114 A COMPANION TO THE 



Medicinal Uses. — Alum is an astringent and is used internally for 
the purpose of checking passive hemorrhages, diarrhoeas, and fluxes. 

Externally and locally it is also used as an haemostatic in nose-bleed- 
ing, bleeding gums, leech-bites, etc. ; as an injection in bleeding from 
the anus or vagina ; as a gargle and mouth-wash in tender gums, relax- 
ation of the uvula, or in pharyngitis; as an injection in leucorrhcea, etc. 

Alum is also an emetic, useful in cases of poisoning ; it is given for 
this purpose in large doses, followed by copious draughts of warm water. 

Dose. — Five to thirty grains (0.33 to 1.33 gram) in some pleasant 
syrup for internal use, two or three times daily. 

As an emetic, one to two drachms (4 to 8 grams). 

As a gargle or wash, or as an injection in leucorrhcea, one-half to 
one ounce in one pint (15 to 30 grams in 500 cubic centimeters) of 
water. 

As a local hemostatic, in saturated solution. 

Alum curd may be made by rubbing white of egg with a lump of 
alum until it is coagulated ; this forms an excellent application in in- 
flamed eyes or eyelids, and in recent ecchymoses. 

Alum Whey. — Boil four grams (60 grains) of alum in three hundred 
cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) of milk and strain. Dose, a wine- 
glassful. 

Used internally for the same purposes as alum. The caseous curd 
may be used for the same purposes as the albumen curd. 

ALUMEN EXSICCATUM; IT. S. 

Dried Alum. 

Alumen TJstum — Gebrannter Alaun, G. ; Alun calcine, dessecM ou 
brule, F. ; Alumbre calcinado, Sulfato aluminico-potasico anhidro, 
Sp. ; Brdnnd alun, Sw. ; Burnt Alum. 

Prepared by exposing one hundred and eighty-three ounces of alum 
for several days to a heat of about 80° C. (176° F.) until it has entirely 
effloresced ; then heating it in a porcelain dish at about 200° C. (392° F.) 
until it is perfectly white, light, and porous, and weighs one hundred 
ounces. When cold it is powdered. 

Must be kept in well-closed bottles, as it is capable of absorbing a 
large amount of moisture if exposed to the air. It dissolves extremely 
slowly, but yet perfectly, in twenty-three times its weight of water at 
15° C. (59° F.). At a boiling heat two ounces dissolve quickly in three 
ounces of water. 

Medicinal Uses. — This is a powerful astringent and stimulant, 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 115 

and may be escharotic when' applied to forming granulations, as in 
proud flesh. It is used externally in hemorrhages from leech-bites, from 
the gums after drawing of teeth, etc. Also as a snuff in bleeding from 
the nose. 

Locally it is applied to stimulate chronic ulcers, to repress- fungoid 
granulations, in ingrown nails, etc. 

Aluminii Chloridum. 

Chloride of Aluminium. 

Aluminicum Chloridum / Aluminium Chloride — Tho?ierdechlorid, G.; 
Chlorure d'alumine, F.; Chloruro aluminico, Sp. ; Aluminium 
Klorid, Sw. 

Obtained pure in white crystals by dissolving the hydrate of alumin- 
ium in hydrochloric acid, and evaporating carefully. In an impure 
state, though sufficiently pure for disinfecting purposes, it may be ob- 
tained in solution as follows : Forty-five grams (1^- ounce) fused chloride 
of calcium is dissolved in two hundred and forty cubic centimeters (8 
fluidounces) of water, and ninety grams (3 ounces) alum is dissolved in 
seven hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (24 fluidounces) hot water ; 
the solution of chloride of calcium is added to the solution of alum, the 
precipitate removed by filtration, and enough water added to make the 
whole measure nine hundred and sixty cubic centimeters (32 fluidounces). 

Solution of impure chloride of aluminium has been extensively used 
as a disinfectant under the name of " chlor-alum." 

Aluminii Hydras ; U. S. 

Hydrate of Aluminium. 

Hydrated Alumina. 

Dissolve three hundred and thirty grams (11 ounces) of alum in five 
liters (or 10 pints) of distilled water. Also dissolve three hundred grams 
(10 ounces) of carbonate of sodium in another five liters (10 pints) of 
distilled water. Heat both solutions until they boil. Then pour the 
solution of alum into the solution of carbonate of sodium, stirring 
constantly, and then add about three liters (6 pints) boiling distilled 
water. The solutions must be mixed in a capacious vessel, because 
there is a brisk evolution of carbon dioxide. After the precipitate 
has subsided, the clear liquid is siphoned off, or decanted, and six liters 
(12 pints) more of boiling distilled water is poured upon the precipitate. 
After the precipitate has settled, the clear liquid is again poured off 



116 A COMPANION TO THE 



(or best drawn off with a rubber siphon)" and the precipitate is trans- 
ferred to a muslin strainer and washed with hot distilled water until 
the washings no longer give a precipitate with solution of chloride of 
barium (a faint cloudiness is allowed). The precipitate is left to drain 
thoroughly, and is then dried at not above 40° C. (104° F.) and powdered. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, p. 30. 

It is a dry, white powder, insoluble in water or alcohol, but soluble 
without residue in hydrochloric acid, sulphuric acid, solution potassa, 
or solution of soda. 

The sulphate of aluminium and the chloride may be prepared by 
dissolving the hydrate in the acids, respectively. 

Hydrate of aluminium is seldom used in medicine. It is a mild 
astringent in diarrhoeas of children, etc., but is generally combined with 
more active remedies, as opium, powdered mace, etc. 

Dose. — 0.125 to 0.6 gram (2 to 10 grains). 

Aluminii Sulphas ; IT. S. 

Sulphate of Aluminium. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 30 and 31. 

Prepared by dissolving the hydrate of aluminium in diluted sul- 
phuric acid. 

A white crystalline powder, soluble in one and one-fifth part water 
at 15° C. (59° F.), and very soluble in boiling water, but insoluble in 
alcohol. 

It should be dry, but, as usually seen, it is a white, more or less 
moist, crystalline mass. 

Medicinal Uses. — This substance is seldom if ever given inter- 
nally. A diluted solution is useful as a disinfectant and astringent local 
application in foul ulcers, leucorrhcea, etc. A concentrated solution is 
a powerful astringent and escharotic and has been used to destroy fun- 
goid or polypoid growths, and to stimulate chronically inflamed tissues. 

Ambra Grisea. 

Ambergris. 

A peculiar substance secreted in the intestines of Physeter macro- 
cephalus, Linn 6. 

Gray or brownish gray, streaky and dotted, crumbles easily when 
cold, and melts in hot water. Soluble in hot alcohol, and in 'ether and 
volatile oils. J las a peculiar fragrance, but no taste. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 117 

When heated on platinum foil it should not give off any acrid 
vapors, and only a small residue should be left. 

Uses. — Similar to musk. It is supposed to act as a stimulant and 
antispasmodic, and has been used in the typhoid conditions of various 
diseases and fevers. 

It is seldom used at present as a medicine, but is often employed jn 
perfumes. 

Ammoniacum ; U. S. 

Ammoniac. 

Ammoniacum Gummi-Resina — Ammoniak-gummi, G. ; Ammoniaque, 
Gomme-resine ammoniaque, F. ; Goma amoniaco, Sp. ; Ammonia- 
cum, Sw. — Gum Ammoniac. 

Origin. — Dorema Ammoniacum, Don (ZTmbelliferw). 

Habitat. — Persia, Turkestan. 

Part used. — The concreted gum-resin. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 31. 

The Pharmacopoeia requires the use of ammoniac in tears only. 
Must be free from dark-colored pieces, and from all foreign admixtures, 
bark, stems, seeds, sand, etc. The tears are light yellow, or yellowish 
brown externally, and freshly broken or cut they show a bluish milk- 
white interior. At ordinary temperatures they are hard, but soften 
with the warmth of the hand. Ammoniac can be powdered only with 
difficulty and in the cold. Triturated with water it must yield a fine, 
rich, milk-white emulsion. About four-fifths of the gum-resin dissolves 
in ninety per cent, alcohol. 

Ammoniac deteriorates by age. Dark-colored gum-resin with but a 
faint odor must be rejected. 

The most important constituents of the drug are volatile oil, resin, 
and gum. The volatile oil is colorless and has a very strong odor, but 
does not contain sulphur. The medicinal value probably depends upon 
this volatile oil, of which the gum-resin contains a very variable amount, 
from less than one-half per cent, up to as much as four per cent, having 
been found by various investigators. There is from sixty-eight to 
seventy-two per cent, resin, and from eighteen to twenty-three per cent, 
gum. The resin is a mixture of two kinds, one acid and the other in- 
different. The latter contains sulphur. 

Medicinal Uses. — Ammoniac is antispasmodic and blennorrhetic, 
and resembles asafetida in its action. 

It is employed in chronic bronchitis, as an alterative expectorant, and 



118 A COMPANION TO THE 



is used externally as a rubefacient in cases of rheumatism, chronic ca- 
tarrh, etc. 

Dose. — 0.5 to two grams (8 to 30 grains). 

AMMONIACI EMPLASTEUM; U. S. 
Ammoniac Plaster. 

Made by digesting two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) ammo- 
niacum in three hundred grains (10 ounces .255 grains) of diluted 
acetic acid in an earthenware, porcelain, or glass vessel, until thoroughly 
softened, forming a uniform, soft, pasty mixture, which is then strained 
and evaporated on water-bath during uninterrupted stirring with a 
wooden spatula until a sample taken out hardens on cooling. No iron 
spatula or other metallic implement must be allowed to come in contact 
with the plaster, as that would discolor it. 

Uses. — This plaster is used as a stimulant discutient, being espe- 
cially applicable for the promotion of absorption of chronic indolent tu- 
mors and swellings showing no inflammatory symptoms, as in scrofulous 
swellings* of glands or joints. 

AMMONIACI EMPLASTEUM CUM H YDEAEGYEO ; U. S. 
Ammoniac Plaster with Mercury. 

Digest seven hundred and twenty grams (26 ounces 46 grains) 
ammoniac in clean tears with one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains) 
diluted acetic acid in a jar until quite liquefied or emulsionized ; strain 
the liquid and then evaporate it on a water-bath in a porcelain evapo- 
rating dish during constant stirring until a sample removed from the 
dish hardens on cooling. 

Heat eight grams (123 grains) olive oil and add to it gradually one 
gram (15 grains) sublimed sulphur, stirring the mixture until all is dis- 
solved ; to this sulphurated oil add one hundred and eighty grams (6 
ounces 152 grains) mercury and triturate until the metal is extinguished 
and no globules further visible. Now add to the mercury mixture the 
hot ammoniac emulsion, and a sufficient quantity of lead plaster, pre- 
viously melted, to make the whole product weigh one thousand grams 
(35 ounces 120 grains), and mix thoroughly. 

This is a great improvement on the process of the old Pharmacopoeia, 
which directed boiling the ammoniac with water until liquefied, and then 
straining. Diluted acetic acid exerts a solvent action on the con- 
stituents of the gum-resin, and hence liquefies it without the use of a 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 119 

high degree of temperature. During the evaporation of the emulsion, 
however, the greater portion of the volatile oil is liable to be expelled. 

Sulphur is added simply to help extinguish the mercury, whereby 
some mercury sulphide is formed, which renders the plaster dark colored. 

Rarely used. It is a discutient, and is sometimes prescribed as an 
application to syphilitic swellings. 

AMMONIACI MISTITEA; U. S. 
Ammoniac Mixture. 

Triturate twelve grams (185 grains) selected clean tears of ammoniac 
in a stone or Wedgewood mortar with three hundred cubic centimeters 
(10 fluidounces) water until an emulsion is formed, and then strain. 

It requires considerable and firm rubbing to reduce the whole of the 
ammoniac to a smooth paste, and only a small quantity of water is to be 
added at a time to accomplish this before the bulk of the water is put in. 

Ammonium. 

Ammonium. 

A compound radical (H 4 N) which in its compounds closely resembles 
potassium and sodium. 

Ammonium salts are generally prepared from ammonia (H 3 N) ; 
they are mostly colorless, and readily soluble in water. Mixed with 
potassa, soda, or lime, they give off ammonia gas, which is recognized 
by the odor, or by the white cloud formed when a glass rod moistened 
with hydrochloric acid is held near the mixture. 



Ammonise Aqua ? U. S. 

Water of Ammonia. 

Ammonici Hydratis Solutio; Solution of Ammonium Hydrate. — Li- 
quor Ammonia?. — Ammoniacum Causticum. — Salmiakgeist, Aetz- 
ammoniak, Ammoniakflussigkeity G. ; Amrnoniaque liquide, Eau 
d" 1 ammoniaque, F.; Amoiiiaco liquido, Alcali volatil, Espiritu de 
sal amoniaco, Sp. ; Ammoniak, Kaustik Ammoniak, Sw. ; Solution 
of Ammonia, Spirit of Hartshorn. 

Description and Tests.— See the Pharmacopoeia, page 41. A 
solution of ammonia in water, containing ten per cent, by weight of the 
gas. It has a specific gravity of 0.956 at 15° C. (59° F.), corresponding 



120 A COMPANION TO THE 

to 16° Baume. Should be perfectly colorless and limpid, and free from 
empyreuma. The latter is discovered by the odor on neutralizing the 
ammonia with diluted sulphuric acid, or by diluting it largely with dis- 
tilled water and rubbing it in the hands. 

Care is necessary in handling water of ammonia, so as not to sud- 
denly inhale too much of the gas. It is very caustic. 



AMMONITE AQUA FORTIOK; U. S. 
Stronger Water of Ammonia. 

Descriptor! and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 41. Con- 
tains twenty-eight per cent, by weight of ammonia gas. Specific grav- 
ity 0.900 at 15° C. (59° F.). 

The Pharmacopoeia directs the preservation of stronger water of 
ammonia in strong, glass-stoppered bottles, only partially filled, and put- 
in a cool place. This is to prevent accidents which might prove serious. 
If the bottles are too full, or not strong enough, the}*- may burst, espe- 
cially if the contents are warm. Never open a bottle of water of am- 
monia having a tight-fitting stopper without turning your face aside in 
order to avoid injury to the eyesight. Ammonia is excessively pungent 
and acrid. Do not smell it without due caution. 

So-called FFF Ammonia, sold by chemical manufacturers, is a seven- 
teen and one-half per cent, solution, having the specific gravity 0.933, 
corresponding to 20° Baume. 

Ten pounds stronger water of ammonia, diluted with eighteen 
pounds distilled water, will make twenty-eight pounds of the official 
water of ammonia ; and ten pounds FFF water of ammonia, diluted 
with seven and one-half pounds distilled water, will make seventeen 
and one-half pounds of the official water of ammonia. 

Medicinal Uses. — Aqua ammonias is seldom given internally. It is 
sometimes used as an inhalation by holding the mouth of the bottle 
containing it to the nostrils of a person who has fainted. Externally it 
is used as a stimulating ingredient of liniment in rheumatism, etc. The 
stronger water of ammonia may also be used as a vesicant, by placing a 
bit of cotton saturated with it on the skin and covering with a pill-box 
or other small vessel to prevent the escape of the vapor. In a few min- 
utes a blister will form. 

Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15-30 drops) largely diluted 
with water. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 121 



AMMONITE LINIMENTUM: U. S. 



Ammonia Liniment. 



Mix ninety grams (3 ounces) water of ammonia with two hundred 
and ten grams (7 ounces) cotton-seed oil. 

The ammonia liniment in the Pharmacopoeia of 1870 was one fluid- 
ounce water of ammonia to two troyounces olive oil. 

Medicinal Uses. — This liniment is a useful stimulant and counter- 
irritant application in rheumatism, neuralgia, etc. 

AMMOKLE SPIRIT US ; U. S. 
Spirit of Ammonia. 

Put eight hundred grams (28 ounces 96 grains, measuring about 31 
fluidounces) of recently distilled alcohol (which has not been kept in a 
barrel, but in glass) into a glass receiver. Put four hundred and fifty 
grams (15 ounces 382 grains) stronger water of ammonia into a flask. 
Connect the flask and receiver in the usual way. Heat the flask care- 
fully and gradually to not over 60° C. (140° F.), and keep the contents 
at that temperature about ten minutes. Now disconnect the flask from 
the receiver. Determine the relative quantity of ammonia by weight 
contained in the alcohol by ascertaining the quantity of volumetric 
solution of oxalic acid required to saturate it. Then dilute the liquid 
with alcohol to such a quantity by weight that the final product shall 
contain ten per cent, of ammonia. 

Preservation. — Spirit of ammonia must be kept in bottles with 
well ground glass stoppers and in a cool place. 

Description and Tests.— See the Pharmacopoeia, page 305. 

The use of alcohol from an oaken barrel gives a colored, unclear 
product. 

Medicinal Uses and Dose similar to those of aqua ammoniae. 

Ammonii Acetatis Liquor ; U. S. 

Solution of Acetate of Ammonium. 

Spiritus Minder eri y Spirit of Mindererus. 

Add carbonate of ammonium to diluted acetic acid until the latter is 
perfectly neutralized/ so as to no longer affect litmus paper. It must 
be made fresh each time it is wanted for use, because, by keeping, it 
loses both acetic acid and carbonic acid. 



122 A COMPANION TO THE 



The Pharmacopoeia gives an alternate process, intended to enable 
the pharmacist to dispense the preparation at a moment's notice, as 
follows : 

1. Dissolve thirty grams (463 grains) of carbonate of ammonium in 
two hundred and forty grams (8 fluidounces) distilled water, filter the 
solution and keep it in a well-stopped bottle. 

2. Mix eighty-four grams (1,296 grains) acetic acid (not the diluted) 
with one hundred and eighty-six grams (6-J- fluidounces) distilled water, 
and keep this also separately in a well-closed bottle. 

Whenever solution of acetate of ammonium is required, mix equal 
parts, by weight, of the two liquids. 

The Pharmacopoeia requires that the solution of acetate of ammo- 
nium shall be free from empyreuma, that is, free from smoky odor. This 
condition can never be attained except with the use of perfectly pure 
acetic acid and carbonate of ammonium. The odor and taste of solution 
of acetate of ammonium, made from the ordinary (impure) acetic acid 
and carbonate of ammonium is extremely offensive to sensitive persons ; 
whereas, on the other hand, the same preparation, when made with cold 
distilled water and absolutely pure materials, is not at all unpleasant. 
A good test for the freedom of both acetic acid and ammonium carbo- 
nate from empyreuma, is just the preparation of this solution from 
them. If the product has a pure saline taste, and a clean odor, the 
materials are good; if it has a smoky odor and taste, the materials were 
impure. 

As much of the carbonic acid (set free from the carbonate of ammo- 
nium) ought to be retained in the solution as possible. Hence, the prep- 
aration ought to be made with cold water, and in a strong bottle which 
should be corked and shaken at intervals while the acetic acid is being 
neutralized, the cork being occasionally removed. 

Solution of acetate of ammonium has a specific gravity of 1.022 and 
contains 7.6 per cent, acetate of ammonium. It should be perfectly 
clear. 

Medicinal Uses. — This is a valuable diaphoretic, much employed 
in the early stages of febrile and inflammatory diseases. It is often 
given in expectant treatment before a positive diagnosis is made, as 
during the prodromic stages of scarlatina, measles, variola, etc. 

As a diffusible stimulant, it is given in typhus, typhoid, and other 
fevers. Externally, it is occasionally, though seldom, employed as an 
application to bruises, contusions, and inflammatory swellings. 

Dose. — Fifteen to thirty cubic centimeters (£ to 1 fluidounce) 
diluted with water, and rendered palatable by flavoring syrups. » 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 123 

Ammonii Benzoas ; U. S. 

Benzoate of Ammonium. 
Ammonicus Benzoas ; Ammonium Benzoate. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 31. Must 
be perfectly white, made from the true benzoic acid (from benzoin), and 
should have a slight odor of benzoin. 

Soluble in five times its own weight of water and in twenty-eight 
times its weight of alcohol. Ten grams (154 grains) of the salt dissolve 
in fifteen grams (^ fluidounce) boiling water, and in eighty grams (3^ 
fluidounces) boiling alcohol. 

If necessary, it may be extemporaneously made in solution by taking 
seven-eighths as much benzoic acid as the quantity of benzoate of am- 
monium required, and neutralizing with water of ammonia. 

Medicinal Uses. — It is employed for the same purposes as baft- 
zoic acid alone, but is often preferred on account of its greater solubility. 

Dose. — 0.33 to 1.33 gram (5 to 20 grains). 

Ammonii Bromidum ; U. S. 

Bromide of Ammonium. 

Ammonieum Bromidum _• Ammonium Bromide — Hydrobr ornate of 

Ammonia. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 31 and 
32. At 15° C. (59° F.) three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) 
of water will dissolve two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) ammo- 
nium bromide. Of alcohol it takes eleven pints to dissolve one ounce. 
In diluted alcohol the salt dissolves readily. 

Should be kept in well-closed bottles. When exposed to the air a 
long time it turns yellowish. 

Solution for Dispensing Purposes. — Dissolve two hundred grams (7 
ounces 24 grains avoirdupois) of the bromide of ammonium in enough 
distilled water to make the finished solution measure four hundred 
cubic centimeters (13^ fluid ounces). Filter. 

Each cubic centimeter of the solution contains one-half gram of the 
salt ; one hundred and five minims contain fifty grains. 

Medicinal Uses. — Used like bromide of potassium in epilepsy, 
whooping-cough, and other neuroses. It is doubtful whether it pos- 
sesses any properties that render it preferable to the potassium salt, 
and it certainly is more disagreeable to the taste. 

Dose. — 0.33 to 2.0 grams (5 to 30 grains) three times daily. 



124 A COMPANION TO THE 

Ammonii Carbonas; U.S. 

Carbonate of Ammonium. 

Ammonicus Carbonas ; Ammonium Carbonate. — Sesquicarbonas Am- 
monicus / Supercarbonas Ammonicus y Ammonium Carbonicum / 
Sal Volatile ; Sal Cornu Cervi. — Kohlensaures Ammonium, Flitch- 
tiges Laugensalz, Hirschhomsalz, G.; Carbonate d? ammoniaque, 
Alkali Volatile Concret, Sel Volatil d' Angleterre, F. ; Carbonato 
Ammonico, Sp. ; Sur Kolsyrad Ammoniumoxid, Hjorthornssalt, 
Sw. ; Sesquicarbonate of Ammonia, Bicarbonate of Ammonia, 
Hartshorn. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 32. 

On exposure the preparation gradually loses both ammonia and car- 
bonic acid, this loss amounting finally to from forty-three to forty-four per 
c%it. By this change it becomes more and more opaque, and is finally 
converted into friable porous lumps, or white powder consisting of bi- 
carbonate of ammonium. The Pharmacopoeia accordingly directs that 
this preparation shall be kept in well-stopped bottles in a cool place. 

Water dissolves one-fourth its weight of carbonate of ammonium at 
15° C. (59° F.). Alcohol dissolves out the carbamate of ammonium only, 
leaving the bicarbonate of ammonium. 

Must be hard and translucent and perfectly free from any discolora- 
tion and from empyreumatic (smoky) odor. When dissolved in pure 
diluted acetic or diluted sulphuric acid it must not give a solution that 
tastes or smells of empyreumatic (smoky) matters. A carbonate of 
ammonium which is at all impure is unfit for preparing solution of ace- 
tate of ammonium. 

Medicinal Uses. — The carbonate of ammonium is a good prepara- 
tion of ammonia for purposes of general stimulation, in typhoid con- 
ditions. 

Dose. — 0.25 to 0.5 gram (4 to 8 grains) in syrup or mucilage of 
acacia every hour or two, if necessary. Average dose about 0.25 gram 
(4 grains). 

AMMONII CAKBONAS PYKOLEOSUS. 

Empykeumatic Hartshorn. 

Triturate together three grams (4G grains) Dippel's animal oil, and 
ninety-seven grams (3 ounces 184 grains) ammonium carbonate, in 
powder, until thoroughly mixed. 

Used to prepare liquor ammonii succinatis. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 125 

STOKES'S EXPECTOEANT. 

Dissolve five grams (75 grains) ammonium carbonate in ninety cubic 
centimeters (3 fluidounces) water ; add 7.50 cubic centimeters (J fluid- 
ounce) fluid extract of squill, 7.50 cubic centimeters (£ fluidounce) fluid 
extract of senega, sixty cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) camphorated 
tincture of opium, and enough syrup of tolu to make the whole mixture 
measure three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces). 

Dose. — Five cubic centimeters (1 teaspoonf ul). 

AMMONITE SPIRITUS AKOMATICUS ; IT. S. 
Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia. 

Put one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) water of ammonia 
and one hundred and forty grams (4f fluidounces) distilled water in ,a 
quart flask ; add forty grams (1 ounce 180 grains) ammonium carbonate 
previously reduced to a moderately fine powder. Then close the flask 
and shake it until the ammonium carbonate is all dissolved. Put seven 
hundred grams (24 ounces 300 grains, measuring about 29^ fluidounces) 
of alcohol (which has been recently distilled and kept in glass vessels 
only) into a tared half-gallon bottle ; add to it twelve grams (185 grains) 
oil of lemon, one gram (15 grains) oil of lavender flowers, and one gram 
(15 grains) oil of pimento ; and finally, the solution of ammonium car- 
bonate, prepared as described above, together with sufficient distilled 
water to make the final product weigh one thousand grams (35 ounces 
120 grains, measuring 37 fluidounces). Filter the spirit through white 
filter paper, keeping the glass funnel well covered to prevent evapora- 
tion. 

Must be kept in glass-stoppered bottles and in a cool place. 

Should have no empyreumatic odor from the use of impure ammo- 
nium carbonate, and should be nearly colorless, or of a very pale straw- 
color. Clean pieces of ammonium carbonate should be picked out for 
this preparation. The oil of pimento makes this a more agreeable prep- 
aration than that of 1870. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 306. It 
darkens by long keeping. 

Medicinal Uses. — Frequently employed as a stimulant and expec- 
torant in sick headaches, fainting spells, etc. 

Dose. — Two to ten cubic centimeters (£ to 2J fluidrachms) in sweet- 
ened water. 



126 A COMPANION TO THE 

Ammonii Chloridum ; IT. S. 

Chlokide of Ammonium. 

Ammonicum Chloridum; Ammonium Chloride. — Ammonias Marias ; 
Ammonia Muriatica, Ammonium Hydrochloratum — Salmiak, 
Chlor ammonium, G. ; Chlorure aVammonium, Sel ammoniac. Mu- 
riate d'ammoniaque, F. ; Cloruro Amonico, Sal Amoniaco Pari- 
ficada, Sp. ; Klorammonium, Salmiak, Sw. ; Muriate of Ammonia. 

Description and Tests. — Seethe Pharmacopoeia, pages 32 and 33. 

The use of commercial so-called "muriate of ammonia" ("sal am- 
moniac ' ? ) is not permitted for pharmacopoeial purposes. Only a per- 
fectly white, odorless, crystalline (granulated) powder is to be used, and 
the tests prescribed require a pure chloride of ammonium. When 
heated it sublimes without residue and without first fusing. It has a 
salty bitter taste. Ninety cubic centimeters (3 fluidounces) water dis- 
solve thirty grams (1 ounce) chloride of ammonium at 15° C. (59° F.), 
but when boiling water is used only forty cubic centimeters (1-J- ounce) 
will dissolve the same quantity of the salt. A saturated aqueous solu- 
tion has a specific gravity of 1.076 at 15° C. (Gerlach) and contains 26.2 
per cent. salt. In alcohol it is only sparingly soluble. 

Fluid extract of glycyrrhiza will be found to overcome, to a very 
great extent, the bitter taste of the chloride of ammonium. It is incom- 
patible with alkalies, alkaline earths, or their carbonates. 

Medicinal Uses. — Expectorant, diaphoretic, diuretic, alterative, 
cholagogue, and emmenagogue. 

It is much used in chronic bronchitis, and is of value, especially in 
those cases accompanied by scanty expectoration of viscid tenacious 
mucus. 

In dyspepsia, due to gastric catarrh, it has been found very satisfac- 
tory, especially if there is vomiting of mucus. It may be given in 
single doses, larger than usually quoted, thirty to forty, or even more 
grains, in the morning on an empty stomach, in a cup of warm milk, 
and continued for a week or more. It is disagreeable to the taste, and 
may produce vomiting once or twice, but after that the dose will be re- 
tained. It may be used alone, or together with pepsin, strychnine, etc., 
and in both ways with much success. 

It has been used in chronic inflammation of the liver to prevent sup- 
puration, in rheumatism, neuralgia, etc. 

Externally, in solution, it is useful in acne, bursa?, indolent tumors, 
chronic inflammations, and swelling of glands or joints, corns, warts, 






UNITED STATES PHABMACOPCEIA. 127 

and the recent ecchymosis following contusions, as in the " black eye " 
resulting from an encounter with a fist. 

Dose. — Five to forty grains (0.33 to 2.66 grams), or even more. 

CHLOEIDE OF AMMONIUM LOTION 

usually consists of about thirty grams (1 ounce) ammonium chloride, 
thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) alcohol, and three hundred cubic 
centimeters (10 fluidounces) water. Sometimes vinegar is substituted 
for one-half of the water. 

Used to bathe bruises, or applied on dressings for contusions. 

CHLOEIDE OF AMMONIUM MIXTUKE. 

Dissolve five grams (75 grains) ammonium chloride in a mixture of 
five cubic centimeters (1^- fluidrachm) fluid extract of glycyrrhiza and 
ninety cubic centimeters (3 fluidounces) of fennel water. 

Dose. — Twenty cubic centimeters (a tablespoonfid). 



AMMOKII CHLOEIDI TEOCHISCI; U. S. 
Tkoches of Chloride of Ammonium. 

A mixture of thirteen grams (or 200 grains) chloride of ammonium, 
sixty-five grams (or 1,000 grains) sugar, and 1.60 gram (25 grains) trag- 
acanth, all in fine powder, made up into a mass with a sufficient quantity 
of syrup of tolu, will make one hundred troches. 

Ammonii Iodidum ; U. S. 

Iodide of Ammonium. 

Ammonicum Iodidum; Ammonium Iodide. — Hydriodate of Am- 
monia. 

Description and Tests. — Seethe Pharmacopoeia, page 33. Must 
be odorless and white, not yellowish or brownish from partial decompo- 
sition, when it smells of iodine. Thirty grams (1 ounce) dissolves in 
thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) water, and in two hundred and 
seventy cubic centimeters (9 fluidounces) alcohol. 

Discolored ammonium iodide may be restored by washing with 
stronger ether and rapidly drying, as suggested in the Pharmacopoeia. 

Medicinal Uses.— Similar to the other alkaline iodides ; it is pre- 



128 A COMPANION TO THE 

scribed in syphilis, etc. Its effects are said to be more active, but less 
lasting. 

Externally, it is used as an ointment in syphilitic eruptions or glan- 
dular swellings. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.5 gram (1 to 8 grains) in syrup. 

AMMOim IODIDI UNGUENTUM. 

Ointment of Ammonium Iodide. 

Mix five grams (^ ounce) ammonium iodide with fifty grams (If 
ounce) petroleum ointment. 

Ammonii Nitras ; U. S. 

Nitrate of Ammonium. 

Ammonicus Nitras ; Ammonium Nitrate. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 33. It is 
soluble in less than its own weight of water, and in twenty times its 
weight of alcohol. It is used for preparing the " laughing gas " (nitrous 
oxide) used by dentists. 

Ammonii Phosphas ; U. S. 

Phosphate of Ammonium. 
Ammonicus Phosphas ; Ammonium Phosphate. 

Description and Tests.— See the Pharmacopoeia, page 34. Sol- 
uble in four times its weight of water. 

Uses. — To produce and maintain an alkaline condition of the blood 
in gout, rheumatism, and diabetes. 

Dose. — 0.50 to 1.50 gram (8 to 20 grains) three times a day. 

Ammonii Succinatis Liquor. 

Solution of Succinate of Ammonium. 

Pr in sen's Akta Droppar, Sw. 

Dissolve fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) succinic acid in four hun- 
dred cubic centimeters (13£ fluidounces) water, and then add enough 
empyreumatic hartshorn (see " Ammonii Carbonas Pyroleosus ") to neu- 
tralize the acid. Set the whole aside for twenty-four hours in a cool 
place, shaking it occasionally. Then filter. 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 129 

Ammonii Sulphas ; U. S. 

Sulphate of Ammonium. 
Ammonicus Sulphas y Ammonium Sulphate. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 34. Forty 
cubic centimeters (1J fluidounce) water dissolves thirty grams (1 ounce) 
of the salt. Nearly insoluble in alcohol. 

Rarely, if ever, used in medicine. 

Ammonii Valerianas ; U. S. 

Valerianate of Ammonium. 
Ammonicus Valerianas / Ammonium Valerianate. 

Description and Tests.— See the Pharmacopoeia, page 34. It is 
liable to gradually lose ammonia, and thus to give solutions with acid 
reaction, which may be neutralized by the careful addition of water of 
ammonia. 

Medicinal Uses. — In nervous disorders, as hysteria, insomnia, 
headache, etc. 

Dose. — 0.10 to 0.50 gram (2 to 8 grains) in solution ; average dose, 
about 0.25 gram (4 grains). 

ammonii valerianatis elixir. 

Elixir of Valerianate of Ammonium. 

Valerianate of ammonium is extensively prescribed by physicians in 
this country, and almost exclusively in the form of elixir. 

Elixir of valerianate of ammonium may be prepared by simply dis- 
solving fifteen grams (230 grains) of crystallized valerianate of ammo- 
nium in 1,000 cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) of elixir of orange, and 
neutralizing carefully with water of ammonia. It is usually colored 
red with caramel or with tincture of cudbear, or both mixed. 

The elixir of valerianate of ammonium prepared by this formula is 
of the usual strength — 0.015 gram (0.23 grain) to each cubic centi- 
meter (16 minims), or, in other words, "two grains to each teaspoon* 
ful." 

9 



130 A COMPANION TO THE 

Ampelopsis. 

Ampelopsis. 
Virginia Creeper, American Ivy. 

Origin. — Ampelopsis quinquefolia, Michaux (Ditacece). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Parts used. — The young branches and bark. 

Description. — Transverse segments, about finger thick or less; light 
gray, thin bark, which frequently splits off ; wood, white ; odor, none ; 
taste, bitter. 

Constituents. — No analysis. 

Medicinal Uses. — Alterative, expectorant, astringent, and tonic 
properties have been ascribed to this drug, and it has been given in 
scrofula and syphilis. Best given in the form of fluid extract. 

AMPELOPSIDIS EXTRACTUM FLITIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Ampelopsis. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces). Use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — One to three cubic centimeters (15 to 45 minims). 

Amygdala Amara ; U. S. 

Bitter Almond. 

Amygdali Semina Amara — Bittere Mandeln, G. ; Amandes ameres, 
F. ; Almendra amarga, Sp. ; Bittermandel, Sw. 

Origin. — Amygdalus communis, var. amara, Linne (fiosaceai). 

Habitat. — Cultivated in Southern Europe. 

Part used. — The seeds. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 35. Bitter almond is 
somewhat smaller and less Hat than the sweet almond. Emulsion of 
bitter almond has an odor of hydrocyanic acid. 

The best bitter almond comes from Sicily and France. Must be 
sound and quite white interiorly. 

Constituents. — About thirty to fifty per cent. Jlxed oil (sweet oil 
of almond), twenty to thirty per cent, emidsin, and one to three per 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 131 

cent, amygdalin. The fixed oil is the same that exists in sweet 
almond. 

The development of hydrocyanic acid when bitter almond is tritu- 
rated with water is due to the fact that the amygdalin is decomposed 
by the emulsin in the presence of water, yielding glucose, oil of bitter 
almond, and hydrocyanic acid. As heat destroys the emulsin, cold 
water should be employed to bring about this reaction. Emulsin emul- 
sifies the fixed oil when almonds (bitter or sweet) are beaten up with 
water. 

Uses. — Probably never used except for flavoring purposes. Bitter 
almonds are poisonous in large doses. The medicinal effects of hydro- 
cyanic acid are better obtained by giving hydrocyanated emulsion or 
diluted hydrocyanic acid than from any preparation of bitter almond, 
wild cherry, cherry-laurel, or any other drug containing hydrocyanic 
acid. 

Amygdalae Amax*se Oleum ; U. S. 

[Volatile] Oil of Bitter Almond. 

Amygdalce Amarm JEtheroleum y Oleum Amygdalarum JEthereum — 
JBittermandelol, Gr. ; Essence d'amandes amhres, F. ; Aceite de almen- 
dras amargas, Sp. ; Bittermandelolja, Sw. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 233. Volatile oil of 
bitter almond is benzaldehyd (C 7 H 6 0). Ordinarily it contains hydro- 
cyanic acid, the presence of which is allowed by the Pharmacopoeia. 
As to nomenclature, see page 75. 

Artificial Oil of Bitter Almond, or " Essence of Mirbane" is 
nitrobenzol, which has an odor closely resembling that of oil of bitter 
almond. The Pharmacopoeia prescribes a test for its detection. It is 
used for odorizing soap, etc., the powerful odor of the nitrobenzol being 
sufficient to overcome the disagreeable one of inferior soap fats. 

Medicinal Uses. — Same as of diluted hydrocyanic acid. Best given 
in the form of bitter almond water. 

Dose of the oil : 0.01 to 0.06 cubic centimeter (J to 1 drop). 

AMYGDALAE AMAE^E AQUA; U.S. 

Bitter Almond "Water. 

Dissolve one gram (15 grains) volatile oil of bitter almond in one 
thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) of distilled water by shak- 
ing them together in a bottle, and then filter the solution through a 
well-wetted filter. 



132 



A COMPANION TO THE 



The volatile oil of bitter almond dissolves readily in the water with- 
out the use of cotton or any other medium for its distribution. 

Bitter almond water does not keep well, and should therefore be 
made only in small quantities, or when wanted for use. 

Medicinal Uses. — Used almost exclusively for flavoring purposes, 
as its medicinal strength (or the quantity of hydrocyanic acid it con- 
tains) is extremely variable. 

Dose- — Three to ten cubic centimeters (50 to 120 minims). 

AMYGDALAE AMARJE SPIRXTUS. 
Spirit of Bitter Almond. 

Dissolve one gram (15 grains) volatile oil of bitter almond in one 
hundred cubic centimeters (2^ fluidounces) alcohol. 

Flavoring extract of almond is made by dissolving fifteen cubic 
centimeters (-J- nuidounce) of the volatile oil in five hundred cubic cen- 
timeters (17 fluidounces) alcohol. 



Amygdala Dulcis ; U. S. 

Sweet Almond. 

Amygdali Semina Dulcia — JSilsse Mandeln, G. ; Amandes douces, F. ; 
Almendra dulce, Sp. ; Sdtmandel, Sw. 

Origin. — Amygdalus communis, variety dulcis, Linne 1 {Rosacea?). 
Habitat. — Cultivated in Southern Europe. 

Part used.— The seeds. 
Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, 
page 35. Larger and flatter than bitter 
almond. An emulsion of sweet almond does 
not have the odor of hydrocyanic acid ; any 
such odor would prove the presence of bitter 
almond. Sweet almond should be large, 
sound, clean, whole, and perfectly white in- 
ternally. 

Blanched almonds are obtained by putting 
the almonds (bitter or sweet) in lukewarm 

23^-Sweet Almond, water for a short time > after which the Seed 
putamen and seed, whole and coa t is readily removed. Hot water must not 
transverse section, natural size. , . . , £ ,, i • i_ 

be used, as the emulsin is altered by a high 

temperature ; cold water can be used if the almonds are soaked longer; 

but warm water is best. 




UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 133 



Constituents. — About forty -five to fifty-six per cent, fixed oil, of 
the same kind as found in the bitter almond (sweet oil of almond). 
Sweet almond also contains enudsin, but no amygdalin. 

Uses. — Sweet almond is used as an article of diet in diabetes, and 
to prepare an emulsion and a syrup which are employed as demulcent 
vehicles. 

AMYGDALAE MASSA. 

Almond Paste. 

Amygdalarum Pasta — Mandelnteig, G. ; Pate d^amandes, F. ; Man- 

delmassa, Sw. 

Beat together in a Wedgewood or stone mortar ten grams (154 
grains) bitter almond and two hundred and fifty grams (8 ounces 358 
grains) sweet almond, both previously blanched, with the gradual addi- 
tion of orange-flower water, until reduced to a firm, smooth paste. Then 
incorporate with it two hundred and fifty grams (8 ounces 358 grains) 
powdered sugar, and mix thoroughly. 

The paste should be of such consistence that it does not adhere to 
the fingers when handled. 

When freshly prepared, this preparation forms with water a very 
pleasant demulcent drink (almond milk). 

AMYGDALAE MISTUKA; U. S. 
Almond Mixture. 

Amygdalce Emidsio y Emulsio Amygdalina ; Emulsio Simplex — Man- 
delemulsion, G. and Sw.; Mandelmilch, G.; Lait d'amandes, Emul- 
sion simple, F.; Mandelmjolk, Sw. ; Milk of Almonds. 

Blanch thirty grams (1 ounce) sweet almond, beat it into a smooth 
paste together with five grams (77 grains) powdered acacia and fifteen 
grams (J ounce) sugar. Then triturate the paste with five hundred cu- 
bic centimeters (17 fluidounces) distilled water, gradually added, until 
a rich white emulsion is obtained. Strain. 

A perfectly white emulsion cannot be made from the sweet almonds 
as ordinarily obtained without blanching them — i.e., removing their 
brown seed coats, or at least washing away the powder which adheres 
to them by shaking vigorously with cold water and pouring this off. 

Uses. — Almond mixture is an agreeable cooling drink, and a vehicle 
for other substances. Under the name of Compound Emulsion of 



134 A COMPANION TO THE 

Almonds the German Pharmacopoeia prescribes a preparation made from 
four parts sweet almond, one part hyoscyamus seed, sixty-four parts 
diluted bitter almond water, six parts sugar, and one part magnesia. 

AMYGDALAE PULYIS COMPOSITUS ; B. 

Compound Powder of Almonds. 

Blanch sixty grams (2 ounces) sweet almonds. Wipe them well dry 
with a soft cloth. Triturate them lightly to a smooth paste. Add 
thirty grams (1 ounce) powdered sugar, and eight grams (J ounce) 
powdered acacia, and mix thoroughly, reducing the whole to a coarse 
powder. Keep the preparation in a tightly covered jar. 

Uses. — For making almond milk, for which purpose seventy-five 
grams (2^ ounces) of the powder is triturated with five hundred cubic 
centimeters (17 fluidounces) of distilled water. 

AMYGDALAE SYKUPUS; U.S. 

Syrup of Almond. 

Blanch one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) sweet almond, and 
thirty grams (1 ounce) bitter almond, and beat them to a smooth paste, 
adding gradually thirty grams (1 fluidounce) water, and one hundred 
grams (3 ounces 230 grains) coarsely powdered sugar. Triturate the 
pasty mixture with fifty grams (13J- fluidrachms) orange-flower water, 
aud three hundred grams (10 fluidounces) water. Strain the emulsion, 
using strong pressure, and add enough water to the residue, expressing 
it again, to obtain a total colature of six hundred grams (21 ounces 70 
grains). In this dissolve four hundred grams (14 ounces 48 grains) 
coarsely powdered sugar by shaking, using no heat, and strain the 
finished syrup through muslin. This preparation does not keep well. 
It should be kept in small (500 cubic centimeters), well-filled, tightly 
corked bottles in a cool place. 

Uses. — For flavoring or as a vehicle. 

Amygdalae Oleum Expressum ; U. S. 

Expressed Oil of Almond. 

Amygdalarum Oleum — Fixed Oil of Almond — Mandelol, G.; Ilaile 
d'amandes donees, F. ; Aceite de almendras dulces, Sp. ; Mandelolja, 
Sw. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 233. It is thinner than 
olive oil, and paler ; thickens at 10° C. (14° F.), becomes whitish from 
solidified particles of palmitin at 1G° C. (3.2° F.), and gets solid at 21° 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 135 

C. (5.8° F.). It is non-drying, should be perfectly clear, pale, and cor- 
respond in all respects to the pharmacopoeial requirements. Rancid oil 
of almond leaves an acrid sensation in the fauces. 

This oil is frequently adulterated with oils from the seeds of peaches, 
apricots, etc. The most reliable test for the purity of expressed oil of 
almond is the congealing point; if pure, it will not congeal above 20° C. 
(4° F.). 

Constituents. — It consists almost wholly of olein, the remainder 
being palmitin. 

Preservation. — Is best kept in small, dry, well-filled and tightly 
corked bottles, in a cool place. 

Medicinal Uses. — Sweet almond oil is a bland and unirritating 
oil much used as a demulcent. It is generally given in the form of an 
emulsion, sweetened to suit the taste. 

Dose. — Ten to fifteen cubic centimeters (2J to 4 fluidrachms). 

LINCTUS OLEOSUS. 
White Cough Syrup. 

Triturate ten grams (154 grains) finely powdered gum Arabic with 
thirty grams (1 ounce) sweet oil of almond ; then add gradually twenty 
cubic centimeters (f fluidounce) bitter almond water, triturating con- 
stantly ; finally add thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) syrup of 
althaea, and mix the whole well. 

This forms an elegant and agreeable emulsion. 

Amygdalinum. 

Amygdalin. 

A crystalline neutral principle, extracted from bitter almond by 
means of boiling alcohol. White crystals of a pearly lustre ; inodorous, 
but of a somewhat bitter taste. It is colored red by strong sulphuric 
acid. Soluble in twelve times its weight of cold water, but in its own 
weight of boiling water ; in one thousand times its weight of cold alco- 
hol, but in ten times its weight of boiling alcohol. 

It is a glucoside. While the amygdalin itself is not poisonous it 
may, when taken into the body, come into contact with some animal 
ferment and give rise to hydrocyanic acid. 

When brought together with emulsin it gives rise to hydrocyanic 
acid, volatile oil of bitter almonds, and sugar. Thus hydrocyanic acid 
is found in all plant parts where amygdalin and emulsin simultaneously 
exist, as in bitter almond, peach kernels, wild-cherry bark, the leaves 
of Prunus Laurocerasus, etc. 



136 A COMPANION TO THE 

Amyl Nitris; U.S. 

Nitrite of Amyl. 

Amylicus JVitris — Amyl Nitrite. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 35. 
Must be kept in small, glass-stoppered bottles in a cool place. 
It is obtained by the action of fuming nitric acid on fusel oil. 
The smell of nitrite of amyl often produces headache. The odor is 
penetrating. 

Medicinal Uses. — Amyl nitrite is usually administered by inhala- 
tion. It relieves spasm depending on nervous irritation, and it dilates 
the capillaries of the brain and face, causing flushing of the face. 

It is used in epilepsy, spasmodic asthma, whooping-cough, angina 
pectoris, persistent hiccough, and has been found to moderate the severity 
of hydrophobia, though it did not have any curative effect in the latter 
disease. 

Internally it may be given in two- to five-drop doses in aromatic 
spirit, but it is better given by inhalation in three- to five-drop doses. 

Glass beads containing nitrite of amyl are sold which contain each 
a suitable average dose. These beads are broken in the handkerchief, 
and the amyl nitrite inhaled, when required. 

Amylum ; U. S. 

Starch. 

Tritici Amylum / Wheat Starch. — Starke, Kraftmehl, Weizenstdrke, G. ; 
Fecule de froment, Amidon de ble, F.; Almidon, Sp.; StarJcelse, 
SvetestdrJcelse, Sw. 

Origin. — Prepared from the seeds of Triticum vulgar e, Villars 
( Graminaceai). 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 36. 

Wheat starch is the only kind used for pharmacopceial purposes. 

Starch is separated from the wheat by soaking the grains in warm 
water, first rendered just alkaline with sodium hydrate until soft, after 
which they are ground under water and then washed upon sieves under 
a slow stream of water, when the starch passes through and is collected 
after subsidence. The gluten, which differs from the starch by contain- 
ing nitrogen, is held in the (alkaline) liquid. This process is sometimes 
called " fecidation," and starch from various sources is termed " fecula." 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 3G. 

It occurs in white columnar masses, or in the form of a pure white, 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 137 

fine, soft powder ; has a peculiarly slippery feel when rubbed between 
the fingers. The specific gravity is 1.5 to 1.6. By continued strono- 
trituration enough starch may be taken up by cold water to strike a 
blue color on the addition of iodine. With hot water starch forms a 
semi-transparent mucilage. With heated glycerin it forms a jelly. 

Under the microscope the granules of wheat starch are seen to be of 
substantially two kinds as to size, the large granules being about 0.025 
to 0.030 millimeter (a little over yoVo i ncn ) i" diameter, the smaller 
ones being only about one-sixth that diameter, there being scarcely any 
granules of intermediate sizes. The large wheat starch granules, which 
are the important ones for purposes of identification, are lenticular, thus 
having the appearance of being globular when seen on their flat sur- 
face. The " hilum," and the layers forming the " concentric rings " in 
other starch granules, are rarely distinguishable in wheat starch. 

Uses. — For powdering, and thus protecting, irritated, inflamed, or 
chafed surfaces, in urticaria, prickly heat, etc. Starch jelly or paste is 
sometimes used as a vehicle for other remedies, especially in enemas ; 
or alone as a demulcent in gastro-intestinal irritation. It is also a nu- 
trient. 

Starch paste, or starch mixed with water, is the best antidote in 
cases of poisoning by iodine, but must be followed by emetics and lax- 
atives. 

Starch is also used for bandages, and finally as a conspergative for 
pills, suppositories, troches, etc. 

For other starches, see Mays, Oryza, etc. 

AMYLI DECOCTUM. 

Decoction of Stakch. 
Starch Paste. 

Triturate thirty grams (1 ounce) starch with one thousand cubic cen- 
timeters (34 fluidounces) water, gradually added, and then bring the 
mixture to the boiling point. 

The preparation is finished when the white mixture becomes a homo- 
geneous semitransparent paste of the consistence of honey. 

Uses. — Used alone as a soothing enema in irritation of the bowels ; 
used also as a vehicle for other remedies. 

Formerly starch paste was much more frequently employed than 
now for stiffening bandages, plaster-of-Paris having taken its place to a 
great extent. 

Dose. — Ad libitum. 






138 



A COMPANION TO THE 




Fig. 26. — Wheat starch, magnified. 



Fig. 27. — Starch of barley, magnified. 





Fig. 28.— Potato starch, enlarged. 



Fig. 29.— Sago starch, magnified. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



139 




Fig. 30. —Tapioca starch, magnified 



Fig. 31. — Maranta arrowroot, magnified. 




Fig. 32.— Corn starch, enlarged. 



Fig. 33.— Rice starch, magnified. 






140 A COMPANION TO THE 



AMYLI GLYCEBITXJM; U. S. 
Glyceeite of Staech. 

Rub one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) starch into powder, 
and sift it through a No. 60 sieve. Then weigh out nine hundred grams 
(31 ounces 337 grains) glycerin (corresponding to 722 cubic centimeters, 
or 24J fluidounces), and triturate the starch in a mortar with a portion 
of the glycerin until well mixed. Then add the remainder of the gly- 
cerin, transfer the whole to a porcelain evaporating dish, and apply a 
heat between 140° and 144° C. (284° to 291° F.), stirring constantly 
with a horn spatula until the starch is completely combined with the 
gtycerin, forming a translucent jelly. 

When the starch begins to swell near the bottom or the sides of the 
dish, the heat should be somewhat lowered to avoid the formation of 
lumps, which it would be difficult, if not impossible, afterward to rub 
down. The water in the glycerin is necessary to the formation of the 
jelly, as the starch would not swell if the water present is insufficient in 
quantity. Sometimes, when the glycerin is exceptionally concentrated, 
the addition of a very small quantity of distilled water materially hastens 
and facilitates the process. 

Glycerite of starch is a semisolid, semitranslucent, grayish-white, 
gelatinous mass. It is used as a vehicle for medicaments intended for 
external application, and has the advantage of being easily washed off 
with water whenever desired. Eye-salves, as, for instance, ointment of 
yellow oxide of mercury, when prescribed for anointing the eyelids, 
may well be made with glycerite of starch in place of fat, provided the 
glycerin from which it was made was perfectly pure. 

Glycerite of starch is also used per se as a soothing application to 
chafed surfaces, chapped hands, etc. 



Anacardium Occidentale. 

Occidental (oe Teue) Anacaedium. 

Anacardii Occidentalis Fructus — Cashew Nut. 

Origin. — Anacardium occidentale, Linne (Anacardiacece). 
Habitat. — Tropical America ; naturalized in Africa and the East 
Indies. 

Part used.— The fruit. 

Description and Constituents.— See Figs. 34 and 35. A kidney- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA.' 



141 




shaped, grayish-brown nut about twenty-five millimeters (1 inch) long, 
eighteen millimeters (f inch) 
broad, and eight millimeters (£ 
inch) thick. It is marked by a 
scar at one end. The shell is hard 
and brittle, and contains a very 
acrid, vesicating, yellowish or 
reddish oil, some acrid resin, tan- 
nin, etc. The kernel is white and 
contains some bland fixed oil. 

Uses. — The kernel, raw or 
roasted, is edible. The rind fur- 
nishes an acrid juice, sometimes 
employed to destroy warts and vegetations. The oil from the rind has 

been employed as a vermifuge in doses of 0.2 gram (3 

drops). 

ANACAEDIUM OEIENTALE. 

Oriental Cashew Nut. 

The Oriental Cashew Nut, from Semecarpus Ana- 
cardium of East India, is heart-shaped, flattish, blackish 
brown, contains a brown acrid juice in the shell. Like 
the true Anacardium in constituents and properties. 
See Fig. 36. 



Figs. 34, 35.— Cashew Nut, whole and longi- 
tudinal section, natural size. 




Fig. 36. —Orien- 
tal Cashew Nut, 
natural size. 



Anemopsis. 

Anemopsis. 

Anemopsidis Radix — Yerba Mansa. 

Origin.— Anemopsis californica, Hooker (Saururacem). 
Habitat. — Southern California and Northern Mexico. 

Part used. — The root. 

Description. — Brown, wrinkled pieces, from six to twelve milli- 
meters (i to i inch) in diameter, with four to ten fleshy rootlets in a 
bunch on one side of the upper part of the root near the leaf bases. It 
is pinkish within. Odor pungent, disagreeable, and the taste biting, 
afterward leaving an impression of astringency. Sometimes grass 
stems grow through the substance of the roots, entering and emerging 
at points several inches distant in some cases (Lloyd). 

Constituents. — About five per cent, of a pungent aromatic vola- 



142 



A COMPANION TO THE 



tile oil, which is heavier than water, and turns blue when agitated with 
hydrochloric acid. Also tannin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Said to be of use in diarrhoea and dysentery 
depending on malaria ; also in intermittent or malarial fever. 

Dose. — One to four grams (15 to 60 grains) ; best in fluid extract. 

• Anethum. 

Dill Feuit. 
Anethi Fructus. 
Origin. — Anethum graveolens, Linne" ( Umbelliferm). 
H ab itat. — Cultivated. 




Description. — See Figs. 37- 



39. 



Brown, oval, flat, about three 
millimeters (-J- inch) long, with three 
dorsal, sharp-keeled ribs, and the 
two lateral ribs forming a thin 
broad margin. Odor and taste aro- 
matic. 

Constituents. — The principal 
constituent is a volatile oil. 

Uses. — Aromatic, stimulant, 
and carminative. Used in flatu- 
lent colic, indigestion, etc. Fre- 
quently employed as a condiment in soups, sauces, pickles, etc. 



Figs. 37-39.— Dill Fruit, natural size, en- 
larged, and transverse section, enlarged. 



Angelicas Radix. 

Angelica Root. 

Origin. — Archangelica atropurpurea, Hoffman (Umbelliferm). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Description. — About ten to fifteen centimeters (4 to 6 inches) long, 
and one to two centimeters (about \ inch) thick, grayish-brown, wrinkled 
externally, whitish or yellowish, spongy within. The bark is about the 
same thickness as the woody portion. Large resin ducts are found in 
the bark. Must not be so dry as to be brittle. Has a strongly aromatic 
odor and a sweetish pungent taste. The powder is light yellowish- 
gray. 

American angelica root has not been analyzed, but it evidently con- 
tains the same principles as have been found in the European drug, 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



143 



which is obtained from Archangelica sativa, Fries, and -which is not 

used in this country. These constituents are a colorless volatile oil of a 

strong aromatic odor and camphoraceous 

taste, a pungent but odorless resin (called 

angeliciri), valerianic acid, and angelicic 

acid, which is pungent and aromatic. There 

is also a bitter principle present. 

Should not be so dry as to be brittle, and 
must not be damaged by insects. 

Medicinal Uses. — This drug is aro- 
matic, stimulant, and carminative. In large 
doses expectorant and diaphoretic or diure- 
tic; occasionally emetic. 

Used in flatulent colic, urinary troubles, 
chronic bronchitis, etc. 

Dose. 

grains). 



-One to five grams (15 to 75 



ANGELICA KADICIS EXTRACTUM 
FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extkact of Angelica Root. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters 
(or its equivalent — 17 U. S. fluidounces), 
use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 
17f avoirdupois ounces) of the drug, in No. 
60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water, 
mixed in the proportion of three hundred 
grams (about 12£ fluidounces) alcohol to 
every one hundred grams (about 3-J fluid- 
ounces) of water. For suggestions as to 
details, see page 451. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters 
(30 to 75 minims). 




Fig. 40.— -German Angelica 
Root, natural size. 



ANGELICA SP1KITUS COMPOSITUS. 
Compound Spieit of Angelica. 

Put one hundred and sixty grams (5 ounces 280 grains) angelica 
root, forty grams (1 ounce 180 grains) valerian, and forty grams (1 






144 A COMPANION TO THE 

ounce 180 grains) juniper berries, previously cut and bruised, into a 
pharmaceutical still. Add nine hundred cubic centimeters (30 fluid- 
ounces) alcohol and one thousand two hundred cubic centimeters (40 
fluidounces) water. Macerate twenty-four hours. Distil off one liter 
(34 fluidounces). Dissolve twenty grams (308 grains) camphor in the 
distillate. Filter. 

Angelicas Fructus. 

Angelica Fruit. 

The fruit of Archangelica atropurpurea, Hoffman. 

Yellow, flat, elliptic, the mericarps having three thick-heeled dorsal 







Fig. 41. — Angelica Fruit, whole, natural size, and enlarged, and transverse section enlarged. 

ridges and two broad-winged lateral ridges. The fruit contains numer- 
ous oil-ducts. Contains an aromatic volatile oil. 
Used as a flavoring agent. 



Angnstura. 

Angustura. 

Angusturos Cortex. 

Origin. — Oalipea Cusparia, St. Hilaire (Rutaceaz). 

Habitat. — South America, along the Orinoco. 

Part used.— The bark. 

Description. — Troughs or quills, several inches or even a foot or 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



145 



more long, and one-twenty-fourth to one-eighth inch thick. Externally 
vellowish-gray, or, if the outer bark 
is removed, reddish-brown ; inner 
surface cinnamon brown. Fracture 
smooth, resinous, reddish- brown, 
showing dark oil-cells and shining 
crystals of oxalate of calcium. Has 
an aromatic odor and a bitter taste.* 
Constituents. — Contains vola- 
tile oil, resin, and a bitter principle 
called cusparin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Angustura is 
a simple bitter tonic in doses of 0.5 
to 2 grams (8 to 30 grains). Average 
dose about one gram (15 grains). 




Fig. 42.— Angustura Bark, transverse 
section, magnified. 



ANGUSTURA EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Angustura. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f- avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (about 8J fluidounces) alcohol to every one hundred 
grams (about 3-^ fluidounces) of water. 

For suggestions as to details, see page 451. 

Dose. — 1 to 2.5 cubic centimeters (15 to 40 minims). 



ANGUSTURA INFUSUM. 
Infusion of Angustura. 

From fifteen grams (about ^ avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). About the 
same strength as the preparation of 1870. 

Dose. — Twenty-five to fifty cubic centimeters (6 to 12 fluidrachms). 



* " False Angustura Bark " is a myth or tradition, coming to us from the begin- 
ning of this century, when a bark of a variety of strychnos. by accident or through 
ignorance, was sold instead of Angustura bark. The term should be dropped, espe- 
cially as the two barks do not resemble each other at all. 
10 



146 A COMPANION TO THE 

Anilina. 

Aniline. 

An alkaloid obtained as a product of the distillation of coal-tar. 

It is a colorless, oily, inflammable liquid of a peculiar odor, remind- 
ing of wine, and of a burning, aromatic taste. 

Forms crystallizable salts with the acids. 

Aniline colors are obtained by the action of various chemicals on 
aniline. Red, blue, purple, violet, yellow, green, and all possible shades 
of colors have been produced in the way of coal-tar dyes. 

Solutions of these aniline colors in dilute alcohol are used for color- 
ing flavoring extracts, etc., and very weak solutions will be found to 
answer the purpose best. Yellow aniline is a much better coloring agent 
than the old-fashioned turmeric, or even saffron. The quantity re- 
quired for coloring is so infinitesimal as to be wholly unobjectionable. 

Inks are made by dissolving aniline colors in hot water, with enough 
alcohol added to aid their solution and to keep the ink from spoiling, a 
little gum arabic and sugar being also put in to give body and luster to it. 
Violet and green inks, for instance, are made from five grams (75 grains) 
aniline color, four hundred cubic centimeters (13 fluidounces) hot water, 
seventy-five cubic centimeters (2J fluidounces) alcohol, eight grams (120 
grains) gum arabic, and eight grams (120 grains) sugar. The aniline is 
to be dissolved in the alcohol, previously mixed with twice its volume of 
water ; the gum arabic and sugar are dissolved in the remainder of the 
water, and the two liquids are mixed. The addition of about five cubic 
centimeters (1|- fluidrachm) fluid extract of cloves tends to improve the 
keeping qualities of the ink. 

Poisonous Effects. — Aniline colors are of interest to the physician, 
on account of the poisonous effects produced by some of these colors. 
Fabrics dyed with aniline have produced eczematous eruptions, and 
even such effects on the nervous system as giddiness, headache, stag- 
gering, etc. 

Anisum ; U. S. 

Anise. 
Anisi Fructus — A?iis, G., F., Sp., and Sw. 

Origin. — Pimpinella Anisum, Linne" ( Umbelliferm). 

Habitat. — Cultivated in Italy, Germany, England, etc. 

Part used.— The fruit. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 36. Must be sound, 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 



147 



clean, and have the strong, sweet, aromatic odor and taste belonging to 
it. See Figs. 43-46. 

Constituents. — Contains about two per cent, volatile oil. 




Figs. 43-46. — Anise, natural size, enlarged, and longitudinal and transverse sections 

enlarged. 

Medicinal Uses. — Anise is a stimulant carminative used \r\flatu- 
lent colic, etc. It is also used as a condiment and as a flavoring agent. 
Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains). 



ANISI INFUSUM. 

Infusion of Anise. 

Infuse fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) bruised anise about fifteen 
minutes in five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces) hot water, 
and then strain. 



Anisi Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil of Anise. 
Anisi Aether oleum — Volatile Oil of Anise, 

Origin. — The new Pharmacopoeia permits the use of either volatile 
oil of anise, or volatile oil of star anise, both being designated as " oil 
of anise." 

Most or nearly all of the " Essential Oil of Anise " on the market is 
really volatile oil of star anise. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 233. It will be seen 
that volatile oil of anise congeals readily at above 10° C. (50° F.) while 
the volatile oil of star anise does not congeal until at about 2° 0. 
(35.6° E\). 

Used for the same purposes as the fruit in doses of 0.3 to 1 cubic 
centimeter (5 to 15 drops), 



148 A COMPANION TO THE 



ANISI AQUA ; IT. S. 

Anise Water. 

Distribute one gram (15 grains) volatile oil of anise on two grams 
(30 grains) cotton, and percolate through it five hundred cubic centime- 
ters (17 fiuidounces) of distilled water. (See Aquae Aromaticse.) 

Anise water is an aromatic and slightly carminative vehicle for other 
medicines in colic, etc. 

Dose. — Fifteen to thirty cubic centimeters (J- to 1 fluidounce). 

ANISI EL^OSACCHARUM. 

Anise Sugae. 

Triturate one gram (15 grains) volatile oil of anise w T ith fifty grams 
(1 ounce 330 grains) finely powdered sugar until intimately mixed. 
Used to flavor powders. 

AOTSI ELIXIR. 

Anise Cordial. 

Bruise one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) anise and macerate 
it five days with two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (8J fluid- 
ounces) alcohol. Strain, filter, and then add three hundred and fifty 
cubic centimeters (12 fiuidounces) simple syrup and enough anise water 
to make the whole measure one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluid- 
ounces). 

Anise cordial is used in infantile colic. 

Dose. — For an infant, from one to twenty drops. 

ANISI ESSENTIA ; B. 

Essence of Anise. 

Dissolve thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) volatile oil of anise 
in one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fiuidounces) rectified 
spirit (strength : 90 per cent, by volume of alcohol). 

Dose. — 0.50 to 1 cubic centimeter (8 to 15 minims). This prepa- 
ration of the British Pharmacopoeia should not be confounded with the 
spirit of anise of the United States Pharmacopoeia (see below). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 149 

ANISI PULVIS COMPOSITUS. 
Compound Anise Powder. 

Mix sixty grams (2 ounces) heavy magnesia, thirty grams (1 ounce) 
powdered rhubarb, 7.5 grams (^ ounce) volatile oil of anise, and ten 
grams (154 grains) alcohol. 

The volatile oil is first dissolved in the alcohol and then triturated 
with the magnesia, after which the rhubarb is added, and the whole 
mixed intimately. 

The preparation has a pink or brownish-pink color. 

It is used in the summer diarrhoeas of children, especially if caused 
by the presence of indigestible substances in the alimentary canal, and 
if accompanied with colic. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 0,5 gram (5 to 8 grains). 

ANISI SPIRITUS ; U. S. 
Spirit of Anise. 

Dissolve ten grams (154 grains) oil of anise in ninety grams (3f 
fluidounces) alcohol. 
Used for flavoring. 

ANISI SPIRITUS AMMONIATUS. 
Ammoniated Spirit of Anise. 
Liquor Ammonii Anisatus, G. 

Dissolve ten grams (154 grains) volatile oil of anise in two hundred 
and forty grams (8 ounces 200 grains, measuring about 10 fluidounces) 
alcohol, and add fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains, or about If fluidounce) 
water of ammonia. 

The product is clear, yellowish. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims). 

ANISI SYRUPUS. 

Syrup of Anise. 

Dissolve six hundred and fifty grams (23 ounces) sugar in three hun- 
dred and fifty cubic centimeters (12 fluidounces) anise water without 
using heat. 

Used for flavoring. 



150 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Anthemis ; IT. S. 

Anthemis. 

Anthemidis Flores — Chamomilla Romana — Romische Kamille, *G.; 
Chamomille Romaine, F.; Romersk Kamomilla, Sw. — Roman 
Chamomile ; English Chamomile, 

Origin. — Anthemis nobilis, Linne" (Compositce). 

Habitat. — Cultivated in Europe. 

Part used.— The flower head. 

Description. — See the figures, and the Pharmacopoeia, page 37. 

Must have a bright, good color, 
strong, pleasant, aromatic odor, 
and bitter taste. A discolored 
drug must be rejected. 

Till! Constituents. — From 

.111] three-fifths to four-fifths per 
cent, of blue or greenish volatile 
oil, and a bitter principle not 
well known. 




Medicinal Uses. — Chamo- 
mile is a stimulant tonic and 
carminative. In large doses 
emetic. Most frequently em- 
ployed as a diaphoretic, in 
copious draughts of hot but 
weak infusion, while the patient 
is covered up in bed. The dia- 

Figs. 47-52.-Anthemis. Whole flower-head, phoretic effect is mainly due to 
vertical section of flower-head, ray and disk florets, t h e hot water, though promoted 
stigma and fruit, all enlarged. . \ 

by the relaxation produced by 

the nauseating effect of the chamomile. Externally chamomile is often 

used to relieve pain, in the form of hot fomentations over the abdomen 

in colic, in retention of urine, etc. 

Small bags or pillows filled with chamomile, applied warm, often re- 
lieve toothache ox facial neuralgia. 

Chamomile is generally given in tea. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 151 

ANTHEMID1S INFUSUM. 
Infusion of Anthemis. 

From fifteen grams (about ■§■ avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). About the 
same strength as the preparation of 1870. 

Dose. — About fifty cubic centimeters (12 fluidrachms). 

ANTHEMIDIS EXTRACTUM. 
Extract of Anthemis. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Dark brown. According to the British Pharmacopoeia it is made 
by boiling the flowers with water, straining, evaporating, and finally 
adding some volatile oil of chamomile. This is an inferior process. 

Dose. — 0.10 to 0.65 gram (2 to 10 grains). 

ANTHEMIDIS OLEUM INFUSUM. 

Infused Oil of Chamomile. 

Chamomile Liniment. 

Digest one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) anthemis for two 
hours on a water-bath with one thousand grams (35 ounces) olive oil, 
stirring occasionally. Strain by expression and filter. 

Used as a liniment. 

Anthemidis Oleum. 

Oil of Chamomile. 

' Anthemidis JEther oleum — Volatile Oil of Anthemis. 

A volatile oil lighter than water and having a blue or greenish color 
and the strong characteristic odor of Roman (or English) chamomile. 
Seldom employed. 

Antiaris. 

Upas Antiae. 
Javanese Arrow-Poison. 
Origin. — Antiaris toxicaria, Lesch (Urticacem). 
Habitat. — Java. 



152 A COMPANION TO THE 

Description. — A gum-resinous exudation. It is a reddish-brown, 
waxy substance, of an extremely bitter, acrid taste. Forms an emul- 
sion with water, and is partially soluble in alcohol. The poisonous con- 
stituent is antiarin, which has been obtained in white crystalline scales, 
is soluble in alcohol, and is present in the gum-resin. 

Upas Antiar is the most if not the only important ingredient in the 
celebrated Upas arrow -poison of Java. 

Medicinal Properties. — It has not been used in medicine, but its 
effects resemble those of Calabar bean. 

Antimonium. 

Antimony. 

/Stibium — JRegulus Antimonii — Antimo?i, G. ; Antimoine, F.; Anti- 
monio, Sp.; Antimon, Sw. 

A bright, tin-white, heavy metal of crystalline structure; brittle and 
pulverizable; melting at 425° C. (nearly 800° F.). It is not affected by 
hydrochloric acid, nor by cold sulphuric acid. Nitric acid oxidizes it, 
the oxide being in the form of an insoluble powder. Nitro-hydrochloric 
acid dissolves the metal. 

Alloys of antimony are much used. Britannia metal consists of 
one part antimony and one part tin ; type metal contains three to four 
parts lead and one part antimony, with occasionally some copper or 
bismuth added. 

The salts of antimony are decomposed by water unless a sufficient 
quantity of free acid is present. Tartaric acid prevents precipitation. 
Potassa or ammonia gives a white precipitate with antimony salts ; the 
precipitate is soluble in an excess of potassa, but not in ammonia. Acid 
solutions of antimony compounds give orange-red precipitates with 
hydrosulphuric acid. 

The only medicinal chemical preparation of antimony which is solu- 
ble in water to any considerable extent is the tartrate of antimony and 
potassium. 

Antimonii Chloridi Liquor; B. 

Solution of Chloride of Antimony. 
Butter of Antimony. 

Prepared by boiling finely powdered sulphide of antimony with hy- 
drochloric acid until saturated, and boiling down the solution to 47° 
Baume (1.48 specific gravity). 

It is an acid liquid of yellowish-red color (from iron chloride), and 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 153 

yields a white precipitate when mixed with water. This precipitate is 
oxy chloride of antimony, also called AlgarotNs powder. 

Must be kept in glass-stoppered bottles, being too corrosive for 
corks. 

Medicinal Uses. — Powerfully escharotic, and employed to destroy 
diseased tissues, as in bites of rabid animals, malignant pustule, chancre, 
syphilitic vegetations, etc. If taken internally it is an exceedingly cor- 
rosive poison, to be combated with chalk, magnesia, etc. 

Antimonii et Potassii Tartras ; U. S. 

Taktrate of Antimony and Potassium. 

Antimonioso- Potassicus Tartras — Antimonium Tartar atum ; Tartarus 
Stibiatus ; Tartras Stibico-Kalicus — Brechweinstein, G. ; Tartrate 
depotasse et d 'antimoine, Tartrate emetique, Tartre Stibie, F. ; Tar- 
trato Antimonico-Potasico, Tartrato emetico, Sp. ; Krakvinsten, 
Krakscdt, Sw. — Tartar Emetic, Tartar ated Antimony. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 37. 

An aqueous solution of tartrate of antimony and potassium soon 
spoils, like most solutions containing compounds of the organic acids. 
It is insoluble in alcohol, but a small quantity of alcohol added to the 
aqueous solution will prevent this from moulding. 

Must be kept in well-closed bottles. 

Medicinal Uses. — This is the form in which antimony is generally 
employed in medicine. In small doses it is nauseant, and, like other 
remedies of this kind, produces increased secretion of saliva, increased 
perspiration and expectoration, and flow of bile. 

In larger doses, 0.05 gram (1 grain) or more, it produces vomiting ac- 
companied by much nausea and depression. The evacuations from the 
bowels become profuse until they resemble the " rice-water discharges" 
of cholera. 

The depression and relaxation of the tissues, caused by tartar emetic, 
favor subsequent absorption of other remedies. 

Tartar emetic is much used in small doses as an expectorant and 
nauseant in the first stages of many diseases, such as acute catarrh, 
bronchitis, etc. 

Poisonous Effects. — In toxic doses this remedy produces intense 
gastro-intestinal irritation, vomiting, purging, epigastric pain, extreme 
depression, collapse, occasionally convulsions and death. 

Tannic acid and preparations containing it, forming insoluble tan- 
nates, are useful as antidotes for tartar emetic. 



154 A COMPANION TO THE 

The gastrointestinal irritation and the depression must be combated 
with demulcents, opium, and stimulants. 

Dose as an expectorant and nauseant, 0.005 to 0.015 gram (y 1 ^ to J 
grain); as an emetic, 0.03 to 0.12 gram (-J to 2 grains). 

ANTIMONII EMPLASTKUM. 
Antimony Plaster. 

Melt together one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces) Burgundy- 
pitch and fifteen grams (-§- ounce) yellow wax, strain the mixture, then 
add thirty grams (1 ounce) powdered tartrate of antimony and potas- 
sium, and stir well until the mixture thickens by cooling. 

The tartrate of antimony and potassium must be in extremely fine 
(impalpable) powder. 

This preparation was official in the old Pharmacopoeia (1870), but 
without the yellow wax, the addition of which improves its consistence. 
It is not in the new Pharmacopoeia. 

Uses. — A suppurant application to produce counter-irritation. 

AOTIMONII UNGUENTUM. 

Antimonial Ointment. 

Antimonioso-Potassici Tartratis TJnguentum ; Unguentum Stibiatum 
— JPocke?isalbe, G. ; Pommade Stibiee, Pommade d' Authe?irieth, F. ; 
Ointment of Tartrate of Antimony and Potassium. 

Mix intimately one gram (15 grains) tartrate of antimony and po- 
tassium, in impalpable powder, with four grams (60 grains) lard. 

An improvement in this preparation would be the substitution of 
petroleum ointment for the lard. 

Medicinal Uses. — Now very rarely employed. Formerly used as 
a suppurative counter-irritant in tubercular meningitis, etc. It pro- 
duces no good results, and is apt to leave disfiguring scars which are 
permanent. 

ANTIMONII VINUM; IT. S. 

Wine of Antimony. 

Vinum Stibiatum — Brechwein, G. ; Vin antimonie, Vin Stibie, F.; 
Vino de Tartrato Antimonico Potasico y Vino emetico y Sp. ; Krak- 
vin, Sw. — Antimonial Wine. 

Dissolve four grams (62 grains) tartrate of antimony and potassium 
in sixty grams (2 fiuidounces) boiling water, and mix the hot solution 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 155 

with six hundred grams (21 ounces 70 grains) stronger white wine (see 
page 1022). Filter through paper, and then add through the filter 
enough stronger white wine to make the filtered liquid weigh one thou- 
sand grams (35 ounces 120 grains). 

Medicinal Uses. — It is used as an expectorant and nauseant, but 
seldom as an emetic. Frequently added to cough mixtures. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 1 cubic centimeter (8 to 15 minims), repeated at short 
intervals until the effect is produced. 



• Antimonii Oxidum ; U. S. 

Oxide of Antimony. 

Antimoniosum Oxidum y Antimonious Oxide — Stibium Oxy datum ; 
Oxidum Stibicum — Antimonoxyd, G.; Oxyde d'a?iti?noi?te, F.; Ox- 
ido antimonico, Sp. ; Antimonoxid, Sw. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 37 and 38. 

Uses. — For preparing antimonial powder. It has the properties of 
other antimony preparations, but in a milder degree owing to its com- 
parative insolubility. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.25 gram (1 to 4 grains). 



AOTIMONIALIS PULYIS; U. S. 
Antimonial Powder. 
James' Powder. 

Mix intimately, by trituration, thirty-three grams oxide of antimony 
and sixty-seven grams precipitated phosphate of calcium, or one ounce 
of the former with two ounces of the latter. 

The original and genuine James' powder was a preparation of 
variable and uncertain composition, and this official preparation is a 
decided improvement upon the "genuine." 

Medicinal 'Uses. — Same as of oxide of antimony. 

Dose. — 0.03 to 0.1 gram (| to 2 grains) as a diaphoretic; 0.25 to 1 
gram (4 to 15 grains) as an emetic. 



156 A COMPANION TO THE 

Antimonii Oxysulphuretum. 

OXYSULPHURET OF ANTIMONY. 

Kermes Mineralis — Stibium Sulphuratum Rubeum ; Sulphur Stibia* 
turn Rubeum ; Alkermes aurificum minerale — Miner •alkermes, G. ; 
Sulfure d'antimoine hydrate, Kermes Mineral, Poudre des chartreux, 
F.; Quermes mineral, Oxisulfuro de Antimonio hidratado, Sp. ; 
Kermes, Sw. — Kermes Mineral. 

When properly prepared this is a beautiful soft, velvety, dark pur- 
plish-brown (not brown or red) powder. It is a mixture of antimonious 
sulphide with antimonious oxide in varying proportions. On account 
of its variable composition it has been dropped from the Pharmacopoeia 
(1880). The discontinuance of its use would perhaps be no sacrifice, 
since other similar preparations of antimony remain, all having about 
the same effects. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of antimonium sulphuratum. 
It has been much praised as an emetic in croup. In some parts of Eu- 
rope it is frequently prescribed in powders and mixtures for coughs. 

Dose. — 0.01 to 0.05 gram (\ to 1 grain) two or three times daily. 
As an emetic, 0.25 to 1 gram (4 to 15 grains). 

The Swedish Pharmacopoeia has an expectorant cough powder un- 
der the title of 

PULVIS GUMMOSUS STIBIATUS, 

which consists of 2.50 grams (38-J- grains) kermes mineral, 22.50 grams 
(350 grains) sugar, and seventy-five grams (2 ounces 280 grains) com- 
pound althaea powder (see page 111). 

Antimonii Sulphidum ; U. S. 

Sulphide of Antimony. 

Antimoniosum Sulphidum / Antimonious Sulphide — Antimonii Sxd- 
phuretum y Antimonium Nigrum / Stibium Sulphuratum * Sid- 
furetum Stibicum — Schwefelspiessglanz, G. ; Sulfure d'antimoine, 
Antimoine crue, F. ; Antimonio crudo, Sulfuro antimonico, Sp. ; 
Spetsglans, Svafvelantimon, Sw. — Black Antimony ; Black Sul- 
phur et of Antimony. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 38. Much 
of the commercial " Black Antimony" or "Black Sulphuret of Anti- 
mony " in powder is largely adulterated. As it is used only in powder, 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 157 

however, and as pharmacists cannot conveniently powder it, the neces- 
sity of testing the powdered sulphide of antimony is obvious. It must 
dissolve in hydrochloric acid with but a slight residue. 

Uses. — For making other preparations of antimony. Medicinal 
properties similar to those of sulphurated antimony. 

Dose. — 0.25 to 1 gram (4 to 15 grains). Usually given in combina- 
tion with drastic purgatives. 

AOTIMONII SULPHIDUM PUKIFICATUM ; U. S. 

Purified Sulphide of Antimony. 

Antimoniosum Sidphidum Purification — Purified Antimonious Sul- 
phide. 

Not in the Pharmacopoeia of 1870. Prepared according to the new 
Pharmacopoeia (1880) by macerating the native sulphide of antimony, 
in finest powder, with water of ammonia for several days, and then 
washing the residue- with water. This removes all but traces of arsenic. 
See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 38 and 39. 

Used for the preparation of sulphurated antimony. 

Antimonii Sulpbidum Flavum. 

Yellow Antimony Sulphide. 

Antimonicum Sidphidum ; Antimonic Sulphide — Pentasidphide of 

Antimony. 

This sulphide of antimony is official in several pharmacopoeias, and 
is probably less liable to variation or change than the sulphurated anti- 
mony or the oxysulphuret of antimony. It is prepared as follows : 

Preparation. — Mix three hundred and sixty grams (12 ounces 300 
grains) purified sulphide of antimony and eighty grams (2 ounces 360 
grains) sublimed sulphur. Put one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 
grains) solution of soda (containing twenty per cent. Na 2 0, or having a 
specific gravity of 1.29) in a clean iron pot ; add the mixture of sulphide 
of antimony and sulphur. Boil the contents of the pot, replacing the 
water lost by evaporation from time to time and stirring constantly, 
until no more of the powder dissolves. Filter. Evaporate the filtrate 
to crystallization. Rinse the crystals carefully with a little weak soda 
solution, and dry them by pressing them between blotting-paper. These 
crystals are " Schlippe's Salt." 

Dissolve one kundred parts of these crystals in four hundred parts 
distilled water. Filter. Dilute the filtrate with six hundred parts dis- 



158 A COMPANION TO THE 

tilled water ; pour the diluted solution slowly and during constant stir- 
ring into a cold mixture of thirty-six parts sulphuric acid and six hun- 
dred parts distilled water. Wash the precipitate as rapidly as possible 
by affusion and decantation with distilled water, express the remainder 
of the water, dry the precipitate at a low heat, and powder it. Must be 
kept in small well-filled bottles, tightly closed with paraffined corks. 

Description. — It is a fine orange-yellow powder. Must be odorless 
and tasteless. By exposure to sunlight or moisture it becomes dis- 
colored or acquires an odor of hydrosulphuric acid. It has a very 
slightly acid reaction, yields nothing to water, is entirely soluble in 
about twelve parts ammonia water, and if prepared as described does 
not contain arsenic. 

Dose. — 0.01 to 0.05 gram (£ to 1 grain) every three or four hours. 

Antimonium Sulphuratum ; U. S. 

Sulphurated Antimony. 

Antimonii Sulphuretum Aureum y Stibium sulfuratum aurantiacum — 
Goldschwefel, G. ; Soufre clore antimoine, F. ; Golden Sulphur et of 
Antimony — Golden Sidphur. 

Consists of precipitated antimonious sulphide mixed with a small 
quantity of antimonious oxide. 

Preparation, Description, and Tests.— See the Pharmacopoeia, 

page 39. It is a reddish-brown, odorless, and tasteless powder, insoluble 
in water, but nearly all dissolved by hydrochloric acid when treated 
with it. 

Medicinal Uses. — Frequently added to cough mixtures in ca- 
tarrhal or inflammatory affections of the pulmonary organs. Useful in 
cases accompanied by difficult and scanty secretion of tough mucus in 
chronic bronchitis ; also in bronchorrhoea and blenorrhcea. Often com- 
bined with squill, senega, ipecac, and other expectorants. 

Dose. — 0.01 to 0.06 gram (-J- to 1 grain) every three or four hours. 

Apium. 

Celery Seed. 

Origin. — Apium graveolens, Linne ( Umbettiferm). 

Habitat. — Cultivated. 

Part used.— The fruit. 

Description. — About one millimeter (^ inch) long, oval, com- 
pressed, brown, divided into two mericarps, each with five fine ribs, and 
containing twelve oil tubes. Qdor and taste aromatic. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



159 



Constituents. — A volatile oil. 

Properties and Uses. — An aromatic carminative and stimulant 
also diuretic. Used chiefly as a flavoring agent. 
Dose. — About one gram (15 grains). 



Apocynum ; U. S. 

Apocynum. 

Apocyni Cannabini Radix. — Canadian, Hemp, or Black Indian 
Hemp — Apocynum Cannabinum. 

Origin. — Apocynum cannabinum, Linne* (Apocynacew). 
Habitat. — The United States. 
Part used. — The root. 
Description.— See thePhar- 

macopoeia, page 40. 

The pharmacopceial descrip- 
tion is erroneous in two particu- 
lars : It states that the root is 
externally " pale brown," and 
that it contains "a thin pith," 
whereas it is ash-gray, and con- 
tains no pith. Confusion has 
existed in regard to the roots 
of Apocynum cannabinum and 
Apocynum androsaemifolium. 
At the present time, and for 
years past, these drugs have been 
confounded with each other, 
mixed with each other, and 
mixed with the stems of both 
plants, and the stem of one or 
the other has been described as 
the root. It has been stated 
that in the trade the roots of 
both plants usually occur mixed, 
when, in fact, this is of less fre- 
quent occurrence than a mixture 

» , Figs. 53, 54— Apocynum cannabinum. a. 

01 the root With the Stem of the stem, natural size ; *, undeveloped buds ; b and 
same SDecips c ' r00 *' natura ^ size > ratner above the average size. 

We have had opportunity to examine numerous specimens of drugs 
sold respectively as Apocynum cannabinum, and as Apocynum androsse- 




160 



A COMPANION TO THE 



mifolium. Most of these specimens consisted chiefly of roots and stems 
of Apocynum cannabinum, although many of them were sent to us as 
specimens of the root of Apocynum androssemifolium. In one single in- 
stance only did we receive unmixed samples of the roots of the two 
species respectively. 

In the Proceedings of the American Pharmaceutical Association for 
1881 (Vol. 29) is a paper on the microscopic structure of the two roots, 
which contains material errors, notably in describing and figuring sec- 
tions of stems as sections of the root of Apocynum androsaemifolium. In 
another description the whole of the wood is referred to as " medullary 
matter," while at the same time a figure is given showing bark, wood, 
and pith, whereas the roots of both plants under consideration lack pith, 
the delicate medullary rays simply meeting at the center, where at most 
only apparent traces of a slender medullary column may sometimes be 
found. 

As the root and stem are mixed in the drug as generally occurring 
in the market, we give here a differential diagnosis of the two : 



Root. 

About three to twelve millimeters (£ to 
\ inch) in diameter, the greater portion of 
the pieces being most frequently about 
seven millimeters on the average. 

Externally ash-gray. 

Has thick, blunt wrinkles lengthwise. 

Has deep transverse, often gaping, fis- 
sures through the bark. 

Has no buds. 

Bark thick — its thickness being in the 
dry drug about one-fourth the entire di. 
ameter of the root, or one- half the diame- 
ter of the wood. 

Bark in small young pieces of root is 
interiorly white or lighter in color than 
the wood, but in older pieces brown or 
darker in the fracture than the wood. 

Root seldom splits or tears longitudi- 
nally. 

Woody portion of root is yellowish, and 
in young pieces brittle and porous, while 
in older pieces it is fibrous and tough. 

Has no pith or central cavity. 

Taste extremely bitter, disagreeable. 



Stem. 

Where the stem starts from the root it 
is usually thicker than the latter. At the 
same time the detached pieces of stem 
mixed with the root are generally some- 
what less thick than the pieces of root. 

Externally brown. 

Has fine wrinkles lengthwise. 

Has no deep fissures. 

Shows buds. 
Bark thin. 



Bark always brown or darker than the 
wood. 



Stem frequently splits longitudinally. 

Woody portion always more or less 
tough. 

Either has a plain pith, or is hollow in 
the center. 

Taste slightly or scarcely bitter. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



1G1 



The root of Apocynum cannabinum has a reddish-brown cambium 
line between bark and wood. In the stem this is also the case, and a 
similar brown line separates the woody ring of the stem from its pith. 
The thin corky layer of the bark of both root and stem sometimes chips 
off in large blotches. When thoroughly dry the root breaks readily 
with an abrupt fracture ; but when not dry it bends before breaking. 

Often the bulk of the drug consists of pieces of stem, usually of 
smaller diameter than the accompanying pieces of root. In its interior 
the bark of the root varies from nearly white to dark brown. Old dark- 




Figs. 55-57. — Apocynum cannabinum. Transverse sections : a, of root, natural size, 
dry ; b % of root, enlarged, by reflected light, after soaking in water ; c, of root, enlarged, by 
transmitted light, after removal of cell-contents by caustic lye. 

colored bark has plainly visible resin ducts, and sometimes a glistening 
fracture. 

The medullary rays of the wood are continued into the inner bark, 
and the large vessels in the woody portion are more or less concentri- 
cally arranged, while the resin ducts or laticiferous vessels in the bark 
are scattered. 

In illustrating the general appearance of the two drugs, the pieces 
were purposely selected so as to show the close resemblance between the 
roots, the only obvious differences being in the relative thicknesses and 
the color of their barks. 

Differences between the root of Apocynum cannabinum and the root 
of Apocynum androsazmifolium : 



Root of A. cannabinum. 

Diameter generally averages seven mil- 
limeters (^5 inch). 



11 



Root of A. andros^emifolium. 

Diameter generally averages about four 
millimeters (| inch), although pieces as 
small and as large as any of A.pocynum 
cannabinum are found. 



162 A COMPANION TO THE 



Root op A. cannabinum. Root op A. andros^emifolium. 

Thickness of bark about one-fourth the Thickness of bark about one-sixth the 

entire diameter of the dried root. entire diameter of the dried root. 

Has coarse, but blunt or smooth wrin- Has sharp, rough wrinkles, 
kles. 

External color ash-gray. External color rusty red-brown. 

Vessel^ in the woody portion more nu- Vessels less numerous and nearly all in 

merous relative to the diameter of the one circle near the outer edge of the 

wood, and arranged more or less concen- wood, only a few being scattered within 

trically. that circle. • 

The stems of both plants closely resemble each other, but the stem 
of Apocynum androssemifolium is more frequently split longitudinally. 
Both stems resemble in color the root of Apocynum androsgemifolium ; 
and this has led to the prevailing confusion between the drugs. 

Samples of Euphorbia ipecacuanha in our possession contain pieces 
of roots and stems which resemble the roots and stems of Apocynum 
androsgemifolium, but have a more fibrous and tough wood. 

Constituents. — Bitter extractive, resin, tannin, etc. 

Nomenclature. — In the Pharmacopoeia of 1870 the name "Indian 
Hemp" was unfortunately given to "Apocynum cannabinum," prob- 
ably by some oversight. The drug is very generally called "Black 
Indian Hemp." The name " Indian Hemp" belongs- to Cannabis in- 
dica alone, and should not be applied to Apocynum cannabinum. We 
have before us several drug lists and fluid extract lists on which appear 
" Indian Hemp," " Indian Hemp, Foreign," " Indian Hemp, White," and 
" Indian Hemp, Black." We have not found the name " Canadian 
Hemp " on any price list. On the other hand, we recently received a parcel 
of roots and stems of Apocynum cannabinum labelled " Cannabis Indica," 
sent us in response to a request for the last-named drug. This case 
furnishes an illustration in point of the necessity of substituting the 
botanical names — generic or specific, or both — for the vernacular Eng- 
lish names, as has been done to a considerable extent in the new Phar- 
macopoeia. 

Medicinal Uses. — Apocynum cannabinum is a powerful emetic 
and hydragogue cathartic. In emetic doses it produces general relaxa- 
tion of the emunctories, and diaphoresis or diuresis generally occurs. 
It is used in dropsies to remove accumulations of fluid. In small doses 
it is alterative and tonic. 

Dose. — The dose as a diaphoretic is 0.30 gram (5 grains) ; as an 
emetic, 1 to 1.30 gram (15 to 20 grains). It is best administered in the 
form of fluid extract. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



163 



APOCYJSTI CANJSABINI EXTRACTUM. 

Extract of Apocynum Cannabinum. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twen- 
tieth part of its weight of glycerin. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.5 gram (1 to 10 grains) two or three times a day. 



APOCY^I CANNABIS! EXTRACTUM ELUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Apocynum Cannabinum. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use a mixture of alcohol and water in the propor- 
tion of two hundred grams (about 8-J- fluidounces) 
alcohol, and one hundred grams (about 3-J fluid- 
ounces) water. 

For suggestions as to details, see page 451. 

Dose. — 0.20 to two cubic centimeters (3 to 30 
minims). 

Apocynum Androssemifplium, 

Apocynum Andros^emifolium. 

Apocyni Androscemifolii Radix — Bitter Root; 
Dogsbcme. 

Origin . — Apocynum androscemifolium, Li nn e 

(Apocynacece). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used.— The root. 

Description. — Pieces of various lengths, rarely 
exceeding three or four inches, and of from three 
millimeters (£ inch) to twelve millimeters (£ inch) 
in diameter, the diameter of the largest proportion 
of pieces being about four (or five) millimeters (-J- 
inch) ; rusty reddish-brown externally, with rough, 
sharp wrinkles running lengthwise, and deep, 
sometimes gaping, transverse fissures, through 
which the white wood is exposed. The thickness of the bark is about 
one-sixth the entire diameter of the dried root. The wood is porous, 




Figs. 58, 59.— Apocy- 
num androsfemifolium. 
«, stem, natural size ; 
* undeveloped buds ; Z>, 
root, natural size. 



164 



A COMPANION TO THE 



brittle, and gives a short, even fracture. Odor, none ; taste, very 
bitter. 

The drug is usually mixed with pieces of the stem of the same plant, 
which may be distinguished from the root by their buds and pith, 
both of which are absent in the root. 

True Apocynum androssemifolium (root) is not readily obtained in 
the market. 

Euphorbia ipecacuanha has been mistaken for Apocynum androsse- 
mifolium, which it somewhat resembles. The woody portion of the root 
(and stem) of Euphorbia ipecacuanha is stringy and tough, which is 




Figs. 60-62. — Apocynum androssemifolium. Transverse sections : «, of root, natural size, 
dry ; &, of root, enlarged, by reflected light, after soaking in water ; c, of stem, enlarged, by 
reflected light, after soaking in water. 



rarely the case in the root of Apocynum androssemifolium, only a few 
pieces of old root having been found to contain a fibrous wood. 
See also article on Apocynum cannabinum. 

Constituents. — Bitter principle and resin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Emetic, diaphoretic, and laxative ; in small 
doses alterative and tonic. Useful in hepatic derangements with con- 
stipation, dyspepsia, and amenorrhea. 

It is probable that the effects of Apocynum androsaemifolium and 
Apocynum cannabinum are very nearly alike, if not identically the same, 
so that a careful differential diagnosis between the two roots is of im- 
portance only because of the absolute necessity in medicine of calling 
each several drug by its own proper name, without which no reliable 
knowledge of pharmaco-dynamics can exist. 

Dose. — As an alterative and tonic, one gram (15 grains) during the 
day ; as a laxative, one to two grams (15 to 30 grains) ; and as an 
emetic, 2.5 to five grams (40 to 75 grains). 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 165 

APOCYNI AISTDROS^EMIFOLII EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Apocynum Andros^emifolium. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use a mixture of alcohol and water in the propor- 
tion of two hundred grams (about 8-^- fluidounces) alcohol, and one hun- 
dred grams (about 3-^- fluidounces) water. 

For suggestions as to details, see page 451. 

Dose. — 0.50 to two cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims). 

Apomorphinse HydrocMoras ; IT. S. 

Hydrochlorate of Apomorphine. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 40. Apomorphine is 
an artificial alkaloid prepared from morphine. The hydrochlorate (" mu- 
riate ") keeps better than the alkaloid itself. It is, however, spoiled by 
exposure to light, and hence the Pharmacopoeia directs that it be kept 
in a dark glace. Exposure to air is also deleterious, and it is therefore 
best to keep the preparation in small vials. 

It is soluble in 6.8 parts water. 

Medicinal Uses. — This is a prompt emetic, the use of which is not 
without danger, as it may produce collapse. It is indicated in cases of 
poisoning, over-loaded stomach, impaction of food in the oesophagus, 
etc. 

Dose. — For adults, 0.002 to 0.004 gram (^ to -fa grain) by hypo- 
dermic injection ; 0.008 gram (\ grain) by mouth. 

Aqua; U. S. 

Water. 

"Natural water in its purest attainable state." See the Pharmaco- 
poeia, page 40. 

Must be colorless, clear, odorless, and tasteless ; it must not contain 
more than one part fixed impurities in ten thousand parts (about 1 grain 
in 22 U. S. fluidounces) ; and not more than traces of organic matter. 

Water is the most important article of the whole materia medica 
list. It is also the most important solvent in the household economy, 
and in the arts and manufactures. In pharmacy and chemistry it is in- 
dispensable. 

Melted ice gives a very pure water. Bain water, collected in clean 



166 A COMPANION TO THE 



vessels as it falls from the clouds (not from roofs) after it has been 
raining awhile, is also very pure water. 

River loater is usually comparatively pure, and being generally free 
from calcium and magnesium salts, is called soft water. It may, how- 
ever, and frequently does, contain both these and other impurities, 
especially organic matters. Although containing no unwholesome im- 
purities, the water may be so unclear from the matters dissolved or 
held in suspension in it as to be entirely unfit for any chemical or 
pharmacal purposes. 

The Mississippi River water is not a bad drinking water, but it is 
never clear, and at times very muddy. It cannot be made clear except 
by very careful and troublesome filtration. 

Spring water is usually hard water, i.e., it contains calcium and 
magnesium salts, which produce insoluble compounds with soap. By 
boiling, hard water can be made less hard, because most of the calcium 
and magnesium carbonates will deposit so soon as the free carbonic acid 
is driven off by the heat. 

Well water is most liable to be impure, especially in thickly in- 
habited towns. Sewage, and organic matter from the air and soil, are 
constantly washed into the wells. Well water thus contains, ammonia. 

Alum purifies water by decomposition w 7 ith the ammonia contained 
in it, whereby also a mechanical clarification results through the precip- 
itation of the hydrate of aluminium, which carries much of the organic 
matters with it in settling. 

Water containing much organic matter putrefies on standing. 

Gums, sugar, mucilage, and numerous salts are soluble in water. 
Starch is also taken up by boiling water, but not in perfect solution. 
Resins, volatile oils, fixed oils, and alkaloids, which are the most impor- 
tant constituents of organic drugs, are comparatively insoluble in water. 
A partial solution of these substances is however effected when the 
crude drugs are macerated, digested, or boiled with water, owing to the 
fact that the presence of the extractive matter, etc., contributes to their 
solution. 

Aquae Aromaticse. 

Aromatic Waters. 

Distilled aromatic waters are the finest. Rose water and orange- 
flower water are, however, the only aromatic waters of the present 
Pharmacopoeia which are directed to be prepared by distillation. 

In the Pharmacopoeia of 1870 most of the aromatic waters were 
directed to be prepared by triturating the volatile oil with carbonate of 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 167 

magnesium, and then with the distilled water, after which the whole 
was thrown on a filter, the filtrate being the finished product. This 
process was objectionable because the water dissolved an appreciable 
quantity of magnesium carbonate. 

The present Pharmacopoeia introduces an entirely new process pro- 
posed by Mr. W. S. Thompson, of Washington. By this method two 
parts of the volatile oil is distributed through four parts of clean carded 
cotton (absorbent cotton is the best) by adding the volatile oil gradually 
and picking the cotton apart after each addition. The saturated cot- 
ton is then packed in a percolator and distilled water is percolated 
through it until one thousand parts has been obtained, which consti- 
tutes the finished product. The process is excellent, and the products 
obtained by it are of superior quality. It is well to put a layer of dry 
loose cotton into the neck of the percolator, and over that a layer of 
cotton wetted with distilled water, or a layer of dry sand, before intro- 
ducing the cotton saturated with the volatile oil ; and it is also safer to 
weight the whole down by coarse sand, to prevent it from being pushed 
up by the water, especially if a conical percolator is used as directed 
(see Elixir of Orange). 

Aromatic waters are seldom used except as vehicles for other and 
more active medicines. 

Aqua Distillata ; U. S. 

Distilled Water. 

See the Pharmacopoeia, page 44. A colorless, odorless, tasteless 
water, which should leave no residue on evaporation. 

A distilled water absolutely free from chlorides and sulphates may 
nevertheless contain ammonia compounds and other gaseous substances 
of organic origin which impart to it a very perceptible and sometimes a 
quite disagreeable odor. When carefully prepared as directed by the 
Pharmacopoeia it is pure. Distilled water obtained by condensing the 
steam from steam boilers in factories is never odorless, and sometimes 
has a nauseating smell. 

Aralia Hispida. 

Aralia Hispida. 
Aralice Hispidce JRhizoma — Dwarf Elder. 
Origin. — Aralia hispida, Michaux (Araliacece). 
Habitat.— United States. 
Part used. — The rhizome. 



168 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Description. — Cylindrical pieces, from two to six millimeters (y 1 ^- 
to ^ inch) diameter, not branched, longitudinally wrinkled, marked by 
the scars of rootlets ; grayish-brown ; odor and taste faintly aromatic. 

Constituents. — Probably a small amount of volatile 
oil. 

Medicinal Uses. — Said to be diuretic and alterative, 
and useful in dropsy ', gravel, and other urinary troubles. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (|- to 1 drachm), best given 
in the. form of fluid extract. 



AEALI^E HISPIDJE EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extkact of Aealia Hispida. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equiva- 
lent — 17 U. S. fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or 
its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois ounces) of the drug, in 
No. 40 powder. 

Asa menstruum use diluted alcohol. For suggestions 
as to details, see page 451. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 min- 
ims). 

Aralia Nudicaulis. 

Aealia Nudicaulis. 

Aralice Nudicaulis Rhizoma — American Sarsaparilla ; 
False Sarsaparilla. 

Origin. — Aralia nudicaulis, Linne (Araliaceai). 
Habitat. — North America. 
Part used. — The rhizome. 

Description. — Cylindrical, thirty centimeters (12 
inches) or more in length, but usually broken into shorter 
pieces, about six millimeters (i inch) thick, longitudin- 
ally wrinkled, annulate above, with cup-shaped scars from 
stems; rootlets few or absent; bark grayish-brown, exfol- 
iating ; internally white or pale yellowish ; pith spongy; 
odor slightly aromatic ; taste insipid, somewhat disagreeable. See 
Fig. G3. 

Constituents. — A little volatile oil, resin, etc. 



Fig. 63.— False 
Sarsaparilla, 
natural size. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 169 



Medicinal Uses. — Alterative. Employed similarly to sarsaparilla : 
also in pulmonary diseases. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains). Best administered in 
the form of fluid extract. 

ARALI^E NUDICAULIS EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Aralia Nudicaulis. 
Prepared in the same manner as the fluid extract of Aralia hispida. 
Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (- 1 to 1J fluidrachm). 

Aralia Racemosa. 

Aralia Racemosa. 
Aralice Racemosm Rhizoma — American Spikenard ; Petty morr el. 

Origin. — Aralia racemosa, Linne (Araliacem). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used. — The rhizome. 

Description. — Rhizomes ten to fifteen centimeters (4 to 6 inches) 
long, about twenty-five millimeters (1 inch) thick, and beset with large 
concave scars from the stems ; rootlets many and long. Externally 
brown ; internally whitish. Odor and taste aromatic. 

Constituents. — Probably a little volatile oil, resin, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of Aralia nudicaulis. Altera- 
tive. Popularly used in pulmonary affections. 

Dose. — Two to ten grams (£ to 2\ drachms). Best given as fluid 
extract. 

The bark of Aralia spinosa has also been used as an emetico-purga- 
tive and alterative. The dose is the same as of A. racemosa. 

ARALICE RACEMOSE EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Aralia Racemosa. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. For suggestions as to details, 
see page 451. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 



170 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Araroba. 

Araroba. 

Goa-powder. 

A grayish-brown powder deposited in the cavities formed by decay 
in the wood of one or more unknown Brazilian trees (probably Caesal- 
pinia echinata, Lamarck). Odorless. Taste bitter. Contains about 
eighty per cent, of chrysarobin (which see). 



Areca. 

Areca Nut. 
Arecce Semina — Betel Nut. 

Origin. — Areca Catechu, Linne\ 

Habitat. — East Indies. 

Part used. — The seed. 

Description. — See Figs. 64-66. It is in the shape of a short, 

rounded cone, scarcely an inch long. 
The base has a depressed center. 
The outer coat is brownish and 
covered with a network of reddish 
veins which penetrate through it 
into the albumen of the seed, giving 
to the areca nuts an appearance 
resembling that of nutmegs. The 
seed is heavy, hard, dense, and diffi- 
cult to cut or break. When freshly 
broken the fragments have a cheese- 
like odor. The taste is astringent. 
Constituents.— Contains four- 
lower surface ; c, transverse section, slightly teen to fifteen per cent, tannin, re- 
enlarged. *i 

sembhng that of catechu, and about 

fourteen per cent, of fixed oil, which is crystalline at ordinary tempera- 
tures. 

Medicinal Uses. — It is an astringent and also an anthelmintic. 

The charcoal from areca nuts, which has a greater density than ordi- 
nary charcoal, is greatly esteemed as a constituent in dentifrices. 

Dose. — As an astringent from fifty to one hundred centigrams (8 to 
15 grains), and for the expulsion of trenia from fifteen to twenty -five 
grams, given best in the form of fluid extract. 




UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 171 

AKECLE EXTRA CTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Areca Nut. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

For suggestions as to details, see page 451. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

Argentum. 

Silver. 

Silber, G. ; Argent, F. ; Plata, Sp. ; Silfver, Sw. 

Soluble in nitric acid ; insoluble in hydrochloric acid and in sul- 
phuric acid, and not affected by alkalies. Its salts are generally white 
or pale yellowish. Nitrate of silver is soluble in water ; the other sil- 
ver compounds are insoluble. 

Arg'enti Cyanidum ; U. S. 

Cyanide of Silver. 

Argenticum Cyanidum, Silver Cyanide. — Argentum Cyanatum — 
Cyansilber, G. ; Cyanure d'argent, F. ; Cianuro de Plata, Sp. ; 
Silfvercyanid, Cyansilfver, Sw. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 46. 
Must be kept in dark, amber-colored bottles or in a dark place. 
Uses. — Only in the alternate* process for making hydrocyanic acid, 
if that process is ever used. 

Argenti Iodidum ; IT. S. 

Iodide of Silver. 

Argenticum Iodidum, Silver Iodide — Argentum Iodatum — Jodsilber, 
G. ; Iodure d' 'argent, F. ; loduro de Plata, Sp. ; Jodsilfver, Silfverj- 
odid, Sw. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 46. Now officially 
recognized for the first time. 

Preservation. — In amber-colored bottles, to prevent alteration by 
lisrht. 



172 A COMPANION TO THE 



Uses. — For the same purposes as silver nitrate, but said to be with- 
out the danger of discoloration of the skin. 

Dose. — From 0.06 to 0.125 gram (1 to 2 grains) three times daily in 
pill form. 



Argent! Nitras ; IT. S. 

Nitrate of Silver. 

Argenticus Nitras, Silver Nitrate. — Argentum Nitricum ; Azotas 
Argenticus — Salpetersaures Silberoxyd, Silbersalpeter, G. ; Azotate 
d'argent, Nitre lunaire, F. ; Nitrato de Plata cristalizado, Nitrato 
argentico, Sp. ; jSalpetersyrad jSilfveroxid, Sw. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 46. It 
contains no water, unless very small quantities mechanically adhering 
to or enclosed between and in the clumps of crystals. Darkens by ex- 
posure to light, especially when in contact with organic matters. 

Granulated nitrate of silver is the purest, is free from water, and is 
more readily dispensed than larger crystals. 

Preservation. — Must be kept in amber-colored bottles or in a 
dark place. 

Solutions should be prepared with distilled water, and dispensed in 
amber-colored (not blue) vials. 

Medicinal Uses. — Nitrate of silver is occasionally used internally 
in chronic gastric catarrh, chronic dysentery and diarrhoea, etc. It was 
formerly much used in epilepsy and other nervous affections. It appears 
probable that nitrate of silver given internally is changed into insoluble 
chloride of silver by the free hydrochloric acid and chlorides of the 
gastric juice. 

If locally applied, nitrate of silver is a superficial escharotic, coagu- 
lating albumen and producing a white eschar, which turns dark brown, 
or nearly black, in the light. 

Applied to inflamed mucous membranes, a solution of five to fifteen 
grains to the ounce of distilled water (0.3 gram in 30 cubic centimeters) 
often produces a valuable alterative effect, as in tonsillitis, follicidar 
pharyngitis, etc. It is also useful in onychia, paronychia, and indo- 
lent ulcers ; in various skin diseases, as eczema and pruritus ; in granu- 
lar lids or chronic conjunctivitis ; or as an injection to abort gonor- 
rhoea, or to obliterate the sacs in cysts, hydrocele, old abscesses,, etc. 

Externally it is applied in solid stick or in solutions of various 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 173 

strength. Accidental spots produced by the solution may be removed 
by applying strong solution of iodine and then washing with ammonia 
water. 

The Dose is one-fourth to one-half grain (0.015 to 0.03 gram), in 
pill, three times daily. Avoid the use of salt. In poisonous doses ni- 
trate of silver produces gastro-enteritis. As it forms an insoluble chlo- 
ride with common salt, the latter is the antidote for it. 



ARGENTI NITRAS DILUTUS; U.S. 
Diluted Nitrate of Silver. 

Pure fused nitrate of silver, in sticks, is very brittle. Hence it is 
dangerous to use it in the throat or in cavities, where it might be 
broken, and poisoning result from the piece swallowed or remaining 
in the cavity. Moreover, pure nitrate of silver is in most cases too 
strong, or unnecessarily strong, and a milder caustic answers as well or 
better. Hence it has long been customary to use a diluted nitrate of 
silver. Manufacturers sell several kinds, designated by numbers : No. 1 
is one-third nitrate of silver and two-thirds nitrate of potassium ; No. 2 
is one-fourth nitrate of silver and three-fourths nitrate of potassium ; 
No. 3 is two-ninths nitrate of silver and seven-ninths nitrate of potas- 
sium ; and No. 4 is one-fifth nitrate of silver, and four-fifths nitrate of 
potassium. Several pharmacopoeias have official formulas for diluted ni- 
trate of silver, among which may be mentioned the German, Russian, and 
Scandinavian Pharmacopoeias. In the Swedish Pharmacopoeia, for in- 
stance, we find " Nitras Argenticus Mitigatus," consisting of equal 
parts of nitrate of silver and nitrate of potassium — the same proportions 
as now official in the Pharmacopoeia of the United States ; and also 
" Nitras Argenticus bis Mitigatus," which consists of one-third nitrate 
of silver and two-thirds nitrate of potassium, which is the same as the 
" Argentum Nitricum cum Kali Nitrico " of the German Pharmacopoeia, 
and the Russian "Argentum Nitricum bis Mitigatum." 

Must be white, firm, and have the composition prescribed by the 
U. S. Pharmacopoeia, viz., equal parts of nitrate of silver and nitrate of 
potassium. (See, also, " Argenti Nitras Fusus.") 

Keep it in small, amber-colored bottles in a dark place. 

Used for external application, like nitrate of silver, but is milder in 
its action. 



174 A COMPANION TO THE 



ARGENTI NITRAS FUSUS ; U. S. 

Moulded Nitrate of Silver. 

Argenticus JVitras Fusus, Fused Silver Nitrate ; Lapis Infemalis — 
Hdllenstein, G. ; Pierre infernale, F. ; Nitrato argentico fundido, 
Piedra infernal, Sp. ; Lapis, Sw. ; Lunar Caustic. 

Prepared by fusing nitrate of silver and adding one ounce hydro- 
chloric acid for every twenty-five ounces of nitrate of silver. The prod- 
uct will contain about five per cent, of chloride of silver, which imparts 
a firmness and tenacity to the nitrate of silver which is quite a desider- 
atum in its practical use. 

Nitrate of silver for cauterization is conveniently used in the form 
of sticks or pencils. Usually the sticks are cylindrical, smaller in dia- 
meter than an ordinary quill, and about two or three inches long. Some- 
times the nitrate of silver is moulded in conical sticks or points about 
an inch long, suitable for the caustic case, which is undoubtedly most 
convenient. 

Should be white, not brittle, and must be preserved in black or 
amber-colored bottles, or in a dark place. See the Pharmacopoeia, 
page 47. 

It is used for local application. 

ARGENTI NITRAS PLUMBATUS. 

Nitrate of Silver with Lead. 

Melt together in a porcelain dish fifteen grams (-J ounce) of nitrate 
of lead and eighty-five grams (2|- ounces) of nitrate of silver, stirring 
well until the mixed and melted mass flows smoothly. Then pour it into 
suitable moulds. 

This caustic is recommended as preferable to pure nitrate of silver 
on the ground of greater cohesiveness. The stick can be sharpened 
down to a point like a lead-pencil, making it very convenient and safe. 

Argenti Oxidum ; U. S. 

Oxide of Silver. 

Argenticum Oxidum, Silver Oxide. — Argentum Oxydatum — Silber- 
oxyd, G. ; Oxyde d\irgent, F. ; Oxido argentico, Oxido de Plata, 
Sp. ; Silfveroxid, Sw. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 48. 

An olive-brown or brownish-black powder, nearly insoluble in water, 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 175 

though sufficiently soluble to impart an alkaline reaction to it. It has 
a metallic taste. Exposure to light causes its reduction to metallic 
silver. It easily parts with its oxygen. Contact with organic matters 
reduces the oxide. Even moderate heat alone splits it up into metal 
and oxygen. With easily oxidizable substances it is, therefore, liable 
to cause explosions. With ammonia it forms a very violently explosive 
compound (fulminating silver). 

Must be kept in dark, amber-colored vials in a dark and cool place. 

Medicinal Uses. — Oxide of silver is recommended by Bartholowin 
gastralgia after the ingestion of food, the digestion being good ; also 
in chronic gastric catarrh with pain, pyrosis, eructation of food with 
sour matters. It may be combined with equal quantities of extract of 
hyoscyamus. It is also valuable in ulcer of the stomach. 

Dose. — One-half to two grains (0.03 to 0.125 gram) in the form of 
pills. 

Armoracia. 

Horseradish Root. 
Armoracice Radix. 

Origin. — Cochlearia Armoracia, Linne" (CrucifercB). 

H ab itat . — Cultivated. 

Description. — Familiar garden product. 

Constituents. — Contains a volatile oil of the same composition as 
volatile oil of mustard, and also some bitter resin and salts. The vola- 
tile oil is formed in a manner analogous to that by which the volatile oil 
of mustard is formed ; it is light yellowish when fresh, but darkens by 
age. 

Medicinal Uses. — A common article of diet, used as a condiment. 
It is stimulant, stomachic, diuretic, and anti-scorbutic. It is used in 
scurv.y, dyspepsia, etc. Externally it is counter-irritant and rubefacient. 

Dose. — Five to twenty-five grams (1 to 6 drachms) several times a 
day. 

ARMORACIA SPIRITUS COMPOSITUS; B. 

Compound Spirit of Horseradish. 

Mix sixty grams (2 ounces) fresh, grated and sliced horseradish ; 
sixty grams (2 ounces) bitter orange peel, cut small and bruised ; 1.50 
gram (25 grains) nutmeg, bruised ; four hundred and eighty cubic centi- 
meters (16 fluidounces) proof spirit, and one hundred and twenty cubic 



176 



A COMPANION TO THE 



centimeters (4 fluidounces) water, in a suitable still, and distil off four 
hundred and eighty cubic centimeters (16 fluidounces). 

A colorless, spirituous liquid, of pungent, aromatic odor and taste. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 3 fluidrachms). 

Arnicas Flores ; U. S. 

Arnica Flowers. 

Wohlverleihbluthen, Amikabluthen, G. ; Fleurs d'arnique, F. ; Arnica, 
Sp. ; Hastfibleblommor, Sw. 

Origin. — Arnica montana, Linne (Compositoe). 

Habitat. — Europe and North America. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 48 ; also Figs. 67-70. 
Consists of the young flowers collected before the fruit begins to form. 

Must be of a bright yellow color from 
the florets. Should not be grayish- 
hairy from pappus, and must be free 
from insects. The powder causes 
sneezing. The drug has a faint aro- 
matic odor, but a bitter acrid taste. 

For chemical constituents see Ar- 
nicse Radix. 

Medicinal Uses. — Seldom, if 
ever, given internally. It has been 
said to be of use in typhoid condi- 
tions, intermittent fever, paralyses, 
etc. Externally it is very often used as an application to bruises, con- 
tusions, etc., but occasionally produces irritation of the skin. Dose of 
the flowers for internal use, 0.5 to 1.5 gram (10 to 20 grains), best given 
in the form of fluid extract. 




a. 

Figs. 67-70.— Arnica Flowers. «, in- 
volucre ; 6, ray floret ; c, disk floret ; d, 
hair from pappus ; all natural size. 



AKNICLE FLOKUM EXTRACTUM. 
Extract of Arnica Flowers. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twen- 
tieth part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. Yield about thirty per cent. Was official in the Pharma- 
copoeia of 1870, but is now dropped, the extract of the root having 
taken its place. 

Dose. — 0.2 to 0.3 gram (3 to 5 grains). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 177 

ARNICLE FLOEUM EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Arnica Flowers. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

For suggestions as to details, see page 451. 

Dose. — 0.25 to 1.5 cubic centimeter (5 to 20 minims). 

ARNICLE FLORUM TINCTITRA ; IT. S. 
Tincture of Arnica Flowers. 

This is the "Tincture of Arnica" of the old Pharmacopoeia (1870), 
but is about fifteen per cent, weaker. 

It is prepared by macerating one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 
grains) arnica flowers in No. 20 powder, with two hundred grams (7 
ounces 24 grains) diluted alcohol for twenty-four hours, and then pack- 
ing the macerated drug firmly into a cylindrical percolator, and per- 
colating with a sufficient quantity of diluted alcohol to obtain five hun- 
dred grams (17| avoirdupois ounces) of tincture. 

Medicinal Uses. — This is the form in which arnica is popularly 
employed for external use. 

Dose for internal use, one to three cubic centimeters (15 to 45 
minims). 

Arnicse Radix ; U. S. 

Arnica Root. 

Wohlverleihicurzel, Arnikawurzel, G. ; Racine d'amique, F.; Raiz de 
Arnica, Sp. ; Hastfiblerot, Sw. 

Origin. — Arnica montana, Linne (Compositce). 

Habitat. — Europe and North America. 

Parts used. — The rhizome and rootlets. 

Description.— See the Pharmacopoeia, page 48 ; also Figs. 71-75. 

A transverse section of arnica root shows plainly four strata, viz., 
outer bark, middle bark, wood, and pith. The middle bark is much 
thicker than the brown outer bark, and consists of white parenchyma, 
containing interiorly a circle of resin cells. The odor is faintly aromatic; 
the taste pungent, aromatic, and bitter. 

Constituents. — Those of arnica flowers and arnica root are simi- 
12 



178 



A COMPANION TO THE 



lar. They both contain volatile oil, arnicin, acrid resin, and tannin. 
The root contains more volatile oil than the flowers, but less arnicin. 
The volatile oil of the root is yellowish, soluble in twice its weight of 
diluted alcohol, and is found to the extent of one to one and a half per 
cent. ; whereas the volatile oil of the flowers is yellowish or brownish- 
green, and requires one hundred times its weight of diluted alcohol to 




Figs. 71-75. — Arnica Root, natural size. r&, transverse section of rhizome, natural size 
and enlarged ; r, ditto of rootlets. 

dissolve it. The two volatile oils are therefore different. Arnicin is 
not sufficiently investigated. The name is variously applied to a resin- 
ous principle or mixture, and to a substance having the properties of an 
alkaloid. 

Arnica root, being less bulky, is easier to handle in making pharma- 
ceutical preparations. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of the flowers. 

Dose.— 0.5 to 1.5 gram (10 to 20 grains). 



AKNICLE EMPLASTRUM; U. S. 
Arnica Plaster. 

Melt one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) resin plaster, and 
then incorporate with it fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) solid extract of 
arnica root. 

The substitution of extract of arnica root for the extract of arnica 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 179 

flowers used in the Pharmacopoeia of 1870 is a pharmaceutical improve- 
ment. The proportions are the same. 

Uses. — This is a popular plaster, used as a "strengthening plaster," 
in weak back, local pains, etc. 



ARNICA RADICIS EXTRACTUM; U. S. 
Extract of Arnica Root. 

From five hundred grams (or 17f avoirdupois ounces) of the drug, in 
No. 60 powder. Use diluted alcohol. Moisten with two hundred grams 
(7£ fluidounces). Pack tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate 
with menstruum. Macerate twenty-four hours. Percolate to exhaustion, 
or until one thousand five hundred grams (about 56 fluidounces) is ob- 
tained. Distil off the alcohol. Evaporate the remainder to a solid ex- 
tract and incorporate with it one-twentieth of its weight of glycerin. 
It is dark brown. 

Now for the first time introduced in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, taking 
the place of the "Extract of Arnica" from the flowers, formerly official. 

Used for preparing the plaster. 



ARNKLE KADICIS EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Arnica Root. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred grams (about 7J fluidounces) of 
the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate 
with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14-J- fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to 
make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose. — 0.3 to 1.5 cubic centimeter (5 to 20 minims). 



180 A COMPANION TO THE 

ARNICLE EADICIS TINCTURA; U. S. 
Tincture of Arnica Root. 

Macerate fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) arnica root, in No. 40 pow- 
der, for twenty-four hours with fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) diluted 
alcohol ; then pack it firmly into a cylindrical percolator, and with a 
sufficiency of diluted alcohol percolate five hundred grams (17 ounces 
279 grains) of tincture. 

New to the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. It is only half the strength of the 
tincture of arnica flowers. 

Dose. — Two to six cubic centimeters (£ to 1J- fluidrachm). 

Arnottac 

Arnotta. 
Orellana, Orleana, Annatto. 

A pasty, or hard, red coloring matter from the seeds of Bixa orellana, 
Linne. 

It is nearly insoluble in water, which it simply colors yellow. Odor 
peculiar, cheesy. Taste bitter, saline. 

It dissolves almost completely in alcohol, ether, oils, and alkalies, 
with an orange-red or dark-red color, and is used on this account as a 
coloring agent for pomades, butter, cheese, etc. 



Aromaticus Pulvis ; U. S. 

Aromatic Powder. 

Triturate fifteen grams (230 grains) crushed cardamom seeds, with- 
out the capsules, and fifteen grams (230 grains) nutmeg, in No. 20 
powder, with twenty grams (309 grains) cinnamon, in No. 60 powder, 
until all is reduced to a fine powder. Then add fifteen grams (230 
grains) more of the cinnamon, and thirty-five grams (1 ounce 103 grains) 
ginger, both in No. 60 powder, and mix intimately. 

The manipulations are an improvement on the working formula in 
the old Pharmacopoeia, which prescribed fine powders of all the consti- 
tuents to be mixed, which cannot be effected without loss of the vola- 
tile oils in the drying necessary before the cardamom seeds and nutmeg 
can be reduced to No. 60 powder separately. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 181 

Medicinal Uses. — Mainly as an aromatic excipient for the admin- 
istration of disagreeable substances. Useful also as a stimulant car- 
minative. 

Dose. — 0.2 to 0.5 gram (3 to 10 grains). 

AROMATICA CONFECTIO. 

Aromatic Confection. 

Mix aromatic powder thoroughly with an equal weight of honey, or 
a sufficient quantity to form a stiff paste. Was official in 1870, but 
dropped from the new Pharmacopoeia. Used as a pill excipient. 



AEOMATICUM EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; U.S. 
Aromatic Fluid Extract. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17| avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of aromatic powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and seventy-five grams (about 
7-g- fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical per- 
colator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14J fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

Arsenium. 

Arsenic. 

Arsenum. — Arsenicum — Arsenik, G. and Sw.; Arsenic, F.; Fly-stone, 
Cobaltum, Metallic Arsenic. 

A dull, steel-gray metal, in more or less well-developed crystals of a 
rather dull metallic appearance. It slowly oxidizes in water to arsenious 
acid, and hence cobaltum is used as a fly-poison. 



182 A COMPANION TO THE 

Arseniosum Acidum ; U. S. 

Aksenious Acid. 
Arseniosum Oxidum, Arsenious Oxide; Acidum Arsenicosum, Ar- 
senicum Album — Arsenige Saure, Weisser Arsenik, G. ; Acide ar- 
senieux, Arsenic blanc, Fleurs d' Arsenic, F.; Acido arsenioso, Ar- 
senico bianco, Sp. ; Arsenik, Arseniksyrlighet, Hmt Arsenik, Sw.; 
Arsenic, White Arsenic, Arsenious Anhydride. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 10 and 11. 
When recently prepared the arsenious acid is transparent like glass. 
As it generally occurs in the trade, however, it consists of quite white 
and opaque solid masses, less transparent than china, but more shining 
than porcelain. Glassy in the fracture. The powder has a dead, white 
color. The opaque arsenious acid is more soluble in water than the 
glassy transparent form. A solution of opaque arsenious acid made 
with boiling water will contain over ten per cent., but on cooling only 
2.9 per cent of the arsenic remains in solution. It dissolves more freely 
in acids, especially in hydrochloric acid. 

The commercial powdered arsenic is generally quite impure. Ar- 
senious acid in lumps is easily powdered by trituration in a Wedgewood 
mortar. To avoid the poisonous dust arising during the operation the 
arsenious acid should be kept moistened with alcohol. 

Medicinal Uses. — Arsenious acid and its soluble salts are violent 
poisons and must be used with caution. 

Arsenic is sometimes used to improve the complexion and general 
appearance and condition. A tolerance for this substance may be es- 
tablished which will permit the habitual arsenic-eater to take daily doses 
that would prove fatal to one not accustomed to the poison, but the 
number of deaths from this pernicious abuse of arsenic is not inconsider- 
able. In small doses given for some time arsenic is a stimulant tonic, 
increasing the digestion and improving, the tone of the system. Its 
tonic effects are permanent. 

It is also a valuable stomachic, proving of marked benefit in all cases 
of gastric irritation accompanied by vomiting, or even in many cases 
unaccompanied by the latter symptom, as in ulcer or cancer of the 
stomach, gastralgia, dyspepsia, or the " morning sickness " or vomiting 
of pregnancy. 

The morning nausea or vomiting of old topers often yields promptly 
to two- or three-drop doses of Fowler's solution three times daily. The 
same is true of that form of diarrhoea consisting mainly of the evacua- 
tion of undigested food, or of that form of dyspepsia or indigestion in 
which an urgent desire to go to stool is felt immediately after or even 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA 183 

while partaking of food. Tn these cases one- to three-drop doses of 
Fowler's solution should be given before meals, in combination with 
vegetable bitters. 

Arsenical preparations possess valuable alterative properties in 
chronic intermittent and malarial fevers, and are also useful in prevent- 
ing the relapses of these affections if given for some weeks after the 
acute attack has been checked by other medication. 

Five-drop doses of Fowler's solution three times daily will be found 
useful in some skin diseases, and especially in those chronic forms of a 
scaly or scabby nature and of non-syphilitic origin. 

Arsenic is of no use in syphilitic skin diseases. This remedy has 
also proved valuable in various nervous aifections, such as epilepsy, 
chorea, etc. 

The dose of arsenious acid is 0.002 to 0.005 gram (^- to -^ grain). 
Children bear the remedy well and in comparatively large doses. 

Poisonous Effects. — In poisonous doses arsenic produces symp- 
toms of gastro-intestinal irritation or of cerebral oppression. The former 
symptoms are more frequent, and consist in burning pain in the epi- 
gastrium and abdomen, distressing vomiting, dryness in the mouth and 
fauces, and intense thirst; bloody stools often passed involuntarily; 
strangury or hematuria, or, in females, hemorrhage from the uterus ; 
extreme depression, anxiety, and collapse, and finally death, without 
previous unconsciousness. In the cerebral form of acute poisoning 
coma occurs early and suddenly and is soon followed by death. 

The quantity capable of producing death varies greatly according to 
the nature of the patient or other circumstances. If the stomach is full 
and the dose large, as in most cases of attempted poisoning by the ad- 
dition of arsenic to the food, absorption will be slow and vomiting 
prompt, so that most, if not all, of the poison is ejected. An ounce or 
more has been taken without serious consequences under such circum- 
stances. 

If the poison is retained, from 0.125 to 0.25 gram (2 to 4 grains) may 
prove fatal. 

Incompatibles and Antidotes. — Salts of iron, magnesia, and 
lime, and vegetable astringents are incompatible with arsenic, producing 
comparatively insoluble compounds. None of these compounds are 
perfectly insoluble, however, and when formed in the stomach or intes- 
tines they must be promptly evacuated from the bowels. In a case of 
poisoning by arsenic the stomach should be promptly emptied by irri- 
tant emetics, mustard, alum, sulphates of copper or zinc, or the subcu- 
taneous injection of apomorphia, assisted by copious draughts of warm- 
water. 



184 A COMPANION TO THE 

Hydrated Oxide of Iron with Magnesia of the present Pharma- 
copoeia is the best antidote. (See U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1880, page 1G3.) 
Large quantities of this substance, freshly prepared, may be given with 
the emetics. The stomach may then be thoroughly washed out by 
means of the stomach-pump, and then the above-mentioned iron prepa- 
ration may be given in teaspoonful or tablespoonful doses every few 
minutes. Too much cannot be given, as it is harmless in itself. 

Hydrated Oxide of Iron (U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1870) is used in the 
same manner. If neither of these preparations can be obtained, mag- 
nesia, chalk, and lime-water are useful, and oil, milk, eggs, or mucilage 
may be given in copious draughts, so as to mechanically prevent absorp- 
tion and irritation. Emetics should follow these remedies. 

The irritation of the alimentary canal and the other symptoms must 
be treated on general principles, and collapse be prevented, if possible, 
by stimulants and external applications of warmth. 

ARSENIOSI ACIDI LIQUOR; U. S. 

Solution op Arsenious Acid. 
Liquor Arsenici Chloridi, Pharm., 1870. 

Boil thirty grams (or 1 ounce) arsenious acid, in small fragments (or, 
better, in powder), with sixty grams (or 2 ounces) hydrochloric acid and 
six hundred cubic centimeters (20 fluidounces) distilled water, until dis- 
solved. Filter, and add enough distilled water through the filter to make 
the whole three thousand grams (or 100 ounces, or about 6 pints). 

The title " Solution of Chloride of Arsenic " was erroneously given 
to this preparation in the Pharmacopoeia of 1870 (which was almost ex- 
actly the same strength). It does not contain " chloride of arsenic," 
but is a solution of arsenious acid in water acidulated with hydrochloric 
acid. The proportion of arsenious acid in it is one per cent, by weight. 

To make 

VALANGIN'S SOLUTION OF AESENIC 

from the official preparation, mix thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluid- 
ounce) of the solution of arsenious acid with thirty-eight and one-half 
cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce and 2£ fluidrachms) of distilled water. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of arsenious acid. 

Dose. — 0.20 to 0.33 cubic centimeter (3 to 5 minims). 

AESENICAL PASTE FOE DENTISTS' USE. 

Mix two grams (30 grains) arsenious acid and one gram (15 grains) 
morphine sulphate with a sufficient quantity of creasote to form a stiff 
paste. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 185 

This is used to kill dental nerves, a quantity about the size of a pin's 
head being sufficient for each application, and generally sufficient to 
render the nerves of a decayed tooth insensible, so as to enable the fill- 
ing of carious teeth. 

AESENICAL POWDERS. 

Five milligrams (about £ grain) arsenious acid mixed with five centi- 
grams (| grain) calomel. 

ARSENICAL SOAP. 

Mix three hundred and twenty grams (11 ounces 130 grains) arse- 
nious acid, one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces 100 grains) potas- 
sium carbonate, and three hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (10|- 
fluidounces) distilled water in a porcelain capsule. When effervescence 
has ceased boil the liquid until the arsenic is all dissolved. Then add 
three hundred and twenty grams (11 ounces 130 grains) Castile soap in 
thin shavings, and, finally, forty grams (1 ounce 180 grains) powdered 
unslaked lime and ten grams (154 grains) camphor, and mix all inti- 
mately. 

Arsenii Antidotum. 

Antidote against Arsenic. 
See " Ferri Oxidum Hydratum cum Magnesia." 

Arsenias Sodii ? XT. S. 

Arseniate of Sodium. 

Arsenas Sodicus, Sodium Arsenate, 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 294. 
Used only in the form of the solution — 

AESENIATIS SODII LIQUOR ; U. S. 

Solution of Arseniate of Sodium. 
Arsenatis Sodii Solutio. 

Dissolve one gram (15| grains) arsenate of sodium, from which the 
water of crystallization has been previously driven off by a heat not ex- 
ceeding 150° C. (302° F.), in ninety-nine grams (33J fluidounces) of 
distilled water. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of arsenious acid. 

Dose. — About 0.20 to 0.40 cubic centimeters (3 to 6 minims). 



186 A COMPANION TO THE 

Arsenii Iodidum ; U. S. 

Iodide of Arsenic. 
Arseniosum Iodidum, Arsenious Iodide. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 49. 

Must be kept in a glass-stoppered bottle, in a cool place. 

Medicinal Uses. — The effects of iodide of arsenic are similar to 
those of Fowler's solution. 

Dose. — 0.003 gram (^ grain) three times a day, and gradually in- 
creased until its full effects are noted, as shown by gastric irritation or 
dryness of the throat. 

Arsenii et Hydrargyri lodidi Liquor ; IT. S. 

Solution op Iodide of Arsenic and Mercury. 
Donovan's Solution. 

Triturate three grams (46 grains) iodide of arsenic and three grams 
red iodide of mercury with forty -five grams (1J fluidounce) of distilled 
water until dissolved. Warm water will dissolve the iodides much more 
rapidly than cold. Filter the liquid and pass enough distilled water 
through the filter to make the final product three hundred grams (or 
measure 10 fluidounces). A pale, clear, straw-colored liquid. It con- 
tains one per cent., each, of iodide of arsenic and red iodide of mercury. 

Medicinal Uses. — This preparation has been given in obstinate 
skin diseases, both of syphilitic and of non-syphilitic character. 

Dose. — 0.20 to 0.33 cubic centimeter (3 to 5 minims), diluted and 
after meals. The dose may be gradually increased as required. 

Arsenitis Potassii Liquor ; U. S. 

Solution of Arsenite of Potassium. 
Solutio Potassici Arsenitis, Solution of Potassium Arsenite — Fowler's 

Solution. 

Boil ten grams (154J grains) arsenious acid and ten grams bicarbo- 
nate of potassium in a chemical flask with one hundred grams (3£ fluid- 
ounces) of distilled water, until all of the arsenious acid shall have 
been completely dissolved. To aid the solution, use the arsenious acid 
in powder. (See Acidum Arseniosum.) Then add thirty grams (1 
fluidounce) compound spirit of lavender and enough distilled water to 
make the whole weigh one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains). 
Set the mixture aside for eight days, and then, filter it. 

It contains one per cent, arsenious acid, being about fourteen per 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 187 

cent, stronger than the preparation of 1870. One cubic centimeter (16 
minims) of the present preparation contains one centigram (nearly ^ 
grain) of arsenious acid. 

The official preparation is unclear. The preparation can be made 
beautifully clear by using the corresponding quantities of volatile oils 
instead of the compound spirit of lavender. To have a clear prepara- 
tion is of material value, because a badly made solution may contain 
undissolved arsenic hidden by the cloudiness of the liquid. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of arsenious acid. 

Dose. — About 0.20 to 0.40 cubic centimeter (3 to 6 minims, con- 
taining -^5- to T V grain of arsenious acid). 

Artemisia Abrotanum. 

Artemisia Abrotanum. 

Southernwood, Old Man. 
Origin. — Artemisia Abrotanum, Linne (Compositor). 
Habitat. — Cultivated. 
Part used. — Flowering tops. 

Description. — Resembles somewhat the other artemisias, but is at 
once recognized by its peculiar, agreeable, aromatic odor. Taste bitter. 
Constituents. — Volatile oil and a bitter principle. 
Medicinal Uses. — Tonic and anthelmintic. 
Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains.) 

Artemisia Vulgaris. 

Artemisia Vulgaris. 
Artemisice Vulgaris Radix — Mugwort. 

Origin. — Artemisia vulgaris, Linne (Composite). 

Habitat. — Europe; naturalized in North America. 

Part used. — Root. 

Description. — Grayish-brown, scarcely branched, long fibres. The 
thickness of the bark is about one-half the diameter of the wood. Be- 
tween the middle and inner layers of bark is a circle of resin ducts, ar- 
ranged in from three to six groups. Odor aromatic ; taste aromatic 
and bitter. 

Contains volatile oil and an acrid, bitter resin. 

Uses. — Tonic ; anthelmintic. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains). 



188 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Arum Triphyllum. 

Arum Triphyllum. 
Art Triphylli Tubera — Indian Turnip. 

Origin. — Arum triphyllum, Linne (Aracece). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used. — Tubers. 

Description. — Occurs in transverse slices from twenty to fifty 
millimeters (f to 2 inches) in diameter, and about three to six milli- 
meters (\ to £ inch) thick. The outer edge covered with epidermis is 




Figs. 76, 77. — Arum Triphyllum, natural size. Slices as in drug, and starch enlarged. 



dark gray and beset with rootlets. The flat surfaces are white, mealy. 
Inodorous. Taste acrid. 

Constituents. — Contains a volatile acrid principle soluble in ether; 
also a large quantity of starch, etc. The acrid taste, which is most 
prominent in fresh tubers, is sometimes wholly lost in the dried drug. 
Without this acrid burning taste the drug is inert. 



EUROPEAN ARUM 

(dragon root, Danish ginger) is obtained from Arum maculatum, Linn6, 
and is similar to the above. 

Medicinal Uses. — Stimulant, expectorant, diaphoretic, and car- 
minative. 

Dose of the powdered drug, one to two grams (15 to 30 grains), in 
mucilage or syrup of acacia, three or four times a day. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 189 

ARI TRIPHYLLI EXTR ACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Arum Triphyllum. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
three hundred grams (about 12J fluidounces; alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3J fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — 0.5 to two cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims). 

Asafoetida; XT. S. 

ASAFETLDA. 

Asafoetida Gummi-Resina — Stinlcasant, Teufelsdreck, G. ; Ase fetide^ 
F.; Asafetida, Sp. ; Dyfvelstrdck, Assafetida, Sw. 

Origin. — Ferula JVdrt7iex, Boissier, and Ferula Scorodosma, Ben- 
tham and Hooker ( Umbelliferce). 

Habitat. — Persia, and other countries on the Arabian Sea. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 49. Asafetida is to 
be found of various grades of purity and quality. The principal dis- 
tinction is between tears and masses. " Asafoetida in tears " is almost 
always good; that in masses may be either good or very bad. 

The finest asafetida is firm (neither hard and dry, nor sticky and 
soft); free from admixtures of bark or other foreign substances; exter- 
nally yellowish-brown; internally milk-white when freshly broken, but 
changing gradually to yellow, pink, purplish-red, or brown; has a strong, 
peculiar, garlicky odor and bitter taste, and yields a rich milk-white 
emulsion when triturated with water. 

Tears are usually preferred. These have a milk-white fracture, and 
the color of the freshly fractured surface does not generally turn pink 
until after several hours, or it only turns yellow. 

Asafetida in masses is the most plentiful. Sometimes it is very 
fine, consisting of white " almonds" or large tears embedded in a some- 
what softer yellowish or brownish mass. When these almonds make up 
about three-fourths of the whole mass the drug is to be considered good. 

Dry, hard, dark brown, dirty, or sticky asafetida, as well as one 
which shows a brown color in the fresh fracture, should be rejected. 

Asafetida can be powdered only in cold. The powdering is facili- 
tated by drying the gum-resin over lime, and the powder retains its 
pulverulent condition when kept in paper parcels over lime. 

The powdered asafetida to be found in the trade is frequently of ex- 



190 A COMPANION TO THE 

tremely poor quality, being made from the refuse after sorting the drug 
in its whole state. The best evidence of its inferiority is that it will 
not yield a good white emulsion when triturated with water, and some- 
times scarcely makes a milky mixture at all when so treated. Such in- 
ferior powdered asafetida is of a dark brown color, drier than it is 
possible to get the best quality of the drug, has a weaker odor, and does 
not yield half its weight to alcohol, although even an inferior grade of 
the drug, consisting largely of sticky, granular, yellowish-brown, resin- 
ous matter, with but a small proportion of white tears or almonds, will 
dissolve more readily in alcohol than the almonds themselves. 

Constituents. — The constituents of asafetida are from three to 
four per cent, volatile oil, from twenty -four to sixty-five per cent, resin, 
and from twelve to fifty per cent, gum and bassorin. The volatile oil 
is light yellow, thin, has a penetrating odor, is scarcely at all soluble in 
water, but readily so in alcohol or ether. It contains sulphur. On ex- 
posure to air it is gradually altered in composition and properties. The 
isolated resin of asafetida is almost odorless, yellowish-white, and turns 
pink or purple red on exposure to the air. It is stated to consist of 
two resins, one acid and the other indifferent, both containing sulphur. 
In the resin are found numerous needle-like crystals of ferulaic acid. 
This is tasteless, insoluble in cold, but soluble in boiling water. 

The present Pharmacopoeia requires that at least sixty per cent, of 
the asafetida should dissolve in alcohol. This rejects a large propor- 
tion of the drug now in the market for pharmacopceial uses. 

Medicinal Uses. — This drug is used as a nervine and antispas- 
modic in convulsions, hysteria, etc. It is most valuable, however, in 
flatulent colic, to promote the expulsion of wind from the bowels. It 
is given in pill, emulsion, or injection. 

Dose. — 0.2 to one gram (3 to 15 grains). 

ASAFCETID^E EMPLASTKUM ; U. S. 
Asafetida Plaster. 

Put thirty-five grams (or 1-J- ounce) asafetida and fifteen grams (or \ 
ounce) galbanum with 120 grams (or 4 ounces = 5 fluidounces) of alco- 
hol in a vessel, and digest on a water-bath until the gum-resins are 
thoroughly disintegrated. Strain while hot, and then evaporate to the 
consistence of honey Then add thirty-five grams (or 1-J- ounce) lead 
plaster and fifteen grams (or \ ounce) yellow wax, previously melted to- 
gether ; mix the whole well, and evaporate to the proper consistence. 

Almost identical with the preparation of 1870. 

Locally stimulant, and perhaps slightly antispasmodic. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 191 

ASAFCETIDJS ENEMA. 
Enema of Asafetida. 

Make an emulsion of two grams (30 grains) asafetida with one 
hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces) water. 

This is nearly one-half the strength of the official Mistura Asafoe- 
tidas. 

Antispasmodic and calmative in flatulent colic or in reflex convul- 
sions of children, caused by the presence of undigested and irritating 
food in the alimentary canal. 

ASAFCETID^E MISTURA; IT. S. 
Asafetida Mixture. 
Asafoetidce Emulsio, Emulsion of Asafcetida — Milk of Asafetida. . 

Triturate 4 grams (62 grains) asafetida with one hundred cubic 
centimeters (3^ fluidounces), water gradually added, until a perfect emul- 
sion is obtained, and then strain. 

Dose. — Fifteen to thirty cubic centimeters (4 to 8 fluidrachms). 

ASAFOETIDCE PILUL^E ; IT. S. 
Asafetida Pills. 

Mix 19.5 grams (300 grains) asafetida and 6.5 grams (100 grains) 
soap, in fine powder, with enough water to form a pill mass, and divide 
this into one hundred pills. 

Dose. — Two to five pills. 

ASAFCETID^E SITPPOSITORIA. 

Asafetida Suppositories. 

Evaporate thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) tincture of asafe- 
tida spontaneously in an evaporating dish until reduced to a thick 
syrupy liquid. Mix this thoroughly with four grams (60 grains) cacao 
butter. Finally incorporate with the mixture twenty grams (300 grains) 
cacao butter. Divide the mass into twelve suppositories. 

ASAFCETID^E SYRUPITS COMPOSITITS. 

Compound Syrup of Asafetida. 

Triturate thirty grams (1 ounce) asafetida and sixty grams (2 
ounces) magnesium carbonate with five hundred grams (17 fluidounces) 
infusion of wild cherry, gradually added, until thoroughly mixed. Fil- 



192 A COMPANION TO THE 



ter, adding enough infusion of wild cherry, through the filter, to make 
the filtrate measure five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces). To 
this add seven hundred and fifty grams (26|- ounces) sugar, dissolve it 
without heat, and strain. Finally, add enough simple syrup to make 
the final product measure one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluid- 
ounces). 

The disagreeable odor and taste of asafetida are well masked- in this 
preparation. 

Dose. — A teaspoonful. 

ASAFCETID^E TINCTURA ; IT. S. 
Asafetida Tincture. 

Macerate two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) asafetida for seven 
days in a closed vessel with eight hundred grams (28 ounces 96 grains) 
alcohol. Filter through paper, and then add through the filter enough 
alcohol to make the filtrate weigh one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 
grains). 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

Asarum. 

ASARUM. 

Asari Radix — Canada Snake Hoot, Wild Ginger. 

Origin. — Asarum canadense, Linne" (Aristolochiacew). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Parts used. — Rhizome and rootlets. 

Description. — From seventy-five to one hundred and fifty milli- 
meters (3 to 6 inches) long, and about three millimeters (-J inch) thick 
rhizomes, with thin rootlets about five to eight centimeters (2 or 3 
inches) long. The joints are about twelve millimeters (£ inch) or more 
apart. Externally, dark purplish-brown ; internally, whitish. The bark 
is one-sixth the thickness of the rhizome, and the pith large. The odor is 
agreeable, aromatic ; the taste pungent, bitter. 

Constituents. — Contains volatile oil and a pungent resin, both aro- 
matic. 

Medicinal Uses. — A spicy stimulant and carminative, used in 
flatulent colic and painful bowel affections. 

Dose. — Five to ten grams (1 to 2£ drachms), best administered in 
the form of fluid extract. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



193 



ASARI EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Asarum. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17J- avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2J 
fluidrachms). 

ASARI SYRUPUS COMPOSITLTS. 

Compound Syrup of Asarum. 

Mix three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluid- 
ounces) alcohol with three hundred cubic centi- 
meters (10 fluidounces) water, and macerate seventy- 
five grams (2 ounces 350 grains) asarum in coarse 
powder with the mixture for twenty-four hours. 
Then strain, transfer the drug to a cylindrical perco- 
lator, and percolate the colature through it, return- 
ing the percolate until it passes clear. Continue 
the percolation with water until five hundred cubic 
centimeters (17 fluidounces) percolate has been re- 
ceived. To this add five grams (75 grains) cochineal, 
powdered, ten grams (150 grains) carbonate of 
potassium, forty cubic centimeters (1-J fluidounce) 
wine of ipecac, and seven hundred and fifty grams 
(26 ounces 200 grains) sugar. Shake the mixture 
occasionally until the sugar is dissolved. Then 
strain. Add, finally, enough simple syrup to make 
the whole measure one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) 
Much used in some sections of this country in cough mixtures. 

Dose. — Five cubic centimeters (teaspoonful). 

Asclepias ; TJ. S. 

ASCLEPIAS. 

Asclepiadis Tuberosce Bhizoma — Pleurisy Boot, Butterfly-weed. 

Origin. — Asclepias tuberosa, Linne (Asclepiadacece). 
Habitat. — United States, along the Atlantic coast. 
13 




Figs. 78, 79.— Asarum. 
Whole and transverse 
section, natural size, 
rather thick specimens. 



194 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Part used. — The root. 

D e s c r i pt i o n. — See the 

Pharmacopoeia, page 49. 

In the Pharmacopoeia of 1870 
there were three roots derived 
from different species of ascle- 
pias. It is unfortunate that now 
when only one is official, it should 
be called simply " Asclepias," 
without distinction in name from 
the other two drugs which are 
still used. 

The "Asclepias" of the 
present Pharmacopoeia is known 
to the trade under the name of 
"Pleurisy Root." The drug 
should be sound and white, or 
yellowish -white (never gray) 
within. 

C n St it U e ntS . — T w o res- 
ins, fixed oil, volatile oil, et<#. 
The so-called asclepidin is an 
impure resin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Pleurisy 
root is said to be diaphoretic, 
expectorant, and carminative, 
and in large doses emetic and 
purgative. It has been given in 
rheumatism, bronchitis, flatulent 
colic, pneumonia, and pleurisy. 

Dose. — Two to ten grams 
(30 to 150 grains), best given as 
Fig. 80. — Asclepias tuberosa, natural size. lluid extract. 

ASCLEPIADIS TUBEROSE EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Asclepias Tuberosa. 
To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. GO powder. 
As a menstruum use alcohol. 
Dose. — Two to ten cubic centimeters (J to 2 J fluidrachms). 




UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



195 



Asclepias Cornuti. 

Asclepias Cornuti. 
Asclepiadis Cornuti Rhizoma — Milkweed, Silkweed, Wild Cotton. 

Origin. — Asclepias cornuti, Decaisne (Asclepiadaceaz) . 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used. — Rhizome. 

Description. — Cylindrical pieces, of from ten to twenty centi- 
meters (4 to 8 inches) length, and six to twelve millimeters (J to \ inch) 
thickness ; wrinkled, grayish-brown, somewhat tough ; breaks with an 
abrupt, white fracture ; thick bark with laticiferous ducts ; yellowish, 
porous wood ; odor, none ; taste, bitter, disagreeable, somewhat acrid. 

Constituents. — A bitter principle, resin, caoutchouc, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of Asclepias tuberosa. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2.5 cubic centimeters (8 to 40 minims). 

ASCLEPIADIS CORNUTI EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Asclepias Cornuti. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equiva- 
lent — 17f avoirdupois ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 
powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2.50 cubic centimeters (8 to 40 
minims). 

Asclepias Incarnata. 

Asclepias Incarnata. 

Asclepiadis Incarnatce Radix — White Indian Hemp; 
Flesh-colored Asclepias ; Swamp Milkweed. 

Origin. — Asclepias incarnata, Linne (Asclepia- 
dacece). 

Habitat.— North America. 

Part used. — The rhizome and rootlets. 

Description. — The rhizome is about two centi- 
meters (| inch) in diameter, knotty, with a thin, 
yellowish-brown bark, and hard, white wood. The 
light brown rootlets are several inches long, and have a thick, white 
bark. Odor, none ; taste, sweetish bitter, acrid. 




Fig. 81.— Ascle- 
pias incarnata, with- 
out rootlets ; natural 
size. 



196 



A COMPANION TO THE 






Constituents. — Said to contain an alkaloid, not described, besides 
traces of volatile oil and two acrid resins. 







Fig. 82. — Asclepias incarnata ; natural size. 

Medicinal Uses. — Alterative, diuretic, and diaphoretic ; in large 
dose, emetic and cathartic. Said to be also anthelmintic. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2.5 grams (8 to 40 grains) ; . best given as fluid ex- 
tract. 

ASCLEPIADIS INCAKNAT^E EXTRACTUM FLUIDTJM. 

Fluid Extract of Asclepias Incarnata. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 IT. S. 
fluidounces),use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.60 to 2.50 cubic centimeters (10 to 40 minims). 



Asparagus. 

Asparagus. 

The young shoots of Asparagus officinalis, Linn6. Well known 
article of food. 

Constituents. — Contains asparagin, which is found in many plant 
juices, among others in althaea. It is obtained in large colorless crys- 
tals. 

Medicinal Uses. — Diuretic, in dropsies. 



UXITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



197 



ASPAKAGI SYRUPUS. 

Asparagus Syrup. 

Clarify the fresh juice of the asparagus shoots by heating it to 200° F. 
and then straining. In three hundred grams (10 ounces) of the filtered 
colature dissolve five hundred and seventy grams (19 ounces) of sugar. 

Dose. — Fifty to one hundred cubic centimeters (1-j- to 3 fluidounces). 

Aspidium; U. S. 

ASPIDIUM. 

Aspidii Rhizoma — Filix Mas — Radix Filicis Maris — Wurmfarnwur- 
zel, Wdldfarnicurzel, Johanniswurzel, G. ; Rhizome defougere Male, 
F.; Helecho Macho, Sp.; Ormbunkerot, Sw. — Male Fern; Male 
Shield Fern. 
Origin . — Aspidium filix 

mas, Swartz ; and Aspidium 

marginale, Willdenow (Filices). 
Habitat. — North America; 

Northern Europe. 

Description. — See the 

Pharmacopoeia, page 50. Col- 
lected in x\ugust to October. 
The rhizome should be covered 
by the closely overlapping bases 
of the foot-stalks, so that the 
drug is about double the thick- 
ness of the rhizome itself. 
Externally it is covered with 
brown scales, from among which 
the root-fibres protrude. 

The rhizome, which is the 
innermost portion, should be 
over one-half inch in diameter, 
spongy, fleshy, easily cut, and 
distinctly pale green internal^. 

The powder is greenish 
when fresh, but soon changes 
to a brown color and loses its 
virtues. The taste is at first 
sweet, afterward astringent, bitter, repulsive ; and the odor is disagree- 
able, heavy, persistent. 

There is in the market pared rhizomes of male fern, having a 




Figs. 83-85. — Male Fern, a, whole; b, stipe 
unpeeled ; c, stipe peeled (all natural size). 




198 A COMPANION TO THE 

greenish color when not long kept, which are principally from Aspidium 

marginale, being smaller than the drug as obtained exclusively from 

Aspidium filix mas. 

A new supply must be obtained every year, and preserved in a tin 

can with close-fitting cover. 

The Pharmacopoeia clearly excludes the pared rhizomes. The inert 

coverings and brown portion must be removed only immediately before 

the drug is to be prepared for use. It keeps better while covered. 

Some specimens of the drug which we have seen consisted entirely 

of the stipes either "peeled" or " unpeeled." Such a drug is often 

brown and dry, and as it is not the rhizome 

at all, should be rejected. 

Constituents. — Aspidium (or male fern) 

contains nearly seven per cent, of filixolin — a 

green oil with at first mild, afterward acrid 

taste. The green color is due to chlorophyll. 

The drug also contains about four per cent. 

of resin, a small quantity of volatile oil, and a 

tannin soluble in diluted alcohol, which colors 

Fig. 86.— Male Fern. Trans- ferric salts olive green. The most important 
verse section ; natural size. . , ■• 

principle of the drug, however, seems to be 

filicic acid, which has been isolated from the ethereal extract in white 

crystals of faint odor and taste, insoluble in water, but soluble in boiling 

alcohol and in ether. The volatile oil possibly aids the filicic acid in the 

medicinal action. 

Medicinal Uses. — Male fern is a valuable tsenicide. The bowels 

should be emptied by a slight laxative, and a light diet only be taken 

for a day, and then from ten to thirty drops of oleoresin of male fern 

mixed with four to six grams (60 to 90 grains) of freshly powdered 

male fern may be given in the morning, fasting ; or, preferably, from 

five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms) of the fluid extract 

may be given instead. These quantities may be given in one dose or 

in divided doses, and should be followed in a few hours by a purgative. 

(See also note under title " Granatum.") 

ASPIDII EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Aspidium. 
To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fhiidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. GO powder. 
As a menstruum use alcohol. 
Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



199 



ASPIDII OLEOKESINA ; U. S. 

Oleoeesln- of Aspidium. 

Filicis Oleoresina — Oleum Filicis Maris — Oil of Male Fern. 

Pack two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) aspidium, in No. CO 
powder, firmly into a cylindrical glass percolator (furnished with a cover 
and receptacle for operations with volatile liquids), and gradually pour 
upon it a sufficient quantity of stronger ether, percolating until three 
hundred grams (10 ounces 255 grains) percolate has been obtained. The 
percolation must be slow. The greater portion of the ether is recovered 
by distillation on a water-bath, and the remainder is then put into an 
evaporating dish and allowed 
to evaporate spontaneously 
until all the ether has disap- 
peared. 

Preservation. — Must be 
kept in a well-corked bottle. 
After a time the preparation 
usually separates into two 
layers — one a clear, dark 
green liquid, and the other a 
light green, granular crystal- 
line sediment. It must be 
shaken, so as to be thoroughly 
mixed before dispensing. 

(See Aspidium for uses 
and dose.) 

Aspidosperma. 

AsPEDOSPEEMA. 

Aspidospermoz Cortex — Que- 
bracho Bark — Quebracho 
Blanco — True Quebracho 
Bark— White Quebracho. 

Origin. — Aspidosperma 
Quebracho, Schlechtenthal 
{Apocynaceai). 

Habitat.— Brazil. 

Part used.— The bark. 

Description. — Large pieces, more or less curved, about eighteen 
millimeters (f inch) thick, the rough, corky layer and the inner bark 
being about of equal thickness. The corky external bark is deeply fis- 




— True Quebracho (Blanco) Bark ; nat- 



200 



A COMPANION TO THE 



sured, both longitudinally and transversely, the longitudinal fissures 
being wide. In these fissures the bark is grayish from lichenous 
growths, while the elevations between them are rust-brown. Interiorly 
the corky layer is rust-brown with dark lines of true cork and minute, 
whitish spots of bast-cells, indicating that the corky layer is secondary 
suber. The inner bark is fawn-colored, and marked by fine longitudinal 

lines on the inner surface, which 
is otherwise nearly smooth. The 
fracture is fibrous, irregular. 
Odorless; corky layer tasteless; 
inner bark very bitter. 

Constituents. — Two alka- 
loids, aspidospermine and que- 
brachine, have been found in the 
drug ; also other alkaloids not 
yet described. 

Medicinal Uses. — Used to 
relieve dyspnoea from various 
causes, as from emphysema, 
phthisis, chronic bronchitis, asth- 
ma, etc. ; also as an antiperiodic 
and stomachic. 

Dose. — 0.5 to three grams 
(10 to 45 grains). 

Quebracho Colorado.— Dark 
quebracho, or false quebracho, is 
obtained from Loxopterygium 
Lorentzii, Grisebach ( Terebin- 
thacem). It is heavy, dark brown 
externally, and fissured ; light 
brown on the inner surface, 
which is marked by a great num- 
ber of prominent longitudinal 
It is about thirteen millimeters (J inch) thick. In the speci- 




FiGS. 88, 89.— False Quebracho Bark (Colo 
rado). Whole, natural size, and transverse sec 
tion enlarged. 



ridges 

mens we have seen there were tangled fibres all through the fissures of 
the corky layer, probably the rootlets of some climbers. Odorless ; 
taste slightly resinous, not bitter. Valueless. 

ASPIDOSPERMJE ABSTKACTUM. • 
Abstract of Asfidosperma. 
This preparation may be prepared in the same manner as the official 
abstracta. We prefer, however, tq make it from the fluid extract, one 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 201 

thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) yielding five hundred grams 
(17f avoirdupois ounces) of the finished abstract. (See article " Ab- 
stracta.") 

This preparation is especially adapted to be carried by the patient 
who is subject to attacks of dyspnoea, and who may in his travels be 
unable to obtain the remedy otherwise. It is an active and convenient 
preparation of the drug. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 1.5 gram (5 to 22 grains). 

ASPIDOSPERM^E EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Aspidospekma. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
three hundred grams (about 12|- fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3-g- fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — One to three cubic centimeters (15 to 45 minims). 

ASPIDOSPERM^E TINCTURA. 
Tincture op Aspidosperma. 

This tincture is superfluous, as the fluid extract is much superior. 
It is used, however, and hence we give a formula for it. It is most con- 
veniently prepared by mixing thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) 
fluid extract of quebracho bark with one hundred and twenty cubic 
centimeters (4 fluidounces) alcohol. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

Aspidospermina. 

Aspidospermine. 

One of the alkaloids of quebracho bark. It may be found in the 
trade in the form of a light brown amorphous powder of a very bitter 
taste. The pure alkaloid is soluble in fifty parts absolute alcohol. 

Atropina; IT. S. 

Atropine. 
Atropia. 
An alkaloid from belladonna. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 50. 
A solution of atropine or any of its s.:Us strongly dilates the pupil 



202 A COMPANION TO THE 

when applied to the eye ; but the same effect is produced by daturine, 
duboisine, hyoscyamine, which are isomeric with atropine. 

Must be kept in a well-corked bottle and in a dry place. In damp 
air it loses its crystalline form, bakes together, becomes discolored, and 
acquires a tobacco-like odor. 

Medicinal Uses. — Atropine may be used whenever belladonna is 
indicated. It is to be preferred for subcutaneous injection. 

Oculists use it for the purpose of dilating the pupils to facilitate ex- 
amination of the eye, to decrease intraocular arterial pressure, and to 
give relief in photophobia , etc. 

Dose.— 0.0005 to 0.001 gram ( T y to ^_. gra in). 

ATEOPIN^E OLEATUM. 

Oleate op Atropine. 

Two grams (30 grains) atropine is thoroughly triturated with ninety- 
eight grams (or 1,470 grains) oleic acid, and the mixture is gently 
warmed and occasionally stirred until the alkaloid is entirely dissolved. 

ATROPINE UNGUENTUM. 
Atropine Ointment. 

Dissolve two grams (30 grains) atropine in six grams (90 grains) 
chloroform, and incorporate the solution with ninety-eight grams (1,470 
grains) petroleum ointment. Put the mixture into a porcelain capsule 
and gently warm it, constantly stirring, until the chloroform has evap- 
orated. 

Atropinse Sulphas ; 17. S. 

Atropine Sulphate. 
Atropias Sulphas, Phar. 1870. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 51. 

One drop of a solution of -^ grain of this salt in one hundred grains 
distilled water should distinctly dilate the pupil when applied to the 
eye. 

The sulphate of atropine contains eighty-five and one-half per cent, 
atropine. 

A solution of one gram (15 grains) atropine sulphate in one hun- 
dred grams (1,500 grains) distilled water is official in the British Phar- 
macopoeia under the title of " Liquor Atropise Sulphatis." 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 



203 



Aurantii Amari Cortex; U. S. 

Bitter Orange Peel. 

Pomeranzenschale, G. ; Ecorces d * oranges ameres, llcorce d 
F. ; Ndranjo Agrio, Sp. ; Pomeransskal, Sw. 

Origin. — Citrus vulgaris, Risso (Aurantiacece). 

Habitat. — Cultivated in Southern Europe. 

Part used. — The rind of the fruit. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 51. Either in spiral 
bands (or "ribbons") or in quarters ; dark brownish-green externally, 
and covered internally by 
a thin spongy white layer. 
The best bitter orange 
peel is that obtained from 
the rather small fruit of 
a variety of orange grown 
on the Island of Curacao, 
in the West Indies. It 
is called Curacao orange 
peel, and has externally a 
dirty green color. Next 
in quality is the peel from 
an orange grown in South- 
ern France, which is said 
to be green when ripe. 
Much of the so-called 
Curacao orange peel sold 
in the market is probably 
not from either of these 
sources, but from unripe though full-grown oranges grown in Southern 
Europe. 

Besides the green bitter orange peel, there is also a reddish-brown 
variety, not as fragrant nor as bitter as the green. 

Constituents. — The dry drug contains about one per cent, of vola- 
tile oil (about %\ per cent, is said to be obtained from the fresh orange 
peel). It also contains a bitter neutral substance called hesperidin, 
which has been isolated in a crystalline form. 

Medicinal Uses. — Stimulant, carminative, and stomachic. 

Dose.— Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains). 




Fig. 90.— Curafoa Orange Peel, in ribbons ; natural size. 



204 



A COMPANION TO THE 




Figs. 91-93. — Bitter Orange Peel, in quarters, 
inner and outer surface and transverse section; cal percolator, 
all natural size. . A/r 

menstruum. Macerate 



AUKAISTTII AMAKI EXTRACTITM FLUIDUM ; U. S. 

Fluid Extract of Bitter Orange Peel. 
To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in 
No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol 
and water mixed in the propor- 
tion of two hundred grams 
(about 8J fluidounces) alcohol 
to every one hundred grams 
(about 3^ fluidounces) of water. 
Moisten the drug with one 
hundred and seventy-five grams 
(about 7§ fluidounces) of the 
menstruum. 

Pack it moderately in a coni- 
Saturate with 
forty- 
eight hours. Then percolate. Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters 
(13-J fluidounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until 
the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to 
make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

AURANTII AMARI INFUSUM. 
Infusion of Bitter Orange Peel. 
From thirty grams (about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). About the 
same strength as the preparation of the British Pharmacopoeia. 

Dose. — Twenty-five to seventy-five cubic centimeters (6 to 18 
fluidrachms). 

AURANTII AMARI TINCTURA ; U. S. 

Tincture of Bitter Orange Peel. 

" Tinctura AurantW' of the old Pharmacopoeia (1870). 

Moisten two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) bitter orange peel, 

in No. 30 powder, with an equal weight of diluted alcohol. Macerate 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



205 



twenty-four hours. Pack it moderately in a conical percolator and per- 
colate with diluted alcohol until one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 
grains) of tincture has been collected. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2J fluidrachms). 

Aurantii [Amari] Corticis Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil of Bitter Orange Peel. 

The " Oil of Orange Peel " of the new Pharmacopoeia (1880) may be 
the volatile oil of either the bitter orange peel or the sweet orange peel. 
This we believe to be unwise, for there is a material difference between 
the two volatile oils. 

The volatile oil of bitter orange peel is paler and has a less sweet 
fragrance than the volatile oil of sweet orange peel. Distinction is 
properly made between them in the trade. 

The volatile oil of sweet orange peel is much to be preferred for the 
purposes for which the Pharmacopoeia 
directs the use of " Oil of Orange Peel." 

Used only as a flavoring agent. 

Aurantii Dulcis Cortex; 
U. S. 

Sweet Orange Peel. 

Apfelsinenschalen, G.; J&corce d'oran- 
ges douces, F. ; JVaranjo dulce, Sp. ; 
Apelsins7ccd, Sw. 

O rigi n . — Citrus Aurantium, Risso 
(Aurantiacece). 

Habitat. — Cultivated in Southern 
Europe, and in Florida and the West 
Indies. 

Part used.— The rind of the fruit. 

Description.— See the Pharmaco- 
poeia, page 51. 

Constituents.— Resembling those 
of the bitter orange peel. The volatile 
oil of sweet orange peel is, however, a 
different one from that of the bitter orange peel, and the bitter hes- 
peridin is not found in as large a proportion in the sweet orange peel. 

Medicinal Uses. — It is a stimulant carminative, but is employed 
mostly as an excipient to improve or disguise the disagreeable taste of 
other medicines. 




Figs. # 94, 95.— Sweet Orange Peel, 
natural size ; section of peel, enlarged. 



206 A COMPANION TO THE 



AUKANTII CONFECTIO. 

Confection of Orange Peel. 

Remove the peel from a sufficient number of sweet oranges and grate 
it. Then beat it up with three times its weight of sugar until a uniform 
mixture results. 

AUEAKTII SYRUPUS ; U. S. 
Syrup of Orange. 

Macerate fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) sweet orange peel, freshly 
removed from the fruit, deprived of the inner white fleshy layer, and 
cut into small pieces, with fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) alcohol for 
seven days. Then press out the liquid. Triturate this with ten grams 
(154 grains) precipitated phosphate of calcium and three hundred cubic 
centimeters (10 fluidounces) water gradually added. Filter the mix- 
ture, and add enough water through the filter to make the final product 
weigh four hundred grams (14 ounces 48 grains). Dissolve in it six 
hundred grams (21 ounces 70 grains) sugar without the aid of heat. 
Strain. 

Must be kept in a cool place. 

AUKANTII DULCIS TINCTtTRA; U. S. 
Tincture of Sweet Orange Peel. 

Grate two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) fresh sweet orange 
peel deprived of the inner white fleshy layer ; macerate it twenty-four 
hours with four times its weight of alcohol ; then pack it into a conical 
percolator, moderately, and percolate one thousand grams (35 ounces 
120 grains) tincture. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2£ fluidrachms), or as a 
flavoring agent. 

Aurantii [Dulcis] Corticis Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil of [Sweet] Orange Peel. 

See remarks under the head of "Aurantii [Amari] Corticis Oleum." 

Oil of orange peel does not keep well. When purchased fresh it 

must be immediately mixed with about one-twentieth of its weight of 

alcohol in order to keep from becoming terebinthaceous, unclear, and 

unfit for use. 

Used only for flavoring. 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 207 

AURANTII ELIXIR ; IT. S. 

Elixir of Orange. 

Simple Elixir / Aromatic Elixir. 

Take seven grams (about \ ounce) absorbent cotton, or other clean 
carded cotton, and pour upon it, a little at a time, 3.50 grams (-J- ounce) 
oil of sweet orange peel, picking the cotton apart after each addition 
so as to thoroughly distribute the oil through it. Put a plug of dry 
cotton in the neck of a cylindrical percolator, and over that a layer of 
wetted cotton. Then introduce upon this the cotton impregnated with 
the volatile oil as directed and pack tightly. To prevent the cotton 
from rising to the surface of the liquid, which sometimes happens dur- 
ing the subsequent percolation, it is well to put a perforated diaphragm 
(or two pieces of earthenware, glass, or metal, laid over each other in. 
the form of a cross) on top of the packed cotton. Mix two hundred 
grams (or seven fluidounces) alcohol with six hundred grams (20 fluid- 
ounces) water, and gradually pour this mixture on the cotton in the 
percolator. When the liquid has passed through, pour on enough water 
and alcohol mixed in the same proportions as before, and continue 
the percolation until the total quantity of percolate, received weighs 
seven hundred grams (25 ounces). In this dissolve three hundred and 
fifty grams (12J ounces) sugar without the aid of heat, strain, and filter. 
This is a very agreeable and satisfactory " simple elixir." 
Used as a vehicle for the more agreeable administration of certain 
unpleasantly tasting remedies. 

AUKANTII SPIKITUS ; U. S. 

Spirit of Orange. 

Mix six grams (92|- grains) volatile oil of sweet orange and ninety- 
four grams (3 ounces 138 grains) alcohol. 

Aurantii Floras ; IT. S. 

Orange Flowers. 

Orangenblilthen, Pomeranzenbluthen, G.; Fleurs d 'orange, F.; La Flor 
de JVaranjo, Sp. ; Pomeransblommor, Sw. 

Origin. — Citrus vulgaris and Citrus Aurantium, Risso. 
Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 51. 
The Pharmacopoeia permits the use of orange flowers salted clown in 
crocks, tightly covered, and kept in a cool place. 



208 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Must have a powerful fragrance. 
Dried orange flowers are worthless. 

Constituents. — The only valuable one is the volatile oil (called oil 
of neroli). 

Orange flowers are taken up in the Pharmacopoeia because orange 
flower water may be made from them. It would have been better to 




Figs. 96-99. — Orange Flower, a, unopened, natural size ; &. expanded, natural size ; <?, 
showing stamens, enlarged ; d, pistil and disk, enlarged. 

make the imported French orange flower water official, for that is the 
kind generally used and it is better than any made from salted flowers. 



AUKANTII FLOEUM AQUA ; IT. S. 
Orange Flower Water. 

Made by distillation, the product being ten pounds from four pounds 
of the recent orange flowers. 

Orange flower water must be kept in well-stopped bottles in a dark 
cool place. Sometimes it becomes mucilaginous and is then unfit for 
use. 

So-called Triple Orange Flower "Water is imported from France 
which is of excellent quality, and as fresh orange flowers can rarely be 
had, the practical way is to use the imported water. Six pounds of the 
" Triple Orange Flower Water," with four pounds distilled water, will 
make ten pounds of orange flower water corresponding to the pharma- 
copoeial strength. Of the " Quadruple Orange Flower Water," four 
pounds, with six pounds distilled water, will make te n pounds orange 
flower water. 

Orange flower water cannot be made from the oil of neroli (the vola- 
tile oil of orange flowers). 

Orange flower water makes a good flavoring agent for medicated 
syrups, etc. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. ' 209 

AURANTII FLORUM SYRUPUS. 

Orange Flower Water Syrup. 

Dissolve eight hundred and fifty grams (30 ounces) sugar in four 
hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (15^ fluidounces) orange flower 
water, without the aid of heat, after which strain or filter. 

Aurantii Florum Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil of Orange Flowers. 

Aurantii Florum JEther oleum — Oleum JVeroli. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 234. 
Oil of neroli is the most important of all the ingredients in good 
cologne water. 

Aurantii Folia. 

Orange Leaves. 

Origin. — Citrus vulgaris, Risso (Aurantiacem). 

Smooth, oval-oblong, undivided, leathery, transparently dotted, of 
good green color, fragrant odor, and aromatic taste. 

Uses. — As a flavoring ingredient in infusions, tinctures, etc. 

Aurantii Fructus Immaturi. 

Unripe Orange Fruit. 

Unreife Pomeranzen, G. ; Orangettes, Petits grains, F.; Pomerans- 
Jcnopp, Sw. ; Orange berries. 

Origin. — Citrus vulgaris, Risso (Aurantiacew). 

The drug consists of the unripe fruit gathered either from the trees 
or from the ground after falling. The unripe fruit in its dry state as 
met with in trade is round ; ver} r hard ; varying from three to fifteen 
millimeters (J- to -| inch) in diameter ; externally of a very dark green- 
ish-brown ; odor fragrant ; taste bitter aromatic. 

The " orange berries " vary from the size of small peas to the size 
of large cherries. Occasionally the drug is sorted, the different sizes 
being sold separately. Those of about twelve millimeters (£ inch) 
diameter are the best. 

Constituents.— Volatile oil (" oil of petits grains "). 

Uses. — Mainly for flavoring. Also, but rarely, as " issue peas." 
14 



210 A COMPANION TO THE 

Aurantii Succus. 

• Orange Juice. 

The juice of fresh sweet oranges. 

Pale yellowish, slightly turbid, agreeably sweetish, acidulous, and 
having a faint odor of orang-e. 
Used for making 

AURANTII SUCCI SYKUPUS. 
Syrup of Orange Juice. 

Heat four hundred cubic centimeters (13^ fluidounces) fresh orange 
juice to the boiling point ; add twenty grams (300 grains) fresh sweet 
orange peel. Let the whole stand well covered until cold. Then filter 
the liquid and dissolve in it, without the aid of heat, six hundred grams 
(21 ounces) sugar. Strain. 

A very agreeable flavoring syrup. 

Auri et Sodii Chloridum ; U. S. 

Chloride of Gold and Sodium. 
Aurico- Sodicum Chloridum, 

See the Pharmacopoeia, page 52. 

A mixture of equal parts of chloride of gold and chloride of sodium. 

A yellow, crystalline, deliquescent powder. 

Medicinal Uses. — Has been employed in some of the neuroses, in 
melancholia and hypochondria ; also in syphilis, seminal weakness, 
chronic Brighfs disease from granular and fibroid kidney, etc. It is 
seldom used at present. 

Dose. — 0.002 to 0.006 gram ( ¥ V to -,% grain) three times daily in 

pill. 

A venae Crimna. 

Oatmeal. 
Oaten. Groats. 

Contains the same constituents as the other cereals but more fixed 
oil (about 4 per cent.). 

It is used for the same purposes and in the same manner as hor- 
deum (barley). Oatmeal gruel is given after cathartics, and is also 
used for enemas. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 211 

Azedarach ; U. S. 

AZEDAKACH. 

Azedarachtce Cortex — Zedrachrinde, G. ; iScorce d' Azedarach, jScorce 
de Margousier, F. — Pride of India ; Pride of China. 

Origin. — Melia Azedarach, Linne (3Ieliaceoe). 

Habitat. — China, India. Naturalized in Southern Europe and in 
the United States aftmg the Gulf of Mexico. 

Part used. — The bark of the root. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 52. 

The bark of roots of medium size and not too old should be pre- 
ierred, and the corky outer layer rejected. 

Constituents. — One or more bitter principles, resins, and volatile 
oil. 

Medicinal Uses. — As a vermifuge for lumbricoid worms, resem- 
bling spigelia in its effects. In overdoses it may produce narcotic 
poisoning. It has been administered in decoction made by boiling sixty 
grams (2 ounces) of the bruised bark in five hundred cubic centimeters 
(17 fluidounces) water until two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (8-j- 
fluidounces) remains. The dose of this decoction for a child is a table- 
spoonful every two or three hours until it affects the bowels. It should 
be followed by a cathartic. 

Balnea. 

Baths. 

Baths are used for local or general effects, and are cold, tepid, or 
hot, simple or medicated, according to the requirements of the case. 

When applied to the whole surface of the body they are simply 
called baths ; if applied to the hips, by sitting in them, sitz-baths or 
hip-baths ; if applied to the feet, foot-baths ; if applied with a sponge, 
sponge-baths.; if in a stream or rain from a perforated nozzle, douches, 
etc. 

The cold bath is one having a temperature of about 20° C (68° F.) 
or less, and is used to reduce the temperature of the body in various 
fevers, as in typhus, eruptive fevers, congestions and inflammations, 
coup de soleil, etc. 

It is also a powerful stimulant, and in narcotic poisoning is a remedy 
of much value. 

Before entering the bath cold water should be poured over the head 
and shoulders to prevent congestion of the brain, and after leaving it 
the patient's skin should be rubbed with towels until reaction occurs. 

If the patient cannot enter the bath, the effects of the cold water 



212 A COMPANION TO THE 

may be obtained by wrapping him in cloths dipped in cold water, which 
must be frequently renewed, or by pouring or sprinkling the water over 
the exposed body from a douche, hose, or sprinkling can. 

The cold bath may be partial, as when cold water or ice is applied to 
the head in some brain troubles, to the chest in pneumonia or pleuritis, 
to the abdomen in peritonitis, etc. 

For the purpose of reducing the temperature by dry cold the patient 
may be placed dry upon a rubber mattress filled wifh cold water. 

The luke-warm or tepid bath may vary in temperature from about 
20° C. (68° F.) to 35° C. (95° P.). This bath is used mainly for cleans- 
ing purposes. If a patient is immersed in a bath only a few degrees 
below the temperature of the body the water will abstract heat, and the 
tepid bath is therefore a valuable means of reducing temperature, al- 
though it does so more slowly than the cold bath. 

The ic arm or hot bath varies in temperature from 35° C. (95° F.) 
to 41° C. (106° F.). It is relaxing and soothing in its effects, and is 
much used for the purpose of allaying convulsions, etc., especially in 
children. By relaxing the skin it promotes sweating and the pores 
become cleansed. As a diaphoretic it may be applied by wrapping the 
patient in a sheet wrung out of water, which need not be warm, and then 
covering him up. The heat of the body soon raises the temperature of 
the water in the sheet and it becomes a warm pack. 

The warm bath is useful as a stimulant in shock, collapse, great ex- 
haustion, convulsions, sleeplessness, etc. For the latter purpose it 
often suffices to sponge the spine with as hot water as the patient can 
bear, just before going to bed. 

When a patient enters a hot bath congestion of the brain may take 
place, to prevent which cold affusions to the head may be used, or the 
patient maybe placed into water of about 35° C. (95° F.) and hot water 
gradually added until the temperature is raised to the desired degree. 
Care must be taken not to scald the patient when adding the hot water. 

Medicated baths consist of water in which some medicinal substance 
is held in solution. The most commonly employed bath of this kind is 
the mustard-bath for counter-irritation. Other baths are used in skin 
diseases, syphilis, etc. 

The Roman bath consists in the exposure of the body to dry warm 
air, which stimulates perspiration, relaxes the tissues, and opens the 
pores of the skin ; this is followed by a plunge into cold water and then 
friction with towels in a moderately warm room. Often useful in 
chronic rheumatism, skin diseases, etc. In the latter cases the body 
may be anointed during the frictions with appropriate ointments, which 
will find easier entrance into the pores of the skin. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 213 

The Turkish bath as employed in Turkey consists of a room the 
temperature of which is about 40° C. (104° F.) in which the bather lies 
on a slab and is shampooed with soap, water and towels and the gloves 
of the attendant until clean, after which he is wrapped in cloths and 
taken to a room of a temperature of about 35° 0. (95° F.), where he re- 
clines until he is cooled. 

The Turkish bath, as generally used in this country, differs from 
the genuine in regard to the temperature, which is here much higher, 
often being raised to 66° C. (150° F.) or more, while the gentle sham- 
pooing of the orientals is replaced by a coarse and rough massage and 
kneading by the occidentals. This massage of course may be indicated, 
especially in cases of rheumatic joint-disease. 

The Russian bath is a hot vapor-bath. The temperature of the 
vapor varies from 40° C. (104° F.) to 66° C. (150° F.j. Shampooing, 
friction, etc., are added. To prevent injury from inhaling the hot vapor, 
the bather breathes through a sponge dipped in cold water which is held 
over his mouth and nostrils. A cold plunge follows the hot vapor-bath, 
after which the bather immediately returns to a hot room and dresses. 

The sun-bath is a valuable hygienic measure unfortunately too sel- 
dom employed. It consists in exposing the naked body to the rays of 
sunlight entering through a window into a warm room without air- 
drafts. As we live now, all of our body, except the head and hands, 
is in continual darkness, which is not conducive to good health. The 
sun-bath will be found of great value in debilitated conditions, incipient 
consumption, nervousness, etc. This bath was very popular among the 
ancient Romans. A few years ago it was introduced into this country 
in the form of the blue-glass mania. Alternate sheets of blue and white 
glass were set into the window, checker-board style. 

The blue glass was useless charlatanry, and people allowed them- 
selves to be ridiculed out of the use of this form of sun-bath. Unfor- 
tunately, however, they poured out the baby with the bath and ceased 
to expose their bodies to the plain, simple health-giving rays of the sun 
when they ordered the blue glass to be taken out of their windows. 

Baptisia. 

Baptisia. 

Baptisim Radix — Wild Indigo. 

Origin. — Baptisia tinctoria, Robert Brown (Zeguminosw). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used. — The root. 

Description. — Short, knotty, branched, the head five to eight cen- 



214 A COMPANION TO THE 

timeters (2 to 3 inches) and the branches about twelve millimeters (J 
inch) thick. Bark grayish-brown externally and whitish in the inte- 
rior. Wood tough. Inodorous. Taste of bark bitter and acrid. 

Constituents. — Contains an alkaloid and resin, neither of which 
has been fully examined. 

" Baptisin " is an impure resin, probably containing some of the 
alkaloid. It has been made by precipitating an alcoholic extract with 
water. 

Medicinal Uses. — A stimulant, purgative, and emetic ; also re- 
puted to be antiseptic. 

Used in poultices and fomentations as an application to foul and 
chronic ulcers. 

Dose. — About one gram (15 grains) several times a day. 

BAPTISIJS EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Baptisia. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.25 to 1.50 cubic centimeter (4 to 20 minims). 

Barium. 

Barium. 

One of the alkaline earth metals. Its salts are mostly white and 
many of them insoluble in water. Barium sulphate is quite insoluble, 
even in dilute acids. The carbonate is also insoluble, while the chloride 
and nitrate are readily soluble, in water. 

Barii Carbonas. 

Barium Carbonate. 
Baricus Carbonas. 

A white powder insoluble in water but soluble without residue in 
dilute hydrochloric acid, and this solution gives a heavy white precipi- 
tate with sulphuric acid. . 

Employed in making other barium salts. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 215 

Barii Chloridum. 

Barium Chloride. 
Barieum Chloridum. 

Colorless crystals, not affected by exposure to the air, and readily 
soluble in water. The aqueous solution gives a heavy white precipitate 
with sulphuric acid. Inodorous. Taste bitter, salty, astringent. 

Its solution is used as a reagent for sulphuric acid and sulphates. 

Barii Nitras. 

Barium Nitrate. 

Baricus Nitras. 

White crystals readily soluble in water. Inodorous, taste bitter. 
Used as the barium chloride. 

Beberinse Sulphas. 

Sulphate of Beberine. 

Beberine is an alkaloid obtained from nectandra or bebeeru bark. 
The sulphate of beberine is used in medicine. It is in thin dark brown 
transparent scales ; inodorous, but having a very bitter taste. Soluble 
in water and in alcohol. 

Must not be confounded with berberine sulphate. 

Medicinal Uses. — A bitter tonic. Also said to be antiperiodic. 

Dose. — As a tonic, 0.05 to 0.15 gram (1 to 3 grains) ; as an anti- 
periodic, 0.30 to 0.60 gram (5 to 10 grains). 

Bela. 

Bael Fruit. 
elm Fructus — Bengal Quince. 

Origin. — JEgrle marmelos, De Candolle {Aurantiaceoe). 

Habitat. — East Indies. 

Part used.— The unripe fruit. 

Description. — Orange shaped, five to ten centimeters (2 to 4 
inches) in diameter, but as found in the trade it is broken. The rind is 
externally brownish-gray, smooth, hard, two to three millimeters (^ to 
\ inch) thick. The pulp, which adheres to the rind, is reddish-brown, 
internally whitish, mucilaginous, acidulous, and encloses oblong, flat, 



216 



A COMPANION TO THE 



hairy seeds. The drug is inodorous. The taste of the rind is slightly 
astringent. 

Constituents. — Contains a small amount of tannin, besides muci- 
lage, sugar, a bitter substance, and a minute quantity of volatile oil. 




Figs. 100, 101. — Bael Fruit, natural size, inner and outer surface. 

Medicinal Uses. — Astringent, aromatic, and demulcent ; much 
used in India in bowel complaints, diarrhoeas, and dysentery. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains), preferably given in the 
form of strong infusion. 

Belladonnse Folia ; U. S. 

Belladonna Leaves. 

Tollkirschenblatter, Wolfskirschenblatter, Tollkraut, G. ; Feuilles de Bel- 
ladonne, F. ; La Hoja de Belladonna, Sp. ; Belladonnablad, Sw. 

Origin. — Atropa Belladonna, Linn6 (Solanacem). 
Habitat. — Cultivated in Europe and America. 
Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 53. 
In drying, the leaves become very much wrinkled and acquire a 
brownish hue on their upper surface. 

The lateral veins of the larger leaves form a large angle with the 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



217 



midrib, and the upper surface of the parenchyma shows under the mi- 
croscope numerous whitish dots on the brown background. 

The odor, if any, is somewhat narcotic. The taste is disagreeable, 
bitter. 

Must consist of tolerably whole and well-preserved leaves. 

Constituents (of leaves and roots). — Two alkaloids, one called 
atropine, of which the root contains more than the leaves but not over 
one-fourth per cent., and the other called belladonnine, of which little 




Figs. 103-104. — Belladonna Leaves, Flower, and Fruit, all natural size. 

is known. It is amorphous, and dilates the pupil of the eye as atropine 
does. Recent investigations would seem to show that the seeds and 
fruit contain more atropine than any other part of the plant, at least 
in the fresh state. 

Medicinal Uses. — Belladonna is an excito-motor, increasing the 
power of the heart's action, and rendering this remedy useful in opium 
or chloroform poisoning or in collapse with threatening paralysis of the 
heart from any cause. 

This remedy checks the secretions from the salivary, mammary, and 
sudoriferous glands ; the fauces become dry, perspiration is suppressed, 
and the flow of milk decreased or entirely checked. It is used to check 
nigli\- sweats, excessive sweating, and other anomalous conditions of per- 
spiration ; also to suppress the flow of milk and to prevent abscesses 



218 A COMPANION TO THE 



of the breasts. For these purposes it is used both internally and ex- 
ternally. 

Belladonna increases the peristaltic action of the intestines, and is a 
valuable ingredient of prescriptions for the relief of chronic constipation. 

It is used as an anodyne and antispasmodic in asthma, whooping- 
cough, etc. ; also in neuralgia, dysmenorrhea, ovarian or uterine colic, 
etc. 

It has proved of great use in typhoid conditions of various fevers, 
and often induces sleep in the insomnia accompanying these conditions. 

Incontinence of %irine, especially of children, is generally promptly 
relieved by this drug unless it is due to excessive acidity of the urine, 
when that condition calls for additional treatment. 

Belladonna dilates the pupil of the eye. (See " Atropina.") 

Externally belladonna is often applied to painful swellings, rheu- 
matic joints or muscles, etc.; also, as indicated above, to correct anoma- 
lous perspiration, check secretion of milk, subdue inflammation of the 
mammary glands, etc. It may be applied in the form of ointment, 
plaster, or poultice. 

Dose. — Of belladonna leaves in powder, 0.06 to 0.66 gram (1 to 10 
grains) ; of the root in powder, 0.06 to 0.33 gram (1 to 5 grains). 

Poisonous Effects. — In toxic doses the stimulation of the heart 
is followed by subsequent relaxation and depression which may pro- 
duce death. Cerebral and visual disturbances, headache, vertigo, blind- 
ness, delirium, illusions, and hallucinations may occur. Incoordination 
and weakness of the muscles, progressing to a condition of complete 
motor paralysis, stupor, and perhaps convulsions, precede death. 

After a poisonous dose has been taken the stomach should be 
promptly evacuated, and opium or physostigma given to counteract the 
action of the poison on the nervous system. 

BELLADONNA CIGARETTES FOR ASTHMA {Trousseau). 

Belladonna leaves, 0.33 gram (5 grains) ; hyoscyamus leaves, stra- 
monium leaves, each 0.2 gram (3 grains) ; extract of opium, 0.012 
gram (^ grain) ; cherry laurel water, q. s. 

The leaves are moistened with a solution of the opium in the cherry 
laurel water and when dry made into a cigarette. Two to four such 
cigarettes may be smoked daily. 

BELLADONNA CATAPLASMA. 

Belladonna Poultice. 
Mix thirty grams (1 ounce) coarsely powdered belladonna leaf«with 
ninety grams (3 ounces) flaxseed meal, and stir the mixture gradu- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 219 

ally into three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) boiling 
water. 

A better result may be obtained by adding thirty cubic centimeters 
(1 fluidounce) fluid extract of belladonna leaf to three hundred grams 
(10 ounces) hot linseed poultice. 

Used as a soothing application over the lower abdomen in painful 
affections of the pelvic organs, as in irritation of the bladder, uterine 
colic, dysmenorrhea, etc. Its effect is often prompt and grateful. 

BELLADONNA EXTRACTUM; Phar. 1870. 
Extract of Belladonna. 

Bruise five hundred grams (17§ avoirdupois ounces) of fresh bella- 
donna leaves in a stone mortar, sprinkling a little water on the drug, and 
then express the juice, heat it to the boiling point, strain, and evaporate 
to the consistence of pill mass. 

Brown. Yield about three and one-half per cent. 

Ought to be called " Extract of Fresh Belladonna Leaves" 

Dose.— 0.015 to 0.03 gram (J to } grain). 

BELLADONNA EXTRACTUM [FOLIORUM] ALCOHOLI- 

CUM ; U. S. 

Alcoholic Extract of Belladonna [Leaves]. 

From five hundred grams (or 17f avoirdupois ounces) of the drug in 
No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use first a mixture of one thousand grams (about 
41f fluidounces) of alcohol mixed with five hundred grams (about 17 
fluidounces) of water. Moisten the powder with two hundred grams 
(about 8 fluidounces) of the mixture. Pack tightly in a cylindrical 
percolator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate twenty-four hours. 
Then percolate. Reserve four hundred and fifty grams (about 16 J- 
fluidounces) of first percolate. Continue until the drug is exhausted, or 
until one thousand and fifty grams (about 42 fluidounces) of second per- 
colate has been collected, using diluted alcohol as a second menstruum 
after the first mixture of alcohol and water has been all used. Evapo- 
rate the second percolate to fifty grams (If ounce) and mix that with 
the first percolate. Then evaporate the mixture to a pilular consistence. 
To the solid extract obtained add one-twentieth of its weight of gly- 
cerin. 

Practically the same product is received by evaporating fluid extract 



220 A COMPANION TO THE 

of belladonna leaves to a solid extract and then incorporating five per 
cent, of glycerin. 

Greenish brown. Yield about twenty-two per cent. 

Dose. — 0.01 to 0.03 gram (-J- to -J grain). 

BELLADONNA FOLIOKUM EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Belladonna Leaves. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent^ — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (about 8^- fluidounces) alcohol to every one hundred 
grams (about 3^ fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — 0.2 to 0.3 cubic centimeter (3 to 5 minims). 

BELLADONNA OLEUM INFUSUM. 
Infused Oil of Belladonna. 

Beat five hundred grams (17f ounces) fresh belladonna leaves with a 
small quantity of olive oil into a poultice. Then add one thousand grams 
(34 fluidounces) olive oil and heat the mixture over a water-bath until 
the moisture has evaporated, after which express the oil and filter it. 

Used for external application. 

BELLADONNA SUCCUS. 
Belladonna Juice. 

Bruise a convenient quantity of fresh leaves and young branches of 
belladonna in a stone mortar. Press out the juice, and add to it one- 
third of its measure of alcohol. Set the mixture aside for seven days, 
and then filter. 

Must be kept in a cool place. 

Dose. — 0.25 to 1 gram (4 to 15 grains). 

BELLADONNA SUPPOSITOKIA. 
Belladonna Suppositories. 

Mix intimately forty centigrams (about 6 grains) alcoholic extract 
of belladonna and twenty grams (about 309 grains) cacao butter, the 
extract being first triturated with a drop or two of water to form a 
smooth soft paste. Make twelve suppositories. 

Introduced into the rectum in cases of painful affections oi the pel- 
vic onrans. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



221 



BELLADONNA [FOLIOKUM] TINCTURA ; U. S. 
Tincture of Belladonna [Leaves]. 

Moisten one hundred and fifty grams (5 ounces 127 grains) bella- 
donna leaves, in No. 60 powder, with two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 
grains) diluted alcohol ; macerate for twenty-four hours ; pack it tightly 
in a cylindrical percolator and percolate with a sufficient quantity of 
diluted alcohol to obtain one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains) 
tincture. 

Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims). 

BELLADONNA UNGUENTUM; U. S. 
Belladonna Ointment. 

Triturate ten grams (154 grains) alcoholic extract of belladonna with 
six grams (92|- grains) diluted alcohol until a uniform soft paste is ob- 
tained, and mix this thoroughly with eighty-four grams (2 ounces 420 
grains) benzoinated lard, gradually added. 

Applied externally to relieve pain. Also applied to check excessive 
sweating, or to the breasts, to check the secretion of milk or avert in- 
flammation of the mammary gland. 

Belladonnas Radix ; U. S. 

Belladonna Root. 



Tollkirschenwurzel, Wolf shirs chen- 
wurzel, G. ; Hacine de Belladonne, 
F. ; La Raiz de Belladonna, Sp. ; 
Belladonnarot, Sw. 

Origin. — Atropa Bellado?ina, 
Linne {Solanaceoe). 

Description. — See the Pharma- 
copoeia, page 53. 

The root from young flowering 
plants is the best. Old roots are known 
by their large wood. Must be per- 
fectly sound. It is not infrequently decayed, worm-eaten, discolored, 
or mouldy. Belladonna root contains a large amount of starch. 

Constituents.— See under title "Belladonna Folia." 




Fig. 105.— Belladorina Root, from a 
young plant ; transverse section, enlarged. 



222 



A COMPANION TO THE 



BELLADONNA ABSTKACTUM ; U. S. 

Abstract of Belladonna. 

Two hundred (200) parts by weight of belladonna root, in No. 60 
powder, is moistened uniformly (by rubbing between the hands) with 

eighty (80) parts by weight of 
ninety-four per cent, alcohol. The 
moist powder is packed tightly in 
a tall cylindrical percolator. More 
alcohol is now added until the mass 
is saturated and the liquid begins 
to drop at the lower end of the per- 
colator, while a layer of the alcohol 
still covers the upper surface of the 
drug. The exit of the percolator is 
now closed and the top covered to 
prevent evaporation. The whole is 
allowed to stand forty-eight hours. 
Then the percolation is started, 
adding alcohol as required to keep 
the drug always covered. When 
one hundred and seventy (170) parts 
by weight of the percolate has been 
obtained, set that portion aside. 
Place another receiver under the 
percolator and continue the process 
until the drug is exhausted. Evapo- 
rate this second percolate down 
until it weighs thirty (30) parts. 
Mix this with the reserved portion. 
The mixed liquids (weighing to- 
gether two hundred (200) parts) are 
put in a tared evaporating dish with 
fifty (50) parts of powdered milk 
sugar, and set in a place where the 
temperature is between 40° and 50° 
C, or from 104° to 122° F., until 
the mixture is dry. Then enough 
powdered sugar of milk is added to 
make the total weight of the contents of the dish one hundred (100) 
parts. The whole is now triturated until a uniform and very fine pow- 
der is obtained. 




Fig. 106.— Belladonna Root, natural size 
(from an old plant). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 223 

The same product may be obtained by evaporating one thousand 
cubic centimeters of the fluid extract of belladonna root with the requi- 
site quantity of milk sugar, making five hundred grams finished product. 

[Two avoirdupois pounds of powdered belladonna root will yield one 
pound of abstract. This will require one-half pint alcohol for moisten- 
ing, and about half a pint more for saturating the drug preparatory to 
the forty-eight hours' maceration. The reserved portion will measure 
about two pints, and the second percolate, after evaporation to the 
prescribed point, will measure nearly six fluidounces.] Is more uniform 
than the extract and more easily dispensed. 

Dose. — 0.03 to 0.1 gram (^ to 2 grains). 

BELLADONNA EMPLASTRUM ; U. S. 
Belladonna Plaster. 

Evaporate five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces) of fluid 
extract of belladonna root to the consistence of thick, soft extract, and 
then incorporate with it thoroughly enough resin plaster, previously 
melted, to make the whole weigh five hundred grams (16f avoirdupois 
ounces). Almost identical with the Belladonna Plaster of 1870. 

It is dark brown — not green. When green it cannot be the official 
plaster, but has probably been made from the extract of the leaves. 

This is an excellent application to relieve neuralgic or rheumatic 
pains. It is one of the best local applications in intercostal neuralgia. 
Belladonna plaster should not be applied except to unbroken skin, as it 
is apt to produce the toxic effects of belladonna by the absorption of its 
active principle through a wound. 

BELLADONNA EADICIS EXTKACTUM. 
Extract of Belladonna Root. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. 

Dose. — 0.008 to 0.015 gram (^ to \ grain), two to three times daily. 

BELLADONNA [RADICIS] EXTKACTUM FLUID UM; U.S. 

Fluid Extract of Belladonna [Root]. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 



224 A COMPANION TO THE 



As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and seventy-five grams (about 
7-J- fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical per- 
colator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14J fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second yyercolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

For suggestions as to details, see page 451. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.2 cubic centimeter (1 to 3 minims). 

BELLADONNA LINIMENTUM; U. S. 
Belladonna Liniment. 
Dissolve thirty grams (1 ounce) camphor in five hundred and seventy 
grams (19 ounces) fluid extract of belladonna root. 

This is a valuable anodyne for external application in rheumatism, 
neuralgia, etc. 

BELLADONNA EADICIS TINCTURA. 

Tincture of Belladonna Root. 

Make one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) tincture, by 
percolation, from one hundred and fifty grams (5 ounces 127 grains) 
belladonna root in No. 60 powder, using alcohol as a menstruum. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (10 to 30 minims), commencing 
with small doses and increasing these if necessary. 

Benzinum ; U. S. 

Benzin. 

Petroleum Benzin, Petroleum Ether. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 54. 

Being very inflammable it must be kept in tight bottles or tin cans 
in a cool place, away from fire or lights. 

Must not be confounded with benzol, which is sometimes erroneously 
called benzin, but which dissolves in less than its own volume of alcohol 
and has a specific gravity of 0.85 to 0.90, whereas benzin requires six 
times its own volume of alcohol to dissolve it, and has a specific gravity 
of 0.070 to 0.675. 

Uses. — Benzin is a powerful solvent of fixed oils, caoutchouc, paraf* 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 225 

fin, mastich, damar, and other matters. It is accordingly much used 
in the arts. In the new Pharmacopoeia it is introduced because of its 
pharmaceutical uses in the preparation of sinapism paper, oleo-resins, 
etc. Druggists sell considerable quantities of benzin for removing 
grease spots. 

Benzoinum ; U. S. 

Benzoin. 

Benzoe Resina, Asa Dulcis — Benzoe, G. and Sw. ; Benzoin, F.; Benjui, 
Sp. — Gum Benjamin. 

Origin. — Styrax Benzoin, Dryander (Styracacew). 

Habitat. — Siam, Sumatra, etc. 

Part used. — The resin. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 54. 

A balsamic resin in agglutinated masses of yellowish-brown, opaque, 
internally white tears, held together by a translucent, yellowish-brown 
resin, or in reddish-brown masses having a marbled appearance from the 
white " almonds " or tears imbedded in it. 

There are three principal kinds of benzoin, viz. : 

/Siam Be?izoin in tears, consisting of separate tears, about twenty- 
five millimeters (an inch) long, externally of a pale reddish-yellow color, 
internally waxy and milk-white. In small splinters it is more or less 
transparent. This is the finest benzoin obtainable, and has a most 
agreeable odor, reminding of vanilla. 

Siam Benzoin in masses, which consists of the tears or " almonds " 
just described as " Siam Benzoin in tears," imbedded and held together 
in solid masses by a reddish-brown or almost brick-colored resin. The 
value of this variety of benzoin depends directly upon the proportion of 
almonds in it. It is called also " Amygdaloid Benzoin." 

Both kinds of Siam benzoin, described above, dissolve almost entirely 
in moderately warm alcohol. Only partially soluble in ether. When 
heated it emits irritating but fragrant vapors of benzoic acid. 

Sumatra or Penang Benzoin is in grayish-brown, sometimes pale 
chocolate-brown, masses, with no distinct almonds, an agreeable odor ? 
but reminding of storax, and fainter than the odor of Siam benzoin. 
Usually full of pieces of bark. Contains about ten per cent, cinnamic 
acid, besides the benzoic acid, of which it has less than Siam benzoin. It 
is very inferior benzoin, and excluded by the Pharmacopoeia, not answer- 
ing its description of the drug to be used. 

It is to be regretted that the English name of the resin described 
— " Benzoin " — should be at the same time the botanical name of the 
15 



i 



226 A COMPANION TO THE 

spice bush, of which the bark and the fruit are both more or less used 
for medicinal purposes. (See "Lindera.") 

Constituents. — About eighty per cent, resins of various kinds, 
differing as to their respective solubilities in alcohol, ether, and solution 
of potassa ; from twelve to twenty per cent, benzoic acid ; and traces 
of volatile oil. It is stated that there is more benzoic acid in the semi- 
translucent reddish-brown resin between the almonds than in the al- 
monds themselves. There is little if any cinnamic acid^n Siam benzoin. 

Uses. — To prepare the tincture of benzoin and benzoinated lard ; 
in cosmetic lotions ; for fumigations ; in perfumery ; for the prepara- 
tion of benzoic acid ; etc. 

Not used per se in medicine. 

BENZOINI TINCTUKA ; U. S. 
Tincture of Benzoin. 

Macerate two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) benzoin, in mod- 
erately coarse powder, with three hundred and twenty grams (13J fluid- 
ounces) alcohol for seven days in a closed vessel ; then filter the tincture 
through paper, adding enough alcohol, through the dregs in the filter, 
to make the whole product weigh one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 
grains, measuring 40 fluidounces). 

Seldom used internally. Externally it is used as a cosmetic, being 
added to water and used as a wash to remove freckles, etc. 

Dose. — Two to four cubic centimeters (£ to 1 fluidrachm). 

BENZOINI TINCTUEA COMPOSITA ; U. S. 

Compound Tincture or Benzoin. 

JFriar^s Balsam. 

Macerate a mixture of one hundred and twenty grams (about 4 
ounces 100 grains) benzoin, and twenty grams (309 grains) aloes, both 
in coarse powder, eighty grams (2 ounces 359 grains) storax, and forty 
grams (1 ounce 180 grains) tolu balsam with seven hundred and fifty 
grams (26 ounces 300 grains) alcohol in a closed vessel for seven days. 
Filter through paper, adding enough alcohol, through the dregs in the 
filter, to make the final product one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 
grains). Uses similar to those of the simple tincture. 

BENZOINI UNGUENTUM. 

(See Benzoinated Lard, page 68.) 



TOTTED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 227 

Benzol. 

Benzol. 

A petroleum product, having a strong odor of coal gas. It is color- 
less, has great refractive power, and is very inflammable. It has a 
specific gravity of from 0.85 to 0.90, and boils at 80.4° to 85° C. (177° 
to 185° F.). Chemically pure benzol boils at 80.4° C. (177° F.), and 
has a specific gravity of 0.88 at 15° C. (59° F.). It is used chiefly as a 
solvent, its properties as such resembling very much those of Benzin, 
which see. 

Berberina. 

Beebeeine. 

Berberine is an alkaloid which exists in many plants belonging to 
the natural orders Berberidacese, Menispermacege, and Ranunculacese. 
It is found in berberis, coptis, columbo, podophyllum, hydrastis, xan- 
thorrhiza, xanthoxylum, menispermum, etc. 

Should not be confounded with the alkaloid Bebeerine from Nectan- 
dra bark. 

Pure Berberine is in fine yellow prismatic crystals of strongly bitter 
taste, soluble in hot water and in alcohol, but insoluble in ether. Its 
salts are bright yellow, crystallizable. When a small quantity of test- 
solution of iodine is added to a solution of berberine, brilliant green 
scales are deposited, if care is taken not to add the iodine in excess. 

Medicinal Uses. — Berberine is a bitter tonic and stomachic, pos- 
sessing also febrifuge and cholagogue properties. It has been used 
with good effect in atonic dyspepsia, diarrhoea accompanying malarial 
troubles, and similar complaints. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.25 gram (2 to 4 grains). 

Berberis Oregonensis. 

Beebeeis Aquifolium. 
Oregon Grape, Oregon Berberis. 

Origin. — Berberis aquifolium, Pursh ; Berberis nervosa, Pursh ; 
and Berberis repens, Lindley (Berberidacew). 

Habitat. — Pacific coast from Colorado westward. 

Part used.— The roots. 

Description. — All of these roots are used under the name of 
"Berberis aquifolium." The roots of Berberis aquifolium are large, 
branched, more or less knotty, and extremely tough. They vary in 



228 



A COMPANION TO THE 



thickness from three to fifty millimeters (^ to 2 inches). The bark is, 
externally, thin, brownish, and on the inner side yellow. Wood yellow, 
very hard and tough, quite difficult to powder. Odor none; taste bitter. 
The roots of Berberis repens and Berberis nervosa are seldom over three 
millimeters (£ inch) in diameter, while Berberis aquifolium is usually 
six to twenty-five millimeters (J to 1 inch). They are equal in medicinal 
quality and effect. 

As the name " Berberis Aquifolium " cannot be correctly applied to 
the roots of other plants, we have designated the drug by the general 
and more proper title of Berberis Oregonensis. 

Constituents. — The alkaloid berberine. 

Medicinal Uses. — Like those of other drugs containing the alka- 
loid berberine, as a bitter tonic and stomachic. It increases the appe- 
tite, aids digestion, and is of value in debilitated conditions of the mucous 
membranes of the alimentary canal, dyspepsia, gastric catarrh, etc. 

Berberis Oregonensis is also said to be a tonic alterative in syphilis, 
skin diseases, etc. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 grams (8 to 30 grains), best given in the form of a 
fluid extract. 



BEEBERIDIS OREGONENSIS EXTRACTUM FLUID UM. 

Fluid Extract of Berberis Aquifolium. 
To make 500 cubic centimeters (or its equivalent, 17 U. S. fluidounces), 
use 500 grams (or its equivalent, 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed 
in the proportion of 200 grams (about 8 J fluid- 
ounces) alcohol to every 100 grams (about 3J 
fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic ctm. (8 to 30 minims). 




Berberis Vulgaris. 

Berberis Vulgaris. 
Common Barberry Bark. 
Origin. — Berberis vulgaris, Linne" {Ber- 
ber idaceoe). 

Habitat. — Europe and America. 
Description. — Thin slices, externally rough 
brownish gray, on the inner side yellow. Her- 
baceous odor, and a pure, very bitter taste. Colors the saliva yellow. 



Fio. 106X.— Barberry Bark 
natural size. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 229 

Constituents. — Contains two alkaloids, berberine and axyacan- 
thine, and some tannin. 

Berberine is yellow and soluble in hot water, while oxyacanthine is 
white and insoluble in water. (See further, article " Berberina. 3 ') 

Medicinal Uses. — Bitter tonic and stomachic in atonic dyspepsia, 
chronic diarrhoea, etc. 

Dose. — Two to ten grams (30 to 150 grains), best given in fluid 
extract. 

* BEKBEHIDIS VULGAKIS EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Berberis Vulgaris. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (about 8-J- fluidounces) alcohol to every one hundred 
grams (about 3-J fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2|- fluidrachms). 

Berg-amii Oleum ; XT. S. 

Oil of Bergamot. 
Bergamice ^Etheroleum — Volatile Oil of Bergamot. 

Origin. — Citrus Bergamia, var. vulgaris, Risso et Poiteau (Auran- 
tiacece). 

Habitat. — Southern Europe. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 234. 

Does not keep well. Should therefore be obtained in moderate 
quantities at a time, and kept in a small, well-filled, and tightly corked 
bottle, in a cool place. 

Uses. — Only employed as a perfume for scenting hair-oils, soaps, 
and other toilet preparations. 

Betulse Pyroleum. 

Empyreumatic Oil of Birch. 
Origin. — Betulaalba, Linne (Betulaceos). 
Habitat. — Europe and America. 

Drug. — The empyreumatic oil obtained by destructive distillation 
of the bark. 



230 A COMPANION TO THE 

Description. — A thick, brownish-red, or reddish-brown tar, having 
a strong persistent odor of Russia leather. 

Constituents. — Volatile oil, creosote, besides most of the constitu- 
ents contained in common pine tar. Its peculiar odor is due to the 
volatile oil of birch, and probably also to some birch camphor. 

Uses. — Reputed to be remarkably beneficial as an external applica- 
tion in skin diseases. 

Bismuthum, 

Bismuth. 
Bismutum. 

One of the less abundant metals. It is grayish white with a pinkish 
cast, crystalline, brittle enough to be readily pulverizable, fusing at 
264° C, insoluble in hydrochloric acid, and in sulphuric acid (unless 
concentrated and warm), but readily soluble in nitric acid. 

The bismuth compounds are generally insoluble in water and have 
a white color. Many are decomposed in the presence of water, unless 
free acid is present. Citrate of bismuth is, however, soluble in ammo- 
nia water. 

Bismuth alloys. " Fusible Metal." — A mixture of two parts bis- 
muth, one part tin, and one part lead, melts at +94° C. (201.2° F.). 

Bismuth! Citras ; U. S. 

Citrate of Bismuth. 
Bismutosus Citras — Bismuthous Citrate. 

Prepared by boiling three hundred grams (10 ounces) of subnitrate 
of bismuth with two hundred aud ten grams (7 ounces) of citric acid, 
and one thousand two hundred grams (40 ounces) of distilled water un- 
til a drop of the turbid mixture makes a clear solution with water of 
ammonia ; five hundred ounces of distilled water is then added, the 
precipitate is allowed to settle, and is then washed by decantation, and 
finally on a strainer until the washings are tasteless. The product is 
dried at about 40° C. (104° F.). 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 54. 

It is a heavy, white, odorless, and tasteless powder, insoluble in 
water or in alcohol, but soluble in water of ammonia. 

Mainly used to make the soluble citrate of bismuth and ammonium. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.2 gram (1 to 3 grains). 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



231 



Bismuth! et Ammonii Citras. 

Citrate of Bismuth and Ammonium. 
Bismutoso-Ammonicus Citras. 

Prepared by mixing three hundred grams (10 ounces) citrate of bis- 
muth with six hundred grams (20 ounces) distilled water, and then 
gradually adding water of ammonia until complete solution is effected 
and the liquid shows a faintly alkaline reaction. The solution is then 
filtered and scaled. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 55. 

The scales are thin, pearly, translucent, but become opaque when ex- 
posed to the air by loss of ammonia. The preparation is odorless, has a 
slightly acidulous and metallic taste, and a neutral or slightly alkaline 
reaction. Readily soluble in water, especially by the aid of heat, but 
nearly insoluble in alcohol. 

To prevent the loss of ammonia whereby the preparation becomes 
partially insoluble, it is necessary to keep it in tightly corked bottles in 
a cool place. 

Citrate of bismuth and ammonium which has become partially in- 
soluble by exposure or long keeping may be rendered soluble again by 
adding a little ammonia to the water in which it is to be dissolved. 
The aqueous solution of this preparation, however, never keeps long 
without getting cloudy unless rendered alkaline. 

Medicinal Uses. — As the properties of subnitrate and subcarbo- 
nate of bismuth depend on their insolubility, and are of a mechanical na- 
ture, the use of soluble salts of bismuth for similar purposes can only 
be disappointing. 

Dose.— 0.2 to 0.3 gram (3 to 5 grains). 



BISMUTHI LIQUOR. 

"Liquid Bismuth." 

Dissolve twenty-five grams (386 grains) citrate of bismuth and am- 
monium in five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces) hot water. 
Then add water of ammonia carefully until the liquid becomes clear and 
has a perfectly neutral reaction to litmus paper. Filter, and finally add 
one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces) glycerin, and 
enough water to make the whole product measure one thousand cubic 
centimeters (34 fluidounces). Each cubic centimeter of this solution 
contains twenty-five milligrams (or 1 fluidrachm contains about 15 grains) 
of the citrate of bismuth and ammonium. 



232 A COMPANION TO THE 

Bismuthi Nitras. 

Nitrate of Bismuth. 

Bismutosus Nitras — Tris-nitrate of Bismuth, Neutral Nitrate of 

Bismuth, 

Large, colorless, transparent, tabular crystals. Odor faintly acid, 
taste metallic. Insoluble in water, which decomposes it into subnitrate 
of bismuth and an acid nitrate of bismuth which remains in solution. 
Soluble in glycerin. 

The preparation is not official in any pharmacopoeia. It is obtained 
by evaporating a solution of bismuth in nitric acid. 

, BISMUTHI 1STITRA.TIS GLYCEKLTUM. 
Glycerite of Nitrate of Bismuth. 

Dissolve nine hundred and sixty grains of neutral nitrate of bismuth, 
in clear crystals, in a sufficient quantity of glycerin to make the whole 
measure eight fluidounces (W. W. Moorhead). 

This solution is perfectly clear, and mixes clear with cold water in 
all proportions. 

Bismuthi Subcarbonas ; U. S. 

SUBCARBONATE OF BlSMUTH. 

Bismutosus Subcarbonas — Bismuthous Subcarbonate. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 56. A 
rather faintly yellowish-white powder, which is odorless, tasteless, and 
insoluble in water or in alcohol. The softer and finer it is the better. 

Commercial metallic bismuth nearly always contains more or less 
arsenic, which will be found in both the subcarbonate and the subnitrate 
of bismuth, unless carefully separated in the process of manufacture. 
Hence it is necessary to test these preparations with great care, for 
which the Pharmacopoeia gives ample directions. 

Uses. — Similar to those of subnitrate of bismuth. 

Dose. — One to five grams (15 to 75 grains) suspended in mucilage 
or syrup. 

Bismuthi Subnitras ; U. S. 

Subnitrate of Bismuth. 
Bismutosus Subnitras — Bismuthous Subnitrate. 
Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 56. It is 
faintly yellowish, odorless, and tasteless. When moistened it gives 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 233 

a slightly acid reaction on litmus paper. Insoluble in water or in 
alcohol. Should be fine and light. A coarse granular subnitrate of 
bismuth of nitrous odor and acid taste should be rejected. Must be 
free from arsenic. (See Bismuthi Subcarbonas.) 

Medicinal Uses. — It is insoluble in the intestinal canal and exerts 
a protective action on the surface of the mucous membranes similar to 
that of lycopodium or starch in external excoriations and inflammations. 
It is given in painful affections, such as ulcer of the stomach or intes- 
tines, gastralgia, some forms of dyspepsia. Also to relieve vomiting, 
purging, dysentery, cholera infantum, etc. When given internally it 
colors the stools black. Externally it is very useful as an application 
in burns, scalds, excoriations, fissure of the nipple, chafed surfaces, as 
from walking, etc. 

Dr. C. J. Maguire, of New York, employed subnitrate of bismuth 
as a topical application to the gangrenous spots in cancrum oris, arrest- 
ing the progress of the disease and saving the patient in twenty suc- 
cessive cases. (Ifedical Record, N. Y., February 3, 1883.) 

In some skin diseases, as eczema and acne, it has also proved of value. 
Used also as an ingredient of face powders. It has been recommended 
as an efficient remedy in coryza, used as a snuff. 

In all these external uses it exerts the same local protective action 
it has in the intestines. Its use is preferable to that of subcarbonate of 
bismuth. Its value for these purposes depends greatly upon its fineness 
and lightness. 

Dose. — One to five grams (15 to 75 grains) several times a day. 
Average dose, one gram (15 grains). 

Large doses produce no deleterious effects. Sixty grams (2 ounces) 
have been given in one day to an adult, and more than nine grams (135 
grains) have been given to a child of ten months in the same time. 

A perfectly pure preparation (entirely free from arsenic) should, 
however, always be used. 

. In gastralgia, etc., the remedy is best taken dry in powder or wafer. 



Bismuthi Tannas. 

Tan^ate of Bismuth. 

JBismutosus Tannas — Bismuthous Tannate. 

A yellowish powder, insoluble in water or in alcohol, and tasteless. 
Somewhat astringent but very rarely employed. It is used in the same 
manner and same doses as the subnitrate. 



234 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Bismuth! Valerianas. 

Valerianate of Bismuth. 
Bismutosus Valerianas — JBismuthous Valerianate. 

A white powder, insoiuble in water or in alcohol, having an odor of 
valerianic acid. Of little if any medicinal effect other than that of the 
subcarbonate or subnitrate of bismuth, although usually given in much 
smaller doses. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.25 gram (2 to 4 grains). 

Bistorta. 

BlSTOETA. 

Bistortw Bhizoma — Wiesenknoterich, Natterwurtz, G. ; Bistorte, Cou- 
leuvrine, F.; Bistort, /Snakeweed. 

Origin. — Polygonum Bistorta, Linne (Polygonacem). 

Habitat. — Asia, Europe, and America. 

Part Used. — The rhizome. 

Description. — About fifteen centimeters (6 inches) long, eighteen 




FiQS. 107, 108. — Bistorta, natural size; transverse section, enlarged. 

millimeters (f inch) broad, and ten millimeters (£ inch) thick; firm, bent 
twice upon itself (whence the name, bis torta), flattened on one side, 
plump on the other, marked by transverse rings and by scars from the 
rootlets ; externally blackish brown ; brownish red within ; has a some- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 235 

what thick bark, and a large pith. Usually broken. Odor none ; taste 
very astringent. 

Constituents. — About twenty per cent, tannin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Simple astringent. Used both internally and 
externally. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains) every few hours. Best 
given in form of fluid extract. 

BISTOET^E EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Bistorta. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 

fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17J avoirdupois 

ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

* 
Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims). 

Blatta. 

Blatta. — Cockroach. 

Blatta orientaliSy Linne, and other species of Blatta. 

Cockroaches are about twenty-five to fifty millimeters (1 to 2 inches) 
long, reddish-brown or blackish-brown insects, very common in warm, 
damp rooms, especially in kitchens. Odor offensive. 

Constituents. — The cockroach contains a fetid oil, and a crystal- 
lizable substance called antihydropin. 

Uses. — The drug has diuretic properties, and is given either in 
powder or in tincture. 

Dose of powder about 0.25 to 0.5 gram (4 to 8 grains). 



BLATT^E TIKCTUEA. 
Tincture of Blatta. 

From sixty grams (2 ounces) cockroach, in No. 60 powder, make 
three hundred grams (10 ounces, or 9f fluidounces) of tincture bj" per- 
colation with alcohol. 

Dose. — 1.5 to 3 cubic centimeters (25 to 45 minims). 



236 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Boldus. 

BOLDO. 

Soldi Folia. 
Origin. — Peumus Boldus, Molina (Monimiacece). 

Habitat.— Chili. 

Part used.— Leaves. 

Description. — About five centimeters 
(2 inches) long, rough from raised glands 
on both sides, glossy on the upper, hairy 
on the under surface ; brownish-green ; 
disagreeably fragrant ; taste pungent, aro- 
matic, bitter. See Fig. 109. 

Constituents.— About two per cent, 
volatile oil, one-tenth per cent, of the alka- 
loid boldine, some aromatic resin, tannin, 
etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Stimulant of the 
nervous system and circulation. Has been 
used and recommended in anaemia and 
general debility. 
Dose.— 0.05 to 0.5 gram (1 to 8 grains), best given as fluid extract. 




Fig. 109.— Boldo Leaf, natural size. 



BOLDI EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Boldo. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.5 cubic centimeter (1 to 10 minims). 



Boli. 

Boluses. 

" Boli" are spheroidal or spherical masses of solid substances incor- 
porated with suitable excipients. They are larger than pills, weighing 
from forty to one hundred centigrams (0 to 15 grains) or more, and are 
made of a softer consistence than pills, which they resemble in all other 
respects. Boluses are now majnly used encased in gelatine capsules. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 237 

Bolus Alba. 

White Bole. 
Terra Alba. 

Description. — A white soft clay, adhering to the moist tongue 
when brought in contact with it ; insoluble in water. It is powdered, 
elutriated, and made up into paste, which is formed into rolls or cakes. 

Constituents. — Composed of alumina and silica, with traces of 
magnesia. 

Uses. — Externally as an absorbent and astringent. Sometimes 
added to urethral injections in order to prevent the active constituent 
from washing out too soon, the finely powdered bole being retained in 
the urethra, and thus mechanically keeping a portion of the injected so- 
lution in the tube. 

It is also used to remove grease spots from wood, a paste being 
made of the bole and applied in a layer an inch thick or less, according 
to the quantity of oil to be absorbed. It is very effective for this pur- 
pose, but requires to be left on the stained surface for several hours. 

Bolus Armena. 

Armenian Bole. 

This is similar to white bole in all respects except in color, which is 
brown red and due to the ferric oxide it contains in addition to the con- 
stituents mentioned as making up the bolus alba. 

It is used for the same purposes as the white bole, but cannot be 
used to remove oil from white wood, as it would leave a stain of its own. 

Brayera ; U. S. 

Brayera. 

Brayerm Mores — Kousso, Kooso, Koosso, Cousso, Cusso, Cosso. 

Origin. — Brayera anthelmintica, Kunth (Rosacea?). 

Habitat. — Abyssinia. 

Part used.— The female flowers. 

Description.— See the Pharmacopoeia, page 57. 

In the trade distinction is made between the " Red Kousso," which 
is the best (and the kind described in the Pharmacopoeia), and the 
" Brown Kousso," which is mixed with male flowers. In Bed Kousso 
the sepals (leaf-like parts of the outer envelopes of the flowers) are red- 
dish ; in Brown Kousso they are greenish or brownish, and smaller than 
in the former variety. 



238 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Must consist of tolerably well preserved clusters with- 
out the coarse stems; not of crushed flowers with pieces 
of the stem. The odor, though faint, reminds of elder- 
flowers. The taste is slight at first, but afterward becomes 
bitter and somewhat acrid. 

Constituents. — The principal constituent is koussin, 
a resinous, white or yellowish, odorless substance of bitter 
taste and acid reaction. It is soluble in boiling alcohol, 
but not in water. There has also been found in brayera 
about twenty-four per cent, of tannin and traces of vola- 
tile oil, valerianic and acetic acid, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Brayera is used as a tsenicide. 
It is not as reliable as some other remedies in expelling 
the tapeworm, as it often fails to bring out the head. It 
also produces much distress, and is gradually falling into 
disuse in consequence. 

Dose. — Eight to fifteen grams (2 to 4 drachms), in in- 
fusion or mixed with honey or syrup. 



S 



'*}m 



BEAYEE^E EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM ; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Brayera. 



To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equiva- 
lent — 17 U. S. fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or 
its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois ounces) of the drug, in 
No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred grams (about 8J 
fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a 
cylindrical percolator. Saturate with menstruum. Mace- 
rate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (15£ 
fluidounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percola- 
tion until the drug is exhausted. 
IlltiWm Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of 

honey, and then dissolve it in the first percolate. Add 
enough of the menstruum to make the whole measure five 
Bundle of Bray- hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 
oS- third "Lt- For suggestions as to details, see page 451. 
ural size. E ac h cubic centimeter of this fluid extract represents 

the soluble matter of one gram of the drug. Each fluidounce repre- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



239 




sents four hundred and fifty-five and two-thirds grains ; and each 
fluidrachm nearly fifty-seven grains. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

BKAYEKJE INFUSUM; 

U. S. 

Infusion of Brayera. 

Infusion of ICousso. 

Pour two hundred and fifty 

cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces) 

of boiling water on fifteen grams 

(^ avoirdupois ounce) of brayera, 

in No. -20 powder, and macerate a Figs. 111-116. -Brayera. «, section of 

1 . flower, with fruit partly matured ; o, pistil; c, 

in a covered jar until cool. section of female flower, abortive anthers ; d, 

Dispense the infusion without ^S| toZtll lue^l&L™ ; f ' & ° WeV ~ U 
straining it. 

To be taken at one dose. 

Bromum ; XT. S. 

Bromine. 
Brominium, Phar. 1870 — Brom, G. and Sw.; Br6me,F.; Bromo, Sp. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 57. 

Must be kept in small bottles, not more than two-thirds filled, closed 
by well-ground glass stoppers, and put in a cool place. 

Bromine must be handled with great caution, as its vapors are suf- 
focating, extremely irritating, and poisonous. In cases of accident, when 
severe exposure to bromine vapors results from breaking a bottle, or 
otherwise, the face and hands may be bathed with alcohol and then 
washed with castile soap and water. 

Medicinal Uses* — It has been used in cases in which iodine was 
known to be beneficial. It is disinfectant. 

It is sometimes applied in solution, with several times its own vol- 
ume of alcohol, in cancer, cancer of the womb, gangrene, etc. The ap- 
plication is painful. 

It is not used internally except in combination, as in bromides, etc. 

BKOMINE SOLUTION. 

Dissolve two grams (30 grains) bromine and four grams (120 grains) 
bromide of potassium in two hundred cubic centimeters (6§ fluidounces) 
of water. 

Used externally for cauterizing ugly ulcers, etc. 



240 



A COMPANION TO THE 



STKONGEK BROMINE SOLUTION. 

For Surgical Use. 

Dissolve sixty grams (2 ounces) bromine and twenty grams (f ounce) 
potassium bromide in three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidomnces) 
water. 

Used as a caustic. 



Bryonia ; U. S. 

Bryonia. 

Bryonim Radix — Gichtwurzel, Zaunrube, Gichtrube, G. ; Bryone, Cou- 
leuvree, F. ; Brionia, Nueza, Sp.; Bryonia, Sw. 

Origin. — Bryonia alba and Bryonia dioica, Linne" ( Cucurbit aceae). 

H ab itat. — Europe. 
Part used. — The root. 
Description. — See the Pharmaco- 
poeia, page 57. 

Must be recently dried. An old drug 
is useless. 

The fresh (" green ") root has also 
been used, and is by some held to be 
more active. The fresh plant contains 
some acrid substance which blisters the 
skin. 

Constituents. — Contains the glu- 
coside bryonin, which has been obtained in pearly crystals, having a 
bitter, acrid taste, or in white powder. It is soluble in water and in 
alcohol, but insoluble in ether. 

Medicinal Uses. — This drug is a drastic cathartic, and is used in 
cases in which jalap would be also indicated. It was at one time used 
quite frequently, then became entirely obsolete, and only of late years 
has come into use again. 

It has been used in dropsies, chronic constipation, hypochondriasis, 
epilepsy, mania, etc. 

It is said to have acted well in paralysis of the rectum and bladder. 
It is sometimes emetic in large doses, but this effect is uncertain. 
Externally the bruised fresh root has been used in chronic skin dis- 
eases. 

Dose of the powder, 0.5 to 4 grams (10 to 60 grains). 




FlG. 117.— White Bryony, natural 
size. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA, 241 



BKYOKLE EXTEACTUM FLUIDITM. 
Fluid Extract of Bryonia. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 4 cubic centimeters (10 to 60 minims). 

BRYONIA TINCTURA ; IT. S. 
Tincture of Bryonia. 

Moisten one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) recently dried 
bryonia, in No. 40 powder, with one hundred grams (4^- fluidounces) of 
alcohol, and macerate twenty-four hours ; then pack firmly in a cylin- 
drical percolator, and percolate until one thousand grams (35 ounces 
120 grains) tincture has been received, using alcohol in sufficient quan- 
tity. 

Dose. — Five to twenty-five cubic centimeters (1 to 6 fluidrachms), 
beginning with the smaller doses. 

Buchu ; U. S. 

Buchu. 

Buchu Folia, Barosmce Folia — Buckublatter, Buccobldtter, G. ; 
Feuilles de bucco,, F. ; Buckoblad, Sw. 

Origin. — Barosma betulina, Bartling ; Barosma cremdata, Hook- 
er ; and Barosma serratifolia, Willdenow (Rutacew). 

Habitat. — Southern Africa. 

Part used. — The leaves. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 58. 

The leaves of the two first named species constitute the so-called 
" Short Buchu," and those of the third are the " Long Buchu." 

Short buchu and long buchu are sold separately. Long buchu is 
the dearer, but is certainly less active, as it contains less of the active 
principle — volatile oil— than the short buchu. 

Both kinds usually require careful garbling. The impurities in short 
buchu are readily detected and separated. In long buchu, however, are 
sometimes found the leaves of Empleurum serrulatum, which appear 
16 



242 



A COMPANION TO THE 



like the true buchu leaves until more carefully examined. All are here 
figured, full size. 

True buchu leaves have conspicuous oil glands on the under surface 
and margin. 

Short buchu is pale yellowish-green ; long buchu green. In both 

kinds the leaves are paler on 
the under side. 

Buchu has a very strong, 
mint-like odor, and a bitter 
pungent taste, reminding of 
spearmint. 

Constituents.— The ac- 
tive constituent is a volatile 
oil, of which Bedford found 
two-thirds per cent, in long 
buchu, and one and one-fifth 
per cent, in short buchu. 
Allen and Hanbury found 
1.63 per cent, in the latter. 

The deep green coloring 

matter is chiefly chlorophyll. 

There is also much vegetable 

Figs. 118-125. — A, leaf of barosma crenulata, mucilage in buchu. Barosma 
natural size ; a. enlarged ; JB, leaf of barosma betu- , . ... , „. 

lina, natural size ; 6, enlarged ; (7, leaf of barosma campnor IS a white crystalline 

Z^tAtt^L e ^ZZr la]S - tUm ' * body which deposits from the 

volatile oil of buchu in cold. 

Medicinal Uses. — Buchu is an aromatic stimulant and stomachic, 
increasing the appetite and digestion, but it is seldom used for this pur- 
pose. 

It is frequently given in chronic catarrhs of the urinary organs, in 
cystitis, pyelitis, and urethritis. 

Dose. — 1.33 to 2.66 grams (20 to 40 grains), in powder or in infu- 
sion. The best form of administering this drug is the fluid extract. 




BUCHU EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Buchu. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water, mixed in the proportion of 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 243 

two hundred grams (about 8-J- fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3-J fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and fifty grams (about 5 fluid-} 
ounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. 
Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14^- fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 
For suggestions as to details, see page 451. 

Each cubic centimeter of this fluid extract represents the soluble 
matter of one gram of the drug. Each fluidounce represents four hun- 
dred and fifty-five and two-third grains ; and each fluidrachm nearly 
fifty-seven grains. 

Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims). 



BTTCHU INFTTSUM. 
Infusion of Buchu. 

From thirty grams (about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). (See direc- 
tions on page 597.) 

About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 

Dose. — About twenty-five to seventy-five cubic centimeters (6 to 18 
fluidrachms). 

BITCH U T1NCTUKA. 
Tincture of Buchu. 

Percolate two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) buchu, in No. 60 
powder, with a menstruum composed of two parts alcohol and one part 
water, until one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains) percolate has 
been obtained. 

This is an ineligible form for the administration of buchu, as the 
cases in which this drug is indicated are usually such that large doses 
of alcohol are inadmissible or productive of harm. It contains too much 
aicohol and too little buchu. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2J fluidrachms). 



244 A COMPANION TO THE 



Butyrum. 

Butter. 
Butter, G. ; Beurre, F. ; Smor, Sw. 

Unsalted fresh butter is an excellent base for ointments. Must have 
a neutral reaction, a pure, sweet odor, and mild taste. 

Consists of about thirty per cent, olein, sixty-eight per cent, palmitin 
and stearin, and the glycerides of butyric and other fatty acids. 

Medicinal Uses. — Butter may be given in large quantities in 
cases in which cod-liver oil is indicated but cannot be tolerated by the 
stomach. 

Cadmium. 

Cadmium. 

A metal sometimes accompanying zinc in the ores. It is tin white, 
malleable, soluble in nitric acid. Its salts are generally white. The 
chloride, iodide, and sulphate are soluble salts. 

Cadmii Iodidum. 

Iodide of Cadmium. 

White, handsome, pearly, scale-like crystals, soluble in somewhat 
more than their own weight of water, and also soluble in alcohol. 

CADMII IODIDI UNGUENTUM. 

Ointment of Iodide of Cadmium. 

Mix fifteen grams (% ounce) cadmium iodide with one hundred and 
fifty grams (5 ounces) petroleum ointment. 

Used in skin diseases. Does not color the skin. 

Cadmii Sulphas. 

Sulphate of Cadmium. 

Large colorless crystals. It dissolves in one and one-half times its 
weight of water. 

Used externally as an astringent in the same manner as sulphate of 
zinc. It is more powerful than the latter. 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 



245 




Figs. 126-128.— Coffee, natural size, 
transverse section enlarged, and section of 
seed-coats more highly enlarged. 



Caflfea. 

Coffee. 
Caffece Semina — Kaffee, G.; Cafe, F.; Kaffe, Sw. 

Origin. — Coffea arabica, Linne (Rubiacea?) . 

Habitat. — Cultivated in most tropical and subtropical countries. 

Part used. — The seeds. 

Description. — Plano-convex, oval, with a groove through the 
length of the flat side, to which pieces of the thin brownish-yellow shell 
may be seen attached. Odor peculiar, 
Taste of unroasted seeds bitter. 

Varieties. — Mocha coffee, grown 
in Arabia, consists of very small 
" grains," of dark color, and very 
plump. It has a fine flavor and is 
much esteemed ; but is usually em- 
ployed mixed with Java or some 
other variety of coffee. JRio coffee 
is also comparatively small and dark 
colored, but not so plump as Mocha, and has when prepared for use, as 
well as unroasted, a peculiar flavor, stronger than that of any other kind, 
and not so delicate. Java coffee, with large, flattish, light-colored grains, 
has a fine delicate flavor. 3Iaracaibo coffee resembles the Java. Li- 
beria coffee, which has the largest seeds of all, is also light colored, and 
has a fine flavor. 

Constituents. — iVbout four-fifths per cent, of Caffeine (which see). 
Also caffeo-tannic acid, about thirteen per cent, fixed oil, a trace of 
volatile oil, etc. 

Roasting. — To roast coffee properly is no small art. It must be 
roasted as rapidly as possible without burning. The heat must be thor- 
oughly under control and sufficient to evenly and fully brown the seeds, 
but not hot enough to blacken them. If the coffee is not browned suf- 
ficiently, the product will have a disagreeable, insipid, somewhat bitter 
taste; if burnt, the coffee will have none of its peculiar, fine aroma, and 
will be bitter. When browned properly, the seeds have a shining, rich, 
dark brown color, which is uniform all through the lot, and have an 
agreeable, fragrant odor. 

To extract the flavor and properties from the roasted coffee, it must 
be ground fine, and exhausted with boiling hot water by percolation, to 
obtain a strong extract such as pharmacists require for flavoring soda- 
water syrup. 

Uses. — Coffee is used as a daily drink by a large portion of the 






246 A COMPANION TO THE 



human race. It moderates tissue waste, improves digestion, produces 
mental exhilaration and physical activity. It should not be taken 
at other times than with meals, nor in excessive quantities, as it may 
otherwise produce nervous derangements, disturbance of the digestion, 
hepatic troubles, insomnia, etc. 

On account of its stimulant effects it is used in various diseases, but 
especially in such as are apt to be accompanied by stupor and cerebral 
depression, as in typhoid conditions, in alcoholic intoxication, and in 
opium-poisoning. 

Coffee is also diuretic. 

No dose of this drug can be stated, as it is employed in various 
quantities by different persons. In opium-poisoning large quantities 
of strong coffee may be given. 

Caffeina ; U. S. 

Caffeine. 
Caffeia, Coffeinum, Coffein. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 58. It is 
a feeble alkaloid. Exists in the seeds and leaves of the coffee plant, in 
tea leaves, guarana (seeds), mate leaves {Ilex paraguayensis), yaupon 
leaves {Ilex cassine), cola nuts (seeds of Cola acuminata), the leaves of 
Cyclopia genistoides, and the leaves of JVeea theifera. 

It is usually prepared from tea or guarana. It can also be made 
synthetically from guanin, a substance existing in guano. 

Medicinal Uses. — Caffeine is used for the same purposes as coffee, 
but probably with less beneficial results. 

Caffeine has been given as a diuretic. 

Valerianate of caffeine has been given in hysterical vomiting and 
tohooping-cough. • 

Caffeine has been used for subcutaneous injection, with questionable 
success or with positive failure, in hemicrania, hysterical headaches, 
occipital neuralgia, and in opium-poisoning. 

Dose. — One to three grains (0.06 to 0.20 gram) in sweetened water. 

Caffeinse Citras. 

Citrate of Caffeine. 

A white, light, silky, flexible, crystalline mass. Soluble in sixty 
parts of water, and in greater proportion in diluted alcohol. 

Medicinal Uses. — Diuretic. Employed in cardiac dropsy. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.3 gram (1 to 5 grains) ; average dose about 0.2 
gram (3 grains). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 247 

Cajuputi Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil of Cajuput. 
Cajuputi ^Ether oleum -Volatile Oil of Cajuput. 
Origin. — Melaleuca cajuputi, Roxburgh (Myrtacem). 
Habitat. — The Molucca Islands. 

Description.— See the Pharmacopoeia, page 234. Bluish-green. 
Medicinal Uses. — Probably very rarely used. Is said to be, and 
probably is, a stimulant carminative like other volatile oils. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.5 cubic centimeter (2 to 8 drops), on sugar. 

CAJUPUTI SPIKITUS. 
Spirit of Cajuput. 

Mix one gram (15 grains) oil of cajuput and forty-nine grams (1 
ounce 320 grains) alcohol. 

Used like oil of cajuput. 

Dose. — One to ten cubic centimeters (15 to 150 minims) diluted 
with water. 

Calamus ; U. S. 

Calamus. 

Calami Rhizoma, Radix Acori — Kahnuswurzel G. ; Acore vrai, Acore 
odor ant, F.; Acoro, Acoro verdadero, Sp.; Kalmusrot, Sw. ; Sweet 
Flag. 

Origin. — Acorus Calamus, Linn6 (Aracem). 

Habitat. — Europe and North America. 

Part used. — The unpeeled rhizome. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 58. 

Unpeeled root (rhizome) is the only kind to be used. The peeled 
calamus is very handsome, especially when bleached, but it is much less 
active medicinally, and when bleached (with chlorinated lime or sulphu- 
rous acid) utterly unfit for use. 

The thickness of the part on the outer side of the nucleus sheath 
(sometimes erroneously called "bark") should be over one-half the 
shortest diameter of the portion included within the nucleus sheath. 
The oil cells are visible only by the aid of a microscope, and are more 
numerous in the outer than in the inner part. 

The odor is strong and aromatic ; the taste acrid, bitter, aromatic. 

Constituents. — The drug contains volatile oil and acorin, which 



248 



A COMPANION TO THE 



is a bitter glucoside (possibly an alkaloid) containing nitrogen. The 
volatile oil, of which there is about one per cent, in the bark, but only 
one-fourth per cent, in the peeled root, is yellow, or yellowish-brown, 

and has the odor and taste of the drug. 
The acorin is a yellowish-brown, soft, 
resinous-looking mass. Fliickiger got 
crystals from the tannin precipitate. 
Acorin is insoluble in water, but soluble 
in alcohol or in ether. There is also 
some benzoic acid in calamus, besides 
starch, etc. 




Medicinal Uses. — A valuable aro- 
matic stomachic, often used in combi- 
nation with bitters as an appetizer in 
flatulent dyspepsia, etc. It is an ingre- 
dient of almost all of the popular " bit- 
ters " of the day. 

It is best given in the form of fluid 
extract or in infusion. 



CALAMI EXTKACTUM FLUI- 
DUM; U.S. 

Fluid Extract of Calamus. 



To make five hundred cubic centi- 
meters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or 
its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois ounces) 
of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 
As a menstruum use alcohol. 
Moisten the drug with one hundred 
and seventy-five grams (about 7£ fluid- 
ounces) of the menstruum. 

Pack it tightly in a cylindrical per- 
colator. Saturate with menstruum. 
Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (15J fluidounces) 
of the fir st percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is ex- 
hausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to 



Figs. 129, 130.— Calamus, upper and 
lower surfaces, natural size. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 249 

make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

For suggestions as to details, see page 451. 

pose- — One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 

CALAMI INFUSUM. 

Infusion of Calamus. 

Prepared by infusing thirty grams (1 ounce) cut unpeeled calamus 
in three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) boiling water, about 
a quarter of an hour, and then straining. 

Dose. — Fifteen to thirty cubic centimeters (-§- to 1 fluidounce). 

CALAMI TINCTUKA. 
Tincture of Calamus. 

Prepared by percolating thirty grams (1 ounce) calamus in No. 60 
powder with alcohol until three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluid- 
ounces) tincture has been obtained. 

Dose. — Four to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

Calcium. 

Calcium. 

An alkaline earth metal, the carbonate and sulphate of which are 
abundant, forming whole mountain ranges. Calcium phosphate is the 
principal constituent of bone. Calcium carbonate makes up the shells 
of oysters, etc. 

Calcium salts are colorless or white. Many of them are insoluble in 
water, as the carbonate, phosphate, oxalate. Sulphate dissolves only 
to a very limited extent. Nitrate, chloride, bromide, and iodide are 
readily soluble. 

Calcii Bromidum ; U. S. 

Beomide of Calcium. 
Calcicum Bromidum — Calcium Bromide. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 59. White, 
granular, deliquescent ; soluble in less than its own weight of water. 

Preservation. — Must be kept in tightly glass-stoppered bottles. 

Medicinal Uses. — The same as of other alkaline bromides. Said 
to act more promptly in epilepsy. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains). Best given in syrup. 



250 A COMPANION TO THE 



Calcii Bisulphis. 

Bisulphite of Calcium. 
Calcicus JBisulphis — Calcium Bisulphite. 

A nearly white, amorphous salt, usually occurring in a lumpy pow- 
der ; of a somewhat sulphurous odor and taste ; soluble to some extent 
in hot water. 

Uses. — See Calcii Sulphis. 

Calcii Carbonas Prsecipitatus ; U. S. 

Precipitated Carbonate op Calcium. 

Calcicus Carbonas Prwcipitatus — Precipitated Calcium Carbonate, 
Precipitated Carbonate of Lime. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 59. A 
white, impalpable powder ; odorless, tasteless, insoluble in water and in 
alcohol. 

Medicinal Uses. — Antacid and astringent. Used internally to 
check diarrhoea, especially if the stools are acid and frothy and there 
are sour eructations. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 5 grams (8 to 75 grains), suspended in mucilage and 
syrup or ; .n powder. 

Calcii Chloridum ; U. S. 

Chloride of Calcium. 
Calcicum Chloridum — Calcium Chloride, Fused Chloride of Calcium. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 60. White 
or nearly colorless, somewhat translucent pieces ; very deliquescent ; 
odorless ; acrid. Two hundred grams will dissolve in three hundred 
grams of water ; solubility in boiling water unlimited. 

Preservation. — On account of its deliquescent nature it must be 
kept in tightly corked or glass-stoppered bottles, tied over with bladder 
or otherwise snugly capped. 

Uses. — Employed in chemical processes to dry gases and salts, and 
for the preparation of other calcium salts. 

In medicinal doses it is given to reduce scrofulous glandular swell- 
ings and in various skin diseases. In large doses it produces gastro- 
intestinal irritation and inflammation. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 1 gram (8 to 15 grains), largely diluted in water or 
mucilaginous drinks. 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 251 

Calcii Hypophosphis ; U. S. 

Hypophosphite of Calcium. 

Cakicus Hypophosphis — Calcium Hypophosphite, Hypophosphite of 

Lime. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 60. Snowy 
white, small, crystalline scales ; odorless ; bitter ; dissolves in six times 
its own weight of water. Heat scarcely aids its solution. 

Medicinal Uses. — Considered to be of value in nervous depression 
and exhaustion^ cachectic and debilitated conditions, anosmia, scrofula, 
tuberculosis, rickets, caries, etc. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 0.5 gram (5 to 8 grains) three times a day. Best 
given on a full stomach or at meal-times. 

CALCII HYPOPHOSPHITIS SYKITPITS. 

Syrup of Hypophosphite of Calcium. 

Syrup of Hypophosphite of Lime. 

Dissolve twenty-five grams (386 grains) hypophosphite of calcium 
in five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces) of boiling distilled 
water, and filter. In the filtrate dissolve seven hundred and fifty grams 
(26-J ounces) sugar, and then add thirty cubic centimeters (lfluidounce) 
orange-flower water, and enough water to make the whole measure one 
thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces). Filter. 

Dose. — A teaspoonful (5 cubic centimeters) containing thirteen 
centigrammes (2 grains) hypophosphite of calcium. 

Calcii Iodidum. 

Iodide of Calcium. 

Calcicum Iodidum — Calcium Iodide, Iodide of Lime. 

White, crystalline, usually occurring in irregular pieces of the fused 
salt, deliquescent, soluble in one-half its weight of water ; odorless, 
bitter. 

Medicinal Uses. — Given internally as an alterative and antiseptic 
to reduce suppuration, etc. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 0.3 gram (1 to 5 grains). 



A COMPANION TO THE 



CALCII IODIDI SYRUPUS. 
Syeup of Iodide of Calcium. 

Dissolve twenty-five grams (386 grains) iodide of calcium in five 
hundred grams (17§ ounces) boiling water, and filter. Add six hun- 
dred grams (21J ounces) sugar, fifteen cubic centimeters (^ fluidounce) 
tincture of vanilla, and enough water to make the whole measure one 
thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces). Dissolve the sugar and 
filter the syrup. 

Dose. — A teaspoonful (5 cubic centimeters), containing about thir- 
teen centigrams (2 grains) of calcium iodide. 

Calcii Lactophospliatis Syrupus ; U. S. 

Syeup of Lactophosphate of Calcium. 
Syrup of Lactophosphate of Lime. 

Mix twenty-two grams (340 grains) precipitated phosphate of cal- 
cium with three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) cold water, 
and then add just enough hydrochloric acid to dissolve the whole of the 
phosphate. Filter the solution through paper. Dilute the filtrate with 
twelve hundred cubic centimeters (40 fluidounces) cold water, and then 
add, gradually, enough ammonia water to impart a slight but perma- 
nent odor of ammonia to the liquid. Throw the whole liquid on a fine 
muslin strainer, previously well wetted with water. When the liquid 
has drained off, put the magma-like precipitate in a jar, mix it with an- 
other twelve hundred grams (40 fluidounces) cold water, and then 
again transfer it to the muslin strainer. When the liquid has drained 
away, mix the magma with thirty-three grams (1 ounce 72 grains) lactic 
acid, and stir until all is dissolved. Now add eighty grams (2 ounces 
3G0 grains) orange-flower water and enough distilled water to make the 
whole weigh three hundred and fifty grams (12 ounces 150 grains), 
filter, and add sufficient water through the filter to make the whole fil- 
trate weigh four hundred grams (14 ounces 48 grains). To this add six 
hundred grams (21 ounces 100 grains) sugar, and dissolve the latter by 
shaking, without the aid of heat, and finally strain or filter. 

This preparation does not contain any definite compound of calcium 
phosphate with lactic acid, but is simply a flavored syrup containing 
calcium phosphate held in solution by free lactic acid. There is no 
such compound known to chemistry as " lactophosphate of calcium " or 
lactophosphate of lime." Prepared as directed by the Pharmacopoeia 
it soon gets unclear and mouldy. Should therefore be freshly made. 

Medicinal Uses. — Same as those of the phosphate of lime. 

Dose. — About five cubic centimeters (1 teaspoonful). 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 253 

Calcii Phosphas Prsecipitatus ; U. S. 

Precipitated Phosphate op Calcium. 

Calcicus Phosphas Prcecipitatus — Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, 
Precipitated Phosphate of Lime. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 60. A 
fine, white, odorless, and tasteless powder, insoluble in water and in 
alcohol, but soluble in dilute hydrochloric acid. 

Pharmaceutical Uses. — As a filtering medium for neutral, aque- 
ous, or alcoholic liquids containing volatile oils, etc., it is generally 
effective, and much to be preferred to magnesium carbonate. 

Medicinal Uses. — Occasionally prescribed in rickets, caries, un- 
united fractures, etc.; also in tubercidosis, with the hope of bringing 
about calcareous degeneration of the tubercles. 

In ill-nourished pregnant females the teeth are often absorbed to 
furnish calcareous salts for the formation of bone for the foetus. To 
prevent this, lime preparations are often given, and this is a good prep- 
aration for the purpose. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 grams (8 to 30 grains). 

Calcii Sulphas TJstus. 

Calcined Sulphate of Calcium. 

Calcicus Sulphas Ustus — Anhydrous Calcium Sulphate, Gypsum, 
Plaster-of Paris. 

A white, amorphous powder, which when stirred up with some water 
to form a thin paste sets to a hard solid mass in from two to five 
minutes. 

Must be kept in well-corked bottles, in a dry place. 

Uses. — Employed for making plaster-of-Paris bandages, plaster-of- 
Paris jackets, etc. 

Mixed with flour and sugar it is sometimes used as a rat poison. 
Water is placed in accessible places, and the rats, after eating and 
drinking, perish on account of the solid mass which forms in their 
stomachs and intestines. 

Calcii Sulphis. 

Sulphite of Calcium. 

Calcicus Sulphis — Calcium Sulphite. 

A white, or nearly white, powder, without odor, but having a some- 
what sulphurous taste ; it is soluble in eight hundred parts water. 



254 A COMPANION TO THE 



Medicinal Uses. — Probably seldom used internally. It prevents 
fermentation and suppuration. It is used to prevent the former process 
in cider, fruit juices, wines, etc. 

Calcis Linimentum ; U. S. 

Lime Liniment. 

Equal parts by weight of lime-water and cotton-seed oil, shaken 
well. It has the appearance of a thick cream. 

The lime liniment of the Pharmacopoeia of 1870 consisted of eight 
fluidounces lime-water and seven troyouhces of linseed oil. Lime 
liniment made with linseed oil is called Carron Oil. In the British 
Pharmacopoeia the lime liniment consists of equal parts by volume of 
lime-water and olive oil. In the French and Belgian Pharmacopoeias 
oil of sweet almond is used, and forms a preferable mixture. 

Medicinal Uses. — A proper application in burns and scalds. 

Calcis Liquor ; U. S. 

Solution op Lime. 

Calcici Hydratis Solutio — Solution of Calcium Hydrate ; Aqua Cal- 
cis, Aqua Calcarice — Lime - Water, E. ; Kalkwasser, G. ; Eau de 
chaux, F. ; Aqua de cal, Sp. ; Kalkvatten, Sw. 

Slake thirty grams (1 ounce) lime with about one hundred and 
eighty grams (6 fluidounces) water gradually added. Then add nine 
hundred cubic centimeters (about two pints) more water. Stir the 
mixture occasionally during half an hour. Then allow it to settle, de- 
cant the water which separates and throw it away. Now add to the 
remaining magma 9 liters (about 19 pints) distilled water, stir well, and 
after the coarser and heavier particles of solid matter have subsided, 
pour off the milky mixture together with the suspended, undissolved, 
but finely divided lime into a glass-stoppered bottle, which is then to 
be closed and set aside. When lime-water is wanted for use, pour off 
the clear solution from the sediment. 

It is clear, colorless, nearly odorless, has a specific gravity of 1.0015 
at 15° C. (29° F.), and contains 0.15 per cent, of calcium hydrate. 

Medicinal Uses. — Lime-water is a valuable addition to drinks, 
especially milk, in cases of diarrhoea due to gastro-intestinal irritation 
caused by acid fermentation, such as is met with so frequently in chil- 
dren during the hot summer months. The milk for bottle-nursed chil- 
dren should contain one-third or one-fourth part of lime-water. The 
caseous coagula are more flocculent than when cow's milk is given with- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 255 

out this addition. It is also used in vomiting, chronic diarrhoea, thrush, 
and in the ailments of ill-nourished infants and children. In vomiting 
due to ulcer or cancer of the stomach it is often very useful. In 
rickets it supplies the necessary lime for the formation of hard bone. 
The continued inhalation of spray of lime-water and of vapors from 
slaking lime has been employed with good results for loosening mem- 
branous deposits in croup or diphtheria. 

Dose. — Twenty-five to two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (1 
to 8 fluidounces) several times a day with milk. 

Calcis Syrupus ; IT. S. 

Syrup of Lime. 

Ccdcis Liquor Saccharatus — Saccharate of Lime, Saccharated Lime, 
Saccharated Solution of Lime. 

Triturate fifty grams (L ounce 334 grains) lime with three hundred 
grams (10 ounces 255 grains) sugar in a Wedgewood mortar until in- 
timately mixed ; then put five hundred grams (17 ounces 280 grains) 
boiling water in a bright copper or tinned iron vessel, add the mixture 
of lime and suo-ar, and boil the whole together for five minutes, stirring 
constantly. Now add five hundred grams (17 ounces 280 grains) more 
of water, and then filter through paper. Lastly evaporate the syrupy 
liquid until it weighs one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains). 

A clear, thin syrup, containing about one per cent, of lime. 

Medicinal Uses. — Same as of phosphate of lime. 

Dose. — About five cubic centimeters (1 teaspoonful). 

Calx ; U. S. 

Lime. 

Calcicum Oxidum — Calcium Oxide — Calx TJsta, Calx Viva, Galea- 
ria Usta — Kalk, Gebrannter Kalk, G.; Chaux, Chaux Vive, F. ; 
Cal, Col Viva, Sp.; Kalk, Brannd Kalk, Sw.; Quick-lime, Un- 
slaked Lime. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 61. 

Good "quick-lime," or "unslaked lime." Unless kept in tight 
vessels in a dry place it absorbs moisture and carbonic acid from the 
air, falls to powder, and is then " air-slaked." 

Odor faint, if any. Taste sharp and caustic. Soluble in seven hun- 
dred and fifty parts of water at ordinary temperatures ; much less solu- 
ble in boiling water. Insoluble in alcohol. 

Absorbs about half its weight of water to form hydrate (slaked lime). 



256 A COMPANION TO THE 

Lime which is very hard and apparently remains unacted upon by cold 
water may, nevertheless, be slaked by hot water. A great amount of 
heat is generated by the chemical action in slaking lime. 

Uses. — Generally used only for the preparation of lime compounds. 

An ointment containing five per cent, of quick-lime has been found 
useful in chronic psoriasis and other skin diseases and ulcers. 

Calx Chlorata ; U. S. 

Chlorinated Lime. 

Calx Chlorinata, Calcaria Chlorata, Calcii Hypochloris — Chlorkalk, 
Bleichkalk, G. ; Chlorure de chaux, Poudre de Tennant, Poudre de 
Knox, F. ; Hipoclorito calcico clorurado, Cloruro de Col, Sp. ; 
KlorkaTk, Sw. ; Chloride of Lime, Bleaching Powder, Hypo- 
chlorite of ' Lvne. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 62. 

Chlorinated lime is commonly called " Chloride of Lime." It should 
be a white, or nearly white, dry powder, containing at least twenty-five 
per cent, "available chlorine." By available chlorine is meant the 
total amount of free chlorine obtained when the chlorinated lime is 
mixed with an acid. The Pharmacopoeia provides a simple reliable test 
by which an insufficiency of chlorine may be discovered. Must be kept 
in tightly closed vessels, in a cool but especially a dry place, and pro- 
tected from sunlight. 

Medicinal Uses. — It is mainly employed as a disinfectant for 
privies, water-closets, sewers, and to remove the foul odors caused by 
cancer of the uterus, gangrene, etc. Internally it has been given in 
septic and typhoid fevers, putrid sore throat, etc. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.2 gram (1 to 5 grains) in solution, six to ten times 
a day. 

As a gargle in sore throat a one per cent, solution may be prescribed. 

Calx Sulphurata ; U. S. 

Sulphurated Lime. 
Sulphide of Lime, Sulphuret of Lime, Sidphide of Calcium. 

It is a mixture of sulphide of calcium and hyposulphite and sul- 
phate of calcium. When physicians prescribe sulphide of calcium, this 
preparation is understood to be the one intended. 

Preparation. — Tt is prepared by thoroughly mixing three hundred 
grams (10 ounces) finely powdered lime and two hundred and seventy 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPEIA. 257 

grams (9 ounces) precipitated sulphur, packing the mixture with mod- 
erate pressure into a Hessian crucible of such size that it will be nearly 
filled, luting down the cover, and heating at a low red heat for an hour 
in a charcoal fire. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 62. It is 
a grayish or yellowish white powder which smells somewhat of hydro- 
sulphuric acid ("sulphuretted hydrogen"), and has an offensive caustic 
taste, and alkaline reaction. It is not readily soluble in water and quite 
insoluble in alcohol. Must be kept in tightly corked bottles. 

Medicinal Uses. — This substance is given to arrest or prevent the 
formation of pus in diseases of all grades of severity from the slight 
pustule of acne to the confluent pustules of small-pox, the discharge of 
pus from the ear or in purulent bronchorrhoea, or abscesses, as in boils, 
abscess of the liver, or lumbar abscesses. 

Dose. — 0.01 to 0.25 gram (-J- to 4 grains) in pills or granules, re- 
peated several times daily. 

CALCIS SULPHUKAT^ LIQUOR 

Solution of Sulphurated Lime. 

Boil one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) sublimed sulphur and 
two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) lime with one thousand cubic 
centimeters (34 fluidounces) water in a porcelain evaporating dish for 
one hour, stirring occasionally with a glass rod, and adding more water 
from time to time to preserve the same volume. Remove the dish from 
the heat, let the contents settle, decant the clear solution, and keep it 
in well-corked or glass-stoppered bottles, well filled and put in a cool 
place. 

Medicinal Uses. — Employed externally as a wash in shin diseases. 

Calculi Cancrorum. 

Cbabs' Eyes. 

Lapilli Cancrorum — Crabs' Stones. 

White, about the size of a pea, round, somewhat flattened, smooth, 
with the convex edge raised all around above the plane surface so as to 
form a pit or groove on the flat side. Composed of concentric layers 
of organic membrane containing deposits of calcium carbonate, and 
other calcium salts. Inodorous and tasteless. When put into boiling 
water they turn rose colored. Hydrochloric acid dissolves out the cal- 
cium salts, leaving the organic framework. Contains about sixty-three 
17 



258 A COMPANION TO THE 



per cent, calcium carbonate, seventeen per cent, calcium phosphate, 
from twelve to fifteen per cent, animal matter, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Sometimes employed, like carbonate of lime, as 
an antacid. The practice of introducing them under the eyelids to re- 
move foreign bodies from, the eye is liable to injure this delicate organ. 



Calendula; U. S. 

Calendula. 

Calendidce Herba — JRingelblume, G. ; Fleurs de tout les mois, F. ; Ming- 

blommor, Sw. 






Origin. — Calendula officinalis, Linne (Composite). 

Habitat. — Cultivated everywhere. 

Parts used. — The official drug is the "fresh flowering herb." The 
drug most used heretofore has been the flowers (ray-florets) alone. In 
fact the official drug is, at this writing, scarcely obtainable in the market. 

Description. — The plant has a rough, angular stem ; alternate, 
thick, hairy, spatulate leaves ; flower heads five centimeters (2 inches) 
broad, with conspicuous bright yellow ray-florets. The odor is some- 
what narcotic : taste bitter and salty. 

Constituents. — A trace of volatile oil, an amorphous bitter princi- 
ple, yellow coloring matter (tasteless calendulin), etc. 

Substitutions. — For marigold flowers the so-called French or Af- 
rican marigold (Tagetes erecta and Tagetes patula) have been generally 
sold (Maisch). 

Medicinal Uses. — Calendula is reputed to possess tonic and alter- 
ative, antispasmodic, diaphoretic, and emmenagogue properties. 

A tincture of the flowers has been much used, externally, for similar 
purposes as the tincture of arnica flowers, and is reported to act very 
satisfactorily. 

CALENDULA EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Calendula. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17J avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

Asa menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



259 



CALENDULA TINCTUKA ; U. S. 
Tinctuke of Calendula. 

Moisten two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) calendula, in No. 20 
powder, with four hundred and seventy cubic centimeters (16 fluid- 
ounces) diluted alcohol, and macerate twenty-four hours ; then pack it 
firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour alcohol upon it, 
continuing the percolation until one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 
grains, or 41 fluidounces) tincture has been obtained. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

Calumba ? U. S. 

Calumba. 

Calumbw Radix — Columbo Root — Kolumbowurzel, G. ; Columbo, F..; 

Colombo, Sp. ; Kolumborot, Sw. 

Origin. — Jateorrhiza Calumba, Miers (Menispermacece). 

Habitat. — Africa. 

Part used. — The root. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 61. The outer surface 
is yellowish brown and wrinkled. 
The slices are about twenty-five to 
sixty-five millimeters (1 to 2-| inches) 
in diameter, and six to twelve milli- 
meters (\ to % inch) thick. The flat 
surfaces are concave, so that the 
slice is thinner in the centre than at 
the circumference. The color of the 
cut surface is greenish yellow or yel- 
lowish gray, the yellow color being 
brightest under the epidermis. The 
drug is heavy, and easily crushed or 
powdered. 

Must have a good color. Worm-eaten columbo root is more common 
than a sound drag, and should be rejected. The gray cambium ring, 
crossed by radiating lines, to be observed between the bark and the 
wood, is a good sign by which to distinguish true calumba from other 
transversely sliced roots, as bryonia, etc. 

Constituents. — Calumbin, calumbic acid, berberine, and starch. 
Calumbin forms colorless or white crystals ; is odorless, but very bitter. 
Calumbic acid is a yellow, amorphous powder of bitter taste. Ber- 




FlG. 131. — Calumba, natural size. 



i 



260 A COMPANION TO THE 

berine is a yellow crystalline alkaloid, found in berberis and many other 
drugs. There is no tannin in calumba. 

Medicinal Uses. — Vegetable bitters stimulate the appetite and 
digestion, and are general tonics. Calumba is one of the best drugs 
of this class, and is useful, either alone or as an adjuvant to other 
remedies, in vomiting of pregnancy, atonic dyspepsia, chronic gastric 
catarrh, flatulence, etc. In convalescence from fen ers it is exceptionally 
beneficial in restoring appetite and digestion. 

Dose. — Ten to thirty grains (0.66 to 2 grams), preferably as fluid 
extract. 

CALUMB^E EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM ; IT. S. 
Fluid Extkact of Calumba. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17| avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 20 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and fifty grams (about 5£ fluid- 
ounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. 
Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then perco- 
late. 

Reserve three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (12 fluidounces) 
of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is ex- 
hausted. Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, 
and then dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum 
to make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). For suggestions as to details, see page 451. 

Each cubic centimeter of this fluid extract represents the soluble 
matter of one gram of the drug. Each fluidounce represents four hun- 
dred and fifty-five and two-thirds grains, and each fluidrachm nearly 
fifty-seven grains. 

Dose. — One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 

• 

CALUMBJS 1NFUSUM. 
Infusion of Calumba. 

From fifteen grams (about \ avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). (See direc- 
tions on page 597.) 

About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 

Dose. — Fifty to seventy-five cubic centimeters (12 to 18 fluidrachms). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 261 

CALFMB^E TINCTUEA; U. S. 
Tincture of Caltjmba. 

Mix three hundred grams (10 ounces 255 grains) alcohol and two 
hundred cubic centimeters (6f fluidounces) water. Moisten one hun- 
dred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) calumba, in No. 20 powder, with one 
hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces) of the mixed alco- 
hol and water. Macerate twenty-four hours. Pack it in a cylindrical 
percolator, and percolate with the remainder of the menstruum and as 
much more, mixed in the same proportions, as may be necessary to 
obtain one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains, or 38 fluidounces) of 
tincture. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2-J- fluidrachms). 

Cambogia ; TJ. S. 

Gamboge. 

Cambogiicm Gammi- Resina, Gummi-Resina Guttce, Gutta Gamba, 
Gambogium, Gambogia — Gummigutt, Gutti, G. ; Gutte, Gomme- 
gutte, F.; Gutagamba, Sp.; Gummi-gutta, Sw. 

Origin. — Garcinia Hanburii, Hooker Alius (Guttiferce). 

Habitat. — Siam. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 63. The drug is a 
gum-resin. There are two kinds known to the trade. The Siam gam- 
boge in sticks, ov pipe gamboge, is the best, and the only kind referred 
to by the Pharmacopoeia. Cake gamboge is not to be used for phar- 
macopoeial purposes, being very inferior and containing usually from 
five to twenty per cent, starch. 

Constituents. — Contains from seventy-one to seventy-four per 
cent, resin, called gambogic acid, and from sixteen to twenty-four per 
cent. gum. Gambogic acid is cherry red, yellow in powder, odorless 
and tasteless, of acid reaction, insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol and 
ether. It is not known what the acrid taste of the gamboge is due to. 
Pure gamboge contains no starch. 

Uses. — Gamboga* is a powerful hydragogue cathartic, generally 
given in combination, as in the compound cathartic pills. 

The dose is about 0.06 to 0.33 gram (1 to 5 grains). As a hydra- 
gogue cathartic to remove dropsical effusions it is best given in small 
doses, 0.06 gram (1 grain) every two hours. 



262 A COMPANION TO THE 

Camphoi*a ; IT. S. 

Camphor. 
Kampfer, G. ; Camphre, F. ; Alcanfor, Sp. ; Kamfer, Sw. 

Origin. — Cinnamomum Camphora, F. Nees et Ebermaier (Lau- 
rqcece). 

Habitat. — China, Japan, Formosa. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 63. 

The re-sublimed camphor, which is the official kind, consists entirely 
of the stearopten C 30 H 16 O. It floats on water, in which it is but very 
sparingly soluble (1 ounce in 54 pints). It is very readily soluble in 
alcohol (1 ounce in 1£ fluidounce), ether, chloroform, bisulphide of car- 
bon, benzin, fixed and volatile oils, strong acetic acid, sulphuric acid, 
and diluted nitric acid. By heating with a large quantity of sulphuric 
acid, or with strong nitric acid, the camphor is, however, changed 
into other compounds. Equal parts of camphor and chloral hydrate 
triturated together form a homogeneous liquid. When three grams (45 
grains) of camphor is rubbed together with one gram (15 grains) crys- 
tallized carbolic acid a clear liquid is formed. 

The appearance, odor, and taste of camphor are characteristic and 
familiar. Camphor having any color (yellowish and pinkish camphor is 
not uncommon) is impure and unfit for the requirements of the Pharma- 
copoeia, and a soft, smeary, or very granular camphor should also be 
rejected. A good drug is tough, colorless, and crystalline. 

Camphor cannot be powdered by trituration, except when moistened 
with a little alcohol, ether, or chloroform, either of which renders pul- 
verization easy. The powder obtained in this way, however, crystal- 
lizes soon again. By grating and sifting, a powder can be obtained 
which retains its pulverulent condition for a long time. 

Balsam of tolu masks the odor of camphor, and the same effect is 
produced by asafetida, ammoniac, and galbanum. 

Medicinal Uses. — Camphor is a stimulant of the brain and the cir- 
culation, and causes mental excitement. It is given as a stimulant in the 
typhoid conditions of many diseases, to check the muttering delirium 
and siibsultus tendinum in the exanthemata, typhoid, typhus, variola, 
etc. It allays maniacal excitement if given in large doses. It is much 
used, with or without opium, in the first stages«of Asiatic cholera, in 
cholera morbus, etc. In large doses it is anaphrodisiac, and allays 
sexual excitement. It is useful in priapism, nymphomania, chordee, 
etc. It is a popular remedy for external use in bruises, rheumatism, 
headache, etc. It is often added to liniments. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 263 

Dose. — 0.06 to 0.33 gram (1 to 5 grains) as a stimulant in low 
fevers, and as an anaphrodisiac up to 0.66 gram (10 grains) ; in mani- 
acal excitement, about 1.33 gram (20 grains). It is best given suspended 
in mucilage. 

Poisonous Effects. — In large doses camphor may produce toxic 
effects, gastro-intestinal inflammation, pale and cold skin, weak pulse, 
stupefaction, convulsions, insensibility, and death. 

Coffee and alcohol may be given as antidotes. 

CAMPHOPwE ACETUM. 
Camphor Vinegar* 

Triturate twenty-five grams (386 grains) camphor with five grams 
(77 grains) glacial acetic acid until reduced to a fine powder ; then 
add, gradually, twenty grams (308 grains) more of glacial acetic acid, 
continuing the trituration, and finally add enough diluted acetic acid 
to make the whole one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains). Set the 
whole aside during five days, shaking it occasionally. Lastly, filter. 

Employed as a prophylactic and antiseptic, as, for instance, to 
cleanse the hands after dissecting ; also as a refreshing and stimulating 
smelling- vinegar. 

CAMPHORS AQUA ; IT. S. 
Camphor Water. 

Dissolve eight grams (123 grains) camphor in sixteen grams (247 
grains, or 5 fluidrachms) alcohol. Distribute this solution on clean 
cotton, as described under the title Aquae Aromaticas. The cotton is 
then exposed to the air until the alcohol has nearly all evaporated. 
Then it is packed into the percolator and distilled water is percolated 
through it until one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains, or 34 fluid- 
ounces) of percolate has been obtained. 

This camphor water is very good. 

Used as an adjuvant in diarrhoea mixtures, etc. 

Dose. — About fifteen cubic centimeters (^ fluidounce). 

CAMPHOR M CERATCM; U.S. 
Camphor Cerate. 

Mix three grams (46 grains) camphor liniment and twelve grams 
(185 grains) olive oil, and incorporate the mixture with eighty-five 
grams (3 ounces) simple cerate. 

In case camphor liniment is not at hand, use instead its component 



264 A COMPANION TO THE 



parts, 0.6 gram (9^ grains) camphor and 2.4 grams (37 grains) cotton- 
seed oil. 

This is a new preparation of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, introduced 
for the purpose of constructing an easy formula for making cerate of 
subacetate of lead extemporaneously. (See Plumbi Subacetatis Ceratum.) 

CAMPHORS CERATUM COMPOSITUM. 
Camphor Ice. 

Dissolve thirty grams (1 ounce) powdered camphor in 120 grams (4 
ounces) oil of almond by the aid of moderate heat. Then melt with 
this thirty grams (1 ounce) spermaceti, thirty grams (1 ounce) white 
wax, and sixty grams (2 ounces) paraffine. Strain, and mould it into 
cakes. 

This is a good product. It may be perfumed with a few drops oil 
of lavender flowers or with any other suitable agent. 

Extensively used for chapped hands, lips, etc. 

CAMPHORATA EMULSIO. 

Camphorated Emulsion. 

Triturate one gram (15 grains) powdered camphor and five grams 
(75 grains) powdered acacia with three hundred cubic centimeters (10 
fluidoiunces) almond emulsion, graduall}' - added. 

An elegant preparation for the internal administration of camphor. 

Dose. — Fifteen to thirty cubic centimeters (- 1 to 1 fluidounce). 

CAMPHORS LINIMENTUM ; U. S. 

Camphor Liniment. 

Dissolve sixty grams (2 ounces) powdered camphor in 240 grams (8 
ounces) cotton-seed oil by the aid of moderate heat. 

This is the same as the preparation of 1870, except that olive oil was 
prescribed instead of cotton-seed oil. 

An anodyne liniment, used in sprains, bruises, rheumatism, and 
painful swellings. 

CAMPHORJE MIXTURA ACIDA. 
Hope's Camphor Mixture. 
Mix fifteen cubic centimeters (J fluidounce) fuming nitric acid, ten 
cubic centimeters (2-J- fluidrachms) tincture of opium, and nine hundred 
and seventy-five cubic centimeters (33 fluidounces) camphor water. 

Dose. — Fifteen cubic centimeters (£ fluidounce) every few hours in 
diarrhoeas, etc. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 265 

CAMPHOE^E MIXTUEA AKOMATICA. 
Parrish's Camphor Mixture. 

Mix two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (8£ fluidounces) com- 
pound tincture of lavender, thirty grams (1 ounce) sugar, and sufficient 
camphor water to make the whole measure one thousand cubic centime- 
ters (34 fluidounces). 

Dose. — Fifteen cubic centimeters (J fluidounce) every few hours in 
diarrhoeas, etc. 

CAMPHOE^E OLEUM. 

Oil of Camphor. 

Camphorw JEtheroleum — Volatile Oil of Camphor. 

A yellowish brown volatile oil (elaeopten) of the odor and taste of 
camphor, readily soluble in alcohol. It is obtained from crude camphor, 
from which it separates in the tanks where the drug is stored before it 
is packed for exportation from the Chinese ports. It is called in the 
trade " Camphor Oil of Formosa." 

Seldom used. Action similar to that of camphor. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.2 cubic centimeter (1 to 3 minims). 

CAMPHOE PHENOL. 

(See Carbolic Acid Camphor, page 21.) 

CAMPHOE^E SPIEITUS ; IT. S. 
Spirit op Camphor. 

Dissolve thirty grams (1 ounce) camphor in two hundred and ten 
grams (7 ounces, or 8J fluidounces) alcohol ; add sixty grams (2 fluid- 
ounces) water, and then filter. 

Used externally as an application to bruises, etc.; also as a stimu- 
lating application to the nostrils and face in fainting spells or sick head- 
aches. 

CAMPHOE^E SPIEITUS ^ETHEEEUS. 

Camphorated Spirit op Ether. 

Dissolve thirty grams (1 ounce) camphor in one hundred and eighty 
grams (6 ounces) spirit of ether. 

Dose. — About two cubic centimeters (30 minims). 



266 A COMPANION TO THE 

Camphora Monobromata ; U. S. 

Monobromated Camphor. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 64. It 
represents a molecule of camphor in which one of the atoms of hydrogen 
has been replaced by an atom of bromine. Should be perfectly white 
and in well developed crystals. 

Monobromate of camphor is useful to allay irritation of the nervous 
system. It is employed in epilepsy, chorea, hysteria, insomnia from ex- 
cessive mental work or excitement, etc. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.5 gram (2 to 8 grains) in pill, several times a day. 
Average dose about 0.25 gram (4 grains). 

Canella. 

Canella. 

Canellai Albm Cortex — Weisser Zimmt, Weisser Kaneel, G. ; Canelle 
blanche, F. ; Hvit kanel, Sw. 

Origin. — Canella alba, Murray (Canellacew). 

Habitat.— The West Indies. 

Part used. — The bark of the stem. 

Description. — Hard white quills, troughs, or irregular fragments, 
two to four millimeters (about -J inch) thick. The outer bark is absent. 
Externally pale brownish red or brownish yellow, and smooth, except 
that it is marked by long, white, round scars. The thicker pieces of 
bark from older branches are rough on the outside, but constitute only 
a small proportion of the drug. The inner surface is white, smooth. 
Breaks with an even granular white fracture, showing numerous yellowish 
resin cells in the middle bark and bast fibres. Odor spicy, reminding of 
cassia ; taste bitter, hot, aromatic. 

Constituents. — Contains about one per cent, volatile oil and 
twenty per cent, acrid aromatic resin. 

Medicinal Uses. — A stimulant tonic similar in its action to other 
aromatics. Used to prevent griping of purgatives, as of aloes (in " Hi- 
era Picra "), etc. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2.5 grams (8 to 40 grains) in powder or fluid extract. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 267 

CANELL^E EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Canella. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 

Cannabis Americana ; U. S. 

American Cannabis. 
American Hemp, Phar. 1870. 

Origin. — Cannabis sativa, Linne (Cannabinacece). 

Habitat. — The Southern States of the United States. 

Part used. — The flowering plant. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 64. 

Constituents. — Its constituents and properties are probably the 
same as those of the Indian cannabis, although the American cannabis 
is so much weaker that it seems to be a superfluous addition to the 
materia medica list. (See Cannabis Indica.) 

CANNABIS AMERICANS EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of American Cannabis. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.5 cubic centimeter (2 to 6 minims). 

Cannabis Indica ; U. S. 

Indian Cannabis. 

Cannabis Indicaz Summitates — Indischer Hanf, G. ; Chanvre Indien, 
F. ; Canamo Indico, Sp. ; Cannabis Indica, Sw. ; Guaza, Gunjah, 
Ganjah, Hasheesh. 

Origin. — Cannabis sativa, Linne (Cannabinacem). 
Habitat.— The East Indies. 

Part used. — The flowering tops of the female plants, only. 
Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 64. The Indian can- 
nabisreferred to in the Pharmacopoeia is the kind known in East India 



268 A COMPANION TO THE 

as Ganja and in the London market as Guaza. It consists of the flower- 
ing tops of the female plant, with a few leaves and a considerable num- 
ber of fruits, the whole having an appearance of being glued together 
by resinous matter. The drug has a dark brownish green color, is easily 
broken, and has a peculiar, somewhat narcotic, but not unpleasant odor. 
The taste is resinous, very slightly bitterish. 

A much crumbled, or discolored, or nearly odorless drug must be re- 
jected. 

Varieties of the Drug. — Besides the official variety of the drug 
there is a dark green substance called Bhang, which is smoked with or 
without tobacco in India, consisting of coarsely broken dried leaves and 
small stalks, together with a few fruits. This kind of cannabis indica 
does not reach Europe and America, and is probably much inferior to 
the ganja. 

Although the European, American, and Indian cannabis sativa are 
one and the same plant botanically, the Indian cannabis differs very 
greatly from the plant grown in Europe or America as to its medicinal 
power. It is also stated that in India the plant grown at an elevation 
of over six thousand feet above the sea exhibits a marked difference from 
that grown on the plains, the largest amount of resin being produced in 
the plants in the highest altitudes. Temperature also seems to have a 
decided influence, an elevated temperature being favorable to an in- 
creased formation of resin. 

Constituents. — The most important Constituent of Indian cannabis 
is its resin, which is a brown, amorphous substance first separated by 
T. and H. Smith, of Edinburgh. A powerful narcotic effect was obtained 
from two-thirds of a grain of this resin, and complete intoxication fol- 
lowed the administration of one grain. The potent effects of the drug 
are probably chiefly due to this constituent. There is also found in the 
drug a small quantity of volatile oil, which has a yellow or yellowish 
brown color, and a strong odor of hemp. This volatile oil also possesses 
narcotic properties. 

Nomenclature. — The Indian Cannabis is called on some drug- 
lists " Foreign Indian Hemp," to distinguish it from the American Can- 
nabis, which is sometimes quoted as " Cannabis sativa," and also to 
distinguish it from Asclepias incamata, the root of which goes by the 
name of " White Indian Hemp," and from the root of Apocynum can- 
nabinum, which is called " Canadian Hemp," but more commonly " Black 
Indian Hemp." To avoid confusion it is to be hoped that the term "In- 
dian Hemp" be discontinued altogether, and that the names "Indian 
Cannabis," " American Cannabis," "Asclepias incarnata," and "Apo- 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 2G9 

cynum cannabinum " be used to designate respectively the drugs men- 
tioned. See also paragraph under the head of Apocynum cannabinum. 

Medicinal Uses. — Cannabis indica is an intoxicant and exhilarant. 
It has been used for this purpose in various forms in the oriental coun- 
tries from time immemorial to the present day, and is the haschish of 
those countries. It is also, like other intoxicants, as alcohol, etc., a nar- 
cotic poison in large doses. 

Given in full doses, but short of toxic quantities, it produces pleas- 
ant intoxication and queer hallucinations in regard to time, space, and 
sound. Ages seem to be crowded into minutes, and objects and sounds 
appear to be or come from immense distances though in the same room. 

Sometimes a cataleptic condition may occur, during which the limbs 
remain fixed in whatever condition they are placed by attendants. 

After poisonous doses the mind often wanders, the patient experi- 
encing first pleasant, then horrible dreams, and this stage may be fol- 
lowed by collapse, stupor, extreme debility, or convulsions. Anaesthesia 
also occurs, but death from this drug is rare. These effects may be pro- 
duced by the internal use of the drug or by smoking it. 

As a medicine this remedy is used in tetanus, and in some nervous 
disorders, insanity and delirium tremens, especially if accompanied by 
anosmia of the brain. 

It is an unreliable remedy, and its administration must be com- 
menced with the smallest doses when a new lot of any of its prepara- 
tions is employed. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.3 gram (2 to 5 grains), best given as fluid extract. 

CANNABIS INDIC^E ABSTRACTUM. 
Abstract of Indian Cannabis. 

Put three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) fluid extract of 
Indian cannabis into a porcelain evaporating dish ; add seventy-five 
grams (2 ounces 280 grains) powdered sugar of milk ; cover the dish 
with a piece of thin gauze muslin, and set it in a place where the tem- 
perature does not exceed 50° C. (122° F.) until the mixture is dry. Add 
now enough powdered sugar of milk to make the whole weigh one hun- 
dred and fifty grams (5 ounces 127 grains), and triturate thoroughly 
until reduced to a very fine powder. Keep it in tightly closed bottles. 

Dose.— 0.06 to 0.15 gram (1 to 2£ grains). 

CANNABIS INDICJE EXTRACTUM ; U. S. 
Extract of Indian Cannabis. 
From five hundred grams (or 17| avoirdupois ounces) of the drug 
in No. 60 powder. 



270 A COMPANION TO THE 

As a menstruum use alcohol. Moisten with one hundred and fifty 
grams (6J fluidounces). Pack tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Sat- 
urate with menstruum. Macerate twenty-four hours. Percolate until 
exhausted, or until fifteen hundred grams (about 60 fluidounces) of 
percolate has been obtained. Recover the alcohol in the usual way, 
and then evaporate the remainder to solid extract. No glycerin is 
added to this extract. 

Practically the same product is obtained by evaporating the fluid ex- 
tract to the pilular consistence. 

Dark green. 

Dose. — 0.01 to 0.03 gram (i to -J grain). 

CANNABIS INDICJE EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM ; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Indian Cannabis. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 20 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and fifty grams (about 6J fluid- 
ounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. 
Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (15J- fluidounces) 
of the. first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is ex- 
hausted. Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, 
and then dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum 
to make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose. — 0.10 to 0.3 cubic centimeter (2 to 5 minims). 

CANNABIS INDIC M TINCTURA ; IT. S. 
Tincture of Indian Cannabis. 

Moisten one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) cannabis indica, 
in No. 40 powder, with one hundred grams (about 4-J fluidounces) alco- 
hol, and macerate twenty-four hours. Then pack it firmly in a cylindri- 
cal percolator, and percolate with alcohol until five hundred grams (17f 
avoirdupois ounces, measuring about 22 fluidounces) tincture has been 
obtained. 

The tincture of Indian cannabis of the new Pharmacopoeia (1880) is 
forty per cent, weaker than that of the old Pharmacopoeia (1870). 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims^. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 271 

Cannabis Oleum. 

Hempseed Oil. 

Hempseed yields about twenty-five per cent, of a drying fixed oil 
by expression. It is greenish, but becomes lighter by age, especially if 
exposed to the action of light. Specific gravity 0.93. Odor disagree- 
able ; taste bland, unless it is rancid. 

Hempseed oil is used in the manufacture of green soft soap, which is 
so much and so deservedly used as an external application in certain 
skin diseases. 

Cantharis ; IT. S. 

Cantharides. 

Spanische Fliegen, Canthariden, G. ; Cantharides, F. ; Cantarida] 
Sp. ; BpansJca Flugor, Sw. ; Spanish Flies. 

Origin. — Cantharis vesicatoria, De Geer (Coleqptera). 

Habitat. — Spain, Russia, etc. 

Part used. — The whole insect. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 64. 

The largest and best cantharides is the Russian. The odor of can- 
tharides is peculiar and easily recognized. The taste is burning. 

Cantharides should not be powdered without properly protecting the 
nose, mouth, and eyes of the operator. This may be effected by means 
of a wet cloth or sponge and a pair of coquilles ("goggles"). 

Preservation. — Cantharides is frequently attacked by mites, which 
eat the soft parts. To prevent this, the Pharmacopoeia directs that the 
drug "be kept in well -closed vessels containing a little camphor." 
Camphor is preferable to ether, chloroform, or turpentine for this pur- 
pose. The most important precaution as regards the preservation of 
the drug is, however, to see to it that it is thoroughly dry. If not dry, 
it is more liable to be attacked by mites, and, moreover, may partially 
decompose and acquire an exceedingly offensive somewhat ammoniacal 
odor. The drug should be well dried at about 35° to 40° C. (95° to 
104° F.) before being put in its proper receptacle. The best receptacle 
is, perhaps, a tin can with close-fitting, flat cover. 

Constituents. — The active constituent is cantharidin. This sub- 
stance may be a stearopten or a fatty acid. When pure it is in white 
crystals (?), soluble in boiling alcohol, and more soluble in chloroform, 
volatile oils, fixed oils, acetic acid, acetic ether, and in ether. 

The cantharidin is contained chiefly in the soft parts of the bugs, 






272 A COMPANION TO THE 



where it has been found to the extent of one-fourth per cent. It is a 
powerfully acrid poison, the one-hundredth part of a grain being suffi- 
cient to blister the skin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Internally it acts as a stimulant to the circula- 
tion and is diuretic. It is occasionally employed in gleet, debility of the 
bladder with incontinence of urine in old men, and in vesical catarrh. 

Externally it is stimulant, rubefacient, and, if allowed to remain in 
contact with the skin for some time, vesicant. 

The latter property renders the drug valuable as a counter-irritant 
in chronic effusions into joints, general dropsy, pericarditis, chronic 
pleurisy, etc. Blisters are sometimes useful when there is a tendency 
to coma in typhus or typhoid fever, but it must be borne in mind that 
the denuded surface in such cases often refuses to heal, but suppurates. 

Cantharides is an ingredient of most of the so-called " Hair-restorers." 

It is given internally only in the form of tincture. 

Dose. — Of the tincture, 0.5 to 1 cubic centimeter (8 to 15 minims). 

CANTHAKIDIS ACETUM. 
Vinegar of Cantharides. 

Mix one hundred and eighty cubic centimeters (6 fluidounces) of 
acetic acid with thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) of glacial acetic 
acid, and digest thirty grams (1 ounce) of powdered cantharides in the 
mixture for two hours at a temperature of 95° 0. (203° F.). After 
cooling transfer the whole to a glass percolator and let the liquid per- 
colate. Continue the percolation with acetic acid until three hundred 
cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) of final product has been obtained, 
which filter. 

This preparation is a strong vesicant, producing blisters in two or 
three hours. 

CANTIIARIDIS CERATUM ; U. S. 

Cantharides Cerate. 

Blistering Cerate. 

Melt together one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces) yellow wax, 
one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces) resin, and one hundred and 
fifty grams (5 ounces) lard. Strain through muslin. Then incorporate 
two hundred and ten grams (7 ounces) of powdered cantharides and 
keep the mixture in a liquid condition by means of a water-bath for half 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 273 

an hour, stirring occasionally. Then remove it from the water-bath 
and stir it until cool. , 

Caution. — By the use of too great heat, vapors containing canthari- 
din will rise, which are very acrid and affect the eyes and face of the oper- 
ator, sometimes very seriously. In any event it is best not to stand with 
the face over the melted cantharidal mixture longer than is absolutely 
necessary to watch the job. To wear coquilles is a wise precaution. 
"VYhen the cantharides is added the mixture sometimes froths over if the 
heat is too great. 

Cantharidal cerate should be put up in earthenware, glass, or tins. 
The practice of rolling it into sticks and wrapping these in paper is 
slovenly and improper. If the cerate is worth anything it is worthy of 
being properly preserved. 

The new cantharides cerate is a substantial improvement upon that 
of the previous Pharmacopoeia, which was too soft. Even the new prep- 
aration would be further improved for use in the southern parts of 
our country by using one-fifth less lard, or equal parts of wax, resin, 
and lard, which would make the proportions : three hundred and ninety 
grams (13 ounces) of each of the wax, resin, and lard, with six hundred 
and thirty grams (21 ounces) cantharides, corresponding to the official 
strength. The cantharides cerate of 1870 was slightly weaker, the can- 
tharidal strength of that preparation being thirty-three and one-third 
per cent. (^), while that of the new is thirty -five per cent. 

This is the ordinary form of using cantharides as a blistering agent. 

CANTHARIDIS CHAETA; IT. S. 
Canthaeides Papee. 

Mix two hundred and forty grams (8 ounces) white wax, ninety 
grams (3 ounces) spermaceti, one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces) 
olive oil, thirty grams (one ounce) Canada turpentine, thirty grams (1 
ounce) powdered cantharides (No. 60), and three hundred grams (10 
ounces) water in a shallow, flat-bottomed tin pan, and boil the mixture 
gently for two hours, stirring constantly. Strain through flannel with- 
out using any force. Put the strained mixture back into the same pan 
again, and set it in a water-bath to keep the contents liquid. Now pass 
strips of sized paper over the surface of the melted plaster, so as to coat 
them on one side. When dry, cut them into rectangular pieces. 

The preparation is identical with that of the Pharmacopoeia of 1870. 
It is best preserved in tin boxes. 

It is the most convenient method of using cantharides for producing 
blisters. 

18 



274 A COMPANION TO THE 

CAOTHAKIDIS COLLODIUM; U. S. 

Collodion with Cantharides. 

Cantharidal Collodion. 

Pack one hundred and eighty grams (6 ounces) of powdered canthar- 
ides (No. 60) tightly in a cylindrical percolator, and exhaust it by per- 
colation with commercial chloroform, or until about seven hundred and 
fifty grams (25 ounces) of tincture has been obtained. Distil off six 
hundred grams (20 ounces) of the chloroform. Evaporate the remainder 
over a water-bath until it weighs forty-five grams (1J ounce). Dissolve 
this in two hundred and fifty-five grams (8- 1 ounces) flexible collodion. 
Let the whole mixture stand and settle, after which pour off the clear 
and put into small bottles, which must be only two-thirds filled, well 
corked, and tied over with wetted bladder. Must be kept in a cool 
place away from any flame. 

The cantharidal strength is about the same as that of the prepara- 
tion of 1870, at least as to the quantity of powdered cantharides used. 
The cantharidin is, however, much better extracted by the chloroform 
prescribed in the new Pharmacopoeia than by the ether and alcohol used 
in the old. 

This is the most cleanly preparation for obtaining the vesicating ef- 
fects of cantharides. It is brushed over the part desired to be blistered. 

CANTHARIDIS EMPLASTRUM. 
Cantharidal Plaster. 
Blistering Plaster. 
This is the cerate described on page 272. 

CANTHAKEDIS EMPLASTRUM COMPOSITUM. 

Compound Cantharidal Plaster. 

Emplastrum Calefaciens, B. — Warming Plaster. 

Infuse one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces) powdered canthar- 
ides in six hundred grams (20 ounces) boiling water for six hours ; 
strain and press it through calico ; evaporate until reduced to one-third ; 
then add one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces) expressed oil of 
nutmeg, one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces) yellow wax, one 
hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces) resin, one thousand five hundred 
and sixty grams (52 ounces) soap plaster, and nine hundred and sixty 
grams (32 ounces) resin plaster. Melt and mix all together. Used as 
a mild counter-irritant in chronic rheumatism, joint affections, etc. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 275 



EMPLASTRUM PICIS CUM CANTHARIDE ; U. S. 

Pitch Plaster with Cantharides. 

Warming Plaster. 

Heat thirty grams (1 ounce) cerate of cantharides at about 100° C. 
(212° F.) on a water-bath for fifteen minutes, and strain through a 
muslin strainer close enough to retain the powdered cantharides. To 
the strained cerate add three hundred and forty-five grams (1LJ ounces) 
of Burgundy pitch ; melt the whole together on a water-bath, and then 
after removing the vessel from the source of heat, stir the plaster con- 
stantly until cool. More counter-irritant than simple Burgundy pitch 
plaster, and less so than cantharidal plaster. Used in chronic rheumatic 
swellings, etc. 



CANTHARIDIS EXTRACTI CERATUM; U. S. 
Cerate of Extract op Cantharides. 

Moisten ninety grams (3 ounces) powdered cantharides (No. 60) with 
fifty-four grams (1.8 ounce, or about 2} fluidounces) of alcohol, and 
pack tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Then percolate with alcohol 
until five hundred and forty grams (18 ounces, or about 21£ fluidounces) 
of percolate has been obtained, or until the drug is exhausted. Then 
distil off about two-thirds of the alcohol, using water-bath heat, and 
having put the remainder of the liquid into a tared porcelain evaporating 
dish, evaporate it on a water-bath until reduced to forty-five grams (1£ 
ounce). Add this to a mixture consisting of forty-five grams (1£ 
ounce) resin, one hundred and five grams (3J ounces) 'yellow wax, and 
one hundred and five grams (3J ounces) lard, which have been melted 
together. Keep the whole mixture melted for fifteen minutes on the 
water-bath ; then strain through muslin and stir until cool. 

The strength is thirty per cent.— about the same as in the Pharma- 
copoeia of 1870. Cleaner and nicer than the ordinary cantharidal cerate. 

CANTHARIDIS LINIMENT UM; U. S. 
Cantharides Liniment. 
Digest ninety grams (3 ounces) of powdered cantharides (No. 60 
powder) with six hundred grams (20 ounces) oil of turpentine in a closed 
3ssel, by water-bath heat, for three hours. Strain, and then add 
nough oil of turpentine through the strainer to make the liniment 
weigh six hundred grams (20 ounces). 
Same as the preparation of 1870. 






276 A COMPANION TO THE 



CANTHAKIDIS LIQUOR EPISPASTICUS. 

Blistering Fluid. 

Liquor Epispasticus, B. 

Macerate sixty grams (2 ounces) powdered cantharides in thirty 
grams (1 ounce) acetic acid for twenty -four hours ; pack in a cylindrical 
percolator and percolate with ether until one hundred and fifty* cubic 
centimeters (5 fluidounces) has been obtained. 

CANTHAEIDIS TELA. 

Albespeyre's Vesicatory. 

Melt fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) linseed oil, one hundred and 
fifty grams (5 ounces 127 grains) yellow wax, and four hundred and 
fifty grams (15 ounces 382 grains) black pitch together. Then incor- 
porate three hundred and fifty grams (12 ounces 150 grains) powdered 
cantharides. While the cerate is still hot spread it on wax-cloth, the 
reverse of which is marked by intersecting lines forming squares of one 
centimeter (f inch) each. 

CANTHAEIDIS TINCTUEA ; IT. S. 
Tincture of Cantharides. 

Moisten fifteen grams (|- ounce) powdered cantharides with nine 
grams (3 fluidrachms) alcohol ; pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator 
and percolate with alcohol until three hundred grams (about 12£ 
fluidounces) tincture has been obtained. 

The new tincture is about forty per cent, stronger than that of the 
former Pharmacopoeia. 

This preparation is the one generally employed for the internal ad- 
ministration of cantharides. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 1 cubic centimeter (8 to 15 minims) in mucilage, or 
preferably in emulsion of almond or hemp seeds, as oils are said to favor 
absorption and prevent irritation. 

Capsella. 

Capsella. 

Capselloe Ilerba. 

Origin. — Capsella Bursa pastoris, Moench (CrucifercB). 

Habitat. — Europe, America — a common yard weed. 

Part used. — The herb. 

Description. — Stem slender, usually simple, about thirty centi- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 277 

meters (12 inches) or more long, root leaves pinnately cleft, serrate ; the 
flowers are white, fruit flattened, with a narrow partition in the centre, 
and numerous brown seeds. Inodorous. Taste pungent, acrid, bitter. 

Constituents. — About six per cent, soft resin ; and a volatile oil 
identical with the volatile oil of mustard. The seeds contain the vola- 
tile oil ; they also contain about twenty-nine per cent, fixed oil and 
twenty-six and one-half per cent, protein compounds. 

Medicinal Uses. — It is a stimulant and aromatic, used in diar- 
rhoea, dysentery, menorrhagia, etc. 

Dose. — Five to ten grams (1 to 2£ drachms) may be given at a dose, 
in infusion. 

Capsicum ; U. S. 

Capsicum. 

Capsici Fructus — Spanischer Pfeffer, Pother Pfeffer, G. ; Capsique, 
Piment des Jardins, Corail des Jardins, Poivre d'Inde, Poivre de 
Guinee, Poivre de Cayenne, Piment rouge, F.; Pimiento, Sp.; 
Spansk Peppar, Sw. ; Cayenne Pepjper, African Pepper, Bed Pep- 
per, Pod Pepper, Guinea Pepper, Chillies, Bird Pepper. 

Origin. — Capsicum fastigiatum, Blume (Solanaceoz). 

Habitat. — Africa, South America, etc. 

Part used.— The fruit. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, p. 65. The Pharmacopoeia 
orders the small capsicum pods which are obtained from Capsicum fas- 
tigiatum. The pods are one-half to three-fourths inch long and about 
one-fifth inch in diameter. They are red, and contain about eighteen 
seeds. The taste is fiery, and the odor pungent and peculiar. It is far 
stronger than the "Large Pod Pepper." 

ConstituentS.-^The extreme acridity of capsicum is probably 
chiefly due to capsaicin, a substance obtained in colorless crystals by 
Thresh. The thick, yellowish red liquid called capsicin (Bucholtz and 
Braconnot) was probably an ethereal extract containing capsaicin, resin, 
etc. A volatile alkaloid has also been obtained from capsicum, the odor 
of which resembles that of coniine. 

Large Pod Pepper. — The pods of Capsicum annuum constitute the 
large red pepper, and were official, together with the smaller variety, in 
the Pharmacopoeia of 1870 ; but they are not official in the present 
Pharmacopoeia. These pods are two or three inches long. The ordi- 
nary ground red pepper, or bird pepper of the market, is probably this 
variety. 

Medicinal Uses. — Capsicum has an exceedingly hot and pungent 



278 A COMPANION TO THE 






taste, producing irritation of the mucous membrane of the mouth, and 
a flow of saliva. It is frequently used as a condiment, especially in hot 
climates, causing a sense of warmth in the stomach and increasing the 
appetite and digestion. 

In medicinal doses it is a stimulant, stomachic, and carminative, and 
as such is employed in various forms of dyspepsia (especially in drunk- 
ards), and also of flatulent colic. It is also often employed, either alone 
or in combination with opium, in cholera, cholera morbus, diarrhoea, etc. 
It is a valuable ingredient in mixtures given as a substitute for liquor, 
to check the morbid appetite for alcoholic drinks. 

Like all spices, it is injurious in oases of genito-urinary irritation or 
inflammation. Externally, capsicum is used as a counter-irritant. 

Dose. — Five to ten grains (0.33 to 0.66 gram) in powder or pill. 

CAPSICI CERATUM COMPOSITE!!. 
Spice Plaster. 

Mix ten grams (154 grains) cloves, ten grams cinnamon, ten grams 
ginger, five grams (77 grains) capsicum, and five grams camphor, all 
powdered, and then incorporate with sixty grams (2 ounces 50 grains) 
simple cerate. 

Used as a rubefacient. 

CAPSICI EMPLASTRLTM; U. S. 
Capsicum Plaster. 

Coat strips of spread adhesive plaster with a thin coating of oleo- 
resin of capsicum by means of a camel's-hair pencil or other suitable 
brush, leaving a margin along the edges all around. One grain of oleo- 
resin of capsicum should be put on every square inch of surface. The 
adhesive margin around the capsicum plaster is obtained cleanest and 
best by the use of Duckett's plaster square, or some other convenient 
contrivance for covering all of the adhesive plaster around the part that is 
to be coated. Strips of stiff brown paper will answer, but not so perfectly. 

This preparation is a new one to the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. 

Counter-irritant and stimulant. 

CAPSICI EXTRACTITM FLUIDUM; U. S. 

Fluid Extract of Capsicum. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 279 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred and fifty grams (about 10J fluid- 
ounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. 
Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (15^ fluidounces) 
of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is ex- 
hausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

This preparation must be handled with great caution, owing to its 
extreme acridity. 

Dose. — 0.2 to 0.5 cubic centimeter (3 to 8 minims). 

CAPSICI IJSTFUSUM. 

Infusion of Capsicum. 

From fifteen grams (or about -j- avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). See direc- 
tions on page 597. 

A trifle weaker than the preparation of 1870. 

Employed as a gargle or topical application in putrid sore throat of 
scarlatina, etc. It is seldom employed internally. 

CAPSICI OLEO-KESINA; U. S. 
Oleo-Resin of Capsicum. 

Pack five hundred grams (17f avoirdupois ounces) capsicum, in No. 
60 powder, into a cylindrical percolator constructed with tight cover and 
a receptacle adapted to operations with volatile menstrua (see " Oleore- 
sinse "), and percolate slowly with stronger ether until seven hundred and 
fifty grams (about 1,000 cubic centimeters, or 34 fluidounces) of percolate 
have been obtained. Distil off the greater part of the ether and expose 
the residue for spontaneous evaporation in a porcelain evaporating dish 
until the remaining ether has disappeared. The product is then allowed 
to settle, the liquid portion is poured off, and the remainder put on a 
strainer ; when the fatty matter has separated and become thoroughly 
drained, it is rejected ; the liquid portions are then mixed. 

The yield is about four per cent. Oleo-resin of capsicum is terribly 
acrid and fiery, and should be handled with caution. 

Used externally in plasters or liniments for local stimulant and 
rubefacient purposes. 



280 A COMPANION TO THE 



CAPSICI TINCTUKA ; U. S. 
Tincture of Capsicum. 

The menstruum consists of a mixture of alcohol and water in the 
proportion of nineteen parts by weight of alcohol (23J parts by measure) 
and one part of water. Moisten fifteen grams (^- ounce) capsicum, in 
No. 30 powder, with nine grams (2J drachms) of the menstruum ; then 
pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator and percolate with the same 
menstruum until three hundred grams (10 ounces 255 grains, measuring 
about 12J fluidounces) of tincture has been obtained. 

This tincture (U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1880) is about forty per cent, 
stronger than that of the old Pharmacopoeia (1870). In fact it is prob- 
able that most of the tincture of capsicum is made from the common red 
pepper (from the pods of Capsicum annuum, which was official in the 
Pharmacopoeia of 1870), and a tincture made in accordance with the 
new Pharmacopoeia is therefore more than twice as strong. 

A useful preparation in cases in which capsicum is indicated. 

Dose. — Four to eight cubic centimeters (1 to 2 fluidrachms). 

Carboneum. 

Caebon. 

The principal constituent of animal and vegetable matter. Druggists 
have to deal with it in the following forms : 

Carbo Animalis ; TJ. S. 

Animal Chaecoal. 

Prepared from bone. 

A coarse, granular, black powder. Odorless. Nearly tasteless. See 
the Pharmacopoeia, page 65. 

Used only for preparing purified animal charcoal. 

CAKBO ANIMALIS PUKIFICATUS ; U. S. 
Pueified Animal Chaecoal. 

Animal charcoal from which the calcium compounds have been re- 
moved by means of dilute hydrochloric acid. 

It is used simply to decolorize (and sometimes to deodorize) organic 
substances in solution. 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 281 



Carbo "Ligni ; IT. S. 

Charcoal. 
Carbo Vegetabilis. 

" Prepared Charcoal " consists of carbon, with generally from one to 
three per cent. ash. 

Charcoal from soft wood, such as willow, poplar, etc., is best, be- 
cause most porous. Also prepared from oak, beech, birch, etc. When 
freshly heated it is a powerful deodorizing agent. 

Medicinal Uses. — Charcoal absorbs gases and is a deodorizer. It 
is an ingredient of the charcoal poultice. Taken internally it absorbs 
some of the gases and fluids in the alimentary tract, and is useful in 
heartburn, eructations of gases or sour liquids, flatulence, and dyspepsia. 

Dose. — One to two teaspoonfuls, mixed with water. 

CAKBONIS CATAPLASMA, B. 
Charcoal Poultice. 

Is made by macerating one hundred and eighty grams (6 ounces) of 
bread crumbs for ten minutes with nine hundred grams (30 ounces) of 
hot water, then adding one hundred and thirty-five grams (4£ ounces) 
flaxseed meal, stirring constantly until a soft homogeneous mass is 
formed. With this incorporate three-fourths of an ounce of powdered 
charcoal, and sprinkle as much more powdered charcoal over the surface 
of the poultice. 

A deodorizing and cleansing application to foul ulcers. 

Carbonei Bisulphidum ; U. S. 

Bisulphide op Carbon. 
Disulphide of Carbon. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 66. 

Colorless, refractive, very diffusive. Odor strong and very offensive. 
Taste acrid. Does not mix with water. Mixes with alcohol, ether, 
chloroform, and fixed or volatile oils. Specific gravity 1.272. Inflam- 
mable like ether. 

Must be kept in tightly corked bottles, in a cool place, away from 
any flame. 

Has powerful solvent properties, dissolving caoutchouc, many resins, 
fats, etc. 



282 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Cardamomum ; IT. S. 

Cakdamom. 

Cardamomi Fructus — Kardamomen, G. ; Cardamomes, F.; Carda- 
momo, Sp. ; Kardemummor, Sw. 

Origin. — Elettaria Cardamomum, Maton (Zingiber acea}). 

Habitat. — Malabar, etc. 

Part used. — The seeds inclosed in their capsules. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 66. 

Varieties. — "Malabar" and "Aleppy" cardamoms are the kinds 
imported into the United States. Besides these there are Madras car- 
damoms and Ceylon cardamoms. 

All kinds of cardamoms are besides designated according to size and 




Figs. 132-142.— a and b, short Malabar Cardamom ; c, medium, and d, long Malabar Car- 
damom ; e, transverse section, slightly enlarged ; /, Ceylon Cardamom ; g, Cardamom seed ; 
A, same, enlarged ; i, transverse, and j, longitudinal, sections of seed ; k, round Cardamom, 
natural size ; and Z, transverse section of same, slightly enlarged. 

shape, by the terms, shorts, short-longs or mediums, and longs,. " Shorts " 
are from four-tenths to six-tenths inch long; " short-longs " are from 
seven-tenths to nine-tenths inch long ; and " longs " are from one to 
two inches. 

Malabar cardamoms are the finest. They are either shorts or short- 
longs, bleached or unbleached. The choicest are plump, heavy, and 
have a pale straw or buff color without any green tint, and yield three- 
fourths or more of their weight of sound and mature seeds. Shorts are 
best. 

Madras cardamoms are pale, and not plump, short-longs. 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 283 



Aleppy cardamoms are shorts, of a somewhat greenish tint, and are 
not so good. 

Ceylon cardamoms are longs, dark grayish brown, and have a dif- 
ferent odor and taste from the above three kinds. 

These several kinds are figured on opposite page, in their natural sizes 
respectively. 

The shells are tough, inodorous, and tasteless, and have no value. 
The only reasons why the Pharmacopoeia prescribes cardamom to be the 
whole fruit (the pericarp with the seeds) are, that the seeds, which alone 
constitute the active part of the drug, are better protected, and their 
volatile oil retained when they are inclosed in their proper thick cap- 
sules, and that the kind and quality of the drug is more readily recog- 
nized in this form than in the form of seeds separately. 

Several pharmacopoeias, among which the British, direct that when 
the drug is to be used the seeds must be removed from and weighed 
and used without the capsules, which are to be rejected. This the U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia does not direct, except in the formula for aromatic 
powder. 

Constituents. — The only important constituent of cardamom is the 
volatile oil, which is pale yellow, has the odor and taste of the seeds, in 
which alone it is contained, and exhibits a neutral reaction,, About 
four and a half per cent, has been obtained. 

Medicinal Uses. — Cardamom is used as a spice and as an aromatic 
carminative and stomachic. It is much used as a flavoring excipient, 
and also as a corrective to prevent griping in colic, flatulence, and simi- 
lar conditions. 

Dose. — About one gram (15 grains). 

CARDAMOMI EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM COMPOS1TUM. 
Compound Fluid Extract of Cardamom. 

Mix two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) cardamom, two hun- 
dred grams cinnamon, one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) cara- 
way, and fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) cochineal, and reduce the 
mixture to No. 60 powder. 

Then, using alcohol as a menstruum, make four hundred and forty 
cubic centimeters (15 fluidounces) of fluid extract by re-percolation, and 
to this product add sixty cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) glycerin. 

This preparation is much to be preferred to the compound tincture 
of cardamom. It is three times the strength of the preparations ordi- 
narily sold under the title Compound Fluid Extract of Cardamom. 

Dose. — One cubic cen,timeter (15 minims). 



284 A COMPANION TO THE 

CARDAMOMI INFUSUM. 
Infusion of Cardamom. 

Four grams (1 drachm) of bruised cardamom to five hundred cubic 
centimeters (17 fluidounces) of water. Make an infusion. 
Dose. — A wineglassful several times a day. 

CARDAMOMI TINCTURA; U. S. 
Tincture of Cardamom. 

Moisten forty-five grams (1J ounce) cardamom, in No. 30 powder, 
with forty-five grams (measuring about If fluidounce) diluted alcohol, 
and macerate twenty-four hours ; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical 
percolator, and percolate with diluted alcohol until three hundred grams 
(about 11 fluidounces) of tincture has been obtained. 

Dose. — Two to ten cubic centimeters (J to 2% fluidrachms). 

CARDAMOMI TINCTURA COMPOSITA; U. S. 
Compound Tincture of Cardamom. 

Mix twenty grams (308 grains) cardamom, twenty grams cinnamon, 
ten grams (154 grains) caraway, and five grams (77 grains) cochineal, 
and reduce them to No. 40 powder. Moisten with twenty -five grams 
(nearly 1 fluidounce) diluted alcohol ; pack firmly in a cylindrical per- 
colator and percolate with diluted alcohol until nine hundred and forty 
grams (about 35 fluidounces) tincture has been obtained. To this add 
sixty grams (2 ounces) glycerin. 

This tincture affords the physician the means of not only imparting 
a pleasant flavor but also a pleasing appearance to various mixtures, 
emulsions, etc. The corresponding fluid extract is, however, preferable. 

Dose. — Two to ten cubic centimeters (J to 2-J fluidrachms). 

Carduus Benedictus. 

Carduus Benedictus. 

Cardui Benedicti Folia — Blessed Thistle, E. ; Benedictendistel, G. ; 
Char don b'enit, F. ; Kardbenedihtblad, Sw. 

Origin. — Cnicus Benedictus, Gaertner (Composite). 

Habitat. — Asia and Europe. 

Parts used. — The leaves ; sometimes also the flowering tops. 

Description. — The leaves are hairy on both sides, especially near 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 285 

the base ; the veins are well marked ; in the dried state light green ; 
inodorous ; taste saline, bitter. 

Constituents. — A bitter neutral principle called cnicin, which 
crystallizes in colorless prisms, readily soluble in alcohol, less readily so 
in water. The drug also contains potassium nitrate. 

A dose of thirty-six centigrams (6 grains) cnicin has occasioned 
vomiting and diarrhoea. 

Medicinal Uses. — It is a bitter tonic, formerly much used in di- 
gestive derangements, atonic dyspepsia, chronic hepatic troubles, and 
similar ailments. 

Dose. — One to five grams (15 to 75 grains) several times during the 
day ; best given in extract or fluid extract. 

CARDUI BENEDICTI EXTRACTUM. 
Exteact oe Caeduus Benedictus. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 grams (10 to 30 grains). 

CAKDUI BENEDICTI EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Exteact of Caeduus Benedictus. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 

Carminum. 

Caemine. 
Carminic Acid. 

The red coloring matter of cochineal. As occurring in commerce 
the best carmine is carminic acid, combined with one or two per cent, of 
alumina, or, occasionally with oxide of tin or with albumen. 

It is entirely soluble in water of ammonia, forming a purplish-red 
liquid. Any portion remaining undissolved is an impurity. 

Used as a coloring agent. 



286 A COMPANION TO THE 



Carnis Extractum. 

Extract of Meat. 

An aqueous extract prepared from lean beef deprived of fat, albu- 
men, and gelatin, as far as practicable. 

Dark brown. Has the odor of roasted meet. Yields a clear solution 
with water, in which it is entirely soluble. Dried at 110° C. (230° F.), 
it should not lose more than twenty-two per cent, of its weight. Alco- 
hol of ninety per cent, strength (0.822 specific gravity) should dissolve 
at least fifty-six per cent, of the extract. 

The above is Liebig's extract of meat. . In its preparation a small 
quantity of salt and hydrochloric acid are usually employed. The albu- 
men, fat, and gelatin being removed, this extract is not nutritive, but 
simply stimulant. 

Extract of beef is nutritive when made at such a low temperature 
that the albumen remains in the preparation. It is also nutritive when 
in its preparation the fibrin is ground up into a smooth paste which is 
incorporated in the extract. 

Medicinal Uses. — Beef extract is often employed as a stimulant. 
It is not valuable as a nutritive agent, but resembles alcohol in action, 
although it is much weaker. 

CARNIS INFUSUM. 
Beef-Tea. 

May be made by placing chopped beef into a wide-mouthed bottle 
and covering with water. The bottle is then loosely corked and placed 
in a vessel with water and then over the fire. The water is slowly 
brought to the boiling point, and the beef is kept simmering for some 
time, and the liquid finally separated by rubbing through coarse muslin 
or a fine sieve until only a small portion of exhausted fibrous substance 
is left on the strainer. Prepared in this way, beef-tea is nutritive as 
well as stimulant, and may be given to invalids or ill-nourished children. 
It may be spiced to suit the taste. 

Beef-tea, as often made by boiling a piece of beef in water and then 
pouring off the liquid, resembles urine in chemical composition and is a 
weak stimulant but not a nutritive. 

CARNIS INFUSUM FRIGIDE PARATUM. 
Cold-prepared Beef-Tea. 

Macerate five hundred grams (17-J fluidounces) beef, free from fat 
and finely chopped, for one hour, with five hundred cubic centimeters 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 287 

(17 fluidounces) water, to which four grams (60 grains) sodium chloride 
and one gram (15 grains) diluted hydrochloric acid have been added. 
Strain through muslin, adding enough water through the cloth to ob- 
tain a total colature (without using pressure) of five hundred cubic 
centimeters (17 fluidounces). 

Contains all the albumen of the beef, and is stronger than beef-tea 
made by heat. 

CARNIS YINUM. 

Wine of Beef. 

" Beef and Winer 

Dissolve fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) of Liebig's extract of 
beef in one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (5 fluidounces) water. 
Add three grams (45 grains) bruised allspice, and macerate twenty-four 
hours. Then add six hundred cubic centimeters (20 fluidounces) sherry 
wine, one hundred and twenty grams (4 fluidounces) simple syrup, and 
enough water to make the whole product measure one thousand cubic 
centimeters (34 fluidounces). Filter. 

This makes the popular preparation so extensively used under the 
erroneous impression that it is nutritive. Extract of beef is itself not 
nutritive, and no preparation of beef such as a wine or elixir, can be 
made which has nutritive properties. It is simply stimulant. 

CAKJSTS YINUM FERRATUM. 
Ferrated Wine of Beef. 
" Beef, Wine, and Iron? 

Dissolve twenty grams (308 grains) soluble phosphate of iron in 
thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) hot water, add fifteen cubic cen- 
timeters (i fluidounce) solution of citrate of sodium, and then enough 
wine of beef to make the whole measure three thousand cubic centi- 
meters (102 fluidounces). 

A popular stimulant tonic. 

Carota. 

Carrot Fruit, 

Carotm Fructus. 
Origin. — Daucus Carota, Linne (Umbelliform). 
Habitat. — Europe. 



288 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Description. — Grayish brown, about three millimeters (J inch) 
long ; odor and taste aromatic. See the figure. 




a. *b. 

Fig. 143.— Carrot Fruit, a, outer, and &, inner, surface, enlarged. 

Constituents.— Volatile oil. 

Medicinal Uses. — Stimulant and diuretic. Used occasionally in 
strangury and dropsy. 

Dose. — Two to four grams (30 to 60 grains) in powder. 



Carthamus. 

Cakthamus. 
Carthami Flores — Safflower, American Saffron, 

Origin. — Carthamus tinctorius, Linne (Comjiositai). 

Habitat. — Cultivated in India, Asia, Africa, Europe. 

Part used. — The flowers. 

Description.— Tubular, about two centimeters (^ inch) long, slen- 
der, orange red ; odor, feeble, peculiar ; taste, bitterish. 

Constituents. — Contains a coloring matter called carthamin, 
which dissolves in alcohol with a purple color, turning yellow by 
heat. 

Carthamus is frequently substituted for saffron. So common is this 
practice that preparations of carthamus have been quoted on price-lists 
as preparations of " Saffron (Crocus sativus)," at prices, which prove 
that true saffron was not the drug meant. 

It is chiefly used as a coloring agent. 

Medicinal Uses. — As a diaphoretic in the form of hot infusion. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



289 



Carum ; U. S. 

Caraway. 

Cari Fnwtus — Kummel, G. ; Carvi, Cumin des pres, F. ; Alcaravea, 
Sp. ; Kummin, Sw. ; Caraway Seeds. 

Origin. — Carum carvi, Linne ( Umbelliferm). 
Habitat. — Europe ; cultivated. 
Part used. — The fruit, ripe and dried. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 67. The fruits, ac- 
cording to variety, differ in size, color, and aroma. English caraway is 




Fig. 144. — Caraway, natural size, enlarged, and longitudinal and transverse sections. 

usually preferred, and this is plump and short. The drug must be 
free from stalks and other admixtures, and from dust. 

Constituents. — The value of the drug depends upon its volatile 
oil, of which from three to five, and even as high as seven and nine per 
cent., has been obtained. (See Oleum Cari.) 

Medicinal Uses. — Caraway is in general use as a condiment. It 
is a stimulant, carminative, and stomachic ; useful in flatulence, etc. 

Dose.— 0.5 to 2 grams (10 to 30 grains). 



Cari Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil of Caraway. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 235. Oil of cumin is 
sometimes sold for oil of caraway. The oil of cumin has a coarser 
odor. Carminative in doses of 0.05 to 0.5 cubic centimeter (1 to 8 
minims). 

19 



290 



A COMPANION TO THE 



CAM EL^EOSACCHARUM. 

Triturate 0.1 gram (3 drops) oil of caraway with five grams (75 
grains) of powdered sugar. 

Used as a vehicle or diluent in powders. 

CAKI SPIKITUS. 
Spirit op Caraway. 
Dissolve thirty grams (1 ounce) oil of caraway in six hundred grams 
(20 ounces, or 24^ fluidounces) of alcohol. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2|- fluidrachms). 



Caryophyllus ; U. S. 

Cloves. 

Caryophylli Flores Immaturce — Geioiirznelken, JVagelein, G. ; Girofles, 
Clous aromatique. F. ; Clavo de especia, Sp. ; KryddnejliJeor, Sw. 
Origin. — Eugenia caryophyllata, Thunberg (Myrtacece). 
Habitat. — Africa, etc. 

Part Used. — The flower-buds, or unexpanded flowers of the clove- 
tree. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 67. 
They are slightly over half an inch long, and consist of a long cylin- 
drical calyx, which at the upper 
end is divided into four spreading 
sepals surrounding the four petals 
which overlap each other forming 
a globular bud about one-fifth inch 
in diameter. They have a rich 
brown color, a strong spicy odor, 
and a pungent aromatic taste. 

Cloves to be good must be 
plump, heavy, of good dark brown 
color, and rich in volatile oil. 

Zanzibar cloves are the only 
kind imported into the United 
States. 

Constituents. — About fifteen 
to twenty per cent, volatile oil (see Oleum Caryophylli), a tasteless 
crystalline substance called eugenin, a little salicylic acid, ;md a neu- 
tral, tasteless, odorless body named caryophyllin, which crystallizes in 
needles. The only constituent of any value is the volatile oil, which is 
so abundant in cloves that it exudes simply on pressure with the nail. 




Fig. 145. — «, clove, natural size ; &, mother 
clove, natural size ; c, clove, enlarged ; d, lon- 
gitudinal section of clove, enlarged. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 291 

Cloves should be preserved in well-closed vessels. 

Clove-stalks are the flower-stalks of the clove-tree. 

Mother cloves consist of the whole fruit, which is* about an inch! 
long, and oblong in shape. 

Ground cloves as sold by some spice-dealers are adulterated with clove- 
stalks, mother cloves, allspice, and other substances. 

Medicinal Uses. — Cloves are a much prized spice and condiment. 
They are stimulant, carminative, and stomachic, and are used in colic, 
flatulence, etc. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains) in infusion. 

CAEYOPHYLLI IKFUSUM. 
Infusion of Cloves. 

From ten grams (or about J avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). (See direc- 
tions on page 597.) A trifle stronger than the preparation of 1870. 

Dose. — Ten to fifteen cubic centimeters (2£ to 4 fluidrachms). 

Caryophylli Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil of Cloves. 
Caryophylli JEtherolewm — Volatile Oil of Cloves. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, p. 235. 

Used for flavoring. Also as an addition to paste, pill-masses, etc., 
to prevent moulding. A pledget of cotton saturated with this oil and 
pressed into the cavity of the tooth is a popular remedy for toothache in 
dental caries. 

CARYOPHYLLI SPIKITUS. 
Spirit of Cloves. 

Mix 2.50 cubic centimeters (40 minims) volatile oil of cloves with one 
thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) alcohol. 

Cascarilla ; U. S. 

Cascamlla. 

Cascarillm Cortex — Kaskarillrinde, G. ; iZcorce de Cascarille, iScorce 
Elutherienne, F.; Kaskarillbark, Sw.; Swestwood Bark, Eleuthera 
Bark. 

Origin. — Croton Eluteria, Bennett (Euphorbiaceod). 
Habitat. — The Bahamas. 
Part used.— The bark. 



292 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 67. The drug consists 
of quills or troughs, from one to three inches 
long and about one-half inch in diameter, or 
broken up into smaller fragments. The cas- 
carilla imported into the United States usually 
consists of young bark, which is of a dull brown 
color, partly or entirely covered by a silver-white 
lichenous growth. 

When burnt, the drug emits a fragrant 
odor. 

Constituents.— About one per cent, of 
volatile oil, a small quantity of a bitter neutral 
principle called cascarillin, which has been ob- 
tained in white crystals, and about fifteen per 
cent, of resin. 

Medicinal Uses. — A stimulant stomachic 
in atonic conditions of the stomach, or in dys- 
pepsia accompanied by vomiting and flat ulence. 

It is often added to smoking tobacco to im- 

Fia UU, 146.— Cascarilla, nat- P art a flavor to the latter. If the fumes are in- 
uralsize. haled they produce a kind of intoxication. 

Dose of the powder, about thirty grains (2 grams) in powder. 




CASCAEILL^E EXTKACTUM. 
Extract of Cascarilla. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. 

Dose. — 0.50 to 1 gram (8 to 15 grains). 



CASCARILLA EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Cascarilla. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. GO powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
three hundred grams (about 12} fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3£ fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



293 



CASCAKILL^E INFUSUM. 
Infusion of Oascaeilla. 

From thirty grams (about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make five 
hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). (See directions on 
page 597.) 

About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 

Dose.— Fifty to seventy-five cubic centimeters (12 to 18 fluidrachms) 
several times a day. 

CASCARILLJE TINCTUKA. 
Tinctuee of Oascaeilla. 

Percolate fifteen grams (^ ounce) powdered cascarilla with diluted 
alcohol until three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) tincture 
is obtained. 

Dose. — Two to ten cubic centimeters (J to 2J fluidrachms). 

Cassia Fistula; U. S. 

Cassia Fistula. 

Cassia? Fistula? Fructus — Rdhrencassie, G. ; Casse 
Cannefice, Fruit de Cannejicer, F. ; Carta Fistula, 
Sp. ; Cassia Fistula, Sw. ; Purging Cassia. 

Origin. — Cassia Fistula, Linn6 (Leguminosw). 

Habitat. — West Indies. 

Part used. — The fruit. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 67. 
Cylindrical pods of a dark rich brown color, and con- 
taining in separate cells from twenty-five to one hun- 
dred seeds, and a dark brown, soft, sweet pulp, having 
an odor like prunes, and containing about sixty per 
cent, sugar. 

Good cassia fistula yields at least thirty per cent, of 
the pulp, which is the only valuable part of the drug. 

It is not known to what the certain though mild 
laxative effects of the drug are to be ascribed. 

Medicinal Uses.— Cassia fistula is a mild laxa- 
tive, but is seldom employed except in combination 
with other remedies, as confection of senna. 

Dose.— As a laxative, four to eight grams (1 to 2 drachms) of the 
pulp ; as a purgative, thirty to sixty grams (1 to 2 ounces). 




Fig. 147. —Cassia 
Fistula, piece, nat- 
ural size. 



294 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Castanea; U. S. 

Castanea. 
Castanece Folia — Chestnut Leaves. 
Origin. — Castanea vesca, Linne (Cupuliferaj). 
Habitat. — Europe and America. 

Part used. — The green leaves collected in September or October. 
Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 68. They should have 
a good green color and an astringent taste. 

Constituents. — Tannin is one of the active constituents. It proba- 
bly contains also other active substances, 
but it has not yet been sufficiently accu- 
rately analyzed. 

Medicinal Uses. — This drug has 
been used with success in whooping- 
cough, in which disease it affords marked 
relief. The best form for administration 
is the fluid extract. 

Dose of the fluid extract, two to 
five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims) 
every three to four hours. 

CASTANET EXTEACTUM 
FLUIDUM; U. S. 

Fluid Exteact of Castanea. 

To make five hundred cubic centime- 
ters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. fluid- 
ounces), pour two thousand five hundred 
cubic centimeters (about 5-| wine pints) 
of boiling water on five hundred grams 
(17f avoirdupois ounces) of castanea, in 
No. 30 powder, and macerate for two 
hours. Express the strong infusion. 
Transfer the wet drug to a percolator, 
pack it moderately firmly, and percolate 

with water until exhausted. Mix the per- 
FiG. 143.— Chestnut Leaf, reduced. , . . . , . n „• „ „,,,! 

colate with the reserved infusion and 

evaporate on water-bath to one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluid- 
ounces). When cool, add three hundred cubic centimeters (about 12| 
fluidounces) of alcohol, shake well, and set aside. When the sediment 
has quite subsided draw off the clear liquid, evaporate it to four hundred 




UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



295 



cubic centimeters (about 13£ fluidounces) and, when cold, add to it one 
hundred cubic centimeters (3J fluidounces) of alcohol. 

Each cubic centimeter represents one gram of the drug, and each 
fluidrachm nearly fifty-seven grains. 

New to the Pharmacopoeia. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (36 to 75 minims). 



Castoreum. 

Castoreum. 
Bibergeil, G. ; Castoreum, F. ; Castoreo, Sp. ; Bafvergall, Sw. ; Castor. 

Origin. — Castor fiber, Linne {Mammalia). 

Habitat. — Northern parts of 
Asia, Europe, and America. 

Part used. — A concrete sub- 
stance, formed from secretions from 
the preputial follicles of the beaver. 

Description. — Both the male 
and the female animals yield castor. 
The drug consists of the two pear- 
shaped sacs between the rectum 
and genitals. The sacs are several 
inches long, and adhere to each 
other at the narrow end. After 
being cut out from the killed beaver 
the castor sacs are dried, usually by 
being smoked. Occur in commerce 
in pairs. They are dark brown, 
almost black, tough, and when 
broken have a resinous fatty appear- 
ance. The odor is strong and pecu- 
liar, and the taste bitter and pun- 
gent. The mass is scarcely at all 
sol uble in water, but alcohol dissolves 
more than one-half of its weight. 

Contains a pale yellow volatile 
oil of a very strong odor, carbolic 
acid (or creosote, formed by the FlG - ^-Castoreum, naturalsize. 

smoking of the sacs ?) a brown resin which makes up from one-sixth to 
over one-half of the castor. 

There are two principal varieties : American or Canadian castor, and 




296 A COMPANION TO THE 



Siberian or Russian castor. If, as seems probable, the properties of 
the drug depend upon the volatile oil and the resin, then the Russian 
castor is much the better of the two, the Russian castor containing two 
per cent, volatile oil, and about fifty-eight per cent, resin, while the 
American contains only one per cent, of the volatile oil and less than 
twenty-five per cent, resin. Russian castor sacs are about twice the 
weight of the American, the former weighing from sixty to two hundred 
and forty grams (2 to 8 ounces) while the latter weigh from thirty to 
one hundred and twenty grams (1 to 4 ounces). 

Russian castor is never glossy, but earthy looking, yellowish brown, 
or darker, and has a much stronger odor and taste than the American 
variety, which is often glossy, brownish red, or blackish. 

Russian castor is rarely sold in the United States. It fetches many 
times the price of the American. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of musk. Stimulant and anti- 
spasmodic. Used in hysteria, hysterical convulsions, etc. 

Dose. — -Very variable. Stated to be from 0.5 to 5 grams (8 to 75 
grains), according to quality of drug. 



CASTOREI TINCTURA. 
Tincture of Castoreum. 

Macerate thirty grams (1 ounce) coarsely powdered castoreum for 
five days with a mixture of two hundred and forty cubic centimeters (8 
fluidounces) alcohol, and ninety cubic centimeters (3 fluidounces) water. 

Dose. — Two to ten cubic centimeters (J to 2J fluidrachms). 

CASTOREI TINCTURA THEBAICA. 

Tincture of Castor with Opium. 

Ahta Moderdroppar, Sw. 

Macerate together for five days ten grams (154 grains) opium in 
powder, thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) empyreumatic hartshorn, 
sixty grams (2 ounces 50 grains) coarsely powdered asafcetida, one hun- 
dred and twenty grams (4 ounces 100 grains) coarsely powdered castor, 
six hundred and sixty cubic centimeters (22 fluidounces) alcohol, and 
three hundred and sixty cubic centimeters (12 fluidounces) water. Ex- 
press and filter. 

Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 297 

Cataplasmata. 

Poultices. 

Consist of some emollient substance mixed with warm water, and are 
used for external application. 

They are usually made with linseed meal and water as a base, though 
they may be made from bread-crumbs, powdered slippery-elm bark, or 
cornmeal with hot water or milk. 

The poultice may be made anodyne by adding tincture of opium, or 
fluid extract of belladonna, conium, or hyoscyamus, or the leaves of 
these drugs ; cooling, by adding solution of subacetate of lead ; stimu- 
lant, by the addition of yeast or turpentine, or by using powdered mus- 
tard ; deodorizing, with charcoal ; disinfectant and antiseptic, with 
carbolic acid, etc. 

The warmth and moisture of a poultice soften and relax the tissues 
and allay pain and inflammation. If applied for a longer time poultices 
promote suppuration, and are therefore useful as applications to forming 
abscesses, carbuncles, glandular enlargements, etc., while they must be 
used cautiously about the joints. 

In peritonitis, pneumonia, or pleurisy, a large and warm poultice 
often affords marked relief. In some cases dry applications of pillows 
with warm bran or cornmeal, with chamomile or hops, give even more 
relief than the moist poultices. 

Poultices should not be applied directly to. the skin, as is so often 
done, but should be folded between two thicknesses of thin muslin, so as 
to leave the skin clean when they are removed. 

Cataria. 

Cat am a. 

Catarice Herba — Katzenmiinze, Katzenkraut, G. ; Cataire, Herbe aux 

chats, Menthe de chats, F. ; Catnep, Catmint. 

Origin. — Nepeta Cataria, Linne {Labiatce). 

Habitat. — Asia, Europe, North America. 

Parts used. — The leaves and flowering tops. 

Description. — Stem and leaves hairy, grayish green ; flowers whit- 
ish ; odor peculiar, mint-like ; taste aromatic, bitter. 

Constituents. — Volatile oil, bitter extractive, and a little tannin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Stimulant and tonic. Used as a stomachic in 
indigestion, but most frequently as a remedy for the flatulent colic of 
infants. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains) in infusion or fluid ex- 
tract several times daily. 



298 A COMPANION TO THE 



CATAEI^E EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Cataria. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of. the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

CATAEI^E INFUSUM. 

Infusion of Cataria. 

From fifty grams (about If avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U„ S. fluidounces). (See direc- 
tions on page 597.) 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

Catechu ; U. S. 

Catechu. 

Catechu JExtr actum Crudum — JTatechu, Pegu- Catechu, G. ; Cachou 
JYbir, F. ; Catecu, Cato, Tierra Japonica, Sp. ; Kateku, Sw. — 
Black Catechu, Cutch, Terra Japonica. 

Origin. — Acacia Catechu, Willdenow {Leguminosm). 

Habitat. — From Pegu. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 68. It comes in large 
masses, which are hard and brittle, internally porous and glossy ; odor, 
slight ; taste, strongly astringent and sweetish. Only a portion of it is 
dissolved out by water, leaving the catechin undissolved. The drug is 
almost entirely dissolved by alcohol. 

Constituents. — The constituents of cutch, or black catechu, are 
catechu-tannic acid and catechin. 

The astringency is due to catechu-tannic acid. It exists, already 
formed, in the catechu to the extent of fifty per cent., and may be dis- 
solved out with cold water. It is also soluble in alcohol and in a mix- 
ture of alcohol and ether, but insoluble in ether. With ferric salts 
(solution of chloride of iron, or of tersulphate of iron) it forms greenish- 
brown precipitates. Catechu-tannic acid is formed from catechin, the 
latter being converted by continued boiling into catechu-tannic acid. 

Catechin (also called catechuic acid) is insoluble in cold water, but 
soluble in alcohol and ether, and somewhat soluble in boiling water. It 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 299 

has been obtained in white, needle-like crystals. As already stated, it 
is converted into catechu-tannic acid by heat. 

Squire states that cold water dissolves eighty-eight per cent, of this 
variety of catechu, forming a very turbid solution , and that six ounces 
of gelatine precipitates all of the astringent matter from the watery 
solution obtained from ten ounces of the drug. 

See also Areca. 

Medicinal Uses. — Catechu is a powerful vegetable astringent. It 
is used to check diarrhoea / also as a gargle and mouth-wash in a re- 
laxed condition of the uvula or pharyngeal mucous membrane, and in 
spongy gums / as an injection in leucorrhcea, etc. 

Dose. — One to thirty grains (0.06 to 2 grams). 

CATECHU EXTKACTUM LIQUIDUM. 
Liquid Extract of Catechu. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use two hundred and fifty grams (or its equivalent — 8-f 
avoirdupois ounces) of the drug, in No. 40 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. Mix the drug with an equal 
bulk of clean sand of about the same fineness. Moisten the drug with 
one hundred grams (about 3f fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack it 
in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty- 
eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13|- fluidounces) of the 
first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and 
then dissolve it in the. first percolate. Add enough of the menstrxium to 
make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluiJ- 
ounces). (For suggestions as to details, see page 451.) 

Each cubic centimeter of the liquid extract represents the soluble 
matter of one-half gram of the drug. Each fluidounce represents two 
hundred and twenty-seven and five-sixths grains ; and each fluidrachm 
nearly twenty-eight and a half grains. 

" Fluid Extract of Catechu " of the same relative strength as other 
fluid extracts cannot be made. (See Liquid Extract of Aloes.) 

Dose. — 0.6 to 2 cubic centimeters (10 to 30 minims). 

CATECHU TUSTCTUEA COMPOSITA; U.S. 

Compound Tincture of Catechu. 

Mix thirty-six grams (555 grains) catechu and twenty-four grams 
(370 grains) cinnamon, both in powder of No. 40 fineness. Moisten 



300 A COMPANION TO THE 

the mixture with forty-five grams (about If fluidounce) diluted alcohol. 
Macerate twenty-four hours. Then pack it in a cylindrical percolator 
and percolate with diluted alcohol until three hundred grams (about 10 
fluidounces) tincture is obtained. 

Dose. — Two to eight cubic centimeters (^ to 2 fluidrachms). 

CATECHU TROCHISCI ; tL S. 

Catechu Troches. 

Mix 6.50 grams (100 grains) catechu, sixty-five grams (1,000 grains) 
sugar, and 1.60 gram (25 grains) tragacanth, all in fine powder. Then 
form the mass with a sufficient quantity of orange-flower water, and 
divide it into one hundred troches. 

Catechu Pallidum. 

Pale Catechu. 
Uncariod JExtractum Crudum — Gambir. 

Origin. — Uncaria Gambir, Roxburgh (Rubiacece). 

Habitat. — East Indian Islands. 

Description. — A dry extract obtained by evaporating a decoction 
prepared by boiling the leaves and young shoots in water. Usually in 
square masses, brown externally, pale grayish brown internally ; often 
somewhat soft and sticky ; usually dry and showing crystalline particles 
under the microscope ; partially soluble in water ; inodorous, astringent, 
somewhat sweetish. 

Constituents. — Catechin and some catechu-tannic acid, formed 
from the catechin in the process of inspissating the decoction. It is 
inferior to the black catechu, as the medicinal value of the drug de- 
pends upon the catechu-tannic acid, of which the gambir contains much 
less than true catechu. 

Caulophyllum ; U. S. 

Caulophyllum. 

Caulophylli Radix — Blue Cohosh, Pappoose Moot, Squaw Hoot, 

Blueberry Root. 

Origin. — Caulophyllum thalictroides, Michaux (Berberidacem). 

Habitat. — Canada and the northern portions of the United States. 

Parts used. — The rhizome and rootlets. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 68. 

Must be sound and free from dirt. An admixture of golden seal, 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 301 

which is not uncommon, will be at once detected by the yellow color 
shown by the latter on breaking it. 

Constituents. — Saponin and two resins. 

Caulophyllin is a preparation containing the resins, prepared by pre- 
cipitation from a concentrated alcoholic tincture (half strength of the 
fluid extract) by pouring this into eight times its volume of water. 

Medicinal Uses. — Blue cohosh is said to be demulcent, diapho- 
retic, diuretic, anti-spasmodic, emmenagogue, and parturient. It is 
given to facilitate parturition in those cases of delay which are due to 
debility or fatigue. It is also said to be useful in rheumatism, dropsy, 
colic, hysteria, etc. 

Dose. — 1 to 2.5 grams (15 to 40 grains). 

CAULOPHYLLI EXTEACTUM. 
Extract of Caulophyllum. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twen- 
tieth part of its weight of glycerin. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.3 gram (1 to 5 grains) three times a day. 

Brown. 

CAULOPHYLLI EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Caulophyllum. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (about 8-j- fluidounces) alcohol to every one hundred 
grams (about 3^ fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — 1 to 2.5 cubic centimeters (15 to 40 minims). 

Cera Alba ; XT, S. 

White Wax. 

Weisses Wachs, G. ; Cire blanche, F.; Cera blanca, Sp.; Hvitt vax, Sw. 

Origin, Description, Tests, and Uses. — See Cera Flava. 
See also Pharmacopoeia, page 68. 

White wax is obtained by bleaching yellow wax by exposure to 
moisture, light, and air. 

It always has a slightly yellowish hue. The odor is peculiar but not 



302 A COMPANION TO THE 

unpleasant. Comes usually in round cakes, about one decimeter (4 
inches) in diameter, or in rectangular ones about seven and one-half by 
ten centimeters (3 by 4 inches). Must not be unctuous to the touch. 

White wax turns rancid much more rapidly than the yellow, and 
ought not to be used in ointments, cerates, etc., where yellow wax can 
be made use of. 

CERATA CHAKTA. 
Wax Paper. 

This is best prepared by rubbing sheets of thin, fine (French) letter- 
paper with melted wax by means of cotton-waste or a ball of loose 
cotton or woollen yarn. The paper must be laid on a clean piece of 
boiler plate, or on a sheet of copper, kept hot on the stove, and only a 
small quantity of the melted wax is needed to impregnate the paper, 
the cotton-waste being dipped lightly into the wax and rubbed into the 
paper with considerable force. Only one sheet can be finished at a time, 
and not more than two sheets of paper ought to be laid on the plate, 
the under sheet being intended simply to prevent the other from being 
soiled. Paraffine may be used in place of wax. 

Wax paper, or paraffine paper, is vary useful in a drug store. Plas- 
ters in rolls and cerates are wrapped, and even ointments may be neatly 
put up in it, unless very soft. It is also used to cover spread plasters, 
and " tie-over jars," and finally, for putting up powders containing vol- 
atile or hygrometric substances. 

COLD CKEAM 

is made by melting together thirty grams (1 ounce) white wax, thirty 
grams (1 ounce) spermaceti, and one hundred and eighty grams (6 
ounces) oil of almonds, then adding two hundred and seventy grams 
(9 fiuidounces) rose-water, and enough oil of rose to perfume it. The 
rose-water and oil of rose are added when the melted mixture is still 
liquid, and the whole then stirred briskly until cold. 

Used as an application to chapped hands, etc., and as a cosmetic 
preparation to render the skin soft and smooth. 

Cera Flava ? U. S. 

Yellow Wax. 
Gelbes Wachs, G.; Cire jaune, F '. ; Cera, Sp.; Oult vax, Sw. 
Origin.— yl/>is melliflca, Linn6 (Ilymenopterd). 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 69. In large yellow, 
or pale brownish yellow cakes. Odor pleasant, reminding of honey. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 303 

Wax, both yellow and white, is very frequently adulterated with paraf- 
fine, ceresin, etc. These adulterations are detected by the tests given in 
the Pharmacopoeia. Wax adulterated with paraffine has not a level 
upper surface after cooling, as pure wax has, but a concave one. 

Constituents. — CeHn or cerotio acid, about seventy-three per 
cent., insoluble in alcohol ; myricin or melissyl palmitate, about twenty- 
two per cent., soluble in alcohol ; and about five per cent, of a fat called 
cerolein, which gives the odor and color to the yellow wax. 

Medicinal Uses. — Both white and yellow wax are used as ingre- 
dients of cerates, ointments, and plasters. Used with olive oil or lard 
they form simple protective ointments. White wax is apt occasionally 
to produce irritation, being more liable to become rancid, and yellow 
wax is, therefore, preferable for all uses to which wax is put, the objec- 
tion being mainly that the preparations do not present as beautifully 
white an appearance. 

CEK^E EMULSIO. 
Emulsion of Wax. 

Triturate 6.50 grams (100 grains) yellow wax in a warmed Wedge- 
wood mortar with 6.50 grams (100 grains) yolk of egg, 13 gram (200 
grains) sugar, and enough boiling water, gradually added, to make an 
emulsion measuring three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces). 
Demulcent. 

Dose. — Fifteen to thirty cubic centimeters (-§■ to 1 fluidounce). 

Cerata. 

Cerates. 

These preparations are mixtures of fatty, substances, mostly contain- 
ing wax, having at ordinary temperatures a much firmer consistence 
than ointments, but not as firm as plasters, and melting only at tem- 
peratures above 40° C. (104° F.). They are intended for external ap- 
plication, dressings on lint, etc. 

Ceratum ; IT. S. 

Cerate. 

Ceratum Adipis, Ceratum Simplex — Cerat, G., F., and Sw. ; Cerato, 
Sp.; Simple Cerate, Lard Cerate. 

In the new Pharmacopoeia the simple cerate is made by melting to- 
gether ninety grams (3 ounces) white wax and two hundred and ten 
grams (7 ounces) lard, stirring until cool. 



304 A COMPANION TO THE 

The proportions in the Pharmacopoeia of 1870 were three ounces 
wax to six ounces lard, which was somewhat too firm, at least for the 
climate in the northern part of the United States. We think yellow 
wax should be used instead of white. (See Cera Alba.) 

Medicinal Uses. — Simply a bland and soothing protective appli- 
cation to raw surfaces. Also used as a vehicle for more active remedies 
for external application. 

Ceresinum. 

Ceresin. 

Earth Wax, Mineral Wax. 

This is the Gallician mineral ozokerite, which resembles wax and is 
used as an adulterant of wax. It is scarcely at all acted upon by strong 
sulphuric acid, and can in that way be distinguished from wax which is 
completely destroyed by that acid. Naturally it is almost black, but by 
purification it is rendered yellow or even white. 

Cerium. 

Cerium. 

A comparatively rare metal, occurring in the mineral cerite, associ- 
ated with lanthanum and didymium. The oxalate of cerium is much 
used in medicine, and lately to some extent also the nitrate. 

Cerii Nitras. 

Nitrate or Cerium. 

Cerosus Nitras — Cerous Nitrate. 

A colorless or slightly pinkish-colored salt, crystalline, freely solu- 
ble in water and in alcohol. 

Used like oxalate of cerium, and in similar doses. 

Cerii Oxalas ; U S. 

Oxalate of Cerium. 
Cerosus Oxalas — Cerous Oxalate. 

A heavy, white, somewhat granular, odorless, tasteless powder, in- 
soluble in water or in alcohol. 

See the Pharmacopoeia, page 72. 

Medicinal Uses. — Oxalate of cerium is used in vomiting of reflex 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 305 

origin, when there is no lesion of the stomach itself. It is especially 
useful in the morning sickness, or vomiting of pregnancy. 

Dose. — 0.06 to 0.5 gram (1 to 8 grains) in powder, three times a 
day, commencing with the smaller doses and increasing if necessary. 

Cetaceum ; U. S. 

Spermaceti. 

Walrath, G. ; Blanc de baleine, Cetine, Ambre blanc, F. ; Esperma de 
Ballena, Sp.; Walrat, Sw. 

Origin. — A solid, crystalline fat, obtained from the head of the 
sperm-whale, Physeter macrocephalus, Linne (Cetacea). 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 72. Unlike other fats 
it does not yield glycerin when saponified, but ethal. The drug is al- 
most pure cetin, or palmitate of cetyl. It melts at 50° 0. (122° F.), 
and is soluble in ether, chloroform, bisulphide of carbon, and in boiling 
alcohol. 

Must be perfectly snow-white, translucent, crystalline, odorless, and 
free from rancidity. It is not acted upon by a boiling dilute solution 
of soda, and leaves no grease spot on paper. 

Preservation. — Should be kept in a cool place, and best in a tin 
can with tight cover. 

Uses. — Employed almost exclusively for external application as an 
ingredient of ointments. It is occasionally used in emulsion with yolk 
of eggs or acacia as a lenitive and demulcent in irritation of the bowels. 
(See " Cerse Emulsio.") 

Spermaceti is often used in the laundry, boiled with starch, for im- 
parting a glossier and smoother finish to fine linen, etc. 

CETACEI CEEATUM ; IT. S. 
Spermaceti Cerate. 

Melt together thirty grams (1 ounce) spermaceti and one hundred 
and five grams (3-J- ounces) white wax ; then add one hundred and sixty- 
five grams (5-j- ounces) olive oil, and stir the mixture until cool. 

Very nearly the same as that of the Pharmacopoeia of 1870. 

Used as a simple and unirritating protective application in burns, 
scalds, or excoriations. Used also as a vehicle for more active remedies 
for external application. 
20 



306 A COMPANION TO THE 



CETACEUM SACCHAKATUM ; G. 

Saccharated Spermaceti. 

. Is made by triturating thirty grams (1 ounce) spermaceti with ninety 
grams (3 ounces) sugar until intimately mixed and reduced to a very 
fine powder. 

Demulcent and lenitive. 

Dose. — Five to ten grams (1 to 2£ drachms). 

Cetraria ; U. S. 

Cetraria. 

Isldndisches Moos, I/imgenmoos, G. ; Lichen d'lslande, F. ; Liquen, 
Liquen Islandico, Sp.; Islandsmossa, Islandslaf, Sw.; Iceland 
Moss. 

Origin. — Cetraria islandica, Acharius (Lichenes). 

Habitat. — Northern hemisphere. 

Part used. — The entire dried lichen. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 72. 

It is stiff and brittle, but becomes soft and assumes its natural shape 
when immersed in water. It is brownish and spotted, paler on the 
under side. Odorless. Taste bitter, mucilaginous. Boiled with thirty 
parts water it forms a jelly. 

Constituents. — The principal constituent is lichenin, or lichen 
starch, of which it contains about seventy per cent. This forms the 
jelly when cetraria is boiled with water. The bitter taste of the drug 
is from cetrarin or cetraric acid, about two to three per cent. This can 
be removed by washing with weak alkali. (See Cetraria Lota.) When 
pure it forms fine colorless needles, soluble in alcohol, but nearly insoluble 
in water. 

Medicina! Uses. — Cetraria is a demulcent and bitter tonic. It 
enjoys popular confidence as a remedy in pulmonary diseases, but its 
effects probably depend entirely on its indirect action in being nutrient, 
and at the same time stimulating appetite for other food and furthering 
digestion. 

These properties also indicate its use in chronic dysentery and diar- 
rhoea, especially as it also has a local demulcent or lenitive effect. 

Dose. — Ad libitum. 



TJKETED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 307 

CETRARIA LOTA. 
Washed Iceland Moss. 

Iceland moss makes a very dark, dirty-looking decoction or jelly, 
unless previously washed. To wash it use a solution made of thirty 
grams (1 ounce) pearlash in five liters (11 pints) of water, pouring 
enough of this on the drug to cover it well. After letting it stand 
twelve hours, pour off the liquid, and then wash the lichen with cold 
water until the washings are perfectly tasteless, after which dry it. 

Used for the same purposes as cetraria. 



CETRARIA DECOCTUM; U.S. 

Decoction of Ceteaeia. 
Iceland Moss Decoction. 

Thirty grams (1 ounce) cetraria is covered with two hundred and 
forty grams (8 ounces) cold water. After half an hour the liquid is 
pressed out and thrown away. Six hundred grams (20 ounces) of water 
are now poured on the drug and boiled with it for half an hour. The 
decoction is strained, and enough water added through the strainer to 
make the whole product weigh six hundred grams (20 ounces — it -will 
measure about nineteen fluidounces). 

This is the best form for giving cetraria. 

Dose. — Three to four fluidounces several times daily. 

Charts© Medicatse. 

Medicated Papees. 

Preparations consisting of (unsized) paper impregnated with some 
medicament, for external use, or for fumigation or inhalation. (Wax 
paper is made of either sized or unsized paper. See page 302.) 

Chelidonium ; U. S. 

Chelidontum. 

Chelidonii Herha — Schotlkraut, G. ; Chelidoine, Herbe ct Vhirondelle, 
F. ; Celidonia, Celidonia Mayor, Sp. ; Chelidonium, Sw. ; Celan- 
dine, Tetterwort. 

Origin. — Chelidonium majus, Linne (Papaveracece). 

Habitat. — Europe and North America. 

Part used.— The whole herb. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 74. 



308 A COMPANION TO THE 



Constituents. — The drug contains, combined with chelidonic acid 
(or succinic acid ?) two alkaloids. One is named chelidonine, in color- 
less crystals, insoluble in ether. It has a bitter, acrid taste, and forms 
colorless salts with the alkalies. The other alkaloid is chelerythrine (or 
pyrrhopine), which is identical with sanguinarine, the alkaloid found in 
sanguinaria (blood-root). (See Sanguinaria, p. 881.) Besides these two 
alkaloids there is in this drug a yellow crystalline substance, of a bitter 
taste, called by Probst chelidoxanthin, which is freely soluble in hot 
water, sparingly soluble in alcohol, insoluble in ether, and not affected 
by acids or by alkalies. 

Medicinal Uses. — This drug had been obsolete for some time, but 
of late years has again come into use. It was praised by Rademacher 
as a valuable remedy in jaundice and all hepatic troubles, etc. 

It is probably simply a drastic purgative, and less reliable than many 
other remedies for the same purpose. 

Externally the fresh juice or freshly bruised herb is irritating. 

Dose. — Of the fresh juice, 2 to 2.5 cubic centimeters (30 to 40 
drops) ; of the extract, about 0.5 gram (8 grains). 

The fluid extract is the only preparation used in this country. 

CHELIDONII EXTRACT QM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Chelidonium. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 40 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (about 8- 1 fluidounces) alcohol to every one hundred 
grams (about '6\ fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 

Chelone. 

Chelone. 
Balmony, S?iakehead, Turtlehead, Shellfloioer. 

Origin. — Chelone glabra, Linne (Scrophidariacem). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used. — The herb. 

Description. — About sixty to one hundred centimeters (2 to 3 feet) 
high, with large white or purple flowers. The corolla is supposed to 
resemble in its shape the head of a reptile, whence the names. Ex- 
tremely bitter. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 309 

Constituents. — The intense bitterness of the drug does not belong 
to a tonic principle, for it is purgative. It has not been analyzed. 

Uses. — Laxative or purgative. Best given in the form of fluid ex- 
tract. It is also sometimes used as an anthelmintic. • 

CHELONES DECOCTUM. 

Made from thirty grams (1 ounce) to three hundred cubic centimeters 
(10 fluidounces). 

Dose. — Fifty cubic centimeters (If fluidounce). 

CHELONES EXTRACT UM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Chelone. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2|- fluidrachms). 

Chenopodium; IT. S. 

Chenopodium. 

Chenopodii Fructus — Amerikanischer Wurmsamen, G. ; Sentences de 
chenopode anthelmintique, F. ; American Wormseed. 

Origin. — Chenopodium ambrosioides i Linne (Chenopodiacece). 

Habitat. — North America, Europe. 

Part used.— The fruits. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 74. Very small fruits, 
commonly called seeds. They are of a dull greenish yellow color. When 
old they are brown. Offensively aromatic. 

Constituents. — A considerable quantity of volatile oil, which is 
probably the only active constituent. 

Medicinal Uses. — Wormseed is given as an anthelmintic or vermi- 
fuge for lumbricoid or round worms, in the form of electuary, made of 
the powdered fruit with honey or syrup, or preferably in the form of 
fluid extract. 

The remedy should be given two or three times a day for several days, 
and should then be followed by a purgative. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains). 



310 A COMPANION TO THE 

CHENOPODII EXTRACTUH FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Chenopodium. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose* — One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 

Chenopodii Oleum; XT. S. 

Oil of Chenopodium. 

Chenopodii JEtheroleum — Volatile Oil of Chenopodium. — Oil of Amer- 
ican Wormseed. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 235. Pale yellowish, 
of a very disagreeable odor. 

Used for the same purposes as the drug itself, in doses of 0.25 to 0.5 
cubic centimeter (4 to 8 minims). 

Chise Semina. 

Chia Seed. 

Salvia Espanola — Mexican Sage Seed. 

Small dark -brownish seeds, of a very mucilaginous 

character, yielding an agreeable mucilaginous drink 

when put into cold water. It is used in Mexico for 

Fig. 150. — Chia that purpose, the drink being flavored with fresh 
Seed, natural size 
and enlarged. orange. 

Chimaphila ; U. S. 

Chimaphila. 

Chimaphilm Folia — Doldenbliithiges Hamkraut, Wintergriin, G. ; Jlerbe 
de Pyrole umbellee, F. ; Pipsissewa, Prince's Pine, Wintergreen. 

Origin. — Chimaphila umbellata, Nuttall {Ericaceoe). 
Habitat. — North America. 
Part used. — The leaves. 




UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 311 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 74. 
Constituents. — They contain a colorless, bitter, crystalline, neutral 
principle called arbutin, and also an odorless and tasteless substance in 




Fig. 151. — Chimaphila, twig and leaf, natural size. 

yellow crystals called chimaphilin. The fresh leaves also contain some 
irritant principle. 

Medicinal Uses. — Diuretic, alterative, astringent, and tonic. Used 
like uva ursi in urinary disorders. 

Externally the fresh leaves, bruised and applied to the skin, produce 
vesication. 

Only given in the form of fluid extract or infusion. 



12 A COMPANION TO THE 



CHIMAPHILA DECOCT UM. 
Decoction of Chimaphila. 

From thirty grams (or about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fiuidounces). (See direc- 
tions on page 399.) 

About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 

Dose. — One hundred cubic centimeters (3 fiuidounces) every two or 
three hours. 

CHIMAPHILA EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; IT. S. 
Fluid Extract of Chimaphila. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fiuidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As & first menstruum use a mixture of two hundred and twenty-five 
grams (about 9J fiuidounces) alcohol, two hundred and twenty -five grams 
(about 7J- fiuidounces) water, and fifty grams (about 1^ avoirdupois 
ounce) glycerin. 

As a second menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the propor- 
tion of one hundred grams (about 4$- fiuidounces) alcohol to every one 
hundred grams (about 3^ fiuidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred grams (about 7|- fiuidounces) of 
the first menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Satu- 
rate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (12 fiuidounces) of 
the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the second menstruum 
to make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2J fluidrachms). 

China. 

China. 

Chinaz Rhizoma — Chinawurzel, G. ; Squine, Racine de Chine, F. ; 
Raiz del China, Sp. ; Kinarot, Sw. ; China Root. 

Origin.— Smilax glabra, Roxburgh ; and Smilax China, Linne 
(Smilaceai). 

Habitat. — China and Japan. 

Part used. — The rhizome. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



313 



Description. — Stout fibrous tubers from five to twenty centimeters 
(2 to 8 inches) long, two to six centimeters (|- to 2 inches) thick, knotty, 
dense, tough externally, reddish brown, with several deep, circular, fun- 
nel-shaped stem scars on the upper surface ; interiorly pale pinkish or 
pale brownish-white, darker toward 
the centre. Inodorous; taste at first 
insipid, afterward bitterish; slightly 
astringent, and acrid. Contains nu- 
merous brown resin cells near the 
centre. 

Must be heavy, hard, and sound, 
and not too pale. 

Constituents. — Contains the 
same constituents as sarsaparilla, and 
has the same properties. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to 

those of sarsaparilla, but somewhat 
more active. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 
75 grains) several times a day. Best 
given in fluid extract made with di- 
luted alcohol as a menstruum. 

Chinoidinum ; U. S. 

Chinoidin. — Qtjinoidin. 
An amorphous, nearly black, resin- 
ous mass, of the consistence of hard 
pitch, containing a mixture of amor- 
phous alkaloids, obtained from cin- 
chona in the manufacture of quinine, 
etc. 

Description and Tests.— See 

the Pharmacopoeia, page 75. 

Medicinal Uses. — This sub- FlG - 152.-^-China Root, natural size, 

stance is employed as a cheap substitute for quinine. It is antiperiodic, but 
must be given in larger doses than quinine. It is best taken in pill form. 

Dose. — 0.2 to 1 gram (3 to 15 grains) several times a day.. 

CHINOIDINI TINCTURA. 
Tincture of Chinoidin. 
The formula of the German and Scandinavian Pharmacopoeias, using 
alcohol and hydrochloric acid of the strengths prescribed by the U. S. 




314 A COMPANION TO THE 



Pharmacopoeia for each respectively, is as follows : Dissolve sixty grams 
(2 ounces) of chinoidin in a mixture of four hundred and eighty grams 
(16 ounces, or about 19^ fluidounces) of alcohol, 37.50 grams (1J ounce) 
of hydrochloric acid, and 22.50 grams (f ounce) distilled water. 

It mixes with water without precipitating. 

Dose. — Four to eight cubic centimeters (1 to 2 fluidrachms) three 
times daily as an antiperiodic. The taste may be improved by adding 
fifteen drops of chloroform to each fluidounce. 

Chinolina. 

Chinoline. 
Quinoline / Leukoline. 

This alkaloid is a constituent of coal tar. Recently it has been pre- 
pared by treating aniline or nitrobenzol with glycerin in the presence of 
a dehydrating agent. It is a colorless, oily liquid, darkening on ex- 
posure to light. Boils at 255° 0. 

Tartrate of Chinoline is in shining, silky crystals, comparatively 
permanent in the air, soluble in water. It has an odor reminding of 
bitter almonds, and a pungent taste resembling that of peppermint 
water. 

Chinoline is in its chemical character closely related to the alkaloids 
of cinchona bark, and its physiological effects are also, according to Dr. 
Julius Donath, identical with those of quinine, being a powerful anti- 
pyretic and antiseptic. The tartrate is the salt chiefly used. 

Medicinal Uses. — As an antipyretic in fevers, and in general in 
all cases where quinine is indicated. It is best given in wafers, or in 
solution flavored with syrup of raspberries. It has been used with 
marked success in whooping-cough and in diphtheria. Occasionally it 
is liable to act as an emetic. 

Dose. — From 0.50 to 1 gram (8 to 16 grains) twice a day for adults ; 
children in proportion. 

Chionantlius. 

Chionanthus. 
Fringe Tree BarJc. 
Origin . — Chionanthus virgitiica, Linne ( Oleacece). 
Habitat. — The United States, south of Pennsylvania. 
Part used. — The bark of the root. 

Description. — Irregular, either tortuous or nearly straight troughs 
and pieces, averaging from twenty-five to one hundred millimeters (1 to 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 315 




4 inches) in length, and twelve to twenty-five millimeters (-J to 1 inch) 
in breadth ; externally rough, brown, marked by warts ; transverse 
rido-es, and irregular scars. It is two to five millimeters 
(JL to \ inch) thick. The inner surface is pale brownish- 
yellow, finely striated. The bark is brittle, and its frac- 
ture is pale yellowish, or nearly white, with yellowish- 
brown spots, indicating the positions of bundles of bast 
cells; porous. Odor faint, slightly reminding of rancid 
cacao butter; taste bitter. 

Constituents. — No analysis. 

Medicinal Uses. — Said to be alterative, aperient, 
and diuretic, and to have been of use in various forms of 
intermittent, bilious, and typhoid fevers. 

Dose. — Two to eight grams (£ to 2 drachms); best 
given in the form of fluid extract. 

CHIONANTHI EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Chionanthtjs. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equi- onanthus Bark, 
valent— 17 U, S. fluidounces), use five hundred grams natlIral size ' 
(or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 
powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2J fluidrachms). 

Chirata ; U. S. 

Chirata. 
Chiratw Herba — Chiretta. 

Origin. — Ophelia Chirata, Griesbach (Gentianacem). 

Habitat. — India. 

Part used. — The whole plant. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 75. The drug comes 
in bundles, such as shown by the accompanying figure on next page. 

Should be freed from the coarser woody stems, which contain none 
of the bitter constituents. 

Chirata is more intensely bitter than gentian or other plants of the 
' same natural order, and contains no tannin. 

Constituents. — It contains two amorphous, bitter principles, 
named by their discoverer (Hohn) ophelic acid and chiratin, and pos- 



316 



A COMPANION TO THE 




Fig. 154. — Bundle of Chirata, re- 
duced to one-fifth natural cize. 



sibly also chiratogeni?i, another amor- 
phous, bitter substance formed by the 
splitting up of the ophelic acid. 

CHIKAT^E EXTKACTUM FLUI- 
DUM ; U. S. 

Fluid Extract of Chirata. 

To make five hundred cubic centi- 
meters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or 
its" equivalent — 17f avoirdupois ounces) 
of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a first menstruum use a mixture 
of two hundred and twenty-five grams 
(about 9-J- fluidounces) alcohol, and two 
hundred and twenty-five grams (about 
7-J fluidounces) water, and fifty grams 
(about 1|^ avoirdupois ounce) glycerin. 

As a second menstruum use alcohol 
and water mixed in the proportion of 
one hundred grams (about 4-|- fluid- 
ounces) alcohol to every one hundred 
grams (about 3^ fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred 
and seventy-five grams (about 6-J fluid- 
ounces) of the first menstruum. Pack 
it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. 
Saturate with menstruum. Macerate 
forty-eight hours. Then percolate. Re- 
serve four hundred and twenty-five cubic 
centimeters (14^ fluidounces) of the first 
percolate. Continue the percolation 
until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to 
the consistence of honey and then dis- 
solve it in the first percolate. Add 
enough of the second menstruum to 
make the whole measure five hundred 
cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centime- 
ters (30 to 75 minims). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 317 

CHIKAT^E INFUSUM. 
Infusion of Chirata. 

From fifteen grams (about -J avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). (See direc- 
tions under title " Infusa.") 

About the same strength as the preparation of the British Pharma- 
copoeia. 

Dose. — Fifty to one hundred cubic centimeters (12 to 25 fluidrachms). 

CHIRAT^E TINCTUKA ; U. S. 
Tincture of Chirata. 

Moisten thirty grams (1 ounce) chirata in No. 40 powder, with thirty 
grams (about 1^- fluidounce) diluted alcohol ; macerate twenty-four 
hours ; pack tightly in a cylindrical percolator, and percolate with di- 
luted alcohol until three hundred grams (10 fluidounces) tincture has 
been obtained. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2-J fluidrachms). 



Chloral ; U. S. 

Chloral. 

Chloralicus Hydras — Chloral Hydrate, Hydrate of Chloral, 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 75. 

Only separate crystals which are colorless and transparent are per- 
mitted by the Pharmacopoeia to be used. It must be dry, and at ordi- 
nary temperatures must have a rather pleasant ethereal odor, not acrid. 
When kept in a warm place its odor is acrid. Taste bitter and caustic. 
Reaction must be neutral. Opaque crusts or lumps of chloral hydrate 
(very commonly seen in the shops) must not be used, as they are gener- 
ally very impure and extremely acrid from products of decomposition. 
Chloral (generally called hydrate of chloral) is freely soluble in water, 
alcohol, ether, chloroform, glycerin, benzol, benzin, bisulphide of carbon, 
fixed oils, and volatile oils. When triturated with crystallized carbolic 
acid, or with camphor, it forms with either substance a clear homogene- 
ous liquid. 

! Preservation. — This preparation must be kept in bottles with well- 
ground glass stoppers in a cool and dark place. 

Medicinal Uses. — Chloral produces a calm and refreshing sleep, 
in sleeplessness from bodily or mental overwork, anxiety or excitement, 
i in brain diseases, mania, or delirium tremens. 



318 A COMPANION TO THE 



It is useful in puerperal mania, puerperal convulsions, convulsions 
of children due to reflex irritation ; in spasmodic asthma, whooping- 
cough, pseudo-croup, tetanus, etc. ; in collapse of cholera, cholera mor- 
bus, and in strychnine poisoning. In sea-sickness it is also of much use. 

Chloral should not be given to relieve pain, as it does not have this 
effect except in dangerously large doses. Externally, cloths saturated 
in solution of chloral are an excellent antiseptic dressing to foul ulcers. 
This substance is also used as an injection to preserve cadavers in good 
condition for dissection. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 2 grams (5 to 30 grains). In mania, delirium tre- 
mens, tetanus, convulsions, etc., much larger doses may be required, but 
must be given with great caution, as 1.5 to 2 grams (20 to 30 grains) 
have been known to produce fatal results. 

Poisonous Effects. — Chloral in overdoses produces profound nar- 
cotic poisoning, unconsciousness, superficial breathing, weak pulse, and 
great reduction of the temperature. 

By destroying the functions of the cerebrum there occurs a relaxa- 
tion of the muscular tissue which may include the involuntary muscles 
of respiration and of the heart, producing death by paralysis and failure 
of these vital organs. This is especially apt to occur in heart diseases, as 
fatty degeneration, atheroma, and in advanced diseases of the lungs. 
One of the authors has seen very alarming symptoms produced by a 
dose of 0.5 gram (7-J grains) of this remedy. 

The above-described dangerous symptoms call for prompt stimula- 
tion by ammonia, alcohol, atropia, electricity, and artificial respiration. 
Artificial heat should be applied externally by means of jugs filled with 
warm water, and ammonia may be administered by subcutaneous in- 
jection. 

SOLUTION FOE DISPENSING PURPOSES. 

Dissolve one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains avoirdupois) of 
the chloral hydrate in enough distilled water to make the finished solu- 
tion measure two hundred cubic centimeters (6f fluidounces). Filter. 
Each cubic centimeter of the solution contains one-half gram of the 
salt ; one hundred and five minims contain fifty grains. Should be 
frequently renewed, and not kept ready made unless constantly used. 

Chloroformum Puriflcatum ; U. S. 

Purified Chloroform. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 76. Chlo- 
roform has remarkable solvent properties, dissolving most alkaloids, 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA, 319 

numerous resins, gutta-percha, caoutchouc, paraffine, iodine, bromine, 
fixed and volatile oils, etc- 

The object of the purification of the commercial chloroform, as pre- 
scribed by the Pharmacopoeia in the process for preparing the purified 
chloroform, is to destroy and remove the hydrocarbons that contaminate 
the crude or commercial article. The absence of all impurities, such as 
acids, free chlorine, aldehyd, and hydrocarbons should always be ascer- 
tained, for which purpose ample tests are prescribed by the Pharmaco- 
poeia. Chloroform is unfit for anaesthetic uses unless absolutely pure. 

Preservation. — Purified chloroform should be kept in glass-stop- 
pered bottles in a cool, dark place. It is not inflammable. 

[Sixteen ounces chloroform measures about 10-J U. S. fluidounces.] 

Medicinal Uses. — Chloroform is frequently employed as an anaes- 
thetic, being given for this purpose by inhalation of its vapor mixed with 
a plentiful supply of atmospheric air. Its effect is often increased by 
the subcutaneous injection of morphine half an hour before its adminis- 
tration. 

Care should be exercised that the patient is in a recumbent position, 
with the clothing, such as neckbands, waistbands, corsets, etc., perfectly 
loose. The inhalation of chloroform should not take place shortly after 
a meal as troublesome vomiting may occur. 

No operation, even if only of a trifling character, should be under- 
taken until complete anaesthesia occurs, as otherwise there is much 
danger of paralysis of the heart from reflex action. 

During the entire time, from the beginning of the inhalation until 
recovery is complete, the patient must be kept under close observation, 
and the pulse and respiration be carefully watched. 

Chloroform inhalations are used in surgical and obstetrical opera- 
tions, and also in asthma, convulsions, spasm of the glottis, and other 
spasmodic troubles. Also in puerperal convulsiojis and in rigid os during 
parturition, but in these cases it is apt to be followed by insufficient 
contraction of the uterus and post-partum hemorrhage. 

Inhalations of chloroform are counter-indicated in shock, diseases of 
the brain, heart, or lungs, and in drunkards. 

Internally chloroform is a sedative, valuable in nausea, vomiting, 
flatulent, renal, or biliary colic, cough, etc. It is best given by mixing 
it with three or four times its own volume of olive or sweet almond oil, 
and emulsifying the oil with acacia as if no chloroform were present. 

Externally chloroform is often used as an anodyne embrocation in 
neuralgia, rheumatism, etc., generally mixed with oil to form a liniment. 

Dose. — Internally, 0.1 to 2 cubic centimeters (2 to 30 minims). 

Poisonous Effects. — In overdoses chloroform is an irritant poison, 



320 A COMPANION TO THE 

producing violent inflammation of the stomach and bowels, excitement, 
followed by prostration, stupor, and death. jThere is no chemical anti- 
dote. Large draughts of oil, followed by emetics or the use of the 
stomach-pump, artificial respiration, galvanism, etc., may be employed, 
and the inflammatory after-effects be treated on general principles. 

If dangerous symptoms, cessation of breathing or of the heart's 
action, or stertorous breathing, occur during the inhalation of chloro- 
form, the administration must be at once suspended, the patient's 
tongue drawn forward to allow free access of air to the glottis, cold 
water dashed on the chest, and ammonia held to the nostrils for inhala- 
tion. If that does not suffice to restore respiration, no time should be 
lost in establishing artificial respiration, and in applying the electrodes 
of a galvanic battery to the respiratory muscles. 

The body should be kept warm by artificial heat, and the head of 
the patient lowered by holding him on the table and raising the lower 
end. Efforts of resuscitation should be unabated until the patient re- 
covers or is unmistakably dead. 

Failure of the heart's action is generally fatal. It calls for acupunc- 
ture of the heart, galvano-puncture, subcutaneous injection of atropine, 
and the treatment given above. All efforts to restore the heart's failing 
action will probably prove ineffectual, but should be persevered in until 
all hope is gone. 

CHLOKOFOKMI AQUA. 
Chloroform Water. 

Shake five grams (75 grains) purified chloroform with seven hundred 
and fifty cubic centimeters (25-J fluidounces) distilled water until per- 
fectly dissolved. 

To relieve colic. Also as a vehicle' for nauseous medicines, such as 
castor oil, when it temporarily renders the gustatory nerve insensitive. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

CIILOKOFORMI MISTUEA ; U. S. 

Chloroform Mixture. 

Triturate ten grams (154 grains) yolk of egg in a mortar until 
smooth ; then add two grams (30 grains) camphor dissolved in eight 
grams (123 grains) chloroform, continuing the trituration, and finally 
add gradually eighty grams (2J fluidounces) water, and make a uniform 
emulsion. 

Dose. — About fifteen cubic centimeters (£ fluidounce). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 321 



CHLOEOFOEMI MIXTUEA HYDEOCYAKATA. 

Compound Chloeofoem Mixtuee. 

Mix fifty centigrams (7£ grains) morphine sulphate, fifty centigrams 
oil of peppermint, ten grams (154 grains) ether, ten grams alcohol, 
twenty-five grams (386 grains) diluted hydrocyanic acid, one hundred 
and ninety grams (3 ounces 230 grains) chloroform, and enough simple 
syrup to make the whole weigh five hundred grams (17f avoirdupois 
ounces). 

This is a good substitute for the celebrated Collis Browne's Chloro- 

dyne. 

CHLOEOFOEMI SPIE1TUS ; IT. S. 

Spieit of Chloeofoem. 

Mix thirty grams (or 1 ounce) purified chloroform, and two hundred 
and seventy grams (or 9 ounces) alcohol. 

Dose. — Two to four cubic centimeters (30 to 60 minims). 

Chloroformum Venaie ; U. S. 

COMMEECIAL CHLOEOFOEM. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 77. A 
limpid liquid containing at least ninety-eight per cent, of real chloro- 
form. Specific gravity not below 1.47. 

Only traces of impurities are allowed in this chloroform, as will be 
seen from the official tests prescribed. The bulk of the chloroform 
manufactured and sold in this country will be found to stand the tests 
for commercial chloroform, while not answering the tests for purified 
chloroform. 

For general properties of chloroform see Chloroformum Purificatum. 

Uses. — Commercial chloroform is intended for external use and for 
making the purified chloroform. 

CHLOEOFOEMI LINIMENT LTM ; IT. S. 
Chloeofoem Liniment. 

Mix one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces) commercial chloro- 
form and one hundred and eighty grams (6 ounces) soap liniment. 

This is a very different preparation from that of the Pharmacopoeia 
of 1870, which was composed of three ounces purified chloroform and 
four ounces olive oil. 

An anodyne liniment to relieve acute pain in sciatica, neuralgia, 
rheumatism, etc. 
21 



322 A COMP ANION TO THE 

CHLOROFORMI LINIMENTUM COMPOSITUM. 

Compound Chloroform Liniment. 

Mix sixty cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) soap liniment, thirty 
cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) chloroform, and thirty cubic centime- 
ters (1 fluidounce) oil of turpentine. The mixture is clear. 

Chlorophyllum. 

Chlorophyll. 

This is the green coloring matter of plants. It is of a resinous 
character, soluble in alcohol, and insoluble in water. 

CHLOROPHYLLI TINCTURA. 

Macerate two hundred and fifty grams (8 ounces 358 grains) recently 
dried spinach in one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) alcohol, 
for five days ; express and filter. 

Used for coloring alcoholic liquids green. Many of the fluid and 
solid extracts in the market are colored green with this substance to 
make it appear as if they were prepared from fresh green leaves. 

Chlorum. 

Chlorine. 

Occurs in nature chiefly in combination with sodium as sodium chlo- 
ride (common salt). 

It is obtained free, in the gaseous state, by heating black oxide of 
manganese, with hydrochloric acid, or with hydrochloric and sulphuric 
acids mixed. (See Chlori Aqua.) 

It is a greenish-yellow gas, having a strong, peculiar, suffocating 
odor. Can be condensed into a liquid by cold and compression. Its 
specific gravity is 2.45 (air being = 1). It is soluble in water, which 
at plus 9° C. (48.2° F.) is capable of absorbing three times its volume of 
chlorine gas. 

Uses. — Chlorine has a powerful affinity for hydrogen. Hence its 
energetic bleaching properties, its unequalled disinfecting power, and 
its injurious effects on the respiratory organs when inhaled. 

CHLOEINE FUMIGATION. 

For fumigating confined spaces with chlorine gas, which is the most 
powerful and certain disinfectant known, mix ten grams (£ ounce) com- 
mon salt, five grams (-J- ounce) black oxide of manganese, 7.50 grams (i 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 323 



ounce) concentrated sulphuric acid, and 7.50 grams (J- ounce) water, in 
a soup-plate or earthenware dish, and set this in the middle of the 
room. The quantities just named are ordinarily sufficient for the disin- 
fection of twenty to thirty cubic meters (680 to 1,000 cubic feet), or a 
room ten by ten by ten feet. In fumigating with chlorine the room should 
be vacated, and all openings closed. In epidemics of infectious diseases 
like yellow fever, cholera, etc., fumigation with chlorine is the best 
means of purifying infected rooms or houses ; but in such cases the 
quantities used must be very considerably increased — say, ninety grams 
(3 ounces) salt, forty-five grams (1^- ounce) black oxide of manganese, 
and seventy-five grams (2J ounces) each of sulphuric acid and water, to 
a room twelve to fifteen feet square. Of course no one must be in the 
room while it is being fumigated as the gas is poisonous when inhaled 
in large quantities. Chlorine fumigation may also be effected by mixing 
fifty grams (If ounce) black oxide of manganese, in powder, with one 
hundred and fifty grams (5 ounces) crude hydrochloric acid ; or by 
pouring vinegar on chlorinated lime. 

Chlorine is also generated when a mixture of alcohol and a small 
quantity of chloroform is burned in a saucer. This is a convenient 
method for fumigating a room. 

Chlori Aqua ; U. S, 

Chlorine Water. 

Chlori Solutio; Aqua Chlorinii, Phar. 1870 — Chlorwasser, G. ; Eau 
chloree, Chlore liquide, F. ; Aqua de Cloro, Sp. ; Klorvatten, Sw. 

Preparation, Description, and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, 
page 43. 

Prepared by conducting chlorine gas into distilled water and shak- 
ing them together until the distilled water is quite saturated with the 
chlorine. 

Chlorine water is a greenish-yellow liquid, having the suffocating 
odor of chlorine. It instantly decolorizes dilute solutions of litmus or 
indigo. 

The colorless, weak, so-called " chlorine water " usually seen does 
not answer this description. 

Preservation. — It is necessary to keep the chlorine water in tightly 
glass-stoppered amber-colored bottles, completely filled so as to exclude 
air, and in a cool place. Otherwise it will soon spoil. Each time the 
stopper is removed some of the chlorine escapes. The chlorine water 
can be made much stronger than required by the Pharmacopoeia (the 



324 A COMPANION TO THE 



minimum being 0.4 per cent., while it may be readily obtained contain- 
ing 0.6 per cent, chlorine), but it does not keep so long when stronger, 
and then soon contains hydrochloric acid. 

Medicinal Uses. — Chlorine water is a disinfectant and antiseptic 
when locally applied. Tt is used in dilution for cleansing foul ulcers 
and pustules. Formerly it was much used internally in dilution to 
counteract or destroy the " disease germs " on which zymotic diseases 
are supposed to depend, as in measles, scarlatina, small-pox, etc. 

It is not often used for this purpose now, except as a gargle in the 
sore-throat accompanying these ailments. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms) largely 
diluted. For a gargle, one part of chlorine water to seven parts of sweet- 
ened water. 

Chloratae Sodse Liquor ; U. S. 

Solution of Chlorinated Soda. 
Labarraqutfs Solution. 

Triturate eighty grams (2 ounces 359 grains) of chlorinated lime 
into a smooth paste with four hundred cubic centimeters (13J fluid- 
ounces) of water. Put it into a weighed jar with a well-fitting cover, or 
into a bottle which is to be corked. Dissolve one hundred grams (3 
ounces 230 grains) carbonate of sodium in four hundred grams (13J 
fluidounces) boiling water, and then pour this solution into the solution 
of chlorinated lime. Close the vessel tightly. When cold add enough 
water to make the whole weigh one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 
grains). Strain through bleached muslin, or let settle and draw off the 
clear solution with a siphon. 

Preservation. — Must be kept in glass-stoppered bottles. 

Description. — Clear, pale greenish, smelling faintly of chlorine ; 
has a salty taste and an alkaline reaction. Specific gravity 1.044. The 
addition of any acid causes an evolution of chlorine and carbonic acid 
gas. It contains two per cent, of available chlorine, that is, the free 
chlorine which is liberated on the addition of an acid amounts to two 
per cent. 

Employed as a topical disinfectant wash for gangrenous or foul 
ulcers, etc. 

It is also used as a disinfectant for sinks, privies, water-closets, 
sowers, etc.; and in sick rooms, hospitals, prisons, ships, and wherever 
infectious material may be produced. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 325 

CHLOKATA CATAPLASMA. 

Chlorinated Poultice. 

This is made by incorporating sixty grams (2 ounces) of solution of 
chlorinated soda with a poultice prepared from one hundred and twenty 
grams (4 ounces) flaxseed meal and two hundred and forty cubic centi- 
meters (8 fluidounces) boiling water. 

Used to cleanse and stimulate foul suppurating ulcers. 

CIILORATUS LINCTUS. 

Chlorinated Honey. 

Mix fifteen cubic centimeters (-J- fluidounce) solution of chlorinated 
lime, sixty cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) water, and sixty cubic cen- 
timeters (2 fluidounces) strained honey. 

Chondrus ; IT. S. 

Chondrus. 

Fucus Crispus — Carrageen, Knorpeltang, Irldndisches Moos, Perl- 
moos, G. ; Mousse marine perlee, Carragaheen, Mousse dPrlande, F. ; 
Musgo Marino Perlado, Sp. ; Caragheen, Perlmossa, Sw.; Irish 
Moss. 

Origin. — Consists of the two sea-algae Chondrus crispus, Lyngbye, 
and Chondrus mamillosus, Greville, bleached and dried by exposure to 
the sun. 

Habitat. — Both algae occur on the rocky shores of the Atlantic and 
are collected on the coasts of New England and Ireland. 

Description. — The first has elliptical sori or sporocarps imbedded 
in the branches, producing a depression on the opposite side ; the 
second has spherical sori projecting from the surface on short stalks. 
The Chondrus mamillosa is of a darker brownish purple, and is of a 
looser texture than the Chondrus crispus. 

The general appearance of chondrus is horny, translucent, pale yel- 
lowish white. The drug swells considerably in water, assuming its 
natural shape and becoming soft, slippery, and cartilaginous. Boiled 
with twenty to thirty parts water it forms a jelly of the somewhat saline 
mucilaginous taste of the drug and a distinct seaweed odor. Must be 
light colored and clean. 

Constituents. — Chondrus contains mucilage to the extent of nearly 



326 



A COMPANION TO THE 



ninety per cent. Starch is absent. Traces of iodine and bromine are 
found in the ash. Nitrogen is present to the extent of one per cent. 




Figs. 155-159. — Chondrus, natural size, after soaking in water, a, section through 
sporocarp, enlarged ; 5, small bodies in sporocarp ; c, small piece of chondrus inamillosus ; 
d t section through a sporocarp, eularged. 

Medicinal Uses. — A demulcent and nutrient substance, but with- 
out the virtues generally ascribed to it by the laity in pulmonary and 
bronchial affections. 

CHOKDKI GELATIN A. 
Carrageen Jelly. 
Boil sixty grams (2 ounces) chondrus in one liter (34 fluidounces) 
water for one hour. Strain. Dissolve ninety grams (3 ounces) sugar in 
the decoction while hot. Set aside to cool. 

Chromum. 

Chromium. 

Comparatively rare. Occurs associated with iron, which it resembles 
in its chemical behavior. 

When containing water the salts of chromium have a bluish or green 
color. The salts of chromic acid are yellow or red. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 327 

Chrysarobinum ; U. S. 

Cheysaeobin. 
" Chrysophatiic Acid." 

See the Pharmacopoeia, page 77. 

This is the substance generally known, prescribed, and dispensed 
under the name of " Chrysophanic Acid." It is a yellow crystalline 
powder extracted from goa-powder (Araroba) (which see). 

Chrysarobin is odorless, tasteless, nearly insoluble in water, slightly 
soluble in alcohol, but quite soluble in ether and in boiling benzol. It 
resembles chrysophanic acid so nearly that it was first supposed to be 
identical with it. (See Acid. Chrysophanicum.) 

Uses. — This is a valuable remedy in parasitic skin diseases of a 
vegetable origin and superficial character. It is especially useful in 
psoriasis, and is the best remedy for this troublesome disease. It should 
be used with caution about the face as it is irritant. 

The yellow stains which it produces on the skin or clothing may be 
removed with a weak solution of chlorinated lime. It is usually applied 
in the form of an ointment containing from five to fifteen per cent, of 
this drug. 

Chrysarobin has also been given internally with success in cases of 
psoriasis, etc., in doses of eight milligrams Q- grain), gradually increased. 

CKLRYSAROBIKL UNGUENTUM ; U. S. 
Chrysarobin Ointment. 
Mix ten grams (154 grains) chrysarobin intimately with ninety grams 
(3 ounces 76 grains) benzoinated lard. 

Cichorium. 

Chicoey. 
Succory. 

Origin. — The root of Cichorium intybus, Linne" {Compositce). 

Habitat. — Europe and North America. Cultivated in Europe. 

Description. — Resembles taraxacum, but is of a lighter color, and 
the laticiferous vessels are in chicory radiating instead of concentrically 
arranged. 

Contains a bitter substance, besides inulin, etc. Roasted chicory is 
a common adulterant in ground coffee. 

Medicinal Uses. — Seldom employed in medicine. Tonic, laxative, 
and diuretic. Supposed to be especially indicated in hepatic derange- 
ments. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains) several times a day. 



328 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Cimicifuga ; IT. S. 

ClMICIFUGA. 

Cirnicifugoe Radix — Black Cohosh, Bughane, Black Snake Root. 

Origin. — Cimicifuga racemosa, Elliott (Ranunculacew). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Parts used. — The rhizome 
and rootlets. 

Description. — See the 
Pharmacopoeia, page 78, and 
the figures. The rootlets have 
from three to five or six woody 
rays, often dividing near the 
cambium zone. In the middle 
bark is a layer of cells some- 
what resembling the nucleus 
sheath of monocotyledons. 
Fig. 160. -Cimicifuga, natural size. Constituents.— A neutral 

principle of intensely acrid taste has been extracted from the fresh root 
which is soluble in water, dilute alcohol, chloroform, or ether. Its 
chemical character is not known, nor has it been named. 





Fig. 161. — Transverse section of rootlet of Cimicifuga, magnified. 

Cimicifugin, or macrotin, is the "resinoid" obtained by precipita- 
tion from a strong alcoholic tincture with water. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 329 

Medicinal Uses. — Cimicifuga is used in a large number and 
variety of diseases. It is a sedative to the nervous and circulatory sys- 
tems, producing nervous depression and weakened pulse if given in 
large doses. It is used to allay pain, reduce the frequency and force of 
the pulse, and prevent cerebral congestions. It does not produce alarm- 
ins: narcotic effects. In smaller doses it is used as a tonic. It is also 
used in rheumatism, lumbago, and in disturbances of the menstrual 
functions, as in amenorrhoea, ovarian inflammation, etc. 

Externally a saturated tincture is used to relieve pain in rheumatism, 
neuralgia, and similar affections. The best and most reliable form of 
administering this drug is the fluid extract. 

Dose of powdered cimicifuga, 1.5 to 2 grams (20 to 30 grains). 

CIMICIFUGA DECOCTUM. 

Decoction of Cimicifuga. ■ 

From fifty grams (or about If avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
.five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

Dose. — Twenty-five to fifty cubic centimeters (6 to 12 fluidrachms). 

CIMICIFUGA EXTRACTUM. 
Extract of Cimicifuga. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence. 

Brownish black. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.3 gram (1 to 5 grains), three times a day. 

CIMICIFUGA EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Cimicifuga. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. Moisten the drug with one hundred 
and twenty-five grams (about 5^- fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack 
it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate with menstruum. Mac- 
erate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (15^ fluidounces) 
of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is ex- 
hausted. 
i Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 



330 A COMPANIQN TO THE 

dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 
Dose* — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims). 

CIMICIFUG^E SYRUPUS COMPOSITUS. 

Compound Sykup of Cimicifuga. 
Compound Syrup of Actcea. 

Mix sixty cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) fluid extract of cimici- 
fuga, thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) fluid extract of senega, 
fifteen cubic centimeters (J fluidounce) fluid extract of ipecacuanha, 
sixty cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) fluid extract of glycyrrhiza, sixty 
cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) fluid extract of wild cherry bark, and 
one thousand two hundred cubic centimeters (40 fluidounces) simple 
syrup. 

Dose. — Two to four cubic centimeters (30 to 60 minims), in cough 
mixtures. 

CIMICIFUGA TINCTURA; U.S. 
Tincture of Cimicifuga. 

Moisten one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) cimicifuga in No. 
60 powder with ninety cubic centimeters (3 fluidounces) alcohol ; mac- 
erate twenty-four hours ; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator 
and percolate with alcohol until five hundred grams (17 ounces 280 
grains — measuring about 20^- fluidounces) of tincture has been obtained. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

Cinchona; U. S. 

Cinchona. 

Cinchonas Cortex, Chinm Cortex — Chinarinde, G. ; Quinquina, 
iZcorce de Quinquina, F.; Quina, Sp.; Kinabark, Sw. ; Peruvian 
Hark. 

Origin. — Several species and varieties of Cinchona. \Rubiacem, 
(Cincho?ieo3).~\ 

Habitat. — South America, on the eastern slope of the Andes, in 
Bolivia, Peru, Ecuador, Venezuela, and New Granada. Now largely 
cultivated in Java and India, the barks from the extensive plantations 
in these countries being at present those most sought after. 

Description. — They are yellowish-brown or reddish-brown, of fibrous 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 331 

fracture, bitter astringent taste, and only a faint odor (except loxa bark, 
which has a distinctive odor). 

Bark from young stems and branches is of a grayish tint, while the 
liber or solid bark of old trunks possess the characteristic shades of 
brown which are looked for in select cinchona bark. 

Standard Strength. — By the term "cipchona" is meant, according 
to the new Pharmacopoeia, any cinchona bark containing not less than 
three per cent, of total cinchona alkaloids, of which the only important 
ones are quinine, quinidine, cinchonine, and cinchonidine. 

Processes of assay are now given in the Pharmacopoeia both for as- 
certaining the total quantity of all the alkaloids in cinchona barks, and 
for finding the quantity of quinine alone. (See Pharmacopoeia^ pages 78 
and 79.) 

A good deal of bark is bought and sold and used in medicine under 
the name of Cinchona, " Pale Cinchona," " Commercial Calisaya Bark," 
" Commercial Red Bark," etc., which is not fit to be sold under any 
name apt to convey the impression that the drug is a fair average 
quality of cinchona. Some of the " commercial " bark which we have 
seen is not cinchona at all. Price-lists and invoices quoting cinchona 
bark at a few cents per pound, and fluid extract of cinchona at a much 
lower price than the materials would cost if it were made in accordance 
with the pharmacopceial requirements, leave no room for doubt concern- 
ing their quality. 

The Pharmacopoeia of 1870 having failed to fix the minimum per- 
centage of alkaloids in pale cinchona, that term seems to be applied not 
only to good pale cinchona, and to the most inferior kinds of loxa bark, 
but also to all sorts of barks, cinchona or not, sold as " commercial " 
barks at from five to fifteen cents per pound, when fair loxa bark stood 
at about fifty to ninety cents. 

Test. — A very simple, convenient, and reliable test by which the 
genuineness (and roughly even the relative quantity of alkaloids) of 
cinchona barks of any kind may be ascertained is the following : 

Put a small quantity of the powdered bark into a long test-tube and 
heat it in the flame of a spirit lamp, or a gas flame, holding the test- 
tube in an oblique direction. If the bark contains any cinchona alka- 
loids a handsomely red, oily liquid will collect in the upper part of the 
tube, whereas if no cinchona alkaloids are present only the usual brown 
products of destructive distillation will be formed. 

Constituents. — The constituents of cinchona barks in general are : 
1, alkaloids — quinine, quinidine, cinchonine, cinchonidine, quinamine, 
and conquinamine ; 2, acids — kinic, cincho-tannic, and quinovic acids — 
none of which has any medical value except the cincho-tannic acid, which 



332 A COMPANION TO THE 

is astringent ; 3, the different amorphous substances — quinovin and cin- 
chona red, the former of which is a bitter principle, while the latter is a 
product of cincho-tannic acid, and is abundant in red bark. 

The alkaloids are the important constituents. The proportion of 
total alkaloids, as well as the relative proportion of one alkaloid as 
compared with that of another, are subject to great variation. 

In India the total alkaloids are extracted from cinchona barks by- 
means of acidulated water, precipitated with soda, and dried, the prod- 
uct, which is called " cinchona febrifuge," being very extensively used, 
especially by the British Government, for the treatment of fevers among 
the troops. The average composition of the cinchona febrifuge was 
fifteen and one-half per cent, quinine, thirty-three and one-half per 
cent, cinchonine, twenty-nine per cent, cinchonidine, seventeen per cent. 
amorphous alkaloids, and five per cent, coloring matters. Dr. De Vrij's 
Quinetum is of similar character. 

Quinine and quinidine possess about equal medicinal powers. Qui- 
nidine, however, occurs in but small quantities in the barks. Cinchoni- 
dine, of which a large quantity is obtained from red bark, comes next 
in antiperiodic effect, and one and one-half grain of it equals one grain 
of quinine or quinidine. Cinchonine is less powerful and less certain. 

Quinine in J3arJc other than Cinchona. — It was until recently sup- 
posed that quinine and the other cinchona alkaloids did not exist in any 
other plants except the cinchonas. This has proved to be erroneous. 
At least two species of the genus Remijia have been found to furnish 
barks containing quinine which are now articles of commerce under the 
name of " Cuprea Bark." 

Medicinal Uses. — Cinchona is a most valuable astringent bitter 
tonic, increasing the appetite and digestion. On account of its astrin- 
gency it cannot be given for this purpose for any great length of time 
as it then causes constipation and deranges the digestion. Cinchona is 
also an antiseptic, the alkaloid quinia proving very destructive to lower 
organisms, on which account powdered cinchona applied to offensive 
ulcers, putrid sore throat, etc., rapidly cleanses the wounds. 

While it is true in a general sense that cinchona owes its action to 
the alkaloids, especiall}' quinine, these are not the only active constitu- 
ents, since cinchona in powder or in the form of fluid extract possesses 
valuable effects due to the natural combination of its constituents, which 
are not produced by the isolated alkaloids. 

Cinchona and its alkaloids are stated to be tonic, febrifuge, and anti- 
periodic, but the first of these properties is exerted best by the drug 
itself, the last best by its isolated alkaloid quinine, or its salts. 

When simply a tonic is required, as in general debility, deficient 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 333 

digestion, convalescence, etc., no preparations prove more valuable than 
those of cinchona, or, if there be also anaemia, a combination of cin- 
chona with iron salts. 

For most other diseases in which this drug is employed the alkaloids 
will either do just as good or better service, especially if these troubles 
be of malarial origin or of a periodic character. 

Dose. — As a tonic four grams (60 grains) of the powder three times 
daily ; but cinchona is seldom given in this form, the fluid extract being 
a much more eligible mode of administering it. As an antiperiodic 
from half to one ounce is required, but it is probably never given in 
this form now, the alkaloids being in universal use. 

Cinchona Flava ; IT. S. 

Yellow Cinchona. 

Cinchonce Calisayce Cortex, Cinchona Megia, China JRegia — Konigs- 
china, Calisayarinde, G. ; Quinquina Calisaya, Quinquina jaune 
royal, F. ; Quina Calisaya, Quina Amarilla, Sp. ; JSjungsJcina, 
Sw. ; Calisaya JBarh. 

Origin. — Cinchona Calisaya, Weddell (Rubiacea?, Cinchonem). 

Habitat. — Peru and Bolivia. Also cultivated in India. 

Part Used. — The bark of the trunk or branches, when containing 
not less than two per cent, quinine (not merely two per cent, of total 
alkaloids). 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 79 and 80. 

The calisaya bark is the most valuable of the cinchona barks, con- 
taining more quinine proportionately than any other. Good specimens 
of flat calisaya contain five or six per cent, quinine, and a variety of 
yellow cinchona, called Cinchona ledgeriana (cultivated in Java), is 
the richest in quinine, containing sometimes up to as much as thirteen 
and one-fourth per cent, of that alkaloid. 

Good flat calisaya is now difficult to find in this market. Cultivated 
calisaya in troughs or quills of excellent quality can be readily had. 

Uses. — As described under Cinchona. This is the best bark to be 
used simply as a tonic. 

CINCHONA FLAV^E DECOCTtTM. 

Decoction of Yellow Cinchona. 

From thirty grams (or about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 



334 A COMPANION TO THE 

About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 
Dose. — Fifty to seventy-five cubic centimeters (12 to 18 fluidrachms) 
three to six times a day. 

t 

CINCHONA EXTRACTUM ; U. S. 
Extract of Cinchona. 

From five hundred grams (17§ avoirdupois ounces) of yellow cin- 
chona, in No. GO powder. 

As a menstruum use first a mixture of fifteen hundred grams (62£ 
fluidounces) alcohol and five hundred grams (17 fluidounces) water, 
and afterward diluted alcohol as much as required. Moisten the pow- 
der with one hundred and seventy-five grams (about 7 fluidounces). 
Pack tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate with menstruum. 
Macerate twenty-four hours. Then percolate until the cinchona is ex- 
hausted, or fifteen hundred grams (about 56 fluidounces) of percolate 
has been received. Recover the alcohol in the usual way, and evapo- 
rate the remainder to solid extract, to which add one-twentieth of its 
weight of glycerin, and mix thoroughly. 

Reddish-brown. 

Dose. — 0.50 to 2 grams (8 to 30 grains). 

CINCHONA EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Cinchona [Calisaya]. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a first menstruum use a mixture of three hundred and seventy- 
five grams (about 15J fluidounces) alcohol and one hundred and twenty- 
five grams (about 4-f avoirdupois ounces) glycerin. 

As a second menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion 
of three hundred grams (about 12£ fluidounces) alcohol to every one 
hundred grams (about 3-J- fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and seventy-five grams (about 
6 \ fluidounces) of the first menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical 
percolator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. 
Then percolate. 

Reserve three hundred and seventy-five cubic centimeters (12$ fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 335 

honey, and then dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the 
second menstruum to make the whole measure five hundred cubic centi- 
meters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 

CINCHONJE EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM AROMATICUM. 

Aromatic Fluid Extract op Cinchona. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 
fluidounces), use four hundred grams (14 ounces 48 grains) yellow cin- 
chona, in No. 60 powder, and one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) 
aromatic powder. 

As a first menstruum use a mixture of four hundred and seventy- 
five cubic centimeters (16 fluidounces) alcohol and one hundred and 
twenty grams (4 ounces 100 grains) glycerin. 

As a second menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 

CINCHONA EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM DETANNATUM. 

Detannated Fluid Extract of Cinchona. 

Macerate one liter (34 fluidounces) fluid extract of cinchona for sev- 
eral days with four hundred grams (14 ounces) freshly precipitated, well- 
washed and still moist ferric hydrate, shaking frequently, until the 
liquid, after filtration, no longer forms a precipitate with tincture of 
chloride of iron. 

CUSTCHOSLE EXTRACTUM LIQUIDUM, B. 

Liquid Extract of Cinchona. 

Macerate 453.6 grams (16 ounces) yellow cinchona in coarse powder 
with one thousand two hundred cubic centimeters (40 fluidounces) 
water for twenty-four hours ; then pack it in a cylindrical percolator, 
and percolate with water until about seven thousand cubic centimeters 
(240 fluidounces) has been collected, or until the bark is exhausted. 
Evaporate the percolate to six hundred cubic centimeters (20 fluid- 
ounces) at a temperature not exceeding 70° C. (158° F.), filter, and 
afterward continue the evaporation until only about ninety cubic centi- 
meters (3 fluidounces) remain, or until the liquid has, when cold, a 
specific gravity of 1.20. Then add gradually thirty cubic centimeters 
(1 fluidounce) rectified spirit, stirring constantly. 



336 A COMPANION TO THE 

It will be observed that the only solvent employed in making this 
preparation is water, the alcohol being added afterward to preserve it. 
This extract therefore differs widely from the U. S. fluid extract, both 
in character and strength. 

Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims). 

CINCHONA INFUSUM; U. S. 

Infusion" of Cinchona. 

Mix five grams (75 grains) of aromatic sulphuric acid with two hun- 
dred and fifty cubic centimeters (8£ fluidounces) of water, and mois- 
ten thirty grams (1 avoirdupois ounce) of cinchona in No. 40 powder 
with fifteen grams (^ fluidounce) of the mixture. Then pack the mois- 
tened drug into a conical glass percolator and gradually pour upon it, 
first, the remainder of the mixture, and afterward enough water, con- 
tinuing the percolation until five hundred grams (about 17 fluidounces) 
of percolate has been obtained. 

The Pharmacopoeia directs that when the variety of cinchona bark 
to be used is not specified by the physician, yellow cinchona (calisaya 
bark) must be used. 

This preparation contains all of the active constituents of cinchona 
in combination, and is a valuable bitter tonic. Useful in derangements 
of the digestion and as an appetizer during convalescence from severe 
sickness. 

Dose. — Twenty-five to seventy-five cubic centimeters (6 to 24 flui- 
drachms) several times a day. 

CINCHONAS TINCTUKA ; U. S. 
Tinctuke of Cinchona. 

Mix one hundred grams (2 ounces 230 grains) glycerin, six hundred 
and fifty grams (22 ounces 406 grains, or about 28 fluidounces) alcohol, 
and two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (8£ fluidounces) water. 
Moisten two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) yellow cinchona, in 
No. 60 powder, with two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains, or about 
7£ fluidounces) of this mixture. Macerate twenty-four hours. Pack 
it tightly in a cylindrical glass percolator. Now percolate, first with 
the remainder of the mixture, and afterward with a mixture consisting 
of alcohol and water in the proportion of one hundred and fifty-six 
grams (5 ounces 220 grains, or about 6£ fluidounces) alcohol to every 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 337 

sixty cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) water. Continue the percolation 
with the latter menstruum until one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 
grains) of tincture has been obtained. 

Dose. — Two to eight cubic centimeters (J to 2 fluidrachms). 

CINCHONA TUSTCTUKA DETANNATA. 

Detannated Tincture of Cinchona. 

Macerate one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) tincture 
of cinchona with eighty grams (2 ounces 360 grains) freshly precipitated, 
well washed, and still moist ferric hydrate, shaking frequently, for sev- 
eral days, until the liquid after filtration no longer is blackened by the 
addition of tincture of chloride of iron. 

Dose. — Two to eight cubic centimeters (J to 2 fluidrachms). 

CINCHON"^E VINUM, G. 

Wine of Cinchona. 

Chinee Vinum — Chinawein, G. 

Macerate fifteen grams (-j- ounce) coarsely powdered yellow cinchona 
for eight days with three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) 
port wine. Express and filter. 

Dose. — Fifteen to thirty cubic centimeters (J to 1 fluidounce). 

Cinchona Pallida. 

Pale Cinchona. 

CinchoncB Pallidal Cortex, Cinchona Grisea, China Fusca — Braune 
Chinarinde, Graue Chinarinde, Loxarinde, Kronchina, G.; Quin- 
quina gris deBoxa, F. ; Quina de Boja, Sp. ; Gra Kinabark, Sw.; 
Loxa Bark, Crown Bark. 

Origin . — Cinchona officinalis. Hooker. 
Habitat.— Ecuador. 
• Description. — Small quills or troughs, from three to eighteen milli- 
meters (J to f inch) in diameter, and of two millimeters (y^ inch) or less 
; thickness. Brownish -gray. Breaks easily with short fibres. Has a 
distinct, peculiar, though not strong odor. 

South American loxa bark, or pale bark, is of variable quality. Some 
I of the drug sold contains little quinine. Good loxa bark can be had, 
22 



338 A COMPANION TO THE 






however, containing over two per cent, alkaloids, and some of the pale 
bark cultivated on the cinchona plantations in India is quite rich. This 
rich pale bark unfortunately does not reach our market. 

Used as an antiseptic astringent. As such it is an excellent and 
valuable remedy, depending upon its cinchotannic acid for its astringent 
properties, and upon its quinine and other alkaloids for the antiseptic 
powers it unmistakably possesses. 

It is also used as a bitter tonic like the other cinchona barks. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains). 

CItfCHONJS PALLIDA EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Pale Cinchona. 

Made as fluid extract of yellow cinchona, using same menstruum, 
and five hundred grams (or 17§- avoirdupois ounces) of pale cinchona, in 
No. 60 powder, to obtain five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces) of the fluid extract. 

Dose. — About five cubic centimeters (1^ fluidrachm). 

Cinchona Rubra ; U. S. 

Red Cinchona. 

CinchonoB Rubrm Cortex — China Rubra — Rothe Chinarinde, G. ; 

Quinquina rouge, F. ; Rod Kinabark, Sw. ; Red Bark, Red Pern- 
man Bark. 

Origin. — Cinchona succimtbra, Pavon. 

Habitat. — Ecuador. Cultivated on extensive plantations in Java, 
Ceylon, etc. 

Part used. — The bark from the trunk and the branches. 

Standard Strength. — Must contain not less than two per cent. 
quinine (not two per cent, of total alkaloids only). 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 80. The fracture of 
red cinchona is less coarse than that of calisaya bark. 

The larger the pieces the better the quality of the bark. Flat South 
American red cinchona is, however, generally poorer than the culti- 
vated Indian quill red cinchona, which sometimes contains as much as 
ten per cent, of total alkaloids, one-third quinine. 

"Cinchona Shavings" of excellent quality are now taken from liv- 
ing trees at the Ceylon plantations and imported to this market. 

Constituents. — The red color of this variety of cinchona is due to 
cinchona red, an amorphous powder of indefinite composition, contain- 
ing, besides coloring matter, some cinchotannic acid, starch and traces of 
alkaloids, as usually precipitated from hot acidulated infusions on cool- 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 339 

ino\ The red cinchona contains much more cinchona red than the 
other kinds of cinchona bark. 

There is a larger proportion of cinchonine and cinchonidine in red 
bark than in yellow, in proportion to the quinine. Red cinchona also 
contains less quinine, as a general rule, than yellow cinchona. 

Medicinal Uses. — As described under Cinchona. Red bark is 
decidedly more astringent than the yellow bark, and is to be preferred 
as a tonic when the debility is accompanied with a relaxed condition of 
the bowels. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains) in powder. 

CINCHONA RUBERS DECOCTUM. 
Decoction of Red Cinchona. 

From thirty grams (or about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 

Dose. — Fifty to seventy-five cubic centimeters (12 to 18 fluidrachms) 
three to six times a day. 

CINCHONA RUBR^E EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Red Cinchona. 

Prepared from red cinchona, in No. 60 powder, in the same manner 
as fluid extract of yellow cinchona, using the same menstruum. 

Dose. — One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 

May be detannated in the same manner as the fluid extract of yellow 
cinchona. 

CINCHONJE EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM COMPOSITUM. 

Compound Fluid Extract of Cinchona. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces), use two 
hundred and fifty grams (8 ounces 358 grains) red cinchona, two hun- 
dred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) bitter orange peel, and fifty grams (1 
ounce 334 grains) serpentaria, all in No. 60 powder. 

As & first menstruum, use a mixture of four hundred and seventy-five 
cubic centimeters (16 fluidounces) alcohol and one hundred grams (3 
ounces 230 grains) glycerin. 

As a second menstruum use alcohol. 

This fluid extract is twice the strength of the compound fluid extract 
of cinchona usually sold. 

Dose. — One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 



340 A COMPANION TO THE 

CINCHONA TINCTURA COMPOSITA ; IT. S. 
Compound Tincture of Cinchona. 

Mix one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) glycerin, eight hun- 
dred grams (28 ounces 96 grains, measuring about 35 fluidounces) alco- 
hol, and one hundred cubic centimeters (3^ fluidounces) water. Mix 
also one hundred grams (3 ounces 23 grains) red cinchona, eighty grams 
(2 ounces 360 grains) bitter orange peel, and twenty grams (308 grains) 
serpentaria, all in No. 60 powder. Moisten the mixed powder with two 
hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) of the menstruum. Macerate 
twenty-four hours. Pack tightly in a cylindrical glass percolator. 
Pour on the remainder of the mixture. Continue the percolation with 
a mixture of alcohol and water made in the proportion of two hundred 
and forty grams (8 ounces 204 grains, measuring about 10 fluidounces) 
alcohol to each thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) water, until one 
thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains) tincture has been obtained. 

Dose. — Two to eight cubic centimeters (-§- to 2 fluidrachms). 

HUXHAM'S TXNCTUEE OF BABK (1788). 

This preparation is still used. It is made by digesting for three or 
four days one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces) powdered red cin- 
chona, ninety grams (3 ounces) orange peel, 5 20 grams (80 grains) ser- 
pentaria, 10.40 grams (160 grains) Spanish saffron, and 5.20 grams (80 
grains) cochineal, in twelve hundred cubic centimeters (40 fluidounces) 
brandy, and then expressing and filtering. 

Dose. — Two to eight cubic centimeters (^ to 2 fluidrachms). 

May be detannated in the same manner as the tincture of cinchona. 

Serrated Iluxhani's tincture of bark (ferrated compound tincture 
of cinchona) is obtained by adding to one liter (34 fluidounces) of the 
above tincture a solution of twenty grams (308 grains) soluble phos- 
phate of iron in thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) hot water. 

Dose. — About five cubic centimeters (one teaspoonf ul). 

MISCELLANEOUS CINCHONA BAEKS USED FOE THE MANUFAC- 
TUEE OF QUININE. 

Columbian or Carthagena barks and Pitaya bark are not used in 
pharmacy. They vary considerably as to the percentage of alkaloids 
they contain. They are generally of a brown or orange-brown color. 

Cuprea barks have lately become a source from which the alkaloids, 
heretofore supposed to be peculiar to the cinchonas, are extracted. (See 
" Cinchona Cuprea.") 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 341 

Cinchona Cuprea. 

Cuprea Bark. 

Origin. — The bark of JRemijia Purdieana, Weddel, and Hemijia 
pedunculated Triana. 

Description. — Hard, very compact, comparatively heavy. Epider- 
mis of a dull coppery color ; inner surface smooth, wine-red. Fracture 
not fibrous. 

Constituents. — They contain quinine, quinidine, and cinchonine, 
but no cinchonidine has yet been found in them. A new alkaloid, cin- 
chonamine, has been found in the bark of the Remijia Purdieana, but 
not in the other variety of cuprea bark. 

The percentage of quinine varies, two per cent, being the maximum. 
There is more quinidine in cuprea than in the barks of the cinchonas. 

Habitat. — These barks are from Colombia, South America, and are 
used by quinine manufacturers. 

Cinchonicina. 

ClNCHONICINE. 

* Cinchonicia. 

The amorphous base produced by fusing cinchonine or cinchonidine 
in the presence of an acid. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of quinine, but weaker and un- 
certain. 

Dose.— 0.05 to 1.5 gram (1 to 20 grains). 

Cinchonidina. 

Cinchonidine. 
Cinchonidia. 

An alkaloid in anhydrous crystals. Soluble in seventy-six parts of 
ether, and in twenty parts of alcohol. Readily soluble without fluores- 
cence in dilute acids. Its solution in water with the aid of diluted acid 
does not give a green color or precipitate with chlorine water and am- 
monia. (See Quinine.) 

Medicinal Uses. — Cinchonidina and its salts may be employed for 
the same purposes as quinina. It is somewhat less active, and slightly 
larger doses must be given to obtain an equal effect. Its action is 
almost equal to that of quinina. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 1.5 gram (1 to 20 grains), according to the effect 
desired, the smaller doses being used as tonics, the larger as antiperi- 
odics. 



342 A COMPANION TO THE 



CinchonidinsB Sulphas ; U. S. 

Sulphate of Cinchonidine. 
Sulphate of Cinchonidia. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 80. Its appearance 
resembles that of sulphate of quinine. An acidulated solution of it is, 
however, not fluorescent, as an acid solution of sulphate of quinine 
always is. Moreover, the salts of cinchonidine do not give a green 
color or a green precipitate with chlorine water and ammonia, as do the 
quinine salts. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 1.5 gram (1 to 20 grains). 

Cinchonina; U. S. 

ClNCHONINE. 

Cinchonia. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 81. White anhydrous 
crystals, requiring three hundred and seventy-one parts of ether for 
their solution. Aqueous solutions of its salts with a little diluted sul- 
phuric acid added do not show a blue fluorescence, as similar solutions 
of the salts of quinine. The alkaloid is soluble in one hundred and ten 
parts alcohol. Readily soluble in dilute acids. (See Quinine.) 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of quinine, but less certain and 
active. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 1.5 gram (1 to 20 grains), the larger doses being 
antiperiodic. 

CINCHOJSTEN^E PITLVIS COMPOSITUS. 

Compound Powder of Cinchonine. 

Mix sixteen grams (247 grains) cinchonine, 1.50 gram (23 grains) 
sodium bicarbonate, and 88.50 grams (3 ounces 45 grains) sugar of milk, 
all in fine powder. 

Cinchoninse HydrocMoras. 

Hydrochlorate of Cinchonine. 

Muriate of Cinchonia. 

A white salt, in fine silky needles, resembling quinine sulphate in ap- 
pearance. It contains eighty-one per cent, of cinchonine, and is soluble 
in twenty-four parts of water, and in less than twice its weight of eighty 
per cent, alcohol. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



343 



By the white precipitate its solution forms with solution of silver 
nitrate, and also by the absence of blue fluorescence in an acid solution, 
the cinchonine hydrochlorate is readily distinguished from sulphate of 
quinine. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 1.5 gram (1 to 20 grains). 

Cinchoninse Sulphas; U S. 

Sulphate of Cinchonine. 
Sulphate of Cinchonia. 
Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 81. 
Dose. — 0.05 to 1.5 gram (1 to 20 grains). 

Cinnamomum ; U. S. 

Cinnamon. 

Cinnamomi Cortex — Zimmt, ITaneel, G. ; Canelle, F. ; Canela, Sp.; 

ITanel, Sw. 

Origin . — Cinnamomum zeylanicum, 
Breyne, and other species of Cinnamo- 
mum (Lauraceai). 

Habitat. — Ceylon and China. 

Part used. — The inner bark from the 
shoots. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, 
page 82. 

The Pharmacopoeia permits -the use of 
either Ceylon cinnamon or Chinese cinna- 
mon (Cassia cinnamon, Cassia lignea), or 
both indiscriminately. 

Ceylon cinnamon comes in long quills 
consisting of several pieces rolled together; 
each quill has eight or more layers of a 
bark not much thicker than ordinary brown 
manilla paper. It has a light yellowish- 
brown color. Outer surface smooth. 

Chinese cinnamon consists of single 

„„:ii cs , ! • j ..,. f. Figs. 162-165.— Chinese and Cey- 

quills, not several inserted one Within the Ion Cinnamon, whole and transverse 
other as in Ceylon cinnamon. Quills irregu- sections, natural size, 
lar in form. Outside somewhat rough. Bark thicker and of variable 
thickness. Brown. 






344 



A COMPANION TO THE 




Fig. 166. 



-Ceylon Cinnamon, transverse section, 
enlarged. 



Both kinds of cinnamon 
have a pleasant fragrant 
odor, and a warm, aromatic, 
sweetish taste. 

Ceylon cinnamon is 
stronger as well as finer in 
aroma than the Chinese. 

Saigon cinnamon is a 
variety of Chinese cinna- 
mon which is now obtain- 
able in the market. It is in 
very large regular quills, 
often over three-fourths of 
an inch in diameter, very 
rough in appearance, but 
possessing a strong and fine 
flavor. It is of fine quality, 



and being stronger than either Ceylon or Chinese cinnamon ought to 
be preferred for medicinal uses. 

Constituents. — The drug contains from one-half to one per cent, 
volatile oil, some cinnamic acid, sugar, etc. (See Oleum Cinnamomi.) 




Figs. 167-171. — Saigon Cinnamon, large and small quills, natural size, a, transverse sec- 
tion of large quill ; 6, transverse section of small quill, both natural size ; c, lichen on bark 
{(iraplda eleyam), enlarged. 

Medicinal Uses. — Cinnamon is a warm, agreeable, aromatic and 
stimulant, much used as a flavoring excipient. It enjoyed the reputa- 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 345 

tion of controlling uterine hemorrhages, and, was formerly much, and is 
even now occasionally, employed for this purpose. It is generally 
combined with other remedies, as sulphuric acid, etc. We do not be- 
lieve that it possesses any power to check such hemorrhages, but that 
the effect must be ascribed to the other ingredients of the combinations. 
It is most frequently employed as a spice in culinary preparations. 
Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains) or more. 

CINISTAMOMI AQUA SPIRIT UOS A. 
Spirituous Cinnamon Water. 

Put two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) cinnamon, in coarse 
powder, two hundred cubic centimeters (6f fluidounces) diluted alcohol, 
and two liters (68 fluidounces) water, into a pharmaceutical still, and 
distil off one liter (34 fluidounces). In the distillate dissolve twenty 
grams (308 grains) sugar. 

This preparation is not clear when just made, but becomes so upon 
standing. 

CUSTNAMOMI TINCTURA; U. S. 
Tincture of Cinnamon. 

Mix six hundred grams (21 ounces 72 grains, measuring about 26 
fluidounces) of'alcohol with four hundred cubic centimeters (13^- fluid- 
ounces) water. Moisten one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) cin- 
namon, in No. 40 powder, with fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains, meas- 
uring about two fluidounces) of the mixture ; pack it into a percolator, 
and percolate with the remainder of the menstruum, and as much more, 
mixed in the same proportions, as may be necessary to obtain one 
thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains) of tincture. 

Dose. — Four to eight cubic centimeters (1 to 2 fluidrachms). 

Cinnamomi Oleum ? U S. 

Oil of Cinnamon. 
Cinnamomi JEther oleum — Volatile Oil of Cinnamon. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 235. The Pharmaco- 
poeia allows the use of either " Oil of Cassia" or "Oil of Ceylon Cinna- 
mon." This is, of course, equivalent to making " Oil of Cassia " the 
official oil of cinnamon, as the price of that is only about one-thirtieth 
to one-twentieth part of the price of the oil of Ceylon cinnamon. 

The specific gravity of oil of Ceylon cinnamon is about 1.040 ; that 
of oil of Chinese cinnamon (Cassia) is about 1.060. 

Used for flavoring. 






346 A COMPANION TO THE 

CINNAMOMI AQUA ; U. S. 
Cinnamon Water. 

One gram (15 grains) volatile oil of cinnamon, and two grams (30 
grains) cotton are required to make five hundred cubic centimeters (17 
fluidounces) of cinnamon water. (See Aquas Aromaticae, page 166.) 

Cinnamon water is a stimulant aromatic and carminative vehicle for 
other remedies in colic diarrhoea. 

Dose. — Fifteen to thirty cubic centimeters (^ to 1 fluidounce). 

CINNAMOMI EL^EOSACCHARUM. 

Triturate ten centigrams (2 drops) volatile oil of cinnamon with five 
grams (77 grains) powdered sugar. 

CINNAMOMI SPIEITUS; U. S. 

Mix thirty grams (1 fluidounce) oil of cinnamon and two hundred 
and seventy grams (measuring about 11 fluidounces) alcohol. 

Used as a carminative in doses of one to two cubic centimeters (15 
to 30 minims). 

CINNAMOMI SYRUPUS. 

Syrup of Cinnamon. m 

Dissolve six hundred and fifty grams (22 ounces 400 grains) sugar 
in three hundred and sixty cubic centimeters (12 fluidounces) cinnamon 
water. 

Used for flavoring. 

Cinnamomi Fructus Immatura. 

Cassia Buds. 

Cassim Flores. 

The unripe fruits of the Chinese cinnamon tree. In appearance 
they resemble cloves somewhat, but are smaller, drier, and of a lighter 
grayish-brown color. The odor and taste resemble those of cinnamon, 
but are much weaker and perhaps less agreeable. 

Civetta. 

Civet. 
Zibetha. 
Origin. — An unctuous secretion taken from a sac between the rec- 
tum and genitals of Viverra zibetha and V. civetta, Schreb. 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPGEIA. 347 

Description. — Yellowish-brown, or brown, fusible, insoluble in 
water, soluble in hot absolute alcohol, only partially soluble in ether, 
has a strong musky odor, and a bitter nauseous taste. 

Constituents. — It contains fixed and volatile oil, resin, etc. 

Imported in horns. 

Used for perfumery. 



Cocculus Indicus. 

Cocculus Indicus. 

Cocculi Fructus — Kokkelskomer, Fischkomer, G. ; Coque du Levant, 
F.; Kockelkarnor, Sw.; Fish-berries. 

Origin. — Anamirta Cocculus, Wight and Arn (Menispermacew). 

Habitat.— The East Indies. 

Part used. — The fruit. 

Description. — Blackish-brown, wrinkled, brittle, inodorous, and 
nearly tasteless, except the 
shrivelled embryo, which is 
bitter. Form, size, and 
structure are seen in the 
illustration. 

Constituents. — The 

kernel contains a neutral 

principle called picrotoxin 

(or picrotOXlC acid), which . FlGS - 172-174.— Cocculus Indicus, whole, natural 

size; whole, enlarged; and longitudinal section, enlarged, 
is poisonous. It crystallizes 

in needles, and is soluble in hot alcohol, but only slightly soluble in 

cold water or alcohol. (See Picrotoxinum.) 

The shell contains the alkaloids menispermine and par amenisper mine, 
combined with hypopicrotoxic acid. 

The drug also contains a considerable quantity of fixed oil. 

Medicinal Uses. — Cocculus indicus is seldom administered inter- 
nally. It is said to have produced valuable results in chorea, epilepsy, 
ind some forms of paralysis. It is more frequently employed externally 
, n the form of decoction or ointment to kill lice and to cure ringworm 
of the scalp. 




Dose. — 0.05 to 0.1 gram (1 to 2 grains). Best given in the form of 
luid extract. 






348 A COMPANION TO THE 

Coccus ; U. S. 

Cochineal. 
Coccio?iella — Cochenille, G. and F. ; Cochinilla, Grana, Sp.; Konsio- 

nell, Sw. 
Origin. — The female of Coccus cacti, Linne (Hemiptera). 
Habitat. — Mexico and Central America. The insects feed on sev- 
eral species of opuntia and other cactus plants. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 82. The females are 

wingless, bluish-red, and less than one-tenth of an 

f|^-.-a. i ncn l° ri g before fecundity, but twice that size after 

impregnated, when the} 7 - are killed with hot water, 

and then dried. 

Figs. 175, 176. — The shape of the insect and the different organs 

Cochineal, a, dry, as . „ . . 1 

in drug, natural size; can be seen alter putting the dried coccus into water 

natural size m W& ^ an( ^ allowing it to swell and assume its natural form 
and proportions. 

Cochineal varies in color, according to the process of drying, from 
grayish-white to reddish-black. In the market we find the silver-gray 
and the black, both of which may be good, bad, or indifferent, accord- 
ing to soundness. Its quality can be judged of by its clearness, plump- 
ness, freedom from any marked odor, good weight, and the intensity of 
the color given with ammonia. 

Constituents. — The coloring matter is carminic acid. (See Car- 
minum.) 

Medicinal Uses. — Cochineal is used almost altogether as a color- 
ing agent. It has been supposed to have antispasmodic effects, and has 
been given in whooping-cough, but it is very doubtful whether any good 
effects are obtained from its use in that disease. 

Dose. — 0.03 to 0.2 gram (£ to 3 grains). 

COCCI PITLVIS COMPOSITUS. 
Compound Powder of Cochineal. 
Mix thirty grams (1 ounce) powdered cochineal, thirty grams (1 
ounce) powdered alum, thirty grams (1 ounce) potassium carbonate, and 
sixty grams (2 ounces) potassium bitartrate. 

COCCI TINCTUEA. 
Tincture of Cochineal. 
Percolate sixty grams (2 ounces) powdered cochineal with enough 
diluted alcohol to obtain three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluid- 
ounces) tincture. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 349 

COCCI TINCTURA COMPOSITA. 

Compound Tincture of Cochineal. 

Macerate one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces) compound pow- 
der of cochineal during twelve hours in a warm place with one thousand 
cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) diluted alcohol. Filter. 

Used for coloring various liquids. 

Cochlearia. 

COCHLEARIA. 

Cochlearice Herba — Loffelkraut, G. ; Herbe au Scorbut, F. ; Coclearia, 
Sp. ; Skorbjuggsort, Skedort, Sw. ; Scurvy Grass. 

Origin. — Cochlearia officinalis, Linne (Cruciferos). 

Habitat.— Europe. 

Part used. — The whole herb in the fresh state. 

Description. — The root leaves have long petioles, and are rounded 
or broadly heart-shaped, obtuse, toothed ; the stem leaves are spirally 
arranged, sessile (the upper ones clasping), ovate, sagittate, or heart- 
shaped, fleshy, bright green. Flowers white. When bruised the herb 
emits a pungent odor. The taste is saline, bitter, acrid. 

Constituents. — From one-fourth to one-half per cent, volatile oil 
is obtained by distillation after macerating the bruised herb with cold 
water, by which the formation of this volatile oil is induced. It resem- 
bles the volatile oil of mustard. 

Medicinal Uses. — Antiscorbutic and diuretic. A good remedy 
in scurvy, bleeding gums, hemorrhages from mouth and nose, etc. Ex- 
ternally the fresh herb, bruised, is used as an application to scrofulous 
ind indolent ulcers. 

The juice, or a saturated tincture, has been used as a valuable in- 
gredient of gargles and mouth-washes in scurvy, etc. 

Dose. — It may be eaten as a salad, fifty to one hundred grams (1-J- 
o 3 ounces) during the day, or the expressed juice may be taken in 
iablespoonful doses several times daily. 



COCHLEARLE SPIRITUS. 

Spirit of Cochlearia. 

Macerate two thousand grams (70 ounces 240 grains) fresh, bruised 
ochlearia in a closed vessel with one thousand cubic centimeters (34 
iUidounces) water for twenty-four hours ; then add one thousand one 



350 A COMPANION TO THE 



hundred cubic centimeters (37-J- fluidounces) diluted alcohol, introduce 
the whole in a still and distil off one thousand cubic centimeters (34 
fluidounces). 

COCHLEAEI^E SPIRITUS COMPOSITUS. 

Compound Spirit of Cochleaeia. 

Alcoolate of Cochlearia. 

Beat together until well mixed one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 
grains) fresh, bruised cochlearia and one hundred and thirty grams (4 
ounces 256 grains) fresh grated horseradish ; add one hundred and 
eighty cubic centimeters (6 fluidounces) water ; let stand in a closed 
vessel twenty-four hours ; then add one thousand cubic centimeters (34 
fluidounces) alcohol ; introduce the whole into a still and distil off one 
liter (34 fluidounces). 

Codeina ; U. S. 

Codeine. 
Codeia. 

An alkaloid from opium. Large, colorless, or slightly yellowish 
crystals. For further properties see the Pharmacopoeia, page 82. 

Medicinal Uses. — Its effects are similar to those of morphine in 
producing sleep, but codeine is weaker and not followed by the dis- 
agreeable after-effects of morphine. 

Dose.— 0.015 to 0.06 gram (£ to 1 grain). 

CODEI1SLE SYRUPUS. 
Syeup of Codeine. 

Triturate 0.50 gram (7£ grains) codeine with thirty cubic centimeters 
(1 fluidounce) water ; heat until the codeine is dissolved ; then add two 
hundred and forty cubic centimeters (8 fluidounces) simple syrup. 

Dose. — One to two teaspoonfuls. 

Colchici Radix ; U. S. 

Colciiicum Root. 

Colchici Cormus — Zeitlosenknollen, G. ; Bulbe de colchique, Bulbe d* 
safran bdtard, F. ; Colquico, Sp. ; Tidloserot, Colchicumrot, Sw. 

Origin. — Colchicum autumnale^ Linn6 (3fela?U/iacece). 
H ab itat. — Europe. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



351 



A colchicum root 



Part used. — The corm. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 83. Must be inodor 
ous, sound, and have a bitter, acrid after-taste 
which is dark colored or 
horny is unfit for use. 

Colchicum root is less 
active than colchicum 
seed. (See Colchici Se- 
men.) 

Constituents.— 

The only active constit- 
uent is the powerful 
and poisonous alkaloid 
colchicine, of which the 
root contains less than 
one-tenth per cent. 

Colchicine is amor- 
phous, white or yellow- 
ish, has a saffron-like 
odor and a bitter taste. 
It is soluble in water and 
in alcohol. 

Medicinal Uses. — 

The preparations of the corm or seeds may be used indiscriminately, 
due allowance being made for difference in strength. Colchicum in 
medicinal doses produces an increased secretion from the bowels and 
kidney, and probably from the liver. In large doses it causes vomiting 
and purging. It is used in gout, in which disease it is of great value. 
It should be given in doses sufficiently large to produce diaphoresis, 
increased action of the bowels and kidneys, but not purging or vomit- 
ing. It is also useful in rheumatic gout, chronic rheumatism, and urce- 
mic poisoning. 

Dose of the powdered corm, 0.10 to 0.50 gram (2 to 8 grains) every 
four to six hours ; of the powdered seeds, 0.05 to 0.35 gram (1 to 5 
grains). 

Poisonous Effects and Antidotes. — In excessive doses colchicum 
produces gastro-intestinal irritation, watery stools, pain in the bowels, 
and collapse which may be followed by death. It is an irritant poison, 
the evil effects of which must be counteracted by prompt administra- 
tion of emetics and purgatives, followed by opium and alcoholic stimu- 
lants. 




Figs. 177-185. — Colchicum, in transverse and longitu- 
dinal sections, natural size, as it occurs in the drug. 



352 A COMPANION TO THE 



COLCHICI EXTEACTUM; B. 

Fresh colchicum root is peeled and bruised, after which the juice is 
expressed, allowed to settle, heated to 100° C. (212° F.), strained 
through flannel, and then evaporated on a water-bath at a temperature 
not exceeding 71° C. (160° F.) to the consistence of extract. 

Brown. 

Dose.— 0.03 to 0.15 gram (£ to 2J grains). 

COLCHICI EADICIS EXTEACTUM ; IT. S. 
Extract of Colchicum. 

Take five hundred grams (17§ avoirdupois ounces) of colchicum root 
in No. 60 powder. As a menstruum use, first, a mixture of one hundred 
and seventy-five grams (6 ounces 75 grains) acetic acid, and seven hun- 
dred and fifty grams (25J fluidounces) water ; this mixture, when all 
used, to be followed by water. Moisten with two hundred and fifty 
grams (about 8J fluidounces) of the acetic acid mixture. Pack it mod- 
erately in a cylindrical percolator made of glass. Saturate with men- 
struum. Macerate twenty-four hours. Then percolate to exhaustion. 
Evaporate the percolate in a porcelain dish on a water-bath at not above 
80° C. (176° F.) to solid extract. 

Brown. Has an acetous odor. 

Dose. — 0.03 to 0.10 gram (£ to 1J grain). 

COLCHICI EADICIS EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM; IT. S. 
Fluid Extract of Colchicum Eoot. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (about 8 X fluidounces) alcohol to every one hundred 
grams (about 3 1 fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and seventy-five grams (about 7 
fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack it moderately in a cylindrical per- 
colator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Eeserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14 1 fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the dru£ 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 353 

dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to 
make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose. — 0.10 to 0.35 cubic centimeter (2 to 5 minims). 

COLCHICI RADICIS TIJSTCTUEA. 
Tincture of Colchicum Root. 

Moisten ninety grams (3 ounces) colchicum root, in No. 30 powder, 
with forty-five cubic centimeters (1^- fluidounce) diluted alcohol. Mac- 
erate twenty-four hours. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator, and 
percolate with diluted alcohol until three hundred cubic centimeters (10 
fluidoimces) tincture has been obtained. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 1.3 cubic centimeter (5 to 20 minims). 

COLCHICI VINUM RADICIS ; IT. S. 
"Wine of Colchicum Root. 

Moisten one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces 100 grains) colchi- 
cum root, in No. 30 powder, with thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains, or 
about 1^ fluidounce) of stronger white wine. (See page 1022.) Pack 
it moderately tight in a conical percolator, and percolate with stronger 
white wine until three hundred grams (10 ounces 255 grains, or about 
10 fluidounces) percolate has been obtained. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (10 to 30 minims). 

Colchici Semen ; U. S. 

Colchicum Seed. 
Zeitlosensamen, G-. ; Remences cle Colchique, F. 

Origin. — Colchicum antumnale, Linne (Melanthaceaz). 

H ab itat. — Europe. 

Part used.— The fully ripe seeds. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 83. About the size of 
white mustard seed. Shrunken seeds — collected and dried before fully 
ripe — should be rejected. 

Colchicum seeds are extremely tough, and can be powdered only 
with great difficulty. 

When made from properly powdered drug the preparations of col- 
chicum seed are about double the strength of corresponding preparations 



23 



354 



A COMPANION TO THE 



made from the root, using the same amount of drug in proportion to the 
menstruum. Thus fluid extract of colchicum seed should be, with proper 
management in its preparation, about twice the therapeutic strength of 

the fluid extract of colchicum root. 
Although diluted alcohol extracts more 
or less of the medicinal virtues from 
even unbroken colchicum seeds by the 
aid of heat, the exhaustion of the drug 
cannot be perfectly accomplished un- 
less the seeds are properly ground. 

Constituents. — The dried seeds 
contain from one-fifth to one-third per 
cent, colchicine (see under title " Colchici Radix "). They also contain 
from six to eight per cent, fixed oil. 




Figs. 186-188.— Colchicum Seed, nat- 
ural size and enlarged, and longitudinal 
section, enlarged. 



Medicinal Properties and Uses. 

Radix." 



-See under title " Colchici 



Dose. — From 0.05 to 0.35 gram (1 to 5 grains), best given in the 
form of fluid extract. 



COLCHICI SEMINIS EXTR ACTUM FLUIDITM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Colchicum Seed. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (about 8-J fluidounces) alcohol to every one hundred 
grams (about 3-J fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and fifty grams (about 6 fluid- 
ounces of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. 
Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then perco- 
late. 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14J fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to 
make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose. — 0.10 to 0.50 cubic centimeter (2 to 8 minims). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 355 

COLCHICI [SEMINIS] TINCTUKA ; U. S. 
Tincture of Colchicum [Seed]. 

Moisten forty-five grams (1 ounce 257 grains) colchicum seed, in 
No. 30 powder, with forty-five grams (about 1J fiuidounce) diluted alco- 
hol ; macerate twenty-four hours ; pack moderately in a cylindrical 
percolator and percolate with diluted alcohol until three hundred grams 
(10 ounces 255 grains, measuring about 10£ fluidounces) tincture has 
been obtained. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (10 to 30 minims). 

COLCHICI SEMINIS VINUM; U. S. 
Wine of Colchicum Seed. 

To forty-five grams (1 ounce 257 grains) colchicum seed, in No. 20 
powder, with two hundred and seventy grams (about 9-J fluidounces) 
stronger white wine, and macerate seven days, shaking it occasionally ; 
then filter through paper, adding, through the filter, enough stronger 
white wine (see p. 1022) to make the filtered liquid weigh three hun- 
dred grams (10 ounces 255 grains, measuring about 11|- fluidounces). 

Dose. — One to three cubic centimeters (15 to 45 minims). 

Colchici Flores. 

Colchicum Flowers. 

Origin. — Colchicum autumnale, Linne (Melanthacece). 

Habitat. — Europe. 

Description. — They resemble crocus flowers, are six-parted, with a 
lilac or rose-colored border, and a whitish tube six inches or more long. 

Constituents. — When carefully dried the colchicum flowers con- 
tain a large amount of colchicine, over one-third per cent, having been 
i found in one specimen, which is more than three times as much as the 
root contains, and a little over the maximum amount found in the seeds 
(Nat. Disp.). 

Colchicum flowers would undoubtedly be more convenient to pre- 
pare extracts, etc., from than the seeds, which are so extremely tough 
that they can be powdered only with great difficulty, and are liable to 
ibe of widely differing degrees of fineness, which" results m correspond- 
ing differences in strength of the preparations prepared from different 
lots. 

..i The flowers, however, are necessarily dear. 



356 



A COMPANION TO THE 



COLCHICI FLOKUM TINCTUKA. 

TlNCTURE OF COLCHICUM FLOWERS. 

Digest one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains) fresh colchicum 
flowers with five hundred grams (17f ounces, measuring about 20 fluid- 
ounces) diluted alcohol for seven days. Express and filter. 

Dose. — 0.50 to 2 cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims). 

Collinsonia. 

COLLINSONIA. 

Gollinsonim Radix — Stone-Root, Horsebalm, Richweed, Knobroot, 

Heal-all. 

Origin. — Collinsonia canadensis, Linne" (Labiate?). 
Habitat. — North America, north of South Carolina. 
Part used. — The root. 

Description. — A knotty, tubercular, branched rhizome, grayish- 
brown, about seven to ten centimeters (3 to 4 inches) long, marked by 




Figs. 189, 190.— Collinsonia. Whole and transverse section, natural size. 

shallow stem-scars, and with thin rootlets, or remnants of rootlets. 
Bark, thin. Wood extremely hard and tough. Odor, none. Taste, 
disagreeable, nauseous. 

Constituents. — No analysis. 

Medicinal Uses. — It is a stimulant, having special effect upon the 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 357 

mucous membrane of the bladder, and is useful in vesical catarrh, cal- 
culous deposits in the bladder, and in dropsy. 

It is also said to be expectorant and stimulant in chronic pulmonary 



Dose. — 0.5 to 2 grams (8 to 30 grains), best given in the form of 
fluid extract. 

COLLINSONI^E EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Collinsonia. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces), of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (about 8-J- fluidounces) alcohol to everyone hundred 
grams (about 3J fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (10 to 30 minims). 

Collodium ; U. S. 

Collodion - . 

Prepared by dissolving sixty grams (2 ounces) soluble gun-cotton in 
one thousand and fifty grams (35 ounces, or about 47 fluidounces) 
stronger ether, and three hundred and ninety grams (13 ounces, or 
about 17 fluidounces) alcohol. 

The pyroxylin is first put into a tared bottle capable of holding half 
as much again as the total quantity of collodion to be made. Then the 
alcohol is added so as to wet all of the gun-cotton with it. After fifteen 
minutes the ether is poured in and the whole shaken until the gun-cot- 
ton is all dissolved. The bottle is then corked, or tied over with a 
Wetted piece of hog's bladder, and set aside in a cool place to allow the 
collodion to become clear. When the sediment has settled perfectly, 
the clear collodion is poured off and at once put in small bottles, to be 
only about two-thirds full, which must be tightly corked, the corks be- 
ing capped with bladder. 

The collodion official in the German, Swedish, and several other 
Pharmacopoeias is much stronger, i.e., contains more gun-cotton. 

Collodion is very inflammable, and must be kept away from any 
flame. It must also be kept in a cool place on account of the liability 
to expansion by heat sufficient to. burst the bottle. Must be clear, and 
leave a transparent cohesive film on the skin when applied and allowed 
to evaporate. In drying collodion contracts, sometimes painfully ; to 



358 A COMPANION TO THE 



remedy this castor-oil, glycerin, etc., have been added with successful 
results. (See Collodium Elasticum and Collodium Flexile.) The con- 
traction is greater the thicker the collodion is. It is, therefore, best to 
have it as thin as practicable. This is the case with the preparation of 
the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, which has just sufficient body to insure a con- 
tinuous elastic film over the surface upon which it is applied. 

Medicinal Uses. — Collodion is used to protect wounds and abra- 
sions from the air, thus facilitating healing by first intention. 

When wounds are held in apposition by isinglass plaster and collo- 
dion, instead of stitches, the resulting scar will be less unsightly. 

It is also locally astringent, for as the film contracts it mechanically 
presses the blood from the vessels, and on account of this action it is 
often used to abort inflammation and forming abscesses. It is also a 
useful application in fissure of the nipple. 

COLLODIUM ELASTICUM. 

Elastic Collodion. 

This is simply official collodion with one-half per cent, glycerin 
added — say five grams (1J drachm) glycerin to one thousand grams (35 
ounces) of collodium. Being very plastic this is not as painful as pure 
collodion. 

COLLODIUM FLEXILE ; U. S. 
Flexible Collodion. 

Mix thirty grams (1 ounce) castor-oil, fifty grams (If ounce) Canada 
turpentine, and nine hundred and twenty grams (30J ounces) of collo- 
dion, all by weight. Keep it in tightly corked bottles, capped, only 
two-thirds filled, and put away in a cool place, remote from any flame. 

Nearly identical with the preparation of the Pharmacopoeia of 1870. 

Colocynthis ; U. S. 

COLOCYNTH. 

Colocynthidis Fructus — Koloquinten, G. ; Coloquinte, F. ; Coloquintida, 
Sp.; Koloqvint, Sw. ; Bitter Apple. 

Origin. — Citrullus Colocynthis, Schrader ( Cucurbit acem). 
Habitat. — Spain, Western Asia, etc. 

Part used. — The pulp of the fruit, after the separation of the seeds. 
Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 85. Usually about 
the size of a small orange. 

The Pharmacopoeia directs that the whole fruit be obtained, although 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 359 

the pulp only is to be used, because it is easier to judge of the quality 
of the drug in that condition. Were it deprived of its seeds it would 
necessarily be crumbled almost to powder. The seeds are medicinally 
almost inert. They constitute about three-fourths of the whole dried 
fruit, and are to be removed before weighing out the drug for use in 
making preparations. 

Colocynth is liable to absorb moisture, and unless kept in a dry place 
will become mouldy. Discolored colocynth, as well as a drug with hard 
pulp, is unfit for use. 

Spanish colocynth is the most common kind in our country, and is 
usually of very fair quality. Turkish or Levantic colocynth is the best, 
but is difficult to obtain. 

Constituents. — A yellow, either amorphous or crystalline, bitter 
principle, called colocynthin, which is soluble in water and alcohol, and 
is very bitter. Also resin, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — In small doses it is almost a simple bitter, im- 
proving appetite and digestion, and increasing the secretions from the 
intestines slightly. In larger doses it is a powerful drastic and hydra - 
gogue cathartic, useful in constipation or dropsies to remove large fecal 
or dropsical accumulations. In overdoses colocynth produces violent 
purging, griping, and gastro-intestinal irritation. It is generally given 
in combination with other drugs — rhubarb, scammony, or aloes — and on 
account of its intensely bitter taste is preferably given in pills. 

Dose. — As a laxative, 0.10 to 0.30 gram (2 to 5 grains), and as a 
purgative, 0.30 to 0.60 gram (5 to 10 grains). 



COLOCYKTHLDIS EXTKAOTUM; U. S. 

Extkact of Colocynth. 

Remove all the seeds from two thousand grams (70 ounces 240 grains) 
colocynth, which must be quite dry. Reduce the pulp to coarse powder 
and macerate it with five thousand grams (about 12 pints) of diluted 
alcohol for four days, stirring occasionally. Press out all the liquor, and 
strain it through flannel. Pack the residue tightly into a cylindrical per- 
colator, cover it with the straining cloth used, and percolate with diluted 
alcohol until the percolate obtained, together with the macerate, weighs 
ten thousand grams (22 pounds 325 grains). Recover the alcohol by dis- 
tillation in the usual way, discontinuing the process when six thousand 
grams (15 wine pints and 10J fluidounces) has been collected in the re- 
ceiver. Evaporate the residue by water-bath heat to dryness and pow- 
der it. 



360 A COMPANION TO THE 

The yield is from seven to fifteen per cent. Extract of colocynth 
has a rich brown color. It absorbs moisture from the air and should 
therefore be kept in tightly closed bottles. 

The colocynth seeds are not only medicinally inert, but if allowed to 
remain with the pulp in preparing the extract would spoil the product 
by leaving it contaminated with fixed oil. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.10 gram (1 to 1J grain). 

COLOCYNTHIDIS EXTRACTUM COMPOSITITM; IT. S. 
Compound Extract of Colocynth. 

Melt one hundred grams (3 ounces 230|- grains) socotrine aloes on a 
water-bath ; add twenty grams (6§ fluidrachms) alcohol, stir well, and 
then strain the mixture through a No. 60 sieve which has been made 
wet and hot by dipping it into boiling water. Add to the strained 
aloes thirty-two grams (1 ounce 56^ grains) extract of colocynth, twenty- 
eight grams (432 grains) resin of scammony, and twenty-eight grams 
(432 grains) white Castile soap, and heat the whole mixture at a tem- 
perature not above 135° C. (275° F.) until it becomes perfectly smooth 
and uniform, and a sample of it gets brittle on cooling. Now take the 
mixture off the source of heat, incorporate thoroughly with it twelve 
grams (185 grains) cardamom, in No. 60 powder, and cover the whole 
well until cold. Then reduce the product to fine powder. 

Must be kept in tightly closed bottles. 

Good compound extract of colocynth has a rich dark-brown color 
and an agreeable aromatic odor. 

A valuable purgative in chronic and obstinate constipation. In 
small doses it generally produces one or two pulpy stools. This prepa- 
ration is often combined with extract of hyoscyamus or of belladonna 
to prevent griping and to increase its action. 

Dose. — 0.25 to 0.5 gram (4 to 8 grains). 

COLOCYNTHIDIS EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Colocynth. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the pulp, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.25 to 0.5 cubic centimeter (4 to 8 minims). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 361 

COLOCYNTHIDIS TINCTURA. 

TlNCTUKE OF CoLOCYNTH. 

Percolate diluted alcohol through sixty grams (2 ounces) coarsely 
powdered colocynth, packed in a conical percolator, until three hundred 
cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) tincture has been obtained. 

Used simply as a bitter stomachic in doses of 0.2 to 0.5 gram (3 to 
8 minims). 

Confectiones. 

Confections. 

Conserven, £atwergen, G. ; Electuaires, Saccharoles mous, Conserves, 
F. ; Moser, Sw. ; Electuaries, Conserves. 

Prepared by incorporating moist medicinal substances with sugar, or 
by mixing dry powders with honey or syrup, the object being not only 
to render the preparations comparatively palatable, but also to preserve 
the active constituents from change, which in properly prepared confec- 
tions is certainly effected. Soft electuaries, however, do not keep well, 
and are intended to be always prepared extemporaneously when wanted 
for use. This class of preparations is almost obsolete. Those enumer- 
ated in this work perhaps constitute the greater number of all that are 
now used, and none of them is extensively employed, even the formerly 
popular confection of rose and the confection of senna being largely 
supplanted by other preparations. 

A distinction is sometimes made between conserves and electuaries, 
the first being made by incorporating moist drugs with dry sugar, while 
the latter are prepared by incorporating dry powdered drugs with moist 
saccharine substances, as honey or syrup. 

Conium ; U. S. 

CONIUM. 

Conii Fructus, Conii Semen — Schierlingsfrucht, G. ; Fruits de Cigu'e, 
F. ; Cicuta, Sp. ; Odortfrukt, Sw. ; Conium Seed, Conium Fruit, 
Hemlock Fruit. 

Origin. — Conium maculatum, Linne ( Umbelliferm). 
Habitat. — Europe, North America. 

Part Used. — The full-grown fruit, gathered while it is yet green. 
Description.— See the Pharmacopoeia, page 86. Conium fruit is 
rather smaller than anise. , 

Constituents. — The constituents of conium are three alkaloids, a 



i 
I 



362 



A COMPANION TO THE 




Figs. 191, 193. — Conium Fruit, whole and transverse 
section, both enlarged. 



little volatile oil, and also some fixed oil. Coniine is the most impor- 
tant alkaloid, and has the properties of the drug. It is a colorless, oily 
liquid, having a strongly alkaline reaction. Its odor resembles that of 
the urine of rats, and the taste is acrid, tobacco-like. Readily soluble 

in alcohol ; only slightly 
soluble in water. It is 
very volatile, and rapidly 
changes and decomposes 
when exposed to the air or 
to heat. In the nearly ripe 
fruit of the plant in the 
second year the alkaloid 
has been found to the ex- 
tent of four-fifths per cent. 
Methyl-coniine, another al- 
kaloid, in the constitution of which one hydrogen atom of the coniine 
is replaced by methyl, is found in the commercial coniine, and probably 
exists in the drug. The third alkaloid is conhydrine, which is crystal- 
lizable, convertible into coniine by abstracting the elements of one 
molecule of water. It is medicinally active, but less poisonous than 
coniine. 

The volatile oil is not poisonous. 

Nomenclature. — Conium leaves being still in use, we consider it 
unfortunate that the fruit should be called " Conium " instead of 
" Conii Fructus." 

Medicinal Uses. — Conium is a remedy of much value to restrain 
excessive motor excitement or muscular agitation. It is much em- 
ployed in the treatment of the insane, especially those suffering from 
acute mania without organic brain trouble. It is also administered 
with good effect in chorea, whooping-cough, asthma, etc. 

Like almost all other remedies that exert any influence on the ner- 
vous system, conium has also been given in epilepsy, but not with as 
good success as can be obtained by the use of the bromides. 
, Conium is very useful in erotic insanity and in the mental and ner- 
vous disorders resulting from masturbation. 

Conium also has been much used as a discutient in cancerous tu- 
mors, being used internally and externally ; also in cases of scrofular 
swellings of glands with equal success. 

The leaves, mixed with linseed meal, and used as a poultice, form 
an excellent anodyne application to painful swellings. 

Dose. — Of the leaves in powder, 0.2 to 0.5 gram (3 to 8 grains) ; of 
the fruit in powder, 0.03 to 0.25 gram (J to 4 grains). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 363 

Caution. — Different specimens of conium vary much in strength, so 
that a new lot of any of its preparations must be given in minimum doses, 
gradually to be increased until the effects of the drug are produced. 
Want of care in this regard has often resulted in fatal poisoning from 
doses that were not larger than those of another lot of the same kind 
of preparation which had been previously employed. 

Poisonous Effects. — Excessive doses of conium preparations pro- 
duce gastric irritation, nausea, and vomiting. Disturbed vision, dulness 
of the mind, dizziness and numbness, and an inability to properly ar- 
ticulate words, indicate the effects of the drug on the motor nerves. If 
a fatal dose is taken, paralysis of the voluntary muscles, commencing 
with those of the legs, sets in, and as the paralysis affects the respira- 
tory muscles, death from asphyxia results. 

Physiologically nux vomica and its alkaloids are antidotes. 

Active and enforced muscular exertion, as in opium-poisoning, is 
also the best treatment in conium-poisoning. 

COOTI ABSTKACTUM; U.S. 

Abstract of Conium. 

Two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) of conium fruit, in No. 40 
powder, is moistened uniformly with a mixture of six grams (92-J- grains) 
of hydrochloric acid (of U. S. P. standard) and eighty grams (2 ounces 
359 grains, or about 3^- fluidounces) of ninety-four per cent, alcohol. 
The moist powder is packed tightly in a tall cylindrical percolator. 
More alcohol is now added until the mass is saturated and the liquid 
begins to drop at the lower end of the percolator, while a layer of the 
alcohol still covers the upper surface of the drug. The exit of the per- 
colator is now closed and the top covered to prevent evaporation. The 
whole is allowed to stand forty-eight hours. Then the percolation is 
started, adding alcohol as required to keep the drug always covered. 
When one hundred and seventy (170) parts by weight of the percolate 
has been obtained, set that portion aside. Place another receiver under 
the percolator and continue the process until the drug is exhausted. 
Evaporate this second percolate down until it weighs thirty (30) parts. 
Mix this with the reserved portion. The mixed liquids (weighing to- 
gether two hundred (200) parts) are put in a tared evaporating dish 
with fifty (50) parts of powdered milk sugar, and set in a place where 
the temperature is between 40° and 50° C, or from 104° to 122° F., 
until the mixture is dry. Then enough powdered sugar of milk is 
added to make the total weight of the contents of the dish one hundred 






364 A COMPANION TO THE 

(100) parts. The whole is now triturated until a uniform and very fine 
powder is obtained. 

The same product may be obtained by evaporating one thousand 
cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) of the fluid extract of conium fruit 
with the requisite quantity of milk sugar, making five hundred grams 
(17§ avoirdupois ounces) finished product. 

Dose. — About six to twenty centigrams (1 to 3 grains). 

CONII [FKUCTUS] EXTR ACTUM ALCOHOLICUM; U. S. 
Alcoholic Extract op Conium [Fruit or "Seed"]. 

Take five hundred grams (17§ avoirdupois ounces) of conium fruit in 
No. 30 powder. As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. Moisten with 
one hundred and fifty grams (5f- fluidounces). Pack tightly in a cylindri- 
cal percolator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate twenty-four hours. 
Percolate. Reserve four hundred and fifty grams (about 17 fluidounces) 
of first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted 
or until one thousand and fifty grams (39 fluidounces) of second percolate 
has been obtained. Add fifteen grams (230 grains) hydrochloric acid 
to the second percolate and then evaporate it to a soft extract. Mix 
this with the first percolate, evaporate the mixture to a pilular consist- 
ence, and finally add five per cent, glycerin. 

Practically the same product is obtained by evaporating the fluid 
extract of conium (fruit) to the pilular consistence and incorporating 
five per cent, glycerin with the solid extract remaining. 

Dose.— 0.02 to 0.06 gram (j to 1 grain). 

Nomenclature. — The "Alcoholic Extract of Conium" of the 
U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870 was made from the leaves and without 
adding hydrochloric acid previous to evaporation. The conium fruit, as 
will be sees in the statement of the chemical constituents of conium 
leaves, is liable to be three times as strong as the latter. The addition 
of hydrochloric acid has for its object the conversion of the alkaloid as 
it exists naturally in the drug into a hydrochlorate which will better 
withstand the heat and exposure during the evaporation. We have, 
therefore, in the" new alcoholic extract of conium a preparation that 
must be used in far smaller doses than required of the preparation whinli 
in the Pharmacopoeia just superseded bore the same name. The fact 
that the fruit contains more of the alkaloids than the leaves is not the 
only factor which renders the two extracts different in strength, for the 
disparity is further increased by the fact that the yield of solid extract 
from fruits like the drug under consideration is much smaller than the 
yield from leaves. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 365 

CONII [FRIICTUS] EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Conium [Fruit]. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
one hundred grams (about 4-| fluidounces) alcohol to every one hundred 
grams (about 3J fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and fifty grams (about 5f fluid- 
ounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. 
Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14-J fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Add fifteen grams (231J grains) hydrochloric acid to the second 
percolate. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose* — 0.12 to 0.3 cubic centimeter (2 to 5 minims). 

CONII [FRUCTUS] TINCTURA; U. S. 
Tincture of Conium [Fruit]. 

Moisten forty-five grams (1 ounce 257 grains) conium fruit, in No. 
30 powder, with a mixture of fifteen cubic centimeters (J fluidounce) 
diluted alcohol and one hundred and twenty centigrams (18£ grains) 
diluted hydrochloric acid. Macerate twenty-four hours; pack moderately 
in a conical glass percolator, and percolate with diluted alcohol until 
three hundred grams (about 10 fluidounces) tincture has been obtained. 

Dose. — One to four cubic centimeters (15 to 60 minims), increasing 
if necessary. 

Conii Folia. 

Conium Leaves. 

Schierlingsblatter, G. ; Feuittes de Cigu'e, F. ; Cicuta, Sp. ; Odortsblad, 

Sw. ; Hemlock ^Leaves. 

Origin. — Conium maculatum^ Linne (Umbettiferce). 

Habitat. — Europe, North America. 

Part used.— The leaves gathered from the plant in its second year. 



366 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Description. — They are dark green, smooth, oval in general out- 
line, and pinnately decompound. When dried they are much wrinkled, 




Figs. 193, 194.— Leaf and leaflet of Conium. (Leaf reduced ; leaflet natural size.) 

have a pale, bluish-green color, a disagreeable, narcotic odor, and a 
sweetish, nauseating, acrid taste. 

Constituents. — The conium leaves contain the same alkaloids as 
the conium fruit (" seeds "), but in extremely small proportions. Their 
use ought to be discontinued and the fruit only employed. The latter 
is at least three times as strong. 

CONII CATAPLASMA; B. 
Hemlock Poultice. 

Coarsely powdered hemlock leaf, sixty grams (2 ounces) ; flaxseed 
meal, one hundred and eighty grams (6 ounces) ; boiling water, six 
hundred cubic centimeters (20 fluidounces). Stir the mixed powders 
into the water. 

Or half a fluidounce of fluid extract of hemlock maybe added to 
eight or ten ounces of linseed poultice. This is a smaller proportion of the 
anodyne to the mass of the poultice, but is much more easily absorbed, 
so that it is, perhaps, even more active than the poultice prepared as 
above. 

Used as a soothing application to painful swellings ; it must be ap- 
plied with caution to sores and ulcers. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 367 

CONII EMPLASTKUM. 

Conium Plaster. 

JEmplastrum Cicutce — Hemlock Plaster. 

Melt together two hundred and fifty grams (8 ounces 358 grains) 
lead plaster, fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) yellow wax, and ten grams 
(154 grains) resin ; then, after letting the plaster mass cool somewhat, 
incorporate forty grams (1 ounce 180 grains) alcoholic extract of conium 
leaves, previously triturated with a little water so as to form a uniform 
smooth paste. 

CONTI EXTRACTUM; B. 

Extract of Conium. 

Fresh conium leaves are bruised in a stone mortar, a little water be- 
ing sprinkled over the drug during the operation. The juice is ex- 
pressed, heated to the boiling point, filtered, and then evaporated to 
extract, either in a vacuum apparatus by the aid of heat, or at the or- 
dinary temperature in a shallow evaporating dish by means of a current 
of air directed over the surface of the liquid. 

Unless prepared with extreme care the preparation is worthless. 
Owing to its uncertain strength, the alkaloid coniine being so volatile, 
this extract of conium is always dangerous to use. 

Greenish brown. Yield about five per cent. 

Dose. — About 0.10 to 0.25 gram (1J to 4 grains). 

Nomenclature — Caution. — This and the old alcoholic extract of 
conium ought not to be used. They are taken up in this book for the 
sake of completeness, and especially in order to point out the differences 
between the several extracts of conium. As conium is a potent and 
dangerous poison, it would be unsafe to ignore the recently abolished 
extracts before they have entirely passed out of use, especially as the 
new " Alcoholic Extract of Conium," having the same name as the one 
but yesterday dropped from the Pharmacopoeia, is at least three times as 
strong and far more reliable and uniform, for if the old extract should 
be prescribed, basing the dose on the average strength of that prepara- 
tion, the new extract should certainly not be dispensed. (See Extr. 
Aconiti Fol.) 

CONII FOLTOEUM EXTKACTUM ALCOHOLICUM. 
Alcoholic Extract of Conium Leaves. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 



368 A COMPANION TO THE 



Greenish brown. Yield about twenty per cent. 

Dose. — About 0.10 to 0.20 gram (LJ- to 3 grains). 

This preparation was official in the late Pharmacopoeia of 1870 under 
the name of " Alcoholic Extract of Conium," this title being now given 
in the new Pharmacopoeia to a much more powerful preparation made 
from the unripe fruit (so-called " Conium Seed," or " Hemlock Seed "). 
See " Conii Extractum Alcoholicum," under Conii Fructus. 

CONII FOLIORUM EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Exteact of Conium Leaves. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.2 to 0.75 cubic centimeter (3 to 12 minims). 

CONII OLEUM INFUSUM. 

Infused Oil of Conium. 

Beat one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains) fresh conium 
leaves into a pulp with a little cotton-seed oil. Then add two thousand 
grams (70 ounces 240 grains) cotton-seed oil, and heat the mixture on a 
water-bath until all the moisture has evaporated. Express and filter. 

Used as an ingredient of anodyne liniments. 

CONII SUCCUS. 
Conium Juice. 
Hemlock Juice. 

Bruise a quantity of fresh conium leaves ; express the juice ; add to 
it one-third of its volume of rectified spirit. Let stand seven days, and 
then filter. 

Dose* — Two to four cubic centimeters (J to 1 fluidrachm) ; a very 
unreliable preparation which ought not to be used. 

CONII FOLIORUM TINCTURA (Piiar. 1870). 
Tincture of Conium Leaves. 

Moisten thirty grams (1 ounce) conium leaves, in No. 30 powder, with 
thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) diluted alcohol ; pack in a cylin- 
drical percolator and percolate with diluted alcohol until two hundred and 
forty cubic centimeters (8 fluidounces) of tincture has been obtained. 

Dose. — Two to four cubic centimeters (J to 1 fluidrachm). 



TJKETED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 369 



CONII UNGUENTUM. 
Conium Ointment. 

Mix thirty grams (1 ounce) extract of conium, previously rubbed 
with a little water to a soft paste, with two hundred and ten grams (7 
ounces) benzoinated lard. 

Anodyne application for external use. 

CONII YAPOE. 
Conium Inhalation. 

Mix one gram (15 grains) extract of conium, one gram (15 grains) 
solution of potassa, and ten grams (^ nuidounce) water. Put from one 
to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 drops) of this mixture on a sponge, 
in an inhalation apparatus, so that the vapors from boiling water may 
pass over it and then be inhaled. 

To allay cough and irritation of the larynx and br-onchias in bron- 
chitic affections, consumption, etc. 

Convallaria Majalis. 

CONVALLARIA. LlLT OF THE V ALLEY. 

Maiblumen, G. ; Mugxiet, F. ; Liljekonvalj, Sw. 

Origin. — Convallaria majalis, Linne {Liliaceoe). 
Habitat. — Europe, Northern Asia, and the United States, in the 
Southeastern States. 

Part used. — The rhizome. 

Description. — Whitish, branched, about the thickness of a quill. 

Constituents. — Convallamarin, a bitter glucoside, which has been 
obtained in a white crystalline powder ; and an acrid principle, conval- 
larin, which crystallizes in rectangular prisms, and which foams in 
watery solution like saponin. 

Medicinal Uses. — This drug exerts a powerfully stimulant action 
on the heart, and the fluid extract has been given internally or hypoder- 
mically injected, with benefit in collapse, opium narcosis, etc. It also 
possesses purgative properties resembling those of aloes. It has further 
been used in intermittent fever and epilepsy, and as a vermifuge. 

Dose. — 1 to 2.5 grams (15 to 40 grains), best given in the form of 
fluid extract. 
24 



0*70 A COMPANION TO THE 



CONYALLARI^E EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Convallaria. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims) ; for sub- 
cutaneous injection, 0.3 to 0.5 cubic centimeter (5 to 8 minims). 

Copaiba ; U. S. 

Copaiba. 

Copaibm Oleoresina, Oleo-resin of Copaiba; Balsamum Copaivos — 
Copaivabalsam, G. ; Copahu, Baume ou OVeo-resine de copahu, F. ; 
Balsamo de copaiba, Sp. ; Kopaivabalsam, Sw.; Balsam of Copaiba. 

Origin, — Copaifera Langsdorfii, Desfontaines, and other species of 
Copaifera (Leguminosoe). 

Habitat. — Brazil. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 86. It is 
not a " balsam " but an oleoresin. 

Varieties.— Para copaiba (Maranham, Brazil, copaiba) is the best. 
It is pale in color and rich in volatile oil, containing about seventy to 
eighty-five per cent. Four fiuidrachms of this copaiba will mix clear 
with 1J fluidrachm water of ammonia, when shaken in a test-tube. 

Maracaibo copaiba (Colombia copaiba) is thicker, darker, not always 
clear. 

Constituents. — Volatile oil, and two resins which are dissolved in 
the oil. One of the resins is copaivic acid. This is" crystallizable, of 
faint odor, bitter taste, insoluble in water, easily soluble in absolute 
alcohol ; soluble also in ammonia, with which the oleo-resin (balsam) 
mixes clear if a sufficient quantity of the copaivic acid is present. Bal- 
sam of copaiba containing enough copaivic acid will solidify with mag- 
nesia (see Massa Copaibae). Clear, thin-flowing Para copaiba, rich in 
volatile oil, has, however, been met with, which contains no copaivic 
acid. 

Maracaibo copaiba contains metacopaivic acid instead of copaivic 
acid, does not mix clear with ammonia, and does not solidify with mag- 
nesia. It is also poor in volatile oil, containing little more than half as 
much as the Para copaiba. 

The most active constituent is supposed to be the volatile oil. The 
copaivic acid, however, is also said to have great medicinal activity. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 371 

The more of volatile oil the copaiba contains, the lighter is its color, the 
lower its specific gravity, and the stronger its odor. When old, by the 
evaporation of volatile oil, the copaiba gets darker and thicker, and has 
a weaker odor. 

Adulterations. — Copaiba may be, and undoubtedly in the past was, 
frequently adulterated with fixed oils, principally castor-oil, alcohol, 
turpentine, other oleo-resinous mixtures, volatile oils, etc. When a 
sample evaporated to dryness leaves a clear brittle resin; no foreign odor 
can be detected when a few drops of the copaiba, dropped on filter paper, 
are cautiously warmed ; it mixes clear with ammonia and solidifies with 
magnesia ; and it holds the pbarmacopceial test for detecting gurjun 
balsam ; then the copaiba is of good quality. 

Medicinal Uses. — Copaiba is eliminated through the mucous 
membranes of the bronchial tubes, the kidneys, and skin, and is expec- 
torant, blennorrhetic, diuretic, and diaphoretic. It is almost altogether 
employed in gonorrhoea after acute symptoms have subsided. Seldom 
used in any of the other diseases in which it is useful, on account of 
its bad taste and the disagreeable eructations which follow its admin- 
istration. 

It is a good stimulant in chronic bronchorrhcea. 

Dose. — 0.66 to 4 cubic centimeters (10 to 60 minims), in capsules 
or emulsion, alone or combined with oil of cubebs or of sandal-wood, 

and repeated every four to six hours. 

« 

COPAIB^E MASS A; U. S. 

Copaiba Mass. 

Pihilce Copaibce, 1870 — Solidified Copaiba. 

Shake one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains) Maracaibo copaiba 
thoroughly, from time to time, for an hour with sixty grams (2 fluid- 
ounces) of distilled water. Then let it stand until the water separates 
from the balsam. Decant the balsam, separating the last by means of 
a separatory funnel. Mix nine hundred and forty grams (33 ounces 
70 grains) of this balsam intimately with sixty grams (2 ounces 50 grains) 
light magnesia, and set the mixture aside until it forms a solid semi- 
translucent mass, stiff enough to be formed into pills. 

The success of the process depends very much upon the quality of 
the materials. The copaiba must be one that is rich in copaivic acid 
(resin) rather than in volatile oil, and which also contains a sufficient 
quantity of water, unless the magnesia contains enough moisture. The 
magnesia must be one that has not been " dead-burnt," but which is 



372 A COMPANION TO THE 



capable of becoming hydrated and then acted upon by the copaivic 
acid. The application of a moderate degree of heat for about fifteen 
minutes will hasten the process. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 grams (8 to 30 grains). 

COPAIBA MIXTUEA COMPOSITA. 

Compound Copaiba Mixture. 

Lafayette's Mixture, Chapman's Mixture Improved. 

Mix one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) copaiba and fifteen 
grams (^ ounce) volatile oil of cubeb by trituration in a Wedgewood 
mortar with one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) glycerite of yolk 
of eggs. Then add gradually three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluid- 
ounces) syrup of peppermint water, and triturate briskly until a perfect 
mixture is obtained. Then add, with continued stirring, sixty cubic cen- 
timeters (2 fluidounces) solution of potassa, thirty cubic centimeters (1 
fluidounce) compound tincture of cardamom, sixty cubic centimeters 
(2 fluidounces) spirit of nitrous ether, and sufficient peppermint water to 
make the whole measure one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces). 

Dose. — Four to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

Copaibse Oleum; IT. S. 

Oil of Copaiba. 

Copaibce JEtherolexim — Volatile Oil of Copatba. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 235. 
Dose. — 0.6 to 1 cubic centimeter (10 to 15 minims). 

Copaibse Resina ; U. S. * 

Copaiba Resin. 

" The residue left after distilling off the volatile oil from copaiba." 

It consists of copaivic acid. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 280. 

Coptis. 

COPTIS. 

Coptidis Trifolim JTerba — Gelbe Niesswurz, G. ; Coptide, F. ; Gold- 
thread. 

Origin. — Coptis trifolia, Salisbury (Ranunculaceas). 
Habitat. — North America, and Northern Europe, and Asia. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 373 

Part used. — The entire plant. 

Description. — Leaves trifoliate, the leaflets being about one centi- 
meter (f inch) long, three-lobed. The rhizome is threadlike, and of a 
bright golden yellow color. The flower (single) is yellowish-white. In- 
odorous. Taste bitter. 

Constituents. — It contains the yellow crystalline alkaloid berbe- 
rine, a white alkaloid called coptine, besides resin, etc. It contains no 
tannin. 

Medicinal Uses. — It is a powerful, pure, bitter tonic, used like 
quassia or gentian, as a stomachic and appetizer in dyspepsia, want of 
appetite during convalescence, etc. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains), best administered in 
the form of fluid extract. 

COPTIDIS EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Coptis. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

Coptis Teeta. 

East Indian Coptis. 
Coptidis Teetoe JRhizoma — Mishmi Bitter, Tita. 

Origin. — Coptis Teeta, Wallich (Ranunculacem). 

Habitat. — East India. 

Part used. — The rhizome. 

Description. — Tita is about the thickness of a quill, and occurs in 
pieces twenty-five to fifty millimeters (1 to 2 inches) long. Some- 
times it is branched at the crown, and bears remains of leaf-stalks and 
rootlets, giving it a rough, spiny appearance. It is yellowish-brown, and 
frequently contorted. Wood, bright yellow. Inodorous. Intensely 
bitter. 

Constituents. — It contains more berberine than any other drug 
known — eight and a half per cent, having been obtained. 

Properties. — It is a pure bitter tonic. 



374 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Coraliium. 

Coral. 

Either white or red, contains about eighty-three per cent, calcium 
carbonate, three and a half per cent, magnesium carbonate, seven to 
eight per cent, animal water ; and in the red coral about four per cent, 
of ferric oxide. 

Finely powdered coral is sometimes used as an ingredient in tooth- 
powder. 

Coriandrum ; U. S. 

Coriander. 
Coriandri Fmcctus — Koriander, G. and Sw. ; Coriandre, F. ; Cilan- 

tro, Sp. 

Origin. — Coriandrum sativum, Linne* ( Umbelliferce). 
Habitat. — Southern Europe ; cultivated. 
Part used.— The fruit. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 87. The coriander 

fruits, like many others, 
are commonly but errone- 
ously called " seeds." Their 
agreeable aroma is brought 
out plainly by crushing 
them. 

Constituents.— From 

one-half to one per cent. 

volatile oil is the only im- 

The fruit also contains about thirteen per cent, fixed 




Figs. 195-197.— Coriander. Whole, transverse, and 
longitudinal sections, all enlarged. 



portant one 
oil. 

Medicinal Uses. — Coriander is aromatic, stimulant, and carmina- 
tive. It is used almost altogether as a flavoring excipient with other 
remedies, or as a corrective to prevent the griping effects of senna and 
jalap. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 grams (10 to 30 minims), or according to taste. 

COEIANDEI EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Coriander. 
To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17| avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 
As a menstruum use alcohol. 
Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 375 

Coriandri Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil of Coeiandee. 

Coriandri JEtheroleum — Volatile Oil of Coriander, 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 236. 

Carminative in doses of 0.05 to 0.3 cubic centimeter (1 to 5 minims). 

CORIANDKI SPIEITUS. 
Spieit op Coeiandee. 

Mix thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) oil of coriander with two 
hundred and seventy cubic centimeters (9 fluidounces) alcohol. 
Dose. — Two to four cubic centimeters (■£■ to 1 nuidrachm). 

Coriaria. 

COEIAEIA. 

Coriarioe Folia — Curriers' Sumach. 

Origin. — Coriaria myrtifolia, Linne (Coriariacem), 

Habitat.— Southern Europe and Northern Africa. 

Part Used. — The leaves. 

Description. — They are twenty-five to forty millimeters (1 to 1-| 
inch) long, ovate-lanceolate, pointed, entire, bluish green, smooth, shin- 
ing on the upper surface ; on the under surface, pale green. Inodorous. 
Taste astringent, bitter, somewhat acrid. (See Fig. 505, page 915.) 

Constituents. — Tannin, and an exceedingly bitter, poisonous, neu- 
tral principle called coria-myrtin, crystallizing in white, colorless prisms, 
soluble in water and in alcohol. 

Properties. — A violent poison, resembling picrotoxin in its effects. 
Three grains of coria-myrtin killed a large dog, and T 3 ¥ grain killed a 
rabbit in twenty-five minutes. 

Uses. — Not medicinally employed. Said to be sometimes found 
among senna leaves. 

Cornus ; XT. S. 

COENUS. 

Cornus Floridm Badicis Cortex — Dogwood Bark, Boxwood Bark, 

Origin. — Cornus Jlorida, Linne (Cornaceos). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used. — The inner bark of the root. 



376 A COMPANION TO THE 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 87. 

When the bark is freshly broken the fractured surfaces appear either 
pinkish or whitish. Some pieces have remains of the brownish suber 
adhering in spots on the outside, or thin portions of the white wood on 
the inner side. Odor slight, reminding of tan-bark ; taste bitter and 
astringent. (See Fig. 653, page 1102.) 

Constituents.— The drug contains a bitter principle called comin 
or comic acid, which has been obtained in white, silky, needle-like 
crystals. It is soluble in water and in alcohol. Its aqueous solution is 
altered or destroyed by exposure to air or heat, and therefore a decoc- 
tion of dogwood (Phar. 1870) is not a proper preparation to make, nor 
would an aqueous extract be. The drug also contains a crystallizable 
resinous substance, and tannin. 

Medicinal Uses. — This drug belongs to the class of vegetable bit- 
ters. It is tonic and stomachic, and somewhat astringent in its action. 

Dose. — 1.3 to 4 grams (20 to 60 grains) of the powder. 

CORN US FLORIDA DECOCT UM. 
Decoction of Cornus Florida. 

From thirty grams (or about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). (See direc- 
tions on page 399.) 

About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. It is an un- 
scientific preparation. 

Dose. — Fifty to seventy-five cubic centimeters (12 to 18 fluidrachms). 

CORNUS FLORIDA EXTRACTUM. 
Extract of Cornus Florida. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.3 gram (1 to 5 grains) three times a day. 

CORNUS EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; U.S. 
Fluid Extract of Cornus [Florida]. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a first menstruum use a mixture of two hundred grams (about 8£ 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 377 

fluidounces) alcohol, two hundred grams (about 6§ fluidounces) water, 
and one hundred grams (about 3|- avoirdupois ounces) glycerin. 

As a second menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the propor- 
tion of one hundred grams (about 4-|- fluidounces) alcohol in every one 
hundred grams (about 3^- fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and fifty grams (about 5-J- fluid- 
ounces) of the first menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical perco- 
lator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14^ fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the second menstruum. 
to make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

Cornus Circinata. 

CORNUS CiRCINATA. RoUND-LEAVED DOGWOOD. 

Cornus Circinata^ Cortex. 
Origin. — Cornus circinata, L'Her (Cornacece). 
Habitat. — North America. 
Part used. — Bark. 

Description. — Thin, greenish-gray, or brownish-gray quills or 
troughs, marked by corky warts ; inner surface cinnamon colored. 
Constituents. — Cornin, tannin, resin, etc. 
Properties and Doses. — Similar to those of Cornus Florida. 

Cornus Sericea. 

Cornus Sericea. — Swamp Dogwood. 
Cornus Sericeoe Cortex. 

Origin. — Cornus sericea, L'Her (Cornacece). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used. — Bark. 

Description. — Thin purplish-brown, or grayish quills or troughs. 
Resembles the Cornus florida, and especially the Cornus circinata. 

Constituents, Properties, and Doses. — Similar to those of Cor- 
nus florida. 



378 A COMPANION TO THE 

Corydalis. 

CORYDALIS. 

Dicentrce Tuber a — Turkey Corn, Turkey Pea, Squirrel Corn. 

Origin. — Dicentra canadensis, De Candolle (Fumariacem). 

Habitat. — North America, north of Kentucky. 

Part used. — The tubers. 

Description. — Round, from three to twelve millimeters (^to -J inch) 
in diameter, gum-like, of a tawny yellowish color, and semitranslucent ; 
internally whitish-yellow ; horny ; inodorous ; taste persistently bitter. 

Some tubers are dark brownish, opaque, and vary in diameter from 







Figs. 198-202. — Corydalis, large specimens, natural size ; a, upper, &, side, and c, lower 
surface of the united tubers. 

twelve millimeters (J inch) down to the size of barley grains. Manr 
are found to consist of two triangular halves, with a small round body 
between. 

These various forms are found attached to each other by rootlets, 
showing them to be from the same plant. 

Constituents. — An alkaloid called corydaline, w T hich is very bitter, 
and in the drug exists combined with fumaric acid. Corydalis also 
contains acrid resin, bitter extractive, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Corydalis is a bitter tonic, diuretic, and altera- 
tive, much employed in cases of syphilis and other conditions of debility 
when tonics are indicated. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains), best administered in 
the form of fluid extract. 

CORYDALIS EXTRACT UM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Corydalis. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (about 8£ fluidounces) alcohol to every one hundred 
grams (about 3^ fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



379 



Coto. 

Coto Baek. 
Coto Cortex. 

Origin. — Some unknown South American tree. 

Habitat. — Bolivia. 

Description. — The bark is in pieces of from ten to sixty centi- 
meters (4 to 24 inches) length, three to ten centimeters (1 to 4 inches) 
breadth, and about twelve to eighteen 
millimeters (£ to J inch) thickness. 
Grayish-brown on the outer surface, 
brown internally, and rust-brown on 
the inner surface. Golden yellow 
spots abound in the fracture. It is 
fibrous, firm, and somewhat tough. 
Odor aromatic, reminding of cinna- 
mon and mace ; taste aromatic, pun- 
gent, bitter, acrid. The powder is 
irritating. 

Constituents.— A bitter, acrid 
principle called cotoin, of a pale yel- 
low color. This substance is crystal- 
lizable and soluble in alcohol and in 
boiling water. The bark also con- 
tains a yellowish, pungent, volatile 
oil and two resins, one of which is 
acrid. It contains no tannin. 

Properties and Uses. — Highly 

recommended as a remedy for acute 

and chronic diarrhoea. 

D osea — 0.06 to 1 gram (1 to 15 Fig. 203.— True Coto Bark. Outer sur- 
, face, natural size, 

grains). 

Paracoto Bark is thicker than true coto bark, and has a fainter 
odor. It contains paracotoin, leucotin, oxyleucotin, hydrocotoin, vola- 
tile oil, etc. Its medicinal properties are similar to those of the 
" genuine coto bark," but it is not nearly so effective. 

COTO ABSTHACTUM. 

Abstract of Coto Bark. 

This is prepared from fluid extract of coto made without glycerin, 
using two liters (68 fluidounces) of the fluid extract to make one 




380 A COMPANION TO THE 

thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains) of the abstract, and adding 
sugar of milk, as described under the title " Abstracta." 

COTO EXTRACT UM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Goto Bark. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17| avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a first menstruum use a mixture of three hundred grams (about 
12^- fluidounces) alcohol and one hundred grams (about 3^ avoirdupois 
ounces) glycerin. As a second menstruum use alcohol and water mixed 
in the proportion of three hundred grams (about 12^ fluidounces) alco- 
hol to every one hundred grams (about 3^- fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred grams (about 7 fluidounces of 
the first menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Satu- 
rate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13-J- fluidounces) of the 
first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and 
then dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the second men- 
struum to make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 
17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — 0.05 to one cubic centimeter (1 to 15 minims). 

Creasotum ; IT. S. 

Creasote. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 87. 

One of the products of the destructive distillation of wood. Ob- 
tained by fractional distillation from wood tar. 

Unlike carbolic acid, pure creasote does not coagulate albumen or 
collodion. A mixture of equal volumes of creasote and glycerin is 
clear ; but when diluted with twice its bulk of water it gets turbid and 
the creasote separates. out again. Carbolic acid and glycerin will re- 
main clear when mixed with water in the same proportions. Its be- 
havior toward ferric chloride, as described in the Pharmacopoeia, affords 
another distinction from carbolic acid. 

" Beechwood creasote " is of superior quality. 

Medicinal Uses. — Creasote is used internally mainly to check 
vomiting. It is also useful in diarrhoeas in which the stools appear to 
have undergone fermentation and are of a frothy appearance. 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 381 



Creasote solution is also used in inhalations in bronchorrhoea ac- 
companying chronic bronchitis or consumption. 

Pledgets of cotton dipped in creasote and placed in the cavity of 
carious teeth are often used to relieve toothache. 

Dose. — 0.06 to 0.125 gram (1 to 2 drops) in pill or emulsion, or in 
aromatic water. 

CEEASOTI AQUA; U.S. 

Creasote Watek. 

Shake four grams (J ounce) creasote in a bottle with four hundred 
cubic centimeters (12 fluidounces) of distilled water until dissolved. 
Then filter through a paper-filter previously well wetted with distilled 
water. 

A good form for administering creasote. 

Dose. — Four to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

CEEASOTI INHALATIO. 

Creasote Inhalation. 

Mix twenty centigrams (about 3 drops) of creasote with four cubic 
centimeters (about 1 fluidrachm) of alcohol and thirty cubic centimeters 
(1 fluidounce) of water, and inhale in the form of a spray. 

Creta Prseparata ; TJ. S. 

Prepared Chalk. 

See the Pharmacopoeia, page 88. 

Chalk freed from coarse, heavy particles by means of elutriation. 

It is usually in small cones, white, of a faint earthy odor and taste ; 
insoluble in water and alcohol. Gives a copious effervescence with di- 
lute acids, and dissolves in hydrochloric, nitric, or acetic acid, with but 
slight residue. 

Should be free from gritty particles. 

Medicinal Uses. — Antacid. Prepared chalk is useful in diar- 
rhoeas with acidity of the discharges. It is often combined with other 
remedies, as with opium, kino, etc. It is an antidote for poisoning by 
acids, especially oxalic acid, with which it forms the insoluble oxalate 
of lime. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 4 grams (10 to 60 grains), in powder or suspended in 
niucilasre. 



382 A COMPANION TO THE 



CRET^E MISTUKA; U.S. 
Chalk Mixture. 

Triturate thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) compound chalk powder 
with sixty cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) cinnamon water and sixty 
cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) water, gradually added, until thor- 
oughly mixed. 

Must be freshly made whenever wanted for use, as it does not keep. 

Popular remedy in summer diarrhoeas of children. 

Dose. — Five to fifty cubic centimeters (1 to 12 fluidrachms). 

CRET^E PULVIS COMPOSITUS ; II. S. 
Compound Chalk Powder. 

Mix nine grams (139 grains) prepared chalk, six grams (92J grains) 
powdered acacia, and fifteen grams (231|- grains) powdered sugar. 

Used only for preparing chalk mixture. The quantities given above 
make about one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces) 
of chalk mixture. 

CRET^E PULYIS AROMATICUS. 
Aromatic Chalk Powder. 

Mix eleven grams (170 grains) prepared chalk, four grams (62 grains) 
powdered cinnamon, three grams (46 grains) powdered nutmeg, three 
grams (46 grains) Spanish saffron, 1.50 gram (23 grains) powdered 
cloves, one gram (15 grains) powdered cardamom, and twenty-five grams 
(386 grains) powdered sugar. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains). 

CRETJE PULYIS AROMATICUS CUM OPIO. 
Aromatic Chalk Powder with Opium. 
Mix one gram (15 grains) powdered opium thoroughly with thirty- 
nine grams (1 ounce 164 grains) aromatic chalk powder. 
Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains). 

CRETJE TROCIIISCI; U. S. 
Chalk Troches. 
Mix thoroughly twenty-six grams (400 grains) prepared chalk, 6.50 
grams (100 grains) powdered acacia, one gram (15 grains) nutmeg, in 
fine power, and thirty-nine grams (600 grains) powdered sugar. Then 
make a mass by adding gradually a sufficient quantity of water, and 
kneading with the pestle. Divide this mass into one hundred troches. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



383 



Crocus ; U. S. 

Saffron. 

Croci Stigmata — Safran, G. and F. ; Azafran, Sp. ; Saffran, Sw. ; 
Spanish Saffron, True Saffron. 

Origin. — Crocus sativus, Linne (Iridaceai). 

Habitat. — Spain, France, etc. ; cultivated. 

Part used. — The stigmas alone. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 88. 

" Spanish saffron," as it is called in the trade, is richly orange brown, 
soft, flexible, not dry and harsh, has a strong peculiar odor, and an aro- 
matic bitterish taste, and when chewed colors the 
saliva deep golden yellow. The style bears three 
stigmas, and these stigmas constitute the drug, 
and although they are usually united, having been 
picked with a portion of the style attached, there 
must not be a considerable portion of the styles 
in the drug. The styles are yellow— much lighter 
in color than the stigmas, which alone are the 
valuable part. 

Adulterations and Substitutions. — Owing 
to the high price of Spanish saffron it is often 
adulterated, or substituted by cheaper substances 
bearing more or less resemblance to it. As it re- 
quires from fifty to sixty thousand flowers to get 
one pound of the stigmas, it is readily understood 
how the drug becomes so expensive. 

The ray-florets of calendula, the flowers of carthamus tinctorius, 
etc., have been used as adulterations, but they are readily detected by 
any one having any familiarity with the appearance of saffron. By 
dropping a pinch of the suspected saffron on the surface of some warm 
water the peculiar shape of the true saffron stigma will be brought out. 

To make the saffron heavy it is sometimes loaded by dressing it with 
colored carbonate of lime. This fraud is also detected by putting the 
saffron in clear water, which will become turbid immediately if chalk is 
present. 

Although true saffron has a greasy feel and touch, it does not con- 
tain any fixed oil. Spurious saffron is sometimes treated with oil in 
order to imitate the appearance and feel of the genuine. This is de- 
tected by a grease spot being left by it on unsized paper. 

Varieties. — Austrian saffron is the finest, because it consists of the 




Figs. 204-206.— Saffron, 
natural size. Stigma, en- 
larged, and papillae of mar- 
gin of stigma, still more 
enlarged. 



384 A COMPANION TO THE 



stigmas alone, no portion of the style being present in it. Next comes 
the Gatinais saffron, from France ; then other French saffron, and 
Spanish and Italian. The bulk of the saffron sold in this country is 
Spanish. 

Saffron of good quality is cultivated to some extent in Pennsylva- 
nia. So-called " American saffron " is not saffron at all, but safftower 
— the flowers of carthamus tinctorius (see Carthamus). So general is the 
substitution of carthamus for crocus that it appears to be commonly be- 
lieved that the American saffron is not only the article meant by the 
term saffron, but that it is the kind obtained from crocus sativus. 

Medicinal Uses. — Saffron is seldom employed for other purposes 
than that of a coloring asrent. 

It is a stimulant aromatic, possessing some anodyne and antispas- 
modic properties. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 2 grams (5 to 30 grains) repeated at short intervals. 

CEOCI TINCTUEA; U. S. 
Tinctuke of Saffron. 

Moisten thirty grams (1 ounce) saffron with thirty cubic centimeters 
(1 fluidounce) diluted alcohol ; macerate twenty-four hours ; pack it 
tightly in a cylindrical percolator, and percolate with diluted alcohol 
until three hundred grams (10 ounces, or about 10 fluidounces) tincture 
has been obtained. 

Dose. — Four to eight cubic centimeters (1 to 2 fluidrachms). 

Cubeba ; U. S. 

ClJBEB. 

Cubeboe Fructus — Kubeben, G. ; Cubebe, JPoivre a queue, F. ; Cubeba, 
Sp. ; Kubeber, Sw. ; Cubebs, Cubeb Berries. 

Origin. — Cubeba officinalis, Miquel (Piperaceai). 

Habitat. — Java ; cultivated. 

Part used. — The unripe fruit, dried. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 88. 

Cubeb is about the size and shape of black pepper, dark grayish- 
brown, often covered with an ash-gray bloom, very much wrinkled on 
the outside by the drying of the fleshy covering, the wrinkles radiating 
from the stalk ; internally light colored, hollow, either empty or contain- 
ing a shrunken undeveloped seed. Odor strong, aromatic, somewhat 
reminding of thyme and of camphor ; taste bitter, pungent. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



3S5 




Figs. 207-211.— Cubebs. Natural size, enlarged, 
transverse and longitudinal sections and embryo, 
enlarged. 



A good drug is recognized by the strong odor brought out when 
the berries are crushed. A drug containing a considerable quantity of 
stalks, or of pale, smooth, 
ripe berries, which look dry 
when broken, should be. re- 
jected. 

Adulterants of cubeba 
have not been met with in 
this country. 

Constituents. — A vola- 
tile oil, of which the drug 
yields all the way from four 
to fifteen per cent., four per cent, resin (including the cubebic acid), 
some cubebin, fixed oil, etc. 

The volatile oil is the most important constituent. For description, 
see Qubebm Oleum. Cubebic acid is present to the extent of about one 
per cent., constituting one-fourth of the resin of the cubeb, the remain- 
ing three-fourths being indifferent resin. [According to other author- 
ities the drug contains 3.4 per cent, cubebic acid, besides 3.5 per cent. 
resin.~\ The resins are said to possess the medicinal properties of the 
drug in common with the volatile oil. 

Cubebin is a crystallizable substance. It has -no medicinal effect. 

Medicinal Uses. — In moderate doses it is a spicy aromatic and 
stomachic, and increases the appetite. In overdoses it causes gastro- 
intestinal irritation. 

It is a useful stimulant to the mucous membranes of the fauces in 
chronic pharyngitis, and of the bronchial tubes in chronic bronchitis ; it 
is much used as an ingredient of various troches used in these troubles. 

It is mainly employed, however, in gonorrhoea, and may be used in 
all stages. It is often combined with cOpaiba. 

It is also useful in catarrh of the bladder, etc. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 10 grams (10 grains to %\ drachms) in powder inclosed 
in wafer or capsule. 



CUBEB^E EXTRACTUM. 
Extract of Ctjbeb. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence. 

Brownish black. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 grams (8 to 30 grains), several times a day. 
25 



386 A COMPANION TO THE 



CUJBEB^E EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Cubeb. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and twenty-five grams (about 
5^ fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical per- 
colator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (15J fluidounces) 
of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is ex- 
hausted. 

Evaporate the second p>ercolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims). 

CUBEB^E OLEO-RESINA; U. S. 
Oleo-kesust of Cubeb. 

Pack five hundred grams (17J avoirdupois ounces) cubeb, in No. 60 
powder, into a cylindrical percolator, constructed with tight cover and 
a receptacle adapted to operations with volatile menstrua (see page 721), 
and percolate it slowly with stronger ether until seven hundred and 
fifty grams (about 1 liter, or 34 fluidounces) of percolate has been ob- 
tained. Distil off the greater portion of the ether, and expose the resi 
due for spontaneous evaporation in a porcelain evaporating dish, until 
the remaining ether has disappeared. The product is then put into a 
wide-mouthed bottle to stand until it ceases to deposit wax and crys- 
talline matter (cubebin), after which the oleo-resin is poured off. 

The product is dark brown and consists of volatile oil, resin, some 
fixed oil, and coloring matter. The yield is twenty to twenty-five per 
cent. Should be kept in well-corked bottles. 

Dose. — 0.25 to 2 cubic centimeters (4 to 30 minims). 

CUBEB^E SYRUPUS. 

Syrup of Cubeb. 

Triturate ninety cubic centimeters (3 fluidounces) fluid extract of 
cubeb with thirty grams (1 ounce) precipitated phosphate of calcium, 
and add gradually, with continued trituration, four hundred and eighty 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 387 

cubic centimeters (16 fluidounces) water. Filter. In the filtrate dis- 
solve six hundred grams (£0 ounces) sugar, without the aid of heat. 

Used as an ingredient of cough mixtures. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2-J fluidrachms). 

CUBEB^E TINCTUKA; U. S. 
Tincture of Cubeb. 

Moisten thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) powdered cubeb with 
thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) diluted alcohol; macerate 
twenty-four hours ; pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator, and per- 
colate with diluted alcohol until three hundred grams (10 ounces 255 
grains, or about 11 fluidounces) tincture is obtained. 

This tincture is thirty-three per cent, weaker than that of the Phar- 
macopoeia of 1870. The menstruum should have been alcohol. 

Dose. — Two to eight cubic centimeters (-§■ to 2 fluidrachms). 

CUBEB^E TKOCHISCI ; U. S. 
Cubeb Troches. 

Mix thoroughly 3.25 grams (50 grains) oleo-resin of cubeb, one gram 
(15 grains) oil of sassafras, twenty-six grams (400 grains) extract of 
glycyrrhiza, in fine powder, thirteen grams (200 grains) powdered 
acacia, and a sufficient quantity syrup of tolu to form a proper mass, 
from which make one hundred troches. 

One every few hours in bronchitis, etc. 

Cubebse Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil of Cubeb. 
Cubebce JEtheroleum — Volatile Oil of Cubeb. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 236. It is usually 
pale greenish. . . 

Dose. — 0.5 to 1 cubic centimeter (8 to 15 minims) given in syrup, 
mucilage, or in combination with copaiba, as in Copaibse Mistura Com- 
posita. 

Cucumis Citrullus. 

* Watermelon Seed. 

Cucumis Citrulli Semina. 

Origin.— Cucumis Citrullus, Linne (Cucurbitacece). 
Habitat.— Cultivated. 




388 A COMPANION TO THE 

Part used. — Seeds. 

Description. — About twelve millimeters (-§- inch) long, blackish or 

brown, spotted, or pale brown with black edge, 

oval, flat. 

Constituents. — Fixed oil, etc. 
T Properties. — Diuretic, demulcent, and an- 

Figs. 212-215. — Water- thelmintic. A decoction or tea is used ad libi- 
melonSeed. a, side; 6, edge; tum. 
and c, transverse section, of 
seed ; d, embryo. Medicinal Uses.— Often employed as a 

diuretic and demulcent drink in catarrh of the bladder, retention of the 
urine, etc. 

Dose. — Ad libitum. 

Cucumis Sativus. 

Cucumber. 

Cucumis Sativi Semina. 

Origin. — Cucumis sativus, Linne {Cucurbitacece). 
Habitat. — Cultivated everywhere. 

Parts used. — The fresh fruit is used for making cucumber ointment; 
the seeds contain fixed oil, and are diuretic and anthelmintic. 

CUCUMBEK OINTMENT. 

Grate seven pounds fresh cucumbers ; express the juice ; melt to- 
gether fifteen ounces suet and twenty-four ounces lard ; when the mix- 
ture of the fats begins to thicken, incorporate with it the clear cucumber 
juice, one-third at a time. Stir well. When the fat has been impreg- 
nated with the odor of the cucumber, pour off the liquor, remelt the fat, 
strain it, and then preserve it in well-covered jars, covered with a little 
rose-water. When wanted for use it is triturated with rose-water until 
white. 

The suet and lard of this ointment have emollient properties. 

Cuminum. 

Cumin. 

Cumini Fructus — Mutterkilmmel, Kreuzkummel, Langer, oder R'6- 
mischer Kummel, MohrenkUmmel, G. ; Graines de Cumin, F. ; 
Comino, Sp. ; Spiskummin, Sw. 

Origin. — Cuminum Cyminum, Linne (Umbelliferw). 
Habitat. — Europe ; cultivated. 



UNITED STATES PHABMACOPCEIA. 



389 



Part used. — The fruit. 

Description. — It is nearly 
twice the size of caraway, and 
resembles the latter closely in its 
odor and taste, although cumin is 
less agreeable. See figure S. 

Constituents. — Contains 
about three per cent, volatile oil. 
(See also Cari Oleum.) 

Medicinal Uses. — A mild 
aromatic stimulant, carminative, 
and stomachic. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains) 




Figs. 216-218.— Cumin. Natural size, en- 
larged, and transverse section, enlarged. 



Cumini Oleum. 

Oil of Cumin. 
Cumini ^Etheroleum — Volatile Oil of Cumin. 

Description. — Pale yellowish, thin, of 0.975 specific gravity, solu- 
ble in three parts alcohol. It is a mixture of cuminol (an aldehyd) and 
cymol (a hydrocarbon). Odor and taste resembling those of oil of cara- 
way, but somewhat camphoraceous and coarser. 

Carminative in doses of 0.05 to 0.1 gram (1 to 2 minims). 

Cuprum, 

Copper. 

Kupfer, G. ; Cuivre, F. ; Cobre, Sp. ; Koppar, Sw. 

The salts of copper are blue or green. Cupric chloride, sulphate, 
and nitrate are soluble in water. 



Cupri Acetas ; U. S. 

Acetate of Coppee. 
Cupricus Acetas — Copper Acetate. 

See the Pharmacopoeia, page 89. 

Pure crystallized acetate of copper is made by dissolving green (not 
the blue variety of) verdigris in a slight excess of diluted acetic acid, 
filtering the solution, and evaporating to crystallization at a tempera- 
ture not exceeding 60° to 80° C. (140° to 176° F.). It must be kept in 
well-closed bottles. The preparation consists of handsome crystals of a 



390 A COMPANION TO THE 

dark green color, and a faint odor of acetic acid. It is soluble in four- 
teen parts water, giving a blue solution. 

Medicinal Uses. — Salts of copper exert a peculiar influence on the 
nervous centres and are given in epilepsy, chorea, and other disturbances 
of nerve-action. They are tonic in small doses. 

Acetate of copper in crystals is more active than the common im- 
pure subacetate. It has been given in the above-mentioned neuroses, 
and also in syphilis. 

Externally it may be applied to indolent ulcers, with flabby granula- 
tions and sanious secretion. It may be applied in ointment. It has 
also been used to destroy warts and corns. 

Dose. — Internally, 0.008 to 0.016 gram (^ to £ grain) two or three 
times daily, until gastric disturbance occurs. Externally in ointment, 
as a strong escharotic, four grams to thirty grams (-J- ounce to 1 ounce); 
or in solution as a milder stimulant alterative application to ulcers, 0.1 
to 1.5 gram in fifteen to thirty cubic centimeters (2 to 20 grains in -J to 
1 fluidounce) of water. 

Poisonous Effects. — Copper salts produce gastro-intestinal irrita- 
tion and vomiting. If this latter symptom does not occur, intoxication 
with hyperemia of heart and lungs may result, and death may occur 
from paralysis of the heart. 

Antidotes. — White of egg and milk may be freely administered, 
accompanied or followed by emetics and the use of the stomach-pump. 

Ferrocyanide of potassium has been recommended as a chemical an- 
tidote. An intimate moist mixture of seven parts iron by hydrogen, 
and four parts flowers of sulphur has also been recommended ; also 
magnesia suspended in water. No chemical antidote should be relied 
on to the exclusion of emetics or the stomach-pump. The inflammation 
of the stomach or intestines must be treated on general principles with 
opium, demulcents, etc. 

CUPRI ACETATIS CEEATUM. 

Cerate of Copper Acetate. 

Ceratum JEruginis, Ceratum Viride — Green Cerate. 

Melt together fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) yellow wax, twenty- 
five grams (38G grains) Burgundy pitch, and fifteen grams (230 grains) 
European turpentine ; strain ; incsrporate thoroughly five grams (77 
grains) finely powdered acetate of copper. Pour the cerate into moulds 
to form cakes of about one centimeter (f inch) thickness. Applied to 
corns, warts, etc. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 391 

CUPKI ACETATIS TISTCTURA EADEMACHERI. 

Rademacher's Tincture of Acetate of Copper. 

Dissolve ten grams (154 grains) crystallized acetate of copper in one 
hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluid ounces) warm water, and 
then add sixty grams (2 ounces 50 grains, measuring about 2-J fluid- 
ounces) alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.3 cubic centimeter (2 to 5 minims). 

Cupri Sulphas ? U. S. 

Sulphate of Copper. 
Cupricus Sulphas — Copper Sulphate, Blue Vitriol, Bluestone. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 89. 

By transmitted light a solution of copper sulphate is blue ; by re- 
flected light, green. 

Being insoluble in alcohol this salt may be precipitated from a sat- 
urated hot aqueous solution by pouring it into alcohol. It is then ob- 
tained in small pale-blue crystals (" granulated "). 

Medicinal Uses. — Sulphate of copper is a valuable emetic in croup 
and in cases of poisoning ', as it causes prompt and prolonged vomiting 
without much nausea or depression. It is a simple irritant emetic. 

In small doses it is a neurotic, tonic, and astringent. Externally it 
is a valuable topical astringent stimulant in indolent granulations, old 
ulcers, and chronic inflammations of mucous membranes. 

Granular conjunctivitis, gleet, leucorrhcea, and similar affections are 
greatly benefited by the application of its solution. 

Dose. — As an emetic, 0.1 to 0.3 gram (2 to 5 grains) every ten or 
fifteen minutes until the effect is produced ; as a tonic, 0.01 to 0.06 
gram (^ to 1 grain) in pill ; and as a local application in solution, 0.06 
to 0.6 gram (1 to 10 grains) in thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) 
of water. 

FEHLING'S SOLUTION, 

Which is used as a reagent for glucose, may be made as follows : 

Dissolve fifty-two grams (1 ounce 364 grains) sulphate of copper in 
three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) distilled water. 

Dissolve three hundred and forty-six grams (12 ounces 90 grains) 
Rochelle salt in twelve hundred cubic centimeters (40 fluidounces) solu- 
tion of soda (specific gravity 1.12). 

When the reagent is to be used, pour the solution of sulphate of 



392 A COMPANION TO THE 



copper into the solution of Rochelle salt, add sufficient distilled water 
to make the whole measure two liters (68 fluidounces) and filter. 

This solution should not be kept a long time, requiring to be re- 
cently made in order to be reliable. 

Cupri Sulphas Ammoniacalis ; Sw. 

Ammoniated Sulphate of Copper. 
Cupricus Sutyhas Ammoniacalis. 

Dissolve thirty grams (1 ounce) pure sulphate of copper in ninety 
cubic centimeters (3 fluidounces) water of ammonia, and then add 
one hundred and eighty grams (6 ounces, or about 6J fluidounces) of 
ninety per cent, (by volume) alcohol. Collect the precipitate on a fil- 
ter, dry it between filter-paper as rapidly as possible without the aid of 
heat, and put into small bottles, which must be tightly corked (the 
corks to be dipped in melted paraffin). Its formula is (H 3 N) 2 CuO. 

A beautiful, deep-blue, crystalline powder ; thirty grams (1 ounce) 
dissolves in forty-five grams (1-| ounce) water. 

Medicinal Uses. — This salt possesses the properties of copper 
salts in a marked degree. It has been highly praised for its effects in 
chronic neuroses, epilepsy, chorea, etc., especially if accompanied by 
weakness of the digestive organs, or if complicated with syphilitic or 
other cachexias. It has also been employed in hysteria. 

Dose. — 0.01 to 0.2 gram (J to 3 grains), three times a day, with 
meals. Best given in pills coated with gelatine or tolu. 

Cuprum Aluminatum. 

Aluminated Copper. 
Lapis Divinus. 

Melt thirty grams (1 ounce) copper sulphate, thirty grams potassa 
alum, and thirty grams potassium nitrate in a porcelain evaporating 
dish. Pour the melted mass upon a plate. When cold rub it into 
powder, and mix with it, intimately, two grams (30 grains) camphor. 
Keep the product in a tightly closed bottle. 

Only used externally as a stimulant astringent application to ulcers, 
etc., and in solution as an eye-wash. 

Cuprum Ammoniatum. 

Ammoniated Copper. 

Triturate three grams (46 grains) ammonium carbonate with four 
grams (61 grains) copper sulphate until effervescence has ceased. Then 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 393 

fold the mixture in filter -paper and dry it in a moderately warm place. 
Keep the product in a well-corked bottle. 

Medicinal Uses and Dose similar to those of ammoniated sul- 
phate of copper. 

Curare. 

Curare. 
TIrari, Wourari, Wourali, Wburara. 

Origin. — Unknown. Presumed by some to be from a species of 
Strychnos or Cocculus, or both. Considering its action it is improbable 
that it should be obtained from any variety of strychnos. 

Geographical Source. — South America, where it is used as an 
arrow-poison. 

Description. — A blackish-brown, dry, extract-like, brittle sub- 
stance, which is soluble in water ; inodorous, very bitter. It is very 
variable in its composition and properties. 

Constituents. — It is evidently a mixture of several substances. 
The principal constituent is the extremely poisonous alkaloid curarine. 

Medicinal Uses. — The property of woorara to cause paralysis of 
the voluntary muscles has led to its employment in several nervous dis- 
orders accompanied by spasm, especially tetanus. When given by the 
stomach it generally produces no effect, therefore it must be given 
hypodermically. 

It has been given in doses of 0.006 to 0.02 gram (y 1 ^- to \ grain), the 
first being the average dose. This substance is extremely poisonous, 
and must be used with caution owing to its variability. 

Curcuma. 

Curcuma. 

Curcumas Rhizoma — Kurkuma, Gelbwurz, G.; Curcuma, Souchet des 
Indes, F. ; Gurkmeja, Sw. ; Turmeric. 

Origin. — Curcuma longa, Linne (Zingiber acew). 

Habitat. — Southern Asia. 

Part used. — The rhizomes. 

Description. — Oblong, from three to five centimeters (1 to 2 inches) 
long, and half as thick, being then called round turmeric y or only about 
one centimeter (-| inch) thick, being then called long turmeric. It is 
yellowish gray externally, marked by more or less distinct transverse 
rings ; internally it is orange yellow, or brownish yellow. It has a slight 
ginger-like odor, and a warm, bitter, aromatic taste. The powder is rich 
deep yellow, and turns brown with alkalies. 



394 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Varieties. — In the trade distinction is made between light and dark 
turmeric (or yellow and red turmeric), and between long and round tur- 
meric. 

Chinese turmeric is the best, but does not occur in our market. 
Madras comes next ; it is generally large, orange yellow. Bengal tur- 
meric is gray externally, and smoother than the Madras variety,, and has 
a darker red color within. 

Constituents. — Volatile oil, resin, and an orange-yellow, resinous 





Figs. 219-221. — Long and round Turmeric — large specimens, natural size ; and transverse 
section of long turmeric, enlarged. 

coloring matter called curcumin, which in solution has a greenish fluo- 
rescence. 

Medicinal Uses. — Curcuma is a stimulant carminative, resembling 
ginger in its action, but it is not employed internally. 

It is used to prepare a test-paper and as a coloring agent. 

Powdered turmeric is occasionally used as an adulterant to spices, 
etc., to impart a fresh color. The form of its starch is easily recognized 
under the microscope. 



CURCUMA TINOTURA. 
Tincture of Turmeric. 

Percolate diluted alcohol through two hundred and fifty grams (8£ 
ounces) ground turmeric, previously moistened and packed firmly in a 
cylindrical percolator, until five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluid- 
ounces) tincture has been obtained. 

Used for coloring alcoholic liquids. It is, however, rather unsatis- 
factory on account of the greenish fluorescence it imparts, and will be 
superseded by yellow anilin. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



895 



CURCUMA PULVIS AHOMATICUS. 

CuKRY POWDEK. 

Mix well thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) turmeric, thirty grams 
coriander, twenty grams (308 grains) black pepper, ten grams (154 
grains) fenugreek, ten grams ginger, two grams (31 grains) Cayenne 
pepper, and two grams cumin, all in moderately fine powder. 



Cydonium ; XT. S. 

Cydonium. 

Cydonii Semina — Quittensamen, Quitte?ikerne, G. ; Sentences de Going y 
Pepins de Going, F.; Membrillo, Sp. ; Qvittenkdrnor, Sw. ; Quince 
/Seed. 

Origin. — Cydonia vulgaris, Persoon (Hosacece). 
Habitat. — Cultivated. 
Part used.— The ripe seeds. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 89. 

They are grayish brown, triangularly com- 
pressed, about the size of apple seeds, odorless, 
and swell in water, forming an insipid, clear 
mucilage. 

Must be clean, whole, sound, odorless, and 
yield a good mucilage. 

Constituents. — The only important consti- 
tuent is the vegetable mucilage, of which it yields 
about twenty per cent., and which is contained 
in the epithelial cells. In making the mucilage 
the seeds need not be broken. > 

Apple and pear seeds, mixed with the drug, 
may be recognized by their smooth oval form, 
and by the fact that they do not become surrounded by mucilage when 
put into water. 




Figs. 222-225.— Cydo- 
nium. a, natural size ; 
b, agglutinated, natural 
size ; c, enlarged ; d, sec- 
tion through seedcoats, 
enlarged. 



CYDONII MUCILAGO ; U. S. 

Mucilage of Cydonium. 

Macerate six grams (93 grains) cydonium (whole) about half an hour 
in a bottle with three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) dis- 



tilled water, shaking frequently, 
pressure. 



Strain through muslin without usin< 



396 A COMPANION TO THE 

Must be freshly made when wanted. Rose-water, instead of water, 
is often used. 

(The preparation of the German Pharmacopoeia is made as above, 
with the exception that 6.5 grams (or 100 grains) of quince seed are 
taken instead of six grams. 

The mucilage of quince seeds may be used like that of acacia as a 
demulcent in inflammation of the skin or of the mucous membranes of 
the alimentary canal ; also as a demulcent vehicle for more active reme- 
dies. It is given ad libitum, 

BANDOLIN. 

One hundred and twenty grains (8 grams) of quince seeds are mac- 
erated in one pint (500 cubic centimeters) of water, and the mucilage is 
strained through a cloth. One fluidounce of Cologne water, with or 
without other scents, is added. 

Much used as a cosmetic preparation for the toilet. It is applied to 
the hair, which is then dressed, and retains its position well upon the 
drying of the bandolin. 



Cynoglossum. 

Cynoglossum. 

Cynoglossi Radix — Houndstongue, E. ; Hundszunge, G. ; JLangue de 
chien, F. ; Cinoglosa, Lengua de perro, Sp. ; Cynoglossum, Sw. 

Origin. — Cynoglossum officinale, Linne (JSoraginea?). 

Habitat. — Asia, Europe, and North America. 

Part used. — The root. 

Description. — Cylindrical, longitudinally wrinkled, sometimes 
sliced lengthwise, crowned by remnants of stems and the broad, hairy 
leaf-stalks ; externally blackish brown, whitish within. Brittle when 
well dried, but readily absorbs moisture and becomes tough. In the 
fresh state it has a disagreeable odor, reminding of rats ; when dry it is 
inodorous. Taste sweetish, mucilaginous. 

Constituents. — Buchheim found in it a brown, amorphous, hygro- 
scopic substance, soluble in water and alcohol, and having an alkaline 
reaction, which he found to possess narcotic properties, and gave the 
name cynoglossine. 

Medicinal Properties. — Said to be analogous in its effects to 
curare. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 397 

Cypripedium ; U. S. 

Cypripedium. 
Cypripedii Radix — Ladies' Slipper, American Valerian. 

Origin. — Cypripedium pubescens, Willdenow, and Cypripedium 
parviflorum, Salisbury ( Orchidaceoe). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Parts used. — The rhizomes and rootlets. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 90. The rootlets are 
golden brown. Odor strong (not " faint "), heavy, very disagreeable. 

Constituents. — A small quantity of volatile oil, a volatile acid, 
resinous matters, and some tannin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Ladies' slipper, or American valerian, as the 
latter name implies, possesses the general properties of valerian. It is 
tonic, stimulant, diaphoretic, and antispasmodic. 

It is useful in cases of nervous excitability unaccompanied by or- 
ganic lesions, as in hysteria, nervous headache, morbid wakefulness, etc. 
It sometimes ameliorates the symptoms of epilepsy when depending on 
reflex irritation. 

The dose of the powder is one to two grams (15 to 30 grains), re- 
peated as required. It is preferably given in the form of fluid extract. 

CYPEIPEDII EXTRACTUM. 
Extract of Cypripedium. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence. 

Brownish black. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.3 gram (1 to 5 grains) two or three times a day. 

" Cypripedin," or " Oleo-resin of Cypripedium " of the eclectic phy- 
sicians is simply an impure alcoholic extract. 

CYPRIPEDII EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; IT. S. 
Fluid Extract of Cypripedium 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and seventy-five grams (about 7£ 
fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical perco- 



398 



A COMPANION TO THE 



lator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14J fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is 
exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims). 

Damiana. 

D AMI ANA. 

Turnerw Folia. 

Origin. — Turner a aphrodisiaca, Ward and Vasey ; T. microphylla y 
De Candolle, and other species of Turnera ( Turner aceve). 

Habitat. — Mexico and Lower California. 

Part Used. — The leaves. 

Description. — The form and size of the leaves are shown in the fig- 
ures. The drug is usually so broken up that it is difficult to find any* 




FlGS. 226-230. — Damiana. 0, &, c, varieties of Mexican damiana; d, California damiana; 

e, Aplopappus leaf. 

whole leaves in it. It has a sound light green color, and an agreeable 
aromatic odor, and a slightly aromatic taste. Mexican damiana consists 
of very small leaves, which are smooth — Figs, a, b, c ; California dami- 
ana consists of larger and broader leaves— Fig. d. 

False Damiana.— The leaves of Aplopappus discoideus, De Candolle, 
are frequently sold as damiana. Their appearance is shown in e. They 
are generally mixed with some of the flower-heads, and may be readily 
distinguished from true damiana. False damiana has a very different 
odor and taste, from those of the genuine, resembling somewhat Grin- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA, 399 

delia. Aplopappus leaves contain resinous matter, but do not possess 
the aroma of damiana. 

Constituents. — True damiana contains volatile oil and resin. 

Properties. — Largely used for its supposed aphrodisiac effects. It 
is stimulant and diuretic. 

Dose. — Five to ten grams (1 to 2J fluidrachms) in the form of fluid 
extract. 

DAMIAN^E EXTEACTUM. 
Extract of Damiana. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. 

Dose. — 0.15 to 0.75 gram (2J to 12 grains). 

DAMIAN^E EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Damiana. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2-J- fluidrachms). 

Decocta. 

Decoctions. 

Abkochungen, G.; Decoctions, F.; Uocimiento, Sp. ; DeJcohter, Sw. 

Decoctions are aqueous preparations made by subjecting the drug 
to the solvent action of water at the boiling-point. Mucilaginous and 
astringent drugs are those from which decoctions are principally pre- 
pared. Tough and dense Woods, roots, barks, etc., not readily pene- 
trated by solvents are subjected to continued treatment with boiling 
water in preference to making infusions of them. Drugs containing 
volatile principles which would be dissipated by heat, and those con- 
taining substances altered in character at the boiling-point of water are 
not to be made into decoctions. In fact, the dru^s from which decoc- 
tions may be advantageously prepared are limited in number. The long 
lists of decoctions formerly used, when pharmacy was less advanced, 
have at length been so reduced that in the new Pharmacopoeia of the 
United States only two remain. With the exception of decoctions of 
barley, cetraria, and a few similar drugs, we believe decoctions to be 



400 A COMPANION TO THE 



extremely crude preparations which can be advantageously dispensed 
with in favor of the fluid extracts or other rational preparations. While 
decoction of logwood is efficient, fluid extract of logwood is more so. 
A fluid extract is stronger, thus requiring a smaller dose to be given, 
and it represents the soluble active constituents of the drug more per- 
fectly and uniformly, while at the same time it keeps permanently. 

It is not strictly true that resins, alkaloids, and other substances or- 
dinarily nearly or quite insoluble in water are not taken up in decoc- 
tions, for by the aid of other substances associated with them in the 
drug they do enter into solution in both infusions and decoctions to an 
appreciable extent ; but the fluid extracts, made with the menstrua best 
adapted to the extraction of the constituents of the drug in each case, 
must be superior to aqueous solutions obtained from drugs the activity 
of which depends upon substances only partially soluble in water even 
under the most favorable conditions and insoluble in it when isolated 
from the drug. 

With the exception of starch, gum, and albuminous matters, which 
are insoluble or nearly so in alcoholic liquids, the constituents extracted 
by water alone are even more freely dissolved by water and alcohol 
combined, besides which an alcoholic menstruum exhausts drugs over 
which water has no effective solvent power. 

Decoctions always contain all the mucilage and starch that was in 
the drug if the latter was in such comminuted condition as to be pene- 
trated by the boiling water. It coagulates, however, and separates in 
that way, all the albuminous matter. But the coagulated albumen is 
apt to so envelop the drug that the water can not freely penetrate it 
to dissolve other substances which it is intended to extract. Alcohol, 
on the other hand, extracts the active substances to the exclusion of 
the inert gum, starch, and albumen. This is a material advantage in 
every case where the virtues of the drug do not depend upon the muci- 
lage or starch. 

Keeping Qualities. — Decoctions will not keep even a week in 
warm weather. Ordinarily, in hot weather, they spoil within forty-eight 
hours unless some substance is added which will prevent decomposition, 
or retard it. 

"Decoctions" from Fluid Extracts. — To make "decoctions" (?) 
by mixing the fluid extract with hot water is entirely wrong. This 
practice should be discouraged by all means. A fluidounce of fluid ex- 
tract mixed with a pint of boiling water is a very different thing from 
a pint of decoction made in a proper manner from one ounce of the 
drug. Nevertheless it is customary to publish directions for making 
decoctions, infusions, etc., from the fluid extracts, in price-lists and on 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 401 

labels. It is difficult to understand why this slovenly practice should 
be tolerated when it is a fact that decoctions and infusions are seldom 
prescribed and might well be dispensed with altogether. 

Official Process. — The Pharmacopceial general directions for pre- 
paring decoctions are as follows : 

When an " ordinary " unofficial decoction is prescribed by the phy- 
sician without specifying its strength, the crude drug, coarsely com- 
minuted (cut, crushed, or bruised), together with ten times its weight 
of water is to be put into a suitable vessel, such as a pan which can be 
well covered, and the contents are boiled fifteen minutes, after which 
the decoction is allowed to cool to about 45° C. (113° F.), and strained, 
adding enough water through the strainer to make the weight of the 
product just ten times the weight of the crude drug used. In other 
words, to make any " ordinary " decoction, take thirty grams (1 ounce) 
drug to make three hundred grams (about 10 fluidounces) of decoction, 
proceeding as described. 

The decoctions of the old Pharmacopoeia (1870) were, as a general 
rule, prepared from thirty-one grams (1 troyounce) drug to about four 
hundred and eighty grams (16 fluidounces) of finished product. Decoc- 
tions made according to the general rule of the present Pharmacopoeia 
will, therefore, be about thirty per cent, stronger. 

We give give below a list of all the decoctions of the two editions 
of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1870 and 1880, and their respective 
strengths. The figures all represent weight. It will be found that one 
avoirdupois ounce of drug will, according to the proportions of the 
Pharmacopoeia of 1870, yield fourteen and one-half U. S. fluidounces of 
decoction, this corresponding to sixteen fluidounces from each troy- 
ounce y and fourteen and one-half fluidounces of decoction will weigh 
about fifteen avoirdupois ounces. Hence — 

1870. 

Decoctum Cetrariae , 1 to 30 

Chimaphilas 1 " 15 

Cinchonas Flavas 1 "15 

Cinchonas Rubrae 1 " 15 

Cornus Florida? 1 " 15 

Dulcamaras 1 " 15 

Hasmatoxyli 1 " 15 

Hordei 1 "15 

Quercus Albas 1 " 15 

Sarsaparillas Comp 1 " 10 

Senegas 1 " 15 

Uvas^Ursi 1 " 15 

26 



1880. 


1 


to 


20 


1 


a 


10 


1 


tt 


10 


1 


u 


10 


1 


it 


10 


1 


a 


10 


1 


a 


10 


1 


It 


10 


1 


tt 


10 


1 


tt 


10 


1 


tt 


10 


1 


a 


10 




402 A COMPANION TO THE 

In Decoctum Sarsaparillse Compositum the proportion of Mezereon 
has been increased sixty per cent. (See Sarsap. Decoct. Comp.) 
The increase in strength of the decoctions is an improvement. 

Delphinium. 

Delphinium. 

Delphinii Semina — Larkspur Seed; Rittersporn- Samen, G.; Sentence 

de pied d'alouette, F. 

Origin. — Delphinium consolida, Linne (JRanunculacew). 
Habitat. — Central Europe. 

Part used. — Seeds. 

Description. — Flat, angular, four-sided, ex- 
ternally black, internally whitish, oily. Odor, 
none ; taste, bitter, acrid. See Figs. 231, 232. 

Constituents. — The alkaloid delphinine, 
which is very poisonous. The seeds also contain 

Figs. 231, 232. —Delphi- fixed ol1 ' 
mum natural size and en- Properties. — Diuretic, cathartic, emetic; ex- 

ternally rubefacient ; seldom used. 
Dose. — 0.06 to 0.2 gram (1 to 3 grains). 

DELPHIMI EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Delphinium. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17J avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 40 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.2 cubic centimeter (1 to 3 minims). 

Dialysis. 

In pharmacy dialysis means the diffusion of certain substances in 
solution through a septum consisting preferably of parchment paper. 
A dicdyzer may be constructed of a hoop, a sieve, a short piece of sewer- 
pipe, or any other shallow vessel, by simply tying the parchment paper 
securely over it so as to form a receptacle for the liquid to be 
dialyzed. Dialyzers are usually made about two to five inches deep, 
and from five to twelve inches in diameter. They are placed on sup- 
ports in a large vessel of distilled water, in such a way that the surface 
of the liquid in the dialyzer is slightly above the level of the water out- 



*\ 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 403 

side it. The vessels being arranged in this manner the crystallizable 
substances contained in the liquid in the dialyzer will diffuse through 
the septum of parchment paper and mix with the water in the outer 
vessel, while the uncrystallizable (" colloid ") substances remain in the 
dialyzer. The water in the outer vessel must be frequently changed. 
The liquid remaining in the dialyzer after diffusion has ceased is called 
the dialysate. The law of osmosis (" endosmosis" and " exosmosis "), 
upon which the process of dialysis depends, will be found explained in 
works on physics and chemistry. 

Digitalis ; IT. S. 

Digitalis. 

Digitalis Folia — Digitalis Leaves • Fingerhutkraict, G. ; Feuilles de 
digitate, F.; Digital, Dedalera, Sp. ; Fingerborgortblad, Digitalis, 
Sw.; Foxglove. 

Origin. — Digitalis purpurea, Linne (Serophulariacece). 

Habitat. — Europe. 

Part used. — The leaves (collected from the plant in its second 
year's growth while flowering, and carefully dried). 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 91. Wrinkled, downy 
on the underside, and coarsely net-veined ; midrib thick. 

A tasteless, bleached, or discolored drug must be rejected. 

The supply must be renewed every season. Must be preserved in 
well-closed vessels and protected from the light. 

Digitalis, matico, and mullein leaves have been confounded with 
each other. By comparing the figures of digitalis and matico the dif- 
ferences between these two drugs will be found sufficiently obvious. 
Mullein leaf is covered with branched hairs, which distinguish it from the 
other drugs. 

Constituents. — There has been no alkaloid found in digitalis. 
The constituents of digitalis are : Digitoxin, which has been obtained 
in colorless scales and needles, is insoluble in water, but soluble in alco- 
hol. Its alcoholic solution is intensely bitter. It is so extremely pow- 
erful a poison that its discoverer (Schmiedeberg) considers it unfit for 
medicinal uses in an isolated form. It possesses in a high degree the 
medicinal properties of the drug. 

Digitalin, as obtained in colorless needle-shaped crystals (by Nati- 
velle), is also an exceedingly powerful poison possessing the properties 
of digitalis. It is not an alkaloid. It has an extremely bitter taste. 
When moistened with hydrochloric acid it assumes an intense emerald 



404 



A COMPANION TO THE 



green color. This digitalin is not at all like the " Digitalin " which 
was official in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870 (see below). 

Another constituent of digitalis is called digitalein. It is chemically 
indifferent. Its medicinal properties have not been investigated. 

Medicinal Uses. — Digitalis is an excito-motor, stimulating the ac- 
tion of the heart. By increasing the power of the contraction of the 




Figs. 233, 234. — Digitalis, a, second year's leaf, natural size ; 6, outlines of first year's leaf, 

natural size. 

heart, and at the same time prolonging the diastole, digitalis enables one 
beat of the heart to be more effectual in propelling the blood than two 
or three beats were before, and therefore reduces the number of heart- 
beats. The use of this drug is therefore indicated when the action of 
the heart is rapid and weak, with insufficient aeration of the blood, as 
shown by cyanosis. Digitalis also possesses the power to contract the 
small arterioles, and is useful, like ergot, in haemoptysis, monorrhagia, 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 405 

and other hemorrhages. It is also diuretic, especially in infusion, valu- 
able in dropsies depending on mechanical impediments, in cardiac dis- 
eases, and in scarlatinal dropsy. In some nervous diseases digitalis has 
been given with good effect, as in delirium tremens, acute mania, etc., 
and in these diseases large doses were found to be tolerated. 

Dose. — 0.03 to 0.3 gram (-J- to 5 grains) of the powdered leaf. 

Poisonous Effects. — In overdoses this drug may kill by causing 
too powerful contraction or tetanic spasm of the heart. If the effect is 
not sudden, the over-excitement of the heart may be followed by a cor- 
responding exhaustion which may prove fatal more slowly. 

In toxic doses it produces headache, dizziness, exhaustion, and some- 
times delirium, and destroys the sensibility of both motor and sensory 
nerves. 

The poisonous effects must be counteracted by opium, aconite, or 
other remedies which exert a depressing or paralyzing effect on the 
heart. Still these are not perfect physiological antagonists. Bartholow 
states that saponin is the most perfect antagonist known. In case of 
depression stimulants must be given. 

Cumulative Effects. — Digitalis is apt to produce a cumulative ef- 
fect, and care is therefore required in its use. 

DIGITALIS ABSTKACTUM ; IT. S. 

Abstract of Digitalis. 

Two hundred (200) parts by weight of digitalis leaves, in No. 60 
powder, is moistened uniformly (by rubbing between the hands) with 
eighty (80) parts by weight of ninety-four per cent, alcohol. THe moist 
powder is packed tightly in a tall cylindrical percolator. More alcohol 
is now added until the mass is saturated and the liquid begins to drop 
at the lower end of the percolator, while a layer of the alcohol still 
covers the upper surface of the drug. The exit of the percolator is now 
closed and the top covered to prevent evaporation. The whole is al- 
lowed to stand forty-eight hours. Then the percolation is started, add- 
ing alcohol as required to keep the drug always covered. When one 
hundred and seventy (170) parts by weight of the percolate has been 
obtained, set that portion aside. Place another receiver under the per- 
colator and continue the process until the drug is exhausted. Evaporate 
this second percolate down until it weighs thirty (30) parts. Mix this 
with the reserved portion. The mixed liquids (weighing together two 
hundred (200) parts) are put in a tared evaporating dish with fifty (50) 
parts of powdered milk sugar, and set in a place where the temperature 
is between 40° and 50° C, or from 104° to 122° F., until the mixture is 



406 A COMPANION TO THE 

dry. Then enough powdered sugar of milk is added to make the total 
weight of the contents of the dish one hundred (100) parts. The whole 
is now triturated until a uniform and very fine powder is obtained. 

The same product may be obtained by evaporating one thousand 
cubic centimeters of the fluid extract of digitalis leaf with the requisite 
quantity of milk sugar, making five hundred grams finished product. 

[Two avoirdupois pounds of powdered digitalis leaf will yield one 
pound of abstract. This will require one-half pint alcohol for moisten- 
ing, and about half a pint more for saturating the drug preparatory to 
the forty-eight hours' maceration. The reserved portion will measure 
about two pints, and the second percolate, after evaporation to the 
prescribed point, will measure nearly six fluidounces.] 

The dose is about 0.05 to 0.20 gram (1 to 3 grains). 

DIGITALIS EXTRACTUM ; U. S. 
Extract of Digitalis. 

Take five hundred grams (17f avoirdupois ounces) recently dried 
digitalis leaves, in No. 60 powder. As a menstruum use first a mixture 
of one thousand grams (about 41f fluidounces) alcohol, and five hundred 
grams (17 fluidounces) water, to be followed afterward by diluted alcohol 
(1880). Moisten with two hundred grams (about 8 fluidounces) of the 
mixture. Pack tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate with men- 
struum. Macerate twenty-four hours. Then percolate until the drug is 
exhausted or until one thousand five hundred grams (about 56 fluid- 
ounces) of percolate has been received. Distil off the alcohol in the 
usual way. Evaporate the remainder to the pilular consistence, and 
incorporate with the extract, while still warm, one-twentieth of its 
weight of glycerin. 

Practically the same product is obtained by evaporating the fluid 
extract of digitalis to the proper consistence and then adding the five 
per cent, of glycerin. 

Greenish brown. Yield about twenty to twenty-five per cent. 

Dose. — 0.01 to 0.03 gram (£ to \ grain). 

DIGITALIS EXTEACTUM FLUID UM ; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Digitalis. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 407 

of three hundred grams (about 12^- fluidounces) alcohol to every one 
hundred grams (about 3^ fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and seventy-five grams (about 
7 fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical per- 
colator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14J fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — 0.2 to 2 cubic centimeters (3 to 30 minims) ; large doses 
with care ! 

DIGITALIS INFUSUM; U. S. 
Infusion of Digitalis. 

Mix six grams (90 grains) digitalis, in No. 20 powder, and six grams 
(90 grains) cinnamon, in No. 20 powder ; pour upon the mixture three 
hundred and seventy cubic centimeters (12^- fluidounces) of boiling 
water, and macerate two hours in a covered jar. Then strain the infu- 
sion, add thirty grams (10 fluidrachms) alcohol, and pass enough water 
through the strainer to make the infusion weigh four hundred grams 
(or measure about 13^- fluidounces). 

The strength of this infusion is about the same as that of the prep- 
aration of the old Pharmacopoeia. 

This preparation is a valuable diuretic which is often used in cases 
of dropsy, especially if dependent on cardiac trouble. It is often com- 
bined with saline diuretics. 

Dose. — Fifteen to thirty cubic centimeters (|- to 1 fluidounce) sev- 
eral times a day. 

DIGITALIS TINCTURA ; IT. S. 
Tinctuke of Digitalis. 

Moisten forty-five grams (1 ounce 257 grains) digitalis, in No. 60 
powder, with forty-five cubic centimeters (1J fluidounce) diluted alcohol; 
macerate twenty-four hours ; pack tightly in a cylindrical percolator, 
and percolate with diluted alcohol until three hundred grams (10 ounces 
255 grains, or about 10J fluidounces) of tincture has been obtained. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 4 cubic centimeters (5 to 60 minims). 






408 A COMPANION TO THE 

Digitalimun ; U. S, 1870. 

DlGITALIN. 

This preparation has been expunged from the new Pharmacopoeia. 
As prepared by the process given in the Pharmacopoeia of 1870 (identi- 
cal with that of the British Pharmacopoeia) it was of very variable com- 
position and therapeutic energy; But this is not all. While the digi- 
talin of the Pharmacopoeia was " white or yellowish white," and dry, the 
kinds of digitalin actually in the shops are frequently nearly black, ex- 
tract-like. The official digitalin was nearly insoluble in water, while 
German digitalin is readily soluble in that solvent. Hydrochloric acid 
vapors turn German digitalin brown, but French, English, or American 
digitalin green. 

Being in one shop a dry white powder, and in another a blackish 
soft extract ; in one case nearly insoluble in water, and in another quite 
soluble, it is not surprising that the preparation came into disrepute. 
The different kinds of digitalin on the market are mixtures of several 
substances, the most important of which is digitoxin (see Digitalis). 
Their therapeutic properties may be similar in kind, but differ greatly 
in degree. 

Medicinal Uses. — The same as those of digitalis. We believe it 
to be a dangerous and uncertain remedy. 

It is given in doses of 0.001 to 0.003 gram (-^ to ■£$ grain), usually 
in the form of granules. 

Dioscorea. 

DlOSCOREA. 

Dioscoreoe Hhizoma — Wild Yam. 

Origin. — Dioscorea villosa, Linne (Dioscoracece) . 

Habitat. — The United States, east of the Mississippi. 

Part Used. — The rhizome. 

Description. — The drug is well represented in the figure. It has 
a pale brownish color externally, and is whitish and starchy within. It 
is very firm and tough, being very difficult to powder. The bark is thin. 
It is inodorous, and has no perceptible taste unless chewed for a minute 
or longer, when it develops an acrid impression. 

Prof. J. U. Lloyd, of Cincinnati, states that there are two distinct 
varieties of dioscorea, viz., the one shown in the figure, obtained from 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



409 



Dioscorea villosa with pubescent leaves, and another from Dioscorea vil- 
losa (var. Glabra) with glabrous leaves. The former is the only kind 
now found in the market, whereas the latter is said to be the drug- 
originally introduced by eclectic physicians, and the only true drug pos- 
sessing the properties for which 
the wild yam is valued. 

Constituents. — An acrid 
resin is said to be contained in 
the drug. 

Medicinal Uses. — It is 

said to be almost a specific in 
bilious colic, cholera morbus 
with cramps, spasmodic hic- 
cough, etc. 

It is also claimed to be ex- 
pectorant and diaphoretic. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 grams (8 
to 30 grains), given in infusion 
or fluid extract. 

DIOSCOEEJE EXTRAC- 
TUM. 

Extract of Dioscorea. 

Evaporate any desired quan- 
tity of the fluid extract to the 
pilular consistence. 

Dark brown. 

This extract, when dried and 
powdered, is frequently called 
P Dioscorein" FlG - 235 - Dioscorea - 

Dose. — 0.06 to 0.25 gram (1 to 4 grains), repeated if necessary. 




DIOSCOREA EXTRACTtTM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Dioscorea. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims). 



410 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Diospyros. 

Persimmon. 
Diospyri Fructus. 
Origin. — Diospyros virginiana, Linne (Ebenaceos). 
Habitat. — United States. 




Figs. 236, 237.— Fruit of Persimmon, 
natural size, whole, and in transverse sec- 
tion. 



Part used. — Unripe fruit. 

Description. — Form and size as 
seen in the figures ; green, smooth, 
with a pleasant fruit-like odor. The 
very astringent taste of the persim- 
mon disappears upon exposure to 
frost, and the fruit becomes, instead, 
acidulous and sweet. 

Constituents. — Tannin, malic 
acid, etc. 



Properties. — It is astringent. 

Dose. — One to four grams (15 to 60 grains). 

Dipterix. 

Tonka Bean. 

Diptericis Semina. 

Origin. — Dipterix odorata and Dipterix oppositi- 
folia, Willdenow (Papilionacece). 

Habitat. — Guiana. 

Part used. — The seeds. 

Description. — They are four to five centimeters (1-J 
to 2 inches) long, and about eight millimeters (^ inch) 
broad. The form is shown in Fig. 238. Externally the 
"beans " are blackish brown, wrinkled, sometimes covered 
with small, white, needle-like crystals of coumarin / inter- 
nally pale brown, oily. Odor fragrant ; taste aromatic, 
bitter. 

Varieties. — Dutch tonka beans are the best. They 
are rather larger, plumper, and more frequently found 
covered with crystals than the English. 

Constituents. — The pleasant aroma, which is sweet 
and reminds of vanilla, is due to coumariti, a neutral, odorous, crystal- 
line principle, soluble in diluted alcohol. The tonka bean also contains 
fixed oil, sugar, mucilage. 

Uses. — For flavoring purposes. 




Fig. 238.— 
Tonka Bean, 
natural size. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 411 

DIPTEKICIS T1NCTUKA. 

Tinctuee of Tonka. 

Make one liter (34 fluidounces) tincture from five hundred cubic 
centimeters (Iff avoirdupois ounces) ground tonka bean by percolation 
with diluted alcohol. 

Dipterocarpi Balsamum. 

Guejun Balsam. f 

Wood Oil 

Origin. — Dipterocarpus turbinatus, Gaertner, and other species of 
the same genus (Dipterocarpaceoe). 

Habitat. — East India. 

Drug used.— The oleo-resin flowing from the wounded tree. 

Description. — Thick, oily, opaque, and grayish brown by reflected 
light, but brown and transparent by transmitted light ; soluble in chlo- 
roform, and partially soluble in alcohol, ether, and volatile oils. The • 
solutions show a greenish fluorescence. When heated above 130° C. 
(266° F.) it gelatinizes and becomes permanently solid. Odor peculiar, 
balsamic, reminding of copaiba ; taste bitter. 

Constituents. — From forty to seventy per cent, of volatile oil, 
some resin, and gurjunic acid. 

Properties and Uses. — Similar to those of copaiba. It has been 
used with success in leprosy, being given internally and applied ex- 
ternally. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 4 cubic centimeters (8 to 60 minims) in emulsion. 

Dita. 

DlTA. 

Ditm Cortex — Dita BarJc. 

Origin. — Alstonia scholar is, Robert Brown (Apocynacem). 

Habitat.— The Philippines. 

Part used. — The bark. 

Description. — Thick troughs of various lengths — say from five to 
twenty centimeters (2 to 8 inches) long, and three to five centimeters 
(about 1J to 2 inches) wide. Leather brown, fissured, rough, frequently 
marked by black spots externally. The inner surface is brownish gray 
and marked by lines running lengthwise. When broken the bark ap- 



412 



A COMPANION TO THE 




Fig. 239.— Dita Bark, natural size. 



pears light yellowish internally. The 
fracture is short, hard ; the powder yel- 
lowish gray. Odor, none ; taste, bit- 
terish. 

Constituents. — About two per 
cent of ditai?i, an uncrystallizable, bitter 
substance ; one-fiftieth per cent, of a 
bitter alkaloid, ditamine, soluble in alco- 
hol ; and another alkaloid soluble in 
water is also said to have been found. 

Medicinal Uses. — This bark re- 
sembles Alstonia constricta in its action, 
but is weaker. It has been used as an 
antiperiodic in malarial fever. 

Dose. — Four to fifteen grams (1 to 4 
drachms), best given as fluid extract. 

DIT^E EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Dita Bark. 

To make five hundred cubic centime- 
ters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. fluid- 
ounces), use five hundred grams (or its 
equivalent — 17f avoirdupois ounces) of 
the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 



Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 



Draco. 

Dragon's Blood. 

JResina Draconis, Sanguis Draconis — Draehenblut, G.; Sang-dragon, 

F.; Drakblod, Sw. 

Origin. — Calamus Draco, Willdenow (Palmacece). 

Habitat. — Sumatra and Borneo. 

Part used. — The resin from the fruit. 

Description. — Occurs in sticks or " reeds," and in lumps. That in 
sticks is of better quality, being cleaner. The external surface is dark 
reddish-brown ; internally it is of a brighter red. Fracture rough, 
granular, resinous. Soluble in alcohol, benzol, and chloroform, leaving 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



413 



about five to twenty per cent, of impurities. Devoid of odor and taste, 
but when heated it develops the agreeable odor of benzoic acid. 

Constituents. — Resin, fixed oil, and cinnamic and benzoic acids. 

Uses. — As a coloring matter for plasters, varnishes, tooth-powders, 
etc. Also occasionallv in sealing wax to render it fragrant. 

Dracontium. 

Dracontium. 
Dracontii Radix— Skunk Cabbage. 
Origin . — Dracontium foetidum, Linne (Aracece), 
Habitat. — North America. 
Part used. — The root. 

Description. — From five to ten centimeters (2 to 4 inches) long 
and about five centimeters (2 inches) thick, gra} r ish-brown externally, 
and whitish within. Several rootlets are attached to the upper portion 




Figs. 240, 241. — Dracontium, whole and transverse section, natural size. 

of the rhizome, but are usually trimmed off in the dried drug. It is 
usually transversely sliced, or longitudinally quartered as found in the 
trade. When freshly ground or triturated, the root emits a very dis- 
agreeable odor, reminding of the smell of the polecat. The taste is 
very pungent, acrid. 

Constituents. — The principle to which the acridity is due has not 
been isolated. It seems to be volatile, and is destroyed by heat. The 
drug also contains resin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Antispasmodic. Used in hysteria, chorea, etc. 
Externally irritant. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 4 grams (10 to 60 grains) of the recently dried Boot. 



414 A COMPANION TO THE 

DRACONTII EXTRACTUM FLUID UM. 

Fluid Extract of Deacontium. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces, use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (about 8^ fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3J fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 4 cubic centimeters (10 to 60 minims). 

Drosera. 

Deoseea. 
Droserm Ilerba, Herba Rorellce — Sundew. 

Origin. — Drosera rotundifolia, Linne (Droseracece). 

Habitat.— Europe and North America. 

Part used. — The whole plant. 

Description. — Leaves small, fleshy, round, bristly on the upper sur- 
face, arranged in a circle around the neck of the root ; the flower-stalk 
is about ten centimeters (4 inches) long, and crowned with a raceme of 
small white flowers. Inodorous ; taste acidulous, bitter, acrid. 

Constituents. — Acrid resin and a peculiar acid. 

Medicinal Uses. — Has been recommended for chronic bronchitis, 
asthma, and whooping-cough. 

Dose. — One hundred to one hundred and twenty-five cubic centi- 
meters (3 to 4 fluidounces) of the expressed juice has been given during 
the day. This probably did not contain the acrid resin. Fluid extract 
is the form in which this drug is usually employed, in doses of 0.5 to 1 
cubic centimeter (8 to 15 minims). 

DROSERCE EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Exteact of Deoseea. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.25 to 1 cubic centimeter (4 to 15 minims). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



415 



Duboisia. 

DUBOISIA. 

Duboisice Folia — Duboisia Leaves. 

Origin. — Duboisia myoporoides, Robert 
Brown (Solanacew) . 

Habitat. — Australia. 

Part used. — The leaves. 

Description. — Form and size are shown in 
the figure. They are smooth and have a short 
stalk. Odor slight, but disagreeable if any ; 
taste bitter, acrid. 

Constituents. — The poisonous alkaloid du- 
boisine, chemically related to the atropine of 
belladonna, and producing the same effect on 
the pupil of the eye (dilatation). Duboisine is 
twice as soluble in water as atropine. It pro- 
duces a reddish-brown color with cold concen- 
trated sulphuric acid. 

Pitury leaves are the leaves of Duboisia 
Hopwoodii, containing the same alkaloid and 
having the same medicinal properties. 

Used for the preparation of duboisina. 

DUBOISIA EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Duboisia. ■ 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or 
its equivalent — 17 U. S. fluidounces), use five 
hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (about 8-j- fluidounces) alcohol to every one hundred 
grams (about 3-J- fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.30 cubic centimeter (1 to 5 minims). 

Duboisinae Sulphas. 

Sulphate op Duboisine. 

A yellowish, soft, gum-like mass, soluble in water. For reactions 
distinguishing it from atropine sulphate, see above under constituents 
of duboisia leaves. 




Fig. 242. — Duboisia Leaf. 



416 A COMPANION TO THE 



Medicinal Uses. — It may be employed in cases in which atropia is 
employed to cause dilatation of the pupil. Its effects wear off again 
sooner than those of atropia. 

Dose. — Duboisina has been given hypodermically in doses of 0.001 
gram (-J^ grain) ; for ophthalmological uses a solution of 0.125 gram (2 
grains) in fifteen cubic centimeters (£ fluidounce) of distilled water may 
be employed. 

Dulcamara ; U. S. 

Dulcamara. 

Dulcamaras Stipites — Dittersiiss, G. ; Douce ameres, Morelle grimpante, 

F. ; Dulcamara, Sp. ; Qvesved, Sw. ; Bittersweet, Woody Night- 
shade. 

Origin. — Solarium Didcamara, Linne (Solanacece). 

Habitat. — Europe and North America. 

Part used.- — The twigs, gathered in the first, second, or third 
year, and dried. 

Description.— Immediately under the thin, yellowish, outer bark 
is a green (if fresh; yellow, if old) inner bark. The wood is greenish 
or yellowish according to age. The central pith cavity is usually empty. 
Odor slight, herb-like. Taste at first bitter, especially of the bark ; 
afterward sweet, from the wood. 

Constituents. — The drug contains a bitter amorphous substance, 
which when decomposed yields the bitter alkaloid solanine. Solanine 
crystallizes in small white prisms or needles, is readily soluble in boiling 
alcohol, but only slightly soluble in water. It forms amorphous salts, 
readily soluble in water and*in alcohol. 

Medicinal Uses. — In large doses dulcamara is somewhat narcotic, 
producing dizziness, trembling, and dryness and constriction of the 
throat. In medicinal doses it does not produce these effects. 

This remedy is employed as an alterative diaphoretic in chronic and 
painful non-syphilitic skin diseases and in chronic rheumatism. It is of 
doubtful value. 

Dose. — Five to ten grams (75 to 150 grains), best given in the form 
of fluid extract. 

DULCAMAKiE DECOCTUM. 

Decoction of Dulcamara. 

From thirty grams (or about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fiuitlounces). (See title 
" Decoctions.") 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 417 

About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 
Dose. — Twenty-five to seventy-five cubic centimeters (6 to 18 flui- 
drachms) three times a day. 

DULCAMAE^E EXTEACTUM. 

Extract of Dulcamara. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. Yield about twenty per cent. 

Dose. — 0.35 to 0.65 gram (5 to 10 grains). 

DULCAMAE.E EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Dulcamara. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fiuidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred grams (about 7-J- fiuidounces) of 
the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate 
with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13-J- fiuidounces) of the first 
percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fiuidounces). 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2J fluidrachms). 

DULCAMAE^E INFUSUM. 

Infusion of Dulcamara. 

• 

From fifty grams (or about If avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fiuidounces). (See title 
" Infusions.") 

About the same strength as the preparation of the British Pharma- 
copoeia. 

Dose. — Twenty-five to fifty cubic centimeters (6 to 12 fluidrachms). 
27 



418 A COMPANION TO THE 

Elaeosacchara. 

Aromatic Sugars. 

These preparations are simply mixtures of powdered sugar with aro- 
matic volatile oils, usually in the proportion of one part volatile oil to 
fifty parts of sugar. They are made by simple trituration. Aromatic 
sugars are thus made from the volatile oils of anise, bitter almond, cin- 
namon, fennel, etc. 

Uses. — For flavoring powders. 

Elaterinum ; U. S. 

Elaterin. 
Origin. — Ecballium JElaterium, A. Richard (Cucurbitacece). 
Habitat. — Europe ; cultivated. 
Character, Description, and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia 

(1880), page 92. This is a colorless, crystalline, chemically indifferent 
substance extracted from JElaterium (see Elaterium). JElaterin — now 
for the first time official in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia — is several times 
stronger therapeutically than the formerly official Elaterium, which has 
been expunged on account of its variable character. 

Great care should be exercised in writing, reading, and dispensing 
prescriptions for Elaterium and for Elaterinum, in order that the 
two may not be confounded on account of the similarity of their names. 

The elaterin consists of small shining crystals ; odorless ; intensely 
bitter, and acrid. Readily soluble in chloroform, fusel oil, or in bisul- 
phide of carbon. 

Medicinal Uses. — Same as those of Elaterium. Violently purga- 
tive. 

Dose. — Elaterin being stronger should be given in doses not ex- 
ceeding 0.004 gram (^ grain) at first, to be increased only as occasion 
requires. It is usually given in pill, and the tendency to gripe may be 
overcome by combination with hyoscyamus. 

ELATEEmi TR1TURATIO ; II. S. 
Trituration of Elaterin. 

Prepared by triturating nine grams (130 grains) sugar of milk, in 
moderately fine powder, together with one gram (15^ grains) elaterin, 
until the mixture is reduced to a very fine powder and the whole inti- 
mately mixed. 

This is the only representative in the Pharmacopoeia of the new class 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 419 

of preparations introduced under the name of " Triturations " (see that 
title). 

The elaterin itself is so powerfully active and its dose so minute that 
the above-described preparation becomes a very useful and safe dilution 
of it. 

Dose.— 0.03 to 0.04 gram Q- to § grain). 

Elaterium. 

Elaterium. 

Origin. — Ecballium Elaterium, A. Richard (Cucurbitacea?). 

Habitat. — Europe ; cultivated. 

Description. — This is a peculiar resinous substance obtained from 
the fresh juice of the fruit of Ecballium Elaterium (" squirting cucum- 
ber"). :-,. 

The juice is clear when fresh from the fruit, but soon becomes turbid 
from the elaterium which deposits from it. The deposit is collected on 
muslin, and dried as rapidly as possible, and then constitutes the drug, 

Elaterium comes in flat pieces of variable thickness (from ^ to T 3 g- 
inch, about) and irregular size (usually averaging less than f inch long 
by about f inch wide). When fresh the pieces have a dull, pale-green 
color ; when older gray, or even buff ; and sometimes showing minute 
crystals on the surface. On one side they show the imprint of the 
cloth on which the elaterium was dried. They are dry, light in weight, 
and easily broken. No odor ; taste very acrid and bitter. 

Must not be confounded icith the several times stronger elaterin (see 
"Elaterinum"). 

On account of its variable quality, this elaterium has been expunged 
from the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, and the more reliable and uniform elate- 
rin introduced in its place. 

Constituents. — The only important constituent in elaterium, and 
the one to which it owes its medicinal properties, is elaterin, which has 
now taken its place in the Pharmacopoeia. Elaterium contains from 
fifteen to forty per cent, of the elaterin, the average being about thirty 
per cent. The elaterin may be extracted by means of chloroform, and 
precipitated from its solution in that solvent by the addition of ether, in 
which it is nearly insoluble. The yield in crystals ought not to be less 
than one-fourth the weight of the elaterium treated with the chloroform. 

Sometimes elaterium has been found adulterated with chalk or with 
starch. If it contains chalk it will effervesce with acids. If it contains 
starch, a little water boiled with a small quantity of the drug will strike 
a blue color on the addition of a drop of compound solution of iodine. 



420 A COMPANION TO THE 



English elaterium is deemed to be the best (" Clutterbuck's"). 
German elaterium is a dark, extract-like mass obtained by evaporating 
the forcibly expressed juice of the fruit. 

Medicinal Uses. — It is a powerful hydragogue cathartic, its action 
being often accompanied by vomiting and griping. 

It is used only to produce profuse watery discharges, as in dropsies 
or threatened cerebral congestion, or in oedema of the lungs. Its best 
effects are noticed in abdominal dropsy. 

It must be used cautiously. 

Dose.— 0.008 to 0.015 gram (J to J grain). 

Electuaria. 

Electuaries. 
These are confections of a consistence resembling that of thick 
honey, or thick, enough to be retained in a jar when inverted. They 
are made by mixing dry medicinal powders with honey or syrup. (See 
" Confectiones.") 

Elemi. 

Elemi. 
Elemi Oleo-resina. 

Origin. — Canarium commune, Linne (^Burseracece). 

Habitat. — Philippine Islands. 

Drug. — The oleo-resin flowing from the wounded tree. 

Description. — A yellowish resinous mass, resembling in appearance 
thick granular honey ; when old it becomes more solid, friable. The 
odor is balsamic, reminding of a mixture of turpentine, fennel, and 
lemon. The taste is pungent and bitter. 

Constituents. — About ten per cent, volatile oil, sixty per cent, 
amorphous resin (brein), and twenty-five per cent, crystallizable resin 
(amyrin), besides bryoidin, which is a crystallizable, bitter, acrid sub- 
stance, breidin, and elemic acid. 

Properties. — Stimulant, irritant. Used only in plasters and oint- 
ments. 

ELEMI UNGIJENTUM. 

Ointment of Elemi. 

Mix intimately equal parts, by weight, of elemi, Venice turpentine, 
suet, and lard. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 421 



Zlixiria. 

Elixirs. 

A recently introduced class of preparations which cannot be said to 
form a well-defined group pharmaceutically. However, the general in- 
terpretation of the term " elixir " is that it is an agreeably flavored 
liquid preparation in which the odor and taste of the medicinally active 
ingredients are sufficiently masked to render the preparation compara- 
tively palatable, the bulk of the liquid consisting of alcohol (12 to 25 
per cent.), water, and sugar (25 to 35 per cent.). Among the elixirs 
most used are such as contain preparations of iron, the cinchona alka- 
loids, bismuth-ammonium citrate, strychnine, pepsin, ammonium valeri- 
anate, potassium bromide, etc., etc. Many of the elixirs on the market 
are not only badly made, but do not deserve the name elixir zx all, being, 
if possible, more disagreeable to take than the active constituents in a 
simpler form would be. Other elixirs have been found not to contain 
the medicines indicated on the labels. It is, therefore, not surprising 
that these preparations, as a class, have met with sweeping condemna- 
tion from conscientious physicians and pharmacists. When well and 
properly made, however, we regard the elixirs as reliable, efficient, and 
useful. In an appendix on page 1139 we give a series of excellent for- 
mulas for the principal elixirs in use. 

Emplastra. 

Plasters. 
Pflaster, G.; JEmpldtres, F.; Plaster, Sw. 

Solid compounds of a pliable, tenacious consistence, insoluble in 
water, and suitable for covering limited areas of the surface of the 
body. They are usually prepared from oleate of lead (lead plaster), 
resins, wax, etc., with which more active constituents are frequently in- 
corporated, such as cantharides, mercury, narcotic extracts, etc. 

Plasters must be perfectly smooth and homogeneous. They soften 
in contact with the warm surface of the body. 

It requires from eight to twelve grams (2 to 3 drachms) plaster to 
cover one hundred square centimeters (20 square inches, or 4 x 5 inches) 
of surface. Plasters are usually spread on chamois skin, kid skin, or 
muslin. 

Adhesive plaster is spread on muslin. Isinglass plaster is spread on 
silk or on muslin, and is not a " plaster " in the proper sense. 



422 A COMPANION TO THE 



Emuisiones. 

Emulsions. 

Emulsions are liquid preparations in which oil, oleo-resin, balsam, or 
resin is suspended in water by the aid of some viscid excipient. The 
Pharmacopoeia makes no distinction between mixtures and emulsions, 
although a great practical difference exists. We have an example of 
the preparations properly termed " mixtures " in the official mistura 
cretce composita, in which chalk is suspended in the liquid. 

Emulsions have been divided into two kinds, the so-called emul- 
siones verce, or true emulsions, and the emulsiones spicrice, or false emul- 
sions. The distinction is based on a difference in the materials used. 

The true emulsion is one in which both the oily or resinous and the 
mucilaginous substances are combined in the drug, as in mistura asa- 
foetidce, mistura amygdalae, or mistura ammoniaci. The drug is simply 
triturated in a mortar with water, and the emulsion thus directly obtained. 

The false emulsion, called colostrum by some of the older writers, is 
made by adding gum or yelk of egg, or some other similar emulsifying 
agent, to the oily or resinous substance, as we see in emulsions of castor- 
oil or copaiba. 

Different methods of manipulation have been employed. To shake 
the oil and mucilage together in a vial makes a poor emulsion. To rub 
the gum-arabic in a mortar with not exceeding one and one-half times 
its own weight in water, and then add the oil gradually, is also likely 
to produce unsatisfactory results. Experience leads us to recommend 
the following method as by far the best : 

Add the oil, oleo-resin or balsam, to a quantity of powdered acacia 
as given in the table below, mixing both well in a wedgewood mortar 
at least five or six inches in diameter, to permit free movement of the 
pestle. When the two are mixed add water equal to half the weight of 
both the oil and acacia, and then triturate rapidly and without cessation 
until the emulsion is perfectly homogeneous and white. Then slowly 
add the remainder of the water, stirring continually, and finally the other 
ingredients. 

The proportions which will most surely and uniformly give good re- 
sults are as follows : 



Fixed oils or copaiba 
Oil of turpentine. . . . 
Peruvian balsam . . . . 



Oil. 


Gum. 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


2 



Water. 



* 

1 

u 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 423 

The figures express parts by weight. The quantity of water is as- 
certained in each case by adding the quantities of gum and oil together 
and dividing by two. 

For instance, to emulsify an ounce of copaiba we require half an 
ounce of powdered acacia, which is placed in the mortar, and the co- 
paiba is added carefully to prevent it from being smeared over the 
sides of the mortar or pestle. [Any part of the oil not mixed with the 
gum will probably be found swimming on top in the finished prepara- 
tion.] Then three-fourths of an ounce of water is added, and the three 
ingredients thoroughly mixed. The balance of the water is then gradu- 
ally added. 

The quantity of finished emulsion should not be more than six or 
eight times that of the oil. Alcoholic tinctures in large quantities should 
not be added to emulsions, but syrups improve the taste of these prep- 
arations. 

Dark-colored fluid extracts make unsightly mixtures with emulsions, 
which look best when perfectly white. Sometimes they are flavored, 
and at the same time colored with compound spirits of lavender or com- 
pound tincture of cardamom. 

We may use one yelk of egg instead of half an ounce of gum-arabic 
and make good emulsions. This excipient is perhaps best adapted to 
emulsion of cod-liver oil, but the preparation cannot be kept long. 

Chloroform may be given in a most pleasant form by mixing it with 
twice or three times its own weight of sweet almond oil, and then mak- 
ing an emulsion of the oil precisely as if no chloroform were present. 
The emulsion may be flavored with syrup according to taste. 

One ounce of glyconin emulsifies three ounces of fixed oil. 

Emulsions made by adding alkaline chemicals are not really emul- 
sions but solutions of soaps, and should not be employed when emulsions 
are ordered. In emulsions the oil undergoes no chemical change what- 
ever, but is merely mechanically suspended, like butter in milk. Under 
the microscope we can readily see the oil globules. A well-made emul- 
sion should not separate into oil and water even after long standing, 
but only into a creamy and a serous layer, just as in fresh milk. We 
have prepared an emulsion and have kept it for over five years, and 
even at the end of that time the emulsion was still perfect as far as the 
suspension of the oil was concerned. Of course an emulsion may spoil 
by fermentation or by the oil becoming rancid, but it should remain an 
emulsion. 

All emulsions not specially prepared so as to keep indefinitely ought 
to be freshly made whenever prescribed. 



424 A COMPANION TO THE 



Enemata. 

Enemas. 

Clysters, Injections, E.; Klystiere, G.; Lavements, Clysteres, F.; Lave- 
manger, Klistirer, Sw. 

Injections for the rectum. Always prepared extemporaneously, and 
rarely by the pharmacist. Decoctions of starch, barley, or oats, are often 
used, the medicaments, if any, being added to them. A few specimens 
of injections in common use are given under the respective titles of the 
materials from which they are made. 

Demulcent enemas are used in irritated conditions of the bowel, in 
tenesmus, etc., and consist generally of decoction of starch with or with- 
out opiates. 

Laxative enemas are generally watery solutions of laxative remedies, 
or mixtures of castor-oil, soap-suds, etc. Cold water injections are val- 
uable in chronic constipation. Large enemas of any kind are usually 
laxative, for even if they contain no cathartic remedies, the mechanical 
distention of the lower bowel causes contraction and consequent expul- 
sion of the contents of the rectum. If the enema shall be retained it 
should not, as a rule, be more than twenty-five to one hundred cubic 
centimeters (6 to 24 fluidrachms). 

Nutritive enemas consist of nourishing substances, as defibrinated 
blood, eggs, milk, chopped beef, etc. 

A very good form of nutritive enema is prepared by mixing finely 
divided lean beef and clean pancreas in the proportions of four hundred 
and fifty grams (1 pound) of the former to one hundred and fifty grams 
(J pound) of the latter. The bowel is to be cleaned by an injection in 
the morning and then the above mixture is injected in several doses 
during the day. 

Stimulant enemas are sometimes of use in collapse, typhoid condi- 
tions, extreme debility, etc. Beef-tea and beef-broth enemas are simply 
stimulant and not nutritive. Warm toddies, diluted brandy, and simi- 
lar substances are sometimes used in this manner. 

Vermifuge enemas consist of solutions of anthelmintics, as aloes, 
santonin, salt, etc., mainly for the removal of thread-worms from the 
rectum. 

Enemas are sometimes used simply as washes to cleanse the bowel 
in dysentery or fissure of the anus. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 425 

Epig-aea. 

Epig^ea. 
Epigcece Folia — Trailing Arbutus, Gravel Plant 

Origin,— Epigcea repens, Linne* (EiHcaceoe). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used. — The leaves. 

Description. — Green, bristly, entire, cordate-ovate. Odorless, as- 
tringent, bitter. 

Constituents. — Tannin from three to four per cent., besides arbu- 
tin, ursone, etc., also found in Uva Ursi, which see. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those in Uva Ursi. Used in vesical 
catarrh, etc. 

Dose. — Two to eight grams (J to 2 drachms) in infusion or fluid 
extract. 

EPIG^E^E EXTRACTUM FLUID UM. 
Fluid Extkact of Epig^ea. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — Two to eight cubic centimeters (J to 2 fluidrachms). 

Equisetum. 

Equisetum. 

Equiseti Herba — Schachtelhalm, G. ; Prele, F. ; Horse-tail, Scouring 

Mush. 

Origin. — Equisetum arvense, Linne, and Equisetum hyemale, Linne 
(Equisetacece). 

Habitat. — Europe and North America. 

Part used. — The stems. 

Description. — Simple, long, slender, bright green, harsh to the 
feel, jointed, about sixty centimeters (2 feet) long, and four millimeters 
fj- inch) in diameter. 

Constituents. — The ash contains silica in large quantity. This is 
the substance which renders the " horse-tail " so rough and so useful for 



426 A COMPANION TO THE 

scouring metallic vessels. The plant also contains resin, which is the 
only medicinal constituent. 

Medicinal Uses. — Diuretic and astringent. Has been employed 
in renal affections, dropsy, etc. The pulverized ashes have been used in 
dyspepsia. 

Dose. — Five grams (75 grains) in infusion during the day. 

Erg ota ; U. S. 

Ergot. 

Secale Comutum — Mutterkorn, Kornmutter, Zapfenkorn, G.; Ergot, 
Seigle Ergote, Bl'e cornu, F.; Comezuelo del centeno, Centeno de 
Comezuelo, Sp.; Mjoldryga, Sw.; Ergot of Rye, Spurred Bye. 

Origin . — Claviceps purpurea, Tulasne (Fungi). 
Habitat. — Southern Europe, etc. Large quantities are imported 
from Spain and from Southern Russia. 

Part used. — The sclerotium (compact spawn), or middle (second) 
stage of development of the fungus, which grows within the flower of 
the common rye (secale cereale, Linne) displacing the grain. 

There are ergot growths on several kinds of grasses besides rye. 
The only official kind, however, is the ergot of rye. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 98 and 99. 

Ergot consists of grain-like bodies about one to two inches long and 

one-eighth to one-sixth inch thick. The ordinary size of 

fair ergot is about one inch long and one-eighth inch 

thick. The grains are nearly triangular, somewhat curved, 

marked lengthwise by three grooves, of which the one on 

the inner side of the curve is the most distinct. The 

grains are thickest about the middle, tapering toward both 

ends, which are blunt. On the outside they are of a very 

dark purplish color, with a slight coating of a cloudy 

Fig 243 — bluish bloom. They should be full, firm, and somewhat 

Ergot, natural elastic, but are easily broken. The broken surface is 

even, whitish toward the center, but has, in a good drug, 

a pinkish tint increasing toward the circumference. Sometimes the 

grains are transversely superficially cracked. The drug has a peculiar, 

offensive, rancid, heavy odor ; and a fatty, mawkish, disagreeable taste. 

The strong odor developed when ergot is triturated with solution of 

potassa reminds of herring brine, and is probably due to trimethylamine. 

The ergot grains are very close and tough, not easily penetrated by 

water, and difficult to powder. 




UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA 427 

This drug is frequently attacked by mites. To prevent this, and to 
preserve its medicinal activity, it should be carefully dried at not above 
50° C. (122° F.) before putting it away, and is best kept in well-covered 
tin cans. It is also advisable to put a few drops of chloroform in with 
it. 

The stock must be renewed every year. It is collected in August. 

Powdered ergot soon loses its medicinal activity, and should there- 
fore never be kept in stock except for a very brief period. Best is to 
powder it in an iron mortar. 

Much broken, small, lean, unclean, worm-eaten, mouldy, or too hard 
and dry ergot is totally unfit for use ; also a drug having an ammo- 
niacal odor, or one having no odor at all. 

Constituents. — Two alkaloids — ecbolina (0.16 per cent.), and ergo- 
Una (0.12 per cent.) — have been described as isolated from ergot. The 
former has been stated to be much more active medicinally than the 
latter, which is said not to produce the characteristic effects of the drug 
— contractions of the muscles. They were both described as brown, 
amorphous, feebly bitter substances having an alkaline reaction, and 
readily soluble in water and alcohol, and insoluble in ether. The proba- 
bility is that they are both one and the same thing. 

There is also about thirty per cent, of non-drying fixed oil, and seven 
per cent, resin in ergot. 

A number of uncrystallizable compounds have been obtained in 
treating the drug with chemicals. Most of them, perhaps (including 
ecboline and ergotine) do not exist naturally in ergot, but are formed by 
the action of the chemicals, the heat employed, etc. 

Since the investigations of Dragendorff and Podwissotzky it is 
doubted whether ecbolina, to which the activity of ergot was -formerly 
ascribed (at least in great part), itself possesses the properties of the 
drug. The chemists named obtained four to four and one-half percent. 
sclerotic acid, and two to three per cent, scleromiccin, which have been 
used medicinally and are active ecbolics. Sclerotic acid is an amor- 
phous, yellowish-brown, inodorous, tasteless substance, soluble in water ; 
scleromucin is darker in color and insoluble in water after drying. 

Sclererythrin is also an active constituent of ergot. 

The fixed oil has no medicinal properties. It may be extracted with 
ether. 

The ergotin of Wiggers is simply an alcoholic extract of ergot ; 
while the ergotin of Bonjean is an aqueous extract precipitated by al- 
cohol. Both are active preparations notwithstanding the opposite 
methods of preparation. The ergotin manufactured by various pharma- 
ceutical chemists in this country is usually an extract obtained by evap- 



428 A COMPANION TO THE 



orating the fluid extract to the proper consistence. It is now official 
under the name of Extractum Ergotae, which see. 

Other Ergots. — Wheat ergot is shorter and thicker, and oat ergot 
much more slender than the ergot of rye. The ergot growing on 
Arundo ampelodesmos, a grass of Northern Africa, is from one to four 
inches long but extremely slender ; it has been tried in France and said 
to be twice as active as the ergot of rye. 

Medicinal Uses. — Ergot belongs to the class of medicines known 
as spinants or excito-motors. The principal and most valuable effect 
of ergot is its stimulating action on the vaso-motor nervous system, 
causing contraction of unstriped or involuntary muscular fibre, as of 
the arterioles, the sphincter muscles, the womb, etc. After excessive 
doses this contraction extends to all the muscles, respiration becomes 
labored on account of tetanic contraction of the diaphragm and respi- 
ratory muscles ; opisthotonus, tetanic spasms, delirium, insensibility, 
and even death may occur. In pregnant females abortion may result. 

The most important use of ergot is in midwifery practice, when 
it is given for the purpose of causing contraction of the uterus ; but it 
must be recollected that the pains become longer in duration and more 
tetanic, and large doses may produce a continuous expulsive pain that 
may injure the child. 

The use of this drug is indicated in inertia uteri, when the want of 
progress of labor is not due to any obstruction but to an atonic condi- 
tion of the womb. It is counter-indicated in cases of rigid os or rigid 
perineum, pelvic tumors or exostoses, deformed pelvis, etc., for if used 
under such circumstances death of the fcetus from continued pressure, 
and of the mother from rupture of the uterus, may result. 

Ergot is also given in the last stage of labor to prevent post-partum 
hemorrhage. 

This drug is also useful in hemorrhages, haemoptysis, hematuria, 
uterine hemorrhages, menorrhagia, bleeding hemorrhoids, etc.; or in 
threatened hemorrhage in the brain or lungs ; in aneurism, internally, 
or injected into the tissues adjacent to the lesion ; in spermatorrhoea, 
paralysis of the bladder, incontinence of urine, prolapse of the rectum, 
uterine fibroids and polypi, congestion of the brain or spinal cord, cere- 
bro-spinal meningitis, and in various mental diseases, especially such as 
recurrent, chronic, and epileptic mania. 

Ergot is also used in large doses in the treatment of incipient dia- 
betes. 

In all cases when prompt action is desirable, this remedy may be 
given in hypodermic injection, for which purpose the extractum ergotae 
is generally employed. 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 429 

Dose. — Varies from one or two grams (15 to 30 grains) up to thirty 
grams (1 ounce), according to indications or urgency. The remedy may 
be given in powder, or the powder may be steeped in hot water and 
the infusion swallowed without straining, as soon as it is cool enough. 

But by far the best form for administration is the fluid extract. 

ERGOTS EXTRACTUM; U. S. 
Extract of Ergot. 

JErgotin. 

Evaporate one hundred and fifty grams (about 5 ounces) of the offi- 
cial fluid extract of ergot on a water-bath at not above 50° C. (122° F.), 
stirring constantly until thirty grams (about 1 ounce) only remains. 

New to the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. 

It will be observed that unless the fluid extract is in every way re- 
liable the above process must yield an unsatisfactory product. The 
official fluid extract, made with the specified menstruum, is the only 
one that can be used ; and even then the resulting solid extract will 
not be a proper one unless the fluid extract was made with such care 
as to contain the full amount of soluble matter. 

When well made this extract is five times the strength of the pow- 
dered ergot. It is reddish brown. 

Dose.— 0.5 to 1 gram (8 to 15 grains). It may be dissolved in 
water and used for subcutaneous injection. 

ERGOTS EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM ; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Ergot. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
three hundred grams (about 12-J fluidounces) alcohol to every four hun- 
dred grams (about 13£ fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and fifty grams (about 5£ fluid- 
ounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. 
Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14J fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Add thirty grams (about 1^ avoirdupois ounce) diluted hydro- 
chloric acid to the second percolate. 



430 A COMPANION TO THE 



Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — Two to thirty cubic centimeters (J to 1 fluidounce). 

Fluid extract of ergot is one of the most important preparations in 
the whole Materia Medica list. In order to be reliable and uniform it 
must be prepared with great care from freshly powdered drug of good 
quality. The menstruum chosen in the new Pharmacopoeia is decidedly 
better than that of the Pharmacopoeia of 1870. Hydrochloric acid in- 
sures the chemical stability of the active constituents much better than 
the acetic acid formerly used. The use of glycerin in the old menstruum 
could not possibly have fulfilled any useful office, but simply made the 
preparation thicker and heavier. The new menstruum might, however, 
with greater safety and better results be less strongly alcoholic, as one 
of the important active constituents of the drug (scleromucin) is liable 
otherwise to be at least partially precipitated. When the fluid extract 
of ergot is comparatively old it is liable to acquire a strong trimethyla- 
mine odor and a nauseous rancid taste, especially when the menstruum 
used is not the proper one. Good fluid extract of ergot contains all the 
sclerotic acid, scleromucin, and sclererythrin of the drug, and has a 
reddish-brown color. 

ERGOTJS INFUSUM. 
Infusion of Ergot. 

From fifteen grams (or about £ avoirdupois ounce) of the drug, in 
coarse powder, make five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluid- 
ounces). (See directions under title " Infusa.") 

A trifle stronger than the preparation of the British Pharmacopoeia, 
which is one-fourth avoirdupois ounce to ten imperial fluidounces. 

Dose. — Twenty-five to fifty cubic centimeters (6 to 12 fluidrachms) 
or more. 

ERGOTS LIQUOR. 

Liquor of Ergot. 

Macerate ninety grams (3 ounces) ergot, in coarse powder, with two 
hundred and forty cubic centimeters (8 fluidounces) water for twelve 
hours ; then add one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluid- 
ounces) alcohol, and continue the maceration for ten days. 

Express and filter. 

Dose. — Four to eight cubic centimeters (1 to 2 fluidrachms) or 
more. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 431 



EKGOT^E TINCTURA. 

Tincture of Ergot. 

Moisten one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces) coarsely pow- 
dered ergot with forty-five cubic centimeters (1^ fluidounce) of a mix- 
ture of equal parts by measure of diluted alcohol and water ; pack it 
tightly in a cylindrical percolator and percolate with the same men- 
struum as before until four hundred and eighty cubic centimeters (16 
fluidounces) of tincture has been obtained. 

Dose. — Two to fifteen cubic centimeters (-J- to 4 fluidrachms). It is 
not a good form for administration of this drug on account of the large 
proportion of alcohol. 



ERGOTS VINUM; U. S. 

Wine of Ergot. 

Moisten forty-five grams (1J ounce) recently ground ergot, in No. 
30 powder, with fifteen cubic centimeters (-J- fluidounce) stronger white 
wine ; pack it moderately in a cylindrical percolator, and percolate with 
stronger white wine until three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluid- 
ounces) of percolate has been received. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 



Erigeron. 

Erigeron. 
Erigerontis Herba — Fleaban% Scabious, Canada Eleabane, Squaw- 



Origin.— Erigeron canadense, Linn6 ; Erigeron Philadelphicum, 
Linne 1 ; Erigeron annuurn, Persoon ; and Erigeron slrigosum, Muhlen- 
berg ( Compositm). 

Habitat.— North America. 

Part used.—- The whole flowering plants. 

Description— The leaves are hairy. The fay-florets purplish or 
white ; disk -florets yellow. Odor somewhat disagreeably aromatic ; 
taste bitter, astringent. 

Constituents. — A trace of volatile oil, tannin, and bitter extractive. 



432 A COMPANION TO THE 






Medicinal Uses. — Slightly tonic, diuretic, and astringent. Has 
been used in nephritic troubles, dropsies, etc. 

Dose. — Five to ten grams (1 to 2J drachms) in infusion or fluid 
extract. 

EMGEKONTIS EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Erigeron. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17J avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2£ fluidrachms). 

Erigerontis Oleum % U. S. 

Oil op Erigeron. 

Erigerontis JEther oleum — Volatile Oil of Erigeron Canadense, Oil of 

Fleabane. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 236. It does not keep 
well, soon becoming resinified and unclear. 

Has been used to arrest post-partum and uterine hemorrhages in 
doses of 0.25 to 0.5 cubic centimeter (4 to 8 minims). 

Eriodictyon. 

Eriodictyon. 
Eriodictyi Folia — " Yerba Santa." 

Origin. — Enodictyon glutinosum, Bentham (Hydrophyllaceai). 

Habitat.— California. 

Part used.— Leaves. 

Description. — From five to ten centimeters (2 to 4 inches) long, 
formed as seen in the figure ; green, smooth, shining as if varnished on 
the upper surface ; net-veined and white-hairy on the under surface. 
Often comes into the trade in agglutinated masses, as shown in the 
figure. Odor fragrant ; taste aromatic, sweetish. 

Constituents. — Acrid resin and a small quantity of an aromatic 
volatile oil. 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 



433 



Medicinal Uses. — Used as a stimulant of the mucous membranes 
of the bronchial tubes in chronic bronchitis, consumption, etc. 




Figs. 244-246.— Eriodictyon Leaves, as in crude drug ; and lower surface of leaf after 
softening and removing the resin by soaking in warm soda lye, natural size ; also part of 
leaf, showing venation, enlarged. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains), best given as fluid ex- 
tract. 

ERIODICTYI EXTKACTUM. 

Extract of Eriodictyon. 
Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 
Greenish brown. 

Dose.— 0.10 to 0.50 gram (2 to 8 grains). 
28 



434 A COMPANION TO THE 



ERIODICTYI EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Eriodictyon. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims). 

ErythropMoeum. 

Erythrophlceum. 
Erythroplilozi Cortex — Sassy Bark, ManCona Bark. 

Origin. — ErythropMoeum guineense, Don (Ccesalpinece). 

Habitat. — Central and Western Africa. 

Part used.— The bark. 

Description. — Troughs or flat pieces covered with a rough, fissured, 
corky epidermis, dull red brown, hard, brittle, fibrous, with yellowish- 
brown spots in the interior. Inodorous ; taste astringent. Powder 
irritating. 

Constituents. — An alkaloid called erythrophloeine, in colorless 
crystals, soluble in water and in alcohol, is the principal constituent, and 
is very poisonous. The bark also contains tannin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Astringent, narcotic, cholagogue, diaphoretic, 
emetic. Jn overdoses it paralyses the heart and produces death. It 
has been of use in cardiac dropsy, etc. 

Dose. — About 0.2 gram (3 grains), best given in the form of fluid 
extract ; made with alcohol as a menstruum. • 

i 

Erythroxylon ; IT, S. 

Erytiiroxylon. 
Erythroxyli Folia — Coca Leaves, Cucha leaves. 
Origin. — Erythroxylon Coca, Lamarck (Erythroxylacece). 
Habitat. — Peru. 
Part used. — The leaves. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 99. 

They are from thirty-five to seventy-five millimeters (1£ to 3 inches) 

long, closely net-veined on both sides, with a thick midrib, on each side 

of which runs a curved line from the pointed base to the blunt point of 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



435 



the leaf. The odor is pleasant, tea-like, when the drug is good ; but 
most of the drug met with in the market has the usual faint odor of 
dried leaves ; the taste is bitter, somewhat aromatic. 

The leaves must be green, not brown, and should have an apprecia- 
ble tea-like odor and aromatic taste. 

Much of the coca sold in this country is very much discolored, and 
is odorless and even tasteless. The remarkable properties of the drug 
as used in Peru and Bolivia are as well established as are the properties 
of coffee ; but many, who have tested the virtues of a 
deteriorated drug only, fail to obtain its proper effects. 

Constituents. — An alkaloid called cocaine (for- 
merly erythroxyline), which crystallizes in colorless 
prisms, has a strongly alkaline reaction, and a bitter 
taste, is but slightly soluble in water, but more solu- 
ble in alcohol and ether. 

Also another alkaloid, called hygrine, which is 
volatile, has the appearance of a thick, pale, yellow 
oil, and smells like herring brine. 

Medicinal Uses. — Erythroxylon is a stimulant 
resembling coffee or tea in its action. It enjoys the 
reputation of promoting digestion, allaying hunger, 
preventing tissue waste, and enabling one to undergo 
much fatigue and exposure with insufficient nourish- 
ment. 

It is also said to cause mental exhilaration, and Fig. 247. —Coca Leaf, 

t rn i i i n i • i natural size, 

to overcome diffidence or bashtulness in company, and 

to be an excitant of the vital functions, including those of the sexual 

organs. 

It is employed in cases of inordinate hunger or thirst, in melancholia 
and mental depression, and in sexual debility. 

Dose. — Four to fifteen grams (1 to 4 drachms) chewed, or in the 
form of fluid extract. 




ERYTHROXYLI EXTEACTTTM. 

EXTEACT OF EeYTHROXYLON. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. 

Dose.— 0.20 to 1 gram (3 to 15 grains). 



436 A COMPANION TO THE 

ERYTHROXYLI EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; U.S. 
Fluid Extract of Erythroxyloi*. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 TJ. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred and twenty-five grams (about 8-J- 
fluidounces of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percola- 
tor. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then per- 
colate. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13-J- fluidounces) of the first 
percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to 
make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

DOSG* — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

LEssentise. 

Essences. 

Preparations named essences are usually solutions of volatile oils in 
alcohol. In the British Pharmacopoeia there are two of them, and these 
are stronger than the "spirits," which are also mostly solutions of vola- 
tile oils in alcohol. 

Ethyl Bromidum. 

Ethyl Bromide. 
Hydrobromic Ether. 

A clear, colorless, volatile, ethereal liquid, of pleasant odor, and hot, 
sweetish taste. It is not inflammable. Its specific gravity is 1.42, and 
the boiling-point 40° to 41° C. (104° to 105.8° F.). Mixes with alco- 
hol or ether, but not with water. Should evaporate without leaving 
any residue or stain, but only a slight amount of moisture. 

Properties and Uses. — Recommended by Drs. Turnbull and Levis, 
of Philadelphia, as a safe, speedy anaesthetic. Said to be quite as safe 
as ether, and more so than chloroform. Recent experiments, however, 
show that it paralyzes the respiratory centers when injected into the 
jugular vein of a rabbit. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



437 



Eucalyptus ; U. S. 

Eucalyptus. 

Eucalypti Folia — Eucalyptus Leaves. 

Origin. — Eucalyptus globulus, Labillardiere ( Myrtacem) 

Habitat. — Australia ; cultivated in California, etc. 

Part used. — The leaves, collected from old trees. 

Description. — See the Phar- 
macopoeia, page 99. Leaves from 
old trees are thick, long, pointed; 
those of younger trees are shorter, 
broader, blunt, thinner, bluish 
green, and less aromatic. Both 
are here illustrated. 

Constituents. — Volatile oil. 
There is also a crystallizable resin 
in eucalyptus, and some tannin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Eucalyp- 
tus trees are said to render 
marshy and malarial districts in- 
habitable, which effect has been 
variously ascribed to an exhala- 
tion of ozone or eucalyptol from 
the leaves, or to the drainage of 
the soil on account of the exhala- 
tion of water from the leaves, 
which is said to be equal to ten 
times the weight of the tree in 
each twenty-four hours. 

Eucalyptus is a stimulant tonic 
and stomachic, increasing the ap- 
petite and digestion, and also, to 
a ce-rtain extent, the intestinal 
secretions. Useful in dyspepsia 
and gastric catarrh. 

It is also blennorrhetic, dia- 
phoretic, and diuretic, and is 
therefore of value in purulent catarrh of the bronchial membranes, 
chronic catarrh of the bladder, etc. 

Eucalyptus has been used internally in intermittens. 

Dose. — One to five grams (15 to 75 grains), best in the form of 
fluid extract. 




Figs. 248-250.— Eucalyptus. «, second year's 
leaf, half size ; 5, first year's leaf, half size ; c, 
unexpanded flower, natural size. 



438 A COMP ANION TO THE 



EUCALYPTI EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM ; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Eucalyptus. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug-, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and seventy-five grams (about 7-^ 
fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical perco- 
lator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14J fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 

EUCALYPTI TINCTUKA. 
Tincture of Eucalyptus. 

Percolate sixty grams (2 ounces 50 grains) eucalyptus, in No. 30 
powder, with alcohol, to obtain four hundred and eighty cubic centi- 
meters (16 fluidounces) tincture. 

Dose. — Four to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2^ fluidrachms). 

Eucalypti Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil of Eucalyptus. 
Eucalypti JEther oleum — Volatile Oil of Eucalyptus. 

Distilled from the fresh leaves of Eucalyptus globulus, and other 
species of eucalyptus. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 23G. Pale yellowish. 
Has a camphor-like odor. 

Medicinal Uses. — Employed as an antiseptic in surgical dressings 
to gangrenous or foul ulcerating sores. Internally in gangrene and sip- 
tic diseases. As an inhalation in bronchorrhcea, or gangrene of 'the lungs. 
As a deodorizer of hospital wards and also of the hands to remove the 
smell of the cadaver after dissecting or making post-mortem examina- 
tions. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.3 cubic centimeter (2 to 5 minims). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 439 

Euonymus ; U. S. 

EUONYMUS. 

Euonymi Cortex — Wahoo Bark. 

Origin. — Euonymus atropurpureus, Jacquiu (Celastracece). 

Habitat. — United States. 

Part used. — The bark. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 99. 

Constituents. — A bitter, amorphous substance called euonymin, 
crystallizable euonic acid, resinous matters, and asparagin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Said to be tonic, laxative, alterative, diuretic, 
and expectorant. Its preparations have been employed in dyspepsia, 
constipation, dropsy, and in pulmonary affections. 

Dose. — One to five grams (15 to 75 grains), best given in the form 
of fluid extract. . , 

EUONYMI EXTEACTUM ; U. S. 
Extract of Euonymus. 

Take five hundred grams (17§ avoirdupois ounces) of drug, in No. 30 
powder. As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. Moisten with two hun- 
dred grams (7J fluidounces). Pack tightly in a cylindrical percolator. 
Saturate with menstruum. Macerate twenty-four hours. Percolate to 
exhaustion, or until one thousand five hundred grams (about 56 fluid- 
ounces) percolate has been received. Recover the alcohol by distillation 
as usual. Then evaporate to solid extract and incorporate with it one- 
twentieth of its weight of glycerin. 

Practically the same product is obtained by evaporating the fluid 
extract, prepared as directed below, to the proper consistence and then 
adding five per cent, glycerin. New to the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.30 gram (1 to 5 grains). 

EUONYMI EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extbact of Euonymus. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (about 8^- fluidounces) alcohol to every one hundred 
grams (about 3^- fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 



440 A COMPANION TO THE 






Eupatorium; U. S. 

EUPATORIUM. 

Mipatorii Perfoliati Herba — Boneset, Thoroughwort. 

Origin. — Eupatorium perfoliatum, Linne ( Composite). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Parts used. — The leaves and flowering tops. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 99. 

Constituents. — A bitter neutral principle called eupatorin, some 
volatile oil, tannin, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Eupatorium is a bitter tonic useful in intermit- 
tent fever ; dyspepsia, general debility, etc. 

The warm infusion is an excellent emetic and diaphoretic, appro- 
priate in cases similar to those in which warm draughts of chamomile 
also prove useful. 

Dose. — One to five grams (15 to 75 grains), best given in the form 
of fluid extract. 



EUPATOEII [PERFOLIATI] EXTEACTUM. 
Extract of Boneset. 
Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 
Brown. 
Dose. — 0.05 to 0.5 gram (1 to 10 grains) two or three times a day. 

EUPATOEII [PERFOLIATI] EXTEACTUM FLUID UM; 

U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Eupatorium [Perfoliatum]. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17J avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred grams (about 7£ fluidounces) of 
the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate 
with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13J fluidounces) of the first 
percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



441 



EUPATOKII INFUSUM. 
Infusion of Eupatorium. 

From thirty grams (about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). (See direc- 
tions under title " Inf usa.") 

About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 

Dose. — As an emetic, two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (£ 
pint) of the warm infusion ; as a tonic, twenty-five to seventy-five cubic 
centimeters (6 to 18 fluidrachms) of the cold infusion, several times a day. 



Eupatorii Purpurei Radix. 

Eupatokium Purpukeum. 

Queen of the Meadow, Gravel Hoot, Joe-Pye Weed, Trumpet Weed. 




FlGS. 251. — Eupatorium Purpureum, natural size. 

Origin. — Eupatorium purpureum, Linne (Composite). 
Habitat. — United States. 
Parts used. — The root and rootlets. 

Description. — Rough, branched roots, longitudinally sliced, from 
twenty-five to fifty millimeters (1 to 2 inches) long, and about twenty 



442 A COMPANION TO THE 

millimeters (|- inch) in diameter ; hard, tough, hollow in center ; exter- 
nally brownish-black, finely wrinkled lengthwise ; bark thin ; rootlets 
numerous, slender, brittle ; wood yellowish, with large medullary rays ; 
odor faint but disagreeable ; taste of bark and rootlets resinous, slightly 
bitter, afterward acrid ; wood tasteless." 

Constituents. — Acrid resin and volatile oil. 

Medicinal Uses. — Stimulant diuretic, used in diseases of the uri- 
nary organs, especially if an excess of uric acid is present. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains), best given as fluid ex- 
tract. 

EUPATOKII PUKPUEEI EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract op Eupatorium Purpureum. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

Euphorbia Corollata. 

Euphorbia Corollata. — Large-flowering Spurge. 
Euphorbia} Corollatce Radix. 

Origin. — Euphorbia corollata, Linne* (Euphorbiaceos). 

Habitat. — The United States. 

Part used. — The root. 

Description. — Heads with short branches ; roots twenty centime- 
ters (8 inches) long, or longer, branched, from five to twenty-five milli- 
meters (£ to 1 inch) thick, externally blackish-brown, wrinkled, whitish 
within ; bark thick. Odor, none. Taste sweetish, bitter, acrid. 

Constituents.— Acrid resin, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Emetic, diaphoretic, and expectorant. 

Dose. — As an expectorant, 0.1 to 0.2 gram (2 to 3 grains) ; as an 
emetic, 1 to 1.5 gram (15 to 20 grains). 

Euphorbia Ipecacuanha. 

Euphorbia Ipecacuanha. — Ipecacuanha. Spurge. 
Euphorbia} JjpecacuanhoB Radix. 
Origin. — Euphorbia Ipecacuanha, Linne (Euphorbiacece). 
Habitat. — The United States near the Atlantic coast. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



443 




Figs. 252-253. — Ipe- 
cacuanha Spurge, root 
and stem, natural size. 



Part used.— Root. 

Description. — About five centimeters (2 inches) or less, long heads, 
knotty, branched, marked by scars from the stems. Roots over thirty 
centimeters (12 inches) long, and about one centi- 
meter (J- inch) thick, more or less branched ; ex- 
ternally light yellowish-brown, wrinkled; whitish 
within ; bark thick. Odor, none. Taste sweetish, 
bitter, acrid. 

This drug resembles the root and stem of 
Apocynum cannabinum and Apocynum androsae- 
mifolium. 

Constituents. — Acrid resin, euphorbon, and 
possibly some glucoside. 

Medicinal Uses. — It is emetic, diaphoretic, 
and expectorant, and in large doses hydragogue 
cathartic. Has been used in bilious colic, dropsical 
affections, menstrual irregularity, etc. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 1 gram (8 to 15 grains) as a 
hydragogue cathartic ; 0.05 to 0.2 gram (1 to 3 grains) as an expec- 
torant and diaphoretic. 

Euphorfoium. 

EtJPHORBIUM. 

Euphorbias Resina. 

Origin. — Euphorbia resinifera, Berg (Eiiphorbiacew) . 

H ab itat.— Morocco. 

Character. — A gum-resin which flows from incisions in the stem 
and hardens in the air. 

Description. — Irregular, conical, or round tears or drops, about the 
size of a pea to the size of a hazelnut, yellowish, or yellowish-brown, 
internally lighter, opaque, or slightly translucent, brittle. Inodorous, 
the powder causing violent sneezing. When heated it smells like oli- 
banum. Taste persistently acrid, burning. 

Insoluble in water. Alcohol dissolves about one-half of it. It does 
not yield a complete emulsion when triturated with water. 

Constituents. — About thirty-eight per cent, of an amorphous acrid 
resin, soluble in alcohol at ordinary temperatures ; twenty-two per cent. 
euphorbon, a colorless and indorous acrid substance, readily soluble in 
boiling alcohol and ether, and obtained in a crystalline mass by a rapid 
evaporation of the hot alcoholic solution. It also contains eighteen per 
cent, gum, twelve per cent, malates, etc. 



444 A COMPANION TO THE 

Properties. — The acrid resin renders the euphorbium rubefacient 
and vesicant. It is used chiefly as an ingredient in vesicatory plasters, 
such as the popular Janin's plaster. 

The euphorbon makes the drug a drastic purgative and emetic ; but 
it is no longer used internally. 

EUPHOKBII EMPLASTRUM CANTHARIDATUM. 

Cantharides Plaster with Euphorbium. 
Jamil's Plaster. 

Melt together sixty grams (2 ounces 50 grains) Venice turpentine, 
and sixty grams mastiche, sifting the finely powdered mastiche into the 
warmed turpentine, and mixing the two uniformly before melting. 
Then incorporate ten grams (154 grains) powdered euphorbium, and 
twenty grams (308 grains) powdered cantjiarides, previously mixed. 
When cool roll the plaster, with moistened hands, on a clean wet board 
or slab into sticks about one centimeter (f inch) in diameter. Keep 
it in a drawer with a sufficient quantity of lycopodium to keep it from 
sticking together. 

This plaster is used for preparing small blistering plasters, to be ap- 
plied behind the ears, etc. It sticks well, and never fails to draw 
blisters. 

Extracta. 

Extracts. 
Solid Extracts, E. ; HJxtrakte, G. ; Extraits, F. ; Extrakter, Sw. 

From semisolid to dry preparations made by extracting the soluble 
and medicinal constituents of crude drugs by means of suitable solvents, 
and then evaporating the liquid extract until the product has the proper 
consistence. 

In the preparation of solid extracts the following conditions require 
attention : 

The drag must be in a proper condition to be thoroughly exhausted. 
When percolation is resorted to for this purpose the drug is reduced to 
powder, the fineness of which must depend in each case upon the char- 
acter of the drug, as is the case in preparing fluid extracts. As a larger 
quantity of menstruum can be used in making solid extracts than it is 
practicable to employ in making fluid extracts on a small scale, the 
drug may, in many cases, be less finely powdered or comminuted when 
exhausted for the purpose of obtaining the first-mentioned preparations. 
Yet the great disadvantage of prolonging the exposure of the drug to 
heat in evaporating the liquid is so great as to render it far preferable 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 445 

to use as little menstruum as may be consistent with complete exhaus- 
tion, and hence the drug should in every case be brought to as fine a 
state of division as is practically most favorable to its perfect and 
ready penetration and extraction by the solvent. 

The menstruum must be properly selected. It should be the one 
that will best extract in an unaltered condition all those soluble con- 
stituents of the drug which contribute to its medicinal value, while 
leaving the inert, and especially the objectionable, substances in the re- 
maining marc. 

Aqueous extracts are those made with water alone as a menstruum. 

Alcoholic extracts are those made with alcohol alone, or with alcohol 
and water mixed in various proportions. 

Ethereal extracts are made with ether, and are in the Pharmacopoeia 
of the United States called oleo-resins. 

Inspissated juices are extracts made without the use of any added 
solvent, the expressed juice of the bruised fresh or green (not dried) 
druo- being: used. 

The extraction must be complete. It is effected either by macera- 
tion, percolation, digestion, or decoction, according to the nature of the 
drug. As a rule heat is objectionable, and in numerous cases destructive ; 
in other cases again it is beneficial, or even absolutely necessary, as in 
the preparation of extract of malt. In former times boiling was resorted 
to in some cases when aqueous extracts were made. This is no longer 
done, as it is in every case injurious. Percolation and cold or moder- 
ately warm infusion are the modes of extraction now used. 

The evaporation must be conducted at the most appropriate degree 
of heat. This is the most delicate part of the process, for in its conduct 
it is necessary to take into consideration three important factors which 
materially affect the character of the product, viz., the degree of heat 
employed, which should be moderate enough not to alter the character 
of the constituents of the drug ; the length of time during which the 
heat is applied, which should be as brief as possible, consistently with 
a moderate degree of temperature ; and the exposure to air, which 
must be also avoided as far as practicable. The evaporation is aided by 
stirring, which also contributes to the homogeneous character of the 
product, and in some cases is necessary on the latter account alone, as 
for instance in ext. physostigmatis. 

The official and other extracts, for which detailed formulae are given 
in this book, furnish examples which illustrate the general rule. 

The temperature at which drugs are infused for making extracts 
may, in most cases, be between 15° and 25° C. (59° to 77° F.), and is 
aided by agitation. Where alcohol is used most of it may be recovered 



446 A COMPANION TO THE 



by distillation over a steam- or water-bath, the alcohol so recovered be- 
ing used again for the preparation of the same extract after having 
been properly re-distilled and strengthened or diluted for that purpose 
as may be required. 

In the evaporation of the extract .a higher heat than 50° C. (122° F.) 
is frequently injurious, while in other cases 70° C. (158° F.) may be per- 
mitted. In a few instances the full heat afforded by the water-bath, or 
00° to 95° C. (194° to 203° F.) may be applied without risk, as in most 
aqueous extracts. When extracts are evaporated to dryness the heat 
toward the latter part of the process must not exceed 50° C. (122° F.). 

The finished extracts must be put into their proper receptacles while 
yet warm. These receptacles should be perfectly dry, and after being 
filled ought to be left to cool somewhat before being covered. They 
are to be covered ti^htlv. I 

Good, carefully made, solid extracts have the characteristic odor 
and taste of the drugs from which they are respectively prepared. The 
odor is brought out more prominently by warming a small sample with 
a little solution of potassa. They should be sufficiently solid not to 
run when the containing vessel is inverted. It is best to keep them in 
a cool place. 

In order to prevent their becoming too hard by drying, the Pharma- 
copoeia prescribes, wherever practicable, the addition of one-twentieth 
or five per cent, of glycerin. 

Dried and powdered extracts are very convenient for dispensing, and, 
moreover, more uniform in strength than those of a pilular consistence. 
Hence, whenever it can be done without injury to the quality of the 
preparation, the extract ought to be finished in that way. This is con- 
veniently effected by forming the pilular extract into thin cakes, which 
are then placed in a tray with a sufficient quantity of lycopodium to 
prevent adhesion, after which the tray is put in the drying closet, the 
temperature of which is controlled carefully. The powdering may then 
be successfully performed. 

To make solid extracts properly is a very difficult art, which requires 
thorough training and experience, for it is impossible to apply any one 
rule in any large number of cases. A knowledge of drugs, thoughtful 
judgment, and constant watchfulness are imperatively necessary in 
order to succeed. 

In the working formulas for the official extracts as full directions are 
given as practicable in a Pharmacopoeia. 

Vacuum apparatus is of great service in the manufacture of solid ex- 
tracts. It is, however, beyond the reach of the retail pharmacist with 
very few exceptions. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 447 

Extracta Fiuida. 

Fluid Extracts. 

Well-made fluid extracts are, as a rule, the most efficient as well as 
convenient of all preparations of vegetable drugs. They are extracts 
in liquid form, containing all that is of any medicinal value in the re- 
spective drugs from which they are prepared, and in an unaltered con- 
dition, representing, in fact, all but the inert portions. They are con- 
centrated, so as to present the drug in the smallest possible bulk, and 
yet liquid, so as to be readily absorbed. Their doses bear the simplest 
possible relation to the doses of the drugs themselves. The fluid ex- 
tracts should, in fact, and do already in a great measure, render infu- 
sions, decoctions, and tinctures obsolete, with rare exceptions. Infu- 
sions are properly made from mucilaginous drugs, but not from any 
drug containing any therapeutically active substances. There is not 
one of the official infusions which may not be dropped as useless or in- 
ferior to the corresponding fluid extract. Decoctions are equally crude, 
unreliable, and worthless. Water — the menstruum used in the prepa- 
ration of decoctions and infusions — is not the best menstruum for the 
extraction of those constituents which characterize our most potent drugs, 
and, besides, the processes by which the preparations named are made, 
are apt to produce neither satisfactory nor uniform results. 

The Constituents of Drugs. — These may be grouped into two 
classes : those which are insoluble in all ordinary solvents, and those 
which can be extracted by suitable treatment. 

The insoluble group of substances is made up of cellulose, lignin, 
and sclerogen, which make up the cell-walls of vegetable matter. The 
intractability of these substances, and of the structures from which they 
are made, is remarkable. All of the extractable matters are contained 
within the cells, or in the intercellular spaces — that is, the insoluble and 
intractable skeleton of the vegetable substance firmly encloses all of 
the soluble matters, except in the case of mucilage, which is often con- 
tained in the cell-wall from which it is produced, and of which it forms 
a part. 

The insoluble constituents of the mass of the drug being inert by 
reason of their insolubility, they are of interest to' the pharmacist only 
as mechanical obstructions. To reach the cell contents, and the inter- 
cellular contents, the cell-walls must be broken into, torn, or separated, 
because the extraction of these contents, however soluble, by osmosis 
is never complete, and generally quite impracticable. 

The soluble constituents are first to be grouped into inert matters, 
and active principles. The inert matters are principally starch, gum, 



448 



A COMPANION TO THE 



and pectin, etc., which may be separated or extracted by water, cold or 
hot, and, to a considerable extent, from even a coarsely comminuted 
drug. 

Starch is not really dissolved out, being practically insoluble in all 
the ordinary solvents, and thus cannot be carried through the cell-wall 
by osmotic currents ; but starch cells are usually large and soft, and 
hence are readily torn by a comparatively coarse mechanical division, 
allowing the escape of the granules and their separation by merely 
washing them out, or their extraction in a state of quasi-solution by 
means of hot water, in which they swell so as to burst the cell-walls. 

The vegetable mucilage is generally metamorphosed cell- wall, and 
may form either the inner or outer layers of the cell-wall itself. If 
it forms the outer layers, then water causes the mucilage to swell and 
dissolves it, the cell appearing as if imbedded in a gelatinous mass. If 
it forms the inner layers of the cell-wall the outer portion is insoluble, 
but the mucilage absorbs water with great avidity by osmosis, swelling 
with much force and rupturing the resisting and insoluble cell-walls and 
is then dissolved in the water until it forms thin mucilage. 

Water softens the cell-walls and restores their elasticity and pene- 
trability, so that when brought in contact with watery fluids the cells 
reassume their original size and form. 

Sugar, pectin, and vegetable albumen are contained in watery solu- 
tion in the juices of plants, and are comparatively easily extracted. 

The active constituents of drugs are alkaloids, acids, salts, indifferent 
or neutral principles, such as glucosides, etc., volatile oils, resins, and a 
number of substances the character and composition of which are not 
yet fully known. Comparatively few of these substances can be per- 
fectly extracted from the drugs by the use of water alone. Opium 
will yield all of its morphine to water, and nearly all the soluble matter 
in rhubarb may be exhausted by percolation with that solvent, be- 
cause in opium the cellular structure is absent, and in rhubarb the cells 
are soft and large, and in both of these drugs the active constituents 
are, in the condition in which they naturally exist, comparatively 
readily taken up. But these are exceptional cases. As a rule the ac- 
tive constituents of our drugs are not readily soluble in simple watery 
menstrua. In certain cases the addition of acids or alkalies to the water 
will effect the chemical solution of these substances, and the use of 
chemical menstrua unquestionably deserves, and will in future receive, 
more attention than it has heretofore had ; but in cases where it is de- 
sired to extract the active matters without altering their chemical char- 
acter or associations, experience has taught that alcohol is one of the 
most generally applicable of all simple solvents. At the same time al- 



UKETED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 449 

cohol, ether, etc., harden the cell-membranes instead of softening therm 
and prevent osmosis. 

From these considerations it is obvious that in order to thoroughly 
extract the active principles it is generally necessary to bring the sol- 
vent into actual contact with them, which can only be accomplished by 
breaking, tearing, or separating the cells which make up the structure 
of the drug. 

The Fineness of the Drug. — The degree of disintegration requi- 
site to insure the thorough extraction of all the active constituents of a 
drug depends principally upon the size of the cells, ducts, tubes, inter- 
cellular spaces, or other vessels in which these matters are enclosed. 
The aid to extraction afforded by capillary attraction is also to be con- 
sidered. On the other hand, the difficulties sometimes arising when the 
drug is treated in the state of very fine powder, such as the agglutina- 
tion of the particles into a comparatively impenetrable mass by the ac- 
tion of the solvent, must not be lost sight of, although it is desirable to 
overcome these without sacrificing the minuteness of the mechanical 
division of the drug. The choice of menstruum has much to do with 
this. 

When the intercellular spaces constitute tubes or ducts so large as 
to be broken into by even coarse comminution, as for instance the oil 
tubes in umbelliferous fruits, a fine state of powder would seem to be 
unnecessary, although it certainly facilitates the extraction. But in 
numerous cases the cells, or vessels, or ducts containing the active 
principles are of less diameter than the meshes in most of our sieves. 

We have already stated that extraction by osmosis alone (through 
the cell-membranes) is generally impracticable. The extraction of inter- 
cellular contents is equally impracticable unless the intercellular spaces 
are laid open. The isolation of cells is often extremely difficult even by 
long-continued treatment at a high heat with such powerful chemicals 
as chlorine in statu nascenti, bv boilins* the vegetable tissue in strong 
nitric acid, gradually adding potassium chlorate. Their separation by 
any treatment with our pharmaceutical solvents is impossible. 

The average size of vegetable cells is about one three-hundredth 
inch. The hard wood cells are much- smaller than the parenchymatous 
cells, which generally contain the active principles of drugs. The calibre 
of ducts and cavities is, of course, greater than that of cells, at least in 
one direction. Many resin cells are as much as one-fortieth inch in 
diameter. On the whole, it may be safely assumed that the closed 
chambers in which the active constituents of our potent drugs are locked 
up are, in most cases, from one one-hundredth to one three-hundredth 
inch in diameter. 
29 



450 A COMPANION TO THE 



The Pharmacopoeia prescribes different degrees of fineness of the dif- 
ferent drugs for the preparation of fluid extracts, ranging from a sieve 
of twelve meshes to the linear inch to one of eighty meshes to the linear 
inch. The silk, wire, or hair from which the sieve-cloth is made occu- 
pies from one-fifth to nearly one-half of its surface, and hence the diam- 
eter of the holes of a No. 20 sieve is not one-twentieth inch, but only 
about one twenty-seventh inch, and the diameter of the holes in a No. 
80 sieve is about one one-hundred-and-fiftieth inch. The particles of 
powder passing through a No. 12 sieve cannot be above one-fifteenth 
inch in diameter ; those passing through a No. 20 sieve, about one 
twenty-seventh inch ; those through a No. 30 sieve, about one-fortieth 
inch ; those through a No. 50 sieve, about one sixty-fourth inch ; those 
through a No. 60 sieve, about one-eightieth inch ; and those through a 
No. 80 sieve, about one one-hundred-and-fiftieth inch in diameter. 

As the cell-walls are not to be separated by powdering, the particles 
of powder consist of fragments of more than one cell, rather than of 
separated individual cells. A particle of powder, therefore, of only one 
one-hundred-and-fiftieth inch in diameter can scarcely contain any un- 
injured cells of greater diameter than one three-hundredth inch, because 
in a cube of eight such cells, every cell being exposed, there is little 
probability that any of them would escape injury when forced through 
an aperture barely equal to the diameter of the whole. Even if a cube 
of twenty-seven cells should be cut so as to leave but one whole cell in 
the centre, we would have only one uninjured cell out of twenty- 
seven. It is safe to say, therefore, that in a drug reduced to No. 80 
powder, almost every individual cell is probably broken up, and both 
cell-contents and intercellular-contents exposed. In a No. 60 powder, 
however, at least one-third of the cells escape if all the particles of 
greater fineness than will barely pass through a No. 60 sieve were to 
be separated from it ; but a considerable portion of a No. 60 powder 
will pass through a No. 80 sieve, so that even in a No. 60 powder the 
drug is often sufficiently disintegrated to expose nearly all of its active 
matter to the action of the solvent with which it is to be treated. 
Drugs reduced to Nos. 20, 30, or 40 powder, however, are, as a rule, 
too coarse to admit of their thorough exhaustion except by the aid of 
osmosis, which calls for the use of very large quantities of menstruum 
containing much water. 

It must be borne in mind, however, that osmosis consists in the ab- 
sorption of a fluid by a continuous animal or vegetable membrane, and 
a transudation at some other point, usually on the opposite side. It 
has been shown by investigations, however, that in living vegetable cells 
osmosis does not take place by a passing through the cell-wall into the 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 451 

cell, and then on through the opposite cell-wall into the next cell, or, in 
other words, from cell to cell, but rather by a passing alotig the cell- 
walls, not transuding into the cell-cavities at all, so that fluid may by 
osmosis pass through a distance of dozens or hundreds of cell-lengths 
without coming into contact with the cell-contents sufficiently to exert 
any solvent action on them whatever. It is more than probable that 
such an action takes place also in the particles of drug in the percolator, 
so that larger particles with unbroken cells in their interior will not be 
totally exhausted because the osmotic current does not pass through 
the cell-contents but only around them. 

Condition of the Drug. — The drug from which a fluid extract or 
any other galenical preparation is to be made, must be thoroughly sound, 
of good color, have the proper characteristic odor and taste belonging 
to it, and must be free not only from parts of other plants or substances 
and from dirt, but from inert portions of the same plant. It must have 
been gathered at the proper season, and when used it must be thor- 
oughly air-dry. Unless all of these conditions are fulfilled the products 
must inevitably be inferior if not worthless. 

The Official Process- — A majority of the official fluid extracts 
are made by essentially similar manipulations. In the " Preliminary 
Notices " of the Pharmacopoeia, pages xxxv to xxxviii, will be found a 
detailed description of the process of percolation, which should be care- 
fully observed. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (equal to 17 U. S. fluid- 
ounces) of any fluid extract by the official process, use five hundred 
grams (equal to 17 avoirdupois ounces and 280 grains) of the drug, in 
powder of the prescribed fineness. 

The menstruum is specified in each case by the working formula. 
In many cases the first menstruum with which the drug is moistened 
and macerated is of a different kind from the second menstruum used 
subsequently to push the saturated solution downward through the 
mass and to complete the extraction which has been but partially ef- 
fected by the first menstruum. In the preparation of fluid extract of 
wild cherry the extraction is preceded by maceration with water for 
chemical reasons (see Primus Virginiana). Whenever glycerin is em- 
ployed the whole quantity used is contained in the "first menstruum." 
In the first menstruum used for the extraction of aconite root, tartaric 
acid is used. In the process for preparing solid extract of colchicum 
root, acetic acid is an ingredient of the first menstruum. In certain 
other solid extracts the second menstruum is less strong in alcohol than 
the first menstruum. Fluid extract of licorice root is directed to be 



452 A COMPANION TO THE 



made with a first menstruum containing ammonia. Fluid extract of 
lactucarium requires special treatment. 

The menstruum selected should, as far as possible, be one which, 
while it thoroughly extracts all of the active constituents of the drug, 
will at the same time leave the inert soluble matters in the rejected 
marc. It is not intended that all of the extractable matter should be 
taken out of the drug, loading the fluid extract with gum, etc. The 
viscidity of a fluid extract is frequently due to inert extractive, and in 
many instances its presence proves that the menstruum used was not of 
proper alcoholic strength. In fact a menstruum which will produce a 
very thick fluid extract is frequently too weak to extract such sub- 
stances as alkaloids, resins, etc., which constitute the active principles. 
Thus in cases where an alcoholic menstruum is required to extract the 
active matter, the well-made fluid extract is rarely viscid. As the sub- 
stances extracted by one menstruum may differ widely from those dis- 
solved out by a different kind of menstruum, a knowledge of the re- 
lative solubility of all the constituents of the drug — inert as well as 
active — is necessary to an intelligent selection of the proper solvent. 
The drug may be exhausted by one menstruum so as to yield no more 
matter to it, and still afterward yield a considerable quantity of matter 
of a different kind to a new and different menstruum. Formerly some 
fluid extracts were made by extraction first with one menstruum and 
then with another, the two percolates being afterward mixed. But this 
practice is rarely, if ever, attended with favorable results, as the two 
solutions cannot well be combined without precipitation or some other 
disadvantageous result. 

Moisten the powder in a shallow earthenware, porcelain, granite, 
iron, or other suitable vessel. The powder must not be wetted ; it must 
retain its mobility after being moistened. It is also quite necessary to 
sift the moistened powder and to allow it to remain loose for a certain 
period before being packed to prevent the cracking of the packed mass 
in the percolator. 

As it is necessary not only that the drug be subjected "to the sol- 
vent action of successive portions of menstruum," but also that the 
same menstruum may pass through successive portions of the drug, 
which is the great advantage gained in repercolation, we believe that 
for operations on a small scale the length of the percolators may advan- 
tageously be fully six times their diameter. 

After the percolator is charged it should be well covered to prevent 
loss of alcohol by evaporation. Sheet rubber, one-fourth inch thick, 
makes the best cover. The percolator should always be placed firmly 
in a proper stand. 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 453 

The receiving-bottle ought to be of light-colored glass, so that it can 
be looked through and the progress of the percolation watched. It 
must also be large enough to hold rather more than the first percolate 
(" stronger percolate," or "reserved portion"). Unless the receiver is 
provided with a graduated scale it must be graduated extemporaneously. 
This may be done by measuring into it exactly as many cubic centi- 
meters (or fluidounces) of water as there is to be of the first percolate, 
and then pasting a strip of paper securely around the bottle so that the 
upper edge of the strip coincides exactly with the surface of the water. 
The bottle is then emptied, rinsed with a little of the proper men- 
struum, and placed under the percolator. 

When maceration is to precede percolation, pour into the packed 
percolator enough menstruum to saturate the drug all through, and to 
cover the top of it with a layer of liquid about twelve millimeters (J inch) 
deep. Let the menstruum settle down until it begins dropping out of 
the exit tube of the percolator, adding more menstruum if necessary to 
insure that the surface of the packed drug is still covered with liquid. 
Then close the exit tube and cover the top of the percolator well. 

After the maceration prescribed open the exit tube and let percola- 
tion go on. When the saturated liquid which had collected at the bot- 
tom of the percolator during the maceration has run out, and when the 
percolation becomes slow, pour more menstruum into the percolator, 
enough to cover the top of the drug each time. A new addition of 
menstruum should not be made at any time until after the quantity 
previously added has sunk down below the surface, and then only suffi- 
cient to cover the top well. 

The Pharmacopoeia prescribes in each case that a certain specified 
quantity of the percolate which first runs out, and which is the strongest 
portion of the whole percolate, shall be removed from under the per- 
colator and set aside before the percolation is continued further. It 

says : " Reserve the first of the percolate," stating each time the 

exact quantity to be reserved. Later in the formula it directs that the 
soft extract obtained by evaporating the subsequent percolate shall be 
dissolved in the " reserved portion." For convenience we will invariably 
refer to this " reserved portion" as the first percolate. 

When the first percolate has been obtained — that is, when the sur- 
face of the percolate in the receiver is on a level with the upper edge of 
the strip of paper pasted around it as suggested, close the exit tube of 
the percolator for the time being and change the receiver. Put the 
first percolate aside, properly labelled in full. 

After placing a new receiver under the percolator, again open the 
exit tube and continue the percolation, adding menstruum from time to 



454 A COMPANION TO THE 






time, as may be necessary, until the drug is exhausted. Generally it is 
not difficult to determine when the drug is exhausted, for in most cases 
it is practicable to extract very nearly all of the coloring matter, and 
simultaneously with it nearly all of the soluble constituents having any 
perceptible odor or taste. When the percolate no longer has any color, 
odor, or taste derived from the drug, the drug is exhausted, so far as 
the menstruum used will exhaust it. But perfect exhaustion of the 
drug is not always reached, although it is quite practicable to carry the 
percolation so far in every instance that the menstruum used no longer 
dissolves out any more. It must be borne in mind that a coarsely 
ground drug can be percolated, yielding a considerable quantity of solu- 
ble matter to the menstruum, and may be apparently exhausted, the 
percolation being continued until no longer any perceptible color, odor, 
or taste is imparted to the percolate, and yet after drying the marc 
and powdering it to a higher degree of fineness, the same drug may 
still yield more soluble matter to the same kind of solvent as before 
used. As a rule, the ground drugs prepared and sold by drug millers 
for the trade are much too coarse to be successfully exhausted. 

In many cases it requires a very large quantity of menstruum to 
bring the extraction of soluble matter near enough to exhaustion to get 
a colorless, odorless, and tasteless percolate. All drugs, however, if fine 
enough, may be practically perfectly exhausted of their active matters 
by carefully conducted repercolation. 

The second percolate is generally all of the percolate collected after 
the reserved " first percolate." (In some cases there is also a third per- 
colate, as in fluid extract of wild cherry.) There is a wide diiference be- 
tween the two portions of percolate. The constituents and the medi- 
cinal properties, as well as the relative quantity of extracted matter 
contained in the first percolate frequently vary in a marked degree from 
those of the second percolate. The most active and valuable, as well 
as the most volatile and delicate principles of the drug are generally 
contained in the first percolate. Hence this is to be reserved, and the 
second percolate is the only portion exposed to any heat for the purpose 
of concentrating it so that the whole may be brought within the pre- 
scribed volume. 

In certain cases where unstable constituents are contained in the 
second percolate, which are liable to be expelled or altered by the heat 
and exposure to air during the evaporation, the injury is attempted to 
be avoided by chemical means, as when hydrochloric acid is added to 
the second percolates previously to their evaporation in the preparation 
of the fluid extracts of conium and ergot. The addition of these agents 
is not necessary when repercolation is the process used. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 455 



The official process is the only one practicable when fluid extracts 
are prepared on a limited scale. No process has yet been devised for 
the preparation of fluid extracts in small quantities which is not ob- 
jectionable in some way, and the least objectionable method is the one 
adopted in the Pharmacopoeia. The only method known which is per- 
fect, or as nearly so as any galenical process can be, is to exhaust suc- 
cessively different portions of the drug with the same menstruum, and 
to systematically collect the several percolates fractionally, by which 
method exhaustion can be effected with a less quantity of menstruum, 
and evaporation be entirely avoided. "Repercolation," "fractional 
percolation," etc., are processes such as described. The Pharmacopoeia 
expressly authorizes the employment of this method " where it may be 
applicable " (page xxxviii) ; but it is unfortunately applicable only in the 
manufacture of these preparations on a large scale, or where the same 
fluid extract is repeatedly made, and it cannot be used at all when 
small quantities are made, or in the preparation of an extract made only 
once. 

For the purpose of evaporating the second percolate, weigh a suit- 
able porcelain or enamelled evaporating dish, and put a label on it giving 
its weight. (This is called the "tare".) Then, having poured the 
second percolate into the dish, place it on a water-bath, and evaporate 
the liquid at a temperature not exceeding 50° C (122° F.) until it has 
acquired the consistence of a soft, solid extract, stirring diligently, 
especially toward the latter part of the evaporation when the extract 
begins to thicken. 

When smaller quantities are operated upon, the alcohol contained in 
the second percolate as well as that retained by the marc (exhausted 
drug) left in the percolator will be an unavoidable loss, as the apparatus 
and arrangements necessary for distillation would require too great an 
expenditure of time and labor. The alcohol recovered would, moreover, 
be unfit for any use other than the preparation of the next lot of the 
same extract. 

The soft extract obtained by the evaporation of the second percolate 
is dissolved in the first percolate (or "reserved portion"), and finally a 
sufficient quantity of the menstruum is added to make the total bulk of 
the liquid five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces) for every five 
hundred grams of drug used, and the whole is then shaken well together. 
The mixture now .obtained is the finished fluid extract. 

In the preparation of fluid extract of senega two per cent, water of 
ammonia is added to the finished preparation in order to prevent subse- 
quent precipitation of a gelatinous character which otherwise might 
occur. In certain other fluid extracts prepared with aqueous menstrua, 



456 A COMPANION TO THE 



or from which the first alcohol has been distilled off for the purpose of 
separating resin, as in ipecac, the preservation of the finished product is 
insured by adding a sufficient quantity of alcohol (as in castanea and 
triticum). 

Official Standard of Strength. — The fluid extracts of the new 
Pharmacopoeia are so prepared that each cubic centimeter of the finished 
preparation represents the active constituents of one gram of the drug. 
Thus five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces) of fluid extract 
is made from five hundred grams (17 ounces and 280 grains avoirdupois). 
Each fluidounce represents four hundred and fifty-five and two-thirds 
grains, and each fluidrachm nearly fifty-seven grains. The new fluid 
extracts are, therefore, almost exactly five per cent, weaker than those 
of the Pharmacopoeia of 1870, in accordance with which twenty fluid- 
ounces of fluid extract represented twenty troyounces of the drug, while 
the new pharmacopoeial standard of strength makes twenty-one fluid- 
ounces of fluid extract from the twenty troyounces of drug. 

The menstrua and manipulations, however, prescribed by the new 
Pharmacopoeia are such that the new fluid extracts are undoubtedly 
greatly superior to those made by the old processes. 

Unofficial Fluid Extracts. — The Companion gives working for- 
mulas for such unofficial fluid extracts as are used to any considerable ex- 
tent. The general principles to be observed in preparing fluid extracts, 
in the absence of any formula, are as follows : If an analysis of the drug 
has been made, the menstruum should be selected accordingly. If no 
analysis exists, and it is impracticable to make one, then the general 
character of the constituents of the drug may possibly be discovered by 
odor and taste, by other physical properties, and by the known consti- 
tuents of related drugs. The fineness of the powder must depend upon 
the character of the active constituents and the menstruum, and should 
generally be finer with an alcoholic solvent than with an aqueous one. 
The formula constructed can then be confirmed or improved by the re- 
sults of actual trials. 

Consistence, Color, etc. — Fluid extracts are generally dark 
colored, and often comparatively thick. The color varies from a pale 
amber, as in physostigma, to an almost black brown, as in sarsaparilla, 
and almost all the darker shades of brown, green, red, and yellow are 
represented in a full assortment of this class of preparations. Their 
density varies nearly as much as their color, several of them, which are 
necessarily made with strongly alcoholic menstrua and contain but 
little extractive matter taken up by such solvents, being lighter than 
water, while others are almost as dense as syrup. Made with menstrua 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 457 

containing much water, they are much denser than the same fluid ex- 
tracts when made with a greater proportion of alcohol. Great viscidity, 
instead of being a safe indication of strength, frequently proves that 
the menstruum was one more capable of extracting a large quantity of 
matter than extracting the right kind of matter. 

In the Pharmacopoeia of 1870, about two-thirds of the fluid extracts 
were directed to be made with glycerin (thirty-three out of forty-six). 
This was a useless waste of glycerin. In the new Pharmacopoeia glyce- 
rin is used in only seventeen fluid extracts out of seventy-nine — less than 
one-fourth. The new fluid extracts, prepared without glycerin, are cer- 
tainly much to be preferred in every way ; but the corresponding fluid 
extracts of 1870 doubtless are a great deal thicker and heavier, and 
pharmacists, as well as physicians who have not observed the changes 
made in the menstrua, will in many cases notice the difference in density. 

Many manufacturers who do not make use of glycerin, except where 
prescribed by the Pharmacopoeia, and in such unofficial fluid extracts 
as really require it^ will unquestionably receive complaints that their 
products are less dense than those of others. It is well to bear in mind 
that the glycerin and sugar used in many fluid extracts in the past are 
still being used for the sole purpose of obtaining thick-looking fluid ex- 
tracts which might be supposed to be stronger than they are. 

In cases where glycerin is used for this purpose only, it can be de- 
tected by attempting to evaporate a small quantity of the fluid extract 
to dryness ; if no glycerin is present, a dry residue is readily obtained, 
whereas the presence of glycerin will render evaporation to dryness im- 
possible. 

Sugar is detected by the caramel odor developed when a sample of 
the fluid extract is evaporated to dryness and exposed to strong heat. 

The good quality of fluid extracts must be judged of by odor, taste, 
and actual therapeutic trial, rather than by color and density. 

Preservation. — To prepare fluid extracts, such as fully represent 
all the medicinal activity of the respective drugs, cubic centimeter for 
gram, and which keep well, retaining their activity and their freedom 
from deposit, is by no means easy. It can generally be done, however, 
by the exercise of good judgment and skilful manipulation. But the 
very best fluid extracts require to be carefully preserved in order to re- 
tain their good quality. They must be kept in a moderately warm room, 
where no great or sudden changes of temperature take place, and as 
many of them are unquestionably more or less injured by exposure to 
light, they should be kept in a rather dark place, or preferably in amber- 
colored bottles, which effectually exclude the actinic rays of light. 



458 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Farina. 

Farina. 

This general title is applied to meal or flour, as to flax-seed meal, 
barley-meal, oatmeal, wheat flour, etc. 

In a limited sense it applies to certain cereal foods prepared from 
wheat or other grain, and usually coarse and free from fine powder. 

The several kinds of flour are in this work referred to under the re- 
spective titles of the cereals, etc., from which they are made. 

Fel Bovis; U. S. 

Ox-Gall. 

Fel tauri, Bills bovina — Ochsengalle, Bindsgalle, G.; Fiel (Bile) de 
boeuf, F.; Oxgalla, Sw. 

Origin. — Bos Taurus, Linne (Mammalia). 

Description. — Fresh ox-gall is brownish-green, viscid, has a pecu- 
liar nauseating odor, and an extremely bitter, offensive taste. When 
shaken it froths ; it saponifies fats ; and usually has an alkaline reac- 
tion. Its specific gravity is 1.018 to 1.028. 

Constituents. — It contains the sodium salts of glycocholic and 
taurocholic acids, cholesterin, and coloring matters. 

Test. — With sugar and concentrated sulphuric acid it gives a hand- 
some purple violet color. 

When obtained for preparing the inspissated or the purified ox-gall, 
it must be used the same day the beef was killed, and must not be per- 
mitted to remain exposed to summer heat. 

Medicinal Uses. — Ox-gall is used as a purgative in constipations 
due to atony of the bowels. It is given in the form of inspissated ox- 
gall, in doses of 0.3 to 0.5 gram (5 to 8 grains) in pill. 

FEL BOVIS INSPISSATUM ; U. S. 
Inspissated Ox-Gall. 

This is prepared by heating five hundred grams (17| avoirdupois 
ounces) of fresh ox-gall to a temperature not above 80° C. (176° F.), 
straining through muslin, and then evaporating the strained liquid in a 
porcelain dish over a water-bath, until reduced to seventy-five grams (2 
ounces and 280 grains avoirdupois). 

Heating it, and using a well-wetted straining cloth, render the clarifi- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 459 

cation of the crude gall easy and effective. A metal vessel must not be 
used in the process. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 0.5 gram (5 to 8 grains) in pill. 

FEL BOVIS PUKIFICATUM ; U. S. 
Purified Ox-Gall. 

Evaporate three hundred grams (10 ounces 255 grains) of fresh ox- 
gall in a porcelain evaporating dish on a water-bath until it weighs one 
hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) ; then add one hundred grams (4| 
fluidounces) of alcohol ; shake well, and set the mixture aside, well cov- 
ered, for several days. This separates mucous matter. Decant the clear 
solution, filter the remainder, and after mixing the two clear liquids, 
distil off the alcohol in the usual way, after which evaporate the residue 
to the consistence of solid extract. 

Twenty-four hours' maceration with the alcohol, as prescribed by the 
Pharmacopoeia, is insufficient, as the separation of the mucilaginous 
matter will require two or three days. 

The preparation is yellowish-green, and has a sweetish bitter taste. 

Test. — Forms a green clear solution with water ; this solution is 
not precipitated by alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 0.5 gram (5 to 8 grains) in pill. 

Fermentum. 

Yeast. 
Oberhefe, G. ; Levure de Mere, F. ; Jast, Sw. 

Origin. — Torula cerevisice, Turpin (Fungi). 

Obtained from beer and other fermenting malt liquors. 

Description* — A whitish or pale yellowish-brown viscid liquid, 
or frothy semifluid, containing innumerable 
cells which under the microscope have the 
appearance seen in the figure. Yeast has 
a peculiar unpleasant odor, and a bitter 
taste. 

Medicinal Uses. — Antiseptic and stim- 
ulant. Has been used internally in typhoid ^ 
conditions. Also in diabetis, in which dis- 
ease it is said to have caused the total dis- Fig. 254.— Yeast cells, magnified, 
appearance of sugar from the urine. 

Externally it is used as a stimulant and antiseptic dressing to indo- 
lent and ill-conditioned wounds and ulcers. 




460 A COMPANION TO THE 



Dose. — Fifteen to thirty cubic centimeters (4 to 8 fluidrachms) be- 
fore meals. 

FEPMENTI CATAPLASMA, B. 

Yeast Poultice. 

Beer yeast, ninety grams (3 ounces) ; wheat flour, two hundred and 
ten grams (7 ounces) ; warm water, ninety cubic centimeters (3 fluid- 
ounces). Mix the yeast and water, and then stir in the flour. Put the 
mass in a warm place until it rises. 

Ferrum ; U. S« 

Iron. 
Fisen, G. ; Fer, F.; Hierro, Sp.; Jern> Sw. 

The most important of all the true metals, and the most abundant 
and generally distributed. Occurs both free and combined. Its physi- 
cal properties are familiar. 

Ferrous salts (the so-called " proto-salts " of iron) are white when 
anhydrous, and bluish-green when combined with water of crystalliza- 
tion. When exposed to the air they gradually oxidize. Nitric acid, 
chlorine, and hypochlorous acid convert ferrous into ferric salts. 

Ferric salts (the so-called " per-salts " or " sesqui-salts " of iron) are 
brown-red or white. 

Among the official and other important iron salts the following are 
soluble : 

Ferrous chloride, iodide and bromide, sulphate, lactate ; and fer- 
ric chloride, iodide, bromide, sulphates, nitrate, and the citrates, phos- 
phates, tartrates combined with alkaline citrates or tartrates. 

The form of iron best fitted for pharmaceutical preparations is fine, 
bright, non-elastic wire. Card-teeth, iron wire, tacks, filings, reduced 
iron — all these have been used for making the several iron preparations 
prepared from metallic iron ; but to insure freedom from other metals 
wire should be selected, and annealed wire is the purest that can found. 

The iron preparations used in medicine are very numerous. 

FEEHI LIMATUKA. 

Iron Filings. 

Clean wrought-iron filings, free from brass, copper, tin, or other 
metals, and free from rust and grease. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 461 

Uses. — For making iron preparations iron wire is better, and is the 
kind prescribed by the Pharmacopoeia. 

Ferri Acetas. 

Acetate of Leon. 

Obtained by carefully evaporating solution of acetate of iron to 
dryness. It is a dark red-brown mass of scaly particles. 

Medicinal Uses. — Same as those of the solution. The preparation 
is rarely used. 

LIQUOR FERRI ACETATIS; U. S. 

Solution of Acetate of Ieon. 
Ferrici Acetatis Solutio — Solution, of Ferric Acetate. 

Put eight hundred grams (28 ounces 96 grains) water of ammonia 
and two liters (68 fluidounces) of water in a three-gallon jar. Dilute 
one thousand grams. (35 ounces 120 grains) solution of tersulphate of 
iron with three thousand five hundred grams (about 7-J pints) water. 
Add the iron solution to the ammonia during: constant stirring-. Trans- 
fer the whole from the jar to a wet muslin strainer. Let it drain. Then 
put the precipitate back into the jar and mix it well with six liters 
(about 13§ pints) of water. Pour it on the strainer again to drain. 
Repeat this washing operation until the water which drains off only 
gives a slight cloudiness with test-solution of barium chloride — that is, 
until nearly all the ammonium sulphate has been washed away. Now 
let it drain thoroughly ; press the precipitate while folded up in the 
straining cloth so as to press out enough of the water to reduce the 
total weight of the mass to seven hundred grams (24 ounces 300 grains) 
or less. To the cake, previously well broken up, add two hundred and 
sixty grams (9 ounces 75 grains) glacial acetic acid, and stir the whole 
together. Let stand, stirring it occasionally, until the ferric hydrate is 
entirely dissolved. Then add enough cold distilled water to make the 
final product weigh one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains). 

This preparation should be made in cool weather, and cold water 
must be used throughout the process. Otherwise ferric bishydrate may 
be formed in sufficient quantity to render the solution of the precipitate 
in the acetic acid difficult, if not to partially defeat it, whereby a turbid 
or imperfect solution would be obtained. It is so important to avoid all 
heat that it is even advisable to add the ferric hydrate only in small 
portions at a time to the glacial acetic acid, because the use of such 
strong acid will otherwise cause an elevation of temperature from the 



462 A COMPANION TO THE 



chemical reaction. Filtration does not, in our experience, render a tur- 
bid preparation clearer, and it is, moreover, an exceedingly slow opera- 
tion. 

Properties. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 196. The solution of 
acetate of iron has a specific gravity of 1.16, corresponding to 20° Baume, 
and is a dark, red-brown, transparent liquid, having the odor of a dilute 
acetic acid, and a somewhat acid, styptic taste. When heated it be- 
comes turbid, and a deposit of ferric hydrate is formed through loss of 
acetic acid. 

Preservation. — It must be kept in bottles with well-fitting glass 
stoppers, and in a dark place. 

Strength. — Ten grams (154 T 3 ¥ grains) of the solution, with a few 
drops of nitric acid added to prevent reduction, evaporated to dryness, 
and carefully ignited, should leave a residue of ferric oxide weighing 
one hundred and thirteen centigrams (17-J grains). 

This would prove the presence of thirty-three per cent, anhydrous 
ferric acetate, corresponding to eleven and one-half per cent, ferric 
oxide, or to about eight per cent, metallic iron. It was not official in 
previous Pharmacopoeias of the United States. 

A fourteen-ounce acid bottle is required to hold sixteen ounces of 
this preparation. It is sold by the pound. 

Medicinal Uses. — Like other salts of iron with vegetable acids 
this preparation is more useful as a chalybeate tonic than as an astrin- 
gent. It is seldom given in this form, but is often used to prepare tinct- 
ures of acetate of iron. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.5 cubic centimeter (2 to 10 drops) freely diluted. 

FEKPJ ACETATIS TINCTURA ; B. 
English Tincture of Acetate of Iron. 

Dissolve sixty grams (2 ounces) potassium acetate in three hundred 
cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) of diluted alcohol (U. S. P., 1880) ; 
mix one hundred and twenty four grams (4f ounces) solution of tersul- 
phate of iron (U. S. P., 1880) with two hundred and forty cubic centi- 
meters (8 fluidounces) diluted alcohol ; then mix the two liquids and 
shake well from time to time during an hour. Filter, passing enough 
diluted alcohol through the filter to make the final product measure six 
hundred cubic centimeters (20 fluidounces). 

Must be kept in a well-stopped bottle, in a dark, cool place. 

Dose. — 0.2 to 2 cubic centimeters (3 to 30 minims) diluted in water. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 463 

FEERI ACETATIS TINCTURA; U. S. 
Tincture of Acetate of Iron". 

Ferrici Acetatis Tinctura — Tincture of Ferric Acetate. 

This is prepared by mixing" three hundred grams (10 ounces 255 
grains, measuring about \%\ fluidounces) alcohol and two hundred 
grams (7 ounces 24 grains, measuring about 7f fluidounces) acetic ether, 
and adding gradually five hundred grams (17 ounces 279 grains) solu- 
tion of acetate of iron. 

Unless care is taken to add the solution of acetate of iron slowly 
and in small quantities at a time, heat is generated which would drive 
off acetic acid and acetic ether, and thus injure the product, more or 
less precipitation of basic acetate of iron being apt to follow. 

Preservation. — Must be kept in a cool place, in glass-stoppered 
bottles, and protected from the light, to prevent chemical decomposition 
of the acetate. 

Strength. — The preparation contains about sixteen and one-half 
per cent, anhydrous ferric acetate, or five and three-fourths per cent, 
ferric oxide, or about four per cent, metallic iron. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 343. 

Dose. — 0.2 to 2 cubic centimeters (3 to 30 minims). 

KlaprotlCs Ethereal Tincture of Acetate of Iron was similar to this 
preparation. It is official in the German Pharmacopoeia under the name 
of Tinctura Ferri Acetici JEtherea (Aetherische Fisenacetat-tinktur, G.). 

Dose. — 0.2 to 2 cubic centimeters (3 to 30 minims). 

Ferri Arsenias ; B. 

Arseniate of Iron. 
Ferrico-Ferrosus Arsenas — Ferrico-Ferrous Arseniate. 

Dissolve one hundred and twenty grams (or 4 ounces) sodium 
arseniate and ninety grams (or three ounces) sodium acetate in one liter 
(34 fluidounces) boiling distilled water. 

Dissolve two hundred and seventy grams (or 9 ounces) ferrous sul- 
phate in one thousand five hundred cubic centimeters (51 fluidounces) 
boiling distilled water. 

Mix the two solutions, collect the precipitate on a muslin strainer, 
and wash it until the washings pass tasteless, after which press out the 
liquid from the washed precipitate, and dry the latter on porous bricks 
at not over 40° C. (104° F.). 



464 A COMPANION TO THE 

Description. — A greenish or bluish-green amorphous powder, in- 
soluble in water and in alcohol, but soluble in dilute hydrochloric acid, 
it should theoretically contain about eighteen per cent, ferrous oxide. 

Medicinal Uses. — Supposed to combine the alterative effects of 
arsenic with the tonic effects of iron. Rarely employed. 

Dose. — 0.004 gram (^ grain). 

Ferri Benzoas. 

Benzoate of Iron. 
Ferricus Benzoas — Ferric Benzoate. 

Prepared by precipitating a dilute solution of ferric chloride with a 
solution of ammonium benzoate. 

It is a flesh-colored powder, odorless and tasteless, insoluble in water, 
and contains about fifteen and one-half per cent. iron. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.3 gram (2 to 5 grains). 

Ferri Bromidi Syrupus ; U. S. 

Syrup of Bromide of Iron. 
Ferrosi Bromidi Syrupus — Syrup of Ferrous Bromide. 

Put two hundred cubic centimeters (Gf fluidounces) distilled water 
into a thin glass flask (" chemical flask ") of about two liters (or one- 
half gallon) capacity. Then put into the flask thirty grams (1 ounce) 
cut iron wire. Next add, carefully and in small portions at a time, 
seventy-five grams (2 ounces 282 grains) bromine. Shake the whole 
occasionally. 

Put six hundred grams (21 ounces 72 grains) coarsely powdered 
sugar in a porcelain evaporating dish. When the reaction between the 
bromine and iron has ceased, and the liquid has acquired a green color, 
and no longer has an odor of bromine, filter the liquid so that the filtrate 
runs into the sugar in the porcelain dish. Rinse the flask and the iron 
wire remaining in it with ninety cubic centimeters (3 fluidounces) dis- 
tilled water, and pass this also through the same filter into the sugar. 
Stir the mixture with a porcelain or glass rod or spatula, heat it on a 
sand-bath to the boiling point, stirring constantly and being careful not 
to burn the sugar. Strain the syrup through linen into a tared bottle, 
and add enough distilled water through the strainer to make the whole 
weigh one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains). Shake the whole 
together, and then transfer it to vials of about two hundred cubic cen- 
timeters' capacity, filling each bottle to the neck and corking it securely. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 465 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 322. It contains ten 
per cent, by weight of ferrous bromide. Must have a pale-green color 
and be clear. 

Preservation. — Should be kept in small, well-filled, and tightly 
corked bottles, which must be put in a place accessible to daylight, as 
the preparation does not keep in large bottles where it' must repeatedly 
come in contact with the air, and experience teaches that both syrup of 
bromide of iron and syrup of iodide of iron keep well in full daylight. 

Medicinal Uses. — Sometimes, though rarely, employed as an 
alterative in scrofula, strumous glandular swellings, etc. In large doses 
poisonous. 

Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims). 

Ferri Carbonas Saccharatus ; IT. S. 

Saccharated Carbonate of Iron. 
Ferrosus Carbonas Saccharatus — Saccharated Ferrous Carbonate. 

Dissolve one thousand grams (35J avoirdupois ounces) pure sulphate 
of iron in four liters (about 8J pints) o£ boiling distilled water. At the 
same time dissolve seven hundred grams (24 ounces 300 grains) sodium 
bicarbonate in ten liters (21 pints) of hot distilled water ; filter each 
solution separately. Pour the solution of iron sulphate gradually into 
the solution of sodium bicarbonate, previously put into a five-gallon jar, 
and mix thoroughly. Now fill the jar to the top with boiling distilled 
water, and set it aside for two hours. Then draw off the clear liquid 
from the precipitate, after which fill the jar again with boiling distilled 
water and shake it. Repeat the washings in the same way until the 
water drawn off from the precipitate gives only a slight milkiness with 
a solution of barium chloride. Then pour the precipitate all out of the 
jar into a muslin strainer, drain it, and put it into a porcelain capsule 
with one thousand six hundred grams (56 avoirdupois ounces and 200 
grains) of sugar in fine powder. Mix the whole thoroughly, and then 
evaporate to dryness on a water-bath, and reduce the product to a fine 
powder, which must be kept in small bottles (about 60 grams, or 2-ounce 
bottles) corked with corks dipped in melted paraffine or wax. 

When the solutions are mixed there is considerable effervescence ; 
hence the precaution to add the iron sulphate solution only "gradually.' 5 
The washing of the precipitate should be completed as rapidly as pos- 
sible, and the liquid should not be allowed to get cold. 

Must be greenish-brown — not brown. 

This is an excellent iron-preparation now for the first time official in 
30 



466 A COMPANION TO THE 



our Pharmacopoeia. It has long been official in Germany and in the 
Scandinavian countries, and also in England, although the British pro- 
cess for its preparation is somewhat different. It is much to be pre- 
ferred to Vallet's mass, being dry and easily handled, and most of the 
iron remains in the form of proto-carbonate of iron (ferrous carbonate) a 
long time when the preparation is properly preserved in small bottles as 
directed. So long as it remains greenish-gray the preparation is good ; 
a brownish discoloration indicates that it has become oxidized and con- 
tains ferric hydrate. 

It has a sweet and only slightly ferruginous taste, no odor, and a 
neutral reaction. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 1.3 gram (5 to 20 grains) with or after meals. 

Ferri Carbonatis Massa ; IT. S. 

Carbonate of Iron Mass. 

Ferrosi Carbonatis Massa — Pill Mass of Ferrous Carbonate ; Pilula 
Ferri Carbonatis, Phar. 1870 ; Valleys Mass. 

Dissolve one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) ferrous sulphate 
in two hundred cubic centimeter^ (6f fluidounces) boiling distilled water. 
Add twenty-five grams (386 grains) simple syrup, and then filter. 

Dissolve one hundred and ten grams (3 ounces 385 grains) sodium 
carbonate also in two hundred cubic centimeters (6f fluidounces) boiling 
distilled water. Filter the solution. 

When both solutions are cold, mix them in a bottle of the capacity 
of about five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces), and add enough 
distilled water to fill the bottle completely. Cork the bottle tightly, and 
set it aside until the precipitated ferrous carbonate has settled. Pour 
off the supernatant liquid. Wash the precipitate by affusion and de- 
cantation of a mixture of simple syrup and distilled water (recently 
boiled to expel air) in the proportion of thirty grams (1-J fluidounce) 
simple syrup to each four hundred and eighty cubic centimeters (16 
fluidounces) of water, until all saline taste has been washed away. 
Drain the precipitate on flannel, and press out the remainder of the 
water as far as possible. Then add thirty-eight grams (1 ounce 150 
grains) clarified honey and twenty-five grams (386 grains) sugar, in 
coarse powder, and mix the whole in a porcelain evaporating dish. 
Finally, put the dish on a water-bath and evaporate the mixture, stir- 
ring continuously, until the total product weighs one hundred grams (3 
ounces 230 grains). 

The preparation is like the pilula ferri carbonatis of 1870. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.3 gram (2 to 5 grains). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 467 

FERRI CARBONATIS PILULE BLAUDII. 
Blaud's Pills or Carbonate op Iron. 

Mix twenty-five grams (386 grains) ferrous sulphate, twenty-five grams 
(386 grains) potassium carbonate, and four grams (62 grains) powdered 
acacia with enough water an'd simple syrup to form a proper pill mass, 
from which make one hundred pills. 

The potassium carbonate and the sulphate of iron should first be 
rubbed up with a little water until effervescence ceases, and simple syrup 
added afterward to form the mass. 

Ferri Chloridumj U. S. 

Chloride of Iron. 

Ferricum Chloridum — Ferric Chloride, Sesquichloride of Iron, Per- 

chloride of Iron. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 155. 

Solid crystalline pieces of irregular form ; orange-yellow ; deliques- 
cent ; smells faintly of hydrochloric acid. It dissolves readily and 
without residue in water, alcohol, or ether. 

Must not give off noticeable vapors of hydrochloric acid in the air. 

Medicinal Properties. — It coagulates blood, insoluble compounds 
being formed with the protein substances. It is therefore a powerful 
haemostatic. It is not used for internal administration. 

FERRI CHLORIDI LIQUOR; U. S. 

Solution of Chloride of Iron. 

Solutio Ferrici Chloridi — Solution of Ferric Chloride, Solution of 
Muriate of Iron, Solution of Sesquichloride of Iron, Solution of 
Perchloride of Iron. 

Preparation, — Put one hundred and fifty grams (5 ounces 127 
grains) of cut iron wire into a half-gallon flask or jar. Add five hun- 
dred and forty grams (19 ounces 20 grains) hydrochloric acid, diluted 
with two hundred and fifty grarms (8J fluidounces) of distilled water. 
Let stand until effervescence has ceased. Bring it to the boiling point. 
Filter, rinsing the vessel with boiling distilled water, which is to be put 
through the same filter and mixed with the solution. Add two hundred 
and seventy grams (9 ounces 230 grains) hydrochloric acid to the filtrate. 
Put eighty grams nitric acid into a half-gallon or one-gallon porcelain 
evaporating dish. Add to it very gradually, and with uninterrupted 



468 A COMPANION TO THE 

stirring, the green iron solution. After effervescence has ceased put the 
dish on a sand-bath and apply heat until all nitrous odor has disap- 
peared. 

If the solution now does not give a blue color with freshly prepared 
test-solution of ferricyanide of potassium it is ready ; if, on the other 
hand, it strikes a blue color with that reagent, add a little more nitric 
acid and then heat again until free from nitrous odor. 

At last add fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) hydrochloric acid, and 
then enough distilled water to make the final product weigh one thou 
sand grams (35 ounces 120 grains). 

The iron wire dissolves pretty rapidly at first, and it is necessary to 
be cautious in adding the acid, in order that the liquid may not boil over 
from the violent evolution of gas, especially if the flask or jar used is 
small. At the last, however, the application of heat is necessary to 
completely saturate the acid with iron. 

The oxidation with nitric acid is best carried out at about the 
boiling point of water. Care must be taken to avoid the poisonous red 
fumes during the oxidation. The oxidation is considerably facilitated 
by boiling down the green solution of ferrous chloride to about two- 
thirds its bulk before adding it to the nitric acid, but the frothing is 
then more violent. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 197. Red- 
dish-brown, clear ; has a faint odor of hydrochloric acid when cold, 
plainly noticed when warm, but free from nitrous odor or from the odor 
of chlorine. It has a strongly styptic and acid taste, and acid reaction. 
Its specific gravity is 1.405, corresponding to very nearly 42° Baume. 

The official solution of chloride of iron contains an excess of hydro- 
chloric acid, amounting to five per cent. The object of this is to cause 
,the formation of chlorinated ethereal compounds (chloride of ethyl, etc.) 
in the tincture of chloride of iron, which is made from it. The presence 
of these ethereal compounds is insisted upon and highly valued by many 
physicians. A small quantity of free acid is always necessary also in 
order to prevent precipitation in the tincture. 

Strength. — Ten grams (154^ grains) of this solution, when pre- 
cipitated with an excess of ammonia, gives a precipitate which after 
washing, drying, and ignition should weigh 1.8G gram (28.70 grains). 
It contains 37.8 per cent, anhydrous ferric chloride, corresponding to 
18.6 per cent, ferric oxide, or to 12.6 per cent, metallic iron. It is thus 
about two per cent, stronger than the preparation of 1870. 

Sold in the market at present by the pint, in one-pint and five-pint 
bottles. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 469 

One pint solution of the chloride of iron, of the standard strength of 
1870, weighs twenty-two and six-tenths ounces ; one pint of the strength 
of the present Pharmacopoeia weighs twenty-three and eight-tenths 
ounces. A twelve-ounce acid bottle will hold over one pound avoirdu- 
pois. One gallon of the new preparation weighs eleven pounds eleven 
and one-third ounces. 

Medicinal Uses. — This is a valuable styptic and astringent, use- 
ful in passive hemorrhages. It can be given internally in hemorrhages 
from the stomachy bowels, uterus, or bladder, etc., or applied locally in 
dilution in postpartum hemorrhage, or bleeding from any cause, as from 
cancer of uterus, hemorrhoids, extraction of teeth, nose-bleeding, etc. In 
hemorrhage from the lungs it has been employed in the form of spray. 

Used chiefly for making tincture of chloride of iron. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.5 cubic centimeter (1 to 8 minims) largely diluted 
with water. 

"PRAVAZ'S SOLUTION OF PERCHLORIDE OF IRON" 

is a solution of ferric chloride with but a slight excess of hydrochloric 
acid, and having the specific gravity 1.26 (30° Baume). 

LIQUOR FERRI SESQUICHLORATI, 

the solution of ferric chloride of the old German Pharmacopoeia, contains 
about forty-three and one-half per cent, anhydrous ferric chloride (or 
about 15 per cent, iron) and has the specific gravity 1.480 to 1.484 (about 
47° Baume). It does not contain more than a trifling excess of hydro- 
chloric acicl. 

The solution of chloride of iron of the new German Pharmacopoeia 
has the specific gravity 1.28, and contains ten per cent. iron. 

LIQUOR FERRI PERCHLORIDI FORTIOR ; B. 

Strong Solution of Perchloride of Iron. 

This is the British solution of ferric chloride, and has the specific 
gravity 1.44 (44J° Baume), being about ten per cent, stronger than the 
solution of chloride of iron of our Pharmacopoeia, and, like the German 
preparation, contains no great amount of free hydrochloric acid. 

SOLUTIO CHLORETI FERRICI 

of the Scandinavian pharmacopoeias is prepared by dissolving the solid 
crystalline ferric chloride in an equal weight of distilled water. It has 
the specific gravity 1.30 (about 33^° Baume), and contains about thirty 
per cent, anhydrous ferric chloride, or about ten per cent. iron. This is 



470 A COMPANION TO THE 



readily prepared, and is useful not only as an iron preparation for inter- 
nal use, but also as a haemostatic. 

The French solution de perchlorure de fer has the specific gravity 
1.26 (30° Baume), being identical with Pravaz's solution ; and the 
Spanish solution de cloruro ferrico-hemostatica (or " per-cloruro de hierro 
liquido ") is also of the same strength. 

MARTIN'S HEMOSTATIC 

consists of fine soft pieces of spunk saturated with Pravaz's solution. 

ADRIAN'S HEMOSTATIC 

is a solution of thirty grams (1 ounce) common table salt in one hundred 
and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces) water, with fifty grams (1 
ounce 334 grains, or 1J fluidounce) Pravaz's solution added. 

HEMOSTATIC COTTON. 

Gossypium Hwmostaticum. 
Is absorbent cotton dipped in Pravaz's solution, pressed, and dried. 

FERKI CHLORIDI TINCTURA ; U. S. 

Tincture of Chloride of Iron. 

Tinctura Ferrici Chloridi — Tincture of Ferric Chloride, Tincture of 
Muriate of Iron, Tincture of Sesquichloride of Iron, Tincture of 
Perchloride of Iron, Muriated Tincture of Iron ; EisenMoridtink- 
tur, G.; Teinture de perchlorure de fer, F.; Tinctura de chloruro 
ferrico, Sp.; Jemkloridtinktur, Sw. 

Mix three hundred and fifty grams (12 ounces 150 grains) solution 
of chloride of iron with six hundred and fifty grams (22 ounces 406 
grains) of alcohol, and let the mixture stand in a tightly covered vessel 
for at least three months, after which the liquor is to be transferred to 
glass-stoppered bottles. 

[Three hundred and fifty grams solution of chloride of iron measures 
about two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (about 8£ fluidounces), 
and six hundred and fifty grams alcohol measures about eight hundred 
and two cubic centimeters (about 27-J fluidounces), so that the propor- 
tions by measure are about five to sixteen. The proportions by measure 
in the tincture of chloride of iron of the old Pharmacopoeia (1870) were 
five to fifteen. The solution of chloride of iron of 1880 is, however, 
stronger than that of 1870, so that the strength of the two tinctures is 
about equal.] 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 471 

As already stated, the solution of chloride of iron contains five per 
cent, free hydrochloric acid. This, when in contact with the alcohol for 
" at least three months," produces chlorinated ether compounds, which 
give the preparation an ethereal odor. This is specifically intended by 
the Pharmacopoeia. Even the tincture of chloride of iron of the former 
Pharmacopoeia was intended to contain the ethereal compounds ; but 
the three months' standing before being used was not prescribed as 
now, and hence the ethereal odor which should belong to the preparation 
was not generally met with in it. In fact most of the tincture of chlo- 
ride of iron in the market is not even made with strong alcohol as re- 
quired, and hence will not acquire the ethereal odor, no matter how long 
it may stand. 

Properties and Strength.— See the Pharmacopftia, page 344. It 
is a clear, brownish liquid, of an ethereal odor, and an astringent, acid, 
styptic taste. Reaction acid. Its specific gravity is 0.988. Hence one 
pint of it weighs sixteen and forty-seven one-hundredths ounces, and 
one gallon weighs eight pounds three and three-fourths ounces. It 
contains about three and one-fourth per cent, of anhydrous ferric chlo- 
ride, corresponding to about 4.4 per cent, metallic iron. 

Ten grams (154 T 3 -g- grains) of the tincture precipitated with an excess 
of ammonia should yield a precipitate which, after washing, drying, and 
ignition, should weigh 65.2 centigrams (or 10 grains). 

If one pint of the tincture at 15° C. (59° F.) weighs more than six- 
teen and one-half avoirdupois ounces [or if its specific gravity is higher 
than 0.988], while the proper percentage of iron is present, and if the 
ethereal odor is wholly absent, then the preparation is not up to the 
pharmacopceial standard, but probably made with diluted alcohol, as 
the commercial article generally is. 

Sold at present by the pint in pint and five-pint bottles. 

Medicinal Uses. — Chalybeate tonic and astringent. Very fre- 
quently employed when iron preparations are indicated. It is one of 
the best preparations of iron as an astringent in passive hemorrhages, 
especially from the uterus. 

Large doses of this tincture with quinine are very efficient in diph- 
theria^ renal dropsies, albuminuria, and erysipelas. 

Externally it is often used as a styptic. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims) two or three 
times a day, diluted with water. This solution should be taken through 
a straw or glass tube, and the mouth rinsed afterward with clear water, 
to prevent injury to the teeth. 



472 A COMPANION TO THE 

FERRI CHLORIDI TINCTURA CKEUSIL 

Creuse's Tasteless Tincture of Iron. 

Put three hundred grams (10 ounces 255 grains) citric acid in two 
hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (8^ fluidounces) distilled water ; 
heat to the boiling point, and neutralize with five hundred and fifty 
grams (20 ounces) sodium carbonate, or as much as may be necessary. 
Mix the solution with two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (8J fluid- 
ounces) solution of chloride of iron (prepared without an excess of hy- 
drochloric acid), and then add enough alcohol to make the whole measure 
one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces). 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims). 

CHLOBETI FEBBICI SOLUTIO SPIBITUOSA ; Sw. 
Spirituous Solution op Ferric Chloride. 

Made by dissolving ferric chloride (crystalline chloride of iron) in 
nine times its weight of diluted alcohol. 

This preparation is, in fact, a tincture of chloride of iron containing 
about six per cent, anhydrous chloride, corresponding to 2.07 per cent, 
of metallic iron. Being made with diluted alcohol, and without much 
free acid, it contains scarcely any ethereal compounds. It is somewhat 
less than one-half the ferric strength of the official tincture. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (10 to 30 minims). 

FERRI CHLORIDI TINCTURA ^ETHEREA. 

Ethereal Tincture of Chloride of Iron. 

Solutio Ferrosi Chloridi Spirituoso-^Etherea ; Tinctura Ferri Chlo- 
rati JEtherea, G. ; Tinctura Tonico-JVervina JBestuscheffii, Liquor 
Anodynus Martialis, Tinctura Aurea de la Mottii, Tinctura Mar- 
tis Klaprothii. 

This old, once celebrated, and to this day valued preparation, may 
be best prepared as follows : 

Dissolve thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) chloride of iron in thirty 
cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) water, in a pint bottle ; add two hun- 
dred and eighty grams (7 ounces 178 grains) ether (about 9£ fluidounces). 
Cork the bottle and shake the contents well together. Let stand twenty- 
four hours. Pour off the clear ethereal liquid (separating the last by 
means of a separatory funnel), and then mix it with three hundred and 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 473 

sixty grams (12 ounces 305 grains) alcohol (measuring about 14$ fluid- 
ounces). Pour the mixture into a half-gallon acid bottle, put in the 
glass stopper, and set the bottle in the sunlight. The bottle must be 
occasionally shaken. Let stand in that way until the yellow color dis- 
appears entirely. Then set it in a shady place, removing the stopper 
frequently, until the yellow color returns. 

Keep the preparation in a well-closed glass-stoppered bottle, in a 
dark place. 

It has the same strength as the preparation of the old German 
Pharmacopoeia, which is made from solution of chloride of iron of 1.482 
specific gravity. 

It contains ferrous chloride, basic ferric chloride, ethyl chloride, al- 
dehyd, and hydrochloric acid. 

Medicinal Uses. — Tonic and antispasmodic. Used with advan- 
tage in chlorosis ^hysteria, hypochondriasis, paralysis, etc. 

Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims) taken in 
sweetened or aromatic water, or in some wine. 

Ferri Chloridum Viride. 

Geeen Chloeide of Ieon. 
Ferrosum Chloridum — Ferrous Chloride, Proto-chloride of Iron. 

Put forty -five grams (lj- ounce) of cut iron wire into a one-quart 
chemical flask, and add to it a mixture of one. hundred and seventy-five 
grams (6 ounces) hydrochloric acid and ninety cubic centimeters (3 fluid- 
ounces) water. When effervescence ceases, heat it to the boiling point ; 
filter while hot, rinse the flask and residue of iron wire with hot water, 
and pass the washings through the same filter, and evaporate it down 
until a sample crystallizes on cooling. Set aside in a covered dish in a 
cool place that crystals may be formed. Remove the crystals from the 
mother liquor and drain them in a glass funnel, after which dry them 
hastily and put them into a glass-stoppered bottle. 

Description. — Ferrous chloride is in clear green crystals, which 
soon become brown from ferric salt. 

An aqueous solution which contains ten per cent, iron (or about 
twenty-five and one-half per cent, ferrous chloride) has about the 
specific gravity 1.23. A solution of about this strength was official in 
the old German Pharmacopoeia ; it contained also one-tenth per cent, 
official hydrochloric acid. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of the other astringent iron 
preparations. 

Dose.— 0.05 to 0.1 gram (1 to 2 grains). 



474 A COMPANION TO THE 



FERRI CHLORIDI Y1RID1S SYRUPUS. 

Syrup of Green Chloride of Iron. 

Ferrosi Chloridi Syrupus — Syrup of Ferrous Chloride. 

Dilute the filtered solution of green chloride of iron, obtained as 
described under " Ferri Chloridum Viride," until it weighs three hun- 
dred and fifty grams (12^ ounces) ; then dissolve it in six hundred and 
fifty grams (23 ounces) sugar, strain, and finally add enough boiling 
water to make the whole weigh one thousand grams (35^ ounces). 

Contains about ten per cent., by weight, of ferrous chloride. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 3 cubic centimeters (10 to 50 minims). 

FERRI CHLORATI T1JSTCTURA • G. 

w 

Tincture of Ferrous Chloride. 

Dissolve twenty-five grams (386 grains) freshly prepared ferrous 
chloride (see " Ferri Chloridum Viride ") in a mixture of one hundred 
and fifty grams (6^ fluidounces) alcohol, seventy-five grams (2J fluid- 
ounces) water, and one gram (15 grains) hydrochloric acid. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 1 cubic centimeter (8 to 15 minims). 

Ferri Citras ; U. S. 

Citrate of Iron. 
Ferricus Citras — Ferric Citrate. 

Preparation, Description, and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, 
page 156. 

Scale salts cannot well be made except by manufacturers. 

Beautiful, transparent, garnet-red scales, devoid of odor, but having 
a slightly acid and ferruginous taste. It dissolves slowly but completely 
in cold water, and very readily in boiling water. The aqueous solution 
is darkened by ammonia. In alcohol it is insoluble. 

Should be kept in a shady, cool place, and in well-closed bottles. 

Medicinal Uses. — Salts of iron with vegetable acids are less as- 
tringent and less liable to derange the digestion than salts of iron with 
mineral acids. They are therefore tolerated by patients who might not 
be able to take the more active preparations. Citrate of iron is a mild 
chalybeate tonic, suitable for delicate patients. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 1.3 gram (5 to 20 grains). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 475 

FEKRI CITEATIS LIQUOK ; IT. S. 

Solution of Citrate of Iron. 

Solutio Ferrici Citratis — Solution of Ferric Citrate. 

Mix eight hundred and forty grams (29 ounces 277 grains) water of 
ammonia with two liters (68 fluidounces) cold water in a four-gallon 
jar. Add to this, with constant stirring, ten hundred and fifty grams 
(37 ounces 17 grains) solution of tersulphate of iron, previously diluted 
with ten liters (about 21.1 pints) of water. Pour the mixture contain- 
ing the precipitate on a wetted muslin strainer and let drain. Put the 
precipitate back in the jar, and stir it up with twelve liters (25-J- pints) 
water, and again pour this on a strainer and let it drain. Repeat the 
washing and draining in the same manner until the washings cease to give 
a heavy cloudiness with barium chloride solution. Then let the water 
drain away thoroughly. Put the moist precipitate into a porcelain 
evaporating dish, add three hundred grams (10 ounces 255 grains) citric 
acid, and heat gently (not above 60° C, or 140° F.), stirring constantly 
until solution is effected. Filter the solution, and evaporate it down 
until it weighs one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains), not allow- 
ing the temperature to exceed 60° 0. (140° F.). 

Description and Strength. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 198. 
Dark brown, odorless, slightly styptic, and a little acid to the taste. 
Has a specific gravity of 1.26, corresponding to 30° Baume. It con- 
tains about 35.5 per cent, anhydrous ferric citrate. When spread on 
glass plates and allowed to evaporate spontaneously the solution yields 
from forty-three to forty-four per cent, of scales of citrate of iron, which 
when incinerated leave at least twenty-five per cent, residue (11 per 
cent, of the weight of the solution). 

It is of about the same strength as that of 1870. 

Practically the solution of citrate of iron contains about the same 
amount of metallic iron as the solution of tersulphate of iron, although 
the official formula prescribes the use of one hundred and five parts of 
the latter to make one hundred parts of the former. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims). 

FEREI CITEATIS VINUM ; U. S. 

Wine of Citrate of Iron. 

Dissolve forty grams (1 ounce 180 grains) citrate of iron and ammo- 
nium in seven hundred and twenty grams (25 ounces 174 grains, or 
about 27 fluidounces) stronger white wine (see page 1022), and add one 
hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces 100 grains, or about 4J fluid- 



476 A COMPANION TO THE 



ounces) tincture of sweet orange peel, and one hundred and twenty 
grams (4 ounces 100 grains, or about 3J fluidounces) simple syrup. 
Filter. 

This preparation is new to the Pharmacopoeia. Each five cubic cen- 
timeters (1 teaspoonful) of it contains about twenty centigrams (or 3 
grains) of citrate of iron and ammonium. It resembles the preparations 
sold under the name of " Sweet Wine of Iron." 

Dose. — Four to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

Ferri Emplastrum ; U. S. 

Iron Plaster. 
Strengthening Plaster. 

Melt together thirty grams (1 ounce) Canada turpentine, thirty 
grams (1 ounce) Burgundy pitch, and two hundred and ten grams (7 
ounces) lead plaster, and then incorporate thoroughly with the mixture 
thirty grams (1 ounce) of freshly precipitated hydrated oxide of iron 
dried at a heat not exceeding 80° C. (176° F.). Stir constantly, keep- 
ing the vessel on the water-bath, until the plaster thickens when cold. 

This is an improvement on the old iron plaster of the Pharmacopoeia 
of 1870, which was made with subcarbonate of iron, and was not as 
smooth as the new preparation. Both are probably of no value except 
as coverings. 

Ferri et Ammonii Acetatis Mixtura ; IT. S. 

Mixture of Acetate of Iron and Ammonium. 
Basliairts Mixture. 

Mix one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains, or about 3J fluid- 
ounces) solution of acetate of ammonium with fifteen grams (about £ 
fluidounce) diluted acetic acid ; add ten grams (154 grains) tincture of 
chloride of iron, fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains, or about 1| fluidounce) 
elixir of orange, seventy-five grams (2 ounces 282 grains, or about If 
fluidounce) simple syrup, and two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters 
(8J fluidounces) water. 

Dose. — Four to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

Ferri et Ammonii Citras ; U. S. 

Citrate of Iron and Ammonium. 
Ammonio-Ferricus Citras — Ammonio- Ferric Citrate, Soluble Citrate 

of Iron. 
Preparation, Description, and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, 
page 156. Resembles citrate of iron. In damp air the scales become 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 477 



soft, deliquesce, or cake together. It has a slightly saline, mildly fer- 
ruginous taste, and neutral reaction. Is very readily soluble in water 
without residue. The aqueous solution is darkened by ammonia. In- 
soluble in alcohol. With solution of potassa it gives off vapors of am- 
monia. 

Should not be of a smoky dark brown, but garnet red. Must be 
kept in well-corked bottles in a cool, shady place. 

Used like citrate of iron. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 1.3 gram (5 to 20 grains). 

Ferri et Ammonii Sulphas ; U. S. 

Sulphate of Iron and Ammonium. 

Ammonio-Ferricus Sulphas — Ammonio-Ferric Sulphate, Ammonio- 

Ferric Alum. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 157. Pale 
violet transparent crystals, which whiten on exposure. Soluble in three 
times its weight of water at ordinary temperatures, and in less than its 
own weight of boiling water. Insoluble in alcohol. Must be kept in 
well-corked bottles. 

Medicinal Uses. — An astringent chalybeate, useful in relaxed con- 
ditions of the mucous membranes, as in leucorrhcea, etc. 

Dose. — 0.25 to 1 gram (4 to 15 grains). 

Ferri et Ammonii Tartras ; U. S. 

Tartrate of Iron and Ammonium. 

Ammonio-Ferricus Tartras — Ammonio-Ferric Tartrate. 

Preparation, Description, and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, 
page 158. 

The quantity of tartaric acid prescribed in the Pharmacopoeia is 
nearly three times as much as it should be. The preparation is, how- 
ever, not made except by manufacturers. 

Transparent garnet-red to yellowish-brown scales, slightly deliques- 
cent, inodorous, sweetish, slightly ferruginous. Reaction neutral. Read- 
ily soluble in water. Insoluble in alcohol. Like the other scale salts of 
iron it should be kept in a cool, dark place, and in well-corked bottles. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of the other combinations of 
iron with vegetable acids. 

Dose.— 0.5 to 2 grams (8 to 30 grains). 



478 A COMPANION TO THE 

Ferri et Cinchonidinse Citras. 

Citrate of Iron and Cinchonidine. • 

This is a scale preparation of iron resembling the citrate of iron and 
quinine in appearance, but containing cinchonidine instead of quinine. 
Dose. — 0.1 to 0.5 gram (2 to 8 grains) in solution or pill. 

Ferri et Potassii Tartras; XT. S. 

Tartrate of Iron and Potassium. 
Potassio-Ferricus Tartras — Potassio- Ferric Tartrate. 

Preparation, Description, and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, 
page 159. 

Made only by manufacturers. 

Dark garnet-red scales, slightly deliquescent, odorless, sweetish, 
slightly ferruginous. Readily soluble in water. The aqueous solution 
is darkened by the addition of water of ammonia. Insoluble in alcohol. 

Must be kept in well-corked bottles in a dark place. 

Medicinal Uses. — A mild chalybeate tonic, pleasant to the taste, 
easily tolerated by the stomach, not apt to derange the digestion or 
constipate. 

Dose. — 0.25 to 2 grams (4 to 30 grains). 

GLOBULI MAKTIALES 

were hard balls of tartrate of iron and potassium made by boiling iron 
with cream of tartar, filtering the solution, and evaporating until of the 
right consistence to form the boll. 

Ferri et Quininse Citras ; U. S. 

Citrate of Iron and Quinine. 
Quinine- Fer r ten s Citras — Quinino- Ferric Citrate. 

Preparation, Description, and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, 
page 159. 

Prepared only by manufacturing chemists. 

Reddish-brown scales, transparent, slowly deliquescent, odorless, bit- 
ter, mildly ferruginous. Reaction slightly acid. Entirely soluble in 
water. On heating the solution with solution of potassa no vapors of 
ammonia should be evolved. 

Must contain twelve per cent, of the alkaloid quinine. The prepara- 
tion of 1870 contained about sixteen per cent. 

Should be kept in well-corked bottles in a dark, cool place. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 479 

Medicinal Uses. — A mild chalybeate, to which are added the tonic 
effects of a vegetable bitter. 

Dose. — About 0.1 to 0.5 gram (2 to 8 grains) in solution or pill. 

FERKI ET QUININE CITEATIS LIQUOR; U. S. 
Solution of Citrate of Iron and Quinine. 

Dissolve sixty-five grams (2 ounces 127 grains) citrate of iron and 
ammonium in two hundred cubic centimeters (6f fluidounces) of dis- 
tilled water, in a weighed porcelain evaporating dish. Heat the solu- 
tion on a water-bath to 60° C. (140° F.), and add twenty-eight grams 
(432 grains) citric acid. When this has dissolved, add 12 grams (185 
grains) alkaloid quinine, previously dried at 100° C. (212° F.), until it 
ceases to lose weight, and stir the whole until perfect solution is effect- 
ed. Evaporate the solution until it weighs one hundred and sixty 
grams (5 ounces 280 grains), let it cool, add thirty grams (1^ fluidounce) 
alcohol, and then enough distilled water to make the whole weigh two 
hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains). 

This is a handsome-looking greenish-yellow, or brownish-yellow so- 
lution, which keeps very well. It contains six per cent, quinine ; 2 
grams (30 grains) of the solution contains sixty-five centigrams (10 
grains) citrate of iron and ammonium, and twelve centigrams (very 
nearly 2 grains) of quinine. 

Uses. — For making bitter wine of iron. 

Ferri et Quininse et Strychninse Citras. 

Citrate of Iron, Quinine, and Strychnine. 

This is a scale salt consisting of citrate of iron and quinine with one 
per cent, of strychnine added. 

Used like citrate of iron and strychnia. 
Dose.— 0.05 to 0.25 gram (1 to 4 grains). 

Ferri et Strychninse Citras ; U. S. 

Citrate Iron and Strychnine. 
Strychnino-Ferricus Citras — Strychnino-Ferric Citrate. 
Preparation, Description, and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, 

page 160. 

Made by manufacturers only. 

Transparent, garnet red, deliquescent, odorless, bitter, slightly ferru- 
ginous. Reaction acid. Readily and completely soluble in water. In- 
soluble in alcohol. 



480 A COMPANION TO THE 



Contains one per cent, of the alkaloid strychnine, as did also the 
preparation of 1870. Keep it in well-corked bottles in a cool, dark 
place. 

Medicinal Uses. — A mild chalybeate, to which are added the tonic 
effects of strychnine. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.1 gram (1 to 2 grains), which may be carefully in- 
creased to 0.2 to 0.3 gram (3 to 5 grains). 

Ferri Ferrocyanidum. 

Ferrocyanide of Iron. 
Prussiate of Iron — Prussian Blue. 

Medicinally pure ferrocyanide of iron is prepared by precipitating a 
solution of ferric salt with ferrocyanide of potassium, taking care to 
leave an excess of ferric salt undecomposed, using very dilute solutions, 
and washing the precipitate thoroughly. 

It is a dark-blue powder, insoluble in water or in alcohol, odorless 
and tasteless. Soluble in a solution of oxalic acid. 

Medicinal Uses. — Chalybeate tonic ; said to be also anti-periodic. 

Dose. — 0.2 to 0.4 gram (3 to 6 grains). 

BLUE INK 

may be made by dissolving freshly precipitated ferrocyanide of iron in 
a solution of oxalic acid in water. An excess of oxalic acid defeats the 
end in view and must be washed away before a proper ink can be ob- 
tained. Gum arabic is added to impart body and gloss to the ink. 

Ferri (Hydratis) Dialysati Liquor. 

Dialtzed Iron. 

Mix nine liters (19 pints) solution of chloride of iron of 1.44 specific 
gravity, without an excess of free hydrochloric acid, with thirty liters 
(about 8 gallons) of water in an earthenware jar of twenty gallons' 
capacity. Then add, during constant stirring, enough water of am- 
monia to precipitate all the iron and render the liquid alkaline, which 
will require in the neighborhood of twelve liters (25J pints). Let the 
precipitate settle. Then draw off the supernatant liquid by means of a 
siphon. Wash by repeatedly filling the jar with fresh lots of distilled 
water, drawing off the washings each time by the siphon, after the pre- 
cipitate has subsided, until at last the washings fail to give any precipi- 
tate with nitrate of silver solution. Then transfer the precipitate (ferric 
hydrate) to a muslin strainer and let it drain. Express the remaining 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 481 

water by strong pressure. Then put the cake of moist ferric hydrate 
into a jar with one liter (2 pints and If fluidounce) of the same strength 
and kind of solution of chloride of iron as previously used (Liquor 
Ferri Chloridi Fortior) and stir well together with a porcelain stirrer. 
Let stand a day or two, stirring frequently. Then put the mixture into 
dialysers, changing the water in the outer vessels frequently. In from 
nine to twelve days the preparation will be found free from styptic taste, 
clear, and ready for use. 

Unless the solution of chloride of iron is perfectly free from ' ferrous 
salt, and the ferric hydrate thoroughly washed, the preparation will not 
be satisfactory. The official solution of chloride of iron cannot be used 
at all for this purpose, as it contains a large excess of free hydrochloric 
acid. 

At best dialyzed iron is of uncertain strength and composition. It 
is usual to make it so that it contains exactly five per cent, of solid 
matters. To adjust it to this strength a weighed sample must be evap- 
orated to dryness, and the residue also weighed, after which the prepara- 
tion is evaporated or diluted, as the case may require, until of proper 
strength. 

The preparation contains basic chloride of iron (oxy-chloride of iron) 
— not " oxide of iron," as frequently stated. 

Dialyzed iron must be kept in a moderately warm place. In winter 
it will freeze if shipped carelessly in cold weather. The addition of 
glycerin will, however, prevent this. Freezing destroys it, even if the 
bottle should not burst. 

Medicinal Uses. — Used as a chalybeate in anaemia. It does not 
possess the disagreeable styptic taste of many of the other iron prepa- 
rations, and is easily tolerated by even a delicate stomach. It is, how- 
ever, not as active or certain as some other iron preparations, and is not 
as much used as it was a few years ago. 

It has been given as an antidote for arsenic, but the hydrated oxide 
of iron with magnesia is a better preparation for this purpose. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims), diluted with 
sweetened water, several times daily. 

FEEEUM DL1LYSATUM IN LAMELLIS. 
Dialyzed Iron in Scales. 
Evaporate solution of dialyzed iron to a syrupy consistence at not 
over 60 u C. (140° F.), and then scale it on glass plates. 

Reddish-brown scales, containing about seventy-five per cent. iron. 
It is not completely soluble in water. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.3 gram (1 to 5 grains). 
ox 



482 A COMPANION TO THE 

Ferri Hypophosphis ; U. S. 

Hypophosphite of Iron. 
Ferricus Hypophosphis — Ferric Hypophosphite. 

A white or grayish-white powder, odorless, almost tasteless, insoluble 
in water. Dissolves readily in a dilute solution of hypophosphorous 
acid or hydrochloric acid. With solution of citrate of sodium it makes 
a clear green solution. 

Medicinal Uses. — It is doubtful whether this salt possesses any 
virtues other than the chalybeate effects of iron salts in general. It 
has been supposed to exert the effects of phosphorus in addition to 
those of iron. 

Dose. — 0.25 to 0.5 gram (4 to 8 grains). 

FEKKI HYPOPHOSPHITIS SYKUPUS. 
Syrup of Hypophosphite of Iron. 

Dissolve thirteen grams (200 grains) hypophosphite of iron in thirty 
cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) solution of citrate of sodium, and then 
add a sufficient quantity of syrup of orange flowers to make the whole 
measure one liter (34 fluidounces). 

Contains about 6.5 centigrams hypophosphite of iron in each five 
cubic centimeters (1 grain to each teaspoonful). 

The syrup has a greenish tint. 

Dose. — About five cubic centimeters (teaspoonful). 

Ferri Iodidum. 

Iodide of Iron. 
Ferrosum Iodidum — Ferrous Iodide. 

Steel-gray crystalline masses, of a metallic lustre, and having the 
odor of iodine. It is deliquescent, readily soluble in water, forming a 
green solution. Also soluble in glycerin. 

It does not keep well, oxidizing, losing iodine, gradually acquiring a 
rusty color and becoming partially insoluble. 

Medicinal Uses.— Not used in this form, but often given in pill 
form, or as syrup of iodide of iron, and saccharated iodide of iron, all of 
which preparations are more uniform and eligible. Frequently employed 
as an alterative chalybeate tonic in anosmia and glandidar swellings, 
in scrofulous patients, in scrofulous and tuberculous complaints, etc. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 483 

FEKKI IODIDUM SACCHARATUM; XT. S. 

Sacchabated Iodide of Iron. 

Ferrosum Iodidum Saccharatum — Saecharated Ferrous Iodide. 

Mix thirty grams (1 ounce) iron wire, cut into small pieces, and 
eighty-five grams (3 ounces) of iodine with one hundred cubic centi- 
meters (3J fluidounces) distilled water in a thin glass flask. Shake the 
mixture occasionally until the reaction ceases and the solution becomes 
green and loses the odor of iodine. To thoroughly complete the reac- 
tion, so as to produce a pure clear green color, it may be found necessary 
to bring the contents of the flask to the boiling point by heating on a 
sand-bath. Put two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) sugar of milk 
into a porcelain evaporating dish. Filter the solution of iodide of iron 
into the sugar of milk, rinsing the flask with a little distilled water, and 
passing this also through the same filter into the sugar of milk. Mix 
well, and evaporate on a water-bath during constant stirring until dry. 
Then transfer the dry mass to a heated iron mortar containing two hun- 
dred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) more of sugar of milk and reduce the 
whole to powder. Transfer the powder at once to small, well-dried 
bottles (about 50-gram bottles, or 2-ounce bottles), and cork them at 
once with corks dipped into melted paraffine or wax. 

Must be kept in a cool, dark place. 

It is a grayish powder which quickly absorbs moisture from the air 
if exposed. Odorless. Taste sweetish, ferruginous. Reaction slightly 
acid. Soluble in seven parts of water, forming an almost clear solution. 

This preparation is new to the Pharmacopoeia of the United States. 
It is a very good preparation, much to be preferred to the iodide of iron 
without the milk-sugar, as it keeps much better. 

Dose. — 0.15 to 0.5 gram (2 to 8 grains) several times daily. 

FERRI IODIDI PILULE; U. S. 
Pills of Iodide of Iron. 
" Blancard's PiUs." 
Put four grams (62 grains) reduced iron in a porcelain capsule; add 
eight grams (120 grains) water, and gradually, 5.20 grams (81 grains) 
iodine. Triturate until the reaction has ceased, and the mixture has 
acquired a greenish instead of a reddish tint. Then add 3.25 grams 
(about 50 grains) powdered glycyrrhiza, 3.25 grams (50 grains) powdered 
sugar, 0.75 gram (11-J- grains) powdered extract of glycyrrhiza, and 0.75 
gram (11$ grains) powdered acacia, previously mixed together. Evap- 
orate the whole on a water-bath until reduced to a proper pilular con- 
sistence, and then divide it into one hundred pills. 



484 A COMPANION TO THE 

Dissolve balsam of tolu in an equal weight of stronger ether, and 
shake the pills with a sufficient quantity of the solution to coat them 
uniformly. Put them on a plate, stirring occasionally until dry. 

Keep the pills in well-corked bottles. Must not have any odor of 
iodine. 

Dose. — One to five pills during the day. 

FEEKI IODIDI SYKUPUS ; U. S. 

Syrup of Iodide of Iron. 

Ferrosi Iodidi Syrupus — Syrup of Ferrous Iodide. 

Put twenty-five grams (386 grains) cut iron wire into a thin glass 
flask of about two liters (one-half gallon) capacity ; add two hundred 
cubic centimeters (6§ fluidounces) distilled water, and then eighty-two 
grams (2 ounces 390 grains) iodine. Shake the mixture occasionally 
until the reaction ceases and the solution has acquired the characteristic 
green color and the odor of iodine has ceased. Put six hundred grams 
(21 ounces 72 grains) sugar, in coarse powder, into a porcelain evap- 
orating dish. Filter the solution of iodide of iron into the sugar. 
Stir the mixture with a glass or porcelain rod or spatula, and heat it 
to the boiling point on a sand-bath, taking care not to burn the sugar. 
Strain the syrup through linen into a tared bottle, and add enough dis- 
tilled water to make the whole product weigh one thousand grams (35 
ounces 120 grains). 

Contains ten per cent, ferrous iodide. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 323. 

Must be kept in bottles not larger than five hundred grams (17f 
avoirdupois ounces) capacity, entirely filled, well corked, and may be 
safely kept in a place accessible to daylight. Does not keep well in 
larger bottles. 

Dose. — One to four cubic centimeters (15 to 60 minims). 

Ferri Lactas ; U. S. 

Lactate of Iron. 

Ferrosus Lactas — Ferrous Lactate. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 162. A 

pale yellowish-green granular powder, or crystalline crusts. Odorless; 

taste sweetish, mildly ferruginous. Soluble in forty parts of water at 

ordinary temperatures ; in twelve parts of boiling water. 

Must be kept in well-corked bottles. Should not be brownish, nor 
have a cheesy odor. Used like other mild salts of iron. 
Dose. — 0.1 to 0.5 gram (2 to 8 grains) in pill. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 485 

Ferri Lactophospliatis Syrupus. 

Syrup of Lactophosphate OF IRON. 

Dissolve thirteen grams (200 grains) soluble phosphate of iron (U. 
S. Phar. 1880) in sixty cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) hot distilled 
water, then add nine hundred and thirty cubic centimeters (31-j- fluid- 
ounces) syrup of orange flowers, and ten grams (154 grains) lactic acid. 

This syrup is very pleasant to the taste. 

It contains 6.5 centigrams phosphate of iron, with free lactic acid to 
each five cubic centimeters (1 grain to each teaspoonful). 

Dose. — About five cubic centimeters (one teaspoonful). 

Ferri Mistura Composita ; IT. S. 

Compound Iron Mixture. 
Griffith's Mixture — Emulsio Myrrhce Ferrata. 

Triturate nine grams (139 grains) myrrh, in small selected tears, nine 
grams sugar, and four grams (62 grains) carbonate of potassium, with 
four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (15^- fluidounces) rose-water 
gradually added. Then add to the emulsion twenty-five grams (386 
grains) spirit of lavender. Pour the mixture into a bottle, and finally 
add three grams (46 grains) sulphate of iron, and cork the bottle 
tightly. 

Must be freshly made when wanted for use. 

This preparation is the same as in the Pharmacopoeia of 1870. 

Dose. — Fifteen to sixty cubic centimeters (-J- to 2 fluidounces) sev- 
eral times a day. 

Ferri Nitratis Liquor ; IT. S. 

Solution of Nitrate of Iron. 

Solutio Ferrici Nitratis — Solution of Ferric Nitrate. 
Mix one hundred and fifty grams (5 ounces 127 grains) water of am- 
monia with four hundred grams (14 ounces 48 grains) cold water. Add 
to the mixture one hundred and eighty grams (6 ounces 150 grains) so- 
lution of tersulphate of iron, first diluted with one liter (34 fluidounces) of 
cold water. Stir well while mixing the liquids. Transfer the whole to 
a wet muslin strainer and let it drain. Then put the precipitate back 
in a jar, and mix it with one liter cold water, stir well, and again put it 
on the muslin strainer to drain. Repeat these washings until the water 
which drains away no longer gives a heavy cloud with solution of ba- 
rium chloride. Then let the precipitate be completely drained, and put 
it in a porcelain evaporating dish with seventy grams (2 ounces 205 



486 A COMPANION TO THE 



grains) nitric acid, stirring until solution is effected. Then add enough 
distilled water to make the whole weigh one thousand grams (35 ounces 
120 grains). 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 199. It is clear, am- 
ber-colored, or reddish ; odorless ; has an acid, styptic taste ; reaction 
acid ; specific gravity 1.050, corresponding to about 7° Baume. 

Strength. — Ten grams (154 t 3 q- grains) of the solution, with ammo- 
nia added in excess, yield a precipitate which, after being washed, 
dried, and ignited, weighs 0.2 gram. It contains about six per cent, 
anhydrous ferric nitrate, corresponding to about two per cent, ferric 
oxide, or to about 1.4 per cent, metallic iron. 

The preparation of the Pharmacopoeia of 1870 was stated to have 
a specific gravity of 1.060 to 1.070; but the gravimetric test only required 
a yield of about two per cent, ferric oxide, so that the new preparation 
may be considered practically identical with the old. 

Medicinal Uses. — Less astringent than the preparations of iron 
with sulphuric or hydrochloric acids. Used very rarely ; useful in diar- 
rhoea, etc., and in dilution as a local application in leucorrhcea. 

Dose. — 0.5 cubic centimeter (8 minims) ; as an injection one to 
two cubic centimeters in thirty cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims in 1 
fluidounce) of water. 

Ferri Oxalas; U. S. 

Oxalate of Iron. 
Ferrosus Oxalas — Ferrous Oxalate. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 162. A 
heavy, lemon-yellow, crystalline powder ; odorless, and almost taste- 
less. Nearly insoluble in water. 

Dose. — 0.2 to 0.3 gram (3 to 5 grains). 

Ferri Oxidum Hy dratum ; U. S. 

Hydrated Oxide op Iron. 
Ferricus Hydras — Ferric Hydrate. 
Dilute eight hundred grams (28 ounces 96 grains, or28-J- fluidounces) 
water of ammonia with two liters (68 fluidounces) cold water, in a four- 
gallon jar. Dilute one thousand grams (35-J ounces, measuring about 
25J fluidounces) solution of tersulphate of iron with ten liters (about 21 
pints) of cold water. Pour the diluted solution of tersulphate of iron 
into the water of ammonia gradually and during constant stirring. 
Pour the whole upon a muslin strainer, previously well wetted, and let 
it drain. Then put the precipitate back into the jar and mix it well 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 487 

with twelve liters (25^- pints) cold water. Drain it again as before, and 
afterward wash it once more in the same manner with another twelve 
liters of water. Finally mix the washed precipitate with enough cold 
water to make the whole product weigh two thousand grams (70 ounces 
240 grains). 

Hydrated oxide of iron is used as an antidote for arsenic, and when 
wanted for this purpose it must be freshly made, and dispensed as rap- 
idly as possible. For this purpose the Pharmacopoeia directs that the 
ingredients should be kept in a special place, already weighed out and 
ready to mix. One bottle should be there containing ten troyounces 
(311 grams) solution of tersulphate of iron, and another containing 
eight troyounces (249 grams) water of ammonia. When the hydrated 
oxide of iron is to be made, the water of ammonia is then at once poured 
into a two-gallon vessel with about one gallon water, and the solution 
of tersulphate of iron is poured in, all is stirred briskly, poured on a 
strainer, which after most of the liquid has run off, is gathered up by 
the hands, folded together, and pressed until the liquid is nearly all 
squeezed out. Enough water is then added to the precipitate to make 
the whole weigh twenty troyounces (622 grams). 

Forms an insoluble compound with arsenic. 

It is a reddish-brown wet mass, slowly soluble without residue, and 
without effervescence in hydrochloric acid. 

The "Ferri Oxidum Hydratum cum Magnesia," described below, is a 
better antidote for arsenic. 

Medicinal Uses. — Employed mainly as an antidote for arsenical 
poisoning, for which purpose it is administered in doses of five to fifteen 
cubic centimeters (a tea- to a table-spoonful) every ten or fifteen min- 
utes. While the resulting arsenical iron salt may be insoluble in water 
it is not completely insoluble in the gastric juice, and should be re- 
moved from the stomach and bowels by emetics and laxatives. 

Ferri Oxidum Hydratum cum Magnesia ; XT. S. 

Hydrated Oxide op Iron with Magnesia. 
Magnesio-Ferricus Hydras — Magnesio- Ferric Hydrate ; Antidotum 
Arsenii — Antidote for Arsenic. 
Mix sixty-five grams (2£ ounces or 13 \ fluidrachms) solution of ter- 
sulphate of iron with about sixty-five grams (about 2 fluidounces) of 
water. Keep in a five-pint bottle. 

Rub up ten grams (154 grains) magnesia with enough water to make 
a thin, smooth milk ; pour this in a liter bottle (a quart bottle) and fill 
it up with water. Keep these two mixtures ready for use. 



488 A COMPANION TO THE 

When wanted in a case of poisoning by arsenic, shake up the mag- 
nesia milk thoroughly, and then pour it gradually into the bottle con- 
taining the solution of tersulphate of iron, and shake the whole briskly 
until homogeneous. 

The magnesia is purposely added in excess, and it, as well as the 
ferric hydrate formed, prevents the poisonous effects of the arsenic 
(whether arsenious or arsenic compounds) by forming insoluble combi- 
nations with it. 

The preparation is a thick reddish-brown mixture. It contains ferric 
hydrate, magnesia, and magnesium sulphate. 

Medicinal Uses. — This is the # best antidote for poisoning icith 
arsenic, arid it is used in the same manner as the hydrated oxide of iron. 

Ferri Oxidum Magneticum Prsecipitatum. 

Precipitated Magnetic Oxide op Iron. 
Ferrico-Ferrosum Oxidum Prascipitatum — Precipitated Ferrico-Ferrous 

Oxide. 

Dissolve five hundred grams (17 ounces 280 grains) sulphate of iron 
in one thousand five hundred cubic centimeters (51 fluidounces) water. 
Add to it two thousand five hundred grams solution of tersulphate of 
iron. Dissolve three thousand grams (105 ounces 360 grains) carbonate 
of sodium in twelve liters (about 23 pints) water, and filter the solution. 
Pour the iron solution gradually and during constant stirring into the 
solution of carbonate of sodium ; then boil the mixture about three 
hours, or until the effervescence ceases and the precipitate has been 
converted into a fine black powder. Let it settle. Decant the super- 
natant liquid. Wash the precipitate until the washings are tasteless or 
no longer contain sulphate. Then dry. 

Description. — An impalpable, heavy, black powder, completely 
soluble in hydrochloric acid or in sulphuric acid. 

Medicinal Uses. — When properly made this is a uniform and re- 
liable preparation, rich in iron, easily tolerated by the stomach, and ap- 
propriate in cases of anmmia, or whenever chalybeates are indicated. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 0.6 gram (5 to 10 grains). 

Ferri Phosphas ; U. S. 

Phosphate of Iron. 
Ferricus Phosphas Solubilis — Soluble Ferric Phosphate. 
Dissolve five hundred grams (17f avoirdupois ounces) citrate of iron 
in one thousand eight hundred cubic centimeters (about 3f pints) dis- 
tilled water, by the aid of water-bath heat. Add to this solution six 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 489 

hundred grams (21 ounces 72 grains) sodium phosphate, and stir con- 
stantly until dissolved. Evaporate the solution at not above 60° 0. 
(140° F.) to a thick syrup, paint this on plates of glass and dry so as to 
obtain scales. 

It contains phosphate of iron and citrate of sodium, and the reaction 
is known to have taken place when the liquid turns green. 

The preparation is a bright yellowish-green scale-salt, which is 
odorless, and has a slightly saline and acidulous taste. It is readily 
soluble in water. One hundred grams of the scales represent 13.50 
grams metallic iron. Must be kept in well-corked bottles in a dark 
place, as it is liable to darken by exposure to light. 

This is a new preparation, not heretofore described in any book. 
The fact that it has received the name "Phosphate of Iron," without 
any adjective to distinguish it from the familiar Phosphate of Iron of 
the Pharmacopoeia of 1870, is liable to cause more or less confusion. 
The old phosphate of iron is the only phosphate of iron at this writing- 
known in the trade, the new preparation described above being known 
only to a comparatively limited number of pharmacists, and although 
the old preparation is now dropped from the Pharmacopoeia, it will be 
many years before it will cease to be a common article of trade under 
the same name. The new phosphate of iron ought to have been called 
" Soluble Phosphate of Iron," or, better still, " Soluble Ferric Phosphate." 
(See "Ferri Phosphas Precipitatus Coeruleus." 

Medicinal Uses. — Same as of iron salts in general. Generally 
supposed to combine the action of iron with that of phosphrous. 
Dose. — 0.2 to 0.3 gram (3 to 5 grains). 

FERRI PHOSPHATIS SYRUP US. 

Syrup of Phosphate of Iron. 

Dissolve twenty-six grams (400 grains) soluble phosphate of iron in 

ninety cubic centimeters (3 fluidounces) hot distilled water ; then add 

enough syrup of orange flowers to make the whole product one liter (34 

fluidounces). 

Contains thirteen centigrams phosphate of iron in each five cubic 
centimeters (2 grains in each teaspoonful). 

Dose. — About five cubic centimeters (one teaspoonful). 

FERRI PHOSPHATIS VINUM. 
Wine of Phosphate of Iron. 
Dissolve twenty-six grams (400 grains) soluble phosphate of iron in 
ninety cubic centimeters (3 fluidounces) hot distilled water ; then add 



490 A COMPANION TO THE 

three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) elixir of orange, sixty 
cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) syrup of orange flowers, and enough 
sherry wine to make the whole product one liter (34 fluidounces). 

Contains thirteen centigrams phosphate of iron in each five cubic 
centimeters (2 grains in each teaspoonful). 

Dose. — About five cubic centimeters (1 teaspoonful). 

Ferri Phosphas Prsecipitatus Albus. 

White Precipitated Phosphate of Iron. 
Ferricus Phosphas Prcecipitatus — Precipitated Ferric Phosphate, 

Dissolve two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) sodium phosphate 
in two thousand cubic centimeters (68 fluidounces) distilled water. 
Add to this solution, during constant stirring, one hundred and fifty 
grams (5 ounces 127 grains) solution of tersulphate of iron previously 
diluted with one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) water. 
Wash the precipitate first by decantation and afterward on a strainer 
until the washings pass tasteless. Then allow it to drain, and dry it in 
thin layers on delf plates by the aid of moderate heat. 

A white or nearly white powder, insoluble in water or in alcohol, 
odorless and tasteless ; soluble in solution of citrate of sodium or in 
solution of citrate of ammonium. 

Ferri Phosphas Precipitatus Cceruleus. 

Precipitated Blue Phosphate of Ikon. 

Ferri Phosphas^. S. P. 1870; Ferrico-Ferrosus Phosphas — Ferrico- 
Ferrous Phosphate. 

This is the blue phosphate of iron made by precipitating a solution 
of sulphate of iron with a solution of sodium phosphate. It was official 
in the old Pharmacopoeia (1870) under the name of Phosphate of Iron — 
a title now given to a soluble scale salt of ferric phosphate with citrate 
of sodium (see page 488). 

Precipitated blue phosphate of iron is a grayish-blue powder, odor- 
less and tasteless, insoluble in water. 

Dose. — 0.2 to 0.3 gram (3 to 5 grains) in pill. Seldom used. 

Ferri Pilulse Composite ; U. S. P. 

Compound Iron Pills. 

Triturate 9.75 grams (or 150 grains) powdered myrrh, 4.85 grams 
carbonate of sodium, and 4.85 grams (75 grains) sulphate of iron until 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 491 

thoroughly mixed ; then add a sufficient quantity of simple syrup, beat 
the whole into a mass, and make one hundred pills. 

Medicinal Uses. — Supposed to be peculiarly beneficial in anaemia 
with amenorrhea. 

Dose. — One to four pills two or three times a day. 

Ferri Extractum Pomatum. 

Ferrated Extract of Apples. 
Ferrico-Ferrosus Malas Impurus — Impure Malate of Iron. 

Pare five thousand grams (about 11 pounds) nearly ripe crab-apples, 
or any nearly ripe sour apples, crush them, and express the juice. Di- 
gest the juice with two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) cut iron 
wire, or powdered iron, for ten days, or until all signs of effervescence 
cease. Replace the water lost by evaporation from time to time. Heat 
the mixture on a water-bath at about 70° C. (158° F.) during five or 
six hours. Then add two liters (68 fluidounces) water. Express. Mix 
the residue with more water, and press again. Mix the liquids, and let 
the mixture settle in a cool place. Filter. Evaporate the filtrate to 
the consistence of extract. 

The extract is greenish-black, and has a styptic taste. It generally 
contains about seven to eight per cent. iron. 

Dose. — 0.25 to 0.5 gram (4 to 8 grains). 

FEKRI TINCTUKA POMATA. 
Ferrated Tincture of Apples. 

Dissolve one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) ferrated extract 
of apples in a mixture of one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces 100 
grains, or about 5 fluidounces) alcohol and seven hundred and eighty 
grams (27 ounces 225 grains, or about 26^- fluidounces) cinnamon water. 

Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims). 

Ferri Pyrophosplias ; U. S. 

Pyrophosphate of Iron. 

The new pyrophosphate of iron is a ferric pyrophosphate with citrate 
of sodium. The former preparation of the same name was ferric pyro- 
phosphate with citrate of ammonium. According to the present Phar- 
macopoeia (1880) it is made as follows : 

Dissolve four hundred and fifty grams (15 ounces 382 grains) citrate 



492 A COMPANION TO THE 

of iron in one thousand eight hundred cubic centimeters (about 3f pints) 
distilled water by the aid of heat on a water-bath. To this solution add 
five hundred grains (17 ounces 280 grains) pyrophosphate of sodium, 
and stir constantly until dissolved. Continue the heat until the liquid 
is green. It now contains pyrophosphate of iron with citrate of sodium. 
Evaporate this to a thick syrup at a heat not above 60° C. (140° F.), 
paint it on glass plates, and dry to get scales. 

The scales are apple-green, but darken on exposure to air. Perfectly 
soluble in water. Odorless ; taste slightly acidulous and saline. Re- 
action neutral. This preparation is less liable to change than the old 
one made with citrate of ammonium. 

One hundred grams represent 11.50 grams metallic iron. 

Medicinal Uses. — Same as of mild iron preparations in general. 
As it is readily soluble and nearly tasteless it is generally used in elixirs. 

Dose. — 0.2 to 0.3 gram (3 to 5 grains). 

FERRI PYROPHOSPHATE SYRUPUS. 
Syrup of Pyrophosphate of Iron. 

Dissolve twenty-six grams (400 grains) pyrophosphate of iron in one 
hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces) boiling distilled 
water. Add enough syrup of orange flowers to make the whole measure 
one liter (34 fluidounces). 

Contains thirteen centigrams pyrophosphate of iron in each five 
cubic centimeters (or two grains in each teaspoonful). 

Dose. — Five cubic centimeters (teaspoonful). 

Ferri Quininse et Strychninae Phosphatum 
Syrupus ; U. S. 

Syrup of the Phosphates of Iron, Quinine, and Strychnine. 

Dissolve 13.30 grams (205 grains) phosphate of iron in two hundred 
and fifty cubic centimeters (83- fluidounces) distilled water. Add to it 
eighty grams (2 ounces 360 grains) phosphoric acid. Triturate 13.30 
grams (205 grains) quinine and forty centigrams (6J grains) strychnine 
with the acid iron phosphate solution until all is dissolved. Then add 
enough distilled water to make the whole liquid weigh four hundred 
grams (14 ounces 48 grains). Finally add six hundred grams (21 ounces) 
sugar, in coarse powder, and dissolve without heat. 

The phosphate of iron to be used is the new pharmacopoeial scale 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 493 

preparation ; its solution in water when mixed with the phosphoric acid 
will throw down a whitish precipitate, which, however, soon redissolves, 
giving a clear yellowish solution. The phosphoric acid to be used is the 
new strong acid, containing fifty per cent, of ortho-phosphoric acid. The 
alkaloids, quinine, and strychnine will readily dissolve in the acid liquid. 

The preparation is disagreeably bitter and acid, and has a bluish 
fluorescence from the acid phosphate of quinine. 

It contains 6.5 centigrams each of phosphate of iron and the alkaloid 
quinine, and two milligrams of the alkaloid strychnine, to each five 
cubic centimeters of the syrup, corresponding to about one grain phos- 
phate of iron, one grain quinine, and one thirty-second grain strychnine 
to each teaspoonful, which is the intended dose. 

The quinine and strychnine contained in the syrup are combined 
with the phosphoric acid. 

This syrup should be kept in small (not over 1-pound) bottles, in a 
cool, dark place. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (half to one teaspoonful). 

Ferri Subcarbonas ; Phar. 18 TO. 

SlIBCAEBONATE OF IeON. 

Made by precipitating a solution of eight parts of sulphate of iron 
with a solution of nine parts of carbonate of sodium. 

Description. — It is a reddish-brown powder, odorless, tasteless, in- 
soluble in water ; it dissolves wholly in dilute hydrochloric acid, with 
more or less effervescence. Consists chiefly of a basic ferric hydrate. 

Dropped from the new Pharmacopoeia. 

Dose. — 0.3 gram (5 grains) or more. 

Ferri Subsulphas. 

Substtlphate of Ibox. 

Mrricus Subsulphas — Basic Ferric Sulphate, MonseVs Powder, Persul- 
phate of Iron. 

Prepared by carefully evaporating solution of subsulphate of iron to 
dryness, stirring constantly with a porcelain spatula. 

It is a lemon yellow, odorless, but extremely styptic powder. Should 
be instantly soluble in water. It is very hygroscopic. 

Medicinal Uses. — Employed locally as a styptic, for which purpose 
it is an excellent preparation. Used for the same purposes as the cor- 
responding solution. 



494 A COMPANION TO THE 

Ferri Sub sulpha tis Liquor ; U. S. 

Solution of Subsulphate of Iron. 

Solutio Ferrici Subsulphatis — /Solution of Basic Ferric Sulphate, Mon- 
seVs Solution, Solution of Persulphate of Iron ; Liqueur Mmosta- 
tique de Monsel, F. 

Put five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces) distilled water 
in a half-gallon porcelain evaporating dish. Add to it gradually, stir- 
ring briskly, a mixture of seventy grams (2 ounces 205 grains) sulphuric 
acid and one hundred and ten grams (3 ounces 385 grains) nitric acid. 
Heat the whole on a sand-bath to the boiling point. Add gradually 
(one-fourth at a time) seven hundred and seventy grams (27 ounces 71 
grains) sulphate of iron previously crushed into coarse powder, waiting 
after each addition until the effervescence subsides before adding more. 
Now add a few drops nitric acid ; if red fumes appear, continue adding 
more nitric acid, a few drops at a time, until the red fumes cease to be 
formed. Then boil the liquid until all nitrous odor disappears, and the 
solution acquires a ruby-red color. Then add enough distilled water to 
make the final product weigh one thousand one hundred and forty grams 
(40 ounces 93 grains). 

The process must be carried on under a hood to avoid the poisonous 
red fumes. 

Description and Strength. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 200, 
201. Reddish-brown, syrupy ; almost odorless ; exceedingly styptic, 
but not caustic ; reaction acid. Specific gravity 1.555, corresponding 
to 52° Baume. 

"When thirty cubic centimeters (1 fiuidounce) of this solution is 
mixed gradually with fifteen cubic centimeters (£ fiuidounce) of sul- 
phuric acid in a beaker-glass a whitish solid mass separates on standing. 
By this the Monsel's solution is readily distinguished from solution of 
tersulphate of iron, which does not form any solid mass when treated 
the same way. 

Ten grams (154 T 3 T grains) of solution of subsulphate of iron, with an 
excess of water of ammonia, yields a precipitate which, after washing, 
drying, and ignition, weighs 1.94 gram (very nearly 30 grains). It 
contains 43.7 per cent, basic ferric sulphate, corresponding to 19.4 per 
cent, ferric oxide, or to about 13.5 per cent, metallic iron. It is practi- 
cally of the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 

Sold at present by the pound, put up in twelve-ounce acid bottles. 

Medicinal Uses. — Powerfully astringent and much used as a 
haemostatic and styptic, especially in bleeding from large surfaces, when 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 495 

the blood oozes from all parts instead of coming from points which could 
be seized with the forceps and closed by torsion. It is less irritating 
than some of the other preparations used for the same purpose. 

Useful in epistaxis, haemoptysis, hoematemesis, hemorrhage from the 
rectum or uterus, etc. 

As a spra}' - it has been used by inhalation in haemoptysis. In the 
hemorrhages following abortion or childbirth it has been used as an in- 
jection into the uterus. It must be used with care for this purpose, as 
the injection of any of such powerful remedies may be followed by peri- 
tonitis ; but when it is an alternative between certain immediate death 
if the hemorrhage is not checked, and possible death from a possible 
peritonitis, we have no choice. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 1 cubic centimeter (5 to 15 drops) diluted. Exter- 
nally either pure or diluted. 

Ferx*i Sulphas ; U. S. 

Sulphate of Ikon. 
Ferrosus Sulphas — Ferrous Sulphate. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 165. 

Large, clear, bluish-green crystals of a sweetish, saline, styptic taste. 
Effloresce and turn white, and afterward brown by oxidation, when ex- 
posed to the air. When heated the crystals dissolve in their water of 
crystallization. Eighteen cubic centimeters water of 15° C. (59° F.) will 
dissolve ten grams of the sulphate of iron ; of boiling water thirty cubic 
centimeters (1 fluidounce) will dissolve one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 
grains). It is insoluble in alcohol. 

The salt contains seven molecules of water. 

An aqueous solution containing ten per cent, of ferrous sulphate has 
the specific gravity 1.054 ; a twenty per cent, solution, 1.112 ; a thirty 
per cent, solution, 1.174 ; and a forty per cent, solution, 1.239 — at 15° 
C. (59° F.). 

Mainly used in the preparation of other iron salts. 

Ferri Sulphas Exsiccatus ; U. S. 

Dried Sulphate of Iron. 
Ferrosus Sulphas Fhsiccatus — Dried Ferrous Sidphate. 
Prepared by exposing coarsely powdered ferrous sulphate in an un- 
glazed earthen vessel to a moderate heat, stirring it from time to time, 
until it has become white all through. The heat is then increased to 
149° C. (300° F.) and kept at that degree until the iron salt ceases to 
lose weight. Finally it is powdered. 



496 A COMPANION TO THE 



It is pale grayish-white, soluble in water, with a small residue con- 
sisting of basic ferric sulphate ; one gram (15 grains) of the crystallized 
sulphate of iron will yield, and is medicinally equivalent to, about 0.61 
gram (9 grains) of dried sulphate of iron ; or, in simpler terms, three 
grains of dried sulphate of iron are equivalent to five grains of the sul- 
phate of iron. 

Must be kept in well-corked bottles. 

Medicinal Uses. — Tonic and exceedingly astringent. Internally 
it is mainly used to check excessive secretions depending on debility, as 
night-sweats, leucorrhoea, etc. 

Combined with the extracts of aloes and nux vomica or belladonna 
it is a favorite remedy in chronic constipation due to a want of tone of 
the intestines. 

Externally it is sometimes applied to eczema and other shin diseases. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.1 gram (1 to 2 grains). 

Ferri Sulphas Impurus. 

Impure Sulphate of Ikon. 

Ferrosus Sulphas Impurus — Impure Ferrous Sulphate, Copperas, Green 

Vitriol. 

Resembles the sulphate of iron described under " Ferri Sulphas," but 
is more or less impure, containing usually zinc, copper, alumina, and 
manganese, besides mechanical impurities. The crystals are also gen- 
erally more or less brownish-yellow on the surface, from basic ferric sul- 
phate. The larger and clearer the crystals are, the purer the copperas. 

Uses. — Employed extensively as a disinfectant, but as its disinfect- 
ing properties depend on chemical action by preventing the liberation 
of ammoniacal gases, this substance is not a true disinfectant, but rather 
merely a deodorizer. 

Ferri Sulphas Prsecipitatus ; U. S. 

Precipitated Sulphate of Iron. 

Ferrosus Sulphas Prmcipitatus — Precipitated Ferrous Sulphate, Granu- 
lated Sulphate of Iron. 

Dissolve one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains) sulphate of iron 
in one thousand seven hundred cubic centimeters (about 3-J- pints) dis- 
tilled water, previously mixed with forty grams (1 ounce 180 grains) of 
sulphuric acid. Filter the solution. When cold pour it into an equal 
volume of alcohol, and set the mixture aside, in a well-covered vessel, 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 497 

twenty-four hours. Then pour off the supernatant liquid from the crys- 
talline powder, drain the latter in a funnel, wash it with alcohol until 
the washings no longer redden blue litmus paper, fold the crystalline 
powder in a piece of muslin, press gently, and then spread it out on 
filter paper to dry by sun-heat, and keep it in bottles closed with corks 
dipped in melted paraffine. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 166. 

It is of a very pale bluish-green, almost white, color. In other prop- 
erties it corresponds with the description of sulphate of iron. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.25 gram (2 to 4 grains). 

Ferri Sulpliidum. 

Sulphide of Iron. 

Ferrosum Sulphidum — Ferrous Sulphide, Black Sulphuret of Iron. 

Dark-gray or blackish masses, porous, crystalline, brittle, odorless, 
tasteless, insoluble in water ; soluble in dilute acids with the evolution 
of hydrogen sulphide, for which purpose it is employed. 

Ferri Tersulphatis Liquor ; U. S. 

Solution of Teksulphate of Ikon. 
Solutio Ferrici Sulphatis — Solution of [normal] Ferric Sulphate. 

Mix one thousand five hundred grams (52 ounces 400 grains) sul- 
phuric acid with one thousand one hundred grams (38 ounces 350 grains) 
nitric acid and five thousand grams (about 10-J- pints) distilled water in 
a porcelain evaporating dish capable of holding three gallons. Heat the 
mixture to the boiling point. Now add two thousand grams (70 ounces 
240 grains) sulphate of iron, previously crushed in a mortar into coarse 
powder, and stir until effervescence ceases. Then add a second, third, 
and fourth portion of coarsely powdered sulphate of iron in the same 
manner, waiting each time until effervescence subsides before adding 
the next portion, so that altogether eight thousand grams (17 pounds 
11 ounces 85 grains) have been added. 

Continue heating until effervescence has entirely ceased. Then add 
a few drops of nitric acid ; if red fumes should then be evolved, add 
carefully more nitric acid, a few drops at a time and during constant 
stirring, until red fumes cease to be formed. Now heat until the liquid 
becomes reddish-brown, and is free, from nitrous odor. Finally, add 
enough distilled water to make the whole weigh twenty thousand grams 
(44 pounds 1 ounce 300 grains). 
32 



498 A COMPANION TO THE 

The heating must be done on a sand-bath, and in a hood, in order 
to get sufficient heat and to avoid the poisonous fumes. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 201. Reddish-brown; 
of but a faint odor ; strongly styptic and acid taste ; acid reaction ; 
specific gravity 1.32, corresponding to about 35.3° Baume — the same 
strength as that of the preparation of 1870. It mixes clear with water 
or with alcohol in all proportions. 

It is distinguished from Monsel's solution by mixing thirty cubic 
centimeters (1 fluidounce) of it with fifteen cubic centimeters (J fluid- 
ounce) of sulphuric acid ; if it should be Monsel's solution (solution of 
subsulphate of iron) a white solid mass will separate on standing; but 
this does not take place in solution of tersulphate of iron. 

Strength. — Ten grams (154J- grains) of this solution precipitated 
with an excess of ammonia should yield a precipitate which, after wash- 
ing, drying, and ignition weighs 1.15 gram (I7f grains). 

It therefore contains 28.7 per cent of normal ferric sulphate, corre- 
sponding to eleven and a half per cent, ferric oxide, or about eight per 
cent, metallic iron, having the same strength in iron as the solution of 
acetate of iron. As compared with solution of chloride of iron, 1,613.5 
grams (56 ounces 400 grains) solution of tersulphate of iron will yield 
the same quantity of ferric hydrate as one thousand grams (35 ounces 
120 grains) of solution of chloride of iron. 

Sold by the pound. A twelve-ounce acid bottle holds one pound 
conveniently. 

Medicinal and Other Uses. — Similar to those of Monsel's solution, 
but more irritating. 

It is used mainly for preparing ferric hydrate and ferric salts gen- 
erally. 

Ferri Trochisci ; U. S. 

Iron Troches. 

Triturate sixty-five centigrams (10 grains) vanilla with 97.50 grams 
(3 ounces 192 grains) sugar gradually added, and afterward incorporate 
32.50 grams (1 ounce 64 grains) hydrated oxide of iron, freshly precip- 
itated, and dried at a temperature not exceeding 80° C. (176° F.). Then 
add a sufficient quantity of tragacanth mucilage, and work the whole 
into a mass from which make one hundred troches. 

The new formula differs from that of 1870 by containing hydrated 
oxide of iron instead of subcarbonate of iron. 

Dose. — One tablet three or four times daily. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 499 

Ferri Valerianas ; IT. S. 

Valerianate of Iron. 

FerHcus Valerianas — Ferric Valerianate. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 166. A 
dark brick-red amorphous powder, smelling faintly of valerianic acid, 
and having a mildly ferruginous taste. Insoluble in cold water, but 
soluble in alcohol. 

It should be kept in bottles well closed with corks dipped in melted 
paraffine or wax. 

Medicinal Uses. — In chlor otic patients of an hysterical nature the 
valerianic acid is supposed to exert a beneficial action, in addition to 
that of the iron. It is but little used. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.2 gram (1 to 3 grains) in pill three to four times 
daily. 

Ferri Vinum. 

Iron Wine. 
Vinum Ferratum — Fer rated Wine, Simple Wine of Iron. 

Macerate fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) cut iron wire for thirty 
days with one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) sherry wine. 
The iron must be nearly, but not quite, immersed in the wine, the bottle 
in which the maceration takes place must be frequently shaken, and the 
stopper removed from time to time to admit air, and to let hydrogen 
gas escape. The bottle must be loosely corked. 

The quantity of iron dissolved in the wine depends upon the quantity 
of free tartaric acid contained in the latter. 

Dose. — A wine-glassful. It is a mild ferruginous preparation. 

Ferri Vinum Amarum ; U. S. 

Bitter Wine of Iron. 

Mix eighty grams (2 ounces 360 grains) solution of citrate of iron 
and quinine, one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces 100 grains, or 
4J fluidounces) tincture of sweet orange peel, three hundred and sixty 
grams (12 ounces 305 grains, or about 9^ fluidounces) simple syrup, and 
four hundred and forty grams (15 ounces 228 grains, or about 15 fluid- 
ounces) stronger white wine. 

The preparation contains forty centigrams (6-j- grains) solution of 
citrate of iron and quinine in each five cubic centimeters. This corre- 
sponds to about two grains citrate of iron and quinine to each teaspoon- 
ful, which is the intended dose. 



500 A COMPANION TO THE 

Ferrum Albuminatnm. 

Albuminate of Iron, 

Dissolve ten grams (154 grains) dried soluble albumen of egg in one 
hundred cubic centimeters (3^ fluidounces) distilled water ; mix the so- 
lution with a solution of 1.75 grams (27 grains) crystalline ferric chlo- 
ride in thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) distilled water ; add 
twenty-four cubic centimeters (5^ fluidrachms) alcohol. Evaporate the 
mixture at not above 40° C. (104° F.) to obtain the product in scales. 

Golden-yellow scales, soluble in water, and containing about three 
and one-third per cent, metallic iron. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.3 gram (1 to 5 grains). 

FEKBI ALBUMINATI LIQUOK. 

Solution of Albuminate of Iron. 

Dissolve one gram (15 grains) albuminate of iron in one hundred 
cubic centimeters (3^- fluidounces) distilled water. 

Ferrum Oxy datum Saccharatum Solubile; G. 

Soluble Saccharated Oxide of Iron. 

Mix two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) solution of ferric chlo- 
ride of 1.48 specific gravity (see page 469) with two hundred grams (7 
ounces 24 grains) simple syrup. Add gradually to this mixture four 
hundred grams (14 ounces 48 grains) solution of soda of 1.33 specific 
gravity, cover it well and set the whole aside for twenty-four hours. 
Then pour the clear liquid into about three liters (6^ pints) boiling dis- 
tilled water, stir until mixed, and then set it aside to allow the precipi- 
tate to subside. The precipitation may be facilitated by heating the 
liquid on a water-bath. Decant the clear supernatant liquid, and 
wash the precipitate once, by affusion and decantation, with distilled 
water. Collect the precipitate on a muslin strainer, and wash it with 
distilled water so long as the washings pass through clear and continue 
to have a rather marked alkaline reaction. Then let it stand to drain 
oif most of the water. Transfer the precipitate to a tared porcelain 
evaporating dish, mix it with nine hundred grams (31 ounces 327 grains) 
powdered sugar, and evaporate the whole on a water-bath to dryness, 
stirring constantly. Finally, incorporate enough additional powdered 
sugar to make the whole product weigh one thousand grams (35 ounces 
120 grains). Reduce it to fine powder. 

It is a reddish-brown powder, of a mild ferruginous taste, dissolves 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 501 

perfectly in five times its own weight of water, forming a clear reddish- 
brown solution with a feebly alkaline reaction, and contains three per 
cent. iron. 

Must be kept in tightly corked bottles. 

Dose. — 0.2 to 1 gram (3 to 15 grains) several times a day. 

FEREI OXIDI SYRUTUS. 
Syrup of Oxide of Iron. 

Dissolve four hundred and thirty-three grams (15 ounces 120 grains) 
soluble saccharated oxide of iron, and two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 
grains) sugar in a sufficient quantity of distilled water to obtain a syrup 
measuring one liter (34 fluidounces). 

Each five cubic centimeters contains about 6.5 centigrams iron (one 
grain of iron to each teaspoonful). 

Dose. — About one teaspoonful. 

FEBRI OXYDATI SOLUBILIS SYRUPUS ; G. 

Eisensyrup, G. 

Contains one per cent, iron, or three hundred and thirty-three grams 

soluble saccharated oxide of iron in each kilogram, which is very nearly 

the same strength as the formula given above, the specific gravity of the 

German syrup being about 1.30. 

Dose. — Two to eight cubic centimeters (-J to 2 fluidrachms). 

Ferrum Pulveratum. 

Powdered Iron. 

Prepared by triturating pure wrought iron filings in steel mortars 
until reduced to a fine powder. 

It is a heavy, gray, very fine powder. Should dissolve in dilute 
hydrochloric acid with scarcely any residue. The gas evolved from the 
solution should not darken a piece of white filter paper dipped in solu- > 
tion of subacetate of lead (sulphur). 

Must not be brownish from oxidation. 

Should be kept in tightly corked bottles in a dry place. 

Uses. — Same as of reduced iron. 

Ferrum Reductum ? IT. S. 

Reduced Iron". 
Ferrum Hedactum, Phar. 1870 — Quevenne's Iron, Iron by Hydrogen. 
Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 167. 
A grayish-black, very fine, lustreless powder, which leaves a metallic 



502 



A COMPANION TO THE 



streak in the mortar when triturated. Soluble in diluted sulphuric acid 
with the evolution of nearly odorless hydrogen gas. 

It always contains more or less magnetic oxide of iron, which ren- 
ders the preparation darker in color. Must not be granular, or lumpy, 
or brownish. 

Medicinal Uses. — Chalybeate. Should be given in powder and 
not in pilular form, and preferably at meal-time, so that it may be sub- 
mitted to the action of the gastric juice. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.3 gram (2 to 5 grains). 

Ficus ; U. S. 

Fig. 
Feige, G. ; Figue, F.; Fikon, Sw. 

Origin. — Ficus Carica, Linne (Urticacece). 

Description.— See the Pharmacopoeia, page 167. 

Constituents. — About sixty-two per cent, sugar, besides gum, fat, 
salts, etc. 

Properties. — Demulcent, laxative. Roasted figs are used in poul- 
tices for gum-boils, etc. 



Foeniculum ; U. S. 

Fennel. 

Foeniculi Fructus — Fennel Fruit ; Fen- 
chelsame?i, G. ; Fruits de fenouil, Se- 
ntences de fenouil, F. ; Hinojo, Sp. ; 
Fenkal, Sw. ; Fennel Seed. 

Origin . — Foeniculum vulgare, Gaert- 
ner ( Umbelliferw). 

Habitat. — Cultivated, especially in 
Germany. 

Part used. — The fruit. 
Description. — See the Pharmaco- 
poeia, page 167. 

Varieties. — The fennel described in 

the Pharmacopoeia is German fennel. 

Roman fennel is obtained from Foeniculum dulce, D. C, and is 

larger, yellowish in color, more or less curved, slender, with sharp ribs. 

It has a sweeter and finer aroma than the German fennel, but contains 

less volatile oil. 




Figs. 255-258.— Fennel, a, trans- 
verse section, enlarged, 1, oil-duct, 2, 
fibrovascular bundle ; b and c, whole, 
enlarged ; d, longitudinal section, en- 
larged ; c, natural size. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 503 

Constituents. — The only important one is volatile oil, of which 
German fennel contains three per cent. 

Medicinal Uses. — It is a stomachic and stimulant carminative. 
Used mainly to relieve flatulency and colic. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains), preferably in infusion. 

FCENICULI AQUA ; U. S. 
Fennel Water. 
One gram (15 grains) volatile oil and two grams (30 grains) cotton, 
to make five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces), as described 
under Aquas Aromaticge. 

Fennel water is an aromatic and slightly carminative vehicle for 
other medicines. 

Dose. — Fifteen to thirty cubic centimeters (|- to 1 fluidounce) or 
more. 

FCENICULI OLEUM; U. S. 

Oil of Fennel. 
Foeniculi JEther oleum — Volatile Oil of Fennel. 
Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 236. 
Dose. — 0.1 to 0.2 cubic centimeter (3 to 6 drops). 

FOENICULI SPIRITUS. 
Spirit of Fennel. 

Mix thirty grams (or 1 ounce) volatile oil of fennel with two hundred 
and seventy grams (or 7 ounces, or 8£ fluidounces) alcohol. 
Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims). 

FCENTCULI SYfttJPUS. 
Fennel Syrup. 
Dissolve six hundred grams (21 ounces) sugar in four hundred cubic 
centimeters (13J fluidounces) fennel water, without the aid of heat, and 
filter. 

Frang-ula ; XJ. S. 

Frangula. 

FrangulcB Cortex — Faidbaumrinde, G. ; Bourdaine, Bourgbne, F. ; 
Brakved, Sw. ; Buckthorn Bark. 

Origin. — Rhamiius Frangula, Linne (Bhamnaceai). 
Habitat.— Europe. 



504 A COMPANION TO THE 

Part used. — The bark. Not to be used until one year after it has 
been collected. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 168. Quills or troughs, 
about the diameter of the little finger, consisting of bark about one mil- 
limeter (-^g- inch) thick. Externally smoothish, grayish, or brownish, 
sometimes with lichenous growths ; scars after leaves and buds are few 
and not prominent. The inner surface is quite smooth, finely striated 
lengthwise, and characteristically orange- or brownish-yellow. The bark 
is brittle. The odor is weak but peculiar ; taste sweetish bitter. When 
chewed it colors the saliva yellow. 

Large, rough, thick, flat pieces must be rejected. 

The Pharmacopoeia directs the use of only such bark as has been col- 
lected at least one year previously, because freshly collected frangula 
bark causes griping and emetic besides the purgative effects. 

Constituents. — Frangulin (or rhamnoxanthin) is a lemon yellow, 
odorless, and tasteless glucoside. It is crystalline and sublimable, insol- 
uble in water, and sparingly soluble in alcohol and ether. It has been 
suggested that it is identical with cathartin, the active constituent of 
senna. 

Old frangula contains emodin. 

Medicinal Uses. — The fresh bark produces violent gastrointesti- 
nal irritation, with vomiting, purging, etc. The old dry bark is a safe 
purgative, much employed in the constipation of pregnancy, etc. 

It is best given in the form of the fluid extract. 

FRANGUL/E DECOCTUM. 
Decoction of Frangula. 

From fifty grams (or about If avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). See directions 
on page 399. 

Dose. — Twenty-five to seventy-five cubic centimeters (6 to 18 flui- 
drachms). 

FRANGULA EXTRACT UM. 

Extract of Frangula. 

From five hundred grams (17| avoirdupois ounces) of the drug in 
No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use cold water. 

Moisten with two hundred and fifty grams (about 8£ fluidounces). 
Pack tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate with menstruum. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



505 



Macerate twenty-four hours, Percolate to exhaustion. Then evaporate 
to pilular consistence, and incorporate one-twentieth of its weight of 
glycerin with the still warm extract. 

This extract and the fluid extract are the best preparations of fran- 
gula that have been made. 

Brown. 

Dose-— 0.20 to 0.50 gram (3 to 8 grains). 



FRANGUL^E EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; U.S. 
Fluid Extract of Frangula. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug-, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
one hundred grams (about 4J- fluidounces) alcohol to every two hundred 
grams (about 6|- fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and seventy-five grams (about 6-J 
fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical perco- 
lator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13-j- fluidounces) of the first 
percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to 
make the whole measure five hundred cubic 
centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — Two to ten cubic centimeters (|- to 
2J fluidrachms). 

Frankenia. 

Frankenia. 
Frankeniw Herba — Yerba Heuma. 

Origin. — Frankenia grandiflora (Franke- 

niacece). 

H ab itat. — California. 

Part used. — The whole plant. 

. . r Figs. 259, 260.— Yerba Reu- 

DeSCriptlOH. — A branched Stem, about ma. a, natural size; &, en- 
fifteen centimeters (6 inches) long, with entire arge 

opposite leaves, tapering at the base, and small pink flowers. Odor 
none ; taste saline, with an astringent after-taste. 




506 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Constituents. — It has not been analyzed. 

Uses. — It is recommended as a mild astringent, useful in diseases 
of the mucous passages, as in catarrh, diarrhoea, leucorrhoea, gonorrhoea, 
etc. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 1.5 gram (10 to 20 grains), best given in the form of 
fluid extract, made with diluted alcohol as a menstruum. 

Frasera. 

Frasera. 
Fr as eras Radix — American Columbo. 

Origin. — Frasera Walte- 
ri, Michaux ( Gentianacece). 
Habitat. — United States, 
in the Alleghanies and the 
West. 

Part used. — The root. 
Description . — Split 
lengthwise, about twenty- 
five millimeters (1 inch) 
thick, marked at the large 
end by transverse rings, 
wrinkled longitudinally be- 
low ; brown externally, light 
yellowish-brown within; bark 
thick ; odor reminding of 
gentian ; taste sweetish, af- 
terward bitter. 

Constituents. — Con- 
tains, like gentian, the bitter 
glucoside, gentiopicrin, and 
a yellow crystallizable color- 
ing matter (gentisic acid ?). 
Medicinal Uses.— Bitter tonic, best given in the form of fluid 
extract, made with diluted alcohol as a menstruum, of which the 

Dose is two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims) several 
times a day. 

Fucus Vesiculosus. 

Fucus Vesiculosus. 
Blasentang, G.; Fucus vesiculeux, F.-, Madder-wrack, Sea-wrack, Sea- 
weed, Gidf-weed, Keep-ware, Blacktang. 
Origin. — Fucus vesiculosus, Linne (Algos). 




Figs. 261-263.— Frasera. Whole and transverse 
section, natural size. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



507 



Habitat. — Atlantic Ocean. 

Description. — The whole alga is used. A representative piece of 
it is shown in the figure. It is about one meter (40 inches) long, has a 




Figs. 364, 265. — a, Fucus vesiculosus ; 6, Fucus nodosus, both natural size. 



dark brownish- or bluish-green color, a disagreeable fishy odor, and a 
mucilaginous, salty, bitter taste. Fucus nodosus, which is also figured, 
is often mixed with fucus vesiculosus. 

Constituents. — Mucilage and a bitter substance (?). Yields about 
fifteen per cent, ash, containing chlorides, iodides, bromides, phosphates, 
etc. 



508 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Properties. — Alterative and tonic. Supposed to reduce obesity. 
Best given in decoction. 

FITCI VESICULOSI DECOCTUM. 
Decoction of Fucus Vesiculosis. 

Boil sixty grams (2 ounces 100 grains) of the drug with one liter (34 
fiuidounces) of water for fifteen minutes. Strain. 
Dose. — A cupful. 

FITCI VESICULOSI EXTRACTUM 



AND 

FITCI VESICULOSI EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM 

are both sold on the market. They are obviously absurd preparations. 
If the drug possesses any value whatever, its character is such that a 
decoction is about the only rational form in which it can be given. 

Galang-a. 

Galangal. 

Alpinim Mhizoma — Galgant, G. ; Galanga, F. ; Galgorot, Sw. 

Origin. — Alpinia officinarum, Hance (Zingiberacece) . 

Habitat. — China. 

Part used. — The rhizome. 

Description. — Knotty, often branched, cylindrical, about five to 

six centimeters (2 to 2f inches) long, 
and about finger thick, frequently 
bent, truncated at the ends. Exter- 
nally light red-brown, finely wrin- 
kled lengthwise, marked by trans- 
verse rings from remnants of leaf- 
scales or sheaths. Hard, brittle ; 
fracture short, cinnamon brown. The 
thickness of the bark is about equal 
to the diameter of the wood. Under 
the microscope are seen in the trans- 
verse section numerous brownish- 
yellow resin-cells. Odor aromatic, 
especially prominent when the drug is being ground ; the taste is aro- 
matic, pungent. Both odor and taste remind of ginger and anise. 




Figs. 2(10-208.— Galanga. Whole, nat- 
ural .size ; transverse section enlarged, and 
starch grains. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 509 

Constituents. — Volatile oil and acrid resin. 

Properties and Uses. — Similar to those of ginger ; stimulant and 
aromatic. Grated galanga is a popular snuff in colds and catarrhs. 

GALANG^E EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Galanga. 

• 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§- avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.25 to 1.5 cubic centimeter (5 to 20 minims). 

Galbanum ; U. S. 

Galbanum. 

Galbanum Gummi-Hesina — Mutterharz, Galban, G. ; Galbanum, F. 
and Sw. ; Galbano, Sp. 

Origin. — Ferula galbaniflua, Boissier et Buhse, and probably other 
plants (Umbelliferoe). 

Habitat. — Persia. 

Drug. — Gum resin, which exudes spontaneously from the lower part 
of the stem. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 168. Rarely whitish ; 
fractured surface paler than the external surface. The general aspect 
of the drug, as to color, is light yellowish-brown or greenish-brown. 
More or less hard, softens by the warmth of the hand. Can be pow- 
dered only in cold. About two-thirds of it dissolves in alcohol or ether. 
With water it yields a whitish emulsion when triturated. Odor very 
peculiar, strong. Must not be dark brown, nor contain transparent, 
yellowish-brown, hard pieces of resin, as sometimes seen in the market. 

Constituents. — From six to nine per cent, volatile oil, sixty to 
sixty-seven per cent, of resin, and nineteen to twenty-two per cent. gum. 
The volatile oil is colorless, has 0.884 specific gravity, and is free from 
sulphur. The resin contains sulphur. By fusion with potassa galbanum 
yields resorcin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Stimulant blennorrhetic, useful in chronic bron- 
chitis, and in chronic catarrhs of mucous membranes generally. Exter- 
nally irritant and suppurative. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 1 gram (8 to 15 grains) in pill. Usually combined 
with asafcetida or myrrh, or both. 



510 A COMPANION TO THE 



GALBANI EMPLASTKUM; U. S. 
Galbanum Plaster. 

Melt together two hundred and forty grams (8 ounces) galbanum 
and thirty grams (1 ounce) Canada turpentine, and strain ; then add 
ninety grams (3 ounces) Burgundy pitch, and afterward one thousand 
one hundred and forty grams (38 ounces) lead plaster, melting all on a 
water-bath and stirring them together thoroughly. 

Almost identical with the old plaster (containing nearly four per cent, 
less lead plaster), which had the title Emplastrum Galbani Compositum. 

Stimulant plaster in rheumatism, etc. 



GALBANI PILULES COMPOSITE ; U. S. 
Compound Galbanum Pills. 

Make a pill-mass of 9.75 grams (150 grains) galbanum, 9.75 grams 
(150 grains) myrrh, 3.25 grams (50 grains) asafcetida, and sufficient 
simple syrup, and divide it into one hundred pills. 

Dose. — Two to three pills. 

Galla ; U. S. 

Nutgall. 

* 

Oallm Tinctorial — Galldpfel, G. ; JVoix de galle, Galle de cli'ene, F. ; 
Galldpplen, Sw. ; Galls, Blue Galls, Aleppo Galls. 

Origin. — Excrescences on Quercus lusitanica, Webb, var. infec- 
toria, D. C. (Cupuliferce) , caused by an insect. 

Habitat. — The Levant. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 168. They are heavy, 
hard, but brittle. Externally dark olive-green, or bluish-brownish-green, 
or blackish-gray ; internally yellowish-gray, darker toward the centre. 
The wall of the central cavity is hard and brittle. The substance of the 
nutgall contains tannin, is nearly odorless, but strongly astringent. 

Varieties. — Dark and heavy nutgalls are usually good. Light- 
colored, spongy galls of light weight are inferior. 

Aleppo (or Syrian) nutgalls are the best kind. 

California oakgalls (from Quercus lobata) are very large — about 
five centimeters (2 inches) in diameter, externally orange-brown, inter- 
nally whitish and spongy, and very astringent. 









UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



511 



Chinese and Japanese nutgalls (from Rhus semialata) are hollow, ir- 
regularly shaped tuberculate formations. They are quite rich in tan- 
nin ; but their tannin differs in kind from that of the official druo\ 





Figs 



-274. — Nutgalls, natural size, whole and sec- 
tions, with and without holes. 



Fig. 



275. — Chinese Gall, 
natural size. 



Constituents. — From forty to seventy-five per cent, tannin, and 
from two to three per cent, gallic acid, besides unimportant constit- 
uents. 

Medicinal Uses. — Powerfully astringent. A decoction or fluid 
extract in dilution is occasionally used internally in diarrhoeas, etc., but 
more frequently externally as a wash to prevent bed-sores y as a gargle 
and mouth-wash in relaxed conditions of the pharynx, uvula, or gums, 
and as an injection in leucorrhoea, etc. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 1 gram (8 to 15 grains). 



GALEAE EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract op Nutgall. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 40 powder, mixed with an equal bulk of 
sand. 

As a first menstruum use a mixture of two hundred grams (about 8-J 
fluidounces) alcohol, one hundred grams (about 3 J- fluidounces) water, 
and one hundred grams (about 3£ avoirdupois ounces) glycerin. 

As a second menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2% fluidrachms). 



512 A COMPANION TO THE 

GALLJE INFUSUM. 
Infusion of Nutgall. 

Make three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) infusion from 
thirty grams (1 ounce) coarsely powdered nutgall. 

Used chiefly as a chemical reagent. Useful also as an astringent 
injection, wash, or gargle. 

GALLJE SYKUPUS AKOMATICUS. 
Aromatic Syrup of Nutgall. 

Mix thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) powdered galls, fifteen grams 
(230 grains) powdered cinnamon, and five grams (77 grains) powdered 
Cochin ginger ; moisten and percolate the mixed powders with eight 
hundred cubic centimeters (27 fluidounces) brandy, and continue the 
percolation with diluted alcohol until eight hundred cubic centimeters 
(27 fluidounces) percolate has been received. Put the liquid in a por- 
celain evaporating dish, and place over it a coarse sieve containing 
eight hundred grams (28 ounces) cut sugar. Ignite the liquid and let 
it burn as long as the alcoholic strength of the liquid is sufficient to sus- 
tain the flame, and move the sugar immediately above the flame so that 
it may melt and drop through the sieve into the liquid. Add, if neces- 
sary, sufficient simple syrup to make the whole product one liter. 

Dose. — For children, one to four cubic centimeters (15 to 60 minims). 

GALL^E TINCTURA; U. S. 
Tincture of Nutgall. 

Mix one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) gtycerin with nine 
hundred grams (31 ounces 327 grains, or about 3-4 fluidounces) diluted 
alcohol. Moisten two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) nutgall, in 
No. 40 powder, with one hundred cubic centimeters (3^- fluidounces) of 
the mixture ; pack it in a conical glass percolator, and percolate it with 
the remainder of the mixture and then with diluted alcohol until one 
thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains, or about 34 fluidounces) tincture 
has been obtained. 

Diluted with water it is used as an astringent wash or gargle. 

GALLiE UNGUENTUM ; U. S. 

Nutgall Ointment. 

Mix thirty grams (1 ounce) powdered nutgall and two hundred and 
seventy grams (9 ounces) benzoinated lard. 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



513 



GALL^E UNGUENTUM CUM OPIO. 

• Nutgall Ointment with Opium. 

Mix five grams (77 grains) powdered opium and ninety-five grams 
(3 ounces 153 grains) nutgall ointment. 




Figs. 276-278. — Twig and leaves of Gaultheria, natural size. 

Gaultheria ; IT. S. 

Gaultheria. 

Gaultherim Folia — Canadischer Thee, Bergthee, G.; Feuilles de gaul- 
therie (de palommier), F. ; Wintergreen, Teaberry, Checkerberry , 
Boxberry, Partridgeberry. 

Origin. — Gaultheria procumbens, Linn6 (JEricacew). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used .—The leaves. 
33 



514 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 169. Thick, smooth, 
shining green above, paler on the under surface. Generally mixed "with 
twigs. • 

Constituents. — Volatile oil, tannin, arbutin, urson, ericolin, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Stimulant and slightly astringent. Used as a 
tea in bowel complaints and as an emmenagogue. 

Dose. — Two to ten grams (30 to 150 grains) in decoction or fluid 
extract. 

GAULTHERLE EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Gatjltheria. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 40 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (about 8£ fluidounces) alcohol to every one hundred 
grams (about 3-J- fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — Two to ten cubic centimeters (J to 2J fluidrachms). 

Gaultherise Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil of Gaultheria. 

GaultJierim ^Jtheroleum — Volatile Oil of Gaultheria, Oil of Winter- 
green, 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 237. 

Uses. — It contains ninety per cent, methyl salicylate, and may be 
used in many cases for the same purposes as salicylic acid with equally 
satisfactory results. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.2 cubic centimeter (3 to 6 drops). 



GAULTHEKLE SPIRITUS ; II. S. 
Spirit of Gaultheria. 

Mix thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) volatile oil of gaultheria and 
nine hundred and seventy grams (34 ounces 100 grains, or about 40 
fluidounces) alcohol. 

Used for flavoring. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 515 

Gelatina. 

Gelatin. 

Prepared by boiling bone cartilage, skins, etc., in water until they 
dissolve. Upon cooling, the clear jelly thus obtained is cut into thin 
slices and dried on coarse netting. 

It occurs in the trade in sheets, transparent or opaque, and in trans- 
parent shreds. 

Completely soluble in water, forming a clear, colorless, odorless, and 
tasteless solution or jelly. Impure gelatin (having a strong odor) is 
glue. 

Solution of gelatin precipitates tannin. 

Gelatin is used as a reagent for tannin, as the material from which 
" capsules " are made, for coating pills, and for preparing gelatin sup- 
positories. 

GELATIN SUPPOSITOEIES AND BOUGIES. 

Soak fifteen grams (230 grains) of fine shred gelatin in a mixture of 
fifty cubic centimeters (If fluidounce) of water, and 7.5 grams (115 
grains) of glycerin. Liquefy on a water-bath and stir in the medica- 
ments if insoluble, and immediately pour into moderately warm moulds, 
which must then be placed in ice-water to cool before the insoluble 
heavier substances can settle. 

If the medicaments are soluble in water they may be dissolved in a 
small part of the water which is retained until the gelatin has become 
liquid and is then stirred into the solution. 

The gelatin must be soaked in the mixture of water and glycerin 
until soft before the whole is placed on a water-bath to liquefy. 

Any medicinal substances except tannin or astringents can be incor- 
porated with the jelly, which may then be run into suitable moulds. 

These preparations melt at the temperature of the body and allow 
the medicinal agents to come into direct contact with the diseased mu- 
cous surfaces of the parts into which they are introduced. 

HEKTOGEAPHIC GELATIN 

(" Hektograph pads ") may be made from thirty grams (1 ounce) gela- 
tin, sixty grams (2 ounces) water, and ninety grams (3 ounces) glycerin. 

The gelatin is to be soaked in the water until it softens. The gly- 
cerin is then added, and the whole heated by stirring on a water-bath 
until entirely dissolved. 

Before filling the forms the gelatin solution must be allowed to rest 
long enough for all air-bubbles to break and disappear. 



516 A COMPANION TO THE 

Gelsemium ; U. S. 

Gelsemium. 

Gelsemii Radix — Gelbe Jasminwurzel, G. ; Racine de jasmin jaune, F. ; 
Yellow Jasmine, Yellow Jessamine, Gelseminum. 

Origin. — Gelsemium sempervirens, Aiton (Loganiaceos). 

Habitat. — The southern portions of the United States. 

Parts used. — The rhizome and rootlets. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 169. Thick, branched, 
cut rhizomes, from six to thirty millimeters {\ to 1^ inch) in diameter, 
with much more slender rootlets. 

Constituents. — The alkaloid gelsemine, which is amorphous, bitter, 
soluble in ether and alcohol, sparingly in water. Also volatile oil,- re- 
sin, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Powerfully depressant and sedative. Reduces 
the force and frequency of the heart-beats, and in large doses may pro- 
duce death. 

Used in fevers to reduce the pulse and temperature, though the lat- 
ter action, except when given in poisonous doses, is denied by good 
authority. 

Also useful in certain nervous disorders, especially of neuralgic 
character, neuralgia of the fifth nerve, and especially in ovarian neu- 
ralgia. 

Also in acute inflammations, especially pneumonia and pleuritis. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.5 gram (2 to 8 grains), best given in the form of 
fluid extract. 

Toxic Action. — In poisonous doses symptoms of cerebral distur- 
bance and general paralysis occur. Respiration and the heart's action 
become excessively slow and labored, and death may occur from as- 
phyxia. 

Antidotal Treatment consists in the prompt evacuation of the 
stomach, diffusible stimulants, artificial warmth, electricity, and artificial 
respiration. 

Digitalis and belladonna are physiological antidotes. 

GELSEMII EXTRACTUM. 
Extract op Gelsemium. 

1 Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence. 

Brown; 

Dose.— 0.02 to 0.10 gram (J to \\ grain). 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 517 

GELSEMII EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM ; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Gelsemium. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and fifty grams (about 6£ fluid - 
ounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. 
Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then per- 
colate. 

Reserve four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (15^ fluidounces) 
of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is ex- 
hausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — 0.10 to 0.5 cubic centimeter (2 to 8 minims). 

GELSEMII TINCTtTRA ; U. S. 
Tincture op Gelsemium. 

Moisten sixty grams (2 ounces 50 grains) gelsemium, in No. 60 pow- 
der, with forty grams (1 ounce 180 grains, or about If fluidounce) al- 
cohol. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator, and percolate with 
alcohol until four hundred grams (14 ounces 48 grains, or about 17 fluid- 
ounces) has been obtained. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 4 cubic centimeters (10 to 60 minims). 

Gentiana ; U. S. 

Gentian. 

Gentianm Radix — Enzianwurzel, JBitterwurzel, G. ; Racine de gentiane, 
F. ; Gentiana, Sp. ; JBaggsdta, Sw. 

Origin. — Gentiana lutea, Linne (Gentianacece). 

Habitat. — Europe. 

Part used. — The root. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 169. Large pieces are 
usually split. Internally the root is of a light orange-brown color. 
Swells considerably when soaked in water. 



518 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Must be sound and nearly dry. 

Constituents. — Contains gentiopicrin, a bitter glucoside which 
crystallizes in colorless, neutral needles, and is soluble in water and in 

alcohol. The coloring mat- 
ter in gentian is gentianic 
acid (gentisic acid). Soluble 
in alcohol. Contains no 
tannin. 

American gentian, from 
G. puberula, G. saponaria, 
and G. Andrewsii, is much 
smaller than the European 
gentian, and consists of a 
scarcely annulated head, only 
about twelve millimeters (-J 
inch) long and three milli- 
meters (^ inch) thick, with 
a great number of light- 
colored rootlets about six 
centimeters (2f inches) long. 

Medicinal Uses. — 

Gentian is a simple, bitter 
tonic, very much employed 
as a stomachic and appetizer. 
It is a valuable remedy in 
certain forms of dyspepsia 
and want of appetite during 
convalescence. 

The dose is from 0.5 to 
2 grams (8 to 30 grains) in 
powder, but it is seldom 
Fig. 279.— Gentian, natural size. given in this form. 




GENTIANS EXTRACTUM ; U. S. 

Extract of Gentian. 

Moisten five hundred grams (17J avoirdupois ounces) of gentian, in 
No. 20 powder, with two hundred grams (Gf fluidounces) of water and 
macerate twenty-four hours. Then pack it in a conical percolator and 
percolate with water until the percolate passes through but slightly 
bitter. Boil the liquid down to three-fourths of its weight, and strain 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 519 

it ; then evaporate by water-bath heat to a pilular consistence. No 
glycerin is added to this extract. 

Brown. Yield about twenty -five per cent. 

Dose. — 0.20 to 1 gram (3 to 15 grains). 

GENTIANS EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM; XL S. 
Fluid Extract of Gentian. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and seventy-five grams (about 
6J fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical per- 
colator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13J fluidounces) of the first 
, percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to 
make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose. — Two to five cubic- centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

GENTIANS EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM COMPOSITUM. 

Compound Fluid Extract of Gentian. 

Mix five hundred and seventy-three grams (20 ounces 100 grains) gen- 
tian, two hundred and eighty-seven grams (10 ounces 50 grains) bitter 
orange peel, and one hundred and forty-two grams (5 ounces) cardamom. 
Reduce the mixture to No. 40 powder. Use diluted alcohol as a men- 
struum. Make one thousand cubic centimeters (about 34 fluidounces) 
of finished fluid extract. 

This fluid extract is about seven times the strength of the official 
compound tincture of gentian, and each cubic centimeter of it repre- 
sents one gram of the mixed drugs. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

GENTIANS INFUSUM COMPOSITUM; Phar. 1870. 

Compound Infusion of Gentian. 
Mix ten grams (154 grains) gentian, 2.50 grams (38 grains) bitter 
orange peel, and 2.50 grams (38 grains) coriander, all in moderately 



520 A COMPANION TO THE 



coarse (No. 40) powder. Moisten and percolate the mixed drugs with 
a mixture of forty cubic centimeters (1^- fluidounce) alcohol and two 
hundred and eighty cubic centimeters (9J fluidounces) water, continuing 
the percolation afterward with water until three hundred and twenty 
cubic centimeters (10§ fluidounces) of percolate has been obtained. 

Dose. — About thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) several times 
a day. 

GENTIA1SLE TINCTURA COMPOSITA; U.S. 
Compound Tincture of Gentian. 

Mix forty grams (1 ounce 180 grains) gentian, twenty grams (308 
grains) bitter orange peel, and ten grams (154 grains) cardamom. Re- 
duce the whole to No. 40 powder. Moisten and percolate with diluted 
alcohol to obtain five hundred grams (17 ounces 280 grains, or about 18 
fluidounces) of tincture. 

Dose. — Two to ten cubic centimeters (J to 2£ fluidrachms). 

GENTIANS YINUM. 
Wine of Gentian. 

Moisten and percolate thirty grams (1 ounce) gentian, in No. 40 
powder, with a mixture of one-fourth diluted alcohol and three-fourths 
Virginia seedling wine (by measure) until one thousand cubic centi- 
meters (34 fluidounces) of percolate has been obtained. 

Dose. — A wineglassful three times a day. 

Gentiana Quinqueflora. 

Five-Flowered Gentian. 

Origin. — Gentiana quinqueflora, Lamarck (Gentianacew). 

Habitat.— The United States. 

Part used. — The whole plant. 

Description.— Stem from thirty to sixty centimeters (1 to 2 feet) 
high, smooth, four-sided ; leaves opposite, undivided, without leaf -stalks, 
nearly heart-shaped, clasping the stem at the base, pointed at the apex, 
about twenty-five millimeters (1 inch) long ; flowers bright blue, but 
usually quite faded in the dried drug. It is inodorous ; taste bitter. 

Constituents. — Has not been analyzed. 

Properties. — Bitter tonic, best given as fluid extract made with 
diluted alcohol as a menstruum, of which the 

Dose is 0.5 to 2.5 cubic centimeters (8 to 40 minims). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 521 

Geranium ; U. S. 

Geranium. 
Geranii Rhizoma — Cranesbill. 
Origin. — Geranium maculatum, Linne (Gera?iiacece). 
Habitat. — North America. 
Part used. — The root. 
Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 169. 




Figs. 280, 281. — Geranium Root, whole and transverse section, large specimen, natural size. 

Constituents. — From thirteen to seventeen per cent, tannin, some 
resin, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Powerfully astringent. Used internally as an 
ingredient in diarrhoea mixtures, etc., or locally as a wash, injection, 
gargle, etc., in relaxed conditions of the mucous membranes. 

Dose. — One to four grams (15 to 60 grains), best given in the form 
of fluid extract. 



GEE AMI EXTE ACTUM. 
Extract of Geranium. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of fluid extract made without gly- 
cerine to the pilular consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still 
warm, one-twentieth part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.3 gram (1 to 5 grains) or more, repeated as re- 
quired. 



522 A COMPANION TO THE 



GERANII EXTRACTUM FLUID UM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract op Geranium. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17J avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a, first menstruum use a mixture of two hundred and twenty-five 
grams (about 9^- fluidounces) alcohol, two hundred and twenty-five grams 
(about 7-J- fluidounces) water, and fifty grams (about \\ avoirdupois 
ounce) glycerin. 

As a second menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the propor- 
tion of one hundred grams (about 4-J- fluidounces) alcohol to every one 
hundred grams (about 3-J fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and seventy-five grams (about 
6-J- fluidounces) of the first menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical 
percolator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. 
Then percolate. 

Reserve three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (12 fluidounces) of 
the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first p>ercolate. Add enough of the second menstruum 
to make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose. — One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 

Geum Rivale. 

Geum Rivale. — Water Avens. 
Gei Radix — Avens Root. 

Origin. — Geum rivale, Linn6 (Rosacea?). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used. — The root. 

Description. — About five to eight centimeters (2 to 3 inches) long, 
and six millimeters (£ inch) thick, knotty, scaly, wrinkled, externally 
brownish, whitish within, bark thin, pith large. Odor slightly aromatic ; 
taste astringent, bitter. Radicles on the under side. 

Constituents. — A little volatile oil, tannin, and bitter extractive. 
Possibly the bitterness is due to a definite principle as in Geum urbanum. 

Medicinal Uses. — Astringent tonic. Useful in diarrhoeas and in 
relaxed conditions of the mucous membranes generally. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains), best given as fluid 
extract made with diluted alcohol as a menstruum. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 523 

Geum Urbanum. 

Geum Urbanum. — European Ayens. 

Gei Urbani Radix — Radix Caryophyllata. 

Origin. — Geum urbanum, Linne (Rosacea?). 

Habitat. — Europe. 

Part used. — The root. 

Description. — Finger-thick, about twelve to seventy-five millime- 
ters (^ to 3 inches) long, usually truncated head, externally blackish- 
brown or reddish-brown, tortuous, wrinkled, scaly, brittle, flesh-colored 
within. Radicles from all sides, light colored, about three to eight cen- 
timeters (2 to 3 inches) long. Odor slightly aromatic, clove-like ; taste 
astringent, bitter. 

Constituents. — Tannin from ten to forty per cent., from two to 
four per cent, resin, traces of volatile oil, and, according to Buchner, a 
bitter principle, called by him gein. 

Medicinal Uses and Dose. — Like those of water avens. 
Giiienia Trifoliata. 

Gillenia Trifoliata. 
Gillenice Radix — Indian Physic. 

Origin. — Giiienia trifoliata, Moench (Rosacea). 

Habitat. — The United States east of the Alleghany Mountains. 

Parts used. — Rhizome and rootlets. 

Description. — Like the corresponding parts of giiienia stipulacea, 
but smaller, less knotty, and with the rootlets more slender, smooth, less 
tortuous, and marked by less distinct transverse rings. 

Constituents. — Same as in Giiienia stipulacea. 

Medicinal Uses. — This drug resembles ipecacuanha in its action. 
In small doses it is diaphoretic and expectorant ; in larger doses a mild 
emetic. It is a useful tonic in some forms of dyspepsia in doses of 0.1 
or 0.2 gram (2 to 3 grains). 

Dose. — As an expectorant and diaphoretic, 0.1 to 0.3 gram (2 to 5 
grains) ; as an emetic, one to two grams (15 to 30 grains), every fifteen 
or twenty minutes. 



524 



A COMPANION TO THE 




Fig. 282. — Indian Physic, natural size (rhizome and rootlets of Gillenia Trifoliata). 

GILLENI^E EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Gillenia. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims). 



Gillenia Stipulacese. 

Gillenia Stipulacea. 
American Ipecac. 
Origin. — Gillenia stipulacea, Nutall (Rosacem). 
Habitat. — The western and southern portions of the United States. 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 525 

Parts used. — Rhizome and rootlets. 

Description. — Knotty, branched rhizomes, about ten to twenty- 
five millimeters (^ to 1 inch) thick, with thin bark. Rootlets numerous, 
somewhat tortuous, annulated and transversely fissured, with a thick, 
brittle bark in two layers, reddish, and marked with numerous resin 
dots. Inodorous. Bitter. 

Constituents. — A bitter principle called gillenin, soluble in alco- 
hol and in water, striking a blood-red color with nitric acid. Also 
resin, tannin, etc. 

Medicinal Uses and Dose like those of Indian physic. 

Glaucium. 

Glaucium. 
Horn Poppy. 

Glaucium luteum, Scopoli (Nat. Ord. Papaveracece). The whole 
plant, but especially the root, contains a saffron-yellow milky juice 
which is bitter and acrid, and contains three alkaloids, sanguinarine 
in the herb, and glaucine, and glaucopicrine in the root. 

Medicinal Uses. — We are not aware that this drug has been used 
to any extent, but it seems to deserve trial on account of its very active 
constituents. 

Glycerinum ; IT. S. 

Glycerin. 

Glycerina, Phar. 1870. — Glycerin, (Elsuss, G.; Glycerine, F.; Glice- 
rina, Sp.; Glycerin, Sw. 

Occurrence. — Glycerin is contained in all fixed oils and fats in 
combination with the so-called fatty acids. It never occurs naturally 
in a free state. 

Production. — When fats or oils are decomposed in the formation of 
soaps or plasters glycerin is simultaneously produced. It is also made 
by decomposing fats with lime, or with concentrated sulphuric acid, or 
by steam at 180° to 190° 0. (356° to 374° F.). Perfectly pure glycerin 
cannot be obtained directly. It must be distilled or crystallized. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 170. Does not evap- 
orate on exposure to the air. Anhydrous (or absolute) glycerin has a spe- 
cific gravity of 1.264 at 15° C. (59° F.). The official glycerin contains 
about ninety-five per cent., or over, by weight, of absolute glycerin, its 
minimum specific gravity being 1.25. 

Glycerin mixes readily in all proportions with water, alcohol, or a 



526 A COMPANION TO THE 



mixture of three parts alcohol and one part ether. It does not mix with 
chloroform, ether, oils, or benzol. With strong nitric acid it forms ni- 
troglycerin (tri-nitrate of glyceryl), and it reduces permanganate of 
potassium, chlorinated lime, and chromic acid with great violence. 
Hence these substances should not be brought in contact with glycerin 
except in the presence of a sufficient quantity of water. 

Solvent Powers. — Glycerin dissolves, with the aid of heat, many 
substances more effectively than water, as metallic salts and oxides, 
iodine, alkaloids, etc. It dissolves tannin, carbolic acid, gallic acid, 
salicylic acid, neutral nitrate of bismuth, bromine, iodine, etc. 

Of carbolic acid the glycerin takes up three times its own weight ; 
of chloride of iron twice its weight ; of tannin one-sixth of its weight. 
Glycerin dissolves its own weight of borax, but the solution undergoes 
some chemical change, not yet understood, by which the solution be- 
comes very acid. 

Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia. The presence of acrolein renders 
the glycerin unfit for either internal or external medicinal use. Acrolein 
is frequently formed in the glycerin in the process of manufacture by 
the use of too great heat, and when not completely removed it renders 
the product acrid and irritating, being itself intensely acrid and pois- 
onous. 

It should net be supposed, however, that the smarting pain or irri- 
tation, frequently caused when glycerin is applied to chapped hands or 
to excoriated surfaces, necessarily proves the glycerin to be impure, for 
owing to the very hygroscopic nature of the glycerin, which causes it 
to absorb even as much as fifty per cent, of its weight of water from the 
air and from surfaces with which it comes in contact, it is itself very 
irritating when concentrated. Hence glycerin should not be used 
alone, but diluted or mixed with other liquids. 

Medicinal Uses. — Used internally it is a food, but not a substi- 
tute for cod-liver oil. 

It is used extensively in making various preparations, but is seldom 
given internally on its own account. Has been given in piles with al- 
leged success. 

Externally it is extensively employed in fissured lips, or nipples, or 
chapped hands, itching, etc. 

Cotton tampons saturated with glycerin, or glycerin with tannic 
acid, are often employed in leucorrhoea and affections of the cervix 
uteri. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms), twice 
a day. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



527 



TABLE SHOWING THE QUANTITY OF WATER CONTAINED IN GLYCERIN 
OF VARIOUS SPECIFIC GRAVITIES. 



Specific gravity accord- 
ing to Champion and 
Pellet. 


Degrees 
Baume. 


Per cent, water 
by weight. 


Specific gravity accord- 
ing to Champion and 
Pellet. 


Degrees 
Baume. 


Per cent, water 
by weight. 


1.2640 


31.2 


0. 


1.2350 


28.6 


11.0 


1.2625 


31.0 


0.5 


1.2335 


28.4 


11.5 


1.2612 


30.9 


1.0 


1.2322 


28.3 


12.0 


1.2600 


30.8 


1.5 


1.2307 


28.2 


12.5 


1.2535 


30.7 


2.0 


1.2295 


28.0 


13.0 


1.2575 


30.6 


2.5 


1.2280 


27.8 


13.5 


1.2560 


30.4 


3.0 


1.2270 


27.7 


14.0 


1.2545 


30.3 


3.5 


1.2255 


27.6 


14.5 


1.2532 


30.2 


4.0 


1.2242 


27.4 


15.0 


1.2520 


30.1 


4.5 


1.2230 


27.3 


15.5 


1.2505 


30 


5.0 


1.2217 


27.2 


16.0 


1.2490 


29.9 


5.5 


1.2202 


27.0 


16.5 


1.2480 


29.8 


6.0 


1.2190 


26.9 


17.0 


1.2465 


29.7 


6.5 


1.2177 


26.8 


17.5 


1.2455 


29.6 


7.0 


1.2165 


26.7 


18.0 


1.2440 


29.5 


7.5 


1.2150 


26.5 


18.5 


1.2427 


29.3 


8.0 


1.2137 


26.4 


19.0 


1.2412 


29.2 


8.5 


1.2125 


26.3 


19.5 


1.2400 


29.0 


9.0 


1.2112 


26.2 


20.0 


1.2390 


28.9 


9.5 


1.2100 


26.0 


20.5 


1.2375 


28.8 


10.0 


1.2085 


25.9 


21.0 


1.2362 


28.7 


10.5 









Glycerita. 

Glycerites. 

Gly 'cerates, Glyceroles, Glycerics. 

These preparations are simply solutions of medicinal substances in 
glycerin. They keep well, as a rule, and are generally miscible with 
water. 

Glycyrrhiza ; U. S. 

Glycyrrhiza. 

Glycyrrhiza^ Radix — Radix Liquiritias — Silssholz, G. ; Reglisse, Bois 
de reglisse, Boisdoux, Racine douce, F. ; Regaliz, Orozuz, Sp. ; 
LaJcritzrot, Sw. ; Liquorice Root. 

Origin. — Glycyrrhiza glabra, Linne* (Leguminosm). 

Habitat. — Southern Europe ; cultivated. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 171. 

Varieties. — Spanish, Italian, German, and Turkish liquorice root 
are all obtained from glycyrrhiza glabra and correspond to the descrip- 
tion given above. They generally, or nearly always, have the external 



528 A COMPANION TO THE 

grayish-brown bark remaining. Sometimes they are sold cut. The 
Spanish liquorice root is somewhat thicker and has a purer yellow color 
than the other kinds. 

These varieties are distinguished from the Russian by the fact that 
they have a darker color, no fissures in the interior, are heavier (sink in 
water), and have a sweeter taste than the Russian variety. 

Russian liquorice root is usually decorticated, light colored, not 
heavy (floats on water), less sweet than Spanish or German liquorice 
root, thick (bark, when present, thin), and has many fissures in the 
woody tissue (along the medullary rays). It is obtained from Gly~ 
cyrrhiza glabra, var. Glandulifera (Fliickiger and Hanbury), or from 
G. echinata. Russian liquorice root is used chiefly for making pow- 
dered liquorice root, to which purpose it is well adapted, the gray- 
brown bark (which when present gives the powder a dark, dirty color) 
being removed in this variety of the drug. Spanish or German liquorice 
root, however, is superior in quality, and when decorticated, affords a far 
superior powder, of a rich yellow color. 

For preparations such as fluid extract, pure extract, etc., Russian 
liquorice root should not be used, and is in fact excluded by the Phar- 
macopceial description of the drug. 

Impurities. — Pieces of the underground stem (stolon) are often 
present. They do not possess the properties of the root and must 
therefore be rejected. They are to be recognized by their having a pith, 
and by the scars from buds. 

Constituents. — The most important are glycyrrhizin, resin, sugar, 
and asparagin ; besides, there are starch, gum, pectin, etc. 

Glycyrrhizin is an amorphous yellowish-white, bitter-sweet glucocide, 
which in the root probably exists combined with ammonia. It is freely 
soluble in boiling water ; less readily in cold water. Readily soluble 
in alcohol. With dilute acids it splits up into sugar and an amorphous 
brownish-yellow bitter substance called glycyrrhetin. The resinous 
matter in glycyrrhiza is also bitter and causes the acrid after-taste in 
the fauces. 

Medicinal Uses. — Demulcent and slightly stimulant to the bron- 
chial mucous membranes, relieving congestion and promoting expecto- 
ration. The extract is a popular remedy in coughs and colds. If allowed 
to dissolve slowly in the mouth, it acts like acacia in relieving irritation 
of the fauces and larynx, and allays cough depending on an irritation or 
tickling in these places. It possesses the valuable property of masking 
the disagreeable taste of quite a number of medicines. The powder is 
much used as a conspergative for pills. 

Dose. — Ad libitum, usually in the form of solid extract. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 529 

GLYCYRRHIZA PULYIS COMPOSITUS ; U.S. 

Compound Glycyrrhiza Powder. 

Compound Powder of Liquorice — Pulvis Pectoralis Kurellaz ; Prust- 

pulver, G. 

Mix eighteen grams (278 grains) senna, sixteen grams (247 grains) 
glycyrrhiza, eight grams (124 grains) fennel, eight grams (124 grains) 
washed sulphur, and fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) sugar, all in fine 
powder. 

Used as a mild laxative. 

Dose. — About one teaspoonful at bedtime. 

GLYCYRRHIZA EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; U.S. 
Fluid Extract or Glycyrrhiza. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As & first menstruum use a mixture of sixty grams (about 2-J- fluid- 
ounces) alcohol, sixty grams (about 2 fluidounces) water, and ten grams 
(about 154 grains) water of ammonia. 

As a second menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the propor- 
tion of one hundred grams (about 4J fluidounces) alcohol to every one 
hundred grams (about 3J fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and seventy-five grams (about 6^- 
fluidounces) of the first menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical per- 
colator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Reserve three hundred and seventy-five cubic centimeters (12^ fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is 
exhausted. 

Add fifteen grams (230 grains) water of ammonia to the second per- 
colate. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the second menstruum 
to make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Fluid extract of glycyrrhiza is largely used as a sweetening agent 
in solutions and mixtures containing bitter or nauseous medicines. It 
is frequently added to quinine mixtures. In such cases it is to be re- 
membered that the addition of any acid defeats the object in view, for 
34 



530 A COMPANION TO THE 

free acid precipitates the glycyrrhizin, and instead of masking the bitter 
taste of the quinine we obtain a mixture with an unsightly precipitate 
in it and more bitter than before. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2J fiuidrachms). 

GLYCYRRHIZA EXTRACTUM PURUM; U. S. 
Pure Extract of Gltcyrrhiza. 

Mix seventy-five grams (2 ounces 280 grains avoirdupois) water of am- 
monia with fifteen hundred grams (51 fluidounces) of water. Moisten five 
hundred grams (17§ avoirdupois ounces) of glycyrrhiza (liquorice root) 
in No. 20 powder with five hundred grams (about 17 fluidounces) of the 
mixture. Macerate twenty-four hours. Then pack it moderately in a 
cylindrical glass percolator. Percolate, first with the remainder of the 
ammoniacal mixture, and afterward with water until the glycyrrhiza is 
exhausted. Finally evaporate the percolate by water-bath, heat to the 
consistence of soft pill mass. 

This extract is brownish-black, very pure and sweet, and forms a 
clear rich brown solution with water. 

Dose- — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains). 

GLYCYRRHIZA MISTURA COMPOSITA ; U. S. 

Compound Mixture of Glycyrrhiza. 

Urown Mixture. 

Triturate thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) pure extract of glycyr- 
rhiza, thirty grams sugar, and thirty grams acacia, in powder, with 
seven hundred cubic centimeters (23^- fluidounces) water, gradually 
added, until well mixed ; then add one hundred and twenty grams (4 
ounces 100 grains, or about 4 fluidounces) camphorated tincture of 
opium, sixty grams (2 ounces 50 grains, or about 2 fluidounces) wine of 
antimony, and thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains, or about 1J fluidounce) 
spirit of nitrous ether. 

Used in cough mixtures. 

Dose. — Ten to fifteen cubic centimeters (2 to 4 fiuidrachms). 

GLYCYRRIIIZ/E syrupus. 

Syrup of Glycyrrhiza. 

Dissolve fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) pure extract of glycyrrhiza 
in nine hundred and fifty grams (33 ounces, or 25 fluidounces) simple 
syrup. 

Used as a vehicle or for flavoring. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 531 

j 

Glycyrrhizae Extractum ; II. S. 

Extract of Glycyrrhiza. 

Glycyrrhizm Extractum Crudum — Succus Liquiritiaz—Lakritz, G. and 
Sw. ; Extrait de reglisse, F. ; Extracto de regaliz, Sp. — Black Liquor- 
ice, Extract of Liquorice. 

See the Pharmacopoeia, page 121. An impure extract from the 
roots of Glycyrrhiza glabra and G. echinata. Usually in sticks, the 
appearance of which is familiar. Also occurring in solid masses. 

Should be solid, black, shining, hard, very sweet, and yield not less 
than three-fifths of its weight to cold water. The undissolved portion 
is flour, which, had been added in preparing the liquorice. 

Calabrian liquorice is the best of the stick liquorice. It is stamped 
JBaracco, Martucci, or Corigliano. Of the Italian stick liquorice jSo- 
lazzi is the best. 

The important constituent of liquorice is Glycyrrhizm (see Glycyr- 
rhiza). 

Used mainly as a lenitive and demulcent in irritated conditions of 
the mouth and fauces. 

GLYCYRRHIZA ET OPII TROCHISCI; U. S. 

Troches of Glycyrrhiza and Opium. 

This preparation will be found under the head of Opium, with the 
title " Opii et Glycyrrhiza. Trochisci," as it is not a preparation of 
glycyrrhiza as much as a preparation of opium. This arrangement is 
unavoidable in order to carry out our plan of arranging all preparations 
under the heads of their most important constituents or ingredients, 
respectively. We have treated the several preparations of opium with 
ipecacuanha in the same manner. 

GLYCYRRHIZA ELIXIR PECTORALE. 
Pectoral Drops. 

Dissolve sixty grams (2 ounces) pure extract of glycyrrhiza in one 
hundred and eighty cubic centimeters (6 fluidounces) fennel water, and 
1.50 gram (24 minims) oil of anise in four hundred and eighty cubic 
centimeters (16 fluidounces) alcohol. Mix the solutions. Then add ten 
cubic centimeters (2_- fluidrachms) water of ammonia. 

Used in colds, etc. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 



532 A COMPANION TO THE 



GLYCYKRHIZ^E YINUM THEBAICUM; SW. 
Wine of Liquorice with Opium. 

Rosen's .Brostdroppar, Sw. 

Macerate during five days twenty grams (300 grains) powdered 
opium, twenty grams (300 grains) Spanish saffron, and twenty grams 
(300 grains) powdered extract of glycyrrhiza with one liter (34 fluid- 
ounces) Malaga wine. Express and filter, adding sufficient Malaga wine 
through the filter to make the whole product weigh one thousand grams 
(35 ounces 120 grains, measuring about 34 fluidounces). 

Used in colds, coughs, etc. 

Dose. — One to three cubic centimeters (15 to 45 minims). 

Glycyrrhizinum Ammoniatum ; 17. S. 

Ammoniated Glycyrrhizin. 
Ammoniacal Glycyrrhizin. 

Moisten five hundred grams (17f avoirdupois ounces) of glycyrrhiza, 
in No. 20 powder, with a mixture of twenty-five grams (about 6 flui- 
drachms) water of ammonia, and four hundred and seventy-five cubic 
centimeters (about 1 pint) water, and macerate for twenty-four hours. 
Then pack it moderately in a cylindrical percolator, and pour more 
menstruum upon it, consisting of water of ammonia and water mixed in 
the same proportions as before, percolating until two thousand five hun- 
dred grams (88 fluidounces) percolate has been obtained. To this per- 
colate add diluted sulphuric acid, slowly and during constant stirring, as 
long as any precipitate is produced by a fresh addition. Collect the pre- 
cipitate on a strainer and wash it with cold water. Then redissolve it in 
water with water of ammonia added, filter the solution if necessary, and 
again precipitate with sulphuric acid as before. Collect this precipitate, 
wash it with water on a strainer, then dissolve it in a sufficient quantity of 
a mixture of equal parts by measure of water of ammonia and water. 
Paint this solution on plates of glass, and dry it so as to obtain the 
product in scales. 

Ammoniated glycyrrhizin is in dark-brown or brownish-red scales of 
a very sweet taste. Inodorous ; completely and readily soluble in water 
and in alcohol. When the aqueous solution of it is mixed with solution 
of soda or potassa, vapors of ammonia are liberated. The addition of 
acid precipitates the glycyrrhizin from its aqueous solution. 

Must be in scales (as this best insures purity and proper qualities), 
perfectly free from any bitterness, and readily and completely soluble. 

Its intense sweetness is such as to effectually mask the taste of bit- 
ter, nauseous medicines, and this is its only use. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 533 

Gnaphalium. 

GnAPHALIUM. 

Life Everlasting. 

Origin. — Gnaphalium polycephalum, Linne ( Compositce). 

Habitat.— The United States. 

Part Used. — The flowering herb. 

Description. — The florets are yellowish. Fragrant ; taste aromatic, 
bitter. 

Constituents. — Volatile oil and bitter extractive. 

Medicinal Uses. — Slightly aromatic, tonic and astringent. Of 
little importance. 

Dose. — One to four grams (15 to 60 grains), best given in the form 
of fluid extract made with diluted alcohol as a menstruum. 

Gossypium ; U. S. 

Cotton. * 

Ltaumicolle, G. ; Coton, F. ; JSomull, Sw. 

The hairs (lanugo) of the seeds. They are simple cells, and consist 
of nearly pure cellulose. Cotton fibre, though round when still fresh in 
the pod, becomes dry and collapsed when gathered, and then presents 
a spiral and band-like appearance 
under the microscope. (See figure.) 
It is one of the most frequent acci- 
dental foreign substances in our 
mounted specimens for the micro- 
scope, as the air in our rooms almost 
always contains small floating par- 
ticles of this substance, which set- 
tles as dust on our slides during 
mounting. We have known bits of 
this fibre to have been mistaken for 
urinary casts, which will, of course, 
not happen to one familiar with its 
appearance. FlG ' 2S3.-Cotton Fibre, magnified. 

Raw cotton is more or less impure from adhering fixed oil, etc. To 
make it pure and clean it is washed in weak soda lye, then in pure 
water, and dried. After this purification it absorbs water rapidly, and 
sinks when thrown upon its surface. It is therefore called " Absorbent 
Cotton." 




534 A COMPANION TO THE 

Pharmaceutical Uses. — Cotton is often used in funnels to filter 
oils, etc., and for preparing officinal waters. 

Medicinal Uses. — As a dressing in burns, scalds, excoriations, etc. 

Also as an absorbent dressing to surfaces or abscesses discharging 
much pus. 

It is a protective dressing for surgical wounds, and prevents septic 
matter from gaining access to the raw surfaces. For this purpose it is 
often carbolized. 

HEMOSTATIC COTTON 

is made by dipping absorbent cotton in solution of chloride of iron and 
drying and picking it. Sometimes alum is also added. One formula 
prescribes twenty grams solution chloride iron (1.48 specific gravity), 
ten grams potassa alum, and one hundred and twenty grams water, with 
which the cotton is saturated. 

Gossypii Seminis Oleum ; U. S. 

Cotton-Seed Oil. 

Origin. — Gossypium herbaceum, etc. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 237. It is a fixed oil 
expressed from the cotton seed, and refined. 

Must be bright, pale, odorless, and free from acrid after-taste. 

New to the Pharmacopoeia, although very large quantities of it have 
been and are used in pharmacy and medicine, as well as for table purposes, 
under the name of olive oil, or " salad oil." As cotton-seed oil of good 
quality can be readily obtained, while good olive oil is not always ob- 
tainable at a reasonable price, the former should be preferred, as for most 
purposes (probably even for table use) it is quite equal to olive oil. 

Gossypii Radicis Cortex ; TJ. S. 

Cotton-Root Bark. 

Origin.^ Gossypium herbaceum, Linn6, and other species of Gossy- 
pium (Malvaceae). 

Habitat. — The United States, south of Pennsylvania. 
Part used. — The bark of the root. 
Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 172. 
Constituents. — Resin, tannin, and red coloring matter. 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 535 

Medicinal Uses. — It acts on the uterus similarly to ergot. It is 
employed in cases of suppression or scanty secretion of the menstrual 
fiow, or in dysmenorrhcea, and in large dose may .produce abortion. 




Fig. 284. — Transverse section of Cotton-Root Bark, enlarged. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains), in the form of fluid ex- 
tract. 

GOSSYPII KADICIS CORTICIS EXTRACTUM. 
Extract of Cotton-Root Bark. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract (not made with 
glycerin) to the pilular consistence, and then incorporate with it, while 
still warm, one-twentieth part of its weight of glycerin. 

Dose.— 0.05 to 0.30 gram (1 to 5 grains). 

GOSSYPII RADICIS EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Cotton-Root Bark. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As & first menstruum use a mixture of three hundred and twenty- 
five grams (about 13^ fluidounces) alcohol, and one hundred and seventy- 
five grams (about 6£ avoirdupois ounces) glycerin. 

As a second menstruum use alcohol. 



536 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Moisten the drug with two hundred and fifty grams of the first men- 
struum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate with 
menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (12 fluidounces) of 
the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the second menstruum 
to make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 



Granati Fructus Cortex. 

Pomegranate Rind. 
Origin. — Punica granatum, Linne (GroMatacew). 
Habitat. — Cultivated in subtropical countries. 
Part used. — The rind of the fruit. 

Description. — Seldom whole ; usually in irregular fragments from 
one to two millimeters (^ to T 1 ^ inch) thick ; leathery, reddish-brown or 







Figs. 285, 286.— Pomegranate Rind, broken as in drug, outer and inner surface, natural size. 

brownish-red externally, lighter on the inner surface ; marked with de- 
pressions, as seen in the figure. Odorless ; astringent. 

Constituents. — About twenty-eight percent, tannin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Astringent. Used internally, or locally as a 
gargle or wash, in diarrhoea and relaxed conditions of the mucous mem- 
branes generally. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains) in powder. 



UKTTED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 



537 




Figs. 287, 288. — Pomegranate Fruit, whole and in longitudinal section, seeds removed, nat- 
ural size. 



Granatum ; U. S. 

Pomegranate. 

Granoti Radicis Cortex — Granatwurzelrinde, G,; &orce de la racine 
de grenadier, F.; Granado, Sp. ; Granatrotbark, Sw.; Pomegran- 
ate Root Bark. 

Origin. — Punica Granatum, Linne (Granatacece). 
Habitat. — Cultivated in subtropical countries. 
Part used. — The bark of the root. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 173. Troughs (some- 
times whole quills), generally with remnants of the wood adhering. 
Externally it is grayish-yellow, or brownish-gray, finely wrinkled (when 
young), or fissured and warty (when from older roots). Has no lichens. 
It colors the saliva yellow. It loses its activity when long kept ; fresh 
undried bark is best. 

The bark of the stem occurs more frequently in whole quills, and 
has a less abundant cork-formation externally. There are also lichens 
on the stem bark. It is equal to the root bark in medicinal properties. 

Constituents. — From ten to twenty per cent, punico-tannic acid, 
which has been obtained in the form of an amorphous brownish-yellow 



538 



A COMPANION TO THE 



mass. The drug also contains about one-half per 
cent, pelletierine, a colorless liquid alkaloid to which 
the taenicide properties of the bark are supposed to be 
due. 



-Anthelmintic, taenicide. 



Is es- 
which 



Medicinal Uses 

pecially effective in expelling the taenia solium 

does not live above three hours in a decoction of gran- 

ate root bark. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains). 



Fig. 289.— Bark 
of Pomegranate 
Root, natural size. 



GKANATI DECOCTUM. 

Decoction of Pomegranate. 

Put sixty grams (2 ounces 50 grains) bruised pome- 
granate bark into a suitable vessel of porcelain or 
earthenware, with five hundred cubic centimeters (17 
fluidounces) of boiling water. Boil down to three hun- 
dred and sixty cubic centimeters (12 fluidounces). Let 
stand until cold. Strain. 

Dose. — One-third to one-half of the above quantity 
to be taken every hour, and followed in a few hours by 
castor-oil if necessary. The remedy should be taken 
on an empty stomach, in the morning. 



GKANATI EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract op Granatum. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17| avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

TAPE-WOKM KEMEDY. 

The following treatment has proved very successful : 

Sixty grams (2 ounces) of pomegranate root bark in coarse powder 

are boiled with seven hundred cubic centimeters (1J pint) of water 

until two hundred cubic centimeters (about 7 fluidounces) of decoction 

are obtained. 

Thirty grams (1 ounce) of pumpkin seeds are deprived of their outer 

coats and the embryos beaten to a paste with finely powdered sugar. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 539 

Two grams (30 grains) of oleo-resin of malefern are emulsified with 
acacia and the decoction of pomegranate bark, and the emulsion added 
to the paste of pumpkin seeds, the whole to be flavored according to 
taste with syrups, to make two hundred and sixty-five cubic centimeters 
(9 fluidounces), which is to be divided into three equal portions. 

The patient having been prepared by a light diet for a day, accom- 
panied by a laxative if necessary, is ordered to take one portion of the 
above mixture in the early morning ; if this is not sufficient a second 
and third portion may be taken at three hours' intervals. 

When a desire to go to stool is felt, the patient should sit in a luke- 
warm sitz-bath, so that the worm may be passed into the water. In 
this manner the expelled portion of the worm does not drag so heavily 
upon the part still in the bowel, and the parasite is less liable to be torn, 
so that the head usually glides out easily without being torn off, thus 
facilitating the finding of the head, even if not assisting in the expulsion 
of it. The dose may, of course, be modified as required, and the ad- 
ministration may be followed by a dose of some cathartic, if such should 
be necessary. 

Grindelia ; IT. S. 

Grindelia. 
Grindelia Robusta. 

Origin. — Grindelia robusta, Nuttall (Composite). 

Habitat. — California. 

Parts used. — The leaves and flowering tops. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 173. Grindelia ro- 
busta has a branched stem which is smooth, round, striate. The lower 
leaves are spatulate, tapering at the base, while the upper ones are ob- 
long, pointed, and have broad bases. Flower-heads up to nearly twenty 
millimetres (f inch) in diameter, one at the point of each branch of the 
stem ; resinous ; the receptacle flat, pitted. Flowers yellow. 

Most of the " Grindelia robusta " on the market answers the descrip- 
tion of Grindelia squarrosa. 

Constituents.— Volatile oil and resin. . * 

Medicinal Uses. — Grindelia robusta is used extensively as a rem- 
edy in various affections of the organs of respiration. It is often very 
beneficial in asthma, in which disease it exerts its most marked effects. 
It is also employed in pertussis, bronchitis, etc. It also possesses diu- 
retic properties, and is useful in catarrh of the bladder. 

Dose. — One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 



540 



A COMPANION TO THE 



GKINDELLE ROBUST^E EXTEACTUM. 
Extract of Grindelia Robusta. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilula 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentietl 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. 

Dose. — 0.10 to 0.75 gram (2 to 12 grains). 




Figs. 290-296.— Grindelia Robusta. a, dry, as in trade, natural size ; &, soaked in water, 
natural size ; c\ section of receptacle, half size ; d, disc-floret, enlarged ; e, ray-floret ; /, 
stigma, enlarged; g, fruit, enlarged. 

GRINDELIA [ROBUSTJK] EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM ; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Grindelia [Robusta]. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion ol 
throe hundred grams (about 12 1 fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3£ fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and fifty grams (about 6 fluid- 
ounces of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percola- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



541 



tor. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14-J- fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add 
enough of the menstruum to make the 
whole measure five hundred cubic cen- 
timeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centime- 
ters (30 to 75 minims). 

Grindelia Squarrosa. 

Grindelia Squarrosa. 

Origin. — Grindelia squarrosa, Du- 
val (Co/npositce). 

Habitat. — West of the Rocky 

Mountains. 

Parts used. — Leaves and flowering 
tops. 

Description. — Grindelia squarrosa 
resembles very much the Grindelia 
robusta, but is considerably smaller. 
The scales on the flower-heads have re- 
curved points — a feature, however, 
which is not absent in G. robusta. The Figs. 29< 
species name " Squarrosa" refers to the 
recurved points of the scales covering the flower-heads as the principal 
characteristic, and as this is not peculiar to G. squarrosa alone, there 
seems to be little difference between the two plants except as to size. 
It has, therefore, recently been considered as simply a variety of G. 
robusta. 

Constituents.— Volatile oil and resin. 

Note. — Grindelia squarrosa is reported to be an efficient remedy in intermittent 
and other malarial fevers. It is probable that both species (if they really are dis- 
tinct species) have similar properties. A great proportion of the drug sold in the 
market as G-. robusta is, in fact, G-. squarrosa (Lloyd). 

Medicinal Uses, Dose, and Preparations. — Like those of Grin- 
delia robusta. 




298. — Grindelia Squarrosa, 
dry as in trade, natural size. 



542 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Guaiaci Lignum ; U. S. » 

Guaiacum Wood. 

Guajakkolz, Pockholz, Franzosenholz, G. ; Bois de Gayac, F. ; Guayaco, 

Sp. ; JPockenholz, Sw. ; Lignum Vitoe. 

Origin. — Guaiacum officinale, Linne, and Guaiacum sanctum, 
Linne {Zygophyllacece), 

Habitat. — The West 
Indies and the northern 
South American States. 

Part used. — The heart- 
wood. 

Description. — See the 

Pharmacopoeia, page 173. 

There must be but little 
of the white-wood in the 
drug. 

Constituents.— From 
twenty to twentj'-six per 
cent, guaiac resin, which is 
described under its proper 
title. 

Medicinal Uses.— 

Same as of the resin. Em- 




Fig. 299.— Guaiac Wood, transverse section, enlarged. 



ployed in the form of fluid extract or decoction as an alterative in 
syphilis, etc. ; generally in combination with sarsaparilla and iodide of 
potassium. 

GUAIACI LIGNI EXTBACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Guaiacum Wood. 
To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 
As a menstruum use alcohol. 
Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

GUAIACI SPECIES COMPOSITE. 

Alterative Species. 

Species ad Infusum IJgnorum, Sw. 

Mix seventy-five grams (2 ounces 280 grains) cut glycyrrhiza, one 

hundred and seventy-five grams (6 ounces 75 grains) cut saponaria, three 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 543 

hundred grams (10 ounces 255 grains) rasped juniper root, and four 
hundred and fifty grams (15 ounces 382 grains) rasped guaiac wood. 

Used as an alterative or " blood-purifier." A tea is made of it and 
taken ad libitum. 

Guaiaci Resina ; U. S. 

Guaiac. 

Guaiac Resin. 

Production. — By heating the wood over fire, when the resin melts 
and runs out, or by boiling the rasped wood in salt water and skimming 
off the resin which separates. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 173. Homogeneous, 
brittle, dark-greenish masses ; dull externally from dust, glassy in the 
fracture. When fused it emits a vanilla-like odor. Readily soluble in 
alcohol. 

Varieties. — Guaiac in tears is comparatively scarce, but is cleaner 
than the guaiac in masses described above. 

Constituents. — About ten per cent, guaiacetic acid, a crystalline 
substance of a faint vanilla-like odor, readily soluble in alcohol and in 
ether, but insoluble in water. About seventy per cent, guaiaconic acid, 
a light-brown, amorphous mass, soluble in alcohol and ether, but not in 
water. A small quantity of guaiacic acid, in white crystals ; and some 
guaiac yellow, also crystalline. Also ten per cent, beta-guaiac resin, in- 
soluble in ether. 

Diaphoretic, diuretic, alterative, stimulant. 

Dose. — 0.50 to 1 gram (8 to 15 grains) three times a day. 

GUAIACI MISTUKA. 
Guaiac Mixture. 
Emidsio Guaiaci. 

Triturate six grams (90 grains) powdered guaiac resin, six grams 
powdered sugar, and two grams (30 grains) powdered tragacanth until 
intimately mixed. Then add gradually and with constant trituration 
one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (5 fluidounces) peppermint 
water. 

Dose. — Fifteen to thirty cubic centimeters {\ to 1 fluidounce). 



544 A COMPANION TO THE 



GUAIACI TINCTUKA ; U. S. 
Tincture of Guaiac. 

Macerate forty grams (1 ounce 180 grains) coarsely powdered guaiac 
resin for seven days with one hundred and sixty grams (about 200 cubic 
centimeters, or 6f nuidounces) alcohol in a bottle. Filter. Add enough 
alcohol through the filter to make the whole product weigh two hundred 
grams (7 ounces 24 grains, measuring about 7 nuidounces). 

Dose. — Two to four cubic centimeters (£ to 1 fluidrachm). 

GUAIACI TINCTURA AMMONIATA; U. S. 
Ammoniated Tincture of Guaiac. 

Made like the tincture of guaiac, and of the same guaiac strength, 
using, however, aromatic spirit of ammonia instead of alcohol as a sol- 
vent. 

Dose. — Two to four cubic centimeters (^ to 1 fluidrachm). 

Guarana ; U. S. 

GUARANA. 

Origin. — Paullinia sorbilis, Martius (Sapindacem). 

Habitat.— Brazil. 

Character. — A dried paste prepared with the crushed seeds, by 
beating them with water into a pulp and drying. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 174. Cylindrical 
sticks, sometimes flattened, about fifteen centimeters (6 inches) long 
and twenty-five millimeters (1 inch) in diameter ; hard, externally dark 
red-brown, comparatively smooth ; fracture uneven, somewhat glossy, 
much lighter than the external surface, not homogeneous, showing frag- 
ments of seeds. Odor feeble but peculiar, reminding of chocolate ; 
taste astringent, bitter. Partially soluble in alcohol and in water, the 
solutions being brown. 

Constituents. — From four to five per cent, of guaranine, an alka- 
loid closely resembling, if not identical with, caffeine. Also about 
twenty-five per cent, tannin, besides traces of volatile oil, saponin, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Guarana resembles coffee and tea in its action. 
It is used to relieve sick headaches. 

Dose. — One to five grams (15 to 75 grains) in powder, or preferably 
in fluid extract. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 545 

GUARAN^E EXTRACTUM. 
Extract of Guar an a. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Chocolate brown. 

Dose. — 0.20 to 1 gram (3 to 15 grains). 

GUARAN/E EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Guarana. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
three hundred grams (about 12-J- fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3J fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred grams (about 4 fluidounces) of 
the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate 
with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13-J- fluidounces) of the first 
percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

Gutta-Percha ; IT. S. 

Gutta-Percha. 

Origin. — Isonandra gutta, Hooker (Sapotacem). 

Habitat. — The Malay peninsula and islands. 

Character. — The hardened milky juice from the trunks of the trees. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 174. Marbled, red- 
dish-gray, or yellowish, extremely tough and hard masses, which soften 
and become plastic by heating, and very soft when put in boiling 
water. Has a peculiar though faint odor, but no taste. Is insoluble in 
water or in alcohol, but soluble in chloroform, oil of turpentine, or bi- 
sulphide of carbon. 

Can be cut with a hot knife. 

Uses. — As an ingredient in plasters to render them adhesive. Also 
in solution as a collodion or protective application. 
35 



546 A COMPANION TO THE 



GUTTA-PERCH^E LIQUOK; U. S. 

Solution of Gutta-Percha. 

Gutta-Percha Collodion. 

Put ninety grams (3 ounces) gutta-percha in thin slices into a wide- 
mouthed quart bottle, with seven hundred grams (24 ounces 300 grains, 
measuring about 16 fluidounces) commercial chloroform, cork well, and 
shake occasionally until dissolved. Then add one hundred grams (3f 
ounces) carbonate of lead, previously mixed with two hundred and ten 
grams (7 ounces 180 grains, measuring about 5 fluidounces) of commer- 
cial chloroform. Shake together several times, thoroughly, at intervals 
of half an hour. Set aside until thoroughly settled and clear. Then 
decant the clear liquid and keep it in cork-stoppered bottles holding 
about thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) each. 

The preparation is of a pale straw-color. 

Used as an adhesive and protective covering for surfaces. Applied 
by a brush, when the chloroform evaporates, leaving a coating of gutta- 
percha. 

Gynocardise Oleum. 

Chaulmoogra Oil. 

Origin. — Gynocardia odorata, Robert Brown (Bixinem). 

Habitat. — East India. 

Description. — The fixed oil obtained from the seeds by expression. 
It is granular, whitish, semi-solid, melts at 42° C. (107.6° F.), has an 
acid reaction ; the odor reminds of scammony, and the taste is acrid. 
"With sulphuric acid it produces a green color. 

Constituents. — About eighty-one per cent, of palmitic acid, and 
some hypogceic acid. The constituent upon which its peculiar proper- 
ties depend is gynocardic acid, of which it contains nearly twelve per 
cent. This has a very acrid taste. 

Medicinal Uses. — Recommended for leprosy, scrofula, syphilis, 
etc., to be used both internally and externally. 

Dose. — Fifteen to thirty centigrams (2£ to 5 grains) three times a 
day, to be given in capsules. 

GYJSTOCARDI^E UNGUENTUM. 

Chaulmoogra Salve. 

Mix thirty grams (1 ounce) chaulmoogra oil with one hundred and 
fifty grams (5 ounces) petroleum ointment. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 547 

Hsematoxylon ; U. S. 

HiEMATOXYLON. 

Hcematoxyli Lignum — Blauholz, Campecheholz, G. ; Bois de Cam- 
peche, Bois d'Lnde, Bois de sang, F. ; Campeche, Sp. ; Campechetrd, 
Svv.; Logwood. 

Origin. — Hwmatoxylon campechianum, Linne (Legiiminosce). 

Habitat. — Central America and the West Indies. 

Part used. — The heart-wood. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 174. In chips or rasp- 
ings, heavy, hard, reddish-brown. Odor faint, but peculiar and rather 
agreeable ; taste sweetish, astringent. Colors the saliva purple, and 
yields a blood-red infusion with water, which is colored purple by tinct- 
ure of chloride of iron. 

Constituents. — Tannin is the principal medicinal constituent. 
The drug also contains from ten to twelve per cent, of a coloring prin- 
ciple called hematoxylin, which has been obtained in colorless crystals, 
and has a persistent sweet taste like that of liquorice. Hematoxylin 
is soluble in water, also in alcohol. 

Medicinal Uses. — Astringent and tonic. 

HCEMATOXYLI DECOCTUM. 

Decoction of Hsematoxylon. 

From thirty grams (or about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U, S. fluidounces). 
About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 
Dose. — Fifty to seventy-five cubic centimeters (12 to 18 fluidrachms). 

HCEMATOXYLI EXTRACTUM ; IT. S. 
Extract of Hcematoxylon. 

Macerate one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains) rasped hsema- 
toxylon (logwood) forty-eight hours with ten liters (21 wine pints) water. 
Boil in a porcelain or " granite-iron " vessel until one-half of the water 
has evaporated. Strain while hot, and then evaporate to dryness. 

Reddish-brown. Yield about twelve per cent. Should make an 
almost entirely clear solution with water. Ought to be powdered for 
convenience in dispensing, as it keeps quite as well in that form. Com- 
mercial extract of logwood used for dyeing is not to be used instead of 
the official extract. 

Dose. — 0.5 gram (8 grains) or more. 



548 A COMPANION TO THE 



H^EMATOXYLI EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Hjematoxylon. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17J avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

Halicoris Oleum. 

♦ Dugong Oil. 

Origin. — Species of Halicore {Mammalia). 

Habitat. — The animals yielding dugong oil ("sea-hogs") inhabit 
the shallow waters of the Indian seas. 

Part used. — The oil obtained from the lard. 

Description. — Whitish, semi-solid at ordinary temperatures. It is 
almost inodorous and tasteless when fresh. 

Medicinal Uses. — Has been recommended as a substitute for cod- 
liver oil, and is said to be fully as nutritive while far more palatable. 

Dose. — Twenty-five to fifty cubic centimeters (6 to 12 fluidrachms) 
or more during the day. 

Hamamelis ; IT. S. 

Hamamelis. 

Hamamelidis Folia — Witch- Hazel Leaves. 

Origin. — Hamamelis virginica, Linne (Haynamelacem). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used. — ^he fresh leaves, collected in the autumn. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 174. They are in- 
odorous, but have an astringent, bitter taste. 

Constituents. — Tannin and some bitter principle. The drug has 
not been fully investigated chemically. 

Medicinal Uses. — Tonic and astringent. Used in congestions and 
inflammations , hemorrhages and threatened abortions. It is said to be 
almost a specific in debility of the venous system. Externally it is used 
as a wash in old, indolent, and foul ulcers. An ointment of witch-hazel 
is employed in hemorrhoids. 

Dose. — Two to ten grams (30 to 150 grains) in the form of fluid ex- 
tract or decoction. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 549 

HAMAMELIDIS EXTKACTUM FLUID UM ; IT. S. 
Fluid Extract of Hamamelis. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
one hundred grams (about 4-J- fluidounces) alcohol to every two hundred 
grams (about 6§ fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and seventy-five grams (about 
6^- fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical per- 
colator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14-J- fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Used externally for cuts, bruises, etc. 

Hamamelidis Cortex. 

Hamamelis Bark. 
Witch-Hazel JBark. 

Origin — Hamamelis virginiea (see above). 

Part used. — The bark of the younger branches. 

Description. — Troughs about eight millimeters (J inch) in diameter, 
and one millimeter (^ inch) thick ; externally smooth, brown, on the 
inner surface paler. Odor faint but peculiar ; taste astringent. 

Constituents. — About eight per cent, tannin. 

Medicinal Uses.— Has been used to prevent miscarriage, and 
locally as a wash and application to wounds, bruises, inflammations, 
hemorrhoids, etc. 

Dose. — Two to four grams (30 to 60 grains). 

HAMAMELIDIS CORTICIS EXTKACTUM FLUIDITM. 
Fluid Extract of Hamamelis Bark. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17| avoirdupois 
ornces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2J fluidrachms). 



550 A COMPANION TO THE 

Hedeoma ; U. S. 

Hedeoma. 
Pennyroyal. 

Origin. — Hedeoma pulegioides, Persoon (Labiatm). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Parts used. — Leaves and flowering tops. 

Description. — Stem hairy, four-sided ; leaves glandular on the un- 
der surface ; flowers pale blue. Odor strong, mint-like ; taste pungent, 
aromatic. 

Constituents.— Volatile oil is the only important constituent. 

Properties. — Stimulant, carminative, and emmenagogue. 

Used in flatulent colic and with purgatives to prevent griping. It 
is employed in the form of a tea to restore suppressed menses. 

The fresh herb hung in the rooms is much used to drive away mos- 
quitoes, and a spirit made by dissolving oil of pennyroyal in alcohol is 
used as an application to the face and hands for the same purpose. 

Dose. — Five to ten grams (75 to 150 minims), in decoction. 

Hedeomse Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil of Hedeoma. 

Hedeomce JEtherohum — Volatile Oil of Hedeoma, Oil of Pennyroyal. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 237. 

Has carminative properties, but is seldom or never used internally. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.3 cubic centimeter (2 to 5 minims). 

HEDEOMSE SPIRITUS. 

Spirit of Hedeoma. 

Spirit of Pennyroyal. 

Mix thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) oil of hedeoma and two hun- 
dred and seventy grams (9 ounces 230 grains, or about 11 fluidounces) 
alcohol. 

Used as an external embrocation, or as a spray to keep mosquitoes 
out of the room. 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 551 

Helianti&emum* 

Helianthemum. 
Frostwort, E. ; Canadisches Sonnenroschen, G. 

Origin. — Helianthemum canadense, Michaux (Cistacece). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used. — The whole herb. 

Description. — The stem is very slender, stiff, about thirty centi- 
meters (12 inches) high, purplish ; leaves alternate, about twenty-five 
millimeters (1 inch) long, narrow, pointed, woolly on the under surface ; 
has one solitary flower in June with yellow petals, and later a number 
of smaller flowers without petals in hoary axillary clusters. Odor none ; 
taste bitter, astringent. 

Constituents. — Tannin and some bitter substance. 

Medicinal Properties. — Bitter tonic and astringent. Has been 
given in diarrhoea and dysentery ; and as an alterative in scrofula and 
syphilis, it is claimed to have achieved marked success. 

Dose. — Five to ten grams (1 to %\ drachms), several times a day, 
in the form of fluid extract made with diluted alcohol as a men- 
struum. 

Helleborus. 

Helleborus. . 

Hellebori Radix, Helleborus Niger, Radix Melampodii — Schwarze JVies- 
tourzel, Weihnachtswurzel, Winterrose, G. ; Svart prustrot, Sw.; Black 
Hellebore, Christmas Hose. 

Origin. — Helleborus niger, Linne {Ranunculacece). 

Habitat. — Central and Southern Europe. 

Part used. — The rhizome with rootlets. 

Description. — The rhizome is knotty, twenty-five to seventy-five 
millimeters (1 to 3 inches) long, marked by transverse rings, brittle, 
blackish-brown, grayish within, bark thick, pith large ; rootlets long, 
dark brown, longitudinally wrinkled, very brittle, and covered with a 
thick bark. Odor, scarcely any except when the drug is freshly bruised, 
when it has a rancid odor ; the dust causes violent sneezing. Taste 
bitter, acrid. 

Constituents. — The most important are two glucosides called re- 
spectively helleborin and helleborein, both crystalline. They are very 
poisonous. There is also some resin in black hellebore ; but no tannin. 



552 A COMPANION TO THE 

Medicinal Uses. — Drastic cathartic, emetic, and 
Seldom employed at present. In large doses a powerful poison, pro- 
ducing death by excessive gastro-intestinal irritation. 

Dose. — 0.25 to 1 gram (4 to 15 grains) in powder. 

HELLEBOEI NIGRI EXTRACTUM. 
Extract of Black Hellebore. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twen- 
tieth part of its weight of glycerin. • 

Brown. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.6 gram (1 to 10 grains) ; the larger doses with great 
caution. 

HELLEBOEI NTGRI EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract op Helleborus Niger. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17| avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (about 8J fluidounces) alcohol to every one hundred 
grams (about 3^ fluidounces) of water. 

Dose.— 0.25 to 1 cubic centimeter (4 to 15 minims). 

Helonias. 

Helonias. 

Helonim Radix; Chamcelirium — False Uni- 
com. 

Origin. — Chamwlirium luteum, Gray 
(Helonias dioica, Pursh.) (Melarithacew) . 

Habitat. — North America, east of the 
Mississippi. 

Part used. — The root. 
5 , andta^versfstl Description. -See Fig. 300. It is called 

tion, enlarged. unicorn root on account of the resemblance 

the root bears to a horn. Large pieces have peculiar knotty annula- 
tions. From twelve to eighty millimeters (£ to 3J inches) long, curved, 
and from six to twenty millimeters (\ to f inch) in diameter. Exter- 




UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 553 

nally dark grayish-brown, transversely wrinkled, with stem scars on the 
upper side, and beset above and below with long, slender, fibrous root- 
lets, which are, however, usually absent in the commercial drug. Firm, 
horny. Odor peculiar, readily perceived when the drug is bruised. 
Taste bitter, acrid. 

Constituents. — A bitter principle called chamceUrin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Said to be tonic and anthelmintic in the dose of 
one to four grams (15 to 60 grains) in infusion or fluid extract. 

HELOOT^E EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Helonias. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fiuidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (10 to 30 minims). 

Hemidesmus. 

Hemidesmus. 

Hemidesmi Radix, B. ; Indian Sarsaparitta, N~annari, E. 

Origin. — Hemidesmus indicus, Robert Brown (Asclepiadacece). 

Habitat. — India. 

Part used. — The root. 

Description. — Pieces about thirty centimeters (6 inches) long, and 
from six to fifteen millimeters (^ to -| inch) in diameter, tortuous, 
wrinkled lengthwise, and with fissures forming transverse rings. The 
external bark is dark-brown, thin ; the inner bark whitish, mealy, thin, 
containing milk vessels. The wood is separated from the bark by a 
dark wavy line. Odor pleasantly aromatic, reminding of tonka ; taste 
sweetish, somewhat acrid. 

Constituents. —Probably a little coumar in, or some substance re- 
sembling it. A little tannin is found in the outer bark. 

Medicinal Uses. — Said to be alterative, tonic, diuretic, and dia- 
phoretic. Used like sarsaparilla. 

Best given in the form of fluid extract made with diluted alcohol 
as a menstruum, of which the dose is two to five cubic centimeters (30 
to 75 minims). 



554 A COMPANION TO THE 



Hepatica. 

Hepatica. 
Liverwort, E. ; Edelleberhraut, G. 

Origin. — Hepatica triloba, Chaix (Ranunculaceos). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used. — The leaves. 

Description. — Leathery, smooth leaves, dark green on the upper 
surface, paler on the under side. Inodorous ; slightly astringent and 
bitter. 

Constituents. — Mucilage and tannin. 

Medicinal Uses. — It has enjoyed some reputation in chronic bron- 
chitis, etc. 

Dose. — Ad libitum in infusion. 

HEPATKLE EXTRACTUM FLUID UM. 

Fluid Extract of Hepatica. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

Heuchera. 

Heuchera. 
Alum Moot. 

Origin. — Heuchera Americana, Linne (Saxifragacem). 

Habitat.— The United States. 

Part used.— The root. 

Description. — Several-headed, each head with a concave scar, taper- 
ing and branched below, about fifteen centimeters (6 inches) long, and 
twelve millimeters (-J- inch) thick, beset with thin radicles. Shrivelled 
and tuberculate when dry. Purplish-brown externally, bark thin ; 
breaks with a granular short fracture, often disclosing internal cavities. 
Odor none ; taste somewhat bitter and very astringent. 

Constituents. — About eighteen to twenty per cent, tannin. 

Medicinal Uses.— Astringent. Used in diarrhoeas, etc. Also as 
a mouth-wash and gargle, etc. 

Dose. — Two to eight grams (30 to 120 grains), best given in the 
form of FLyiD extract made with diluted alcohol as a menstruum. 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPGBIA. 555 

Hippocastanum. 

HlPPOC ASTANUM. 

Hlppocastani Cortex — Horse-chestnut Bark. 

Origin. — JEscidus Hippocastanum, Linne (Hippocastanem). 

Habitat. — Cultivated in Europe and America. 

Part used. — The bark. 

Description. — In troughs or quills, externally grayish-brown and 
marked by triangular leaf-scars, which, however, are not visible on the 
bark collected from older branches. Bark from young branches (having 
the scars) is to be preferred. Older bark is blackish, though smooth, 
beset here and there with corky warts. When the outer bark has been 
removed, which is sometimes the case, the outside is light brown. On 
the inner side the bark is smooth and pale yellowish. Devoid of odor. 
Taste bitter, astringent. The infusion has a blue fluorescence. 

Constituents. — Contains a peculiar tannic acid, and two white 
crystalline neutral bitter principles, msculin and fraxin. JEsculin 
when separated is in small,* white needles or prisms, odorless, bitter, 
readily soluble in boiling water or in alcohol. A solution of one grain 
of assculin in one million five hundred thousand grains (over 25 gallons) 
of water is said to be distinctly fluorescent with a bluish tint. 

Medicinal Uses. — Bitter tonic, and said to be antiperiodic. Given 
in periodical fevers, neuralgias, etc. 

Dose. — Five to ten grams (1 to 25 drachms), best given in the form 
of fluid extract made with diluted alcohol as a menstruum. 

Hirudo. 

Leech. 

Sanguisuga medicinalis, Savigny, and S. officinalis, Savigny. 
Description. — Full grown it is seventy-five millimeters (3 inches) or 
more long; round, somewhat flattened ; tapering toward the ends, es- 
pecially forward ; olive-green or blackish-green on the back, with six 
rust-colored, black-spotted stripes ; belly yellowish-green, either spotted 
(S. medicinalis) or with one line of black spots on each side (S. officin- 
alis). The skin of the S. medicinalis is rough to the feel ; that of S. 
officinalis smooth. Each end consists of a disk — the mouth being the 
narrower. 



556 A COMPANION TO THE 

The leech lives on blood, which it requires from six months to two 
years to digest. Only medium-sized leeches (about 8 centimeters, or 
3£ inches long) should be used, and such as have not before been used 
for drawing human blood. Good leeches are sound, active, quick, and 
when slightly pressed contract into an oval form. 

Leeches may be kept for a long time in clean river water, in suitable 
vessels, and in the shade. The water should be changed about once a 
week, and gravel put on the bottom of the vessel, together with some 
turf, sweet flag, moss, charcoal, etc. The temperature of the water 
must be 10° to 20° C. (50° to 68° F.). Cleanliness and free access of 
pure air are necessary to the health of the animals. 

In applying leeches the spot to be bled must be washed clean with 
clean cold water, without any soap. The application of a little sweet 
milk or a little fresh blood facilitates the business. When the leech has 
attached itself to the skin, it must be allowed to hang freely suspended. 
It is capable of drawing its own weight, or more, of blood. The flow of 
blood, however, continues for some time after the leech has dropped off, 
which it does as soon as satiated. By warm applications the bleeding 
can be prolonged. 

A leech just gorged with blood may be used again in two or three 
days, if necessary, if it is made to disgorge the blood immediately after 
having been used the first time. This is effected by carefully stroking 
the animal with the finger from the anal end toward the head, or by 
putting it in a warm (not hot) saucer and sprinkling a little powdered 
bicarbonate of sodium over it. Then, after it has discharged the blood, 
wash it in lukewarm water. 

Swedish and Hungarian leeches are celebrated. Most medicinal 
leeches are, however, cultivated. 

Used for local blood-letting. 

Homatropinse Hydrobromas. 

Hydrobromate of Hom atropine. 

This is in fine white or colorless crystals, soluble in ten times its 
weight of water. 

Homatropine (or oxytoluyltropine) is obtained by the decomposition 
of amygdalate of tropine with hydrochloric acid. 

Medicinal Uses. — It has the same properties (of dilating the pu- 
pil) as atropine, and is preferred on account of its being much less pois- 
onous, and also because the effect of homatropine is of comparatively 
brief duration, lasting less than twenty-four hours. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 557 

Hordeum Prseparatum. 

Pearl Barley. 

Origin. — The decorticated fruit of Hordeum distichon, Linne (Gra- 
minacece). 

Description. — Oval, white grains, presenting brownish-yellow rem- 
nants of the hulls along the grooves, and having a mealy appearance 
externally. Inodorous. Taste insipid. 

Contains about sixty to sixty-eight per cent, starch, twelve to six- 
teen per cent, protein compounds, and two to three per cent, fixed oil. 
The starch granules resemble those of wheat in size, form, and appear- 
ance. 

Much used to prepare demulcent drinks and soups for the sick. 

HOEDEI DECOCTUM. 
Decoction of Barley. 

From thirty grams (or about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug, make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

About the same as the preparation of 1870. 

Dose. — As a demulcent drink it may be taken ad libitum ; it may 
be sweetened and flavored with lemon juice, except in cases of irritation 
of the stomach or bowels. 

HOEDEI FAEINA. 

Barley Flour. 

' Fine flour prepared from the seed of Hordeum distichon, Linne. 
It is a somewhat less pure white color than wheat-flour, but whiter 
than rye-flour. 

For constituents see Hordeum. 

HOEDEI FAEINA PE.EPAEATA. 
Prepared Barley Flour. 

This preparation is official in several pharmacopoeias. It is made 
by subjecting barley-flour to the temperature of boiling water for about 
fourteen hours. 

The flour is put into a tin can. The cover is put on securely, and 
hermetically sealed by soldering it all around. The vessel is then put 



558 A COMPANION TO THE 

into boiling water and kept in it for fourteen hours. Then the flour is 
taken out. 

It is a fine yellowish or pinkish gray flour, of an agreeable, sweet 
taste, and bread-like odor. Its constituents are similar to those of malt, 
the starch being changed by the action of the heat. It is an easily di- 
gested and nutritious infant's food, especially valuable in the hot season 
in infantile diarrhoea. Was first recommended by Hufeland. 

Humulus ; XT. S. 

Hops. 



Humuli Strobili — Hopfen, G. ; Houblon, F. ; Humla, Sw. 

Origin. — Humulus Jjupulus, Linne ( Urticacece). 

H ab i tat. — Cultivated. 

Part used. — The strobiles. 

Description. — The strobiles (or fruit-cones) are about twenty-five 
millimeters (1 inch) long, yellowish-green ; odor 
strongly aromatic ; taste bitter, aromatic. 

Should be whole and well preserved ; not 
bleached. Old hops sometimes has a disagreeable 
odor from valerianic acid formed by the oxidation of 
the volatile oil. 

Constituents. — The principal constituent of 
hops is lupulin, which consists of the glands attached 
to the axis and bracts. (See that title.) Also 
volatile oil nearly one per cent., from nine to eighteen 
per cent, resin, and three to four per cent, tannin. 

Fig. 301.— Hops, nat- Medicinal Uses. — Bitter tonic, stomachic, and 

ural size. 

anodyne. 

Valuable in many forms of dyspepsia as an appetizer, and to allay 
undue gastric irritation. 

Hops seem to exert a peculiar calming effect on the genito-urinary 
organs, for instance in priapism, incontinence of urine, seminal emis- 
sions, chordee, and the painful erections often accompanying gonor- 
rhoea. 

Often used externally, either moist with other substances, as with 
chamomile and linseed meal in poultices, or in dry bags or pillows with 
corn meal, applied warm to relieve pain, as in toothache, facial neural- 
gia, etc. 

Dose. — About one to five grams (15 to 75 grains) in infusion. 







UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 559 

HUMULI EXTRACTUM. 

Extract of Hops. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. 

Dose. — About 0.3 gram (5 grains). 

HUMULI EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Hops. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

HUMITLI INFUSUM. 
Infusion of Hops. 

From fifteen grams (about -j- avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 

Dose. — Fifty to one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (1J to 5 
fluidounces). 

HUMULI SPECIES RESOLVENTES, 

Resolvent Species. 

Mix thirty grams (1 ounce) hops, thirty grams absinthium, thirty 
grams chamomile, and sixty grams (2 ounces) spearmint. 
Used for poultices, or applied dry in a bag. 

HUMULI TINCTURA ; U. S. 
Tincture of Hops. 

Moisten sixty grams (2 ounces 50 grains) hops, in No. 20 powder, 
with one hundred and twenty crams (about 4|- fluidounces) diluted al- 
cohol ; pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator, and percolate it with 
diluted alcohol until three hundred grams (10 ounces 255 grains, or 
about 10-J fluidounces) tincture has been obtained. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2-J- fluidrachms). 



560 A COMPANION TO THE 

Hydrangea. 

Hydrangea. 
Hydrangeas Radix. 

Origirii — Hydrangea arborescens, Linne (Saxifragacece). 
Habitat. — The United States, from the Great Lakes southward. 
Part used.— The root. 

Description. — Branched, somewhat tuberculous, finger-thick or 
less, with quite thin pale-brown bark which occasionally peels off in 







Figs. 302, 303.— Hydrangea, natural size. 

spots ; wood tough, white. Odor none ; taste insipid, sweetish, after- 
ward somewhat pungent. 

Constituents.— No analysis. 

Medicinal Uses.— Employed to promote the removal of gravelly 
deposits from the bladder antl relieve pain during the passage of renal 
concretions through the ureters. 

It has no good effects in cases of stone in the bladder, but only in 
cases when the concretions are small and can pass through the urethra. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 561 

In large doses it is said to produce cerebral disturbance. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains), best in fluid extract. 
A decoction of the root may be taken in doses of 30 to 60 cubic centi- 
meters (1 to 2 fluidounces). 

HYDRANGEA EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Hydrangea. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

Hydrargyrum ; U. S. 

Mercury. 

Quecksilber, G. ; Mercure, F. ; Mercurio, Azogue, Sp. ; Quiclcsilfver, 

Sw. ; Quicksilver. 

Its appearance is familiar. It is soluble in nitric acid without any 
residue being left. Its specific gravity is fully 13.50. When strongly 
heated it volatilizes without residue. When dropped on white paper it 
should roll about freely, separating into numerous globules, which should 
retain their spherical shape and leave no streaks or traces on the paper. 
It must be dry and present a bright surface. Mercury full of dust or 
dirt or moisture may be cleaned and dried by passing it through tall, 
narrow, paper funnels, best made of good, white, book paper, and hav- 
ing a hole at the narrow end barely large enough to admit a pin, or to 
allow the mercury to escape in a thin stream. 

Commercial mercury generally contains other metals as impurities, 
among them lead, tin, copper, bismuth, antimony, arsenic. Impure 
mercury does not " present a bright surface." Globules of mercury con- 
taminated with lead do not retain a perfectly globular form when made 
to roll about, but leave little tail-like projections behind. A dark-colored 
dust on the surface of the metal consists of the oxides of foreign metals. 

The salts of mercury are poisonous, mercuric salts being more poison- 
ous than the mercurous. The normal salts are generally white ; the 
basic ones yellow. Mercuric chloride and cyanide, and mercuric and 
mercurous nitrates, are soluble in water. 

Uses. — The crude mercury is used for preparing its several chemi- 
cal compounds and other mercurial preparations. 
36 



562 A COMPANION TO THE 



HYDRARGYRUM DEPURATUM. 
Purified Mercury. 

Pour one thousand grams (35 ounces) mercury into a porcelain evap- 
orating dish. Then pour upon it a mixture of one hundred grams (3^ 
ounces) nitric acid and five hundred grams (17 fluidounces) water. Ma- 
cerate four days, stirring frequently and strongly. Then pour off the 
acid liquid, and wash the remaining metal, first with distilled water 
acidulated with nitric acid, and afterward with distilled water. When 
the washings no longer turn blue litmus paper red, dry the mercury 
by pouring through funnels made of filter paper or blotting paper. 

Commercial mercury is always impure, containing other metals (tin, 
antimony, etc.). These are removed by the nitric acid, which oxidizes 
them before it attacks the mercury. 

Medicinal Uses. — Metallic mercury is seldom given internally as 
such ; it has been given in intussusception and obstruction of the bowel 
in doses up to several pounds. Sometimes the desired relief has fol- 
lowed, and in other cases rupture of the bowel resulted, followed by 
death. 

In the form of mercury, with chalk or blue-mass, it is frequently 
given as an alterative purgative. 

Mercury and mercurials act on the glandular organs, especially the 
salivary glands, producing profuse discharge of a very offensive saliva, 
loosening of the teeth, swelling of the tongue, etc. 

Mercurials are often given (habitually by some), as cathartics, with 
the idea that they act on the liver and cause a secretion of bile. By 
irritating the mucous membranes of the intestines mercurials may, by 
reflex action, cause a contraction of the gall-bladder and an expulsion of 
the bile contained in it, just as would result from any other cathartic, 
but no additional normal bile is secreted in consequence of their action. 
On the contrary, it is pretty certain that the liver becomes deranged 
by a long-continued or frequent use of such preparations, and the jaun- 
diced, cadaverous, and cachectic complexions so often met with in "ma- 
larial districts " are probably as often caused by an abusive use of calo- 
mel and blue-mass as by " malaria." Mercurials may have their sphere 
of action in syphilis, but should not be employed as cathartics when 
Epsom salts, jalap, and colocynth, etc., will have the good without the 
deleterious effects of these preparations, unless in some few exceptional 
crises when special indications may call for a dose of calomel or blue- 
mass. 

Mercurials are frequently given in inflammations to prevent the ex- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 563 

udation of organizable lymph, or its absorption if already exuded. It is 
not conclusively shown that mercury possesses any such virtues. 

Volumes have been written on the use of mercurials in syphilis, pro 
and con, and the authorities are not yet agreed on the subject. Prob- 
ably the majority of writers agree that mercurials should be given in 
small doses as soon as the specific nature of the sore has been recog- 
nized, and that the patient should be kept under the influence of the 
drug for some time, but without producing salivation. This can be 
avoided by giving small doses and suspending the remedy for awhile, as 
soon as the least soreness of the jaws is felt on forcibly bringing the 
teeth together. 

In secondary syphilis the benefits derived from mercury are marked, 
although even in this form of the disease mercurials, if injudiciously 
employed, may do great harm, so that many physicians discard these 
preparations entirely, claiming to cure syphilis without the use of any 
mercurials whatsoever. While such cures may undoubtedly take place, 
the mercurials are a valuable, though dangerous remedy, capable of 
doing great good when used by an intelligent physician, and not merely 
as a matter of routine. 

Their use is indicated in the secondary or cutaneous lesions oi syphi- 
lis, and less so in the tertiary stage, when iodides are to be preferred. 

Mercurials may be introduced into the system in various manners — 
by inunction, fumigation, hypodermic injection, and -internally. 

We will mention some of the special uses of mercurials when speak- 
ing of the various preparations. 

Toxic Effects and Antidotes. — Workers in mercury are subject 
to a chronic poisoning which is difficult to counteract. The symptoms 
are abdominal pains, vomiting, diarrhoea, weakness even to the extent 
of paralysis, salivation, and cachexia. The blue line along the edge of 
the gums, which generally is the result of poisoning by any of the me- 
tallic salts, is present in this case also. 

Albuminuria is frequently present, and in women suffering from 
chronic mercurial poisoning, abortions will be far more frequent than 
births, if conception follows intercourse at all. 

Abortions, it is said, will even result, in many cases, if conception 
has taken place by the fertilization of a healthy ovum in a healthy fe- 
male by semen from a man working in metallic mercury. 

This condition can only be cured by quitting the occupation which 
exposes the patient to the continued action of the metal, and by placing 
the patient in the best possible hygienic conditions, administering bitter 
tonics, chlorate of potassium, prescribing baths, etc. 

In acute poisoning the symptoms are those produced by irritant 



564 A COMPANION TO THE 



poisons. Corrosive sublimate is most frequently the cause of such acute 
meicunal poisoning. A toxic dose is followed by a sensation of con- 
striction of the throat and a metallic taste in the mouth, which appears 
as if it had been cauterized with nitrate of silver or creosote. 

The other symptoms are those of violent gastro-intestinal irritation 
colic, vomiting of the contents of the stomach or of mucus and blood, 
purging, straining at stool, hemorrhage from the bowel, cold clammy skin, 
weak pulse, collapse, and finally death, often preceded by convulsions. 

As soon as possible after the taking of a poisonous dose of a mercurial 
salt, white of egg, milk, and wheaten flour should be given. White of 
egg forms an albuminate of mercury, which is not totally insoluble in 
the intestine; in fact is quite soluble, but less so than the salt itself, and 
the administration of albumen should therefore be followed promptly 
by emetics or the stomach-pump. The latter is not easily applied on 
account of the corroded condition of the oesophagus. 

After-treatment must be conducted on general principles to counter- 
act the inflammation ; demulcents, mucilage, oils, and opium, together 
with stimulants, may be used. 

MEKCUBIAL FUMIGATION. 
Mercurial Vapor Bath. 
A mixture is used consisting of five grams (75 grains) black oxide 
of mercury, five grams red oxide of mercury, and five grams true cinna- 
bar (red sulphide of mercury). 

RYDEAEGYEI EMPLASTEUM ; IT. S. 
Mercurial Plaster. 

Melt thirty grams (1 ounce) resin in thirty grams (1 ounce) olive oil 
and stir together. When cool triturate with the mixture ninety grams 
(3 ounces) mercury until all globules have disappeared. Then add one 
hundred and fifty grams (5 ounces) lead plaster, previously melted, and 
mix the whole together thoroughly. 

Contains about ten per cent, more lead plaster than the mercurial 
plaster of 1870. 

A discutient application in glandular, swellings, syphilitic nodes and 
gummata, enlarged spleen or liver, etc. 

IIYDEAEGYRI LINIMENTUM. 
Liniment of Mercury. 

Nb'lt thirty grams (1 ounce) ointment of mercury in thirty grams (1 
OUDoe) camphorated oil ; mix well ; then add thirty grams (1 fluidounce) 
wat'-r of ammonia and shake the whole thoroughly together. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 565 

HYDEAEGYEI MASS A; IT. S. 

Mercury Mass. 

Piluloe Hydrargyria Phar. 187 'O^Blue-Jfass, Blue-Pill. 

Triturate three hundred and thirty grams (11 ounces 280 grains) 
mercury with three hundred and forty grams (12 ounces) honey of roses 
and thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) glycerin until extinguished. Then 
incorporate gradually fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) powdered glycyr- 
rhiza and two hundred and fifty grams (8 ounces 358 grains) powdered 
althaea, and triturate the whole until globules of mercury are no longer 
to be discovered by means of a lens magnifying ten diameters. 

Employed for the same purposes as calomel. Much used as a mer- 
curial cathartic. 

Dose. — 0.25 to 1 gram (4 to 15 grains). 

HYDEAEGYEI SUPPOSITOEIA ; B. 

Mercury Suppositories. 

Mix six grams (90 grains) ointment of mercury, two grams (30 grains) 
benzoinated lard, two grams (30 grains) white wax, and eight grains 
(120 grains) cacao butter, and from this mixture make eighteen sup- 
positories, each weighing one gram (15 grains). 

HYDEARGYEI UNGUENTUM ; II. S. 

Mercurial Ointment. 

Blue- Ointment. 

Mix four hundred and fifty grams (15 ounces 382 grains) mercury 
with forty grams (1 ounce 180 grains) compound tincture of benzoin, 
adding also one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) old mercurial 
ointment containing one-half mercury, and triturate the whole until all 
globules of mercury have disappeared. Then add two hundred and 
twenty-five grams (7 ounces 410 grains) lard and two hundred and 
twenty-five grams suet, previously melted together and allowed to be- 
come partially cooled, and continue the trituration until no globules of 
mercury can be discovered with a lens magnifying ten diameters. 

Mercurial ointment can be made as well by the above method as by 
any other formula adapted to small operations. 

Good mercurial ointment has a bluish color and is perfectly homo- 
geneous, not too soft, and free from any rancidity. 

Manufacturers sell two kinds of mercurial ointment — one containing 



566 - A COMPANION TO THE 

one-half mercury and one containing one-third mercury. The former 
is the only kind recognized by the Pharmacopoeia, and the only one that 
can be properly dispensed for medicinal purposes. 

Uses. — This ointment is often employed for the purpose of obtaining 
the constitutional effects of mercury in syphilis, especially in children. 
It may be rubbed upon the skin of the inner surface of the thighs, the 
axilla or chest, or be applied by spreading on a cloth and applying 
around the body. If the patient cannot make friction himself, the at- 
tendant should protect his hands by using rubber gloves. 

Blue-ointment is also used to disperse indurations and glandular 
swellings, enlargement of the liver or spleen y also to destroy parasites 
as lice or fleas, etc. 

HYDRARGYRUM CUM CRETA; U. S. 
Mercury with Chalk. 

Mix thirty-eight grams (1 ounce 150 grains) mercury, twelve grams 
(185 grains) sugar of milk, and twelve grams prepared chalk in a Wedge- 
wood mortar ; moisten these ingredients with a mixture of four cubic 
centimeters (1 fluidrachm) alcohol and five cubic centimeters (lj- flui- 
drachm) ether, and triturate briskly. Gradually add thirty-eight grams 
(1 ounce 150 grains) more of prepared chalk, dampen the mass with a 
mixture of alcohol and ether as before, and continue the trituration until 
no longer any globules of mercury are visible under a magnifying power 
of ten diameters, and the powder is of uniform gray color and dry. 

On a small scale this process works probably better than any other 
with which we are acquainted. The mercury strength of the prepara- 
tion is very nearly the same as of the preparation of 1870, which con- 
tained thirty-seven and one-half per cent., while the new one contains 
thirty-eight per cent. 

Frequently employed in the diarrhoeas of children, especially when 
the discharges are sour. 

Dose. — 0.03 to 0.75 gram (J to 12 grains). 

Hydrargyri Chloridum Corrosivum ; U. S. 

Corrosive Chloride of Mercury. 

Ilydrargyricum Chloridum — Mercuric Chloride, Corrosive Sublimate, 
Bichloride of Mercury. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 175. 
Reaction acid, unless chlorides of the alkali metals are present. Sol- 
uble in sixteen parts of water and in three parts alcohol at 15° C. (59° 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. * 567 

F.) ; it dissolves in two parts boiling water and one and one-sixth part 
boiling alcohol, and in from three to four parts ether. 

It must be kept in tightly closed bottles of glass. 

When corrosive chloride of mercury is wanted in solution, it will be 
found necessary to rub it up into rather fine powder in order to be able 
to dissolve it without too great delay. Powdered mercuric chloride is 
also required for other purposes occasionally. It is best powdered by 
trituration in a large, shallow, Wedgewood mortar, when, to prevent 
the poisonous dust from diffusing itself through the room, or from rising 
so as to be inhaled by the operator, the salt should be kept moist with 
alcohol during the entire process. 

SOLUTION FOE DISPENSING PUEPOSES. 

Dissolve fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains avoirdupois) of the mer- 
curic chloride in enough boiling distilled water to make the finished so- 
lution measure one liter (33 fluidounces, 6 fluidrachms, and 24 minims). 
Filter. 

Each cubic centimeter of the solution contains 0.05 gram (5 centi- 
grams) of the corrosive sublimate ; twenty-one minims contains one 
grain. 

Medicinal Uses. — Often employed in the earlier stages of syphilis 
as soon as the specific nature of the sore can be established. Also a 
very useful form of mercury for hypodermic injection in secondary 
syphilis. For the latter purpose 0.005 gram ( T *g- grain) may be used 
once a day, and the injection should be made in the small of the back, 
because that region is least sensitive to pain, and abscesses are less 
likely to follow. The effects on the skin lesions are often surprisingly 
prompt and successful. 

Internally it is given in pill or solution. It is chemically incompati- 
ble with alkalies and their carbonates, lime-water, various astringent 
vegetable infusions, including cinchona, other mineral salts, etc. 

Iodide of potassium is said to be incompatible ; it is so chemically, 
but not therapeutically, as the iodide of mercury is formed and dis- 
solved in the excess of iodide of potassium, and the resulting solution 
is very active. 

White of egg is also stated to be incompatible, but the albuminate 
of mercury is only inactive while it remains in the stomach, but is easily 
dissolved in the alkaline intestinal fluids. The action of the remedy is 
therefore only retarded, but not prevented, by albumen, and when albu- 
men is given as an antidote, in cases of poisoning, the resulting albu- 
minates must be promptly gotten rid of by emetics, etc. 



568 A COMPANION TO THE 



The statement has been made that corrosive sublimate is gradually 
changed to calomel if dissolved with compound syrup of sarsaparilla, 
which is a favorite menstruum. We doubt the truth of the statement. 

We have already described the poisonous action and the antidotal 
treatment under the title Hydrargyrum. 

Dose.— 0.004 to 0.006 gram ( T ^ to T V grain). 

HYDRARGYEI CHLOKIDI LIQUOR; B. 
Solution" of Corrosive Sublimate. 

Dissolve 6.5 centigrams (1 grain) corrosive chloride of mercury, and 
6.5 centigrams (1 grain) ammonium chloride in sixty cubic centimeters 
(2 fluidounces) distilled water. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 80 minims). Does not 
keep. 

HYDEAEGYEI LOTIO FLAVA. 
Yellow Wash. 

Aqua Phagadenica. 

Triturate one gram (15 grains) corrosive chloride of mercury until 
reduced to fine powder ; then add gradually, with constant trituration, 
two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (8- 1 fluidounces) lime-water. 

Used externally as a wash, or as a dressing by lint soaked in it, in 
cases of chancres, chancroids, syphilitic tdcers, etc. 

Hydrar^yri CMoridum Mite ? XT. S. 

Mild Chloride or Mercury. 

Hydrargyrosum Chloridum — Mercurous Chloride, Calomel, Subchlo- 
ride of Mercury, Submuriate of Mercury — Protochloride of Mer- 
cury. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 176. By 
heating and by long trituration calomel acquires a yellowish tint. 

Varieties. — So-called " English calomel " (made by Howard & Sons, 
and also by others) is condensed in large chambers into which steam is 
injected while the sublimation is in progress. The product obtained by 
this process is generally, but not necessarily always, pure. In this 
country it brings the highest price. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 569 

By "American calomel" we understand in our country calomel made 
by sublimation without the use of steam in condensing. Although this 
does not bring as high a price as English calomel it may well be quite 
as pure. 

Besides these two sublimed calomels there is also a, precipitated cal- 
omel, made by precipitating a solution of basic mercurous nitrate with 
hydrochloric acid. Precipitated calomel, when well and carefully made, 
using largely diluted solutions, is whiter than the sublimed calomel, and 
is extremely finely divided. It can, therefore, be washed perfectly free 
from corrosive chloride of mercury, which is the principal impurity found 
in all kinds of calomel. 

Should be kept in well-closed bottles in a dark place. 

Medicinal Uses. — Calomel is very frequently employed as a mer- 
curial purge, and is given in a great variety of affections. It is given 
at the beginning of fevers and inflammations. For this purpose it was 
formerly given more often than now, for the majority of the profession 
are realizing the fact that in many cases in which calomel will do good 
by its cathartic action, other remedies will do better. 

In some cases of pleurisy or pneumonia absorption of exuded lymph, 
etc., may perhaps be promoted by calomel, especially if the patient is 
syphilitic. 

Calomel has one advantage over other purgatives, which is, that of- 
ten it can be given when the stomach rejects all other cathartic remedies. 
This may sometimes lead to its use when it is not specially indicated 
otherwise. 

In syphilis small doses of calomel frequently repeated will promptly 
cause the constitutional effect of the drug. It is very apt, however, to 
produce salivation. 

Calomel is said to be incompatible with alkalies and their carbonates, 
alkaline earths, and many of the salts of metals, as of iron, copper, or 
lead. While it may be chemically incompatible with alkalies, it should 
be borne in mind that calomel is insoluble, and is not acted on until it is 
decomposed by the alkaline intestinal fluids, when oxide of mercury is 
formed, to which probably the active properties of calomel are due. 
Iodine forms with it the red iodide, and as this is very active, the two 
substances must not be given together. 

Nitro-muriatic acid should not be given at the same time, as corro- 
sive sublimate may be formed, and even the chlorides of sodium, potas- 
sium, or ammonium may produce the same effect. 

Dose. — 0.005 to 1 gram (y 1 ^ to 15 grains), often combined with jalap 
or colocynth when used as a purgative. 



570 A COMPANION TO THE 

HYDKAKGYEI LOTIO NIGEA. 

Black Wash. 

Aqua Mercurialis Nigra. 

Triturate one gram (15 grains) mild chloride of mercury in a mortar 

with one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (5 fluidounces) lime-water 

gradually added. 

HYDRARGYRI CHLOEIDI MITIS PILULM. 
Calomel Pills. 
Calomel, two grams (30 grains) ; manna, one gram (15 grains) ; and 
compound tragacanth powder, one gram. Mix. Divide into pills accord- 
ing to the dose required. 

PILUL^E CATHARTICS COMPOSITE ; IT. S. 

Compound Cathartic Pills. 

Mix 8.40 grams (130 grains) compound extract of colocynth, 6.50 
grams (100 grains) abstract of jalap, 6.50 grams calomel, and 1.60 gram 
(25 grains) gamboge in fine powder. Add enough water to form the 
pill-mass, and divide it into one hundred pills. 

Dose. — One to three pills. 

HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDI MITIS UNGUENTUM. 
Calomel Ointment. 
Mix five grams (77 grains) calomel and fifty-five grams (1 ounce 
410 grains) benzoinated lard. 

HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDI MITIS UNGUENTUM COM- 

POSITQM. 

Belville Ointment. 
Mix fourteen grams (216 grains) calomel, seven grams (108 grains) 
acetate of lead, 3.50 grains (53£ grains) red oxide of mercury, and 75.5 
grams (2 ounces 290 grains) petroleum ointment. 

Hydrargyri Cyanidum ; U. S. 

Cyanide of Mercury. 
Ilydrargyricum Cyanidum — Mercuric Cyanide. 
Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 176. 
Medicinal Uses. — It is an exceedingly violent poison, and as it 
possesses no advantages in syphilis over milder mercurial preparations, 
it should not be used internally. 

Dose.— 0.004 to 0.015 gram ( T \ to \ grain). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 571 

Hydrarg^yri Xodidum Rubrum ; Uo S, 

Bed Iodide of Mercury. 
Sydrargyricum Iodidum — Mercuric Iodide, JBiniodide of Mercury. 

Dissolve nine hundred grams (31 ounces 327 grains) of corrosive 
chloride of mercury in fifteen liters (nearly 32 pints) of hot distilled 
water, and filter the solution. To enable the solution of the corrosive 
chloride of mercury within a reasonable length of time it must first be 
rubbed into powder in a Wedgewood mortar, being kept moist with 
alcohol during the powdering. 

Dissolve eleven hundred grams (38 ounces 350 grains) of iodide of 
potassium in three liters (6^- pints) distilled water, and filter the solu- 
tion. 

When the solution of corrosive chloride of mercury has become cold, 
pour it into the solution of the iodide of potassium during constant 
stirring. The solution of iodide of potassium should be put in a jar 
capable of holding at least twenty liters (say a six- or ten-gallon jar), 
and the solution of chloride of mercury then added. It will not do to 
add the solution of iodide of potassium to the solution of mercuric 
chloride, as the solution of iodide of potassium must at all times during 
the process be in excess of the mercuric chloride with which it comes in 
contact in order to obtain a pure product. For the same reason it is 
also quite necessary to stir constantly. If these precautions are not 
attended to the product will be likely to be contaminated with a com- 
pound of chloride with iodide of mercury. To omit filtering the solu- 
tion may result in a contamination of the product with mercurous chlo- 
ride besides mechanical impurities. 

The precipitated red iodide of mercury is washed with distilled 
water on a muslin filter until the washings cease to give a precipitate 
with test-solution of nitrate of silver, and is then dried at not above 
40° C. (104° F.). 

Preservation. — Must be kept in well-stopped bottles, in a dark 
place. 

Description and Tests.— See the Pharmacopoeia, page 177. 

Medicinal Uses. — It is seldom employed for internal use, as it is 
too violent and irritant a poison. If used, it is only for constitutional 
effects in syphilis. 

More frequently used externally in ointment in syphilitic swellings, 
lupus, etc. 

Dose for internal use, 0.004 gram ( T 1 g- grain). 



572 A COMPANION TO THE 

HYDRARGYRI IODIDI KUBKL UKGUEKTUM. 

Ointment op Red Iodide of Mercury. 

Mix one gram (15 grains) red iodide of mercury with thirty grams 
(1 ounce 25 grains) petroleum ointment. 

Hydrarg'yri Iodidum Viride : U. S. 

Green Iodide of Mercury. 

Hydrargyrosum Iodidum — Mercurous Iodide y Ilydrargyri Iodidum 
Flavum — Protiodide of Mercury. 

Pour thirty grams (1^ fluidounce) alcohol into a Wedgewood mortar 
containing eighty grams (2 ounces 360 grains) mercury. Add, in sev- 
eral successive portions, during constant trituration, fifty grams (1 ounce 
334 grains) iodine, keeping the mixture constantly moist by the addi- 
tion of more alcohol from time to time, as may be necessary, and taking 
care that the mass neither gets too hot nor is exposed to strong light 
during the process. Continue the trituration until all globules of mer- 
cury have disappeared and the mixture has become nearly dry and 
acquired a greenish-yellow color. Then add sufficient alcohol to reduce 
the whole to a thin paste; pour this into a bottle, let it stand for several 
days, and then wash the insoluble powder twice with fifty grams (2 
fluidounces) warm alcohol each time, and decant the washings. Trans- 
fer the iodide to a filter and continue washing with warm alcohol until 
the washings are no longer affected by hydrosulphuric acid. Finally, 
dry the product in a dark place at a temperature not above 40° C. 
(104° F.). 

Preservation. — Must be kept in well-closed bottles, in a dark 
place. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 178. It 
is not a green but greenish-yellow heavy powder. 

Medicinal Uses. — This preparation is milder and safer in its ac- 
tion than the red iodide. It is preferred by many to all other mercurials 
in secondary syphilis, and is often combined with extract of hyoscya- 
mus to prevent griping, which sometimes follows its administration. It 
is less apt to salivate than calomel. It is the best form in which to 
give mercurials for any great length of time. 

Dose. — 0.01 to 0.05 gram Q- to 1 grain), in pill, one to three times 
a day. 



UNITED STATES PHABMACOPCEIA. 573 

Hydrargyri Nitratis Liquor ; IT. S. 

Solution of Nitrate of Mercury. 
Hydrargyrici Nitratis Solutio — Solution of Mercuric Nitrate. 

Dissolve forty grams (1 ounce 180 grains) red oxide of mercury in a 
mixture of four hundred and fifty grams (15 ounces 380 grains) nitric 
acid and one hundred and fifty grams (5 fluidounces) distilled water. 

Description. — A clear, nearly colorless solution, with a slight odor 
of nitric acid, and a specific gravity of 2.10. It contains about fifty per 
cent, mercuric nitrate. # 

About the same strength as the preparation of the old Pharmaco- 
poeia (1870). 

Must be kept in glass-stoppered bottles. 

A two-ounce bottle holds over a quarter pound. 

Medicinal Uses. — Powerfully escharotic and caustic. Destroys 
the tissues with which it comes into contact, and is used as an applica- 
tion to chancres, syphilitic vegetations, malignant pustules, indolent ul- 
cers, cancerous growths, ulcers of the neck of the womb, etc. Never used 
internally. 

Hydrarg"yi»i Nitratis TJng'uentum ; U. S. 

Ointment of Nitrate of Mercury. 
Citrine Ointment. 

Heat three hundred and eighty grams (13 ounces 180 grains) lard 
oil in a porcelain evaporating. dish to about 70° C. (158° F.), then add, 
without stirring, thirty-five grams (1 ounce 100 grains) nitric acid, and 
continue the heat as long as there is a moderate effervescence. Then 
let the mixture cool. 

Dissolve thirty-five grams (1 ounce 100 grains) mercury in fifty 
grams (1 ounce 330 grains) nitric acid with the aid of heat, keeping the 
solution warm so as to prevent it from crystallizing, and add this solu- 
tion to the mixture of lard and nitric acid before it gets cold. Stir well 
with a porcelain or horn spatula until thoroughly mixed and cold. 

This formula yields a much better product than that of the Pharma- 
copoeia of 1870, though both formulas will succeed in careful, experi- 
enced hands, and might fail in unexperienced one's. The new formula is 
less liable to failure. The danger lies in getting the mixture too hot, 
whereby the mercury becomes reduced and the product discolored. 



574 A COMPANION TO THE 

When well made the citrine ointment will keep for many months if 
put in a cool place. 

It should have a bright lemon-yellow color. 

Used as an external application in various skin diseases, especially 
if of a chronic nature or of syphilitic origin. 

HTDEAKGYRI NITEATIS UNGUENTUM DILUTUM. 
Diluted Citrine Ointment. 

Mix thirty grams (1 ounce) ointment of nitrate of mercury with one 
hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces) petroleum ointment. 

Used as an inunction for the destruction of lice or other parasites, 
microscopic vegetable organisms producing skin diseases, and in syphilis. 

Hydrargyri Oleatum ; TJ. S. 

Oleate of Mercury. 

Heat ninety grams (3 ounces 76 grains) oleic acid in a porcelain 
evaporating dish to near 40° C. (104° F.), but not above that degree of 
temperature ; then add gradually ten grams (154 grains) yellow oxide 
of mercury, and continue stirring until dissolved. 

The temperature named in the Pharmacopoeia (74° C, or 165° F.) is 
entirely too high, and will cause reduction of mercury. 

The preparation is a solution of oleate of mercury in an excess of 
oleic acid. It is a dark reddish-brown, clear, thick, oily liquid. Con- 
tains ten per cent, mercuric oxide. 

Oleate of mercury containing twenty per cent, mercuric oxide may 
be made in the same manner, using four parts oleic acid and one part 
yellow oxide of mercury ; and a solution of five per cent, mercuric oxide 
may be made by mixing equal parts of the official preparation and pe- 
troleum ointment. 

In our judgment a far better preparation is obtained by double de- 
composition between oleate of potassium and mercuric nitrate. The 
product obtained in that manner will not contain an excess of oleic acid, 
and instead of being an oily liquid may be mixed with petroleum oint- 
ment to give it the consistence of an ointment, by which means it keeps 
perfectly. The product of the official process is very liable to turn ran- 
cid and become extremely irritating in its effect. 

Medicinal Uses. — This preparation has been found useful as an 
external inunction in cases in which mercurial applications are indicated, 
as in syphilis, phytoses, alopecia, psoriasis, pityriasis, etc. It is espe- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA 575 

cially useful in the syphilitic affections y also in glandular swellings and 
swollen joints. 

The great advantage of this preparation over ordinary ointments 
consists in the ease with which this substance is absorbed by applying 
to the skin without friction. 

Hydrarg'yri Oxidum Flavum ; TJ. S. 

Yellow Oxide of Mercuey. 

Hydrargyricum Oxidum Prcecipitatum — Precipitated Mercuric Oxide, 
Yellow Mercuric Oxide. 

Dissolve one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) corrosive chloride 
of mercury in two liters (4^ pints) of warm distilled water and filter the 
solution. Pour the filtrate into nine hundred grams (31 ounces 330 
grains avoirdupois) solution of potassa, previously diluted with two liters 
(4J pints) water, stirring constantly. Set the whole aside for twenty- 
four hours. Then decant the clear liquid from the precipitated oxide, 
and wash the latter repeatedly by affusion and decantation of distilled 
water, using about two or three liters water each time. Continue the 
washing on a strainer until the washings are no longer affected by test- 
solution of nitrate of silver. Let the precipitate drain, and dry it at not 
over 40° C. (140° F.) in a dark place. 

Diluted solutions, such as described above, are necessary in order to 
avoid basic chloride, which is brick-red. To let the precipitate remain 
in contact with the liquid, which contains an excess of solution of po- 
tassa, improves the color, probably on the same grounds. It is also 
necessary to pour the mercuric chloride solution into the solution of 
potassa, and not vice versa. (Compare the notes under Red Iodide of 
Mercury. ) 

Preservation. — Must be kept in well-closed bottles, protected from 
light. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 178. It 
is a heavy, orange-yellow, impalpable powder, which darkens on exposure 
to light. It is distinguished chemically from the red oxide of mercury 
by forming a white oxalate when digested for fifteen minutes on a 
water-bath with a strong solution of oxalic acid. 

Nomenclature. — It is curious enough that we should have an of- 
ficial precipitated oxide of mercury which is not called a precipitate, 
and another official oxide of mercury, called " red precipitate," which is 
not a precipitate. 

Medicinal Uses. — Employed externally in ointment to stimulate 



576 A COMPANION TO THE 



indolent venereal ulcers. Also applied to granular lids as an " eye-salve." 
Being an impalpable powder, the yellow oxide of mercury is to be pre- 
ferred for these purposes to the red oxide, which is apt to be coarse 
and irritating unless triturated with extreme care in making the oint- 
ment. 

HYDRARGYRI OXIDI FLAY1 UNGUENTUM ; U. S. 
Ointment of Yellow Oxide of Mercury. 

Mix thoroughly ten grams (154 grains) yellow oxide of mercury with 
ninety grams (3 ounces 76 grains) simple ointment, adding the latter 
gradually and triturating the whole until intimately combined. 

Must always be freshly made when wanted for use. Either petro- 
leum ointment, fresh (unsalted) butter, or glycerite of starch would be a 
better vehicle for the external application of oxide of mercury. 

Hydrargyri Oxidum Rubrum; 17. S. 

Red Oxide of Mercury. 

Hydrargyricum Oxidum Rubrum — Red Mercuric Oxide, Red Pre- 
cipitate. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 179. Heavy, 
orange-red, brilliant, crystalline scales, or a brick-red powder. Digested 
on the water-bath with a strong solution of oxalic acid it does not change 
color, wherein it differs from the yellow oxide of mercury. 

Varieties. — Made on a large scale the red oxide of mercury is ob- 
tained in brilliant crystalline scales ; on a small scale it is obtained as a 
brick-red crystalline or granular powder. It may be perfectly pure in 
either form. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of the yellow oxide of mercury. 
Seldom given internally. 

Dose. — 0.005 gram ( T V grain) three times daily. 

HYDRARGYRI OXIDI RUBRI OTTGUENTUM; U. S. 
Ointment of Red Oxide of Mercury. 

Triturate ten grams (154 grains) red oxide of mercury thoroughly 
with ninety grams (3 ounces 76 grains) simple ointment, using at first 
only a small quantity of the ointment, and reducing the mercuric oxide 
to a very fine state of division with that before adding the remainder. 
Mix the whole perfectly. 

Spermaceti ointment, petroleum ointment, and fresh (unsalted) but- 
ter make better vehicles for mercuric oxide than simple ointment or 
lard. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 577 

Hydrargyri Subsulphas Flavus ; U. S. 

Yellow Subsulphate of Mercury. 

Hydrargyricus Sulphas Flavus — Yellow Mercuric Sulphate, Yellow 
Sulphate of Mercury, Turpeth Mineral. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 179. A 
heavy, lemon-yellow powder. 

Medicinal Uses. — Turpeth mineral is an irritant emetic. It has 
been employed internally in spasmodic laryngitis (pseudo-croup) to 
cause vomiting-, but any other emetic which will cause nausea and re- 
laxation will do as well, without incurring the risk attending the use of 
this powerful remedy. Many physicians consider its use dangerous. 

Dose as an emetic is 0.1 to 0.2 gram (2 to 3 grains) for a child. 

Hydrargyri Sulphas. 

Sulphate of Mercury. 
Hydrargyricus Sulphas — Mercuric Sulphate. 

Prepared by heating mercury with sulphuric acid. 

A heavy, white, crystalline salt, which, when thrown into a con- 
siderable quantity of water, is decomposed with the precipitation of 
yellow subsulphate of mercury (basic mercuric sulphate). 

Uses. — For preparing corrosive sublimate, calomel, and yellow sub- 
sulphate of mercury. 

Hydrargyri Sulphidum Nigrum. 

Black Sulphide of Mercury. 
JEthiops Mineralis. 

Obtained by triturating together equal parts by weight of mercury 
and sulphur until all globules of mercury have disappeared. 

It is a black, fine powder, consisting of black amorphous mercuric 
sulphide and sulphur. 

Not used to any extent in this country. 

Hydrargyri Sulphidum Rubrum ; U. S. 

Red Sulphide of Mercury. 

Hydrargyricum Sulphidum Rubrum — Red Mercuric Sulphide, Red 
Sulphuret of Mercury, Cinnabar. 

A fine scarlet-red powder. Odorless, tasteless, insoluble in water, 
alcohol, nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, or in dilute solution of potassa or 
37 



578 A COI'IPANION TO THE 

of soda. When heated it turns brown, then black ; on cooling, how- 
ever, it becomes red again. At a strong heat it ignites, burns with a 
bluish flame, emits sulphurous fumes, and is finally volatilized without 
leaving any residue. 

Cinnabar in lumps — "brilliant, dark red, crystalline masses" — is 
not used in pharmacy or medicine. 

Medicinal Uses. — Only used in medicine for fumigation. The 
patient is enclosed in a box, with only his head protruding, and then 
live coals in a small furnace are placed in the box and cinnabar thrown 
on them. Fumes of metallic mercury and sulphur are produced and 
absorbed by the skin. This method is apt to produce salivation or 
cerebral congestion, and is seldom employed. For a formula for mer- 
curial fumigation see page 564. 

Hydrargyrum Ammoniatum ; U. S. 

Ammoniated Mercury. 
White Precipitate, Mer cur ammonium Chloride. 

Dissolve one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains) corrosive chlo- 
ride of mercury, in powder, in twenty liters (about 5 gallons and 2 
pints) warm distilled water ; filter the solution and allow it to cool. 
Put fifteen hundred grams (52 ounces 400 grains) water of ammonia 
into a ten-gallon jar. Now pour the solution of corrosive chloride of 
mercury, during constant stirring, into the ammonia. It is necessary to 
see to it that the ammonia is always present in excess ; that is, that the 
whole mixture still has the odor of ammonia after all the mercuric chlo- 
ride has been added. This is also the reason why the mercury must be 
added to the ammonia, and not vice versa. 

Collect the precipitate on a filter, and when the water has drained 
away as much as practicable, wash it twice with distilled water mixed 
with one-twentieth of its weight of ammonia, using two liters (4J pints) 
water and one hundred grams (3£ ounces) ammonia water each time. 
Finally, dry the precipitate between filter paper, in a dark place, at a 
temperature not above 30° 0. (8G° F.). 

Lack of ammonia at any period of the precipitation and washing, or 
too great heat in drying, will make the product yellow. 

The product obtained by having an excess of mercuric chloride is a 
different one from that of the new Pharmacopoeia. It will contain 
NH a (HgCl) a .Cl, instead of NH 2 (Hg).Cl. The process of the old Pharma- 
copoeia was faulty in that it directed adding the ammonia water to the 
solution of mercuric chloride, instead of the other way. Yet, when an 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPOEIA. 



579 



excess of ammonia is eventually added, and the precipitate remains in 
contact with it for some time, the final result will be the same. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 180. 

Preservation. — Must be kept in well-closed bottles, protected from 
light. 

Medicinal Uses. — Unreliable for internal use, and therefore not 
employed in that manner. Used externally in ointment in ophthalmia 
and cutaneous affections. 

HYDRARGYRI AMMONIATI TOTGUENTUM ; U. S. 
Ointment of Ammoniated Mercury. 

White Precipitate Ointment. 
Mix thoroughly ten grams (154 grains) ammoniated mercury and 
ninety grams (3 ounces 76 grains) benzoinated lard. 

Hydrastis ; U. S. 

Hydrastis. 
Hydrastis Radix — Golden Seal, Yellow Hoot, Yellow Puccoon Root. 
Origin. — Hydrastis canadensis, Linne (Ranunculacem). 
Habitat. — North America. 
Parts used. — The rhizome and rootlets. 
Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 181, 182. The rhi- 





Fig. 306. — Hydrastis, without 
rootlets, natural size. 



Pigs. 304, 305.— Hydrastis, with rootlets, 
natural size, and transverse section, slightly 
enlarged. 

zomes are 'rough, usually bent, branched, beset with numerous thin, 
brittle rootlets. Odor slight but characteristic ; taste bitter, slightly 
astringent. 

Constituents. — Three alkaloids : berberine, hydrastine, and xan~ 
thopuccine. Hydrastine is in white crystals soluble in alcohol, ether, 



580 A COMPANION TO THE 

chloroform, and benzol, and yields white, bitter salts with acids. Ber- 
berine is described under its own title, and xanthopuccine resembles 
berberine, but gives brown instead of green scales with test-solution of 
iodine (see Berberine). 

' Medicinal Uses. — Bitter tonic and stomachic. It has also been 
recommended in. derangements of the urinary organs and as a remedy 
in dysmenorrhoea and uterine hemorrhage. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 grams (8 to 30 grains), best given in fluid extract. 

HYDRASTIS EXTRACTUM. 

Extract of Hydrastis. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Yellowish-brown. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.3 gram (2 to 5 grains) three times a day. 

HYDRASTIS EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM ; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Hydrastis. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
three hundred grams (about 12^ fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3^ fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and fifty grams (about 6 fluid- 
ounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. 
Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then perco- 
late. 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14J fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolatipn until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — 0.5 to % cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims). 

An "aqueous fluid extract of hydrastis," also called "fluid hydras- 
tis," etc., is much used. It is made with hot water and glycerin, with- 
out alcohol, and looks very handsome ; but it is not a true fiuid extract, 
because the drug cannot be exhausted pint for pound with water and 
glycerin. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 581 



HYDKASTIS TIN CTUKA ; U. S. 

Tincture of Hydrastis. 

Tincture of Golden Seal. 

This is made by percolation, one hundred and twenty grams (or 4 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder, being required for making six 
hundred grams (or 20 ounces, measuring about 660 cubic centimeters, 
or 21 fluidounces), the menstruum being diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — Two to eight cubic centimeters (|- to 2 fluidrachms). 

Hyoscyaminse Sulphas ; U. S. 

Sulphate of Hyoscyamine. 

This is a neutral sulphate of the alkaloid hyoscyamine, and occurs in 
small yellow or yellowish-white scales or crystals, or in a yellowish-white 
powder. It is inodorous, but very bitter, acrid. Must be kept in well- 
corked bottles as it is deliquescent. Soluble in water and in alcohol. 

Hyoscyamine is isomeric with atropine. 

It is new to the Pharmacopoeia, and is a powerful narcotic poison. 

The medicinal properties are those of hyoscyamus. 

Dose. — 0.001 to 0.003 gram (-fa to -fa grain), with caution. 

Hyoscyamus ; U. S. 

Hyoscyamus. 

Hyoscy ami Folia — Bilsenkraut, G. ; Jusquiame noir,F.; Beleno, Sp. ; 
Bolmort, Sw.; Henbane Leaves. 

Origin. — Hyoscyamus niger, Linne (Solanaceai). 
Habitat.— Europe. 
Part used. — The leaves. 

Description. — The leaves must be collected only from plants of the 
second year's growth. 

They are grayish-green, glandulous, long and soft, hairy ; the lower 
leaves have short stalks, the upper ones have no stalks and partly clasp 
the stem ; they are wrinkled and have abroad whitish midrib, which, in 
the drug is prominent. Odor heavy, narcotic : taste bitter, acrid. $ 

Annual plants have smaller and much less hairy leaves. 

Constituents. — Hyoscyamine is the chief constituent. It is an 
alkaloid, either occurring as an oily liquid, or, after some time, in soft, 
wart-like, tufted crystals, which have a silky lustre and are either yel- 



582 A COMPANION TO THE 

lowish or colorless. It is soluble in ether, alcohol, and water. When 
dry and pure it is inodorous. When moist or impure it has a strong, re- 
pulsive, suffocating odor, and an acrid taste. It is very poisonous, and, 
like atropine, it causes dilatation of the pupil (see Atropine). With 
acids it forms crystallizable salts (see Hyoscyaminse Sulphas). 

It is isomeric with atropine. 

Medicinal Uses. — Hyoscyamus is an anodyne, narcotic, and hyp- 
notic. In its action it resembles belladonna. It is poisonous in large 
doses. 

Hyoscyamus has been much used to allay irritation, cough, spasm, 
etc., and is a valuable remedy in such diseases as asthma, neuralgia,, 
palpitation of the heart, and in mercurial and senile trembling. 

It is used to relieve pain, and possesses the advantage over opium, 
in some cases, that it does not constipate, but rather promotes the ac- 
tion of the bowels ; it is therefore often combined with purgatives, pro- 
moting their action while preventing griping. 

As an hypnotic it is used when opium is not well tolerated, and in 
the various forms of insomnia accompanying mania, etc. 

Externally it is often applied as an anodyne embrocation, usually in 
the form of oil of hyoscyamus, or the leaves are used with linseed meal 
in a poultice. 

Dose of the leaves, in powder, 0.3 to 2 grams (5 to 30 grains). The 
average dose is about 0.3 to 0.5 gram (5 to 8 grains), but the drug is 
seldom given in this form. 

The powdered seeds must be given in doses about one-fourth or one- 
third as large as the leaves. 

HYOSCYAMI ABSTRACTUM ; U. S. 

Abstract of Hyoscyamus. 

Two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) of hyoscyamus leaves, in 
No. 60 powder, is moistened uniformly (by rubbing between the hands) 
with eighty grams (8 J fluidounces) of ninety-four per cent, alcohol. The 
moist powder is packed tightly in a tall cylindrical percolator. More 
alcohol is now added until the mass is saturated and the liquid begins to 
drop at the lower end of the percolator, while a layer of the alcohol still 
covers the upper surface of the drug. The exit of the percolator is now 
closed and the top covered to prevent evaporation. The whole is al- 
lowed to stand forty-eight hours. Then the percolation is started, add- 
ing alcohol as required to keep the drug always covered. When one 
hundred and seventy grams (G fluidounces) of the percolate has been 
obtained, set that portion aside. Place another receiver under the per- 



UNITED STATES PHARMAC0P(E1A. 583 

colator and continue the process until the drug is exhausted. Evapor- 
ate this second percolate down until it weighs thirty grams (or measures 
1 fluidounce). Mix this with the reserved portion. The mixed liquids 
(weighing together two hundred grams) are put in a tared evaporating 
dish with fifty grams (1 ounce 330 grains) of powdered milk sugar, and 
set in a place where the temperature is between 40° and 50° C, or from 
104° to 122° F., until the mixture is dry. Then enough powdered sugar 
of milk is added to make the total weight of the contents of the dish 
one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains). The whole is now triturated 
until a uniform and very fine powder is obtained. 

The same product may be obtained by evaporating one thousand 
cubic centimeters of the fluid extract of hyoscyamus leaves with the requi- 
site quantity of milk sugar, making five hundred grams finished product. 

[Two avoirdupois pounds of powdered hyoscyamus leaves will yield 
one pound of abstract. This will require one-half pint alcohol for 
moistening, and about half a pint more for saturating the drug prepara- 
tory to the forty-eight hours' maceration. The reserved portion will 
measure about two pints, and the second percolate, after evaporation to 
the prescribed point, will measure nearly six fluidounces.] 

The dose is about six to twenty centigrams (1 to 3 grains). 

HYOSCYAMI CATAPLASMA. 
Henbane Poultice. 

Coarsely powdered henbane leaf, sixty grams (2 ounces) ; flaxseed 
meal, one hundred and eighty grams (6 ounces) ; boiling water, six hun- 
dred cubic centimeters (20 fluidounces). Mix the powders and stir them 
gradually into the water. 

Or half a fluidounce of fluid extract of henbane may be added to 
eight to ten ounces of flaxseed poultice. 

Used to relieve the pain of sores and swellings. 

HYOSCYAMI EXTEACTTJM ; IT. S. 1870. 

Fresh hyoscyamus leaves are sprinkled with water and bruised in a 
stone mortar. The juice is then expressed, heated to boiling, strained, 
and finally evaporated to extract. 

Brown. Yield about four per cent. As usually found in the shops 
it is extremely unreliable, varying greatly in strength. 

Dose. — From 0.10 gram (2 grains) upward, until the proper effects 
are obtained. 



584 A COMPANION TO THE 



HYOSCYAMI EXTRACTUM ALCOHOLICITM ; U. S. 
Alcoholic Extract of Hyoscyamus [Leaves], 

From five hundred grams (17J avoirdupois ounces) of hyoscyamus 
leaves, recently dried, and in No. 60 powder. 

As a first menstruum use a mixture of one thousand grams (41f 
fluidounces) alcohol and five hundred grams (17 fluidounces) water. As 
a second menstruum use a sufficient quantity of diluted alcohol. Moisten 
the drug with two hundred grams (about 8 fluidounces) of the first men- 
struum. Pack tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate it with men- 
struum. Macerate twenty-four hours. Then percolate. Reserve four 
hundred and fifty grams (about 15 fluidounces) of first percolate. Con- 
tinue the percolation until the drug is exhausted, or until one thousand 
and fifty grams (about 38 to 40 fluidounces) of second percolate has been 
obtained. Evaporate the second percolate to a soft extract and dissolve 
this in the first percolate. Evaporate the mixture to a pilular consist- 
ence. 

No glycerin is added to this extract. 

Yield about sixteen per cent. The extract is dark brownish-green. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.15 gram (1 to 2% grains). 

HYOSCYAMI EXTRACTUM [FOLIORUM] FLUIDUM; U. S. 

Fluid Extract of Hyoscyamus [Leaves]. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
three hundred grams (about 12J fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3-J- fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred grams (about 8 fluidounces) of 
the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate 
with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14J fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 
Dose. — 0.3 to 2 cubic centimeters (5 to 30 minims). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 585 

HYOSCYAMI OLEUM INFUSUM. 
Infused Oil of Hyoscyamus. 

Beat one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains) fresh henbane 
leaves with a little cotton-seed oil until reduced to a pulpy mass. Then 
add two thousand grams (70 ounces 24 grains) cotton-seed oil, and heat 
the mixture on a water-bath until all the moisture has evaporated. 
Strain, express, and filter. 

In the absence of fresh hyoscyamus leaves this preparation may be 
made by macerating two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) dried hy- 
oscyamus leaves, cut, with four hundred and seventy-five cubic centi- 
meters (16 fluidounces) alcohol in a closed vessel for twelve hours, then 
adding one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains) cotton-seed oil, and 
heating the whole together in a porcelain evaporating dish on a water- 
bath until the alcohol has evaporated and the leaves appear as if dry. 
Then express and filter. 

Should be kept in a dark place. 

Used for external application. 

HYOSCYAMI SUCCUS. 
Inspissated Juice of Hyoscyamus. 

Bruise a convenient quantity of fresh leaves and young branches of 
hyoscyamus in a stone mortar ; press out the juice ; add to the latter 
one-third of its volume of rectified spirit. Set it aside seven days. 
Then filter. Keep the product in a cool place. 

Dose- — Two to four cubic centimeters (£ to 1 fluidrachm). 

HYOSCYAMI [FOLIOEUM] TINCTURA ; U. S. 
Tincture of Hyoscyamus [Leaves]. 

The Pharmacopoeia prescribes that three hundred grams (about 10^ 
fluidounces) tincture be made from forty-five grams (1 ounce 260 grains) 
recently dried hyoscyamus leaves, in No. 60 powder, using diluted alco- 
hol as a menstruum, and percolating the moistened and firmly packed 
drug in a cylindrical percolator. 

Dose- — One to eight cubic centimeters (| to 2 fluidrachms). 

Hyoscyami Radix. 

Hyoscyamus Root. 
Origin. — Hyoscyamus niger, Linne (Solanacece). 
Description. — Carrot-shaped, seldom or scarcely branched, fifteen 



586 



A COMPANION TO THE 



to twenty-five millimeters (f to 1 inch) thick, with numerous rootlets ; 
externally brown, wrinkled ; internally dirty whitish ; bark thick, 
spongy, porous ; wood-ring narrow, dense ; pith large, spongy. 

Constituents. — Hyoscyamine. 

Medicinal Uses- — It has been stated to possess more active prop- 
erties than the other parts of the plant, but is seldom used in this country. 

HYOSCYAMI KAJDICIS THSTCTUKA. 

TlNCTUKE OF HYOSCYAMUS ROOT. 

Percolate ninety grams (or 3 ounces) dried hyoscyamus root, in No. 
60 powder, with diluted alcohol, to obtain six hundred cubic centimeters 
(20 fluidounces) tincture. 

Dose- — One to three cubic centimeters (15 to 45 minims). 

Hyoscyami Semen. 

Hyoscyamus Seed. 

Henbane Seed. 

Flattish, round, nearly kidney-shaped, one to one and one-half milli- 
meter (^g. to y 1 ^ inch) long, externally gray or yellowish-gray, pitted ; 

grayish-white within. The embryo is curved. 
Inodorous ; taste oily, bitter, acrid. 

Constituents. — The alkaloid hyoscya- 
mine is found in the henbane seeds in larger 
quantities than in the leaves. The seeds also 
contain about twenty-four per cent, fixed oil. 
An amorphous, yellowish, bitter glucoside 
called hyoscypicrin, soluble in water and in 
alcohol, has also been found. 
The seeds are said to be three or four times as strong as the leaves, 
and the dose must be lessened accordingly. 
Dose. — 0.25 to 1 gram (4 to 15 grains). 

HYOSCYAMI SEMINIS EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Hyoscyamus Seed. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. GO powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.20 to 1 cubic centimeter (3 to 15 minims). 




Figs. 307, 308.— Hyoscyamus 
Seed, whole, and longitudinal 
section, enlarged. 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 587 

HYOSCYAMI SEMINIS TINCTUKA. 

TlNCTURE OF HYOSCYAMUS SEED. 

Prepared by percolating ninety grams (or 3 ounces) hyoscyamus 
seed, in No. 40 powder, with diluted alcohol to obtain six hundred cubic 
centimeters (20 fluidounces) tincture. ♦ 

Dose. — One to three cubic centimeters (15 to 45 minims). 

Hypophosphites. 

Hypophosphites. 

The compound preparations of the hypophosphites of calcium, 
sodium, potassium, and iron are extensively employed for medicinal 
purposes. As they do not properly belong under the title of any single 
one of their ingredients, we insert these preparations here as a class. 

Medicinal Uses. — The preparations containing hypophosphites 
are supposed to be of value in diseases accompanied with a deficiency 
of lime salts and phosphorus in the system, as in anosmia^ caries, 
rickets, consumption, etc. 

HYPOPHOSPH1TIS CALCII SYKUPUS. 

Syrup of Hypophosphite of Calcium. 
See Calcii Hypophosphis. 

HYPOPHOSPHITUM CALCII ET SODII SYKUPUS. 

Syrup of the Hypophosphites of Calcium and Sodium ("Lime 

and Soda"). 

Dissolve twenty-six grams (400 grains) hypophosphite of calcium 
and the same quantity of hyposulphite of sodium in three hundred and 
sixty cubic centimeters (12 fluidounces) water ; add six hundred grams 
(21 ounces) sugar, and enough water to make the syrup measure nine 
hundred and seventy cubic centimeters, to which add thirty cubic centi- 
meters (1 fluidounce) orange-flower water, the whole product thus being 
made to measure one liter (34 fluidounces). 

Each teaspoonful contains two grains each of the hypophosphites 
of calcium and sodium. 

Dose. — One teaspoonful. 



588 A COMPANION TO THE 



HYPOPHOSPHITUM SYRUPUS; U. S. 

Syrup of Hypophosphites. 

Calcii, Sodii et Potassii Hypophosphitum Syrupus — Compound Syrup 
of the Hypophosphites y Churchill's Syrup. 

Dissolve thirty -five grams (1 ounce 103 grains) hypophosphite of 
calcium, twelve grams (185 grains) hypophosphite of sodium, and twelve 
grams (185 grains) hypophosphite of potassium, by trituration, in three 
hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (about 12 fluidounces) water, using 
if necessary not more than one gram (15 grains) citric acid to dissolve 
any undissolved residue. Add two grams (30 grains, or about 40 
minims) spirit of lemon. Filter the whole through paper, and add 
through the filter sufficient water to make the whole weigh five hundred 
grams (17§ avoirdupois ounces). Dissolve in the filtrate five hundred 
grams (17J ounces) sugar, without the use of heat, and strain. 

The product measures about eight hundred cubic centimeters (27 
fluidounces), and each teaspoonful contains about three grains hypo- 
phosphite of calcium, and one grain each of the hypophosphites of 
sodium and potassium. 

Dose. — One teaspoonful. 

HYPOPHOSPHITUM GLYCERITUM. 
Glycerole of the Hypophosphites. 

This is simply the syrup of hypophosphites with glycerin substituted 
for the sugar and most of the water. 
Dose. — One teaspoonful. 

HYPOPHOSPHITUM SYRUPUS CUM FERRO ; U.S. 

Syrup of Hypophosphites with Iron. 

Compound Syrup of the Hypophosphites with Iron; Syrup of the Hypo- 
phosphites of Lime, Soda, Potassa, and Iron. 

Dissolve ten grams (154 grains) lactate of iron by the aid of tritura- 
tion in nine hundred and ninety grams (34 ounces 400 grains) syrup of 
hypophosphites, gradually added. Each teaspoonful contains about 
three grains hypophosphite of calcium, one grain each of the hypophos- 
phites of sodium and potassium, and one grain lactate of iron. 

Dose. — One teaspoonful. 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 589 

HYPOPHOSPHITIS FERKI SYRUPUS. 
Syrtjp of Hypophosphite of Iron. 
See Ferri Hypophosphis. 

Hyssopus. 

Hyssop. 

Hyssopi Herba — Ysop, G. ; Hysope, F. ; Hisopo, Sp. ; Isop, Sw. 

Origin. — Hyssopus officinalis, Linne (Labiataz). 

Habitat. — Cultivated. 

Part used. — The flowering plant. 

Description. — Stem wand-like; flowers purple ; the opposite, lan- 
ceolate, sessile leaves have oil-glands on the under surface ; their upper 
surface is finely wrinkled. Aromatic, pungent, bitter, camphor-like. 

Constituents. — About one-half to one per cent, volatile oil and 
some tannin and bitter extractive. 

Medicinal Uses. — Stimulant, carminative, sudorific. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains) in infusion or fluid ex- 
tract. 

HYSSOPI EXTRACTUM FLUIDDM. 
Fluid Extract of Hyssop. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

Ichthyocolla ; XT. S. 

Isinglass. 

Colla Piscium — Hausenblase, Fischleim, G. ; Colle de poisson, Ichthyo- 
colle, F. ; Ictiocola, Cola de Pescado, Sp. ; Husblas, Sw. 

Origin. — Acipenser Huso, Linne ; and other fishes. 

Description. — The inner membrane of the swimming-bladder. It 
is dried either spread out, folded in various ways, or rolled, or cut, and 
we accordingly have leaf, book, and other forms of isinglass. 

Leaf isinglass is in flat sheets. It is the kind most used. 

Russian isinglass is the kind most valued. A good article is color- 
less, semi-transparent, tough, free from odor and taste, and soluble al* 
most without residue in boiling water. 



590 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Shred isinglass is convenient for making solutions rapidly. It is 
slightly yellowish, and in translucent threads. 

American isinglass is very inferior, leaving an undissolved residue 
of from eighteen to thirty per cent. 

Purse or pipe isinglass is also an inferior grade, consisting of fish 
sounds dried whole. 

The chief constituent of isinglass is glutin, of which a good drug 
contains seventy per cent. 

A transparent jelly is obtained by boiling isinglass in twenty-four 
times its weight of water and allowing- the solution to cool. 

Isinglass (or fish-glue) is practically a very different thing from 
gelatin (from calves' pelt, etc.). Gelatin is, however, commonly, though 
erroneously, called isinglass too, and thus the two things are often con- 
founded, the more readily so as they closely resemble each other chemi- 
cally. They may be distinguished by the following differences : 



Isinglass. 
Semi-transparent. 

Membranous and tearing with great 
difficulty except in the direction of its 
fibres. 

Swells and becomes quite opaque, but 
does not dissolve in cold water. 



Gelatin. 
Quite transparent, or quite opaque and 
whitish from minute air-bubbles. 
Devoid of structure. 



Dissolves, making a clear solution with 
cold water. 



Tsinglass is an important constituent in many cements, for which 
purposes gelatin is useless. 

Medicinal Uses. — Isinglass is much used for clarifying liquids. 
Internally it is used as a nutrient lenitive in bowel complaints. For 
this purpose it is dissolved in milk and given ad libitum. Externally it 
is employed as a protective. 

Isinglass coating for making adhesive 



ISINGLASS PLASTEE (Squire). 

Soak ten grams (^ ounce) isinglass in an emulsion made of five grams 
Q- ounce) ammoniac gum and eighty grams (2§ ounces) water. Then 
put the mixture on a water-bath and heat until the isinglass is liquified. 
Finally add, gradually, twenty grams (f ounce) of tincture of ammoniac 
made from 1.25 gram (20 grains) ammoniac to twenty grams (about f 
fluidounce) of proof spirit. 

This mixture is to be spread thinly (while hot so as to be liquid) on 
silk or taffeta or on court-plaster. Mr. Squire states that it " answers I 
perfectly." 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 591 

ICHTHYOCOLL.E EMPLASTBUM • U. S. 

Isinglass Plaster. 

Court Plaster. 

Dissolve thirty grams (1 ounce) isinglass in three hundred and thirty 
grams (11 ounces) hot water. Paint one-half of this in successive lay- 
ers on silk taffeta stretched on a level surface, waiting after each appli- 
cation until the previous layer is dry. Mix the remaining half of the 
isinglass solution with one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces, or 
about 4f fluidounces) alcohol and three grams (y 1 ^- ounce) glycerin, and 
then apply this mixture in the same manner. Then varnish the back of 
the taffeta with tincture of benzoin and let dry. 

It will require one grain isinglass to cover each square inch of sur- 
face. Thus the above quantities will cover sixteen by thirty inches. 

Uses- — As a protective, and to hold the edges of slight wounds to- 
gether. This plaster cannot be used when moist applications must be 
made. Clean wounds, when they have stopped bleeding, may be closed 
with isinglass plaster and collodion applied over it, when healing by first 
intention often takes place. 

This plaster is often spread on black taffeta, and then forms the 
black isinglass plaster which is much used for " beauty spots," to make 
a fine skin appear still more delicate and white by contrast with the 
black spot, or to call attention to some feature, as a pretty dimple, etc. 

Ignatia ; U. S* 

Ignatia. 

St. Ignatius 1 Bean, E.; Ignazbohnen t G,; Feve de Saint Ignace, Feve 

Jgasurique, F. 

Origin. — Strychnos Ignatii, Bergius (Loganiaceoe). 

Habitat- — Philippine Islands. 

Part used. — The seeds. 

Description. — Irregularly eggshaped, angular, about thirty milli- 
meters (1^- inch) long, brownish, horny, somewhat translucent, extremely 
hard ; fracture granular ; light brownish within, showing a cavity con- 
taining the embryo. Odor none ; taste intensely bitter. 

Constituents. — The only important constituents are from one-half 
to one and one-half per cent, strychnine, and nearly the same quantity 
of brucine — both alkaloids, and both highly poisonous. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of nux vomica, but stronger. 
It is employed almost exclusively for the preparation of strychnine. 

Dose- — 0.05 to 0.1 gram (1 to 2 grains) in powder. 



592 A COMPANION TO THE 



IGNATI^E ABSTEACTUM ; U. S. 
Abstract of Ignatia. 

Preparation- — See the Pharmacopoeia. One thousand grams (35 
ounces 120 grains) ignatia, in fine powder, will give five hundred grams 
(17 ounces 280 grains) abstract. This will require about two hundred 
and forty cubic centimeters (8 fluidounces) alcohol and sixty cubic cen- 
timeters (2 fluidounces) water for moistening, and nearly as much more 
for saturating the drug preparatory to the forty-eight hours' maceration. 
The reserved portion will measure about one thousand cubic centimeters 
(34 fluidounces), and the second percolate will, after evaporation as di- 
rected, measure nearly one hundred and eighty cubic centimeters (6 fluid- 
ounces). 

The same product will be obtained by taking the fluid extract of 
ignatia, adding one-fourth its weight of powdered sugar of milk, and 
evaporating spontaneously to dryness, and then making up the required 
total weight with more powdered sugar of milk, after which the product 
is to be finished by powdering in the usual way. 

Dose. — About three to six centigrams (J- to 1 grain). 

IGKATI^E EXTKACTUM. 
Extract of Ignatia. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence. 

Brown. Yield about ten per cent. 

Dose. — 0.015 to 0.03 gram (£ to -J- grain), three times daily, to be 
cautiously increased. 

IGNATIA EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Ignatia. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.2 cubic centimeter (1 to 3 minims). 

IGNATIiE TINCTURA ; U. S. 

Tincture of Ignatia. 

Mix alcohol and water in the proportion of eight parts by weight (or 
9} parts by measure) of alcohol to each part of water. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 593 

Moisten any convenient quantity of ignatia, in No. 60 powder, with 
its own weight of the above menstruum, and macerate twenty-four 
hours. Then pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator and exhaust the 
drug with the same menstruum as before used. Reserve of the first 
percolate as much as nine times the weight of the drug used. Evapor- 
ate the second percolate to the weight of the drug used, and mix that 
with the first percolate. 

Now ascertain how much dry extract is contained in the tincture 
by evaporating to dryness a convenient sample. Then dilute the whole 
tincture so that there shall be one per cent, dry extract in the whole 
product. 

The object of prescribing that the amount of dry extract shall be as- 
certained and adjusted is to insure a uniform product, which would 
otherwise not generally be obtained, as the exhaustion of the drug will 
be more or less incomplete unless carefully conducted. 

Good ignatia yields more than ten per cent, dry extract ; but as 
standardized by the official formula the uniformity of the product is 
insured, and the finished tincture represents one-tenth its weight of ig- 
natia of fair quality. 

Dose. — One to four cubic centimeters (15 to 60 minims^. 

Illicium ; U. S. 

Illicium. 

lllicii Fructus, Anisum Stellatum — Sternanis, G. ; JBadiane, Anise 
etoile, F. ; Stjernanis, Sw. ; Star Anise. 

Origin. — Illicium anisatum, Loureiro (MagnoliacecB). 

Habitat.— China, Siam. 

Part used. — The fruit. 

Description. — As seen in the illustrations, it consists of generally 
eight carpels arranged in a star-shaped whorl around a central axis, 
which is the continuation of the stalk. Generally some of the carpels 
are aborted, and the drug is often much broken. The carpels are brown, 
have straight points, and are open at the upper suture exposing the 
seeds. The seeds are flat, oval, shining, brown. Odor like that of anise ; 
taste sweetish, aromatic. 

Constituents. — Star anise contains a volatile oil which is chemi- 
cally identical, and practically almost identical, with the volatile oil of 
anise. The carpels contain over five per cent., and the seeds nearly two 
per cent, of that volatile oil. Besides, there is nearly three per cent, 
fixed oil in the carpels, and about twenty per cent, in the seeds. 
38 



594 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Adulterations- — The fruit of lllicium religiosum, Siebold, shown 
by the illustrations, resembles the star anise, and has been substituted 
for it. Illichim religiosum is said to be poisonous. The carpels of this 
fruit are more rough, shrivelled, and wrinkled, and have a beak which is 




Figs. 309-314. — lllicium anisatum, upper and lower surface, of completely and partially 
developed clusters of carpels, single carpel and seed ; all natural size. 

bent upward. The odor is faintly aromatic, clove-like, and the taste dis- 
agreeable, somewhat saline, and cardamom-like. The fruit is smaller 
than that of star anise, and in bulk it has the appearance of being lighter 
in color, the carpels being more opened so as to expose the lighter-colored 
interior. 

The constituents of the fruit of lllicium religiosum (called shikimi 
fruit in Japan where it is cultivated) are less than one-half per cent. 




Pigs. 315-322. — lllicium religiosum, ripe but undried fruit, whole and partially developed 
clusters of carpels, single carpels and seed ; all natural size. 



volatile oil, heavier than water, and a crystalline substance called 
sikimin, soluble in water, alcohol, ether, chloroform, and in glacial acetic 
acid. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of anise ; stimulant, carmina- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



595 



tive, and stomachic. It also enjoys much confidence as a remedy in 
chronic bronchitis, and is an ingredient of many of the popular pectoral 
teas. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 grams (8 to 30 grains). 

Imperatoria. 

Imperatoria. 
Imperatorice Radix — Masterwort Root. 

Origin. — -Imperatoria ostruthium, Linne ( TImbelliferm), 

Habitat. — Europe and North America. 

Part used. — The rhizome. 

Description- — Knotty, flattened, marked by transverse rings and 
longitudinal wrinkles, externally 
blackish-gray or grayish-brown, with 
scars from the rootlets, brownish-yel- 
low in the interior, showing numerous 
resin-ducts in the bark and pith, but 
none in the thin wood. Odor aro- 
matic ; taste pungent, bitter. The 
root bears some resemblance to aco- 
nite, and has been found as an adul- 
terant of that drug. 

Constituents. — From one fifth 
to three-fourths per cent, of volatile 
oil of a camphoraceous taste. Also 
resin, and a neutral crystalline prin- 
ciple called imperatorin (peucedan- 
in), which is odorless and insoluble 
in water, but soluble in alcohol, 
yielding a solution of pungent taste. 
Resembles angelica. 

Medicinal Uses. — Aromatic 
stimulant in atonic dyspepsia, flatu- 
lence, colic, etc. Seldom used. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains) in infusion. 




Figs. 323-325.— Imperatoria, natural 
size. Outline of transverse section of dry 
rootstock, natural size, and enlarged sec- 
tion of rootstock soaked in water. 



Indigo. 

Indigo. 

Origin. — Several species of Indigofera, Linne (Leguminosce). 
Habitat. — India. 



596 A COMP ANION TO THE 



Description- — A blue coloring matter prepared from the juice of 
the plants by treating the green twigs and leaves with a kind of fer- 
mentation process. Indigo occurs in more or less firm, brittle masses of 
a blue to a purplish color. Inodorous and tasteless. Good indio-o is 
dry, light, floating on water, and gives a coppery streak when scratched. 
Insoluble in water or in alcohol. 

Varieties. — Bengal, Guatemala, Caracas, Madras, and Manila are 
all found in our market, and are valued in the order as here named. The 
trade designation " Spanish Float " Indigo is sometimes given to a very 
light friable indigo, which is considered superior. 

Constituents- — Should contain from seventy to ninety per cent, 
of indigo-blue or indigotin. Poor grades contain from fifty down to 
twenty per cent. 

Sidph-indigotic acid, or sulphate of indigo, is made by dissolving 
thirty grams (1 ounce) finely powdered indigo in two hundred and forty 
grams (8 ounces) strong oil of vitriol, which requires two or three days' 
time. It is then a blue pasty mass, miscible with water, forming liquid 
blue. Compounds of this sulph-indigotic acid with soda and potassa are 
called indigo-carmine. 

Used only as a coloring agent and chemical test-solution. 

Infusa. 

INFUSIONS. 

Infusionen, Aufgiisse, G. ; Tisanes, F. ; Infusion, Sp. ; Infusioner, Sw. 

Description. — Infusions are teas. They are frequently adminis- 
tered hot ; but are also used cold. Sometimes they are made with cold 
water, but generally with boiling water, which is poured upon the drug 
previously properly comminuted or bruised. After the boiling water 
has been added the vessel in which the infusion is being made must not 
be put in a hot place, or by any means kept hot ; it is simply to be set 
aside to cool in the ordinary house temperature. 

The drugs from which infusions are preferably made are those of a 
loose texture and containing substances which will be taken up by the 
water, but which would be injured or expelled by boiling. Diaphoretic, 
diuretic, anthelmintic, and laxative or cathartic teas and draughts, and 
demulcent drinks, are the most common infusions. Purely bitter stom- 
achic tonics are also frequently presented in the form of infusions, as, 
for instance, quassia, and occasionally astringents. 

When a physician prescribes an infusion it would seem that there 
can be no room for doubt as to his meaning. Yet the improper prac- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 597 

tice prevails to a considerable extent of substituting fluid extracts mixed 
with water when infusions are ordered. Physicians are probably not 
aware of the extent to which this practice is carried. It is encouraged 
by many manufacturers of fluid extracts, who publish on every bottle 
formulae for preparing infusions, decoctions, etc., from the fluid extracts. 

There is but one way to properly prepare an infusion, and that is to 
make it freshly when wanted for use, and to make it from the crude 
drug with water. It is not proper even to prepare concentrated infu- 
sions and keep these on hand for dispensing purposes, preserved by 
alcohol, salicylic acid, or other agents. The number of infusions that 
can even for a brief period of time be kept on hand without change or 
injury is extremely limited. A mixture of a fluid extract, or a tincture, 
or a " concentrated infusion," with water, is an essentially different thing 
from a freshly prepared tea (infusion). Neither physician nor patient 
would be satisfied with an old tea, or one preserved with alcohol, or 
salicylic acid. Many physicians prize infusion of digitalis, or infusion 
of buchu, above any other preparations of these drugs. A fluid extract 
or a tincture is prepared with a very different menstruum, as well as by 
a radically different process ; and a concentrated infusion cannot, by 
any means, be preserved so as to retain the properties of the freshly 
made infusion, and least of all by adding substances to which there may 
frequently be serious therapeutical objections. If it is proper to insist 
upon nice tests of purity in chemicals, and we think it is, then consist- 
ency demands that we should be equally careful in regard to galenical 
preparations. It is never safe, and always wrong, to suppose that one 
thing will answer when another has been prescribed. 

Preparation. — The general directions for the preparation of infu- 
sions in the new Pharmacopoeia are as follows : 

Put thirty grams (1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug, coarsely com- 
minuted or bruised, together with three hundred grams (10 fluidounces) 
of boiling water into a suitable vessel provided with a well-fitting cover, 
and let it stand for two hours, after which strain the infusion, adding 
enough boiling water through the strainer to make the final product 
weigh three hundred grams (or measure 10 fluidounces). 

Two hours' maceration is in most cases altogether unnecessary, and 
in some instances quite objectionable. It is rarely, if ever, intended 
that an infusion shall contain everything that can be dissolved out of 
the drug by hot water. One-half hour is amply sufficient as a general 
rule. 

Squire's infusion pot (see Fig. 326) is the best vessel to use for mak- 
ing infusions. The advantage it possesses is that it is a perfect dis- 
placement apparatus. The prepared drug is placed in the perforated 



598 



A COMPANION TO THE 



strainer fitted into the top of the mug ; enough water is then added so 
that its level stands above the drug, the quantity made being just what 
the infusion pot accommodates properly ; the whole apparatus is cov- 
ered and set aside the prescribed period, after which the infusion is 
poured off at the spout, and will require no straining if the drug used 
was free from powder or particles small enough to pass through the 




Fig. 326.— Squire's Infusion Pot. C, lid ; -D, inner vessel to contain the drug. 

perforations. In the absence of Squire's infusion pot an ordinary flat- 
topped white jar will answer. 

The Strength of Infusions. — The new Pharmacopoeia contains only 
five infusions, as against thirty-one in the Pharmacopoeia of 1870. Two 
of the five infusions now official, viz., Infusum Brayerae and Infusum 
Sennas Compositum, were not in the former Pharmacopoeia. The other 
three — those of Cinchona, Digitalis, and Wild Cherry — are nearly the 
same strength as the same infusions of 1870. Of the thirty-one infu- 
sions in the Pharmacopoeia of 1870, one — the Infusion of Tar — was made 
of one ounce to four ounces of water ; one — Infusion of Taraxacum — 
was made from one ounce drug to seven and one-half ounces finished 
product ; eleven were made of one to fifteen ; eleven were made of one 
to thirty ; one was one to forty ; two were one to sixty ; one was one 
to sixty-eight ; and one was one to one hundred and twenty parts. It 
will thus be seen that the strength of different infusions varies greatly. 
Other infusions are used which are made of strengths differing from 
either or all of these. This is not mere accident. The proportions to 
be used depend chiefly upon the character of the drug, the facility with 
which it is exhausted, the taste of the resulting infusion, and the pur- 
poses for which it is to be used. The fact that no general rule, no uni- 
form proportional strength can be applied is proven by the five official 
exceptions to the official rule. It is clear, therefore, that the official 
general rule as to strength of infusions is not only useless but may cause 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 599 

embarrassment and confusion. The rule is that " an ordinary infusion, 
the strength of which is not directed by the physician nor specified by 
the Pharmacopoeia, shall be prepared " so that one hundred parts of the 
finished preparation represent ten parts of the drug. A " caution " is 
appended suggesting that "the strength of infusions of energetic or 
powerful substances should be specially prescribed by the physician." 
It would have been better to say at once that whenever an infusion is 
prescribed which is not official the physician should specify its strength 
in each case. The fact is, that physicians very frequently prescribe in- 
fusions without specifying the strength, whether the infusions prescribed 
are official or not, and without reference to whether they are " ordinary 
infusions " or " infusions of energetic or powerful substances." Aside 
from the fact that a uniform interpretation of the terms " ordinary " 
and "energetic or powerful " in this case would be hopeless, we believe 
that even the most ordinary infusions cannot well be made uniformly 
of one ounce drug to ten fluidounces product. Infusion of quassia will 
hardly be looked upon otherwise than as an ordinary infusion, and it is 
certainly not energetic or powerful in the sense intended by the Phar- 
macopoeia ; but if a physician prescribes infusion of quassia without 
specifying the strength, we would make it one to sixty, as in the old 
Pharmacopoeia, rather than to risk making it six times that strength 
under the general rule, not because any harm could possibly result to 
the patient, but because we are sure few, if any, physicians would want 
to give a ten per cent, infusion of quassia. The same remarks would 
apply to infusion of capsicum and infusion of cloves. On the whole the 
rule should not have been made. We recommend to the pharmacist to 
refer to the " Companion " in all cases where any doubt exists, unless 
he can consult the writer of the prescription. 

Infusions made by Percolation. — Infusion of cinchona and infusion 
of wild cherry are made by cold percolation. 



Inhalationes. 

Inhalations. 

Inhalations are used for the treatment of affections of the broncho- 
pulmonary mucous membranes. Chloroform, ether, nitrous oxide, and 
other ansesthetics are given in this manner. Some solid substances, 
as iodine and iodoform, may be converted into vapor by heat and in- 
haled. But the most frequent method of administering medicines by 
inhalation is by means of the steam spray apparatus or atomizer. In 
Fig. 327 we illustrate an apparatus of this kind. It consists of a boiler 



600 



A COMPANION TO THE 



to contain water, which can be converted into steam by means of a small 
alcohol lamp. From this boiler a tube passes out horizontally, through 
which the steam is blown at right angles over the fine opening of another 

but perpendicular tube, the lower 
end of which dips into a small cup 
containing a watery solution of 
the medicine. As the steam is 
blown over the mouth of this tube 
a vacuum is produced, and the 
liquid rises until a drop issues from 
the upper end of the tube, when 
it is blown away and pulverized or 
converted into fine spray by the 
force of the steam jet. To pre- 
vent the spray from being blown all over the face of the patient a 
mouth-piece or shield is provided. 

Or instead of steam a hand atomizer (Fig. 328) may be employed, 




Fig. 327.— Steam Atomizer. 




Fig. 328. —Hand Atomizer. 

which consists of a rubber bulb, by the compression of which a jet of 
air is made to take the place of the steam jet used in the steam inhaler. 
By inserting a second elastic 
bulb between the first bulb and 
the nozzle a continuous jet of 
air and spray may be projected. 

By using suitable nozzles the 
spray may be blown into the 
anterior or posterior nares, the 
pharynx, or glottis, etc. 

Warm water, salt water, ano- 
dyne solutions, as of opium, can- 
nabis indica, bitter almond water, 

belladonna, etc.; astringent solutions, as of tannic acid or of the iron 
preparations ; alterative solutions, as of chloride of ammonium, nitrate 




Fig. 329.— Inhaler. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 601 

of silver, etc. ; or antiseptic solutions, as of creosote, tar, carbolic, boric, 
or salicylic acids, may be employed in this manner. 

The simplest form of inhaling apparatus (Fig. 329) is one consisting 
of a "bottle with a cork through which two tubes are passed, one 
of which dips to near the bottom of the liquid contained in the 
bottle, while the other only passes through the cork. To the latter is 
attached a tube with mouthpiece. This apparatus may easily and 
cheaply be improvised. The medicines which can be used in this appa- 
ratus are such as may be converted into a vapor by being mixed with 
warm water. 

The smoking of stramonium leaves, or of paper saturated with nitre, 
in asthma, is also a form of inhalation. 

INSUFFLATION 

differs but little from inhalation, except that the medicines are in the 
form of powder instead of in the form of spray ; and the blowing or 
dusting of iodoform or boric acid upon wounds or into abscesses, etc., is 
similar to insufflation. 

Injectiones. 

Injections. 

Injections consist in the introduction of fluid or semifluid substances 
into various natural or pathological cavities or canals of the body by 
means of a syringe. 

When made into the rectum they are termed enemata, and are de- 
scribed under that title in this book. 

Different forms of apparatus are employed for injections, one of the 
most useful being the fountain svringe, consisting- of a vessel, to the 
bottom of which a rubber tube, with appropriate nozzle, is connected, 
and when this vessel is elevated the pressure of the column of fluid 
forces the latter into the cavity to be injected. By elevating or lower- 
ing the vessel, greater or less pressure may be exercised as desired. All 
air should be allowed to escape from the tube before the nozzle is in- 
troduced. 

The old-fashioned piston syringes, requiring the assistance of an at- 
tendant for rectal or vaginal injections, have gone entirely out of use. 

Injections are frequently made into the urethra or bladder for the 
purpose of washing out these organs or to apply local medications. In- 
jections into the bladder are best made through a double catheter (Fig. 
330), one arm of the catheter being connected to the rubber tube of a 



602 



A COMPANION TO THE 



fountain syringe, and when all air is expelled from the tube and cathe- 
ter the latter is introduced into the bladder and the current of fluid al- 
lowed to run. The bladder will then be washed out thoroughly, the 
water or medicated fluid escaping through the other arm of the catheter. 




Fig. 330.— Double Current Catheter, 



By refilling the vessel, as its contents run out, any desirable quantity of 
fluid may be caused to flow through the bladder. 

Vaginal injections are made in the same manner, with the exception 
that a vaginal nozzle is used instead of the double catheter, and the pa- 
tient sits over a bucket or chamber vessel and allows the fluid to escape 
through the vagina itself. The vaginal nozzle is usually provided with 
an opening at the end, but as some of the fluid may be thrown through 
this opening into the cavity of the uterus when it may give rise to 
uterine colic or inflammation, it is better to obtain such nozzles as are 
only provided with lateral openings. 

A bulb syringe, in which the fluid is forced into the vaginal cavity 
by the compression of a rubber bulb, is used for the same purpose, 
but tires the patient too much. By having a second bulb between the 
suction or force bulb and the nozzle, a steady stream of fluid may be 
thrown. 

Urethral injections (male) are best made with a syringe having a 
conical end and not a long nozzle. By pressing the end of such a 
syringe into the orifice of the urethra, the latter may be tightly closed 
and the fluid forced into the urethra, distending it fully. 

This should be repeated two or three times with plain tepid water, so 
as to remove all mucus or pus from the urethra before the medicated 
fluid is forced into the canal, where it should be held for five or ten 
minutes by closing the orifice of the urethra with the finger. 

Injections of sweet oil into the urethra will often facilitate the in- 
troduction of an exploring sound or bougie in urethral strictures. 

Injections are also made into the external meatus of the ear, the 
Eustachian tubes, or into pathological cavities, abscesses, sinuses, etc., 
for cleansing purposes. 

Injections have been made into the pleural cavity in various affec- 
tions, and even tuberculous cavities in the lungs have been washed out 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 603 

by injections. Canals made by penetrating foreign bodies, as by bullets, 
bayonets, etc., are also kept clean by these means. 

The nasal douche, which is now so frequently made use of in the un- 
fortunately too frequent and often very intractable catarrhal affections, 
is a form of injection made with some form of fountain syringe, letting 
a current of water run into one nostril and out at the other. The pa- 
tient should throw the head well forward, open the mouth and not in- 
hale through the nose, so that the soft palate closes against the fauces. 
Injections into the nose should at first consist only of tepid water, until 
the patient becomes accustomed to the procedure. 

Nourishing injections, or introduction of liquid food into the stomach 
through a tube may become necessary in certain diseases of the pharynx, 
larynx, or oesophagus, or in insane who refuse to eat or drink. This is 
a very simple proceeding, the head of the patient being thrown back 
the oesophageal tube is easily slipped on into the stomach, and the 
liquid poured in through a funnel, and the tube is then withdrawn. 

It is not unusual now to wash out the stomach in chronic dyspepsia 
or ulceration, which may be done by introducing the tube as already 
explained, and distending the stomach moderately by filling in water 
through a funnel ; then by bending the external end of the tube down- 
ward it can be made to act as a siphon and the stomach be completely 
emptied, and this process of alternately filling and emptying may be re- 
peated until the stomach is thoroughly cleansed. This method of treat- 
ment may also be used in sarcina ventriculi, or in cases of poisoning. 

SUBCUTANEOUS INJECTIONS 

consist in the introduction of substances under the skin. They are made 
by means of subcutaneous injection syringes, which are provided with 
hollow needles or nozzles. The syringes are usually graduated in min- 
ims, so that any desirable quantity of fluid may be used. 

The syringe is filled to the required extent, and the needle then fas- 
tened to it ; the point is held upward and the piston carefully and slowly 
pushed in until all air is expelled from the instrument. A fold of the 
skin is then taken up, and the needle quickly pushed through the skin 
into the subcutaneous areolar tissue and the liquid slowly injected. 

Care should be taken that no injury is inflicted on a vessel or nerve. 
The injection of fluid or air directly into a vein is sometimes accompa- 
nied by alarming or even dangerous symptoms. The injection in the 
region about the insertion of the deltoid muscle, or in the small of the 
back, is least liable to be followed by disagreeable results ; but it must 



604 A COMPANION TO THE 

not be forgotten that the local irritation produced by the remedy used 
may produce inflammations and abscesses. 

Care should be taken, of course, not to employ the same needle in 
syphilitic and non-syphilitic patients. 

Various remedies, as curare, morphine, atropine, strychnine, alcohol, 
ether, ammonia, quinine, corrosive sublimate, etc., have been employed 
in this manner, and as the action of the remedy when thus given is very 
prompt and energetic, considerably smaller doses must be given than 
when the medicine is to be swallowed. 

The effects produced by subcutaneous injections are local as well as 
general. They are indicated when it is desirable to obtain the action 
of a remedy as promptly as possible, as when we give atropine in threat- 
ened failure of the heart's action, or apomorphia as an emetic in cases of 
poisoning ; when we wish to combine a decided local effect with the 
systemic effect, as in injections of morphia in neuralgia, or of strychnia 
in local paralysis ; or finally, when the introduction of the remedy into 
the stomach is impossible, on account of persistent vomiting or mechani- 
cal obstruction, as lock-jaw, hydrophobia, etc., or by the refusal of the 
patient to take medicines. 

The following are a few of the more important preparations which 
may be given in subcutaneous injection : 

APOMORPHINE. 

Dissolve one part of hydrochlorate of apomorphine in one hundred 
parts of distilled water (or 0.1 gram in 10 cubic centimeters— 1 grain in 
100 minims). 

Dose of this solution 0.3 to 0.5 cubic centimeter (5 to 8 minims). 

ARSENIC. 

Mix one part of Fowler's solution with four parts of distilled water 
(or 1 cubic centimeter with 4 cubic centimeters — 15 minims with 60 
minims). 

Dose of this solution 0.5 to 1 cubic centimeter (8 to 15 minims). 

ATROPINE. 

Dissolve one part of sulphate of atropine in five hundred parts of 
distilled water (or 0.01 gram in 5 cubic centimeters — J grain in 80 
minims). 

Dose of this solution 0.3 to 1 cubic centimeter (5 to 15 minims), the 
larirer doses with extreme caution. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 605 

ATBOPINE AND MOEPHINE COMBINED. 

Dissolve one part of sulphate of atropine and four parts of sulphate 
of morphine in five hundred parts of distilled water (or 0.015 gram atro- 
pine sulphate and 0.06 gram morphine sulphate in 7.5 cubic centimeters 
water — \ grain atropine sulphate and 1 grain morphine sulphate in 125 
minims water). 

Dose of this solution 0.3 to 1 cubic centimeter (5 to 15 minims), the 
larger doses with extreme caution. 

COEEOSIVE SUBLIMATE. 

Dissolve one part of corrosive sublimate in one hundred and twenty- 
parts of water (or 0.1 gram in 12 cubic centimeters — 1 grain in 120 
minims). 

Note. — Instead of distilled water a mixture of one part of glycerin with three 
parts of water is preferred by some. 

Dose of this solution 0.5 to 1 cubic centimeter (8 to 15 minims). 

CUE ARE (Wookaea). 

Dissolve one part of curare in one hundred parts of distilled water 
(or 0.1 gram in 10 cubic centimeters — 1 grain in 100 minims). 

Dose of this solution 0.3 to 1.3 cubic centimeter (5 to 20 minims), 
the larger doses with extreme caution. 

ETHEE. 
Dose. — One cubic centimeter (15 minims), repeated as indicated. 

EXTEACT OF EEGOT. 

Dissolve one part of extract of ergot in six parts of water (or 1 gram 
extract in 6 cubic centimeters water — 15 grains extract in 90 minims 
water.) 

Well-made fluid extract of ergot may be injected without dilution. 

Dose of this solution 0.3 to 2 cubic centimeters (5 to 30 minims). 

MOEPHINE. 

Dissolve one part of hydrochlorate of morphine in twenty parts of 
glycerin by the aid of heat, and when solution is effected add twenty 
parts of distilled water (or 0.5 gram in 10 cubic centimeters each of 
glycerin and water — 4 grains in 80 minims each of glycerin and water). 

Note.— This solution keeps well. 
Dose of this solution 0.3 to 0.6 cubic centimeter (5 to 10 minims). 



606 A COMPANION TO THE 

Or, dissolve one part of tartrate of morphine in sixty parts of dis- 
tilled water (or 0.1 in 6 cubic centimeters — 1 grain in 60 minims). 

Note. — If the tartrate caunot be obtained the sulphate may be used instead in 
the same proportions. 

Dose of this solution 0.3 to 1 cubic centimeter (5 to 15 minims). 

QUININE. 

Dissolve one part of bisulphate of quinine in three parts of distilled 
water and add three parts of glycerin (or 1 gram in 3 cubic centimeters 
each of glycerin and water — 15 grains in 45 minims each of glycerin 
and water). 

Dose of this solution 0.5 to 2 grams (8 to 30 minims). 
Note. — Merck manufactures and sells a preparation of quinine under the name 
of " Quinia Bimuriatica Carbamidata," which is especially fitted for subcutaneous 
injection, being very soluble and also unirritating. Dose. — 0.3 to 0.5 gram (5 to 8 
grains). 

STRYCHNINE. 

Dissolve one part of sulphate of strychnine in two hundred and fifty 
parts of distilled water (or 0.1 gram in 25 cubic centimeters — 1 grain in 
250 minims). 

Dose of this solution 0.3 to 0.5 cubic centimeter (5 to 8 minims). 

Inula ; IT. S. 

Inula. 

InuloB Radix, Radix Helenii — Alantwurzel, Hele?ienwurzel, G. ; Racine 
d'aunee, Aunee Commune, F.; Alandsrot, Sw.; Elecampane. 

Origin. — Inula Helenium, Linne (Composite). 

Habitat. — Europe and North America. 

Part used. — The root. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 185. Sliced as it 
occurs in the market, the drug is made up of disks and irregular pieces 
(split lengthwise), externally grayish-brown, internally whitish, fleshy, 
full of resin cells. Odor aromatic, peculiar ; taste bitter, aromatic. Old 
roots are tough, almost inert. The drug must consist of young, sound 
root, of good light color, and aromatic odor. 

Constituents. — Volatile oil and resin, to which the odor and taste 
are due ; also a crvstallizable substance called helenin, a quantity of 
bitter extractive, and a large quantity (from twenty to forty-four per 
cent., according to the season and the age of the drug, young roots col- 



HOTTED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 607 

lected in the autumn containing the most) of inulin, a peculiar variety 
of starch which is also found in taraxacum and in a number of other 
drugs, and which is not colored blue by iodine. It has the same com- 
position as starch, and resembles it in some respects, but unlike starch it 
dissolves perfectly to a clear solution in three times its weight of boil- 
ing water, depositing again on cooling. 

Medicinal Uses. — Elecampane is stimulant and tonic, and is 
mainly employed as a domestic remedy in dyspepsia, chronic pulmonary 
troubles, and in menstrual derangements. 

Dose. — One to five grams (15 to 75 grains), in infusion. 

Iodoformum ; 17. S. 

Iodoform. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 186. Very 
small lemon-yellow, brilliant crystals, of a heavy penetrating odor, re- 
minding of iodine and saffron. % 

The odor of iodoform is so penetrating and persistent that it is ne- 
cessary to guard carefully against exposing other substances, and also 
implements, to an atmosphere charged with iodoform vapor or against 
contact with this chemical. When iodoform has been weighed on the 
scales the latter must be immediately and carefully cleaned. 

Iodoform readily absorbs moisture from the air. It must be kept in 
tightly closed bottles, and in a cool place. 

The solubility of iodoform in ether furnishes a good indication of its 
purity. 

To powder iodoform, triturate it with sufficient strong ether to form a 
thin paste, and then continue the trituration until the ether has evapo- 
rated, when the iodoform will remain as an impalpable powder. It is 
often applied externally in this form. 

Medicinal Uses. — Internally this substance has been used to allay 
pain in neuralgia, cancer, etc. Externally it is much used as an antisep- 
tic application to surgical wounds. Also to syphilitic, scrofulous, and 
indolent idcers, gangrene, buboes, etc. It may be dusted on the parts 
by means of an insect-powder gun or a pepper-box, or applied in solu- 
tion or ointment. 

Iodoform poisoning has occurred from absorption of the substance 
from large wounded surfaces. Various methods have been used to dis- 
guise the offensive odor of iodoform, such as mixing with oil of pepper- 
mint, eucalyptus, etc., but without much success. 

Dose for internal use, 0.05 to 0.2 gram (1 to 3 grains) three times 
a day, in coated pills. 



608 A COMPANION TO THE 

IODOFOEM PAINT. 

Put two grams (30 grains) iodoform into a wide-mouthed bottle with 
ten grams (3£ fiuidrachms) strong ether, and keep it tightly corked. A 
saturated solution of iodoform is thus obtained, which may be applied 
by means of a camel's-hair pencil. 

IODINIZED IODOFOEM PAINT. 

Put two grams (30 grains) iodoform and two grams iodine into a 
wide-mouthed bottle with twenty grams (about 7 fiuidrachms) strong 
ether. Used as iodoform paint (see above). 

IODOFOEMI UNGUENTUM ; U. S. 

Iodoform Ointment. 

Mix four grams (^ ounce) iodoform and thirty-six grams (1^- ounce) 
benzoinated lard. 

Iodum ; U. S. 

Iodine. 
Iodinium, Phar. 1870. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 186. Pur- 
plish-black, crystalline plates of a graphite-like metallic lustre. Odor 
strong, heav}', characteristic ; taste very acrid. The bottle containing 
it is always filled with a violet gas. Strikes a blue color with starch 
paste ; but to produce this reaction the iodine must be used in very 
small quantity, as, for instance, in the form of the official test-solution of 
iodine. 

Must be kept in bottles with well-fitting glass stoppers, and in a 
cool place. 

Iodine frequently contains moisture, and sometimes in very large 
quantity. This is detected by dissolving it in chloroform, with which 
pure iodine makes a clear solution, but when moisture is present a tur- 
bid one. 

Spots from iodine on the skin are readily removed with ammonia or 
with hyposulphite of sodium. 

Medicinal Uses. — Iodine is a valuable alterative and discutient. 
It is given internally and used externally to cause the absorption of 
morbid growths and swellings. 

It is especially useful in affections of the glands, producing absorp- 
tion of enlarged glands, goitre, scrofulous enlargements, etc. ; but it 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPEIA. G09 

must be used with caution, as it may also cause the absorption of the 
testicles or mammas. 

In intermittent fever it has produced cures even after quinine had 
failed. For this purpose the tincture is given in doses of 0.3 to 1 
cubic centimeter (5 to 15 minims), large]y diluted in water, with enough 
of iodide of potassium to maintain solution. 

In syphilis iodine is a most valuable remedy, especially in the ter- 
tiary stages, the affections of the bones, gummata, etc. ; also in the af- 
fections of the nervous system depending on this disease. 

In chronic lead-poisoning iodine eliminates lead from the system. 

It is applied externally in erysip>elas, glandular swellings, many cu- 
taneous affections, enlarged or inflamed joints ; locally to enlarged ton- 
sils, inflamed cervix uteri, and as an injection into the sac of hydrocele, 
spina bifida, fistulas, sinuses, and indolent abscesses. 

Dose. — About 0.015 gram (£ grain), in tincture or solution, with 
iodide of potassium and water. Generally given in the form of iodides. 

Toxic Effects. — Excessive doses produce the effects of an irritant 
poison, causing inflammation of the stomach and intestines. Starch 
should be given freely as an antidote, but emetics must also be given, 
as the iodide of starch is not insoluble, but only milder in its action 
than pure io % dine. 

When given for some length of time, iodine and iodides produce a 
peculiar condition termed iodism, which shows itself by general indis- 
position, coryza, inflammation of the eyes and eyelids, frontal headache, 
and an eruption which sometimes has been mistaken for syphilitic skin 
affection. 

This condition must be combated by withdrawing the remedy and 
administering bitter tonics, ordering baths, etc. 

IODATUM COLLODIUM. 

Iodinized Collodion. 

Dissolve two grams (30 grains) iodine in thirty grams (1 ounce) col- 
lodion. 

IODATUM AMYLUM; IT. S. 

Iodized Starch. 

Triturate five grams (77 grains) iodine with a little distilled water 
until reduced to powder. Then add gradually ninety-five grams (3 
ounces 154 grains) starch. Continue the trituration until the whole 
mixture assumes a uniform blackish-blue color. Dry it at not above 
40° C. (104° F.), and then rub it into fine powder. 
39 



610 A COMPANION TO THE 

Should be preserved in glass-stoppered vials. 

It is not a chemical combination, or a very imperfect and indefinite 
one. Contains five per cent, iodine. 

Has been given in doses of one ounce three times a day, but the 
usual doses should be much smaller. It is very seldom used. 

IODIDITM SULPHUKIS; U.S. 
Iodide of Sulphur. 

Preparation, Description, and Tests. — See the P.harmacopceia, 
page 314. 

Used externally in various skin diseases as an alterative application. 

IODI LIKIMENTUM; B. 

Iodine Liniment. 

Dissolve one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) iodine, forty 
grams (1 ounce 180 grains) iodide of potassium, and twenty grams (308 
grains) camphor in enough rectified spirit to make one liter (34 fluid- 
ounces) of finished product. 

Stimulant and discutient embrocation. 

IODI LIQUOH COMPOSITUS ; U. S. 

Compound Solution op Iodine. 
Liquor lodinii Compositus, Phar., 1870 — LugoVs Solution. 

Dissolve five grams (77 grains) iodine and ten grams (154 grains) 
iodide of potassium in eighty-five grams (3 ounces) distilled water. 

Must be kept in well-corked or glass-stoppered bottles. 

This is the form in which iodine is most frequently administered in- 
ternally when given alone. Used also for external application. 

Dose. — 0.2 to 0.5 cubic centimeter (3 to 8 drops) in sweetened 
water. 

IODI TINCTUHA ; U. S. 

Tincture of Iodine. 

Triturate eight grams (124 grains) iodine with a small quantity of 
alcohol until reduced to coarse powder. Put this into a tared, glass- 
stoppered bottle, add enough alcohol to make the total contents weigh 
one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains), and set it in a warm place 
until all the iodine has dissolved. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 611 

Unless the iodine is powdered and its solution aided by digestion, it 
requires several days to make the tincture. 

Used for external application in cases of glandular swellings, ery- 
sipelas, ringworm, etc. 

IODI TINCTUEA DECOLORATA. 

Decolorized Tinctuke of Iodine. 

Dissolve forty grams (1 ounce 180 grains) iodine in three hundred 
and ninety cubic centimeters (13 fluidounces) alcohol. Add ninety 
cubic centimeters (3 fluidounces) stronger water of ammonia, and let 
the mixture stand in the light for four weeks. 

The preparation contains ethyl iodide, iodide of ammonium, etc. 

Care should be taken not to disturb the bottle so long as it contains 
any sediment, as iodide of nitrogen is liable to be formed, which is a 
very violently explosive compound even when wet. 

This decolorized tincture of iodine is better than that of the German 
Pharmacopoeia, which contains sulphate of sodium, etc. 

Prof. Charles O. Curtman, M.D., of St. Louis, prepares this tincture 
by adding the water of ammonia to the tincture of iodine, and then 
adding a few drops of carbolic acid, which produces decoloration al- 
most instantly. 

For cosmetic reasons this tincture is often preferred to the ordinary 
tincture of iodine, which latter is probably more active. 



IODI UNGUENTUM; IT. S. 

Iodine Ointment. 

Triturate four grams (52 grains) iodine and one gram (15 J grains) 
iodide of potassium with two grams (% fluidrachm) water until dissolved, 
and afterward with ninety-three grams (3 ounces 123 grains) benzoin- 
ated lard until thoroughly mixed. 



IODI VAPOR; B. 

Inhalation of Iodine. 

Use four cubic centimeters (1 fluidrachm) tincture of iodine and 
thirty-two cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) water, applying gentle heat 
to the mixture to vaporize the iodine. 



612 A COMPANION TO THE 

Ipecacuanha ; U. S. 

Ipecac. 

Ipecacuanhm JRadix — JBrechwurzel, JRuhrwurzel, G. ; Racine JBresili- 
enne, F. ; Ipecacuana, JBejuquillo, Sp.; Krakrot, Sw. 

Origin. — Cephaelis Ipecacuanha, A. Richard {Rubiaceoe). 
Habitat. — Brazil. Imported from Rio. 
Part used. — The root. 

Description. — From ten to twenty centimeters (2 to 4 inches) long, 
and about four millimeters {\ inch) in diameter. Has the 
appearance of being made up of transverse rings ("annu- 
lated ") separated by deep fissures here and there. The 
dust of the drug (in powdering) is very irritating to the 
respiratory organs. 

Tests. — A good drug consists of only the plump middle 
portions of the roots, has distinct rings, and a bark which is 
at least as thick as the diameter of the wood. Pieces with 
a smooth bark are to be rejected. 

Constituents. — From one-third to three-fourths per 

cent, emetine, contained in the root-bark. This is an alka- 

Fig 331 — ^°^ wn * cn when pure is white, amorphous, soluble in alcohol, 

Ipecacuanha, also, though less readily, soluble in water, inodorous, bitter. 

In the drug it is combined with ipecacuanhic acid. Besides, 

ipecac contains about thirty per cent, starch, four per cent, sugar, and 

traces of a volatile oil of nauseous odor. 

FALSE IPECACUANHA BOOTS. 

Striated ipecac, obtained from JPsychotria emetica, Linne, has no 
transverse rings, but the thick bark is divided in sections of irregular 
lengths by fissures. It is dark purplish-brown. 

Undulated ipecac, from Jiichardsonia scabra, St. Hilaire, has indis- 
tinct, if any, rings and fissures. It is gray. 

White ipecac, from Ionidium Ipecacuanha, Vent., is whitish or pale 
brownish-yellow, and has no rings ; the wood is thick, yellowish. 

None of these false ipecacuanhas are met with in the American 
market. 

Medicinal Uses. — Ipecac is a safe and efficient emetic, very fre- 
quently employed. It is a special emetic, acting only after absorption, 
and, therefore, rather tardy in its effects, on which account it is inap- 
propriate in cases of poisoning, etc., when a prompt effect is desired. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 613 

In large doses it sometimes acts as a purgative. In small doses it 
is simply nauseant, and, like other nauseants, produces increased expec- 
toration and perspiration. 

Ipecac is much used in bronchial and pulmonary affections, in. fevers 
alone or in combination with opium, in dysentery, and in some cases of 
vomiting, as in vomiting of pregnancy, of drunkards, etc. 

Dose. — As an emetic, one to two grams (15 to 30 grains). As a 
nauseant, 0.05 to 0.10 gram (1 to 2 grains) at short intervals. In dys- 
entery a dose of four to five grams (60 to 75 grains) is sometimes given, 
to affect the stools. Vomiting is prevented by giving it nearly dry and 
keeping the patient perfectly quiet in the recumbent position. If ne- 
cessary the administration of this drug may be preceded by a dose of 
morphine or bitter almond water. 

IPECACUANHA ET OPII PULYIS; IT. S. 
Powder of Ipecac and Opium. 
Dover's Powder. 
See title "Opii et Ipecacuanha Pulvis." 

IPECACUANHA ET OPII SYRUPUS. 
Syrup of Ipecac and Opium. 
See title " Opii et Ipecacuanhas Syrupus." 

IPECACUANHA ET OPII TINCTUKA ; U. S. 
Tincture of Ipecac and Opium. 
See title "Opii et Ipecacuanhas Tinctura." 

IPECACUANHA EXTEACTUM FLUID UM ; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Ipecacuanha. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

Moisten five hundred grams (17f avoirdupois ounces) of ipecac, in 
No. 80 powder, with one hundred and seventy-five grams (7^ fluid- 
ounces) alcohol. Pack tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate with 
menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Percolate with alcohol until 
exhausted. Distil off the alcohol, discontinuing the distillation when 
two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (8|- fluidounces) remains in the 
still. To this remainder add five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluid- 
ounces) of water. Evaporate the mixture to three hundred and seventy- 
five cubic centimeters (12f fluidounces) ; let it cool, and then filter it. 
Wash the precipitated resin left on the filter by pouring a little water 



614 A COMPANION TO THE 



upon it until the washings pass through tasteless. Mix the filtrate and 
the washings, and then evaporate the whole to two hundred and fifty 
cubic centimeters (S-j- fluidounces). Let cool, and then add enough al- 
cohol to make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (17 
fluidounces). 

Each cubic centimeter of the fluid extract represents one gram of 
ipecac ; one fluidounce represents four hundred and fifty-five and two- 
thirds grains, and one fluidrachm nearly fifty-seven grains. 

This new preparation is an excellent one, containing all the virtues 
of the drug and mixing clear with water or syrup. 

Dose. — As an emetic, one to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 min- 
ims) ; as an expectorant, 0.1 to 0.25 cubic centimeter (2 to 4 minims). 

IPECACUANHA INFUSUM. 
Infusion of Ipecac. 

From ten grams (about J avoirdupois ounce) of .the drug make five 
hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

Each fluidounce contains about nine grains of ipecac. 

Dose. — As an emetic, twenty-five to fifty cubic centimeters (6 to 12 
fluidrachms), given at intervals of ten minutes until the effect is pro- 
duced ; as an expectorant, in doses of two to five cubic centinieters (J 
to 1 fluidrachm). Used also in the treatment of dysentery. 

IPECACUANHA SYRUPUS; U.S. 
Syrup of Ipecac. 

Mix fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) fluid extract of ipecac and nine 
hundred and fifty grams (33 ounces 224 grains, or 26 fluidounces) sim- 
ple syrup. 

The new fluid extract of ipecac makes a perfectly clear syrup. 

Dose. — Emetic, fifteen to twenty-four cubic centimeters (4 to 6 
fluidrachms) ; expectorant, two to four cubic centimeters (£ to 1 flui- 
drachm). 

IPECACUANHA TINCTURA. 
Tincture of Ipecac. 

Mix thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) fluid extract of ipecac 
with two hundred and seventy cubic centimeters (9 fluidounces) diluted 
alcohol. 

Dose. — Emetic, eight to twelve cubic centimeters (2 to 3 flui- 
drachms); expectorant, one to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 615 

IPECACUANHA TEOCHISCI ; U. S. 
Ipecac Troches. 

Mix thoroughly, by trituration, 1.60 gram (25 grains) ipecac, in No. 
80 powder, 1.60 gram (25 grains) tragacanth, in No. 80 powder, and 
sixty-five grams (1,000 grains) finely powdered sugar, and then form 
the mixed powders into a mass with sufficient syrup of orange, and di- 
vide it into one hundred troches. 

Each troche contains one-sixth grain ipecac. 

Used in coughs and colds, especially if the bronchial tubes, larynx, 
and fauces are dry and inflamed. 

They are slowly dissolved in the mouth at intervals of an hour or 
two. 

IPECACUANHA VINUM; U. S. 
Wine of Ipecac. 

Mix seventy grams (2 ounces 205 grains, or 2f fluidounces) fluid ex- 
tract of ipecac, and nine hundred and thirty grams (32 ounces 350 grains, 
or about 32 fluidounces) stronger white wine. 

Each cubic centimeter (16 minims) contains 0.07 gram (1.08 grain) 
ipecac. 

Used in cough mixtures as an expectorant. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims). 

Iris Florentina. 

Oeeis Root. 

Iridis JRhizoma, Iridis Radix, Radix Violarum; Florentine Orris, E. ; 
Veilchenwurzel, Gr. ; Iris de Florence, F.; Lirio de Florencia, Sp.; 
Violrot, Sw. 

Origin. — Iris pallida, Lamarck ; Iris germanica, Linne; Iris flo- 
rentina, Linne (Iridacem). 

Habitat.— Northern Italy. 

Part used. — The rhizome. 

Description. — Simple or branched, flattened, jointed, five to ten 
centimeters (2 to 4 inches) long, about twenty-five millimeters (1 inch) 
broad ; with a circular scar at the upper extremity, and brownish scars 
from the rootlets on the under side ; wrinkled lengthwise, or smooth 
and angular from the peeling ; externally whitish or yellowish-white ; 
heavy, hard ; fracture short, mealy ; nucleus sheath most prominent in 
the lower half ; within and near the nucleus sheath may be seen scat- 



616 



A COMPANION TO THE 



tered fibro-vascular bundles. Odor agree- 
able, violet-like ; taste insipid, afterward 
bitter, slightly acrid. 

Varieties. — Florentine orris root is 
the best. It is whiter, more carefully 
peeled, and has a finer odor than the 
"Verona orris root, which is somewhat 
yellowish. 

Finger orris root consists of picked, 
slender, nearly straight pieces, smoothly 
trimmed, and usually whitened with 
chalk, magnesia, or starch. It is intended 
for the use of teething infants only. 

Tests- — Orris root is frequently 
found to be worm-eaten. Only sound 
pieces of good odor and light color should 
be used. 

Constituents. — Volatile oil (Oleum 
iridis) a very small quantity. Also an 
acrid resin, besides starch, mucilage, etc. 
Medicinal Uses. — Florentine orris 
root is seldom employed internally. It 
is said to be alterative, cathartic, and diuretic. It is mostly employed 
as an ingredient of tooth-powders, or in the form of tincture as an in- 
gredient of perfumes and flavoring extracts. 

IRIDIS FLORENTINE TINCTURA. 
Tincture of Florentine Orris. 
Percolate five hundred grams (17f ounces) coarsely powdered orris 
root with diluted alcohol to obtain one thousand cubic centimeters of 
tincture. 

Used in the preparation of perfumery, flavoring extracts, etc. 




Fig. 332.- 



-Florentine Orris, natural 
size. 



IRIDIS OLEUM. 
Oil of Orris [Root]. 

Distilled from Florentine orris root. Pale yellowish, solid at ordi- 
nary temperatures. Has a fine violet odor. 

Consists of myristic acid, mixed with a small proportion of volatile oil. 

" Liquid oil of orris " is very inferior, consisting partly of oil of 
cedar-wood. 

Both kinds are used in perfumery only. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



617 



Iris [Versicolor] ; U. S. 

Iris [Versicolor]. 
Iridis Versicolors Hhizoma, Iris Versicolor — Blue Flag. 

Origin. — Iris versicolor, Linne (Iridacece). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used. — The rhizome. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 187. 
In the dry drug the rootlets are usually entirely absent. 

Constituents. — Acrid resin, tannin, and other sub- 
stances. No analysis. It has been hinted that it may 
contain an alkaloid. 

Nomenclature. — Florentine orris has long been 
known as " Radix Iridis ; " the rhizome of iris versicolor, 
on the contrary, is only recently brought into notice. It 
is therefore unfortunate that the title " Iris," without 
qualification, has been adopted for iris versicolor. 

Medicinal Uses. — Blue flag is a powerful emetic 
and cathartic when fresh. When dry it is not so violent 
in its action, and is a hvdrao-oo-ue cathartic, cholao;oo;ue, 
sialagogue, diuretic, and alterative. 

It is employed in chronic derangements of the liver 
and kidneys, in dropsies, and as an alterative in scrofu- 
lous and syphilitic affections. 

Dose of the dried root, 0.5 to 1.5 gram (8 to 22 
grains) in powder, combined with aromatics and carmi- 
natives when given in large doses. 

IRIDIS [VERSICOLORS] EXTRACT UM ; U. S. 
Extract of Iris [Versicolor]. 

From five hundred grams (1 7f avoirdupois ounces) 
of the drug in No. 60 powder. 

As a first menstruum use a mixture of eleven hun- 
dred and twenty-five grams (47 fluidounces) alcohol, and 
three hundred and seventy-five grams (about 12J fluid- 
ounces) water. 

; . Fig. 333.— Blue 

As a second menstruum use a sufficient quantitv of Flag, large speci- 

diluted alcohol. men ' natural ske ' 

Moisten with two hundred grams (about 8 fluidounces) of the first 

menstruum. Pack tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate with 

menstruum. Macerate twenty-four hours. Percolate to exhaustion, or 



618 A COMPANION TO THE 

until fifteen hundred grams (56 to 60 fluidounces) of percolate has been 
received. Distil off the alcohol in the usual way, and evaporate the 
remainder by water-bath heat to the pilular consistence. No glycerin 
is to be added. 

The same product is obtained by evaporating the fluid extract. 

New to the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. Brown. 

Dose. — 0.015 to 0.06 gram (£ to 1 grain). 

IRIDIS [YERSICOLORIS] EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; U.S. 
Fluid Extract of Iris [Versicolor]. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
three hundred grams (about 12^ fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3^- fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and seventy-five grams (about 
7 fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical per- 
colator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (15^ fluidounces) 
of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is ex- 
hausted. • 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to 
make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

Jalapa; U. S. 

Jalai\ 

Jalapw Tuber — Jalapenknollcn, G. ; Jalape, F. ; Jalapa, Sp. ; Ja- 

lappa, Sw. 

Origin. — Exogonium purga, Bentham (Convolvulacece). 

Habitat. — Eastern Mexico. 

Part used. — The tuberous root. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 187. Turnip-shaped, 
or more oblong, deeply wrinkled, the larger pieces cut, the lower por- 
tion tapering rather abruptly to a narrow root, which is cut off near the 
tuber ; hard, heavy, tou^h. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



619 



Constituents. — From twelve to eighteen per cent, resin, about 
eighteen per cent, starch, and about the same amount of sugar. 

The resin is the important medicinal constituent. From three- 
fourths to nine-tenths of it is convolvulin (rhodeoretin), which is 
readily soluble in alcohol, but insoluble in ether ; the remaining tenth 
part of the total resin is jalapin (para-rhodeoretin ?), a soft resin, solu- 
ble in ether and in bisulphide of carbon. 

Tests. — The Pharmacopoeia requires that the jalap shall contain at 
least twelve per cent, of resin. To determine the quantity of resin, ex- 
haust ten grams (154 grains) of the finely powdered jalap with ninety- 
four per cent, alcohol ; concentrate the tincture by evaporation until it 





Fig. 334. — Jalap, natural size. 



Fig. 335. — Transverse section of Jalap, natural size, 
large specimen. 



measures about fifteen cubic centimeters (-J- fluidounce) and pour this 
into about two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (8|- fluidounces) of 
cold distilled water ; wash the precipitated resin on a small filter with 
cold distilled water, and then dry it carefully. The resin thus obtained 
should weigh not less than 1.20 gram (18^ grains), and it should yield 
but little of its weight to ether — that is, it should be almost entirely 
composed of convolvulin. 

Jalap must be sound, heavy, and hard. Soft, sticky, or very dark- 
colored tubers must be rejected ; also mealy, or very light-colored, or 
woody tubers. 

The necessity of applying the Pharmacopoeial test to samples of 



620 A COMPANION TO THE 

jalap is obvious from what has been stated. It should also be applied 
to fluid extract of jalap, fifteen cubic centimeters (1^ fluidrachm) of 
which when mixed with five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces) 
of cold water, should yield not less than 1.80 gram (27f grains) of con- 
volvulin. 

Medicinal Uses. — It is a powerful hydragogue cathartic. In doses 
of from ten to thirty centigrams (1£ to 5 grains) it is laxative ; and 
one dose of one to two grams (30 to 60 grains) occasions a disagreeable 
sensation in the epigastrium, sometimes accompanied by vomiting, but 
followed in about two hours by watery stools with severe griping. This 
griping may be prevented by the addition of a few grains of camphor 
or cloves. Constipation does not follow, nor is there any impression 
on the nervous system by jalap. Excessively large doses may cause 
enteritis and death. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 1.5 gram (8 to 22 grains) in powder. 

FALSE JALAP. 

Tampico Jalap, from ipomoea simulans, Hanbury, resembles true 
jalap, but is of irregular form, without transverse ridges or scars, light 
in weight, collapsed, and contains a resin which is almost entirely sol- 
uble in ether. 

Male Jalap, from ipomoea orizabensis, Pelletan, is spindle-shaped, 
but generally sliced lengthwise and crosswise into sections or angular 
irregular pieces. Its resin is entirely soluble in ether. 

Mechoacan, or wild jalap, from convolvulus mechoacan, Vand. 
(or ipomcea pandurata), is sliced, light-colored, or whitish, mealy, and 
contains but little resin. 

JALAP JE ABSTKACTUM; U. S. 
Absteact of Jalap. 

Prepared as the other abstracts. See the Pharmacopoeia, page 5. 

The jalap ought to be in No. 60 powder. T>ry alcoholic extract of 
jalap is two and a half times the strength of this abstract. Five grains 
good jalap, one grain alcoholic extract of jalap, two and one-half grains 
abstract of jalap, and three grains of the old extract of jalap of the 
Pharmacopoeia of 1870, are severally equivalent in therapeutic effect. 

Abstract of jalap is used in preparing the compound cathartic 
pills, according to the new U. S. Pharmacopoeia (1880), being prefer- 
able to the extract of jalap for this purpose, the abstract being more 
uniform in strength and always in fine powder so as to be conveniently 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. G21 

incorporated. The abstract is about twenty per cent, stronger than 
the extract of jalap of the Pharmacopoeia of 1870, which preparation, 
as there directed to be made, contained a large quantity of inert ex- 
tractive. 

JALAPS EXTKACTUM ALCOHOLICUM; U. S. 
Alcoholic Extract of Jalap. 

From five hundred grams (17§ avoirdupois ounces) of jalap, in No. 
50 powder. 

As a menstruum use a mixture of alcohol and water in the propor- 
tion of four hundred grams (16| fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (3^ fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten with one hundred and twenty-five grams (5^ fluidounces) of 
the menstruum. Pack tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate 
with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Percolate until the 
liquid that passes produces only a slight precipitate when dropped in 
water. Distil off the alcohol. Evaporate the remainder to dryness. 

Must be kept in small, well-closed bottles in a cool place. 

Brown. Yield twelve to fifteen per cent. A material improvement 
is made in this process upon the preparation of 1870, in which a watery 
extract was incorporated with the alcoholic. 

Dose. — 0.15 to 0.50 gram (2 to 8 grains). 

JALAP M EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Jalap. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Should yield twelve per cent, convolvulin. (See " Jalapa.") 

Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims). 

JALAP M PULYIS COMPOSITUS ; U. S. 
Compound Powder of Jalap. 

Triturate thoroughly together thirty-five grams (1 ounce 100 grains) 
jalap, in No. 60 powder, and sixty-five grams (2 ounces 130 grains) 
bitartrate of potassium in fine powder. 

Used mainly as a hydragogue cathartic in cases of dropsy, to re- 
move accumulations of fluid. 

Dose. — 0.5 to two grams (10 to 30 grains). 



622 



A COMPANION TO THE 



JALAPS KESINA; U. S. 
Resin op Jalap. 

Jalap resin is prepared as follows : Five hundred grams (17f ounces) 
jalap, in No. 60 powder, is moistened with one hundred and twenty-five 
grams (or about 5 fluidounces) alcohol ; then packed tightly in a cylin- 
drical percolator ; saturate with the same menstruum ; macerate forty- 
eight hours ; percolate until one thousand grams (about 40 fluidounces) of 
percolate has been obtained, or until the drug is exhausted, which is 
seen by the absence of any marked turbidity when the percolate which 
passes is dropped into water. The alcohol is recovered by distillation 
on a water-bath until the remaining tincture has been reduced to two 
hundred grams (or about 7 ounces). This concentrated tincture is 
added during constant stirring to four thousand five hundred cubic 
centimeters (9£ pints) water. When the precipitate has subsided, the 

supernatant liquid is decanted, and 
the precipitate is washed twice, by 
decantation, with water. It is then 
transferred to a strainer, the liquid is 
pressed out, and the resin dried by 
means of a gentle heat. 

For tests, see the Pharmacopoeia, 
page 281. 

Resin of jalap is frequently sold 

under the name of "jalapin." It is 

chiefly con volvulin, with some jalapin. 

Dose.— 0.12 to 0.3 gram (2 to 5 

grains). 

Jugians ; U. S. 

JUGLANS. 

Juglandis Cortex — Butternut, But- 
ternut Bark. 

Origin. — Jugians cinerea, Linne 
(Juglandacece). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used. — The inner bark of 
Fig. 336. — Butternut Bark, natural size. ^e root. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 188. Troughs, or flat 
pieces, from three to six millimeters (£ to \ inch) thick ; smooth, dark- 




UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 623 

brown and mottled on the outer surface, and nearly free from remnants 
of the external bark. 

Constituents. — An orange - yellow, crystalline, acrid substance 
called nucin (juglandic acid, or juglone) has been isolated. The drug 
also contains tannin, some volatile oil, resin, and fourteen per cent, of 
fixed oil. 

Medicinal Uses. — Mild cathartic, not followed by intestinal weak- 
ness. Valuable in chronic constipation and other intestinal troubles. 

Dose. — Five to ten grams (75 to 150 grains), best given in fluid 
extract. 



JUGLANDIS EXTEACTUM; IT. S. 
Extract of Juglans. 

Moisten five hundred grams (17§ avoirdupois ounces) butternut 
bark, in No. 30 powder, with two hundred grams (8J fluidounces) alco- 
hol. Pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and, after saturating 
with the menstruum, macerate twenty-four hours. Percolate to ex- 
haustion, or until fifteen hundred grams (about 60 fluidounces of per- 
colate has been received. Distil off the alcohol, and evaporate the re- 
mainder to a pilular consistence, and add to it one-twentieth of its 
weight of glycerin. 

Practically the same product is obtained by evaporating the fluid 
extract to a pilular consistence and adding the five per cent, of glycerin. 

The " Extract of Butternut " of the Pharmacopoeia of 1870 was an 
aqueous extract, but the nature of the constituents of the drug shows 
that an alcoholic extract must be a more rational and effective prepara- 
tion. 

Dark brown. 

Dose. — 0.50 to two grams (8 to 30 grains). 



JUGLANDIS EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Juglans. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2£ fluidrachms). 



624 A COMPANION TO THE 

Juglandis Oleum. 

Nut Oil. 
Oleum JVucis Juglandis. 

Prepared by expression from the crushed seeds of several species 
of Juglandacece. 

The walnuts and hickory nuts have a fine, bland-tasting, fixed oil, 
to which the above title is applied. The yield is about twenty-five per 
cent. 

It is one of the drying oils, containing linolein. 

Description. — Pale straw-colored, or slightly greenish, rather thick, 
congealing at —20° C. ( — 40° F.). Has the specific gravity 0.92, and a 
nutty odor and taste. 

Used like other bland fixed oils. 

Juniperus ; U. S. 

Juniper. 

Juniperi Fructus, Baccce Juniperi — Wachholderbeeren, G. ; Genievre, 
Fruit {Boies) de genievre, F. ; Fnebro, Sp. ; Fmbar, Sw. ; Juniper 
Berries. 

Origin. — Juniperus communis, Linne (Coniferce). 

Habitat. — The Northern hemisphere. 

Part used. — The ripe fruit. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 188. 

" Italian Juniper Berries " are the best. 

Constituents.— From one 

to two and a half per cent. 

volatile oil, and about fifteen to 

thirty per cent, sugar, some 

-saaiu*- x^ resin, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Stimu- 
lant, diuretic, and emmena- 

Figs. 337-342.— Juniper Berries, natural size and gogue, useful in dropsies due 
enlarged; transverse section, enlarged ; seeds, nat- . . „ , , ■, * 

ural size, enlarged, and transverse section enlarged, to obstruction ot the tubules ot 
showing resin glands. the kidneys, as in scarlatina, etc. 

A popular method of using this drug is to make a strong tincture by 
macerating sixty grams (2 ounces) of the bruised berries in five hun- 
dred cubic centimeters (1 pint) of whiskey or gin, and giving it in table- 
spoonful doses. 

Juniper berries are often employed for fumigation by throwing a 




UNITED STATES PHAHMACOPCEIA. 625 

handful on live coals, or on a hot stove or coal shovel, under the mis- 
taken notion that they are disinfectants when thus used. 

The fumes simply act by overcoming the sickening odors of the 
sick-room, substituting another scarcely less disagreeable smell. 

JUNIPERI FRUCTUS EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Juniper Berries. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

JUNIPERI INFUSUM. 
Infusion of Juniper Berries. 

From thirty grams (about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 

Dose. — Fifty to seventy-five cubic centimeters (12 to 18 fluidrachms), 
or about a wineglassful four or five times a day. 

JUNIPERI SYRUPUS. 

Syrup of Juniper Berries. 

Roob Juniperi. 

Pour five parts boiling water on one part bruised fresh juniper ber- 
ries, and macerate twenty-four to forty-eight hours. Express, let settle, 
strain, and evaporate to the consistence of syrup. 

Juniper berries contain about twenty-five per cent, sugar, which 
makes the syrup. 

Dose. — Teaspoonful to tablespoonful. 

Juniperi lignum. 

Juniper Wood. 

Occurs in chips of a light-yellowish color, fragrant with the odor of 
juniper turpentine. 

Used as an ingredient in alterative and diuretic teas. 
40 



626 



A COMPANION TO THE 






Juniperi Oleum ; 
U. S. 

Oil of Junipek. 

Ju niperi JEther 'oleum — 
Volatile Oil of Juniper, 
Oil of Juniper Berries. 

Description, etc. — See 
the Pharmacopoeia, page 237. 
The volatile oil distilled 
from the wood is very differ- 
ent from that distilled from 
the berries, which is valued 
at about four times as much. 
The oil of juniper wood is 
often sold under the name 
of oil of juniper ; but the 
oil of juniper, U. S. Phar. 1880, is always sold under the designation 
" Oil of Juniper Berries, Extra." 

Used occasionally as a carminative and diuretic. 
Dose. — 0.3 to 0.5 cubic centimeter (5 to 8 minims). 

JUNIPERI SPIRITUS ; U. S. 
Spirit of Juniper. 

Mix thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) volatile oil of juniper ber- 
ries and nine hundred and seventy grams (34 ounces 100 grains, or 
about 40-J- fluidounces) alcohol. 

Dose. — Two to four cubic centimeters (£ to 1 fluidrachm). 




Fig. 343. — Juniper Wood, transverse section, 
nified. 



JUNIPERI SPIRITUS COMPOSITUS ; U. S. 
Compound Spirit of Juniper. 

Mix ten grams (154 grains) volatile oil of juniper berries, one gram 
(15 grains) volatile oil of caraway, one gram (15 grains) volatile oil of 
fennel, and three thousand grams (105 ounces 360 grains, or about 125 
fluidounces) alcohol. Then add gradually enough water to make the 
whole product weigh five thousand grams (170 ounces 1G0 grains, meas- 
uring about 12 pints). 

Dose. — Ten to twenty cubic centimeters (2 to 5 fluidrachms). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



627 



Origin, 



Juniperus Virginiana. 

Red Cedar. 
Juniperus virginiana, Linne ( Coniferce). 
Habitat. — North America. 
Part used. — The young twigs. 
|l Description. — The twigs are about thirty millimeters 

™Hllii (1^ inch) long, having a four-sided appearance caused by 
the arrangement of the leaves, which, as in savin, are scaly. 
They have a bright green color, a terebinthinate odor, and a 
warm, bitter taste. 

Constituents. — Volatile oil, resin, etc. 
Medicinal Uses. — This substance is stated to have 
been sold in place of savin. Its action somewhat resembles that of the 
latter drug, and an ointment made with the leaves is sometimes used as 
a stimulating application to ulcers. 




Fig. 344. 
— Juniperus 
virginiana, 
enlarged. 



Kamala ; U. S. 

Kamala. 
JRottlerce Glandulce — Ifameela, E. 
Origin. — Mallotus philippine?isis i Mueller Arg. {Euphorhiaceos) . 
Habitat. — India, Arabia, etc. 
Part used. — The glands and 
hairs of the capsules. 

Description. — See the 

Pharmacopoeia, page 188. A 
fine, brown-red powder, insoluble 
in water ; soluble in alcohol, 
ether, chloroform, and alkaline 
solutions, with deep red color. 
Under the microscope kamala is 
seen to consist of irregular round 
glands, accompanied by colorless 
or brownish hairs arranged in 
stellate clusters. 

Constituents. — Nearly 
eighty per cent, resin, soluble in 
alcohol. An ethereal concentrated solution of kamala solidifies after a 
few days' standing into a crystalline mass of rottlerin — minute, yellow, 
needle-like crystals, which soon change on exposure. 




Figs. 345-348. — Kamala, enlarged, a, gland 
in water ; &, gland in dilute lye ; c. broken gland, 
with isolated vesicles ; d, stellate hair. 



628 A COMPANION TO THE 



Medicinal Uses. — Used as a tsenicide. It may be given with a 
small dose of hyoscyamus to prevent griping. 

Dose. — Four to eight grams (60 to 120 grains), to be repeated in a 
few hours, if necessary. 

KAMALA EXTRACTUM FLTJIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Kamala. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17J avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2J fluidrachms). 

Kino ; U. S. 

Kino. 

Origin. — Pterocarpus marsupium, Roxburgh {Leguminosai). 

Habitat. — East India. 

Part used. — The inspissated juice. 

Description. — See Pharmacopoeia, page 188. Small, shining, dark 
brown-red fragments, transparent in thin layers, with a ruby-red color ; 
brittle, yielding a dark-red powder. Inodorous. Has a sweetish, astrin- 
gent taste. Colors the saliva deep-red, and sticks to the teeth when 
chewed. Scarcely at all soluble in cold water ; almost entirely soluble 
in boiling water, and also in alcohol, forming ruby-red solutions ; soluble 
also in alkalies. The solutions have an acid reaction and give dirty 
green precipitates with ferric salts. 

Constituents. — Kinotannic acid is the most important substance 
in kino. There is also a crystalline, colorless, neutral substance, kinoin, 
in the drug, besides traces of pyrocatechin, kino-red (formed when kino- 
tannic acid is oxidized), etc. Pectin is also present, or is formed in so- 
lutions of kino, causing them to gelatinize when long kept. 

Varieties. — The official kino is the so-called Malabar kino. 

Another variety of kino of good quality is the Australian (New 
Holland), or Botany Bay, or eucalyptus kino, obtained from numerous 
species of eucalyptus. It contains gum instead of pectin, but like the 
true pterocarpus kino it gives dark-green precipitates with ferric salts. 

Then there is Butea or Bengal kino, and other kinds not met with 
in trade in this country. These form black precipitates with iron salts. 

Medicinal Uses* — Kino is a mild astringent much used in diar- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA, 629 

rhceas. It is frequently added to chalk mixture, and is indicated in 
those cases of diarrhoea accompanied by excessive acidity of the stom- 
ach or intestines, pyrosis, etc. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 1.5 gram (10 to 20 grains) in powder. 

KINO EXTKACTUM LIQUIDUM. 

Liquid Extract of Kino. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use two hundred and fifty grams (or its equivalent — 8|- 
avoirdupois ounces) of the drug, in No. 40 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Mix the kino with an equal bulk of clean sand of about the same 
fineness. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred grams (about 3f fluidounces) of 
the menstruum. Pack it in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate with 
menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13^ fluidounces) of the first 
percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to 
make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Each cubic centimeter of this fluid extract represents the soluble 
matter of one-half gram of the drug ; each fluidounce represents two 
hundred and twenty-seven and five-sixth grains ; and each fluidrachm 
nearly twenty-eight and a half grains. 

" Fluid extract of kino " of the same relative strength as other fluid 
extracts cannot be made. (See Liquid Extract of Aloes.) 

Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims). 

KINO TINCTURA; U. S. 
Tincture of Kino. 

Mix forty-five grams (1 ounce 260 grains) glycerin with one hundred 
and eighty grams (6 ounces 150 grains, measuring about 7£ fluidounces) 
alcohol, and forty-five grams (1-j- fluidounce) water. 

Triturate thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) kino in a mortar, adding 
gradually one hundred and fifty grams (about 5 fluidounces) of the 
above mixture, and continue the trituration until the whole is reduced 
to a smooth paste. Put this into a bottle, add the remainder of the 
mixture^ and macerate twenty-four hours, shaking it occasionally. Then 



630 A COMPANION TO THE 



filter, adding through the filter enough of a mixture of alcohol and 
water, in the proportion of seventy-five cubic centimeters (2-|- fluidounces) 
of alcohol to fifteen cubic centimeters (-J- fluidounce) water, to make the 
final product weigh three hundred grams (10 ounces 255 grains* measur- 
ing about 10 fluidounces). 

Dose. — Two to eight cubic centimeters (-J to 2 fluidrachms). 

KINO PULYIS COMPOSITUS ; B. 
Compound Powder of Kino. 

Triturate together until thoroughly mixed seventy-five grams (2 
ounces 282 grains) kino, in powder, five grams (77 grains) powdered 
opium, and twenty grams (309 grain«) powdered cinnamon. This pow- 
der contains five per cent, of opium. 

Used as an astringent opiate in diarrhoeas. 

Dose. — 0.3 gram (5 grains) or more, according to the quantity of 
opium it is desired to prescribe. m 

Krameria ; U. S. 

Krameria. 

Krameria} Radix — Batanhawurzel, G.; fiatanhia, F.; Patania, Sp. ; 
Patanhia-rot, Sw.; Phatany. 

Origin. — Krameria triandra, Ruiz et Pa von ; and Krameria to- 
mentosa, St. Hilaire (Polygalacece). 

Habitat. — South America. 

Part used. — The root. 

Description. — The official krameria is of two distinct kinds — the 
Peruvian or payta rhatany from krameria triandra, obtained from 
Peru and Bolivia ; and the so-called savanilla rhatany, from krameria 
tomentosa, coming from New Granada. 

Peruvian krameria is knotty, about twenty-five millimeters (1 inch) 
thick, branched ; the bark is externally blackish- or dark-red brown, 
irregularly fissured, more or less rough, interiorly lighter, coarsely 
fibrous. The wood is light, red-brown, tough. A transverse section 
shows the bark to be about one-sixth the total diameter. The bark is 
very astringent ; the wood almost tasteless. Both inodorous. Pieces 
of small diameter are always to be preferred because in large knotty 
heads the wood preponderates too greatly ; the bark, which contains the 
active matter, being proportionately thicker in about finger-thick pieces. 

Savanilla rhatany is less knotty or branched, shorter, from quill- to 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



631 



finger-thick, cylindrical ; bark 
externally chocolate-brown, or 
somewhat purplish, with scat- 
tered transverse fissures. It is 
more brittle than the Peruvian 
or payta rhatany, and the bark 
is about one-third the diameter 
of the transverse section. 

Mexican (or Texan) and 
Para (or Brazilian) rhatany 
resemble the official, but are of 
a darker color. The Para vari- 
ety is flexible. 

Constituents.— About 
twenty per cent, of kramerio- 
tannic acid is the active con- 
stituent. 

Medicinal Uses. — Krame- 
ria is a powerful vegetable 
astringent, used internally in 
chronic diarrhoeas, passive hem- 
orrhages, relaxed conditions of 
the mucous membranes, as in 
leucorrhoea or gleet, and locally 
as a mouth-wash for 
sore or spongy gums, 
or as an injection in 
leucorrhoea or gleet. 

It is not used in 
the form of powder. 

KRAMERLE AB- 
STRACTUM. 

Abstract of Kra- 
meria. 

Exhaust coarsely 
powdered krameria 
by percolation with 
water. Evaporate the 

percolate to a soft ex- Figs. 349-352. — Peruvian Krameria. a, transverse sections 
, . , of root and rootlet of same ; &, transverse section of Savanilla 

tract. Add powdered Krameria ; all natural size. 




632 A COMPANION TO THE 

milk sugar enough to make the whole weigh one-half as much as the drug 
exhausted. Then dry by low heat, and powder, adding sufficient milk 
sugar so that the final product shall represent twice its weight of the 
drug. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains). 

KRAMEKLE EXTKACTUM ; II. S. 
Extract of Krameria. 

Moisten five hundred grams (17J avoirdupois ounces) of krameria, in 
No. 30 powder, with one hundred and fifty grams (5 fluidounces) cold 
water. Pack it in a conical glass percolator, and percolate with cold 
water until the liquid that passes through is but slightly astringent. 
Heat to the boiling point ; strain ; and then evaporate at not above 
70° C. (158° F.) to dryness. 

Brittle, dark, reddish-brown. Yield about twelve per cent. 

If warm water is used, or a menstruum containing any alcohol, the 
extract will be more or less contaminated with resin, which, while in- 
creasing the yield, makes the product poorer. Properly prepared the 
extract makes a clear solution with water, especially when sugar is 
present, as in syrup. 

Dose. — 0.25 to one gram (4 to 15 grains). 

KRAMERIA EXTKACTUM FLUID UM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Krameria. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17J avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As & first menstruum use a mixture of two hundred grams (about 8£ 
fluidounces) alcohol, one hundred grams (about 3£ fluidounces) water, 
and one hundred grams (about 3 \ avoirdupois ounces) glycerin. 

As a second menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the propor- 
tion of one hundred grams (about 4-J- fluidounces) alcohol to every one 
hundred grams (about 3^- fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred grams (about 7J fluidounces) of 
the first menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. 
Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (12 fluidounces) of 
the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the second menstruum 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 633 

to make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

KRAMERIJE INFUSUM. 
Infusion of Keameeia. 

From thirty grams (about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 

Dose. — Twenty-five to seventy-five cubic centimeters (6 to 18 fluid- 
drachms). 

KRAMERI^E S YRUPUS ; U. S. 
Syeup of Keameeia. 

Mix three hundred and fifty grams (12 ounces 150 grains, or 11£ 
fluidounces) fluid extract of krameria with six hundred and fifty grams 
(22 ounces 400 grains, or 18 fluidounces) simple syrup. 

Dose. — Two to fifteen cubic centimeters (^ to 4 fluidrachms). 

KRAMERIA TINCTURA ; U. S. 
Tinctuee of Keameeia. 

Macerate sixty grams (2 ounces) krameria, in No. 40 powder, with 
diluted alcohol for forty-eight hours ; then pack it into a cylindrical 
percolator and percolate with diluted alcohol until three hundred grams 
(about 10| fluidounces) tincture has been obtained. 

Dose. — Two to ten cubic centimeters (^ to 2f fluidrachms). 

KRAMERIA TROCHISCI ; U. S. 
Keameeia Teoches. 

Mix thoroughly, by trituration, 6.50 grams (100 grains) extract of 
krameria, sixty-five grams (1,000 grains) finely powdered sugar, and 1.60 
gram (25 grains) powdered tragacanth. Then add gradually sufficient 
orange-flower water, and work the mixture into a mass, which divide 
into one hundred troches. 

Used in chronic pharyngitis, relaxed uvula, etc., in doses of one 
every hour or two. 



634 A COMPANION TO THE 

Lac. 

Milk. 
Milch, G.; Lait, F.; Zeche, Sp.; Mjolk, Sw. 

Description. — The specific gravity of milk is 1.030. It contains 
four per cent, fixed oil (butter), 4.2 per cent, milk-sugar, about four per 
cent, albuminoids, and less than three-fourths per cent, of phosphates 
and chlorides. 

Cream contains all of the butter and some of the albuminoids. 

Skim-milk contains most of the albuminoids, the milk-sugar, and 
the salts. 

Buttermilk contains the albuminoids, sugar, and salts of the milk, 
together with some lactic acid formed by the fermentation of the milk- 
sugar. 

Condensed Milk. — This is made by adding sugar to milk and evapo- 
rating at a comparatively low temperature to the consistence of a soft 
extract, which is then put up in tin cans, afterward hermetically sealed. 
It keeps very well. Pharmacists sometimes use it for making "cream- 
syrup " for their soda-water fountains. 

Condensed milk, properly diluted with warm water, is better for in- 
fants while teething or suffering from loose bowels than fresh cow's milk. 

Uses. — A nutritious and unirritating food. By avoiding the pres- 
ence of solid substances and restricting the patient to the use of milk, 
we give the various organs of digestion rest and allow a chance for the 
cure of inflammatory conditions. 

Buttermilk is an excellent and refreshing drink in various diseases, 
especially in dysentery. 

Ad libitum. 

KOUMYS 

is a fermented drink prepared from milk. The true original "koumys" 
is that made by the Russian Tartars from mare's milk. That article 
does not keep more than a week or two, and hence can be had only in 
Tartary, where it is all consumed. 

Imitations of the true koumys are made by fermentation from cow's 
milk with the addition of milk sugar, grape sugar, and yeast, and are 
probably improvements upon the original. The preparation when ready 
for use contains about two to three per cent, alcohol, one-half to two 
per cent, lactic acid, and a little milk sugar, besides fat, casein, and 
salts. It has a sweetish, acidulous taste. 

Uses- — It is diaphoretic, diuretic, and nutritive, and used in wast- 
ing diseases, such as phthisis, etc. 

Dose- — Ad libitum. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 635 

Lacca Resina. 

Shellac. 

Lack, Gummilack, G. ; Go?nme lacque> Lacque, F. ; Gummilacca, Sw. ; 

Lac. 

Origin and Habitat. — Lac is a resin which exudes from a number 
of East Indian trees when pierced by the insect Coccus lacca. 

Description. — Shellac is in thin sheets or fragments of a yellowish- 
brown or brown color, transparent or translucid, insoluble in water, 
entirely soluble in alcohol, odorless and tasteless. The lighter in color 
the better. 

Bleached, or white shellac, is obtained by treating the ordinary shel- 
lac with solvents, and afterward with chlorine or with sulphurous acid. 

Used for making sealing-wax, varnish, etc. 

Lactuca. 

Wild Lettuce. 

Lactuca? Herba — Giftlattich, G. ; LaAtue vireuse, F. ; Lechuga, Sp. ; 

Lactuk, Sw. 

Origin. — Lactuca virosa, Linne (Compositce). 

Habitat. — Europe. 

Part used. — The flowering herb. 

Description. — Has a branched stem, about one meter and over 
(from 3 to 6 feet) in height, pale green, often spotted, finally hollow. 
Leaves spirally arranged, light green, prickly on the under side over 
the veins. Flowers few, pale yellow. Odor narcotic, not very strong, 
but reminding of tobacco ; taste bitter, saline. 

Constituents. — The only important constituent is the mixed sub- 
stance called lactucarium, which see. 

Medicinal Uses. — Slightly soporific and anodyne. Seldom used 
except in the form of lactucarium. 

LACTIKLE EXTftACTUM. 

Extract of Lettuce. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the J>ilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twen- 
tieth part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. 



636 A COMPANION TO THE 

The Extract of Lettuce of the British Pharmacopoeia is made as 
follows : 

The fresh flowering herb is bruised in a stone mortar, the juice 
pressed out, heated gradually to 130° F., and the chlorophyll (or green 
coloring matter) is separated on a calico strainer. The strained liquid 
is heated to 200° F., to coagulate albumen, and is again strained. The 
filtrate is then evaporated to the consistence of thin syrup, to which is 
now added the chlorophyll previously separated, after which the whole 
is evaporated during constant stirring at not above 140° F. to a solid 
extract. 

Greenish-brown. Yield about four per cent. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 5 grams (2 to 8 grains). 

LACTIXLE EXTBACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Lettuce. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17J avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 

Lactucarium; U. S. 

Lactucarium. 
Lettuce Opium, E. ; Giftlattichsaft, G. 

Origin. — Lactuca virosa, Linne; Lactuca sativa, Linne ; and Lac- 
tuca scariola, Linne ( Compositce). 

H ab itat . — Europe. 

Character. — The hardened milk-juice of the plant. 

Description. — In broken pieces, showing the form of the vessel in 
which the juice was collected to harden. This is German lactucarium. 
It is grayish-brown externally, and yellowish-white, waxy within ; less 
hard and brittle than the English (Scotch) lactucarium, which is of an 
earthy brownish color, and in irregular angular pieces. Both kinds are 
good lactucarium if they have the strongly bitter taste and opium-like 
narcotic odor which properly belong to the drug. 

French lactucarium (thridace) is simply a blackish-brown extract of 
lettuce, obtained by the evaporation of the expressed juice of the plant. 
It is sometimes dry, but usually tough and sticky. It is very inferior, 
and should never be used as lactucarium. 

Constituents. — There is no complete solvent for lactucarium, the 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 637 

drug being a mixture of several substances differing widely in character. 
About one-half the weight of the drug is lactucerin (or lactucon), a 
tasteless substance, crystallizing in needles ; this is insoluble in water, 
but soluble in alcohol, ether, and oils, is probably inert, and resembles 
caoutchouc. 

The medicinally important constituents of lactucarium are about 
three-tenths per cent, lactucin, which crystallizes in pearly scales, is a 
neutral principle, soluble in alcohol, insoluble in cold water, slightly 
soluble in boiling water, and has a persistently bitter taste ; lactucopicrin, 
which is amorphous, soluble in water and in alcohol, and extremely bit- 
ter ; and lactucic acid, also bitter, amorphous, but crystalline after long 
standing. There is also a minute quantity of volatile oil in lactucarium, 
having the odor of the drug. 

Medicinal Uses. —Lactucarium is employed as an anodyne and so- 
porific or hypnotic. It is much less efficient and certain in its effects 
than opium, in place of which it is given when the latter drug is not 
well tolerated ; but it possesses the advantages of being free from the 
unpleasant after-effects of the stronger drug. Lactucarium is generally 
used in the form of a syrup, as an addition to cough-mixtures. 

The dose cannot be given with any degree of accuracy on account 
of the variable quality of the drug, but may be stated to be 0.5 to 4 
grams (8 to 60 grains) for an adult, or 0.06 to 0.1 gram (1 to 2 grains) 
for a child of two years. The average dose for an adult is about one 
gram (15 grains). 

LACTUCAKII EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM ; U. S. 

Fluid Extract of Lactucarium. 

Macerate five hundred grams (or 17§ avoirdupois ounces) lactuca- 
rium, in No. 20 powder, for twenty-four hours with five hundred grams 
(17§ avoirdupois ounces, or about 23 fluidounces) ether in a weighed 
flask. Then add fifteen hundred grams (about 51 fluidounces) water 
and shake well. Fix a bent tube, by means of a perforated cork, tightly 
into the neck of the flask, place the flask in a vessel containing hot 
water, and let the ether distil over into a suitable receiver. Then re- 
move the flask, shake the contents thoroughly, and continue heating for 
half an hour. Then let the liquid cool, add five hundred grams (17§ 
avoirdupois ounces, or nearly 21 fluidounces) of alcohol, and enough 
water to make the whole mixture weigh two thousand five hundred 
grams (88-J- avoirdupois ounces). Macerate twenty-four hours again, 
shaking occasionally, after which express and filter the liquid. Evapor- 
ate this liquid to about two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) and set 



G38 A COMPANION TO THE 

it aside. Put the residue back into the flask and macerate it with a 
mixture of two hundred and fifty grams (about 10^- fluidounces) of alco- 
hol and seven hundred and fifty grams (about 25^ fluidounces) water. 
Express again, and repeat the maceration and expression two or three 
times, each time with the same quantities of alcohol and water, mixed as 
before, until the dregs are nearly tasteless. Mix all the macerates (ex- 
cept the two hundred grams of concentrated extract obtained by the 
evaporation of the first macerate), filter the mixture, and then evapor- 
ate it to one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains). Mix this with the 
two hundred grams before obtained, which was set aside. Add two 
hundred grams (8-J fluidounces) alcohol. Let the mixture cool in the 
evaporating dish, stirring often, but keeping the vessel closely covered 
when not stirring* the contents. When cool, add enough alcohol to 
make the total weight of the mixture five hundred grams (17§ avoirdu- 
pois ounces). Pour it all into a bottle, and add enough water to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces) using 
that small quantity of water to rinse the evaporating dish. Let the 
mixture stand six hours, shaking occasionally. If a portion of the pre- 
cipitate should be tenacious the mixture must be shaken frequently. 
When a uniform mixture is obtained let it rest twenty-four hours to 
allow any precipitate to settle. Then decant the clear liquid, pour the 
sediment on a filter, let it drain thoroughly into the decanted clear 
liquid ; wash the precipitate on the filter with a mixture of alcohol and 
water made in the proportion of seventy-five grams (3^- fluidounces) 
alcohol to each one hundred grams (3f fluidounces) water, until the 
washings pass through tasteless. Evaporate the washings down to the 
consistence of syrup. Mix this with the decanted clear liquid, and add 
enough alcohol and water, mixed in the same proportions as for wash- 
ing the precipitate, as just described, to make the whole product meas- 
ure five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces). Let it stand twenty- 
four hours, stirring it occasionally. Then filter through paper. 

The object of this elaborate process is to obtain a fluid extract of 
lactucarium which will mix clear with water, syrup, or glycerin, and 
we have found it to accomplish that end very well. The mixture of 
this fluid extract with simple syrup appears perfectly clear by trans- 
mitted light, and is only slightly opalescent by reflected light. 

Each cubic centimeter represents one gram of lactucarium ; each 
fluidounce represents four hundred and fifty-five and two-thirds grains ; 
and each fluidrachm nearly fifty-seven grains. 

The dose is 0.12 to 1.25 cub^c centimeter (2 to 20 minims), accord- 
ing to age. It is used mainly for preparing the syrup and the glycerole 
of lactucarium. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



639 



LACTUCARII GLYCERITUM. 

Glyceeite of Lactucaeium. 

Glycerole of Lactucarium. 

Made as the syrup of lactucarium, except that glycerin is used in- 
stead of the simple syrup. 

Dose. — Eight to twelve cubic centimeters (2 to 3 fluidrachms). 

LACTUCARII SYRUPUS; U. S. 
Syeup of Lacttjcaeium. 

Mix twenty-five grams (386 grains) fluid extract of lactucarium with 
four hundred and seventy-five grams (16 ounces 330 grains, or about 
12f fiuidounces) simple syrup. 

Slightly opalescent by reflected light. 

Dose. — Eight to twelve cubic centimeters (2 to 3 fluidrachms). 

Laminaria. 

Laminaeia. 

La m in arice Stip ites — Sea- Tangle. 

Origin. — Laminaria digitata, Lamour (Algce). 

Habitat. — Along the coasts of the Atlantic Ocean. 

Part used. — The stem. 

Description. — Olive-brown, without joints or branches, fifty to 
two hundred centimeters (2 to 7 feet) 
long, several millimeters thick ; coarsely 
wrinkled longitudinally; cylindrical, some- 
what flattened ; elastic or horny ; usually 
covered with a thin film of salt. When 
soaked in water it swells, assumes a carti- 
laginous consistence and about four times 
its previous diameter. 

Sea-tangle tents are made from lami- 
naria by trimming it down to tapering 
pieces of various lengths and diameters. 

These swell proportionally even more section, dry; &, transverse section, 

i'U„„ vu l * ' -i. ij? ■ ••" £ after soaking in water. 

than the laminaria itself, on account ot & 

the removal of the outer membrane, which in the unpeeled laminaria 
arrests further enlargement as soon as the original natural size is reached. 
Sea-tangle tents are used like sponge-tents to dilate various open- 
ings, sinuses, etc., but mainly in gynaecological practice to dilate the 
mouth of the womb. 




Figs. 353-355, 
piece, natural size 



Laminaria, a short 
transverse 



640 A COMPANION TO THE 

Lappse Fructus. 

Lappa Fruit. 
Burdock Seed. 

Origin and Habitat. — See Lappse Radix. 

Description. — The achenes or fruits of Lappa officinalis are ob- 
long-, flattened, transversely wrinkled, about six millimeters (J inch) 
long, and three millimeters (-J inch) wide, grayish-brown ; pappus short, 
composed of numerous rough separate bristles, which generally fall off 
when the fruit is collected. Odor none ; taste bitter. 

Constituents. — Fixed oil, resin, some bitter principle, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — This substance has been highly recommended 
in chronic or inveterate psoriasis, and as a bitter tonic in atonic dyspep- 
sia. Best given in the form of fluid extract, made with diluted alco- 
hol as a menstruum, of which the 

Dose is one to four cubic centimeters (15 to 60 minims). 

Lappse Radix. 

Lappa Root. 

Bardanw Radix — Klettenwurzel, G. ; Bardane, F. ; Bardana, Sp. ; 
Kardborrerot, Sw. ; Burdock Boot. 

Origin. — Lappa officinalis, Allioni, and other species of Lappa 
( Composites). 

Habitat. — Europe; North America. 

Part used. — The root. 

Description- — Spindle-shaped, nearly simple, three decimeters (a 
foot) or more long, about twenty-five millimeters (1 inch) thick, often 
split lengthwise, fleshy, wrinkled longitudinally, dark grayish-brown on 
the outside, whitish within, usually showing cavities in the parenchyma, 
especially near the centre ; bark thick, internally whitish with brownish 
rays, separated by a dark circle (cambium line) from the wood. Odor 
slight ; taste sweetish, mucilaginous, bitter. 

Constituents. — A bitter principle, mucilage, sugar, inulin, and a 
little tannin, together with traces of volatile oil. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of sarsaparilla in chronic skin 
diseases, rheumatism, etc. Externally, in poultices or fomentations to 
chronic sores, hemorrhoids, and swellings. Best given in the form of 
fluid extract, made with diluted alcohol as a menstruum, of which 
the 

Dose is five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2£ fluidrachms). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 641 

Laurocerasus. 

Cheery-Laurel. 
Laurocerasi Folia — Firschlorbeerblatter, G. ; Feuilles de laurier-cerise, F. 

Origin. — Prunus JLaurocerasus, Linne (Rosacea!). 

Habitat. — Cultivated in Southern Europe. 

Part used. — The fresh leaves. 

Description. — Oblong, acute, sharply serrate at long intervals. On 
the under surface there are from one to three pairs of depressed glands 
near the base of the leaf. When bruised the leaves emit a bitter-almond 
odor ; the taste is aromatic, bitter. 

Constituents. — Laurocerasin — a compound of amygdalin and 
amygdalic acid — which, when isolated, is an amorphous white powder ; 
it forms hydrocyanic acid by the action of emulsin in the presence of 
water, a volatile oil (consisting of benzaldehyd) resembling oil of bitter 
almond being formed at the same time. Hence, when fresh cherry- 
laurel leaves are bruised and macerated with water, and then distilled, 
a distillate containing hydrocyanic acid is obtained. 

Medicinal Uses. — The action depends on the hydrocyanic acid 
produced as just described. The drug is given only in the form of 
cherry-laurel water. Externally the bruised leaves are sometimes ap- 
plied to relieve pain, itching, etc. 

LAUEOCEEASI AQUA. 
Cherry-Laurel Water. 

Cut and bruise twelve hundred grams (42 ounces 140 grains) cherry- 
laurel leaves ; add one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluid- 
ounces) alcohol, and three thousand six hundred cubic centimeters (7f 
pints) water. Introduce the mixture into a still, and distil off one liter 
(34 fluidounces) of product. 

Contains volatile oil of bitter almond and hydrocyanic acid, and is of 
about the same strength as bitter-almond water. 

Dose. — Two to four cubic centimeters (£ to 1 fluidrachm). 

Lauri Baccse. 

Laurel Berries. 
Lorbeer, G.; Fruits de Laurier, F.; Lagerbtir, Sw.; Bayberries. 

Origin. — Laurus nobUis, Linne" (Lauraceaz). 
Habitat. — Southern Europe. 

Description. — Brittle drupes, about eight to twelve millimeters 
H to -J inch) long, elliptic, oval, or round, externally olive-green or 
41 



642 



A COMPANION TO THE 



blackish-brown, irregularly finely wrinkled. The embryo lies loose in 
the large cavity formed by the shell, which consists of all the other parts 
of the fruit. Odor aromatic ; taste bitter, aromatic. 

Constituents. — About one-fourth per cent, volatile oil, one per 
cent, laurel camphor, twelve per cent, liquid fixed oil, contained in the 
fleshy part, thirty per cent, solid fixed oil (laurostearin), and twenty-six 
per cent, starch. The laurel camphor (laurin) forms colorless and odor- 
less but bitter crystals, readily soluble in boiling alcohol or ether. 

Medicinal Uses. — Stimulant and stomachic. Seldom used. 




Fig. 356.— Laurel Leaf, 
natural size. 



Lauri Baccarum -ffitlieroleum. 

Volatile Oil of Laueel BeEeies. 
Volatile Oil of Bayberries. 

Pale straw-colored, or colorless when fresh, has 
the odor of the fruit and a bitter taste. It has 0.88 
specific gravity, and solidifies already at 12° C. (54° 
F.). It consists of a camphene and eugenic acid. 
Occasionally employed externally in rheumatism, 
etc. 

Lauri Folia. 

Laueel Leaves. 
Bay-Leaves, Bay-Laurel Leaves. 

Origin. — Laurus nobilis, Linne (Lauracew). 

Habitat- — Southern Europe. 

Description. — See the figure. They have short 
stalks, are leathery, glossy, finely veined on the 
under side, marked by pellucid dots (oil glands), 
brownish -green, of agreeable aromatic odor, and 
bitter taste. . 

Constituents. — Volatile oil, some bitter sub- 
stance, and tannin. 

Uses. — Employed in cooking for flavoring. 



Lauri Oleum Ezpressum. 

Fixed (" Expressed") Oil of Baybeeries. 

Prepared by boiling the crushed fruit with water, and expressing. 
Tt has the consistence of a soft ointment, is granular from crystals of 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 643 

laurostearin, and has a fine green color from chlorophyll. Entirely solu- 
ble in ether. Alcohol extracts from it some volatile oil and the chloro- 
phyll. The oil is a mixture of a liquid and a solid fixed oil, volatile oil, 
and laurel camphor. It has the odor and taste of the drug. 
Used in ointments. 

LAUKI UNGUENTUM. 
Lattkel Salve. 

Melt three hundred and fifty grams (12 ounces 150 grains) suet, and 
add to it twenty grams (310 grains) rectified oil of amber, forty-five 
grams (1 ounce 257 grains) oil of turpentine, and five hundred and 
eighty-five grams (20 ounces 280 grains) fixed oil of bayberries. 
For external use in rheumatism, etc. 

Lavandula ; U. S. 

LA VENDEE. 

Lavandulae Flores — Lavendelbluthe, Gr.; Fleurs de Lavande, F.; La- 
vendel-blommor, Sw. 

Origin. — Lavandula vera, De Candolle (Labiatae). 

Habitat. — Cultivated. 

Part used. — The flowers only. 

Description. — Small ; blue-gray tubular calyx ; violet-blue corolla; 
odor fragrant ; taste aromatic, camphoraceous, bitterish. 

Constituents. — From one to three per cent, volatile oil, and some 
resin and tannin. 

Properties. — Stimulant, carminative. Seldom used internally, ex- 
cept as a flavoring agent. 

Lavandulae Florum Oleum; U. S. 

Oil of Lavender Flowers. 
Lavandulae Florum ^EJtheroleum — Volatile Oil of Lavender Flowers. 

The volatile oil distilled from the fresh flowers of Lavandula vera. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 238. 

This is far superior to the "oil of garden lavender," and the still poorer 
" oil of spike lavender." But there are still several grades and kinds 
even of the volatile oil of lavender flowers. That obtained from the 
flowers grown at Mitcham, in England, is very fine, and so is the Dau- 
phin oil of lavender from France (Grasse); but the two are sufficiently 
different and distinct not to permit their indiscriminate use, one for the 
other, in perfumery. 

Carminative in doses of four to five drops. 



644 A COMPANION TO THE 

LAVANDULAE SPIRITUS; U. S. 
Spirit op Lavender. 
Mix thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) oil of lavender flowers and nine 
hundred and seventy grams (34 ounces 95 grains) alcohol. 
The product measures about forty-two fluidounces. 
Dose. — Two to four cubic centimeters (-J- to 1 fluidrachm). 

LAVANDULAE SPIRITUS COMPOSITUS. 

Compound Spirit of Lavender. 
This preparation is now properly named Tinctura Lavendutee Com- 
posita. (See below.) 

Lavandulae Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil of Lavender. 
Lavandulae ^Etheroleum — Volatile Oil of Lavender ■, Oil of Garden 

Lavender. 

This is the volatile oil distilled from the whole plant or the flowering 
tops of Lavandula vera. It is much coarser than the oil of lavender 
flowers. 

Its odor should not be terebinthinous. 

A very inferior, greenish-colored, turpentine-like oil of spike laven- 
der is distilled from Lavendula spica, Chaix., and Lavendula stoechas, 
Linne. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 238. 

Carminative in doses of four to five drops. 

LAVANDULAE TINCTURA COMPOSITA ; U. S. 

Compound Tincture of Lavender. 

Spiritus Lavendulm Compositus, Phar. 1870. 

Mix eighteen grams (278 grains) cinnamon, four grams (62 grains) 
cloves, ten grams (154 grains) nutmeg, and eight grams (123 grains) red 
saunders, and reduce all to No. 20 powder. 

Dissolve eight grams (123 grains) oil of lavender, and two grams (31 
grains) oil of rosemary in six hundred and eighty grams (14 ounces, or 
about 28£ fluidounces) alcohol. 

Moisten the powdered drugs with the alcoholic solution of the vola- 
tile oils ; pack the moistened powder tightly in a cylindrical percolator, 
and percolate first with the remainder of the alcoholic liquid and after- 
ward with diluted alcohol until one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 
grains, measuring about 42 fluidounces) of tincture has been obtained. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 645 

It is to be regretted that the Pharmacopoeia prescribes the use of the 
volatile oil of the herb instead of the volatile oil of the flowers in this 
preparation. 

Dose. — Two to four cubic centimeters (J- to 1 fluidrachm). 

Ledum. 

Ledum. 

Ledi JSerba — Sumpf-forst, Wilder JRosmarin, G. ; Ledon, JRomarin 
sauvage, F. ; Squattram, JPors, Sw.; Marsh Tea, Wild Rosemary. 

Origin . — Ledum palustre, Linne (Ericacem) . 

Habitat. — Northern countries. 

Parts used. — The small branches, tops, and leaves, gathered when 
the flowers are half developed. 

Description. — The small branches of the bush are covered by rust- 
brown wool, and provided with oil-glands. The leaves are about twenty- 
five millimeters (1 inch) long, linear, leathery, wrinkled above, glandu- 
lous, hairy along the midrib, on the underside clothed with brown wool, 
covered with numerous glands, and showing the midrib prominently. 
The flowers are white, or pale yellowish after drying. Odor strongly 
aromatic, heavy ; taste camphoraceous, bitter. 

The drug must not contain any fruit, not even partly formed. 

Constituents. — Volatile oil, valerianic acid, ericolin, ledfrtannic 
acid, resin, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Said to be acrid-narcotic. Has been used in 
diarrhoea, dysentery, gout, rheumatism, and chronic skin diseases. Also 
used externally to destroy parasites. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains), in infusion, every two 
or three hours, 

Leonurus. 

Leonurus. 
Leonuri Herba — Motherwort. 

Origin. — Leonurus cardiaca, Linne (Labiatce). 

Habitat. — Northern hemisphere. 

Part used. — The flowering tops and leaves. 

Description. — Quadrangular stem, lower leaves round, sometimes 
heart-shaped at the base, five- or seven-lobed ; upper leaves oblong, 
pointed, three-lobed, wedge-shaped at the base. Flowers pale purplish. 
Odor aromatic, disagreeable ; taste bitter. 

Constituents. — Volatile oil, and some bitter substance not known. 

Medicinal Uses. — Motherwort is stated to be emmenagogue, ner- 



646 A COMPANION TO THE 



vine, and antispasmodic, and to be useful in amenorrhoea and dysmenor- 
rhea, due to exposure to cold, and to promote suppressed lochial dis- 
charges. It is furthermore used in nervous and hysterical pains, and 
complaints peculiar to females. 

Best given in the form of fluid extract, prepared with diluted 
alcohol as a menstruum, of which the 

Dose is two to four cubic centimeters (30 to 60 minims). 

Leptandra ; U. S. 

Leptandea. 
Leptandra^ Radix — Culver's Boot, Black Boot, Culver's Physic, E. 

Origin. — Leptandra virginica, Nuttall (Scrophulariacea3). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Parts used. — The rhizome and rootlets. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 190. 

Constituents. — A bitter principle called leptandrin (Wayne), 
which is not the eclectic preparation of that name ; also about six per 
cent, of resin, saponin, tannin, etc. 

The eclectic leptandrin is an alcoholic extract. 

Medicinal Uses. — Laxative, tonic, and cholagogue. Used in he- 
patic troubles, diarrhoea, and dysentery, to alter the character of the 
stools. 

Dose. — One to four grams (15 to 60 grains), best given as fluid 
extract. 

LEPTANDRJE EXTKACTUM; U. S. 
Exteact of Leptandea. 

As & first menstruum use a mixture of one thousand grams (41f fluid- 
ounces) of alcohol and five hundred grams (17 fluidounces) of water. 
Moisten five hundred grams (17f avoirdupois ounces) of leptandra, in 
No. 60 powder, with two hundred grams (about 8 fluidounces) of the 
first menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate 
with menstruum. Macerate twenty-four hours. Percolate to exhaus- 
tion or until one thousand five hundred grams (about from 56 to 60 
fluidounces) of total percolate has been received. Distil off the alcohol 
and evaporate the remainder to a solid extract. Add to it while still 
warm one-twentieth of its weight of glycerin, and mix thoroughly. 

Brown. New to the Pharmacopoeia. 

Practically the same product is obtained by evaporating the fluid 
extract to the pilular consistence, and then incorporating five per cent, 
of glycerin. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.10 gram (1 to 2 grains) three times a day. 



1 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



647 



LEPTANDR& EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM ; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Leptandea. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (about 8f fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3^ fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred grams (about 8 fluidounces) of 
the menstruum. Pack it moderately in a cylindrical percolator. Sat- 
urate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13 J fluidounces) of the Jirst 
percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 



Origin, etc. 



Levistici Fructus. 

Leyisticum Fettit. 
Zovage Seed. 
•See Levistici Radix. 




Fig. 357. — Levisticum Fruit, natural size, enlarged outer and inner surface, and transverse 

section enlarged. 

Flattened, elliptic, yellowish-brown, aromatic ; contains a volatile 
oil, and is sometimes used as a stimulant carminative. 



648 A COMPANION TO THE 

Levistici Radix. 

Levisticum Root. 
iAebstbckel, G. ; Liveche, F. ; Libsticka, Sw. ; — Lovage. 

Origin. — Levisticum officinale, Koch (Z/mbelliferw). 

Habitat. — Europe ; cultivated in Germany. 

Description. — The main root is ten centimeters (4 inches) or less 
long, and about four centimeters (If inch) thick, marked by trans- 
verse rings ; usually split lengthwise ; branches few, deeply wrinkled, 
long, soft, spongy, flexible. Bark light, yellowish-brown externally ; 
middle bark whitish ; wood yellowish, indistinctly radiated. Oil ducts 
few, scattered. Odor peculiar, strongly aromatic, reminding of an- 
gelica ; taste sweetish, aromatic, bitter. 

The nearly allied Ligusticum actceifolium, " Southern Angelica," is 
frequently sold as angelica, but is very much lighter in color. 

This drug is frequently attacked by insects. 

Constituents. — Volatile oil, resin, and bitter extractive. 

Medicinal Uses. — Stimulant, carminative, and stomachic. 

Dose. — One to five grams (15 to 75 grains) several times a day in 
decoction. 

Licheninum. 

LlCHENIN. 

Lichen Starch. 

A peculiar starch contained in Iceland moss and in other lichens. 
This starch-like substance is not deposited in granules as grain starches, 
but belongs to the cell walls. See under the titles " Amylum " and 
" Cetraria." 

Demulcent and nutritive. 

LICHENINUM SACCHARATUM. 

Saccharated Lichenin. 

Put sixteen hundred grams (56 ounces 192 grains) Iceland moss and 
100 grams (3 ounces 230 grains) potassium carbonate in a jar and cover 
them with water. Let stand twenty-four hours, stirring occasionally. 
Pour off the liquid, and then wash the lichen by affusion and decanta- 
tion of water until the alkaline and bitter taste is wholly removed. 
Boil the washed lichen with twenty liters (42 pints) water for four 
hours. Strain. Boil the residue once more with a fresh quantity of 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPGEIA. 



649 



water and strain again. Mix the colatures. Add six hundred grams 
(or about 21 ounces) sugar, and evaporate until the mass is tough and 
no longer adhesive. Then pull it into sticks and dry it. Weigh the 
dried product, and add to it enough sugar to make the total amount 
of sugar in the final product equal to the weight of the dried sticks, less 
six hundred grams (the sugar 



previously added). Powder. 

The preparation is to con- 
tain equal parts by weight of 
dried jelly and sugar. 

Dose. — Ad libitum. 

Limon ; 17. S. 

Lemon. 

Limone, G. ; Citron, F. ; Lim- 
on, Sp.; Citron, Sw. 

Origin. — Citrus JOimo- 
num, Risso (Aurantiacece). 

Habitat. — Cultivated in 
sub-tropical countries. 

Part used. — The fresh 
fruit. 

Description . — Oval, 
bright yellow, with nipple- 
shaped apex, glandulpus rind ; Fia 358. -Lemon, natural size, 
containing an agreeably acid juice. The rind is fragrant, bitter. Must 
be fresh and sound. 

Constituents. — See Limonis Cortex and Limonis Succus. Each 
lemon yields from twenty to thirty grams (f to 1 fluidounce) of juice. 

Medicinal Uses. — Used in the form of lemonade as a cooling 
drink to assuage thirst and reduce feverishness. Antiscorbutic. Also 
used in Hepatic troubles, " biliousness," etc. 

Limonis Cortex ; U. S. 

Lemon-Peel. 

Citronenschale, Limonenschale, G. ; ^Jcorce de citron, Zeste de limon, 
F. ; Citronskal, Sw. 

Part used. — The rind of the fresh lemon. 
Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 190. 




650 A COMPANION TO THE 



Constituents. — Volatile oil (oil of lemon) and a bitter substance 
called hesperidin. 

Quartered Lemon-Peel, with a thick, white, fleshy layer on the inner 
surface, is often met with in the trade, and is inferior, as the volatile 
oil is only found in the external thin yellow glandulous layer (the 
"flavedo"). 

Properties and Uses. — Used for flavoring purposes only. 



LIMONIS SYKUPUS ; U. S. 

Syrup of Lemon. 

Heat one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces) 
lemon juice to boiling ; add six grams (92 grains) lemon-peel, freshly 
grated, and let the mixture stand until cool. Filter, adding enough 
water through the filter to make the total filtrate measure one hundred 
and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces). In this dissolve one hun- 
dred and eighty grams (6 ounces 150 grains) sugar without the use of 
heat. Strain. 



LIMONIS CORTICIS KECENTIS TINCTUBA. 
Tincture of Fresh Lemon-Peel. 

Percolate five hundred grams (17f- avoirdupois ounces) of grated 
outer rind of fresh lemons with sufficient alcohol to obtain one liter 
(34 fluidounces) of tincture. 

This is used for flavoring elixirs, wines, tinctures, syrups, etc., for 
which purpose it is very useful. 

Limonis Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil of Lemon. 
Limonis JEtlier oleum — Volatile Oil of Lemon. 

Expressed volatile oil from fresh lemon-peel. 

For description and mode of preservation, see the Pharmaco- 
poeia, page 228. 

" Expressed " volatile oil of lemon (" zeste ") is much superior to the 
"distilled." 

Must have a neutral reaction. Should be kept in tightly corked 
bottles in a cool, dark place. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 651 

LIMOJSTIS SPIKITUS; U. S. 

Spirit of Lemon. 

Essence of Lemon. 

Mix thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) oil of lemon and four 
hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (15 fluidounces) alcohol. Macerate 
twenty grams (300 grains) of the grated outer rind of fresh lemons with 
the mixture for twenty-four hours. Filter the liquid through paper, 
adding enough alcohol through the filter to make the whole product 
measure five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces). 

Limonis Succus ; U. S. 

Lemon Juice. 

Citronensaft, Limonensaft, G. ; Sue de citron, F. ; Zumo de Union, Sp. ; 

Citrons aft, Sw. 

Description. — Lemon juice is a somewhat unclear thin juice, nearly 
colorless or very pale yellowish, of an agreeable odor and acid taste. 

Must be quite fresh. 

Constituents. — From seven to nine per cent, citric acid. 

Medicinal Uses. — Same as of citric acid, but is more pleasant to 
the taste. 

Linderse Cortex. 

LlNDERA BAKK. 

Spicebush Bark, Feverbush Bark, Wild Allspice Bark. 

Origin. — Benzoin odoriferum, Nees (Bauracece). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Description. — Thin quills or troughs, which are externally dark 
brown, dotted, glossy, and warty ; inner surface smooth, light brown. 
Has a pleasant odor, and an aromatic, pungent, and astringent taste. 

Constituents.— Volatile oil and resin. 

Nomenclature. — We have chosen the generic botanical name given 
by Meissner for this plant as the pharmacological name, in order to avoid 
confusion between this drug and the balsamic resin from styrax benzoin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Aromatic, stimulant, and tonic. A hot weak 
infusion is also diaphoretic, and may be taken ad libitum. 

Best given in the form of fluid extract, made with alcohol as a 
menstruum, of which the dose is two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 
75 minims). 



652 A COMPANION TO THE 

Linderse Fructus. 

Lindera Berries. 
Spicebush Berries, Feverbush Berries, Wild Allspice Berries. 

Origin, etc. — See p. 651. 

Description. — Oval, with a circular scar from the stem, nearly ten 
millimeters (f inch) long, externally dark- brown and rough. Contains 
a large white seed. Odor fragrant. Taste pungent, aromatic. 

Constituents. — Fragrant volatile oil. 

Medicinal Uses. — Action similar to that of the bark. The oil is 
used in flatulent colic as a carminative. The berries have been used as 
a spice. 

Linimenta. 

Liniments. 

Usually mixtures of fixed oils with volatile oils, or with alcoholic 
solutions of powerful remedies. They are liquid or semi-liquid. Some- 
times they do not contain any fixed oil. There are ten liniments in the 
new Pharmacopoeia. 

Liniments are used externally in painful rheumatic affections, glan- 
dular swellings, enlarged joints, etc. Sometimes they are simply in- 
tended to facilitate massage or the kneading of the affected parts by 
the hands. 

Linum ; U. S. 

Flaxseed. 

Linseed, E. ; Leinsamen, Flachssamen, G. ; Sentences de lin, F. ; Linaza, 
Semilla de lino, Sp. ; Linfr'6, Sw. 

Origin. — Linum usitatissimum, Linne (Linacece). 

Habitat. — Cultivated. 

Part used. — The seed. 

Description. — About four millimeters (J- inch) long, oval, flattened, 
brown, glossy ; swelling in water ; internally yellowish-white ; inodor- 
ous, mucilaginous, oily, disagreeable. 

Constituents. — About fifteen per cent, of mucilage is contained in 
the epithelium, or external coat ; there is from thirtv to nearly forty 
per cent, fixed oil in the embryo or inner portion of the seed. 

Medicinal Uses. — Demulcent and emollient. The virtue of the 
infusion of linseed depends mainly upon the warm water of the tea. It 
is sometimes used in bronchial and renal inflammations, and is given 
ad libitum. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 653 

LWI FAKINA. 

Flaxseed Meal. 

Linseed Meal, Ground Flaxseed. 

Description. — Freshly prepared ground flaxseed is the only kind 
to be used. It is oily, soft, of a pure, fresh linseed oil odor, and should 
yield at least twenty-five per cent, linseed oil to bisulphide of carbon. 
Flaxseed meal made by means of rollers is very satisfactory ; that made 
in mills which cut is harsh to the feel, and does not make so good a 
poultice. Mixed with warm water it forms an excellent emollient poul- 
tice, useful in inflammations, forming abscesses, and as a protective in 
burns, etc. It promotes suppuration. Large warm flaxseed poultices 
to cover the entire chest or abdomen are often of marked benefit in 
pleuritis, pneumonia, or peritonitis. 

LINI CATAPLASMA. 

Linseed Poultice. 

Stir two hundred and forty grams (8 ounces) of flaxseed meal grad- 
ually into three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) of boiling 
water, and then incorporate thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) of 
olive oil. 

LIKE IOTUSUM. 

Infusion of Flaxseed. 

From thirty grams (about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the whole drug 
make five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 
About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 
Dose. — Ad libitum. 

Lini Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil oe Flaxseed. 
Linseed Oil. 

Cold-pressed linseed oil is the kind prescribed. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 238. It dries to a 
transparent yellowish mass. When recently made by cold expression 
the oil is light colored, thin, and has no disagreeable odor or taste. 
Must not be dark, nor have a strong disagreeable odor. 

Constituents- — Chiefly linolein. 

Uses. — Seldom employed internally, but more often externally in 
liniments, etc. 



654 A COMPANION TO THE 

* — 

Linteum. 

Lint. 
" Patent Lint:'' 

This is a textile fabric of loose texture, in ■which the warp is linen 
and the woof cotton ; it is soft and woolly on one side. 

Used as a dressing to wounds, being usually first covered with cerate. 

Iiiquidambar. 

LlQUIDAMBAR. 

Sweet Gum. 

Origin. — Liquidambar styraciflua, Linne (Hamamelacece). 

Habitat. — North and Central America. 

Description. — A thick, brownish-yellow balsam, or a resin which 
softens from the warmth of the hand. Odor agreeable, reminding of 
storax ; taste aromatic, bitterish, pungent. 

Soluble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform, leaving only mechanical 
impurities undissolved. 

Constituents. — Three and one-half per cent, styrol, five per cent, 
cinnamic acid, styracin, and resin. 

Uses. — This domestic drug, when used at all, is used in the same 
manner and for the same purposes as storax, tolu, and benzoin. It cer- 
tainly deserves to be used more than the other balsams just named, 
because it is a domestic product ; but we fear that it is neglected chiefly 
because it is not imported. 

We Americans ought to follow the example of our English cousins 
in the matter of using our own drugs in preference to imported ones. 
If we do not use them ourselves no one else will, no matter how valu- 
able they may be. 

Liquores. 

Solutions. 

Solutiones. 

The official " liquores " are, with one exception, solutions of solids 
in water. The exception is the liquor guttae perchne. It is to be re- 
gretted that the pharmacopceial nomenclature still remains imperfect in 
so many little things, where the most trifling changes would at once re- 
move the obstacles in the way of the adoption of clearly definitive gen- 
eral titles for clearly distinct and harmonious groups of pharmaceutical 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 655 

preparations. A systematic nomenclature is one of the most valuable 
aids to intelligent pharmacy. If the art of pharmacy is to be at all 
scientific, if we are not merely cooks or shopkeepers, let us at least be 
systematic and orderly, even if it occasions such inconveniences as tak- 
ing liquor guttse perchae out of the group of aqueous solutions or solids, 
where it does not belong, and giving it a new name, such as collodium 
guttae perchas, or whatever may be deemed most intelligible and appro- 
priate. 

Liriodendron. 

LlRIODENDRON. 

Liriodendri Cortex — Wkitewood, Tulip- Tree Bark. 

Origin. — Liriodendron tulipifera, Linne (Magnoliacece). 

Habitat. — United States. 

Part used. — The bark of the younger branches. 

Description. — Quills or troughs about two millimeters (^ inch) 
thick ; purplish -brown, or blackish externally, with thin ridges, fre- 
quently cleft so as to form meshes ; smooth, whitish on the inner side ; 
fracture fibrous ; inodorous ; taste astringent, pungent, bitter. 

Bark from older branches is not so good, being less pungent. 

Constituents. — Tannin, resin, and liriodendrin, which is a white, 
crystalline, pungent, neutral principle, soluble in alcohol and in ether. 

Medicinal Uses. — Bitter tonic. 

Best given in the form of fluid extract, made with alcohol as a 
menstruum, of which the dose is four to eight cubic centimeters (1 to 
2 fluidrachms). 

Lithium. 

Lithium. 

A silver-white metal resembling potassium and sodium. It is the 
lightest of all metals, and floats on petroleum. 

Its salts resemble those of potassium and sodium, but are not as 
readily soluble, and color the spirit-lamp or blow-pipe flame beautifully 
crimson. 

Lithium salts are used in medicine chiefly on account of the low 
atomic weight of the metal, which makes its saturating power greater 
than that of the other alkali metals. Benzoate, bromide, chloride, 
citrate, and salicylate are soluble ; the carbonate and the hydrate dis- 
solve only to a very limited extent. 



656 A COMPANION TO THE 

Litliii Benzoas ; IT. S. 

Benzoate of Lithium. 
Lithicus Benzoas — Lithium Benzoate. 

Contains about ninety-five per cent, benzoic acid. 

White, granular or in scales. Either odorless or of an agreeable 
weak odor of benzoin. Taste sweetish, cooling. Soluble in four times 
its weight of cold water and in less boiling water ; also in about twelve 
parts alcohol. 

Medicinal Uses. — Both lithium and benzoic acid separately are an- 
tilithic, and the resulting salt should, therefore, on theoretical grounds, 
be especially valuable. We are not, however, prepared to assert this 
to be an established fact. The uses are similar to those of citrate of 
lithium. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.5 gram (2 to 8 grains). 

Lithii Bromidum ; IT. S. 

Bromide of Lithium. 
Lithicum Bromidum — Lithium Bromide. 
Contains over ninety-two and a half per cent, bromine. 
Granular, white, deliquescent, odorless, of a sharp, bitter, salty taste. 
Freely soluble in water and in alcohol. 
Must be kept in tightly closed bottles. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of citrate of lithium. Anti- 
Hthic, also used like other alkaline bromides in epilepsy. 
Dose. — 0.05 to 0.5 gram (1 to 10 grains). 

Litb.il Carbonas ; U. S. 

Carbonate of Lithium. 
Lithicus Carbonas — Lithium Carbonate. 

A light, white powder ; inodorous, alkaline. Requires one hundred 
and thirty times its own weight of water to dissolve it. Insoluble in 
alcohol. 

One hundred grains of lithium carbonate has the same saturation 
power relative to acids as two hundred and twenty-seven grains of sodium 
bicarbonate. As an antacid, therefore, the lithium carbonate has more 
than twice the power of the sodium bicarbonate. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar if not identical with those of citrate of 
lithium, as an antilithic. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.4 gram (1 to 6 grains). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 657 



Lithii Citras ; U. S. 

Citrate of Lithium. 
Lithicus Citras — Lithium Citrate. 

White, deliquescent, crystalline, odorless, of a somewhat salty taste, 
and neutral reaction. Soluble in five and one-half times its weight of 
water. 

Must be kept in well-closed bottles. 

Medicinal Uses. — Antilithic. Used in gout, and to dissolve acid 
urinary concretions in the kidneys or bladder. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.5 gram (1 to 10 grains). 

Lithii Salicylas ; U. So 

Salicylate of Lithium. 
Lithicus Salicylas — Lithium Salicylate. 

Contains a trifle over ninety per cent, salicylic acid. 

White, amorphous, deliquescent, odorless, sweetish, faintly acid. 
Freely soluble in water and in alcohol. 

Medicinal Uses. — Rich in salicylic acid and may be used whenever 
this substance is indicated. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.5 gram (2 to 8 grains). 

Litmus. 

Litmus. 

Lacca Ccerulea, Lacca Musica — Lackmus, G. and Sw. ; Tournesol, 

Laque Bleu, F. 

A blue pigment prepared from Roccella tinctoria, and other lichens. 

Occurs in small rectangular cakes, friable, indigo blue, of a violet 
odor, and somewhat saline, pungent taste. It imparts its coloring mat- 
ter (orcein) to water, and still more readily to alcohol. As it always 
contains chalk it effervesces with acids. 

LITMUS TINCTUKA. 

Tincture of Litmus. 

Triturate and dissol , r e thirty grams (1 ounce) litmus in three hun- 
dred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) diluted alcohol ,(1880). Filter. 

42 



658 A COMPANION TO THE 



BLUE LITMUS PAPEE. 

Blue Test-Paper. 

Dip pieces of white unsized paper in tincture of litmus and then 
dry. Acids and acid salts turn blue test-paper red. 

RED LITMUS PAPER. 

Red Test-Paper. 

Add very carefully, drop by drop, a minute quantity of diluted 
hydrochloric acid to tincture of litmus until it just turns red. Dip 
pieces of white, unsized paper in the reddened solution, anj3. then dry. 

Alkalies and alkaline salts turn red test-paper blue. 

NEUTRAL LITMUS PAPER. 

Neutral Test-Paper, 

Which will show both reactions for acid and for alkali, may be made as 
follows : Boil thirty grams (1 ounce) litmus in two hundred and twenty- 
five cubic centimeters (7-J fluidounces) water about twenty minutes, 
adding more water as required to make up for loss by evaporation. 
Divide the solution into two equal portions. Add to one of these por- 
tions, drop by drop, enough hydrochloric acid to barely turn the liquid 
red. Then add to it the other portion. Unsized white paper is slowly 
passed through the liquid, and then hung up to dry. 

Lobelia ; U. S. 

Lobelia. 
Lobelia Ilerba — Indian Tobacco. 

Origin. — Lobelia inflata, Linn6 (Lobeliacem). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Parts used. — The official drug consists of the leaves and tops, col- 
lected after the seed-capsules have become inflated. 

Description. — See Fig. 355. The herb is pale green, has a slight 
odor, and a burning tobacco-like taste when chewed. The powder is 
very irritating to the air-passages. 

Constituents. — The alkaloid lobeline is doubtless the active con- 
stituent. In the drug it is combined with lobelic acid. It is a light 
yellow, oily liquid, having a somewhat aromatic odor and a burning, 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



659 



acrid, tobacco-like taste ; soluble in alcohol and in ether. Its salts crys- 
tallize, and are soluble in water. In the seeds there is also about thirty 
per cent, of a drying fixed oil. 

The eclectic lobelin is not the alkaloid, but in the nature of a pow- 



dered extract. 




Figs. 359-362. — Lobelia Inflata, natural size ; flower, seed, and longitudinal section of seed, 

enlarged. 

Properties. — It is sialagogue, expectorant, emetic, narcotic, purga- 
tive ; in large doses, powerfully depressant. 

Its most valuable use is in asthma. 

Dose. — As an emetic, 0.5 to 1.5 gram (8 to 20 grains) ; or, as an 
expectorant, in much smaller doses. 



660 A COMPANION TO THE 

LOBELLE ACETUM ; U. S. 
Vinegar of Lobelia. 

One (1) part by weight of lobelia herb, in No. 30 powder, will make 
ten (10) parts by weight of the preparation, which is made by percola- 
tion, using a conical glass percolator, and using five (5) parts of the 
menstruum — diluted acetic acid — to moisten the drug before packing it. 

[The vinegar of lobelia obtained from one avoirdupi>is ounce of the 
drug will measure very nearly ten fluidounces.] 

In the previous edition of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia (1870) the vine- 
gar of lobelia was made about one-fifth stronger = one troyounce to 
eight fluidounces of finished product. In the present Pharmacopoeia 
(1880) the preparation represents ten per cent, by weight of the drug. 

The preparation is little used. It contains the alkaloid lobeline 
in combination with the acetic acid. 

Dose. — One to four cubic centimeters (15 to 60 minims). 

LOBELINE EXTRACTUM. 
Extract of Lobelia. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twenti- 
eth part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.30 gram (1 to 5 grains). 

LOBEKLE [I1EBJE] EXTRACTUM FLU1DUM ; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Lobelia [Herb]. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17J avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred grams (about 7-j- fluidounces) of 
the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate 
with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13£ fluidounces) of the first 
percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — 0.2 to 2 cubic centimeters (3 to 30 minims). 






UNITED STATES PHAttMACOPCEIA. 661 

LOBELIA INEUSUM. 
Infusion" of Lobelia. 

From thirty grams (about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

Dose. — Eight to twenty cubic centimeters (2 to 5 fluidrachms), as 
an emetic. One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims), or about a 
teaspoonful, as an expectorant. 

LOBELIJE TINCTUKA; U. S. 
Tincture of Lobelia. 

Moisten sixty grams (2 ounces) lobelia, in No. 40 powder, with sixty 
cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) diluted alcohol and macerate twenty- 
four hours ; then pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator and perco- 
late with diluted alcohol until three hundred grams (or about lOi- 
fluidounces) of tincture has been obtained. 

This tincture is thirty-three per cent, stronger than the tincture of 
lobelia of the old Pharmacopoeia (1870). 

Dose. — 0.5 to 3 cubic centimeters (10 to 45 minims). 

lobelle tinctura ^etherea. 

Ethereal Tincture of Lobelia. 

Macerate thirty grams (1 ounce) lobelia, in No. 40 powder, with one 
hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces) alcohol and one 
hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces) ether for seven 
days. Express and filter. 

Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims) as an anti- 
spasmodic. At one time this preparation enjoyed great reputation in 
the treatment of asthma. 

Lobelias Semina. 

Lobelia Seed. 

Origin, etc.— See Lobelia. 

Description.— About 0.75 millimeter (J^ inch) in length and 0.3 
millimeter (g 1 ^ inch) in breadth, dark brown, presenting under the mi- 
croscope a net-like pitted surface, as seen in Figure 355. They always 
accompany the official drug and furnish a good sign by which to iden- 
tify it. 

Constituents and Uses. — The same as of lobelia. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 1 gram (5 to 15 grains). 



662 A COMPANION TO THE 



LOBELIA SEMINIS EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Lobelia Seed. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 1 7 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 1.5 cubic centimeter (5 to 20 minims). 

Lolium. 

LOLIUM. 

Darnel. 

Origin. — Lolium temulentum, Linne (Graminacew). 

Habitat. — Asia and Europe. 

Part used- — The fruit or grain (caryopsis). 

Description. — Oblong-ovoid, about five millimeters (\ inch) long, 
smooth, pale brownish, interiorly white, inodorous, having a farinaceous, 
afterward bitterish taste. 

Constituents. — Fixed oil, starch, etc. It is not determined what 
constitutes the poisonous principle. 

Medicinal Uses. — Darnel is a narcotic poison, but has been medi- 
cinally employed only as an ingredient of poultices to relieve pain, etc. 

Lotiones. 

Lotions. 

These preparations are usually solutions in water, or in water with 
alcohol or glycerin, and are used for external application as washes, or 
by soaking lint in them and applying to the affected part. They are 
intended to influence deep-lying structures as well as the external sur- 
faces. 

Lupulinum ; TJ. S. 

LUPULIN. 

Jjuptdl Glandulce—Lupulina, Phar. 1870, Hopfenmehl, Lupulin, G.; 
Zaipuline, Impulite, F. 

Origin- — Ilumulus jUqiulus, Linne ( Urticacece). 

H ab itat- — Cultivated. 

Part used.— The glandular powder separated from the hops, 




UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 663 

Description. — A coarse, brownish-yellow, or orange-brown powder. 
Resinous, aromatic, bitter. Under the microscope the glands appear 
to have various forms, depending upon different positions on the slide. 
The general appearance is shown in Figure 363. Ether dissolves about 
seventy-five per cent. 

Constituents. — From two to three per cent, of volatile oil, resin, 
lupamaric acid, wax, etc. The volatile oil 
contains valerianic acid after long exposure. 
Hence lupulin acquires a disagreeable vale- 
rianic acid odor when old. 

Test« — Lupulin sometimes contains sand 
and other impurities to such an extent as to 
yield up to even forty per cent. ash. It 
should not leave more than eight per cent, of 
ash, and after shaking with water but little 
sediment should deposit when allowed to 
Stand. Fig. 363.— Lupulin Gland, en- 

Medicinal Uses.— Similar to those of larged ' 

hops, as the action of the latter depends on this drug. It is tonic and 
somewhat anodyne. Especially useful to allay irritation of the genito- 
urinary organs, as in priapism, painful erections in gonorrhoea, chordee, 
etc. It is also used to allay irritation of the bladder and seminal 
emissions. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 1 gram (5 to 15 grains). 

LUPULrNT EXTRACTUM. 

Extract of LtiPULrsr. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence. 
Brown. 
Dose. — 0.1 to 0.5 gram (2 to 8 grains) several times a day. 

LUPULIOT EXTKACTUM FLUID UM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Ltjpulin. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17| avoirdupois 
ounces) of the druc. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred grams (about 4J= fluidounces) of 
the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate 
with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 



664 A COMPANION TO THE 

Reserve three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (12 fluidounces) 
of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is ex- 
hausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — 0.3 to 1 cubic centimeter (5 to 15 minims). 

LUPUL1NI OLEOBESESTA ; U. S. 
Oleoresin of Lupulin. 

Pack one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains) lupulin firmly into 
a tall, narrow cylindrical percolator, provided with cover and receptacle 
adapted to operations with volatile liquids (see page 721), and perco- 
late it with stronger ether until fifteen hundred grams (52 ounces 400 
grains) percolate has been obtained, taking care that the percolation 
proceeds slowly. Recover about one thousand grams of the ether by 
distillation on a water-bath, and put the residue into a porcelain evapo- 
rating-dish and expose it until the remainder of the ether has evapo- 
rated away. 

Keep the product in a well-corked, wide-mouthed bottle. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.25 gram (2 to 4 grains). 

LUPULINI TINCTURA. 

TlXCTURE OF LUPULIN". 

Tinctura Isupulince, Phar. 1870. 

Moisten sixty grams (2 ounces) lupulin with alcohol, pack it in a 
cylindrical percolator, and percolate with alcohol until four hundred and 
eighty cubic centimeters (16 fluidounces) tincture has been obtained. 

This tincture is still used to some extent. It was dismissed from 
the new Pharmacopoeia. 

Dose. — Two to ten cubic centimeters (J to 2£ fluiclrachms). 

Lycoperdon. 

Lycoperdon. 

TucJcahoe, Indian Bread, Puff Ball. 

Origin. — Lycoperdon solidum, Gronovius (Fungf). 
Habitat. — The southern portions of the United States. 
Description. — Large, irregularly shaped, but ordinarily more or 
less globular bodies of from a few ounces to several pounds in weight. 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 



665 



Externally grayish-black, rough, wrinkled ; interiorly whitish, mealy, 
spongy, tough, fissured. Odor faint ; taste insipid. 

Constituents. — Pectose, cellulose, etc. 

Medicinal Properties and Uses. — Said to be narcotic, but is, 
nevertheless, also stated to be, or to have been, used as food. The pow- 
dered fungus has been used as a haemostatic. 

Lycopodium ; TJ. S. 

Lycopodium. 

Lycopodii Sporidia — Barlappsamen, Streupulver, Hexenmehl, G. ; Ly- 
copode, F. ; Gul JVicht, Sw. 

Origin. — Lycopodium clavatum, Linne ; and other species of Ly- 
copodiu m (Lycopodiaceoe). 

Habitat. — Russia, Germany, Switzerland, etc. 

Part used. — The sporules. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 212. 




Fig. 364. — Lycopodium and Pinepollen, magnified. 

A very fine, mobile, pale yellow powder, inodorous and tasteless. It 
floats on water and is not wetted unless first boiled with it, or treated 
with alcohol or ether, or subjected to long-continued trituration. After 
such treatment it sinks in water at once. It is readily moistened by 



666 A COMPANION TO THE 



oils, alcohol, benzol, chloroform, and ether. Under strong trituration 
the granules cohere, assume a grayish tint, and afterward leave an oily 
stain on paper. It adheres to the fingers. Ignites and burns with a 
sizzling noise when throw r n into a flame. Under the microscope the 
particles have the appearance shown in the illustration. 

Must be free from pine pollen (the appearance of which is also 
shown in the illustrations), starch, sand, and other impurities. No 
strong odor should be developed when the lycopodium is burned. Sand 
is frequently found in lycopodium, and that impurity should condemn 
the article. 

Constituents. — Contains forty-seven per cent, of a bland fixed oil, 
and should leave only about four per cent. ash. A larger percentage of 
ash indicates mineral impurities (sand). 

Uses. — For dusting excoriated surfaces, to cover and protect them. 
Also as a conspergative for pills, troches, and plasters, to prevent ad- 
hesion, for which purpose lycopodium has no superior. 

Lycopus. 

Lycopus. 
JLycopodis Herba — Bugleweed, Sweet Bugle. 

Origin. — Lycopus xnrginicus, Linne (Labiatce). 

Habitat- — Canada and the northern parts of the United States. 

Part used- — The whole flowering herb. 

Description. — Stems smooth, quadrangular, from twenty-five to 
fifty centimeters (10 to 20 inches) high ; leaves opposite, entire, elliptic- 
lanceolate, toothed, glandulous beneath. Flowers small, purplish. Odor 
somewhat mint-like ; taste aromatic, pungent. 

Constituents. — Volatile oil, and probably a little resin and tannin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Said to be astringent and sedative. Has been 
given to reduce the force and frequency of the pulse, to allay cough, 
and arrest hemorrhage from the lungs. 

Best given in the form of fluid extract, made with diluted alcohol 
as a menstruum, of which the dose is four to fifteen cubic centimeters 
(1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

Maris ; U. S. 

Mace. 

Muskatbluthe, G. ; Fleur de muscade, F. ; Macias, Sp. ; Mushotblom- 

ma, Sw. 

Origin- — Myristicafragrans, Houttuyn {Myristicacece) . 
Habitat. — Cultivated on several East India islands. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



667 



Part used. — The arillus of the fruit. 

Description. — The fleshy covering of the nutmeg constitutes the 
mace. It is formed as seen in the illustrations, has an orange-red, oily 
appearance, is very fragrant, and has a spicy taste. 




Figs. 365-367.— Mace, surrounding Nutmeg; dry as in the drug; and softened in water 
and expanded ; all natural size. 

Constituents. — From four to nine per cent, of volatile oil. Also 
two kinds of fixed oil, one yellow and the other red. 

Medicinal Uses. — Stimulant, carminative, and spice. 
Dose. — 0.5 to 1.5 gram (8 to 22 grains). 



Macidis JEtheroleum. 

Volatile Oil of Mace. 

Oil of Mace, 

Colorless, or very pale yellowish, aromatic, soluble in alcohol, closely 
resembling the volatile oil of nutmeg, and probably identical with it. 



668 A COMPANION TO THE 



Magnesium. 

Magnesium. 

A silver-white malleable metal, which may be ignited, and burns in 
the air with a strong light. Its specific gravity is only 1.75. 

Its salts are colorless or white. 

Soluble are : Chloride, sulphate, nitrate, citrate, tartrate, and acetate. 
The carbonate is insoluble. 

Salts of magnesium with inorganic acids, if soluble, are bitter. 

Magnesia ; U. S. 

Magnesia. 

Magnesia TIsta — Gebrannte Magnesia, G.; Magnesie, Magnesie cal- 
cinee, F. ; Oxido Magnesico, Magnesia calcmada, Sp. ; Magnesium- 
oxid, Sw. ; Light Magnesia, Calcined Magnesia, Magnesium Oxide. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 212. 

When one gram (15 grains) of the magnesia is well stirred with fif- 
teen grams (J fluidounce) water in a beaker glass, and the mixture is 
allowed to stand half an hour, a gelatinous-looking mass, consisting of 
magnesium-hydrate, is formed, which is of sufficient firmness to remain 
in the beaker when turned upside down. 

This magnesia, then, is a very different preparation from the light 
calcined magnesia familiar to us in this country, and heretofore official. 
Ordinary calcined magnesia is heated to such a high temperature that 
all the carbonic acid is expelled, and the product is not only less readily 
soluble in acids, but hardly acted on at all by water. The Pharmaco- 
poeia prescribes a test which requires the absence of carbonate. This is 
inconsistent with the official description of the properties of the prepara- 
tion, for it cannot be made perfectly free from carbonate without the 
use of very high heat, which almost invariably destroys its ability to 
combine with water (become hydrated) and form a gelatinous mass as 
described. At the same time no considerable effervescence with dilu- 
ted acids should be allowed. 

An anhydrous magnesium carbonate, with some magnesium oxide, 
may be readily obtained by calcination for a short time, which forms a 
gelatinous mass with water ; but it is largely carbonate and does not 
retain its property of gelatinizing. What the Pharmacopoeia intends 
to be used is a magnesium oxide which readily combines with water 
(hydrates), is easily soluble in very dilute acids and in the acid liquids 
of the stomach, and thus medicinally more effective than a " dead-burnt " 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 669 

magnesium oxide, which is scarcely at all acted on by any of these 
liquids, and hence is not as desirable an antacid as even the magnesium 
carbonate. 

To attain the object nearly all the carbonic acid may be driven off, 
but not quite all. A slight effervescence with diluted acid ought, there- 
fore, not to be objected to. 

" Light Magnesia " should be kept in small well-closed bottles, the 
corks being dipped in melted paraffin. It readily absorbs carbonic 
acid and water from the air if not well protected, and is then spoiled. 

Light magnesia is much more prompt in its action than the ordinary 
light calcined magnesia, or the heavy magnesia. 

Medicinal Uses. — Magnesia is antacid, and is used in heartburn, 
etc. Also generally employed as a mild laxative. 

Dose.. — As an antacid, 0.5 to 1 gram (8 to 15 grains); as a laxative, 
two to three grams (30 to 45 grains). 

" Magnesia Milk " is a mixture of the light calcined magnesia with 
water. 

MAGNESIA TROCHISCI ; U. S. 

Magnesia Troches. 

Triturate together 19.50 grams (300 grains) magnesia; one gram (15 
grains) nutmeg, in powder, and 58.50 grams (900 grains) powdered 
sugar, until thoroughly mixed. Then form a proper mass by incor- 
porating a sufficient quantity of mucilage of tragacanth, and divide it 
into one hundred troches. 

Magnesia Ponderosa ; IT. S. 

Heavy Magnesia. 
Heavy Calcined Magnesia. 

Prepared by calcining the heavy variety of magnesium carbonate. 
It is smoother and considerably heavier than the " Light Magnesia," 
but is not a heavy powder. When mixed with water it does not absorb 
or combine with it, and turn into a gelatinous mass, as the light magnesia 
does. The statement of the Pharmacopoeia that magnesia ponderosa 
is a dense powder, "corresponding in all other properties with mag- 
nesia," is, therefore, erroneous in that particular. 

Heavy magnesia is much slower in its action than even the ordinary 
light calcined magnesia, which in turn acts far less promptly than the 
new official light magnesia. 

Uses. — Like those of magnesia. 



670 A COMPANION TO THE 



Magnesii Acetas. 

Magnesium Acetate. 
Magnesicus Acetas. 

Prepared by dissolving sixty grams (2 ounces) magnesium carbonate 
in a sufficient quantity of acetic acid, filtering the solution, and evapor- 
ating it to dryness. 

Description. — Amorphous, white, sticky, soluble in water and iu 
alcohol, bitterish. If the solution prepared as described above be 
evaporated until only one hundred and fifty grams (5 ounces) remains, 
a colorless syrupy liquid will be obtained. 

Uses. — Laxative. Seldom employed. 

Dose. — Eight to thirty grams (J to 1 ounce). 

Magnesii Carbonas ; U. S. 

Carbonate of Magnesium. 

Magnesicus Carbonas — Magnesium Carbonate ; Magnesia Carbonica, 

Magnesia Alba — Weisse Magnesia, Kohlensaure Magnesia, G. ; 

Carbonate de magnesie, Magnesie blanche^ F.; Subcarbonato de 

magnesia, Sp. ; Magnesia, Sw. ; Carbonate of Magnesia^ Light 

Magnesium Carbonate. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 213. 

It yields about 28.9 per cent, magnesium oxide when calcined until 
all traces of carbonic acid have been driven off. It contains about thir- 
teen per cent, of water. 

Uses. — Like those of calcined magnesia. 

Dose. — As an antacid, one to two grams (15 to 30 grains) ; as a 
laxative, two to eight grams (30 to 120 grains). 

MAGNESDE ET ASAFCETID^E MISTUKA ; IT. S. 

Mixture of Magnesia and Asafostida. 

Dewetfs Carminative. 

Triturate twenty -five grams (386 grains) magnesium carbonate and 
fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) sugar with thirty-five grams (1 ounce 
100 grains, or 11£ fluidrachms) tincture of asafcetida and five grams (77 
grains) tincture of opium ; then add gradually enough distilled water 
to make the whole product weigh five hundred grams (17 ounces 280 
grains). 

Carminative and antacid. Useful \i\ flatulent colic, etc. 

Dose. — Teaspoon ful to tablespoon ful, repeated if necessary. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 671 

MAGNESIA MISTUEA CAEMHSTATIVA ; Dalby. 
Dalby's Carminative. 

Triturate together, until mixed, 0.25 cubic centimeter (4 minims) 
volatile oil of caraway, and the same quantity each of volatile oil of 
fennel and volatile oil of peppermint, seventy grams (2 ounces 200 
grains) magnesium carbonate, and one hundred and eighty grams (6 
ounces 150 grains) sugar. Add gradually and during constant tritura- 
tion five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces) water. Finally add 
thirty-four cubic centimeters (1^- fluidounce) tincture of opium, three 
grams (46 grains) carbonate of potassium, and enough water to make the 
whole measure one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces). 

Must be thoroughly shaken when to be dispensed or used. Each 
fluidounce contains one and one-half .grain of opium. 

Dose. — Dessertspoonful to tablespoonful. 

Magnesii Citras Granulatus ; IT. S. 

Granulated Citrate of Magnesium. 

Crush three hundred and thirty grams (11 ounces 280 grains) citric 
acid to coarse powder in a Wedgewood mortar ; add one hundred and 
ten grams (4 ounces 256 grains) magnesium carbonate, and a sufficient 
quantity of distilled water, and mix the whole intimately, reducing it to 
a thick paste. Dry this paste at not over 30° C. (86° F.), and then re- 
duce it to a fine powder. Mix the powder thoroughly with eighty grams 
(2 ounces 360 grains) powdered sugar, three hundred and seventy grams 
(13 ounces 22 grains) sodium bicarbonate, and one hundred and fifty 
grams (5 ounces 130 grains) of previously finely powdered citric acid. 
Dampen the whole with (a sufficient quantity of) alcohol, and rub the 
damp mixture through a No. 20 sieve, made of tinned iron, so that a 
coarse granular powder is obtained. Then "dry it in a moderately 
warm place." 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 214. 

Preservation. — Must be kept in well-corked bottles, the corks be- 
ing first dipped in melted paraffin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Laxative and refrigerant. Useful in febrile 
conditions. 

Dose. — Eight to thirty grams (^ to 1 ounce). 



672 A COMPANION TO THE 



MAGNESII OITEATIS LIQUOR; U. S. 
Solution of Citrate of Magnesium. 

Dissolve one hundred and fifty-six grams (2,400 grains) citric acid 
in one thousand four hundred and forty grams (about 3 pints) water, 
add three hundred and twelve grams (4,800 grains) carbonate of mag- 
nesium, and stir until all is dissolved. Filter. Divide the filtered solu- 
tion equally between twelve " citrate of magnesia bottles." ■ Add to 
each bottle eighty grams (about 2 fluidounces) syrup of citric acid. 
Then add enough boiled and filtered water to nearly fill the bottles. 
Finally put into each bottle two grams (30 grains) bicarbonate of potas- 
sium, in crystals, cork immediately, and tie over with twine. 

The quantity of bicarbonate of potassium is hardly sufficient ; 2.65 
grams (or 40 grains) would be better. "Citrate of magnesia" should be 
kept in a cool place, the bottles lying on their sides. 

Medicinal Uses. — This is one of the most useful and certainly 
most pleasant of saline purgatives, and is a deservedly popular remedy. 
As a full purgative the contents of a bottle may be taken at once ; as a 
laxative, in three or four equal potions at intervals of an hour or two 
until the desired effect is produced. 

Maguesii Sulphas; U. S. 

Sulphate of Magnesium. 

Magnesicus Sulphas ; Magnesium Sulphate. — Magnesia Sulphur 'ica, Sal 
Amarum, Sal Anglicum — Bitter salz, Schwefelsaure Magnesia, G. ; 
Sulfate de Magnesie, Sel d> Epsom, Sel de Sedlitz, Sel Amer, F. ; 
Sidfato Magnesico, Sp.; Svafvelsyrad Talk, Engelskt Salt, Sw.; 
Epsom Salt. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 214. 

If it contains magnesium chloride it is moist ; but pure magnesium 
sulphate effloresces. A considerable quantity of the salt can be dis- 
solved in a much diluted alcohol. 

A solution of magnesium sulphate is capable of dissolving recently 
precipitated magnesium carbonate. 

Medicinal Uses. — Sulphate of magnesia is a popular saline purga- 
tive, much used in constipation, febrile affections, etc. 

It is useful in the constipation and griping of lead-poisoning, and 
may also be given to relieve the straining at stool in dysentery. 

1 " Citrate of magnesia bottles " are usually of the capacity of three hundred and 
fifty cubic centimeters (12 fluidounces). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 673 

Often combined with senna. 

Dose. — Ten to thirty grams (^ to 1 ounce) in solution. 

Solution for Dispensing Purposes. — Dissolve two hundred grams 
(7 ounces 24 grains avoirdupois) of the magnesium sulphate in enough 
distilled water to make the finished solution measure four hundred cubic 
centimeters (13^ fluidounces). Filter. 

Each cubic centimeter of the solution contains one-half gram of the 
salt ; one hundred and five minims contains fifty grains. 

MAGNESIA SULPHAT1S ENEMA; B. 
Enema of Magnesium Sulphate. 

Dissolve thirty grams (1 ounce) magnesium sulphate in four hun- 
dred and fifty cubic centimeters (15 fluidounces) mucilage of starch, add 
thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) olive oil, and shake well. 

For one injection. Purgative. 

Magnesii Sulphis ; U. S. 

Sulphite of Magnesium. 
Magnesieus Sxdphis ; Magnesium Sulphite. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 215. 

Changes into sulphate of magnesium on exposure, and must, there- 
fore, be kept in well-closed bottles — best in bottles holding only about 
two hundred and fifty grams (8 ounces 358 grains) each. The corks 
should be dipped in melted paraffin before being inserted. 

The salt is used for the same purposes as other sulphites and on ac- 
count of the sulphurous acid it contains. 

The dose is one to two grams (15 to 30 grains). 

Magnolia ; U. S. 

Magnolia. 

Origin. — Magnolia glauca, Magnolia acuminata, and Magnolia 
tripetala, Linne (Magnoliacece). 
Habitat.— The United States. 
Part used.— The bark. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 215. 
Young bark is better than the old. 

Constituents. — A neutral principle, called magnolin, which is crys- 
talline, has an acrid irritant taste, is insoluble in water, but soluble in 
43 



674 A COMPANION TO THE 

alcohol. It also contains a soft, pungent resin, some volatile oil, and 
tannin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Bitter aromatic tonic. 

Best given in the form of fluid extract, made with alcohol as a 
menstruum, of which the dose is two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 
75 minims). 

Majorana. 

Sweet Marjoram. 
Meiran, G. ; Marjolaine, F. ; Mejram, Sw. 
Origin. — Origanum Majorana, Linne (Labiatce). 
H ab itat. — Cultivated. 
Part used. — The herb. 

Description. — The leaves are glandulous, grayish-green, soft, hairy. 
Flowers whitish or pale pink. Fragrant, aromatic, pungent. 

Constituents. — A yellowish-green volatile oil, and some tannin. 
Properties. — Stimulant, carminative, emmenagogue. 
Dose. — Five to ten grams (60 to 150 grains) in infusion. 

MAJOKA1SLE UKGUENTUM. 

Ointment of Sweet Marjoram. 

Moisten sixty grams (2 ounces) sweet marjoram with about sixty 
cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) alcohol, and set it aside in a covered 
vessel for a few hours. Then put it in a porcelain evaporating dish, add 
three hundred grams (10 ounces) lard, and digest on water-bath until 
the alcohol is dissipated. Express and strain. 

Fresh sweet marjoram makes a much nicer ointment than the dried, 
and when the fresh herb is used the use of alcohol should be omitted. 

Maltum; IT. S. 

Malt. 

The malted seed of Hordeum distichon, Linne. 

Must be fresh, of a pale amber color (not darker); has an agreeable 
odor, and sweet taste. 

Constituents. — The process of malting — simultaneous exposure to 
moisture and heat — produces in the grain a ferment which has received 
the name of diastase, and which at an elevated temperature possesses the 
power of causing the rapid conversion of starch into dextrin, and finally 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. G75 

into glucose. Malt of good quality contains about sixty-five per cent, of 
soluble matters, which it yields to boiling water, forming a dark-brown 
infusion. 

Proust found in malt fifty-six per cent, starch, fifteen per cent, sugar, 
and fifteen per cent, gum (dextrin ?). 

MALTI EXTRACTUM ; U. S. 
Extract of Malt. 

Pour five liters (about 11 pints) of water upon five thousand grams 
(about 11 pounds) of malt, ground not finer than No. 12, and mace- 
rate six hours. Then add twenty liters (about 44 pints) water 30° C. 
(86° F.) warm, and digest in water-bath at not above 55° C. (131° F.) 
for an hour. Strain and press out all the liquid from the residue. 
Evaporate the strained liquid on a water-bath, or by means of a vacuum 
apparatus, at a temperature not above 55° C. (131° F.) as rapidly as 
practicable to the consistence of thick honey. 

Must be kept in tightly closed vessels in a cool place. 

Medicinal Uses. — Extract of malt contains all the nutritive sub- 
stances of malted barley. It also contains a peculiar ferment, diastase, 
which resembles the ptyalin of the saliva, and possesses the property of 
rendering starch soluble and easily assimilated. Owing to the diastase 
(maltin), this preparation is of great value in aiding and promoting the 
digestion of amylaceous food. Its use is indicated in chronic wasting 
diseases, general debility, and nervous exhaustion, whether of a tempo- 
rary character or depending on organic diseases such as consumption. 

Malt extract is often combined with other remedies, as with cod- 
liver oil, phosphate of iron, hops, hypophosphite of calcium, pepsin, 
pepsin and lactic acid, etc. 

The use of some of these combinations is indicated in anaemia, gen- 
eral apepsia, rickets, or for the nourishment of nursing women, etc. 

Dose. — A teaspoonful to a tablespoonful for adults. Best taken at 
meal-time, in soup, milk, wine, or beer. It may also be taken pure. 

Manganum. 

Manganese. 
Manganesium. 

A metal resembling iron in its chemical combinations. It occurs 
chiefly in native black oxide of manganese. 

Manganous salts are either white or pale pink. The sulphate, chlo- 
ride, and iodide, are soluble in water. 



676 A COMPANION TO THE 

Medicinal Uses. — The salts of manganese are occasionally used 
in the same kinds of cases in which salts of iron have been found of 
benefit. 

Mang-ani Carbonas. 

Carbonate of Manganese. 
Manganosus Carbonas; Manganous Carbonate. 

May be prepared by precipitation from a sweetened solution of sul- 
phate of manganese with a solution of sodium carbonate in a manner 
similar to the precipitating of ferrous carbonate for making the saccha- 
rated carbonate of iron. The precipitate, after having been well washed, 
is to be dried between blotting-paper, at a moderate heat, as rapidly as 
possible, and kept in bottles tightly closed with corks dipped in melted 
paraffin. 

It is a pale pinkish brown, or nearly white powder, odorless, taste- 
less, insoluble in water, but soluble in carbonic-acid water. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.5 gram (2 to 8 grains). 

Mangani Chloridum. 

Chloride of Manganese. 

Manganosum Chloridum ; Manganous Chloride. 

This salt may be obtained from the liquid residue left in the genera- 
tor after making chlorine water. It is purified by recrystallization. 
Pale rose-colored crystals, soluble in water and in alcohol. 
Has been used externally to stimulate ulcers, etc. 

Mangani Hypophospliis. 

Hypophosphite of Manganese. 
Manganosus Hypophospliis ; Manganous Hypophosphite. 
A pale rose-tinted, nearly white, powder, insoluble in water. 
Dose. — 0.1 to 1 gram (2 to 15 grains). 

Mang-ani Iodidum. 

. Iodide of Manganese. 
Manganosum Iodidum; Manganous Iodide. 

A pale rose-colored deliquescent salt. Rapidly oxidizes in contact 
with the air. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.3 gram (2 to 5 grains). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 677 

MANGANI IODIDI SYRUP US. 

Syrup of Iodide of Manganese. 

Manganosi Ioclidi Syrupus ; Syrup of Manganous Iodide. 

Dissolve one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) sulphate of man- 
ganese in one hundred and five cubic centimeters (3-J fluidounces) water 
mixed with fifteen cubic centimeters (-J- fluidounce) simple syrup. Dis- 
solve one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces) iodide of potassium in 
one hundred and five cubic centimeters (3£ nuidounces) water, also 
mixed with fifteen cubic centimeters (J fluidounce) simple syrup. Mix 
the solutions, and shake well. Cool the mixture to about 50° F. Filter, 
rinsing the precipitate with a little sweetened water, and let the wash- 
ings be mixed with the previous filtrate, arranging the filtration so that 
the liquid runs into a bottle containing seven hundred grams (24 ounces 
300 grains) sugar. Shake the whole together until dissolved, adding 
enough water to make the finished product measure one thousand cubic 
centimeters (34 nuidounces). 

Each cubic centimeter (16 minims) of this syrup contains 0.10 gram 
(1-J grain) manganous iodide. It also contains a trifling amount of sul- 
phate of potassium. 

Dose. — A teaspoonful. 

Mang-ani Lactas. 

Lactate of Manganese. 
Manganosus Lactas / Manganous Lactate. 

May be obtained by' dissolving carbonate of manganese in lactic acid 
with the aid of heat. 

Pale rose-colored crystals, soluble in twelve times their weight of 
water. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.5 gram (2 to 8 grains). 

Mang-ani Oxidum Nigrum ; IT. S. 

Black Oxide of Manganese. 

Manganicum Dioxidum ; Dioxide of Manganese. — Superoxide of Man- 
ganese, Pyrolusite ; JBraunstein, G. 

Native crude pyrolusite containing not less than sixty-six per cent, 
pure binoxide of manganese (MnOJ. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 216. 

This substance, as sold in powder, is very frequently adulterated 



678 A COMPANION TO THE 

with powdered coal, etc., and should always be tested, as its value is to 
be measured by its contents of pure oxide of manganese, and because 
the presence of coal-dust may give rise to dangerous explosions when 
this substance is used with chlorate of potassium in making oxygen 
gas. 

It is used for generating oxygen or chlorine, and for making chlo- 
rine water. (See " Chlorum.") 

Medicinal Uses. — Has been employed like subnitrate of bismuth 
in gastralgia, etc. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 1 gram (2 to 15 grains). 

Mangani Plaosphas. 

Phosphate of Manganese. 
Manganosus Phosphas ; Manganous Phosphate. 

Dissolve one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) manganese sul- 
phate in eight hundred cubic centimeters (27 fluidounces) water, and 
one hundred and ten grams (3 ounces 385 grains) sodium phosphate in 
another eight hundred cubic centimeters of water. Mix the solutions. 
Wash the precipitate well and dry it. 

The preparation is a white powder, having sometimes a pinkish hue. 
It dissolves readily in dilute phosphoric or hydrochloric acid. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 1 gram (8 to 15 grains). 

Mang-ani Sulphas ; U. S. 

Sulphate of Manganese. 
Manganosus Sulphas ; Manganous Sulphate. 
A pale rose-colored crystallized salt. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 216. 
Medicinal Uses. — This substance has been used as a cholagogue 
purgative. It is said to be very irritant in its action. 
Dose. — 0.1 to 0.5 gram (2 to 8 grains). 

Mang-ostana. 

Mangosteen. 
Mangostanm Cortex; 3Iangosteen Rind. 
Origin. — Garcinia Mangostana, Linne* (Guttiferce). 
Habitat. — India. 
Part used. — The rind of the fruit. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



679 



Description. — The fruit is about the size and form of small oranges, 
dark brown, mottled ; when dried the rind is hard, dark brown, smooth, 
thick, with prominent remains of the stigmas on one side, and hardened 




Mangosteen, natural size. 



remains of the calyx on the opposite side. Inodorous ; taste astringent, 
bitter. 

Constituents. — Tannin and a bitter crystallizable principle, man- 
gostin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Mangosteen is a powerful " astringent, useful in 
diarrhoeas, dysentery, etc. 

Manna ; IT. S. 

Manna. 

Origin. — Fraxinus Ornus, Linne" (Oleacece). 

Habitat. — Southern Europe, along the Mediterranean. 

Drug. — The concreted saccharine exudation from incisions made in 
the bark of the tree (the "manna ash "). 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 216. Flattish trough- 
shaped, or triangular pieces of various lengths, dry, friable, yellowish- 
white, easily broken, porous, crystalline. This description applies to 
the Large Flake 3fan?ia, which is the best kind (manna canellata). 

The Small Flake Manna consists of smaller, less clean, agglutin- 
ated, brownish-white pieces. 

Both these kinds are good manna. The odor is honey-like but pe- 
culiar ; the taste sweet, slightly bitter, faintly acrid. 



680 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Manna in Sorts consists of small tears, or small fragments, form- 
ing a more or less sticky mass, a good deal contaminated by dirt, pieces 
of bark, etc. 

Fat Manna is brown, very sticky, without crystalline fragments. 

Constituents. — From forty to ninety per cent, mannit, besides glu- 
cose, mucilage, some acrid resin, and a small quantity of the fluorescent 
glucoside/r«icm. The best manna contains the most mannit and the 
least glucose. Mannit crystallizes in white prisms or needles, is readily 
soluble in boiling water, and in boiling dilute alcohol. It may be dis- 
solved also in about 6.5 parts cold water, but not readily. 

Properties. — Mildly laxative, demulcent. 

Dose. — Thirty to sixty grams (1 to 2 ounces) for an adult person. 



Manzanita. 

Manzanita. 

Manzanitce Folia. 
Origin. — Arctostaphylos glauca, Lindley (Fricacew). 
Habitat. — California. 
Part used. — Leaves. 

Description. — See the illustration. Pale green, 
thick, glandulous. Inodorous, astringent. 

Constituents. — Tannin, arbutin, and probably 
also ericolin and ursone. 

Medicinal Action. — This drug resembles uva ursi 
in its action. It is astringent, and in small doses 
stomachic and tonic ; but its most valuable property 
is its action on the kidneys. It is diuretic, and has 
been successfully used in various diseases of the uri- 
nary apparatus, especially in calculous affections y also 
in chronic pyelitis, cystitis, dysuria, strangury, and in- 
continence of urine depending on an irritated condition 
of the bladder. 

Best given in the form of fluid extract (made 
with a menstruum consisting of alcohol and* water mixed in the propor- 
tion of two hundred grams (about 8^ fluidounces) alcohol to every one 
hundred grams (about 3 1 fluidounces) of water), of which the dose is 
two to eight cubic centimeters (^ to 2 fluidrachms). 




Fig. 370.— Man- 
zanita Leaf, nat- 
ural size. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



681 



Maranta. 

Mabanta. 

Marantce Amylum — Arrowroot. 

Origin. — Maranta arundinacea, Linne (Cannaceas). 

Habitat.— The Bermu- 
das, West Indies, Central 
America, Brazil. Cultivated 
also in Georgia. 

Description. — The fec- 
ula separated from the rhi- 
zome. 

A fine, beautifully white 
starch, consisting of ovate 
granules, with delicate, dis- 
tinct layers, and well-marked 
hilum at the broad end of 
each granule. (See the illus- 
tration.) 

St. Vincent arrowroot is 
fully equal to Bermuda 
arrowroot. 

Constituent. — Wholly composed of starch. 

Uses. — Same as those of starch. 

Marrubium ; U. S. 

Mabbubium. 
Marrubii Herba — Hoarhound. 

Origin. — Marrubium vulgare, Linne (Labiatw). 

Habitat. — Europe and America. 

Parts Used. — The leaves and tops. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopceia, page 217. 

Must be free from coarse stems, and have its proper color and a 
good odor. 

Medicinal Uses. — Employed as a bitter tonic and stomachic in 
dyspepsia and in atonic conditions of the alimentary tract. 

Best given in the form of fluid exteact made with diluted alcohol 
as a menstruum, of which the dose is four to eight cubic centimeters 
(1 to 2 fluidrachms). 




Fig. 371.— Maranta Arrowroot, magnified. 



682 



A COMPANION TO THE 



MAERUBII INFUSUM. 
Infusion of Marrubium. 
From thirty grams (about 1 avoirdupois 
ounce) of the drug make five hundred grams 
(equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

Dose. — Fifty to seventy-five cubic centime- 
ters (12 to 18 fluidrachms). 

Massae. 

Masses. 
Pill Masses. 
This title has been given in the new Pharma- 
copoeia to pill masses prepared for making pills, 
but not at once divided into pills, such as blue 
mass, Vallet's mass, and solidified copaiba. 

Mastiche ; U. S. 

Mastic. 
Pistacice Pesina. 

Origin. — Pistacia Pentiscus, Linne (Tere- 
Mnthacece) . 

Habitat.— 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 
218. 

Must be transparent, clear, and of pale color. 

Uses. — Employed to fill carious teeth by 
soaking pledgets of cotton in an ethereal solu- 
tion of mastic and pressing into the cavity of the 
affected tooth, and in making cements and var- 
nishes. It is also an ingredient of the pills of 
aloes and mastic. 






Fio. 372.— Matico Leaf 
under side, natural size. 



Matico ; U. S. 

Matico. 
Matico Folia. 
Arthante elongata, Miquel {Piper 



Origin 
acece). 

Habitat. — South America. 
Part used. — The leaves. 
Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 219. 



Easily recog- 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 



68: 



nized by the prominent venation on the under surface, which forms deep 

angular meshes. On the upper side the leaves are darker green and less 

hairy than beneath. The upper surface also 

presents a wrinkled appearance, from the fact that 

the network of veins is there depressed. The 

leaves are very brittle, and it is scarcely possible 

to find a whole leaf among the drug. 

Constituents. — One and a half per cent, 
volatile oil, a soft green pungent resin, arthantic 
acid, and tannin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Matico is a stimulant 
blennorrhetic, used in subacute or chronic affec- 
tions of the urinary organs, as in chronic cystitis. 

. . • 7 / & ' , . ! Fig. 373.— Fragment of 

vesical catarrh, leucorrhoea, menorrhagia, and Matico Leaf, upper surface, 

incontinence of urine. It has also been employed enlar S ed 5 diameters. 
in diarrhoea, dysentery, and hemorrhages from the stomach, bowels, kid- 
neys, and lungs. 

Dose. — Two to four grams (30 to 60 grains), best given as fluid ex- 
tract. 

MATICO EXTRACT UM. 

Extract of Matico. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence. 

Dose. — 0.10 to 0.75 gram (2 to 12 grains). 
Brown. 




MATICO EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM ; IT. S. 

Fluid Extract of Matico. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17| avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a first menstruum use a mixture of three hundred and seventy-five 
grams (about 15f fluidounces) alcohol, one hundred and twenty-five 
grams (about 4z\ fluidounces) water, and fifty grams (about 1^- avoirdu- 
pois ounce) glycerin. 

As a second menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion 
of three hundred grams (about 12J fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3£ fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and fifty grams (about of fluid- 
ounces) of the first menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical perco- 



684 A COMPANION TO THE 



lator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14J fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug- 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the second menstruum 
to make the whole measure live hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose. — Two to four cubic centimeters (30 to 60 minims). 

MATICO INFUSUM. 
Infusion of Matico. 

From thirty grams (about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 IT. S. fluidounces). 

About the same strength as the preparation of the British Pharma- 
copoeia. 

Dose. — Fifty to seventy-five cubic centimeters (12 to 18 fluidrachms). 

MATICO TINCTITRA ; IT. S. 

Tincture of Matico. 

Moisten sixty grams (2 ounces) matico, in No. 40 powder, with sixty 
cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) diluted alcohol, pack it tightly in a 
cylindrical percolator, and percolate with diluted alcohol until six hun- 
dred cubic centimeters (21 fluidounces) tincture has been obtained. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

Matricaria ; IT. S. 

Matricaria. 

Matricarias Flores — UTamiUe, Kamillenblumen, G. ; Fleurs de Camo- 
mille Commune, F.; Kamomillblommor, Sw. ; German Chamomile. 

Origin. — Matricaria Chamomilla, Linne (Compositm). 

H ab itat. — Europe. 

Part used. — The flowers. 

Description. — Yellow, with white ray-florets ; receptacle conical, 
naked, and hollow. (See the illustrations.) 

Constituents. — About one-fourth per cent, of a blue volatile oil 
(the blue color being due to azulen) ; also bitter extractive, tannin, etc. 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 



685 



Tests. — The flowers should be whole, have their natural colors well 
preserved, and retain their strong, peculiar, rather agreeable odor. 




Figs. 374-378. — Matricaria, a, flowering branch, natural size; 6, ray floret; c, disk 
floret ; d, receptacle and involucre ; e, longitudinal section of receptacle ; 6, c, d, and e, en- 
larged. 

Medicinal Uses. — It is much used by the public in the form of tea 
as a diaphoretic, stomachic, and in large doses as an emetic. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains), best given in infusion 
or fluid extract. 

MATRICARIA EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Mateicaeia. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
Ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
three hundred grams (about 12J fluidounces) alcohol to every two hun- 
dred grams "(about 6f fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims). 



MATRICARIA INFUSUM. 

Infusion of Mateicaeia. 

From thirty grams (about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 



086 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Dose. — Fifty to seventy-five cubic centimeters (12 to 18 fluidrachms) 
of a cold infusion, several times daily, as a tonic ; as an emetic, the 
warm infusion, ad libitum. 



Mays. 

Maize. 

Maidis M'uctus; Indian Corn. 

Origin. — Zea Mays, Linne ( Gframinacew). 

Habitat. — North America ; cultivated. 

Part used. — The ripe fruit. 

Description. — Well-known cereal. 

Constituents. — See under " Maidis Farina." 

Medicinal Uses- — As a diet and as an ingredient of poultices. 

MAIDIS FARINA. 

Corn Meal. 

The meal of the ripe fruit of Zea Mays, Linne. 

There are two principal varieties, yellow and white corn meal, 
either of which may be used. 

It contains sixty-five per cent, starch, nine to ten per cent, nitro- 
genous substances, and six to seven per cent, fixed oil, besides sugar, 

cellulose, salts, and water. 
Thus it contains more fat 
than either oats, wheat, bar- 
ley, or rye. 

Corn meal is used for 
making poultices and for 
diluting mustard poultices. 







Maidis Amylum. 

Corn- Starch. 

The starch prepared from 
the ripe fruit of Zea Mays, 
Linne. 

The process for its prep- 
aration is analogous to that 
Fig. 379.— Corn Starch, magnified. by w }ij cn wheat-starch is 

manufactured. The granules are of comparatively uniform size, and 
about one-third smaller than wheat-starch granules. They are of rather 
irregular form, with indistinct layers, and generally a slit hilum. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 687 

Corn-starch forms a beautifully white impalpable powder, which is 
inodorous and tasteless. 

Uses. — The same as the uses of lycopodium — to dust excoriated 
surfaces, and as a conspergative for pills, and troches. 

Excellent dietary preparations are made from corn-starch. 

Maidis Stigmata. 

Corn Silk. 

The glistening, thread-like, brownish-yellow stigmata of the nearly 
ripe fruit of the Indian corn. (See " Mays.") 

Constituents. — No analysis. 

Medicinal Uses. — This substance is diuretic, and has been used in 
acute and chronic affections of the bladder, pyelitis, cystitis, etc. It 
has only been used in the form of fluid extract, made with a dilute 
alcohol as a menstruum, of which the dose is from two to ten cubic 
centimeters (-J- to 2| fluidrachms). 

Mel; U.S. 

Honey. 

Honig, G. ; Miel, F. ; Miel, Sp. ; Honiyig, Sw. 

Origin. — A saccharine matter secreted by the honey-bee— Apis 
mellijica, Linne (Hymenoptera). 

Description and Tests.— See the Pharmacopoeia, page 219. 

" Virgin Honey " is freshly prepared, light-colored, semi-liquid 
honey obtained by draining the honey-comb without using heat or 
pressure. It is the best kind. 

" Clarified Honey " is darker, and obtained by melting the honey- 
comb and straining. The surest way to get good pure honey is to ob- 
tain fresh honey-comb and drain it. 

The flavor of the honey depends greatly upon the food of the bees, 
and also upon the season at which it is deposited by them. A mild 
pure taste is indicative of good quality. Acridity is not one of the. 
properties of good fresh hone}'. It is said that when the bees have access 
to narcotic plants their honey is apt to be poisonous. Honey collected 
in the mountain regions of Germany is regarded with suspicion, and 
American honey is expressly prohibited in one pharmacopoeia (the 
Swedish)! 

Constituents. — Fruit-sugar, which always remains liquid ; and 
grape-sugar, which in time renders the honey granular and thick. 



688 A COMPANION TO THE 



Medicinal Uses. — Honey is demulcent and slightly laxative. 
Used mainly as a sweetening agent in combination with other sub- 
stances. 

Its use as an ingredient of mouth-washes in thrush, etc., should be 
discouraged, as it often adds to the fermentation which causes the 
disease. 

MEL DESPUMATUM; U.S. 
Clarified Honey. 

Prepared by heating honey on a water-bath, skimming off the 
frothy scum which rises, and then straining. 

Mellita. 

Medicated Honeys. 

Honey of rose, honey of borax, oxymel, hydromel, and other mix- 
tures in which honey takes the place of syrup, water, or other liquids, 
are " mellita." They are useless preparations, liable to undergo fer- 
mentation, and easily replaced by syrups, which are in every respect 
preferable. 

Hydromel is a mixture of thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) 
honey and two hundred and seventy cubic centimeters (9 fluidounces) 
boiling water. 

Oxymel is a mixture of honey with acetic acid and water, " Oxymel 
Simplex " consisting of two hundred and forty grams (8 ounces) honey, 
thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) acetic acid, and thirty cubic cen- 
timeters (1 fluidounce) water. 

Used in coughs. 

Melilotus. 

Melilotus. 

Meliloti Summitates — SteinMee, Melilotenklce, G. ; Melilot, F. ; Jfellloto, 
Trebol oloroso, Sp. ; Meloten, Sw. ; Sweet Clover. 

Origin. — Melilotus officinalis, Willdenow, and Melilotus alba, La- 
marck (Leguminosai). 

Habitat. — Europe ; naturalized in America. 

Part used. — The flowering tops. 

Description. — Stems angular, branched ; leaves trifoliate, small, 
grayish-green. Flowers yellow (melilotus officinalis) or white (melilo- 
tus alba). Odor agreeable, aromatic, resembling that of tonka-beans ; 
taste bitterish. 

Should have a jrood color and aroma. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 689 

Constituents. — Coumarin (see " Dipterix "). 

Medicinal Uses. — Not employed internally. Sometimes applied 
externally, by dipping cloths in warm infusion, in local pains, etc. 

MELILOTI EMPLASTKUM. 
Melilotus Plaster. 
Melt sixty grams (2 ounces) resin, and sixty grams (2 ounces) yellow 
wax in a tin dish on a water-bath ; add forty grams (1 \ ounce) olive 
oil ; stir well together ; strain ; while the mixture is still warm and 
liquid incorporate with it eighty grams (2f ounces) finely powdered meli- 
lotus. When cold, roll the plaster into sticks about one and one-half 
centimeter (J- inch) in diameter. 

Melissa ; U. S. 

Melissa. 

Melissce JTerba — Melissenblatter, Citronenkraut, G. ; Melisse, Celine, 

Herbe au Citron, F. ; Citronmeliss, Sw. ; Balm, Lemon Balm. 

Origin. — Ifelissa officinalis, Linne (Babiatw). 

Habitat. — Europe and America. 

Parts used. — The leaves and tops. 

Description. — Branches four-sided; leaves on the under side pale 
green, with a net-work of prominent veins, and beset with oil-glands ; the 
flowers have whitish or purplish lips. Odor fragrant ; taste aromatic, 
bitter. 

Varieties. — Citrata (Bischoff). — Agreeable lemon - like odor ; 
branches and upper surface of leaves thinly hairy ; under surface of 
leaves, smooth. This is the best kind. 

Villosa (Bentham). — Larger ; branches and both surfaces of the 
leaves with stiff hairs ; the odor weak and inferior. 

Constituents. — About one-fourth per cent, volatile oil, some tan- 
nin, and bitter extractive. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of peppermint. Best given in 
infusion, or in the form of a fluid extract made with diluted alcohol 
as a menstruum, of which latter preparation the dose is five to ten cubic 
centimeters (1 to 2-J fluidrachms). 

MELISSCE AQUA; G. 
Melissa Water. 

From five hundred grams (17J avoirdupois ounces) of melissa leaves 
and a sufficient quantity of water make five liters (about 10£ pints) of 
melissa water by distillation. 
44 



690 A COMPANION TO THE 

MELISSA SPIKITUS COMPOSITUS. 

Carmelite Spirit. 

Karmeliter Geist, G. 

Mix sixty grams (2 ounces) melissa leaves, fifty grams (If ounce) 
lemon-peel, twenty-five grams (f ounce) coriander, twenty-five grams 
(J ounce) nutmeg, twelve grams ($■ ounce) cinnamon, and twelve grams 
(f ounce) cloves, cut or bruised as may be required ; introduce the 
mixture into a pharmaceutical still ; add seven hundred and twenty 
cubic centimeters (24 fluidounces) alcohol and one liter (34 fluidounces) 
water. Distil off nine hundred and forty cubic centimeters (32 fluid- 
ounces). 

The French Codex adds to the above ingredients about eight grams 
(124 grains) angelica root. 

Menispermum ; U. S. 

Menispermum. 
Jfenispermi Radix — Yellow Parilla, Canadian Moonseed. 




Fig. 380. — Menispermum, transverse section, enlarged. 

Origin. — Menispermum canadense, Lin rig (Menispermacece). 
Habitat. — Eastern United States. 
Parts used. — The rhizome and rootlets. 
Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 220. 



UlSilTED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 691 

Constituents. — Berberine ; also another alkaloid, which is white, 
soluble in ether and alcohol and in much water. 

Medicinal Uses. — Yellow parilla is generally believed to resemble 
sarsaparilla in its action. It is an alterative tonic and diuretic, and, in 
large doses, laxative. 

Dose- — One to four grams (15 to 60 grains) ; best given in the 
form of fluid extract. 

MEOTSPERMI EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract op Menispermum. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17J avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
three hundred grams (about 12^ fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3 J- fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — One to four cubic centimeters (15 to 60 minims). 

Mentha Crispa. 

Curled Mint. 

Mentha Crispa Herba — Krauseminze, G. ; Menthe crepue, F. ; Krus- 
mynta, Sw. ; Crisped Mint. 

Origin.- — Mentha crispa, Auctt. plur. {Labiata). 

The Menthae crispse are : Mentha aquatica, Mentha verticillata, 
Mentha sativa, Mentha silvestris, and Mentha viridis — all cultivated. 

Description. — They are called "crisped mint " or "curled mint" 
when the leaves, through the abnormal development of the parenchyma, 
by cultivation, assume a pitted, wrinkled form. 

Constituents. — The same as in spearmint and peppermint. Crisped 
mint is somewhat astringent, containing an iron-greening tannin. 

Uses and Dose — similar to those of peppermint. 

Mentha Piperita ; U. S. 

Peppermint. 

Mentha Piperita Herba — Pfefferminze, G. ; Menthe poivr'ee, F. ; Pep* 

parmynta, Sw, 

Origin. — Mentha piperita^ Linne (Labiata). 
Habitat. — Cultivated in North America and Europe. 



692 A COMPANION TO THE 

Parts used. — The leaves and tops. 

Description. — The branches are four-sided, and frequently of a 
purplish hue. Odor strong aromatic ; taste pungent, cooling. 

Should have a good dark-green color and strong odor, and the 
coarser portions of the stems should be removed. The Pharmacopoeia 
contemplates the use of only "the leaves and tops" — not the lower por- 
tions of the stem. 

Constituents. — About one percent, of volatile oil. 

Medicinal Uses. — Stimulant, carminative, antispasmodic. It in- 
creases the appetite. Mint julep is the most popular form in which 
peppermint is taken. 

Dose. — Two to four grams (30 to 60 grains), in tea or in the form 
of fluid extract. 

MENTELE PIPERITA INFUSUM. 

Infusion of Peppermint. 

From fifty grams (about If avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

Dose- — Thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) or more, repeatedly. 



Menthse Piperitse Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil of Peppermint. 
Mentha? Piperita?, JEtheroleum — Volatile Oil of Peppermint. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 239. 

Should have a pure, strong peppermint odor and taste. Owing to 
carelessness in the collection and garbling of the peppermint used for 
distilling the volatile oil, the product is frequently contaminated with 
the volatile oils of other plants, especially of Erigeron (fleabane), 
which imparts to it a disagreeable, coarse aroma. 

Good oil of peppermint is colorless, or very nearly so. 

The use of American oil of peppermint is not allowed by the Swed- 
ish and Norwegian Pharmacopoeias, on the supposition that all oil of 
peppermint distilled in this country is impure. It is, however, well 
established that very fine oil of peppermint is made in the United 
States, and also that impure oil of peppermint is made in Europe as 
well as here. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 693 

Constituents. — The most interesting constituent is menthol, which 
see. 

Used as a carminative in doses of one to three drops. 

MENTHA PIPERITA AQUA; U. S. 
Peppermint Water. 

Prepared from one gram (15 grains) volatile oil of peppermint, using 
two grams (30 grains) cotton, and percolating five hundred cubic centi- 
meters (17 fluidounces)-of product as described under Aquae Aromaticse. 

Peppermint water is an aromatic and slightly carminative vehicle for 
other medicines. 

Dose* — Fifteen to thirty cubic centimeters (J to 1 fluidounce). 

MENTHJS PIPERITA ESSENTIA; B. 

English Essence of Peppermint. 

Prepared by mixing thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) volatile 
oil of peppermint and one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluid- 
ounces) alcohol. 

This preparation is about twice the strength of the spirit of pepper- 
mint of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, from which it also differs in being of 
a pale straw color instead of artificially colored green. 

In the United States the name " Essence of Peppermint " is applied 
only to the " Spirit of Peppermint," the English essence not being used 
in this country. 

Dose«— 0.2 to 0.5 cubic centimeter (3 to 8 minims). 

MENTHA PIPERITA ROTUL^E. 
Peppermint Drops. 

These are semi-transparent or entirely white sugar drops or cakes, 
saturated with a solution of oil of peppermint in ether. They contain 
rather less of the oil of peppermint than the troches, but are generally 
preferred to the latter. 

MENTELE PIPERITA SPIRITUS; U. S. 
Spirit op Peppermint. 

Essence of Peppermint. 

Mix one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains, or about 3f fluid- 
ounces) volatile oil of peppermint, ten grams (154 grains) coarsely pow- 
dered peppermint, and nine hundred grams (31 ounces 330 grains, or 
about 37 fluidounces) alcohol ; macerate twenty-four hours ; filter, add- 



694 A COMPANION TO THE 

ing enough alcohol through the filter to make the total product weigh one 
thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains, measuring about 40 fluidounces). 

Spirit of peppermint is green, the color being due to chlorophyll dis- 
solved out from the powdered herb that is added. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 1 cubic centimeter (5 to 15 minims). 

MENTHA PIPERITA SYRUPUS. 

Syrup of Peppermint. 

Dissolve eight hundred and fifty grams (29 ounces) sugar in five hun- 
dred cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces) peppermint water, without the 
aid of heat, and strain. 

MENTHA PIPERITA TROCHISCI; IT. S. 

Peppermint Troches. 

Triturate together one gram (15 grains) volatile oil of peppermint 
and seventy-eight grams (1,200 grains) finely powdered sugar until inti- 
mately mixed ; then add sufficient tragacanth mucilage, form a mass, and 
divide it into one hundred troches. 

Mentha Viridis ; U. S. 

Spearmint. 

Menthae, Viridis Herba — Mb'mische Minze, Griine Minze, G. ; Menthe 
Verte, Menthe Romaine, Baume Vert, F. ; Gronmynta, Sw. 

Origin- — Mentha viridis, Linne (Ldbiatoe). 

Habitat- — Cultivated and wild both in North America and Europe. 

Parts used. — The leaves and tops only. 

Description. — Branches light green ; leaves without stalks. Odor 
aromatic ; taste aromatic, pungent. Should be of good green color and 
good odor. 

Constituents- — About one-half per cent, volatile oil. 

Properties, etc- — Stimulant, carminative, antispasmodic. 

Dose. — Two to four grams (30 to 60 grains) in the form of hot tea. 

Mentha? Viridis Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil op Spearmint. 

Menthas Viridis JEtheroleum — Volatile Oil of Spearmint. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 239. Re- 
sembles somewhat the oil of peppermint ; but is of a more herb-like odor 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 695 

and taste, and does not leave the characteristic cooling sensation pro- 
duced by oil of peppermint. 

The color of this volatile oil becomes reddish by age. 

Oil of spearmint does not contain menthol. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of oil of peppermint. 

Dose- — 0.2 to 0.3 cubic centimeter (3 to 5 minims). 

MENTHA YIEIDIS AQUA; U. S. 
Spearmint Watek. 

Prepared from one gram (15 grains) volatile oil of spearmint, using 
two grams (30 grains) of cotton and collecting five hundred cubic cen- 
timeters (17 fluidounces) of percolate, as described under Aqure Aro- 
maticae. 

An aromatic vehicle for other remedies. 

Dose- — One-half to one fluidounce (15 to 30 cubic centimeters). 

MENTHA VIRIDIS SPIKITUS ; U. S. 
Spirit of Spearmint. 
Essence of Spearmint. 

Mix one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains, or about 3f fluid- 
ounces) volatile oil of spearmint, ten grams (154 grains) coarsely pow- 
dered spearmint, and nine hundred grams (31 ounces 330 grains, or 
about 37 fluidounces) alcohol. Macerate twenty-four hours ; filter, 
adding enough alcohol through the filter to make the total product weigh 
one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains, measuring about 40 fluid- 
ounces). 

Has a green color. 

Dose. — 1.5 to 2.5 cubic centimeters (20 to 40 minims). 

Menthol. 

Menthol. 
Peppermint Camphor, Chinese Oil of Peppermint, Japanese Oil of 

Peppermint. 

This is a stearopten obtained from volatile oil of peppermint. It 
has the composition 10 H 20 O, and occurs in small white or colorless 
prismatic crystals, having the odor and taste of the volatile oil, and is 
readily soluble in alcohol and in ether. 

Medicinal Uses. — Menthol, dissolved in about ten or fifteen times 
its weight of oil of cloves, has been recommended .as an external appli- 
cation in neuralgia, sciatica, etc. 



696 A COMPANION TO THE 

Menyanthes. 

Menyanthes. 

Menyanthaz Folia, Trifolium Aquaticum — Meberklee, JBitterklee, Drei- 
blatt, G. ; Menyanthe, Trefle d'eau (de marais), F. ; Trebol acuatico, 
Sp.; VattenMofver, Sw. ; JBucJcbean, Bogbean, Marshtrefoil. 

Origin- — Menyanthes trifoliata, Linne (Gentianacew). 

Habitat. — Europe ; North America. 

Part used* — The leaves. The leaves consist of a petiole, seventy- 
five to one hundred millimeters (3 to 4 inches) long, the leaflets fifty 
millimeters (2 inches) long, obovate, sessile, with crenate margin. 

Description- — They are pale-green, scarcely wrinkled. Inodorous. 
Taste purely bitter. 

Constituents- — A glucoside, called menyanthin, which is amor- 
phous, yellowish ; turpentine-like, or solid when dry ; very bitter ; 
readily soluble in boiling water and in alcohol ; has a neutral reaction. 
The drug also contains an acrid substance which has not been isolated. 
There is no tannin in menyanthes. 

Properties. — It is a pure bitter tonic ; also said to be antiscorbu- 
tic, emmenagogue, vermifuge, febrifuge. In large doses purgative and 
emetic. 

Best given in the form of fluid extract, made with diluted alcohol, 
of which the dose is one to four cubic centimeters (15 to 60 minims). 

A solid extract is also made, and given in the dose of 0.3 to 1 
gram (5 to 15 grains). 

Methysticum* 

Methysticum. 
Mythystici Radix — Piper Methysticum, Ava ICdva, Kava Kava, Ava. 

Origin. — Piper Methysticum Forster (Piperacem). 

Habitat. — The Sandwich and other Pacific islands. 

Part used. — The root. 

Description. — Large, grayish-brown externally, covered by a thin 
bark, under which is a network of woody tissue ; internally pale yel- 
lowish, porous, frequently hollow, sometimes worm-eaten. Generally 
with rootlets attached, which are often braided. Odor somewhat fra- 
grant ; taste pungent, slightly astringent, bitter. 

Constituents. — About two per cent, of soft acrid resin, a small 
quantity of pale-yellow volatile oil, and about one per cent, of a neutral 
crystalline principle called methysticin (or kavahin), which is obtained 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



697 



by crystallization from a concentrated tincture. This methysticin is 
odorless and tasteless, in silky white needles, soluble in alcohol and 
ether, but insoluble in water. It is probably inert, as are cubebin, 
piperin (when pure) and other neutral crystalline principles found in 




Fig. 381. — Ava-Kava, reduced to one-third linear size. 

the piperaceae, The medicinal properties of the drug seem to depend 
upon the resin and volatile oil. 

Medicinal Uses. — Stimulant, diuretic, astringent, sialogogue, etc. 
It has been used in bronchitis, rheumatism, gout, gonorrhoea, gleet, etc. 

Best given in fluid extract made with alcohol as a menstruum, of 
which the dose is one to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 



698 A COMPANION TO THE 



Mezereum; U. S. 

Mezereum. 

Mezerei Cortex — Seidelbastrinde, Kellerhalsrinde, G. ; jSjeorce de M'ez'e- 
reon (de gar on, de laureole, de thy melee), F. ; Mecereon, Sp. ; Tide- 
bastbarJc, Sw, ; Mezereon Bark. 

Origin - — Daphne Mezereum, Linne, and other species oi Daphne 
(Thymelacew) . 

Habitat- — Northern Europe and Asia, in mountain regions. 

Part used.— The bark. 

Description- — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 221. The powder is 
extremely irritating, and causes violent sneezing. 

Constituents- — A soft, brown, acrid resin, which is soluble in alco- 
hol and has a sweetish odor ; also an acrid, rubefacient, volatile oil / 
and daphnin, which is a bitter glucoside in colorless crystals, scarcely 
soluble in cold solvents. 

Medicinal Uses. — Seldom used alone, but mostly in combination 
with other remedies, as sarsaparilla, guaiacum, etc* It is considered to 
be a stimulant alterative in chronic, syphilitic, scrofulous, rheumatic, and 
cutaneous affections. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 1 gram (5 to 15 grains) best given in fluid extract. 

MEZEREI EXTRACTUM; U. S. 
Extract of Mezeeeum. 

Moisten five hundred grams (17J avoirdupois ounces) of mezereum, in 
No. 20 powder, with two hundred grams (8£ fluidounces) alcohol. Pack 
tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate 
twenty-four hours. Percolate. Reserve four hundred and fifty grams 
(about 15 fluidounces) of first percolate. Continue percolation 'to ex- 
haustion. Evaporate the second percolate to fifty grams (about If 
ounce). Mix this with the first percolate, and evaporate the whole to 
extract. 

Brown. Yield about fourteen per cent. 

Used externally only, in liniments and ointments. 

MEZEREI EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; U. S. 

Fluid Extract op Mezereum. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 699 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred grams (about 8J fluidounces) of 
the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate 
with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (15J fluidounces) 
of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is ex- 
hausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — 0.3 to 1 cubic centimeter (5 to 15 minims). 



MEZEREI UNGUENTUM; XL S. 
Mezeretjm Ointment. 

Mix eighty grams (2 ounces 360 grains) lard and twelve grams (185 
grains) yellow wax by melting them together over a water-bath. Add 
twenty-five grams (386 grains, measuring about 1 fluidounce) fluid ex- 
tract of mezereum, and stir the whole until the alcohol has entirely 
evaporated, after which remove the ointment from the source of heat 
and continue stirring it until cool. 

Used as a stimulant application to indolent ulcers. 



Microme*»ia. 

Micromeria. 
Micromeriai Herba — Yerba Buena. 
Origin. — Mikromeria Douglassii, Bentham (Labiatoe\. 
H ab itat . — California. 
Part used. — The whole plant. 

Description. — A slender, creeping stem ; opposite, nearly round 
leaves, and small purple flowers. Odor aromatic ; taste aromatic, some- 
what pungent. 

Constituent.— Volatile oil. 

Properties. — Aromatic, stimulant. 

Dose. — One to five grams (15 to 75 grains) in fluid extract, pre- 
pared from the finely powdered drug, and using alcohol as a men- 
struum. 



700 A COMPANION TO THE 

Mikania. 

MlKANIA. 

Mikanice Folia — Guaco Leaves. 

Origin. — Mikania Guaco, Willdenow (Compositai). 

Habitat. — South America; West Indies. 

Part used. — Leaves. 

Description. — Oval, rounded at the ends, covered with rusty, 
matted, woolly hairs on the under surface. They are usually mixed 
with a large quantity of the stems, as seen in the trade. They have an 
aromatic, bitter taste. 

Constituent. — A little volatile oil. 

Properties and Uses. — Similar to those of boneset. The drug is 
used by natives of South America as an antidote against poisonous 
snake-bites. It has been recommended also for hydrophobia, etc. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains). Average dose about 
two grams (30 grains). Best represented by the fluid extract made 
with diluted alcohol. 

Mitchella. 

MlTCHELLA. 

Michellce Herba — Squaw Vine, Partridgeberry, Checkerberry, Winter 

Clover. 

Origin. — Mitchella repens Linne (Pubiacew). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used. — The whole plant. 

Description. — An evergreen with branched stem, about twenty- 
five to thirty centimeters (10 to 12 inches) long, entire roundish-ovate, 
dark green leaves, about twelve millimeters (-J inch) long, frequently 
marked by white lines. Flowers small, white, or pale purplish, fragrant. 
The fruit is a small, dry, scarlet-red berry. The leaves are inodorous, 
bitter, somewhat astringent. 

Constituents. — No analysis. 

Medicinal Uses. — Mitchella is reputed to be diuretic, tonic, astrin- 
gent, and parturient. As the name "squaw vine " indicates, this drug is 
used in complaints of females, as in amenorrhcea, dysmenorrhcea, men- 
orrhagia, etc. It is said to facilitate labor if given for sometime before 
expected labor, and is also used in dropsy, suspension of urine, and other 
derangements of the uterine and urinary organs. 

Best given in the form of fluid extract made with diluted alcohol, 
the dose of which is two to four cubic centimeters (£ to 1 fluidrachm). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 701 

Misturse. 

Mixtures. 

Mixturce. 

The preparations classed under this head are chiefly compounds 
which cannot be included with the solutions, tinctures, or any other 
characteristic and distinct pharmaceutical group. They consist mainly 
of insoluble substances, merely suspended in liquid by the aid of viscid 
excipients. In the U. S. Pharmacopoeia the emulsions made from gum- 
resins, together with almond emulsion, etc., are called mixtures. See 
also article on Emulsions. 

Monesia. 

MONESIA. 

Monesice Mctracticm. 

Origin- — Chrysophyllum glycyphlmum, Casaretti (Sapotacece). 

Habitat. — Brazil. 

Drug- — An extract probably prepared by boiling the bark witn 
water and evaporating the decoction to dryness. 

Description- — A dark-brown, dry extract, either in cakes, or friable 
angular pieces, soluble in water, inodorous, sweetish, astringent, some- 
what acrid. 

Constituents. — Over fifty per cent, of tannin, an acrid principle 
called monesin, which resembles saponin, a sweet principle resembling 
glycyrrhizin, and other substances of less importance. 

Properties. — Astringent, tonic, stimulant. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 1.5 gram (5 to 20 grains). 

Substitutions. — Kino and extract of logwood have been sold for 
monesia. 

Morphina ; U. S. 

Morphine. 
Morphia, Phar. 1870 ; Morphium, Morphinum. 

An alkaloid contained in and prepared from opium. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 225. 

Medicinal Uses. — The salts of morphine are used for the same 
purposes as opium. These preparations are generally preferred to 
other opiates for relieving pain and for subcutaneous injection. 

The alkaloid morphine is seldom used as such. 

Dose. — About 0.01 gram (\ grain). 



702 A COMPANION TO THE 



MOKPHINJE OLEATUM. 
Oleate of Morphine. 
Triturate 0.50 gram (7J grains) morphine (alkaloid) to fine powder 
and dissolve this in 9.50 grams (146^ grains) oleic acid by the aid of 
gentle heat. 

This preparation darkens soon. It contains five per cent, of the 
alkaloid, which makes it sufficiently strong for most of its uses. 
Used externally in neuralgia, etc. 

Morphinse Acetas ; U. S. 

Acetate op Morphine. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 225. 

It easily parts with a portion of its acetic acid, becoming partially 
insoluble in water and finally assuming a brownish color. Should, 
therefore, be kept in tightly corked bottles. 

Solutions of acetate of morphine soon spoil, a slimy sediment being 
formed in them. 

Dose. — About 0.01 gram Q- grain). 

Morpbinse Citratis Liquor. 

Solution of Citrate of Morphine. 

A solution of citrate of morphine containing one-half grain morphine 
in each fluidrachm has been in use for many years in the District of 
Columbia. It is made as follows : 40 centigrams (6 grains) morphine 
(the alkaloid), twenty centigrams (3 grains) citric acid, and one centi- 
gram (-J- grain) cochineal are triturated with thirty centigrams (5 grains) 
alcohol and twenty-five cubic centimeters (6 fluidrachms) water, until 
perfect solution of the morphine is effected. Filter. 

The object of coloring this solution red is to prevent possibly taking 
the wrong bottle if several morphine solutions are kept together. It 
keeps very well. 

Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims) which is 
equivalent to about one-eighth to one-fourth grain of morphine. 

Morphinae Hydrochloras ; U. S. 

Hydrociilorate of Morphine. 
Morphias, Murias — Muriate of Morphine, Chloride of Morphine. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 226. More 
readily soluble in water and in alcohol than the sulphate. 
Dose. — About 0.01 gram (-J- grain). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 703 

Morphinse Sulphas; U. S. 

Sulphate of Morphine. 
Morphice Sulphas, Phar. 1870. 
Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 226. 
Dose- — About 0.01 gram (\ grain). 

MORPHINE ET IPECACUANHA TROCHISCI; IT. S. 

Troches of Morphine and Ipecac. 

Triturate together until thoroughly mixed 0.16 gram (2£ grains) 
sulphate of morphine, 0.50 gram (8 grains) ipecac in line powder, and 
sixty-five grams (1,000 grains) finely powdered sugar. Then incorpo- 
rate 0.06 gram (1 grain) volatile oil of gaultheria, and finally enough 
tragacanth mucilage to form a proper mass, from which make one hun- 
dred troches. 

Used in coughs and colds. 

MORPHEA PITLYIS COMPOSITUS ; U. S. 

Compound Morphine Powder. 

TuUi/s Powder. 

Triturate three grams (16 grains) camphor with a few drops of alco- 
hol until reduced to powder ; then add three grams (46 grains) pow- 
dered glycyrrhiza, and three grams precipitated carbonate of calcium, 
and continue the trituration until the whole is uniformly intimately 
mixed. Then remove the powder from the mortar ; put in the latter 
fifteen centigrams (2-J grains) sulphate of morphine, add gradually the 
powder prepared as described above, and mix intimately by trituration. 

Dose. — About 0.5 gram (8 grains). 

Morphinse Tartras. 

Morphine Tartrate. 

In appearance this morphine salt resembles the sulphate. It is 
readily soluble in water, and its solution is more permanent and less 
irritating than that of the other salts of morphine, for which reasons it 
is preferable for use in hypodermic injections. 

Dose.— About 0.01 gram (| grain). 



704 A COMPANION TO THE 

Morrhuse Oleum ; U. S. 

Cod-Liver Oil. 

Oleum Jecoris Aselli—Leberthran, Stockfischleberthran, G. ; Huile de 
morue, Huile defoie de morue, F. ; Aceite de higado de bacalao, 
Sp. ; Fisklefvertran, Sw. ; Cod Oil. 

Origin. — Gadus Morrhua, Linne and other species of Gadus 
(Pisces). 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 239. The 
best cod-liver oil is that which contains the largest proportion of olein, 
and therefore congeals at a lower temperature. An article which de- 
posits a large quantity of solid granular fat at about 0° C. (32° F.) is of 
inferior quality. The color should be very pale, and the oil perfectly 
clear and free from sediment. Good oil is nearly odorless, and quite 
bland. 

Medicinal Uses. — Cod-liver oil is a valuable article of diet in wast- 
ing diseases, as in consumption, caries, excessive purulent discharges, etc. 
Also of great benefit in scrofula and scrofulous complaints. 

It probably exerts no direct curative properties, but is a fat that is 
more easily assimilated than others, and therefore preferable for inter- 
nal use. 

Dose. — From a teaspoonful to a tablespoonful, best given in emul- 
sion, flavored with bitter almond oil, etc. It may be given in gelatine 
capsules or wafers. 

MORRHUA OLEUM FERRATUM. 
Ferrated Cod-Liver Oil. 

Dissolve ten grams (154 grains) benzoate of iron in one thousand 
cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) cod-liver oil by the aid of gentle heat 
and frequent agitation. 

The preparation is a clear reddish-brown liquid. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms) three 
times a day. 

MORRHUA OLEUM FERRATUM CUM QUININA. 
Cod-Liver Oil with Iron and Quinine. 

Dissolve ten grams (154 grains) benzoate of iron and ten grams oleate 
of quinine in one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) cod-liver 
oil, by the aid of gentle heat and frequent agitation. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms) several 
times a day. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 705 



MORRHU^E OLEUM CUM QUININA. 
Cod-Liver Oil with Quinine. 

Dissolve ten grams quinine (alkaloid) in one thousand cubic centi- 
meters (34 fluidounces) cod-liver oil by the aid of gentle heat, shaking 
frequently. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms) several 
times a day. 

MORRHU.E EMULSIO. 
Cod-Liver Oil Emulsion. 

Put one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) yolk of eggs into a 
Wedgewood mortar and triturate it until reduced to a smooth paste ; 
then add one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces) 
glycerin and mix thoroughly. Then add 0.10 cubic centimeter (2 
drops) volatile oil of bitter almond and three hundred cubic centimeters 
(10 fluidounces) cod-liver oil, and triturate briskly until thoroughly 
mixed, after which add gradually, and during uninterrupted and rapid 
trituration, two hundred and forty cubic centimeters (8 fluidounces) 
orange-flower water, continuing the stirring until a perfect emulsion is 
obtained. Now add three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) 
good Jamaica rum, pour the whole into a half-gallon bottle, and shake 
thoroughly for several minutes. 

This emulsion of cod-liver oil is as palatable as any we have seen ; 
it keeps very well, and can scarcely be improved upon in any practical 
sense. 

Dose. — About fifteen cubic centimeters (-§- fluidounce). 

MOKRHU^E EMULSIO CUM CALCII LACTOPHOSPHATE. 

Cod-Liver Oil with Lactophosphate of Lime. 

Mix twenty grams (308 grains) precipitated phosphate of calcium 
with ninety cubic centimeters (3 fluidounces) water ; add sufficient hy- 
drochloric acid to dissolve the phosphate. Add next a sufficient quan- 
tity of water of ammonia . to reprecipitate the phosphate of calcium. 
Wash the precipitate well, and let it drain. Dissolve it in thirty cubic 
centimeters (1 fluidounce) lactic acid, diluted with two hundred and ten 
cubic centimeters (7 fluidounces) orange-flower water. Filter the solu- 
tion, and then add enough orange-flower water to make the whole meas- 
ure five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces). 
45 



706 A COMPANION TO THE 

Put one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) yolk of eggs in a 
Wedgewood mortar and triturate it until reduced to a smooth paste, 
add ninety cubic centimeters (3 fluidounces) glycerin, and mix well. 
Then add gradually three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) 
cod-liver oil and triturate the whole until thoroughly mixed. Finally 
add, a little at a time, and during brisk and constant trituration, the solu- 
tion of lactophosphate of lime, prepared as described above, and con- 
tinue stirring until a perfect emulsion is obtained. To this add four 
cubic centimeters (1 fluidrachm) spirit of bitter almond, pour the whole 
into a half-gallon bottle, and shake well for several minutes. 

Dose. — About fifteen cubic centimeters (^ fluidounce). 

MORRHUJS EMULSIO FERRATA. 
Ferrated Cod-Liver Oil Emulsion. 

Dissolve five grams (77 grains) pyrophosphate of iron in fifteen cubic 
centimeters (^ fluidounce) boiling water. Add this solution to one 
thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) cod-liver oil emulsion, and 
shake well. 

Dose. — About fifteen cubic centimeters (J fluidounce). 

MORRHILE EMULSIO PHOSPHATICA. 

Phosphatic Cod-Liver Oil Emulsion. 

Mix thoroughly sixty cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) diluted phos- 
phoric acid and twelve hundred cubic centimeters (40£ fluidounces) cod- 
liver oil emulsion, shaking them well together for several minutes. 

Dose. — About 15 cubic centimeters (-£ fluidounce). 

Moschus ; U. S. 

Musk. 
Moschus, G. ; Muse, F.; Almizcle, Sp.; Mysh, Sw. 

A concrete substance formed from the secretions from the preputial 
follicles of the male of Moschus moschiferus, Linne (Mammalia). 

The musk sac is, in the living animal, situated between the navel 
and the genitals, but nearer the latter, between the skin and the mus- 
cles of the abdomen. It is oval, somewhat flattened, three to five cen- 
timeters (1^ to 2 inches) in diameter, and fifteen to twenty-five milli- 
meters (| to 1 inch) thick. That side of the sac which, in the living 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 707 

animal, was lying against the abdominal muscles, is in the dried drug 
flat and bare, while the opposite side is rounded and covered with a 
piece of hairy skin which was cut off, together with the gland itself, in 
taking the musk from the animal. The hairs are thick, stiff, yellowish 
or whitish, arranged in a whorl, but usually cut off short. 

"Musk in pods," which means the genuine musk in the unopened 
sacs, is the only kind to be used in medicine. It comes from China, in 
little square boxes made of thin wood, covered with silk on the outside 
and lined internally with lead, each box containing usually twenty-four 
"musk pods," each pod being wrapped separately in paper. The weight 
of each musk pod is from fifteen to thirty-five grams (J to 1^- ounce). 
The actual musk itself, contained in each sac, weighs from four to twenty 
grams (60 to 130 grains). 

Musk is composed of roundish grains of irregular size ; dark reddish 
brown ; of a somewhat greasy polish ; a peculiar, penetrating, remark- 
ably persistent odor ; and a disagreeable bitter taste. Cold water dis- 
solves from one-half to three-fourths, hot water nearly four-fifths, diluted 
alcohol about one-half, and strong alcohol only about one-tenth of the 
weight of the musk. The alcoholic solution is light sherry-colored, and 
becomes turbid on the addition of water. The watery solution of musk 
is dark brown, has a strong odor, and gives a neutral or faintly acid 
reaction. When incinerated, musk leaves from five to eight per cent, 
of gray ash. 

When thoroughly dried the musk loses its odor. This returns, how- 
ever, on moistening the drug. The odor is also removed by trituration 
with camphor, or with preparations containing hydrocyanic acid. 

Varieties. — Chinese (Tonquin or Thibet) musk is the best kind. 
The Russian (or Siberian) variety is usually inferior, and sometimes has 
an extremely offensive although not so persistent or strong odor. Rus- 
sian musk pods are elongated, and covered with paler and softer 
hairs. 

Adulterations. — Owing to the high price of musk it is often adulr 
terated, even " in pods." Shot or small pieces of lead are introduced 
through the orifice of the gland or the sacs are opened, portions of the 
contents removed, and foreign substances, such as dried meat, blood, 
etc., introduced instead. It is said that the entire pod has been imitated. 
These falsifications are, however, exceedingly difficult, if not impossible, 
to be perpetrated without detection by fairly careful examination. 

"Grain musk," however, is more frequently tampered with, owing 
to the greater difficulty of detection in such cases. In fact " Chinese 
musk " (?) in one-ounce tins is offered at about one-twentieth the price 



708 A COMPANION TO THE 



of "Tonquin musk" in pods; and "Tonquin musk in grain," meaning* 
musk directly from the pod, is worth more than twice as much as musk 
in pods. 

Musk is prescribed in doses of about 0.50 gram (8 grains), and is, 
therefore, an exceedingly expensive medicine. 

Constituents. — Bitter resinous matter, ammonia, fat, cholesterin, 
etc. The odorous principle has not been isolated ; it is probably-a pro- 
duct of decomposition constantly being formed. 

Uses. — Musk is used in perfumery, having, when largely diluted, 
an odor which to many is quite agreeable, and having the power to fix 
or render more lasting and delicate any evanescent perfumes of other 
substances. 

Medicinal Uses. — A powerful stimulant and antispasmodic, useful 
in the typhoid conditions of various diseases, when accompanied by 
subsultus tendinum, muttering delirium and hiccough, and in collapse. 
Also useful in chorea, hysteria, whooping-cough, etc. 

Dose. — 0.5 gram (8 grains) or more, every two or three hours, best 
given in mixture as described below. 



MOSCHI MISTURA. 

Musk Mixture. 

Emidsio Moschi — Musk Julep. 

Triturate one gram (15 grains) musk with three grams (45 grains) 
sugar until reduced to fine powder and intimately mixed ; then add 
three grams powdered gum arabic and finally one hundred cubic centi- 
meters (3J fluidounces) rose water, added gradually and with constant 
trituration. This is a good form of administration of musk. 

Dose. — Fifteen to thirty cubic centimeters (J to 1 fluidounce), re- 
peated. 



MOSCHI TINCTURA; U.S. 

Tincture of Musk. 

Triturate thirty grams (1 ounce 25£ grains) musk with fifteen cubic 
centimeters (|- fluidounce) water until reduced to a smooth mixture, and 
then add gradually one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluid- 
ounces) more water. Transfer the whole to a pint bottle, and add one 
hundred and thirty-five grams (4 ounces 333 grains, or 5f fluidounces) 




UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 709 

alcohol. Macerate seven days, shaking occasionally. Filter. Add 
enough diluted alcohol through the filter to make the whole weigh three 
hundred grams (10 ounces 255 grains, measuring about 11 fluidounces). 
Dose- — One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 



Moxse. 

Moxas. 

Conical or cylindrical bodies formed from cotton im- 
pregnated with solution of nitrate of potassium and dried. 
They have also been made from other substances. Moxas 
are used as a cautery, being placed on that spot of the 
body which is to be burnt, after which they are ignited 
and burn evenly and rapidly, the fire finally coming in Moxa show! 
direct contact with the skin. ingsize. 

Used as powerful counter-irritants in neuralgias, sciaticas, etc. 



Mucilagines. 

Mucilages. 

Solutions of gum or vegetable mucilage in water. Mucilage of acacia, 
mucilage of tragacanth, and mucilage of quince are typical mucilages. 
Starch paste is also called a mucilage, although it does not contain gum 
or mucilage, because it resembles the mucilages in being viscid and 
more or less adhesive. 

Used as demulcent vehicles for other remedies. 



Mucuna. 

MuCITNA. 

Mucunai Setce — Cowhage. 

Origin. — Mucuna pruriens De Candolle (Leguminosai). 
Habitat.— East and West Indies. 
Part used. — The hairs from the pods. 

Description. — About three millimeters (J inch) long, straight, 
pointed, brown. 

They penetrate the skin very readily and cause severe itching, which 
is aggravated by rubbing. The form of the hairs is seen in Fig. 383. 



710 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Medicinal Uses. — Formerly used as a vermifuge. Now seldom 
used, and probably entirely worthless. It is said to be used by dishon- 




Fig. 383. — Cowhage, enlarged. 

est horse-traders to make horses appear spirited, by applying it to the 
anus or genitals. 

Myrcise Oleum; U. S. 

Oil of Myrcia. 
Myrcice JEtheroleum — Volatile Oil of Myrcia, Oil of Bay. 

Origin. — Distilled from the leaves of Myrcia acris, De Candolle 
(Myrtacece). 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 239. The odor slightly 
resembles that of allspice. 

Uses. — Only employed as a perfume. 

MYKCI^E SPIKITUS; U. S. 

Spirit of Myecia. 

Spirit of Bay, Bay Bum. 

Mix sixteen grams (247 grains) oil of myrcia, one gram (15 grains) 
oil of orange peel, one gram (15 grains) oil of pimenta, and one thou- 
sand grams (35 ounces 120 grains, measuring 42 fluidounces) alcohol. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 711 

Then add gradually seven hundred and eighty-two grams (26-^- fluid- 
ounces) water, shake well, set it aside in a tightly corked bottle for a 
week, and then filter. 

Used as a toilet article, and as a wash in headaches, etc. 

Myrica. 

Myrica. 
Myricas Cortex — Bayberry Mark. 

Origin. — Myrica cerifera, Linne {Myricaceai). 

Habitat. — Along the North American Atlantic coast. 

Part used. — The bark. 

Description. — Quills or troughs about one and a half millimeter 
(^g- inch) thick, externally whitish, middle bark reddish-brown, the in- 
ner side also brownish. Odor, when the drug is powdered, aromatic ; 
taste pungent, aromatic, astringent. 

Constituents. — Volatile oil and acrid resin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Stimulant and astringent ; useful in relaxed 
conditions of the mucous membranes. This remedy is said to have been 
successfully employed in dysentery, diarrhoea, etc. 

Externally the infusion or diluted fluid extract may be used as a 
wash, gargle, or injection in various affections, as in sore-throat, lew- 
corrhoea, idcers, etc. 

Best given in form of fluid extract. 

MYKIC^E EXTRACTUM ELUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Mykica. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

MYRIC^E PULYIS COMPOSITUS. 

Compound Powder of Myrica. 

" Composition Powder? 

Mix six hundred grams (21 ounces 72 grains) bayberry bark, three 
hundred grams (10 ounces 255 grains) ginger, fifty grams (1 ounce 334 
grains) capsicum, and fifty grams cloves, all in fine powder. 

Dose. — One to four grams (15 to 60 grains). 



712 



A COMPANION TO THE 




Figs. 384, 385.— Nutmeg, whole and 
transverse section, natural size. 



Myristica ; U. S. 

Nutmeg. 

Myristicce Semina — Muskatnuss, G.; Muscade, JVbix de muscade, F. ; 

JVuez moscada, Sp. ; Muskot, Sw. 

Origin. — Myristica fragrans, Houttuyn (Myristicacece). 
Habitat. — India, the Philippines, the Banda Islands, West Indies, 
South America. 

Part used. — The kernel of the seed with the testa (seed coat) re- 
moved. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 228. Should be large 

(about 25 millimeters, or 1 inch long), 
heavy, sound, and strongly fragrant. 

Varieties. — Limed or Dutch nut- 
megs are covered with a white powder, 
having been treated with lime. 

Penang and Singapore nutmegs are 
not limed, and hence darker-looking ex- 
teriorly, not being covered with a white 
powder. 

Constituents. — From two to eight per cent, volatile oil, and from 
twenty-five to thirty per cent, fixed oil, besides starch, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — A spicy and stimulant carminative. Mainly 
used in combination with stomachics and bitters. 
Dose. — 0.5 to 1.5 gram (8 to 22 grains). 

Myristicse Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil of Nutmeg. 
Myristicce ^Ether oleum — Volatile Oil of Nutmeg. 
The volatile oil distilled from nutmeg. 
Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 240. 
It is to be regretted that no -distinction is made in the pharmaco- 
pceial nomenclature between the official volatile oil of nutmeg and the 
fixed oil of nutmeg which is common in the trade. 

Medicinal Uses. — Carminative in doses of two or three drops. 

MYRISTICCE SPIRITUS ; U. S. 
Spirit of Nutmeg. 
Mix three grams (46 grains) volatile oil of nutmeg and ninety-seven 
grams (3 ounces 185 grains, measuring 4 fluidounces) alcohol. 
Sometimes employed for flavoring. 
Dose. — Two to four cubic centimeters (£ to 1 fluidrachm). 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 713 

Myristicse Oleum Expressum. 

Expressed Oil of Nutmeg. 

Nutmeg Mutter — Fixed Oil of Nutmeg. 

The fixed oil of nutmeg obtained by expression. 

Description. — Yellowish brown, of the consistence of soft tallow 
or butter, fragrant, soluble in four times its weight of boiling alcohol. 
Occasionally used internally. Bland and unirritating. 

MYKISTICJE CERATUM; G. 

Nutmeg Cerate. 

The German Pharmacopoeia prescribes one ounce yellow wax, two 
ounces olive oil, and six ounces fixed (expressed) oil of nutmeg. Melt 
the wax and olive oil together. Then remove from the source of heat 
and add the oil of nutmeg. 

Used as a warming application to the abdomen in infantile bowel 
complaints. 

Myrrha ; U. S. 

Myrrh. 
Myrrha Gummi-Resina — Myrrhe, G. and F. ; Mirra, Sp. ; Myrrha, Sw. 

Origin. — Balsamodendron Myrrha, Nees {Burseracece). 

Habitat. — Eastern Africa and Southwestern Arabia. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 228. Clean, semi- 
transparent pieces ought always to be selected for medicinal use. The 
Pharmacopoeia expressly rejects dark pieces, and admixtures recognized 
by complete solubility in alcohol (resins) or by their swelling in water 
(gums). Of good myrrh water dissolves about sixty per cent.; alcohol 
about twenty-five per cent, or much more. 

Constituents. — From two to four per cent, volatile oil (myrrhol), 
from twenty-five to forty per cent, resin (myrrhin), and forty to sixty 
per cent, gum ; also some bitter principle. 

Medicinal Uses. — Myrrh is tonic, stimulant, and blennorrhetic. It 
is often used in combination with iron in anosmia, amenorrhcea, chronic 
bronchitis, bronchorrhcea, etc. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 grams (8 to 30 grains). 



714 A COMPANION TO THE 

MYKRILE TINCTUEA ; U. S. 
Tincture of Myrrh. 

Macerate sixty grams (2 ounces) myrrh in moderately coarse powder 
with two hundred and fifty grams (about 10 fluidounces) alcohol for 
seven days in a tightly corked bottle, shaking frequently. Filter 
through paper, adding enough alcohol through the filter to make the 
filtrate weigh three hundred grams (10 ounces 250 grains, measuring 
about 12 fluidounces). 

This tincture is brownish yellow, and becomes paler by age. 

Seldom used internally. Externally it is used as a wash in freckles, 
or as a mouthwash in spo7igy gums, relaxed uvula, etc. 

Dose. — One to four cubic centimeters (15 to 60 minims). 

MYERH^E ET CAPSICI TINCTURA. 

Tincture of Myrrh and Capsicum. 

(" Hot Drops ; " " No. 6.") 

Macerate thirty grams (1 ounce) powdered capsicum, and sixty grams 
(2 ounces) coarsely powdered myrrh, with one thousand cubic centime- 
ters (34 fluidounces) alcohol for a week. Filter, adding enough alcohol 
through the filter to make the whole filtrate measure one thousand 
cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces). 

Used in diarrhoeas, typhoid conditions, gastric irritability of drunk- 
ards, etc. 

Dose. — Two to four cubic centimeters (-J to 1 fluidrachm). 

Nectandra. 

Nectandra. 
Nectandroe Cortex — Bebeeru Bark. 

Origin. — Nectandra Bodicei, Schomburgh (Lauraceaz), 

Habitat. — British Guiana. 

Part used. — The liber. 

Description. — Flat pieces, or troughs, thirty to sixty centimeters 
(1 to 2 feet) long, ten to fifteen centimeters (4 to 6 inches) broad, and 
about six millimeters (£ inch) thick, heavy, hard, brittle, externally 
grayish-brown, on the inner side cinchona-brown ; inodorous ; taste 
bitter, astringent. 

Constituents. — Beberine — an alkaloid soluble in alcohol and in 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 715 

ether, and stated to be identical with the buxine of the boxwood, and 
the pelosine of pareira brava. 

Medicinal Uses. — A bitter tonic and stomachic. Best given as 
fluid extract. 

NECTANDR^E EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract or Nectandra. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
three hundred grams (about 12J fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3^ fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1J to 2J fluidrachms). 

Neroli Oleum. 

Oil of Neroli. 
Neroli JEther oleum — Volatile Oil of Neroli. 

Origin. — Distilled from the flowers of Citrus Aurantium and Citrus 
vulgaris, Risso (Aurantiacece). 

Description. — Pale brownish-yellow, having a peculiar fragrant 
odor, and a bitter aromatic taste. When mixed with alcohol it exhibits 
a bright violet fluorescence. 

It is obtained in the distillation of orange-flower water, but is not 
the same volatile oil as that contained in that water. 

Oil of neroli is said to be very frequently adulterated with oil of 
bergamot and oil of orange leaves. 

Used only in perfumes. 

NEROLI SPIRITUS. 
Spirit of Neroli. 

Mix five cubic centimeters (78 minims) oil of neroli and two hundred 
and fifty cubic centimeters (10-J fluidounces) alcohol. 

Nicotina. 

Nicotine. 

Nicotia. 

Origin. — Nicotiana Tabacum, Linne (Sola?iacem). 

An alkaloid obtained from tobacco. It is a colorless, transparent, mo- 



716 A COMPANION TO THE 

bile liquid, which has a strong odor of tobacco, especially when warmed, 
and a persistent, acrid, burning taste. It has 1.027 specific gravity, is 
readily soluble in water, alcohol, and ether, and has a strongly alkaline 
reaction. 

Nicotine is a powerful poison, depressing the heart's action and pro- 
ducing great prostration, which may result in death after over-doses. 
Not used medicinally in this form. 

Nitrog-enii Monoxidum. 

Nitrous Oxide. 
Laughing Gas. 

A colorless gas obtained by heating pure ammonium nitrate gradu- 
ally to about 200° C. (392° F.) when it decomposes, and as the heat is 
slowly increased yields water and nitrous oxide. The gas is washed by 
passing it through tepid water. 

It has a slight odor and a sweetish taste. One liter of it at 0° C 
(32° F.) weighs 1.97 gram. It supports combustion, and, for a brief 
period respiration. By pressure and cold it can be liquefied, and even 
solidified. The liquid, as well as the solid crystalline form, are colorless. 

Compressed liquid nitrous oxide is manufactured in iron cylinders 
for dentists' use. 

Medicinal Uses. — Employed as an anaesthetic inhalation in oper- 
ations of short duration, as drawing of teeth, opening abscesses, etc. 

Nitroglycerinum, 

Nitroglycerin. 
Trinitroglycerin — Glonoin. 

Prepared by slowly adding glycerin to a mixture of strong nitric 
and sulphuric acids, being careful to keep the temperature below 26.6° 
C. (80° F.) ; then pouring the mixture into a large volume of water, 
and afterward washing the oily liquid, which separates, with a dilute 
solution of alkali. 

Description. — It is a colorless or pale yellowish oily liquid of 1.60 
specific gravity. In cold it crystallizes in long needles. It is odorless, 
and has a sweet, aromatic, pungent taste. Its vapors cause severe 
headache. Ignited in the open air it burns incompletely. Heated in 
closed vessel, or ignited by percussion, it explodes with terrible violence. 
When long kept, it gradually decomposes and might explode. 

A solution containing one per cent, nitroglycerin, dissolved in alco- 
hol, is used medicinally. 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 7l7 

Medicinal Uses. — Nitroglycerin has been used in functional ner- 
vous disturbances, headache, angina pectoris, etc. 

Dose. — One drop of a one per cent, solution, largely diluted. 

Nux Vomica ; U. S. 

Nux Vomica. 

■Nuds Vbmicw Semina — Krdhenaugen, JBrechnuss, G. ; JVoix vomiques, 
F. ; Nuez Vomica, Sp. ; JRafkakor, Sw. ; Poison Nut, Quaker 
Buttons. 

Origin. — Strychnos Nux-vomica, Linne {Loganiacem). 

Habitat. — East India. 

Part used. — The seeds. 

Description. — See the illustrations. They are grayish or greenish- 
gray, and have a silky lustre from soft hairs. The interior of the seed is 
grayish-white, horny, exceed- 
ingly tough and difficult to 
powder. Odor none ; taste in- 
tensely and persistently bitter. 

Constituents. — From 
one-fourth to three-fifths per 
cent, strychnine ; and one-half FlGS 386 . 388 . _ Nux Vomica, whole, and sections 
to one per cent, brucine, be- parallel and at right angles to surface, showing em- 

_ _ bryo and cavity in seed ; all natural size, 

sides fixed oil, etc. 

Uses. — Same as of strychnine. The drug is very variable in alka- 
loidal strength, and is, therefore, not a good form for use. 

It is sometimes used in the West for poisoning wolves, and is com- 
monly called " ox vomit," which is a corruption of its proper name. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.3 gram (1 to 5 grains), in powder or pill, three 
times daily. 

NUCIS VOMKLE ABSTK ACTUM; XL S. 
Abstbact of Ntrx Vomica. 

Preparation. —See the Pharmacopoeia, page 5. Best made from 
fluid extract of mix vomica, one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluid- 
ounces) of which will yield five hundred grams (17 ounces 280 grains) 
of the finished abstract. 

Dose. — Three to fifteen centigrams (£ to 2 grains). 




718 A COMPANION TO THE 

NUCIS VOMICAE EXTRACTUM; U. S. 
Extract of Nux Vomica. 

From five hundred grams (17§ avoirdupois ounces) of nux vomica in 
No. 40 powder. The menstruum to be used is a mixture of alcohol and 
water in the proportion of two hundred and forty grams (10 fluidounces) 
alcohol to every thirty grams (1 fluidounce) of water. Moisten with five 
hundred grams (about 19 fluidounces). Macerate in a closed vessel in a 
warm place for forty-eight hours. Then pack it in a cylindrical perco- 
lator, and percolate with the menstruum described until the percolate 
that passes through is but slightly bitter. Then distil off the alcohol, 
and evaporate the remainder to extract. No glycerin is to be added. 

The extract is yellowish- or orange-brown. Yield about eight to ten 
per cent. One gram (15 grains) of extract of nux vomica represents 
about 0.05 gram (5 centigrams, or about 1 grain) of strychnine. 

The fixed oil which is found in extract of nux vomica, giving it a 
greasy appearance and feel, cannot be avoided when a strong alcoholic 
menstruum is used. It should be removed before the evaporation by 
precipitation with water. 

Dose. — 0.015 to 0.05 gram (J to 1 grain). 

NUCIS VOMICAE EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Nux Vomica. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 40 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
eight hundred grams (about 33J fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3^ fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with five hundred cubic centimeters (about 17 fluid- 
ounces) of the menstruum. Macerate in a closed vessel and in a warm 
place for forty-eight hours. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. 
Then percolate. 

Reserve four^hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (15J fluidounces) of 
the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the percolate is but 
slightly bitter. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Each cubic centimeter of this fluid extract represents the soluble mat- 
ter of one gram of the drug. Each fluidounce represents four hundred 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 719 

and fifty-five and two-third grains ; and each fluidrachm nearly fifty- 
seven grains. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.03 cubic centimeter (1 to 5 minims). 

NUCIS VOMICAE TINCTURA; IT. S. 
Tincture of Nux Vomica. 

Mix a sufficient quantity of menstruum consisting of eight parts by 
weight (about ten parts by measure) of alcohol and one part water. 
Moisten about one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces 100 grains) nux 
vomica, in No. 60 powder, with one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters 
(5 fluidounces) of the menstruum ; macerate twenty-four hours ; then 
pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator, and percolate with the same 
menstruum until the drug is exhausted. Reserve five hundred and forty 
grams (about 22 fluidounces) of first percolate. Evaporate the second 
percolate to sixty grams (about 2% fluidounces) and mix this with the 
first percolate. 

Now ascertain the quantity of dry extract contained in the tincture 
by evaporating a weighed portion to dryness. Then add enough men- 
struum to make the finished product contain two per cent, of dry ex- 
tract. Filter. 

Nux vomica yields about ten per cent, dry extract. Hence this tinct- 
ure represents about twenty per cent, of its weight of nux vomica. 
This assay is necessary to render the strength of this preparation uni- 
form, as it has been found to vary greatly according to the quality of 
the drug, the greater or less fineness of the powder used, and the man- 
ner in which the percolation may be conducted. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 1.3 cubic centimeter (5 to 20 minims). 

(Enothera, 

OENOTHERA. 

CEnotherm Herha — Evening Primrose, 

Origin. — CEnothera biennis, Linne (Onagracece). 

Habitat.— North America. 

Parts used. — The flowering young twigs, the leaves, and the bark. 

Description! — The stem is from eight to fifteen centimeters (3 to 
6 inches) high, hairy, frequently of a purplish color ; the leaves are 
eight to twelve centimeters (3 to 5 inches) long, oblong, acute, hairy ; 
flowers yellow. Plant inodorous ; flowers powerfully fragrant. Taste 
mucilaginous, mildly astringent, afterward acrid. 



720 A COMPANION TO THE 

Constituents. — Mucilage and some acrid substance not yet isolated. 

Medicinal Uses. — Slightly astringent and occasionally used in 
diarrhoea. Best given in the form of fluid extract made with diluted 
alcohol, of which the 

Dose is one to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims). 

Olea Fixa. 

Fixed Oils. 
Olea — Olea Pingua. 

The fixed oils or fats are the glycerides of fatty acids. They occur 
generally in seeds, but also in other parts of plants, and in the animal 
body. 

Drying oils are those which evaporate, when exposed to the air, 
until a dry film remains ; non-drying oils do not evaporate. Some of 
the fixed oils are solid at ordinary temperatures, as for instance cacao 
butter, suet, etc.; others are liquid even at very low temperatures, as 
oil of almond. 

Many substances have been called " oils " which are not oils at all ; 
thus, " oil of vitriol " is sulphuric acid ; " coal oil," or petroleum, is a 
mixture of hydrocarbons ; "ethereal oil," which is an artificial chemical 
product having nothing whatever in common with oils ; and the entire 
numerously represented class of " volatile oils," which differ as widely 
from the fixed oils as from any other liquids. 

Olea Volatilia. 

Volatile Oils. 

jffitherolea, Olea ^EJtherea, Olea Destillata — Fliichtige Oele, Aether- 
ische Oele, G.; Essences, JIuiles volatiles, F. ; Aceite volatil, Sp.; 
Flyhtiga oljor, Sw.; Essential Oils, Distilled Oils. 

The " volatile oils " have* so few properties in common with each 
other that it is difficult to give a general description of them as a class. 
They are generally soluble in alcohol and ether, and insoluble in water, 
fragrant, and form resin when oxidized. Volatile oils are found in all 
parts of plants. They are in no sense oils. (See "iEtherolea.") 

Oleata. 

Oleates. 

These are compounds of oleic acid with metals or with alkaloids, 
usually dissolved in an excess of oleic acid. " Oleate of Mercury '' is a 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 721 

solution of mercuric oxide in an excess of oleic acid ; but it may also 
be a mixture of oleate of mercury with petrolatum or some other base 
without any excess of oleic acid. Oleates have also been made of lead, 
zinc, iron, aconitine, atropine, morphine, strychnine, and veratrine. 
These preparations are most frequently liquid or semi-liquid ; a few are 
solid. 

Oleates are more readily absorbed through the unbroken skin than 
medicinal agents merely mixed with fats in ointments. 

Oleoresinse. 

Oleo-Resins. 

Mixtures of volatile oils with resins, prepared by exhausting certain 
drugs containing both together, the menstruum used being usually 
ether, which extracts both. The menstruum or solvent is evaporated 
off, and the usually semi-liquid extract which remains constitutes the 
oleo-resin. In the new Pharmacopoeia there are six oleo-resins, viz.: of 
aspidium, capsicum, cubeb, lupulin, pepper, and ginger. 

In the preparation of these products it is best, in order to prevent 
evaporation, to use a special apparatus constructed so as to confine 
the ether within the percolator and the receiver, between which com- 
munication is established by means of a tube so as to equalize the press- 
ure. The apparatus may further have the receiver placed in a hot- 
water bath, so as to distil off the ether, which is conducted back into the 
top of the percolator and there condensed so as to again percolate 
through the drug. By this means the same menstruum will repeatedly 
pass through the drug until the latter is exhausted, a minimum quantity 
of menstruum being used. 

Olibanum. 

Olibanum. 

Olibanum Gummi-Resina — Weihrauch, G. ; Oliban, Encens, F. ; In- 
cienso, Incienso de la India, Sp.; Olibanum, Virak, Sw.; Frank- 
incense, Thus. 

Origin. — Boswellia Carterii, Birdwood, and other species of IZos- 
wellia ( Terebinthacem). 

Habitat. — Eastern Africa and Arabia. 

Description. — Round or oblong tears of various sizes, but gener- 
ally averaging fifteen centimeters (f inch) in length, covered with a 
whitish dust formed by the attrition of the pieces, hard, brittle, with 
waxy fracture, pale reddish vellowish, translucent ; when masticated it 
46 



722 A COMPANION TO THE 

softens and forms a whitish emulsion with the saliva. Odor balsamic ; 
taste bitterish. Soluble to a great extent in alcohol. When heated it 
bubbles, and ignited it burns with a smoky flame, emitting a fragrant 
smoke. 

Constituents. — From four to seven per cent, volatile oil, fifty to 
seventy-two per cent, resin, and twenty-one to forty-six per cent, gum 
(mostly resembling arabin, but a portion resembling bassorin) ; also 
some bitter substance. 

Uses. — Mainly employed in plasters or in fumigating pastilles. 
Sometimes used as a blennorrhetic in combination with other remedies. 

Doses of two to five grams (30 to 75 grains). 

Olivse Oleum ; U. S. 

Olive Oil. 

Olivarum Oleum — Olivenol, G.; Huile d' 'Olive, F. ; Aceite, Aceite 
comun, Aceite de Olivas, Sp.; Matolja, Bomolja, Sw. ; Sweet Oil, 
Salad Oil. 

Origin. — Olea Europwa, Linne ( Oleacew). 

Habitat. — Southern Europe ; cultivated. 

Drug. — The fixed oil obtained from the ripe fruit. 

Production and Varieties. — Virgin Oil is obtained by cold ex- 
pression of the crushed fresh fruit. This is the choicest grade of olive oil ; 
has a pale yellowish, slightly greenish-yellow cast, is almost odorless, 
and has a bland pure taste and neutral reaction. 

A second grade of Salad Oil ( Oleum provinciale, or albtim) is next 
obtained from the same lot of fruit by mixing it with hot water and ex- 
pressing again. This oil is of a somewhat darker color, a more decided 
odor, and less pure taste. It is, however, of a good quality. 

Finally, a third grade of oil is gotten from the residue after fermen- 
tation by boiling and the use of very strong pressure. This is dark 
colored and has a rancid odor. 

Properties- — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 240. All olive oil has 
a peculiar, agreeable odor if good and pure. The taste, although at 
first quite mild and nutty, leaves at last a faint sensation of acridity. 
The finer the quality of the oil the longer will it keep sweet. Its specific 
gravity is 0.915 to 0.918 at 15° C. (59° F.). It is only sparingly soluble 
in alcohol, but readily soluble in ether. At a temperature below 
10° C. (50° F.) it is cloudy from depositing solid fat ; and below 2° 0. 
(35.0° F.) it congeals to a whitish granular mass. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 723 

Tests. — Inferior olive oil congeals at temperatures above 2° C. 
(35.6° F.). (See also the Pharmacopoeia.) 

Chemical Composition. — The most important constituent in 
olive oil is olein, which is the fluid portion, and constitutes more than 
two-thirds of the weight of the oil. The greater the percentage of 
olein, the better the oil. The solid fat in olive oil is tripalmitin. 

Adulterations. — Cotton-seed oil and a great number of other oils 
are used to adulterate olive oil. In fact, pure cotton-seed oil is sold for 
" sweet oil " very commonly. 

Uses. — Mainly as an article of diet. Medicinally it is employed as 
a demulcent, and in large doses as a slight laxative. 

It is often used as an antidote in poisoning by various substances, 
such as corrosive poisons, etc., and acts mechanically by preventing ab- 
sorption and protecting the coats of the stomach. 

It is very often employed externally as an emollient application or 
as a vehicle for more active remedies. Anointing with this oil in scaly 
and also in other skin diseases is often of much benefit ; also in the 
cachexia accompanying inanition in children, when the skin is harsh 
and dry, or in fevers with a hot and dry skin. 

Dose. — As a laxative, twenty-five to seventy-five cubic centimeters 
(6 to 18 fluidrachms) ; less for infants. 

OLEOSUS LWCTUS. 
White Emulsion. 

Triturate ten grams (154 grains) gum arabic in fine powder with 
forty-five grams (1£ ounce) olive oil until thoroughly mixed ; then add 
gradually, during constant and strong trituration, thirty cubic centi- 
meters (1 fluidounce) orange-flower water and thirty cubic centimeters 
(1 fluidounce) syrup. 

Used either alone or in combination with opiates in intestinal irrita- 
tion, dysentery, tenesmus, etc. 

Dose. — Tablespoonful or more. 



OLEOSUS LINCTUS ACIDUS. 

Acid White Emulsion. 

Prepared in the same manner as the Oleosus Linctus described in the 
preceding article, except that syrup of citric acid and distilled water 
are used instead of simple syrup and orange-flower water. 



724 A COMPANION TO THE 



Opium; IT. S. 

Opium. 
Meconium, Succus Thebaicus — Opium, G., F., Sw.; Opio, Sp. 

Origin. — Papaver somniferum, Linne (JPapaveracece). 

Habitat. — Asia Minor. 

Description. — A concrete extract-like substance formed by drying 
the milky exudation obtained through incisions made in the unripe cap- 
sules of the plant. See the Pharmacopoeia, page 245. 

The whole opium (" lump opium," " gum opium ") contains about 
twenty per cent, of moisture, losing one-fifth of its entire weight by 
drying. The Pharmacopoeia prescribes that normal moist opium shall 
contain not less than nine per cent, morphine ; this will give a yield of 
about eleven per cent, morphine, after drying. This corresponds with 
the Customs Regulations of the Treasury Department, in accordance 
with which the Drug Examiners appointed by the Government reject 
all opium containing less than nine per cent, morphine. The new U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia in other words admits the use of the opium of the lowest 
grade that is permitted to be entered through our custom-houses. 
When dried and powdered this opium cannot yield less than eleven per 
cent, morphine. 

The Customs Regulations, by the operation of which all opium con- 
taining less than nine per cent, morphine has been excluded from the 
United States, have been in force for at least ten years. During that 
time, therefore, no opium could have entered the United States which 
contained less than eleven per cent, morphine after drying. As the 
Pharmacopoeia of 1870 permitted the use of opium which after drying 
yielded not less than ten per cent, morphine, the old pharmacopceial 
standard was ten per cent, below the lowest possible grade of opium 
that was allowed by the Government to be imported. 

The actual morphine strength of the opium used in this country for 
several years past has probably averaged not less than twelve to six- 
teen per cent, after drying, and frequently exceeded that strength. 

In Fliickiger and Hanbury's Pharmacographia, these authors ex- 
press the belief that any opium containing less than ten per cent, mor- 
phine is probably adulterated. 

The standard minimum morphine strength of opium, as fixed by the 
old Pharmacopoeia (ten per cent.) was, therefore, considerably below the 
actual strength of the opium in use, and the standards of the new Phar- 
macopoeia are as nearly correct an approximation to the average grades 
of opium which have been, and are in use in this country, as can be ar- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 725 

rived at. In other words, the pharmacopoeial standard has simply been 
changed to correspond with the actual condition of the opium of the 
market. 

Whole opium is used only for preparing extract of opium, all other 
preparations of opium being prepared from the dried and powdered 
opium. 

Varieties. — Smyrna, Turkey, or Constantinople opium is the only 
kind brought to this country. 

Constituents. — Besides from fifteen to twenty-eight per cent, (in 
most cases from twenty to twenty-one per cent.) moisture, opium con- 
tains meconic acid, a great number of alkaloids, and many other sub- 
stances. The most important constituent is morphine, of which from 
two and a half to nearly twenty-three per cent, has been found in dif- 
ferent kinds of opium. JVarcotine has been found to the extent of from 
1.3 to nearly eleven per cent. Codeine, one-fifth to two-fifths per cent. 
Papaverine, narceine, thebaine, and cryptopine have also been more or 
less tried in medicine. 

Medicinal Uses. — Opium is a powerful and reliable narcotic, often 
employed to relieve pain and to produce sleep. 

The first effect of a full medicinal dose of this drug is one of stim- 
ulation, and opium is often given for the purpose of obtaining this effect 
in conditions of nervous exhaustion, as in simple insomnia from over- 
exertion, in typhoid and typhus fevers, delirium, or subsultus tendinum, 
and many other similar conditions. 

This stimulant effect is soon followed by a condition of drowsiness, 
and sleep ensues, during which there is a more or less complete uncon- 
sciousness in regard to pain. The anodyne effect may be produced 
without giving hypnotic doses. Opium is, therefore, a valuable remedy 
in all diseases accompanied by pain, as in neuralgic or rheumatic dis- 
orders, lumbago, sciatica, painfid wounds, swellings or abscesses, during 
the passage of renal calculi, gallstones, in after-pains of labor, or in 
other painful affections. 

Opium also allays nervous and muscular irritation resulting in cramps 
or spasms, as in colic, spasmodic asthma, uterine colic, whooping-cough, 
etc. 

By suspending the action of the muscular fibres, opium secures rest 
and affords a chance for recovery in rupture of the intestines, uterus, or 
bladder, preventing the extravasation of the contents of these organs 
into the peritoneal cavity. It is also our most important remedy in 
peritonitis, often being tolerated in very large doses in this painful and 
dangerous disease. 

Opium is generally employed to check excessive secretion from vari- 



726 A COMPANION TO THE 



ous organs, as in cholera, cholera-morbus, diarrhoea, and dysentery, in 
diabetis, excessive salivation, etc. It is also very often employed to re- 
lieve coughs of all kinds, being an ingredient of many cough mixtures. 
This action of opium is especially valuable in coughs due to irritation, 
as in laryngitis, phthisis, etc. Its use is contra-indicated in cases of 
capillary or chronic bronchitis accompanied by a typhoid tendency, as 
by its anodyne effects it suppresses the desire to cough and thereby may 
prevent the expectoration of accumulated mucus, and thus hasten death 
by interfering with the aeration of the blood. 

In tenesmus of the sphincters of the anus or bladder opium is also 
found to be very useful. 

Dose. — About 0.06 gram (1 grain) for an adult. The dose for chil- 
dren is comparatively smaller than that of other remedies, as children 
do not bear opium well. In fact, this remedy should be given with ex- 
treme caution, if at all, to children under one year of age. 

Poisonous Effects. — In excessive doses opium produces symptoms 
of narcotic poisoning, total relaxation, coma, and death from paralysis of 
the respiratory muscles. The sleep becomes so profound that the patient 
cannot be roused from his lethargy ; the breathing is labored, slow, and 
stertorous, the face dusky and swollen, the pupils are contracted and the 
heart's action slow and feeble. 

It may occasionally be difficult, if not impossible, to distinguish this 
condition from apoplectic effusion in the brain, ursemic poisoning, or 
alcoholic coma, and external circumstances may have to be sought for 
to confirm the diagnosis, as the finding of a vial with a remnant of laud- 
anum, an empty paper which might probably have contained morphine, 
letters expressing a determination to commit suicide, etc. 

Antidotal Treatment. — The stomach should be promptly evacu- 
ated by means of emetics (subcutaneous injection of apomorphine), if 
early enough ; or by the stomach-pump, if the patient is already comatose. 

The patient should be walked about, and the tendency to coma 
counteracted by alternate cold and warm affusions or douches, by rub- 
bing, external stimulation, flagellation, stimulants, strong coffee, subcu- 
taneous injection of atropine, or, if necessary, artificial respiration and 
the application of electricity to the heart and respiratory muscles. 

Habitual Abuse of Opium.— A tolerance for this drug is easily 
established, and enormous doses can then be taken. We have seen one 
drachm of morphine swallowed at a single dose. 

The habit of opium-eating, once acquired, is very difficult if not im- 
possible to abandon again, and the victim generally succumbs to the evil 
effects of the drug, a mental and physical wreck. 



UNITED STATES PHABMACOPCEIA. 727 

The cure of opium-eating may be attempted by gradually reducing 
the quantity taken and substituting aromatics, spices, bitters, etc., but 
the attempt will probably be a failure unless the patient is placed in an 
asylum where he is under complete control. 

OFII ACETUM; U. S. 
Vinegar of Opium. 

Macerate thirty grams (1 ounce 256 grains) powdered opium, and 
nine grams (140 grains) ground nutmeg with one hundred and fifty 
cubic centimeters (5 fluidounces) diluted acetic acid for twenty-four 
hours. Transfer the mixture to a conical glass percolator and let the 
liquid percolate, returning it repeatedly, until it runs through clear. 
Then continue the percolation with diluted acetic acid until two hundred 
and forty cubic centimeters (8 fluidounces) percolate has been received. 
In this dissolve sixty grams (about 2 ounces) sugar without the aid of 
heat. Strain. 

Represents ten per cent, by weight of powdered opium. It is about 
thirty-five per cent, weaker than the corresponding preparation of the 
Pharmacopoeia of 1870, which represented 16.3 per cent, opium. The 
new preparation may therefore be given in fifty per cent, larger doses ; 
but the new preparation should not be prescribed in the increased dose 
unless it is certain that the new preparation (U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1880) 
will be dispensed. 

Dose. — 0.30 to 0.65 cubic centimeter (5 to 10 minims). 

OPII ACETUM CROCATUM. 

Vinegar of Opium with Saffron. 

Black Drops. 

Macerate forty-five grams (1 ounce 257 grains) powdered opium, nine 
grams (139 grains) ground nutmeg, and three grams (46 grains) Spanish 
saffron, in coarse powder, with one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters 
(5 fluidounces) diluted acetic acid for twenty-four hours. Transfer the 
whole to a percolator. Return the percolate repeatedly until it passes 
clear. Then continue the percolation with diluted acetic acid until two 
hundred and forty cubic centimeters (8 fluidounces) percolate has been 
received. In this dissolve sixty grams (about 2 ounces) sugar, and 
strain. 

This is about fifty per cent, stronger than Opii Acetum, 1880. 

Dose. — 0.20 to 0.40 cubic centimeter (3 to 6 minims). 



728 A COMPANION TO THE 

OPII CONFECTIO; Phar. 1870. 
Confection of Opium. 

Mix thoroughly one gram (15 grains) powdered opium, twelve grams 
(185 grains) aromatic powder, and twenty-eight grams (432 grains) 
honey. 

This is twenty per cent, stronger than the corresponding preparation 
of the British Pharmacopoeia and that of the French Codex ; it is two 
and one half times the strength of that of the German Pharmacopoeia. 

Dose. — 2.50 grams (40 grains) equal to 0.06 gram (1 grain) of pow- 
dered opium. 

OPII EMPLASTKUM; U. S. 

Opium Plaster. 

Emplastrum Anodynum. 

Triturate forty-five grams (1|- ounce) extract of opium with sixty 
grams (2 ounces) water until a soft uniform mixture is obtained ; then 
add a melted mixture of one hundred and thirty-five grams (4^ ounces) 
Burgundy pitch and five hundred and seventy grams (19 ounces) lead 
plaster, and stir well together, continuing the heat (on water-bath) and 
the stirring until the moisture has evaporated. Nearly identical with 
the preparation of 1870. 

Employed to relieve local pains of a neuralgic or rheumatic char- 
acter. 

OPII ENEMA ; B. 

Enema of Opium. 

Add two cubic centimeters (J fluidrachm) of tincture of opium to 
sixty cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) of mucilage of starch, for one 
enema. 

Useful in painful tenesmus in some cases of dysentery or hemor- 
rhoids. As a rule the dose of narcotics given in enema should not 
greatly exceed the dose given by the mouth, as they often exert the 
same effect whichever way they are given. 

OPII ET CAMPIIOK^E PILULyE. 

Pills of Opium and Camphor. 

Make a pill mass of five grams (77 grains) powdered opium, ten 
grams (154 grains) camphor, sufficient powdered tragacanth, and a little 
glycerin ; divide this into one hundred pills. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 729 

Each pill contains five centigrams (f grain) opium, and ten centi- 
grams (1£ grain) camphor. 

Dose. — One pill, repeated when necessary. 

OPII ET GLYCYKRHIZ^E TROCHISCI ; IT. S. 
Troches op Glycyrrhiza and Opium. 

(The opium being the most important constituent in this preparation 
it should be called Opii et Glycyrrhizae Trochisci, instead of " Trochisci 
Glycyrrhizae et Opii.") 

Mix thoroughly thirteen grams (200 grains) powdered extract of 
glycyrrhiza, 0.32 gram (5 grains) powdered extract of opium, thirteen 
grams (200 grains) powdered acacia, and 19.50 grams (300 grains) pow- 
dered sugar. Then incorporate 0.20 gram (3 grains) volatile oil of anise. 
Finally, form a proper mass with a sufficient quantity of water, and 
divide it into one hundred troches. Each troche contains 0.003 gram 
(yV g ra i n ) of extract of opium. 

N. B. — The extract of opium prepared as directed in the new Phar- 
macopoeia (1880) cannot be powdered as it contains five per cent, gly- 
cerin. The direction to use "Extract of Opium, in fine powder," for 
making the above troches, and the note under Extractum Opii to the 
effect that it enters into these troches, are inconsistent with the process 
for making the extract. Dry and powdered extract of opium can be 
made by the official process if the glycerin is omitted, which would im- 
prove the preparation in our opinion. 

Dose. — One troche several times a day, in colds, etc. 

OPII ET GLYCYRRHIZAE YINUM. 

Wine of Liquorice with Opium. 

Vinum Liquiritice Thebaicum — Rosbi's Brost-Droppar. 

Macerate for five days twenty grams (308 grains) powdered opium, 
twenty grams coarsely powdered Spanish saffron, and twenty grams 
powdered extract of liquorice with one thousand cubic centimeters (34 
fluidounces) Malaga wine. Strain. Filter, adding enough Malaga 
through the filter to make the total filtrate measure one thousand cubic 
centimeters (34 fluidounces). 

This preparation is exceedingly popular and extensively used in 
Sweden, both alone and as an ingredient in cough-mixtures. Three 
cubic centimeters (45 minims) of this preparation contain about 0.06 
gram (1 grain) of opium. 



730 A COMPANION TO THE 

OPII ET IPECACUANELE MISTURA COMPOSITA. 
Thieleman's Cholera Drops. 

Mix thirty grams (1 ounce) oil of peppermint, two hundred and forty 
cubic centimeters (8 fluidounces) alcohol, ninety cubic centimeters (3 
fluidounces) tincture of opium and saffron, two hundred and forty grams 
(8 fluidounces) tincture of ipecac, and four hundred cubic centimeters 
(13£ fluidounces) tincture o^ valerian. 

Very generally used in Sweden as a cholera mixture. 

Dose. — About four to eight cubic centimeters (1 to 2 fluidrachms). 

RUSSIAN CHOLERA DROPS 

Are a preparation similar to the above, made by mixing five cubic cen- 
timeters (75 minims) oil of peppermint, twenty cubic centimeters (5 flui- 
drachms) tincture of opium, sixty cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) wine 
of ipecac, and one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces) 
of ethereal tincture of valerian. 

Dose. — 1 to 1.5 cubic centimeter (15 to 20 minims) every hour or 
two. 

OPII ET IPECACUANHA PULYIS ; IT. S. 

Powder of Ipecac and Opium. 

Pulvis Jpecacuanhce Compositus, Phar. 1870 ; Dover's Powder. 

(Opium being the most important ingredient it should be placed 
before the ipecacuanha in the title.) 

Mix ten grams (154 grains) powdered ipecac, ten grams (154 grains) 
powdered opium, and eighty grams (2 ounces 360 grains) sugar of milk, 
in No. 30 powder. Triturate together until reduced to a very fine 
powder. 

This preparation is of the same strength as that of the old Pharma- 
copoeia, the powdered opium which has been used in medicine for the 
past ten or twenty years having been fully as strong in morphine as that 
now prescribed by the new Pharmacopoeia. 

The sugar of milk is harder than potassium sulphate, and less disagree- 
able to the taste. Hence the substitution of sugar of milk in place of 
potassium sulphate is a double improvement. 

This preparation might still be further improved by the use of de- 
narcotized opium instead of powdered opium. The denarcotized opium 
used for this purpose, however, ought to be one containing twelve and 
one-half per cent, morphine, so that the resulting Dover's powder may 
contain eight milligrams (J grain) morphine in every ten grains. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 731 

This remedy is a valuable anodyne, hypnotic, and diaphoretic. It 
may occasionally be employed when the use of opium alone is counter- 
indicated by a full pulse and dry skin. 

Dose. — 0.6 gram (10 grains), equal to 0.06 gram (1 grain) of opium, 
and an equal amount of ipecac. 

OPII ET IPECACUANHA PULYIS DENABCOTISATUS. 
Improved Dover's Powder. 

Mix ten grams (154 grains) powdered ipecac, ten grams (154 grains) 
denarcotized opium, containing exactly twelve and one-half per cent, 
morphine and eighty grams (2 ounees 360 grains) sugar of milk in No. 
30 powder. Triturate the whole forcibly until reduced to a very fine 
powder. 

This Dover's powder is free from narcotine, and from the nauseous 
odorous principle contained in ordinary powdered opium ; it is also bet- 
ter divided than the Dover's powder of the old Pharmacopoeia (made 
with sulphate of potassium), and less disagreeable to the taste. Finally 
the morphine strength — eight milligrams (^ grain) to each ten grains — 
is the most suitable. In odor and taste it is decidedly less disagreeable 
than any other. 

Dose. — 0.6 gram (10 grains). 

OPII ET IPECACUANHA SYEUPUS. 
Syrup of Ipecac and Opium. 

Mix sixty cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) deodorized tincture of 
opium, six cubic centimeters (1J fluidrachm) fluid extract of ipecac, and 
enough syrup of orange to make the whole mixture measure four hun- 
dred and fifty cubic centimeters (15 fluidounces). 

Each teaspoonful (5 cubic centimeters) represents 0.6 gram (10 grains) 
of Dover's powder made with denarcotized opium. 

OPII ET IPECACUANHA TINCTUEA : U. S. 



Tincture of Ipecac and Opium. 

(Should be called Tincture of Opium and Ipecac.) 

Put one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains, or 3^- fluidounces) de- 
odorized tincture of opium in a porcelain evaporating dish, and evaporate 
it until eighty-five grams (3 ounces, or 3 fluidounces) remain. When it 
has become cold add to it ten grams (154 grains, or 160 minims) fluid ex- 
tract of ipecac, filter the mixture, and then add enough diluted alcohol 






732 A COMPANION TO THE 

through the filter to make the total product weigh one hundred grams 
(3 ounces 230 grains, or measure 3^ fluidounces). 

Contains ten per cent, by weight of opium. 

Dose. — About ten drops, equal to about 0.06 gram (1 grain) of 
opium and an equal quantity of ipecac. 

OPII ET SASSAFRAS MISTUKA. 
Godfrey's Cordial. 

Dissolve four grams (60 grains) carbonate of potassium in four hun- 
dred and fifty cubic centimeters (15 fluidounces) water ; add three hun- 
dred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) molasses, and heat to simmer- 
ing ; remove the scum ; when cold add one gram (20 drops) oil of sassa- 
fras dissolved in sixty cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) alcohol, and 
thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) tincture of opium. 

Thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) contain about 0.09 gram (In- 
grain) of opium. 

Dose. — For adults, four to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 flui- 
drachms). 

OPII EXTRACTUM ; U. S. 
Extract of Opium. 

Cut two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) opium into small pieces, 
and macerate it twenty-four hours with three hundred grams (10 fluid- 
ounces) of water, reducing the drug to a soft pulp by trituration. Press 
out the liquid. Macerate the residue and express again, repeating the 
operation four times more, and using each time a new portion of three 
hundred grams of water, so that one thousand five hundred grams 
(about 51 fluidounces) of water in all will have been used. Mix the 
liquids, filter, and evaporate on water-bath to solid extract. Then, while 
the extract is still warm, incorporate with it one-twentieth of its weight 
of glycerin. 

Reddish-brown. Yield about forty-five per cent. 

Thus six centigrams (nearly 1 grain) of dry opium (or about one- 
fourth more of ordinary moist or "gum" opium) corresponds to three 
centigrams (nearly \ grain) of extract of opium, and the dose of the ex- 
tract is, therefore, about one-half of that of powdered opium. 

In order to be of standard strength the extract of opium should 
yield at least twenty per cent, of morphine. If it yield less it was 
made of opium containing less than nine per cent, of morphine. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPEIA. 733 

This extract of opium is a permanently soft extract and cannot be 
evaporated to dryness so as to be powdered. If, therefore, " Extract of 
Opium in fine powder " is to be used as directed by the Pharmacopoeia 
for making troches of ipecac and opium, an extract of opium without 
glycerin must be used. The official extract of opium not in powder will 
probably answer the purpose, however, quite as well for troches. 

The glycerin in extract of opium is superfluous. It would have been 
better to evaporate the extract to dryness and powder it, for although 
the powdered extract of opium usually cakes together more or less when 
kept, it is very readily broken down to fine powder again at any time 
when wanted for use by simply triturating it lightly in a mortar. 

Dose. — About 0.03 gram (£ grain). 



OPII EXTRACTUM DENARCOTISATUM. 

Denarcotized Extract of Opium. 

Made in the same manner as extract of opium, but from denarcotized 
opium instead of the crude opium. 

Dose. — About 0.02 gram (J grain). 

OPII EXTRACTUM LIQUIDUM; B. 
Liquid Extract of Opium. 

Triturate thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) extract of opium with 
four hundred and eighty cubic centimeters (16 fluidounces) water, grad- 
ually added ; let stand an hour, stirring frequently ; then filter, and 
finally add one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces) 
alcohol. The whole product should measure six hundred cubic centi- 
meters (20 fluidounces). 

Dose. — About 0.65 cubic centimeter (10 minims), said not to de- 
range the nervous system as much as tincture of opium. 

OPII LINCTUS TOLUTANITS. 

Balsam of Honey. 

Macerate together in a warm place, for five days, four grams (62 
grains) benzoic acid, five grams (77 grains) powdered opium, twenty 
grams (308 grains) balsam of tolu, one hundred and twenty grams 
(4 ounces 100 grains) honey, three grams (46 grains) cochineal, in pow- 



'34 A COMPANION TO THE 



der, and nine hundred and forty cubic centimeters (32 fluidounces) 
brandy. Filter. 

Thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) contain about 0.15 gram 
(2-J grains) of opium. 

Used in coughs, etc. 

Dose. — About four to twelve cubic centimeters (1 to 3 fluidrachms). 

OPII LIQUOK COMPOSITUS. 

Compound Liquor of Opium. 

Macerate one hundred grams (3 ounces 330 grains) powdered opium 
for twenty-four hours with one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (5 
fluidounces) hot water, and express the liquid. Repeat the maceration 
four times more, using the same quantity of water each time. Mix the 
liquids and filter the mixture. Evaporate it on a water-bath until one 
hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) remain. Shake this with two 
hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains, measuring about 9 fluidounces) 
ether several times, and then let the mixture stand until the ether has 
thoroughly separated. Decant the ether, and evaporate the remainder 
of the liquid until all odor of ether has disappeared. Then add to it 
ninety cubic centimeters (3 fluidounces) water. Filter. Add one hun- 
dred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces) alcohol, and one hun- 
dred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces) water. Assay the 
resulting solution, and having ascertained the percentage of morphine 
it contains, dilute it with water so that each fifteen cubic centimeters 
(^ fluidounce) shall contain 0.25 gram (4 grains) morphine. Then add 
to every fifteen cubic centimeters of the liquid, one cubic centimeter 
(16 minims) chloroform, two cubic centimeters (32 minims) acetic ether, 
and thirteen cubic centimeters (3£ fluidrachms) stronger alcohol. 

Dose. — About one cubic centimeter (15 minims). 

OPII LIQUOR SEDATIVUS. 
Battley's Sedative Drops. 

Dissolve one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) extract of opium 
in one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) boiling water ; filter 
the solution ; then add two hundred and forty cubic centimeters (8 
fluidounces) alcohol. 

Each twelve minims contains about one grain extract of opium, rep- 
resenting over two grains powdered opium. It is nearly twice the 
strength of the tincture of opium. 

Dose. — About four or five drops. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 735 

OPII MISTUKA COMPOSITA. 

Compound Opium Mixture. 

Diarrhoea Mixture. 

Mix seventy-five cubic centimeters (2£ fluidounces) chloroform, two 
hundred cubic centimeters (6f fluidounces) tincture of opium, two hun- 
dred cubic centimete^ spirit of camphor, two hundred cubic centimeters 
tincture of capsicum, and three hundred and twenty-five cubic centi- 
meters (11 fluidounces) alcohol. 

Dose. — About 2.5 cubic centimeters (half a teaspoonful) in water. 

OPII PILULE; U. S. 
Pills of Opium. 

Mix 6.50 grams (100 grains) powdered opium and 1.62 gram (25 
grains) powdered castile soap, and form a pill mass, with sufficient 
water. Divide this into one hundrecLpills. 

Each pill contains one grain opium. 

OPII PULYIS; IT. S. 
Powdered Opium. 

"Opium dried at a temperature not exceeding 85° C. (185° F.) and 
reduced to No. 50 powder." 

Required to yield by the official method of assay not less than twelve 
nor more than sixteen per cent, morphine. 

Any powdered opium containing less than twelve per cent, morphine 
must be strengthened by mixing it with a stronger opium, and any 
opium containing more than sixteen per cent, morphine must be reduced 
by mixing it with opium of a lower morphine strength in the proportions 
necessary to bring the resulting product within the prescribed limits. 

As the Government permits the importation of opium containing less 
than twelve or more than sixteen per cent, morphine, the necessity of 
assaying the opium before using it is obvious. 

Dose. — About 0.06 gram (1 grain). 

OPII TINCTURA; IT. S. 

Tincture of Opium. 

Laudanum. 

Triturate thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) powdered opium with one 

hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces) hot water (90° C, 



'36 A COMPANION TO THE 



or 194° F.) until reduced to a smooth paste; macerate twelve hours; 
then add one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces) alco- 
hol, mix well, and transfer the whole to a conical percolator. Percolate, 
returning the liquid that passes until it comes through clear. When 
the percolate ceases to drop, gradually add diluted alcohol, and thus con- 
tinue the percolation until three hundred grams (10 ounces 250 grains, 
measuring about lOf fluidounces) tincture has be^ obtained. 

One fluidounce of the tincture of opium of the Pharmacopoeia of 
1870 weighed about four hundred and thirty grains, and contained the 
activity of thirty-seven and one-half grains of opium. The gravimetric 
strength of that preparation was therefore about 8.72 per cent. That 
of the tincture of opium of the new Pharmacopoeia is ten per cent. 
Hence the new laudanum is rather more than fourteen and two-thirds 
per cent, stronger than the old by weight, and if the dose of the old be 
considered as ten grains, then the dose of the new should be eight and 
three-fourths grains. 

One fluidounce of the new tincture of opium represents about 43.225 
grains opium, and is about fifteen and one-fourth per cent, stronger 
volumetrically than that of the Pharmacopoeia of 1870. Hence if the 
dose of the old laudanum was thirteen minims that of the new is about 
eleven minims. 

The above comparisons are" as nearly correct as possible, the specific 
gravity of the respective diluted alcohols of the two Pharmacopoeias 
being considered as well as the proportion of opium dissolved. 

The morphine strength of the opium which has been actually used 
for twenty years past in this country having been as nearly as possible 
the same as now prescribed by the new Pharmacopoeia, there is no 
other difference between the two laudanums than that occasioned by 
the different proportions in the new formula, which is as already 
stated. 

Tincture of opium prepared according to the Pharmacopoeia of 1870, 
if made from opium containing only nine per cent, morphine, would 
contain 3.37 grains morphine to each fluidounce ; if from opium of ten 
per cent, morphine it would contain three and three-fourths grains 
morphine to each fluidounce ; if from opium of ten and three-fourths 
per cent, morphine it would contain four grains morphine to the fluid- 
ounce ; if from opium of twelve per cent, morphine it would contain 
four and one-half grains morphine to the fluidounce ; if from opium of 
twelve and one-half per cent, morphine it would contain four and two- 
thirds grains morphine in each fluidounce ; if from opium of thirteen 
and one-half per cent, morphine strength it would contain five grains of 
the alkaloid in each fluidounce ; and if from opium of sixteen per cent. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 737 

morphine strength it would contain six grains morphine in each fluid- 
ounce. 

When made according to the new Pharmacopoeia (1880), using an 
opium of thirteen and one-half per cent, morphine strength, the tincture 
will contain six grains morphine in each fluidounce. 

Dose. — About 0.6 cubic centimeter (10 minims), equal to 0.06 gram 
(1 grain) of opium. 



OPII TIXCTUEA CAMPHORATA; IT. S. 

Camphoeated Tinctuee of Opium. 

Paregoric Elixir, Paregoric, Compound Tincture of Opium. 

Macerate together for seven days four grams (60 grains) powdered 
opium, four grams benzoic acid, four grams camphor, four grams vola- 
tile oil of anise, forty grams (1 ounce 180 grains) glycerin, and nine 
hundred grams (31 ounces 330 grains, measuring about 32f- fluidounces) 
diluted alcohol. Filter through paper, in a well-covered funnel, and 
afterward pass enough diluted alcohol through the filter to make the 
whole product weigh one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains, meas- 
uring about 36 fluidounces). 

The glycerin takes the place of the honey formerly used. It might 
well have been omitted in order to further improve the preparation. 
The alcoholic strength of this tincture is now sufficient to keep it clear. 

0.06 gram (1 grain) of opium is contained in about seventeen cubic 
centimeters (or 275 minims) of this tincture. 

Dose. — About fifteen cubic centimeters {\ fluidounce). 



OPII TINCTURA CROCATA. 

Tinctuee of Opium and Saffeon. 

~Yinum Opii Crocatum — Sydenham's Laudanum. 

Macerate together for five days six grams (92 grains) coarsely pow- 
dered cinnamon, six grams ground cloves, thirty-five grams (1 ounce 100 
grains) Spanish saffron, one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) pow- 
dered opium, and- sufficient Malaga wine to make the total final product 
measure one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces). 

Dose. — About 0.06 cubic centimeter (10 minims) equal to 0.008 
gram (J grain) of morphine. 
47 



738 A COMPANION TO THE 



OPII TINCTCRA DEODORATA; IT. S. 
Deodorized Tincture of Opium. 

Triturate ten grams (154 grains) powdered opium with forty grams 
(1J fluidounce) water, gradually added, until reduced to a smooth paste, 
and macerate for twelve hours ; express the liquid ; repeat this macera- 
tion twice, using each time the same quantity of water. Mix the liquids 
and evaporate the mixture to ten grams (154 grains), and shake this 
repeatedly with twenty grams (308 grains or 410 minims) ether in a 
bottle. Let stand until the ether separates and then pour it off. Evap- 
orate the remaining liquid until all odor of ether has disappeared. Mix 
the residue with fifty grams (1§- fluidounce) water, and filter through 
paper. When the liquid has passed add enough water through the 
filter to make the whole weigh eighty grams (2 ounces 360 grains). 
Then add twenty grams (308 grains or 6§ fluidrachms) alcohol. 

This preparation is much lighter in color than the tincture of opium, 
as the ether removes not only the narcotine and the odorous matter but 
also much coloring matter. 

Deodorized tincture of opium is sold in this country very frequently 
under the name of "Fluid Extract of Opium, Deodorized," or "Fluid 
Extract of Opium, Aqueous." 

McMunvbS Elixir of Opium is also a deodorized tincture of opium 
of about the same strength as the official preparation, which ought to 
be used in preference to it. The deodorized tincture is less nauseating 
than the simple tincture of opium, and less liable to produce the dis- 
agreeable effects often following the use of the latter. 

Dose. — About 0.6 cubic centimeter (10 minims) equal to about 
0.06 gram (1 grain) of opium. 

OPII TINCTURA PECTORALIS. 
Bateman's Drops. 
Macerate together for ten days five grams (77 grains) powdered 
opium, five grams powdered catechu, five grams camphor, one gram (15 
grains) volatile oil of anise, and one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluid- 
ounces) diluted alcohol. Express, filter, and add caramel to give the 
product a dark sherry color. About one-fourth stronger than paregoric. 
Dose. — Eight to twelve cubic centimeters (2 to 3 fluidrachms). 

OPII VINUM; U. S. 
Wine of Opium. 
Macerate together for seven days ten grams (154 grains) powdered 
opium, one gram (15 grains) cinnamon in fine powder, one gram ground 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 739 

cloves, and one hundred grams (3^- fluidounces) stronger white wine, 
shaking occasionally. Filter. Add enough stronger white wine through 
the filter to make the total product weigh one hundred grams (3 ounces 
230 grains, measuring about 3^- fluidounces). 

Dose. — About 0.6 cubic centimeter (10 minims) equal to about 
0.06 gram (1 grain) of opium. 



OPIUM DENAKCOTISATUM; U. S. 
Denarcotized Opium. 

Macerate five hundred grams (17 ounces 280 grains) powdered as- 
sayed opium containing fourteen per cent, morphine for twenty-four 
hours with two thousand five hundred grams (or about 7 pints) stronger 
ether, in a well-closed flask or tin can, shaking the mixture well from 
time to time. Then let it rest until it settles ; pour off the clear ethereal 
liquid and set it aside. Add a fresh portion of one thousand two hun- 
dred and fifty grams (about 3^- pints) stronger ether to the remainder, 
and macerate twelve hours, shaking occasionally as before. Let settle 
again, and pour off the clear. Finally add a third portion of one 
thousand two hundred and fifty grams stronger ether, macerate for 
two hours, and after allowing the powder to subside, pour off the 
ether. 

Mix the three portions of ether that were used, and rectify the mix- 
ture by distillation in a water bath, the distillate to be set aside for 
future use for the same purpose. 

Collect the now denarcotized opium in a weighed dish and dry it. 
Gentle heat may be applied at first, but toward the latter part of the 
drying the temperature should not exceed 85° C. (185° F.). Then add 
enough milk sugar to make the whole product weigh five hundred grams 
(17 ounces 280 grains), and triturate thoroughly until reduced to a uni- 
form mixture in fine powder. 

If the opium to be denarcotized contains more than fourteen per cent, 
morphine the quantity of milk sugar added must be proportionately in- 
creased. 

The ether extracts from the opium its narcotine, together with the 
nauseous odorous principle contained in the drug, and also a large pro- 
portion of the coloring matter. 

Dose. — The same as of the ordinary powdered opium. 

Denarcotized opium is free from the sickening effects sometimes pro- 
duced by the common powdered opium. 



740 A COMPANION TO THE 

Origanum ; TJ. S. 

Origanum. 

Origani Herba — Dosten, Wilder Marjoran, Meiran, G. ; Origan, Mar- 
jolaine sauvage, F. ; Bergmynta, Sw. ; Wild Marjoram. 

Origin. — Thymus vulgare, Linne {Labiatm). 

Habitat. — Asia, Africa, Europe, and North America. 

Part used. — The herb. 

Description. — The leaves are translucently dotted by oil glands, 
dark green on the upper side, pale green and hairy on the under side ; 
flowers pale purple. 

Constituents. — About one to two per cent, volatile oil ; also some 
tannin, bitter principle, and resin. 

Properties. — Stimulant, carminative, emmenagogue. Rarely, if 
ever, used internally. Sometimes used externally in fomentation. 

Dose. — Five to ten grams (1 to 2J drachms) in infusion. 

Oryzse Semina. 

Rice. 

Origin. — Oryza sativa, Linne {Graminacece). 

Habitat. — The famous rice plantations of the Carolinas and other 
of our Southern States furnish the best rice in the world. 

Part used. — The seeds, with the hulls removed. 

Description. — The appearance of this common article of food is 
familiar. The rice should be large, pure white, clean, and contain but 
few broken grains. 

Constituents. — About eighty-five to ninety per cent, starch, seven 
per cent, nitrogenous matters, and less than one per cent. fat. It thus 
contains more starch and less fat than any other cereal. 

Uses. — Nutrient. 

Mice- Water is extensively employed as a demulcent and refrigerant 
drink. It is made by boiling thirty grams (1 ounce) rice with one 
thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) water for an hour or two. 
The decoction is to be used cold and without straining it. 

ORYZSE FARINA. 
Rice Flour. 
A flour made from the fruit of Oryza sativa, Linne\ 
Must be an impalpable powder. Perfectly white. 
Used as a soothing application to the skin, and as an ingredient in 
cosmetic powders. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 741 

Oryzae Amylum. 

Rice Stakch. 

Prepared from the fruit of Oryza sativa, Linne. 

Perfectly white, and in irregular masses. Large quantities are con- 
sumed in the form of patent laundry starch. 




Fig. 389.— Rice Starch, magnified. 

Its granules are angular, rather uniform in size, and the smallest of 
those of any of the commercial starches. 
Uses. — Same as of rice "flour. 

Ossa Sepiseo 

Cuttlefish Boxe. 

Origin. — Sepia officinalis, Linne (Cephalopoda). 

White, oval scales, about ten centimeters (4 inches) long, made up 
of a hard shell filled with a friable, porous mass. Has a perceptible 
marine odor, and a somewhat salty taste. 

Constituents. — Animal matter, calcium carbonate sodium chlo- 
ride, etc. Pharmaceutical^ it is sometimes used as an ingredient in 
tooth-powders. 

Ovum. 

Egg. 

The egg is about ten per cent, shell, sixty per cent, albumen, and 
thirty per cent. yolk. The " white " of one egg (albumen ovi) weighs 



742 A COMPANION TO THE 

on the average twenty to twenty-six grams (about 300 to 400 grains), 
and consists of about eighty-two to eighty-eight per cent, water, and 
twelve to eighteen per cent, solid matters, chiefly albumen, with traces 
of fat, sugar, and mineral salts. 

The " yolk " of one egg (vitellus ovi) weighs about ten to fifteen 
grams (150 to 230 grains), and is composed of forty-eight to fifty-five 
per cent, water, 16 per cent, vitellin, thirty per cent, fat, some inor- 
ganic salts, coloring matter, cholesterin, etc. 

The yolk of egg is very effective in emulsifying oils, wax, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — The egg is used as a food for invalids and con- 
valescents as well as for the healthy. 

The white of egg forms practically insoluble albuminates with some 
of the mineral salts, especially of mercury (corrosive sublimate) and cop- 
per (sulphate), and is used as a chemical antidote. Must be followed by 
emetics, as albuminates are slowly acted on by the gastric juice and 
dissolved. 

It is also used as a protective in cases of poisoning with the corro- 
sive poisons. 

By coagulating white of egg with alum, alum curd is formed, which 
is a valuable application in conjunctivitis. 

The yolk, with sugar, hot water, and brandy forms a nutrient drink 
for patients requiring concentrated, easily digestible food with stimu- 
lants. 



Osycedri Pyroleum. 

Oil of Cade. 

Juniperi Oleum Empyreumaticum, Oleum Cadinum — Kadebl, G. ; 
Huile de Cade, F. ; Envedstjara, Sw. 

The oil of cade is a tar-like empyreumatic liquid, prepared chiefly in 
France by destructive distillation of the wood of Juniperus oxycedrus, 
Linne (Coniferoe). It is thinner than pine-tar, and has a peculiar em- 
pyreumatic odor different from that of ordinary tar and reminding of 
juniper. 

Constituents. — Similar to those of other tar-like products. The 
oil of cade contains volatile oil of juniper. 

Medicinal Uses. — As a parasiticide in scabies, etc.; also as an 
external application in rheumatism, and in many skin diseases, as psori- 
asis, etc. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 743 

Oxyg-enium. 

Oxygen. 

Oxygen is a colorless and odorless gas, the importance of which is 
manifest from its abundance and general distribution. It makes up 
probably more than one-half of the weight of the earth's crust, the ani- 
mal and vegetable creation included. It constitutes eight-ninths of all 
water, at least one-third of the rocks, minerals, and earthy matters, and 
one-fifth of the atmospheric air. 

It supports combustion and animal heat. 

It is best made by heating chlorate of potassium which has been 
mixed with about one-fifth to one-fourth its weight of black oxide of 
manganese. The chlorate of potassium is then decomposed, all its oxy- 
gen being liberated, while potassium chloride remains. For generating 
oxygen it is best to use a copper or iron flask expressly made for this 
purpose, which may be had of dealers in chemical apparatus. The gas 
is collected in rubber bags. 

In making oxygen great caution must be exercised, as the manufac- 
ture of this gas is not without danger if carelessly undertaken. 

The chemicals should be perfectly pure, and all foreign organic mat- 
ter, as, for instance, bits of paper, etc., should be carefully removed 
from the packages. 

The chemicals may be tested by heating an ounce or two of the mix- 
ture in an iron ladle over a Bunsen burner until the chlorate is melted, 
and if the oxygen comes off quietly, without sparks of fire or slight ex- 
plosions occurring in the mixture, the chemicals are safe, and, if pos- 
sible, a large stock of that lot, especially of the black oxide of manga- 
nese, should be purchased, and kept free from dust or admixture of any 
kind until wanted for use. 

Five hundred grams (about 17f ounces) of chlorate of potassium 
with one hundred grams (about 3-J ounces) of black oxide of manganese 
will fill a 30" x 40" rubber gas-bag. 

We use a safety-retort in which an arrangement is made for the 
harmless escape of any excessive amounts of oxygen which may be 
generated, as the lid is not clamped on, but is simply a conical plug 
which is easily blown out by a pressure of a few pounds, so that no ex- 
plosion can occur, but at most only the materials may be lost if too 
great a heat is applied. 

The stopcocks and tubes should be of large enough calibre, and we 
should be sure that there is no obstruction before proceeding to make 
the gas. Frequently the openings in the stopcocks are very small, while 
all the tubes may be of sufficient calibre. 



744 A COMPANION TO THE 



The oxygen may be passed through a wash-bottle to cool it before 
passing into a bag. 

The best method of heating is by means of a gas-stove, as the heat 
can be better regulated than when using any other fire. 

If oxygen is to be used for inhalation, the gas should be passed 
through, a wash-bottle containing a solution of caustic potassa or soda, 
to remove any chlorine compounds which may have formed, and which 
would prove irritating to the lungs ; but the wash-bottle may be inserted 
between the gas-bag and the mouthpiece through which the gas is inhaled. 

Medicinal Uses. — Oxygen gas is used for inhalation by passing 
it through a clean rubber tube, used only for this purpose, and provided 
with a proper mouthpiece, with stopcock, like those that are used in the 
inhalation of laugh ing-o;as. 

Oxygen has not had much trial as a curative agent in pulmonary 
complaints, but there can be no doubt that it might be productive of 
good in some cases, if added in small quantities to the air used in the ap- 
paratuses for inhalations of compressed or rarefied air, which have been 
so beneficial in asthma and other lung diseases. 

On the other hand, oxygen probably would prove deleterious in some 
cases by stimulating the morbid process of the disease. 

But there are numerous cases in which its administration is highly 
beneficial, namely, all in which there is an insufficiency of air taken into 
the lungs, as in asthma, croup, diphtheria, and similar troubles. In 
these cases it affords marked, and often instant relief, though it may not 
be curative in its action. Care must be taken not to convey contagious 
diseases, as diphtheria, by using the same mouthpiece without first 
properly cleaning with carbolic acid solution, etc. Asphyxia from any 
cause — from drowning, from inhalation of carbonic dioxide (carbonic 
acid gas) in cellars, wells, or vaults, house-gas from leaking gas-pipes or 
from careless blowing out of gaslight by ignorant people, etc. — is gen- 
erally promptly relieved, and the patient restored. In such cases it may 
be necessary to provide the end of the tube with a flexible catheter and 
pass it through the glottis into the trachea and gently force in the gas, 
taking care that the oxygen is not forced down the oesophagus by mis- 
take, distending the stomach with oxygen, thereby adding another im- 
pediment to an already embarrassed respiration. 

The most marked relief we ever witnessed from the inhalation of 
oxygen was in the case of a little child who had taken a drink of lye 
by accident. The inhalation of pure oxygen promptly arrested the hor- 
rible agony,of the little patient, and although death ultimately resulted, 
the relief afforded was a blessing to the child as well as to its parents 
and friends. 



ore 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 745 

Oxymellita. 

OxYMELS. 

Mixtures of honey with acid liquids. Thus oxymel seillse is a mix- 
ture of honey and vinegar of squill. The " Oxymel " of the British 
Pharmacopoeia is a mixture of one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters 
(5 fluidounces) acetic acid, one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (5 
fluidounces) water, and twelve hundred cubic centimeters (40 fluidounces) 
honey. 

Ozonum, 

Ozone. 

This is oxygen gas changed in properties by electricity or otherwise 
in such a way as to energetically oxidize, even at ordinary temperatures, 
substances which are not affected by the common variety of oxygen. 
Thus it liberates iodine from iodide of potassium, bleaches vegetable 
colors, etc. It is on this account a powerful disinfectant, and it is truth- 
fully said that a thunderstorm purifies the air, because the quantity of 
ozone always present in the air is very perceptibly increased by the light- 
ning (electricity). Ozone generators are accordingly placed in hospitals 
and dwelling-houses for the purpose of keeping the air pure and sweet. 

Palmse Oleum. 

Palm Oil. 

Pahnoel, Palmbutter, G. ; Huile depalme, F. ; Palmolja, Sw. 

Origin- — JElais guineensis, Jacqin, and JElais melanococca, Gaertner 
(Palmacece). 

Habitat. — Western Africa and tropical parts of America. 

Production. — By pressure, from the fleshy part of the fruit. 

Description. — An orange-yellow fixed oil, of the consistence of 
butter, or somewhat harder. When fresh it has a bland taste and a 
pleasant violet-like odor. According to its age, it fuses at from 27° to 
37° C. (80° to 99° F.). It is readily soluble in ether, but much less so 
in alcohol. 

Constituents. — Tripalmitin and triolein. 

Uses. — Largely used in the manufacture of soaps and pomades. 

How Kept. — Palm oil rapidly turns rancid, especially when exposed 
to light and warmth, and then loses its rich color, becoming bleached. 
When thus decomposed it sometimes contains as much as eighty per 



746 



A COMPANION TO THE 



cent, of free fatty acids, and is unfit for some of its most profitable uses. 
Hence it must be carefully preserved in tightly closed vessels, in a cool, 
shady place. 

Medicinal Properties. — Medicinally it is a pleasant emollient. 

Panax. 

Panax. 
Panaris Radix — Ginseng. 

Origin. — Aralia quinquefolia, Gray (Araliacem). 
Habitat. — North America as far down as Georgia and Tennessee. 
Getting rare. 

Part used. — The root. 

Description. — Spindle-shaped, fifty to seventy-five millimeters (2 
to 3 inches) long, the upper portion annulate ; usually branched into two 

or three simple branches, wrinkled 
lengthwise ; sometimes the lower 
portion is longer and more tapering 
than in the figure ; the outside is 
pale brownish-yellow; breaks with a 
short fracture ; internally mealy and 
white; the bark is thick and has a 
large number of resin cells ; odor 
weak, taste sweetish and aromatic. 

Constituents.— Resin, and a 
sweet amorphous substance, which 
has been called panaquilon (S. S. 
Garrigues). 

Medicinal Uses. — Employed as a mild stimulant tonic in loss of 
appetite, etc., in 

Doses of two to eight grams (30 to 130 grains). Best administered 
in the form of fluid extract made with diluted alcohol as a men- 
struum. 

Pancreatinum. 
Pancreatin. 

Origin. — A proteid contained in the juice of the pancreatic gland 
and possessing the power of emulsifying and decomposing fat or fixed 
oil and of converting starch into sugar. The pancreas of the beef is 
used for its preparation. 

Preparation. — Professor E. Scheffer's method of preparing pan- 




Fig. 390. — Ginseng, natural size. 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 747 



creatin is as follows : Fresh beef pancreas is finely chopped, macerated 
for twenty-four hours with water acidulated with a little hydrochloric 
acid, then macerated a second time with water, the strained and filtered 
liquid treated with calcium carbonate until the acid is neutralized, the 
liquid again filtered, and then mixed with an equal volume of ninety-five 
per cent, alcohol which precipitates the pancreatin. The precipitate 
is washed with dilute alcohol, pressed between filter paper, and dried 
without the aid of heat. 

Properties. — Yellowish, nearly transparent, odorless, soluble in 
water, and has an alkaline reaction. Any disagreeable odor present in 
pancreatin should condemn it. 

Tests. — Cod-liver is usually chosen for testing the digestive or 
emulsifying power of the preparation. Ten grains should emulsify not 
less than one hundred and twenty grains. 

Uses. — In atonic dyspepsia, especially in those cases in which 
starch and fat is imperfectly digested. 

According to some writers pancreatine is of no medicinal value, as 
it is decomposed and digested in the stomach by the gastric juice, and 
does not reach the intestine to take the place of a deficient pancreatic 
secretion. 

See also " Nutritive Enema," on page 424. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.3 gram (2 to 5 grains). 

PANCREATmi EMULSIO. 

Pancreatic Emulsion. 

Take two and one-half pounds of fresh pancreas from pigs ; remove 
the fat and other extraneous matters ; beat it to a uniform mass in a 
stone mortar ; add two pounds of lard, and beat the whole well together, 
adding gradually two and one-half pints water. Strain through muslin. 

Add twenty-one pounds ether ; shake thoroughly, and set it aside to 
separate. Decant the ethereal solution of pancreatized fat, which floats 
at the top, from the watery stratum below. Put the ethereal liquid into 
a still and recover the ether by distillation. Pancreatized fat then re- 
mains. Then mix two pounds pancreatized fat thoroughly with one 
pint alcohol and three pints water. The mixture thus obtained is " pan- 
creatic emulsion." It has an acid reaction. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

Panis Mica. 

Bread Crumb. 
The soft inner portion of well-baked, light, wheat bread. 
Sometimes used for poultices or for making pill masses. 



748 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Papaveris Fructus. 

Poppy Capsules. 
Origin- — Papaver somniferum, Linne (JPapaveracece). 
Habitat. — Western Asia ; cultivated. 
Part used- — The nearly ripe capsules. 

Description. — From twenty-five to fifty millimeters (1 to 2 inches) 
long, and about twenty-five millimeters diameter, formed as seen in the 




Figs. 391-307. — Poppy Heads, natural size, a, white ; 6, black ; c, dehiscence ; d, trans- 
verse section ; e, seeds, natural size ; /, seed, enlarged ; g, section of seed. 

illustration here presented. Externally pale brownish. Brittle. Con- 
tain numerous small white seeds ("maw seed"). Odor none; taste 
somewhat bitter. 

Constituents. — Variable and always small quantities of some of 
the alkaloids of opium, including morphine, narcotine, narceine, rhoeadine, 
codeine, and papaverosine. 

Medicinal Uses. — Seldom employed, and probably medicinally 
worthless. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 749 

PAPAVERIS DECOCTUM. 

Decoction of Poppy Heads. 

From fifty grams (or about If avoirdupois ounce) of the drug, from 
which the seeds have been first removed, make five hundred grams 
(equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

About the same strength as the preparation of the British Pharma- 
copoeia. 

Used externally as a demulcent and slightly anodyne fomentation. 

PAPAVEKIS FPUCTUS EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Poppy Heads. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Very slightly anodyne. 

Dose- — Two to ten cubic centimeters (J to 2J- fluidrachms). 

PAPAVERIS SYRUPUS. 

Syrup of Poppies. 

Mix one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces) fluid 

extract of poppy capsules with ninety cubic centimeters (3 fluidounces) 

water ; filter ; and dissolve in the filtrate two hundred grams (7 ounces 

24 grains) sugar. 

Occasionally used in cough-mixtures. 

Dose. — About two cubic centimeters (J fluidrachm) for small chil- 
dren. 

Papaveris Oleum. 

Oil of Poppy Seed. 

A clear pale-yellow oil of 0.92 specific gravity, consisting of lino- 
lein, palmitin, etc., congealing at —18° C. (0° F.). Odor, slight ; taste, 
mild. 

Used as a protective and emollient. 

Papaveris Semina. 

Poppy Seed, 
Maw Seed. 
The small white seeds of the poppy. (Figs. 391-397.) 
Constituents. — About forty-five per cent, bland fixed oil 
Uses.— As food for man and for birds. 



750 A COMPANION TO THE 

Papaya. 

Papaya. 

Papaw — Mamceiro. 

Origin. — Carica Papaya (Passiflorece). 

Habitat. — South America. 

Parts used. — The milky juice of the fruit, and also the leaves. 

Papaw Milk. — A neutral, thick, milky fluid, which coagulates in 
two parts, one portion being a pulpy mass, which is insoluble or nearly 
so, the other portion being a colorless, limpid serum. By mixing the 
milky juice with alcohol (after filtration), a white amorphous powder 
precipitates, which is entirely and readily soluble in water. When 
dried this powder forms 

Papain. — A peculiar ferment containing 10.6 per cent, nitrogen, 
perfectly soluble in water, and capable of softening and disintegrating 
meats, dissolving fibrin, etc. It is, therefore, called a "vegetable pep- 
sin." Unlike pepsin, it dissolves fibrin in a liquid which may be either 
slightly acid, or neutral, or slightly alkaline ; and it acts at higher tem- 
peratures than pepsin will bear, and more rapidly. 

This ferment has also been called caricin. 

Dried Papaw Milk. — A pale, yellowish-white, coarse powder, 
which is inodorous. It has been recommended as a purifying applica- 
tion to ill-natured sores and ulcers. It is, in fact, said to digest or dis- 
solve away the diseased portions of the flesh. 

Paraffinum. 

Paraffin. 

Solid hydrocarbons, obtained usually from coal oil. White, crystal- 
line, semi-transparent, in small flakes, fatty to the feel ; insoluble in 
water, alkalies, or cold alcohol ; soluble in fixed oils, volatile oils, ben- 
zin, ether, chloroform, carbon bisulphide, etc. 

Pure white paraffin may be either hard or soft, according to its 
chemical composition. 

Soft paraffinoids, such as " cosmolin," " vaselin," " petrolina," etc., 
are mixtures of several paraffins of a soft consistence (see "Petro- 
latum "). 

Paraffin! Oleum. 

Paraffin Oil. 

Liquid paraffin. Colorless or pale ; nearly odorless. A mixture of 
hydrocarbons. 

Crude paraffin oil is more or less colored, and sometimes very dark. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



751 



In commerce, impure liquid paraffins are used under the names 
^ubricPvting oil," " neutral oil," " spindle oil," etc. 
Used mainly for lubricating. 



Pareira ; U. S. 

Pareira. 
Pareira Prava. 

Origin. — Chondodendron tomentosum, Ruiz et Pavon (Menisper- 
macece). 

Habitat. — Brazil and Peru. 

Part used. — The root. 

Description- — Pieces from a decimeter (4 inches) to a meter (40 
inches) or more long, and from twenty-five to seventy-live millimeters (1 
to 3 inches) thick, dark grayish-brown or 
blackish-brown externally, pale brown within. 
For its general appearance and the peculiar 
appearance of its section see the illustrations. 
The root has no distinct central pith. It is 
inodorous. The taste is bitter. 

Bright yellow, or grayish, as well as hard 
and nearly tasteless pieces should be rejected. 

Constituents- — About one-half percent, 
of an alkaloid called pelosine, or cissampeline, 
which is identical with the beberine of nec- 
tandra, and the bicxine of common boxwood. 

Admixtures- — The stem of chondoden- 
dron is often found mixed with the root. It 
has a thicker bark, is marked by dark-colored 
warts, and has a central pith. It probably 
has the same properties as the root. 

False Pareiras. — Several spurious drugs 
have been sold under the name of pareira 
brava. They all had more or less resem- 
blance to the genuine, but can be at once FlG « 398. -Pareira, natural size, 
distinguished from the latter by comparing the appearance of the sec- 
tions. Any root which does not present the general appearance shown 
in Figs. 398 and 399 cannot be true pareira brava. 

One — the more common — kind of false pareira brava is represented 
in section by Fig. 400, drawn from a natural specimen. 

It is remarkable for its irregular or spurious concentric rings, of 




752 



A COMP ANION TO THE 



which one can be traced spirally through three turns. The plant it is 
derived from is unknown. 

West Indian Pareira. — This is the root and the stem of Cissam- 
pelos pareira, Linne, which was formerly supposed to be the source of 
the pareira brava used in medicine in Europe and America. 





Fig. 399.— Pareira, transverse 
section, natural size. 



Fig. 400. — False Pareira, transverse sec- 
tion, natural size. 



It is from the thickness of a goose-quill to about two centimeters 
(nearly an inch) in diameter, and is covered by a corky bark. 

It contains the same alkaloid as the root of chondodendron and in 
the same proportion. 

Uses. — Pareira is useful in cystitis and pyelitis , or in all diseases of 
the mucous membrane of the bladder accompanied by a muco-purulent 
condition of the urine. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains). Best administered in 
the form of fluid extract. 

PAEETE^E DECOCTUM. 
Decoction of Pareira. 
From fifty grams (or about If avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

A trifle stronger than the preparation of the British Pharmacopoeia. 
Dose. — Twenty-five to seventy-five cubic centimeters (6 to 18 flui- 
drachms). 

PAEEIE.E EXTE ACTUM FLUIDUM ; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Pareira. 
To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17J avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 753 

As a first menstruum use a mixture of two hundred grams (about 8^- 
fluidounces) alcohol, two hundred grams (about 6J fluidounces) water, 
and one hundred grams (about 3^- avoirdupois ounces) glycerin. 

As a second menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion 
of one hundred grams (about 4J fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3-^ fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred grams (about 7 fluidounces) of 
the first menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Sat- 
urate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14J fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the second menstruum to 
make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose- — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

PAREIILE ESTFUSUM. 
Infusion of Pareira. 

From thirty grams (about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 
About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 
Dose. — Fifty to seventy-five cubic centimeters (12 to 18 fluidrachms). 

Pastse. 

Pastes. 

Soft solids of a compound nature, the ingredients of which are 
beaten together into a mass. Almond paste is a typical illustration of 
a "pasta." 

Marsh-mallow drops are made of "pasta." 

Pepo. 

Pumpkin Seed. 
Origin- — Cucurbita Pepo, Linne (Cucurbitaceoe). 
H ab itat. —Cultivated. 
Part used.— The seeds. 

Description. — Flat, oval, about twelve to twenty millimeters (£ to 
$ inch) long, white. Inodorous. Taste oily, bland. 
48 




754 A COMPANION TO THE 

Constituents. — About forty-four per 
cent, fixed oil ; protein compounds, starch, 
resin, sugar, etc. 

Properties. — Taenifuge. Best given in 
emulsion. Or the embryos deprived of the 
seed coats are beaten into a pulp with sugar. 
Fnss. 401^03. - Pumpkin Dose-— Thirty to sixty grams (1 to 2 

Seed, whole, transverse section, ounC es) of the fresh seeds. To be followed 
and embryo, all natural size. ' 

in a few hours with a dose of castor oil. 

Pepsinum. 

Pepsin. 

" Pepsin" is a hypothetical term denoting the digestive principle of 
the gastric juice. As a definite body it is entirely unknown. 

The substances used in medicine under the name of " pepsin " vary 
considerably in their properties, but all have the power, in greater or 
less degree, of dissolving or digesting albumen or fibrin. 

" Pure Pepsin " is the name generally given to a solid substance 
separated from the gastric juice, or secretion from the mucous mem- 
brane of the hog. Sometimes it is precipitated by means of alcohol, 
and sometimes by chloride of sodium. Lately " pepsin " is made by 
macerating the stomach and its mucous membrane in acidulated water 
at 38° to 40° C, whereby the albuminoids are changed into peptones 
which are held in solution and are then obtained in a solid form by dry- 
ing the concentrated fluid on glass plates. 

When precipitated by means of chloride of sodium the pure pepsin 
is a gray, tough, leathery substance, partially soluble in water. When 
dried on glass plates the " pepsin " is in semi-transparent, yellowish 
granules or small scales. Prepared by either process it has a disagree- 
able odor. The dried semi-transparent scale pepsin dissolves entirely 
and quickly in water. 

In the presence of hydrochloric acid pepsin dissolves coagulated 
albumen. The value of the pepsin depends not only upon the quantity 
of albumen dissolved by it, but even more upon the rapidity with which 
it exerts its peculiar solvent action. 

Food passes through the stomach after two or three hours; the pepsin 
must, therefore, act within that period at the temperature of the stom- 
ach, if it is to be of any value. ^ 

SchefTer found that one grain of pure pepsin (precipitated by sodium 
chloride) was capable of dissolving three thousand grains of albumen 
in a few days. The Pharmacopoeia prescribes a test for Saccharated 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 755 

Pepsin which requires one grain to dissolve fifty grains of hard-boiled 
white of egg in %i five or six hours." It would seem that it is of greater 
importance to know what the pepsin will do in, say, two to three hours, 
as after that period it will probably have little effect in the stomach. 

So-called " Pure Pepsin " (Peptonoid, or Peptone ?) may be consid- 
ered very good if at a temperature of 38° to 40° 0. (100° to 104° F.) 
one grain of it will dissolve three hundred grains hard-boiled white of 
egg, finely divided and suspended in about two ounces of water with 
thirty grains hydrochloric acid, within two to three hours. 

The time required to digest the albumen depends very greatly upon 
its mechanical division. It should be quite as finely divided as well 
masticated food. When in pieces of the size of lentils, as prescribed in 
the German Pharmacopoeia, the hard-boiled egg albumen will require 
several hours for its solution with any pepsin, whereas if beaten up into 
smooth pulp it will dissolve within less than an hour. 

The pepsin of the German Pharmacopoeia is required to be of such 
strength that one grain will digest one hundred grains egg albumen. 
It is, therefore, twice the digestive strength of the pepsin of the Phar- 
macopoeia of the United States. 

Pure pepsin in soluble, yellowish, and translucent scales sometimes 
digests as much as five hundred times its weight of albumen. To 
make the official saccharated pepsin from any pure pepsin of which one 
grain digests five hundred grains albumen, mix that pure pepsin by tri- 
turation with nine times its weight of powdered milk sugar. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 10 grams (2 to 150 grains), or more, with meals. The 
doses usually given are too small. It is better to give small doses fre- 
quently repeated than the full dose at once. 



PEPSINUM SACCHAEATUM; U. S. 
Saccharated Pepsin. 

Pepsin triturated with powdered sugar of milk. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 247, 248. 

It will be observed that the Pharmacopoeia requires a pepsin of over 
four times the digestive power heretofore generally accepted as standard 
for saccharated pepsin. It has been considered that the saccharated 
pepsin is of sufficient digestive power when ten grains of it would dis- 
solve one hundred and twenty grains egg albumen ; the present official 
test requires ten grains to dissolve five hundred grains egg albumen. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 10 grams (2 to 150 grains), or more, with meals. On 



756 A COMPANION TO THE 

account of the large quantity of sugar of milk in this preparation the 
doses are not larger than those of pure pepsin, as an excess of the sugar 
of milk may give rise to fermentation in the stomach. 

PEPSINI LIQUOR ; U. S. 

Solution of Pepsin. 

Liquid Pepsin. 

Mix twelve grams (185 grains) hydrochloric acid with five hundred 
and forty-eight grams (18J fluidounces) of water. Add forty grams 
(1 ounce 180 grains) saccharated pepsin, and shake well. Then add four 
hundred grams (14 ounces 48 grains) glycerin, shake, and set aside for 
twenty-four hours, after which filter. 

Must not be unclear, discolored, mouldy, or have a disagreeable odor. 
It has an acidulous taste. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of pepsin, but with the addi- 
tional effects of hydrochloric acid. Useful in apepsia, and in some forms 
of dyspepsia. 

Dose. — Five to twenty cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms) with 
meals. 

PEPSIM LIQUOR SERIPARUS. 
Liquid Rennet. 

Macerate fifteen calves' rennets with one hundred and eighty cubic 
centimeters (6 fluidounces) sherry wine, one hundred and fifty cubic cen- 
timeters (5 fluidounces) alcohol, and six hundred and eighty cubic centi- 
meters (23 fluidounces) water for fifteen days. Filter. 

Dose. — Dessertspoonful to tablespoonful. 

PEPSINI SERIPARUM VIIUM ; G. 
Rennet Wine. 

The fourth stomach of a young calf is washed with cold water, and 
the mucous membrane scraped off. To thirty grams (1 ounce) of this 
membrane is added two hundred and sixty grams (about 9 fluidounces) 
of white wine, and ten grams (150 grains) of sodium chloride (common 
salt). The whole is macerated three days, stirring frequently. It is 
then filtered, after which it is ready for use. Should be but slightly 
acid. 

Dose. — Tablespoonful or more. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 757 

PEPSINI VINITM. 
Wine of Pepsin. 

Triturate fifty grams (1 ounce 330 grains) saccharated pepsin with 
one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces) sherry wine 
mixed with twenty-five cubic centimeters (f fluidounce) diluted hydro- 
chloric acid, until dissolved. Then add ninety cubic centimeters (3 
fluidounces) sherry wine, filter, and finally add enough sherry through 
the filter to make the total filtrate measure five hundred cubic centime- 
ters (17 fluidounces). 

Dose- — Four to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2^- fluidrachms). 

Percolation. 

See article " Extracta Fluida." 

Persio. 

CUDBEAR. 

A dark purplish-red powder prepared from Lecanora tartarea and 
other lichens. It is used chiefly in dyeing. The coloring matter dis- 
lves readily in diluted alcohol. 

PEESIONIS TINCTUKA. # 

Tincture of Cudbear. 
Made by percolation of thirty grams (1 ounce) cudbear with three 
hundred cubic centimeters (about 10 fluidounces) diluted alcohol. 

This tincture is an excellent coloring agent for liquids, the rich color 
being especially suitable for acid preparations. Usually it will be found 
necessary to modify it more or less by the addition of caramel. 

Peruvianum Balsamum ; IT. S, 

Balsam of Peru. 

Perubalsamum — JPerubalsam, G. and Sw.; Baume du Perou, Baume 
des Jndes, F. ; Balsamo del Peru Biquido, Balsamo negro, Sp.; Peru 
Balsam. 

Origin. — Myroxylon Pereirce, Klotzsch (Beguminosw). 
Habitat. — Central America. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 52 and 53. 
The odor is one reminding of benzoin and vanilla. 

Peru balsam is almost entirely insoluble in water, which only extracts 



758 A COMPANION TO THE 

from it some cinnamic acid and a small quantity of cinnamein. As the 
balsam of Peru contains no volatile oil it is not a true balsam although 
containing cinnamic acid. It should have a pure agreeable balsamic 
odor. Often adulterated with alcohol, fixed oils, volatile oils, gurjun 
balsam, copaiba, etc., any of which may be detected by the pharma- 
copceial tests. 

Constituents. — About six per cent, cinnamic acid, thirty per cent, 
resins, and about sixty per cent, cinnamein (benzyl cinnamate). By di- 
gestion with solution of potassa about sixty per cent, of the drug sep- 
arates in the form of a yellowish-brown oily liquid, which has been 
improperly referred to as an " oil," but consists largely of cinnamein. 
which is probably the most active constituent. Balsam of Peru yields 
some benzoic acid and a number of other bodies when subjected to dry 
distillation. The percentage of resin in the drug increases with its age, 
and the color darkens. 

Medicinal Uses. — Balsam of Peru is a general stimulant, blennor- 
rhetic, and expectorant. It is useful in checking an excessive secretion 
of mucus in chronic bronchitis y also of value in intestinal catarrh and 
dysentery. Externally it is used as an application to chilblains, sore 
nipples, ulcers, and as an ointment in itch. It is said to be quite as 
efficient as sulphur ointment for the latter purpose, and is much more 
agreeable. The acarus scabiei does not live longer than twenty to 
forty minutes In Peru balsam. 

Dose. — Two grams (30 grains), in emulsion. 

PEPOJBALSAMI SYKUPUS. 
Syrup of Peru Balsam. 

Digest thirty grams (1 ounce) balsam of Peru with three hundred 
and sixty cubic centimeters (12 fluidounces) hot water for two hours in 
a covered vessel, stirring frequently. Filter the water, and dissolve in 
it six hundred and fifty grams (23 ounces) sugar. 

Used in cough mixtures. 

Dose. — A teaspoonful or more. 

PERUBALSAMI UNGQENTUM. 
Peru Balsam Ointment. 

Mix fifteen grams (£ ounce) balsam of Peru, 7.50 gram (J ounce) 
glycerin, and one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces) resin ointment. 

A pleasant and efficient substitute for sulphur ointment for the cure 
of itch. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 759 



Petrolatum ; U. S. 

Petroleum Ointment. 

Vaselin, Cosmolin, Petrolina, Saxolin, Soft Petroleum Paraffinoid, 

Petroleum Putter, 

Origin- — A mixture of semi-solid hydrocarbons obtained from 
American petroleum by distilling off the light and volatile constituents, 
the butter-like residue after hot filtration through animal charcoal con- 
stituting the " Petroleum Ointment." 

Description. — It is yellowish, transparent in thin layers, fat-like, 
perfectly smooth, odorless, tasteless, and of neutral reaction. It may 
also be obtained nearly white. It is insoluble in alcohol and in water ; 
but soluble in sixty-four parts absolute alcohol, and quite readily in 
ether, chloroform, oil of turpentine, benzin, and in volatile and fixed 
oils. 

Petroleum ointment does not turn rancid. The disagreeable odor 
occasionally observed in the preparation is probably in every instance 
due to faulty purification in its manufacture. 

Tests. — As petroleum ointment does not saponify with alkalies, the 
admixture of fixed oils or fats may be detected by digesting four grams 
(60 grains) of it for half an hour with four grams of caustic soda and 
twenty-four grams (6 fluidrachms) of water ; then separating the watery 
liquid and neutralizing it with diluted sulphuric acid, when no fat or 
oil should separate. When melted and shaken with an equal bulk of 
sulphuric acid of 1.54 specific gravity, no dark color should appear 
within two hours ; if charred by this treatment the preparation is im- 
pure. 

Melting Point. — The Pharmacopoeia prescribes that when the 
melting point is not specified, the petroleum ointment which melts at 
about 40° 0. (104° F.) is to be dispensed. This is the most suitable 
standard, and furnishes a product of proper consistence for most pur- 
poses. It agrees with the melting point of the most solid varieties of 
petroleum ointments now on the market, and is more firm than the ar- 
ticle as first introduced, which is too soft. Petroleum ointment of 
46° C. (115° F.) is also specified by the Pharmacopoeia as official. This 
is intended for preparing cerates, but is much softer than cerate made 
of wax and lard, although it does not melt any sooner. 

" Vaselin " melts at about 95° F. ; " Cosmolin " at about 97° to 
100° F. ; and other similar products at higher degrees of temperature. 
Uses. — The same as those of lard, simple ointment, and simple 



760 A COMPANION TO THE 



cerate. It has the great advantage of not turning rancid, and the dis- 
advantage of not penetrating or softening the skin as readily as animal 
fats and fixed oils do. 



Petroleum. 

Petroleum. 

" Oleum Petrce" Naphtha — Steinol, Pergol, G. ; Petrole, Huile 
mineral, F. ; Petrolio, Aceite mineral, Sp. ; Pergolja, Stenolja, 
Sw. ; Coal Oil y Pock Oil. 

Crude petroleum varies in color from pale-straw to dark-brown, or 
almost black, and in density from a thin, limpid fluid to a thick mo- 
lasses consistence. It is generally fluorescent with a bluish -green cast. 
Most petroleum is lighter that water, having about 0.80 or 0.90 specific 
gravity. 

It is a mixture of numerous hydrocarbons, some liquid and others 
solid. 

" Barbadoes Tar " and " Seneca Oil " are dark, thick varieties of 
petroleum. 

Naphtha, benzin, rhigolene, etc., are clear, colorless liquids consist- 
ing of the lighter and more volatile hydrocarbons of petroleum. The 
term " naphtha " is frequently, and was originally, applied to the lighter 
varieties of crude petroleum. It is now used to designate all that 
portion of petroleum which distils over at below 50° C. (122° F.). By 
repeated fractional distillations the most volatile hydrocarbons are 
separated from the naphtha. Coal oil for illuminating purposes is a 
mixture of the less volatile hydrocarbons which do not boil until at a 
comparatively high degree of heat. Penzin consists of the more vola- 
tile portions, and is therefore more dangerously inflammable than coal 
oil. (See " Benzinum.") 

Phigolene boils at 1° C. (33.8° F.), and being thus extremely vola- 
tile, is also exceedingly explosive. It is a clear, colorless liquid, of a 
slight benzin-like odor. Must be kept in strong bottles only two-thirds 
filled, and kept in a very cool place — best in the cellar. 

Medicinal Uses of Petroleum. — When taken internally it pos- 
sesses blennorrhetic and anthelmintic properties. It is sometimes used 
in chronic bronchitis, asthma, etc., and also as an external application 
in various cutaneous eruptions. 

Uses of Rhigolene. — It is employed with a hand atomizer to pro- 
duce a cold temperature for local anaesthetic effect, but is seldom used. 
The vapor mixed with air is highly explosive. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 761 

Petroselini Radix. 

' Petroselinum Root. 
Parsley Root. 

Origin. — Petroselmum sativum, Hoffman (Umbelliferoe). 
' Habitat.— Cultivated. 

Description. — A tapering, fleshy root, about fifteen centimeters (6 
inches) long, and twelve millimeters (-J inch) thick, externally light 
brownish-yellow, wrinkled, marked by transverse ridges ; the bark is 
thick, whitish within, and contains numerous resin cells ; the wood is 
porous, yellowish. Odor aromatic ; taste sweetish, aromatic. 

Constituents. — The chief constituent is a volatile oil, of a pale- 
yellowish color, a faint parsley odor, and pungent taste. The root also 
contains a neutral principle called apiin, soluble in alcohol and water. 

Medicinal Uses. — Carminative, diuretic, and emmenagogue. The 
fresh root is to be preferred. 

Useful in dropsy, strangury, gonorrhoea, and in amenorrhea and 
dysmenorrhoea, due to atony of the ovarian and uterine organs. 

Dose. — Two to ten grams (|- to 2|- drachms) in infusion or fluid 
extract made with diluted alcohol as a menstruum. 

Petroselini Fructus. 

Parsley Fruit. 

Petroselini Semina. 

Description. — The dried ripe fruits are grayish-green, roundish- 
ovate, laterally compressed. 
They have an aromatic odor 
and taste. See the illustra- 
tions. 

Constituents. — Volatile 

oil and apiol. The volatile 

oil is present to the extent of 

from 0.8 to 3.2 per cent., is 

Colorless or pale greenish- Figs. 404-406. — Parsley Fruit, natural size, en- 

, , . . „ larged, and transverse section, enlarged, 

yellow, has the specific gravity 

1.015 to 1.144, and is soluble in about twice to three times its weight of 

alcohol. 

Apiol is a colorless liquid, probably a mixture of several substances. 

It forms an emulsion with alkalies ; is insoluble in water, but readily 

soluble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform. It has 1.078 specific gravity, 




762 



A COMPANION TO THE 



and becomes turbid at —12° C. (10.4° F.) without solidifying. We have 
seen a green liquid sold as " apioV 

Medicinal Uses. — Aromatic, stimulant, diuretic, carminative. 

Apiol in doses of 0.50 to 1 gram (8 to 16 minims) is a general ex- 
citant, said to act about the same as coffee, and was at one time much 
praised as a substitute for quinine. 

Phalaris Fructus. 

Canary Seed. 
Bird Seed. 

Origin. — Phalaris canariensis, Linne ( Graminacece). 

Habitat- — The Mediterranean shores. 

Part used. — The fruit. 

Description. — About four millimeters (-§- inch) long, elliptic, flat- 
tened, glossy, pale-yellowish, interiorly white. Inodorous ; slightly 
bitter. 

Constituents. — Starch, gluten, and fat. 

Uses. — Mainly used as bird seed. The crushed seed has been used 
for poultices. 

Phellandrii Fructus. 

Phellandrium Fruit. 

" Phellandrii Semina" — Wasserfenchel, G. ; Fenouil d'eau, F.; Felan- 
drio, Sp. ; Stakrefron, Sw. ; Water-fennel. 

Origin . — (Enanthe phellandri- 
um, Lamarck ( Umbelliferce) . 

Habitat. — Asia and Europe. 

Part used. — The dried ripe 
fruit. 

D esc r i ptio n .—Brownish-green, 
formed as seen in the illustrations. 
The odor is aromatic, rather dis- 
agreeable; taste aromatic, bitterish. 

Constituents. — Volatile oil, 

_ '" . OA „, .. . . , . and phellandrol. 

Figs. 407-409. — Phellandrium, natural size, r 

enlarged, and transverse section, enlarged. Medicinal Uses. — Said to be 

stimulant, diaphoretic, diuretic, and expectorant. Useful in chronic 
bronchorrhoea, etc. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains) in powder or in fluid 
EXTRACT made with alcohol as a menstruum. 




UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



763 



PHELLANDRII INFUSUM. 
Infusion of Phellandrium. 
From thirty grams (about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

Dose. — Fifteen to thirty cubic centimeters (J to 1 fluidounce) sev- 
eral times daily. 

Phlorizinum. 

Phlorizin. 

A bitter glucoside, in colorless or white silky prismatic needles, ob- 
tained from the root-bark of apple, pear, cherry, plum, and poplar trees. 
It is odorless, freely soluble in hot water, and in alcohol. It resembles 
salicin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Has been used as a substitute for quinine in 
doses of 0.6 to 1.25 gram (10 to 20 grains). 

Phoradendron. 

Phoradendron. 
American Mistletoe. 

Origin - — Phoraden- 
dron flavescens, Nuttall 
(Lora?ithacece). 

Habitat - — Northern 
part of the United States. 

Part used. — The whole 
parasitic plant. 

Description. — See 
the illustration. Much 
branched, jointed, yellow- 
ish-green. Odor, heavy, 
disagreeable ; taste, bitter, 
somewhat astringent. 

Constituents.— A 
tenacious substance called 
viscin ("bird-lime" or bird- 
glue), resin, fixed oil, tan- 
nin, and various salts. 

Medicinal Uses.— 

Has been strongly recommended as an oxytocic in preference to ergot. 
Also to check hemorrhages. Was formerly employed in epilepsy, 
hysteria, etc. 




Fig. 410. — Twigs and leaves of Phoradendron, natural 
size, and transverse section of twig, enlarged. 



764 A COMPANION TO THE 

Best given in the form of fluid extract made with diluted alcohol 
as a menstruum, of which the dose is one to four cubic centimeters (15 
to 60 minims). 

Phosphates. 

Phosphates. 

Phosphates of calcium, sodium, potassium, iron, etc., are used under 
the supposition that they supply to the body both phosphorus and the 
several bases named. The acid phosphates and phosphoric acid itself 
are used for the same purpose and with the same object in view. The 
acid phosphates are usually held in solution in water by a small quantity 
of free phosphoric acid. Unquestionably as good a preparation of this 
kind as has been or can be made is the compound syrup of the phos- 
phates of the late Professor Parrish. An improved formula for this 
preparation is given below. 

Medicinal Uses. — The various preparations of the phosphates are 
frequently used in cases which require nervine tonics or stimulants, as 
well as general tonics. They are often prescribed in chronic wasting 
diseases and general debility, mental and nervous exhaustion and prostra- 
tion, morbid excitability, sleeplessness, sexual derangements or excesses, 
during lactation or in consumption; the particular preparation being 
chosen with reference to the bases of the salts which are most indicated 
by each individual case, as, for instance, calcium phosphates during lac- 
tation, iron phosphates in anaemia or consumption, etc. 



PHOSPHATUM SYEUPUS COMPOSITUS. 

Compound Syrup of the Phosphates. 

Chemical Food. 

Dissolve fifteen grams (230 grains) soluble phosphate of iron (1880) 
in sixty cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) hot water. Add gradually 
one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (5 fluidounces) phosphoric acid. 
There will at first be a whitish precipitation, which, however, redissolves 
as more phosphoric acid is added. 

Mix thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) precipitated calcium phosphate 
with one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces) boiling 
water ; then add gradually enough hydrochloric acid to entirely dissolve 
the powder. Filter the solution. Now add one liter (34 fluidounces) 
water, and then ammonia water in slight excess to re-precipitate the 
phosphate of calcium. Collect the precipitate on a filter and wash it 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 765 

thoroughly until the washings are no longer precipitated by solution of 
silver nitrate. 

Dissolve the freshly precipitated and washed phosphate of calcium, 
while still wet, in the acid solution of phosphate of iron. Then add five 
grams (77 grains) phosphate of sodium, and four grams (60 grains) car- 
bonate of potassium. Filter the solution. Then add enough water to 
make the whole measure four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (15J 
fluidounces). In this dissolve without the aid of heat eight hundred 
grams (28 ounces) sugar. Color the syrup with a few drops tincture of 
cudbear, and flavor it with about thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) 
orange-flower water. 

Dose. — One or two teaspoonfuls. 



Phosphorus ; XT. S. 

Phosphorus. 
Phosphor, G.; Phosphore, F.; Fosforo, Sp.; Fosfor, Sw. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 248, 249. 

It usually contains arsenic, and sometimes also sulphur. The limits 
of these impurities are fixed in the Pharmacopoeia. Must be kept 
under water, best in a glass-stoppered wide-mouthed bottle placed in a 
tin can filled with water up to the neck of the glass bottle. 

The sticks of phosphorus should be clear or waxy, not red or brown, 
externally. 

Medicinal Uses. — Phosphorus is employed as a nutritive stimu- 
lant to the nervous system. It is given in sexual and 7nental exhaus- 
tion, general debility, nervous depression, etc. Long-continued use is 
apt to derange the digestion and interfere with nutrition. 

Dose. — 0.0006 to 0.0012 gram ( t ^-q- to -fa grain) in pill or emulsion. 

Poisonous Effects. — In large doses this substance is a violent 
poison, producing, some hours after ingestion, intense gastro-intestinal 
irritation, accompanied by nausea, vomiting, bloody stools, intense burn- 
ing pains in abdomen, jaundice, general depression, restlessness, pro- 
gressing to delirium, coma, collapse, and death. 

Antidotes. — Emetics, preferably sulphate of copper in weak solu- 
tion, 0.1 to 0.2 gram (2 to 3 grains) every few minutes until vomiting is 
induced. Oil of turpentine in emulsion or solution of sulphate of cop- 
per, with opium to restrain vomiting, may then be given to prevent the 
poisonous effects of the phosphorus. The irritation and depression must 
be counteracted on general principles. 



766 A COMPANION TO THE 

PHOSPHORATUM OLEUM ; U. S. 

Phosphorated Oil. 

Put one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) expressed oil of 
almond into a flask and heat it on a sand-bath to 250° C. (482° F.), and 
keep it at that temperature for about fifteen minutes. Then allow it to 
cool and filter it. Put ninety grams (3 ounces 76 grains) of the almond 
oil so prepared and filtered, together with one gram (15-J grains) phos- 
phorus, previously carefully dried with blotting-paper and cut in thin 
pieces, into a perfectly dry bottle (rinsed with ether so as to dry faster) 
capable of holding more than one hundred grams (say a four-ounce 
bottle). Cork the bottle ; place it in a water bath and heat it until 
the phosphorus melts. Then shake it until all the phosphorus has dis- 
solved. Allow it to cool. Add nine grams (139 grains) stronger ether 
and shake well together. 

Phosphorated oil must be kept in small, amber, glass- stoppered bot- 
tles in a cool place. When kept in a too cold place th r e phosphorus 
crystallizes out ; it will redissolve again, however, when heated and 
shaken. 

The phosphorus used should be one which withstands the pharmaco- 
pceial tests for arsenic and sulphur. The preparation contains one per 
cent, phosphorus. 

Medicinal Uses. — A convenient form for the administration of 
phosphorus. It is sometimes combined with cod-liver oil and adminis- 
tered in consumption, wasting diseases, general debility, nervous exhaus- 
tion, etc. 

Dose. — 0.06 to 0.2 cubic centimeter (1 to 3 minims). 



PHOSPIIOEI PASTA. 
Phosphorus Paste. 

Make a mush by boiling thirty grams (1 ounce) flour with a suffi- 
cient quantity of water. Add 1.50 gram (23 grains) phosphorus, keep 
in under the surface of the mush, and put the whole on a water-bath 
until the phosphorus is melted. Then stir it into the mush well, and 
add twenty grams (300 grains) suet, ten grams (150 grains) olive oil, 
and fifteen grams (£ ounce) sugar. Mix all intimately, and put the 
finished paste into tin cans, or pots, which must be tightly closed. 

This makes an efficient rat-poison. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 767 

PHOSPHOKI PILULE ; U. S. 
Phosphorus Pills. 

Dissolve 0.06 gram (1 grain) phosphorus in 3.20 grams (50 grains) 
purified chloroform in a test-tube. Mix in a mortar 5.20 grams (80 
grains) powdered althaea and 1.30 gram (twenty grains) powdered aca- 
cia. Add the solution of phosphorus, 2.60 grams (40 grains) glycerin, 
and 1.30 gram (20 grains) water, and mix all quickly, working it into a 
mass, which divide into one hundred pills. 

Coat these pills by shaking them about in a solution of balsam of 
tolu in an equal weight of stronger ether, and dry them. 

Keep the pills in a well-closed bottle. 

Phosphorus which holds the pharmacopceial tests for arsenic and 
sulphur must be used. 

Each pill contains 0.0006 gram (y^g- grain) of phosphorus. 

PHOSPHOKI PULVIS. 
Powdered Phosphorus. 

Drop phosphorus in small shavings into a bottle half filled with solu- 
tion of sodium chloride (table salt). Warm the whole until the phos- 
phorus melts. Then shake it until cold. The phosphorus will then be 
in powder. Pour off the salt brine and wash the powdered phosphorus 
with water. Preserve it in a bottle under water. 

Used in making pills. 

PHOSPHORI TINCTUEA. 
Tincture of Phosphorus. 

Dissolve one gram (15^ grains) phosphorus in one thousand cubic 
centimeters (34 fluidounces) absolute alcohol. 

Each cubic centimeter (16 minims) contains one milligram ( T 1 ¥ grain) 
phosphorus. 

Must be kept in an amber-colored bottle with well-fitting glass 
stopper. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims). 

Physostig'ma ; U. S. 

Physostigma. 

Physostigma^ Semina — Calabar Bean. 

Origin. — Physostigma venenosum, Balfour (Leguminosai). 
Habitat. — Western Africa, near the mouth of the river Niger. 



768 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Part used. — The seed. 

Description- — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 249. 

The seed of Physostigma cylindrospermum, Holmes, resembles the 

true Calabar bean, but is much 
larger, nearly cylindrical, and 
has a much shorter groove and 
hilum. 

Constituents- — The 

alkaloid physostigmine (also 
called eserine), and calabarine, 
besides starch, fixed oil, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Phy- 
sostigma is a powerful poison 
in excessive doses, producing 
extreme debility, vomiting, 
slow and weak pulse, collapse, 
and death. 

It is sometimes called 

" ordeal bean," being used in 

Africa in the form of an infu- 

Figs. 411-415.— Ph.v., Physostigma venenosum, sion as an ordeal, 
and transverse section; Ph.c, Physostigma cylin- T . . •. ■, , , 

drospermum, and transverse section ; all natural H ls niainJy employed to 

size * cause contraction of the pupil, 

and is of use in various eye diseases, as in iritis, in preparing the patient 
for the operation of iridectomy, or to. counteract the excessive effects of 
atropin. 

It has also proved of service in tetanus, neuralgia, and other affec- 
tions accompanied by pain. 

Dose. — About 0.0G gram (1 grain) of the powder, gradually in- 
creasing the dose. 




Ph.v. 



Ph.c. 



PI-IYSOSTIGMATIS EXTRACTUM; U.S. 
Extract op Physostigma. 

Moisten five hundred grams (17f avoirdupois ounces) of physos- 
tigma, in No. 30 powder, with two hundred grams (8^- fluidounces) alco- 
hol. Pack tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate with men- 
struum. Macerate twenty-four hours. Percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and fifty grams (about 18 fluidounces) of first 
percolate. Continue the percolation until the percolate passes through 
but slightly bitter, or until one thousand and fifty grams of second per- 
colate has been received. Evaporate the second percolate to fifty grams 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 769 

(about If ounce) ; then mix this with the first percolate, and evaporate 
the whole to extract, stirring well at the last. No glycerin is added. 

Greenish-brown. Yield about six per cent. Contains some fixed 
oil on account of the use of undiluted alcohol as a menstruum. This 
does not interfere with the medicinal effect, although undesirable. 

Practically the same product is obtained by evaporating the fluid 
extract . 

When well made, one grain of this extract represents twenty-four 
grains of the Calabar bean. 

Dose. — 0.004 to 0.01 gram ( T *g- to 1 grain). 

PHYSOSTIGMATIS EXTEACTUM FLUIDTJM. 
Fluid Extract of Physostigma. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 TJ. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17| avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.2 cubic centimeter (1 to 3 minims). 

PHYSOSTIGMATIS TINCTUKA; U.S. 

Tincture of Physostigma. 

Tincture of Calabar Bean. 

Macerate thirty grams (1 ounce 25J grains) physostigma, in No. 40 
powder, with thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) alcohol for twenty- 
four hours. Then pack it tightly into a cylindrical percolator, and per- 
colate with alcohol until three hundred grams (10 ounces 255 grains) 
tincture has been obtained, measuring three hundred and sixty cubic 
centimeters (12 fluidounces). 

Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims). 

Physostigminse Salicylas ; U. S. 

Salicylate of Physostigmine. 
Salicylate of JEserine. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 249. 

This is the most permanent and satisfactory of all the salts of phy- 
sostigmine, and has therefore been made official in preference to the 
sulphate and all other preparations. 

Must be kept in well-corked, dark, amber-colored bottles in a dark 
place. 

49 



770 A COMPANION TO THE 

Dose. — 0.00075 gram (^ grain), gradually increased if necessary. 
Should be used with extreme caution ! 

For use in the eye a solution of 0.06 gram (1 grain) in thirty cubic 
centimeters (1 fluidounce) of water may be employed. 

Physostigminse Sulphas. 

Sulphate of Physostigmine. 
Sulphate of Eserine. 
A white crystalline salt. Does not keep so well as the salicylate. 
Uses and Dose about the same as of salicylate of physostigmine. 

Phytolacca© Bacca ; U. S. 

Phytolacca Berry. 
Poke-Berry. 

Origin and Habitat. — See Phytolacca? Radix. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 250. Dark purple, 
about the size of juniper berries. 

Constituents. — No satisfactory analysis. 

Medicinal Uses. — Poke-berries have been used for the same pur- 
poses as the root. We have seen excellent results from the use of a 
saturated tincture, made by macerating the berries in whiskey, in chronic 
rheumatism with painful swelling of the joints. 

Dose. — 0.2 to 2 grams (8 to 30 grains). 

PHYTOLACCA FRUCTUS EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Phytolacca Berries. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 20 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims). 

Phytolacca^ Radix ; U. S. 

Phytolacca Root. 

Poke-Root. 

Origin. — Phytolacca decandra, Linne (Phytolaccaceoe). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 250. The dust or 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 771 

powder causes distressing symptoms, including pain about the chest, 
abdomen, and back, and of the eyes, and occasionally vomiting or purg- 
ing, or both. These symptoms come on, if at all, in a few hours, and 
do not disappear for a day or two. One of the authors witnessed these 
effects on two occasions when poke-root was being ground, the dust 
being more or less carried through the building. The miller himself, 
and one or two other persons who must have inhaled much more of the 
dust than the other inmates of the building were not affected at all, 
while some were so prostrated as to require assistance to reach their 
homes, and were unable to leave their beds the following day. One 
man who was engaged in moistening the powder preparatory to packing 
it into a percolator had his arms nearly blistered and " raw " from the 
effects of the drug. 

Constituents. — Resin has been found in it. The active principle 
is not yet known. 

Medicinal Uses. — Emetic, cathartic, alterative, and narcotic. It 
is seldom employed as a cathartic or emetic, on account of the slowness 
of its action and the liability to be followed by symptoms of narcotic 
poisoning. It is used as an alterative in syphilis, rheumatism, scrofula, 
and in cutaneous disorders. 

Dose. — As an emetic and purgative, one to two grams (15 to 30 
grains) ; as an alterative, 0.05 to 0.35 gram (1 to 6 grains). 

PHYTOLACCA ABSTRACTUM. 

Abstract of Phytolacca. 

Abstract of Poke- Root. 

Prepared from the fluid extract, four hundred cubic centimeters 
(13J fluidounces) of which will make two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 
grains) of the abstract, using a sufficient quantity of powdered milk- 
suo-ar. 

Dose.— 0.05 to 0.60 gram (1 to 10 grains). 

PHYTOLACCA RADICIS EXTRACTUM. 
Extract of Phytolacca Root. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. 

Dose.— 0.10 to 0.30 gram (2 to 5 grains). 



772 



A COMPANION TO THE 



PHYTOLACCA [KADICIS] EXTBACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Phytolacca Root. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17| avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (about 8-J- fluidounces) alcohol to every one hundred 
grams (about 3^ fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims). 

PHYTOLACCA [KADICIS] TINCTUKA. 
Tincture of Phytolacca Root. 

Tincture of phytolacca is made by percolation with diluted alcohol, 
three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) of tincture being col- 
lected from thirty grams (1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug, in No. 50 
powder. 

Dose. — Two to ten cubic centimeters (- 1 to 2J fluidrachms). 



Pichurim Semina. 

Pichurim Beans. 

Origin. — JVectandra puchury r , Nees (Lauracem). 

Habitat. — Brazil. 

Part used. — The dried cotyledons. 




Figs. 416-420.— Pichurim Beans, natural size, a, outer surface of cotyledon; 6, inner 
surface ; c, transverse section ; d, longitudinal section of same ; e, outlines of inner surface 
of large variety (p, plumule). 

Description. — Blackish - brown externally, but interiorly light 
brown. Odor and taste aromatic, reminding of nutmeg and saffron. 
See illustrations. 

Constituents. — From two to three per cent, volatile oil, and about 
thirty per cent. fat. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 773 

Medicinal Uses. — This drug has been used as a stimulant, tonic, 
and astringent in bowel affections, diarrhoea, dysentery, and dyspepsia, 
in menstrual derangements, etc. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 1.5 gram (8 to 22 grains) in powder. 

Picrotoxinum ; U. S. 

PlCROTOXIN. 

A white, crystalline, neutral principle prepared from the seeds of 
Anamirta paniculata, Colebrooke (Menispermacece). 

The poisonous principle of the Cocculus Indicus is picrotoxin. (See 
" Cocculus Indicus.") 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 250. 

Medicinal Uses. — Picrotoxin has been used externally to cure 
porrigo, in the form of ointment made with 0.66 gram (10 grains) of 
picrotoxin in thirty grams (1 ounce) of ointment. It has also been 
given internally or by subcutaneous injection in epilepsy. 

Dose. — 0.001 gram (-^ grain) or less, given with care. 

Pilocarpine Hydrochloras ; IT. S. 

Hydrochlorate of Pilocarpine. 
Muriate of Pilocarpine. 

This is the hydrochlorate of the alkaloid of jaborandi. Must be 
kept in small vials with well-fitting glass stoppers. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 250 and 
251. . 

Impure pilocarpine has an offensive odor, and is more or less dark col- 
ored. The pharmacopceial preparation must be white and odorless. 

Medicinal Uses. — Same as of pilocarpus. 

Dose. — 0.01 gram (^- grain) hypodermically. 

Pilocarpus ; 17. S. 

Pilocarpus. 

Pilocarpi Folia — Jaborandi. 

Origin. — Pilocarpus pinnatifolius, Lemaire {Rutacem). 
Habitat. — Brazil. 
Part used. — The leaflets. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 251. See also the il- 
lustrations. 



774 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Must have a good, sound, not brown, color. 

Constituents. — The alkaloid pilocarpine, which is present to the 
extent of one-fourth to one-half per cent. Also volatile oil. 

Medicinal Uses. — Pilocarpus is a powerful diaphoretic and siala- 
gogue. When swallowed on an empty stomach it may excite vomiting, 




Figs. 421-425. — Jaborandi. a, twig, with leaves, reduced; &, leaflet, natural size; 
c, lower surface, slightly enlarged, showing gland dots; d, same, more highly enlarged by 
reflected light ; e, same as last, by transmitted light. 

to prevent which it has been given by enema, or preferably small doses 
of brandy and water are taken before administering the dose. 

When a dose of this remedy is taken, profuse perspiration and flow 
of saliva occur. The secretion from the bronchial and nasal mucous 
membranes and the lachrymal glands are also increased. The tempera- 
ture of the body is lowered, and the arterial tension reduced. Good 
results have been observed from this drug in dropsy, urmmia from 
desquamative nephritis, chronic parenchymatous nephritis, bronchitis 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 775 

with asthma, asthma siccum, acute ophthalmia, and diabetes insipidus. 
It has also been successfully employed to eliminate mineral poisons, and 
to increase the flow of milk in nursing women. 

Dose. — Two to eight grams (30 to 120 grains), best given as fluid 
extract. 

PILOCARPI ABSTRACTUM. 

Abstract of Pilocarpus. 

Prepare two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) finished abstract 
from four hundred cubic centimeters (13-J- fluidounces) of the fluid ex- 
tract, using a sufficient quantity of powdered milk sugar. 

Dose. — One to four grams (15 to 60 grains). 



PILOCARPI EXTRACTUM. 
Extract of Pilocarpus. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence. 
Brown. 
Dose. — 0.10 to 0.50 gram (2 to 8 grains). 

PILOCARPI EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; IT. S. 

Fluid Extract of Pilocarpus. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17J avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and seventy-five grams (about 
6|- fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical 
percolator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. 
Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14J fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make I 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — Two to eight cubic centimeters (30 to 120 minims). 



776 A COMPANION TO THE 

PILOCARPI INFUSUM. 
Infusion of Pilocarpus. 

From fifty grams (about If avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

Dose. — Fifteen to twenty cubic centimeters (4 to 5 fluidrachms) re- 
peated three or four times at intervals of ten or fifteen minutes. 

Pilulse. 

Pills. 
Pille?i, G.; Pilules, F.; Pildoras, Sp. ; Piller, Sw. 

Spherical masses of medicine, intended to be swallowed whole. They 
vary in weight from three to forty centigrams (J to 6 grains). Ordi- 
narily they are soft, and consist of substances readily dissolved or dis- 
integrated by water or by the fluids of the stomach. 

Poll are larger than pills. Granulce (granules) are smaller. 

In the extemporaneous preparation of pills the following may be 
useful suggestions : 

The mortar should be a perfect one, with perfectly smooth and well- 
formed bottom, and a well-formed pestle to match. It is better to use 
a rather large mortar than one that is too small. Wedgewood mortars 
are usually excellent. 

The ingredients should, as a rule, be weighed out in the order of 
their bulk, commencing with that of which the smallest quantity is to be 
used ; and the two ingredients used in the smallest quantities must be 
well mixed before the third ingredient is added, etc. 

A perfect pill-mass is one which is quite uniform throughout, show- 
ing no particles of any one of the ingredients in the mass, has a suffi- 
ciently firm consistence to make pills which will retain their shape, and 
yet soft enough to be readily formed, which does not dry to hardness 
or fall to powder, and which does not stick to the fingers. If proper 
ingredients or excipients are used, and the mass is well worked, it will at 
last become loosened from the bottom of the mortar and the end of the 
pestle. 

Finally, the pills must be of exactly equal size and perfect spherical 
form. Lenticular and oblong or oval pills are absurdities. 

The "excipients" to be used are such as will best form the pill-mass 
with the medicaments prescribed. In probably nine-tenths of all for- 
mula) for pills, whether extemporaneously made or not, the best excipi- 
ents are water, glycerin, and powdered tragacanth, one or two of which 
substances will prove sufficient. The least quantity of excipient which 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 777 

will accomplish the end in view is the proper quantity to use. A very 
minute quantity of powdered tragacanth will impart proper tenacity, 
and a minute quantity of glycerin will keep the pills permanently soft. 

Quinine pills should be made with simply the sulphate of quinine 
and a very small quantity of glycerin, the hajids and tools of the opera- 
tor to be scrupulously clean. 

The best " conspergative " for pills, to keep them from adhering to- 
gether and from losing their shape, is lycopodium, which may be used 
for all pills, except those which are white and such as contain large 
quantities of volatile oil. For white pills dusted talc is the nicest con- 
spergative, and this may also be used for pills containing volatile oils. 

Ready-made tragacanth paste, or tragacanth in glycerin, or any other 
mucilaginous or other mixture for making pill-masses should be ban- 
ished from the dispensing counter ; and a bottle of dry, finely powdered 
tragacanth, and other bottles containing respectively pure glycerin and 
distilled water should take their place. Powdered liquorice root as a 
pill excipient and a conspergative is very crude, and should give place 
to lycopodium and dusted talc. 

Coated pills are not at all objectionable, provided the coating is en- 
tirely and freely soluble, and is put on by a process which does not ex- 
pose the pills to any injurious influences, such as excessive heat, etc. 

Pimenta; XT. S. 

PiMENTA. 

Pimentm Fructus — Allspice. 

Origin. — Eugenia Pimenta, De Candolle (Myrtacece). 

Habitat. — Tropical America. 

Part used. — The nearly ripe fruit. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 256. 

Constituents. — From three to four per cent, volatile oil, resin, etc. 

Uses. — Allspice is an aromatic stimulant, mainly employed as a 
spice to promote appetite and digestion. 

Sometimes used as a carminative in the form of a fluid extract 
made with alcohol as a menstruum, of which the dose is 0.5 to 2.5 cubic 
centimeters (8 to 40 minims). 

Pimentse Oleum; U. S. 

Oil of Pimenta. 

Pimentce ^Jtheroleum — Volatile Oil of Pimenta, Oil of Allspice. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 241. 
Dose. — One to five drops. 



778 A COMPANION TO THE 

PIMENTJE AQUA. 
Pimenta Water. 

Distribute two grams (30 grains) volatile oil of pimenta on four 
grams (GO grains) absorbent cotton, and percolate through it one liter 
(34 fluidounces) water. (See article " Aquas Aromaticae.") 

Dose. — Fifteen to thirty cubic centimeters (-J to 1 fluidounce) for 
an adult. 

PIMENTO SPIKITUS. 
Spirit of Pimenta. 

Mix thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) volatile oil of pimenta 
and one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) alcohol. 
Dose. — Two to eight cubic centimeters (-J- to 2 fluidrachms). 

Pimpinella. 

PlMPINELLA. 

Pimpinell-wurzel, JBiebernell, G. ; Grand Boucage, F. ; Pimpernel, 
Small Burnet Saxifrage. 

Origin. — Pimpinella saxifraga, Linne (Umbelliferce). 

Habitat. — All over Europe. 

Part used. — The root. 

Description. — From ten to thirty centimeters (4 to 12 inches) long, 
simple or branched, spongy, fleshy, from the thickness of a finger down 
to that of a quill, grayish- or brownish-yellow at the large end, and 
marked by warts, transverse rings, and longitudinal wrinkles. The 
lower portions are of a paler yellowish color, and marked by deep 
wrinkles (lengthwise). Internally whitish, with reddish-yellow rays 
(resin ducts). The bark is of about equal thickness with the woody 
portion, which is yellowish-white, pithless. Odor aromatic, spicy ; taste 
pungent, acrid. 

Constituents. — A golden yellow volatile oil, with a strong odor 
reminding of parsley seed, and an acrid taste ; also about ten per cent, 
acrid resin, and some benzoic acid. 

Medicinal Properties. — Stimulant, blennorrhetic, diaphoretic, 
diuretic, and expectorant. Promotes the secretions generally. 

Used in chronic, catarrhs, bronchitis, bronchial blennorrheas, gastric 
catarrh with flatulence or dyspepsia, etc. 

Dose.— One to two grams (15 to 30 grains), preferably in 'fluid ex- 
tract. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 779 

Pinus Canadensis. 

Pinus Canadensis. 
Pini Canadensis Cortex — Hemlock Spruce Bark. 

Origin. — Abies canadensis, Michaux (Coniferce). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used. — The bark. 

Description. — Rough, grayish-brown externally, with corky layer 
both longitudinally and transversely deeply furrowed ; inner side light 
yellowish-brown ; odor tan-like ; taste very astringent. 

Constituents. — Chiefly tannin, but also volatile oil. 

Medicinal Uses. — Hemlock spruce bark is used as a stimulating 
blennorrhetic and astringent, proving valuable in cases of diarrhoeas 
due to atonic condition of the bowels, as in dysentery, etc. Best given 
in the "form of fluid extract. 

PINI CANADENSIS EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Pinus Canadensis. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
one hundred grams (about 4-|- fluidounces) alcohol to every two hundred 
grams (about 6f fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims). 

Piper ; U. S. 

Pepper. ' 
Piperis JSFigri Fructus — Black Pepper. 
Origin. — Piper nigrum, Linne (Piperacece). 
Habitat. — India. 

Part used. — The dried unripe fruit. 
Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 257. 
Constituents. — From one to two percent, volatile oil, pungent 
rasin, piperin, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Pepper is generally employed as a condiment 



80 A COMPANION TO THE 



and spice to improve digestion and correct a tendency to flatulence. It 
is a stimulant carminative, and is sometimes given in flatulence and 
atonic conditions of the stomach and bowels. It has also been used in 
intermittent fevers, but with doubtful benefit. 
Dose. — 0.3 to 1.5 gram (5 to 20 grains). 



PIPERIS CONFECTIO; B. 
Confection of Pepper. 

Made of sixty grams (2 ounces) black pepper, finely powdered; 
ninety grams (3 ounces) caraway, in fine powder ; and four hundred 
and fifty grams (15 ounces) clarified honey. 

A smooth, uniform, firm pasta of a dark olive brown color. 

Possessing the properties of black pepper. 

Dose. — Four to eight grams (GO to 120 grains). 

PIPEPIS EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Black Pepper. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose* — 0.25 to 1.5 cubic centimeter (4 to 20 minims). 

PIPERIS OLEOKESINA ; U. S. 
Oleoresin of Pepper. 

Pack one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains) pepper, in No. 60 
powder, firmly into a tall, narrow, cylindrical percolator provided with 
cover and receptacle adapted to operations with volatile menstrua (see 
page 721), and percolate it slowly with stronger ether until one thou- 
sand five hundred grams (52 ounces 400 grains) percolate have slowly 
passed. Recover about one thousand grams of the ether by distillation 
on a water-bath, put the residue into a porcelain evaporating dish and 
expose it until the remaining ether has evaporated spontaneously and 
the deposit of crystals of piperin has ceased. Finally, strain the oleo- 
resin through muslin, by expression, to separate the piperin from it. 

Keep the product in small well-corked wide-mouthed bottles. 

Dose. — 0.015 to 0.06 gram (£ to 1 grain), best given in pill. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 781 

Piper Album. 

White Peppee. 
Plperis Semina. 

Origin. — Piper nigrum, Linne (Piper acece). 

Part used. — The ripe fruit deprived of the epicarp and sarcocarp. 
In other words, the seeds with the adhering testa and the vascular bun- 
dles covering its surface. 

Description. — Smooth, spherical, with ten to twelve longitudinal 
veins ; whitish externally; interiorly reddish-brown; odor and taste the 
same as of black pepper but weaker. 

Constituents. — The same as of the black pepper. 

Medicinal Uses. — The same as of black pepper, but weaker. 

Rarely used in medicine. 

Piperina ; U. S. 

PlPERINE. 

Piper inn m — Piper in. 

This substance is probably a piperate of piperidine, and not an alka- 
loid. Should therefore be called piperinwm — not piperina. When 
acted upon by alkalies it breaks up into piperate of the alkaline metal 
and the alkaloid piperidine, which has strong alkaloid properties. 

Piperin occurs in black pepper and in the fruits of other plants of 
the same natural order — Piperacece. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 257. 

Medicinal Uses. — Same as of black pepper. 

Dose- — 0.05 to 0.5 gram (1 to 8 grains). 

Piscidia. 

PlSCIDIA. 

Piscidice JRadicis Cortex — Jamaica Dogwood. 

Origin. — Piscidia erythrina, Linne (Leguminosce). 

Habitat.— West Indies. 

Part used.— The bark of the root. 

Description. — A tough, fibrous, blackish (internally greenish) 
bark, about five millimeters (■$■ inch) thick, of a heavy narcotic odor, re- 
minding somewhat of opium, and a bitter, somewhat acrid, and astrin- 
gent taste. 



782 A COMPANION TO THE 



Constituents. — It contains a resinous (or resinoid) substance 
which has been named piscidin. 

Properties. — Narcotic ; used to relieve pain and to produce sleep. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains), preferably in the form 
of fluid extract. 

PISCIDLE EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Piscidia. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17J avoir- 
dupois ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
three hundred grams (about 12J fluidounces) alcohol to every two hun- 
dred grams (about 6f fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred grams (about 7J fluidounces) of 
the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate 
with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13^ fluidounces) of the first 
percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to 
make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims). 

Fix Burgimdica ; U. S. 

Burgundy Pitch. 

Origin- — Abies excelsa, De Candolle (Coniferoe). 
Habitat. — Southern Europe. 

Description- — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 257. 
Constituents- — It is a resin with traces of volatile oil. 
Medicinal Uses. — Employed in plasters. 

PICIS BURGUNDKLE EMPLASTRUM ; U. S. 
Burgundy Pitch Plaster. 
Melt together two hundred and seventy grams (9 ounces) Burgundy 
pitch and thirty grams (1 ounce) yellow wax, strain, and stir until cool. 
Tn the old Pharmacopoeia the proportions were twelve to one ; the 
new preparation is of better consistence. 

Uses. — Protecting and supporting ; also slightly stimulating and 
counter-irritating in chronic rheumatism, etc. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 783 

Fix Canadensis ; U. S. 

Canada Pitch. 

Hemlock Pitch. 
Origin- — Abies canadensis, Michaux {Conifers). 
Habitat. — North America. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 258. 
Constituents. — Resin, with traces of volatile oil. 
Medicinal Uses. — Same as of Burgundy pitch. 

PICIS CANADENSIS EMPLASTKUM; IT. S. 
Canada Pitch Plastee. 
Hemlock Pitch Plaster. 

Melt together two hundred and seventy grams (9 ounces) Canada 
pitch and thirty grams (1 ounce) yellow wax, strain, and stir until cool. 

In the Pharmacopoeia of 1870 the proportions were twelve to one. 
The new preparation is an improvement on the old. 

Fix Liquida ; U. S. 

Tab. 

Pint Pyr oleum — T/ieer, G.; Goudron, Goudron v eg Hal, F.; Brea, Pez 
liquida, Sp. ; Tjara, Sw. 

Origin. — Pinus palustris, Miller, and other species of Pinus (Coni- 
fer m). 

Habitat. — Europe and America. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 258. 

North Carolina tar and Swedish tar are the best. Should be clear 
and free from mechanical impurities. 

Constituents. — Oil of turpentine, pyrocatechin, acetic acid, crea- 
sote, phenol, etc., etc. 

The granular appearance of tar is due to crystals of pyrocatechin, 
which is soluble in water, alcohol, and ether, and is very pungent. 

Medicinal Uses. — Stimulant blennorrhetic in catarrhal affections 
of the mucous membranes of the bronchial tubes and of the urinary ap- 
paratus. Also employed externally in cutaneous affections, as psori- 
asis, tinea capitis, scabies, etc. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2£ fluidrachms) daily. 



784 A COMPANION TO THE 

PIX LIQULDA LOTA. 
Washed Tar. 

Macerate together in a suitable vessel one thousand grams (35 
ounces) best North Carolina tar and two liters (G8 fluidounces) cold dis- 
tilled water for twenty-four hours, stirring frequently. Then let the 
mixture rest until the tar separates, after which pour off the water. 

The object of this washing is the removal of acetic (pyroligneous) 
acid. 

PI01S LIQUIDS GLYCEKITUM. 

Glycerite of Tar. 

Mix one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) washed tar with three 
hundred and sixty cubic centimeters (12 fluidounces) glycerin, three 
hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) alcohol, and one thousand 
cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) water ; put it into a half -gallon flask. 
Heat it on a water-bath to about 80° C. (176° F.) for two hours, agi- 
tating the mixture frequently. Then pour it into a jar, let settle, de- 
cant, and filter. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

PICIS LIQUIDS INFUSUM. 

Infusion of Tar. 

Picis Aqua — Tar Water. 

Shake one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) purified tar in a 
half-gallon bottle with one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) 
hot water until cold. Then set it aside to settle ; decant, and filter the 
decanted infusion. 

The preparation is sherry-colored, clear ; has an acid reaction, and 
the odor and taste of tar , it contains the pyrocatechin of the tar to- 
gether with acetic acid, methyl alcohol, creasote, etc. 

Dose- — Two hundred and fifty to five hundred cubic centimeters 
(£ to 1 pint) daily. 

PICIS LIQUIDS SYRUPUS ; U. S. 

Syrup of Tar. 

Wash sixty grams (2 ounces 50 grains) purified tar by agitating it 
with one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces) cold 
water for twenty-four hours. Decant and reject the washings. Upon 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 785 

the washed tar pour five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces) 
boiling distilled water, stir briskly for fifteen minutes, and then set the 
mixture aside for thirty-six hours, stirring occasionally. Then let set- 
tle, decant, and filter. In four hundred grams (400 cubic centimeters, 
or about 13-J- fluidounces) of the filtrate, dissolve six hundred grams 
(about 21 ounces) sugar, and filter the syrup. 

Dose. — Ten cubic centimeters (2£ fluidrachms) or more. 

PICIS LIQUIDS. TINCTURA. 
Tincture of Tar. 

Dissolve two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) purified tar in 
eight hundred cubic centimeters (27 fluidounces) alcohol. Filter, and 
add enough alcohol through the filter to make the total filtrate measure 
one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces). 

Dose. — Four to eight cubic centimeters (1 to 2 fluidrachms), 

PICIS LIQUIDS UNGUENTUM ; U. S. 

Tar Ointment. 

Melt together sixty grams (or 2 ounces) suet and sixty grams (or 2 
ounces) purified tar, strain the melted mixture through muslin, and 
stir it constantly until cold. 

PICIS LIQUIDS VINUM. 
Wine of Tar. 

Digest together, for two hours, with frequent stirring, one hundred 
grams (3 ounces 230 grains) washed tar and one thousand cubic centi- 
meters (34 fluidounces) sherry wine. Decant and filter. 

Dose. — A teaspoonful. 

PICIS LIQITOK KALINUS. 

Alkaline Solution of Tar. 

Macerate one hundred and fifty grams (5 ounces 127 grains) white 
caustic potassa and three hundred grams (10 ounces 255 grains) purified 
tar with one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) water, for 
twenty-four hours, stirring frequently. Let it stand to settle, and then 
decant the clear solution from the sediment. 

Used externally like tar. 
50 



786 A COMPANION TO THE 

Picis Liquidse Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil of Tar. 

This is the so-called " light oil of tar," a very mixed body, contain- 
ing acetic acid, creasote, aceton, me^iyl alcohol, mesit, toluol, xylol, and 
cumol, besides probably other constituents. It is in no sense an oil ; 
nor does it closely resemble the volatile oils, although described in the 
Pharmacopoeia as " a volatile oil distilled from tar." 

It is nearly colorless when freshly made, but after a short time turns 
reddish-brown. It has an acid reaction, and a strong odor and taste, 
reminding of its source. 

When freed from acetic acid, methyl alcohol and creasote, and after- 
ward subjected to fractional distillation, it yields a light, highly refractive 
liquid of 0.66 specific gravity, boiling at 47° to 52° C. (116° to 125° F.), 
and having an odor resembling that of chloroform. A distillate of 52° 
to 55° C. (125° to 131° F.) boiling-point has, after treatment with 
chlorine, an odor of oil of lemon. The distillate boiling at 57° to 60° 
C. (135° to 140° F.) has, after treatment with chlorine, the odor of rasp- 
berries. That boiling at 60° to 70° C. (140° to 158° F.) has an odor re- 
sembling that of leather ; and that of 70° to 80° 0. (158° to 176° F.) 
boiling-point smells like benzol. 

Used for the same purposes as tar. 

Fix Solida. 

Black Pitch. 

This is the solid residue remaining after the distillation of pine tar. 
It is frequently prepared by boiling tar in an open pot until the volatile 
substances have been driven off and the pitch remains, taking care not 
to continue the boiling longer than necessary to obtain a solid mass, 
which is brittle only in cold ; this yields the best pitch. 

It is black, opaque, melts at 98.5° C. (209.3° F.), is soluble in alcohol, 
ether, bisulphide of carbon, benzol, and in alkalies ; it has the odor of 
tar ; is nearly tasteless. Softens when chewed, but does not adhere to 
the teeth. 

Coal-tar pitch, or gas pitch, is an entirely different thing. 

Constituents. — Empyreumatic resins and some reten. 

Uses- — Externally in plasters. 

PICIS EMPLASTKUM. 

Black Pitch Plaster. 

Melt together ten grams (154 grains) Venice turpentine, twenty 
grams (308 grains) yellow wax, forty grams (1 ounce 180 grains) black 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 787 

pitch, and sixty grams (2 ounces 50 grains) resin. Strain, and pour into 
oiled paper moulds so as to form cakes about one centimeter (finch) in 
thickness. 

[PICIS] EMPLASTRUM OXYCROCEUM. 

Make a plaster of thirty grams (1 ounce) yellow wax, fifteen grams 
(| ounce) black pitch, fifteen grams (^ ounce) galbanum in powder, five 
grams (75 grains) Venice turpentine, five grams powdered myrrh, five 
grams powdered olibanum, and five grams powdered saffron. 

Slightly stimulating and rubefacient. 

Platinum. 

Platinum. 

One of the rarer metals. It is malleable, tough, and can be made 
into fine wire. Is not altered by exposure to air, nor attacked by any 
acid except nitromuriatic acid (i.e., free or nascent chlorine). 

Platinum foil and wire are used in testing, and weights of platinum 
are the best that can be made for chemical and pharmaceutical purposes, 
as*they are readily cleaned without injury, and the metal is hard enough 
not to be appreciably abraded. 

Plumbum. 

Lead. 
Blei, G. ; Plomb, F. ; Plomo, Sp. ; Bly, Sw. 

Lead occurs chiefly as a sulphide, which is called galena. Pure lead 
has the specific gravity 11.3, and fuses at between 300° and 400° C. 
(617° F.). 

Lead salts are white or yellow. The sulphate and carbonate are in- 
soluble ; chloride and iodide but slightly soluble ; nitrate and acetate 
readily soluble in water. 

Medicinal Uses. — Metallic lead in sheets has been used and re* 
commended as an application to chronic inflamed ulcers, etc., but it is 
rarely employed except in the form of some of its salts. ■ 

Internally the salts of lead are sedative and astringent in medicinal 
doses, and externally they are used to combat inflammations. 

Poisonous Effects. — In excessive doses the salts of lead may give 
rise to acute symptoms of poisoning, but the poisonous effects are more 
frequently in consequence of the gradual absorption of minute quanti- 
ties of lead, and affect workers in that metal ; and especially those who 
are engaged in the manufacture of " white lead." 



788 A COMPANION TO THE 



The symptoms of acute lead-poisoning are violent gastro-intestinal 
irritation, burning at the epigastrium, vomiting, with, perhaps, collapse 
and death. 

The symptoms of chronic lead-poisoning are a blue line about the 
ridge of the gums, foul breath, severe spasmodic colic (colica pictonum) 
with chronic constipation, and occasionally paralysis generally limited 
to the extensors of the forearm, and giving rise to the symptom known 
as drop-wrist. 

Antidotal Treatment. — In case of acute poisoning emetics should 
be freely given, followed by saline laxatives, especially magnesium sul- 
phate in solution acidulated with dilute sulphuric acid, to form the com- 
paratively insoluble sulphate of lead and prevent the absorption of the 
poisonous salt. 

In chronic poisoning the main indication is to relieve the colic and 
constipation, both of which symptoms depend on the spasmodic contrac- 
tion of the intestines, and can be best relieved by opium and small doses 
of laxatives. Magnesium sulphate is generally given, but proves use- 
ful not on account of its property of converting the poison in the stom- 
ach and bowels into an insoluble sulphate of lead, as it does in acute 
poisoning, but simply because it is a mild purgative. In chronic lead- 
poisoning the lead salts are in the system beyond the direct action of 
the magnesium sulphate, and, in fact, are often introduced by the in- 
halation of the dust or by absorption through the skin. 

To eliminate lead salts from the system, sulphuretted baths, made by 
dissolving a few ounces of sulphide of potassium in a tub full of warm 
water, may be used. The patient is to use plenty of soap and a flesh- 
brush to facilitate the action of the sulphide on the skin. These baths 
are to be used daily until they cease to cause discoloration of the skin. 

Iodide of potassium should be given internally. 

Plumbi Acetas ; U. S. 

Acetate of Lead. 

Plumbicus Acetas — Lead Acetate ; Plumbum Aceticum, Saccharum Sa- 
turni — Essigsaures Pleioxyd, Pleizucker, G. ; Acetate de plomb, Sel 
de Saturne, Sucre de Saturne, F. ; Acetato plumbico, Sal de Saturno, 
Sp. ; Attiksyrad Blyoxid, Blysoclcer, Sw. ; Sugar of Lead. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 258. 

Moist crystals effloresce more rapidly than a dry salt. The prepara- 
tion must be kept in not too large dry bottles, well closed, and put in a 
cool place to prevent loss of water of crystallization. 

A solution containing five per cent, of acetate of lead has the spe- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 789 

cific gravity 1.0319 ; one of ten per cent, strength, the specific gravity 
1.0654 ; one of twenty per cent., 1.1384 ; thirty per cent., 1.2211 ; and 
forty per cent., 1.3163. 

Medicinal Uses. — Sedative and powerfully astringent ; used in 
hemorrhages from the bowels, lungs, etc., and also in excessive dis- 
charges, as in diarrhoea, dysentery, and similar complaints. It is often 
combined with opium in the treatment of these cases. 

Externally it is used in solution as an astringent and cooling appli- 
cation to counteract inflammation. Its external use may be followed 
by absorption and symptoms of poisoning. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.25 gram (1 to 4 grains), repeated every few hours 
if necessary. 

PLUMBI ACETATIS ET OPII PILULE. 
Pills of Acetate of Lead and Opium. 

Mix three grams (45 grains) acetate of lead and 0.50 gram (7J grains) 
powdered opium ; form a pill mass by adding minute quantities of 
powdered tragacanth and glycerin. Make fifteen pills. 

Each pill contains twenty centigrams (3 grains) acetate of lead and 
three centigrams (J grain) opium. 

Dose. — One pill, repeated as necessary. 

PLUMBI ACETATIS UNGUENTUM; B. 

Ointment of Acetate of Lead. 

Mix thoroughly 2.50 grams (38 grains) acetate of lead with 97.50 
grams (3 ounces 200 grains) benzoinated lard. The acetate of lead 
must first be reduced to very fine powder, and the benzoinated lard then 
added gradually. 

Used as an application to inflamed surfaces or ulcers. 

PLUMBI SUB ACETATIS LIQUOR; U. S. 

Solution of Subacetate of Lead. 

Plumbici Subacetatis Solutio — Solution of Lead Subacetate, Goulard's 
Extract ; Acetum Plumbicum, Acetum Saturni — Bleiessig, G. ; Ex- 
trait de Goulard, Vinaigre de plomb, F. ; Blyattika, Sw. 

First dissolve one hundred and seventy grams (6 ounces) acetate of 
lead in eight hundred cubic centimeters (27 fluidounces) of boiling dis- 
tilled water, in a porcelain evaporating dish ; then add one hundred 
and twenty grams (4 ounces 100 grains) oxide of lead, and boil together 



700 A COMPANION TO THE 

for half an hour, adding hot water from time to time to make up for 
loss by evaporation. Let cool. Add enough distilled water, previously 
boiled and cooled (to expel air and carbonic acid), to make the whole 
weigh one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains). 

Preservation- — Must be kept in quite filled and well-closed bottles. 

Description and Strength. — A clear, colorless liquid (having a 
somewhat bluish fluorescence when in large bulk), of a sweetish, astrin- 
gent taste, and an alkaline reaction. Specific gravity 1.228, corre- 
sponding to 27° Baume. It contains about twenty-five per cent, of 
subacetate of lead, being a trifle weaker than the preparation of 1870. 

It requires a thirteen- or fourteen-ounce bottle to hold a pound ; 
one gallon of it weighs about ten pounds three and one-fourth ounces. 

Used externally as an astringent and cooling lotion in bruises, 
sprains, etc. Soft cloths are dipped into a dilute mixture of this solu- 
tion with soft water and applied to the affected parts. 

PLUMBI SUBACETATIS LIQUOR DILUTUS ; U. S. 

Diluted Solution of Subacetate of Lead. 

Bleiwasser, Kiihlwasser, G. ; Eau de Saturne, Eau blanche, F. ; Bly- 
vatten, Sw. ; Lead Water. 

Boil some distilled water and let it cool again. Mix nine hundred 
and seventy grams (33 fluidounces) of this water with thirty grams (1 
ounce 25 grains) solution of subacetate of lead. Keep the mixture in 
well-corked bottles. 

It contains three-fourths per cent, of subacetate of lead. 

Used for the same purposes as the stronger solution, but requires 
no further dilution before being applied. 

PLUMBI SUBACETATIS CERATUM ; U. S. 

Cerate of Subacetate of Lead. 

Goulard's Cerate. 

Mix thirty grams (1 ounce by weight, about 6£ fluidrachms) of solu- 
tion of subacetate of lead with one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces) 
of camphor cerate. 

As cerate of subacetate of lead does not keep, the Pharmacopoeia 
directs that it be freshly made when wanted. 

The strength is about the same as in the previous pharmacopoeias. 

This application is cooling and astringent, and is a favorite ointment 
to heal old and indolent ulcers, especially when they are irritated and 
painful. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 791 

PLUMBI SUJBACETATIS GLYCERITUM. 
Glycerite of Subacetate of Lead. 

Boil together over an oil-bath fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) ace- 
tate of lead, thirty-five grams (1 ounce 103 grains) powdered and sifted 
oxide of lead, and two hundred cubic centimeters (6f fluidounces) glyce- 
rin, stirring constantly, until the oxide of lead has all disappeared and 
a clear solution results. 

The strength of this preparation is the same as that of solution of 
acetate of lead. It is a clear, colorless liquid. 

This is miscible with distilled water in all proportions, yielding clear 
mixtures. 

Used for the same purposes as solution of acetate of lead. 

PLUMBI SUBACETATIS LINIMENT L T M; U. S. 
Liniment of Subacetate of Lead. 

Mix one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces) solution of sub- 
acetate of lead with one hundred and eighty grams (6 ounces) cotton- 
seed oil — both by weight. 

The preparation of this name in the Pharmacopoeia of 1870 con- 
sisted of olive oil and solution of subacetate of lead in the same pro- 
portions as above. 

Anodyne and cooling application in cases of inflammation, especially 
when the skin is involved, as in chapped hands, bruises, etc. 

Plumbi Carbonas ; IT. S. 

Carbonate of Lead. 

Plumbicus Carbonas — Lead Carbonate / Hydratocarbonas Plumbicus, 
Plumbum Carbonicum, Cerussa — Pleiweiss, G. ; Carbonate de 
plomb, Ceruse, Plane de plom, F. ; Albayalde, Cerusa, Sp. ; Ply- 
hvitt, Plykarbonat, Sw. ; White Lead. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 259. 

Under the microscope lead carbonate is seen to be crystalline. It 
should be of a perfectly pure white color, and consist of a fine powder, 
free from grittiness and from any mechanical impurities. 

Medicinal Uses. — White lead is not used internally. Externally 
it is employed in burns, scalds, ulcers, eczema, inflammations, etc., 
either as a dry application or in the form of ointment. Its use may be 
followed by absorption and symptoms of poisoning. 



92 A COMPANION TO THE 



PLUMBI CARBONATIS UNGUENTUM ; U. S. 

Ointment of Carbonate of Lead. 

TJnguentum Cerussce. 

Mix thoroughly ten grams (154 grains) carbonate of lead and ninety 
grams (3 ounces 76 grains) benzoinated lard. 

Plumbi Iodidum ; U. S. 

Iodide of Lead. 
Plumbicum Iodidum — Lead Ioaide. 
Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 259. 

Must be in fine powder. A crystalline lead iodide looks very hand- 
some, but is not suitable for medicinal uses. 

Medicinal Uses. — Seldom employed internally. It is said to have 
proved useful as a discutient to cause the absorption of scrofulous tu- 
mors and glandular swellings, and as an application in acne and other 
cutaneous diseases. 

Dose. — 0.03 to 0.25 gram (£ to 4 grains). 

PLUMBI IODIDI EMPLASTRUM. 

Plaster of Iodide of Lead. 

Melt together four hundred and fifty grams (15 ounces 380 grains) 
soap plaster and four hundred and fifty grams resin plaster. Then in- 
corporate thoroughly, while the plaster is still hot, one hundred grams 
(3 ounces 230 grains) iodide of lead, in fine powder. 

PLUMBI IODIDI TJNGUENTUM; U. S. 

Ointment of Iodide of Lead. 

Mix thoroughly ten grams (154 grains) iodide of lead, in fine pow- 
der, and ninety grams (3 ounces 76 grains) benzoinated lard. 

Plumbi Nitras ; 17. S. 

Nitrate of Lead. 

Plumbicus Nitras — Lead Nitrate ; Plumbum Nitricum — Dleisalpeter, 
/Salpetersaures Pleioxyd, G. ; Azotate de plomb, F. ; Nitrato plum- 
bico, Sp. ; Salpetersyrad Plyoxid, Sw. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 259. 
A very heavy white salt. 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 793 

Medicinal Uses. — Seldom, if ever, given internally. Its solution 
is sometimes applied externally for the purpose of correcting the fetid 
odor of vaginal or other discharges, to cleanse sloughing ulcers, etc. 

A solution of ten grains in an ounce of glycerin has been highly 
recommended as an application to fissured nipples. 

Plumbi Oleatum. 

Oleate of Lead. 

Dissolve twenty grams (310 grains) powdered and sifted oxide of 
lead in eighty grams (2 ounces 360 grains) oleic acid, heated to 66° C. 
(150° F.), stirring constantly until complete union is effected. 

It is a yellowish, soft ointment. 

All the several lead plasters contain principally oleate of lead, and 
in addition palmitate of lead, besides other added ingredients. 

PLUMBI EMPLASTRUM; U.S. 

Lead Plaster. 

Diachylon Plaster. 

Triturate four hundred and eighty grams (16 ounces) of oxide of 
lead (powdered and sifted litharge) with four hundred and fifty grams 
(15 ounces) olive oil. Put the mixture into a dish capable of holding at 
least fifty ounces, and add four hundred and fifty grams (15 ounces) 
more of olive oil and one hundred and fifty grams (5 ounces) boiling 
water. Boil the whole together, stirring constantly, until a uniform 
plaster is formed. During the boiling add a little water from time to 
time to replace that consumed. 

The Pharmacopoeia requires that the lead plaster shall be " white, 
pliable, and tenacious, free from greasiness and stickiness." It will not 
fulfil these requirements unless it is thoroughly kneaded with water, 
and the latter afterward carefully squeezed out. When washed and 
kneaded in this way it will be a perfect lead plaster. 

The product must be free from uncombined litharge. 

The completion of the plaster is known by the change of the red 
color of the mixture to a grayish-white, and by taking out a sample 
and dropping it in cold water, when, if smooth and plastic, but not 
sticky between the fingers, it is ready. 

The lead plaster sold by manufacturers is very frequently, if not 
generally, made with cotton-seed oil and lard oil in place of olive oil. 
The cotton-seed oil alone will not make the plaster, but by using lard 
oil with it the emplastrification is readily effected. Such plaster, how- 
ever, is not as good as the genuine official lead plaster, and frequently 



794 A COMPANION TO THE 

it has a very disagreeable odor, which is entirely absent in the true 
lead plaster. 

Lead plaster is a mixture of oleate and palmitate of lead. When 
made with lard oil or lard, it also contains stearate of lead. 

It is sometimes used to protect the skin from injury by the pressure 
or rubbing of splints or surgical apparatus, or to prevent bed-sores, or 
as an application to excoriated surfaces. It is mainly employed as a 
base for other plasters. 

PLUMBI EMPLASTEUM COMPOSITUM HJJEENEEL 
Hj^erne's Plaster. 

Melt together seventy grams (2 ounces 200 grains) Castile soap and 
three hundred grams (10 ounces 250 grains) olive oil. Then add sixty 
grams (2 ounces 50 grains) carbonate of lead and one hundred and 
twenty grams (4 ounces 100 grains) red lead, previously well mixed and 
sifted, and then boil the mixture, with brisk and uninterrupted stirring, 
until the powder is all dissolved and the mass has acquired a dark 
chestnut-brown color. Then remove the plaster from the fire, add ten 
grams (154 grains) Venice turpentine, and mix well. When cool, roll 
the plaster into sticks about two centimeters (^ inch) in diameter. 

Stimulating application to ulcers, etc. 

[PLUMBI] EMPLASTKUM FUSCUM. 
Brown Plaster. 

Schwarzes Mutter pflaster. 

Boil three hundred grams (10 ounces 250 grains) powdered and 
sifted oxide of lead with six hundred grams (21 ounces 70 grains) olive 
oil, stirring constantly, until the oxide is all dissolved and the mass 
assumes a dark brown color. Then remove the plaster from the fire 
and add to it while still hot one hundred and fifty grams (5 ounces 130 
grains) yellow wax, and stir until the wax has melted and is thoroughly 
incorporated. Pour the plaster into tin or oiled-paper moulds, so as to 
obtain it in cakes of about one centimeter's (| inch) thickness. 

Used like the above. 

[PLUMBI] EMPLASTEUM FUSCUM CAMPHOEATUM. 

Universal Plaster. 

Melt one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) brown plaster, and 
then incorporate with it five grams (77 grains) liniment of camphor. 
This plaster is moulded into cakes like the brown plaster. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 795 

PLUMBI EMPLASTRUM MOLLE. 
White Breast Plaster. 

Melt together forty-two grams (1 ounce 210 grains) lead plaster, 
twenty-eight grams (430 grains) lard, fifteen grams (230 grains) suet, 
and fifteen grams yellow wax. 

Pour it into paper moulds to form cakes of about one centimeter's 
thickness. 

PLUMBI PETROLATUM. 
Petroleum Ointment with Lead Plaster. 

Melt together equal parts of lead plaster and petroleum ointment. 

[PLUMBI] UNGUENTUM DIACHYLON; U. S. 

Diachylon Ointment. 

Melt together sixty grams (2 ounces 50 grains) lead plaster and 

thirty-nine grams (1 ounce 160 grains) olive oil, on a water-bath, and 

stir well. When partially cooled add to it one gram (15 grains) oil of 

lavender, and stir constantly until cold. 

The preparation would be much improved by the omission of the 
volatile oil of lavender. 

Used in eczema and other skin diseases. 

PLUMBI UNGUENTUM HEBR^E. 
Hebra's Lead Ointment. 
Melt one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) lead plaster, and stir 
into it one hundred grams linseed oil. 
% Used like diachylon ointment. 

PLUMBI UNGUENTUM BALSAMICUM. 
Hebra's Balsamic Diachylon Ointment. 

Mix one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (5 fluidounces) olive oil 
and ninety cubic centimeters (3 fluidounces) water, in a capsule ; add 
thirty-six grams (1 ounce 120 grains) powdered and sifted oxide of lead 
and stir the whole well together. Heat the mixture on a water-bath, 
stirring constantly, until all the oxide of lead has disappeared and em- 
plastrification is perfected. Let cool. Then add ten grams (154 grains) 
balsam of Peru. Finally, add two hundred and thirty cubic centimeters 
(8 fluidounces) water, and incorporate well. 

Sometimes three grams (46 grains) oil of lavender is added with the 
balsam of Peru. 



'96 A COMPANION TO THE 



PLUMBI UNGUENTUM NIGKUM. 

Black Plaster. 

Melt together one hundred and thirty grams (4 ounces 250 grains) 
lard, one hundred and forty grams (4 ounces 410 grains) fresh, unsalted 
butter, one hundred and forty grams suet, one hundred and forty grams 
yellow wax, and two hundred and eighty grams (9 ounces 380 grains) 
olive oil. Heat the mixture until vapors begin to be emitted. Then 
add one hundred and forty grams (4 ounces 410 grains) powdered and 
sifted oxide of lead and boil the whole, stirring constantly, until all of 
the oxide is dissolved, and the melted mass has a dark brown color. 
Then remove the vessel from the fire, add to it, while still hot, thirty 
grams (1 ounce 25 grains) black pitch, and stir well until cool. 

Plumbi Oxidum ; U. S. 

Oxide of Lead. 

Plumbicum Oxidum— Lead Oxide; Liihargyrum — Bleiglatte, G. ; Pro- 
toxide de plomb, F. ; Litargirio, Sp. ; Blyglete, Sw. — Litharge. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 260. 

Powdered litharge for use in making plaster must be perfectly pure 
and in fine powder. 

It is not used internally, but is employed in the preparation of many 
plasters, ointments, lead salts, etc. 

Plumbi Quercitannatis Glyceritum. 

Glycerite of Oak-Tannate of Lead. 

Boil one hundred and seventy-five grams (6 ounces 75 grains) 
coarsely ground oak bark for fifteen minutes with nineteen hundred 
cubic centimeters (4 pints) water, replacing the water lost by evapora- 
tion. Strain the decoction. Then add gradually solution of subacetate 
of lead so long as a precipitate continues to.be formed. Collect the 
precipitate on a calico strainer, and wash it. Let drain, and press the 
drained tannate of lead between blotting-paper until a sufficient quan- 
tity of moisture has been removed from it to reduce its weight to sixty- 
five grams (2 ounces 130 grains). Mix this, while still moist, with 
thirty-five grams (1 ounce 100 grains) glycerin. 

Uses. — Astringent and soothing application in eczema, fissured 
nipples, bedsores, etc. 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 



797 



Plumbi Superoxidum. 

Red Lead. 

Minium — Superoxide of Lead, Red Oxide of Lead. 

This, when pure, is Pb 3 4 . It is a heavy, scarlet-red, crystalline 
powder of the specific gravity 8.6 to 9.0, and contains 90.66 per cent, 
lead, the remainder being oxygen. 

Not used medicinally. 

Podophyllum ; U. S. 

Podophyllum. 

Podophylli Radix — Mandrake, 
May Apple. 

Origin. — Podophyllum pelta- 
tum, Linne (Berberidacew). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Parts used. — The rhizome and 
rootlets. 

Description. — See the Phar- 
macopoeia, page 260. The rootlets 
are frequently entirely absent, hav- 
ing been broken off, leaving small 
white scars. The drug is quite vari- 
able in quality, its value depending 
directly upon the quantity of resin 
it yields. 

Constituents. — From four to 
five per cent, resin (called " podo- 
phyllum " in the trade). This resin 
is a mixture of podophyllinic acid, f igs . 42 6, 427.— Podophyllum, upper and 
podophyllotoxin, picropodophyllin, under surface > natural size - 

and other matters. The presence of berberine in podophyllum has been 
announced and again denied. 

Medicinal Uses. — Podophyllum is an emetico-cathartic in large 
doses. It also possesses alterative and cholagogue properties. 

In medicinal doses it is a certain cathartic, producing profuse liquid 
discharges. 

It is employed in bilious fevers, hepatic congestions, and whenever 
cathartics are indicated. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 2 grams (8 to 30 grains) of the powdered root. 



798 A COMPANION TO THE 

PODOPHYLLI ABSTRACTUM ; U. S. 
Abstract of Podophyllum. 

Preparation. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 6. 

It could be equally well prepared, and with greater convenience, 
from the fluid extract, using one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluid- 
ounces) of the fluid extract to obtain five hundred grams (17 ounces 280 
grains) of abstract, adding as much powdered sugar of milk as may be 
necessary to obtain this result. 

A far better preparation, however, would be a well-triturated mix- 
ture of five grams (77 grains) resin of podophyllum (so-called "podo- 
phyllin") with forty-five grams (1 ounce 257 grains) powdered sugar 
of milk. This would correspond in strength with an abstract prepared 
from a good grade of root, and would always be uniform. That the 
dilution and trituration of the resin in this manner increases very ma- 
terially its proportionate medicinal activity is extremely probable, and 
as the full dose of this abstract would not exceed four grains, it would 
undoubtedly be a useful preparation, the dose of the resin itself being 
too small to be safely dispensed from the saddle-bag, especially in 
cases where small doses are to be given. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.25 gram (2 to 4 grains). 

PODOPHYLLI EXTKACTUM; U. S. 
Extract of Podophyllum. 

As a menstruum use a mixture of alcohol and water in the propor- 
tion of three hundred grams (12£ fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (3J fluidounces) water. Moisten five hundred grams (17f 
avoirdupois ounces) of podophyllum, in No. 60 powder, with one hun- 
dred and fifty grams (about 6 fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack 
tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate with menstruum. Macer- 
ate twenty-four hours. Percolate until two thousand five hundred grams 
(about 100 fluidounces) of percolate has been received. Distil off the 
alcohol, and evaporate the remainder to extract. No glycerin is added. 

Brown. 

Dose.— 0.06 to 0.25 gram (1 to 4 grains). 

PODOPHYLLI EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM; U.S. 
Fluid Extract of Podophyllum. 
To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17| avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 799 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
three hundred grams (about 12J fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3J fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and fifty grams (about 6 fluid- 
ounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. 
Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then perco- 
late. 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14J fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and 
then dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum 
to make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

When made from prime drug it will yield five per cent, resin. 

Dose. — 0;5 to 1.5 cubic centimeter (8 to 20 minims). 



PODOPHYLLI PILULE COMPOSITE. 
Compound Podophyllum Pills. 

Mix 1.60 gram (25 grains) resin of podophyllum, 6.50 grams (100 
grains) alcoholic extract of hyoscyamus, 6.50 grams capsicum, 6.50 
grams sugar of milk, 1.60 gram tragacanth, and enough glycerin to 
make a suitable mass, which is to be divided into one hundred pills. 

Dose. — One to two pills. 



PODOPHYLLI KESWA ; IT. S. 

Resin of Podophyllum. 

" Podophyllin." 

Preparation. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 281. 

When properly made the resin of podophyllum well represents the 
activity of the drug. It has a dirty yellowish-green color and a pecu- 
liar odor. 

We have seen specimens of this preparation colored yellow with 
powdered gamboge, and consisting largely of the powdered root. 
" Podophyllin " consisting of dried and powdered extract is also to be 
found in the market. 



Dose.— 0.01 to 0.03 gram (£ to £ grain). 



800 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Polyg;onatum. 

Solomon's Seal. 
Polygonati Radix. 

Origin. — Polygonaium giganteum, Dietrich ; and P. biflorum, Ell 
(Liliacece). 

Habitat.— The United States. 

Parts used. — The rhizomes. 

Description. — Brownish-yellow, about fifteen centimeters (6 inches) 
long, jointed, each joint being marked by a stem-scar ; whitish and 
spongy within. Odor, none ; taste, bitter, acrid. Usually sliced longi- 
tudinally in the drug. 




Figs. 428, 429. — Polygonatum, whole, fresh, reduced ; sliced as in drug. 

Constituents. — A bitter, acrid principle called convallarin, which 
is crystallizable, soluble in alcohol, slightly soluble in water, the aque- 
ous solution foaming like a solution of saponin. 

Uses. — Tonic, mucilaginous, and slightly astringent. Said to exert 
a special influence on relaxed mucous membranes. Used in diseases of 
females, as leucorrhoea, menorrhagia, etc. Also used internally and 
externally in piles. 

Said to have been used with good effect in rheumatism, gout, and 
dropsy, and externally as an application to remove freckles and for re- 
lieving sprains, bruises, and local inflammations. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains), preferably in the form 
of fluid extract. 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 801 

POLYGONATI EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Polygonatitm. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
three hundred grams (about 12|- fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3^ fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims). 

Polymnia. 

PoLYMNIA. 

Polymnice Radix — -Bearsfoot. 

Origin. — Polymnia uvedalia, Linne (Compositce). 

Habitat. — The United States, from Illinois to Florida. 

Part used.— The root. 

Description. — From fifteen to thirty centimeters (6 to 12 inches) 
long, and about eight millimeters (^ inch) in diameter at the large end, 
somewhat flattened in drying, brownish, wrinkled lengthwise, whitish 
or greenish-white within. Odor, when broken, disagreeable ; taste 
bitter, acrid. 

Constituents. — Two resins ; one brittle, the other soft ; both acrid. 

Uses- — In rheumatism, enlargement of the spleen and liver, white 
swelling, etc. It is also used externally in the form of ointment in glan- 
dular tumors, abscesses, and swellings. 

For internal administration the fluid extract should be preferred. 

Dose.— 0.25 to 0.50 gram (4 to 8 grains). 

POLYMNICE EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Polymnia. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17| avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
three hundred grams (about 12J fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3-J fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — 0.20 to 0.50 cubic centimeter (3 to 8 minims). 
51 



802 A COMPANION TO THE 



POLYMNI^E UNGUENTUM. 

Ointment of Polymnia. 

Heat two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) fresh polymnia, finely 
cut, with four hundred grams (14 ounces 48 grains) lard on a water- 
bath until water ceases to evaporate. Strain. Light greenish, and has 
the disagreeable odor of the root. 

Polypodium. 

POLYPODIXJM. 

Polypodii Phizoma. 
Origin. — Polypodium vulgare, Linne (Polypodiaceos). 
Habitat. — Northern Europe. 
Description. — See the figure. It is dark brown externally, interi- 




Fig. 430. — Polypodium Vulgare, natural size. 

orly brownish-yellow. Odor none; taste sweetish, reminding of liquorice 
root. 

Constituents. — No analysis. It probably contains gum and a 
saccharine substance, or a glucoside resembling glycyrrhizin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Said to be demulcent, laxative, and anthel- 
mintic. A strong decoction may be used for the expulsion of tape- 
worm. 

Dose. — Four to fifteen grams (60 to 240 grains), in powder or de- 
coction. 

Populus, 

Populus. 
Populi Cortex — White Poplar Park, American Aspen. 
Origin. — Populus tremuloides, Michaux (Salicacem). 
Habitat.— The United States. 
Part used.— The bark. 

Description. — Quills, or troughs, externally grayish-white, rough, 
transversely fissured, on the inner side nearly smooth, light yellowish- 
brown. Odor slight ; taste bitter. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 803 

Constituents.— JPopulin, a bitter principle, which has been ob- 
tained in white needle-like crystals. Also tannin. Populin is antisep- 
tic. 

Medicinal Uses. — It is a bitter tonic and antiperiodic, and has 
been used successfully in intermittent fevers. 

Dose* — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains), several times a day, 
best given in the form of fluid extract. 

POPULI DECOCTUM. 
Decoction of Populus. 

From fifty grams (or about If avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

Dose. — Twenty-five to fifty cubic centimeters (6 to 12 fluidrachms). 

POPULI EXTKACTUM. 
Extract of Poplar Bark. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. 

Dose. — 0.10 to 0.75 gram (2 to 12 grains). 

POPULI EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Poplar Bark. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (about 8-J- fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun» 
dred grams (about 3^ fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

Populi Gemmse. 

Poplar Buds. 

The terminal buds of the poplar, containing volatile oil and resin, 
and possessing a balsamic odor, are used in preparing ointments, 



804 A COMPANION TO THE 



to preserve the fats from getting rancid, and to impart a fragrant 
odor. 

They also possess the medicinal properties of other terebinthinate 
substances. 

POPULI UNGUENTUM. 
Ointment of Poplar Buds. 

Digest one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains) lard with five 
hundred grams (17 ounces 275 grains) fresh bruised poplar buds, keep- 
ing the mixture gently boiling until all moisture is dissipated, and then 
straining. 

It is a fragrant ointment, resembling benzoinated lard in keeping 
qualities, 

Potassium. 

Potassium. 
Kalium. 

Salts of potassium are absorbed from the earth by plants, and the 
ash of plants contains potassium carbonate in considerable quantity. 
This is the principal material from which potassium salts are pre- 
pared. The acid tartrate of potassium deposited from wine (called 
argols) is another important substance from which potassium salts are 
made. 

The metal is made by heating at white heat a mixture of potassium 
carbonate and carbon in an iron retort specially constructed for that 
purpose. It is silver-white, soft, malleable, and when freshly cut is 
lustrous. It melts at G2.5° C. (144° F.). When exposed to the air it 
rapidly oxidizes. It also decomposes water, taking the oxygen from it, 
the reaction being energetic, and the heat generated sufficient to ignite 
the hydrogen. Potassium is therefore necessarily kept in distilled 
petroleum (which contains no oxygen). In the trade we accordingly 
iind it put up in small glass-stoppered bottles containing petroleum, in 
which the pieces of potassium, considerably tarnished on the surface, 
are submerged. 

The salts of potassium are colorless or white, frequently anhydrous, 
and generally readily soluble in water. The carbonate and several other 
potassium salts are deliquescent. 

For saturation table of potassium salts, see the Pharmacopoeia, page 
434 ; also pages 431 and 432. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 805 

Potassa ; IT. S. 

POTASSA. 

Potassicus Hydras — -Potassium Hydrate ; Potassa Caustica, Kali Caus- 
ticum, Oxidum Potassicum — Aetzkali, G. ; Potasse caustique, F. ; 
Potasa caustica, Sp. ; Kali, Kalihydrat, Sw. ; Caustic Potassa. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 260-261. 

Must be quite white, hard, and dry. 

For respective specific gravities of solutions of various strengths, see 
the Pharmacopoeia, page 424. For saturation tables, see pages 431 and 
432. 

Must be kept in bottles of hard glass (common green or amber 
bottle glass is better than flint glass), as it attacks softer glass. 

The glass stoppers in bottles containing potassa frequently become 
fast in the neck so as not to be removable. To prevent this a little 
petrolatum may be rubbed on the stopper before inserting it. 

Medicinal Uses. — This substance is powerfully escharotic, depriv- 
ing the tissues with which it comes in contact of water, and thereby 
destroying their vitality. Its action is not limited to the superficial 
tissues, but is penetrating, and therefore of value in cauterizing bites of 
animals or stings of insects, or in destroying chancres and malignant 
pustules. Any excess, after the necessary cauterization has been ef- 
fected, may be washed away with water or neutralized with dilute vine- 
gar. The superficial extent of its action may be determined by applying 
a piece of adhesive plaster into which an opening has been cut to ex- 
pose the required surface of the skin. 

Potassa is also used to form issues or open deep-seated abscesses, as 
abscess of the liver. The irritation and inflammation surrounding the 
destroyed tissues in such a case causes the uniting of the peritoneum, 
and thereby prevents the escape of pus into the peritoneal cavity. 

It is also used to destroy nasvi, warts, etc. 

For its internal uses see " Potassae Liquor." 

POTASSA CUM CALCE ; U. S. 

Potassa with Lime. 

Vienna Paste. 

Powder and triturate together, in a warm mortar, equal parts by 
weight of potassa and unslaked lime. 

Keep the mixture in bottles lightly corked with paraffined corks. 
Less caustic than potassa but retains its caustic qualities longer, as 



806 A COMPANION TO THE 

the lime present absorbs all the carbonic acid which may have access to 
the preparation, keeping the potassa free from potassium carbonate. 

It is a milder and more manageable caustic than pure potassa, and 
is used in the same way and for the same purposes. 

POTASS^E LIQUOE ; U. S. 

Solution of Potassa. 

Potassici Hydratis Solutio — Solution of Potassie Hydrate ; Solutio Hy- 
drastis JTalici, Liquor Kali Caustici — Aetzkalilauge, Kalilauge, G. ; 
Potasse caustique liquide, Levisse caustique, F. ; Solution de Potassa 
Caustica, Lejia de Potasa, Sp. ; Kalilut, Sw. 

Dissolve ninety grams (3 ounces 76 grains) potassium bicarbonate 
in four hundred cubic centimeters (13J fluidounces) distilled water. 
Heat the solution until effervescence ceases, and then bring the liquid 
$o the boiling-point. 

Slake forty grams (1 ounce 180 grains) lime and rub it into a smooth 
paste with four hundred cubic centimeters (13J fluidounces) of distilled 
water, and heat it to boiling. Then pour the solution of bicarbonate 
of potassium gradually into the milk of lime and boil the mixture ten 
minutes. Take the vessel from the heat and cover it tightly. When 
cold add enough distilled water to make the whole weigh one thousand 
grams (35 ounces 120 grains). Finally strain through bleached linen, 
or let the solution settle well, and then syphon off or decant the clear. 

Solution of potassium hydrate may also be made by dissolving 
fifty-six grams (1 ounce 426 grains) potassa (pure white caustic po- 
tassa in sticks) in nine hundred and forty-four cubic centimeters (32 
fluidounces) of distilled water. Filter through a double white filter. 

Preservation. — Must be kept in bottles with glass stoppers greased 
with a little petrolatum, or corked with corks dipped in melted paraffin. 

Description and Strength. — Clear, colorless, odorless, acrid, 
caustic, strongly alkaline. Specific gravity 1.036, corresponding to 5.2° 
Baume. Contains five per cent, potassium hydrate. 

It is difficult to make any comparison as to strength between this 
solution of potassa and that of 1870, as the Pharmacopoeia of 1870 
makes two statements as to its strength which cannot be reconciled. 
If the liquor potassae of 1870 had a specific gravity of 1.065, as stated, 
then it should contain over eight per cent, of the hydrate of potassium, 
instead of 5.8 per cent. ; on the other hand, if, as stated in the Pharma- 
copoeia, it contained 5.8 per cent, potassium hydrate, its specific gravity 
must have been about 1.058 instead of 1.065. 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 807 

For table of specific gravities of solutions of potassa, see the Phar- 
macopoeia, page 424. 

Used internally it possesses the properties of a free alkali, neutral- 
izing excess of acid in the blood and secretions, rendering the urine 
alkaline, and thus acting as an antilithic in cases of acid urinary 
concretions. 

It is given occasionally in heartburn, rheumatism, etc., but other 
substances produce the same effects and are more pleasant to the taste, 
so that this solution is seldom employed except for making other phar- 
maceutical preparations. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 4 cubic centimeters (10 to 60 minims), largely diluted 
with water. The alkaline taste is best improved by syrups. 

LIQUOK KALI CAUSTICI. 

Thirty-Three Per Cent. Solution of Potassa. 

The formerly official German Pharmacopoeial solution of potassa has 
a specific gravity of 1.330 to 1.334, and contains one-third its weight 
(33^ per cent.) potassium hydrate. Pharmacists sometimes have occa- 
sion to use it. It may be made in the same manner as the liquor potassse 
of our Pharmacopoeia (1880), using six hundred grams (21 ounces 72 
grains) instead of ninety grams of bicarbonate of potassium, and two 
hundred and seventy grams (9 ounces 230 grains) instead of forty grams 
of lime. It will be necessary in this case, however, to use three times as 
much water, and to finally evaporate the product down to one thousand 
grams (35 ounces 120 grains). 

It may also be made by dissolving three hundred and seventy grams 
(about 13 ounces) potassa in sticks in six hundred and thirty grams 
(21.3 fluidounces) of distilled water. 

Used only for pharmaceutical purposes. 

Potassa Sulphurata; IT. S. 

Sulphurated Potassa. 

Potassii Sulphidum, Potassii Sidphuretum, Hepar Sulphuris, Kalium 
Sidphuratum — Kalischwefelleber, G. ; Foie de sou/re, F. ; Higado de 
Azufre, Sp. ; Svafvellefver, Sw. ; Liver of Sulphur. 

A mixture of sulphide (tri-sulphide) of potassium, together with 
small quantities of hyposulphite and sulphate of potassium. 

For preparation, description, and tests, see the Pharmacopoeia, 
page 261. 

Medicinal Uses. — It has been given internally in rheumatism, 



808 A COMPANION TO THE 



gout, and cutaneous diseases. It does not appear to be of any great 
value when thus given, and is rarely administered. 

Externally, in solution or ointment, it has been used with benefit in 
cutaneous diseases, itch, and as a bath in chronic saturnine poisoning to 
eliminate the lead. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.5 gram (2 to 8 grains), best given in syrup flavored 
with oil of anise, or in pill. 

POTASS^E SULPHURATE UKGUENTUM. 
Ointment of Sulphukated Potassa. 

Mix intimately five grams (77 grains) sulphurated potassa and ninety- 
five grams (3 ounces 140 grains) lard. 

Potassii Acetas ? IT. S. 

Acetate of Potassium. 
JPotassicus Acetas — Potassium Acetate y Kalium Aceticum. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 262. 

Must be perfectly white and free from any odor, except a faint 
rather agreeable odor of pure acetic acid. Should be dry, so as to be a 
somewhat mobile granular powder, and must be entirely soluble in less 
than one-half its own weight of water and in twice its weight of proof 
spirit. 

Solution for Dispensing Purposes. — Dissolve two hundred grams 
(about 7 ounces avoirdupois) acetate of potassium in enough distilled 
water to make the finished solution measure two hundred cubic centi- 
meters (6f U. S. fluidounces). Filter. 

Each cubic centimeter of the solution contains one gram of the 
salt ; one hundred and five minims contain one hundred grains. 

Does not keep long, and hence must be frequently renewed. After 
standing a short time it contains carbonate, and when standing long it 
moulds. 

Medicinal Uses. — Acetate of potassium is a diuretic ; it should 
be given largely diluted with water, and serves as a directive to the 
latter, determining its elimination by the kidney. It is most useful in 
those cases of insufficient diuresis caused by diseases of the kidney fol- 
lowing scarlatina. It is not of much value for the removal of dropsical 
accumulations in the various cavities of the body. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 1.5 gram (8 to 20 grains). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 809 

Potassii Bicarbonas ; TJ. S. 

Bicarbonate of Potassium. 

Potassicus Bicarbonas — Potassium Bicarbonate ; Kali Bicarbonicum, 
Bicarbonas Kalicus — Doppelt-hohlensaures Kali, G. ; Bicarbonate 
cle Potasse, F. ; Bicarbonato de potasa, Sp. ; Tvafaldt kolsyradt 
kali,Sw.; Bicarbonate of Potash. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 262. 

Must be kept in tightly closed bottles. When containing much 
carbonate of potassium (two per cent, or more), the crystals are moist 
and have a very alkaline taste. The preparation should dissolve with- 
out any residue in four times its weight of cold water. The crystals 
must be clear and colorless. 

An aqueous solution of potassium bicarbonate gives off carbonic 
acid, even at ordinary temperatures. At above 80° C. (176° F.) the 
solution effervesces, and normal carbonate is found. 

Medicinal Uses. — Same as of potassae liquor, but it is more 
pleasant to the taste. Antacid, diuretic, and antilithic. 

Dose. — One to four grams (15 to 60 grains). 

Potassii Bichromas ; IT. S. 

Bichromate of Potassium. 
Potassicus Bichromas — Potassium Bichromate ; Kali bichromieum. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 263. 

Bichromate of potassium is poisonous. Its dust is very irritating to 
the mucous membrane of the nose. 

Medicinal Uses. — Has been employed in secondary syphilis. Not 
used internally at present. A saturated solution is sometimes used as 
an escharotic application to syphilitic warts and excrescences, foid 
ulcers, etc. It is a violent irritant poison in overdoses, causing gastro- 
intestinal irritation. Its effects must be counteracted by soap, mag- 
nesia or alkaline carbonates, demulcents, opiates, etc. 

Dose. — About 0.01 gram (-J- grain). 

Battery Fluid. — Pour two liters (68 fiuidounces) water into a two- 
gallon porcelain evaporating dish ; stir it in one direction until set in 
rapid rotatory motion ; then pour one liter (34 fiuidounces) commercial 
concentrated sulphuric acid into the center of the water in a small 
stream. When the mixture has cooled, add four hundred grams (14 
ounces 48 grains) potassium bichromate ; stir the whole a few minutes. 



810 A COMPANION TO THE 

Then add four liters (136 fluidounces) water, and when the whole liquid 
has become cold add six hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (21 
fluidounces) more of commercial concentrated sulphuric acid. 

Potassii Bitartras ; U. S. 

BlTARTRATE OF POTASSIUM. 

Potassicus Bitartras — Potassium Bitartrate ; Kali bitartaricum, Tar- 
tarus depuratus, Cremor Tartari — Weinstein, G. ; Bitartrate de 
potasse, Creme de tartre, Pierre de vin, F. ; Cremor Tartaro, Sp. ; 
Cremor Tartari, Tvafaldt vinsyradt kali, Renad vinsten, Sw. ; 
Cream of Tartar. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 263. 

Crystals are not used in dispensing pharmacy, and hence the phar- 
macopceial description might omit the reference to that form. 

Medicinal Uses. — Refrigerant aperient or cathartic, and diuretic. 
Useful in diluted solutions as a cooling drink in fevers, or in larger 
doses and less diluted form as a hydragogue cathartic to remove dropsi- 
cal accumulations. It is generally used in combination with other 
remedies, as senna, sulphur, jalap, etc. 

Dose. — Four to ten grams (60 to 150 grains) as an aperient ; fif- 
teen to thirty grams (J to 1 ounce) as a cathartic. 

" Imperial Brin7c." — Dissolve ten grams (J avoirdupois ounce) cream 
of tartar and thirty grams (1 ounce) sugar in one liter (34 fluidounces) 
of water. 

Dose. — Ad libitum, 

Potassii Boro-tartras. 

Borax Tartar. 

Potassicus Tartras Boraxatus, Tartarus Boraxatus — Boro- tartrate of 

Potassium. 

Dissolve one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) powdered borax 
in one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) boiling water, and 
add to the solution, while still hot, two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 
grains) powdered bitartrate of potassium and stir until all is dissolved. 
Evaporate the solution on a water-bath until a small portion of it, when 
removed from the dish, hardens on cooling. Then remove the dish from 
the water-bath, allow the contents to become semi-solid, and then pull 
it (like tafTy) into sticks, and dry these on glass plates at a temperature 
not exceeding 80° C. (176° F.), and powder. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 81 1 

Must be kept in tightly corked bottles, as it is very hygroscopic. 

It is a white powder, odorless, with an acid saline taste, and acid 
reaction. It is soluble in its own weight of cold water, and in half its 
weight of warm water. 

Uses similar to those of cream of tartar, in similar doses. 

Potassii Bromidum; U. S. 

Bromide of Potassium. 

Potassicum Bromidum — Potassium Bromide ; Kalium Bromatum — 
BromJcalium, G. and Sw. ; Bromure de potassium, F. ; Bromuro 

potasico, Sp. 5 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 263 and 
264. 

Small crystals are to be preferred to large ones. In ascertaining the 
reaction of the salt, use a solution, as the moistened crystals may give 
an alkaline reaction when a solution shows the salt to be in fact neutral. 

Medicinal Uses. — Bromide of potassium is a depressant, reducing 
the heart's action, and producing general relaxation ; in large doses it 
may produce death. Its effects on the nervous system are not perfectly 
understood, but it allays irritation, especially when due to reflex action 
and not accompanied by inflammation. It also contracts the capillaries, 
and reduces the quantity of blood in the brain, on which account it is 
useful in certain forms of headache and insomnia. 

It is much employed in epilepsy, in which disease its use must be per- 
severed in for months, and .often for years. It is also used in spasms, 
delirium tremens, general nervous excitement, and as an anaphrodisiac in 
all forms of genital irritation, painful erections, nymphomania, exces- 
sive sexual passion, or to allay irritation of the urethra during the in- 
troduction of a catheter. 

As antidote in strychnine-poisoning it is of much value, and it is 
frequently given either with or after full doses of quinine to prevent 
the effects of the latter drug on the hearing. 

A full dose of this remedy is also occasionally given to render the 
fauces less irritable during examination with the laryngoscope. 

Dose. — One to eight grams (15 to 120 grains) if largely diluted with 
water, and repeated several times a day if necessary. 

Solution for Dispensing Purposes. — Dissolve two hundred grams 
(7 ounces 24 grains) of the potassium bromide in enough distilled water 
to make the finished solution measure eight hundred cubic centimeters 
(27 fluidounces). Filter. 



812 A COMPANION TO THE 



Each cubic centimeter of the solution contains one-fourth gram (25 
centigrams) of the salt ; one hundred and five minims contain twenty- 
five grains. 

Potassii Carbonas ; U. S. 

Carbonate of Potassium. 

Potassicus Carbonas — Potassium Carbonate; Kali Carbonicum, Car- 
bonas Kalicus — Kohlensaures Kali, G. ; Carbonate de potasse, F. ; 
Carbonato potasico, Sp.; Kolsyradt Kali, Renad Pottaska, Sw. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 264. 

The carbonate of potassium of the Pharmacopoeia is a nearly chemi- 
cally pure salt. 

When the salt is dissolved in water, heat is generated. 

Must be perfectly white, dry, and stand the pharmacopoeial tests. 

Uses. — Similar to those of the bicarbonate of potassium, but it is 
rarely employed internally. 

Externally it is employed, in solution or ointment, in itch and othei 
skin affections. 

It is often sold under the name " shampoo,"" its dilute solution in 
soft water, together with soap, being used in shampooing or washing 
the hair. Its oft-repeated use, or its use in too strong solution, is injuri- 
ous to the hair. 

Dose. — For internal use, about one gram (15 grains), largely diluted. 

Potassii Chloras ; U. S. 

Chlorate of Potassium. 

Potassicus Chloras — Potassium Chlorate ; Kali Chloricum, Kali Oxy- 
muriaticum — Chlorsaures Kali, G.; Chlorate de potasse, F.; Clo- 
rato Potasico, Sp. ; Klorsyradt Kali, Sw. ; Chlorate of Potash. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 2G5. 

Commercial chlorate of potassium generally fails to withstand the 
tests prescribed by the Pharmacopoeia, and requires to be re-crystallized 
or granulated. 

A saturated solution of potassium chlorate at ordinary temperatures 
may be made by dissolving sixty grams (2 ounces 50 grains) in one 
thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) boiling water, and allowing 
the solution to become cold. (1 avoirdupois ounce to 1 pint is about 
the same proportion.) 

Chlorate of potassium is explosive when triturated or subjected to 
pressure or blows, especially when mixed with some substance which 
readily combines with oxygen. It is, therefore, a dangerous proceed- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 813 

ing to triturate or mix chlorate of potassium in a mortar with sulphur, 
tannin, sugar, charcoal, and numerous other substances. To triturate 
chlorate of potassium by itself in a mortar is also dangerous, even if 
the mortar and pestle are perfectly clean, for the least percussion might 
cause explosion. Chlorate of potassium and glycerin should never be 
triturated together, except when water or some other diluent is added. 

Medicinal Uses. — This remedy is much used, and often abused, in 
all forms of throat affections. In some forms of stomatitis or pharyngi- 
tis it is of good service. It is also useful in salivation following the ad- 
ministration of mercury. In excessive doses it may prove an irritant 
poison. 

Formerly it was given in cases of imperfect aeration of the blood, 
under the erroneous impression that it imparted its oxygen to the blood. 
It passes through the system and is eliminated with the urine unchanged. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 1 gram (8 to 15 grains), every three or four hours. 

Solution for Dispensing Purposes. — Dissolve fifty grams (1 ounce 
334 grains avoirdupois) of the potassium chlorate in enough boiling dis- 
tilled water to make the finished solution measure one liter (or very 
nearly 34 nuidounces). Filter. 

Each cubic centimeter of the solution contains 0.05 gram (5 centi- 
grams) of the salt ; twenty-one minims contains one grain. 

POTASSII CHLOEATIS TEOCHISCI; U. S. 

Troches of Chlorate of Potassium. 

Mix by trituration one hundred and twenty-four grams (1,900 grains) 
finely powdered sugar, 6.50 grams (100 grains) powdered tragacanth, 
and 0.65 gram (10 grains) spirit of lemon. Then put the powder on a 
sheet of clean paper and mix with it, by means of a horn spatula, 32.50 
grams (500 grains) finely powdered chlorate of potassium, " being care- 
ful to avoid trituration and pressure, to prevent the mixture from ignit- 
ing or exploding." Then put the mixed powder back in the mortar, add 
enough water, and form a mass. Divide it into one hundred troches. 

Potassii Chromas. 

Chromate of Potassium. 

A lemon-yellow salt, -in small crystals, readily soluble in water. Re- 
action alkaline. Prepared by adding potassium carbonate to a solution 
of potassium bichromate as long as it causes effervescence. 

Not used in medicine. Employed for the preparation of the bichro- 
mate of potassium. 



814 A COMPANION TO THE 

Potassii Citras ; U. S. 

Citrate of Potassium. 
JPotassicus Citras — Potassium Citrate. 
Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 265. 
Medicinal Uses. — Refrigerant, diuretic, and diaphoretic. Also 
used as an alkaline to affect the constitution. Best given in the form 
of the solution. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains). 

LIQUOR POTASSII CITRATIS ; U. S. 

Solution of Citrate of Potassium. 

Solutio Potassici Citratis — /Solution of Potassium Citrate. 

Dissolve sixty grams (2 ounces) citric acid in four hundred grams 
(13J fluidounces) of distilled water. Filter the solution and add enough 
distilled water through the filter to make the total filtrate weigh five 
hundred grams (17 ounces 280 grains). 

Dissolve eighty grams (2f ounces) bicarbonate of potassium also in 
four hundred grams distilled water, filter, and make up the weight by 
the addition of water through the filter to five hundred grams. Mix the 
two liquids, and when the evolution of carbonic acid gas has ceased, put 
the preparation in a bottle and cork well. Must be freshly made when 
wanted for use. 

It has a specific gravity of 1.059 and contains about nine per cent, 
of potassium, citrate, together with a little free citric acid and some car- 
bonic acid held in solution. 

The freshly mixed and effervescing solution also relieves nausea and 
vomiting, on account of the carbonic acid which is liberated. 

Dose. — Thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) of the solution, pre- 
ferably given by mixing fifteen cubic centimeters (£ fluidounce) of each 
of the two solutions and drinking while effervescing. 

POTASSII CITRATIS MISTURA ; U. S. 

Mixture of Potassium Citrate. 

Neutral Mixture. 

Add bicarbonate of potassium in clear crystals gradually to fresh 
lemon-juice until the liquid becomes neutral to litmus paper. Must be 
freshly made whenever wanted for use. 

Fresh lemon-juice contains about seven per cent, citric acid, and it 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 815 

requires about three grams (46 grains) of the crystals of bicarbonate of 
potassium to neutralize thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) of the 
juice. It is best, however, to add until saturation is effected. 

Used like the last. 

Dose. — About fifteen cubic centimeters (J fluidounce), diluted. 



Potassii Cyanidum ; U. S. 

Cyanide of Potassium. 

Potassicwn Cyanidum — Potassium Cyanide ; Cyanlcalium, G. and Sw. ; 
Cyanure de potassium, F. ; Cianuro potasico, Sp. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 266. 

Must be quite white and dry. Being deliquescent it must be kept 
in tightly corked bottles. 

Medicinal Uses- — Similar to those of hydrocyanic acid, but this 
remedy is seldom used internally. It is extremely poisonous. It is 
much used in photography and in cleaning silver-ware, and great care 
must be taken in its use, as it may be absorbed through the skin and 
produce its toxic effects. 

Dose. — 0.008 gram (J grain), dissolved in water. The hydrocyanic 
acid may be liberated by dispensing in a solution containing syrup of 
citric acid. 



Potassii et Sodii Tartras ; U. S. 

Tartrate of Potassium and Sodium. 

Potassico-Sodicus Tartras — Potassium- Sodium Tartrate; JVatro-kali 
Tartaricum, Sal Seignetti — Seignettesah, G. ; Sel de Seignette, F. ; 
Tartrato sodico potasico, Sp. ; Vinsyradt natron-kali, Sw. ; Rochelle 
Silt. 

Description and Tests.— See the Pharmacopoeia, page 266. 

Very generally used. It was discovered by Pierre Seignette, an 
apothecary in Rochelle, France, and is called Seignette salt in Germany 
and France, and Rochelle salt in England and America. 

Medicinal Uses. — Pleasant refrigerant laxative ; useful in fevers, 
etc. 

Dose. — Eight to thirty grams (J to 1 ounce), in solution flavored 
according to taste. 



816 A COMPANION TO THE 

Potassii Ferricyanidum. 

Ferricyanide of Potassium. 

Potassicum Ferricyanidum — Potassium Ferricyanide, Red Prussiate 

of Potash. 

Red transparent prismatic crystals, soluble in four times their weight 
of water and having a saline, slightly astringent taste. 

Used as a reagent. See the Pharmacopoeia, page 391. Also used 
in the arts for dyeing, photography, etc. 



Potassii Ferrocyanidum ; U. S. 

Ferrocyanide of Potassium. 

Potassicum Ferrocyanidum — Potassium Ferrocyanide, Yellow Prussiate 

of Potash. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 267. Clean 
crystals, free from powder and not discolored. 

Not now used medicinally. Has been given in doses of 0.5 to 1 
gram (8 to 15 grains) as an astringent and anodyne. 



Potassii Hypophosphis ; U. S. 

Hypophosphite of Potassium. 
Potassicus Hypophosphis — Potassium Hypophosphite. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 267. 
Very deliquescent, and must, therefore, be kept in tightly corked 
bottles, the corks to be dipped in paraffin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Same as of other hypophosphites. Supposed 
to be beneficial in cases of nervous debility in which phosphorus might 
prove useful. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 grams (8 to 30 grains), two or three times a day, 
generally in the form of syrup or in combination with other hypophos- 
phites. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 817 

Potassii Iodidum ; U. S. 

Iodide of Potassium. 

Potassicum Iodidum — Potassium Iodide; Kalium Jodatum, Jbdkali- 
um, G. and Sw.; lodure de potassium, F.; loduro potasico, Sp. ; 
Iodide of Potash. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 268. 

Must be neutral ; an alkaline reaction denotes the presence of potas- 
sium carbonate, which is frequently added to make the product white. 
Free iodine makes the crystals yellowish. 

Medicinal Uses. — Those of Iodine, which see. Iodine is generally 
administered in the form of this salt. Iodide of potassium is useful in 
secondary and tertiary stages of syphilis ; in glandular enlargements 
and tumors y and in lead- and mercury-poisoning to promote the elimi- 
nation of the poison. 

If given for a long time, its use ma^ give rise to a condition called 
iodism, characterized by general debility and fever, pain over the brows, 
coryza, and an eruption of the skin, which occasionally becomes very 
severe, resembling, and sometimes mistaken for, syphilitic eruption. 

Also used externally in the form of ointment in glandular swellings, 
syphilitic and non-syphilitic. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 1 gram (2 to 15 grains), two or three times a day ; 
fifteen grams (^ ounce), or more, may be given daily to syphilitic pa- 
tients. 

/Solution for Dispensing Purposes. — Dissolve two hundred grams (7 
ounces 24 grains avoirdupois) iodide of potassium in enough distilled 
water to make the finished solution measure two hundred cubic centi- 
meters (6f U. S. fluidounces). Filter. 

Each cubic centimeter of the solution contains one gram of the salt; 
one hundred and five minims contains one hundred grains. 

POTASSII IODIDI UKGUENTUM; IT. S. . 
Ointment of Iodide of Potassium. 

Dissolve twelve grams (185 grains) iodide of potassium and one gram 
(15 grains) hyposulphite of sodium in six cubic centimeters (1-j- flui- 
drachm) boiling water, in a warm mortar ; then add gradually, during 
constant trituration, eighty-one grams (2 ounces 375 grains) benzoinated 
lard. 

The addition of hyposulphite of sodium is intended to prevent the 
52 



818 A COMPANION TO THE 



preparation from turning brown from liberated iodine. Petrolatum 
ought to have been substituted for the benzoinated lard in this pre- 
paration. 

Potassii Nitras ; U. S. 

Nitrate op Potassium. 

Potassicus Nitras — Potassium Nitrate ; Kali Nitricum, Nitras Kalicus, 
Nitrum — Salpeter, Kalisalpeter, Salpeter saures Kali, G. ; Azotate de 
potasse, Nitrate de potasse, Salpetre, F. ; Nitrato potasico, Nitro 
puro, Sp. ; Salpeter, Salpetersyradt Kali, Sw. ; Saltpetre, Nitre, Ni- 
trate of Potash. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 268. 

The granulated purified potassium nitrate (" crystalline powder ") is 
the best. 

Commercial saltpetre is frequently contaminated and even adulterated 
with sodium chloride ; but a pure salt may be readily obtained. 

Medicinal Uses. — Refrigerant, diaphoretic, and diuretic. Some- 
times employed at the outset of fevers, etc. In very large doses it may 
prove poisonous, and if too long continued in smaller doses it deranges 
the digestion and impoverishes the blood. 

The inhalation of the vapor of burning paper, which has been satu- 
rated with nitre, is beneficial in asthma. 

Dose of Nitre. — Fifteen to thirty grams (|- to 1 ounce) daily, in 
divided doses, largely diluted. 

POTASSII NITRATIS CHARTA ; U. S. 
Paper of Nitrate of Potassium. 
Nitre Paper. 

Soak pieces of white filter-paper, about twenty centimeters (8 inches) 
square, in a solution of thirty grams (1 ounce) nitrate of potassium in 
one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces) of water. 
Suspend the saturated paper on twine, or in any other convenient way, 
until dry. 

Should be preserved in a well-closed vessel. 
. This preparation is new to the United States Pharmacopoeia. 

Used for inhalation, one piece being burnt and the vapor from it 
inhaled. This vapor contains nitrous oxide. Especially useful in some 
cases of asthma. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 819 



Potassii Permanganas ; U. S. 

Permanganate of Potassium. 

Potassicus Permanganas — Potassium Permanganate/ Kali Hyper- 
manganicum — TIebermangansaures Kali, G. ; Permanganate de 
potasse, F.; Ofvermangansyradt Kali, Sw. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 269. 

Large fine crystals should be preferred. 

.Permanganate of potassium must not be triturated or even mixed 
with glycerin, or other readily oxidizable substances, as explosion may 
result. 

Medicinal Uses. — It is a powerful disinfectant, and is much used 
in solutions containining from five to twenty per cent, of the salt as a 
wash for gangrenous, phagedenic, cancerous, or other foul ulcers, or 
discharges. It is also used as a gargle in diphtheria, scarlatina, etc. 
It has also been given internally, but with doubtful results. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.3 gram (2 to 5 grains), largely diluted with water. 

Potassii Phosphas. 

Phosphate or Potassium. 

Potassicus Phosphas — Potassium Phosphate, 

» 

A white, deliquescent, amorphous salt, freely soluble in water. It 
has a saline taste. 

Medicinal Uses.— Supposed to exert an alterative effect in phthi' 
sis, etc. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains). 

Potassii Sulphas; U. S. 

Sulphate of Potassium. 

Potassicus Sulphas — Potassium Sulphate; Kali Sulphuricum, Sulfas 

Kalicus. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 269. 

Medicinal Uses. — Laxative in small doses ; irritant cathartic in 
large doses. 

Dose. — Two to fifteen grams (30 grains to J ounce), largely diluted 
with water. 



820 A COMPANION TO THE 

Potassii Sulphis ; TJ. S. 

Sulphite of Potassium. 
Potassicus Sulphis — Potassium Sulphite. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 270. 

Medicinal Uses. — Sometimes, though rarely, employed as an anti- 
septic for the same purposes as the hyposulphite of sodium. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains), every two or three 
hours. 

Potassii Tartras ; TJ. S. 

Tartrate of Potassium. 

Potassicus Tartras — Potassium Tartrate ; Kali Tartaricum t Tartarus 

solubilis. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 270. 
Medicinal Uses. — Diuretic in small, laxative in large doses. Oc- 
casionally combined with senna. 

Dose. — Ten to thirty grams (150 grains to 1 ounce). 

Potiones. 

Potions. 

Potions or draughts are aqueous solutions of salts, flavored or sweet- 
ened, or not. Sometimes infusions and mixtures are called potions. 
They are draughts taken in doses exceeding a tablespoonful. 

Prinos ; U. S. 

Prinos. 
Prinos Cortex — Black Alder. 

Origin. — Prinos verticillatus, Linne (Aquifoliacece). 

Habitat. — The United States and Canada. 

Part used. — The bark. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 271. 

Constituents. — Resin, and some bitter principle not yet fully ex- 
amined. 

Medicinal Uses. — An astringent bitter tonic, of occasional use in 
fevers, especially if accompanied by a relaxed condition of the mucous 
membranes, as in diarrhoea, etc. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains), best given in the form 
of a fluid extract made with diluted alcohol as a menstruum. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 821 

Propylamina. 

Propylamine. 

A colorless inflammable liquid of high refractive power. It is not 
used in medicine. The "propylamine" met with in the trade is an 
aqueous solution of trimethylamine or hydrochlorate of trimethylamine 
(see Trimethylamina). 

Prunum ; IT. S. 

Prune. 

Pruni Fructus. 

Origin. — Prunus domestica, Linne (Rosacem). 
Habitat. — Cultivated in all temperate climates. 
Part used.— The fruit. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 271. 
French prunes are the best. Must be large, plump, sound, and not 
too dry. 

Constituents. — Sugar, malic acid, etc. 
Used as a laxative food. 

Prunus Virginiana ; U. S. 

Wild Cherry. 
Pruni Yirginianm Cortex — Wild Cherry Bark. 

Origin. — Prunus serotina, Ehrhart (Rosacea?). 

Habitat.— The United States. 

Part used. — The inner bark collected in the autumn from the 
branches of young, sound trees. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia,. page 271. 

Must be collected from medium large branches. The bark from the 
small branches, as well as cork-covered old bark, must be rejected as in- 
ferior. Should be at least two millimeters (y 1 ^ inch) thick, and at the 
same time free from any corky outer bark. 

Constituents. — Tannin, amygdalin, emulsin, some resin, and a bit- 
ter principle. When macerated with water it yields hydrocyanic acid, 
generated by the reaction of the amygdalin and emulsin in the presence 
of water, oil of bitter almonds being simultaneously formed. 

Medicinal Uses. — Bitter tonic and stomachic, with slight sedative 
effect. Used in dyspepsia, painful gastric derangements, coughs, etc. 

Dose. — Two to four grams (30 to 60 grains) in powder. 



822 A COMPANION TO THE 

PRUNI VIRGINIAN JE EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; IT. S. 
Fluid Extract of Wild Cheery. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), mix eighty-five grams (3 avoirdupois ounces) of glycerin 
with one hundred and seventy grams (6 ounces) of water. Moisten five 
hundred grams (17§ avoirdupois ounces) of wild cherry bark, in No. 20 
powder, with the whole of the mixture. Pack it loosely in a cylindri- 
cal percolator, cover it well, and set it aside for twenty-four hours. 
Then take it out and re-pack it tightly in the percolator. Now perco- 
late with diluted alcohol. Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13J 
fluidounces) of first percolate. Then continue the percolation and col- 
lect six hundred cubic centimeters (20 fluidounces) of second percolate. 
Evaporate the second percolate to a thin syrup. Meanwhile continue 
the percolation to exhaustion, distil off the alcohol in the usual way 
from the third percolate, and evaporate the remainder of it on a water- 
bath to a thin syrup. Mix the syrupy liquids obtained from the second 
and third percolates and evaporate the mixture to a thin extract. Dis- 
solve this extract in the first percolate, and finally add enough diluted 
alcohol to make the total product measure five hundred cubic centime- 
ters (17 fluidounces). 

The object of the maceration with water and glycerin is the forma- 
tion of hydrocyanic acid by the reaction of the amygdalin and emulsin 
in the bark upon each other, which takes place only in the presence of 
water. Glycerin aids in keeping the dissolved matters in permanent so- 
lution in the finished extract, and also to retain better the hydrocyanic 
acid and volatile oil formed. The percolate is collected in three por- 
tions, in order to avoid as far as possible the exposure, of the extract to 
heat, which would expel the volatile constituents, and thus render the 
preparation less rich in its most important constituents, if not wholly 
worthless. 

A fluid extract of wild cherry made with water alone, or with water 
and glycerin (without the use of any alcohol), will also contain the hy- 
drocyanic acid and the volatile oil, if the drug can be exhausted and 
the percolate reduced to its proper bulk without a damaging exposure 
to heat, which is impossible except by using a very tall and narrow per^ 
colator, so as to insure that the menstruum is made to pass through as 
many new portions of the drug as possible. But such a preparation 
would not represent fully and properly the medicinal properties of wild 
cherry bark, because the astringent constituent (tannin) would remain 
to a great extent in the marc. The addition of alcohol is necessary to 
completely exhaust the drug. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPEIA. 823 

Fluid extract of wild cherry is a dark reddish-brown preparation, 
having a strong bitter-almond odor, and a pleasant, somewhat astringent 
taste. It is the best preparation of wild cherry which has been made. 

Dose. — Two to four cubic centimeters (30 to 60 minims). 

PRITNI VIRGINIANS INFUSUM ; U. S. 
Infusion of Wild Cherry. 

Moisten thirty grams (1 avoidupois ounce) of wild cherry, in No. 40 
powder, with forty -five cubic centimeters (1^- fluidounce) of water, and 
macerate one hour ; then pack it tightly in a conical glass percolator 
and percolate with water until the percolate weighs seven hundred and 
fifty grams (or measures 25 fluidounces). 

This preparation contains hydrocyanic acid and a volatile oil similar 
to that of bitter almonds, and is used as a mild tonic and cardiac seda- 
tive, either alone or as a menstruum for other more active remedies, in 
the irritative cough of consumptives, hectic fever, etc. 

Dose. — Fifty to one hundred cubic centimeters (1£ to 3 fluidounces), 
three or four times a day. 

PRITNI VIRGINIANS SYKUPUS; U. S. 
Syrup of Wild Cherry. 

Moisten one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces 100 grains) wild 
cherry bark, in No. 20 powder, with water, and macerate it in a covered 
vessel for twenty-four hours. Then pack it firmly in a cylindrical perco- 
lator and percolate with water until three hundred and fifty grams (12 
ounces 150 grains, or about 12 fluidounces) percolate has been received. 
In this dissolve six hundred grams (21 ounces) sugar by agitation, using 
no heat. Then add fifty grams (1 ounce 330 grains) glycerin. Strain. 

This formula affords, with good bark and proper care, a very fine 
product. 

Used mainly as an excipient in cough mixtures. 

Dose. — About fifteen cubic centimeters (-J- fluidounce), 

PRUNI VIRGINIANS VINUM. 
Wine of Wild Cherry. 

Mix sixty cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) fluid extract of wild 
cherry with two hundred and forty cubic centimeters (8 fluidounces) 
sherry wine. Each five cubic centimeters (teaspoonful) represents one 
gram (15 grains) of wild cherry. 

Dose. — Ten to thirty cubic centimeters (3 to 8 fluidrachms). 



824 



A COMPANION TO THE 



PRUNI VIRGINIANS VINUM FERRATUM. 
Ferrated Wine of Wild Cherry. 

Dissolve forty grams (1 ounce 180 grains) soluble phosphate of iron 
in one hundred cubic centimeters (3^ fluidounces) water ; add phos- 
phoric acid to this solution until the precipitate which at first forms has 
all been redissolved, taking care to stir well, and to add no more phos- 
phoric acid than is absolutely necessary to obtain a clear, light-brown- 
ish solution. Then add one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 
fluidounces) elixir of orange and five hundred cubic centimeters (17 
fluidounces sherry wine. Next add one hundred cubic centimeters (3 J 
fluidounces) fluid extract of wild cherry (made with equal parts glycerin 
and water, without alcohol), and finally sufficient sherry wine to make 
the whole measure one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces). 

A bitter chalybeate tonic, given in doses of one or two teaspoonfuls, 
three times a day. 

Ptelea. 

Ptelea. 

Ptelece Cortex — Waferash Bark, Shrubby Tre- 
foil Bark, Hoptree Bark. 

Origin. — Ptelea trifoliata,~L\m\e (Butacece). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used. — The bark of the root. 

Description. — Irregular fragments of a 
light-brown color. 

Medicinal Uses. — An appetizing tonic, 
occasionally useful during convalescence, in dys- 
pepsia, etc. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (8 to 30 
minims), best given in the form of fluid extract. 




Fig. 431.— Waferash, natural 
size. 



PTELEJE EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Ptelea. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§- avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (about 8J fluidounces) alcohol to every one hundred 
grams (about 3^ fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 825 

Pulsatilla ; U. S. 

Pulsatilla. 
Pulsatilla Herba. 

Origin. — Anemone piilsatilla, and Anemone pratensis, Linne ; and 
Anemone patens, var. JVuttallia?ia, Gray (Ranunculacece). 

Habitat. — The two first-named plants in Europe ; the third in the 
United States. 

Part used. — The whole plant, collected soon after flowering. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 271. 

Constituents* — Contains an acrid volatile principle, which breaks 
up into anemonin and anemonic acid. 

Medicinal Uses. — Formerly employed in Germany as an alterative 
and emmenagogue, but discarded on account of its worthlessness. We 
do not know why it was introduced into the present Pharmacopoeia, 
unless on account of a supposed beneficial effect in amaurosis. 

In large doses it may produce nausea and vomiting. 

Dose. — Usually stated to be about 0.3 gram (5 grains), in powder, 
although the extract has been given in much larger doses. 

PULSATILLA EXTKACTUM. 
Extract of Pulsatilla. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twen- 
tieth part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. 

Dose. — 0.03 to 0.1 gram (^ to 2 grains), two or three times daily; 
may be cautiously increased to 0.33 gram (5 grains). 

PULSATILLA EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Pulsatilla. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (about 83- fluidounces) alcohol to every one hundred 
grams (about 3J fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — 0,1 to 0.3 cubic centimeter (1 to 5 minims), several times a 
day. 



826 A COMPANION TO THE 

Pulveres. 

Powders. 

Simple powders, or powdered drugs and chemicals, are frequently of 
a most inferior quality, and are sometimes actually offered for sale at 
lower prices than the whole drugs of barely fair quality. Sometimes 
the poorest grades of drugs are used for making powders, because it is 
almost impossible to determine the quality of the drugs after powdering 
except by color, odor, and taste, which are good guides only with those 
who are unusually familiar with the subject. In other cases actual 
adulteration is resorted to, which it is frequently impossible to detect 
by ordinary means. Such adulterations may consist of foreign materials, 
the presence of which may be detected by the microscope. We know, 
however, of cases in which the marc left in the percolator after the drug 
was exhausted was dried and sold to spice mills, to be mixed with a 
small proportion of fresh drug and then powdered and sold as a cheaper 
grade of powdered spice. Such adulteration is difficult to detect with 
the microscope, as the adulterant shows the histological elements of the 
true drug. The microscope reveals adulterations in powdered drugs to 
those only who are familiar with its use, and who therefore will not be 
deceived by appearances. Hence the pharmacist should always suspect 
a powdered drug offered at a price which apparently proves that a good 
grade of the drug could not have been used in preparing the powder. 
It is exceedingly unfortunate that retail pharmacists cannot prepare 
their own powdered drugs ; but such is the fact, for the machinery, 
fixtures, and apparatus necessary for their preparation are out of the 
question in connection with a dispensing pharmacist's store and neces- 
sarily limited laboratory. 

When a drug is to be powdered it is generally necessary to first dry 
it by a carefully regulated heat, not exceeding 65° 0. (149° F.) as a rule. 
The whole of the quantity operated upon must be reduced to powder, 
nothing remaining except inert woody fibre, or other inert portions ; for 
the powder first obtained is in many cases a very different one from 
that obtained at the end of the process. Thus if the drug is ground or 
contused until a portion is reduced to fine powder, and this powder then 
separated by sifting, the powder then obtained may be very far from 
being like the powder made afterward from the remainder of the drug. 
In some cases the powder first obtained is from the best and most active 
portions of the drug; in other cases the exact reverse. Hence the 
whole must be reduced to powder, and uniformly mixed after the pow- 
dering is finished. 

Compound powders are made by the dispensing pharmacist. In 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 827 

preparing them trituration in a mortar is the best method, and should 
be always employed except in cases where the substances to be mixed 
are such as cannot be triturated together without danger (as chlorate 
of potassium with oxidizable substances). To mix powders on a slab 
with the spatula is a very crude and unsafe method. The ingredients 
of the powder are, as a rule, put in the mortar in the order of the 
respective quantities used of each, commencing with those of which the 
smallest quantities are employed, carefully mixing before adding each 
subsequent ingredient. 

As a diluent in powders, milk sugar is to be preferred to any other 
substance, because of its hardness, its comparative insolubility, and its 
density. Ordinary white sugar (cane sugar) is too readily soluble, and 
hence may be frequently dissolved out of a powder, leaving the medica- 
ment in the spoon, if insoluble, heavy, and of very small bulk, as calomel. 

Physicians who frequently prescribe compound powders would do 
well to use some bright-colored vehicle, as, for instance, powdered milk 
sugar colored with a minute quantity of carmine. The pharmacist would 
then plainly see when the mixture of the several ingredients is completed, 
which is impossible when all the ingredients are of the same color, as 
frequently happens. Mixtures of morphine and sugar, calomel and bi- 
carbonate of sodium, etc., may frequently be imperfectly finished, be- 
cause the eye cannot determine when the ingredients are really inti- 
mately blended. 

Powders containing volatile oils, extracts, camphor, soluble chemical 
salts, or any other volatile or hygroscopic substances, should be dis- 
pensed in waxed paper, instead of in ordinary white powder paper. 

Pulvis Effervescens Compositus ; U. S. 

Compound Effervescing Powder. 
Seidlitz Powder. 

Mix 2.60 grams (40 grains) bicarbonate of sodium and 7.75 grams 
(120 grains) Rochelle salt, and fold the mixture in a blue paper. 

Put 2.25 grams (35 grains) powdered tartaric acid in a white paper. 

The above quantities are for one seidlite powder. The proportions 
differ somewhat from those of the old Pharmacopoeia (1870), and are 
the proper proportions to be used.' 

Medicinal Uses. — Each of the two powders is separately dissolved 
in a quarter of a tumbler of plain or sweetened water, and then the con- 
tents of one glass is poured into the other. The solution is to be taken 
during effervescence. 

Useful as a laxative, especially in cases of gastric or intestinal de- 
rangement accompanied by nausea, as after a debauch, etc. 



828 A COMPANION TO THE 



Pyrethrum ; U. S. 

Pyketheum. 

Pyrethri Radix — Pomische Bertramwurzel, G. ; Pyrethre, Salivaire, F. ; 
Pelitre, Sp. ; Bertramsrot, Sw. ; Pellitory. 

Origin. — Anacyclus Pyrethrum, De Candolle (Composite). 

Habitat. — Northern Africa. 

Part used-— The root. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 274. The wild pelli- 
tory from Africa has a thin bark firmly adhering to the wood. The 
resin-ducts are numerously scattered through both bark and wood. The 
odor is aromatic, and the taste pungent, causing a copious flow of saliva. 

The German pellitory from Anacyclus officinarum, Hayne, culti- 
vated near Magdeburg and in Saxony, is longer, and has a thicker bark. 
Pellitory is liable to be damaged by insects. 

Pyrethrum Roseum. — The ground flower-heads of this plant fur- 
nishes the so-called Persian insect powder. 

Constituents. — Volatile oil and acrid resin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Stimulant sialagogue, useful in toothache, neu- 
ralgia, paralysis of the tongue or constrictors of the oesophagus. 

Dose. — One to four grams (15 to 60 grains), to be chewed. 

PYRETHRI TINCTURA; U. S. 
Tincture of Pyrethrum. 

Moisten sixty grams (2 ounces 50 grains) pyrethrum, in No. 40 pow- 
der, with fifty-five cubic centimeters (If fluidounce) alcohol ; macerate 
twenty-four hours ; then pack it firmly into a cylindrical percolator and 
percolate with alcohol until three hundred grams (10 ounces 255 grains, 
measuring about 13 fluidounces) of tincture has been obtained. 

Used in dilution as a gargle. 

Pyroxylinum ; U. S. 

Pyroxylin. 

Pyroxylon, Colloxylon — Soluble Gun- Cotton. 

Preparation. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page Sy5. It is improbable 
that any considerable number of pharmacists will attempt to prepare 
gun-cotton, as it is a most troublesome preparation to make. 

Gun-cotton must be white, light, dry, and entirely soluble in a mix- 
ture of one-fourth alcohol and three-fourths ether, by measure. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 829 

It must be kept loosely placed in wide-mouthed bottles, to be well 
closed and put away in a cool dry place, away from any flame, as it is 
violently explosive. Only about thirty grams (1 ounce) should be put 
in each bottle. 

Used for preparing collodion. 

Quassia; U. S. 

Quassia. 
Quassiw Lignum — Jamaica Quassia. 

Origin. — JPicrcena excelsa, Lindley (Simarubaceai). 
Habitat. — West Indies. 
Part used. — The wood. 

Description- — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 275. It occurs either 
rasped or in shavings. 

The quassia used in Europe is the wood of Quassia amara, Linn£, of 




Fig. 432. — Jamaica Quassia, transverse section, magnified. 

the same natural order as the plant which yields the drug used in this 
country. The wood of Quassia amara is called " Surinam Quassia," the 
shrub from which it is obtained being indigenous to Surinam. It re- 
sembles the " Jamaica Quassia," which is the kind official in our Pharma- 
copoeia. The two kinds are quite alike medicinally. 

Constituents. — A bitter principle called quassiin, which crystal- 



830 



A COMPANION TO THE 



lizes in white prisms or needles, and is readily soluble in alcohol and in 

hot water. Also a minute quantity volatile oil. It contains no tannin. 

Medicinal Uses. — A pure bitter tonic appetizer and stomachic, 

useful in some forms of dyspepsia and apepsia. Sometimes used in the 




Fig. 433. — Jamaica Quassia, tangential section, enlarged. 

form of weak cold infusion, made by allowing water to stand for a little 
while in cups turned out of quassia wood. 
Not given in substance. 

QUASSIA EXTRACTUM ; U. S. 
Extract of Quassia. 

Moisten five hundred grams (17f avoirdupois ounces) of quassia, in 
No. 20 powder, with two hundred grams (6§- fluidounces) cold water. 
Pack in a conical percolator. Percolate with cold water until the liquid 
which passes through is but slightly bitter. Boil down to three-fourths 
of its weight. Strain. Evaporate to a pilular consistence, and while 
it is still warm add to it one-twentieth of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. Yield about four or five per cent. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.15 gram (1 to 2 grains). 

QUASSIA EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM ; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Quassia. 
To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 831 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred grams (about 7-j- fluidounces) of 
the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate 
with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (15J fluidounces) of 
the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to 
make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

QUASSIA INFUSUM. 

Infusion of Quassia. 

From ten grams (about \ avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make five 
hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 
About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 
Dose. — Fifty to seventy-five cubic centimeters (12 to 18 fluidrachms). 

QUASSIA SPECIES AMAR^E. 

Bitter Species. 
Boecker^s Bitter Tonic Tea. 

Mix sixty grams (2 ounces) crushed star anise, one hundred and 
twenty grams (4 ounces) rasped quassia, and one hundred and twenty 
grams cut carduus benedictus (blessed thistle). 

Used to prepare a " bitters " by macerating for some days in about 
a liter (34 fluidounces) of whiskey. 

Dose. — About a tablespoonful. 

QUASSLE TINCTURA ; U. S. 
Tincture of Quassia. 

Moisten thirty grams (1 ounce) quassia, in No. 40 powder, with 
thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) diluted alcohol ; macerate twenty- 
four hours ; pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator and percolate with 
diluted alcohol until three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) 
tincture has been obtained. 

This preparation is over fifty per cent, stronger than that of the for- 
mer Pharmacopoeia. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2£ fluidrachms). 



832 A COMPANION TO THE 



Quercus Alba ; U. S. 

White Oak. 

Quercus Albce Cortex — White Oak Bark; Eichenrinde, G. ; £corce de 
chene, F.; Encina, Sp.; Ekbark, Sw. 

Origin. — Quercus alba, Linne (Cupuliferm). 

Habitat. — The United States. 

Part used- — The inner bark from the trunk of the tree. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 276. Usually occurs 
coarsely ground. " Black oak bark " (from quercus tinctoria) colors the 
saliva yellow, which the official oak bark does not. 

Constituents. — A peculiar variety of tannin, called quercitannic 
acid. Younger bark contains more tannin than the old. The quantity 
found is from six to fifteen per cent. 

Medicinal Uses. — Astringent ; the infusion is mainly employed 
externally as an injection or wash in leucorrhoea, prolapse of the uterus 
or rectum, etc.; or as a gargle and mouth-wash in relaxed uvula, follicu- 
lar pharyngitis, and spongy or bleeding gums. 

QUEECUS DECOCTUM. 
Decoction of Oak Bark. 

From thirty grams (or about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 

Dose. — Fifty to seventy-five cubic centimeters (12 to 18 fluidrachms), 
but it is seldom given internally. It is a most useful and popular injec- 
tion in leucorrhoea, etc. 

QUEECUS EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Oak Bark. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims), or in dilu- 
tion for external use. 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 833 

Quillaia; U. S. 

QUILLAIA. 

Soap Tree Bark. 

Origin. — Quillaya Saponaria, Molina {Hosacece). 

Habitat. — Chili and Peru. 

Part used. — The bark deprived of the epidermis. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 276. Inodorous, but 
very irritating to the mucous surfaces, producing violent sneezing ; 
taste quite acrid. 

Constituents. — The principal constituent is saponin. 

Medicinal Uses* — Stimulant, diuretic, alterative, irritant, deter- 
gent ; also as a sternutatory in coryza. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 60 grains). Best given in fluid 
extract. 

QUILLAI^E EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Exteact of Quillaia. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17|- avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose- — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims). 

QUILLAIA TINCTUKA. 

Tincture op Quillaia. 

Tincture of Soap Bark. 

Make three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) tincture from 
sixty grams (2 ounces) ground soap bark, using diluted alcohol as a 
menstruum. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2J- fluidrachms). 

Quinamina* 

QUINAMINE. 

Quinamia. 

An alkaloid found in red cinchona bark. 

White anhydrous crystals, soluble in thirty-two parts ether and in 
one hundred parts alcohol. Very soluble in boiling ether. Its salts in 
53 



834 A COMPANION TO THE 

aqueous solution, acidulated, do not show any fluorescence. With 
chlorine-water and ammonia they give no green color nor precipitate. 

Medicinal Uses resemble those of quinine, but the effects are un- 
certain. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 1.5 gram (1 to 20 grains). 

Quinetum. 

Quinetum. 

This is a mixture of the total alkaloids of cinchona, obtained by ex- 
hausting red cinchona with acidulated water, and precipitating with 
soda. It was originally proposed by Dr. DeVrij, and is in India known 
under the name of " Febrifuge." 

Quinicina. 

QuiNICINE. 

Quinicia. 

When quinine or quinidine is fused in the presence of an acid it is 
converted into an amorphous alkaloid called quinicine, which has the 
same composition apparently as the alkaloid from which it was derived. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of quinine, but weaker and un- 
certain. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 1.5 gram (1 to 20 grains). 

Quinidinse Sulphas ; IT. S. 

Sulphate of Quinidine. 
Sulphate of Quinidia. 

Origin, Description, and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 
276. Quinidine sulphate is probably fully equal to quinine sulphate as 
an antiperiodic. 

Dose. — The same as of quinine. 

Quinina; U. S. 

Quinine. 
Quinia. 

The most important alkaloid contained in cinchona. The alkaloid 
contained in the sulphate of quinine. It is usually obtained by precip- 
itating a solution of sulphate of quinine with water of ammonia. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 277. 



UNITED STATES PHABMACOPCEIA. 835 

Medicinal Uses. — Same as of cinchona. The alkaloid is used 
mainly for making other preparations. It is seldom given internally 
except in the form of one of its salts. 

When given for any length of time, or in full doses, the salts of qui- 
nine are apt to produce a condition of " cmchonism," characterized by 
symptoms of congestion of the brain, fulness about the head, ringing 
in the ears, and occasionally slight deafness, and after excessive doses, 
staggering, blindness, nausea, etc. These effects are usually only tem- 
porary, but are said to have resulted in permanent injury after long-con- 
tinued abuse of quinine. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.5 gram (1 to 8 grains) or more. 

QUINDLE OLEATUM. 

Oleate of Quinine. 

A solution of one part alkaloidal quinine in three parts oleic acid, 
effected by simply triturating them together. 

Uses. — It has been recommended for hypodermic injection, and for 
external application ; but has not met with the approval of physicians. 

QUININE SOLUTIO SPIRITUOSA. 

Alcoholic Solution of Quinine. 

Dissolve one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) quinine (the pure 
alkaloid) in nine hundred cubic centimeters (30|- fluidounces) alcohol. 
Then add sufficient alcohol to make the whole measure one liter (34 
fluidounces). 

Used in making elixirs. 

Quininse Arsenias. 

Aeseniate of Quinine. 

An insoluble white powder. It contains about twelve and a half 
per cent, arsenious acid, and about seventy-five per cent, quinine. 

Medicinal Uses. — Antiperiodic in chronic malarial affections. The 
effect is mainly due to the arsenic. 

Dose.— 0.008 to 0.03 gram (£ to \ grain). 

Quininse Bisulphas; XJ. S. 

BlSULPHATE OF QUININE. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 277 and 
278. 

Medicinal Uses and Dose. — Same as of sulphate of quinine. 



836 A COMPANION TO THE 



Quininse Carbolas. 

Quinine Carbolate. 

Dissolve six grams (92 grains) carbolic acid in thirty-seven cubic 
centimeters (1^ fluidounce) alcohol ; then add ten grams (154 grains) 
quinine (alkaloid) and dissolve all by the aid of gentle heat. Filter. 
Evaporate the nitrate on a water-bath to dryness. 

The product thus obtained is a white powder, soluble in four hun- 
dred parts of water and in eighty parts of alcohol. 

Dose. — Five centigrams (about 1 grain). 

Quininse Hydrobromas; U. S. 

Hydrobromate op Quinine. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 278. 

Medicinal Uses and Dose. — Same as of the other salts of qui- 
nine. On account of its solubility it is a good form for administering 
quinine hypodermically. 

Quininse Hydrochloras ; U. S. 

Quinine Hydeochlorate. 

Muriate of Quinine. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 278, 279. 
Being very readily soluble in alcohol (three times its own weight) and 
also much more readily soluble in water than quinine sulphate, the hy- 
drochlorate of quinine ought to be used in preference to sulphate of 
quinine in all cases. 

Medicinal Uses and Dose. — Same as of other salts of quinine. 
Has been used hypodermically. 

QUININSE IIYDEOCIILORATIS PILLTL^E. 

Pills of Hydrochlorate of Quinine. 

Pills of hydrochlorate of quinine may be made with glycerin as the 
only excipient. They are beautifully white (provided, of course, the 
hands and tools of the operator are perfectly clean), permanently soft, 
and readily soluble. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 837 

% Quinines Hydrochloras Carbamidata. 

Quinine Carbamide Hydrochlorate. 

In white powder or in crystals, soluble in twice its weight of water. 
It is said to be a compound of hydrochlorate of quinine and urea, and 
contains sixty-nine per cent, quinine. 

Medicinal Uses. — Perhaps the most soluble and least irritating of 
all quinine salts for subcutaneous injection. 

Dose for subcutaneous injection, 0.3 to 0.5 gram (5 to 8 grains). 

Quininse Hypophosphis. 

Hypophosphite of Quinine. 

Prepared by double decomposition between calcium hypophosphite 
and quinine sulphate. It is in white, needle-shaped crystals, adhering 
in groups, inodorous, bitter, soluble in twenty-five parts cold and in 1.2 
part boiling water, and in nine parts alcohol. 

Dose. — Ten centigrams (1^ grain). 

Quininse Phosphas. 

Phosphate of Quinine. 

Obtained in silky white crystals by dissolving the alkaloid quinine in 
phosphoric acid and evaporating to crystallization. This is neutral 
phosphate. Soluble in water. 

A basic phosphate of quinine may be obtained by precipitating a 
solution of sulphate of quinine with a solution of phosphate of sodium. 
Very sparingly soluble in water. 

Medicinal Uses and Dose. — Same as of sulphate of quinine. 

Quininse Salicylas. 

Salicylate of Quinine. 

Prepared by mixing solutions of quinine and salicylic acid in ether, 
and collecting and drying the precipitate formed. It is a white amor- 
phous powder, insoluble in water, alcohol, and ether. 

Dose. — Ten to one hundred centigrams (2 to 16 grains). 



838 A COMPANION TO THE 

Quininse Sulphas ; U. S. , 

Sulphate of Quinine. 

Chininum Sidfuricum, Quinicus Sulphas — Schwefelsaures Chinin, G. ; 
Sulfate de quinine, F. ; Sulfato Quinico, Sulfato de quinina, Sp.; 
Svafvelsyrad Kinin, Kinasalt, Sw. ; Sulphate of Quinia, Disidphate 
of Quinia. 

Description and Tests.— See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 279, 280. 

To completely mask the taste of quinine sulphate give the medicine 
in fresh sweet milk. One gram (15 grains) sulphate of quinine can be 
taken in a cupful of rich milk without tasting its bitterness, especially 
if the quinine be stirred in quickly and the dose taken before much of 
the salt dissolves in the milk. One pint of milk will conceal the bitter 
taste of fifteen grains quinine sulphate even if dissolved. Fluid extract 
of liquorice root is also very effective in masking the taste of quinine. 
It should be remembered, however, that when fluid extract of liquorice 
root is used for this purpose no acid must be added, as that not only 
brings out the bitterness of the quinine more strongly, but, at the same 
time, precipitates the glycyrrhizin from the fluid extract, thus destroying 
its power to conceal the bitterness of the medicine. The sulphate of 
quinine must be simply suspended undissolved in the mixture, which 
requires to be shaken before being taken. 

One grain sulphate of quinine is generally considered equivalent in 
antiperiodic effects to forty grains good calisaya bark. 

Medicinal Uses. — Quinine exerts the tonic and antiperiodic effects 
of cinchona. It is the most frequently employed salt of quinine and the 
most reliable antiperiodic remedy we possess. As a tonic it is inferior 
to cinchona itself, as it is apt to derange the digestive functions if ad- 
ministered for any length of time. 

Quinine possesses strong antiseptic properties, and is therefore useful 
in many of the septic diseases, as diphtheria, scarlatina, erysipelas, etc. 
It is also much used as an antipyretic to reduce the temperature in 
febrile conditions, but it is always safe to combine its use with other 
antipyretic measures, as cold baths, etc. 

It is not an oxytocic. 

Dose. — 0.06 to 2 grams (1 to 30 grains) or more, in single or divided 
doses, according to the requirements of the case. 

Solution for Dispensing Purposes. — Dissolve thirty grams (1 ounce 
25-J- grains avoirdupois) of quinine sulphate, with the aid of twenty-five 
grams (f fluidounce) diluted sulphuric acid, in enough distilled water to 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPGEIA. 83'J 

make the finished solution measure one hundred and twenty cubic cen- 
timeters (4 fluidounces). Filter. 

The diluted sulphuric acid should be added last. Each cubic centi- 
meter of the solution contains one-fourth gram (25 centigrams) of the 
quinine sulphate ; one hundred and five minims contain twenty-five 
grains. 

QUINHSTJE SULPHATIS PILULJS. 

Sulphate of Quinine Pills. 

Glycerin is the only excipient required to make handsome, white, 
and permanently soft pills of sulphate of quinine. When, however, the 
addition of sulphuric acid (either in the form of diluted or aromatic sul- 
phuric acid) is preferred or ordered, it will be found necessary to add 
also other excipients to prevent the pills from becoming too hard and 
from crumbling. About twelve drops aromatic sulphuric acid is suffi- 
cient for twenty grains quinine sulphate. The addition of minute quan- 
tities of powdered tragacanth and glycerin will make the mass plastic. 

Quininse Tannas. 

Tannate of Quinine. 

A yellowish amorphous powder. It is bitter, somewhat astringent, 
nearly insoluble in cold water or alcohol, and melts at the boiling-point 
of water. 

Medicinal Uses and Dose- — Same as of sulphate of quinine, but 
on account of its comparative insolubility it is less reliable in its action. 

' QUININE TINCTURA COMPOSITA; Warburg. 

Warburg's Tincture. 

Mix one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) angelica root, eighty 
grams (2 ounces 360 grains) gentian, eighty grams cubeb, eighty grams 
rhubarb, eighty grams fennel, eighty grams elecampane, forty grams (1 
ounce 180 grains) Spanish saffron, thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) 
aromatic powder, twenty grams (308 grains) myrrh, and twenty grams 
white agaric, all in moderately fine powder. Moisten the mixed pow- 
ders with five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces) diluted alcohol, 
and macerate twenty-four hours. Then pack it firmly in a cylindrical 
percolator and percolate with diluted alcohol until six thousand five hun- 
dred cubic centimeters (13f pints) of percolate has been obtained. In 
this dissolve two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains) sulphate of quinine 



840 A COMPANION TO THE 

by gently warming the mixture. Then add one thousand cubic centi- 
meters (34 fluidounces) spirit of camphor and two thousand five hundred 
cubic centimeters (5J pints) tincture of aloes (U. S. P., 1880). 

Warburg's tincture is a celebrated and much-used antiperiodic, 
which is stated to be decidedly more effective in the cure of severe types 
of intermittent and remittent fevers than any other quinine mixture or 
quinine itself in proportionately equal doses. 

The original formula for the preparation is, however, so absurd as to 
throw ridicule upon the remedy, notwithstanding its well-established 
efficacy. It is never made by the original formula. The Warburg's 
tincture now used is prepared by simplified formulae which differ more 
or less from each other, but certainly do not include the " bellies of 
scinks" and four or five dozen other curious things prescribed in the 
original, but which apparently in most cases furnish preparations as 
effective as Warburg's tincture is reported to have been. 

The formula given above is a fair and rational simplification of the 
original, and yields a product as satisfactory in all respects as any. 

Dose. — This tincture enjoys great reputation as an antiperiodic 
remedy. Its use is preceded by a brisk purgative, and then fifteen 
cubic centimeters (-J- fluidounce) is given undiluted, and this dose is re- 
peated in three or four hours. It is said that this treatment usually 
suffices to arrest even very severe attacks of malarial fevers. 

Quininse Valerianas; U. S. 

Valerianate of Quinine. 
Description and Tests- — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 280. 
Medicinal Uses. — This salt combines the nervine properties of 
valerian with the antiperiodic and tonic effects of quinine. 
Dose. — 0.05 to 0.2 gram (1 to 3 grains). 

Resina ; U. S. 

Resin. 

Pini Resina, Colophonium — Geigenharz, G. ; Colophane, F. ; Colo- 
fonia, Brea seca, Pez Griega, Sp. ; Hartz, Kolophonium, Sw. ; 
Rosin, Colophony. 

Description.— See the Pharmacopoeia, page 280. Should be quite 
light colored, clear, and transparent, and free from bark, sand, dirt, and 
other admixtures. 

" Resin," or colophony, is the residue left after distilling the volatile 
oil (oil of turpentine) from the turpentine (the oleo-resin exuding from 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 841 



pine trees), when no water is added before the distillation. If water is 
added the residue will not be the official clear resin, but " white rosin," 
which is pale yellowish and opaque from retained water. 

Composition- — Consists of anhydrid of abietic acid. 

Used as an ingredient of plasters and ointments. 

RESUME CEKATUM; U. S. 

Resin Ceeate. 

JBasilicon Ointment. 

Melt together, at a moderate heat, one hundred grams (3^ ounces) 
resin, forty-five grams (1J ounce) yellow wax, and one hundred and 
forty grams (5 ounces) lard ; strain through muslin, and let cool without 
stirring. 

To obtain a uniform cerate it should not be stirred while cooling. 

The new preparation contains less lard than that of the Pharmaco- 
poeia of 1870, and is an improvement upon the old. 

Basilicon ointment is one of the most popular ointments for stimu- 
lating indolent ulcerating surfaces, promoting suppuration, granulation, 
and cicatrization. 

RESIN^E CERATUM COMPOSITUM; Phak., 1870. 
Compound Resin Cerate, Deshler's Salve. 

Melt together three hundred and forty grams (12 ounces) resin, three 
hundred and forty grams suet, three hundred and forty grams yellow 
wax, one hundred and seventy grams (6 ounces) crude American tur- 
pentine (thick), and two hundred grams (7 ounces) linseed oil ; strain 
through muslin, and stir until cool. 

Not in the new Pharmacopoeia. 

Somewhat more stimulating than basilicon ointment. 

RESIK^ EMPLASTRUM; U. S. 
Resin Plaster. 
Adhesive Plaster. 

Melt together forty-five grams (1-J- ounce) yellow wax, six hundred 
grams (20 ounces) lead plaster, and one hundred and five grams (3|- 
ounces) resin, and mix them thoroughly. 

Should be spread before being allowed to cool. 

This is a marked improvement upon the preparation of 1870 as to 
consistence and adhesiveness. The old preparation consisted of one 



842 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Origin, 



ounce resin to six ounces lead plaster. The new plaster is better for 
spreading. It is difficult, however, to put it up in rolls, because in cool- 
ing the wax is very liable to separate in little lumps. If re-melted for 
the purpose of spreading it, it must be well stirred. 

Ehamni Cathartic! Fructus, 

Buckthorn Beeeies. 
Rhamnus catharticus, Linne (Mhamnacece). 

Habitat- — Europe and America. 
Description .—Purplish-black, 
wrinkled, globular, about the size of 
small peas, and containing four dark- 
brown seeds. Odor faint ; taste bitter, 
acrid. 

Co nstitU e ntS. — The active principle 
is amorphous rhamnocathartin, which 
has been obtained as a brittle yellowish 
mass. 

Medicinal Uses. — Brisk hydra- 
gogue purgative, mainly employed in 
combination with other cathartics. 
Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains), best given in the form 
of fluid extract. 




Figs. 434-440.— Buckthorn Berries, 
whole, natural size, enlarged, and 
transverse section ; seeds, natural size, 
enlarged, and transverse section. 



EHAMNI CATHARTICI FRUCTUS EXTKACTUM 
FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Exteact of Buckthoen Beeeies. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17J avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 20 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose- — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 



RIIAMNI CATHAETICI SUCCUS. 

Buckthoen Juice. 

The expressed juice from fresh buckthorn berries. 

It is greenish when fresh, but changes to purplish-black on keeping. 

This juice is a very acrid cathartic, and is not much used. 

Dose. — One to four cubic centimeters (15 to 60 minims). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



843 






KHAMKI CATHAETICI SYKUPUS. 
Syeup of Buckthorn Beeeies. 

Evaporate one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) buck- 
thorn juice to six hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (21 fluid- 
ounces). Add ten grams (154 grains) bruised ginger and 
ten grams bruised allspice; macerate in a warm place for 
four hours ; strain. Let cool. Then add seventy-five cubic 
centimeters (2J fluidounces) alcohol. Shake well. Let the 
mixture stand two days. Decant the clear liquid, filter the 
remainder, and in the mixed clear liquids dissolve one thou- 
sand grams (35 ounces 120 grains) sugar. 

Dose. — About five cubic centimeters (a teaspoonful). 

Rhamnus Pursliiana. 

Cascaea Sageada. 
Chittem Bark. 
Origin. — Rhamnus Purshiana, De Candolle. 
Habitat. — Rocky Mountains and 
the Pacific slope. 

Part used. — The bark. 

Description . — Thin brittle 
troughs or quills, several inches to a 
foot or more in length; the bark 
from young branches mottled or fig" 
ured as in the illustration, the dark 
parts being nearly black, the light 
parts whitish or ash-colored, with 
intermediate shades of brown. In 
older barks the contrast is not so 
marked, all parts appearing brown- 
ish-gray on the outside, though the FlG . 442. -Root-bark of Cas- 
figures may be traced, and on the cara Sagrada, natural size, 
inner side yellowish-brown or orange-yellow. The root bark 
is thicker, darker, irregularly twisted, and with a rough ex- 
ternal bark. Odorless. Taste bitter. 

a 

Cascara 441 ^ Constituents. — Contains three different resinous sub- 

grada, young stances, and some tannin, 
bark, natural 

Medicinal Uses. — This remedy is a valuable tonic 

laxative in chronic constipation, the effect resembling that of aloes com- 



f.i ••' fejj 




844 A COMPANION TO THE 



bined with nux vomica and belladonna. It produces a semi-solid fecu- 
lent discharge, and its use is not followed by subsequent constipation, as 
is the case with most cathartics. 

Dose. — One to four grams (15 to 60 grains), best given as fluid ex- 
tract. 

RHAMNI PURSHIAN^ EXTRACT CTM. 

Extract of Rhamnus Purshiana. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Yellowish-brown. 

Dose. — 0.25 to 1 gram (4 to 15 grains). 

RHAMNI PURSHIAN^E EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Cascara Sagrada. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 fluid- 
ounces), use five hundred grams (or 17§ avoirdupois ounces) of the drug, 
in No. 40 powder. 

As a menstruum use a mixture of alcohol and water in the propor- 
tion of two hundred cubic centimeters (Gf fluidounces) alcohol and five 
hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces) water. 

Dose. — One to four cubic centimeters (15 to 60 minims). 

Rheum ? IT. S. 

Rhubarb. 

Rhei Radix — Rhabarber, G. and Sw. ; Rhubarbe, F.; Ruibarbo, Sp.; 
Rhubarb Root, " Turkey Rhubarb." 

Origin. — Rheum officinale, Baillon, and other species of Rheum 
(Polygonaceai). 

Habitat. — China. 

Part used. — The peeled and dried root. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 282. 

Chinese or so-called East India rhubarb is now the only rhubarb (if 
commerce, and is the article described in the Pharmacopoeia. Shensi 
rhubarb is very fine, and probably the best. 

The irregularly marbled internal appearance of rhubarb is an im- 
portant diagnostic sign by which the official rhubarb is distinguished 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 845 

from European rhubarb, obtained from Rheum rhaponticum, which is 
not one-half as active. 

Rhubarb must be perfectly sound, and of an orange-yellowish color. 
It must not be dark or discolored. A grayish- or greenish-brown or 
dark-colored drug is at least partially decayed, and while it may un- 
doubtedly be true rhubarb in a commercial sense, it is a very bad rhu- 
barb commercially, and is not rhubarb at all medicinally. 

Sound, fine rhubarb of a good light color, and good odor, can be 
readily recognized, and may be easily found in the market. It is usu- 
ally described as "fancy" rhubarb by the jobbers, although the only 
difference between it and any less " fancy " grades lies in the fact that 
the fancy or select pieces of rhubarb are sound and good, while all other 
grades are more or less decayed, damaged, or otherwise inferior, and 
should not be used. 

Good rhubarb costs at this time (March, 1883) from one to two dol- 
lars per pound, while a decayed drug may be had at from twenty cents 
upward. Powdered rhubarb is sometimes sold at a much lower price 
than the whole, and is mostly of a very inferior grade. European rhu- 
barb, if sound, is better than half-decayed Chinese rhubarb. 

Constituents. — Chrysophan (several per cent.), chrysophanic acid, 
phseorhetin, rheo-tannic acid, emodin, erythrorhetin, aporhetin, etc. 
The grittiness of rhubarb between the teeth is due to crystals of cal- 
cium oxalate. Rhubarb also contains a considerable quantity of starch. 

Medicinal Uses. — Rhubarb is a valuable stomachic and tonic in 
boicel complaints. It is laxative or cathartic, and then astringent, so 
that its use is especially indicated in cases of diarrhoea caused by the 
presence of indigestible or irritating substances in the alimentary canal. 
It is a valuable remedy in chronic constipation and dyspepsia, in which 
ailments a small piece may be eaten every morning until relief is ob- 
tained. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 grams (10 to 30 grains). 

RHEI ET POTASS^E SYRTTPUS. 

Syrup of Rhubarb and Potassa. 

Percolate a mixture of thirty grams (1 ounce) coarsely powdered 
rhubarb, fifteen grams (■£■ ounce) powdered hydrastis, and fifteen grams 
(i ounce) powdered cinnamon with a mixture of one liter (34 fluidounces) 
brandy and five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces) glycerin. 
To the percolate add one cubic centimeter (16 minims) oil of peppermint, 
fifteen grams (^ ounce) carbonate of potassium, five hundred cubic cen- 
timeters (17 fluidounces) water, and one thousand grams (35 ounces) 



846 A COMPANION TO THE 

sugar. Dissolve by the aid of gentle heat, and then filter. This is 
popularly called " neutralizing cordial," or "neutralizing mixture." 
Dose. — A teaspoonful or more. 

KHE1 ET SEKN^E TINCTURA. 
Tincture of Rhubarb and Senna. 

Macerate for seven days thirty-two grams (1 ounce 56 grains) rhu- 
barb, eight grams (123 grains) senna, four grams (61 grains) coriander, 
four grams fennel, and two grams (31 grains) liquorice — all in moder- 
ately fine powder — together with one hundred and ninety-two grams 
(6 ounces 338 grains) raisins previously deprived of their seeds and 
bruised, with one thousand four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters 
(49 fluidounces) diluted alcohol. Express, and filter through paper. 

Dose. — Teaspoonful to dessertspoonful. 

RHEI ET SOD^E MISTURA ; U. S. 
Mixture of Rhubarb and Soda. 

Dissolve thirty grams (1 ounce) bicarbonate of sodium in five hun- 
dred grams (17 fluidounces) distilled water. Then add thirty grams 
(about 1-J- fluidounce) fluid extract of rhubarb, thirty grams (about 9f 
fluidrachms) spirit of peppermint, and sufficient distilled water to make 
the whole mixture weigh one thousand grams (or measure about 34 
fluidounces). 

This mixture is new to the Pharmacopoeia ; it is similar to the pop- 
ular so-called "neutralizing cordial" or "neutralizing mixture," with 
the exception that the latter-named preparation contains potassium car- 
bonate instead c e sodium bicarbonate. 

Useful in some forms of dyspepsia or flatulence, in which a combina- 
tion of rhubarb with an antacid is indicated. 

Dose. — Five to thirty cubic centimeters (1 to 8 fluidrachms). 

RHEI EXTRACTUM ; U. S. 

Extract of Rhubarb. 

Moisten five hundred grams (17f avoirdupois ounces) of rhubarb, in 
No. 30 powder, with two hundred grams (8£ fluidounces) of alcohol. 
Pack moderately in a conical percolator. Pour upon it four hundred 
grams (1GJ fluidounces) more of alcohol, and then follow with diluted 
alcohol, continuing the percolation until the percolate passes tasteless. 
Reserve five hundred grams (about 18 fluidounces) oi first percolate, set- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 847 

ting it aside in a warm place where it may evaporate spontaneously 
until reduced to two hundred and fifty grams (about 9 ounces). Evap- 
orate the remainder of the percolate in a porcelain evaporating dish on 
a water-bath at a heat not above 70° C. (158° F.) to the consistence of 
syrup. Mix this with the reserved and concentrated first percolate, and 
then evaporate the mixture on water-bath at the same temperature as 
before to a pilular consistence. While the extract is still warm incor- 
porate with it one-twentieth of its weight of glycerin. Yield about 
thirty per cent. 
Reddish-brown. 

Dose. — 0.50 to 1.50 gram (8 to 20 grains). 

RHEI EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Rhubarb. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum, use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
three hundred grams (about 12-J- fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3-J fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred grams (about 8 fluidounces) of 
the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate 
with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve three hundred and seventy-five cubic centimeters (12-J- fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose* — Two to eight cubic centimeters (-§• to 2 fluidrachms). 

RHEI INFUSUM. 

Infusion of Rhubarb. 

From twenty grams (or about § avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 
About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 

Dose. — Fifty to seventy-five cubic centimeters (12 to 18 fluidrachms). 



848 A COMPANION TO THE 



EHEI INFUSUM ALKALI1S T UM. 
Alkaline Infusion of Rhubarb. 

Put thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) rhubarb in small fragments and 
free from powder into a suitable vessel with six grams (92 grains) 
sodium carbonate and three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) 
cold water. Macerate twelve hours. Strain, adding enough cold water 
through the strainer to make the total colature three hundred cubic 
centimeters (10 fluidounces). Then add six hundred cubic centimeters 
(20 fluidounces) alcohol, and set aside for twenty-four hours. Then 
filter. Distil off the alcohol and expose the remainder to evaporation 
on a water-bath until all odor of alcohol has disappeared. Finally add 
enough water to make the whole measure three hundred cubic centi- 
meters (10 fluidounces). 

Keep it in a cool place. 

EHEI MISTUEA COMPOSITA. 
Compound Rhubarb Mixture. 

Dissolve forty grams (1 ounce 180 grains) bicarbonate of sodium in 
six hundred cubic centimeters (about 20 fluidounces) peppermint water; 
then add four cubic centimeters (1 fluidrachm) fluid extract of ipecac, 
twenty cubic centimeters (5 fluidrachms) fluid extract of rhubarb, three 
hundred and fifty-live cubic centimeters (12 fluidounces) glycerin, and 
enough peppermint water to make the whole measure one thousand 
cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces). 

Dose. — Teaspoonful to tablespoonful. 

EHEI PILULE ; U. S. 
Rhubarb Pills. 

Mix 19.50 grams (300 grains) finely powdered rhubarb and 6.50 
grams (100 grains) powdered soap, and make a pill mass with the aid 
of sufficient water. Divide it into one hundred pills. 

Dose. — One to five pills. 

EHEI PILUL^E COMPOSITE; U. S. 
Compound Rhubarb Pills. 

Mix thirteen grams (200 grains) rhubarb, 9.75 grams (150 grains) 
purified aloes, and G.50 grams (100 grains) myrrh, all in fine powder, with 
0.65 gram (10 grains) volatile oil of peppermint. Make a pill mass with 
the aid of enough water, and divide it into one hundred pills. 

Dose. — One to three pills. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 849 

KHEI PULVIS COMPOSITUS; U. S. 
Compound Rhubarb Powder. 

Mix twenty-five grams (386 grains) powdered rhubarb, sixty-five 
grams (2 ounces 128 grains) magnesia, and ten grams (154 grains) pow- 
dered ginger. 

Used as an antacid and carminative. 

Dose«- i -One to five grams (15 to 75 grains). 

RHEI PULYIS CUM MAGNESIA. 
"Rhubarb and Magnesia." 

Mix one cubic centimeter (16 minims) oil of fennel with one hundred 
grams (3 ounces 230 grains) powdered sugar ; then add one hundred 
grams powdered rhubarb and one hundred grams carbonate of magnesia, 
and mix all thoroughly. 

Dose. — 0.50 to 2 grams (8 to 30 grains). 

RHEI SYRUPUS; U. S. 
Syrup of Rhubarb. 

Macerate ninety grams (3 ounces 76 grains) sliced rhubarb, eighteen 
grams (278 grains) bruised cinnamon, and six grams (92 grains) potas- 
sium carbonate with four hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (14J- 
fluidounces) water in a covered porcelain jar for twelve hours. Strain, 
and filter, adding enough water through the dregs on the filter to make 
the total filtrate measure four hundred cubic centimeters (13J fluid- 
ounces). Then add six hundred grams (21 ounces 72 grains) sugar, and 
dissolve it without using any heat. 

This preparation is very different from the syrup of rhubarb of the 
Pharmacopoeia of 1870. It is identical with that of the German Phar- 
macopoeia. 

Frequently employed as a laxative for children. 

Dose for a child, about a teaspoonful. 

RHEI SYRUPUS AROMATICUS; U. S. 

Aromatic Syrup of Rhubarb. 

Spiced Syrup of Rhubarb. 

Mix thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) aromatic tincture of rhu- 
barb and two hundred and ten cubic centimeters (7 fluidounces) simple 
syrup. 

Used mainly as a stomachic, in teaspoonful doses. 
54 



850 A COMPANION TO THE 



EHEI SYRUPUS SIMPLEX; Phar. 1870. 
Simple Rhubarb Syrup. 
Mix thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) fluid extract of rhubarb 
and two hundred and ninety cubic centimeters (9f fluidounces) simple 
syrup. 

The syrup of rhubarb of the new Pharmacopoeia contains cinnamon 
and potassium carbonate. 
Used like the above. 

KHEI'tINCTURA; U. S. 
Tincture of Rhubarb. 

Moisten thirty-six grams (1 ounce 118 grains) coarsely ground rhu- 
barb and six grams (93 grains) coarsely powdered cardamom seeds with 
thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) diluted alcohol ; macerate twenty- 
four hours ; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and percolate 
with diluted alcohol until three hundred grams (or 300 cubic centimeters, 
equal to 10 fluidounces) tincture has been obtained. 

While all the other tinctures, except tincture of catechu, have been 
changed so as to correspond with decimal proportions, the tincture of 
rhubarb, which was formerly (U. S. P., 1870) of ten per cent, strength, 
has now been made of twelve per cent, strength, probably by oversight. 

Dose. — Five to twenty-five cubic centimeters (1 to 6 fluidrachms). 

RHEI THSTCTURA AQUOSA. 

Aqueous Tincture of Rhubarb. 

JRhei Infusum Composition. 

Macerate one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) cut rhubarb, ten 
grams (154 grains) powdered borax, and ten grams potassium carbonate 
with eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (29 fluidounces) boiling 
water for fifteen minutes ; then add one hundred and twenty cubic 
centimeters (4 fluidounces) alcohol, and continue the maceration an 
hour and a quarter. Express and filter. Add through the filter one 
hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (5 fluidounces) cinnamon water. 

Dose. — Five to twenty-five cubic centimeters (1 to 6 fluidrachms). 

RHEI THSTCTURA AROMATICA; IT. S. 

Aromatic Tincture of Rhubarb. 

Frequently misnamed "Aromatic Fluid Fxtract of Rhubarb." 

Mix sixty grams (2 ounces 50 grains) rhubarb, twelve grams (185 
grains) cinnamon, twelve grams cloves, and six grams (92 grains) nut- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 851 

meg. Reduce the mixture to No. 40 powder. Moisten it with forty- 
five cubic centimeters (1|- fluidounce) diluted alcohol. Macerate twenty- 
four hours. Pack tightly in a cylindrical percolator, and percolate with 
diluted alcohol until three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) 
tincture has been obtained. 

This preparation has been sold for many years under the name of 
" Fluid Extract of Rhubarb, Aromatic," being on nearly all fluid-extract 
lists. 

Dose. — Five to twenty-five cubic centimeters (1 to 6 fluidrachms). 

RHEI TINCTURA DULCIS ; U. S. 
Sweet Tincture of Rhubarb. 

Mix twenty-four grams (370 grains) rhubarb, twelve grams (185 
grains) liquorice root, twelve grams anise, and three grams (46 grains) 
cardamom. Reduce the mixture to No. 40 powder. Moisten with forty- 
five cubic centimeters (1|- fluidounce) diluted alcohol. Macerate twenty- 
four hours. Then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator and percolate 
with diluted alcohol until three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluid- 
ounces) tincture has been obtained. 

Dose« — Five to twenty-five cubic centimeters (1 to 6 fluidrachms). 

RHEI VINUM; U.S. 
Rhubarb Wine. 

Mix thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) rhubarb, and three grams (46 
grains) calamus, both in No. 30 powder, with fifteen cubic centimeters 
(-J- fluidounce) stronger white wine ; pack it in a conical percolator, and 
percolate with stronger white wine until three hundred cubic centimeters 
(10 fluidounces) percolate has been obtained. 

This preparation is about one-third weaker than that of the old 
Pharmacopoeia (1870). 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

RHEI YINHM AMARUM. 
Bitter Wine of Rhubarb. 

Macerate for five days ten grams (154 grains) bruised canella alba, 
twenty grams (308 grains) bruised gentian, and one hundred grams (3 
ounces 230 grains) sliced rhubarb, with one thousand cubic centimeters 
(34 fluidounces) sherry wine. Express and filter, adding enough sherry 
wine through the filter to make the whole product measure one thou- 
sand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces). 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 



852 A COMPANION TO THE 



EHE1 VINUM AROMATICUM. , 
Aromatic Wine of Rhubarb. 
Tinctura Rhei Vinosa — German Wine of Rhubarb. 
Macerate eighty grams (2 ounces 360 grains) cut rhubarb, twenty 
grams (308 grains) bruised orange peel, ten grams (154 grains) coarsely 
powdered cardamom, and one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces 101 
grains) sugar, for five days in a warm place with enough sherry wine to 
make one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) final product after 
expression and filtration. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

Rhoeas. 

Red Poppy. 
Rhoeados Petala — Red Poppy Flowers. 

Origin. — Papaver Rhceas, Linne (Papaveraceoe). 

Habitat. — Cultivated everywhere. 

Part used. — The petals. 

Description. — Round, about fifty millimeters (2 inches) in diameter, 
purplish-red. Inodorous ; taste mucilaginous, bitter. 

Constituents. — Traces of rhoeadine and coloring matter. Proba- 
bly no morphine or narcotine. 

Used as a coloring agent. Formerly also employed as an anodyne. 

RHCEADOS EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract op Red Poppy Flowers. 
To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17J avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 
As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 
Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

RHCEADOS SYRUPUS. 
Syrup op Red Poppy. 

Infuse four hundred grams (14 ounces 48 grains) fresh red poppy 
petals in six hundred cubic centimeters (20 fluidounces) water for twelve 
hours on a water-bath. Express, filter, and dissolve six hundred grams 
(21 ounces 72 grains) sugar in the filtrate. Add seventy-five cubic cen- 
timeters (2£ fluidounces) alcohol, and enough water to make the final 
product measure one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces). 

Seldom employed. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2£ fluidrachms). 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 853 

Rhus Aromatica. 

Rhus Aromatica. 
Fragrant Sumach, Sweet Sumach. 

Origin. — Rhus aromatica, Aiton (A?iacardiacece). 

Habitat. — The Eastern portions of the United States. 

Part used. — The bark of the root. 

Description. — In quills or troughs, from five to twenty-five milli- 
meters (|- to 1 inch) in diameter, and of various lengths, frequently 
quite short though occasionally more than one-half meter (20 inches) 
long. The corky outer bark is rust-brown, but with the cork removed 
the drug is walnut brown, about three millimeters (J inch) thick. It is 
full of resin-ducts, and a transparent oleo-resin may be seen collected in 
little cavities. The wood is yellowish-white. Odor fragrant ; taste 
bitter, astringent, aromatic, pungent. 

Constituents. — Tannin, volatile oil, and resin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Astringent, stimulant, diuretic, tonic. Said to 
be useful in diseases of the genito-urinary organs, atonic diarrhoea, 
dyse?itery, and the summer complaints of children. 

Dose. — One to five grams (15 to 75 minims), best given as fluid ex- 
tract. 

RHOIS AROMATIC^ EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Rhus Aromatica. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (about 8J fluidounces) alcohol to every one hundred 
grams (about ?>\ fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

Rhus Glabra; U. S. 

Rhus Glabra. 

Rhois Glabrae Fructus — Sumach Berries, 

Origin. — Rhus glabra, Linne (Anacardiacece). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used.— The fruit. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 283. 

Constituents- — Tannin. 



854 A COMPANION TO THE 

Medicinal Uses. — Sumach berries are slightly acidulous and mildly 
astringent. The diluted fluid extract is sometimes employed in catarrhal 
or other forms of pharyngitis, spongy gums, etc. It has also been used 
in strangury and bowel complaints, and externally as a wash in ulcers 
and some forms of skin disease. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains), best given as fluid ex- 
tract. 

KHOIS GLABKJ5 [FEUCTUS] EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; 

u. s. 

Fluid Exteact of Rhus Glabra [Beeries]. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As -a, first menstruum use a mixture of two hundred and t twenty-five 
grams (about 9J fluidounces) alcohol, two hundred and twenty-five 
grams (about 7-J fluidounces) water, and fifty grams (about If avoirdu- 
pois ounce) glycerin. 

As a second menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the propor- 
tion of one hundred grams (about 4J- fluidounces) alcohol to every one 
hundred grams (about 3^ fluidounces) of water. ' 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and seventy-five grams (about 6J 
fluidounces) of the first menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical per- 
colator, Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13J fluidounces) of the first 
percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the second menstruum 
to make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

Rhois Glabrae Cortex. 

Sumach Bark. 

Description. — Quills or troughs, generally much broken into irre- 
gular fragments ; thin, brownish-gray, externally marked by scattered 
warts ; inner surface smooth, brownish. Odor none ; taste bitter, 
astringent. 

Constituents. — Tannin, etc. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



855 



Medicinal Uses. — Astringent tonic. Used in diarrhoeas, night- 
sweats, and in relaxed conditions of the mucous membranes, as in leu- 
corrhoea, gleet, gonorrhoea, etc. The di- 
luted fluid extract or decoction is often 
used as an astringent gargle, wash, or in- 
jection. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 
grains), best given as fluid extract. 




EHOIS GLABRAE DECOCTUM. 

Decoction of Rhus Glabra. 

From fifty grams (or about If avoirdu- 
pois ounce) of the drug make five hundred Fig. 443.— Sumach Bark, natural 
grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

Dose. — Twenty-five to fifty cubic centimeters (6 to 12 fluidrachms). 

RHOIS GLABRAE CORTICIS EXTRACT UM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Sumach Bark. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or 
its equivalent — 17 U. S. fluidounces), use five 
hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 
As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose- — Two to five 
cubic centimeters (30 to 
75 minims). 

Rhus Toxicodendron ; U. S. 

Rhus Toxicodendron. 




Toxicodendri Folia Hecentes- 
Oak, Poison Ivy. 



■Poison 



Mi- 



Fig. 444. — Leaf of Poison Ivy, re- 
duced. 



Origin. — Rhus Toxicodendron, 
chaux (Anacardiaceai). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used. — The fresh leaves. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, 
page 283. 

Dried leaves are worthless. 



856 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Constituents. — A volatile acid called toxicodendric acid, which is 
poisonous, causing severe vesicular eruptions ajid swelling. 

Medicinal Uses. — Said to be an irritant narcotic, which has proved 
beneficial in certain affections of the nervous system, as in paraplegia, 
paralysis, especially of the rectum or bladder ; also in chronic rheuma- 
tism, etc. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.4 gram (1 to 6 grains). 

TOXICODEKDKI EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Toxicodendron. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.4 cubic centimeter (1 to 6 minims). 

Ricini Folia. 

Ricinus Leaves. 
Castor- Oil Leaves. 
Origin. — Ricinus communis, Linne (Euphorbiacece). 
Habitat. — Cultivated in America and in Southern Europe. 




Figs. 445, 446. — Leaf and Bean of Ricinus Communis. Bean natural size; leaf reduced. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 857 

Part used. — The leaves. 

Description. — Large, handsome, bright green, formed as seen in 
the figure. Familiar as an ornamental yard plant. 

Constituents- — An unknown acrid cathartic principle is contained 
in the leaves as well as in the fixed oil of the seeds of the castor-oil 
plant. The ricinin found by several chemists is an innocent substance. 

Medicinal Uses. — It is said to increase the secretion of milk when 
taken internally by, or applied to the breasts of, nursing women. It is 
best used in the form of strong decoction. 

RICINI FOLIORUM EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Castor-Oil Leaves. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces, use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

Ricini Oleum; U. S. 

Castor-Oil. 

The fixed oil expressed from the seeds of Micinus communis (see 
Ricini Folia). 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 241. 

In Italy the oil is expressed by means of hydraulic presses at a tem- 
perature not exceeding 32° to 38° C. (90° to 100° F.). Italian castor-oil 
of very fine quality has been imported in small quantities into this 
country. 

American castor-oil is made by expression from kiln-dried seeds, the 
oil obtained being afterward boiled with water to coagulate and remove 
albumen. It is not nearly as good as Italian castor-oil. 

Should be almost entirely odorless and colorless, perfectly clear, and 
of a mild taste. 

Constituents. — Ricinolein. The cathartic properties are due to an 
unknown acrid principle. 

Medicinal Uses. — A valuable mild laxative for evacuating the 
bowels. Best given in warm milk which has been flavored with cin- 
namon. 

Dose. — Five to thirty cubic centimeters (1 to 8 fluidrachms). 



858 A COMPANION TO THE 

EICINI OLEI EMULSIO. 
Castor-Oil Emulsion. 

Triturate together thirty grams (1 ounce) castor-oil and fifteen grams 
(£ ounce) powdered acacia. Then add gradually, and during strong and 
uninterrupted trituration, thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) pep- 
permint water, thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) simple syrup, and 
thirty cubic centimeters water. Finally add ten drops of chloroform 
and shake well. 

The chloroform and peppermint water mask the taste. The addition 
of fifteen cubic centimeters (J fluidounce) brandy will still more effect- 
ually conceal the nauseous greasy taste of this much-detested oil. 

Dose. — Tablespoonful or more. 

Rosa Centifolia ; U. S. 

Pale Rose. 

Origin. — JRosa centifolia, Linne (Rosacece). 

Habitat. — Cultivated ; chiefly in France and in Asia Minor. 

Part used. — The fresh petals. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 283. 

Salted rose leaves are allowed to be used when fresh leaves cannot 
be obtained. The better plan would have been to dismiss pale rose from 
the Pharmacopoeia. They are used only for preparing rose-water, for 
which purpose they are not required, the imported triple rose-water being 
much better as well as cheaper than any that can be made from either 
fresh or salted pale rose petals in this country ; and for making com- 
pound syrup of sarsaparilla, in which preparation the pale rose is an en- 
tirely unnecessary ingredient. 

Constituent- — A small quantity of volatile oil. 

Used for flavoring. 

ROSJE AQUA; U. S. 
Rose-Water. 

Prepared by distillation, collecting ten pounds of distillate from every 
four pounds of recent pale rose. 

Good recent pale rose is not easily obtainable. It is easy, however, 
to obtain excellent triple rose-water imported from France. If six 
pounds of "Triple Rose-Water" be mixed with four pounds distilled 
water the mixture will correspond in strength to the pharmacopceial 
rose-water, and makes a very fine product. Of the " Quadruple Rose- 
Water " four pounds will make ten pounds official rose-water. 

Rose-water, when good, is delightfully fragrant. 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 859 

KOS^E AQUJE CTNGUENTUM; U. S. 

Ointment of Rose-Watee. 
Cold Cream. 

Melt together at a gentle heat fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains) ex- 
pressed oil of almond, ten grams (154 grains) spermaceti, and ten grams 
(154 grains) white wax. Then add to the melted mixture gradually, and 
during brisk and uninterrupted stirring, thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluid- 
ounce) rose-water. Continue the stirring until the product is of a uni- 
form soft and creamy consistence. 

Used for chapped face or hands, or as a toilet article to soften and 
beautify the skin. 

Rosa Gallica ; U. S. 

Red Rose. 

Origin- — Rosa gallica, Linne (Rosacea!). 

Habitat- — Cultivated. 

Part used. — The dried petals. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 284. Should have a 
bright purplish-red color, and a good fragrant odor. 

Constituents.— Small quantities of volatile oil and tannin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Although slightly astringent, they are used 
chiefly to impart flavor to other remedies. 

ROSJE ACETUM. 
Vinegae oe Rose. 

Macerate for two hours one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) red 
rose, with a mixture of ninety cubic centimeters (3 fluidounces) chemi- 
cally pure acetic acid (thirty-six per cent, strength), seventy-five cubic 
centimeters (2-§- fluidounces) alcohol, and nine hundred and forty cubic 
centimeters (32 fluidounces) water. Filter. 

Used for toilet purposes. 

ROS^E COKFECTIO ; U. S. 

COXEECTION OF ROSE. 

Warm thirty-two grams (9 fluidrachms) rose-water to 65° C. (150° F.), 
and then triturate sixteen grams (247 grains) powdered red rose with it. 
Then add gradually one hundred and twenty-eight grams (4 ounces 224 



860 A COMPANION TO THE 

grains) finely powdered sugar and twenty-four grams (370 grains) honey, 
and beat the whole together until thoroughly mixed. 

Same as in the Pharmacopoeia of 1870. 

It is only used as an excipient in making pill-masses. 

ROS^E EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM ; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of [Red] Rose. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17| avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As & first menstruum use a mixture of two hundred and twenty-five 
grams (about 9-J fluidounces) alcohol, two hundred and twenty-five grams 
(about 7-j- fluidounces) water, and fifty grams (about 1J avoirdupois 
ounce) glycerin. 

As a second menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the propor- 
tion of one hundred grams (about 4J- fluidounces) alcohol to every one 
hundred grams (about 3-J fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred grams (about 7-J fluidounces) of 
the first menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Sat- 
urate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve three hundred and seventy-five cubic centimeters (12^ fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the second menstruum 
to make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

ROS^E INFUSUM ACIDULUM. 
Infusion of Rose. 

Infuse for half an hour ten grams (154 grains) red rose in three hun- 
dred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) boiling water, to which has been 
added five grams (77 grains) diluted nitric acid and thirty grams (1 
ounce) sugar. Filter. 

A popular vehicle for the administration of sulphate of quinine, of 
which ten grams (154 grains) may be dissolved in five hundred and fifty 
cubic centimeters (18J fluidounces) of infusion, making a mixture of 
which each dessertspoonful contains two grains. 

The infusion of rose is usually made with sulphuric acid, and was so 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA, 861 

made in the Pharmacopoeia of 1870 ; but when thus prepared it does 
not make a clear solution but a turbid mixture when quinine sulphate 
is added. With nitric acid, however, it makes a handsome solution of 
the quinine salt. 

EOS^E MEL ; U. S. 
Honey of Rose. 

Percolate forty grams (1 ounce 180 grains) red rose, in No. 40 pow- 
der, with diluted alcohol until one hundred and sixty-five grams (5 
ounces 360 grains, or about 6-j- fluidounces) percolate has been received. 
Of this set aside the first fifteen grams (J fluidounce) ; evaporate the 
remainder of the percolate (the " second percolate ") to twenty-five 
grams (386 grains, or about -J fluidounce), and mix that with the first 
percolate, and finally add four hundred and sixty grams (16 ounces 100 
grains) clarified honey and shake it all together. 

A popular mouth-wash in aphthce. It is liable to give rise to fer- 
mentation in the mouth and increase the trouble to remove which it is 
used. Glycerin with borax will prove more beneficial. 

EOS M SYEUPUS ; U. S. 

Syrup of Rose. 

Mix thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) fluid extract of red rose 
and two hundred and ten cubic centimeters (7 fluidounces, or 270 grams) 
simple syrup. 

Rosas Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil of Rose. 
Rosm JEther oleum — Volatile Oil of Rose, Otto of Hose. 
Origin. — Rosa damascena, Miller (Rosacea?). 
Habitat. — Southern Europe and Asia Minor. 
Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 241, 242. 
Used to impart a pleasant odor to other preparations. 

EOS^E SPIEITUS. 

Spirit of Rose. 

Mix two grams (30 grains) volatile oil of rose and one hundred cubic 
centimeters (3-J- fluidounces) deodorized alcohol 
Used for the same purposes as the oil. 



862 A COMPANION TO THE 



KOSATUM CERATUM; F. 
Rose Cerate. 

Melt together one ounce white wax and two ounces oil of sweet 
almond. Stir until cool. Then incorporate one grain of finely powdered 
carmine, and perfume with one drop oil of rose. 

Used as a lip salve. 

Rosmarinus ; U. S. 

Rosemary. 

Rosmarini Folia — Rosmarinblatter, G. ; Feuilles de romarin, F. ; Ros- 

mar in, Sw. 

Origin. — Rosmarinus officinalis, Linne (Labiatos). 

Hab itat. — Cultivated. 

Part used. — The leaves. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 284. 

Constituents. — About one per cent, volatile oil, some resin, tannin, 
and bitter substance. 

Properties. — Stimulant, diuretic, diaphoretic, carminative, emmena- 
gogue. Also used externally in fomentation to relieve pain. 

Dose. — One gram (15 grains) or more in infusion. 

Rosmarini Oleum; XT. S. 

Oil of Rosemary. 
Rosmarini ^theroleum — Volatile Oil of Rosemary, 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 242. 
The best kind is known as " Huile de Romarin eperle." 
Dose. — Two to five drops. 

ROSMARINI SPIRITUS. 

Spirit of Rosemary. 

Mix two grams (30 grains) oil of rosemary and one hundred cubic 
centimeters (4 fluidounces) alcohol. 
Used as a perfume. 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 863 



[KOSMARINI] SPIEITUS ODOEATUS [COMPOSITUS] ; 

u. s. 

Perfumed Spirit. 
Cologne Water. 

Mix sixteen grams (247 grains) oil of bergamot, eight grams (124 
grains) oil of lemon, eight grams oil of rosemary, four grams (62 grains) 
oil of lavender flowers, four grams oil of orange flowers (oil of neroli), 
and two grams (31 grains) acetic ether with eight hundred grams (980 
cubic centimeters, or 33 fluidounces) alcohol. Then add one hundred 
and fifty-eight grams (5^- fluidounces) water. Set the mixture aside for 
eight days. Filter. 

Used as a perfume. 

Rubi Fructus. 

Blackberry. 
The well-known fruit of Rubus villosus, Aiton. 

KUBI FRUCTUS SYKUPUS. 

Syrtjp of Blackberries. 

Beat any desired quantity of fresh ripe blackberries into a pulp. 
Let it stand at rest for three days in a place where the temperature is 
about 20° to 25° C. (68° to 77° F.). Then express the juice and set it 
aside until the vinous fermentation has ceased and the liquid becomes 
clear. Then filter. To every two kilograms (70J ounces) of the filtered 
liquid add three kilograms (106 ounces) sugar, and heat to boiling in a 
porcelain or earthenware capsule, or in a bright (not tinned) copper 
kettle, and then strain while hot. Keep the syrup in well-filled and 
tightly corked bottles in a cool and dark place. 

EUBI ELIXIR 

Blackberry Cordial. 

Mix fifteen cubic centimeters (£■ fluidounce) aromatic fluid extract, 
one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (5 fluidounces) fluid extract of 
blackberry root bark, four hundred cubic centimeters (13£ fluidounces) 
brandy, five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces) syrup of black- 
berries, and five hundred cubic centimeters elixir of orange. 



864 A COMPANION TO THE 

Rubus ; U. S. 

Rubus. 
Bubi Badicis Cortex — Blackberry Boot Bark. 

Origin. — Bubus villosus, Aiton ; Bubus canadensis, Linne ; and 
Bubus trivialis, Michaux (Bosacece). 

Habitat. — The United States. 

Part used. — The bark of the root. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 284. 

All wood must be rejected. 

Constituents- — Tannin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of other vegetable astringents, 
and useful in diarrhoeas, etc. 

Used only in the form of fluid extract. 

Note. — Blackberry jelly and blackberry jam, made from blackberry fruit, are 
often given to children to check summer-complaints and diarrhoeas. Neither of 
these preparations is astringent, and both, especially the jam, on account of the hard 
seeds, generally increase the irritation of the bowels and intensify the symptoms of 
the disease. 

KUBI EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM ; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Rubus. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdu- 
pois ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a first menstruum use a mixture of two hundred and twenty-five 
grams (about 9^- fluidounces) alcohol, one hundred and seventy-five grams 
(about 5f- fluidounces) water, and one hundred grams (about 3J avoir- 
dupois ounces) glycerin. 

As a second menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the propor- 
tion of ninety grams (about 3f fluidounces) alcohol to every seventy 
grams (about 2£ fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and seventy-five grams (about 
6-J fluidounces) of the first menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical 
percolator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. 
Then percolate. 

Reserve three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (12 fluidounces) of 
the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the second menstruum 
to make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2% fluidrachms). 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 



865 



KUBI SYRITPUS ; U. S. 

Syrup of Rubus. 

Syrup of Blackberry Boot Bark. 

Mix sixty cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) fluid extract of black- 
berry root bark and one hundred and eighty cubic centimeters (6 fluid- 
ounces) simple syrup. 

Used as an ingredient in astringent mixtures. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2} fluidrachms). 




Rubus Idseus ; IT. S. 

Raspberry. 
Bubi Idmi Fructus. 

Origin. — Bubus ulceus, Linne (Bosacece). 

Habitat. — Europe and America. 

Part used.— The fruit. 

Description. — See the Phar- 
macopoeia, page 284. 

The light red fruit of Bubus -jj| 

strigosus, Michaux, and the purplish -^ 

black fruit of Bubus occidentalism 

Linne, are also officially recognized 

J & Figs. 447-450.— Raspberry, whole and lon- 

as raspberry. gitudinal section, natural size ; and drupes, 

Constituents .—Citric and Wh ° le and in Wtudmal section, enlarged. 
malic acids, pectin, fruit sugar, coloring matter, and a trace of volatile 
oil. 

Used for flavoring. 

RUBI ID^EI ACETUM. 
Raspberry Vinegar. 

Urush twelve pounds good ripe red raspberries. Let stand in a crock 
for a week at about 40° C. (104° F.); press out the juice ; bring it to 
the boiling point ; add eight fluidounces chemically pure acetic acid 
(U. S. P, 1880) and four pints water. Filter. Add ten pounds sugar. 
Must be kept in well-filled and tightly corked bottles in a cool and dark 
place. Mixed with water and sugar to suit, this makes a delightful 
cooling drink. 

Tartaric or citric acid may be used in place of acetic acid, employing 
six ounces of one or the other for the quantity of berries specified above. 
55 



866 A COMPANION TO THE 



EUBI IDMl SYKUPUS ; U. S. 
Syrup of Raspberry. 

Beat any desired quantity of fresh ripe raspberries into a pulp. Let 
it stand at rest for three days in a place where the temperature is about 
20° to 25° C. (68° to 77° F.). Then express the juice and set it aside 
until the vinous fermentation has ceased and the liquid becomes clear. 
Then filter. To every two kilograms (70-J- ounces) of the filtered liquid 
add three kilograms (106 ounces) sugar and heat to boiling in a porce- 
lain or earthenware capsule or in a bright (not tinned) copper kettle, 
and then strain while hot. Keep the syrup in well-filled and tightly 
corked bottles in a cool and dark place. 

During the fermentation much of the pectin is gotten rid of, which 
makes the syrup keep a great deal better. 

The product will have a fine color if ten per cent, of the raspberries 
used be the so-called " black cap " raspberries (from Hubus occidentalis). 
A syrup made exclusively from black raspberries will, however, not have 
the fine flavor which can only be obtained from red raspberries. 

All fruit syrups should be kept in amber bottles to preserve them 
from the deleterious influence of light. 

The syrups of raspberries, cherries, etc., are very useful additions to 
certain mixtures, imparting a pleasant flavor. 

For use at the soda-water fountain the fruit syrups made from fresh 
fruit or from well-preserved natural fruit juices are the only ones fit for 
use. Artificial fruit flavors, which are so commonly used, are very in- 
teresting chemically and technologically, but they are simply abominable 
in soda-water syrups. 

The syrups of cherries ; red, white, or black currants ; mulberries ; 
blackberries ; strawberries ; sweet orange juice ; lemon juice ; quince ; 
pineapple, etc., all may be prepared in the same manner as syrup of rasp- 
berry. 

Rumex 5 IT. S. 

RUMEX. 

Rumicis Radix — Yellow Dock. 

Origin. — Rumex crispus, Linne, and other species of Rumex (Poly- 
gonaceoe). 

Habitat. — Europe and America. 

Part used. — The root. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 285. It tinges the 
saliva yellow. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



867 



Constituents. — Chrysophanic acid, tannin, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Alterative, tonic, slightly astringent, and depura- 
tive. Has been employed in 
chronic cutaneous troubles ; 
in syphilitic, scrofulous, and 
rheumatic affections ; and 
also in hepatic and dyspep- 
tic ailments. Externally a 
decoction is occasionally 
used in various skin diseases, 
glandular swellings, etc. 

Dose.— Two to five (30 
to 75 grains), best given as 
fluid extract. , 

RUMICIS EXTRAC- 
TUM. 

Extract of Rumex Cris- 
pus. 



Evaporate any desired 
quantity of the fluid extract 
to the pilular consistence, 
and then incorporate with 
it, while still warm, one- 
twentieth part of its weight 
of glycerin. 

Yellowish -brown. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.3 gram 
(1 to 5 grains) three times 
a day. 




Fig. 451. — Rumex Crispus, natural size. 



RUMICIS EXTR ACTUM FLTTIDUM ; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Rumex. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 IT. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and seventy-five grams (about 
6-J- fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical per- 



868 



A COMPANION TO THE 



colator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13^- fluidounces) of the first 
percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 




Fig. 452.— Leaf of Rue, natural size. 



Ruta. 

Rue. 

Ruto3 Folia. 

Origin. — Ruta graveolens, 
Linne [JRutacece). 

Habitat.— Europe. 

Part used. — The leaves. 

Description. — See figure. 
The leaves are bright green, 
smooth, pellucid-punctate. Odor 
aromatic, balsamic ; taste bitter, 
acrid. 

Constituents. — Volatile 
oil, resin, rutin, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Stimu- 
lant, carminative, and anthel- 
mintic. In large doses it is em- 
menagogue, and formerly much 
used in menstrual disturbances 
and hysteria. 

Dose. — One to two grams 
(15 to 30 grains). 



RUT^E EXTRACTUM. 
Extract of Rue. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. 

Dose-— 0,10 to 0.50 gram (2 to 8 grains). 



UNITED STATES PHABMACOPCEIA. 



869 



RUT^E EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Ruta. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17| avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims). 

Rutse Oleum ; XI. S. 

Oil op Rue. 

Rutce ^theroleum — Volatile Oil of Rue. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 242. 
Dose. — Two to four drops. 

Sabadilla. 

Cevadilla. 

SabadillcB Semina — Sabadillsamen, Lause-Jcdrner, G. ; Cevadille, F. ; 
Sabadilla, Susarfro, Sw. 

Origin. — Asagrcea officinalis, Lindley (Melanthacece). 

Habitat. — Mexico and Central America. 

Part used. — The seeds. 

Description. — The drug consists of opened and unopened seed- 
capsules, or follicles, as well as of the 
seeds. The fruit consists of three 
brownish, thin follicles, adhering to 
each other at the base, and each con- 
taining from one to six seeds. The 
seeds are from five to six millimeters 
(\ to ^ inch) long, and about two milli- 
meters (^ inch) thick, pointed, angu- 
lar, finely wrinkled lengthwise, glossy 
brownish-black. The skin is thin and 
envelops a white kernel. The seeds, 

which alone contain the active COnstitu- natural size and enlarged, transverse 

section, enlarged ; seed, natural size and 

ent, are inodorous, but have an acrid, enlarged, and longitudinal section, en- 
persistent, bitter taste. The powder larged " 

causes violent sneezing. The capsules should be rejected and the seeds 
alone used. 

Constituents. — The drug contains three alkaloids called veratrine, 




870 A COMPANION TO THE 

cevadine, and cevadilline. Cevadine is crystalline, the other two amor- 
phous. The alkaloids are combined with cevadic and veratric acids. 

Uses. — The seeds are poisonous. The action depends on the alka- 
loid veratrine which they contain. They are seldom employed inter- 
nally, but if given in nervous diseases, neuralgia, sciatica, and heart 
diseases, exert the action of veratrine. Externally an ointment of the 
seeds has been employed as a parasiticide to destroy lice and other ver- 
min and as a cure for itch. 

Dose for internal use, 0.05 to 0.25 gram (1 to 4 grains). 

SABADILL^E EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Exteact of Cevadilla. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.20 cubic centimeter (1 to 3 minims). 

Sabbatia. 

Sabbatia. 
Sabbatim Herba — American Centaury, Red Centaury. 

Origin. — Sabbatia annularis and Sabbatia paniculata, Pursh (Gen- 
tianaceoe). 

Habitat.— The United States. 

Part used.— The flowering plant. 

Description. — Stem branched, quadrangular, about sixty centi- 
meters (2 feet) high, smooth, with opposite, clasping, oblong or linear, 
pointed or obtuse leaves ; pink flowers. Odor, none ; taste, bitter. 

Constituent. — A bitter principle. 

Medicinal Uses. — The same as of columbo, gentian, and other 
simple bitter tonics. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains), best given in infusion 
or fluid extract. 

SABBATIC EXTKACTUM. 
Extract of Sabbatia. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. 

Dose.— 0.10 to 0.75 gram (2 to 12 grains). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 871 

SABBATIJE EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Sabbatia. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17J avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

Sabina ; U. S. 

Savin. 
SabincB Hamuli — Savin Tops. 

Origin. — Juniperus Sabina, Linne (Coniferai). 

Habitat. — Northern Asia, Europe, and America. 

Part used. — The tops of the smaller branches, collected in the spring. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 285. Must 
have a good green, not brown, color. 

Constituents. — Volatile oil, about two per cent.; also 
resin and tannin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Gastro-intestinal irritant, with a 
probable tendency to stimulate the uterine functions. Used 
in atonic conditions of the uterine organs, as in amenorrhoea 
and dysmenorrhea. In large doses it is poisonous, produ- 
cing serious and often fatal gastro-intestinal inflammation. 
Externally it is sometimes employed to stimulate indolent 
ulcers, promote suppuration, and as a parasiticide in some forms of skin 
disease, as in eczema, psora, etc. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 1.5 gram (5 to 20 grains). 

SABINJS CERATUM; U. S. 
Savin Cerate. 

Melt nine ounces of resin cerate on a water-bath ; then add two and 
one-half ounces, by weight, of fluid extract of savin, and continue to 
heat the mixture with stirring until the alcohol has been driven off. 
Then remove the mixture from the heat, and stir it until cool. 

About identical in strength with the preparation of 1870. 




872 A COMPANION TO THE 



SABINE EXTRACTUM. 

Extract of Savin. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence. 

Greenish-brown. 

Dose. — 0.06 to 0.3 gram (1 to 5 grains) several times a day. 



SABHSLE EXTRACTUM FLUID UM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Savin. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and twenty-five grams (about 
5^ fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical 
percolator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. 
Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (15^ fluidounces) 
of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is ex- 
hausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — 0.3 to 1.5 cubic centimeter (5 to 20 minims). 



Sabinse Oleum ; IT. S. 

Oil of Savin. 
Sabino3 JEtheroleum — Volatile Oil of Savin. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 242. 

Dose. — About five drops. 

This oil is sometimes used as an abortifacient, but it should be borne 
in mind that any dose large enough to produce such an effect will prob- 
ably produce death from gastro-intestinal inflammation. 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 873 

Saccharum; U. S. 

Sugar. 

Saccharum Album — Zucker, Rohrzucker, G.; Sucre, Sucre de Camie, 
F. ; Azucar, Sp.; Socker, Sw. ; Cane-sugar, Refined Sugar, White 
Sugar, Sucrose. 

Origin. — Saccharum officinarum, Linne {Graminacew). 

Habitato — Cultivated in tropical and sub-tropical climates. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 285. 

The best cut sugar and standard granulated sugar (free from ultra- 
marine) are the only kinds that should be used in pharmacy. Must be 
perfectly dry and odorless. Sometimes granulated as well as crushed 
sugar is colored with ultramarine to overcome any yellowish tint arising 
from imperfect purification. As ultramarine contains sulphur, this im- 
purity is very mischievous in pharmacy (see Syrupus). 

When carefully heated to 160° C. (320° F.), so as to fuse, it becomes 
amorphous, hard, glassy in fracture, and is then called candy ; this 
gradually becomes crystalline again. At between 210° and 220° 0. 
(410° and 428° F.) it emits empyreumatic fumes and is converted into a 
brown, amorphous, hygroscopic, bitter substance called caramel (" burnt 
sugar"). 

Cane sugar, or some derivative of it, combines more or less perfectly 
with several of the metals. Thus we have a soluble combination of lime 
and sugar, and also a soluble saccharated oxide of iron. This ac- 
counts for the sometimes unexpected presence of iron, earth metals, 
etc., in liquids containing sugar. Syrup contained in an imperfectly 
tinned iron vessel becomes brown from ferric oxide. Possibly these 
saccharine solutions of metals are true saccharates. When sugar is 
gently heated (at not over 50° C, or 122° F.) with nitric acid of about 
1.20 to 1.30 specific gravity, saccharic acid (C 6 H 10 O 8 ) is formed. 

Strong nitric acid forms, with sugar or syrup, explosive nitro-sac- 
charose. Sugar triturated with potassium chlorate is apt to cause the 
latter to explode ; the mixture will at once explode on the addition of 
a drop of strong sulphuric acid. Sugar is readily soluble in water. At 
0° C. (32° F.) one hundred pounds of water dissolves one hundred and 
eighty pounds sugar ; at 15° C. (59° F.) the same quantity of water will 
dissolve one hundred and ninety-five pounds sugar ; at 50° C. (122° F.) 
it dissolves two hundred and fifty-five pounds ; and at 100° C. (212° F.) 
four hundred and seventy-one pounds. When sugar is thus dissolved 
in water, contraction takes place, which reaches its maximum when the 
solution contains 56.25 per cent, sugar. A solution of at least an equal 



874 A COMPANION TO THE 

weight of sugar in water may be called a syrup. Most medicinal syrups, 
however, contain nearly two-thirds sugar. 

Sugar is practically insoluble in absolute alcohol. A strong syrup 
when mixed with alcohol deposits crystals of sugar. An alcohol of 
seventy per cent, (by weight) strength dissolves two-fifths of its weight 
of sugar at 40° C. (104° F.), and a trifle over half that quantity at 14° C. 
(57.2° F.). But a ninety per cent, strength (by weight) alcohol dis- 
solves only one-fortieth of its weight of sugar at 40° C, and only one 
one-hundred-and-sixtieth at 14° C. Thus when the alcoholic liquid is 
comparatively less strong it dissolves more sugar than the water con- 
tained in it can alone dissolve ; but when stronger the alcohol prevents 
the solution of a portion of the sugar, which in its absence would dissolve 
in the water alone. 

Sucrose does not ferment, but it may be changed into glucose (grape 
sugar) by various means or causes, and the glucose readily undergoes 
fermentation. 

Varieties of Sugar. — The official white sugar is cane sugar (sucrose, 
made from the sugar-cane), purified or " refined." 

Grape sugar is a fermentable sugar {glucose) obtained from raisins 
and numerous other fruits ; it is also contained in honey. At present 
it is prepared artificial^ from starch by treating the latter with dilute 
sulphuric acid at a high temperature ; the grape sugar thus obtained is 
called glucose, and is manufactured on a large scale. The term " glucose " 
is in this country applied to the strong syrupy solution of grape sugar 
which is used in large quantities both as " syrup " and for making the 
dry " grape sugar." The dr} r , granular, or semi-crystalline grape sugar 
or glucose is used as an admixture to cheap grades of sugar (brown and 
golden sugars) for domestic purposes. While it is much less sweet than 
cane sugar, it is quite as wholesome and considerably cheaper. 

Fruit sugar is a non-crystallizable sugar found in many fruits. It 
is contained in the liquid portion of honey after the separation of the 
granular grape sugar. 

Maple sugar is sucrose obtained from the juice of the sugar maple 
(Acer saccharinum) by boiling it down to the point of crystallization. 
Maple syrup is a concentrated solution of maple sugar. 

Sorghum syrup and sorghum sugar are obtained from the juice of 
sorghum corn, or Chinese corn (Sorghum saccharinum) in about the 
same manner as maple syrup and maple sugar are obtained from the 
juice of the sugar maple. When sorghum sugar can be refined and 
crystallized on a sufficiently economical scale white sugar will be cheap- 
ened and a great industry developed. 

Beet sugar, from Beta vulgaris, var. cicla, and other varieties of the 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



7 



beet, is also a variety of sucrose, which, when well refined, cannot be 
distinguished from the cane sugar. 

Table of strengths as shown by specific gravities of solutions of pure 
white sugar in water at 17.5° 0. (63.5° F.): 



Specific Gravity. 


Per Cent. Sugar. 


Specific Gravity. 


Per Cent. Sugar. 


1.0040 


1 


1.2057 


45 


1.0200 


5 


1.2165 


50 


1.0404 


10 


1.2610 


55 


1.0614 


15 


1.2900 


60 


1.0832 


20 


1.3190 


65 


1.1059 


25 


1.3507 


70 


1.1295 


30 


1.3824 


75 


1.1540 


35 


1.4159 


80 


1.1794 


40 







Uses. — Sugar is nutritious and in large quantities slightly laxative. 
It is not employed as a medicine, but as a condiment or excipient. It 
is antiseptic and is used for preparing and preserving various pharma- 
ceutical preparations. 

Sacchari Syrupus Fuscus. 

Molasses. 
Theriaca — Treacle. 

A brown syrup of about 1.40 specific gravity, obtained in the pro- 
cess of manufacturing and refining cane sugar. It has a slightly acid 
reaction, but- should not be fermenting. Odor slight, sweetish ; taste 
very sweet. When long boiled it becomes hard on cooling ( a taffy "). 
Should be perfectly clear. 

Used as an excipient. 

Saccharum Lactis ; TJ. S. 

Milk Sugar. 

Lactosum — Lactose ; MilchzucJcer, G. ; Sucre de lai% F. ; Aziccar de 
leche, Zactosa, Sp. ; Mjblksocker, Sw. ; Sugar of Milk. 

Milk sugar is lactose — "a peculiar crystalline sugar" contained in 
cow's milk, obtained by evaporating the whey, and purified by re- 
crystallization. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 286. 

The powder should be perfectly white, have a neutral reaction, and 
no odor. 



876 



A COMPANION TO THE 



It is manufactured almost exclusively in the cantons Berne and 
Luzerne, Switzerland, from the whey remaining after making cheese. 

It is used in medicine and pharmacy only in powder as a diluent of 
active remedies in a pulverulent form, being serviceable chiefly on ac- 
count of its great hardness and slow solubility in water. 

Sagx>. 

Sago. 

Origin. — Metroxylon Sagus, Koenig; Arenga saccharifera, Labill, 
and other allied palms. 

Habitat. — Indian Archipelago. 

Drug. — The prepared starch from the interior of the stem. 

Description .—Hard 
spherical grains about the 
size of a pin's head, whitish, 
with a slight brownish-yel- 
low or pinkish tint, and usu- 
ally more or less translucent. 
Ordinarily somewhat darker 
on one side. Odorless ; taste 
insipid. 

Forms a gelatinous mass 
with boiling water. 

Varieties. — Pearl Sago 
is the finest and whitest. 
Next comes Brown Sago, 
of inferior quality and darker 

color. An artificial "sago" 
Fig. 460,-Sago Starch. j g made from potato starch> 

Constituents. — It is all starch. 

Uses. — Only as food. Being easily digested and quite palatable it 
is often used in the sick-room. 




Salep Tubera. 

Salep. 

Origin. — Several species of Orchis, and other plants of the natural 
order Orchidacem, especially of the sub-order Ophrydeai. 
Habitat. — Germany and France. 
Part used. — The new tubers formed during the year in which they 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 877 

are collected, the collection of them taking place' in the autumn. They 
are deprived of the epidermis and dried. 

Description. — Irregularly oval, globular, or flattened roundish 
tubers ; hard, heavy ; translucent, with a bright yellowish or yellowish- 
gray color ; fracture homogeneous, horny, shining ; odorless ; taste in- 
sipid, mucilaginous. 

Constituents. — About forty-eight per cent, bassorin (or vegetable 
mucilage), and twenty-seven per cent, starch. Powdered salep forms, 
with forty times its weight of boiling water, a thick jelly. 

Medicinal Uses. — Nutritive and demulcent. A mucilage made 
from salep is occasionally employed as a vehicle for acrid or irritating 
remedies. 

SALEP MUCILAGO. 

Salep Mucilage. 

Put three grams (46 grains) powdered salep and thirty cubic centi- 
meters (1 fluidounce) cold water in a pint bottle, and immediately shake 
briskly until thoroughly mixed. Then add two hundred and seventy 
cubic centimeters (9 fluidounces) boiling water, and continue shaking 
the mixture until cold. Finally strain. 

Salicinum ; U. S. 

Salicin. 

Origin, Description, etc.— See the Pharmacopoeia, page 286. It 
is a glucoside, in white, shining crystals, odorless, but having a very 
bitter taste. 

Medicinal Uses. — Has been used as an antiperiodic and bitter 
tonic in the same manner as quinine. It is less active and reliable. 
Lately it has been used like salicylic acid in acute rheumatism. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains), repeated several times 
a day. 

Salix ; U. S. 

Salix. 
Salicis Cortex- — Willow Bark. 
Origin. — Salix alba Linn6, and other species of Salix (Salicacece). 
Habitat. — Europe and America. 
Part used.— The bark. 
Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 286. 



878 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Should be very bitter. 

Constituents. — The most important one is salicin ; it also contains 
tannin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Its action depends on salicin, to which is added 
the effect of tannic acid. It is therefore an astringent bitter tonic and 
antiperiodic. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains), best given in infusion. 



Salvia ; U. S. 

Salvia. 
Salvim Folia — Salbeibldtter, G.; Sauge officinale, F.; Salvia, Sw. ; Sage. 

Origin. — Salvia officinalis, Linne (Zabiatai). 

H ab itat. — Cultivated. 

Part used. — The leaves. 

Description. — They are white or gray- 
ish-green, thick, wrinkled ; soft, hairy, and 
glandulous on the under side ; aromatic, 
bitter, somewhat astringent. Wild, gray, 
thick-hairy sage is the best ("Italian 
Sage"). ' 

Constituents. — Volatile oil, from one- 
half to three-fourths percent.; and some 
tannin, resin, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Stimulant, tonic, 
astringent, vulnerary. Infusion of sage 
Figs. 461, 463.— Sage Leaf, upper with alum is a very popular gargle in sore 
and lower Burface. throat, relaxed uvula, etc. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains) in infusion, or as fluid 
extract made with diluted alcohol as a menstruum. 




SALVIA INFUSUM. 

Infusion of Sage. 

From fifteen grams (about \ avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 1 
About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 
Dose. — Fifty to seventy-five cubic centimeters (12 to 18 fluidrachms). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPEIA. 879 



Sambucus ; U. S. 

Sambucus. 

Sambuci Flores — Fliederblumen, Hollunderbluthen, G. ; Fleurs de 
sureau, F. ; Fladerte, Sw. ; Elder-Flowers. 

Origin. — Sambucus canadensis, Linne" (Caprifoliacew). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used. — The flowers. 

Description. — Cream-colored or pale-yellow, very small, having a 
peculiar fragrant odor and a sweetish, mucilaginous, aromatic, finally 
somewhat acrid taste. f 

Must be light colored, sound, and of good odor. 

The European elder-flowers, from Sambucus nigra, Linne, resemble 
closely the American. 

Constituents. — A very small quantity of volatile oil having the 
odor of the drug in a high degree. Also some acrid resin, valerianic 
acid, and mucilage. 

Medicinal Uses. — Stimulant, diaphoretic. 

Dose.— Two to four grams (30 to 60 grains). Best given as hot tea. 

SAMBUCI EXTRACTIM. 

EXTRACT OF ElDER-FlOWEES. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. 

Dose. — 0.10 to 0.75 gram (2 to 12 grains). 



SAMBUCI EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Sambucus. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17| avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

DoS6i — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2£ fluidrachms). 



880 A COMPANION TO THE 

SAMBUCI INFUSUM. 
Infusion of Elder-Flowers. 

From thirty grams (about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fiuidounces). 

Dose. — Fifty to seventy-five cubic centimeters (12 to 18 fluidrachms). 
As a diaphoretic the hot infusion may be taken in considerably larger 
doses. 

Sambuci Fructus. 

Elder-Berries. 

The fruit of Sambucus canadensis (see Sambucus). 

Small, globular, purple, fleshy, juicy berries. 

Constituents. — Fruit acids, valerianic acid, sugar, pectin, traces 
of volatile oil, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Diaphoretic and aperient. "Elder-berry jam " 
is often used as a laxative in fevers by the country population. 

Dose of the inspissated juice, five to fifteen grams (60 grains to £ 
ounce). 

SAMBUCI SYRUP US. 
Elder-Berry Syrup. 

Moob Sambuci. 

Carefully heat any desired quantity of fresh ripe elder-berries, stir- 
ring constantly, until they burst open. Express the juice. Set aside 
to settle during about a week. Strain. Weigh. Then evaporate it 
to the consistence of thin syrup. While still warm add sugar, in the 
proportion of one part for each twelve parts by weight of the juice 
employed. 

Used like the inspissated juice. 

Sandaraca. 

Sandarac. 

Origin. — Callitris quadrivalvis, Ventenat (Coniferm). 

Habitat- — Northwestern Africa. 

Description! — A resin which exudes spontaneously from incisions 
made through the bark of the tree and dries in the air. Long tears, 
pale yellow, covered with a light dust, transparent, brittle, not adhe- 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 



881 



sive when chewed. Odor and taste slightly terebinthinous. Soluble 
in hot alcohol. 

Used for manufacturing varnishes. Cotton saturated with a strong 
solution of sandarac in ether is often used for temporarily plugging de- 
cayed teeth. 

Sanguinaria ; IT. S. 

Saxguixaeia. 
Sanguinariw Hhizoma — Bloodroot. 

Origin. — Sanguinaria canadensis, Linne (Pqpaveracea?). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used. — The rhizome collected in the autumn. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, 
page 287. The powder is extremely irritating 
to the air-passages. 

Constituents. — The alkaloid sanguina- 
rine, which has been obtained in white or 
colorless crystals. Its salts are bright red, 
very acrid. One or two other alkaloids have 
been described as found in sanguinaria. Also 
resins, peculiar acids, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — When given in full 
medicinal doses bloodroot is an active emetic, 
causing depression and reducing the action 
of the heart. In excessive doses it is an irri- 
tant narcotic poison, producing severe gastro- 
intestinal inflammation, with intense thirst, 
prostration, vertigo, and collapse. In small 
doses this drug is stimulant and tonic. It is 
occasionally employed in atonic dyspepsia, 
duodenal catarrh, catarrh of the biliary ducts with jaundice, in chronic 
nasal catarrh, bronchitis, asthma, amenorrhcea, and as an alterative in 
syphilis, etc. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 1.5 gram (2 to 20 grains), according to the effect it 
is desired to obtain. 

SANGUI^AEI^E ABSTRACTUM. 

Abstract of Saxguinabia. 

Prepared from fluid extract of sanguinaria in the same manner as 
the abstract of coto is obtained from the fluid extract of coto. 
Dose.— 0.05 to 0.6 gram (1 to 10 grains). 
56 




Figs. 463-465. — Sanguinaria, 
whole, natural size, large speci- 
men, a, transverse section of 
soaked rhizome ; 5, same, after 
soaking in dilute lye. 



882 A COMPANION TO THE 



SANGUINARY ACETUM ; U. S. 
Vinegar of Sanguinaeia. 

Moisten thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) sanguinaria. in No. 30 
powder, with one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (5 fluidounces) 
diluted acetic acid ; pack it firmly in a glass percolator, and percolate 
with diluted acetic acid until three hundred grams (10 ounces 255 
grains, or about 9 fluidounces) of percolate has been obtained. 

This preparation is about one-fifth weaker than that of the Pharma- 
copoeia of 1870, and the dose of the new vinegar should therefore be 
twenty-five per cent, larger. 

Dose- — 1 to 2.50 cubic centimeters (15 to 40 minims) as an altera- 
tive and expectorant ; the emetic dose is eight to twenty cubic centi- 
meters (2 to 5 fluidrachms). 

SANGUINARY EXTRACTUM. 

EXTEACT OF SANGUINAEIA. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Reddish-brown. 

Dose. — 0.01 to 0.06 gram (| to 1 grain). 

SANGUINARLE EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; U. S. 
Fluid Exteact of Sanguinaeia. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17J avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and fifty grams (about 6J- fluid- 
ounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. 
Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then perco- 
late. 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14J fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to 
make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 883 

This fluid extract is never free from sediment, which deposits on the 
bottom and sides of the containing vessel. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 1 cubic centimeter (8 to 15 minims). 

SANGITIJSTAKIJS SYRUPUS. 

Syrup of Sanguinaria. 

Mix thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) fluid extract of sanguin- 
aria with two hundred and seventy cubic centimeters (9 fluidounces) 
simple syrup. 

It is sometimes prepared by dissolving five hundred grams (17f avoir- 
dupois ounces) sugar in three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) 
vinegar of sangfuinaria. 

Dose. — One to four cubic centimeters (15 to 120 minims). 



SANGUINE EI^E TINCTURA; U. S. 
Tincture of Sanguinaria. 

Mix two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains, or about 8-J- fluid- 
ounces) alcohol and one hundred cubic centimeters (3-J fluidounces) 
water. Moisten forty-five grams (1 ounce 257 grains) sanguinaria, in 
No. 60 powder, with thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) of the mix- 
ture ; macerate for twenty-four hours ; then pack it firmly in a cylin- 
drical percolator and percolate with the remainder of the mixture, and 
as much more menstruum of the same kind as may be necessary to obtain 
three hundred grams (10 ounces 255 grains, or about 11 fluidounces) of 
final product. 

Tincture of sanguinaria is deep red. It always deposits a layer of 
reddish-brown sediment on the sides and bottom of the bottle contain- 
ing: it. 

Used mainly as an expectorant in doses of 0.5 to 4 cubic centi- 
meters (8 to 60 minims). 

Santalum Citrinum. 

Yellow Santalwood. 

Yettoic JSandakoood. 

Origin. — Santalum Freycinetianum, M. Gaudichaud (Santalacem). 
Habitat. — The Sandwich and Feejee Islands, etc. 
Part used.— The wood. 

Description. — Hard, heavy, yellowish chips ; odor agreeably aro- 
latic ; taste aromatic, somewhat bitter. 



884 A COMPANION TO THE 



Constituent. — An aromatic volatile oil. 

White Santalwood, from Santalum album, Linne, is also used for the 
same purposes as the yellow santalwood, but is less common in the trade. 

Uses. — It is employed in China as an ingredient of incense used in 
the temples. Its oil is used for the same purposes as copaiba, and a 
fluid extract, made with alcohol as a menstruum, has been employed 
in the same manner. 

Dose of the fluid extract, five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2J flui- 
drachms). 

Santali Oleum; U. S. 

Oil of Santal. 

Santali JEther oleum — Volatile Oil of Santal, Oil of Sandalwood. 

Origin. — Santalum album, Linne (Santalaceoz). 
Habitat. — East India. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 242. 
Medicinal Uses. — Stimulant blennorrhetic in gonorrhoea, gleet, etc. 
Dose. — Ten to twenty-five drops. Usually given in closed gelatin 
capsules, or in the form of emulsion prepared like copaiba mixture. 






Santalum Rubrum ; U. S. 

Red Saunders. 
Santalini Lignum. 

Origin. — Pterocarpus santalinus Linne {Leguminosoe). 

Habitat. — East India. 

Part used. — The heart-wood. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 287. 

Usually occurs in raspings. 

Constituent. — Red coloring matter of a resinous acid character, 
and called santalic acid, which is soluble in alcohol but insoluble in 
water. 

Uses. — For coloring alcoholic liquids red. It does not yield its color- 
/ter. 

SANTALI RUBRI TINCTURA. 

Tincture of Red Saunders. 

Moisten one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) powdered red 
saunders with alcohol ; pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator, and 
percolate with alcohol until three hundred and sixty cubic centimeters 
(12 fluidounces) tincture has been obtained. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



Santonica ; U. S. 

Santonica. 
Santonicm Flores, Semi?ia Cince — Wurmsamen, Zittwersamen, G. ; 

Barbotine, Semencine, F. ; Maskfro, Sw. ; Levantic Wormseed, 

German Wormseed. 

Origin. — Artemisia maritima, var. Stechmanniana, Besser (Com- 
positor). 

Habitat. — Turkestan. 

Part used. — The unexpanded flower-heads. 

Description. — Oblong grayish - green or greenish - yellow flower- 
heads, about two millimeters (y 1 ^ inch) long, covered with glandular 




Figs. 466-471. — Artemisia Vahliana. a, whole ; 
of scale ; d, floret ; all enlarged. Artemisia Cina. 
surface of a scale. 



b, longitudinal section ; c, inner surface 
e, natural size and enlarged ; /, inner 



scales and containing from three to five undeveloped florets. Odor 
strong, peculiar, aromatic ; taste bitter, aromatic, leaving a somewhat 
cooling sensation in the mouth. 

Constituents. — About one per cent, volatile oil and from one and 
one-half to two and one-third per cent, santonin (santonic acid). 

Test. — A brownish color indicates that the drug is old and dam- 
aged. Must have a greenish color and strong odor. 

Uses. — Much employed as a vermifuge for round worms (lumbrici). 
The powder is usually given in syrup or honey. 

Dose. — One to five grams (15 to 75 grains) three times a day, fol- 
lowed or accompanied by some purgative. 

SANTO NKLE EXTR ACTUM. 
Extract of Santonica. 
Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence. 

Greenish-brown. 

Dose. — 0.10 to 0.50 gram (2 to 8 grains). 



886 A COMPANION TO THE 



SANTONKLE EXTKACTUM FLUID UM. 
Fluid Extract of Santonica. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17J avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims). 

Santoninas Sodii; IT. S. 

Santoninate of Sodium. 

A white crystallized compound which is very sensitive to light, and 
ought to be kept in tightly corked amber bottles. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 302. 
Medicinal Uses. — Anthelmintic. 
Dose. — 0.3 to 0.6 gram (5 to 10 grains). 

SANTONIN ATIS SODII TROCHISCI ; U. S. 
' Troches of Santoninate of Sodium. 

Triturate together 6.50 grams (100 grains) santoninate of sodium, 
one hundred and thirty grams (2,000 grains) finely powdered sugar, and 
3.25 grams (50 grains) powdered tragacanth. Add sufficient orange- 
flower water and form a mass to be divided into one hundred troches. 

Keep the product in amber bottles. 

Santoninum ; U. S. 

Santonin. 

A white crystalline substance obtained from santonica. It has weak 
acid properties, and is frequently called santonic acid (see Santoninas 
Sodii). 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 288. It is looked 
upon as an anhydride of santonic acid. When exposed to light it bo- 
comes yellow, and undergoes chemical change. 

Should therefore be kept in amber-colored bottles, tightly corked. 

Must consist of small, perfectly white crystals. 

Medicinal Uses. — In medicinal doses it is anthelmintic. Occa- 
sionally it exerts a peculiar effect on the sight, as if the patient viewed 
everything through a yellow glass. This effect is usually of a tempo- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 887 

rary nature. In excessive doses santonin may produce symptoms of 
poisoning accompanied by gastro-intestinal irritation. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.25 gram (1 to 4 grains) ; less for children. 

Sapo ; IT. S. 

Soap. 

Sapo -Durus — Seife,.G.; /Savon, F. ; Jabon, Jabon de Sosa, Jabon 
bianco, Jabon duro, Sp. ; Teal, Sw.; White Castile Soap. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 288 and 289. 

White hard soap prepared from olive-oil and caustic soda. 

All hard soaps are soda soaps. The soft soaps are potash soaps. 
Nearly all soaps are oleates, or palmitates, or both, of sodium or potas- 
sium, or both. 

The soap intended by the Pharmacopoeia is a pure olive-oil soda 
soap, which is well represented by so-called " pure white castile soap." 

Must be white, hard, firm ; free from crystalline efflorescence on the 
surface, and free from rancidity. It dissolves completely, though not 
forming a clear solution, in water and in diluted alcohol. Its odor is 
peculiar, not unpleasant, and when once familiar affords a good sign by 
which to judge of the quality of the article. On exposure to dry air 
it should become dry and hard. A castile soap that " sweats " or be- 
comes moist or greasy on exposure is of very poor quality. 

Much of the castile soap sold in this country is adulterated or loaded 
with barium sulphate, etc. 

The best grades come from Spain. 

Good castile soap can be dried at a temperature not to exceed 40° 
C. (104° F.) and powdered. 

Uses. — Soap is a laxative when given internally. Externally it is 
often employed as a stimulant and discutient. Ointments containing 
soap promote suppuration when applied to raw or granulating surfaces, 
and a mixture of sugar with ordinary yellow soap is often used for this 
purpose. 

In the form of liniment soap is useful in sprains and bruises. 

Soapsuds, with or without castor-oil, forms an effective laxative 
enema. 

Suppositories made of yellow soap are also of value as laxatives. 

Soap in solution is an accessible remedy to be used as an antidote 
in poisoning by mineral acids, and should always be promptly employed 
unless more effective antacids are at hand. 

Dose- — 0.3 to 1 gram (5 to 15 grains), in pill. 



888 A COMPANION TO THE 

SAPONIS CEEATUM ; Phar. 1870. 
Soap Cerate. 

Melt together sixty grams (2 ounces) soap plaster and seventy-five 
grams (2|- ounces) yellow wax ; then add one hundred and twenty 
grams (4 ounces) of olive-oil. Stir until cool. 

Not in the new Pharmacopoeia. 

Used to allay irritation and inflammation. 

SAPONIS CEEATI EMPLASTEUM. 

Soap Cerate Plaster. 

Dissolve one hundred and fifty grams (5 ounces) oxide of lead in 
one hundred and eighty grams (6 fluidounces) acetic acid by the aid of 
heat. Then add one hundred grams (3^ ounces) powdered white soap, 
and boil the mixture until the moisture is nearly evaporated ; finally 
add one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces) yellow wax and one 
hundred and eighty grams (6 ounces) olive-oil. Stir constantly, con- 
tinuing the heat until the plaster thickens properly on cooling. 

This formula affords a product identical with that of the British 
Pharmacopoeia. 

SAPONIS EMPLASTEUM; U. S. 
Soap Plaster. 

Triturate thirty grams (1 ounce) dried white castile soap, in coarse 
powder, with enough water to form a smooth semi-liquid paste ; then 
mix this with two hundred and seventy grams (9 ounces) lead plaster, 
previously melted, and evaporate the whole to a proper consistence. 

Same as in 1870. 

Old lead plaster is to be preferred to fresh for making soap plaster, 
as the fresh lead plaster makes the soap plaster sticky. Greater heat is 
required, too, for making this, than for the other plasters. Too much 
soap would make this plaster extremely tough. 

To prevent abrasions, bed-sores, etc. 

SAPONIS LINIMENTUM; U. S. 

Soap Liniment. 

Digest three hundred grams (or 10 ounces) soap, in shavings, in four 
hundred and twenty-five grams (about 14 fluidounces) of water until dis- 
solved. Dissolve one hundred and fifty grams (5 ounces) camphor and 



UNITED STATES PHABMACOPCEIA. 889 

thirty grams (1 ounce) oil of rosemary in two thousand grams (70 ounces 
240 grains, or about 83J fluidounces) alcohol. Mix the two solutions 
and filter through paper, adding enough water through the filter to 
make the final product weigh three thousand grams (or 100 ounces, 
measuring about 100 fluidounces). 

Nearly identical with the preparation of 1870. 

Used in sprains and bruises. 



Sapo Viridis ; U. S 

Green Soap. 
Sapo Mollis. 

A potash soap made with pure, fresh hempseed-oil, or with fresh, 
raw, cold-pressed linseed-oil. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 289. 

Most of the soap sold as " German Soft Soap," or under the name of 
" Soft Soap " or " Green Soft Soap," is a very offensive, smeary, gela- 
tinous mass. Good green soap contains from thirty-five to forty per 
cent, fat acids, from six to ten per cent, alkali, forty-five to fifty per 
cent, water, some glycerin, etc. Must not contain more than one per 
cent, soda, and should be entirely free from starch and from silicate of 
sodium. The consistence of good green soap is about like that of fresh 
butter ; it is translucent, with a greenish-yellow color ; and its odor is 
strongly soapy but not offensive. 

Medicinal Uses. — Employed externally, either alone or in combi- 
nation with other remedies, in some forms of skin disease, as eczema, 
seborrhoea, etc. 

SAPOKIS VIKIDIS TIKCTURA ; IT. S. 
Tincture of Green Soap. 

Mix sixty-five grams (2 ounces 128 grains) green soap, two grams 
(31 grains) volatile oil of lavender, and thirty-three grams (1 ounce 72 
grains, or about 1-J- fluidounce) alcohol ; let the mixture stand until the 
soap is dissolved, stirring it frequently to facilitate the solution. Then 
filter through paper, adding enough alcohol through the filter to make 
the total product weigh one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains, or 
about 3|- fluidounces). 

Used externally for the same purposes as the green soap itself. 



890 



A COMP ANION TO THE 



Sapo Animalis. 

Curd Soap. 

White soda soap, made with purified solid animal fats, such as tallow. 
It is dry, hard, white, inodorous, slightly alkaline, not greasy, soluble in 
water and in diluted alcohol. It is composed of oleate and stearate of 
sodium. 

Curd soap is the basis of all toilet soaps. 

SAPOKLS OPODELDOC. 

Steer's Opodeldoc. 

Dissolve nine cubic centimeters (2J fluidrachms) oil of peppermint,* 
thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) oil of rosemary, and sixty grams 
(2 ounces) camphor in two thousand two hundred and seventy cubic 
centimeters (5 pints) alcohol. Dissolve four hundred and fifty-five grams 
(1 pound) curd soap in three hundred cubic centimeters (10J fluid- 
ounces) water by the aid of 
heat. Mix the solutions and 
add three hundred cubic centi- 
meters (10-J fiuidounces) water 
of ammonia. Stir well until 
all is perfectly homogeneous ; 
strain while hot, and pour it 
into opodeldoc bottles and cork 
these tightly. When cold the 
contents gelatinize. 

A popular discutient in 
sprains and bruises. 

Saponaria. 

Saponaria. 

Saponar ice Radix — Soapicort 
Root. 

Origin . — Saponaria offici- 
nalis, Linn e ( Caryophyllacece). 

Habitat. — Europe and 
America. 

Part used. — The root. 
Description. — Cylindrical, 

Fig. 472.— Saponaria, root and rootlets, natural . „ 

eize. about twenty-live centimeters 




UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



891 



(10 inches) long, three to twelve millimeters (J 
to \ inch) in diameter, wrinkled longitudinally ; 
externally dark brown, internally whitish ; bark 
thick ; inodorous ; taste bitterish, afterward 
acrid. The smaller roots are to be preferred. 

Constituents. — Saponin, resin, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Saponaria has been used 
as an alterative diaphoretic in chronic cutaneous 
'diseases, rheumatism, and gout. It is probable 
that this drug possesses active medicinal proper- 
ties in common with senega, sarsaparilla, quil- 
laia, and other drugs containing saponin, but it 
is not now used in medicine, but only in the arts, 
for washing silks, etc. 

Dose. — About fifty grams (If ounce) daily, 
in infusion. 



Sarsaparilla; U. S, 

Saesaparilla. 

Sarsaparilla} Radix, Sarsce Radix — Sassapa- 
rille, G.; Salsepareille, F.; Zarzaparilla, 
Sp. ; Sarsaparill, Sw. 

Origin . — Smilax officinalis, Kunth ; Smilax 
medica, Schlechtendal et Chamisso ; Smilax 
syphilitica, Kunth ; and probably also other 
species of Smilax. 

Habitat. — Mexico, Central America, Brazil. 

Part used. — The roots. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 
289. 

General Description. — Long and slender, 
sometimes over two meters (about 80 inches) 
long, and usually about five millimeters (\ inch) 
in diameter ; shrivelled nearest the rhizome 
("chump"), coarsely wrinkled lengthwise ; in- 
odorous ; taste somewhat mucilaginous, bitter, 
afterward acrid. 

Varieties. — The principal varieties of sarsa- 
parilla are the Honduras, the Para (Brazilian, 
Rio Negro or Lisbon sarsaparilla), the Mexican 
(Vera Cruz or Tampico), and the Jamaica sar- 
saparilla. 



Fig.473.— Bundle of Hondu- 
ras Sarsaparilla, % linear size. 



892 



A COMPANION TO THE 




In the United States all these varieties are used except the Jamaica 
sarsaparilla. The Para sarsaparilla is not used to any great extent as 
compared with the Honduras and the Mexican. Owing to its cheapness 
the Mexican sarsaparilla is used more than all the rest together ; but the 

Honduras sarsaparilla is the 
one generally esteemed in this 
country as the best, though Para 
sarsaparilla is preferred by some 
unquestionably competent 
judges. Jamaica sarsaparilla is 
preferred in England, where 
that is the only kind officially 
recognized. 

Sarsaparillas are generally 
classified into : 1, mealy sarsa- 
parillas, in which the paren- 
chyma cells most frequently 
contain unaltered starch gran- 
ules, but occasionally a pasty 
mass (altered starch ?) ; and 2, 
non - mealy sarsaparillas, i n 
which the parenchyma cells most 
frequently contain a pasty mass 
(altered starch ?), but occasion- 
ally unaltered starch granules. 
This classification does not 
seem to have any substantial 
value, pharmacologically or 
otherwise, except in so far that 
a mealy or starchy sarsaparilla 
— be it Honduras, Para, Mexi- 
can, or any other — is probably 
a sounder drug than a non- 
mealy one. It is not improb- 
able that all the sarsaparillas 
would be mealy if carefully 
cured, and that the "non- 
mealy" condition often met 
with in Mexican, and most fre- 




Fig. 474. 



-Bundle of Rio Negro Sarsaparilla, 
reduced. 



quently in Jamaica sarsaparilla, but occasionally also observed in the 
Honduras and Para sarsaparillas which are classed as mealy, is simply an 
alteration of the starch arising from careless curing, or exposure to heat, 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



893 



or moisture, or both, or it may be that 
the roots are non-mealy only in those 
portions which are exposed or covered 
by only a very thin layer of earth in 
the growing plants. It is well known 
that the portions nearest the rhizome 
are almost invariably non-mealy and 
shrivelled, and that so-called non-mealy 
sarsaparillas are mostly mealy and 
plump in the portions farthest away 
from it. We are told that the natives, 
who collect the roots, sometimes lay 
bare a portion of them and leave their 
task unfinished, to return again at their 
convenience. As the dio^ino- is neces- 
sarily commenced at the rhizome, the 
portions of roots nearest to it will thus 
be left exposed until the work is finished. 

Mealy sarsaparillas are plump, 
sound-looking, and have a thick 
peri-ligneous layer. They are pre- 
ferred to other sarsaparillas in all coun- 
tries except England. Honduras and 
Para sarsaparillas are the mealy kinds. 

Non-mealy sarsaparillas, which in- 
clude the Mexican and the Jamaica, 
are thin, shrivelled, with thick longitu- 
dinal wrinkles, and a thin peri-ligneous 
layer, and lack sound unaltered starch 
granules, having instead a horny ap- 
pearance in the fracture. 

Honduras Sarsaparilla. — Roots 
without the chumps. Brown, plump, 
wrinkles comparatively fine. Put up 
in bundles as seen in Fig. 473. The 
appearance of a transverse section is 
seen in Fig. 480, b. 

Para Sarsaparilla. — Roots without 
the chumps. Dark brown. Peri-lig- 
neous layer thick. Plump, and finely 
wrinkled. Bundle and section as seen 
in Figs. 474 and 479, a. It is usually very clean. 




Fig. 475.- 



Mexican Sarsaparilla, one- 
sixth linear size. 



894 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Mexican Sarsaparilla. — Roots attached to the chumps, and some- 
times accompanied by portions of the stems. Brownish-gray, with promi- 
nent wrinkles which give it a furrowed appearance. Peri-ligneous layer 
thin, woody portion thicker than that of any other sarsaparilla. Mostly 
contains more or less adhering earth. Not made up into bundles ; 
sometimes the roots are folded back over the chumps. (See Fig. 475.) 

Jamaica Sarsaparilla. — The chumps often accompany the roots, 
which are tied up in loose bundles. Reddish. Wrinkles heavy. Root- 
fibres attached to the roots (which is considered a good sign). When 
these fibres are present in considerable numbers the sarsaparilla is said 
to be bearded. 

Garbling. — The chumps (rhizomes) are thick, woody, knotty, and 
medicinally inert. Stems and chumps, if present, and also any adhering 
earth, must be removed from the drug before using it. 




Figs. 476-478.— A, transverse section of Caracas Sarsaparilla ; p, parenchyma ; rc, nucleus 

sheath, magnified. 

Microscopic sections of sarsaparilla roots show a circle of woody 
tissue surrounded by a nucleus sheath, a thick layer of parenchyma 
and a cuticle, and enclosing a more or less thick column of parenchyma 
often called pith. 

Sarsaparilla is sometimes said to have a true bark and pith, but while 
the latter term might perhaps be properly employed in regard to this 
drug, the term bark in pharmacognosy should be restricted to the much 
more complex structure known as the baric (cortex) of plants having 
exogenous structure. (See article on Microscopic Structure of Plants.) 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



895 



The peri-ligneous portion of sarsaparilla is divided into four layers of 
tissue, an external cuticle, generally missing except in the bottom of 
the wrinkles, and a subcuticular layer consisting of peculiarly thickened 
sclerenchyma cells, which together are sometimes (improperly, in our 
opinion) called the external bark/ a layer of parenchyma, sometimes 
called middle bark/ and the nucleus sheath, sometimes called inner 
bark. All of these structures are shown in Figs. 476-478. 

According to Schleiden, sarsaparillas may be divided into two groups, 
those growing south of 10° north latitude, in which the diameter of the 
inner parenchyma is three to eight times as great as the thickness of 
the woody layer (Fig. 479, a), and those growing north of 10° north 
latitude, in which the diameter of the inner parenchyma is at most one- 
and-a-half times as great as the thickness of the woody layer (Fig. 480, b). 




Figs. 479, 480. — a, Rio Negro Sarsaparilla; &, Honduras Sarsaparilla; transverse sections, 

enlarged. 



The peculiar eccentric thickening of the sclerenchyma cells of the 
subcuticular portion and of the nucleus sheath affords additional means 
of identifying the different varieties of sarsaparilla by the aid of the 
microscope. (See Figs. 481-484.) 

Constituents. — Smilacin (ov parillin, or salseparin, or parallinic 
acid), which is an acrid neutral principle closely resembling saponin. 
Only one-fifth per cent, has been found in the drug. It crystallizes in 
white brilliant scales, is soluble in diluted alcohol and in boiling water, 
but insoluble in cold water or in absolute alcohol. Sarsaparilla also 
contains about two and one-half per cent, acrid resin, and traces of vol- 
atile oil. 

The extractive matter of sarsaparilla is very dark colored and abun- 
dant. Its character is as yet little known. It has not been determined 
whether the medicinal properties of sarsaparilla are due to the smilacin, 



896 



A COMP ANION TO THE 



or to the resin, or to both. 
That saponin has powerful 
medicinal properties has been 
ascertained. 

Medicinal Uses.— Sar- 

saparilla is one of the most 
popular of all remedies. As 
a "blood purifier" it is used 
in large quantities with and 
without the physician's ad- 
vice, especially in eruptive 
shin diseases. It is an altera- 
tive and tonic. 

Physicians prescribe it in 
syphilis, but nearly always 
in combination with more 
active remedies, such as 
potassium iodide, mercuric 

Figs. 481-484. -a. subcuticular cells of Vera .Cruz chloride, guaiac, etc. It is 
fearsapariila ; o, same of Honduras Sarsaparilla ; c. m . 

uucleus sheath of Vera Cruz Sarsaparilla ; d, same of given in Secondary and ter- 

Honduras Sarsaparilla : all magnified. .. 7 . 7 . , . „ 

tiary syphilis, and especially 
when the patient is in a broken-down condition. After a long-continued 
mercurial treatment sarsaparjlla with potassium iodide is a valuable 
combination. 

The fluid extract and the syrup are the most effective and convenient 
preparations. 

Dose. — Powder, two to five grams (30 to 75 grains). 

SARSAPAEILL^E DECOCTUM. 
Decoction of Sarsaparilla. 

From seventy-five grams (or about 2J avoirdupois ounces) of the 
drug make five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 
A trifle stronger than the preparation of the British Pharmacopoeia. 
Dose. — Fifty to one hundred cubic centimeters (2 to 3 fluidounces). 




SAESAPARILL/E DECOCTUM COMPOSITUM. 

Compound Decoction of Sarsaparilla. 

Three hundred grams (10 ounces) cut and bruised sarsaparilla, sixty 
grams (2 ounces) rasped guaiacum wood, sixty grams sassafras, in No. 20 
powder, sixty grams bruised glycyrrhiza, and thirty grams (1 ounce) cut 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 897 

and bruised mezereum are required to make three thousand grams (about 
100 ounces) of the decoction. The sarsaparilla and guaiacum wood 
are first boiled in three thousand cubic centimeters (6 pints) of water 
for half an hour ; then the other ingredients are added and macerated 
with the decoction for two hours, the vessel being well covered. Then 
the preparation is strained and enough water added through the strainer 
to make the finished product weigh three thousand grams (it will meas- 
ure about 6 pints). 

Dose. — Ninety to one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (3 to 5 
fluidounces) three times daily. 

SARSAPARILLA DECOCTUM COMPOSITUM FORTIUS. 

Stronger Zittmann's Decoction. 

Macerate one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces) finely cut sar- 
saparilla for twenty-four hours with nine liters (19 pints) water. Strain. 
Triturate together one gram (L5 grains) red sulphide of mercury, in fine 
powder, five grams (77 grains) calomel, eight grams (124 grains) pow- 
dered alum, and eight grams powdered sugar ; tie the mixed powder 
into a folded piece of muslin, and suspend this in the infusion of sarsa- 
parilla, previously put into an earthen vessel. Boil the liquid down to 
three liters (6^- pints). While yet hot add five grams (77 grains) bruised 
anise, five grams bruised fennel, fifteen grams (230 grains) cut glycyr- 
rhiza, and thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) cut senna. When cold, 
strain without pressure, set the decoction aside to settle, and decant the 
clear. 

SARSAPARILLA DECOCTUM COMPOSITUM MITIUS. 

Weaker Zittmann's Decoction. 

Mix the residue from the stronger Zittmann's decoction (in the quan- 
tity specified in the preceding formula) with sixty grams (2 ounces 50 
grains) finely cut sarsaparilla. Boil with nine liters (19 pints) water 
until reduced to three liters (6-J pints). While still hot, add to it four 
grams (62 grains) each of bruised cardamom and cinnamon, and cut 
lemon-peel, and glycyrrhiza. When cold strain. Let stand to settle ; 
then decant the clear. 

Both of the above decoctions are used in chronic syphilitic cachexia. 
On the first day of the cure the patient is given a cathartic of calomel 
and jalap, repeated at intervals of several days if necessary. On the 
morning of the second day the patient drinks one pint of warmed 
stronger decoction, while covered up in bed, so as to produce perspira- 
57 



898 A COMPANION TO THE 



tion. During the afternoon he drinks two pints weaker decoction, cold, 
and late in the evening one pint of cold stronger decoction. This plan 
is followed for six or eight days. 

After an intermission of a week or two the treatment is repeated if 
necessary. 

SARSAPARILLA EXTRACTUM. 

Extract of Sarsaparilla. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brownish-black. 

Dose. — 0.50 to 2 grams (8 to 30 grains). 

SARSAPARILLA EXTRACTUM COMPOSITUM FLUI- 

DUM; U. S. 

Compound Fluid Extract of Sarsaparilla. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), first mix three hundred and seventy-five grams (14 ounces 
100 grains, avoirdupois) sarsaparilla, sixty grams (2 ounces 50 grains, 
avoirdupois) glycyrrhiza (liquorice root), fifty grams (1 ounce 334 grains, 
avoirdupois) sassafras bark, and fifteen grams (230 grains) mezereum, 
all in No. 30 powder. 

For the first menstruum use a mixture consisting of fifty grams (1 
ounce 334 grains, avoirdupois) glycerin, one hundred and fifty grams 
(6J fluidounces) alcohol, and three hundred grams (about 10 fluidounces) 
water. 

Moisten the mixed powders with two hundred grams (about 7 
ounces) of this mixture. Pack tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Satu- 
rate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Percolate with the 
remainder of the first menstruum, and then with a second menstruum 
composed of alcohol and water in the proportion of one hundred grams 
(3J fluidounces) alcohol to every two hundred grams (G£ fluidounces) of 
water. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13£ fluidounces) of first 
percolate. Continue the percolation to exhaustion. 

Evaporate the second percolate to soft extract, and then dissolve this 
in the first percolate. Add enough of the second menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

In this preparation the effects of sarsaparilla, mezereum, and sassafras, 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 899 

all three of which drugs are generally considered to be "blood-purifiers," 
are combined, the liquorice root simply serving to improve the taste. 

Useful in scrofula, syphilis, chronic rheumatism, cutaneous diseases, 
etc., either alone or in combination with more active remedies. 

Dose.— Two to eight cubic centimeters (|- to 2 fluidrachms). 

SARSAPARILLA EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; IT. S. 
Fluid Extract of Sarsaparilla. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a first menstruum use a mixture of one hundred and fifty grams 
(about 6^ fluidounces) alcohol, three hundred grams (about 10 fluid- 
ounces) water, and fifty grams (about 1^ avoirdupois ounce) glycerin. 

As a second menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the propor- 
tion of one hundred grams (about 4|- fluidounces) alcohol to every two 
hundred grams (about 6| fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred grams (about 7 fluidounces) of 
the first menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Satu- 
rate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13^ fluidounces) of the first 
percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the second menstruum 
to make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose* — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2^ fluidrachms). 

SARSAPARILLA SYRUPUS COMPOSITUS; U. S. 

Compound Syrup of Sarsaparilla. 

Mix one hundred and fifty grams (5 ounces 127 grains) sarsaparilla, 
twenty grams (308 grains) guaiac wood, twelve grams (185 grains) 
pale rose, twelve grams glycyrrhiza, and twelve grams senna, all in No. 
30 powder, and six grams (92 grains) sassafras, six grams anise, and 
six grams gaultheria, all in No. 20 powder. Moisten the mixture uni- 
formly with three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) diluted 
alcohol, and macerate for forty-eight hours ; then pack it firmly in a 
cylindrical percolator, and percolate with diluted alcohol until six hun- 
dred grams (21 ounces 72 grains, or about 20 fluidounces) of percolate 
has been obtained. Evaporate the percolate on a water-bath until re- 



900 A COMPANION TO THE 

duced to one-half its original weight ; then add one hundred cubic centi- 
meters (3-J- fluidounces) water, mix well, and afterward filter, adding 
enough water through the filter to make the total filtrate weigh four 
hundred grams (14 ounces 48 grains, or measure 13^ fluidounces). Then 
add six hundred grams (21 ounces 72 grains) sugar, dissolve this with- 
out the aid of heat, and strain. 

This is a better preparation than that of 1870, in which the volatile 
oils were used instead of the sassafras, anise, and gaultheria. As the 
volatile oils were added simply to flavor the preparation, the drugs them- 
selves being sufficient for that purpose without making the product un- 
clear, the new formula is preferable. A still further improvement would 
be to dismiss from the preparation both the guaiac wood and the pale 
rose. The guaiac yields a portion of its resin to the diluted alcohol, but 
it is precipitated again on evaporating down the liquid and adding 
water, so that there is nothing in the product derived from the guaiac. 
As for the pale rose, it is an expensive and useless luxury. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

Sassafras ; U. S. 

Sassafras. 
Sassafras Hadicis Cortex. 

Origin. — Sassafras officinalis, Nees (Lauracece). 

Habitat. — North America. 

Part used- — The inner bark of the root. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 289. 

Constituents. — Volatile oil, about three per cent., traces of tannin, 
resin, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Enjoys the general reputation of being a "blood- 
purifier," and is popularly employed for that purpose. It is an aromatic 
diaphoretic when large quantities of the hot infusion are imbibed. In 
some parts of the country the infusion is used as a "tea," and may even 
be found on the bill of fare in hotels, etc. 

SASSAFKAS EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Sassafras. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17£ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. GO powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 



UNITED STATES PHARMAC0P03IA. 901 

three hundred grams (about 12-J fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3^ fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

SASSAFRAS INFUSUM. 

Infusion of Sassafras. ■ 
From thirty grams (about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make five 
hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 
Dose. — Ad libitum. 

Sassafras Medulla ; U. S. 

Sassafras Pith. 
The pith of the branches of Sassafras officinalis, Nees. 
Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 290. 
Constituents. — Mucilage. 

Used for preparing a mucilage which serves as a diluent or vehicle 
for other remedies. 

SASSAFRAS MEDULLJE MUCILAGO ; U. S. 

Mucilage of Sassafeas Pith. 

Sassafras mucilage is made by macerating two grams (31 grains) 

sassafras pith for three hours with one hundred cubic centimeters (3-J- 

fluidounces) distilled water, without stirring, and then straining without 

pressure. 

SASSAFEAS SYRUP US COMPOSITUS. 
Jackson's Pectoral Syrup. 
Macerate five grams (77 grains) sassafras pith and fifty grams (1 
ounce 334 grains) acacia with five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluid- 
ounces) water for twelve hours, stirring it gently occasionally. Then 
add seven hundred and fifty grams (26 ounces 200 grains) sugar, and 
dissolve it without the aid of heat. Strain. In the syrup dissolve 0.60 
gram (9^ grains) hydrochlorate of morphine. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2^- fluidrachms). 

Sassafras Oleum ; 17. S. 

Oil of Sassafras. 
Sassafras JEther -oleum — Volatile Oil of Sassafras. 
Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 243. 
Used for flavoring, or as a carminative. 
Dose. — Two to three drops. 



902 A COMPANION TO THE 

SASSAFEAS SPIRITUS. 

Spirit of Sassafras. 

Mix thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) volatile oil of sassafras 
and two hundred and seventy cubic centimeters (9 fluidounces) alcohol. 
Used for flavoring. 

Scammonii Radix. 

Scammony Root. 

Origin. — Convolvulus Scammonia, Linne (Convolvulacece). 

Habitat. — Western Asia. 

Description. — Carrot-shaped, from 0.3 to 0.6 meter (1 to 2 feet) 
long, and five to twenty centimeters (2 to 4 inches) thick, usually broken 
into shorter pieces more or less twisted, yellowish-brown externally, 
wrinkled, hard, whitish within ; bark thin and full of resinous spots. 
Odor slight ; taste sweetish, afterward a little acrid. 

Constituents. — Scammonin. (See Scammonium.) 

Used for preparing scammony resin. 

Scammonium; U. S. 

Scammony. 

Scammonium, G. and Sw. ; Scammonee, F. ; Escamonea, Sp.; Virgin 

Scammony. 

Origin. — Convolvulus Scammonia, Linne {Convolvulacece). 

Habitat. — Syria, Minor Asia, and around the Black Sea. Imported 
from Aleppo and Smyrna. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 290. 

The drug is the dried resinous exudation from the root. As it con- 
tains always some gum, and forms an emulsion when triturated with 
water, it is also sometimes styled as a gum-resin. 

Scammony is darker interiorly than externally. In thin splinters it 
is translucent. 

The best grades are called virgin scammony. All scammony, how- 
ever, is liable to great variation in quality. 

The pharmacopceial tests are prescribed with a view to detect such 
gross adulterations as chalk, starch, resin, etc., as well as an undue pro- 
portion of accidental mechanical impurities. 

Scammony is so frequently adulterated by those who collect it, that 
it ought never to be used, except for preparing the resin of scammony. 
Scammony containing less than twenty-five per cent, resin is not rare. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 903 

The commercial and medicinal value of the drug depends upon the 
proportion of resin it contains. To ascertain this, exhaust ten grams of 
the powdered scammony with a sufficient quantity of ether, until the 
ether ceases to extract anything further ; then dry and weigh the resi- 
due, and deduct its weight from the ten grams used ; the remainder 
represents the weight of the resin. 

Constituents. — It contains from seventy-five to ninety-five per 
cent, resin, the remainder being gum, etc. The resin is scammonin (or 
jalapin, or para-rhodeoretin), identical with the resin found in male 
jalap (Ipomoea orizabensis), and is completely soluble in alcohol and 
ether. 

Medicinal Properties and Uses. — It is hydragogue cathartic, 
more violent in its action than jalap. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 1.50 gram (8 to 20 grains), usually in pill form and 
combined with other medicines. 

SCAMMONII RESIN A ; U. S. 
Resin of Scammony. 

The pure scammony resin is extracted from the crude drug (scam- 
mony) by repeated digestions with boiling alcohol. The tinctures are 
mixed, the alcohol distilled off, and the remaining syrupy liquid precipi- 
tated with water, the precipitated resin being then washed and dried. 
See the Pharmacopoeia, page 282. 

It is a dull-greenish powder. 

Dose. — 0.2 to 0.5 gram (3 to 8 grains). 

Scilla ; TJ. S. 

Squill. 

Scillce JBulbus ; Scillm Radix — Meerzwiebel, G. ; Squille, Scille, F. ; JEs- 
cila, Ceholla albarrana, Sp.; Sjolok, Sw. 

Origin. — Urginea Scilla, Steinheil {Liliaceai). 

Habitat. — The Mediterranean. 

Part used. — The sliced and dried bulb. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 290. Readily absorbs 
moisture and becomes damp. Must, therefore, be kept in a dry place. 

"White squill " is the best, and fetches a higher price than the 
" red squill." 

Constituents. — Scillipicrin, scillitoxin, and scillin — all active prin- 
ciples. 



904 A COMPANION TO THE 

Medicinal Uses- — Squill is an acrid diuretic in small doses ; in 
larger doses purgative and emetic, almost narcotic. It is also used as 
an expectorant or stimulant blennorrhetic in chronic bronchitis, etc. 

When given in small doses, squill first produces undoubtedly diuretic 
effects, which may be followed by the purgative action. It is often 
used in dropsies in combination with jalap, cream of tartar, and other 
remedies. 

Its long-continued use disturbs digestion. Overdoses give rise to 
vomiting, diarrhoea, slow pulse, diminished secretion of urine, and bloody 
urine containing albumen. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 1 gram (1 to 15 grains) according to the effect it is 
desired to obtain. 

SCILL^E ACETUM ; U. S. 
Vinegar of Squill. 

Moisten thirty grams (or 1 ounce) squill in No. 30 powder, with ninety 
cubic centimeters (3 fluidounces) diluted acetic acid, and allowed to ma- 
cerate until it ceases to swell. It is then packed carefully (not too 
firmly) into a conical glass percolator, and percolated with diluted acetic 
acid until three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) of percolate 
has been received. 

This preparation is one-fifth weaker than that of the old pharma- 
copoeia (1870), and the dose should, therefore, be twenty-five per cent, 
greater. It is, however, seldom if ever used, except for preparing the 
syrup of squill. 

Dose. — 0.65 to 2 cubic centimeters (10 to 30 minims). 

SCILL^E EXTRACT UJVL 

Extract of Squill. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence. 

Brown. 

Dose. — 0.03 to 0.06 gram (-^ to 1 grain). With due caution the 
dose may be increased to 0.1 to 2 grams (l- 1 to 3 grains). 

SCILL^E EXTRACTITM FLUID UM; U. S. 

Fluid Extract of Squill. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17J avoirdupois 
(;unces) of the drug, in No. 20 powder. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 905 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred grams (about 4J- fluidounces) of 
the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate 
with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve three hundred and seventy-five cubic centimeters (12^ fluid- 
ounces) of the, first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is 
exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to 
make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose. — 0.2 to 1 cubic centimeter (3 to 15 minims). 

SCILL^E OXYMEL. 

Oxymel of Squill. 

Mix equal volumes of vinegar of squill and clarified honey. 

Should always be prepared extemporaneously. 

Used in expectorant cough mixtures. 

Dose* — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to %\ fluidrachms). 

SCILL^E SYRUPUS ; U. S. 
Syrup of Squill. 

Heat four hundred cubic centimeters (13-J-' fluidounces) vinegar of 
squill to the boiling point in a glass flask, or in a porcelain evaporating 
dish. Filter while hot. Add enough water to restore the liquid lost 
by evaporation. Add six hundred grams (21 ounces 72 grains) sugar, 
and dissolve this by agitation. Strain. 

Should be perfectly clear and of a very pale straw color. 

Dose. — Two to four cubic centimeters (30 to 60 minims) for an 
adult as an expectorant. This is a full emetic dose for a child. 

SCILL^E SYRUPUS AROMATICUS. 

Aromatic Syrup of Squill. 

Triturate fifteen cubic centimeters (-§- fluidounce) fluid extract of gin- 
ger and thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) fluid extract of squill 
with sixty grams (2 ounces) precipitated phosphate of calcium. Add 
during continued stirring four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (15^ 
fluidounces) peppermint water. Filter. In the filtrate dissolve by 
agitation and without heat seven hundred and fifty grams (26 ounces 
200 grains) sugar. Strain. 



906 A COMPANION TO THE 

The syrup of squill of the Swedish Pharmacopoeia is the above syrup, 
with the addition of the soluble matter of about one ounce of hyssop 
added to each eighteen ounces by weight, or twenty-four ounces by 
measure. The fluid extract of hyssop may be used for this purpose. 

Dose. — Two to four cubic centimeters (30 to 60 minims). 

SCILLJE SYKUPITS COMPOSITUS ; U. S. 
Compound Syrup of Squill. 

Mix sixty grams (2 ounces 50 grains) squill and sixty grams of 
senega, both in No. 30 powder. Moisten with one hundred and sixty- 
five cubic centimeters (5J fluidounces) diluted alcohol. Macerate one 
hour. Then pack it in a conical percolator and percolate with diluted 
alcohol until four hundred and eighty cubic centimeters (16J fluidounces) 
percolate has been received. Boil the percolate a few minutes ; then 
evaporate by means of a water-bath to one hundred and eighty cubic 
centimeters (6 fluidounces). To this add seventy-five cubic centimeters 
(2-J- fluidounces) boiling water. Triturate the mixture with five grams 
(77 grains) precipitated phosphate of calcium. Filter, and after the 
liquid has passed, add through the filter enough boiling water to make 
the whole filtrate weigh three hundred and seventy-five grams (13 ounces 
100 grains, measuring about 360 cubic centimeters, or 12J fluidounces). 
In this dissolve six hundred grams (21 ounces 72 grains) sugar, by agita- 
tion, without the aid of heat. Strain. 

Dissolve 1.50 gram (23 grains) tartrate of antimony and potassium 
in thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) boiling water ; add this solu- 
tion to the syrup and shake well. 

The compound syrup of squill is commonly called Coxe's hive syrup. 
Originally it was made with honey instead of sugar, and was then much 
more liable to ferment than it is as now prepared. 

Dose. — Two to four cubic centimeters (30 to 60 minims) for adults. 
Less for children. 

SCILL^E TINCTUKA ; U. S. 
Tincture of Squill. 

Moisten ninety grams (3 ounces 76 grains) squill in No. 30 pow- 
der with one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces) di- 
luted alcohol. Macerate twenty-four hours. Pack it moderately in a 
conical percolator and percolate with diluted alcohol until six hundred 
cubic centimeters (20 fluidounces) tincture has been obtained. 

It is amber-colored. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims). 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 907 

SCILL^E YINUM. 
Wine of Squill. 
Mix thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) fluid extract of squill 
with two hundred and seventy cubic centimeters (9 fluidounces) sherry 
wine. Let stand a few hours. Then filter, if necessary. 
Dose. — One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 

Scoparius; U. S. 

SCOPARIUS. 

Scoparii Summitates — Broom Tops. 

Origin. — Sarothamnus Scoparius, Koch (Leguminosai) . 

Habitat.— Europe. 

Part used.— The tops. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 290. 

Constituents. — A stellately crystalline principle, called scoparin, 
soluble in alcohol and water ; and a volatile liquid alkaloid called spar- 
teine. The scoparin is supposed to be diuretic, and the sparteine nar- 
cotic. 

Medicinal Uses. — This drug is a diuretic and hydragogue cathar- 
tic of undoubted value for the removal of dropsical effusions. Its use 
is indicated in chronic dropsy from any cause. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains) in decoction or fluid 
extract. 

SCOPARII DECOCTUM ; B. 
Decoction of Scoparius. 

Make three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) decoction 
from fifteen grams (^ ounce) of the drug. 

Dose. — Sixty to one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (2 to 4 
fluidounces). 

SCOPARII EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Scoparius. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 20 powder. 

As & first menstruum use a mixture of one hundred grams (a^»out 4-J- 



908 A COMPANION TO THE 



fluidounces) alcohol, two hundred and fifty grams (about 8-J- fluidounces) 
water, and sixty grams (about 2 avoirdupois ounces) glycerin. 

As a second menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the propor- 
tion of sixty grams (about %\ fluidounces) alcohol to every two hun- 
dred and forty grams (about 8 fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred and fifty grams (about 10 fluid- 
ounces) of the flrst menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percola- 
tor. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13|- fluidounces) of the Jirst 
percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the second menstruum 
to make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose- — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 



Scutellaria; XT. S. 

SCUTELLAKIA. 

Scutellaria! Heroa — Helmkraut, G. ; Scutellaire, F. ; Skullcap, Hoodwort, 

Madweed. 

Origin- — Scutellaria lateriflora, Linne (Labiatm). 

Habitat- — North America. 

Part used- — The flowering plant. 

Description. — A square-branched stem about fifty centimeters (20 
inches) long, smooth ; opposite leaves, about five centimeters (2 inches) 
long, oblong, pointed, with saw-toothed margin ; blue, lateral, axillary 
flowers, eight millimeters (-J- inch) long, the upper lip being helmet- 
shaped, whence the name "skullcap." Odor slight ; taste bitter. 

Other species of Scutellaria are sometimes collected and sold for 
skullcap, among which Scutellaria versicolor, Nuttall ; Scutellaria ca- 
nescens, Nuttall ; Scutellaria pilosa, Michaux ; and Scutellaria integri- 
folia, Linne. They are all hairy or downy, and all of them have the 
flowers on the top only, whereas the Scutellaria lateriflora has the 
flower-stalks in pairs in the axils. Scutellaria galericidata, Linne, is 
also gathered ; this is nearly smooth, and has axillary flowers, but its 
flowers are three times as large as those of Scutellaria lateriflora. 

Constituents. — Some bitter principle. No analysis. Scutellarin is 
an ext^,ct precipitated from a strong tincture by means of a solution of 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 909 

alum in water. It is a mixture of indefinite composition and probably 
devoid of medicinal properties. 

Properties and Uses. — It is said to be tonic, nervine, antispas- 
modic, and to have proved useful in chorea, convulsions, intermittent 
fever, etc. It is employed as a tea in restlessness, wakefulness, and 
nervous excitability. 

We are informed by a prominent dealer in domestic crude drugs 
that large quantities of Scutellaria are consumed for the purpose of ex- 
tracting its chlorophyll, which is used for coloring extracts and fluid 
extracts. 

Dose. — Five to ten grams (1 to 2^ drachms) in infusion or fluid 
extract. 

SCUTELLARIAE EXTRACTUM. 
Extract of Scutellaria. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.3 gram (1 to 5 grains) three or four times a day. 



SCUTELLARIAE EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Scutellaria. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
one hundred grams (about 4-J- fluidounces) alcohol to every two hundred 
grams (about 6f fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and seventy-five grams (about 
6-J fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical per- 
colator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13-j- fluidounces) of the first 
percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2£ fluidrachms). 



910 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Secalis Farina. 

Rye Flour. 

Origin. — Secale cereale, Linne (Graminacece). 

Description. — The flour prepared from the seed. It is yellowish- 
white, with a tinge of grayish-brown, its appearance varying according 
to the mode of grinding and the fineness. 

Constituents. — Contains about sixty per cent, starch, nine and one- 
half per cent, gluten, three and one-fourth per cent, vegetable albumen, 
eleven per cent, dextrin, and three and one-fourth per cent, sugar. Rye 
flour is, therefore, rather less nutritious than wheat, containing as it 
does a smaller proportion of nitrogenous substances. 

Uses. — It is very wholesome on account of its being somewhat 
laxative, so that the eating of rye-bread tends to correct chronic consti- 
pation. 

Rye flour is sometimes used externally, in the same manner as other 
grain flours, as a soothing application to irritated or tender surfaces. 

Senecio. 

Senecio. 

Senecionis Herba — Life Root, Squaw Weed. 

Origin. — Senecio aureus, Linne {Composite). 
Habitat.— The United States. 




Figs. 485-487. — Senooio, with leaves attached at? in crude drug, natural size; leaf, reduced; 
infloresoence, natural size. 

Part used. — The whole plant. 

Description. — See the figures. The ray-florets are yellow. The 
root has a bitter, somewhat acrid taste. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



911 



Constituents. — No analysis. 

Medicinal Uses- — As the name "squaw-weed" implies, this plant 
was used by the Indians, and after them by the laity and physicians, as 
a remedy in female complaints, amenorrhcea, dysmenorrhea, etc. It is 
diuretic. 

Best given as fluid exteact, made with diluted alcohol as a men- 
struum. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2| fluidrachms). 

Senega ; U. S. 

Senega. 
Senegce Radix. 
Origin. — Poly gala Senega, Linne (Polygalacece). 
Habitat. — The Southern States of the United States. 
Part used.— The root. 
Description. — Seethe Pharmacopoeia, page 291. The figures rep- 




FlGS. 488-500. — Senega, natural size and transverse sections, enlarged. 

resent the upper portion of a pretty large specimen of Southern Senega, 
and of transverse sections of different specimens of this root. 

A spindle-shaped, branched, somewhat tortuous root, with a thick, 
knotty crown. The crown is from four to six millimeters (-J- to £ inch) 



912 A COMPAOTON TO THE 



in diameter, and the root about ten centimeters (4 inches) long. In the 
drug the roots are pretty distinctly keeled, the keel running spirally 
from crown to apex. Externally wrinkled lengthwise, yellowish-brown 
or yellowish-gra}' • bark thick. Soaked in water the root becomes 
round and plump. Odor slight but disagreeable ; taste at first insipid, 
sweetish, afterward acrid. 

" Southern Senega " is the best. 

Spurious senega is not infrequently met with. The roots of Polygala 
JBoykinii, and other species of polygala resemble true senega. " North- 
ern Senega," although perhaps collected from the same plant as the 
" Southern Senega," contains only three per cent, polygalic acid, while 
the Southern variety yields five per cent. Northern Senega is often 
destitute of the keel, has a regular cylindrical wood, a light yellowish 
color, and is thick and large. 

We have met with other roots, probably of species of polygala, sold 
as senega, which were light yellowish, scarcely at all branched, abruptly 
tapering, without the keel, with very thin bark, and almost tasteless as 
well as inodorous. 

Constituents. — Senega contains about five per cent, of polygalic 
acid (senegin) ; also other constituents which are unimportant — among 
them a small quantity of fixed oil. Polygalic acid is soluble in water 
and in diluted alcohol. It closely resembles saponin, if it is not iden- 
tical with it, as supposed by several authorities. The medicinal proper- 
ties of the drug reside in the bark ; the wood, which constitutes the 
greater portion of the drug, being inert. 

Medicinal Uses. — Senega is a stimulant and alterative blennor- 
rhetic, acting especially on the bronchial mucous membranes. 

It is of much value in chronic bronchitis with profuse expectoration, 
and is much employed in typhoid pneumonia, etc., in combination with 
ammonia, alcohol, camphor, and other stimulants. 

Dose.— 0.5 to 1.5 gram (8 to 22 grains), in powder, or preferably in 
some one of its preparations. Average dose about 0.6 gram (10 grains), 
best given in fluid extract. 

SENEG/E ABSTRACTUM ; U. S. 

Abstract of Senega. 

Prepared in the same manner as other abstracts (see title Abstracta). 
The senega is exhausted by percolation with alcohol, and the fluid ex- 
tract obtained is mixed with milk sugar, evaporated to dryness, pow- 
dered, and its quantity adjusted by the addition of powdered milk sugar, 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 913 

so that each thirty grams (or 1 ounce) of the abstract represents sixty 
grams (or 2 ounces) of senega. 

Dose. — 0.2 to 0.75 gram (3 to 12 grains). 

SENEGA DECOCTUM. 
Decoction of Senega. 

From thirty grams (or about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 

Dose. — Fifty to seventy-five cubic centimeters (12 to 18 fluidrachms) 
several times a day. 

SENEGA EXTR ACTUM. 
Extract of Senega. 
Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twen- 
tieth part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. Yield about twenty-five per cent. 
Dose. — 0.05 to 0.20 gram (1 to 3 grains). 

SENEGJE EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM; U. S. . 
Fluid Extract of Senega. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces, use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (about 8-J- fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3^ fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred and twenty-five grams (about 8 
fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical perco- 
lator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14-J fluid- 
ounces of thejirst percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and 
then dissolve it in the first percolate. Add first ten grams (154 grains) 
water of ammonia, and afterward enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — 0.5 to 1,5 cubic centimeter (8 to 20 minims), 
58 



914 A COMPANION TO THE 

SENEGA HSTFUSUM. 
Infusion of Senega. 
From thirty grams (about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

About the same strength as the preparation of the British Pharma- 
copoeia. 

Dose. — Twenty-five to seventy-five cubic centimeters (6 to 18 flui- 
drachms). 

SENEGA SYKUPUS ; U. S. 
Syrup of Senega. 

Mix forty-five cubic centimeters (1J fluidounce) fluid extract of 
senega with seventy-five cubic centimeters (2J fluidounces) water ; add 
1.40 cubic centimeter (about 20 minims) water of ammonia, and shake 
well. Let the mixture stand a few hours ; then filter through paper, 
adding enough water through the filter to make the whole filtrate 
measure one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (4 fluidounces). To 
the filtrate add one hundred and eighty grams (6 ounces 150 grains) 
sugar, and dissolve it by agitation without the aid of heat. Strain. 

Dose. — Four to eight cubic centimeters (1 to 2 fluidrachms). 

SENEG^E SYRUPUS COMPOSITUS. 

Compound Syrup of Senega. 

Jackson's Cough Syrup. 

Mix two cubic centimeters (-J fluidrachm) each of fluid extract of 
rhubarb, fluid extract of ipecac, and fluid "extract of senega with forty- 
five cubic centimeters (1^ fluidounce) simple syrup, and finally add 
forty-five cubic centimeters (1-J- fluidounce) syrup of morphine, and 
shake the whole well together. 

Senna ; U. S. 

Senna. 

Sennas Folia — Sennesblatter, G.; Feuilles de Sene, Sene, F. ; Sen, Sp.; 

Senna, Sw. 

Origin. — Cassia acntifolia, Delile, yields Alexandria Senna ; 
Cassia elongata, Lemaire-Lisancourt, yields India Senna (Legumi- 
nosce). 

Habitat. — Africa. The India senna is cultivated in India. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



915 



Part used. — The leaves. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 291. 

Varieties. — The senna-yielding Cassias are herbaceous shrubs. 
Their leaves differ in form, size, color, and constituents. 

Alexandria Senna consists of thicker, paler, smaller leaflets than 
those composing India senna. They are grayish-green, smooth, have a 
characteristic nauseous odor and a bitterish taste, and are not as muci- 
laginous as the leaves of the other official variety. 

It is usually considerably broken, and mixed with pods, coarse stems, 
and with more or less of the leaves of Solenostemma Argel, or " argel 
leaves," which are not present in any other variety of senna. 

The argel leaves are thicker, have but one vein (the midrib), and a 
regularly shaped base. 




Fig. 501. 



Fig. 502. 



Fig. 503. 



Fig. 504. 



Fig. 505. 



Fig. 506. 



Fig. 501. — Leaflet of Cassia Acutifolia. Fig. 504. — Leaflet of Solenostemma Argel. 

Fig. 502. — Leaflet of Cassia Elongata. Fig. 505. — Leaflet of Coriaria. 

Fig. 503.— Leaflet of Cassia Obovata. Fig. 506.— Leaflet of Tephrosia. 

All natural size. 



India Senna consists of less thick but longer, larger, darker green, 
though dull, and very mucilaginous leaves, having a much less pro- 
nounced senna odor than that characteristic of the Alexandria senna. 
The India senna is much less broken than the Alexandria variety. The 
senna cultivated at Tinnevelly, in East India, is the best kind of India 
senna. It consists almost entirely of whole leaves of good, sound color, 
and is free from stems and other admixtures. 

Alexandria senna leaves, entirely free from stems and other admix- 
tures, are said to be about fifty per cent, more active than India senna. 
The Alexandria senna usually sold contains, however, one-half its weight 
or more of inert admixtures, whereas the Tinnevelly (India) senna is 
clean. 



916 A COMPANION TO THE 

Besides the Alexandria and the India sennas, which are the only 
official kinds, there are two other varieties of senna in this market, viz.: 

Tripoli Senna (from Cassia cethiopica) resembles Alexandria senna, 
but is even more broken up, and the fragments are thinner than the 
leaves of Alexandria senna. 

Mecca Senna resembles the India senna, but is broken, discolored, 
brownish-yellow. 

The forms and sizes of different varieties of senna leaves, the leaves 
of Solenostemma Argel, and also the leaves of Coriaria myrtifolia,Lmne, 
and Tephrosia appolinea, De Candolle, which have been found among 
senna, are here figured. 

Maryland Senna (from Cassia marylandica, Nectoux) was official 
in the old Pharmacopoeia (1870). Tt possesses the same properties as the 
official sennas, but in a somewhat milder degree. We have vainly en- 
deavored to obtain some of it in the market, which proves that it is not 
now used, if it ever was. 

Constituents. — The active principle is cathartic acid (or cathartin), 
the calcium and magnesium salts of which are present in the drug. The 
sennacrol and sennapicrin found in senna probably take no part in the 
medicinal activity of senna, as they are almost insoluble in water, whereas 
the cathartates of calcium and magnesium are readily soluble in that 
solvent. 

The nauseating odor and taste of senna do not belong to the active 
principle, but to some principle or principles which can be extracted by 
means of alcohol without dissolving out the cathartin. 

The activity of senna is destroyed by heat. 

Medicinal Uses. — Senna is an active, but not acrid cathartic, cer- 
tain and efficient in its action, producing copious stools in about four 
hours. Its use is not apt to be followed by subsequent constipation. 

The tendency of this remedy to produce griping may be obviated by 
combining with carminatives or aromatics. 

Senna is useful in chronic constipation, constipation in pregnancy, 
hemorrhoids, etc. If taken by a nursing woman, her milk acquires 
purgative properties. 

Dose. — Two to ten grams (30 to 150 grains) in powder, but prefer- 
ably in the form of infusion or fluid extract. 

SENILE FOLIA SPIEITU EXTRACTA. 
Alcohol- Washed Senna. 
Senna-leaves are macerated with four times their weight of alcohol 
for two days. The alcohol is then poured off and the senna allowed to 
dry. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 91 7 

The object of this process is to remove from the drug those sub- 
stances which possess its characteristic nauseous odor and taste. These 
substances are extracted by the alcohol, which does not take up any of 
the active principle of the drug (cathartic acid). 

Alcohol-washed senna is a pleasant and certain laxative. 

Dose. — Same as of plain senna. 



BENJLE CONFECTIO; U. S. 

CoXFECTIOX OF SeN"XA. 

The preparation is the same in the new Pharmacopoeia as in the old. 

Put one hundred and sixty grams (5 ounces 280 grains) cassia fistula, 
one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) tamarind, seventy grams (2 
ounces 200 grains) prune, and one hundred and twenty grams (4 ounces 
100 grains) fig in a vessel with four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters 
(15 fluidounces) water, cover it closely and digest for three hours. Then 
remove the coarser particles from the mixture by the hand, and rub the 
pulp first through a coarse hair sieve and then through a fine one, or 
through a muslin cloth. Mix the residue with one hundred and fifty 
grams (5 fluidounces) water, digest for half an hour, strain as before, 
and add the product to the pulpy liquid first obtained. Put the whole 
on a water-bath, dissolve in it five hundred grams (15 ounces 280 grains) 
sugar, and then evaporate until eight hundred and forty grams (28 
ounces) remain. Then add one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) 
senna and sixty grams (2 ounces 50 grains) coriander, both in No. 60 
powder, and incorporate thoroughly so as to obtain a uniform con- 
fection. 

This preparation may be given alone or it may be used as the vehicle 
for other more active purgatives. 

Dose. — Five to ten grams (75 to 150 grains). 



SENILE EXTRACTUM. 
Extract of Sen^a. 

May be prepared by evaporating the fluid extract until an extract of 
soft pilular consistence remains. Owing to the fact that the active 
principle of senna is destroyed by heat, the solid extract of this drug is 
nearly inert. » 

It is given in the same doses, or even in larger doses, than powdered 
senna. 



918 A COMPANION TO THE 

SEKN^E EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Senna. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30'powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
three hundred grams (about 12^ fluidounces) alcohol to every four hun- 
dred grams (about 13^- fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred grams (about 7|- fluidounces) of 
the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate 
with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13-J- fluidounces) of the first 
percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

This fluid extract cannot be made satisfactorily except by repercola- 
tion, as all heat must be avoided. When prepared by repercolation it 
is the most active preparation of senna that the physician can prescribe. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

SENNJS EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM AQUOSUM. 

Aqueous Fluid Extract of Senna is in great demand. It is ob- 
vious enough that what is aimed at is a fluid extract of senna free from 
the griping and nauseous principles extracted by an alcoholic menstruum. 
We have seen many specimens of so-called " aqueous fluid extract of 
senna." All of them possessed more or less of the active properties of 
the senna ; some were far from being free from the objectionable prop- 
erties which distinguish an alcoholic preparation of this drug ; and all 
appeared to be unlike each other. In short, there seems to be no uni- 
form method of preparing it. 

It may be set down as a fact that a fluid extract of senna made with 
water alone is an impossibility. The large quantity of mucilage in the 
drug renders its complete exhaustion by any form of percolation with 
water quite impossible. As for the extraction of the virtues of the 
senna by simple maceration and expression, it cannot be effected with- 
out obtaining a volume of liquid far in excess of the prescribed standard 
strength of a proper fluid extract. 

It is, of course, necessary to completely exhaust the drug, because 
otherwise we cannot know the strength of the resulting preparation. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 919 

If it be admitted that a partial exhaustion is sufficient, then the extract 
does not represent the whole of the drug used, nor is it practicable to 
make out even approximately what it does represent, for it does not 
even represent any portion of the drug, strictly speaking. It simply 
would represent uncertain proportions of portions of the soluble con- 
stituents of the drug treated. 

We are informed that several pharmacists prepare an " aqueous fluid 
extract of senna " by macerating cut senna in water, pouring off the 
strong infusion, and then macerating the residue with a second portion 
of water, after which the liquids are mixed and enough alcohol added 
to precipitate the gum and also to preserve the preparation. This 
method undoubtedly gives a strong infusion of senna, possessing the 
medicinal properties of the drug without the griping and nauseating 
effects ; but its strength is very far from that of a fluid extract, and ex- 
tremely uncertain and variable. Should the quantity of liquid obtained 
exceed the volume of the fluid extract to be made, the excess cannot 
be gotten rid of by evaporation without seriously impairing, if not de- 
stroying, the medicinal properties, which (in senna) will not bear heat 
at all. 

A true fluid extract of senna, of uniform and reliable strength, and 
free from the nauseating odor and taste, and the griping properties of 
the drug, can be correctly prepared only by carefully removing the 
principles to which these objectionable properties are due, and then 
preparing the fluid extract from the deodorized and purified drug. The 
resulting preparation, however, could not properly be called an aque- 
ous fluid extract of senna, but should be named 

SENILE EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM DEPURATUM. 
' Purified Fluid Extract of Senna. 

This, as seen from the observations in the preceding paragraph, is 
proposed as a rational substitute for the so-called " aqueous fluid ex- 
tracts of senna," which are notoriously variable in character and strength. 

It is prepared simply by using alcohol-washed senna (see Sennse 
Folia Spiritu Extracta) instead of the ordinary senna, otherwise pro- 
ceeding precisely as in preparing the official fluid extract of senna, 
using, however, repercolation instead of the pharmacopoeial method, in 
order to avoid the ruinous effects of heat upon the active properties of 
senna. 

This preparation, when well made, is a pure, deodorized, liquid senna 
of definite strength, and pleasant as well as certain in its effects. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 



920 A COMPANION TO THE 

SENILE INTUSUM. 

Infusion of Senna. 

From thirty-five grams (about 1£ avoirdupois ounce) of the drug 
make five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 

Dose. — About fifty to one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (1£ 
to 5 fluidounces). 

SENN^E INFUSUM COMPOSITUM ; U. S. 

Compound Infusion of Senna. 

Black Draught. 

Put into a jar thirty grams (1 ounce) senna, sixty grams (2 ounces) 
manna, sixty grams (2 ounces) sulphate of magnesium (Epsom salt), and 
ten grams (150 grains) fennel, bruised. Pour five hundred grams (17 
fluidounces) of boiling water upon the ingredients, cover the jar, and 
macerate until cool. Then strain, and add enough water through the 
strainer to make the finished infusion weigh five hundred grams (or 
measure 16 fluidounces). 

This preparation possesses the laxative properties of senna, manna, 
and Epsom salt ; but by combining these remedies with each other and 
with the carminative, the tendency to gripe is almost entirely overcome, 
and the action is, therefore, more pleasant than the action of any of the 
active remedies when taken alone. 

Dose. — Fifty to seventy-five cubic centimeters (1J to 2J fluidounces) 
every four hours until it operates. 

SENN^E INFUSUM COMPOSITUM SUECICUM. 
Swedish Compound Infusion of Senna. 

Macerate fifteen grams (J ounce) bruised coriander, thirty-five grams 
(1J ounce) bruised raisins, and seventy-five grams (2£ ounces) cut senna 
with six hundred cubic centimeters (20 fluidounces) boiling water for 
an hour. Strain. Dissolve thirty-five grams (1^ ounce) Rochelle salt, 
and one hundred and fifty grams (5 ounces) manna in the hot infusion. 
Strain again, and add enough water through the strainer to make the 
final product measure seven hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (24 
fluidounces). 

A similar infusion is used in Germany under the name of " Wiener 
Triinkchen." 

Dose. — Thirty to ninety cubic centimeters (1 to 3 fluidounces), re- 
peated if necessary. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 921 

SENN./E SPECIES LAX ANTES ST. GERMAIN. 
St. Germain Tea. 

Mix forty-five grams (1-J ounce) senna, thirty grams (1 ounce) elder- 
flowers, fifteen grams (-J- ounce) fennel, fifteen grams (-J ounce) anise, 
and fifteen grams (-§- ounce) bitartrate of potassium. 

Dose. — About one-fourth of the above in infusion. 

• 
SENK^E SYRUPUS ; U. S. 

Syrup of Senna. 

Digest one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) bruised senna in 
four hundred and eighty cubic centimeters (16 fluidounces) water at 50° 
C. (122° F.) for twenty-four hours. Express, and strain the infusion. 
Digest the residue once more with water of the same temperature as 
before, but using this time only two hundred and ten cubic centimeters 
(7 fluidounces). Again express and strain. Mix the colatures and evap- 
orate the whole to ninety cubic centimeters (3 fluidounces). Let the 
liquid cool. Mix fifteen cubic centimeters (J fluidounce) alcohol with 
about two drops oil of coriander, and add this mixture to the concen- 
trated infusion of senna. Filter, and add enough water through the 
filter to make the whole filtrate weigh one hundred and twenty grams 
(or measure about 4 fluidounces). Then add one hundred and eighty 
grams (6 ounces 150 grains) sugar, dissolve without heat, and strain. 

Practically the same preparation is more conveniently obtained by 
mixing thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) fluid extract of senna, 
one cubic centimeter (16 minims) spirit of coriander, and sixty cubic 
centimeters (2 fluidounces) simple syrup. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

SEMLE SYEUPUS MANNATUS. 

Syrup of Senna and Manna. 

Infuse thirty grams (1 ounce) senna, three grams (46 grains) fennel, 
three grams coriander, and forty-five grams (1-J- ounce) manna with 
one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (5 fluidounces) hot water 
for two hours. Strain and add enough hot water through the strainer 
to make the total colature measure one hundred and fifty cubic centi- 
meters (5 fluidounces). Set this aside to settle, and then decant the 
clear liquid and filter the remainder, adding enough water through the 
filter to obtain one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (5 fluidounces) 
filtrate. Dissolve one hundred and eighty grains (6 ounces 150 grains) 



922 



A COMPANION TO THE 



sugar in the filtrate, without the aid of heat. Strain. Add enough 
simple syrup to make the final product measure three hundred cubic 
centimeters (10 fluidounces). 

Dose. — Five to thirty cubic centimeters (1 to 8 fluidrachms). 



Silk, 



pape 



Serica. 

Tissues. 
r, or some other thin material saturated with some med- 



cament for external application is called sericum. 

Serpentaria ; U. S. 

Serpent aria. 
Serpentarice Radix — Snake Root, Virginia Snake Root. 

Origin. — Aristolochia Serpentaria, Linne, and Aristolochia reticu- 
lata, Nuttall (Aristolochiaceoe). 

Part used. — The rhizome and rootlets. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 292. Should be clean 




c— © 




Pig. 507. — Serpentaria, whole, after being 
soaked in water. 



Figs. 508-512.— Serpentaria. a, trans- 
verse sections of rhizome, natural size and 
enlarged ; b, longitudinal section of soaked 
rhizome, natural size ; c, transverse sec- 
tions of rootlet, natural size and enlarged. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 923 

and have a good serpentaria odor and taste, which remind of camphor 
and turpentine. 

Serpentaria resembles spigelia somewhat in general appearance. 
Serpentaria is, however, brown, while spigelia is nearly black externally. 

Constituents. — Volatile oil and resin ; also a bitter substance 
(aristolochin) , soluble in water and in alcohol. 

Medicinal Uses. — Serpentaria is a stimulant remedy often em- 
ployed in typhus and typhoid fever 's, and in typhoid conditions generally. 

It is much used in typhoid pneumonia, in low forms of diphtheria, 
eruptive fevers, etc., and may advantageously be combined with other 
stimulants, as carbonate of ammonia, camphor, ether, alcohol, or cin- 
chona. 

Dose. — Two to four grams (30 to 60 grains) ; best given in fluid 
extract. 

SERPENT ARLE EXTRACT UM FLUIDUM ; U.S. 
Fluid Extract of Serpentaria. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
three hundred grams (about 12J fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3-^- fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and fifty grams (about 6 fluid- 
ounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. 
Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four. hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (15 J fluidounces) of 
the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — Two to four cubic centimeters (30 to 60 minims). 

SERPENTARIJE INFUSUM. 

Infusion of Serpentaria. 

From twenty grams (about §- avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 

Dose. — Twenty-five to fifty cubic centimeters (6 to 12 fluidrachms) 
every two or three hours. 



924 A COMPANION TO THE 

SERPENTARLE TIJSTCTURA ; U. S. 

TlNCTURE OF SERPENTARIA. 

Percolate thirty grams (1 ounce) serpentaria, in No. 40 powder, 
with diluted alcohol, after twenty-four hours' maceration with that 
menstruum, until three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) 
tincture has been obtained. 

The pbarmacopoeial menstruum is too weak ; it should be alcohol in- 
stead of diluted alcohol. 

This preparation is reduced in strength so as to be one-third weaker 
than the preparation of the old pharmacopoeia. 

Dose. — Two to ten cubic centimeters (J to 2J fluidrachms) repeated 
as required. 

Sesami Oleum ; IT. S. 

Oil, of Sesamum. 
Sesamol, G. ; Huile de Sesame, F. ; Sesamolja, Sw. ; Oil of JBenne. 

Origin. — Sesamum indicum, Linne (Pedaliaceoe) . 

Part used. — The fixed oil expressed from the seeds. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 243. 

Sesamum oil is quite bland, very nearly odorless, and rich in oiein. 
It keeps better than olive oil. It is said to possess emmenagogue prop- 
erties, but it is rarely used internally. Its chief use is as a hair oil. 

Sevum; U. S. 

Suet. 

Sebum Ovillum — Talg, Hammeltalg , G. ; Suif, F.; Sebo, Sp.; Fartalg, 

Sw. ; Mutton-Suet. 

Origin. — Ovis Aries, Linne (Mammalia). 

Part used. — The internal abdominal fat, purified by melting and 
straining (" rendering"). 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 292. 

Must be clean, white, fresh, and well rendered. Rancid suet is ex- 
pressly prohibited for pharmacopceial uses, because it is irritating. 
Mutton-suet, the only kind to be used in pharmacy, is more firm (con- 
taining less olein) than beef-suet, and is also whiter. It rapidly turns 
rancid, especially if any water was allowed to remain with it when 
rendered. All membranes, blood, etc., must be entirely absent in good 
suet. Winter suet is best. 

Used in ointments and cerates. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 925 

Simaruba. 

SlMARUBA. 

Simarubce JRadicis Cortex — JRuhrrinde, G. ; Simaruba JBarJc. 

Origin. — Simaruba officinalis, De Candolle, and Simaruba medi- 
cinalis, Endlicher (Simarubacece). 

Habitat. — South America and the West Indies. 

Part used. — The bark of the root. 

Description. — Troughs, or rarely quills, several feet long, three to 
ten centimeters (1 to 4 inches) wide, and three to six millimeters (-J to £ 
inch) thick ; externally rough with a yellowish-brown suber ; inner sur- 
face lighter ; tough ; odorless ; intensely and persistently bitter. 

Constituents. — Volatile oil and resin in very small quantities ; a 
bitter substance said to be identical with the quassin in quassia. 

Medicinal Uses. — Bitter tonic. Often used in diarrhoeas and dys- 
enteries, in which diseases it is often of marked value, especially when 
they are due to an atonic condition of the intestines. 

In large doses its action resembles that of ipecac, causing vomiting 
and purging, and it is not unlikely that its beneficial action in dysentery 
is similar to that of ipecac in the same affection. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains) ; best given as fluid 
extract made with diluted alcohol as a menstruum. 

Sinapis Alba ; U. S. 

White Mustard. 

Sinapis Albm Semina — Weisser Senf, G. ; Moutarde blanche, F. ; Mos- 
taza blanca, Sp. ; Hmt Senap, Qui Senap, Sw. ; White Mustard 
Seed, Yellow Mustard Seed. 

Origin. — Sinapis alba, Linne (Cruciferw). 

Habitat. — Cultivated. Very handsome white mustard is grown in 
California. 

Part used. — The seeds. 

Description.— See the Pharmacopoeia, page 292. 

Constituents. — About twenty to twenty-five per cent, yellowish, 
bland, fixed oil, a proteid called myrosin, and sinalbin. Mustard con- 
tains no starch. No volatile oil exists in the seeds ; but when the 
ground mustard is mixed with water the sinalbin is broken up (through 
the action of the myrosin) and the so-called volatile oil of mustard is 
then formed. . 



926 A COMPANION TO THE 

As heat and alcohol coagulate the myrosin, mustard should not be 
mixed with hot water, nor with spirit. 

White mustard is inodorous, even when powdered and mixed with 
water ; but it has a sharp, acrid taste. 

Used mainly as a condiment. 

Sinapis Nigra ; U. S. 

Black Mustard. 

Sinapis JVigrce Semina — Schwarzer Sen/, G. ; Moutarde noire, F.; 
Mostaza negra, Sp. ; Svart Senap, Sw. ; Black Mustard Seed. 

Origin. — Sinapis nigra, Linne (Cruciferw). 

Habitat. — Cultivated. Trieste black mustard is usually very hand- 
some. 

Part used. — The seeds. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 292. Only half as 




Figs. 513-516. — Black Mustard Seed, a, enlarged ; &, natural size ; c, transverse section, 
enlarged ; d and e, embryo, enlarged, shown from different sides. 

large as the white mustard seeds. When ground and moist the black 
mustard emits an extremely irritating and offensive odor. 

The most pungent and acrid mustard plaster is made from black 
mustard ; but the best table mustard is obtained from white mustard 
and black mustard mixed. 

Constituents. — Fixed oil, about twenty-five per cent.; sinigrin ; 
and myrosin. No starch and no volatile oil. When moistened, the 
black mustard at once emits a strong irritant odor, from volatile oil of 
mustard formed from the sinigrin through the influence of the myrosin 
in the presence of the water. 

Medicinal Uses. — Aromatic stimulant when given internally. In 
large doses, emetic. Rubefacient externally. 

Dose. — As an emetic, eight to fifteen grams (£ to i ounce). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 927 

SINAPIS BALNEUM. 
Mustard Bath. 

This is made by filling a tub with warm (not hot) water to the de- 
sired depth, and, having tied a few ounces of powdered black mustard 
in a small bag of muslin or a handkerchief, alternately soaking and 
expressing the mustard in the water until the latter is well charged 
with its pungency. The patient is then placed in the bath and the 
skin is briskly rubbed with the bag of mustard, which is used like 
a sponge. When the skin is well reddened the patient is taken from 
the bath, rapidly drie*d, and laid in bed out of the way of any draught 
of air. The above method of using the mustard bath is much to be 
preferred to throwing the loose mustard in the water, as in the latter 
case it is very difficult to clean the skin of the patient, and each parti- 
cle adhering to the skin keeps up a smarting like the pricking of a 
needle, thus preventing the patient from finding rest and sleep. 

While cold water would better develop the rubefacient qualities of 
mustard, yet the cold bath is usually not well borne when the mustard 
bath is indicated. 

The mustard bath is a remedy of great value in many of the dis- 
eases of childhood, especially if there is cerebral irritation and convul- 
sions threaten or actually occur. It is soothing, quieting, and very 
useful in high fevers, convulsions, and restlessness or sleeplessness from 
any cause. It is often preferable to the internal administration of ano- 
dynes or soporifics, as it has no evil after-effects. Of course other treat- 
ment may have to accompany its use, except, perhaps, when it is used 
as a cure for sleeplessness. 

SIN APIS CAT^ PLASMA. 

Mustard Poultice. 
Mustard Plaster. 

Mix ground black mustard with enough cold water to give the mix- 
ture the proper consistence. 

A milder mustard poultice may be made by mixing sixty grams (2 
ounces) ground flaxseed with two hundred and forty cubic centimeters (8 
fluidounces) boiling water, allowing this poultice to become almost cold, 
and then incorporating sixty grams (2 ounces) ground black mustard. 

Vinegar should not be used in making mustard plasters, nor should 
hot water be employed, as both prevent the formation of the volatile oil, 
which is the essential constituent of the plaster or poultice. 

The poultice should be spread between two thicknesses of thin mus- 
lin, to facilitate its removal after its effects have been produced. 



928 A COMPANION TO THE 

SIN APIS CHAKTA ; U. S. 
Mustard Paper. 

Pack a convenient quantity of black mustard (No. 60 powder) into 
a percolator and exhaust it by percolation with benzin until the liquid 
passing through ceases to make permanent grease spots on blotting- 
paper. Then take the mustard out of the percolator and dry it. When 
dry mix it with a sufficient quantity of solution of gutta-percha to form 
a semi-liquid mixture. Paint this on suitable pieces of stiff, well-sized 
paper, on one side only, with a brush, so as to cover the surface well. 
Then let it dry. The mustard mixture or varnish should be used so 
that each 6.5 square centimeters (or 1 square inch) of the finished mus- 
tard paper contains about forty centigrams (6 grains) of the black 
mustard. A piece 10 by 12.50 centimeters (4 by 5 inches) would thus 
require eight grams (120 grains) of mustard, and to make ten such 
pieces would require about ninety grams (or 3 ounces) powdered black 
mustard, allowing for waste. 

The object of the exhaustion of the mustard with benzin is to re- 
move the fixed oil. 

This preparation is an improvement on that of the pharmacopoeia of 
1870. 

It is used as a counter-irritant and is a cleanly substitute for the 
mustard poultice. When it is to be used it must be dipped into cold 
or moderately warm water. 

Sinapis Oleum. 

Oil of Mustard Seed. 
Sinapis Oleum Expressum. 

A pale yellow, bland, fixed oil, expressed from white mustard seed ; 
odorless ; tasteless. Keeps well, being less liable to become rancid than 
many other fixed oils. 

It is used in large quantities both alone and as an adulterant of 
olive oil. 

Sinapis Oleum Volatile ; IT. S. 

Volatile Oil of Mustard. 

Sinapis JEther oleum — Aetherisches Senfol, G.; Essence de moutarde, 
F. ; Flyktig Senapsolja y AUyl-sulphocyanide, Rhodan-allyl 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 243. 
Must be handled carefully as it is extremely acrid. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 929 

SIN APIS LINIMEKTUM CQMPOSITUM ; U. S. 
Compound Mustard Liniment. 

Dissolve six grams (92 grains) extract of mezereum and eighteen 
grams (278 grains) camphor in two hundred and forty cubic centimeters 
(8 fluidounces) alcohol. Then add nine grams (140 grains) volatile oil 
of mustard, and forty-five grams (1-J- ounce) castor oil, and finally enough 
alcohol to make the whole weigh three hundred grams (10 ounces 255 
grains, measuring about 12 fluidounces). 

New to the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. It has long been official in the 
British Pharmacopoeia. 

Rubefacient, counter-irritant, stimulant ; used in chronic rheuma- 
tism, etc. 

SINAPIS SPIKITUS. 

Spirit of Mustard. 

Mix five grams (77 grains) volatile oil of mustard and two hundred 
and fifty grams (8 ounces 358 grains, or about 10-^ fluidounces) alcohol. 

Bibulous paper saturated with this spirit is sometimes used exter- 
nally instead of a mustard poultice. 

Sodium. 

Sodium. 
Natrium. 

Occurs in large quantities in combination with chlorine as common 
salt — sodium chloride. 

The metal is obtained in the same manner as potassium — by distil- 
ling a mixture of the carbonate with carbon. 

Sodium resembles potassium very much ; but does not oxidize so 
readily. Its affinity for oxygen is, however, sufficiently great to neces- 
sitate its being kept in petroleum. (See Potassium.) 

The salts of sodium are generally colorless or white, and, with very 
few exceptions, readily soluble in water. They frequently contain water 
of crystallization, and many of them effloresce when exposed to the air. 

Soda; U. S. 

Soda. 
Sodicus Hydras — Sodium Hydrate ; Natricus Hydras, Natrum Caus- 
ticum, Natron — Aetznatron, G. ; Sonde caustique, F. ; Sosa caustica, 
Sp. ; Kaustiht Natron, Sw. ; Caustic Soda. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 293. 
Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of potassa. 
59 



930 A COMPANION TO THE 



SODJE LIQITOK; U. S. 

Solution of Soda. 

Solutio Sodici Hydratis — Solution of Sodic Hydrate ; Liquor Natri 
Caicstici, Solutio Hydratis JVatrici — Aetznatronlauge, G. ; Sonde 
caustique liquide, F. ; Solucion de sosa Caustica, Lejia del Jabonero, 
Sp.; Natronlut, Sw. 

Dissolve one hundred and eighty grams (6 ounces 150 grains) so- 
dium carbonate in four hundred cubic centimeters (13£ fluidounces) of 
boiling distilled water. Slake sixty grams (2 ounces) lime with four 
hundred cubic centimeters distilled water, and heat to boiling. Then 
add the solution of sodium carbonate to the milk of lime, and continue 
boiling ten minutes. Then take the vessel from the source of heat, 
cover it, and when the liquid is cool add enough distilled water to make 
the whole weigh one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains). Strain, 
or after settling draw off the clear solution with a siphon. 

Solution of soda can also be made by dissolving fifty-six grams (1 
ounce 427 grains) caustic soda in nine hundred and forty-four grams 
(32 fluidounces) distilled water, and filtering the solution through white 
filtering-paper. 

Must be kept in well-closed bottles, the corks being dipped in melted 
paraffin, or in glass-stoppered bottles, the stoppers of which have been 
rubbed over with petrolatum to keep them from sticking fast. 

Description- — Clear, colorless, inodorous, acrid, caustic, strongly 
alkaline. Specific gravity 1.059, corresponding to rather more than 8° 
Baume. It contains five per cent, of sodium hydrate. 

Medicinal Uses. — Very rarely employed internally. Sometimes 
given in the " alkaline treatment " of rheumatism. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims), largely diluted 
with flavored water. 

Sodii Acetas ; U. S. 

Acetate of Sodium. 

Sodicus Acetas — Sodium Acetate / UJssigsaures Natron, G. ; Acetate de 
soude, F. ; Acetato de sosa, Sp. ; Attiksyradt Natron, Sw. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 293. 
Must be kept in well-corked bottles to prevent loss of acetic acid. 
Ought also to be put in a cool place. 

Medicinal Uses. — Diuretic and antacid. Seldom employed. 
Dose. — Two to eight grams (30 to 120 grains) in solution. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 931 

Sodii Arsenias ; U. S. 

Arseniate of Sodium. 
See " Arsenias Sodii," page 185. 

SODII AESENIATIS LIQUOR ; U. S. 

Solution of Aeseniate of Sodium. 
See " Arseniatis Sodii Liquor," page 185. 

Sodii Benzoas ; XT. S. 

Benzoate of Sodium. 
Sodicus Benzoas — Sodium Benzoate. 

Description and Tests- — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 294. 

Only sodium benzoate prepared with true (natural) benzoic acid from 
benzoin is to be used. That made from artificial (so-called "German") 
benzoic acid is not officially recognized as fit for medicinal use. 

Not in the old Pharmacopoeia (1870). 

The lithium benzoate is more effective ; but also more expensive. 

Medicinal Uses. — Those of benzoic acid. 

Dose. — One to eight grams (15 to 120 grains) during the day. 

Sodii Bicarbonas ; U. S. 

Bicarbonate of Sodium. 

Sodicus Bicarbonas — Sodium Bicarbonate ; Natrum Bicarbonicum, 
Natrum Carbonicum Acidulum — Doppelkohlensaures Natron, G.; 
Bicarbonate de Soude, Sel de Vichy, F. ; Bicarbonato de Sosa, Sp. ; 
Surt Kolsyradt Natron, Tvafaldt Kolsyradt Natron, Sw. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 295. 

Must be perfectly white and give a clear solution with distilled 
water. 

Medicinal Uses. — Antacid. Often given in heartburn to neutral- 
ize the excess of acid in the stomach. Its action in such cases is merely 
palliative, as it does not reduce the secretion of gastric juice. 

Given before meals it aids digestion by stimulating the secretion of 
gastric juice. 

It may be given to render the urine alkaline, and whenever the use 
of an antacid is indicated. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains). 



932 A COMPANION TO THE 



SAL VICHY EFFEBVESCENS. 
Effervescent Vichy Salt. 

Mix thoroughly eighty grams (2 ounces 360 grains) sugar, one hun- 
dred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) citric acid, one hundred and forty 
grams (4 ounces 410 grains) bicarbonate of sodium, fifteen grams (230 
grains) carbonate of magnesium, nineteen grams (300 grains) carbonate 
of calcium, thirty grams (1 ounce) chloride of sodium, thirty grams 
sulphate of sodium, and twelve grams (180 grains) saccharated car- 
bonate of iron, adding sufficient absolute alcohol to moisten the mass 
well. Pass the moist mixture through a No. 6 sieve ; then separate 
the finer portions by means of a No. 20 sieve. Dry the coarsely granu- 
lated salt which remains after the separation of the fine, using a heat 
not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.). 

Used as a substitute for the natural Vichy water, which is an 
alkaline water much used in some forms of kidney and bladder affec- 
tions. 

Dose. — A teaspoonful dissolved in a glass of water and taken dur- 
ing effervescence. 

SODII BICABBONATIS TROCHISCI ; U. S. 
Troches of Bicarbonate of Sodium. 

Mix thoroughly 19.50 grams (300 grains) bicarbonate of sodium, 
58.50 grams (900 grains) finely powdered sugar, and one gram (15 
grains) finely powdered nutmeg ; then add a sufficient quantity of 
mucilage of tragacanth, and form a mass of proper consistence. Divide 
it into one hundred troches. 

These troches are identical with those of the old Pharmacopoeia 
(1870). 

Sodii Bicarbonas Venalis ; U. S. 

Commercial Bicarbonate of Sodium. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, p. 295. 

Differs from the pure bicarbonate of sodium in that it is allowed to 
contain small quantities of chloride, sulphate, and carbonate of sodium. 
At least ninety-five hundredths of this salt must be pure sodium bi- 
carbonate, and it must be of a pure white color and give a clear solu- 
tion with distilled water. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 933 

Sodii Bisulphis ; U. S. 

Bisulphite of Sodium. 
Sodicus Bisulphis — Sodium Bisulphite. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 295. 

As this salt dissolves in only four times its weight of water, it is to 
be preferred to the sulphite of calcium, which is frequently prescribed, 
but which is very difficult to dissolve. Both are used only on account 
of the sulphurous acid contained in them, which is liberated to a 
greater or less extent in the body. (See also Magnesii Sulphis.) 

New to the Pharmacopoeia. 

Medicinal Uses. — Like other sulphites this preparation is anti- 
septic. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 grams (8 to 30 grains). 

Sodii Boras ; U. S. 

Borate of Sodium. 

Sodicus Boras — Sodium Borate ; Natrum Biboricum, Biboras Natri- 
cics, Sodce Biboras — Borsaures Natron, G.; Borate de Soude, F.; 
Borato sodico, Borraj, Sp. ; Borsyradt Natron, Sw. ; Borax. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 296. 

Borax dissolves so slowly in water that it should always be used in 
the form of powder for solutions. 

Medicinal Uses. — It is used as an antacid in cases of uric acid 
deposits or concretions in the bladder. On account of the boric acid 
which it contains it is also antiseptic, and is employed in solution as 
a mouth-wash in aphthce or thrush, or the powder may be used as a 
dressing to foul ulcers, or blown into the external meatus in otorrhoea, etc. 

It destroys bacteria and other low organisms, and is used as a pre- 
servative in curing meats and preserving pathological specimens, for 
which purposes, however, the boric acid is far more efficient. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains). 

Sodii Bromidum; U. S, 

Bromide of Sodium. 

Sodicum Bromidum — Sodium Bromide. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 296. 
Not heretofore official. 

Medicinal Uses. — Same as those of bromide of potassium. 
Dose. — One to five grams (15 to 75 grains), three to six times a day. 



934 A COMPANION TO THE 

SOLUTION FOE DISPENSING PUKPOSES. 

Dissolve two hundred grams (7 ounces 24 grains avoirdupois) of the 
sodium bromide in enough distilled water to make the finished solution 
measure four hundred cubic centimeters (13|- fluid ounces). Filter. 

Each cubic centimeter of the solution contains one-half gram of the 
salt ; one hundred and five minims contains fifty grains. 

Sodii Carbonas ; IT. S. 

Carbonate of Sodium. 
Sodicus Carbonas — Sodium Carbonate. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 297. 

The official preparation is a good clean grade of the " sal soda " of 
commerce. 

Sal soda is most readily soluble in water at about 38° C. (100.4° F.). 

A solution which is saturated at that temperature will deposit crys- 
tals above or below that degree. 

Sodium carbonate is soluble in about an equal weight of glycerin. 

For many pharmaceutical uses it is necessary to have a purer sodium 
carbonate than the commercial article. Re-crystallization will yield a 
much purer salt ; but it is extremely difficult to get rid of all the sul- 
phate which contaminates it. 

A ten per cent, solution of sodium carbonate has the specific gravity 
1.1076. 

Used to prepare other preparations of sodium. 

SODII CARBONAS EXSICCATUS ; U. S. 

Dried Carbonate op Sodium. 

Sodicus Carbonas Exsiccatus — Dried Sodium Carbonate. 

Preparation. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 297. 

The process is tedious ; yet it is necessary to allow the crushed crys- 
tals to effloresce in the air for several days before exposing the salt to a 
higher heat, because if the crystals are allowed to liquefy (dissolve in the 
water of crystallization) the subsequent drying will be very difficult. 

One gram dried carbonate of sodium is equal to two grams of the 
crystallized carbonate of sodium. 

Medicinal Uses. — Antacid. Seldom given internally. 

This medicine is occasionally given in the form of pills, but it is too 
irritant to be used in this manner and is apt to do harm. As this prepa- 
ration is, or should be, only used in dilution, it offers no advantage over 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 935 

the common carbonate of sodium, and should have been dropped from 
the Pharmacopoeia. 

Dose- — 0.5 to 1 gram (8 to 15 grains) largely diluted. 

Sodii Chloras ; IT. S. 

Chlorate of Sodium. 

Sodicus Chloras — Sodium Chlorate ; Natrum Chloricum, Chloras Na- 
tricus — Chlorsaures Natron, G. ; Chlorate de Sonde, F. ; Chlorato de 
Sosa, Sp. ; Klorsyradt Natron, Sw. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 298. 

At ordinary temperatures thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) 
water will hold in solution thirty grams (1 ounce 25^ grains) sodium 
chlorate. A twenty-five per cent, solution has the specific gravity 1.20 
at 20° C. (68° F.). 

Sodium chlorate is sixteen times as soluble as potassium chlorate, of 
which one avoirdupois ounce requires one pint of water for its solution 
at ordinary room temperature. 

New to the Pharmacopoeia. 

Medicinal Uses. — Same as of chlorate of potassium. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 1 gram (8 to 15 grains). 

Sodii Chloridum ; IT. S. 

Sodium Chloride. 

Sodieum Chloridum — Sodium Chloride ; Chloretum Natricum, Natrium 
Chloratu?n, Sal Culinare, Sal Commune, Sal Atticum — Chlorna- 
trium, Kochsaltz, G.; Chlorure de Sodium, Sel commun, F.; Chlo- 
ruro Sodieo, Sal comun, Sp. ; Klomatrium, Kohsalt, Sw. ; Common 
Salt, Kitche?i Salt, Table Salt. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 298. Pure 
sodium chloride is prescribed, as seen by the tests. Must be dry, odor- 
less, give a perfectly clear solution with distilled water, and have a pure 
salt taste free from bitterness. It does not dissolve any better or faster 
in hot than in cold water. A mixture of eight pounds common salt 
with twenty-five pounds snow will make a freezing mixture capable of 
lowering the temperature to —21° C. ( — 5°.8 F.). A ten per cent, solu- 
tion of chloride of sodium has the specific gravity 1.07335 ; a twenty 
per cent, solution the specific gravity 1.15107 ; a twenty-five per cent, 
solution, 1.19228 ; and a twenty-six per cent, solution has the specific 
gravity 1.20098. (Gerlach.) 



936 A COMPANION TO THE 



One liter water (34 fluidounces) is capable of dissolving three hun- 
dred and fifty grams (12 ounces 150 grains) chloride of sodium. 

Uses. — It is a common and important article of diet, being either 
contained in many articles of food or added as a condiment. Its use is 
essential to health, if not to life. Seldom employed medicinally. In 
solution it is given as an antidote in poisoning with nitrate of silver. 
A teaspoonful of dry salt is often beneficial in checking hemorrhage 
from the lungs. 

Half an ounce of salt in copious draughts of warm water forms an 
effective emetic when other emetics are not at hand. 

Baths in salt water may prove valuable cutaneous stimulants in some 
forms of cachexia, especially if accompanied by a dry and inactive con- 
dition of the skin. 

Sodii Citras. 

Citrate of Sodium. 

A white salt of a pure saline taste, and readily soluble in water. It 
is used chiefly in the form of solution for pharmaceutical purposes. 
Taken internally it is a saline purgative, the dose being thirty to sixty 
grams (1 to 2 ounces). 

SODII CITRATIS LIQUOR. 

Solution of Citrate of Sodium. 

Dissolve sixty grams (2 ounces 50 grains) citric and enough carbo- 
nate of sodium to produce a neutral reaction in a sufficient quantity of 
water to make the final product measure one hundred and eighty cubic 
centimeters (6 fluidounces). It will require from one hundred to one 
hundred and twenty grams carbonate of sodium. 

POTIO EIYEEI; G. 

Dissolve eight grams (124 grains) citric acid in three hundred and 
eighty grams (nearly 13 fluidounces) of disti^ed water, and then add 
gradually eighteen grams (278 grains) carbonate of sodium in crystals. 
As soon as it is dissolved filter it through a loose plug of absorbent cot- 
ton, and bottle at once. 

Must be freshly prepared whenever wanted for use. 

This preparation is about one-third the strength of the official solu- 
tion of citrate of potassium. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of solution of citrate of potas- 
sium. 

Dose. — Thirty to sixty cubic centimeters (1 to 2 fluidounces).. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 937 

Sodii et Potassii Tartras. 

Tartrate of Sodium a:s t d Potassium. 
Will be found under the title "Potassii et Sodii Tartras." 

Sodii Hy pop ho splii s ; 17. S. 

Htpophosphite of Sodium. 
So die us Hyp ophosphis — So dium Hyp ophosph tie. 
Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 299. 
Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of other hypophosphites, and 
of phosphates and phosphites. The virtues of the preparation are sup- 
posed to depend on the phosphorus which it contains. 
Dose. — 0.5 to 1.5 gram (10 to 20 grains). 

Sodii HyposulpMs ; U. S, 

Hyposulphite of Sodium. 
Sodicus HyposulpMs — Sodium Hyposulphite. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 299. 

Must consist of clear, clean, colorless crystals. 

The commercial salt is frequently quite impure. 

A ten per cent, solution has the specific gravity 1.0529 ; a twenty- 
five per cent, solution, 1.1381 ; and a fifty per cent, solution, 1.2954. 

It is employed in large quantities in photography, and is generally 
known in the trade as " hypo." 

Medicinal Uses. — Powerfully antiseptic. On account of its prop- 
erty of destroying lower organisms it is given internally in septic or 
zymotic diseases, scarlatina, diphtheria, pycemia, sarcina ventriculi, etc.; 
externally, in solution, as a wash to destroy vegetable or animal para- 
sites which oive rise to cutaneous diseases. 

o 

In combination with aconite it is often given in tonsillitis and mumps 
to limit inflammation and prevent suppuration. For the latter purpose 
it is also given in any case of threatened or actually occurring suppura- 
tion. 

Dose. — One gram (15 grains). 

SODII HYPOSULPHITIS LOTIO. 

A very good antiseptic lotion for cosmetic and other uses is made by 
dissolving sixty grams (2 ounces) hyposulphite of sodium and three 
grams (15 grains) pure carbolic acid in one hundred and fifty cubic cen- 
timeters (5 fluidounces) glycerin, and then adding one hundred and fifty 
cubic centimeters (5 fluidounces) rose-water. 



938 A COMPANION TO THE 

Sodii Iodidum ; U. S. 

Iodide of Sodium. 
Sodicum Iodidum — Sodium Iodide; Natrium Iodatum, Iodetum 

Natricum. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 300. 

New to the Pharmacopoaia. 

Medicinal Uses. — Same as of iodide of potassium. 

Dose- — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains) several times a day. 

Sodii Nitras : U. S. 

Nitrate of Sodium. 
Sodicus Nitras — Sodium Nitrate. 
Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 300. 
Medicinal Uses. — Slightly laxative. Has been recommended as a 
remedy in dysentery, but it is very rarely employed. 

Its solution has been used as a spray to dissolve croupous or diph- 
theritic membranes, but with questionable results. 

Dose. — Fifteen to sixty grams (-J to 2 ounces) during the day. 

Sodii Pliosplias: U. S. 

Phosphate of Sodium. 
Sodicus Pliosphas — Sodium Phosphate. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 301. 

Yields, when strongly heated, a little over thirty-seven per cent, 
pyrophosphate of sodium. 

Should consist of clear (not effloresced) crystals. 

Medicinal Uses. — Mild saline purgative. Useful in that form of 
derangement of the intestinal secretions resulting in offensive greenish 
discharges. Also used as an antacid, and, like other phosphates, with a 
view of obtaining the nervine effects of the phosphorus. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.5 gram (2 to 8 grains) for children, best given in 
milk ; to thirty grams (1 ounce) for adults, 

Sodii Pyrophosphas ; U. S. 

Pyrophosphate of Sodium. 
Sodicus Pyrophosphate — Sodium Pyrophosphate. 
Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 301. Ob- 
tained from phosphate of sodium by heating. 

Not in the old Pharmacopoeia. Used only for making other pyro- 
phosphates, especially the pyrophosphate of iron. 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 939 



Sodii Salicylas ; U. S. 

Salicylate of Sodium. 
Sodieus Salicylas — Sodium Salicylate. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, pages 301 and 
302. 

Is frequently of a dirty grayish color. Should be very nearly or 
quite white, and have an almost neutral reaction. 

New to the Pharmacopoeia. 

Medicinal Uses. — Those of salicylic acid. This salt is better tol- 
erated by the stomach than is the acid. 

Dose. — 0.3 to 2 grams (5 to 30 grains), several times a day. 

Sodii Silicatis Liquor ; U. S. 

Solution of Silicate of Sodium. 
Water Glass. 

A clear, colorless, or pale yellowish, syrupy liquid, which is odorless, 
but has a sharp salty taste and alkaline reaction. Specific gravity from 
1.30 to 1.40, corresponding to from 34° to 42° Baume. 

Must not be caustic to the skin. Should be kept in well-corked 
bottles. 

Used in preparing surgical dressings, by applying to bandages. It 
is lighter than plaster-of-Paris dressings. 

Sodii Sulphas ; U. S. 

Sulphate of Sodium. 
Sodieus Sulphas — Sodium Sulphate ; Scd Glauberi — Glauber's Salt. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 302. 

Must be kept in a cool place. 

Medicinal Uses. — An active purgative, formerly much used in 
some forms of gastric and hepatic troubles, especially if of a catarrhal 
nature. 

Dose. — Fifteen to thirty grams (^ to 1 ounce), in solution, flavored 
with syrup of citric acid to moderate its bitterness. 

SAL OAELSBADENSE FACTITIUM ; Sw. 

Carlsbad Salt. 

Artificial Carlsbad salt is very extensively used in Europe. It is 
made by mixing thirty grams (1 ounce) chloride of sodium, ninety 



940 A COMPANION TO THE 






grams (3 ounces) bicarbonate of sodium, and three hundred grams (10 
ounces) sulphate of sodium. All these ingredients must be very thor- 
oughly dried and powdered before being mixed. 

Should be kept in a well-corked bottle. 

Dose. — Teaspoonful in a glass of water. 

Sodii Sulphis; U. S. 

Sulphite of Sodium. 
Sodicus Sulphis — Sodium Sulphite. 
Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 303. 
Medicinal Uses- — Same as of the hyposulphite. 
Dose. — One to five grams (15 to 75 grains). 

Sodii Sulphocarbolas ; U. S. 

SuLPHOCARBOLATE OF SODIUM. 

Sodicus Sulphocarbolas — Sodium Sidptho-carbolate. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 303. 

Medicinal Uses. — Emj}loyed internally for the same purposes as 
carbolic acid. Its action is weaker and less reliable than that of the 
acid, but it is less irritating. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains). 

Sodii Tartras. 

Tartrate of Sodium. 
Sodicus Tartras — Sodium Tartrate. 
A preparation of sodium tartrate is in general use under the name of 

SODA POWDEES. 

Each soda powder consists of two parts, one being two grams (30 
grains) bicarbonate of sodium put up in a blue paper, and the other 1.G0 
gram (25 grains) powdered tartaric acid in a white paper. 

When used the two papers are emptied into a half tumblerful of 
water, the mixture is stirred hastily and then taken at once. 

The preparation was official in the old Pharmacopoeia (1870) under 
the title of " Pulveres Effervescentes." 

Medicinal Uses. — Antacid. Used like Seidlitz powders. The 
carbonic acid which is swallowed during the effervescence of the solu- 
tion acts as a sedative to the stomach and allavs nausea and vomiting. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 941 

Solidag'o. 

SOLIDAGO. 

Solidaginis Herha — Golden Rod. 

Origin. — Solidago odora, Aiton {Composite®). 

Habitat. — North America. 
. Parts used. — Leaves and flowering tops. 

Description. — The leaves are three to five centimeters (1 to 2 
inches) long-, entire, sessile, smooth, lanceolate, acute, pellucid-punctate ; 
the flower-heads are numerous, small, in one-sided racemes ; florets yel- 
low, with a bristly down ; odor and taste aromatic, sweet, reminding of 
anise. 

Constituent. — Volatile oil 

Medicinal Uses. — Slightly stimulant and carminative. Copious 
draughts of warm infusion produce diaphoresis, on account of the warm 
water taken. 

The fluid extract is often used as a flavoring excipient. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains) best given in fluid ex- 
tract made with diluted alcohol as a menstruum. 

SOLIDAGINIS EXTEACTUM. 

Exteact of Solidago. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. 

Dose. — 0.10 to 0.75 gram (2 to 12 grains). 

Solutiones. 

Solutions. 
In many pharmacopoeias all solutions of chemicals in water are styled 
" solutiones" instead of " liquores," as in the United States Pharmaco- 
poeia. We prefer the title " solutio " as more appropriate and signifi- 
cant than the vague title "liquor." 

Species. 

Species. 
Teas. 
Mixtures of comminuted vegetable drugs intended for making in- 
fusions. 



942 A COMPANION TO THE 

Spigelia ; U. S. 

Spigelia. 
Spigelian Radix — Pink Boot. 

Origin. — Spigelia marilandica, Linne {Loganiaceod). 

Habitat. — The United States. 

Parts used. — The rhizome and rootlets. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 304. 

Spigelia is very dark-colored — almost blackish-gray. Taste bitter, 
not terebinthinate. 

Constituents- — Volatile oil, a bitter substance, resin, etc. De- 
serves further analysis. 

Medicinal Uses. — Spigelia is an anthelmintic employed to expel 
lumbrici, or round worms. Occasionally it acts as a cathartic. If spi- 
gelia fails to act on the bowels it may produce narcotic effects, such as 
pain in the forehead, strabismus, loss of sight, tremor, or even convul- 
sions and death. Such effects may be entirely obviated by giving this 
remedy in combination with some cathartic, as senna, or jalap, and it 
should never be administered without such addition. (See " Spigelias et 
Sennge Extractum Fluidum.") 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains), best given as fluid 
extract. 

SPIGELIJE EXTEACTUM. 

Extract of Spigelia. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. 

Dose. — 0.10 to 0.75 gram (2 to 12 grains). 

SPIGELLE EXTEACTUM FLUIDUM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Spigelia 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17J avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. GO powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and fifty grams (about 5f fluid- 
ounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. 
Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then perco- 
late. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 943 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14-|- fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

SPIGELIA ET SEKNJE EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; 
Phar. 1870. 

Fluid Extract of Spigelia and Senna. 

Fluid Extract of Pink Root and Senna. 

Mix one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (5 fluidounces) fluid ex- 
tract of spigelia, ninety cubic centimeters (3 fluidounces) fluid extract 
of senna, 0.65 cubic centimeter (10 minims) volatile oil of anise, and 
0.65 cubic centimeter volatile oil of caraway. Shake well. 

Used as a vermifuge. 

Dose- — About five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2 fluidrachms). 

SPIGELLE INFUSUM. 
Infusion of Spigelia. 

From twenty grams (about § avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 fluidounces). 

About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 

Dose. — From twenty-five cubic centimeters (6 fluidrachms) for a 
child of one year, to two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (-J- pint) 
for an adult. 

SPIGELLE INFUSUM COMPOSITUM. 

Compound Infusion of Spigelia. 
Worm Tea. 

Make an infusion of fifteen grams (230 grains) bruised spigelia, ten 
grams (154 grains) cut senna, ten grams bruised fennel, and thirty 
grams (460 grains) manna with five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluid- 
ounces) boiling water, macerating until cold. 

Dose. — Fifty to one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (1J to 5 
fluidounces). 



944 A COMPANION TO THE 

Spiritus. 

Spieits. 

At present an indefinite class of preparations, some " spirits " being 
alcoholic liquids obtained by distillation (brandy, whiskey), while others 
are solutions of volatile oils in alcohol, and others again are alcoholic 
solutions of other volatile subtances, as ammonia, ethyl nitrite, etc. 



Spiritus Frumenti ; U. S. 

Whiskey. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 308. 

The whiskey of the Pharmacopoeia is to be at least two years old. 
It may be either rye whiskey, Bourbon whiskey (from corn), or whiskey 
distilled from fermented wheat. It should have a specific gravity of 
between 0.930 and 0.917, and contain from forty-four to fifty per cent. 
by weight (or fifty to fifty-eight per cent, by volume) of alcohol, show- 
ing one hundred to one hundred and sixteen degrees proof on the alco- 
holometer scale. 

Whiskey contains more or less of volatile oils and ethers derived 
from the grain, and differing according to the kind of grain employed 
in its manufacture. Thus rye whiskey has a different flavor from Bour- 
bon or corn whiskey. 

Amylic alcohol (fusel oil) is a most objectionable impurity in whis- 
key. 

For medicinal purposes it would seem that pure diluted alcohol 
(neutral spirit) must be far safer and better than whiskey or brandy. 

Spiritus Odoratus ; U. S. 

Perfumed Spirit. 
Cologne Water — Eau de Cologne. 

The Pharmacopoeia gives the following formula for Cologne water 
for use in sick rooms : 

Mix nine hundred and forty cubic centimeters (32 fluidounces) alco- 
hol with two cubic centimeters (£ fluidrachm) acetic ether, sixteen cubic 
centimeters {\ fluidounce) oil of bergamot, eight cubic centimeters {\ 
fluidounce) oil of lemon, eight cubic centimeters oil of rosemary, four 
cubic centimeters (1 fluidrachm) oil of lavender flowers, and four cubic 
centimeters oil of orange flowers ; then add one hundred and fifty cubic 
centimeters (5 fluidounces) water. Shake well. Set aside for a week. 
Then filter. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 945 

The product is a refreshing perfumed spirit. It differs from the best 
Cologne waters made in not containing oil of neroli, which is a charac- 
teristic constituent. 

Spiritus Vini Gallici ; U. S. 

Beandy. 

Cognac. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 311. 

Pure grape brandy at least four years old is the official article. 

It is well understood that the fancy "bouquet" or flavor of the most 
popular brands of French brandy is altogether artificial — that is, that it 
is imparted by mixtures of ether added to the distilled brandy. 

Good pure grape brandy is now made in California. 

Medicinal Uses. — Same as of alcohol. 

Dose. — Fifteen to sixty cubic centimeters (J to 2 fluidounces). 

Spongia. 

Sponge. 
Schwamm, G.; lSpo?ige, F.; Swamp, Sw. 

Origin- — Spongia officinalis, Linne. 

Habitat. — The Mediterranean and the Gulf of Mexico. 

"Turkey sponges " are the finest, and especially the so-called " cup- 
sponges." They are imported from the Mediterranean. " Sheep's wool 
sponges " make excellent bathing sponges, being sometimes of very 
large size. These two kinds are soft, and are the only ones used for any 
medicinal purpose. So-called " surgeon's sponges " are cup-shaped 
Turkey sponges. 

Bahama, Florida, and Nassau sponges are more or less hard, harsh, 
and tear easily. Sand, gravel, and calcareous matter must be carefully 
removed, and the sponge washed out with clean warm water before it is 
fit for use. 

Sponges are sometimes bleached to improve their appearance ; al- 
ways, however, at the expense of their quality. This is done with solu- 
tion of chlorinated soda, chlorinated lime, chlorine water, or by sul- 
phurous acid generated from hyposulphite of sodium by the addition of 
hydrochloric acid. When these agents are used the sponge should 
afterward be washed in a weak solution of sal soda, then in water 
slightly acidulated with hydrochloric acid, and finally in a large quantity 
of hot water. The least objectionable process for bleaching sponges is 
60 



946 A COMPANION TO THE 

to first put them in a solution of permanganate of potassium (20 grams 
to each liter, or 1 ounce to 3 pints), and afterward in a solution of oxalic 
acid (also 20 grains to a liter of water, or 1 ounce to 3 pints), to which 
a little sulphuric acid has been added, the bleached sponge to be after- 
ward thoroughly washed with warm water, and finally dried. 

Uses. — Sponges are used mainly for cleansing and washing. If 
used for cleansing wounds they should be clean new sponges, to avoid 
the introduction of septic materials into a healthy wound. 

" Sponge-grafting " is a process consisting in the introduction of 
carefully cleaned and disinfected sponge into a cavity or deep ulcer, 
which must heal by granulation, and has been practised in cases in which 
the granulations appeared to be weak and flabby, with a tendency to 
break down. The meshes of the sponge afford support to the forming 
granulations which surround the sponge, the substance of which is ab- 
sorbed in the same way as carbolized cat-gut ligatures may be absorbed. 



SPONGI^E CEKATJ2. 

Sponge-Tents. 

Prepared by freeing finely porous sponge from foreign substances, 
drying it, and cutting it into the required shape, dipping the pieces into 
melted yellow wax, forcibly compressing them between heated plates, 
and, when cold, removing the superfluous wax. They may also, and 
preferably, be made by running a wire or knitting-needle lengthwise 
through the sponge, then soaking in wax and wrapping with tape or 
string into a conical shape ; when cold, the tape is unwrapped, the wire 
withdrawn, and the sponge-tent finished by trimming and smoothing 
with a sharp knife. They are used to dilate the mouth of the womb, 
sinuses, etc., which is effected by introducing them into the small canal, 
when they absorb moisture and gradually swell. 

SPONGI^E COMPRESS^. 
Compressed Sponge. 

Made from fine sponge by cutting it into long pieces, moistening 
these with hot water, then winding them around very tightly with twine, 
and drying them in that condition, the twine not to be removed until 
the sponge is to be used. 

Used for the same purposes as sponge-tents. They dilate much more 
rapidly. 



• UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 947 

SPONG1A USTA. 
Burnt Sponge. 

Heat clean dry sponge cut into small pieces in a covered crucible 
until vapors cease to go off. 

The product consists of about forty per cent, carbon, twenty-five to 
thirty per cent, calcium carbonate, ten per cent, silica, nine per cent, 
ferrous oxide, about one-half to two per cent, potassium and sodium 
iodides and bromides, and small quantities of magnesium carbonate, po- 
tassium chloride, and calcium phosphate. 

Formerly used internally for the same purposes for which the iodides 
are now given, goitre, glandular enlargements, etc. 

Stannum. 

Tin. 

The salts are white, generally insoluble in water. The chlorides dis- 
solve in water to which free hydrochloric acid has been added. 

Stannous chloride — crystallized "Muriate of Tin" — is used in dyeing. 
" Solution of Muriate of Tin " (containing the stannic chloride) is also 
used in dyeing and is made by dissolving the metal in a mixture of hy- 
drochloric and nitric acids. 

Stanni Chloridimi. 

Chloride of Tin. 

Stannicum Chloridum — /Stannic Chloride, Muriate of Tin. 

A white, crystalline, moist salt, soluble in water acidulated with 
much hydrochloric acid, but decomposed when brought in contact with 
water alone. It is very caustic and poisonous. 

STANNI CHLORIDI LIQUOR 
Solution of Chloride of Tin. 

An acid solution of chloride of tin, having a specific gravity of 
1.317. It may be made by dissolving one hundred and ten grams (3 
ounces 384 grains) crystallized chloride of tin in a mixture of two hun- i 
dred and forty cubic centimeters (8 fluidounces) hydrochloric acid and 
twelve hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (44 fluidounces) distilled 
water. 

It is used in dyeing. 




948 A COMPANION TO THE 

Staphisagria ; U. S. 

Staphisagkia. 

StapMsagrice Semina — Stavesacre. 

Origin. — Delphinium Staphisagria, Linne (Ranunculacece). 
Habitat. — Mediterranean countries. 
Part used. — The seeds. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 
311. See also the figures here given. 

Constituents. — The alkaloids delphinine and 
staphisaine y also twenty per cent, fixed oil, etc. 
Delphinine is white, soluble in ether, chloroform, 
acre, G natural BizTancTen- benzol- Staphisaine is yellow, insoluble in ether, 
larged. Both alkaloids are acrid ; very poisonous. The 

fixed oil is bland when pure, but when extracted from the seeds by 
means of ether it contains the poisonous alkaloids. 

Properties and Uses. — Staphisagria is said to possess diuretic, 
cathartic, and emetic properties. It has been used externally in pru- 
rigo with success. Its principal use is for killing vermin. 

STAPHISAGRIA EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Staphisagria. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.20 cubic centimeter (1 to 3 minims). 

' Stearinum. 

Stearin. 

Tri-slearate of Glyceryl. 

The solid part of most fats is chiefly stearin. White, hard, crystal- 
line (in laminae). It is obtained in a crude state from mutton-suet by 
removing the olein from it by means of ether. The residue is stearin, 
with some palmitih. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 949 

Stilling ia; U.S. 

Stillingia. 
Stillingim Radix — Queen's Hoot, Queen's Delight. 

Origin. — Stillingia sylvatica, Linne (Miphorbiaceoe). 

Habitat. — The southern portions of the United States. 

Part used. — The root. 

Description. — A long root, sometimes as much as five centimeters 
(2 inches) thick, usually cut in transverse segments of about five centi- 
meters' (2 inches) length ; tough, wrinkled, grayish-brown, with thick 
bark and a porous wood. The inner bark shows numerous resin-cells. 
Odor disagreeable ; taste bitter, acrid. 

Constituents. — The only noteworthy constituent is the soft, pun- 
gent resin, soluble in alcohol. 

Medicinal Uses. — In large doses this drug is an emetico-cathartic, 
but in smaller doses is said to be a valuable alterative and stimulant of 
the secretions. It has been used with reputed success in syphilis, 
scrofula, and in hepatic derangements. 

Dose. — One to four grams (15 to 60 grains), in powder, or prefer- 
ably in the form of fluid extract. 

STILLINGICE EXTRACTUM. 
Extract of Stillingia. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twen- 
tieth part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brownish-red. 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.2 gram (1 to 3 grains) three times a day. 

STILLINGICE EXTKACTUM FLITIDUM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Stillingia. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17J avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and fifty grams (about 5-f fluid- 
ounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. 
Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then perco- 
late. 



950 A COMPANION TO THE 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14J- fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and 
then dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum 
to make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2|- fluidrachms). 

STILLINGLE EXTRACTUM FLTJIDUM COMPOSITUM. 
Compound Fluid Extract of Stillingia. 

Mix one hundred and thirty grams (4 ounces 255 grains) stillingia, 
one hundred and thirty grams corydalis, sixty grams (20 ounces 50 
grains) chimaphila, sixty grams iris versicolor, sixty grams sambucus, 
thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) xanthoxylum berries, and thirty grams 
coriander, all reduced to No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Make five hundred cubic centimeters (17 fluidounces) finished fluid 
extract. 

Used in syphilis, scrofula, etc., generally in combination with po- 
tassium iodide. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2 fluidrachms). 

STILLINGIA SYRUPUS COMPOSITTJS. 

Compound Syrup op Stillingia. 

Mix thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) compound fluid extract 
of stillingia with ninety cubic centimeters (3 fluidounces) simple syrup. 
Dose. — Five to thirty cubic centimeters (1 to 8 fluidrachms). 

Stramonii Folia ; U. S. 

Stramonium Leaves. 
Thornapple, Stinkweed, Jimsonweed, E. ; Stechapfel, G.; Stramoines,F. 

Origin. — Datura Stramonium, Linne (Solan acece). 

Habitat. — North America, Europe, and most other countries. 

Description. — See Fig. 519. They retain their green (or grayish- 
green) color better than belladonna, hyoscyamus, and tobacco. The 
sides of the leaf and the venation are generally unsymmetrical. The 
lateral veins proceed from the midrib at a sharp angle without first 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



951 



running parallel with it. They are much wrinkled and broken, so that 
they can hardly be recognized except by the above signs in connection 
with the disagreeable narcotic odor developed by rubbing the leaves. 
Without rubbing or powdering the drug is inodorous ; the taste is bit- 
ter and nauseous. 

Constituents. — From two one-hundredthsto three one-hundredths 




Fig. 519.— Stramonium Leaf, half size. 



per cent, of the alkaloid daturine, which is closely allied to atropine, 
and has the same medicinal properties, but is twice as strong. 

Medicinal Uses. — Stramonium leaves may be used as an anodyne 
narcotic and a hypnotic, in spasmodic and painful affections; such as 
neuralgia, spasmodic cough, or asthma, etc. Externally the powdered 
leaves are often applied as an anodyne poultice. 

But the most valuable action of stramonium is the power it possesses 



952 A COMPANION TO THE 

of relieving spasmodic asthma when smoked. For this purpose about 
one gram (15 grains) of the dried leaves are mixed with tobacco and 
smoked in a pipe, or cigarettes or cigars may be soaked in a strong de- 
coction of stramonium leaves and then dried. In this form they may 
be preserved until wanted for use. 

Externally they are used as anodyne poultices or fomentations. 

Dose of the powdered leaves, 0.05 to 0.3 gram (1 to 5 grains) ; 
average dose about 0.1 gram (2 grains). 

STRAMONII FOLIORUM EXTRACTUM. 
Extract of Stramonium Leaf. 

Evaporate the fluid extract of stramonium leaves to the consistence 
of extract. 

Greenish-brown. Yield about twenty per cent. 

Chiefly used externally. 

Dose. — About 0.03 to 0.06 gram (-J- to 1 grain), two or three times 
a day. 

STRAMONII FOLIORUM EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Stramonium Leaves. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
three hundred grams (about 12|- fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3J fluidounces) of water. 

Dose-— 0.1 to 0.3 cubic centimeter (2 to 5 minims). 

STRAMONII FOLIORUM RECENTIUM EXTRACTUM. 
Extract of Fresh Stramonium Leaves. 

Bruise fresh stramonium leaves in a stone mortar, press out the 
juice, heat it gradually to 55° C. (131° F.), and separate the chlorophyll 
(green coloring matter) by means of a muslin strainer. Evaporate the 
strained liquid to a syrupy consistence. Then reincorporate the chlor- 
ophyll and evaporate the whole to a soft extract. 

This extract makes a handsome-looking ointment, but not the offi- 
cial stramonium ointment, which is made from the extract of stramo- 
nium seed. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



953 



Stramonii Semen ; U. S. 

Steamonium Seed. 

Description. — See illustrations. 
Brownish-black ; internally whitish and 
oily ; inodorous ; bitter. 

Constituents. — About one-tenth 
per cent of daturine / about twenty-five 
per cent, fixed oil ; resin, gum, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Same as of stra- 
monium leaves. 

Dose. — About half as much as of the leaves. 




Figs. 520-523.— Stramonium Seed, 
natural size, enlarged, and longitudi- 
nal and transverse sections, both en- 
larged. 



STRAMONII [SEMINIS] EXTRACTUM; U. S. 
Exteact of Steamonium [Seed]. 

Moisten five hundred grams (17f avoirdupois ounces) of stramonium 
seed, in No. 30 powder, with one hundred and fifty grams (5-f fluid- 
ounces) of diluted alcohol. Pack tightly in a cylindrical percolator. 
Add more menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Percolate. Re- 
serve four hundred and fifty grams (about 16 fluidounces) of first perco- 
late. Continue percolation to exhaustion, or until one thousand and 
fifty grams (about 36 to 40 fluidounces) second percolate has been re- 
ceived. Evaporate the second percolate to fifty grams (1|- ounce) at a 
temperature not above 50° C. (122° F.). Mix the residue with the first 
percolate. Evaporate to extract. No glycerin is added. 

Greenish-brown. Yield about twelve per cent. Chiefly used ex- 
ternally. 

Dose. — 0.025 to 0.03 gram (about \ grain). 

STRAMONII [SEMINIS] EXTRACTUM FLUID UM; U. S. 
Fluid Exteact of Steamonium [Seed]. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
three hundred grams (about \%\ fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3|- fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred grams (about 4 fluidounces) of 
the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate 
with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 



954 A COMPANION TO THE 



Reserve four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (15^ fluidounces) 
of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is ex- 
hausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to 
make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose. — 0.05 to 0.2 cubic centimeter (1 to 3 minims). 

STRAMONII [SEMHSTIS] TINCTURA; U.S. 
Tincture of Stramonium [Seed]. 

Moisten thirty grams (1 ounce) stramonium seed, in No. 40 powder, 
with thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) diluted alcohol. Macerate 
twenty-four hours. Then pack it tightly into a cylindrical percolator 
and percolate with diluted alcohol until three hundred cubic centimeters 
(10 fluidounces) of tincture has been obtained. 

This tincture is thirty-three per cent, weaker than the correspond- 
ing preparation of the Pharmacopoeia of 1870. 

It is brown by transmitted light, with a greenish fluorescence by re- 
flected light. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims). 

STRAMONII UNGUENTUM; U. S. 
Stramonium Ointment. 

Triturate three grams (46 grains) extract of stramonium seed with 
1.50 gram (23 grains) water until reduced to a uniform soft paste ; then 
gradually mix with it 25.50 grams (394 grains) benzoinated lard. 

This ointment is brown. The old Pharmacopoeia (1870) did not state 
whether extract of stramonium leaves or extract of stramonium seed 
should be used in making the stramonium ointment. We believe that 
the extract of stramonium leaves was the one most used. 

Strontium. 

Strontium. 

One of the alkaline earth metals, the salts of which are many of 
them insoluble in water, resembling closely the salts of barium. Nitrate 
and chloride are soluble. 

The nitrate is much used in the preparation of " red Bengal light." 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 955 

. Strychnina? U. S. 

Strychnine. 
Strychnia. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 312. 

This extremely poisonous alkaloid is obtained from both nux vomica 
and ignatia, and has also been found in other plants pi the natural order 
Loganiacece. 

Medicinal Uses. — Same as of nux vomica, the action of which 
depends on the strychnine which it contains. 

Strychnine is intensely bitter, and is used in small doses as a bitter 
tonic. In larger, but still medicinal, doses, it is a motor excitant, and 
is used in cases of paralysis to stimulate the muscles involved. Its 
most beneficial action is exerted when the paralysis is due to want of 
exercise, as in a fractured limb after the bandages are removed ; or in 
peripheral paralyses, as in cases of chronic lead or mercury poisoning, 
or after diphtheria, etc. When the paralysis is due to cerebral troubles, 
the administration of strychnine is seldom of use, and often productive 
of harm. . 

In chronic constipatio?i due to atonic conditions of the bowels, or 
in incontinence of urine from want of tone in the vesical sphincter, nux 
vomica (or strychnine) is often of marked benefit. 

It is used as an antidote in poisoning from chloral hydrate. 

Poisonous Effects. — When given in excessive doses strychnine is 
a powerful poison, acting on the spinal cord and nerves and causing 
violent tetanoid contractions of the muscles. If death occurs it is due 
to asphyxia, owing to the inability of the patient to exhale, the muscles 
of respiration remaining fixedly contracted. 

Antidotal treatment consists in prompt evacuation of the stom- 
ach and the administration of chemical or physiological antidotes. 
Tannic acid has been used as a chemical antidote, but the physiological 
antidotes, tobacco, chloral, inhalations of chloroform or of ether, etc., 
promise more favorable results. 

Dose.— 0.001 to 0.003 gram (^ to ¥ V grain). 

STRYCHNINE OLEATUM. 

Oleate of Strychnine. 

Dissolve two grams (31 grains) strychnine in ninety-eight grams 
(1,469 grains) oleic acid by triturating them together in a mortar. 
Contains two per cent, strychnine. 
Applied externally for local paralyses, etc. 



956 A COMPANION TO THE 

Stryclminse Acetas. 

Acetate of Strychnine. 
Small white crystals, soluble in sixty parts of water. 
Dose.— 0.001 to 0.005 gram (^ to T V grain). 

• Stryclminse Nitras. 

Nitrate of Strychnine. 

White, or colorless, shining crystals, permanent in the air. Soluble 
in sixty parts water. 

Dose.— 0.001 to 0.005 gram (-fa to ^ grain). 

Stryclminse Sulphas ; IT. S. 

Sulphate of Strychnine. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 313. 
Probably the most uniform, permanent, and readily soluble of all 
the strychnine salts. 

Medicinal Uses. — The most frequently employed salt of strychnine. 
Dose.— 0.001 to 0.005 gram (^ to T V grain). 

Styrax ; U. S. 

Storax. 

Styracibalsamum, Styraeis Balsamum ; Styrax Liquidus — Liquid 

Storax. 

Origin. — Liquidambar orientalis, Miller {HamamelacecB). 
Habitat. — Asia Minor. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 313. 
It is a true balsam. 

Constituents. — Styrol, cinnamic acid, styracin, and other cinna- 
mic ethers, resin, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Stimulant, blennorrhetic, and expectorant. 
Dose. — About one gram (15 grains) several times a day. 

STYRACIS TLSTCTURA COMPOSITA. 

Compound Tincture of Storax. 

Turlington's Balsam. 

Digest for ten days two grams (30 grains) angelica root, four grams 
(GO grains) powdered myrrh, four grams socotrine aloes, eight grams 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 957 

(123 grains) balsam of Peru, fifteen grams (230 grains) balsam of Tolu, 
fifteen grams storax, fifteen grams powdered extract of glycyrrhiza, and 
forty-five grams (1-| ounce) powdered benzoin with one thousand cubic 
centimeters (34 fluidounces) alcohol. Strain and filter. 
Used externally as an application to cuts and bruises. 

Succi. 

Juices. 

There were formerl} T used several "juices" from fresh plants. The 
fresh drug was bruised, the juice then forcibly expressed and mixed 
with a certain quantity of alcohol. The addition of the alcohol served 
to precipitate gum, pectin, and albuminous matters, and to preserve the 
preparation. They could not but be crude, variable preparations. 

Succinum. 

Amber. 

Origin. — A fossil from Pinites succinifer, Gasppert (Coniferce), 
now extinct. 

Geographical Source. — Southern shores of the Baltic. 

Description. — Irregular pieces, usually rough on the surface. Yel- 
lowish, brownish, reddish, ancl from opaque to transparent. Fracture 
glossy. Inodorous and tasteless. Melts when heated and gives off: 
fragrant vapors of succinic acid and volatile oil. Soluble in chloroform, 
and to a limited extent in alcohol, ether, and volatile oils. 

Constituents. — Succinic acid and resin. 

Not used medicinally in this form. Pieces of amber formerly shared 
the reputation of the potato or buckeye, of warding off rheumatism, 
etc., if carried in the pockets. 

Succini Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil of Amber. 
Rectified Oil of Amber. 

Prepared by distillation from the empyreumatic oil of amber (see 
Succini Pyroleum). 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 243. 

Medicinal Uses.— -Stimulant, antispasmodic. Has been used in 
convulsions, epilepsy, hysteria, etc. Also in amenorrhcea. 

Dose.— Five to ten drops. 



958 A COMPANION TO THE 

Succini Pyroleum. 

Empyreumatic Oil of Amber. 
Crude Oil of Amber. 

A dark brown, somewhat thick, empyreumatic liquid, having a green- 
ish fluorescence. Odor disagreeable, persistent, smoky, aromatic. It 
is lighter than water (specific gravity 0.86 to 0.93), has a neutral or only 
slightly acid reaction, and is soluble in alcohol. 

Constituents. — Several fatty acids, resins, volatile oil, etc. 

LINIMENTUM BEITANNICUM. 
British Oil. 

This is a mixture, formerly very complicated, now usually prepared 
from equal parts of crude oil of amber, lubricating oil (or crude petro- 
leum), turpentine, and flaxseed oil. 

Used in sprains and bruises. 

Sulphur. 

Sulphur. 
Schicefel, G. ; Sou/re, F. ; Svafvel^ Sw. ; Brimstone, E. 

A large portion of the sulphur of commerce is obtained by roasting 
iron pyrites. The sulphur is cast in moulds, either into cylindrical 
sticks, or square blocks, or cakes. 

Brimstone is hard and brittle, light-yellow, has a faint peculiar odor, 
especially when rubbed, and no taste. Melts at 113 to 113.5° C. (235.4° 
to 236° F.). One hundred grams carbon bisulphide will at 15° C. (59° F.) 
dissolve thirty-seven grams sulphur, and at 55° C. (131° F.) 181.34 
grams. It dissolves sparingly in oil of turpentine, chloroform, benzol, 
ether, acetic acid, and in fixed and volatile oils, Burns with a blue 
flame, sulphurous acid fumes being formed. 

Sulphurous acid gas being a powerful disinfectant, burning sulphur 
is used for fumigating infected ships, houses, and confined spaces gen- 
erally. 

Sulphur Lotum; XT. S. 

Washed Sulphur. 

Sublimed sulphur usually has an acid taste and reaction from adher- 
ing sulphuric acid. To remove this and any arsenical compounds it is 
washed with water, to which has been added a little water of ammonia, 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 959 

as prescribed under the title Sulphur Lotum in the Pharmacopoeia, page 
314. 

Must be well dried, as it may otherwise become acid again. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 315. 

Medicinal Uses. — When taken internally it acts as a mild laxa- 
tive, producing soft, pulpy stools. It is often given, alone or in combi- 
nation with cream of tartar and senna, in piles and other diseases of the 
rectum. 

Externally it is often applied in ointment as a cure for itch and some 
other forms of skin disease. It has been claimed that sulphur ointment 
cures itch by the fat filling the breathing pores of the insects and thus 
asphyxiating them. 

Dose.— As a laxative, five to fifteen grams (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

SULPHUEIS CONFECTIO. 
Confection of Sulphur. 

Mix forty grams (1 ounce 180 grains) washed sulphur, ten grams 
(154 grains) bitartrate of potassium, and a sufficient quantity of syrup 
of orange peel to make a thick paste (say about 30 cubic centimeters, 
or 1 fluidounce). 

Dose. — Tablespoonful or more. 

SULPHUEIS UNGUENTUM ALKALINUM ; U. S. 
Alkaline Sulphur Ointment. 

Triturate thirty grams (1 ounce) washed sulphur and fifteen grams 
(J ounce) carbonate of potassium with 7.50 cubic centimeters (2 fluid- 
ounces) water until well mixed. Then add gradually 97.50 grams (3^ 
ounces) benzoinated lard, and mix the whole thoroughly. 

Used as an itch cure. 

SULPHUEIS UNGUENT UM SAPONATUM. 

Sulphur and Green Soap. 

Itch Ointment, 

Triturate together one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) washed 
sulphur and three hundred grams (10 ounces 255 grains) green soap, 
until homogeneously mixed. Then add boiling water gradually, con- 
tinuing the trituration, until the mixture has a uniform, soft, jelly-like 
but plastic consistence. 



960 A COMPANION TO THE 

Sulphur Prsecipitatum ; U. S. 

Precipitated Sulphur. 
Lac Sulphuris — Milk of Sulphur. 

Preparation, Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, 
page 315. It is probably never made except by manufacturers. 

Must be odorless and entirely soluble in a boiling solution of soda or 
in disulphide of carbon. 

Is frequently contaminated with large quantities of calcium sul- 
phate owing to a defective and careless method of manufacture. 

Used like washed sulphur. 

Sulphur Sublimatum ; XT. S. 

Sublimed Sulphur. 
Flores Sulphuris — Flowers of Sulphur. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 316. 

Should be nearly dry, and not have a too strongly perceptible acid 
taste. 

Used in ointments. For internal use the washed sulphur only 
should be employed. 

SULPHUR AT UM OLEUM. 
Sulphurated Oil. 
Balsam of Sulphur. 

Boil six hundred grams (21 ounces) flaxseed oil with 100 grams (3£ 
ounces) sublimed sulphur in an iron kettle, stirring constantly, until a 
uniform liquid is obtained, being cautious in regulating the heat so that 
the mixture may not boil over. 

A thick, reddish-brown liquid, wholly soluble in oil of turpentine. 

Used externally. 

SULPHURATUM OLEUM TEREBINTHINATUM. 
Haarlem Oil. 

Mix thirty-four grams (1 ounce 88 grains) sulphurated oil, eleven 
grams (170 grains) crude petroleum, seventeen grams (260 grains) crude 
oil of amber, forty-six grams (1 ounce 270 grains) flaxseed oil, and 
ninety-two grams (3 ounces 10G grains) oil of turpentine. 

Used as a liniment. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 961 



SULPHUKIS UNGUENTUM; U.S. 

Sulphur Ointment. 

Mix thoroughly thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) sublimed sulphur 
with seventy grams (2 ounces 205 grains) benzoinated lard. 

SULPHUKIS UNGUENTUM COMPOSITUM. 

Compound Sulphur Ointment. 

Mix thoroughly ten grams (154 grains) precipitated carbonate of 
calcium, fifteen grams (^ ounce) sublimed sulphur, fifteen grams puri- 
fied tar, thirty grams (1 ounce) green soap, and thirty grams lard. 

Sulphuris Iodidum ; IT. S. 

Iodide of Sulphur. 
Sulphuricum Iodidum — Sulphur Iodide. 

Preparation, Description, and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, 
page 314. It is not probable that it is ever made except by manufac- 
turers. 

Medicinal Uses. — Rarely employed internally. Has been given in 
various skin diseases, eczema, lupus, lepra, acne, etc. More frequently 
used externally in the form of ointment. 

Dose.— 0.06 to 0.25 gram (1 to 4 grains). 

SULPHURIS IODIDI UJSTGUENTUM. 

Ointment of Iodide of Sulphur. 

Mix thoroughly two grams (30 grains) iodide of sulphur and thirty 
grams (1 ounce) lard. 

Sumbul ; U. S. 

SUMBUL. 

Musk Boot. 

Origin. — Ferula Sumbid, Hooker, filius (Umbellifero?). 

Habitat.— Asia. 

Part used. — The root. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 316. Thick, irregu- 
lar pieces, usuaHy transverse segments, but often also sliced lengthwise ; 
externally blackish-gray ; interiorly the root is grayish or whitish. 

Constituents. — About one-third per cent, of a bluish volatile oil, 
nine per cent, soft resin, angelicic and valerianic acids, etc. 
61 



962 A COMPANION TO THE 

False sumbid is ammoniacum root. It has a reddish or yellow hue, 
and is not light or porous. 

Medicinal Uses. — Occasionally employed as a stimulant blennor- 
rhetic in chronic bronchitis, leucorrhoea, etc. Also used as a nervine in 
hysteria. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 4 grams (8 to 60 grains), in powder. 

SUMBUL EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Sumbul. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — One to four cubic centimeters (15 to 60 minims). 

SUMBUL TINCTURA; U. S. 
Tincture of Sumbul. 

Moisten thirty grams (1 ounce) sumbul, in No. 30 powder, with thirty 
cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) alcohol. Macerate twenty-four hours. 
Then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator and percolate with alco- 
hol until three hundred grams (or 10 ounces, measuring 12 fluidounces) 
of tincture has been obtained. 

Dose. — Two to ten cubic centimeters (^ to 2J fluidrachms). 

Suppositoria ; IT. S. 

Suppositories. 

The general formula, given on page 316 of the Pharmacopoeia, pre- 
scribes the use of pure oil of theobroma (cacao butter) in making sup- 
positories. It also gives preference to the 
use of moulds instead of forming the sup- 
pository by hand. Well made, in proper 
moulds, the suppositories look glossy and 
Fig. 5^4.— Suppository, natural handsome ; but we prefer mixing the medi- 
cament with finely shaved oil of theobroma 
on a board lightly dusted with lycopodium or starch, using a spatula to 
work the mass together into a uniform and smooth mixture, which can 
very readily be rolled on the board under the spatula into cylindrical 
rolls, which are then cut into the required number of equal parts, each 
of which is afterward formed, also with the spatula, into proper shape. 




UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 



963 



By adopting this method, which requires but little practice, we avoid 
the use of heat for melting the oil, and also the troublesome and tedious 
use of suppository moulds set in ice, and from which the suppositories 
are not always easily removed. Suppositories so made can be obtained 
of as perfect form as those made in moulds ; but are not glossy on the 
surface. When melted and poured into moulds the suppositories are 
not always uniform throughout ; but heavy substances are liable to sink 
to the apex of the mould before solidification takes place. 

Suppositories when dispensed should be neatly placed between lay- 
ers of cotton-wadding in the box which is to contain them. 

Symphytum. 

Symphytum. 

Symphyti Radix — Comfrey. 

Origin. — Symphytum officinale, Linne" {Boraginacece). 
Habitat. — Europe and the United States. 
Part used. — The root. 

Description. — About fifteen centimeters (6 inches) long, and eight 
to twenty millimeters (-J to \ inch) thick, tough, wrinkled, brownish- 




Fig. 525. — Symphytum, natural size. 

black, somewhat twisted, often split ; internally whitish, or grayish- 
white ; bark thick. Odorless ; taste sweetish, mucilaginous, slightly 
astringent. 

Constituents. — A large amount of mucilage, some asparaginic and 
traces of tannin. 

Medicinal Uses.— Demulcent and slightly astringent, and used in 
diarrhoea, dysentery, pulmonary affections, leucorrhoea, and other re- 
laxed conditions of mucous membranes. 



964 A COMPANION TO THE . 

Externally the fresh root, bruised, is used as an application to bruises, 
fresh icounds, sore or chapped nipples, etc. 

Dose. — Five to ten grams (75 to 150 grains), in decoction. 

Syrupi. 

Syrups. 
Syrupe, G.; Strops, F. ; Jarabe, Sp.; Syruper, Sw. 

These are liquid preparations, containing large quantities of sugar — 
generally from sixty to sixty-five per cent. The object of adding the 
sugar is chiefly to preserve aqueous solutions of vegetable constituents 
from change, but it also serves the purpose of rendering the medicine 
much less disagreeable to take. Children can take medicines in the 
form of syrup much better than in any other form. 

As a rule, syrups should be perfectly clear, and free from mould or 
any signs of fermentation. 

Preparation. — The liquid from which the syrup is to be made must 
be perfectly clear, and should be filtered if need be. Simple syrup ought 
always to be made from distilled water. If these precautions are taken 
the syrups will not only be clear, but will keep much better and longer. 

The sugar must be the purest that can be obtained ; otherwise the 
syrup will neither keep well nor present a handsome appearance. Cheap 
grades of sugar are prone to undergo fermentation much more readily 
and rapidly, and if the quantity of glucose (grape sugar) in the sugar is 
great, the syrup made from it will be extremely difficult to obtain clear, 
passing through the straining cloth only with the utmost difficulty. If 
the sugar used was colored with ultramarine, the syrup will, especially 
if containing any vegetable acids, soon acquire the odor of hydrosul- 
phuric acid (sulphuretted hydrogen). 

Syrups are prepared either with or without the aid of heat. If the 
sugar used is the best cut sugar it will do very well in many cases to 
make the syrup without using any heat. In such cases the solution of 
the sugar is effected by shaking only, or by agitation followed by per- 
colation, or by percolation alone, or by displacement. The advantages 
gained by avoiding the use of heat are that volatile and unstable com- 
pounds contained in the preparation are not volatilized or injured, and 
that no grape sugar can then be formed during the process, which would 
detract from the keeping qualities of the preparation. Syrup made by 
boiling, even if the purest sugar be used, may, after standing a short 
time, be found to contain grape sugar. 

On the other hand, vegetable juices and extracts, and certain other 
vegetable constituents entering into medicated syrups, may contain, or 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 965 

constitute, or give rise to ferments, which will induce decomposition ; 
and in numerous instances all danger from this source is effectively ob- 
viated by bringing the syrup to the boiling point before straining. The 
boiling separates some and destroys others of the substances liable to 
ferment or induce fermentation. A majority of the syrups containing 
vegetable constituents will neither be clear nor keep well unless treated 
in this way. 

It is, therefore, necessary to exercise intelligent judgment in choos- 
ing between the two processes. In many cases it is easy enough to 
decide which course to pursue, and in all cases of doubt we would re- 
commend that the sugar be dissolved by agitation, and that the syrup 
be then brought to the boiling point as rapidly as practicable, and 
strained while hot. 

Sometimes it is necessary to skim the syrup when made by heat. 
This is the case in many of the fruit syrups, and the occasion for it (the 
rising of froth and scum) will be readily recognized in each case. 

For straining syrups the best medium is thin, nearly all wool flannel. 

As to the vessels most suitable for boiling syrups, porcelain evap- 
orating dishes or capsules are best when the quantities are small. The 
loss of water by evaporation should be made up by the addition of suf- 
ficient boiling distilled water. Granite-iron kettles, enamelled iron 
dishes or kettles, tinned copper vessels, and untinned bright copper 
kettles are also used, each in their appropriate place. Fruit-syrups can- 
not be boiled in tinned copper vessels, as their color would be ruined by 
it ; they are best made in bright-scoured untinned copper kettles, but 
must not be allowed to cool in the kettle because they will then contain 
copper. 

Preservation. — Fermentation and mould are the changes to be 
guarded against. They are induced by ferments, bacteria, grape-sugar, 
an insufficient quantity of sugar, the presence of organic acids, or of 
water not mixed with the syrup. An insufficient quantity of water 
may cause crystallization of a portion of the sugar ; but this is not as 
objectionable as fermentation, mould, or chemical changes generally. 
The sugar is the preservative agent in syrups ; but, as already shown, it 
is preservative only in proportion to its purity. Among other preserv- 
ative substances which enter into some syrups are volatile oils, alcohol, 
inorganic acids, metallic salts, etc. Although in some cases where these 
or other preservative agents are present it may be sufficient to add only 
fifty to sixty per cent, of sugar, in most syrups sixty-four to sixty -five 
per cent, is required, and the quantity prescribed in the official syrups 
of the Pharmacopoeia of the United States is sixty-five per cent. In 
warm countries and in summer less than that proportion of sugar will 



966 A COMPANION TO THE 

be unsafe. In Norway, on the other hand, the pharmacopoeial syrups 
contain only sixty per cent, of sugar, which is there found sufficient. 

As soon as a syrup has been finished it should be bottled while hot 
(if made by heat), in dry bottles (preferably not larger than pint bottles), 
which must be filled up to the neck, and, after the syrup has become 
cool, must be tightly corked with sound, fine, selected corks. The necks 
of the bottles may then be dipped into melted paraffine or wax. After 
they have become quite cool, the filled bottles must be shaken up once, 
so as to incorporate with the syrup any water which may have formed 
by the condensation of vapors from the warm syrup in the necks of 
the bottles. They are then to be kept in the cellar or other cool place. 

Fermentation will be effectually prevented if these precautions are 
all duly observed. Even lose cotton plugs in the necks of the bottles 
are sufficient if all other conditions are fulfilled. 

Mould, however, may not be always prevented by these means, 
especially if organic acids are contained in the syrup, and it be long 
kept. Hence syrups should not be made in large quantities, but should 
be made fresh every two or three months if practicable. 

Restoration. — When a medicated syrup ferments, it is not the 
sugar alone that undergoes decomposition, especially if the constituents 
are of vegetable origin. These constituents are more or less injured, if 
not destroyed, and the preparation becomes turbid and unsightly as 
well as medicinally damaged. Neither the physician nor the patient 
would be satisfied to have such a preparation dispensed, even if the signs 
of fermentation have been previously removed. 

Medicinal syrups in which signs of fermentation have made their 
appearance cannot by any means be " restored " (?), so as to be as good 
as when fresh ; in fact, they are only fit to be thrown away. 

Flavoring syrups, or fruit syrups, may perhaps, when they have just 
begun to ferment, be improved, so as to be fit for some purposes, by bring- 
ing them to the boiling point, removing the froth, straining and rebottling. 

The addition to medicinal syrups of alcohol, sulphite of calcium, 
salicylic acid, etc., to preserve them is altogether inadmissible. 

Syrupus; U. S. 

Syrup. 

Syrupus Simplex, Syrupus Sacchari — Simple Syrup, E. ; Weisser 
Syrup, G. ; Sir op de Sucre, Sirop simple, F. ; Jarabe Simple, Sp. ; 
Socker syrup, Sw. 

Preparation. — Dissolve sixty-five parts, by weight, of sugar in 
thirty-five parts distilled water. Raise the temperature of the solution 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA, 967 

to the boiling point, and strain while hot. Finally add enough boiling 
distilled water to make the final product weigh one hundred parts. 

Strength. — This simple syrup, it will be observed, contains exactly 
sixty-five per cent, of sugar by weight. It is a trifle weaker than the 
syrup of the Pharmacopoeia of 1870, which contained 65.45 per cent, 
sugar, and a trifle stronger than the syrup of the German Pharmaco- 
poeia, which contains 64.3 per cent. 

Practically fifteen pounds of sugar to each gallon of distilled water 
will make the official syrup. The exact proportions are thirteen pounds 
sugar to seven pounds distilled water. 

Relation of Weight to Volume. — The specific gravity of simple 
syrup, made according to the new Pharmacopoeia, is 1.310. In other 
words, one thousand cubic centimeters of it will weigh thirteen hundred 
and ten grams. One gallon weighs ten pounds fourteen and two-third 
ounces avoirdupois. 

One thousand grams simple syrup measures 763.36 cubic centi- 
meters ; one thousand avoirdupois ounces measures 732 T 8 / ¥ fluidounces 
(about 45|- pints). 

Quantities of Materials required to make Specified Quanti- 
ties of Syrup. — To make one thousand cubic centimeters of syrup, 
use eight hundred and fifty-one and a half grams (30 ounces 16 grains) 
sugar, and four hundred and fifty-eight and a half cubic centimeters 
(15 1 fluidounces) of distilled water. 

To make one gallon use seven pounds one and a half ounce of sugar, 
and three pints ten and three-fourths fluidounces distilled water. 

To make forty-five and four-fifths gallons, use three hundred and 
twenty-five pounds sugar and twenty-one gallons distilled water. 

Increase of Volume of Liquid by Sugar added. — When sugar 
is dissolved in water each kilogram (1,000 grams) of sugar in the solu- 
tion occupies the space of six hundred and thirty-six cubic centimeters. 
When one thousand avoirdupois ounces of sugar is added to any liquid, 
elixir, or mixture, the bulk of the liquid will be thereby increased by 
six hundred and ten and one-half U. S. fluidounces ; or, in other words, 
one thousand grains of sugar in solution measures one ounce, two 
drachms, and ten and a half minims U. S. fluid measure. 

Used for flavoring mainly. 

FKUIT SYEUPS. 

Among the finest fruit syrups for use in preparing pleasant mixtures 
at the prescription counter, for making delicious summer drinks and re- 
freshing drinks for the sick, as well as for the soda fountain, the follow- 



968 A COMPANION TO THE 

ing deserve and have the preference, viz. : Raspberries, strawberries, 
cherries, blackberries, red and white currants, grapes, orange, lemon, 
and pine- apple. Natural syrups — that is, syrups prepared from the 
juice of the fresh fruit at the proper season — are the only fruit syrups 
fit to use. Artificially prepared syrups, made with so-called fruit 
essences, are always vastly inferior to the genuine, and in most cases 
they are simply abominable. 

The working formula we give for Rubi Idaei Syrupus will serve as a 
reliable model for all the others. 

Tabacum; U, S. 

Tobacco. 

Nicotianm Folia — Tabaks-blatter, G. ; Tabac, Nicotiane, F.; Nicociana, 
Sp.; Tobak, Sw. ; Leaf Tobacco. 

Origin. — Nicotiana Tabacum, Linne (Solanacece). 

Habitat. — Cultivated, especially in subtropical and temperate zones. 

Part used. — The leaves. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 331. 

Virginia tobacco, and Cuban tobacco are most esteemed. 

Constituents. — From two to ten per cent, of the extremely acrid 
poisonous alkaloid nicotine, besides nicotianin, resin, extractive, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — This remedy is a powerful depressant and poi- 
son, reducing the heart's action and producing collapse and even death. 
It should not be employed except in such apparently hopeless cases as 
strychnine poisoning and tetanus, in which the desperate condition jus- 
tifies desperate remedies. 

The smoking of a cigar occasionally gives relief in asthma, espe- 
cially if the patient is not an habitual smoker. 

TABACI ENEMA ; B. 
Enema of Tobacco. 

Infuse 1.30 gram (20 grains) leaf tobacco in two hundred and forty 
cubic centimeters (8 fluidounces) of boiling water for half an hour and 
strain the infusion. 

Intended for one enema, but is an excessive dose (see below). 

This preparation has been recommended for the relief of strangu- 
lated hernia, or intussusception of the bowels. Its use is not without 
danger, as death has resulted from the injection of less than the above 
quantity. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 969 

TABACI EXTKACTUM. 
Extract of Tobacco. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the consist- 
ence of soft extract. 

Used chiefly in ointment. Brown. 

Dose. — 0.01 to 0.05 gram (^ to 1 grain), with great care. 

TABACI IKFUSUM. 

Infusion of Tobacco. 

From four grams (about 60 grains) of the drug make five hundred 
grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 

The infusion is used like the enema, in corresponding doses. It is 
an extremely dangerous remedy. 

It has also been employed externally to destroy parasites on man 
and animals, but enough may be absorbed to produce death. An in- 
fusion of tobacco of any indefinite strength (a handful of tobacco to a 
gallon or two of water) may be employed in the form of spray or sprink- 
ling to destroy plant-lice, or the plants, if in pots, may be dipped into 
the liquid. 

Tamarindus ; XL S. 

Tamarind. 
Tamar Indien. 

Origin. — Tamarindus indica, Linne (Leguminosm). 

Habitat* — India, tropical Africa, and the West Indies. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 331. It is the pulp of 
the fruit. The West Indian tamarind is usually good. The Egyptian 
is generally poor, and often mouldy. 

Constituents. — About nine per cent, citric acid, one and one-half 
per cent, tartaric acid, three per cent, bitartrate of potassium, besides 
malic acid, about twelve per cent, sugar (more in the West Indian 
tamarind), and some pectin, gum, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Tamarind pulp dissolved in water makes a 
pleasant, acidulous, slightly laxative drink. Tamarinds are occasionally 
added to other cathartics. 

Dose. — Ad libitum. 



970 A COMPANION TO THE 

Tanacetum ; IT. S. 

Tansy. 

Tanaceti Ilerba — Rainfarn, Wurmkraut, G. ; Tanaisie, Herbe mix 
vers, F. ; Renfana, Sw. 

Origin. — Tanacetum vulgare, Linne {Compositor). 

Habitat. — Asia, Europe, North America. 

Part used. — Leaves and flowering tops. (Some pharmacopoeias 
prescribe the use of the flowers only.) 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 331. 

Odor strong, camphoraceous ; taste acrid, bitter. 

Constituents. — From one-fourth to one-third per cent, of yellow 
or greenish volatile oil ; and also a bitter principle, tanacetin, which has 
been obtained in yellowish-white warts, soluble in ether, insoluble in 
water, slightly soluble in alcohol. 

Medicinal Uses. — Tansy is employed as an emmenagogue to 
restore suppressed menstruation, and sometimes for the purpose of pro- 
curing abortion. It is seldom, if ever, successful in producing the latter 
effect, but may produce intestinal irritation resulting in death. It also 
possesses anthelmintic properties, 

Dose. — Two to five grams (15 to 75 grains), best administered in 
the form of fluid extract ; of the oil, one to three drops. 

TANACETI EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Tanacetum. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (about 8^ fluidounces) alcohol to every one hundred 
grams (about 3^ fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 

TANACETI INFUSUM. 
Infusion of Tanacetum. 

From thirty grams (about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

Dose. — Thirty to sixty cubic centimeters (1 to 2 fluidounces). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



971 



Tapioca. 

Tapioca. 

Origin. — Manihot utilissima, Pohl (Euphorbiacece). 

Habitat. — Cultivated in the tropics. 

Description. — The starch obtained from the rhizome. It occurs in 




Fig. 526.— Tapioca Starch. 

irregular roundish pieces and grains ; white and opaque, or somewhat 
translucent on the edges. Swells in hot water to a clear jelly. 
Used as an article of food for invalids and others. 



Taraxacum ; U. S. 

* 

Taraxacum. 

Taraxaci Radix — Lowenzahnwurzel, G. ; Pissenlit, Dent de Lion, F.; 
Taraxacon, Dente de Leon, Sp. ; Maskrosrot, Sw. ; Dandelion. 

Origin. — Taraxacum Dens-leonis, Desfontaines (Compositm). 

Habitat. — Europe and the United States. 

Part used. — The root, gathered in the autumn. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 331. 

Taraxacum is frequently much discolored, damaged by insects, 
mouldy, or otherwise worthless. Must be perfectly sound and recently 
dried to be of any medicinal value. 

Constituents. — Contains taraxacin, which is an intensely bitter 



972 



A COMP ANION TO THE 



substance, obtained in warty crystals when pure ; taraxacerin is also 
contained in the drug, and has an acrid taste. When collected in the 
fall, as it should be, taraxacum contains a large quantity of inulin 
(about twenty-four per cent.), which at other seasons is replaced by 




FiGS. 527, 528. — Taraxacum, natural size; transverse section, enlarged. 

levulin and uncrystallizable sugar. Inulin is a variety of starch. (See 
Inula.) 

Taraxacin, the, perhaps, most important constituent, is soluble in 
water and in alcohol. 

Uses. — Taraxacum is used in chronic derangements of the digestive 
organs, especially when accompanied by hepatic congestion. It is 
supposed to increase the appetite and stimulate the functions of the 
liver. 

Dose. — Two to ten grams (\ to 2J fluidrachms), best administered 
as fluid extract. 



TAEAXACI DECOCT UM. 
Decoction of Taraxacum. 

From thirty grams (or about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

About the same strength as the preparation of the British Pharma- 
copoeia. 

Dose. — Fifty to one hundred cubic centimeters (1-J to 3 fluidounces). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 973 



TARAXACI EXTRACTUM ; U. S. 
Exteact of Taraxacum. 

Slice five hundred grams (or 17§ avoirdupois ounces) fresh taraxacum 
(gathered in September), and bruise it in a stone mortar, sprinkling a 
little water over it, continuing the operation until the drug is reduced 
to a pulp. Then press out and strain the juice, and evaporate it in a 
vacuum apparatus, or in a porcelain evaporating dish, on a water-bath, 
until reduced to solid extract. 

Brown. Yield nine to ten per cent. ; the recently dried root yields 
from fifteen to thirty per cent. When old it often becomes granular 
from crystalline deposits of calcium and potassium salts. 

It will be observed that the Pharmacopoeia directs this extract to be 
made from fresh taraxacum, which is not the official drug, as the phar- 
macopceial description applies to dried taraxacum, which is the only 
kind of taraxacum obtainable in the market. 

Dose. — One to two and one-half grams (15 to 40 grains). 



TAEAXACI EXTRACTUM FLUID UM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Taraxacum. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (8-J- fluidounces) alcohol to everyone hundred grams 
(about 3-J- fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and fifty grams (about 6 fluid- 
ounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. 
Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then perco- 
late. 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14J fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to 
make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2£ fluidrachms). 



974 A COMPANION TO THE 



TARAXACI INFUSUM. 

Infusion of Taraxacum. 

From sixty-five grams (about 2£ avoirdupois ounces) of the drug 
make five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 

Dose. — Twenty-five to seventy-five cubic centimeters (6 to 18 flui- 
drachms). 

Terebinthina ; U. S. 

Turpentine. 
JPini Oleoresina, Thus Americanum — Common White Turpentine. 

Origin. — Pinus australis, Michaux, and other species of Pinus 
( Coniferce). 

Habitat. — North Carolina and other Southeastern States of the 
United States. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 332. 

Constituents. — From twenty to thirty per cent, volatile oil (oil of 
turpentine) ; abietic acid, and other resins, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Not employed internally, but only as an ingre- 
dient of plasters. 

Terebinthina Canadensis; U. S. 

Canada Turpentine. 
Abietis Oleoresina — Balsam of Fir. 

Origin* — Abies balsamea, Marshall (Coniferce), 

Habitat. — Canada and Northern United States. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 332. 

Constituents. — From twenty-five to thirty per cent, volatile oil, 
the remainder being chiefly resins. 

Medicinal Uses. — Rarely employed internally as a stimulant blen- 
norrhetic. Mainly used externally or in the arts, as in mounting micro- 
scopic objects, in varnishes, etc. 

Terebinthinse Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil of Turpentine. 

Terebinthinm JEtheroleum — Volatile Oil of Turpentine, "Spirit of 

Turpentine" 

A volatile oil distilled from turpentine. 
Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 244. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 975 



Medicinal Uses. — Stimulant, diuretic, anthelmintic, and purgative. 

It is used internally in low typhoid conditions in which the tongue 
is dry and brown and the teeth covered with sordes ; also as an anthel- 
mintic in combination with castor-oil to insure its action on the bowels, 
as otherwise it might produce strangury or bloody urine. 

Externally it is often employed as a rubefacient in liniments or by 
sprinkling on the side of a linseed poultice next to the skin. Such a 
poultice is often placed over the bladder in suppressed urine. 

Dose. — As a stimulant, 0.3 to 1 cubic centimeter (5 to 15 minims) ; 
as a cathartic and anthelmintic, fifteen cubic centimeters (J fluidounce) 
or more, combined with other cathartics. 

TEREBINTHLST^E ENEMA; B. 
Enema of Turpentine. 

Mix thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) oil of turpentine with 
four hundred cubic centimeters (15 fluidounces) mucilage of starch. 
Mix for one enema. 

TEREBINTHIK^E LINIMENTUM ALBUM. 

Stores' Liniment. 

Triturate one hundred and fifty grams (5 ounces 127 grains) yolk of 
egg in a large Wedgewood mortar until perfectly smooth ; then add four 
hundred cubic centimeters (13-J- fluidounces) oil of turpentine and twenty 
cubic centimeters (f fluidounce) oil of lemon, and continue the tritura- 
tion until a uniform mixture results ; now add gradually sixty cubic 
centimeters (2 fluidounces) glacial acetic acid, continuing to triturate 
the mixture briskly. Then pour the whole into a half-gallon bottle, add 
three hundred and fifty-five cubic centimeters (12 fluidounces) rose- 
water, and shake the whole briskly and uninterruptedly until a uniform 
creamy emulsion results. 

TEREBLSTTHIN^E LINIMENTUM; IT. S. 
Turpentine Liniment. 

Melt sixty-five grams (2 ounces 130 grains) resin cerate, and then 
mix with it thirty-five grams (1 ounce 105 grains) oil of turpentine. 
A stimulant local application in rheumatism, etc. 

TEREBINTHINJE lotio ASTRINGENS. 
Warren's Styptic. 

Put two hundred and fifty grams (8 ounces 360 grains) sulphuric 
acid into a two-gallon porcelain evaporating dish, kept on ice. Add one 



976 A COMPANION TO THE 

hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) oil of turpentine, drop by drop, 
stirring slowly but constantly. When effervescence ceases, add gradu- 
ally a mixture of four hundred cubic centimeters (13^- fluidounces) alco- 
hol and three hundred and fifty-five cubic centimeters (12 fluidounces) 
water, mix well, let stand until cold, and then transfer it to a glass- 
stoppered bottle. 

TEREBINTHIN^E OLEUM KECTIFICATUM. 
Rectified Oil of Turpentine. 

Mix one liter (34 fluidounces) oil of turpentine with six liters (12f 
pints) water in a copper still, and distil as long as a colorless distillate 
is obtained. 

The product is a thin, limpid liquid, soluble in about twelve times its 
weight of alcohol. 

The ordinary oil of turpentine ought not to be used internally, but 
only the rectified oil of turpentine. 

TEREBINTIIINJE EMULSIO. 
Emulsion of Turpentine. 

Mix fifteen cubic centimeters (£ fluidounce) oil of turpentine with 
fifteen grams (£ ounce) of powdered gum arabic thoroughly in a mortar, 
and then add fifteen cubic centimeters (^- fluidounce) of water and tritu- 
rate rapidly until an emulsion is formed. Finally add water slowly 
under continued agitation until the whole product measures two hun- 
dred and fifty cubic centimeters (8 fluidounces). 

This emulsion is occasionally used alone or in combination with other 
remedies in typhoid fever ; etc. 

Dose. — One tablespoonful every two or three hours. 

Thea. 

Tea. 

Them Folia— Thee, G.; The, F.; Te, Sp.; The, Sw. 

Origin. — Camellia Thea, Link (Ternstroemiacem). 

Habitat. — China, Japan, etc. 

Part used. — The leaves. 

Description. — Tea leaves are oval, obovate or oblanceolate in shape, 
with a short petiole, prominent midrib and veins which curve upward 
near the margin, blunt or pointed apex and irregularly toothed margin. 
They vary in length from three to eight centimeters (1 to 3 inches). 
Odor pleasant, aromatic ; taste slightly astringent, bitterish. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



977 



The teas of commerce vary considerably in color and general appear- 
ance, according to the mode of preparation and curing. The leaves are 
usually rolled. The color is from grayish-green, and bluish-green, to 
blackish. 

Constituents. — From one and one-half to four per cent, of the alka- 
loid theine, which is identical with caffeine; from one-half to one per 
cent, volatile oil ; some boheic acid, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Astringent and slightly excitant. Used as an 
antidote in cases in which tannic acid is indicated, but not at hand. 
Mainly used as an article of drink, the habitual use of which is apt to 
produce periodical sick headaches, especially in women, which yield to 
no treatment except the suspension of the use of tea. 



Tlieobroma. 

Cacao. 

Origin. — Theobroma Cacao, Linne, and other species of Theobroma 
(JBiittneriacece). 

Habitat. — Tropical America. 

Part used. — The seeds. 

Description. — Oval, about the size of almonds ; the shell is thin, 
fragile, reddish-brown or grayish-brown, with numerous veins ; hilum 




Figs. 529-533. — Theobroma Seeds, natural size, a, side; 6, edge; e, transverse section of 
seed ; c, outer, and d< inner surface of cotyledon. 

(or scar) at the broad end, from which a line runs along the more con- 
vex border of the seed to the narrow end, where the chalaza is found ; 
embryo reddish-brown ; cotyledons large, brittle, oily, aromatic. 

Curing. — The seeds are laid in heaps on the ground, covered with 
leaves during the night, but exposed to the sun during the day, after 
which they are dried ; or they are buried in the ground a few days pre- 
vious to drying. By these means the bitter taste of the fresh seeds is 
removed. 

Constituents. — The seeds consist of about twelve per cent, shells 
and eighty-eight per cent, kernels. They contain from one to one and 
62 






978 A COMPANION TO THE 



one-half per cent, of the alkaloid theobromine in the kernels, and some- 
what less than one per cent, of it in the shells. The kernels also con- 
tain from forty-five to fifty-three per cent, fixed oil (butter of cacao), 
fourteen to eighteen per cent, starch, thirteen to eighteen per cent, 
protein compounds, a small quantity of sugar, etc. 

Theobromine is an alkaloid unusually rich in nitrogen (C 7 H 8 N 4 2 ), 
crystallizes in small white needles, soluble in boiling water and in boil- 
ing alcohol ; inodorous, and of a bitter taste. It closely resembles caffe- 
ine, and can be converted into it. 

Uses. — The seeds of theobroma are used for preparing chocolate, 
for which purpose they are roasted, and ground by trituration in heated 
vessels until reduced to a smooth paste, which is then moulded into 
cakes and allowed to cool, when the chocolate hardens. 

Chocolate is nutritive and stimulant. 

THEOBROMA PASTA. 
Chocolate. 

Prepared from the seeds of Theobroma Cacao by roasting, removing 
the shells, and then crushing and grinding them by the aid of heat until 
reduced to a smooth paste, which is cast in moulds. 

Chocolate is either plain, or sweetened, or aromatized with vanilla, 
cinnamon, etc. 

Used to disguise the unpleasant taste of various medicines. 

Also as a drink. 

Theobromse Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil op Theobroma. 

Cacao Butter. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 244. 
The fixed oil expressed from the seeds of Theobroma Cacao. Melts 
at summer heat. 

Used for making suppositories. 

THEOBROMSE CERATUM. 

Red Lip Salve. 

Melt together thirty-five grams (1 ounce 100 grains) white wax, 
thirty-five grams oil of theobroma, and thirty grams (1 ounce 25 grains) 
oil of almond. When nearly cold add a drop of oil of rose, and color the 
whole with a minute quantity of carmine previously triturated with a 
drop of water of ammonia. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 979 



Tiieriaca. 

Theeiac. 

Macerate one gram (15 grains) opium with four cubic centimeters 
(1 fluidrachm) sherry wine for twenty-four hours. Then mix it with 
seventy-five grams (2 ounces 280 grains) honey, and afterward incor- 
porate the mixture thoroughly with the following powders previously 
mixed together, viz. : six grams (90- grains) angelica root, four grams 
(60 grains) serpentaria, two grams (30 grains) valerian, two grams squill, 
two grams zedoary, two grams cinnamon, one gram (15 grains) carda- 
mom, one gram myrrh, and one gram pure precipitated sulphate of 
iron. 

Formerly used as an external anodyne application in painful abdom- 
inal diseases.. 

Thuja ; U. S. 

Thuja. 
Tliujm Hamuli — Arbor Vitce. 

Origin. — Thuja occidentalism Linne (Coniferce). 

Habitat. — Canada and Northern United States. 

Parts Used. — The fresh twigs from the tops. 

Description- — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 332. See also the 
figure. The leaves are about three millimeters (^ inch) long, with blunt 
points, and have each a raised oil gland on the back. 
Odor balsamic ; taste pungent, camphoraceous, bitter. 

Not in any other pharmacopoeia. 

Constituents. — The principal constituent is a volatile 
oil. It also contains a bitter amorphous substance called 
pinipicrin, which also exists in the leaves of JPinus syloes- 
tris, and a yellow substance called thujin, soluble in water 
and in alcohol. 

Medicinal Uses. — It has been given internally in in- 

° ^ Fir 534 

termittent fever, rheumatism, and amenorrhcea, and as an Thuja Occiden- 

alterative blennorrhetic in chronic catarrh and bronchor- talis ' enlar g ed - 

rhcea. Externally the fresh leaves rubbed up with lard have been used 

as a stimulant application to indolent ulcers and to ocndylomata. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains), three or four times a 
day. 




980 A COMPANION TO THE 

THUJAS EXTEACTIJM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Arbor Vit^e. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17| avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug-, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

THUJ^E TINCTLTKA. 
Tincture of Thuja. 

Macerate sixty grams (2 ounces) fresh thuja, in No. 30 powder, with 
three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) alcohol for five clays. 
Express and filter. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

Thymol ; U. So 

Thymol. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 332. 

New to the Pharmacopoeia. 

Used externally in solution or ointment as a powerful antiseptic. 

Thymus. 

Thyme. 

Tliymi Folia — Thymian, JRomischer Qudndel, G. ; Thym, F. ; Timjan, 
Sw. ; Garden Thyme. 

Origin. — Thymus vulgaris, Linne {Labiates). 

Habitat. — Cultivated. 

Part used. — The leaves. 

Description. — Linear or narrow, oblong, about five millimeters (-J- 
inch) long. They are grayish-green, grayish-hairy on the under side, 
dotted with numerous oil glands on both sides. Odor strong, aromatic ; 
taste pungent, spicy. 

Constituents. — About two and one-half per cent, volatile oil, 
which is yellowish-brown, and consists of cvmene, thymene, and thymol. 

Properties. — Stimulant, tonic, carminative, antispasmodic, emmen- 
agogue. Scarcely ever used internally. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains), in infusion or fluid 
extract. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



981 



Thymi Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil of Thyme. 

Thy mi ^EJtheroleum — Volatile Oil of Thyme. 

The volatile oil distilled from Thymus vulgaris. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 244. 

Uses. — As it contains thymol it might be employed as an antiseptic. 

Tigrlii Oleum ; U. S. 

• Oeoton Oil. 
Crotonis Oleum. 
Origin. — Croton Tiglium, Linne (TJuphorbiacece). 
Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 244. 
Color, solubility in alcohol, and acridity increase by age. 

Medicinal Uses. — Internally a most powerful drastic cathartic, 
occasionally used in apoplexy or lead-poisoning. 

Externally it is irritant and suppurant, and is used to 
produce powerful counter-irritation. 

Dose. — One-fourth to two drops. 

TIGLII COLLODIUM. 

Ckoton-Oil Collodion. 
Mix equal parts of croton oil and flexible collodion. 
Used as a suppurant. 

Tilia. 

TlLIA. 

Tilim Flores — Lindenbluthen, G-. ; Lind- 
blommor, Sw.; Linden Flowers. 

Origin. — Tilia vulgaris, Hayn ; and 
Tilia parviflora and Tilia grandiflora, 
Erhardt. 




Fig. 535.— Inflorescence of Tilia Ulmi- 
folia, natural size. 



H ab itat. — Europe. 

Parts used. — The whole inflorescence, with the leaves or bracts 
properly belonging to it. 

Description.— See the figure. 

The flowers are yellowish-white and the bracts light green. In the 



982 A COMPANION TO THE 



dried state they should have their natural colors, except that the petals 
always become somewhat more yellowish. Must not be brown. Odor 
pleasant but feeble ; taste sweetish. 

Contains minute quantities of volatile oil and aromatic resin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Linden flowers are much used in the form of 
hot infusion, or tea, as a diaphoretic, and to relieve indigestion, ner- 
vousness, etc. 

Dose- — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains), in infusion. 

Tincturae. • 

Tinctures. 
Tinkturen, G.; Teintures, F.; Tinturas, Sp. ; Tinkturer, Sw. 

Tinctures, in a proper sense, are liquid preparations made from crude 
drugs with more or less alcoholic menstrua, and proportionately weaker 
than the fluid extracts. Water, ether, glycerin, ammonia, volatile oils, 
etc., are sometimes added, either to the alcohol with which the tincture 
is to be made, or to the finished tincture. Hydro-alcoholic tinctures, 
ethereal tinctures, ammoniated tinctures, alcoholic tinctures, etc., are 
terms which explain themselves. 

Preparation. — The notes under the title "Extracta Fluida" in 
this work are in general pertinent also to the subject of tinctures. 

Tinctures are prepared in one of three ways, principally : Tinctures 
of extract-like substances such as aloes, or gum resins like asafoetida, or 
of resins like tolu, are made by maceration ; those of crude plant organs 
are made either by maceration and subsequent percolation, or by perco- 
lation without previous maceration. The last-named method is adopted 
only in a few cases where the menstruum is strongly alcoholic, and the 
drug readily permeated and exhausted by it. 

Nomenclature. — Among the tinctures of the Pharmacopoeia are a 
few preparations which are not tinctures in the proper sense of that 
term, viz., the tinctures of acetate of iron and of chloride of iron, which 
are solutions of a compound nature, and the tinctures of iodine and of 
green soap, which are simple solutions. 

If the art of pharmacy is to progress toward greater perfection in 
its details, an explicit- nomenclature is one of the necessary aids to its 
systematic development. Without a systematic terminology, botany 
would be an impossibility ; the same is true of all other sciences and of 
the arts. Those who have no ambition beyond buying and selling 
medicines, and making a living by it, will naturally enough object to 
any nice distinctions in nomenclature as well as in the quality, purity, 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 983 

and strength of the drugs they handle. To them every step forward 
which requires the least exertion is most unwelcome, and the plausible 
argument honestly advanced by some good pharmacists, that there is 
danger in making* any changes in nomenclature, is eagerly repeated. 

Strength. — The relation which the quantity of finished tincture 
bears to the quantity of drug it represents, or its proportional strength, 
is far from uniform in the several pharmacopoeias, and without con- 
sidering the compound tinctures, and the preparations classed as tinc- 
tures without being such, we find that our pharmacopoeial tinctures are 
of five, ten, fifteen, twenty, forty or fifty per cent, strength. Moreover, 
the strengths of some tinctures have been fixed without any apparent 
reference to their uses and posological potencies. The strengths of the 
tinctures of the Pharmacopoeia are in fact simply arbitrary mathemati- 
cal proportions. In this respect the pharmacopoeias of other countries 
are no better than ours. It is remarkable that we should have a tinc- 
ture of coniurn of only fifteen per cent, strength, although the drug and 
the menstruum are therapeutically antagonistic. The tincture of ma- 
tico is only ten per cent. ; the tincture of veratrum viride is made of 
fifty per cent, strength, although the dose is then only five to ten drops ; 
and the tincture of aconite root is a forty per cent, tincture, with a dose 
of from one to six drops. 

In the opinion of the authors, the strength of all liquid preparations 
ought to be fixed with reference to their properties and uses, and their 
relative potency, and with only secondary regard to simple mathemati- 
cal ratios. 

Finally, we believe that many of the official tinctures are useless 
preparations, and that they should be discarded in practice in favor of 
the fluid extracts. Among the tinctures which we consider superfluous 
are those of : Aconite, arnica flowers, arnica root, bitter orange peel, 
belladonna, bryonia, calendula, calumba, Indian cannabis, cardamom, 
compound cardamom, chirata, cimicifuga, cinchona, compound cinchona, 
cinnamon, colchicum, conium, cubeb, digitalis, gelsemium, compound 
gentian, ginger, hops, hydrastis, hyoscyamus, ignatia, krameria, lobelia, 
matico, nux vomica, physostigma, pyrethrum, quassia, rhubarb, saffron, 
sanguinaria, squill, serpentaria, stramonium, sumbul, valerian, and 
veratrum viride, all of which are less eligible than the respective fluid 
extracts. 

If the physician prefers to prescribe calumba with more alcohol 
than the fluid extract contains, then he will probably add more alcohol 
than even the tincture contains. Then, if brandy or whiskey has to be 
combined with the tincture, why not with the fluid extract ? 

The fluid extracts are not open to the objection that their strength 



984 A COMPANION TO THE 

is fixed arbitrarily and without system. While their relative posologi- 
cal potency varies extremely (from one drop to over one hundred times 
that quantity), it is not to be forgotten that the relative differences in 
activity between the drugs themselves are exactly preserved in the fluid 
extracts, while in the tinctures they are confused without any apparent 
definite end in view. 

Preservation. — All tinctures as well as fluid extracts should be 
kept in a moderately warm room where the temperature does not 
change greatly or suddenly, and they should, moreover, be properly 
protected from the chemical rays of light or from direct sunlight. 

Some tinctures become unclear when exposed to cold, as in ship- 
ping in winter, but become clear again when placed in a warm room, 
while others, when once unclear, cannot be made clear again except by 
filtration. 

Tinctures from Fluid Extracts. — It is our deliberate judgment, 
upon careful consideration of the actual condition of the practice of 
pharmacy, the practical ends in view, and the essential facts involved, 
that when dilute liquid alcoholic preparations of vegetable drugs are re- 
quired they are best prepared by simply diluting the fluid extracts to the 
desired point by adding a sufficient quantity of the proper menstruum. 

A properly prepared fluid extract well represents the drug from which 
it is made. It is concentrated and thus in compact form, and far less 
liable to change or deterioration than the drug in its crude condition. 
If, therefore, a well-made fluid extract is at hand it is likely to be of 
much better quality than the average drug as obtainable from dealers in 
general ; and when a preparation less concentrated than the fluid extract is 
wanted, common sense and good pharmacy would seem to indicate that 
the dilution of the fluid extract is an eminently practical method to adopt. 

Many intelligent and conscientious druggists do make their tinctures 
from fluid extracts. Physicians in places remote from drug stores are 
by necessity compelled to dispense their own remedies ; they are not 
pharmacists and do not carry a large assortment of drugs and prepara- 
tions in stock ; and, as their time is limited, they also have naturally 
adopted this ready and sensible method of preparing tinctures. It re- 
duces labor, economizes materials, limits the amount of capital required 
to keep a varied assortment of medicines by reducing the quantity of 
fixtures, stock bottles, shelving, etc. ; and in great measure does away 
with the necessity of keeping a large number of crude drugs in stock, 
which too frequently become worthless before they are used up. 

A good fluid extract is always far more useful than the crude drug 
itself, bo the latter good or bad. In fact, a careful pharmacist should 
rather convert all his stock of crude drugs into fluid extracts at once 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 985 

than to keep them on hand for the purpose of making tinctures, or fluid 
extracts, etc., as required from time to time, as his fluid extracts would 
still be good long after the drugs have become deteriorated or inert 
through the influence of time, air, light, heat, moisture, insects, etc. 

In obedience to the demands of both physicians and pharmacists, 
therefore, the manufacturers of pharmaceutical preparations have pub- 
lished formulas for making tinctures, wines, etc., from fluid extracts, the 
Pharmacopoeia failing to give them. It is a well-known fact that these 
formulas are more frequently consulted when tinctures, etc., are to be 
prepared than the Pharmacopoeia itself. The reason for this anoma- 
lous state of affairs is obvious — it is that the plan of making tinctures 
from fluid extracts is easier, more practical, and yields generally better 
results than do the methods of the Pharmacopoeia. 

The formulae furnished by the manufacturers of fluid extracts are, how- 
ever, as a rule, more or less incorrect, and often grossly at variance with 
recognized authoritative standards. Any one who will take the trouble to 
compare a few of these sets of formulae with the new Pharmacopoeia, with 
the old pharmacopoeia, with the several dispensatories, and with each 
other, will soon find that the formulae given in the price-lists, formularies, 
labels, etc., extant in the trade, are so seriously wrong that if followed 
the} 7 must inevitably do great mischief. Thus we find that the published 
formulae for such powerful tinctures as those of aconite root, veratrum 
viride, cannabis indica, gelsemium, conium fruit, etc., vary in strength 
from fifty to two hundred per cent. ! ! In less important tinctures we 
have found variations of twenty, fifty, one hundred, and even four hun- 
dred per cent. Sometimes the formula is one that will yield a tincture 
of only one-fifth its proper strength ; sometimes it is one that will yield 
a tincture of more than double its proper strength. By " proper 
strength " we mean in this connection, of course, the pharmacopoeial 
strength ; but these blunders are not accounted for by the changes of 
strength introduced in the new Pharmacopoeia, for in very many in- 
stances the formulae, as we have stated above, do not agree with any 
recognized standards, old or new, nor with common usage. 

All formulae, therefore, which are given outside of the Pharmacopoeia 
ouofht to be verified before bein^ used. 

In verifying the formulae for making preparations for which the 
Pharmacopoeia gives standards, it is necessary to bear in mind that the 
formulae of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia are by weight only. It will be 
found convenient to refer to the table of specific volumes of alcoholic 
liquids on page 1138, from which it will be seen that 100 avoirdupois 
ounces of alcohol, at the most common temperatures, measures 118 fluid- 
ounces, and 100 avoirdupois ounces of diluted alcohol measures 104 



986 A COMPANION TO THE 



fluidounces ; while 100 avoirdupois ounces of water measures only 96 
fluidounces. 

It will unquestionably be granted, however, that when the product 
is identical with, and properly fulfils the intentions of the pharmaco- 
poeial preparation, it is quite immaterial by what method it was made. 
Thus, a fluid extract made by re-percolation truly answers the require- 
ments of the Pharmacopoeia, although re-percolation, notwithstanding 
it is the best process known, is authorized only as an alternate process ; 
chemicals produced by manufacturers are rarely made by the pharmaco- 
poeial methods, but they are undoubtedly strictly in accordance with the 
pharmacopoeial requirements if they answer the official descriptions and 
tests ; the blue mass and blue ointment which are used all over the 
country are rarely, if ever, made as described in the Pharmacopoeia. 
A tincture prepared by diluting the fluid extract is certainly medicinally 
identical with a tincture made by percolation or maceration, if the ma- 
terials were the same in both cases and the process properly conducted. 
More than that, we are bound to recognize the fact that the actual prac- 
tice is so general, and so rational, that it certainly will prevail unless 
there 'are material reasons for discouraging it. We accordingly believe 
that the Pharmacopoeia itself should give formula? for preparing tinc- 
tures, or any other dilutions required, directly from the fluid extracts, 
especially as most of the tinctures are only superfluous preparations 
when we have the fluid extracts. 

The Pharmacopoeia directs the use of fluid extracts in preparing tinc- 
ture of ipecac and opium, wine of ipecac, and the syrups of ipecac, 
krarneria, lactucarium, rose, rubus, senega, and ginger. This list can 
profitably be largely extended. 

The objections which we have heard urged against the preparations 
of tinctures from fluid extracts are trifling in comparison with the prac- 
tical advantages gained. 

We give below a table of carefully prepared formulae for making all 
tinctures used to any considerable extent, which can properly be so made. 

Formulae for Tinctures lohich may Property be Made from the Respective 

Fluid Extracts. 

Absinthium.— Mix 30 C.c. (or 1 fl.oz.) of the fluid extract with 120C.C 
(or 4 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol.— Dose : 2 to 15 C.c. (£ to 4 fl.drs.). 

Absinthium, Comp. ; Sw.- Mix 4 C.c. (£ fl.oz.) of each of the 
fluid extracts of Carduus Benedictus, Orange Berries, and Ga- 
langa ; 15 C.c. (\ fl.oz.) fluid extract of Absinthium ; and 180 C.c. 
(6 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol.— Dose : 1 to 4 C.c. (15 to GO^minims). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 987 

Aconite Leaves. — Mix 30 C.c. (or 1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Aconite 

Leaves and 210 C.c. (7 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 0.5 to 1 

C.c. (8 to 15 minims). 
Aconite [Root]; U. S.— Mix 200 C.c. (6f fl.ozs.) fluid extract of 

Aconite Root and 420 C.c. (14 fl.ozs.) alcohol. — Dose : 0.1 to 0.25 

C.c. (1 to 4 minims). 

Actaea Racemosa (see Cimicifuga). 

Aloes ; U. S.— Mix 60 C.c. (2 fl.ozs.) liquid extract of Aloes ; 30 C.c. 
(1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Glycyrrhiza ; and 210 C.c. (7 fl.ozs.) di- 
luted alcohol. — Dose : As a laxative, 1 to 3 C.c. (15 to 45 minims); 
as a purgative, 5 C.c. (75 minims). 

American Hellebore (see Veratrum Viride). 

Angelica Root.— Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Angelica 
Root and 120 C.c. (4 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 5 to 15 C.c. 
(1 to 4. fl.drs.). 

AngUStura.— Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Angustura and 120 
C.c. (4 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 4 to 12 C.c. (1 to 3 fl.drs.). 

Aralia Spinosa ; Amer. Disp.— Mix 30 C.c (l fl. oz.) fluid extract 
of Aralia Spinosa and 130 C.c. (4^ fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 
5 to 15 C.c. (1 to 4 fl.drs.). 

Arnica Flowers; U. S.— Mix 150 C.c (5 fl.ozs.) fluid extract of 

Arnica Flowers and 660 C.c. (22 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 

1 to 3 C.c. (15 to 45 minims). 
Arnica Root ; U. S.— Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Arnica 

Root and 285 C.c. (9-J fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 2 to 6 C.c 

(i to H fl.dr.). 
AspidOSperma.— Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Quebracho 

and 120 C.c. (4 fl.ozs.) alcohol. — Dose : 5 to 15 C.c. (1 to 4 fl.drs.). 
Baptisia.— Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Baptisia and 120 C.c 

(4 fl.ozs.) alcohol. — Dose : 1 to 5 C.c. (15 to 75 minims). 

Belladonna [Leaves] ; U. S.— Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract 

of Belladonna Leaves and 180 C.c. (6 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — 
Dose : 1 to 2 C.c (15 to 30 minims). 

Belladonna Root.— Mix 45 C.c (1£ fl.oz.) fluid extract of Bella- 
donna Root and 255 C.c. (8^- fl.ozs.) alcohol. — Dose : 0.5 to 2 C.c. 
(10 to 30 minims). 

Black Cohosh (see Cimicifuga). 

Black Snake Root (see Cimicifuga). 

Blood Root (see Sanguinaria). 

BiOOd Root, Comp. (see Sanguinaria, Comp.). 

Blue Cohosh (see Caulophyllum). 

Blue Flag (see Iris Versicolor). 



9S8 A COMPANION TO THE 

BoldO.— Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Boldo and 120 C.c. (4 
fl.ozs.) alcohol. — Dose : 0.3 to 2.5 C.c. (5 to 40 minims). 

Bryonia ; U. S. — Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Bryonia and 
345 C.c. (11£ fl.ozs.) alcohol.— Dose : 5 to 25 C.c. (1 to 6 fl.drs.). 

Buchu.— Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Buchu and 150 C.c. (5 
fl.ozs.) alcohol. — Dose : 5 to 10 C.c. (1 to 2J fl.drs.). 

CactUS Grandiflora. — The so-called fluid extract is itself a tinc- 
ture ; it is sometimes diluted, however, with three times its own 
volume of alcohol. The dose of the concentrated tincture (which 
is sold under the title Fluid Extract) is from. 2 to 5 minims, and 
that of the diluted tincture is, therefore, 8 to 20 minims. 

Calabar Bean (see Physostigma). 

Calamus. — Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Calamus and 270 
C.c. (9 fl.ozs.) alcohol. — Dose : 5 to 15 C.c. (1 to 4 fl.drs.). 

CalenduSa Flowers- — Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Calen- 
dula Flowers and 120 C.c. (4 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 5 
to 15 C.c. (1 to 4 fl.drs.). 

Calendula Herb ; U. S.— Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of 

Calendula Herb and 120 C.c. (4 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 

5 to 15 C.c. (1 to 4 fl.drs.). 
Calumba ; U. S.— Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Calumba ; 

195 C.c. (6J fl.ozs.) alcohol ; and 120 C.c (4 fl.ozs.) water. — Dose : 

5 to 10 C.c. (1 to 2\ fl.drs.). 
Canella.— Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Canella and 270 C.c. 

(9 fl.ozs.) alcohol.— Dose : 5 to 15 C.c. (1 to 4 fl.drs.). 
Cannabis Bndica (see Indian Cannabis). 
Cantharides; U. S.— Mix 15 C.c (£ fl.oz.) fluid extract of Can- 

tharidesand 360 C.c. (12 fl.ozs.) alcohol.— Dose : 0.5 to 1 C.c. (8 

to 15 minims). 
Capsicum ; U. S. — Mix 15 C.c (£ fl.oz.) fluid extract of Capsicum 

and 360 C.c (12 fl.ozs.) alcohol.— Dose : 1 to 8 C.c. (15 to 120 

minims). 
Cardamom ; U. S.— Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Cardamom 

and 210 C.c. (7 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol.— Dose : 2 to 10 C.c. (£ to 

2i fl.drs.). 
Cardamom, Comp. ; U. S.— Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) compound fluid 

extract of Cardamom (made twenty times the strength of the 

tincture) ; 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) glycerin ; and 540 C.c. (18 fl.ozs.) di- 
luted alcohol.— Dose : 2 to 10 C.c. Q to 2£ fl.drs.). 
Cascarilla. — Mix 15 C.c (£ fl.oz.) fluid extract of Cascarilla, and 285 

C.c m fl.ozs.) alcohol.— Dose : 2 to 10 C.c. (£ to 2£ fl.drs.). 
Catechu, Comp.; U. S. (also called simply tincture of Catechu, as 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 989 

in Phar. 1870). — Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) compound fluid extract of 
Catechu (made five times the strength of the official tincture) and 
120 C.c. (4 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol.— Dose : 2 to 8 C.c. (J to 2 
fl.drs.). 
Caulophyllum.— Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Caulophyllum; 
180 C.c. (6 fl.ozs.) alcohol ; and 90 C.c. (3 fl.ozs.) water. — Dose : 
5 to 15 C.c. (1 to 4 fl.drs.). 

Caulophyllum, Comp.; Amer. Disp.— Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) 

fluid extract of Caulophyllum ; 15 C.c. (^ fl.oz.) fluid extract of 
Ergot ; 15 C.c. (-J- fl.oz.) fluid extract of Polygonum ; 8 C.c (^ 
fl.oz.) oil of Savin ; and 300 C.c. (10 fl.ozs.) alcohol. — Dose : 1 to 
4 C.c (15 to 60 minims). 
Chamaelirium (see Helonias). 

Chirata ; U. S.— -Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Chirata and 

285 C.c (9| fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol.— Dose : 5 to 10 C.c (1 to 2£ 

fl.drs.). 
Cimicifuga; U. S-— Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Cimici- 

fuga and 150 C.c. (5 fl.ozs.) alcohol. — Dose : 2 to 5 C.c (30 to 75 

minims). 

Cimicifuga, Comp.; Amer. Disp. — Mix 60 C.c (2 fl.ozs.) fluid 

extract of Cimicifuga ; 24 C.c. (f fl.oz.) fluid extract of Sanguin- 
aria ; 12 C.c. (f fl.oz.) fluid extract of Phytolacca Root ; and 330 
C.c. (11 fl.ozs.) alcohol. — Dose : 1 to 4 C.c (15 to 60 minims). 

Cinchona ; U. S. — Mix 60 C.c (2 fl.ozs.) fluid extract of Cinchona;* 
210 C.c (7 fl.ozs.) alcohol ; 45 C.c (1J fl.oz.) water ; and 15 C.c. 
(J fl.oz.) glycerin. — Dose : 2 to 8 C.c. (J to 2 fl.drs.). 

Cinchona, Comp.; U. S.— Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) compound fluid 
extract of Cinchona; f 105 C.c. (3|- fl.ozs.) alcohol ; and 15 C.c. (J 
fl.oz.) glycerin. — Dose : 2 to 8 C.c. (J to 2 fl.drs.). 

Cinnamon ; U. S.— Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Cinnamon; 
225 C.c. (7-^ fl.ozs.) alcohol ; and 90 C.c (3 fl.ozs.) water. — Dose : 
4 to 8 C.c (1 to 2 fl.drs.). 

Cinnamon, Comp. ; Amer. Disp.— Mix 8 C.c (i fl.oz.) fluid 

extract of Cinnamon ; 3 C.c (45 minims) fluid extract of Ginger ; 
3 C.c. fluid extract of Xanthoxylum Fruit ; 3 C.c fluid extract 

* It is to be remembered that these proportions refer only to the full strength 
fluid extract, and that a half-strength or any other preparation of cinchona except 
the fluid extract of the new Pharmacopoeia (1880) will not answer. Several kinds 
are sold on the market. 

f There are several different strengths of " Compound Fluid Extract of Cinchona " 
on the market ; the formula here given refers to a fluid extract of full standard 
strength of five times the strength of the official tincture. 



j)90 A COMPANION TO THE 



of Cardamom ; and 105 C.c. (3£ fl.ozs.) alcohol. — Dose : 5 to 

10 C.c. (1 to 2§ fl.drs.). 
Coca (see Erythroxylon). 
COCCUIUS IndiCUS-— Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Cocculus 

Indicus and 270 C.c. (9 fl.ozs.) alcohol. — Dose : 0.1 to 1.5 C.c. 

(2 to 20 minims). 
Cohosh, Black (see Cimicifuga). 
Cohosh, Black, Comp. (see Cimicifuga, Comp.). 
Cohosh, Blue (see Caulophyllum). 
Cohosh, Blue, Comp. (see Caulophyllum, Comp.). 
ColchlCUm Root. — Mix 90 C.c. (3 fl.ozs.) fluid extract of Colchicum 

Root and 210 C.c. (7 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 0.3 to 1.3 

C.c. (5 to 20 minims). 
Colchicum Seed ; U. S-— Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of 

Colchicum Seed, and 180 C.c. (6 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 

0.5 to 2 C.c. (10 to 30 minims). 

Colchicum Seed, Comp.; Amer. Disp.— Mix CO C.c (2 fl.ozs.) 

fluid extract of Colchicum Seed ; 90 C.c. (3 fl.ozs.) fluid extract 

of Cimicifuga; and 810 C.c. (27 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 

1 to 4 C.c (15 to 60 minims). 
ColOCytlth.— Mix 60 C.c (2 fl.ozs.) fluid extract of Colocynth and 

240 C.c (8 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : As a stomachic, 0.2 to 

0.5 C.c (3 to 8 minims). 
ColumbO (see Calumba). 
Conium Leaves.— Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Conium 

Leaves and 210 C.c. (7 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 2 to 4 C.c 

(i to 1 fl.dr.). 

Conium Fruit ("Seed"); U. S.— Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid 

extract of Conium Fruit and 180 C.c (6 fl.ozs.) diluted alco- 
hol. — Dose : 1 to 4 C.c. (15 to 60 minims), increasing if neces- 
sary. 

Corydalis; Amer. Disp.— Mix 90 C.c (3 fl.ozs.) fluid extract of 
Corydalis and 390 C.c. (13 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 1 to 8 
C.c. (15 to 120 minims). 

CotO.— Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Coto Bark and 120 C.c. 
(4 fl.ozs.) alcohol. — Dose : 0.5 to 5 C.c. (10 to 75 minims). 

Cubeb; U. S.— Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Cubeb and 
300 C.c. (10 fl.ozs.) alcohol. — The menstruum prescribed in the 
Pharmacopoeia (diluted alcohol) is too weak. — Dose : 2 to 8 C.c. 
(i to 2 fl.drs.). 

Culver's Root (see Leptandra). 

Delphinium. — Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Delphinium 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 991 

Seed with 270 C.c. (9fl.ozs.) alcohol.— Dose : 0.50 to 2 C.c. (8 to 
30 minims). 
Digitalis ; U. S-— Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Digitalis and 
180 C.c. (6 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol.— Dose : 0.3 to 4 C.c. (5 to 60 
minims). 

Dracontium ; Amer. Disp.— Mix 90 C.c (3 fl. ozs.) fluid extract 

of Dracontium and 390 C.c. (13 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 4 

to 15 C.c. (1 to 4 fl.drs.). 
ErgOt. — Mix 60 C.c. (2 fl.ozs.) fluid extract of Ergot with a mixture of 

90 C.c. (3 fl.ozs.) alcohol and 90 C.c. water. — Dose : 2 to 15 C.c. 

(J to 4 fl.drs.). 
Eucalyptus-— Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Eucalyptus and 

210 C.c. (7 fl.ozs.) alcohol.— Dose : 4 to 10 C.c. (1 to 2J fl.drs.). 
Fish Berries (see Cocculus Indicus). 
Foxglove (see Digitalis). 
Calls (see Nutgall). 
Celsemium ; U. S.— Mix 60 C.c (2 fl.ozs.) fluid extract of Gelse- 

mium and 445 C.c. (14£ fl.ozs.) alcohol. — Dose : 0.5 to 4 C.c (10 

to 60 minims). 
Gentian, Comp. ; U. S.— Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) compound fluid ex- 
tract of Gentian, made seven times the volumetric strength of 

the official tincture, and 180 C.c. (6 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 

2 to 10 C.c. (J to 2% fl.drs.). 
Ginger; U. S. — Mix 60 C.c (2 fl.ozs.) fluid extract of Ginger and 

300 C.c (10 fl.ozs.) alcohol. — Dose : 1 to 5 C.c. (15 to 75 minims). 
Golden Seal (see Hydrastis). 
Hellebore, American (see Veratrum Viride). 

Henbane Leaves (see Hyoscyamus). 

Henbane Seed (see Hyoscyamus Seed). 

Hops ; U. S.— Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Hops and 120 C.c 

(4 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — This menstruum is in our opinion too 

weak ; alcohol would be better. — Dose : 5 to 10 C.c. (1 to 2% 

fl.drs.). 
Hydrastis ; U. S.— Mix 60 C.c (2 fl.ozs.) fluid extract of Hydrastis 

and 255 C.c (8J fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 2 to 8 C.c. (£ to 

2 fl.drs.). 

Hydrastis, Comp. ; Amer. Disp.— Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid 

extract of Hydrastis ; 30 C.c fluid extract of Lobelia Seed ; and 
180 C.c. (6 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Used externally. 

Hyoscyamus [Leaves] ; U. S.— Mix 30 C.c. (l fl.oz.) fluid extract 

of Hyoscyamus Leaves and 180 C.c (6 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — 
Dose : 1 to 8 C.c (15 to 120 minims). 



992 A COMPANION TO THE 

HyOSCyaiTIUS Seed. — Mix 45 C.c. (1J fl.oz.) fluid extract of Ilyoscy- 

amus Seed and 255 C.c. (8-§- fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 1 to 3 

C.c. (15 to 45 minims). 
Igtiatia ; U„ S. — Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Ignatia and 

330 C.c. (11 fl.ozs.) alcohol.— Dose : 1 to 4 C.c. (15 to 60 minims). 
Indian Cannabis ; U. S.— Mix 60 C.c (2 fl.ozs.) fluid extract of 

Indian Cannabis and 315 C.». (10-J- fl.ozs.) alcohol. — Dose : 0.5 to 

2 C.c. (8 to 30 minims). 
"Indian Hemp, true" (see Indian Cannabis). 
Ipecac. — Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Ipecac and 270 C.c (9 

fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose: 8 to 12 C.c. (2 to 3 fl.drs.) as an 
emetic ; 1 to 2 C.c. (^ to 1 fl.dr.) as an expectorant. 

Iris Versicolor; Amer. Disp. — Mix 45 C.c (l£ fl.oz.) fluid ex- 

tract of Iris Versicolor and 195 C.c (6J fl.ozs.) alcohol. — Dose : 

0.5 to 1 C.c (8 to 15 minims). 
Jaborandi (see Pilocarpus). 
Jalap. — Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Jalap and 120 C.c. (4 

fl.ozs.) alcohol.— Dose : 5 to 10 C.c (1 to 2| fl.drs). 
Kalmia ; Amer. Disp.— Mix 90 C.c (3 fl.ozs.) fluid extract of Kal- 

mia and 390 C.c. (13 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 0.5 to 2 C.c 

(8 to 30 minims). 
Kino ; U. S. — Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) liquid extract of Kino (made so 

that each cubic centimeter represents one-half gram of kino) 

with 15 C.c (-J- fl.oz.) glycerin; 15 C.c water; and 90 C.c. (3 fl.ozs.) 

alcohol.— Dose : 2 to 8 C.c. (£ to 2 fl.drs.). 
Krameria ; U. S.— Mix 60 C.c (2 fl.ozs.) fluid extract of Krameria 

and 255 C.c. (8£ fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 2 to 10 C.c. (£ to 

2J fl.drs.). 
Leptandra. — Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Leptandra and 

270 C.c. (9 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol.— Dose : 2 to 15 C.c. (£ to 4 

fl.drs.). 
Lobelia; U. S.— Mix 60 C.c (2 fl.ozs.) fluid extract of Lobelia [Herb] 

with 255 C.c. (8^- fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol— Dose : 0.5 to 3 C.c. (10 

to 45 minims) ; as an emetic, up to 10 C.c. (2£ fl.drs.). 

Lobelia, Comp.; Amer. Disp.— Mix 15 C.c (| fl.oz.) of each of 

the fluid extracts of Lobelia, Sanguinaria, Dracontium, Asarum, 
and Asclepias Tuberosa, with 600 C.c. (20 fl.ozs.) alcohol and 285 
C.c. (9^ fl.ozs.) water. — Dose : 1 to 10 C.c. (15 to 150 minims). 
Lobelia and Capsicum, Comp.; Amer. Disp.— Mix 30 C.c. 

(1 fl.oz.) of each of the fluid extracts of Lobelia, Capsicum, and 
Dracontium, and 390 C.c. (13 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 2 
to 4 C.c. (30 to GO minims). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 993 



Llipuiin. — Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Lupulin and 210 C.c. 

(7 fl.ozs.) alcohol— Dose : 2 to 10 C.c. (| to 2f fl.drs.). 
Mandrake (see Podophyllum). 
Marygold (see Calendula). 
Matico; U. S.— Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Matico and 

285 C.c. (9| fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol.— Dose : 5 to 15 C.c. (1 to 4 

fl.drs.). 
May-apple Root (see Podophyllum). 
Musk-rOOt (see Sumbul). 

Night-blOOming Cereus (see Cactus Grandiflora). 
Nutgail ; U. S.— Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Nutgall and 

120 C.c. (4 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol.— Dose : 2 to 10 C.c. (J to 2£ 

fl.drs.); mainly used in dilution as a wash or gargle. 
MUX Vomica ; U. S.— Mix 60 C.c. (2 fl.ozs.) fluid extract of Nux 

Vomica and 315 C.c. (10|- fl.ozs.) alcohol. — Dose : 0.3 to 1.3 C.c. 

(5 to 20 minims). 

Orange Peel, Bitter; U. S.— Mix 60 C.c (2 fl.ozs.) fluid extract 

of Bitter Orange Peel and 255 C.c. (8^ fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — 

Dose : 5 to 10 C.c. (1 to 2£ fl.drs.). 
Orris Root. — Mix equal volumes of fluid extract of Orris Root and 

diluted alcohol. — This is a strong (fifty per cent.) tincture, which 

is used only in perfumery. 
Pellitory (see Pyrethrum). 
PhySOStigma; U. S-— Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Phy- 

sostigma and 330 C.c. (11 fl.ozs.) alcohol. — Dose : 1 to 2 C.c (15 

to 30 minims). 
Phytolacca Berry* — Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Phytolacca 

Berry and 120 C.c (4 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 2 to 10 C.c. 

(J to 21 fl.drs.). 
Phytolacca Root-— Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Phytolacca 

Root and 120 C.c. (4 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 2 to 10 C.c 

(4 to 2£ fl.drs.). 
Pilocarpus. — Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Pilocarpus and 

210 C.c. (7 fl. ozs.) diluted alcohol.— Dose : 5 to 15 C.c. (1 to 4 

fl.drs.). 
Podophyllum. — Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Podophyllum 

and 150 C.c. (5 fl.ozs.) alcohol.— Dose : 2 to 8 C.c (30 to 120 

minims). 
Poison Oak (see Toxicodendron). 
Poke Berries (see Phytolacca Berry). 
Poke Root (see Phytolacca Root). 
Prickly Ash Berries (see Xanthoxylum Fruit). 
63 






994 A COMPANION TO THE 



Pulsatilla.— Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Pulsatilla and 210 
C.c. (7 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol— Dose : 1 to 3 C.c. (10 to 45 
minims). 

Pyrethrum ; U. S.— Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Pyre- 
thrum, and 150 C.c. (5 fl.ozs.) alcohol. — Used in dilution as a 
gargle or mouth-wash. 

QuaSSia; U. S-— Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Quassia and 
285 C.c. m fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol.— Dose : 5 to 10 C.c. (1 to 2£ 
fl.drs.). 

Queen's Root (see Stillingia). 

Quillaia.— Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Quillaia and 120 C.c 
(4 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol.— Dose : 5 to 10 C.c. (1 to 2^ fl.drs.). 

Rhatany (see Krameria). 

Rhubarb ; U. S.— Mix 45 C.c (1| fl.oz.) fluid extract of Rhubarb ; 
8 C.c. (2 fl.drs.) fluid extract of Cardamom ; and 360 C.c. (12 
fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 5 to 25 C.c (1 to 6 fl.drs.). 

Rhubarb, Comp. ; Amer. Disp.— Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid ex- 
tract Rhubarb ; 15 C.c. (-J fl.oz.) of each of the fluid extracts of 
Apocynum androsBemifolium, Hydrastis, Gentian, and Xanthoxy- 
lum Berry ; 8 C.c. (J fl.oz.) of each of the fluid extracts of Sassa- 
fras and Cardamom ; and 495 C.c (or 16-J- fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. 
—Dose : 15 to 30 C.c. (£ to 1 fl.oz.). 

Rhubarb, Sweet; U. S.— Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of 
Rhubarb ; 15 C.c (-J fl.oz.) of each of the fluid extracts of Gly- 
cyrrhiza and Anise ; 4 C.c. (1 fl.dr.) fluid extract of Cardamom ; 
and 315 C.c. (10£ fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 5 to 25 C.c. (1 
to 6 fl.drs.). 
RhUS Toxicodendron (see Toxicodendron). 

Sanguinaria ; U. S. — Mix 45 C.c (1£ fl.oz.) fluid extract of San- 

guinaria and 300 C.c. (10 fl.ozs.) alcohol. — The pharmacopceial 

menstruum for this tincture (2^- measures alcohol diluted with 1 

measure water) is too weak. — Dose: 0.5 to 4 C.c. (8 to 60 minims). 

Sanguinaria, Comp.; Amer. Disp.— Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) of 

each of the fluid extracts of Sanguinaria, Lobelia, and Dracon- 
tium with 300 C.c. (10 fl.ozs.) alcohol and 90 C.c. (3 fl.ozs.) water. 
— The menstruum given in the American Dispensatory is too 
weak. — Dose : As an emetic, 4 to 6 C.c. (1 to 2 fl.drs.) ; as an 
expectorant, 1 to 4 C.c. (15 to 60 minims). 
Serpentaria ; U. S. — Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Serpen- 
taria and 285 C.c. (9J fl.ozs.) alcohol. — The pharmacopceial men- 
struum (diluted alcohol) is too weak. — Dose : 2 to 10 C.c (£ to 
2£ fl.drs.). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 995 

Snake Root (see Serpentaria). 

Soap Bark (see Quillaia). 

Squill ; U. S-— Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Squill and 180 

C.c. (6 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 0.5 to 2 C.c. (8 to 30 

minims). 
Skunk Cabbage (see Dracontium). 

Staphisagria ; Amer. Disp.— Mix 150 C.c (5 fl.ozs.) fluid extract 

of Stavesacre Seed and 90 C.c. (3 fl.ozs.) alcohol. — Dose : 0.1 to 

0.3 C.c. (2 to 5 minims). 
Stillingia; Amer. Disp. — Mix 90 C.c. (3 fl.ozs.) fluid extract of 

Stillingia and 390 C.c. (13 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 0.5 to 

2 C.c. (8 to 30 minims). 

Stramonium [Seed] ; U. S-— Mix 30 C.c. (l fl.oz.) fluid extract 

of Stramonium [Seed] and 285 C.c. (9-J fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol.— 

Dose : 0.5 to 2 C.c. (8 to 30 minims). 
SymplOCarpuS (see Dracontium). 
Sumbul ; U. S.— Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Sumbul and 

330 C.c. (11 fl.ozs.) alcohol.— Dose : 2 to 10 C.c. (-J to 2£ fl.drs.). 
Toxicodendron.— Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of Toxicoden- 
dron and 210 C.c. (7 fl.ozs.) diluted alcohol. — Dose : 0.5 to 3 C.c. 

(8 to 45 minims). 
Valerian ; U. S.— Mix 60 C.c. (2 fl.ozs.) fluid extract of Valerian; 

210 C.c (7 fl.ozs.) alcohol ; and 60 C.c. (2 fl.ozs.) water. — Dose : 

5 to 15 C.c. (1 to 4 fl.drs.). 
Veratrum Viride; U. S.— Mix 60 C.c (2 fl.ozs.) fluid extract of 

Veratrum Viride and 80 C.c. (2f fl.ozs.) alcohol. — Dose : 0.1 to 

0.5 C.c. (2 to 8 minims). 

Tincturse Herbarum Recentium ; IT. S. 

Tinctures of Fresh Herbs. 

" Green Tinctures." 

It is known that many plants in the fresh state possess quite dif- 
ferent properties from those exhibited by them after being dried. The 
fresh leaves of Rhus Toxicodendron are exceedingly potent in their 
action, as evidenced by the poisoning frequently resulting from simply 
passing by the growing plant, several feet away from it, and the effects 
are so alarming that to know the " poison oak " or " poison ivy " is to 
fear it. And yet the dried plant may be absolutely inert. The freshly 
gathered bark of Rhamnus Frangida is a violent and acrid emetico- 
cathartic, while the same bark, after being kept a year or two, is one of 
the most valuable mild laxatives, without griping or nauseating effects. 



996 A COMPANION TO THE 

The fresh root of bryonia is so powerful as to rank as a poison, but may- 
lose its virtues almost entirely in drying, or at least after long keeping. 

These facts have not received the attention their importance merits. 
A few drugs are now used in the form of " green tinctures," as they 
are called, but the whole subject deserves to be thoroughly investigated. 

It is not to be presumed that all drugs are better when fresh than 
when dried. It seems tb be a fact, however, that in many cases the 
drug when fresh has greater activity than it possesses after drying ; 
that the properties of the fresh drug may differ from those of the dried, 
not only in degree but in kind ; and that many valuable additions to 
the materia medica may be discovered in this direction by the exercise 
of intelligence, skill, and good judgment. 

The preparation of "tinctures of fresh herbs" (which title, by the way, 
should have read tinctures from fresh drugs, as roots are hardly to be 
styled as herbs, and the tinctures of fresh roots are evidently not to be 
excluded) offers many practical difficulties, one of which is the fact that 
the large quantity of moisture contained in fresh plant parts so largely 
dilutes our best known menstruum — alcohol. 

The adoption of a general formula, such as laid down in the Pharma- 
copoeia, will do much to encourage experiments which will throw light 
on this subject. It is probable, however, that in this as in numerous 
other cases in manipulative pharmacy the shoe made for one foot will 
not fit another. Different menstrua and different treatment will be 
found necessary in different cases. 

Tolutanum Balsamum ; U. S. 

Balsam of Tolu. 

Tolubalsarnum—Tolubalsam, G. and Sw. ; Baume de Tolu, Baume de 
Carthagene, F. ; Balsamo de tolu, Sp. 

Origin. — Myroxylon toluifera, Kunth (Leguminosce). 

Habitat. — Venezuela and New Granada. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 53. 

Tests. — Pure tolubalsam turns cherry-red with sulphuric acid, re- 
taining its aroma ; but when turpentine or Burgundy pitch is present it 
turns black and develops an odor of sulphurous acid. 

Constituents. — Cinnamic acid ; about one per cent, of a volatile 
oil (tolene); one resin readily soluble in alcohol, and another insoluble 
in alcohol ; benzoate and cinnamate of benzyl, and a little benzoic acid. 

Water takes up most of the volatile oil and some cinnamic acid 
when tolu is digested with it, as in making syrup of tolu. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 997 

Medicinal Uses. — It possesses but slight medicinal virtues, and is 
mainly employed as a pleasant excipient, in the form of syrup, in cough 
mixtures, etc. Its dose as a blennorrhetic in chronic bronchitis is ten to 
thirty grains (0.66 to 2 grams), in emulsion, but it is not much used in 
this form. 

TOLUTAN A AQUA. 

Tolu Water. 

Digest forty grams (1 ounce 180 grains) tolubalsam for two hours 
with one liter (34 fluidounces) water in a covered vessel, at a tempera- 
ture not exceeding 82° C. (180° F.), stirring occasionally. Let cool, 
and filter. A pleasant aromatic water for flavoring, and for making 
solutions. 

TOLUTANA TINCTURA; U.S. 
Tincture of Tolu. 

Macerate one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) tolubalsam in 
one thousand cubic centimeters (34 fluidounces) alcohol until dissolved. 
Filter through paper, adding enough alcohol through the filter to make 
the final product weigh one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains, 
measuring about 40 fluidounces). 

Used for flavoring. 

TOLUTANUS S YRUPUS ; U. S. 
Syrup of Tolu. 

The official formula is a failure ; it gives a turbid syrup which can- 
not be clarified. Modified as follows it works very well : 

Digest forty grams (1 ounce 180 grains) tolubalsam for two hours 
with three hundred and fifty-five cubic centimeters (12 fluidounces) 
water in a covered vessel at a temperature not exceeding 82° C. (180° 
F.). Filter, and dissolve six hundred and fifty grams (23 ounces) sugar 
in the filtrate. Finally strain, adding enough water through the 
strainer to make the final product weigh one thousand grams (35 ounces 
120 grains — measuring 763.4 cubic centimeters, or about 26 fluidounces). 

If great heat is employed in this process, the syrup will acquire a 
disagreeable odor after a short time. 

Used as a flavoring excipient. 



998 A COMPANION TO THE 

Tonga. 

Tonga. 
A mixed drug said to be obtained from the Fiji Islands. It seems 
to consist of thin fibrous barks in long bundles. The plants from which 
these barks are obtained are as yet not fully identified, and hence it is 
not known which is the active ingredient in the drug. That it has 
marked effect in relieving neuralgia has been stated on the authority of 
several physicians, among whom are Drs. Sidney Ringer and William 
Murrell, of London. Others deny that the drug has any value. 

TONGJE EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Tonga. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 IT. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17 J avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with two hundred grams (about 7J fluidounces) of 
the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. Saturate 
with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred cubic centimeters (13^- fluidounces) of the first 
percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and. then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Each cubic centimeter of this fluid extract represents the soluble 
matter of one gram of the drug. Each fluidounce represents four hun- 
dred and fifty-five and two-thirds grains, and each fluidrachm nearly 
fifty-seven grains. 

Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims). 

Tormentilla. 

TORMENTIL. 

Tormentillos Rhizoma. 

Origin. — Potentilla Tormentilla, Sibthorp (Rosacea?). 

Habitat. — Europe. 

Part used. — The rhizome. 

Description. — Simple, or rarely branched, cylindrical or flattened, 
tapering ; five to eight centimeters (2 to 3 inches) long, and about fif- 
teen millimeters (-§ inch) thick, roughly marked by roundish elevations 
and ridges, and with the scars of stems and rootlets ; externally dark 
grayish-brown ; internally light brownish-red ; bark thick ; wood bun- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



999 



dies small ; pith about the same thickness as the bark ; inodorous ; taste 
astringent. 

Constituents. — About twenty-five per cent, tannin, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Powerfully astringent. 

Dose. — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains). 

TOKME^TILL^E EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Tormentilla. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — One to two cubic centimeters (15 to 30 minims). 

Toxicodendron. 

See " Rhus Toxicodendron." 

Tragacantha ; XL S. 

Tragacanth. 

Traganth, G. ; Gomme adragante, F. ; Tragacanto, Gomo Traga- 
canto, Alquitira, Sp. ; Dragant, Sw. ; Gum Tragacanth. 

Origin. — Astragalus gwnmifer, Lobillardiere, and other species of 
Astragalus (Leguminosaz). 




Fig. 536.— Flake Tragacanth, natural size. 

Habitat. — Western Asia. 

Description. — A gum or gum-like exudation from incisions made 
into the stem. (See the Pharmacopoeia, page 358.) The pharmaco- 



1000 A COMPANION TO THE 

poeial description states that the fluid portion of tragacanth mucilage 
is not precipitated by alcohol. This is an inadvertent error ; the word 
" not " should be omitted. 

Varieties. — "Ribbon" or "flake" tragacanth consists of clean, 
white bands, or spirals, as seen in the figure. 

Tragacanth "in sorts" is more or less discolored, and consists of 
irregular pieces. 

Constituents. — Rather more than one-half of the gum is insoluble 
in cold water, and consists of tragacanthin (also sometimes called 
bassorin) ; about one-third of the gum is soluble in water, and consists 
of a calcium salt of gummic acid (not the same as the calcium salt of 
Arabic acid, which constitutes acacia). 

Used as a mucilaginous excipient. 

TRAGACAISTTILE MUCILAGO ; U. S. 
Mucilage of Tragacanth. 

Mix eighteen grams (278 grains) glycerin with seventy-six grams 
(2 ounces 300 grains) water ; heat the mixture to the boiling point, and 
then add six grams (92-^- grains) selected clean white pieces of traga- 
canth ("ribbon"), and macerate twenty-four hours with occasional stir- 
ring. Finally add enough water to make the whole product weigh one 
hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains), beat the mass with a horn spatula 
in a porcelain jar until it acquires a uniformly smooth consistence, and 
then strain it forcibly through muslin. 

Employed in making pill masses, troches, etc. 

Trifoiium Pratense. 

Trifolium Pratense. 
Trifolii Pratensis Mores — Bed Clover Tops. 

Origin . — Trifolium pratense, Linn 6. 

Habitat. — Cultivated. 

Part used. — The flower heads. 

Description. — Ovate, . sessile ; flowers tubular, elongated, rose- 
purple ; fragrant ; sweetish. 

Medicinal Uses. — Red clover has been strongly recommended as a 
remedy for whooping-cough. 

The fluid extract diluted with water is also used as a vulnerary in ill- 
conditioned sores and ulcers. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 1001 

Best given in the form of fluid extract made with diluted alcohol 
as a menstruum. 

Dose. — Four to eight cubic centimeters (1 to 2 fluidrachms). 

TEIFOL1I PRATENSIS EXTRACTUM. 
Extract of Trlfolium Pratense. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still, warm, one-twen- 
tieth part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. 

Dose.— 0.10 to 0.75 gram (2 to 12 grains). 

Trillium. 

Trillium. 
Trillii Rhizoma — JBeth Hoot, Birth Moot. 

Origin. — Trillium erectum, Linne (Liliacece). 

Habitat.— The United States., 

Part used.— The rhizome. 

Description. — From two to five centimeters (f to 2 inches) long, 
about two centimeters (| inch) in diameter, oblong, somewhat flattened ; 
externally light yellowish-brown, internally whitish ; 
formed and marked as seen in the figure. Inodorous ; 
taste somewhat astringent, afterward bitter and acrid. 

Constituents. — Probably an acrid principle an- 
alogous to such as have been found in other liliaceous 
plants. 

Medicinal Uses. — This drug is reputed to be 
astringent, tonic, antiseptic, and slightly acrid. It is 
mainly employed in genito-urinary affections, as in Fig. 537.— Trillium, 

7 . 7 7 7 . natural size. 

menorrhagia, leucorr/icea, hcematuria, etc. 

Also used in affections of the pulmonary mucous membranes, and 
externally as an application to wounds, etc. 

Best given in the form of fluid extract made with alcohol as a 
menstruum. 

Dose. — Four to eight cubic centimeters (1 to 2 fluidrachms). 

Trimethy lamina* 

Trimethtl amine. 

A colorless, volatile alkaloid of strong reaction, having the disagree- 
able peculiar odor of herring pickle, in which, in fact, a large quantity 




1002 A COMPANION TO THE 

of trimethylamine exists, and from which it may be conveniently ob- 
tained. It is readily soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. 

A solution of trimethylamine in water is sold in the trade under 
the erroneous name or propylamine. Propylamine is isomeric with 
trimethylamine, and the latter was formerly described under the name 
of " propylamine," whence the confusion. Propylamine is not used in 
medicine at all. The best form in which to use the trimethylamine, to 
insure definite strength and reliable results, is the 

Trimethylaminse HydrocMoras. 

Hydrochlorate op Trimethylamine. 

This is obtained by neutralizing trimethylamine (that sold under 
the name of "propylamine " will answer) with hydrochloric acid, and 
then carefully evaporating the liquid to crystallization. 

This salt crystallizes in white or colorless prisms, is very deliques- 
cent, dissolves readily in water or in alcohol, is nearly odorless, and has 
a somewhat pungent salty taste. 

Uses. — Is strongly recommended by some as almost a specific 
remedy in articular rheumatism and gout. 

Dose. — The hydrochlorate is given in doses of 0.10 to 0.20 gram 
(2 to 3 grains) repeated so as to give at least one gram (15 grains) per 
day. It is best given in some syrup, or in elixir of orange. 

Triticum ; U. S. 

Triticum. 

Tritici Repentis Radix, Radix Graminis — Queckenwurzel, Grasswur- 
zel, G.; Chiendent, F. ; Quickrot, Sw.; Couch-grass. Dog-grass, 
Quick-grass, Quickens, Quitch. 

Origin. — Triticum repens, Linne (Graminaceai). 

Habitat. — Northern hemisphere. 

Part used. — The underground stems (stolons). 

Description. — Pale, straw-colored, jointed, branched, wrinkled 
lengthwise. A transverse section shows a thick bark, a thin woody 
layer, and a hollow center. 

Constituents. — About twenty-two per cent, of various sugars. 
Devoid of starch and resinous matter. 

Medicinal Properties. — Emollient, antiphlogistic, and diuretic. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 1003 



TKITICI DECOCTUM. 
Decoction of Triticum. 

From fifty grams (or about If avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 

Dose. — Fifty to one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (1J to 5 
fluidounces), or ad libitum. 

TRITICI EXTRACTUM FLUID UM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Triticum. 

Pack five hundred grams (17§ avoirdupois ounces) of finely cut dog- 
grass root in a cylindrical percolator and percolate it with boiling water 
until exhausted. Evaporate the percolate to four hundred cubic centi- 
meters (13J fluidounces), and then add to it one hundred cubic centime- 
ters (4^- fluidounces) of alcohol, shake, and set the mixture aside for 
forty-eight hours. Then filter, adding to the filtrate enough of a mix- 
ture of alcohol and water in the proportion of seventy-five grams (3^ 
fluidounces) alcohol to every three hundred grams (10 fluidounces) of 
water to make the whole product measure five hundred cubic centime- 
ters (17 fluidounces). 

This is a very pleasant preparation, tasting and smelling like infu- 
sion of malt. 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (l^ to 4 fluidrachms). 



Tritici Farina. 

Wheat Flour. 

Origin. — Triticum vulgare, Villars (Graminacece). 

Description. — A fine white flour prepared from the seed. Impal- 
pable, inodorous, of insipid taste. 

Constituents. — About seventy per cent, starch, twelve per cent, 
gluten, two per cent, fixed oil, besides sugar, cellulose, and water. 
Yields one and one-half to two per cent, ash containing about fifty per 
cent, phosphoric acid. Wheat is the most nutritious of all cereals, con- 
taining the largest percentage of nitrogenous matters. 

Medicinal Uses. — As an application to inflamed or excoriated sur- 
faces to allay the heat and pain. 



1004 A COMPANION TO THE 



Triturationes ; U. S. 

Triturations. 

A new class of preparations introduced in the Pharmacopoeia for the 
first time in the latest revision. They are simply dilutions of potent 
remedies in the form of powder, the diluent being milk sugar. 

The object of the trituration with milk sugar is not only to dilute 
the medicine so that the dose may be sufficiently enlarged to render it 
easy to dispense it with safe accuracy, but also to reduce it to a great 
degree of fineness, whereby the action of the medicine is increased and 
yet better distributed, so that local irritation, from the direct contact of 
the- powerful medicinal substance in one spot of the mucous membrane 
of the stomach, is prevented. 

There is at present but one official trituration, viz., that of elaterine. 

Trochisci ; 17. S. 

Troches. 
Potuke, Tabular, Pastilli — Tablets, Lozenges. 

Small flattened cakes, either round, oblong, rectangular, or in other 
forms ; prepared with sugar ; dried so as to permanently retain their 
form ; usually flavored with some aromatic substance. 

They are not specially effective forms of medication, except in cases 
where it is desirable that the medicinal substance they contain shall 
remain a comparatively long time in contact with the surfaces of the 
throat, as is the case with chlorate of potassium tablets. 

The formidable array of troches in our Pharmacopoeia is hardly war- 
ranted by the demand for this class of preparations ; and yet we believe 
nearly all of the official troches to be useful. They are certainly con- 
venient to carry about. 

Tussilag-o. 

TUSSILAGO. 

Tussilaginis Folia — Huflattig, Posshuf, G. ; Tussilage, Pas d'dne, F. ; 

Ilasthofsbrt Sw. ; Coltsfoot. 

Origin . — Tussilago farfara, Lin n e ( Compositor) . 

Habitat. — Europe, North America. 

Part used. — Leaves. 

Description. — The leaves are rounded, cordate, much wrinkled 
when dried, dark green, smooth on the upper surface and covered with 
matted woolly hairs beneath. Sometimes the whole flowering tops are 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 1005 

collected. The flowers are yellow. The drug has no odor ; the taste is 
mucilaginous, bitter. 

Constituents. — Mucilage and bitter extractive. 

Medicinal Uses. — Much employed as an ingredient of pectoral 
teas in pulmonary affections, chronic bronchitis, and coughs. Exter- 
nally the leaves are used in the form of poultices for scrofulous ulcers. 

Dose. — Two to eight grams (30 to 120 grains) in decoction, or in 
the form of a fluid extract made with diluted alcohol. 

Ulmus ; U. S. 

Elm. 
Ulmi Cortex — Slippery Elm. 
Origin. — TJlmus fulva, Michaux (Urticacem). 
Habitat. — North America. 
Part used. — The inner bark. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 365. 
Constituents. — Mucilage. 

Medicinal Uses. — Demulcent and emollient. Used externally as 
an ingredient of poultices. 

ULMI DECOCTUM. 

Decoction of Elm Baek. 

From fifty grams (or about If avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 
Dose. — Ad libitum as a demulcent. 

ULMI MUCILAGO ; U. S. 

Mucilage of Elm. 

Macerate eighteen grams (280 grains) sliced and dried slippery elm 
bark with three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) boiling 
water for two hours, in a covered vessel, without stirring, and then 
strain without pressure. 

Uncaria. 

Gambik. 
Pale Catechu, 
See Catechu Pallidum. 



1006 



A COMPANION TO THE 



Unguenta, 

Ointments. 

Salben, G. ; Pommades, Onguents, F. ; Unguentos, Sp. 

Salves. 



Salvor ■, Sw.; 



Soft, fatty mixtures with a melting-point below the ordinary tem- 
perature of the human body. Applied by inunction. 

Lard is the basis of several ; others consist of lard and wax, or of 
certain fixed oils with some solid fatty substance, such as wax or sper- 
maceti, or of petroleum ointment, or of lead plaster with some fixed oil. 

Lard is difficult to obtain of good quality, but it softens the skin 
better than any other unctuous substance, and is probably the best basis 
for all ointments, although it soon becomes rancid, so that all oint- 
ments made with lard must be freshly made when required for use. 

Petroleum ointment keeps permanently, but is by no means as suit- 
able, because it does not soften and penetrate the skin nearly as readily 
as lard. 

Ustilag-o ; IT. S. 

CoRNSMUT. 

Corn Ergot. 

Origin. — Ustilago Maydis, Leveille" {Fungi). 

Habitat. — Grows on all parts of corn 
(Zea Mays), especially upon the ear. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, 
page 372. Nearly odorless when dry; taste 
disagreeable. The drug is frequently mixed 
with pieces of the corn-cob, and is mostly 
a dark brown or brownish-black fine powder. 

Constituents. — About 4.2 per cent, 
of fixed oil, also an amine-like, volatile sub- 
stance soluble in ether, and about five and 
a half per cent, of an amorphous red-brown 
substance resembling the sclerotic acid of 
ergot. — H. B. Parsons. 

Medicinal Uses. — Same as of ergot 
in midwifery practice. Ustilago possesses 
the advantage over ergot of increasing the force without increasing the 
duration of uterine contractions, or "pains.' 




Fig. 538.— Cornsmut, reduced. 
(Appearance on ear of corn.) 



Indications and counter- 



indications for its use are similar to those of ergot. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 1007 

Dose. — One to five grams (15 to 75 grains) ; average dose about 
two grams (30 grains). 

USTILAGINIS EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 
Fluid Extract of Ustilago. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum usb diluted alcohol. 

Dose. — One to five cubic centimeters (15 to 75 minims). 

Uva Ursi ; U. S. 

Uva Ursi. 
Uvcb Ursi Folia — Bearberry. 

Origin. — Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, Sprengel (Ericaceae). 

Habitat. — Northern Europe and America. 

Part used. — The leaves. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 372. Also see figure. 

Constituents. — About six to seven per cent, tannin ; 
also gallic acid, arbutin, ericolin, and ursone. The arbutin 
and ericolin are bitter crystalline principles, soluble in water 
and in alcohol. 

Medicinal Uses. — Astringent, and in small doses stom- 
achic and tonic. Its most valuable effect is that which is 

exerted on the urinary organs from the kidney to the urethra. JL IG - J^ 39 ; 

J ° J —Uva Ursi 

It is especially valuable in chronic pyelitis, cystitis, dysuria, Leaf, nat- 

strangury, and incontinence of urine depending on an irri- 
tated condition of the bladder. It is said to be especially prompt 
irr relieving the strangury occasionally following the application of a 
blister. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains). 

TJYM ITESI DECOCTUM. 
Decoction of Uva Ursi. 

From thirty grams (or about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 
About the same strength as the preparation of 1870. 
Dose. — Twenty-five to fifty cubic centimeters (6 to 12 fluidrachms). 




1008 A COMPANION TO THE 

UV^E URSI EXTRACTUM. 
Extract of Uva Ursi. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twen- 
tieth part of its weight of glycerin. 

Greenish-brown — almost black. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 grams (10 to 30 grains). 

UVJS URSI EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Uva Ursi. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a first menstruum use a mixture of two hundred and twenty- 
five grams (about 9J fluidounces) alcohol, two hundred and twenty-five 
grams (about 7\ fluidounces) water, and fifty grams (about 1^ avoirdu- 
pois ounce) glycerin. 

As a second menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the propor- 
tion of one hundred grams (about 4J fluidounces) alcohol to every one 
hundred grams (about 3^- fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and seventy-five grams (about 
6£ fluidounces) of the first menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical 
percolator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. 
Then percolate. 

Reserve three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (12 fluidounces) of 
the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the second menstruum to 
make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). « 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 

Valeriana ; U. S. 

Valerian. 

Valerianae Radix — JBaldrianwurzel, G. ; Racine de Valeriane, F. ; Van- 

delrot, Sw. 

Origin. — Valeriana officinalis, Linne 1 ( Valerianacew). 
Habitat. — Europe, Northern Asia, and North America in the New 
England States, especially Vermont. 

Part Used. — The root (rhizome and rootlets). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 1009 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 373. The rhizome is 
often hidden among the twisted rootlets. It is quite frequently met 
with sliced into longitudinal halves, in which case the cut surface be- 
comes concave on drying, as shown in Figure 540. Odor strong, pecu- 
liar, unpleasant ; taste sweetish-bitter, camphoraceous. 

Valerian is best when collected in the fall, and in dry localities ; 
the adhering earth should be simply shaken (not washed) off ; and the 
drug dried in the shade. 

Valerian with a small rhizome and few rootlets of a lighter color is 
usually supposed to be better than one with larger rhizomes and numer- 



Fig. 540. — Valerian, natural size. (Vermont valerian.) 

ous dark-colored rootlets. A dark color is always indicative of doubt- 
ful quality. 

Trade Varieties. — English valerian brings the highest price in 
the American market, being worth about fifty per cent, more than 
either the German or the Vermont. There is no good reason for this 
partiality, if the general characteristics are such as described above. 
The odor should be strong, but becomes more offensive after long keep- 
ing. Vermont valerian is of excellent quality, being plump, light- 
colored, and of good odor ; it is large and has numerous rootlets. In 
our opinion it is the best valerian obtainable in this market. 

The term " Radix Valerianae Minoris," which at one time grew to 
be construed as applicable only to the best grade of root of Valeriana 
officinalis, whence the opinion gained ground that small valerian is the 
best, was originally applied to all root of Valeriana officinalis, to dis- 
tinguish that from the roots of Valeriana phu and Valeriana celtica, 
which were called "Radix Valerianas Majoris," 
64 



1010 A COMPANION TO THE 

Constituents. — The medicinal properties are due to the valerianic 
acid and the volatile oil of valerian. 

Fresh valerian has but a faint odor, as valerianic acid is formed only 
on exposure of the volatile oil. The volatile oil is pale-yellowish, or 
yellowish brown, occasionally greenish, becomes thick when long kept, 
and then acquires the strong odor of valerianic acid, and an acid reac- 
tion. It is a mixture of valeren, valerian-camphor, valerianic acid, 
resin, and water. The camphor, resin, and water constitute together 
what is called valerol, which in contact with the air gives rise to valeri- 
anic acid. When the drug is recently dried it contains more volatile 
oil and less valerianic acid ; as it gets older the volatile oil decreases 
and the proportion of valerianic acid increases. 

Medicinal Uses* — Valerian is an anti-spasmodic and calmative, 
much used in hysteria, chorea, and other similar affections. It is a 
nervous excitant in full doses, producing headache and mental excite- 
ment, and is used for tonic and excitant purposes in low fevers with 
depressed nervous power. 

This drug is a very popular domestic remedy in headaches, nervous- 
ness, and hysteria. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains), best given in the form 
of fluid extract or tincture. 

VALERIANAE ABSTRACTUM ; U. S. 

Abstract of Valerian. 

Three hundred cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) of fluid extract of 
valerian will yield one hundred and fifty grams (5 ounces 130 grains) 
abstract of valerian on evaporation to dryness with seventy-five grams 
(2 ounces 280 grains) powdered milk-sugar, and the subsequent addi- 
tion of enough powdered milk-sugar to make up the requisite weight 
of the final product. 

Abstract is not a good preparation of valerian, as the volatile oil and 
the valerianic acid upon which the medicinal value of the drug depends 
are dissipated to a great extent in the evaporation and drying. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 grams (8 to 30 grains). 

VALERIANAE EXTRACT UM. 

Extract of Valerian. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 1011 

Brown. Yield about twenty per cent. 

Dropped from the Pharmacopoeia in its last edition, probably inad- 
vertently. 

£)ose. — 0.5 to 2.5 grams (10 to 40 grains). 

VALERIANAE EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM; U. S. 

Fluid Extract of Valerian. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17§ avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (about 8- 1 fluidounces) alcohol to every one hundred 
grams (about 3^ fluidounces) of water. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and fifty grams (about 6 fluid- 
ounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. 
Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (14- 1 fluid- 
ounces) of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug 
is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — Two to ten cubic centimeters (|- to 2£ fluidrachms). 

VALERIANAE INFUSUM. 
Infusion of Valerian. 

From thirty grams (about 1 avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make 
five hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 
Dose. — Thirty cubic centimeters (1 fluidounce) or more. 

VALERIAN" M TINCTURA; U.S. 

Tincture of Valerian. 

Mix two hundred grams (or about 8-J- fluidounces) alcohol with one 
hundred cubic centimeters (3-J fluidounces) water. Moisten sixty grams 
(2 ounces 50 grains) valerian, in No. 60 powder, with forty-five cubic 
centimeters (1£ fluidounce) of the mixture ; macerate twenty-four hours ; 
pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator and percolate with the re- 
mainder of the mixture, and as much more of the same kind of men- 



1012 A COMPANION TO THE 

struum as may be necessary, to obtain three hundred grams (10 ounces 
250 grains, or about 12 fluidounces) of tincture. 

The new preparation is one-third stronger than that of the old Phar- 
macopoeia (1870). 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

VALERIANA TINCTUKA AMMONIATA ; U. S. 

Ammoniated Tincture of Valerian. 

Moisten sixty grams (2 ounces 50 grains) valerian, in No. 60 powder, 
with sixty cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) aromatic spirit of ammonia; 
macerate in a closed vessel twenty-four hours ; then pack it in a cylin- 
drical percolator and percolate with aromatic spirit of ammonia until 
three hundred grams (or about 10 fluidounces) of tincture has been ob- 
tained. 

This is one-third stronger than the former tincture (U. S. P., 1870). 

Dose. — Five to fifteen cubic centimeters (1 to 4 fluidrachms). 

Valerianae Oleum ; U. S. 

Oil of Valerian. 
Valerianae ^Etheroleum — Volatile Oil of Valerian. 
Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 245. 
Dose. — One to two drops. 

Vanilla ? U. S. 

Vanilla. 

Vanillce Fructus — Va?iille, G. and F. ; Vainilla, Sp.; Vanilj, Sw. ; 

Vanilla Beans. 

Origin. — Vanilla planifolia, Andrews (Orchidacew). 

Habitat. — Mexico. Cultivated. 

Part used. — The fruit. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 373. 

The fruit is collected before it ripens, and is subjected to a process 
of sweating by which the aroma is developed. 

Vanilla is sorted according to size and quality, and put up in bun- 
dles each containing about fifty of the fruits. It is then usually packed 
in tin boxes. 

Varieties. — Mexican vanilla is the best ; it answers the official de- 
scription, and is darker and finer than any other kind. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA, 1013 

Bourbon vanilla is smaller, lighter in color, and has an odor resem- 
bling that of Tonka beans. 

Constituents. — About two per cent, vanillin, which crystallizes in 
silky white needles and has the odor of the vanilla. Vanillin is soluble 
in alcohol. Vanilla also contains fixed oil, resin, sugar, etc. 

Used for flavoring. 

VANILL^E TINCTURA ; U. S. 
Tincture of Vanilla. 

Mix four hundred grams (14 ounces, or about 16f fluidounces) al- 
cohol with two hundred cubic centimeters (6f fluidounces) water. 
Cut sixty grams (2 ounces 50 grains) vanilla into small pieces, and 
bruise it in a mortar. Then macerate the vanilla with three hundred 
cubic centimeters (10 fluidounces) of the mixture of alcohol and water 
for twelve hours, after which drain off the liquid and set it aside. 
Put the moist vanilla into a mortar and beat it with one hundred and 
twenty grams (4 ounces 100 grains) sugar until reduced to a uniformly 
mixed powder. Then pack this into a percolator and percolate it first 
with the reserved macerate, and afterward with the remainder of the 
mixture of alcohol and water, continuing the percolation with the same 
kind of menstruum until six hundred grams (about 20 fluidounces) of 
tincture has been obtained. 

Concentrated Extract of Vanilla for flavoring purposes ought to be 
at least twice the strength of the official tincture, but may otherwise be 
made in the same manner. 



Vapores. 

Vapors. 

A class of preparations used for inhalation, prepared in such a man- 
ner that the air of the sick-room is charged with the vapor. 

The vapor from slaking lime, which is of much benefit in croupous 
and diphtheritic membranous exudations, is an example of this class. 

Vapors or inhalations are frequently medicated. (See " Inhala- 
tions.") 

In some forms of inflammation of the nasal or bronchial mucous 
membranes with scanty secretion, it is often of much benefit to the pa- 
tient to charge the atmosphere with steam from a tea-kettle or other 
vessel containing water, chamomile tea, or other fragrant decoctions. 



1014 A COMPANION TO THE 

Veratrina ; U. S. 

Veratrine. 
Veratria, Phar., 1870. 

" An alkaloid, or a mixture of alkaloids, prepared from the seeds of 
Asagrcea officinalis, Lindley " (Mela?ithacece). 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 373. 

Medicinal Uses. — This remedy is a powerful cardiac depressant 
and poison. Overdoses render the heart's action feeble and irregular, 
the temperature is reduced, and collapse and death may ensue. 

The alkaloid is rarely employed internally, but has been used in 
neuralgia, rheumatism, etc. 

In the form of ointment it is an active remedy for the relief of neu- 
ralgic pains. 

Dose. — About 0.005 gram (J$ grain), repeated several times a day. 

VERATKIN^E OLEATUM ; U. S. 
Oleate of Veratrine. 

Put one gram (15 grains) veratrine in a warmed Wedgewood mor- 
tar. Weigh out forty-nine grams (1 ounce 320 grains) oleic acid. 
Triturate the veratrine with a small quantity of the oleic acid until re- 
duced to a perfectly smooth paste. Then add to it the remainder of 
the oleic acid, in a porcelain evaporating dish, and continue stirring 
until the veratrine is all dissolved. 

VEKATKIN^E UNGUENT UM; U.S. 

Veratrine Ointment. 

Dissolve one gram (15 grains) veratrine in two cubic centimeters 
(£ fluidrachm) warm alcohol, first triturating the veratrine until reduced 
to powder, so as to facilitate its solution. Then add gradually twenty- 
four grams (370 grains) benzoinated lard, and mix thoroughly. 

Veratrum Viride ; U. S. 

Veratrum Viride. 

Veratri Viridis Radix — Grilner Germer, G. ; Veratre Vert, F. ; Green 
Hellebore, American Hellebore, Indian Poke, 

Origin. — Veratrum viride, Aiton (Melanthacece). 
Habitat. — North America. 
Parts used. — The rhizome and rootlets. 
Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 374. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



1015 



Constituents. — The alkaloids jervine, veratroidine, rubijervine, 
pseudojervine, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Veratrum viride is much used in fevers to reduce 
arterial excitement and control spasms. It is also used in some forms 
of heart disease with hypertrophy. 

Deaths from this remedy are very rare, or, according to some au- 




Figs. 541, 542. — Veratrum Viride, outer and cut surfaces, natural size. 

thorities, entirely unknown. An ounce of the tincture has been given 
without serious results. This remedy has been praised as a valuable 
remedy in puerperal convulsions in doses of a teaspoonf ul of the tinc- 
ture every fifteen minutes until the spasms are under control. 

Dose. — 0.1 to 0.3 gram (2 to 5 grains), best given in the form of 
fluid extract or tincture. 

YEEATEI VIRIDIS EXTRACTUM. 
Extract of Veratrum Viride. 
Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence. 
Brown. 
Dose. — 0.01 to 0.05 gram (^ to 1 grain). 



1016 



A COMPANION TO THE 



VERATRI YIRIDIS EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM ; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Veratrum Viride. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17| avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and fifty grams (about 6J fluid- 
ounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical percolator. 
Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (15^- fluidounces) of 
the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — 0.10 to 0.3 cubic centimeter (2 to 5 minims). 

VERATRI VIRIDIS TINCTURA ; U. S. 

Tincture of Veratrum Viride. 

Moisten one hundred and fifty grams (5 ounces 130 grains) veratrum 
viride, in No. 60 powder, with sixty cubic centimeters (2 fluidounces) al- 
cohol; macerate twenty-four hours ; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical 
percolator and percolate with alcohol until three hundred grams (10 
ounces 260 grains, or about 12 fluidounces) tincture has been obtained. 

Dose. — 0.2 to 0.6 cubic centimeter (3 to 10 minims). 

Verbasci Flores. 

Verbascum Flowers. 

Wollkraut, Konigskretze, G.; Molene, Bouillon-blanc, F.; Verbasco, 
Gordolobo, Sp.; Kungsljus, Sw.; Mullein Flowers. 

Origin. — Verbascum TJiapsus, Linne, and other species of Verbas- 
cum (Scrophulariaceo?). 

Habitat. — Europe and America. 

Parts used. — The corolla and stamens. 

Description. — Wheel-shaped, two to four centimeters (1 to 1-J- inch) 
broad, bright yellow, five-lobed, with a short tube in which the five 
stamens are inserted. Odor somewhat fragrant ; taste sweetish, muci- 
laginous. 

Constituents. — Mucilage, a trace of volatile oil, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Demulcent. Used as an ingredient of pectoral 
teas. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 1017 

Verbasci Folia. 

Vekbascuh Leaves. 
Mullein Leaves. 

From Verbascum Thapsus, Linne/and other species of Verbascum 
(see above). 

Description. — From ten to thirty centimeters (4 to 12 inches) long, 
oblong or oval-lanceolate, acute, crenate, hairy. Inodorous ; muci- 
laginous. 

Constituents.— Mucilage. 

Medicinal Uses. — Same as of the flowers. Both leaves and flowers 
may be given in infusion ad libitum. 

Vettiveria. 

Vetivert. 
Ivarancusm Radix — Cuscus, Vetti-ver. 

Origin. — The long, slender, fibrous roots of Andropogon muricatus, 
Retz {Graminacece). 

Habitat. — East India. 

Description. — Light yellowish-brown, tough, somewhat wavy, fif- 
teen to twenty centimeters (6 to 8 inches) long, and about one milli- 
meter (^g- inch) thick. Has a fragrant odor. 

Constituents. — Contains volatile oil and resin. 

Used in perfumery. 

Viburnum ; U. S. 

Viburnum. 
Viburni Prunifolii Cortex — Black Haw Baric. 

Origin. — Viburnum prunifolium, Linne (Caprifoliacece), 

Habitat. — The United States. 

Part used. — The bark. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 374. 

Nomenclature. — This drug should have been called Viburnum 
prunifolium to distinguish it from Viburnum opidus, which is also 
used in considerable quantities. 

Constituents. — Valerianic acid, bitter principle, resin, tannin, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — This remedy is said to be a nervine tonic. It is 
almost exclusively used, however, with a view of preventing abortion or 
miscarriage, for which purpose it is an excellent remedy. When there 
is known to be a disposition to these accidents, this remedy should be 



1018 



A COMPANION TO THE 



given in moderate daily doses for several weeks before the time of the 
expected miscarriage. 

The remedy has also been used in uterine derangements, dysmenor- 
rhea, etc. 

Dose. — Two to eight grams (30 to 120 grains) several times a day, 
best given in fluid extract. 

VIBUKNI PKUNIFOLII EXTKACTUM. 
Extract of Viburnum Prunifolium. 

Evaporate any desired quantity of the fluid extract to the pilular 
consistence, and then incorporate with it, while still warm, one-twentieth 
part of its weight of glycerin. 

Brown. 

Dose. — 0.10 to 0.75 gram (2 to 12 grains). 

VIBUENI [FRCJOTFOLII] EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Viburnum [Prunifolium]. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17| avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and 
water mixed in the proportion of two 
hundred grams (about 8^- fluidounces) 
alcohol to every one hundred grams 
(about 3^ fluidounces) of water. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters 
(1 to 2-J fluidrachms). 

Viburnum Opulus. 

Viburnum Opulus. 
Viburnum Opuli Cortex — Cramp Bark. 

Origin. — Viburnum opulus, Lin n e 
( Caprifoliaceai). 

Habitat. — Europe and North Amer- 
ica. 

Part used. — The bark. 

Description. — Quills or troughs, ten 
to twenty centimeters (4 to 8 inches) 




*ios. 043, f)44. — viburnum Upulus, . \ . , .... ,, 

older and younger pieces, natural size, long, and about twelve millimeters [f 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPGEIA. 1019 

inch) broad ; externally greenish-gray or brownish-gray, rough, brittle, 
marked as seen in the illustration, which shows both old and young 
bark ; inodorous ; taste bitter, pungent. 

Constituents. — A bitter principle, pungent resin, valerianic acid, 
etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Cramp bark is so called on account of the 
antispasmodic properties which render it useful for the purposes of re- 
laxing cramps of ail kinds, especially in those forms which affect fe- 
males, as in hysteria or during pregnancy or childbirth. It is said to 
prevent puerperal convulsions if used for the last month or two of preg- 
nancy. Externally it may be used as an ingredient of poultices for 
indolent and malignant ulcers. 

Used only in the form of fluid extract. 

VIBURNI OPULI EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. 

Fluid Extract of Viburnum Opulus. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 60 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol and water mixed in the proportion of 
two hundred grams (about 8-J- fluidounces) alcohol to every one hun- 
dred grams (about 3^ fluidounces) of water. 

Dose* — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 1-J- fluidrachm). 

Vina. 

Wines. 

Wines are prepared by the fermentation of the juice of grapes or 
of other fruits. 

The varieties of the grape are countless, and each variety yields a 
wine differing more or less from the wines obtained from other grapes. 
The expressed juice of the grape, when containing from ten to twenty- 
five per cent, of sugar, will yield a good wine. When the fermentation 
has proceeded until fourteen per cent, alcohol are contained in the wine 
the process ceases. Hence wines can never contain above fourteen per 
cent, alcohol except by strengthening the natural wine by the addition 
of alcohol after the fermentation has ceased. 

After the first fermentation is over the new wine is put into casks 
and allowed to rest a greater or less period. An after-fermentation 
then sets in, during which tartar deposits, the wine becomes clear, and 
ethers are formed, which give the wine its proper flavor (" bouquet "). 



1020 A COMPANION TO THE 

Wines contain water, alcohol, sugar, tannin, fruit acids, and ethers. 
These should be in proper relative proportions in order to make the 
wine good. 

Spanish, Portuguese, and certain other wines are strongly alcoholic, 
containing from sixteen to twenty or more per cent, of alcohol (sherry, 
port, madeira, etc.). 

"Dry wines" are those in which nearly all the sugar has undergone 
vinous fermentation, so that they contain much alcohol, little sugar, 
and not much fruit acid. 

" Sweet wines " are wines in which the fermentation has been ar- 
rested before all the glucose has been converted, and which thus contain 
an excess of sugar and enough alcohol to prevent further fermentation. 

Dry sherry is a wine with but little sugar, and differs from sweet 
sherry only in that particular. Dry Catawba is a weak and acid wine, 
which readily undergoes acetous fermentation, but sweet Catawba con- 
tains a large quantity of sugar, and is not acid. 

Astringent light wines, or claret wines, contain from ten to fourteen 
per cent, alcohol and much tannin (St. Julien, Medoc, etc.). 

Sour wines, or Rhine wines, contain from eight to ten per cent, al- 
cohol and a considerable quantity of fruit acids (Hochheimer, Liebfrau- 
enmilch, Sauterne, etc.). 

The oldest and best-known wines are, of course, European wines. 
German, French, Spanish, Italian, Greek, Hungarian wines, all differ 
essentially in flavor and other properties. In America wine-culture is 
still in its infancy, but enough has been done to show that American 
wines will in the near future be made of excellent quality. The greatest 
drawback to success in the past seems to have been that American 
wine-makers have attempted only to imitate celebrated foreign wines, 
and we have heard more of California "Sherry," Brocton "Port," etc., 
than of new and distinct American wines. It would seem to be a waste 
of time to attempt to make sherry, or port, or tokay, or any other dis- 
tinct kind of wine in any other country than its original home. At 
least, no such attempt has ever been successful, although the efforts to 
naturalize the wines of one country in another have been numerous. 

The only proper way would seem to be to cultivate the fruit to the 
greatest possible perfection, of whatever variety it may be, and to 
make as good a wine as possible from the fruit without reference to 
whether the product is or is not like any other wine. 

The sherry and port wines were the only wines official in the Phar- 
macopoeia of 1870, and these generally contain about twenty per cent, 
alcohol. As real sherry wine and real port wine are probably not im- 
ported into the United States at all, it is only the imitations of sherry 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 1021 

and port which ha*e been used. These imitations may, however, be 
very excellent wines, and in speaking of " good sherry," or "fine 
sherry," a good wine resembling sherry is meant, and not the genuine. 

The new Pharmacopoeia, recognizing these facts, prescribes simply 
good wine from grape juice, having the properties laid down in the of- 
ficial description, without reference to any particular brand. This ad- 
mits of the use of good American wines, of which many will be found 
to come up to the pharmacopceial standard. We believe, however, 
that the alcoholic strength, as fixed by the Pharmacopoeia, is too low. 
Instead of from ten to twelve per cent, it should have been placed at 
from twelve to fourteen per cent., which would be more nearly in ac- 
cordance with the actual strength of our best domestic wines. 

The official directions for ascertaining the alcoholic strength of 
wines (see the Pharmacopoeia, pages 374, 375, under title Vinum Album, 
and page 379 under title Vinum Rubrum) are incorrect. The quotient 
obtained by dividing the first weight by the second does not give the 
percentage of alcohol, but only gives approximately correctly the weight 
of the alcohol and water in the wine. Thus, if the " definite volume " 
operated upon be one hundred cubic centimeters, then the quotient ob- 
tained will express the specific gravity of a mixture of the alcohol con- 
tained in the wine, with enough water to make one hundred cubic cen- 
timeters, and by reference to the alcoholometrical table the percentage 
of alcohol will be found opposite that specific gravity. 

Mulder's process, which is practically the one referred to in the 
Pharmacopoeia, is as follows : Measure off one hundred cubic centime- 
ters of the wine at a temperature of 15.6° C. (60° F.), and weigh it at 
that temperature ; evaporate it until about one-third by volume re- 
mains, being careful not to let it boil, in order to avoid loss. The ob- 
ject of this evaporation is to expel all the alcohol. Then add enough 
distilled water to make the whole again measure one hundred cubic 
centimeters at the same temperature as before. The alcohol contained 
in the wine has now been replaced by an equal volume of water. 
Now again weigh the liquid. Deduct the weight of one hundred 
cubic centimeters of water (0.999 gram) from the weight of the liquid 
last obtained. The remainder represents the weight of solid matter in 
the wine. This weight of the solid matter deducted from the first 
weight (of the original wine), expressed in grams, will give the specific 
gravity of a liquid composed of all the alcohol and water, minus the 
solid matter, in the wine, or the specific gravity of the wine after the 
removal from it of the solid substances, and having obtained this spe- 
cific gravity the percentage of alcohol is seen by reference to the alco- 
holometrical table. 



1022 A COMPANION TO THE 

Vinum Album ; U. S/ 

White Wine; 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 374. 

By white wine is meant any dry white wine made from pure grape 
juice and having the general properties described in the Pharmacopoeia. 
It must neither be too acid nor too sweet, should be clear and free from 
yeastiness, and must contain not less than ten nor more than twelve 
per cent, alcohol. Catawbas, Rhine wines, and sherries are excluded 
by this description, being either too sweet, too acid, or too alcoholic. 
Dry Catawba does not keep well enough. Dry Scuppernong is within 
the requirements of the Pharmacopoeia. 

As the only pharmacopoeial use of white wine is for making the 
stronger white wine, we fail to appreciate the utility of the limitation 
as to alcoholic strength. Surely white wine of better quality as a 
wine, containing more than twelve per cent, alcohol, will be preferred 
for therapeutic use, per se. 

Medicinal Uses. — White wine is often given for its effects as an 
alcoholic stimulant. It is somewhat more prompt and active than a 
mixture of water and alcohol of the same percentage strength of alco- 
hol, on account of the ethers and volatile oils which it contains, but it 
is generally preferred merely on account of its being a more pleasant 
drink. 

It is, of course, impossible to state any dose, as the amount to be 
taken depends on previous habits and present condition of the patient, 
as well as upon the nature of the wine that is used. 

VINUM ALBUM FORTIUS • U S. 
Stronger White Wine. 

Mix seven hundred grams (about 24 fluidounces) white wine and one 
hundred grams (about 4 fluidounces) alcohol. 

The white wine used must be one containing not less than ten nor 
more than twelve per cent, alcohol, and must answer the description 
given in the paragraph under the title Vinum Album. The resulting 
mixture will then have a strength of not less than twenty nor more 
than twenty-five per cent, alcohol. 

A better way is to use good sherry containing about twenty per 
cent, alcohol, or to strengthen a weaker sherry until it contains about 
twenty-two per cent, alcohol. 

The object of having a wine of this alcoholic strength is to render 
it a more fit pharmaceutical menstruum. To be a good menstruum it 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 1023 

must be of approximately uniform alcoholic strength, and at the same 
time sufficiently strong to be a good solvent. But medicated wines are 
at best but inferior tinctures. A preparation made with alcohol and 
water in fixed proportions must be more uniform than the correspond- 
ing wine, and there is nothing in the wine which makes it preferable to 
the tincture. Wine is used because it is a pleasant alcoholic stimulant, 
and to make the official medicated wines from it is to make poor tinc- 
tures and at the same time to spoil good wine. In the extremely few 
instances where the tartaric acid in the wine is of any practical value as 
a chemical solvent, it would seem to be better to add the requisite 
quantity of tartaric acid to the menstruum than to rely upon the un- 
certain quantity of acid contained in the wine. 

Vinum Rubrum. 

Red Wine. 

Burgundy, Norton's Virginia Seedling, and Clinton are red wines 
coming within the requirements of the Pharmacopoeia. Clarets are too 
weak in alcohol. 

YINI SYKUPUS. 
Syrup of Wine. 

Dissolve six hundred grams (21 ounces) sugar in four hundred 
cubic centimeters (13^ fluidounces) Concord wine, by the cold process. 

This yields a very pleasant tasting syrup, which may be used for the 
same purposes as fruit syrups. 

A syrup made in the same manner from Virginia Seedling wine fur- 
nishes a syrup which is a useful addition to diarrhoea mixtures, etc. 

Viola Tricolor ; U. S. 

Viola Tricolor. 
Wild Pansy. 
Origin. — Viola tricolor, Linne ( Violaceas). 
Habitat. — Northern temperate zone. 
Part used. — The whole flowering plant. 
Description.— See the Pharmacopoeia, page 379. 
Constituents. — Supposed to contain a little violin, the emetico- 
cathartic principle found in Viola odorata. 

Medicinal Uses. — Has been recommended as a remedy in eczema 



1024 A COMPANION TO THE 

and other skin diseases. Not often used nor of much value. It is 
given internally or applied externally as an ingredient of poultices. 

Dose. — One to five grams (15 to 75 grains) ; best given in the 
form of infusion. 

YIOL^E SYKUPITS. 
Syrup of Viola. Tricolor. 

Infuse five hundred grams (17 ounces) fresh violet flowers in one 
liter (34 fluidounces) hot water for two hours ; express the infusion, 
let it stand an hour or two to settle ; filter, and dissolve two thousand 
grams (70 ounces) of sugar in the filtrate. 

The preparation is a pale, violet-colored, agreeably fragrant syrup. 

Vitellus ; U. S. 

Yolk of Egg. 
M-chtter, G. ; Jaune d'oeuf, F. ; Agg-gida, Sw. ; Yelk of Egg. 
Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 379. See also article 
"Ovum." 

YITELLI GLYCEKITUM ; IT. S. 

Glycerite of Yolk of Egg. 
Glyconin. 

Triturate forty-five grams (1 ounce 260 grains) fresh yolk of egg in 
a mortar with fifty-five grams (1 ounce 400 grains) glycerin gradually 
added, until intimately mixed. 

The above quantity of glycerite of yolk of egg (100 grams) will be 
sufficient to emulsify thoroughly from three hundred grams to four hun- 
dred grams (10 to 13 fluidounces) of fixed oil. This is the only use to 
which this preparation is applied. It is new to the Pharmacopoeia. 

Wintera. 

WlNTERA. 

' Winterce Cortex — Winter's Bark. 
Origin. — Drimys Winter^ Forster (Magnoliacem). 
Habitat. — South America. 
Part used. — The inner bark. 

Description. — Troughs, or rarely quills, about two to eight milli- 
meters (-fj to -J inch) in thickness, two to four centimeters (^ to 1$ inch) 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 1025 

broad, and of irregular lengths. Externally grayish or rust-brown, 
inner surface brown, striated or ridged ; fracture short, coarsely granu- 
lar, brownish, with whitish and yellowish dots (indicating stone cells 
and resin cells) ; odor aromatic ; taste pungent, somewhat astringent, 

Constituents. — Volatile oil, soft pungent resin, tannin, etc. 

Used like canella. 

Dose. — Two to five grams (30 to 75 grains), best given as fluid 
extract made with alcohol as a menstruum. 

Xanthoxylum ; IT. S. 

Xanthoxtlum. 
Xanthoxyli Cortex — Prickly Ash JBarJc. 

Origin. — X^anthoxylum fraxineum, Willdenow, and Xanthoxylum 
carolinianum, Lambert (Hutaceoe). 

Habitat. — The United States. 

Part used. — The bark. 

Description- — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 379. 

Constituents. — An acrid green oil, acrid soft resin, a bitter alka- 
loid or other principle, tannin, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Xanthoxylum is employed as a nervous and ar- 
terial stimulant, sialagogue, diaphoretic, and alterative. It is sometimes 
useful in flatulent colic, suppression of menses, chronic hepatic troubles, 
chronic rheumatism, syphilis, etc. 

Externally it is an acrid stimulant and is applied as a counter-irritant 
or revulsive. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 grams (8 to 30 grains). 

XANTHGXYLI [CORTICIS] EXTKACTUM FLUIDUM; 

U.S. 

Fluid Extract of Xanthoxylum [Baek]. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidounces), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and twenty-five grams (about 5 
fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical perco- 
lator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (15^- fluidounces) of 
the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is exhausted. 
65 



1026 A COMPANION TO THE 






Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey and then 
dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to make 
the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluidounces). 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 cubic centimeters (8 to 30 minims). 

Xanthoxyli Fructus. 

Xanthoxylum Fruit. 
Prickly Ash Berries. 

Origin. — See Xanthoxylum. 

Description. — Pods oval, thick, and fleshy, greenish or red, two- 
valved, usually open, one- or two-seeded ; seeds oval, black, shining. 
Odor aromatic ; taste pungent, aromatic. 

Constituents. — Volatile oil and resin. 

Medicinal Use. — Action similar to that of the bark. The berries 
are supposed to exert a beneficial effect on the mucous membranes in 
affections of the bowels, as in diarrhoea, cholera morbus, flatulence, etc. 

Dose. — 0.5 to 2 grams (8 to 30 grains), best given in the form of 
fluid extract made with alcohol as a menstruum. 

Zedoaria. 

Zedoary. 
Zedoarios JRhizoma. 

Origin. — Curcuma Zedoaria, Roscoe (Zingiber acece). 

Habitat. — India. 

Part used. — The rhizome. 

Description. — Transverse slices, or disks, one to four centimeters 
(J- to 1-| inch) in diameter, externally orange-brown, interiorly reddish- 
brown, with numerous brownish-yellow resin cells ; fracture mealy ; odor 
and taste pungent, aromatic, reminding of ginger. 

Constituents. — Volatile oil and resin. 

Medicinal Uses. — Similar to those of ginger. 

Dose- — One to two grams (15 to 30 grains). 

Zincum. 

Zinc. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 384. 

The zinc salts are white. Chloride, iodide, sulphate, acetate, valeri- 
anate, and sulpho-carbolate are soluble in water. Carbonate is insolu- 
ble ; also phosphide and cyanide. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 1027 

Zinci Acetas ; 17. S. 

Acetate of Zinc. 

Zincicus Acetas — Zinc Acetate. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 380. 

Medicinal Uses. — Has been given internally in epilepsy and other 
nervous diseases, but is rarely employed for that purpose at present. 

In large doses it is emetic. 

It is used chiefly as an astringent in solution, gonorrhoea, gleet, etc. 

Dose. — As a nervine, 0.03 to 0.1 gram (-J- to 2 grains) ; as an 
emetic, 0.5 to 2 grains (8 to 30 grains). 

Zinci Bromidum ; U. S. 

Bromide of Zinc. 

Zincicum Bromidum — Zinc Bromide. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 380. 
Medicinal Uses. — Supposed by some to combine the nervine ef- 
fects of zinc with those of bromine. Rarely used. 
Dose.— 0.06 to 0.3 gram (1 to 5 grains). 

Zinci Carbonas Prsecipitatus ; IT. S. 

Precipitated Carbonate of Zinc. 
Zincicus Carbonas — Zinc Carbonate. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 381. 

Medicinal Uses. — Its employment internally as a nervine is obso- 
lete. It is now used externally in powder or ointment as an applica- 
tion to excoriations, eczema, etc. 

Dose. —0.06 to 0.2 gram (1 to 3 grains). 

ZINCI CAKBONATIS CEKATUM; Phar. 1870. 
Cerate of Carbonate of Zinc. 

This preparation is, properly speaking, not a cerate but an ointment, 
and will be found under the title Zinci Carbonatis Unguentum. 

ZINCI CAKBONATIS UNGUENTUM. 

Ointment of Carbonate of Zinc. 

Cerate of Carbonate of Zinc, Phar. 1870. 

Mix thirty grams (1 ounce) precipitated carbonate of zinc and one 
hundred and fifty grams (5 ounces) simple ointment. 



1028 A COMPANION TO THE 

Zinci CMoridum ; U. S. 

Chloride of Zinc. 
Zincicum Chloriclum — Zinc Chloride. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 381. 

Uses. — Not employed internally. Externally it is a powerful es- 
charotic used to destroy syphilitic and cancerous growths. Its applica- 
tion is very painful, and the use of a knife is much to be preferred. 
The solution is antiseptic. 

ZINCI CHLORIDI LIQUOR ; U. S. 
Solution of Chloeide of Zinc. 

Zincici Chloridi Solutio — Solution ,of Zinc Chloride. 

Put two hundred and forty grams (8 ounces 200 grains) granulated 
zinc into a jar and add gradually enough hydrochloric acid to dissolve 
it, which will require from seven hundred and fifty to one thousand 
grams (26 to 35 ounces). The solution is strained, twelve grams (185 
grains) nitric acid is added, the liquid is then evaporated to dryness, 
and the dry mass fused, allowed to cool again, and then dissolved in 
one hundred and fifty grams (5 fluidounces) distilled water. Now add 
twelve grams (185 grains) precipitated carbonate of zinc, and shake the 
mixture occasionally during twenty-four hours. Then filter the liquid 
either through white filtering paper free from iron (to prevent its be- 
coming colored) or through loose clean cotton, and pass enough dis- 
tilled water through the same filter or cotton to make the whole product 
weigh one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains). 

The object of shaking the solution with precipitated carbonate of 
zinc is to remove iron in the form of ferric oxide. 

Description. — Clear, colorless, odorless, astringent, sweetish, me- 
tallic, acrid ; reaction acid. Specific gravity 1.555, corresponding to 52° 
Baum6. It contains fifty per cent, zinc chloride. 

Uses- — Sometimes emplo} T ed as a disinfectant in closets, sinks, 
drains, sewers, etc. 

Zinci lodidum ; U. S. 

Iodide of Zinc. 
Zincicum lodidum — Zinc Iodide. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 382. 
Medicinal Uses. — Has been used internally as a nervine tonic. 
Sometimes employed externally in ointment in chronic skin diseases. 
Dose. — 0.0G to 0.2 gram (1 to 3 grains). 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. K)29 

Zinci Lactas. 

Lactate of Zixc. 
Zincicus Lactas — Zinc Lactate. 

Description. — A white salt, crystallizing in plates, soluble in sixty 
parts cold and in six parts of boiling water ; inodorous, of a very sweet 
taste, with a metallic after-taste. 

Uses. — Nervine tonic in epilepsy and chorea. 

Dose. — 0.003 to 0.06 gram (£to 1 grain). 

Zinci Oleatum. 

Oleate op Zinc. 

Dissolve five grams (77 grains) oxide of zinc in ninety-five grams 
(3 ounces 150 grains) oleic acid by trituration. 
It is a soft, homogeneous ointment. 
Uses. — For local application in some skin diseases. 

Zinci Oxidum ; U. S„ 

Oxide of Zixc. 
Zincicum Oxidum — Zinc Oxide. 

Description and Tests. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 382. Must 
be a soft, impalpable powder. 

Medicinal Uses. — Occasionally used internally as a nervine tonic 
in chronic nervous disorders. Has also found favor with some as a 
remedy in gastralgia, night-smeats, and diarrhoea. Also used externally 
in powder or ointment in excoriations, eczema, etc. 

Dose. — 0.06 to 0.3 gram (1 to 5 grains). 

ZINCI OXIDI UNGUENTUM; U. S. 

Oixtmext of Oxide of Zr5rc. 

Mix one hundred grams (3 ounces 230 grains) oxide of zinc and four 
hundred grams (14 ounces) benzoinated lard. 

In hot weather this ointment will melt and run. Should always be 
kept in a cool place. Benzoinated cerate mixed with one-half its 
weight of benzoinated lard should be used instead of benzoinated lard 
alone. 



103# A COMPANION TO THE 

Zinci Phosphidum ; U. S. 

Phosphide of Zinc. 
Zincicum Phosphidum — Zinc Phosphide. 
Description and Tests. — Seethe Pharmacopoeia, page 382. 
Uses. — Given for the same purposes as phosphorus in 
Doses of 0.005 to 0.02 gram ( T ^ to \ grain). 

Zinci Sulphas ; TJ. S. 

Sulphate of Zinc. 
Zincicus Sulphas — Zinc Sulphate. 

Description and Tests.— See the Pharmacopoeia, page 383. 

Medicinal Uses. — Rarely employed as a nervine tonic. In large 
doses it is one of the promptest emetics, and its use as such is especially 
indicated in cases of poisoning. 

In solution it is often used as an astringent eye-wash or injection. 

Dose. — As a nervine, 0.03 to' 0.0G gram (£ to 1 grain) ; as an emetic, 
about two grams (30 grains), in solution. 

Zinci Sulphocarbolas. 

SULPHOCARBOLATE OF ZlNC. 

White crystals of a faint carbolic acid odor. 

Used externally in ointment as a disinfectant and antiseptic dress- 
ing for wounds and foul ulcers. 

ZINCI SULPHOCAKBOLATIS ITNGUENTUM. 

Ointment of Sulphocarbolate of Zinc. 

Mix fifteen grams (-J- ounce) zinc sulphocarbolate with one hundred 
and thirty-five grams (4-J ounces) petroleum ointment, triturating until 
perfectly uniform. 

Zinci Valerianas ; IT. S. 

Valerianate of Zinc. 
Zincicus Valerianas — Zinc Valerianate. 
Description and Tests. — See the- Pharmacopoeia, page 383. 
Used in some forms of nervous diseases, hysteria, neuralgia, cho- 
rectj etc. 

Dose. — 0.03 to 0.3 gram (£ to 5 grains). 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPEIA. 



1031 



Zingiber ; U. S. 

Ginger, 
Zingiberis Rhizoma — Ingwer, G.; Qingembre, F.; Gengibre, Sp.; In~ 

gefdra, Sw. 

Origin. — Zingiber officinale, Roscoe {Zingiber acece). 
Habitat.— Cultivated in tropical countries. 




Fig. 545. — Cochin Ginger, natural size 



Part Used. — The rhizome. 

Description. — See the Pharmacopoeia, page 384. Cochin ginger 
best answers the pharmacopceial description. 




Figs. 546, 547. — Jamaica and African Ginger, natural size. 

Varieties. — Jamaica ginger is whitish externally and internally, 
and covered with a white coat of lime. Has long lobes. 



1032 A COMPANION TO THE 

t 

Cochin ginger is buff or pale yellow, with short lobes. 

African ginger is brownish-gray, with flattened short lobes. 

East India ginger has the epidermis removed on the flat sides. 

Coated ginger is the rhizome with the epidermis remaining. Un- 
coated ginger is peeled and therefore paler. J3 'leached ginger has been 
treated with chlorinated lime, and is whiter than the natural or un- 
bleached ginger. 

For culinary purposes the best Jamaica ginger is perhaps to be pre- 
ferred, as it has the most delicate flavor ; for medicinal purposes the 
Cochin ginger is the best, as it is generally sound and pungent, but 
less coarse than African ginger. 

Constituents,— Volatile oil, to which the flavor is due, and resin, 
to which the ginger owes its pungency. Also starch, etc. 

Medicinal Uses. — Carminative stimulant, spice and flavoring 
agent. 

Dose. — About one gram (15 grains). 

ZINGIBERIS EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM; U. S. 
Fluid Extract of Ginger. 

To make five hundred cubic centimeters (or its equivalent — 17 U. S. 
fluidourices), use five hundred grams (or its equivalent — 17f avoirdupois 
ounces) of the drug, in No. 30 powder. 

As a menstruum use alcohol. 

Moisten the drug with one hundred and twenty-five grams (about 5-^ 
fluidounces) of the menstruum. Pack it tightly in a cylindrical perco- 
lator. Saturate with menstruum. Macerate forty-eight hours. Then 
percolate. 

Reserve four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (15J fluidounces) 
of the first percolate. Continue the percolation until the drug is ex- 
hausted. 

Evaporate the second percolate to the consistence of honey, and 
then dissolve it in the first percolate. Add enough of the menstruum to 
make the whole measure five hundred cubic centimeters (or 17 fluid- 
ounces). 

Dose. — 0.25 to 2.5 cubic centimeters (4 to 40 minims). 

ZUSTGIBERIS INFUSUM. 

Infusion of Ginger. 

From ten grams (about -£ avoirdupois ounce) of the drug make five 
hundred grams (equal to about 17 U. S. fluidounces). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 1033 

Dose. — Twenty-five to seventy-five cubic centimeters (6 to 18 flui- 



drachms). 



ZINGIBERIS OLEOEESIKA; U.S. 

Oleokesin of Ginger. 



Pack one thousand grams (35 ounces 120 grains) ginger, in No. 60 
powder, firmly into a tall, narrow cylindrical percolator provided with 
cover and receptacle adapted to operations with volatile menstrua (see 
page 721), and percolate it slowly with stronger ether until one thousand 
five hundred grams (about 68 fluidounces) percolate has slowly passed. 
Recover about one thousand grams of the ether by distillation on a 
water-bath, put the residue into a porcelain evaporating dish and ex- 
pose it until the remaining ether has evaporated away spontaneously. 

Keep the product in small, well-corked, wide-mouthed bottles. 

Dose. — One or two drops, largely diluted with water or syrup. 

ZINGIBEKIS SYRUPUS ; IT. S. 
Syrup op Ginger. 

Triturate twenty grams (300 grains) fluid extract of ginger with two 
hundred and fifty grams (8 ounces 360 grains) sugar ; heat the mixture 
at 60° C. (140° F.) until all the alcohol has evaporated. Then mix the 
residue with three hundred and fifty grams (12 fluidounces) water, filter 
the solution, and add through the filter enough water to make the 
whole weigh six hundred grams (about 21 ounces). Then add four 
hundred grams (14 ounces) more of sugar, and dissolve it without the 
aid of heat. 

Used as a carminative or for flavoring. 

Dose. — Five to ten cubic centimeters (1 to 2J fluidrachms). 

ZINGIBERIS TINCTUKA ; U. S. 

Tincture of Ginger. 
Essence of Ginger. 

Percolate sixty grams (2 ounces 50 grains) ginger, in No. 40 powder, 
with alcohol until three hundred grams (10 ounces 250 grains, measur- 
ing about 12 fluidounces) of percolate has been obtained. 

This tincture is one-third weaker than the preparation of the old 
pharmacopoeia (1870). 

Dose. — Two to five cubic centimeters (30 to 75 minims). 



1034 A COMPANION TO THE 



ZINGIBEEIS TKOCHISCI ; U. S. 

Ginger Troches. 

Mix thirteen grams (200 grains) tincture of ginger with one hun- 
dred and thirty grams (2,000 grains) sugar ; dry the mixture well, and 
reduce it to powder ; then add 3.25 grams (50 grains) powdered traga- 
canth, and finally enough syrup of ginger to make a proper mass. 
Divide it into one hundred troches. 

Dose. — One every few hours as a carminative. 






UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA, 



1035 



THE MICROSCOPE IN PHARMACOGNOSY. 



The importance of the microscope in the study of pharmacognosy 
is well understood. While we may be able without this instrument to 
distinguish one crude drug 
from another while in the 
whole state, it is usually diffi- 
cult, if not impossible, to dis- 
tinguish them or to determine 
the degree of purity when in 
the form of powder. Drugs 
may often resemble each other 
externally, when the examina- 
tion of their internal structure 
reveals marked differences. 

A short account of the 
necessary apparatus and ma- 
nipulations enabling the read- 
er to use the microscope for 
the examination of drugs may 
therefore add to the usefulness 
of this book. The most prac- 
tical methods of making per- 
manent preparations will also 
be described, so that a cabinet 
of mounted slides may be made 
for future reference. 

A few words on the con- 
struction of the microscope 
may prove of interest. 

In Fig. 548 is represented Fig. 548. —Compound Microscope, 

a compound microscope, so called to distinguish it from the simple 
microscope, or single magnifying lens, because it possesses a combina- 
tion of lenses. The compound microscope consists of the mechanical 
and optical parts, the first being the stand, the other the lenses. 




1036 



A COMPANION TO THE 



The stand should be made to incline, as in the illustration. Its dif- 
ferent parts are shown and their designations given in Fig. 549. 

By referring to this illustration, the stand is seen to have a base or 
foot, which should be preferably of the form known as the tripod base, 
and sufficiently heavy to insure a firm position of the instrument at 
whatever angle it may be placed. Upon the base, and often in one 



eye-piece, 
draw-tube. 



fine adj. 




Fig. 549. — Parts of Microscope. 

piece with it, are the pillars, supporting the axis, which carries the arm 
of the microscope. 

Firmly attached to the lower end of the arm is a stage, on which to 
lay the specimens we wish to examine. The simplest form of stage is 
a brass plate perforated in the centre to permit the light to pass from 
below, and provided on the upper surface with clamps to hold the ob- 
ject in place. These should be removable, and the stage should be 
provided further with a diaphragm beneath it, which will allow us to 
diminish the amount of transmitted light or shut it out entirely. 

A mirror-bar is attached to the arm, carrying the mirror, which 
latter should be plane on one side and concave on the other. If the 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



1037 



mirror-bar can be made to swing on its axis, so as to bring the mirror 
above the stage for the illumination of opaque objects, it will be found 
to be a great convenience. 

Attached to the upper part of the arm is the body or tube, which 
can be moved up or down by sliding in a tube, or preferably, by means 
of a coarse adjustment or rack-and-pinion movement. This is for the 
purpose of adjusting the focus. With higher powers the fine adjust- 
ment is convenient, because it allows 
of very delicate movement of the tube. 

The body has sliding within it (tel- 
escoping) another tube, which may be 
drawn out so as to lengthen the body 
and thereby increase the magnifying 
power. This is the draw-tube. Both 
tubes are blackened on the inner sur- 



body. 



face. 

These parts together are the stand, 
or the mechanical part of the micro- 
scope. 

The optical parts are the objective 
and eye-piece, or ocular, the first of 
which is the magnifying lens, and is 
attached to the lower end of the body, 
while the other is a small tube sliding 
into the upper part of the draw-tube 
and carrying a combination of lenses 
for enlarging or amplifying the image 
made by the objective. 

The relation of the optical parts to 
each other are shown in Fig. 550. 

The objective should be corrected 
for chromatic and spherical aberration, 
which is done by combining a double- 
convex lens of crown-glass and a plano- 
concave lens of flint-glass (doublet). 
In the better class of objectives the correction is obtained by a combi- 
nation of three lenses (triplet), and often one objective contains several 
triplets and doublets combined, so as to act as one lens. 

Objectives are designated by their focal distance, thus : "1 inch," 
" \ inch," etc. This is the distance at which a . single lens with the 
same magnifying power would have to be placed from the object to 
form the distinct image, but the actual distance of the front lens of the 




eye-lens. 



diaphragm. 



.Jlcld-lens. 
draiv-tube. 



objective. 



Fig. 550. — Construction of Optical part 
of Compound Microscope. 



1038 A COMPANION TO THE 



combination from the object is much less when in focus. The magni- 
fying power increases as the focal distance decreases. 

The eye-piece has two lenses, the lower and larger being called the 
field-lens, the upper, which is next to the eye, being the eye-lens. 

By looking into a microscope provided with the above parts we per- 
ceive an illuminated surface when the light is reflected upward through 
the objective. This illuminated disk is called the field. But while the 
central portion will be bright, the edges are dim and gradually fade 
into darkness toward the circumference. If we place a large, flat, 
transparent object on the stage, reflect the light upward through it, 
and brins; the lenses into focus, we see the enlarged imas:e clear and 
sharp in the central part of the field, but diffuse and indistinct toward 
the circumference, or if we vary the focus to bring the edges out sharp 
and clear, the central part becomes confused and blurred. 

To remedy this condition a diaphragm is placed between the field- 
lens and eye-lens, and in the focus of the latter. If we now focus on 
the central part of the object, the diaphragm shuts out from view the 
blurred image of the circumference, and the field is bounded by abrupt 
and perfect darkness, the field appearing brighter by contrast. The 
larger the field thus produced, without blurring of the image at the 
edges, and without any colored rings around the edges, the better the 
optical parts, other things, such as definition and penetration, being 
equal. 

By definition is understood the clearness with which minute details 
are brought into view, and penetration is the power of an objective to 
bring a more or less thick layer of the object into view at the same 
time. If we examine a round body, as a pollen-grain, with a high power 
having little penetration or depth of focus, we may only be able to see 
a small part of the surface at a time without giving us an idea of its 
round form ; another lens of the same magnifying power may possess 
great depth of focus or penetration and show the object as a round 
grain. Either kind of lens possesses advantages over the other for cer- 
tain kinds of work, but for the use of the pharmacognocist the lens with 
a fair depth of focus is preferable to one with but little depth of focus. 

The action of the different lenses is diagramatically explained in 
Figs. 551 and 552. The objective, b, gathers the rays of light proceed- 
ing from the object a, and brings them to a focus, producing the en- 
larged and inverted image c. 

In the simplest form of compound microscope there are but two 
lenses, the objective and eye-lens (Fig. 551). The image c, which was 
formed by the objective, is viewed direct, without inversion, by the 
eye-lens. By following the course of the different rays of light, as in- 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 



1039 



dieated by the dotted lines, it will be seen that the light is dispersed 
again after the image was formed, and but a small portion, and that 
only from the central part of the image, enters the eye-lens at all, while 
the remainder is lost. We therefore see only a small portion of the 
central part of the object, and 
that only dimly illuminated. 

By interposing an additional 
lens (Fig. 552) the scattering- 
rays of light are converged to- 
ward and through the eye-lens, 
and we are enabled to see more 
of the object, or what is the 
same thino- the field is enlarged 
and more brilliantly lighted. 
As this lens so materially im- 
proves the field it is called the 
field-lens. 

As we see any object in the 
direction in which the rays of 
light from it enter our eye, we 
will see the image apparently as 
in f (Fig. 552) ; but as the image 
will appear to be larger or smaller 
in proportion as we imagine it 
to be nearer or further away, 
this image which we see is by 
common consent supposed to be 
ten inches from the eye, and 
larger microscopes are so made 
that this will bring the image 
into the same plane with the 
object ; in other words, the dis- 
tance from the object to the eye- 
lens is about ten inches. In 
smaller instruments the draw- 
tube may be drawn out and the 




Pig. 551. 



-Action of Lenses in Compound Micro- 
scope, simplest form. 



standard length of tube obtained in that manner. This, however, is 
only necessary when we desire to make measurements. By drawing- 
out the tube we may increase the rate of enlargement. 

By using oculars of different magnifying powers we can obtain va- 
rious degrees of enlargement (or powers) with the same objective, but 
it generally is better to obtain higher powers with higher objectives. 



1040 



A COMPANION TO THE 



The power of an instrument, or rather of the combination of lenses at 
any time attached to the microscope, is expressed in diameters and not 
in areas. Thus, if an object which in reality is one-tenth of an inch 
square, appears to be five inches square when viewed with a microscope, 
it is enlarged fifty diameters, commonly expressed " fifty times," but as 




->/ 



Fig. 552.— Action of Field-lens in Compound Microscope. 

it is equally enlarged in all directions its area will appear to be 50 X 50, 
or 2,500 times as large as it really is. Dealers often state the surface 
enlargement when advertising cheap popular instruments, because a 
microscope magnifying " 2,500 times " will sell more readily for a few 
dollars than another which magnifies " only fifty diameters." 

In reality the rate of enlargement is still greater than expressed 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 1041 

above. A small object, as a pollen-grain, viewed with a magnifying 
power of fifty diameters appears enlarged equally in all of its dimen- 
sions, and therefore seems to be 50 x 50 x 50, or 125,000 times as large 
as it really is. 

It is well to remember that an excess of light is not always the best 
way of showing delicate structures, but that a dim light will often 
bring out details, totally invisible in a full flood of central light. The 
diaphragm under the stage enables us to moderate the light as neces- 
sary, and if we are so fortunate as to possess an instrument with a 
swinging mirror-bar, we can sometimes show delicate lines, as, for in- 
stance, in the starches, by removing the diaphragm entirely and allow- 
ing the light to reflect upward in a very oblique direction. 

It is usually thought that an expensive array of apparatus is neces- 
sary for the study of the microscopical structure of drugs, but such is 
not really the case. The microscope is the most expensive part of the 
outfit ; but when it is considered that a good instrument will serve a 
lifetime the first outlay will not appear so large. The pharmacist does 
not need as fine or large an instrument as the physician, because the 
structures to be examined are not as delicate or minute. 

If a cheap microscope is desired, we know of none of the same price 
that equals Bausch & Lomb's " 3fodel Microscope " (Fig. 548) for $45. 
This instrument is the best we have seen for the money, and will an- 
swer all the requirements of the pharmacognocist. It is furnished with 
two objectives, 1" and J", the first being well adapted for the study of 
whole sections, while the higher power will suffice for the study of the 
individual cells in powders, or for starches, lycopodium, etc. 

Much time is usually lost in changing from one objective to the 
other, and we would, therefore, advise purchasers of this instrument to 




Fig. 553. —Nose-piece. 

order it with a nose-piece (Fig. 553), which is attached to the lower part 
of the body and carries both objectives, so that one or the other may be 
brought into use without trouble or delay. If ordered with the instru- 
ment and lenses, the different parts will be so adjusted that both objec- 
66 



1042 



A COMPANION TO THE 




tives are properly centred, and either will be in focus at once without 
further adjustment, except perhaps with the fine adjustment. This 
convenient appliance will save many times its value ($6) in time, in the 
course of a year's study. 

For an additional $5 this microscope can be furnished with an ex- 
cellent mechanical stage (Fig. 554), consisting of a polished plate of 

glass, encased in a brass ring which 
clamps on the circular stage. The slide- 
carrier, which moves on it, consists of a 
light metallic plate, and has protruding 
from its lower surface four small points ; 
Fig. 554.— Mechanical Stage. at ; ts two ends are prolongations bent 

downward and inward, which press against the lower surface of the 
glass, acting as springs. The contact between the stage and slide-car- 
rier being only in these six points, the friction is very little, and the 
motion smooth and steady. 

The mirror-bar of this instrument can be brought above the stage 
for the illumination of opaque objects, thus enabling us to dispense 
with a bull's-eye lens on a stand. 

This instrument is furnished with one eye-piece, but additional eye- 
pieces may be obtained. If we should have only one eye-piece we would 
order a " B " eye-piece, but if we could have two we would take the 
" A" for common use, and "C" for occasional amplification. With the 
" B " ocular the two objectives give two powers, about 54 and 250 di- 
ameters, with the tube drawn out ; with " A " and " C " oculars, four 
powers, 46, 80, 210, and 375 diameters. 

By using the tube without extension, four more powers may be ob- 
tained, commencing with about 25 diameters and intermediate between 
the others. 

Other objectives may be added as inclination may demand or the 
means allow. We append a table showing powers to be obtained by 
additional lenses. 



LINEAR MAGNIFYING POWERS OF OBJECTIVES AND EYE-PIECES, WITH 
TUBE OF STANDARD LENGTH. 



Objectives. 


4 
inch. 


inch. 


2 

inch. 


l 

inch. 


inch. 


inch. 


inch. 


inch. 


inch. 


inch. 


inch. 


inch. 


inch. 


inch. 


A or H. 


12 


18 


25 


40 


50 


92 


130 


210 


275 


325 


400 


550 


650 


800 


B or 1 . . 


15 


23 


30 


54 


70 


110 


100 


250 


325 


300 


490 


050 


775 


980 


Corf.. 


23 


30 


45 


80 


90 


165 


240 


375 


485 


580 


750 


970 


1,160 


1.500 


D or ^ . . 


30 


45 


60 


108 


140 


220 


320 


500 


650 


780 


980 


1,300 


1,550 


1,960 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 1043 

Other accessories, as revolving stage, graduated mirror-bar with sub- 
stage, allowing the use of polariscope or paraboloid illuminator, etc., 
may all be added to this instrument, which is made firm enough to admit 
of use with quite high powers. Of course such instruments as Beck's 
Ideal, Economic, or National, or Bausch & Lomb's Investigator or 
Professional microscopes, or the larger instruments of Zentmayer and 
others, costing from $75 to $200 or more, are superior, and a binocular 
microscope with two tubes, giving stereoscopic effects, is well adapted 
for the examination of minute seeds and surfaces of leaves, etc., but the 
"Model" microscopes will do the work well and satisfactorily. 

Among high-priced instruments there is much room for choice, but 
of the cheaper instruments we believe none excel those of Bausch & 
Lomb's manufacture in convenience of the stands and quality of lenses. 
There may be some who cannot afford the outlay of $45 for a micro- 
scope, and they will find some such instrument as Bausch & Lomb's 
Family Microscope for $23, or their Library microscope for $12, to be 
quite serviceable, for they can obtain much information and prepare a 
large collection of slides by the aid of one of these cheap instruments. 
Still cheaper instruments can be obtained, but they are not to be recom- 
mended, unless the choice is narrowed down to one of these or none 
at all. 

Other manufacturers also furnish good instruments, and their price- 
lists may be consulted. We mention the above-named instruments 
simply because we have seen them and know them to be good. 

In addition to the microscope, some other apparatuses will be re- 
quired, some of which are necessary, while others, though not necessary, 
are very useful. 

We may sometimes have occasion to measure objects which we are 
examining. Various methods may be adopted to ascertain the real size 
of the object, the simplest being by means of the stage-micrometer, a 
glass slide on which a scale is engraved. The object to be measured 
is laid on this glass slide in a drop of fluid and covered with a cover- 
glass. It is then placed under the microscope, and its size ascertained 
just as if a large object were laid on a yard- stick. 

It may be desirable to obtain a picture of some of the objects we 
see. To draw them by any method is usually a waste of time, and pho- 
tography should be employed for this purpose. But it is beyond the 
province of this book to give instruction in that useful art. We prefer 
to make our drawings off-hand, simpl} T glancing into the microscope, and 
then drawing on the paper what we see ; but unfortunately not every- 
body can do this, and appliances to aid in the drawing are required. The 
simplest aid is a camera lucida, consisting of a plate of glass of a neutral 



1044 



A COMPANION TO THE 




tint which can be attached to the eye-piece. The microscope is inclined, 
and a piece of white paper laid on the table below the camera lucida, and 

shaded so that but little light 
can fall upon it. By now look- 
ing down upon the upper sur- 
face of the neutral-tint glass 
the image seems to be projected 
upon the paper, and may be 
traced with a pencil. Consider- 
able practice will be required, 
and even then the results are 
not of the best. If a person 
can draw pretty well, we believe 
he can make as good a sketch 
free-hand without the camera, 
and if he cannot draw, he will 
find the camera of but little 
use. 

We have used a method 
illustrated in Fig. 556. The 
. Fig. 555. -Camera Lucida. microscope is raised on a block 

and brought to a horizontal position. The eye-lens is brought close up 
to a right-angled (or so-called inverting or reflecting) prism, which is 
placed over a hole in the top of a box. To prevent extraneous light 
from entering, a black cloth is laid over the prism and ocular. The 
open end of the box is toward the draughtsman, and farthest from the 
microscope, and is closed by an opaque cloth curtain with a sleeve and 
elastic band for the admission of the hand. A small hole in the top of 
the box enables one to look into the dark chamber and see the image 
projected upon a sheet of paper lying upon the floor of the box. It is 
an easy matter to trace the image, and this apparatus offers the advan- 
tage that the image remains stationary and of uniform size, while with 
the camera lucida it moves with every motion of the eye, and with each 
wink or breath. 

The prism, which is expensive, may be replaced by a bit of looking- 
glass placed at an angle of forty-five degrees. 

We employ daylight in using this apparatus, but the mirror may be 
swung to one side and a lamp placed in the position usually occupied 
by the mirror, and, if necessary, a bull's-eye lens may be interposed to 
increase the light. 

When using artificial light the curtain is, of course, superfluous, 
and may be removed. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



1045 



This simple apparatus enables us also to measure easily both the 
rate of enlargement and the actual size of an object. To ascertain the 
first, we place on the stage the stage-micrometer, and in the box a 
sheet of paper, raised by books if necessary, so that its surface is just 
ten inches below the centre of the eye-lens, minus the distance 'of the 
eye-lens from the reflecting surface. Thus, if the distance from the 
centre of the eye-lens to the part of the mirror-glass on the same hori- 




Fig. 556. — Apparatus for Drawing. 



zontal line is one inch, the paper should be nine inches below the centre 
of the eye-lens. The tube should also be drawn out to ten inches in 
length. 

We now focus so that the image is clear and sharp on the paper, 
and then measure with a foot-rule. 

We will suppose that ten divisions of the micrometer scale, in 
which each division is yj-^- of an inch, measure 6|- inches on the paper. 
The ten divisions are y 1 ^ of an inch ; -^ w of an inch is contained in 6-J- 
inches sixty-five times ; the rate of enlargement therefore is sixty-five 
diameters. We now remove the scale and insert an object which we 
wish to measure. The image is measured in the same manner with the 
rule, and the length thus determined is divided by sixty-five to ascer- 



1046 



A COMPANION TO THE 




Fig. 557. — Plain Magnifying Lenses. 



tain the actual size of the object. If, for instance, we find that the 
image is 8-j- inches, then the object measures 0.13 inch. 

Many drugs require a low power for examination, as, for instance, 
various seeds, or the sections of many roots, etc. For this purpose the 

ordinary magnifiers (Fig. 557) or a 
"Coddington lens" (Fig. 558) will 
be sufficient. 

If we wish simply to examine a 
drug in a hurry, without preserving 
the specimen, as would be the case 
when we use the microscope for ordi- 
nary practical purposes, we require 
little further apparatus. Roots or 
barks may be cut smoothly across, 
with or without first being soaked, 
and the cut and moistened surface 
examined with the Coddington lens. 
This will often be sufficient to enable 
us to recognize the drug. Seeds, 
etc., may be examined without any 
preparation. The ocular of the microscope, reversed so that the field- 
lens is nearest the eye and the eye-lens nearest the object, will often 
answer the same purposes as a Coddington lens and save an additional 
outlay. 

But many drugs require certain preliminary preparation before we 
can see anything. We cut as thin a slice as possible with a sharp knife, 
and lay it into a small quantity of strong solution of 
caustic potassa, contained in a watch-glass, and allow 
it to macerate for a few minutes to half an hour, by 
which time most of the coloring matter and cell con- 
tents will have been dissolved. We can then wash it 
in a few changes of water, and, if not clear enough, in 
a little solution of chlorinated soda. The section is 
then soaked for a few moments in glycerin, transferred 
to a slip of clear glass, covered with a drop of glycerin 
and a thin cover-glass in such a manner that as few 
air-bubbles as possible may remain. It is then ready Fig. 558.— Codding- 

. .,, ,, T ton Lens, 

for examination with the microscope, in many cases 

even this is not necessary, and the section may be placed at once in a 

drop of water, glycerin, or solution of potassa on the slide and covered 

with the cover-glass, but the result will not be as satisfactory as when 

treated as above. This seems to be difficult and to require much time, 




UNITED STATES PHARMACOPEIA. 1047 

but the actual time consumed in the various steps of the proceeding 
need not occupy more than two or three minutes, the time while wait- 
ing for the maceration of the section being of course available for other 
work. 

Powdered drugs may be moistened with turpentine and placed on a 
slide and covered, when they are ready for examination ; starches, how- 
ever, are rendered so transparent by this means that they can only be 
seen by aid of the polariscope. Or the powder may be moistened with 
solution of caustic potassa, and placed on the glass slip and covered, 
but must be examined at once, as starches are soon dissolved. 

Powders in alcohol, glycerin, turpentine, or water, will often reveal 
the ingredients very nicely, and a little practice will soon enable one 
to judge pretty well what medium will prove best in each individual 
case. 

But if we wish to preserve the specimens for future reference and 
study, the process of preparing is not quite so simple, although the 
work is not as formidable as the description of making permanent 
mounts might make it appear. 

The Preparation of Permanent Mounts. 

In order to be prepared to make mounted slides, the student should 
provide himself with ["glass slides 1x3 inches in size, and preferably 
with ground edges, which he may obtain from any optician ; also with 
some thin glass covers, round being preferred, and of two or three dif- 
ferent sizes, the most useful being ^, -|, and f inch in diameter. Square 
cover-glasses are a trifle cheaper, but do not look so well. A few dozen 
brass curtain-rings for cells may be also purchased, the best size being 
|- inch outside diameter. 

The student will also provide himself with a few camel's-hair brushes 
of different sizes ; a few watch-glasses ; a few glass or porcelain oint- 
ment jars with covers ; a delicate pair of scissors, and one or two small 
knives with handles like the smallest knife from the ordinary dissecting- 
cases or from a case of eye instruments, and two small brass or steel 
forceps. 

He will also require a few needles, which may be fixed with the eye 
ends in wooden handles of the size of small pen-holders ; one of these 
needles may remain straight, a second one is curved at the point by first 
heating to red heat in a flame, and a third is ground flat and thin at the 
point. 

He also should obtain a dozen or more wire-spring clips to hold the 
cover-glass in place until the balsam or cement is dry. The form shown 



1048 



A COMPANION TO THE 



in the figure as holding down*the cover is one of the best. An excel- 
lent clip, arranged so that we can regulate the pressure on the cover, is 
the Nassau Spiral /Spring Clip, which can be obtained from McAllister. 
Instead of buying spring clips we may exercise a little ingenuity 
and make them very cheaply from wire hair-pins, by bending them as 





Tf^hfM^fhl 




Figs. 559-561. — Compressorium, for mounting slides. 

shown in the figure. They are not quite as convenient as the others, 
but the cost is scarcely anything. 

Another apparatus may be used for the same purpose, which can be 
easily made from an old cigar-box and round sticks, and a bit of elastic 
rubber band. The figure explains the little contrivance well enough to 
require no further description, except that the sticks are a little over an 
inch apart, and half an inch or less in thickness. 

Or stiff wires may be used, and a weight of lead cast on the upper 
end, and the lower end inserted into a cork. Such an apparatus an- 
swers very well and costs nothing, except the 
labor. 

We also must have a knife for cutting 
sections, for which a very sharp pocket-knife 
may be used if the outlay for a section-cutter 
cannot be afforded. A sharp pocket-knife 
will enable us to cut fairly useful sections, 
but to do good work we must have a section- 
cutter (Fig. 562) into which we can fasten 
our material so that we can regulate the thick- 
ness of the slice we cut off, and the cheapest 
and yet serviceable section-cutter we know 
of for this purpose is McAllister's, for $5. 
Other and more complete section-cutters can be bought for $7.50 and 
upward. The best knife we have ever used for cutting vegetable sec- 
tions was a large amputating knife. 

We cannot make neat slides, though we may make useful ones, with- 




Fig. 562.— Section-cutter. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



1049 



out a turn-table (Fig. 563). A plain one will answer, but a self-cent- 
ring one, with hand-rest, will enable one to do very fine work. 




Fig. 563. — Turn-table. 

We may also purchase a few bottles, from the optician, of the form 
shown in the illustrations, for the purpose of dropping some of the liquids 
used for mounting, or we may make bottles for this purpose by providing 
a few one-ounce vials, with a perforated rubber cork, into which we insert 
a common dropper with rubber bulb. One of the bottles in the figure 




.Figs. 564-567. — Bottles used in mounting microscopic sections. 

is provided with a stopper having a hollow glass bulb above and an 
elongated tube below. By warming, the bulb air is expelled, and on 
cooling, the liquid ascends. In using, the warmth of the hand is made 
to expand the air, and the liquid is forced out drop by drop. 

Another form of stopper is also figured, in which the upper funnel- 



1050 A COMPANION TO THE 

like bulb is tied over with rubber. The liquid is expelled drop by drop 
upon pressing the rubber. 

The home-made stopper, with medicine-dropper, is cheap and good. 

We, furthermore, purchase one or two bottles with caps, as figured, 
and place into each a small glass male syringe. 

A few bell-glasses, to prevent dust from settling on our objects, may 
be easily prepared from wine-glasses or goblets, the feet of which are 
broken off. 

A warm table will be mentioned in connection with the description 
of making balsam mounts. 

We must also obtain or prepare the necessary mounting fluids, 
cements, and staining solutions. 

Canada Balsam. — We expose about half a pound of fine clear balsam 
of fir to a warm temperature, by placing the bottle in a sand-bath on a 
stove, taking care that no dust can fall into the bottle while the volatile 
oil is allowed to escape (by inverting a tumbler over the neck of the 
bottle), until upon cooling the balsam is semisolid, yielding to the press- 
ure of the finger as putty would yield. A small quantity of this balsam, 
while warm, is poured into the bottle with the cap and syringe. The 
syringe is first moistened with oil of turpentine, and then filled with the 
melted balsam. Then the balsam is forced out again, and the syringe 
kept, nozzle downward, in the balsam. 

Another portion may be poured into another bottle of the same kind, 
and enough chloroform added to make a solution of the consistence of 
honey. This bottle is also provided with a syringe. 

We buy also white zinc cement, gold-size, Brunswick black, and 
picro-carmine, the latter being a staining solution. 

We prepare a mixture of bronze and varnish, such as is used by 
gas-fitters for bronzing chandeliers, etc., and of this half an ounce will 
be plenty. We want also an ounce of dammar varnish, a few tubes of 
oil colors — vermilion, deep green, blue, and drop-black ground in japan 
— an ounce of thick solution of shellac in alcohol, a bottle of turpentine 
to clean brushes, some strong ninety-five per cent, alcohol, an ounce or 
two of absolute alcohol, an ounce or two of oil of cloves, a similar quan- 
tity of concentrated solution of caustic potassa, and a bottle of Labar- 
raque's solution. 

We may also prepare some of the following fluids for mounting our 
specimens: 

1. Distilled water. 

2. Distilled water with five to ten per cent, carbolic acid. 

3. Camphor-water. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 1051 

4. Creosote -water, by shaking a drop or two of creosote in an 

ounce of water. 

5. Mixtures of camphor-water and glycerin in different proportions. 
G. Glycerin, camphor-water, and alcohol; equal parts of each. 

7. Pure glycerin. 

8. A drachm of chloroform in eight ounces of distilled water. 

Shake vigorously. The excess of chloroform settles and serves 
to keep the solution saturated. 

All of the above fluids may be put up in the bottles with rubber 
corks and drop-tubes, or in the more expensive bottles with funnel- 
shaped tops or glass bulbs. They all are useful for mounting vegetable 
sections and tissues, but we cannot dwell on the special indications for 
their use, except to state that the more delicate the tissues the less 
glycerin should be used, as this renders the tissues transparent. Woody 
roots, woods, or barks may be mounted in pure glycerin; while starches, 
soft pith or parenchyma, fungi, yeast-cells, etc., are better mounted in 
the more watery fluids. Objects mounted in pure water sometimes be- 
come mouldy. 

For preserving finished unmounted sections in bottles, Formula 6 
furnishes an excellent medium, in which they may be kept for months 
or years. 

Glycerin Jelly may be purchased, or prepared as follows : Fine, 
transparent, shred isinglass is placed in a clean glass vessel, covered 
with distilled water, and allowed to swell over night. The superfluous 
water is then poured off, and the isinglass is melted over a water-bath, 
so that a stiff jelly results when it cools. One-tenth as much purest 
glycerin and a little solution of boric acid or carbolic acid in camphor- 
water is then added; the whole is liquefied together and filtered through 
well-washed muslin. A little alcohol may then also be added. The 
liquid is poured into wide-mouthed, glass-stoppered one-ounce vials 
and set away in a cool place, where it may be kept for an indefinite 
length of time. 

A portion of this preparation, while warm, may be put up in a bottle 
with dropping tube, one with glass bulb being much to be preferred, 
even though all the other fluids are put up in the home-made bottles 
w T ith drop-tubes. 

All of the bottles with Canada balsam, Brunswick black, cements, 
}elly, and fluids should be kept in a tray or box with a dust-tight cover. 
The pincers, clips, needles, knives, slides, covers, etc., may be put up 
in another tray with partitions, so that each thing may have its appro- 
priate place. 



1052 A COMPANION TO THE 

We are now ready to go to work mounting slides. There are prac- 
tically three methods of mounting our slides : dry ; in balsam ; or *in 
fluids. We will first consider dry mounting. Of many drugs we may 
simply wish to examine the surface ; for instance, when comparing 
digitalis leaves with verbascum leaves, which are sometimes substituted 
for the first, or in examining the various seeds. For such objects we 
prepare opaque mounts, which may be made in many different ways, of 
which we shall describe only two of the most useful. 

First. — We prepare a disk of paper, as follows : A sheet of paper 
which is dead-black on one side is pasted on a sheet of colored paper 
and dried under pressure, so that the resulting double sheet has one 
side black and the other colored. From this paper we prepare disks, 
f inch diameter, by laying on a piece of sole-leather and punching out 
with a punch of that size. This disk is pasted on the middle of a glass 
slide, 3x1 inch, with thin rice starch or tragacanth paste, and black 
side uppermost. A disk of the same size is then punched from thick 
paper or pasteboard of a thickness slightly exceeding that of the object 
we intend to mount. From the centre of this disk a hole about -J inch 
in diameter is punched, leaving a circle or ring of about ^ inch in 
width. This is accurately pasted on the dead-black disk so as to pro- 
duce a cell with a black bottom. We prepare a number of these slides 
and let them dry under slight pressure, so as to have the top of the 
paper cell perfectly level. We also make some cells in the same way, 
in which the bottom consists of fine, smooth, unglazed white paper. 

We then prepare our objects by thoroughly drying them, if they 
are seeds, etc., but if a leaf is to be mounted so as to show its surface 
opaque, we first hold it in steam until soft, and then punch out a num- 
ber of circular disks with a cork-borer, and of somewhat less diameter 
than the inside of the paper cell. These pieces are then placed be- 
tween bibulous paper and thoroughly dried under just enough pressure 
to make them retain their circular form and remain flat. When quite 
dry they are fastened to the bottom of the cell with a little shellac 
varnish, liquid glue, or solution of gelatine, and pressed down carefully 
with a cork of about the diameter of the piece of leaf, and held until 
securely fastened ; or instead of holding, a slight weight is laid on 
top of the cork. 

A J-inch cover-glass is then cleaned by dipping into water and 
rubbing between two thicknesses of filtering paper and between the 
thumb and index-finger, and by finally polishing with a chamois leather 
or fine silk handkerchief. The top of the paper cell is then moistened 
with paste, and the cover-glass is laid accurately upon the centre of the 
cell, so that the margin of the cell and glass coincide. Finally, a strip 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 1053 

of glazed colored paper, 1^- inch wide and somewhat longer, is taken, 
and a hole of the same size as the interior of the cell punched from its 
middle. This strip is covered with paste on the plain side and pasted 
over the cover-glass and cell, so that the opening is exactly over the 
opening of the cell and its length at right angles to the length of the 
slide ; the paper is then well pressed down and snugly fitted around 
the edges of the cell, When dry, the paper projecting over the edge 
of the slide is smoothly trimmed off with a sharp knife or scissors, and 
the slide is finished. It is then a glass slide, with clear glass below and 
along the edges, showing a colored circular disk on a white square 
when looking through the glass from below, and a colored square with 
an opening exposing the interior of the cell when looked at from above. 

The ends of the slides are clear glass, and on the left end a label is 
pasted for the name of the preparation, and the end to the right re- 
mains free for handling the slide with the right hand. 

In making opaque mounts, dark-colored objects are best displayed 
on a white background, and light-colored objects on a dark background. 

Second. — Another method of opaque mounts is made in the " Griffith" 
cell, which is made in the follow- 
ing manner : Place the slide on 
the turn-table and rotate it 
rapidly by moving the wheel 
below the table with the index 
or middle finger of the left hand 
in a direction contrary to the 
hands of a watch. Dipacamel's- 
hair pencil into the white zinc 
cement, which has been stirred 
up thoroughly yet carefully, so as to avoid air-bubbles, and hold the. 
brush on the glass slide, a little to the right of the centre, so that the 
glass rotates away from the brush and not toward it (Fig. 568). A 
circle or disk is very easily painted on the glass slide in this manner. 
In making a cell for an opaque slide, paint a disk about f- inch in 
diameter, as shown by the circles engraved on the plate of the turn- 
table, and then lay a curtain-ring (also f inch diameter) on the disk so 
as to be exactly in the centre, which is easily seen when the table ro- 
tates. Then carefully paint the curtain-ring with white zinc cement 
while rotating, but without moving it from the centre. Lay the slide 
away until the cell is thoroughly dry and hard. 

If the cement becomes thick and does not flow readily, add benzole, 
and in case the cell becomes rough, dip the brush in benzole and smooth 
it. Use a brush well filled with cement to produce a smooth back- 




Fig. 568.— Method of using Tarn-table. 



1054 A COMPANION TO THE 

ground. This background, when dry, is beautifully smooth and white, 
resembling fine porcelain, and may be used for dark-colored objects. If 
a dark background is desired, mix a little of the ivory drop-black on a 
glass slab with turpentine, and replacing the slide, when dry, on the 
turn-table, paint a black disk in the centre and let it dry. This makes 
a dead-black ground. A disk painted with asphalt gives a glossy back- 
ground ; but this should be covered with a small cover-glass to prevent 
the object sinking into the asphalt in warm weather. 

The objects are fastened in this cell just as in the paper cell. In all 
these opaque cell-mounts use only small quantities of cement to fasten 
down the object, so that this may entirely cover the spot of glue or 
shellac varnish, as otherwise an unsightly blotch is shown in the mount. 

When the cement used to fasten the object is perfectly dry, the 
slide is replaced on the turn-table and the top of the ring is freshly 
painted with white zinc cement. Then the cleaned cover-glass is 
slightly warmed to dry it thoroughly, and then dropped on the ring 
into its place. When hard, the outside of the cell may be painted with 
any of the tube colors mixed with dammar varnish and turpentine, or 
with the bronze mixture. If painted with deep olive-green color, and 
when this is dry, finished with a narrow circle of gold bronze on top 
and at the base of the cell, a very handsomely finished slide is the re- 
sult. The finish may be varied according to taste, red and black, blue 
and silver-bronze, white and red, white and blue, white and gold or 
silver, etc., and the circles are painted on with small pencils by rotating 
the slide on the turn-table. 

As none of the slides are perfectly rectangular, it is best that one of 
the jaws of the self-centring turn-table be marked by notching with a 
file, and then if a small paper is pasted in the corner, which is held by 
this jaw, and the same corner always placed in the marked jaw, the 
slide will always be exactly centred, and any circle which is painted on 
the slide will be exactly concentric with any other circle. This paper 
can be used as a temporary label. 

Third. — The following method of dry mounting is very simple, but 
is only adapted to a limited number of objects, such as vegetable hairs, 
epidermides, etc., which are to be mounted dry and transparent: 

A piece of writing-paper is coated with shellac varnish on both sides 
and dried. From this rings are punched by means of the two punches 
already mentioned, and a number may be prepared at a time, so as to 
have them ready when wanted. 

The ring of paper is laid on a clean slide, carefully centred ; the ob- 
ject is laid in the middle of the opening, and a cover-glass is placed 
over the ring. On top of the cover-glass is placed another glass slide, 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 1055 

and the two slides are then gently pressed together to hold cell and 
cover-glass in place, and then the whole is slightly warmed until the 
shellac adheres closely to the slide and cover-glass. The two slides are 
held together until the whole is cool, when the upper is lifted off and 
the slide with mounted cell placed on the turn-table and painted with 
ornamental colors as above. Of course the thickness of the paper may 
be varied, but the method is best for very thin objects and with very 
thin paper. 

We come now to the consideration of balsam mounts, but as this 
process is mostly used for sections, we must first consider how these 
sections are made. 

The substance from which we desire to cut a section is soaked over 
niofht in water to soften it, or if it contains much resin, the resin mav 
first be extracted with alcohol before softening in water. Some woody 
stems, roots, and barks may require boiling in water or in alcohol and 
water to render them sufficiently soft for cutting. If we work without 
a section-cutter, we must manage as best we can to cut off as thin 
slices of uniform thickness as possible, and it is better to cut off quite a 
number, because many may spoil before the final mount is complete. 

If the student works with a section-cutter in which an extra tube 
moves up and down in the well of the instrument, the substance to be 
cut is wedged into this tube with cork or elder pith, so that it projects 
about one-third of an inch above the tube. The tube is then lowered in 
the well until the top of the substance to be cut is lowered below the 
surface of the glass plate. The micrometer screw below then is turned 
until the substance slightly projects above the surface, when the pro- 
jecting part is cut off with a sharp flat knife by an oblique drawing 
motion if the section-cutter must be held in the hand, or an oblique 
pushing motion if it can be fastened to the table with a clamp. When 
the substance presents an even upper surface, the screw is turned to 
raise the substance a thousandth part of an inch, and we attempt to 
take a slice. If we cannot cut so thin a slice of that particular sub- 
stance, we raise it a little more, until we ascertain what is the finest 
section we can cut, and then we cut away the remaining projecting por- 
tion in sections of that thickness. Allowing for all tearing and spoil- 
ing, we ought to have thirty to fifty perfect sections from the one-third 
of an inch of drug. These sections may be placed into one of the 
porcelain saucers, carefully washed with a camel's-hair pencil in distilled 
water, and transferred with a brush to a small vial filled with the mix- 
ture of glycerin, camphor-water, and alcohol, in which we can keep the 
sections until we want to mount them or prepare them differently. 

If the section-cutter has no tube to fit into the well, we wedge the 



1056 A COMPANION TO THE 

substance in the well direct ; but this is more difficult, because as 
the brass piston is raised the substance is apt to become loose, and 
it is more difficult to cut even sections. To avoid tearing the sec- 
tions, both the surface of the drug to be cut and the knife ought to be 
kept well wet with water, and the section is floated from the knife by 
dipping this in water and taking the section off with a camel's-hair 
brush. 

Another method which we have tried, and which we find well 
adapted, especially to small objects like seeds or the fruits of the umbel- 
liferae, such as fennel or anise, is to embed in paraffin. This is easily and 
cheaply done, as described by E. L. Cheeseman.* " Make a short paper 
tube the same size as the well of the section-cutter, by rolling a strip of 
paper around a cylinder ; fit a cork to one end of the tube and attach 
to the upper side of the cork, by cement or otherwise, the specimen you 
wish to cut (previously prepared by soaking or otherwise), in such a 
manner that it will stand upright in the tube ; now fill the tube with 
melted paraffin ; when cool remove the paper, and you have a plug of 
paraffin enclosing the specimen. I usually make several of these plugs 
at a time, and keep them in alcohol until wanted." A mould of brass 
similar to a suppository mould, in two halves, clamped together, and 
closed below with corks, to hold the specimens, will give better results. 
When ready, all of the wells can be filled at once, and when cool the 
clamp is taken off and a half dozen plugs are ready. These plugs are 
more uniform and cylindrical than those made in paper. They are 
placed into the well of the section-cutter, and slices are cut off with the 
wet knife, as already explained. The sections with the paraffin adher- 
ing are washed in benzine, then in alcohol, and are then transferred to 
the mixture of glycerin, alcohol, and camphor-water. 

Of these sections we should mount one (without any further prepa- 
ration than to allow the color to soak out of it in several successive por- 
tions of the above fluid, if necessary) in glycerin jelly, glycerin, or 
some one of the other fluids already mentioned, so as to show the cell 
contents, starch, etc., a knowledge of which is necessary for the study 
of the powders of the drugs. 

But for the ordinary purposes of the pharmacist, to study the general 
structure of the drug and the relations of the different tissues to each 
other, the cell contents must be removed from the cell ; and this is 
especially necessary if we wish to mount stained sections in balsam. 

We have found it best for this purpose to place the sections in a 
drachm or two of distilled water, and to add six or eight drops of 

* American Monthly Microscopical Journal, June, 1881. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 2057 

the concentrated solution of caustic potassa and a half drachm of 
Labarraque's solution. This removes starch, protoplasm, chlorophyll, 
etc., and leaves only the cell-walls, which are at the same time bleached. 
To succeed nicely in this, however, the sections should be thinner than 
the thickness of any of the ceils, so that each cell is opened into, either 
from the upper or lower cut. In this solution the sections may remain 
for several days, or even weeks, as frequent examination with a pocket 
or Coddington lens will determine, and therefore some prefer to use 
undiluted Labarraque solution, which accomplishes the work more 
quickly ; but we have found our delicate sections go to pieces in this 
solution so often, if not removed at exactly the right time, that we no 
longer employ it. Some drugs resist almost all efforts to make good, 
clean sections, even on repeated changing from the alkaline solution to 
a dilute hydrochloric acid solution, and back again, so that we had to 
be satisfied with only moderately good results, though perhaps we 
were over-exacting in our requirements. 

When the section is sufficiently clear we wash thoroughly with fre- 
quent changes of water, and then preserve the bleached sections in the 
same mixture used for the unbleached sections. 

Another method of bleaching is to place the section into dilute 
chlorine water for a little time. Or we may place crystals of chlorate 
of potassium in a morphine vial, pour on a drachm or so of hydrochloric 
acid, and close the vial with a perforated cork through which a glass 
tube passes, which is bent so as to conduct the generated gas to the 
bottom of another vial, in which the sections are placed in distilled 
water. The chlorine gases which pass over bleach the sections without 
the destructive action of the Labarraque solution, and if the whole appa- 
ratus is set out of doors the process may be completed overnight with- 
out anj r annoyance from the chlorine fumes. The washing may be 
done by taking a two-necked Woulff's flask and placing the sections in 
this ; a funnel and filter is placed in one neck, and a rubber tube passed 
from the tube of the funnel to the bottom of the flask on the side oppo- 
site to the second neck, over which is tied a piece of bobbinet or coarse 
bolting-silk to prevent the sections being washed away. The whole is 
then placed under the tap of a hydrant, or some vessel from which the 
water may drop on the filter at such a rate that the filter does not over- 
flow, and that the current within the bottle, while it turns the sections 
over and over, may not carry them against the strainer over the other 
neck of the flask. In a few hours, or overnight, the sections are well 
washed, and may then be preserved until wanted for mounting. 

Sometimes we may wish to isolate the cells, which can be done by 
warming, or even boiling, small pieces of wood in nitric acid, to which 
67 



1058 



A COMPANION TO THE 



we gradually add bits of chlorate of potassium. Caution must be exer- 
cised, as dangerous explosions may occur, and the process should be con- 
ducted out of doors, as irritating vapors are evolved. When the process 
is completed we add water, and after gently shaking allow the cells to 
settle and decant. In this manner the cells may be thoroughly washed 
in several changes of clean or distilled water, and then preserved in the 
mixture of glycerin, alcohol, and water recommended for the preserva- 
tion of sections. 

Such isolated cells should be mounted in fluids. 

If the student has a polarizer he may mount one of the bleached 
sections in Canada balsam, if it contains sclerenchyma tissue, as this 
polarizes well. Or a section containing starch may be mounted in 
balsam and affords a brilliant object for the polariscope. But without 
this accessory such mounts appear too transparent, and we may proceed 
to stain them by placing as many as we desire to mount in balsam in 
one of the porcelain saucers and dropping on them a few drops of picro- 
carmine. This is really a double staining process because it stains cell- 
walls of parenchyma cells red and of sclerenchyma cells yellow. After 
ten or fifteen minutes we drain off the staining solution and pour on 
a little strong (95 per cent.) alcohol, and gently wash the sections with 
a soft camel's-hair pencil. Then we transfer them to another saucer with 
a little more of the alcohol ; after a few minutes to absolute alcohol, 
and in another few minutes from this to oil of cloves. The first alcohol 
fixes the color and removes most of the water, the second portion of 
alcohol and the absolute alcohol remove all the water, and at last the 
oil of cloves displaces the absolute alcohol and the sections are ready 
for mounting in balsam. 

We will do well to prepare quite a number of sections in this man- 
ner before proceeding to the final work. 

We clean a few more slides than we expect to use, so as to make al- 
lowance for accidental soiling. We also 
clean a number of cover-glasses of the 
appropriate sizes for the sections we in- 
tend to mount, and place them in a rack 
made as shown in Fig. 569. A card- 
board pasted on each end will prevent 
the cover-glasses from rolling out, but 
the cut shows one end open to give an idea of the little contrivance. 

The next thing to get is a warm table, which we had made to order 
by a tinsmith, in the shape of a tin can or box a foot square on top and 
six inches deep. A cap is soldered in one corner to allow water to be 
poured in, and near it is a well, or circular cup-shaped depression, which 




Fig. 569. — Rack for clean cover- 
glasses. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 1059 

will contain the bottle with cap and syringe in which we have our hard- 
ened balsam. The whole fits into a wooden tray lined with woollen 
blanket to prevent too rapid radiation of the heat. 

When the tin box is filled with water the flat top is a warm table 
which will never become overheated and will retain sufficient warmth 
for mounting fifty or more slides with one filling-. We have mounted 
sixty-four slides in one evening after supper without reheating the 
water. 

Those who do not wish to expend the necessary money for such a 
table, which, however, is quite cheap, may make a hot table by having 
a perfectly flat lid fitted to one of the saucepans from the kitchen. 

Having procured the apparatus, and wishing to proceed, we fill the 
apparatus with water of about 150° or 175° F., screw the cap down to 
prevent loss of heat by the escape of vapor, set the balsam bottle into 
the cup-shaped depression made for it, and lay out six or eight clean 
slides on top of the table. When the balsam is fluid and the slides are 
warm we fill the syringe, and then place a few drops of the balsam on 
the centre of each slide. We next take a forceps, and taking the 
stained sections from the oil of cloves, one by one, we thrust each deep 
into the liquid balsam on a slide. The adhering oil of cloves will re- 
main on the top of the balsam. We then take a second forceps, and 
lifting a cover-glass by its edge warm it slightly over a lamp and hold 
it over the drop of balsam on the slide. We take the straight needle 
in our left hand and hold it at the left margin of the balsam drop, or a 
little to the left of the section, in the centre, if the balsam has spread 
too far. The lower edge of the cover-glass is then steadied against the 
needle-point, and then the cover is slowly allowed to sink down on the 
balsam, driving before it all of the oil of cloves and some of the super- 
fluous balsam. If we are not careful to push the section to the bottom 
of the drop of balsam the section occasionally may be carried out with 
the wave of balsam, and then we must use the flattened needle to push 
it back. We may also occasionally require the needles to remove air- 
bubbles, but with a little practice we soon learn to avoid the latter 
entirely. 

By a little pushing or a little pressure on one side or the other of 
the cover-glass the section may be better centred, if necessary, and 
the slide is then laid on a board aside of the table to cool. When cool 
enough to handle, the cover-glass may be pressed down by one of the 
spring clips, to make the section perfectly flat, or it may be placed in 
the stand already mentioned (see Figs. 559-561). 

Here the slides may remain until the balsam is sufficiently hardened, 
after which the superfluous balsam is removed with the warm point of a 



1060 A COMPANION TO THE 

penknife, but care must be taken not to get the point of the knife un- 
der the cover-glass, as the latter will otherwise easily be broken. The 
slide is then cleaned with a soft tooth-brush dipped in alcohol, then with 
soap and water, and finally rinsed in clear water, dried, and labelled. 
Or if a finish is desired the slide is placed in a turn-table and a ring of 
shellac varnish runs around so as to fill up the angle between the cover- 
glass and slide. When this is dry any of the various colored rings al- 
ready mentioned may be applied, so as to overlap the edge of the cover, 
and a little beyond it, on the slide. 

Another method of mounting in balsam is to use the hardened bal- 
sam, dissolved in chloroform or benzole to a syrupy consistence, and then 
proceeding just as in the other case, except that no warming is necessary, 
and that the section, when taken from the oil of cloves, is first rinsed or 
dipped in chloroform or benzole, as the case may be. It takes a long 
time for such a slide to dry, and we are free to confess that we do not 
like this method of mounting vegetable sections, though it is often of 
great use in histological work. 

Pretty effects may be produced by double or triple staining, but it 
is beyond the province of this book to mention more than the necessary 
processes to secure specimens from drugs for practical study. We must 
refer for other information to special works on microscopy, or to the 
various journals on this branch of study. Special methods of mounting, 
which seldom, if ever, are required in the study of pharmacognosy, 
cannot be described in the limited space that we can devote to this 
subject. 

By far the best preparations for the careful study of vegetable tis- 
sues are those which are mounted in one of the various fluids already 
mentioned ; but as the mounts in glycerin jelly present nearly all of the 
advantages of the fluid mounts, combined with the simplicity of the 
balsam mounts, we will describe this method of working before proceed- 
ing to a description of fluid mounts. 

Glycerin jelly has already been mentioned, and we have learned 
that it is a strong glue with enough of glycerin to prevent its drying, 
and enough boric acid, borax, or carbolic acid to prevent moulding. 

Some have found it difficult to avoid air-bubbles in mounting with 
this medium, but we have had little trouble from this source. We pro- 
ceed as follows : We use the same warm table as in balsam mounting, 
but the temperature of the water must be much lower, just sufficient to 
liquefy the jelly. The jelly in the small bottle with dropping apparatus 
is placed in the cup-like well, where it soon becomes liquefied. A watch- 
glass with a small quantity of jelly is placed on the top of the table, and 
the sections to be mounted are transferred from the preserving fluid to 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 1061 

this glass and immersed in the fluid glycerin jelly, where they are left 
for a few minutes until they are thoroughly permeated by this mounting 
medium. Some omit this step and mount directly from the alcohol, 
water, or glycerin, but we believe this omission to be the cause of many 
of the air-bubbles and other difficulties which they have encountered in 
this method of making slides. 

While the sections lie in this fluid we keep them well covered with 
a bell-glass to guard against dust, which is the greatest enemy of the 
microscopist. Air-bubbles and dust we believe to be the cause of much 
of the moral turpitude and profanity occasionally found among workers 
with the microscope. 

The mounting itself is proceeded with exactly as hi the case of the 
balsam mounts on the warm table, only using glycerin jelly instead of 
the liquefied balsam. After the cover is applied the slide is put away to 
cool, but the spring clips should not exert more pressure than just 
enough to keep the cover-glass in place and the object flat. As soon 
as cool, or within a few days thereafter, the slides may be cleaned by 
washing in ice-cold water with a soft brush to remove all superfluous 
jelly, rinsing in fresh ice-cold water and drying with blotting-paper, and 
when quite dry they may be finished by placing on the turn-table and 
painting on a ring with any of the cements, such as white zinc cement, 
dammar, balsam in chloroform or benzole, Brunswick black, or the last 
mixed with equal parts of gold-size. The ring is painted so as to be 
about one-eighth of an inch wide, and overlapping the edge of the cover- 
glass, so that the edge of the latter is about equally distant from the 
inner and outer edge of the ring, or but a trifle nearer the inner edge, 
but not nearer the outer edge, as that would weaken the hold of the 
cement on the slide. These rings may be finished in any of the fancy 
styles already described, but we prefer the black finish of the asphaltum 
or Brunswick black, which has a fine black gloss. 

We can recommend this mounting as being exceedingly easy to ex- 
ecute, nearly as good as a fluid mount, and much more likely to be per- 
manent than the latter, unless the manipulator is expert in mounting in 
cells with fluids. We would suggest that the beginner should mount 
an unbleached and a bleached section in this medium, and a stained sec- 
tion in balsam, and only venture on mounting in fluids after he has be- 
come somewhat experienced in the above processes. 

The following plan has been suggested for the easy centring of the 
object and cover-glass : Place the slide in the self-centring turn-table, 
with the lower side up, and run a delicate circle upon it with a bit of 
water color, of the exact size of the cover-glass to be used. When 
mounting on the right side this serves as an excellent guide, or if the 



1062 A COMPANION TO THE 



preparation is to be a balsam mount, the colored ring may be painted 
on the upper surface and remain in the finished slide, or be covered with 
the subsequently added ornamental finish. We only use it on the under 
side, where it is washed away in the cleaning of the slide. 

The reader who has attentively followed us so far, and has obtained a 
little experience in the use of the turn-table, will have no difficulty in 
mounting in fluids. We need but few materials or implements. We 
have already spoken of the fluids and the main indications for using 
those with or without glycerin. We wish only to add one more : one 
hundred parts glycerin, acidulated with one part acetic or formic acid, 
must be used if a section that has been stained in picro-carmine is to be 
mounted in fluid. We need the turn-table for fluid mounts, also the 
needles in handles, and one or two cements. We prefer Brunswick 
black (asphalt), or this mixed with equal parts of gold-size. 

Shellac dissolved in alcohol is also employed, using only the clear 
solution, which is decanted into a clean bottle. A little mastic has been 
recommended as an addition, to give greater elasticity to this cement. 

These cements are kept in wide-mouthed bottles, with good velvety 
corks, to avoid particles of the latter falling into the bottles. Into the 
bottom of the cork is inserted a small camel's-hair pencil, which remains 
in the cement when not taken out for use, thus retaining its softness. 
When used, the cork serves as a handle to the brush. 

We think we cannot do better than to quote the following from the 
American Monthly Microscopical Journal, which will apply with slight 
alterations to any of the cements used in fluid mounting. The cement 
must be such as is not acted on by the fluid employed. 

" The cell must first be made, and for this purpose shellac is the best 
cement ; it should be used rather thick, and a very deep cell can be 
turned up by means of the knife-blade and the turn-table. A number 
of cells of different depths should be kept on hand, so as to be perfectly 
dry and hard when they are wanted for use. 

"The objects should be perfectly permeated by the fluid in which 
they are to be mounted, before they are placed in the cell. The mount- 
ing is conducted as follows : 

f 'a. Choose a shellac cell of a suitable thickness, put it on the turn- 
table and run a layer of benzole-balsam upon it, using a solution that is 
just thin enough to flow freely. Set aside for about one minute or 
until a thin skin has formed upon the balsam. 

"b. Invert the cover of a pill-box and lay the slide upon it, then 
place a large drop of the preservative within the cell, and cause it to 
flow so as to touch every part of the cell. Transfer the object to the 
slide and arrange it properly by means of needles. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 1063 

"c. Take a mounted needle in the left hand, and in the rio-ht the 
cover in a pair of forceps. Place the needle-point on the cell on the left 
hand side, and place the edge of the cover against it on the cell ; then let 
the cover down slowly, so as to disarrange the object as little as possible, 
breathing upon the lower surface, so that the fluid may readily come in 
contact with it. When the cover is down, press it into the still soft 
balsam, but apply the pressure only around the outside ; otherwise too 
much fluid is likely to be forced out and a bubble of air will enter when 
the pressure is removed. Let the slide stand for a few minutes, then 
wash it carefully by a gentle current of water from a tap or sponge and 
set it aside to dry. 

"d. When dry, run a circle of benzole-balsam around it, after which 
the slide can be laid aside for months before the finishing process is car- 
ried out. In this condition the object will keep for any length of time 
undisturbed, but after a while the balsam becomes very brittle, so that 
a more elastic cement is required to protect the slide from the effects of 
rough usage. We are accustomed to lay the slides away immediately 
after the last layer of balsam is applied, until a number have accumu- 
lated to undergo the finishing operations together. 

" e. Finish the slides by applying several coats of the mixture of 
asphalt and gold-size, followed by a final coat of plain asphalt to give a 
glossy black. 

" The above process will suffice for mounts in strong glycerin. Many 
mounters have discarded glycerin as a mounting medium because they 
have failed to find a cement that will retain the glycerin. They have 
tried shellac, but it has failed them. Now we speak from considerable 
experience with glycerin as a mounting medium, and we do not hesi- 
tate to assert that shellac will make a perfectly tight and impervious 
cell for a glycerin mount, and we prefer to use shellac instead of the 
benzole-balsam for mounting with strong glycerin. The secret of suc- 
cess seems to be in washing off every trace of the glycerin before the 
second coat of shellac is applied." 

We have not had a very extended experience with shellac cells, but 
have had very satisfactory results with the plain asphalt varnish or 
Brunswick black. Instead of shellac we use this preparation and pre- 
pare a number of cells, which may be made deeper by turning up with 
a knife-point or by painting on several successive layers. These cells 
must be thoroughly hardened, in an oven, if necessary on account of 
want of time for spontaneous hardening. When ready to mount a prep- 
aration, place the glass slide on the turn-table and run a circle of 
Brunswick black on top of the cell, but be very careful never to let this 
ring reach to the inner margin of the cell, as otherwise the asphalt may 



1064 A COMPANION TO THE 

run in and spoil the mount. The fluid and object are placed in the cell, 
and the cover on the cell, as above described, except that instead of a 
pill-box we use a thick slab of plate-glass which we lay on a white or 
black paper according- to circumstances. With black paper as a back- 
ground we can see delicate objects in the cell much more plainly, and 
guard against displacement more easily than on a white background. 
We are also less liable to upset the slide than on the inverted lid of the 
pill-box. 

To avoid subsequent running in of -the cement or air which are the 
great dangers in this class of mounts, and the ruin of so many, we must 
be careful to use three precautions, which are essential to success. 

Let the cell be a trifle larger than the cover, so that the cover will 
lie on the greater part of the cell, but not quite reach the outer margin. 
W7ien putting on the last asphaltum, or asphaltum and gold-size ring, 
just before mounting, do not put it on the inner one-third of the pre- 
viously applied asphaltum ring which forms the cell, for when the 
cover drops into plaoe, capillary attraction will cause the fresh cement 
to run in to the inner margin of the cell, but will keep it from running 
down on the inner edge. If it runs down and touches the glass at the 
bottom of the cell ever so little, we believe the ultimate destruction of 
the slide is almost assured, by the continued drawing in of more asphal- 
tum, a process that, once begun, may continue slowly, but surely, for 
years, until the bottom of the cell is covered with the cement and the 
object obliterated from sight. 

When the object is to be mounted, put plenty of preservative fluid 
in the cell to fill it completely, and in dropping the cover-glass into its 
place, see that no air-bubble is retained in the cell. If such should be 
the case, it may sometimes be removed without raising the cover-glass, 
but in doing so we are very apt to get a little of the fresh asphaltum 
on the inner surface of the cell, endangering the mount as already ex- 
plained. We will do better to raise the cover carefully and lay it away, 
add a little more of the fluid and lay on a clean cover. Be sure to exert 
no pressure on the cover-glass except at the margin, and even there only 
just sufficient to make the glass become attached to the fresh cement, 
which is easily seen by reflected light. As the glass is elastic, pressure 
in the middle of the cover will press out too much fluid. When the 
pressure is removed a vacuum occurs, and either asphaltum or air will 
enter. Even should this not immediately be the case, the continual 
strain of the glass to retain its position, will eventually draw in the 
cement. 

When the cover-glass is firmly adherent all around, la}' it away for 
a little while to harden, and then rinse thoroughly and dry it perfectly 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPCEIA. 1065 

before running on another ring of cement; then lay away to finish at 
leisure. Be absolutely sure that the slide and cover-glass are dry before 
putting on the first outside ring of cement. Let this ring slightly over- 
lap the margin of the cover, and also the outside margin of the cell so 
as to reach the glass-slide. When dry add a second ring, slightly over- 
lapping the first, a third slightly overlapping the second, and so on ac- 
cording to experience and judgment. We have found and believe that 
if several rings are put on, allowing each to dry before the next is 
added, using either asphaltum, or this with gold-size, for all except the 
last ring, making them of such width that the ring on top of the cover 
finally is even with the inside margin of the cell underneath and reach- 
ing out over the glass slide so that the whole ring is about T 3 7 inch 
wide, we have as nearly permanent a fluid mount as can be made. But 
all this trouble is in vain if the slide was not perfectly dry before put- 
ting on the. first ring, for in that case the cement will probably crack off 
or become loosened in such a manner that evaporation can slowly take 
place, and then air will ultimately take the place of the water or alcohol 
of the fluid. To avoid possibilities of this kind, some have recom- 
mended to run a ring of some fresh cement, varying with the final finish 
of the slides, every few years. We have not found this to be neces- 
sary. 

We have been thus minute in our description of fluid mounts be- 
cause these are the preparations that will spoil, if any will do so. The 
glycerin jelly and balsam mounts are much less liable to injury. It is 
discouraging to see dozens or hundreds of slides, which have cost so 
much time and labor, irretrievably ruined for want of proper care when 
preparing them ; and as this care can only be exercised when we know 
the causes of the destruction of our specimens, we have been somewhat 
lengthy in describing this class of mounts. 

A few words more need only be added. Sections of leaves may be 
cut by first soaking and then placing in the section-cutter between two 
pieces of paraffin. The sections must be treated only with water or 
glycerin, never with alcohol, if we wish to show them with the cell- 
contents, as chlorophyll is dissolved in the alcohol. 

Bleached or stained sections are made in the manner already de- 
scribed. 

By allowing the leaf to macerate in water, and exposed to the sun- 
light, the epidermis may after a time be pealed off, and, after washing, 
be carefully mounted in very dilute glycerin, in camphor-water or dry. 
In the latter case, float it into place on the slide, and then raise the slide 
out of the water and drain. When perfectly dry mount with the thin 
rings of shellac paper. The mounts in fluid are to be preferred ; the dry 



1066 A COMPANION TO THE 

mount is easier to make. By dipping the epidermis into some black 
ink or writing fluid, then rinsing in water, changing to alcohol, ab- 
solute alcohol, then oil of cloves, and finally mounting in balsam, we 
have obtained slides which show the structure of the epidermis with the 
boldness of a wood-cut. 

Powders are examined by mounting in water or glycerin, after first 
allowing them to remain for some time in dilute alcohol to remove as 
much as possible of the color. This must never be done by Labarraque 
solution, etc., as an important constituent of the powder, the starch, is 
thereby destroyed. Sometimes it is advantageous to examine the dry 
powder in turpentine. 

In adulterations starch plays an important part, and by destroying 
it we lose the evidence of their presence. In balsam mounts starch be- 
comes so transparent as often to be quite imperceptible except by the 
aid of the polariscope. 

Make preparations of all the substances you know to be used in 
adulterations, such as powdered beans, peas, potato starch, powdered 
cocoanut-shell, etc., so that you may know these substances when you 
see them. Also mount preparations from what you know to be pure 
drugs, and then any powder that you examine, which is said to be the 
powder of any drug, if it has histological elements in it which are not 
present in the pure powder, may be known to be adulterated, pro- 
vided such foreign substances are present in appreciable proportions. 
A bit of dust, a shred of cotton, jute, or other fibre from the original 
package, the scale of an insect, an occasional vegetable hair, and 
foreign substances of that kind must not be regarded as evidence of 
wilful admixture and adulteration. It is not absolutely essential that 
we should be able to recognize the nature of the admixture, for if the 
powder is not pure we do not want it. 

It is generally recommended that the student should make drawings 
by the aid of the camera lucida for future study. We believe this to be 
a waste of time, as it is just as easy to re-examine the object itself, and 
the time required to make a drawing can be more profitably employed. 

In regard to the keeping of our slides but little need be said. We 
preserve them in shallow trays or drawers, and lying flat, especially if 
mounted in fluids. We keep them in a cool place, and in winter pro- 
tect them from freezing if in water or watery fluid. 

We believe that the microscope is as necessary an instrument in the 
drug-store as the mortar and pestle, and if in these pages we have 
offered assistance or encouragement to any one to enter upon the study 
of this fascinating and important branch of pharmacognosy, we are 
more than gratified. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 1067 



THE MICROSCOPICAL STRUCTURE OP PLANTS. 



In order to afford opportunity to become acquainted with the minute 
structure of plants to the extent to which this is necessary in the micro- 
scopic examination of drugs, we will endeavor in the following pages to 
illustrate the principal facts of vegetable histology by word and figure. 
We prefer to illustrate from preparations of drugs, when possible, so 
that the same study that is devoted to plant histology will advance our 
knowledge of pharmacognosy, while the specimens which the student 
may prepare to corroborate our remarks will be at the same time an 
addition to his cabinet of drug mounts. 

We must presume that the student is familiar with general structu- 
ral botany, as it is explained in works like " Gray's Lessons in Botany ; " 
or if he is not, he would do well to read that book attentively before 
proceeding with the study of this chapter of our book. He will have 
learned that notwithstanding the multiplicity of plants and the appar- 
ently infinite variety of forms, the structure is yet very simple when 
compared with the organs of the animal kingdom. 

In the flowering plants, for instance, there are but three different 
parts which are modified to answer various requirements, and all the 
organs maybe shown to be derived from one of the threeprimary forms, 
root, stem, or leaf. 

As we recognize the same limb in the pectoral fin of the fish, the 
wing of a bird or bat, the paddle of the whale, the foreleg of a quad- 
ruped, or the arms of the quadrumana or bimana, so we see the stem in 
branch or tendril, rhizome, tuber or bulb, or even in the pulpy mass of 
the strawberry. 

But while the external configuration in the organs of the plant may 
undergo various modifications for many different purposes, we find but 
little difference in their minute structure, which is exceedingly simple, 
when compared with the complex histological composition of the animal 
organs. 

The study of this branch of knowledge offers, therefore, compara- 
tively little difficulty, and by a little application and effort any one may 



1068 A COMPANION TO THE 




acquire sufficient familiarity with the subject to be able to examine 
drugs with the microscope. 

If we examine a small portion of any part of a plant under the mi- 
croscope we will find that it is made up of a large number of small struct- 
ures which we term cells. In the lowest order of plants, the algae, 
we find many plants consisting of only one cell or of single rows of 
cells, and in some of these we can very conveniently study the phe- 
nomena of plant-life ; but we may also find good examples for this pur- 
pose in higher plants, as in the pulpy portion of fruits or in the growing 
and succulent parts of the stern, leaf, or root ; for instance, in the leaf 
of Agave or Vallisneria, or the pulp of the strawberry. 

We will find that the cell (Fig. 570) consists of a cell-wall composed 
of cellulose, enclosing a substance which is called 
protoplasm, and within this is a small body termed 
77 v\ a nucleus, which latter in turn mav contain still 

tL -life W^Ml smaller bodies termed nucleoli. Not all of these 

parts are absolutely necessary to a cell, for the 
cell-wall may be absent, as in the naked proto- 
^ ? IG r 570. —Primordial plasm of some young- al^as, or the nucleus is not 

Cell of Stephanosphcera r J . ° ° 3 

pluvialis (after Sachs). found, though this may depend on the fact that 
a, cell -wall ; b, proto- xl • , j e ,. £ ■> 

plasm; c nucleus; d the consistence and refractive power oi protoplasm 

nucleolus. aiK ] m icleus are alike, and in such cases the pres- 

ence of the nucleus may often be demonstrated by staining with car- 
mine. 

The protoplasm is the living part of the cell, and is necessary to a 
cell, while the nucleus is also living but may be absent, though when 
present it is only a part of the protoplasm. In ordinary language we 
often speak of a cell when we mean the empty cell-wall, which is with- 
out life as we shall presently learn. This conventional use of the term 
cell is perfectly permissible, but we must bear the distinction in mind. 

The cell-wall is formed from the protoplasm, and is not living or tak- 
ing part in the functions of life except in the sense that a hair on the 
head or the protruding end of a finger-nail is alive. It is called formed 
material, and, once formed, usually remains long after all life or activity 
has ceased in the part. 

The size of vegetable cells is extremely variable, for while the aver- 
age cell is stated by Carpenter to be about 0.085 millimeter (^^ inch) 
in diameter, there are others fully 0.85 millimeter (^ inch), and some 
less than 0.0085 millimeter (^-qVtf inch) in diameter. 

We will first consider the cell contents. When the cell is young it 
is completely filled with protoplasm, a portion of which may be differ- 
entiated from the remainder so as to form the nucleus. The cell-wall 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



1069 




mav not yet be formed in the cell's earlier stages, when a delicate layer 
of protoplasm on the outer surface envelops the remainder but still re- 
mains a part of the whole protoplasm. This soon becomes surrounded 
with the denser wall of cellulose, but may be separately shown by con- 
tracting the protoplasm by any medium which will abstract water from 
it, as alcohol, syrup, glycerin, or 
strong acids. In the illustration the 
contracted protoplasm in cells from 
the pulp of rhubarb root is shown. 
The delicate membrane surrounding 
it, but which is formed by the action 
of the reagents, is sometimes spoken 
of as the " primordial utricle." 

As the cell grows older and larger, 
spaces occur in the protoplasm which 
are filled with a more watery fluid 
and which are termed vacuoles. The 

watery fluid is the cell- sap, which 

i .., ,, Fig. 571. — Parenchyma Cells of Rhubarb, 

increases in volume until the proto- mounted in balsam, two empty, the others 
plasm occupies only a small portion sn °wing contracted protoplasm, 
of the cell, and finally disappears altogether. The cell then ceases to 
take any active part in the life of the plant, and serves mechanically, 
by osmosis through its cell-walls or by capillary attraction, to carry 
moisture from the rootlets to the growing and living cells of the plant. 
At last even this may cease, and the cell-walls remain only filled with 
air or with other substances, as in the inner or heart-wood of many 
plants, and serve only as mechanical support to the living tissues. 

But not only the protoplasm or nucleus may be found in the cells, 
but also various other substances that are formed by the protoplasm, or 
that are mechanically carried to the cell in solution in the sap that 
ascends from the soil and deposited in the cell, or are rendered insoluble 
by the action of organic acids, etc., as when lime-salts, meeting oxalic 
acid, are deposited as oxalate of lime. 

As the protoplasm is the living part of the cell we would naturally 
expect to find it endowed with that fundamental property of all living 
substances, namely, motion. While it is probable that all protoplasm is 
in motion while alive, it is not always easy to show it. We cannot see 
motion in the air, except by the particles of dust or smoke floating in 
it, because the air is perfectly transparent. The same is true of proto- 
plasm. Or the currents may be too slow for observation, or are checked 
entirely by the necessary injury the cell has undergone in its prepara- 
tion for the microscopic examination. But we can demonstrate it beau- 



1070 A COMPANION TO THE 

tifully and with comparatively low power in Vallisneria, the beautiful 
grass-like blades of which are often found as ornaments in our aquaria. 
We carefully scrape away the outer cells and expose the inner larger 
cells. Often the shock of the injury checks the motion of the proto- 
plasm, but by placing the prepared fragment in a little water and ex- 
posing to the warm rays of the sun, the motion will generally be restored 
in half an hour, and we can then place the leaf fragment on a glass- 
slide in a drop of water, and cover it with a thin cover-glass. The one- 
fourth or one-fifth inch objective will show the current of protoplasm as 
the latter crawls along the inside of the cell, and carries with it the chloro- 
phyll bodies and the nucleus, the latter being colorless and somewhat 
larger than the other bodies. This motion of the protoplasm is called 
circulation or cyclosis. 

The chlorophyll bodies, or grains, are small green particles, usually 
spherical in higher plants, which are found in all green parts of the 
plants, and have the property of decomposing carbon dioxide in the 
presence of sunlight and liberating the oxygen, while they fix the car- 
bon in union with several molecules of water to form, directly or indi- 
rectly, protoplasm, starch, cellulose, lignin, gum, sugar, or the other sub- 
stances, as oils, resins, waxes, alkaloids, acids, or other proximate prin- 
ciples, some of which require in addition nitrogen, which the plant can 
fix by taking it from ammonia, or small quantities of sulphur or other 
substances taken from the soil. Without chlorophyll the assimilation 
of plants would cease, and plant life as well as animal life would become 
impossible, for though there are plants that live without chlorophyll 
(fungi), these are parasites on organic substances and cannot live on 
crude mineral materials. 

Chlorophyll is soluble in alcohol and imparts the green color to many 
of the tinctures and fluid extracts made from leaves, in which it abun- 
dantly occurs. We must, therefore, avoid alcohol in the mounting of 
sections of leaves when we want to show the chlorophyll bodies, and 
must mount in cells with watery fluids. 

In some of the lowest living beings the protoplasm is colorless, as in 
amoeba, but as we rise in the scale of life we find in the animals the 
blood corpuscles, in the plants chlorophyll grains. These are comple- 
mentary in their action as well as in their color. The blood globules 
absorb oxygen from the air, and convey carbon dioxide from the tissues 
to the lungs to be exhaled, and the chlorophyll grains absorb the carbon 
dioxide, restoring the oxygen which was fixed by the animals. The 
chlorophyll bodies are practically the digestive apparatus of the plant. 

There are also in some cells, as in the cotyledons of many seeds, 
peculiar proteine substances termed aleurone granules, usually much 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



1071 



smaller than starch grains, insoluble in water or alcohol, and embedded 
in albuminoid and oily fluids or substances. Some of these albuminoid 
or proteine substances assume the shape of particles with regular planes 
and angles, forming the crystalloids, and these in turn may inclose true 
crystals of calcium oxalate or roundish granular particles of double cal- 
cium or magnesium phosphate, called globoids. But as the study of 
these structures is not of very great importance to the pharmacognocist 
we must refer to larger text-books on the physiology of plants for 
further information. 

Of more importance are the resin-masses, oil-globules, or coloring 
matters often deposited in the cells, but most important is the peculiar 
substance known as starch, which is very generally present and often 
completely fills the cells. This substance has the same relation to the 
vegetable economy that fat has to the animal, enabling the plant to live 
at its expense when other 
food is unobtainable, just as 
a well-fed animal can exist 
without nourishment until 
its own fat is consumed. 
Starch is the form in which 
the plant stores up nourish- 
ment which is not required 
for the immediate purposes 
of the plant, as in the various 
seeds of the cereals, in tube- 
rous roots, etc., and these 
structures are the great fat- 
producing foods of the ani- 
mal kingdom. 

Starch consists of vari- 
i . j c -,.«. Fig. 572.— Potato Starch, 

ously sized grains, of diner- 

ent and often peculiar or characteristic shape in different plants. 

In the illustration (Fig. 572) we see potato starch in oval grains, a 

hilum or dot at one end, and a number of concentric lines. This is a 

large variety of starch, often used as an adulterant in powdered drugs, 

and therefore of special interest. The grains are loosely aggregated 

and separate from each other while in the cell. In the starch of sarsa- 

parilla (Fig. 573), and of oats (Fig. 574), may be found compound 

grains, which assume various shapes according to the number of grains 

that unite together. When they break apart, the individual grains 

present an angular appearance. Curcuma starch is also shown in Fig. 

575, and other starches are figured on pages 138 and 139. 




1072 



A COMPANION TO THE 



It will prove of interest to study the shape of starch in peas, beans, 
potatoes, and the cereals, all of which varieties may occur in powdered 






Fig. 573. —Starch of Sarsa- 
parilla. 



Fig. 574.— Starch of Oats. 



FiG. 575.— Starch of Cur- 
cuma. 




Very few 




Fig. 579. 

-Crystals of 

Oxalate o f 



drugs and spices. It is well also to observe the changes produced by 
parching or roasting, as they may be used in that condition for adul- 
terating. 

Starch grains polarize light beautifully, especially if mounted in 

balsam, showing a well-marked 
cross with its centre in the 
hilum (Figs. 576-578, b and c). 

Cells may also contain cer- 
tain inorganic substances, as 
silica, in the epidermis of equise- 
tum or grasses, or crystals of 
oxalate of lime in rhubarb (Fig. 
579). Other forms of crystals 
are found in the cuticle of the 
onion, and needle-like shapes 
in the cells of salep, the latter 
being called raphides (raphis, 
needle). 

Crystals may also consist of 
Figs. 576-578.— Effects of polarized light on— a, J J 

Cinchona bast-cells, transverse section ; 6, Zedo- carbonate of lime, which eiier- 

ary Starch ; c, Potato Starch. _ „., ,i „jj:*: „t j:i 4.^ 

' ' vesce on the addition of dilute 

acid to the specimen on the slide, or of organic substances, such as alka- 
loids, etc. 

We will now return to the consideration of the cell-wall, 
plants are unicellular, but generally a number of cells unite 
to form a single organism, each cell contributing to the life 
of the whole. In such a case the shape of the cell usually 
becomes modified by surrounding influences, together with 
the pressure of the sap within. 

Free cells, unicellullar plants, or spore cells are usually Lime"" from 
round. The cells in very young and succulent parts also are u ar ' 
generally round or oval (Fig. 580, a, b); but as the parts grow they be- 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 



1073 



come flattened by the pressure of adjacent cells, and accordingly, as this 
pressure is exerted in all directions equally, or in some directions more 
than in others, we find a great diversity of form. 

Perhaps the simplest modification of the round or oval form is found 
in cells which are joined end to end, and become flattened at the con- 
tact surfaces, but not being compressed in any other direction remain 
round, and by elongating during growth become cylindrical (Fig. 580, c). 
Such a condition of growth is seen in many of the lower algse, which 
consist of a number of cells united into thread-like structures, or in 
many of the trichomes or vegetable hair. 

Or we may observe these cells in tissues which grow rapidly in one 




Figs. 580-590 —Forms of Vegetable Cells. 



direction and are subjected to little pressure in the other directions, as 
in the pith of sunflower, in the parenchyma of sarsaparilla, or in the cells 
of which ducts are composed, as in the ducts of glycyrrhiza. 

Cylindrical cells can of course only be formed if *there is no lateral 
pressure, or if, as in the ducts, the cell-walls are too hard to yield to the 
pressure of the surrounding soft parenchyma cells, for if sufficient lat- 
eral pressure is exerted the cells become changed otherwise in form. 

Instead of being perfectly cylindrical the cell may taper toward one or 
both ends, becoming conical (Fig. 580, d) or spindle-shaped (Fig. 580, e). 

If the cells in the interior of young parts are originally round, or 
nearly so, they will be in contact with twelve other cells, just as a can- 
non-ball in the interior of a pile of such spheres will be in contact with 
68 



1074 A COMPANION TO THE 

twelve other balls. If all of these cells grow equally in all directions, 
each one will become polyhedral or many-sided, assuming more or less 
perfectly the form of a regular dodecahedron (Fig. 580, f), met with in 
some piths and soft parenchyma. 

But it is oftener the case that the growth will be more rapid in the 
direction of the axis of growth, thus elongating the cell, and as a lateral 
pressure is also exerted, the cells assume polyhedral shapes, more or less 
perfectly, in the form of rhombic dodecahedra, as shown in Fig. 580, g. 
This is a very common form of pith and parenchyma cells ; and in a 
transverse section such cells appear hexagonal. As the rapidity of 
growth in length bears different ratios to the rate of lateral growth 
these forms may be varied, as in Fig. 580, A, in which the length in- 
creased faster than the other dimensions, and as in Fig. 580, i, in which 
the cell grew more rapidly in width than in length and thickness, as 
may be the case in the cells of a medullary ray. 

If long cells, lying side by side and parallel, compress each other 
laterally, the shape may be still further modified and the cells become 
prismatic in shape (Fig. 580, j, k), the number of surfaces of the prism 
varying often in the same plant, the hexagonal prismatic form being, 
perhaps, the most common of these shapes. 

We see beautiful examples of this kind of cell in the scalariform 
ducts of ferns, and in the cells lining the cavity of the carpels of star- 
anise. 

Under other circumstances the cells, especially if situated in the su- 
perficial layers of the plant, may assume a flattened or tabular form, 
as in cork or suber, or in the epidermis of many leaves. In the latter 
structure they often assume very regular, as well as in others, extremely 
irregular outlines. Compare, for instance, the rectangular epidermal 
cells from the leaf of Indian corn, having beautiful crenate margins, or 
the cells of the cuticle of the onion scale, with the very irregular cells on 
the under side of the leaf of Lettuce. 

We find similar epidermis cells in organs which are morphologically 
of the nature of leaves, as in the rind of the water-melon, in which the 
cells are of a more or less regular hexagonal form. 

Cells may be extremely elongated, as in the fibre of cotton, which 
makes a beautiful object for the polariscope when mounted in balsam. 
Sometimes the cells are elongated, and at the same time pointed at the 
ends (fusiform), as in the bast-cells of many barks, or in most wood-cells. 

Cells may also be star-shaped (stellate), as in the interior of the stalk 
or petiole of the water-lily, or irregularly branched, as in the white and 
spongy parenchyma of the orange peel or in some of the bast-cells. 

But a variation in form is not the only change the cell-wall may un- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



1075 



dergo. Young cells have a thin wall of cellulose, and in some of the 
lower plants, like in algae, etc., as well as in some structures in higher 
plants, this thin wall remains permanently so. In other cases the cell- 
wall undergoes a thickening and is changed to lignin, a tough and hard 
deposit which gives great strength to the cell-wall, as occurs in the 
woody cells which serve as mechanical support to the plant, or the thick- 
ening may be caused by the deposit of a peculiar substance, called 
sclerogen, on the inner surface of the cellulose. 

A difference between this last substance and lignin or cellulose is 
shown by the polariscope, the sclerogen polarizing light, while lignin 
and cellulose do not. Transverse sections of bast-cells of cinchona, as 
they appear under the effects of polarized light, are seen in Figs. 576- 
578, a. 

Sclerogen, however, is not uniformly deposited, but numerous small 
spaces are left in which the protoplasm remains in contact with the 
original cell-walls, and as the layer thickens, and perhaps layer after 
layer is added, one within another, these spaces continue to occur in 
corresponding places, so that a small tubular canal or duct is left, pass- 
ing through all the layers wherever there was a deficiency in the first 
deposit. These small canals are 
best seen if the cells are mounted 
dry in thick balsam (without pre- 
vious soaking in alcohol and oil of 
cloves) so that the air may be re- 
tained in them. The difference in 
the refractive power of air and 
balsam is so great that the air- 
filled canaliculi appear opaque and 
black by transmitted light, and are 
very distinct, while those filled 
with balsam can scarcely be per- 
ceived. 

In Fig. 591 we have repre- 
sented transverse sections of scler- 
enchyma cells from the carpel of 
star-anise, one of the cells being filled with air, the others with balsam. 

Usually such a small canal is formed in one cell, just opposite an- 
other duct in the adjacent cell, so that only the original cell-walls sep- 
arate the contents of the cells from each other and osmosis may still go 
on. This is shown in the sections of bast-cells of cinchona (Fig. 592 c) 
and stone-cells of Ceylon cinnamon (Fig. 592 b). Sclerogen is prac- 
tically impervious to moisture, and communication between the cells 




Fig. 591.— Sclerenchyma Cells from Carpel of 
Star-anise ; one filled with air ; enlarged. 



1076 



A COMPANION TO THE 




would be cut off if these small canaliculi were not present. In some 
cases these thin layers of the primary cellulose cell-wall may be ab- 
sorbed or disappear, and one 
cell opens into another by 
pervious small ducts. 

Beautiful sclerenchyma 
cells may be found in dittany 
root (Fig. 592 a) or in the 
gritty particles in the flesh of 
the pear (Fig. 595) ; or such 
thickened cells may be iso- 
lated, by the process already 
described, from the bast of 
various barks, especially cin- 
chonas, or from the wood of 
the Royal Palm of Cuba ( Oro- 
doxia regia), etc. 

The cells of the stones of 
Figs. 592-594. — Sclerenchyma Cells, enlarged, 
a, from Dittany ; o, from Ceylon Cinnamon ; c, from fruits are examples of scleren- 
Cinchona. , n , ,, ■.. 

chyma cells, and they, as well 

as similar but isolated cells in other tissues of the plant, are often 

called stone-cells. 

This sclerenchymatous thickening may take place in various man- 
ners ; nearly continuous, with the exception of small circular or oval 
spaces, or in bands which may be 
straight or spiral, or in other ways. 
This gives rise to the dotted, re- 
ticulated, annular, or spiral cells 
and ducts, examples of the first of 
which may-be found in the paren- 
chyma of the midrib of Cycas re- 
voluta, ordinarily but erroneously 
called "sago palm," or in the 
parenchyma cells of areca nut. 

We can also find beautiful ex- 
amples in the ducts of the woods 
of various drugs, guaiac, logwood, 
fernambuco, quassia, or in various 
roots or rhizomes, as in glycyrrhiza, 
arnica, taraxacum, sarsaparilla, etc. 

Peculiar round dots or pores are found in the wood-cells of conifers, 
which are characteristic of that class of plants, and which are shown in 




Fig. 595.— Sclerenchyma Cells from Gritty 
Particles in Pulp of Pear, magnified. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



1077 



the drawing of wood-cells of Pinus sylvestris (Fig. 596) ; the thickening 
of the cell-wall at first leaves a larger circular space, but this gradually 
becomes narrowed until we see the appearance as in a, a section of the 
cell-walls being also shown. At b we see an older formation, in which 
the opening is more contracted, but the original cell-wall is absorbed and 
free communication established between the cells. Cells of this kind 
are termed pitted cells. 

Parallel bands of sclerogen may be found, as in the annular ducts of 




Figs. 596-598. — Pitted Wood-cells of Pinus Sylvestris ; a, younger, and 6, older pits, 

enlarged. 

the vine or pumpkin vine, while spiral ducts occur in many plants, as 
in rhubarb or ginger, or in the petiole of the plantain leaf. 

Sometimes two, three, or more bands lie side by side to form the 
spirals, and when the delicate cellulose wall is torn these spirals may 
often be completely unravelled. 

The distribution of sclerenchyma cells among the soft-walled cells 
often gives the peculiar appearance which characterizes certain. drugs, 
and materially aids us in recognizing them under the microscope, as is 
shown in the sections of cinchona bark (Figs. 599 and 600). 

Sometimes large sclerenchyma cells unite end to end, and then the 
septa are absorbed entirely or in part, thus forming continuous passages 
for some distances. These are the so-called ducts, vessels, trache'ides, or 



1078 



A COMPANION TO THE 




Fig. 599. 



-Portion from Cast of Old Calisaya Bark, 
transverse section. 



spiroids, the first name being the most common. The last name should 
be applied only to ducts formed of spiral sclerogen bands which can be 

unravelled, the other varie- 
ties of ducts being desig- 
nated as spurious spiroids. 
The sclerogen in these 
cases is deposited in the in- 
terior of the original cell- 
wall, and according to its 
manner of deposition the 
ducts are known as spiral, 
annular, scalariform, reticu- 
late, dotted, pitted, or sieve 
ducts, or they may be of a 
mixed nature. 

Spiral ducts consist of 
a delicate external cell-wall, 
while the inner wall is com- 
posed of one or more bands 
of secondary deposit which 
are coiled, and may often be uncoiled like the wire in gas-tubes (Fig. 
601 e). 

In annular ducts the deposit is in rings, and one duct may often 
be partly annular and partly 
spiral (Fig. 601 a). 

In a scalariform duct 
the deposit is such as to 
cause the duct to more or 
less perfectly resemble a lad- 
der with its spokes (scala, a 
ladder), as we see in Fig. 
601 %, or in Fig. 604 e. 

Reticulate and dotted 
ducts differ but little. In 
the first the spaces in which 
there is no deposit of sclero- 
gen are a trifle longer in a 
transverse than in a longitu- 
dinal direction and are fusi- 
form, giving the appearance 
of a network (reticulum) of 
sclerogenous deposit (Fig. 604 a), while in the dotted duct the spaces 
are round or oval (Fig. 604 i). 




Fig. 600.— Bast-cells from Cinchona Calisaya, radial 
section. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



1079 



Sieve ducts are ducts in which the septa have pores which afterward 
are perforated, or where the whole wall thickens uniformly except where 
one cell of the duct touches an- 
other, when the surfaces of con- 
tact are perforated or thickened 
so as to present appearances more 
or less resembling sieves. Such 
ducts and cells have also been 
called latticed. 

The pitted duct or cell resem- 
bles the dotted duct or cell in its 




Figs. 601-603.— a. Mixed Annular and Spiral 
Duct ; e, Spiral Duct ; i, Scalariform Duct ; all 
magnified. 



appearance, but differs in the 
manner of deposit of sclerogen, 
as the pores are larger in the 
first deposit and become nar- 
rowed in subsequent layers, con- 
tracting gradually toward the in- 
terior of the cell, as we have seen 
in the cells of the conifers. 

These different ducts contain 
air when old, and are therefore called trache'ides, resembling, as they 

do, the tracheal vessels of 
insects. 

In connection with the 
cuticle or hypoderma cov- 
ering certain plant struc- 
tures, peculiar cells are 
sometimes formed in which 
the thickening takes place 
excessively in the angles 
where the cells meet, and 
by a peculiar substance 
which causes the cell-walls 
to swell and become muci- 
laginous in water, and such 
cells are called collenchyma 
cells, and tissues composed 
of such cells are collenchy- 
matous tissues (colla, glue). 
The laticiferous ducts 
or vessels are also formed 
by the coalescence of cells, and may occur in the fibro-vascular bundles 




Figs. 604-606. 
of Fern 



-a, Reticulate Duct ; e, Scalariform Duct 
i, Dotted Duct, upper part torn. 



1080 A COMPANION TO THE 

or in the fundamental tissue, being most commonly found in the phloSm 
portion of the bundles. Their walls are generally thin and they contain 
the latex, which may be limpid, or oily or resinous substances with gum 
in emulsion, caoutchouc-like, or gummy. These vessels often form com- 
plex anastomoses and can be seen very finely in the root of Taraxacum. 
They may be likened to the capillary blood-vessels of animals in their 
branching, though not in function. 

TISSUES. 

Comparatively few plants are unicellular ; in the larger number 
cells unite to from tissues, in which many cells (often untold millions) 
unite to perform certain functions in common. For instance, to prevent 
the loss of moisture from the surface of a stem this is covered with a 
layer of cells which form the epidermis ; or, if the stem is large and the 
sap must be carried long distances, the epidermis develops a more or 
less thick layer of peculiar cells, called cork-cells, together forming suber 
(cork) and performing the function of preventing evaporation of the 
liquids while in transit. 

As we have already learned, cells are changed in shape by the press- 
ure of adjacent cells, and as least pressure is exerted in the direction of 
most rapid growth they generally are more or less elongated in this 
direction. But while some cells are very much lengthened, others are 
less so, and at the same time the manner in which the cells are joined 
to those above and below them may vary. 

We may, for convenience in description, divide tissues into two 
kinds, parenchy ma and prosenchyma. In the first the cells do not, as a 
rule, depart very much from the globular, oval, or dodecahedral form, 
and even if they are considerably elongated the ends of the cells join 
each other by abrupt or flat surfaces ; the individual cells have blunt 
ends, as is well shown, for instance, in the longitudinal section of sym- 
phetum. In parenchyma the cells usually are soft-walled, and any 
structure, as a root or rhizome, which consists mainly of parenchyma, is 
called fleshy, and when dry will break with an abrupt, smooth fracture. 
If the part contains much starch, this fracture is termed a mealy fracture. 

But when the cells are more or less pointed or fusiform, and the ends 
are interlaced or dove-tailed, as is the case in wood, we call such tissue 
prosenchyma, and as this tissue seems mainly designed to afford sup- 
port to the softer parts of the plant, the cells composing it are usually 
sclerenchymatous or lignified. Parts of plants mainly composed of this 
kind of tissue are said to be woody, and they break with a fibrous frac- 
ture. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 1081 

When the cells lie in close apposition their cell-walls usually unite 
so completely that they appear to be one. If the cells are not every- 
where in contact they leave intercellular spaces, and these spaces may 
be of regular or irregular form, for no particular object, or to fill certain 
functions. The simplest spaces are the small spaces which appear 
triangular, in transverse sections of sarsaparilla, for example (Fig. 607). 
Such spaces occur when the ceMs are round or cylindrical, without much 
lateral pressure. 

Another larger form of intercellular space is found in the submerged 
parts of aquatic plants ; for instance, in the rhizomes of menyanthes or 
calamus, or the stems or petioles of calla or water-lily. Such structures, 
when dry, break with a corky fracture. 

The intercellular spaces may anastomose, producing a system of 
pseudo-ducts, which may be filled by sap, or the spaces may contain 
gum, resin, or oil, or all of these. Such spaces occur in the leaves of 
buchu, eucalyptus, or pilocarpus, the rind of the citron or orange, of in 






Fig. 607.— Intercellular Fig. 608.— Transverse Section of Fig. 609.— Jaborandi 

Spaces in Sarsaparilla. Caraway, showing oil-ducts. Leaflet, by trans- 

mitted light. 

the juniper-berry or clove. If these spaces are more or less round they 
are often called glands, while if they are much elongated they are called 
oil-ducts, as in fennel or caraway (Fig. 608), or resin-ducts in the con- 
iferae and other plants. 

A leaf or rind containing such glands appears to be studded with 
translucent dots when viewed by transmitted light, as is seen in jabo- 
randi leaf (Fig. 609), or the fresh peel of the orange. 

If we examine the succulent end of a fast-growing rootlet we find it 
made up of parenchyma cells of a uniform character. But a little above 
the apex of the rootlet, in the slightly older part, we find cell-differentia- 
tion already going on to form various tissues. This original uniform 
parenchyma tissue is called the fundamental tissue, and we may con- 
sider it as the matrix in and from which all other tissues have their origin. 

One of the first and most frequently observed changes occurs in the 
outside layer or layers, in which the cells become smaller and flatter, 
while their walls thicken and become more impervious. Even in algae 



1082 



A COMPANION TO THE 




Figs. 610-612.— Vegetable Hairs, a, cotton fibre ; 6, branched hair of mullein ; c, spongi- 

oles of rootlets. 




Fig. 613.— Hair of Mucuna. 



UNITED STATES PHABMACOPCEIA. 



1088 



and fungi, in which little, if any, other differentiation takes place, some 
sort of cuticularization occurs, and the thallogens are completely made 
up of fundamental tissue and this cuticle. 

Tissues made up of these outer cells are the epidermis or epidermal 
tissue, which we can well study in such parts as leaves or fruits. 

As the stem or root acquires considerable thickness the epidermis 
usually is torn and lost, and another tissue takes its place. We have 
already spoken of cork or suber, and will have to refer to it again ; 
when the epidermis is gone it forms the outer layer of the bark of dico- 
tyledonous and gymnospermous plants, as well as the outer layer of the 
cuticle of monocotyledonous plants. 

From the epidermis may arise various structures, which are called 

trichomes. In the small rootlets the outer cells are prolonged into small 

hairy processes, the spongioles (Fig. 610 c), which absorb the moisture 

from the soil. On the epidermis 

of parts above ground we often 

find hair composed of one or more 

cells. We show enlarged figures 

of cotton fibre (Fig. 610 a), of 

the simple hair of mucuna with 

its barbed point (Fig. 613), the 

stellate hair of kamala (Fig. 614 

d), and the hair of mullein, the 

latter being a beautiful specimen 

of branched hair (Fig. 610 b). 

Sometimes the trichomes are 

flattened, appearing like scales. 

The filament of Tradescantia vir- 

ginica, a common garden and 

., , n . -i-^i FiQS. 614-617.— Hairs and Glands of Kamala. 

wild flower, is covered with some 

of the most beautiful of all vegetable hairs, resembling strings of blue 

beads. Many of the vegetable hairs exhibit the phenomena of cyclosis. 

The prickles of the rose-bush (Fig. 618) and of other plants are but 
trichomes or outgrowths of the epidermis, due to a proliferation of epi- 
dermal tissue, something like a wart on the skin of an animal. Some- 
times trichomes assume still other shapes, as in kamala (Fig. 614 a, b, c), 
lupulin, etc., forming glands, which are, however, essentially different 
from the glands consisting of large intercellular spaces. Another form 
of trichomes is found in the stomata or breathing-pores of leaves, of 
which we will speak when describing leaves. 

If we make a transverse section a short distance above the point of 
the growing rootlet of Micinus communis (Fig. 619 A) we find a differen- 




1084 



A COMPANION TO THE 



tiation going on at several points in the interior, which finally coalesce 
in such a manner that a ring of generating tissue (meristem) is formed, 
which divides the thickness of the root into two portions, an inner 
portion of parenchyma, which will afterward form the pith, and an 
outer zone which afterward forms the middle bark. These points de- 
velop into fibro-vascular bundles, structures which we find in all phanero- 
gamous or flowering plants, as well as in the acrogens, or that subdivision 
of cryptogams in which there is found a distinct division of root, stem, 




Fig. 618.— Transverse Section of Rose-twig, showing the Prickle. 

and leaf. In Fig. 619 B the fibro-vascular bundles (fv) are represented 
as somewhat more advanced in development. They are, however, con- 
nected by bands of generating tissue {secondary meristem — cb), which 
are shown in Fig. 619 C, and which are capable of producing new fibro- 
vascular bundles. 

The fibro-vascular bundles are string-like masses of tissue pass- 
ing through the soft tissues, consisting mainly of prosenchyma and 
ducts. 

Usually they are so intimately united with the parenchyma that they 
cannot be separated therefrom; but in some cases their string-like nature 
may easily be shown, as in plantain (Plantago major) leaves or petioles. 
By breaking the petiole or ribs of this leaf carefully, and pulling apart, 
little threadlike fibres, often several inches in length, may be drawn out, 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



1085 



and will be seen under the microscope to consist of spiral ducts and fusi- 
form cells. 

To examine the nature of the fibro-vascular bundles we may make 
a transverse section of the rhizome of cimicifuga in which we find a 
large number of such bundles of various sizes. Choosing for our exami- 
nation one of the larger and more fully developed bundles (Fig. 622), we 
find that it is made up of three parts, an inner part called xylem or wood, 




Figs. 619-621 (after Sachs).— Sections of Rootlet of Ricinus Communis. A, after the 
appearance of root beyond testa of seed ; B, after the hypocotyledonary segment has attained 
a length of about 2 centimeters ; C, at the end of germination ; m, pith ; r, middle bark ; 
x, meristem ; st, medullary rays : fv, fibro-vasoular bundles ; cb, connecting bands of second- 
ary meristem. 



an outer part called phloem or bast, and between them a part composed 
of very soft parenchyma cells, constituting the cambium. 

The relation of these parts to each other, or to the surrounding tis- 
sues, may vary in different plants; or one or the other of these tissues 
may be entirely wanting. 

Xylem or wood usually consists of ducts and prosenchymatous cells, 



1086 



A COMPANION TO THE 




Fig 632 -Fibro-vascular Bundle of Cimicif uga. p, pKioem ; c, cambrium ; x\ xylem ; ft, 
fundamental tiBBue ; magnified. 




Fiu. 623.— Bamboo Cane, outer portion, transverse section. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 1087 

the latter the so-called wood-cells. These latter cells have a strong ten- 
dency to lignify, and in the older formations usually contain air. 

Phloem consists of soft-walled cells, with the exception of " bast- 
cells," which are sclerenchymatous. Bast-cells may occasionally be 
absent entirely, but are usually plentiful. 

The cambium consists of delicate parenchyma cells from which the 
other kinds of cells are developed. 

These different tissues may be studied to advantage in some of the 
young and growing parts of plants, as in the root of the sprouting seeds, 
for instance of ricinus, and usually most readily in dicotyledonous ger- 
minating plantlets. 

Fibro-vascular bundles are of two kinds, open and closed. We will 
first consider the latter. In monocotyledonous stems and roots a num- 
ber of fibro-vascular bundles appear, which possess the characteristics 
already described. In these stems a cuticle or epidermis is found, and 
a layer of cells, which, though often called a 
bark, is not a true bark. The fundamental 
tissue is composed of parenchyma, and scat- 
tered through this, without any apparent plan 
or regularity, or, at most, in a sort of system- 
atic irregularity, if we may be allowed so to 
express it, we see the bundles, each of which 
consists of one or more large ducts, some 
wood-, bast-, and, while growing, cambium- 
cells. The bundles are usually more numerous Fig. 624.— Closed Fibro-vascu- 
but smaller near the circumference, but do not 

always lie just beneath the cuticle, being sometimes surrounded by a 
layer of cells resembling a bark, but which is not separable from the 
wpod as in the case with the true bark of dicotyledons. 

The bundles in the interior of the stem are larger and more scattered. 
New bundles may be formed anywhere among the others, and usually 
occur in the soft tissues of the interior, for which reason this method of 
growth is called endogenous, or inward-growing. A beautiful example 
of this structure may easily be obtained from the stem of sarsaparilla, or 
in bamboo cane, a section of which latter we have figured (Fig. 623). 

In the fibro-vascular bundles of these endogenous stems the cambium, 
after a time, is all changed either to wood or bast, and then the bundle 
ceases to grow ; it is closed (Fig. 624). 

It will be noticed on examination of the section of bamboo cane, that 
larger bundles farthest from the cuticle, still contain soft-walled cam- 
bium-cells, while in the outer bundles all the cells have become liquefied, 
or the bundles have become closed. 




1088 A COMPANION TO THE 

In some cases the bundles, instead of being scattered through the 
entire interior of the stem or root, are clustered in a circle, the section 
then imperfectly resembling that of exogenous stems. We see this in 
the root of sarsaparilla or the rhizome of curcama, and in many other 
drugs. The circle of bundles is in these cases often enclosed in a sheath 
of sclerenchymatous cells, which is called the nucleus sheath. This cir- 
cular layer of cells is also found in some rhizomes in which the bundles 
are not aggregated in such distinct circles but are scattered through- 
out the fundamental tissue, both within and without the nucleus sheath, 
as in curcama, galanga, or ginger. (See Figs. 473-475, on pages 891— 
893, and Fig. 221, on page 394.) 

Other peculiar and instructive sections of endogenous growth, show- 
ing large intercellular spaces, may be made from the rhizomes of cala- 
mus, buckbean, or calla. 

As the endogenous growth occurs in plants having but one seed-leaf 
in the seed, this is also called the monocotyledonous growth or struc- 
ture. 

We also find beautiful examples of closed fibro-vascular bundles in 
the higher cryptograms, and in these plants each bundle is often en- 
closed by a sort of sheath of its own, as can be seen in the fibro-vascular 
bundles of malefern. 

In closed fibro-vascular bundles the cambium usually, if not always, 
occupies the centre, and the first wood-cells are formed at the periphery, 
additional wood being formed within the first layer, 
and so on until all the cambium is gone and its place 
occupied by wood or bast, so that it is seen that even 
the bundle itself is inward-growing. 

Closed fibro-vascular bundles may also be found in 
some dicotyledonous plants in which growth is lim- 
ited, for instance in some annual or biennial plants. 
But in perennial or continuously growing plants the 
structure is quite different and we find open fibro-vas- 
cular bundles. 

The relation of the open fibro-vascular bundles to 
Fig. 625.— Trans- eacn other and to other tissues may be well seen in a 

verse Section of Im- transverse section of imperatoria (Fig-. 625) or yellow 

peratoria. . t r T a 

parilla (Menispernum canadense). In the stem of 

the latter plant (Fig. 62G) we find a number of wedge-shaped fibro- 
vascular bundles arranged in a circle around an inner mass of paren- 
chyma and surrounded also by parenchyma, while between the dif- 
ferent bundles are wedges of parenchymatous tissue separating them 
but uniting the inner and outer parenchyma with each other. All of 




UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 1089 

this parenchyma is fundamental tissue, and that portion of it between 
the fibro-vascular bundles is composed of cells stretched so that the 
longest diameter of the cells is from within outward, or at right angles 
to the axis of most rapid growth of the plant, being in this regard ex- 
ceptions to the general rule. The portion of parenchyma within the 
circle of bundles is called medulla or pith, and the portions proceeding 
from this outward are called the medullary rays, while the portion sur- 
rounding the bast of the bundles constitutes the middle bark. 

This relation of the different tissues to each other is also well seen 




Fig. 626. — Transverse Section of Menispernum. 

in a transverse section of a young twig of a rose-bush (Fig. 627). 
The fibro-vascular bundles are seen to be wider tangentially than they 
are from within outward, while the medullary rays are quite distinct. 

The three parts or kinds of tissue of which the bundles are com- 
posed — wood, bast, and cambium — are very distinct. If we examine 
somewhat older twigs (Fig. 628) we will find the following to have 
taken place during growth : the cells of cambium next to the wood 
produced new wood-cells, while those nearest the phloem formed new 
bast, so that the fibro-vascular bundles became larger, increasing the 
diameter of the branch, and at the same time crowding each other more 
and more. The medullary rays between them are thereby compressed 
until finally they consist of very narrow layers only. 

The change of cambium into phloem and xylem continues as long as 
the leaves continue to assimilate food, ov } in other words, as long as the 
69 



1090 



A COMPANION TO THE 




Fig. 627.— Transverse Section of Young Rose-twig. 




Fig. 628.— Transverse Section of Rose-twig at end of first year. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 1091 



vegetating process is kept up, which depends on the place where the 
plant grows, as well as on the seasons, being perpetual in the tropics, 
where trees are found in which the process probably dates back without 
interruption to the time of the builders of the pyramids, or farther still, 
while in sub-arctic regions the process may be confined to a few weeks 
in each year. In many plants the process is limited to a single season. 
When the plant grows during a part of the year only, as in the 
temperate zone, the fibro-vascular bundles cease to grow at the end of 
the season. At the beginning of the next season one of the earliest 
signs of returning activity of vegetation is manifested by a great tur- 
gescence of the cambium and of the adjacent cells to such an extent 




Pig. 629. — Rose-twig, end of second year, transverse section, enlarged. The * indicates the 

division of wood and bark. 

that, if wounded, enormous quantities of sap may escape, as in sugar- 
maple in early spring. 

Then the buds expand, the leaves unfold, and the life of the plant 
actively goes on. The inner layer of cambium produces large ducts 
and large wood-cells, and the new wood is added in a ring around the 
xylem of the first year's growth ; the process continues until, as the 
season goes on, the leaves harden, the stomata may be filled with 
dust, the soil contains less moisture, and cell-formation gradually be- 
comes slower and the cells smaller, while ducts may entirely cease to 
be formed, until finally, when the leaves have fallen the year's work is 



1092 



A COMPANION TO THE 



completed and another ring of wood has been added to the first. So 
each year adds a ring of wood on the outside of the growth of previous 







Fig. 630.— Division of Fibro-vascular Bundles in Cimicifuga. 

years, and therefore this growth is called exogenous, or outward-form- 
ing or growing y or, as it is characteristic of dicotyledous plants, it is also 

called dicotyledous growth or struc- 
ture. The gymno-spermous plants 
grow in the same manner. 

In Fig. 629 we see a portion of 
a rose-twig as it appears during 
the second season's growth. 

As the fibro-vascular bundles 
grow wider at the outer side as 
the diameter of the stem or root 
increases, they do not always re- 
main as one bundle, but divide 
either during the season's growth, 
as illustrated in the section of 
cimicifuga (Fig. 630), or at the 

FiG.631.-DiagrammaticSectionofDicotyle- beginning of the next season, as 
donous btem of three years' growth. The upper ° & 

arrow indicates the cambium, and the lower shown in the diagram of a section 
arrow the medullary sheath. . , /T71 . n ni\ 

of oak (f lg. 631). 

As ordinarily a ring of wood is added each year, as the process takes 

place around the entire circumference of the stem or root, these rings 




UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



1093 







Fig. 632. — Wood of Sassafras Root, showing Annual 
Layers. 



are called annual rings, and they are characteristic of wood-growing in 

temperate zones. By counting these rings the age of a tree may be 

approximately ascertained, 

but not exactly, for any in- 
terference with the growth 

during any season, as by 

drought or severe cold, may 

give rise to two or more 

rings in one year. 

The rings are generally 

easily distinguished, because 

in the earlier part of the 

season, while growth is very 

active, a larger number of 

ducts and larger wood-cells 

are formed, while toward the 

end of the season the ducts 

are fewer in number and the 

wood-cells smaller (Fig. 632). 

Even in woods in which no 

ducts are found the difference in the size of the wood-cells makes the 

rings quite distinct (Fig. 633). 

In tropical climates vegetation continues more or less actively all 

the year round and the layers 
are not concentrically con- 
tinuous. They are then called 
spurious rings, as in the stem 
or root of false pareira brava 
(Fig. 634), in a section of 
which, by tracing from the 
point " sp " toward the left, 
one layer will be seen to 
have been deposited in a 
threefold spiral, while other 
layers are less than one-half 
the circumference in length. 
Wood continues to con- 
duct sap for a few years and 
then the cells either become 
Fig. 633.— Transverse Section of Juniper Wood. empty or filled with air, or 

they become filled with various substances, usually giving them a dark 

color. They serve then only for support and are called heart-wood or 




1094 



A COMPANION TO THE 




Fig. 634.— Spurious Rings in False 
Pareira. sp shows beginning of spiral by 
tracing to the left ; natural size. 



duramen. The living part of the wood, therefore, may consist simply 
of a thin shell of soft cells which conduct sap, and this wood is usually 

light-colored, and is known as albur- 
num or sap-wood. The line of demar- 
cation between these woods may be 
abrupt when each year one layer is 
added to the circumference of the 
sap-wood and at the same time the 
inner layer of sap-wood is changed 
to heart-wood, or the latter process 
is not completed in a single season 
and the demarcation is gradual. 
We may see good examples of these 
two kinds of wood in red cedar (red 
and white), ebony (black and white), 
walnut (brown and white), guaiac 
(olive-green and white), and in other 
common woods. In some stems the 
alburnum and duramen both are white, as in white pine. 

But while a layer of wood is added by cell transformation from the 
inner side of the cambium, 
the outer side of cambium 
adds also bast to the inner 
side of the older phloem, so 
that, strictly speaking, we 
also have endogenous growth 
of the bark in dicotyledonous 
growth. The new bast is 
not always added in distinct 
layers, but irregularly, as in 
cinnamon (Fig. 635), or a 
number of layers are formed 
in a single season, as in cot- 
ton-root bark (Fig. 636), so 
that it is impossible to deter- 
mine the year's growth from 
the appearance of the bark. 

In some plants the bast is deposited in regular layers, one within 
the other, and then one layer may often be peeled from the others like 
leaves in a book, and therefore such bast is called liber (book). 

In dicotyledonous plants we see plant structure in its highest per- 
fection, because here we find the greatest tissue differentiation. In the 




Fig. 635. —Transverse Section of Cinnamon Bark. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 1095 

stems and roots of these plants we find pith, wood, and bark ; the wood 
containing wood-cells, ducts, and medullary rays; the bark consisting of 
bast, bast-cells, fundamental tissue, cork, and epidermis, together with 
occasional resiniferous or laticiferous ducts. 

The pith is usually composed of polyhedral parenchymatous cells 
which fill the space in the interior of the wood ring (Fig. 631). It is 
frequently surrounded by an almost continuous circular layer of larger 
ducts which, when present, constitute the medullary sheath, and these 
ducts occur in this position in such large numbers because the meristem 
or pro-cambium (as the first formed differentiated tissue, which is after- 
ward to form the fibro-vascular bundles, is called) early in the season 




Fig. 636. — Transverse Section of Cotton-root Bark. 

produces more ducts than wood, while later in the season very few, if 
any, ducts and more wood is formed. 

The pith sometimes separates easily from its sheath, or at other 
times cannot be separated in large pieces at all. Generally, also, it fills 
the interior of the wood ring, but in very rapidly growing stems of 
some plants it may not keep pace with the growth of the other parts, 
and as the stem enlarges the pith is torn and hangs in shreds along the 
inner surface of the hollow stem, as in dulcamara. Only one pith, that 
of sassafras, is officinal. 

It is also important to recollect that pith seldom is found in roots, 
though it may be present in quite large quantity in the stem of the 



1096 



A COMPANION TO THE 



same plant. This is of use sometimes in detecting 'the substitution of 
the branches for the roots in drugs. 

The medullary rays are very variable in size, usually being of 
limited extent in a tangential direction, while the width of them in the 
direction of the axis of the stem may be a single cell or dozens of cells. 
Sections of stems or roots may be made in four directions, at least 
three of which are necessary for study before 
we can form a correct idea of its structure. 
The cut illustrates the direction in which 
they are made. The transverse section (tr) 
is at right angles to the axis of growth and 
is the most generally useful and instructive; 
the radial section (r), generally termed lon- 
gitudinal section, passes through the centre 
of the stem or root, or along one of the 
radii, and shows the nature of the ducts and 
cells and also the longitudinal shape of the 
cells of the medullary rays ; the tangential 
section (t) passes longitudinally but at right 
angles to the direction of the radii or med- 
ullary rays, showing the latter cut across, 
and is especially useful to study the nature 
of the medullary rays. An oblique section 
(o) is rarely required. 

We illustrate the appearance of the 
transverse and tangential sections of Jamaica 
quassia, the transverse section of Fernam- 
buco wood, and a radial section of logwood. 
(See Figs. 638-641.) 

Sometimes in a tangential section the 
medullary rays seem so large that the fibro- 
vascular bundles appear to have forced their 
way through them with difficulty, while in 
other cases the rays are so small as almost 
to have disappeared. The number of cells in a perpendicular, as well as 
tangential direction, may vary much in different medullary rays of the 
same stem, or it may be nearly uniform, as in the woods of quassia or 
guaiac. So regular in structure are the medullary rays in Surinam and 
Jamaica quassia that the appearance of the tangential sections enables 
us to distinguish between the two woods. 

If we cut a branch of willow in spring during the turgescence of the 
cambium, choosing a smooth and straight internode for the purpose, and 




Fig. 637.— Showing different 
sections, r, radial ; t, tangential ; 
Is, transverse ; o, oblique. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



1097 




Fig. 638. — Transverse Section of Jamaica Quassia. 



then beat it slightly with a flat stick or side of the knife-handle, we 
bruise and loosen the cambium-cells so that we may slip a tubular piece 
from the solid cylinder of 
wood. If we examine the 
two pieces with a lens we 
find that we have the pith, 
the xylem portion of all the 
fibro-vascular bundles, and 
the medullary rays as far as 
the cambium, together with 
a part of the latter, all in 
one piece that is commonly 
known as the wood. The 
tubular piece is seen to con- 
sist of the cuticle (epidermis 
and cork), a layer of paren- 
chyma, all the phloem por- 
tions of all the fibro-vascular 
bundles, the part of the med- 
ullary rays from the cambium 
outward, and a portion of the cambium along the inner surface of the 
tube; all this together constituting what is properly, called the bark. 

In Fig. 629 we see the 
boundary between wood and 
bark marked by a light line 
and a star. In most plants 
the bark at certain seasons 
of the year is easily removed 
from the wood, presenting a 
smooth surface within, which 
usually is of a reddish-brown 
color when dry. 

When we cut or bite an 
apple and then la}^ it aside 
for a little while the wounded 
surface is changed to a light 
brown tint by oxidation. 
Cambium is often acted on in 
the same way ; for instance, 
sassafras bark when first 
peeled from the root is beautifully white within but becomes a lively 
red when dried. The same cause produces the dark-colored cambium- 




Fig. 639. — Tangential Section of Jamaica Quassia. 



1098 



A COMPANION TO THE 




zone which we see in many roots or rhizomes which are cut and dried in 

slices, as in calumba (Fig. 642). 

In some cases, as in cascarilla, the bark does not separate readily 

from the wood, and must be 
chipped from the latter. In 
this kind of bark often but 
a part of its thickness is 
present, or portions of wood 
are attached to the inner 
surface. 

When the bark is removed 
the inner cells, which are 
softer and more succulent, 
lose their moisture and 
shrink, while the outer cells 
retain their shape. This gen- 
erally causes the bark to curl 
inward, and according to the 
degree of curvature different 

Fig. 610. -Transverse Section of Fernambuco Wood. names are gi ven to the barks. 

When the curvature is slight, as in Fig. 643 «, the pieces are usually 
described as " curved pieces," but as curvature may take place in an 
irregular manner, we prefer 
to restrict the term " curved 
pieces " to pieces of bark of 
such irregular shape, and 
propose the term " troughs " 
as a more convenient, ex- 
pressive, and appropriate 
word to describe the pieces 
of bark curved as in the 
drawing. If the bark is 
rolled from one side com- 
pletely into a cylinder this 
is termed a quill, or a simple 
quill (Z>), while if it is rolled 
inward from both sides (c), 
it is called a double quill. 

An unequal shrinking of 
bast and medullary rays will 
cause longitudinal wrinkles, or, if the external layers will not yield 
readily, so as to form quills on drying, fissures on the inner surface of 




Fig. 641. 



-Radial Section of Logwood, showing 
Medullary Ray. 



UNITED STATES PHAKMACOPOEIA. 



1099 



the bark, as in wild cherry bark 
(Fig. 646), or ridges as in alnus 
rubra (Figs. 647, 648). 

Occasionally the middle bark 
shrinks in drugs which are covered 
only with a thin layer of suber or 
epidermis, while the bast-cells are 
rigid and the bast-parenchyma also 
more or less unyielding, or perhaps 
bits of wood are attached on the 
inner surface when the bark is 
chipped off instead of being peeled 
off, and in such a case it is possible that the upper and lower ends of 
the bark curve outward, producing longitudinal curvature. We occa- 




Fig. 642. 



-Calumba, showing Cambium- 
zone. 




Figs. 643-645.— a, Trough ; &, Quill ; c, Double Quill. 

sionally see this in cascarilla. Or the curving may be transverse, but 
with the cambium on the convex instead of on the concave side as is 
usual. Large, flat pieces of bark are seldom met 
with, except as the result of pressure while dry- 
ing, as in flat calisaya, or when only the inner 
bark is present, as in slippery elm bark. 

The typical bark consists of three parts, the 
outer bark, consisting in young stems or roots 
of epidermis (Fig. 649 a) and cork (Fig. 649 
b), the epidermis often containing stomata in 
stems but not in roots. As the diameter of the 
part increases the cork is often fissured (see the 
figures under the titles Aspidosperma or Alsto- 
nia scholaris) in a characteristic manner, and 
may be cast off or retained in thick layers. 
This part of the bark is usually composed of 
tubular cells with elastic walls which appear 
tangentially stretched in a transverse section 
and which are impervious to water. 

The middle barJc (Fig. 649 c) consists of 
Fig. 646.— Inner Surface of the fundamental tissue situated on the outer 
showing ISure S ar ' & arge ' side of the phloem, and forming a circle of 




1100 



A COMPANION TO THE 



parenchyma of varying width, or it may be absent entirely. All that 
part of the bark outside of a line drawn from the apex of each bast 
bundle to the next, and between that and the cork, constitutes the mid- 
dle bark, and is mainly composed of paren- 
chyma, but may contain resin- or oil-ducts 
or cells, laticiferous ducts, stone-cells, etc. 

The inner bark (Fig. 649 d) consists of 
the phloem portion of the fibro-vascular 
bundles (ph), and the medullary rays (in) 
between them. The latter are narrowest at 
the inner surface of the bark and wider as 
they proceed outward. This causes the in- 
ner bark to appear to be composed of two 
sets of wedges, one set (phloem) having the 
base within and the apex outward, the other 
set (medullary rays) fitting between these 
and with the base without and the apex in- 
ward. The cells of the medullary rays are 
usually fundamental parenchyma radially 
stretched in the inner portion; but as the 
phloem becomes narrower and the medullary 
rays wider the cells become shorter in a radial direction until the med- 
ullary rays become merged in the middle bark in which the cells are 
tangentially stretched. On making radial or tangential sections we find 
the structure of the bark to be similar to that of the wood in corres- 
ponding sections, but the med- 
ullary rays are often very in- 
distinct. 

The phloem (Fig. 649 ph) 
consists of bast-cells (be) which 
are usually fusiform scleren- 
chymatous cells scattered 
through the phloem in bundles 




Figs. 647, 648.— Inner Surface 
of Alnus Rubra, natural size ; and 
transverse section, enlarged. 



be. 




Fig. 649.— Diagram of Structure of Bark, 
or singly, and of oast-paren- 
chyma (bp), the latter consisting of cells usually smaller than those of 
the medullary rays and middle bark ; they sometimes become prosen- 
chymatous. 

The bast-cells and bast-parenchyma often alternate in layers, or the 
bast-cells are irregularly distributed in the phloem. These two methods 
of distribution are shown in the section of cotton-root bark (Fig. 650) 
and of cinchona bark (Figs. 651 and 652). 

The above is a description of a typical bark of which our drawing 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



1101 




presents a diagrammatic illustration, but the structure may, and gener- 
ally does, vary from this. Secondary layers of cork may develop in 
any part of the bark, even 
in the inner bark, and as 
this tissue at once cuts off 
all nourishment from all 
cells without it, that part 
of bark external to such 
adventitious layers of cork 
is sequestered and dies, 
falling off or remaining 
adherent as dead tissue. 
This very frequently oc- 
curs in barks of conifers, 
cinchonas, etc., and when 
it does occur it is often 
difficult to understand the 
structure of the bark, 

which may appear to be 

" -, Fig. 650.— Cotton-root Bark, 

very irregular. 

Our illustration of dogwood bark (Fig. 653) shows us such a bark 
in which secondary cork (s, s, s) separates two layers from each other, 

the inner (a) being the 
living inner bark with med- 
ullary rays (m, m) and the 
outer being dead tissue. 

In some works of botany 
the sequestered portion is 
called bark (borke, G.), but 
it is not the bark in a phar- 
mocognostic sense. 

It is plain that the struc- 
ture we have described here 
as a true bark can only 
occur in plants with exoge- 
nous growth and never in 
endogenous stems or roots. 
Leaves are usually large 
flattened organs designed 
to expose a large surface 
to the air for respiration. For the purposes of study the pharmacog- 
nocist may divide them into two classes — the leathery or coriaceous, 




Pig. 651. 



-Transverse Section of Bast of Old Calisaya 
Bark. 



1102 



A COMPANION TO THE 



and the herbaceous, which differ in the rigidity of their structures, the 
leathery having more lignified fibro-vascular bundles and tougher epi- 
dermis, so that they retain their shapes on drying, as senna or eucalyp- 
tus ; while the herbaceous 
have delicate fibro-vascular 
bundles, soft parenchyma, 
and thin epidermis, and 
shrink and crumple on dry- 
ing, as in digitalis. 

The blade of the leaf 
consists of a network of 
fibro-vascular bundles, which 
is a framework on which 
the leaf is expanded and 
supported, and which is 
called the skeleton of the 
leaf. Leaf-skeletons may be 
prepared by taking leathery 
leaves and placing them in 
rain (soft) water with a little 
yeast, and after some time 
taking them out and laying on a plate, when the epidermis and pulp 
have been so softened that they may be washed out with a stream of 
water from a spritz-flask, or by gently beating with a soft brush. We 




Fig. 652.— Radial Section of Bast of Old Calisaya 
Bark. 




771. 



771. 



Fig. 653. — Dogwood Bark, transverse section, enlarged, a, inner bark ; m, medullary rays ; 

s, secondary suber. 



have some fine and interesting preparations of this kind stained and 
mounted in balsam. Or they may be bleached in solution of chloride of 
lime and dried between papers. 

The interstices of the skeleton are filled with soft parenchymatous 
cells containing chlorophyll bodies, and as this parenchyma is compact 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



1103 






on the upper side and contains large air-spaces on the lower side, the 
color of the upper surface is usually darker than below. 

The whole is surrounded by an epidermis which contains breathing 
pores or stomata, small openings between two or more guard-cells com- 
municating with the air-spaces within. As the sun's rays on the upper 
surface would cause too rapid loss of moisture, the upper surface con- 
tains but few of these small organs, and besides, the epidermis sometimes 
is covered with exuded wax. This waxy or resinous coating is also seen 
in the varnish of the scales of hickory buds to keep out the wet of sleet 
and melting snow. The 
bloom of grapes and other 
fruits is also wax. 

Moreover, dust might 
clog the pores, and such 
plants which grow in hot, 
sandy, and dusty soil, as 
oleanders, have no stomata 
at all on the upper surface, 
while in this plant even the 
stomata of the lower sur- 
face are situated at the 
bottom of little pits, the 
margin of which is guarded 
against dust by numerous 
hairs, which act just as the 
hairs about the breathing 
pores of insects. 

This same purpose may, however, be subserved by a dense felting of 
hairs which often covers the epidermis of leaves, as in verbascum. 
Hairy leaves may be mounted opaque. 

The arrangement of the stomata is often peculiar, if not character- 
istic, being generally irregular, but often in straight rows, as in corn or 
equisetum. Their number also varies from none at all (in the upper 
surface of the oleander leaf) to 437,500 in one square inch of surface. 
Perhaps some leaves may contain even more, but this number has actu- 
ally been counted, or rather 700 in one square millimeter have been 
counted. 

Leaves are further classified in pharmacognosy as they are in botany, 
as parallel-veined and netted-veined, entire, lobed, cleft, etc. Herbace- 
ous leaves may be spread out for examination by steaming or dipping 
in hot water till soft. 

The examination of flowers with the microscope is seldom necessary. 




Figs. 654, 655. — Section of Leaf and Epidermis of Leaf,, 
both magnified and diagrammatic. 



1104 A COMPANION TO THE 

The sepals and petals have a structure similar to leaves. The ovary 
may be cut into sections or the anthers and stigmas examined. Only 
one stigma, of crocus, is of importance to the pharmacognocist. Mor- 
phologically fruits are leaves, and we find in them the same kind of 
structure. On the external surface is an epidermis, often provided with 
stomata, and even the inner surface of some legumes, capsules, etc., 
may have stomata in its lining epidermis. The fleshy part usually con- 
sists of soft-walled parenchyma, occasionally interspersed with isolated 
sclerenchymatous cells or clusters of them, as in the flesh of pears, and 
also some fibro-vascular bundles. 

Stones of fruits are formed of very hard sclerenchymatous tissues, 
sections of which may be ground and polished on water-stones and 
then dried and mounted in balsam without first soaking in alcohol or oil 
of cloves, so that the cells may retain air. None of these are of any 
importance except perhaps the shells of cocoa-nuts, which are said to be 
ground and used to adulterate spices, etc. 

Seeds may be mounted opaque or sections may be made. The latter 
are mainly useful to determine the number of cotyledons of the embryo. 

Other parts of plants or excrescences of plants, as galls, may be 
examined in the same manner, and will be found to consist of the same 
histological elements that have already been described. 

In sections we learn more from the relative position of fundamental 
tissue, fibro-vascular bundles, and cuticle, than from the study of the 
individual cells. The study of the latter, however, becomes very im- 
portant when we wish to examine powdered drugs. 

We have been able in the limited space allotted to this part of our 
work to mention only the ordinary or typical structures. Exceptions 
in arrangement may occur, as in the excentric arrangement of serpen- 
taria ; the excentric and deficient development of wood in senega ; the 
absence of bast in ipecac, etc. ; but while we have not dwelt upon such 
unusual conditions it is nevertheless hoped that the information con- 
tained in the foregoing pages will enable any attentive reader to under- 
stand the description of the microscopical structure of drugs as given in 
such works as the Pharmacopoeia, and other pharmacognostic works, 
and that it will enable any one to become a practical pharmacognocist. 

The study will prove to be one of absorbing interest, and will repay 
any amount of labor bestowed upon it, not only in a material sense, but 
also by ennobling our minds by the deeper insight into the wonders of 
God's creation, and the harmony and perfection of nature's laws. 



UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 1105 



ON THE ADMINISTRATION OF MEDICINES. 



It is generally known and admitted that, with the exception of a 
few local remedies, medicines must enter the circulation in order to ex- 
ert their proper and peculiar effects upon the human body. 

Various methods are employed to bring them into the circulation, 
such as epidermic, endermic, and hypodermic medication, inhalation, or 
introduction into the stomach or rectum, or into other cavities or channels 
of the body. Of these the hypodermic method is the most direct, and 
therefore the most prompt and certain in cases of emergency, but has 
many disadvantages which limit its usefulness. The fact that the phy- 
sician himself must administer each dose restricts hypodermic medica- 
tion to a very small number of cases. Then also this method is not free 
from danger, nor is it of sufficiently general applicability. The medicine 
may require too large a dose for injection, or the medicines, or the men- 
strua in which they are dissolved, exercise an irritating local effect, pro- 
ducing circumscribed abscesses, diffuse and extensive phlegmasise, or even 
erysipelas, endangering the life of the patient ; or death may promptly 
result from the unfortunate injection of the medicine directly into a 
vein, or the effect may be slower, and clots formed in the veins are 
taken into the circulation, producing the disastrous effects of embolism. 

The epidermic method consists in applying ointments, liniments, 
washes, medicated or plain poultices, etc., to the unbroken skin, and is 
most frequently used for local effects. 

The endermic method of medication has become almost obsolete 
since the introduction of the hypodermic method, and is seldom resorted 
to except in chronic and obstinate neuralgias, sciaticas, and diseases of 
that character. The medicine is applied to a surface denuded by the 
application of a blister. 

The introduction of medicines into the rectum is seldom made use 
of, except for local effect or when the patient is unable to swallow, as in 
strictures, ulcerations, cancer, or tuberculosis involving the oesophagus, 
pharynx, or larynx. 

The introduction of remedies into other cavities or channels of the 
body is resorted to mainlv for the local effect, as in washing out the 
70 



1106 A COMPANION TO. THE 

bladder, syringing the vagina or urethra, or washing the thoracic cavity, 
ear, or nose, or injecting various pathological cavities, as in abscesses, 
sinuses, and other similar cases. 

Inhalation is practised for its local effect on the mucous membranes 
of the nasal fossa?, pharynx, larynx, tracheae, or bronchial tubes, although 
occasionally it is also employed for its constitutional effect, as, for in- 
stance, in the case of the consumptives who resort to the soffioni in Tus- 
cany, for the purpose of inhaling the warm vapors charged with boric 
acid. 

Insufflation differs but little from inhalation, except that the medi- 
cines are in powder instead of in the form of spray ; and the blowing 
or dusting of iodoform upon wounds or into abscesses is similar to in- 
sufflation. 

But for ordinary and daily use the physician is compelled to rely 
mainly upon the old and approved method of administering medicines 
per os, because the patient or the attendants can administer the doses, 
which can, therefore, be given in smaller quantities more frequently 
repeated. We will now endeavor briefly to describe some of the ad- 
vantages and disadvantages of this mode of medication. 

When a medicine is swallowed and enters the stomach and intestines, 
it comes into contact with the mucous membranes of these organs, and 
it must pass through them before it can enter the blood. But immedi- 
ately outside of this membrane lie the fine capillary vessels whose walls 
enclose the ever-moving current of blood, so that to reach the latter the 
medicines must also pass through the walls of these vessels. As these 
two membranes are in contact, they are to all intents and purposes only 
one membrane through which our remedies may pass by a process of 
absorption or osmosis. It has been shown, however, by many and oft- 
repeated experiments, that no solid substances can pass in this manner, 
no matter how finely they may be powdered, so that all medicines must 
first be rendered fluid before absorption can take place. 

As soon as a solid substance is taken into the stomach, a large quan- 
tity of an acid — gastric juice — is poured out, to the action of which the 
ingested substance is subjected. If it is of a mineral nature and soluble 
either in water or in acid it is dissolved in this secretion, which con- 
tinues to be poured out until a dilute solution is the result, which is 
then taken up partly in the stomach and partly in the intestine ; but if 
the same substance is administered, already dissolved in plenty of water, 
no gastric juice needs to be secreted, and the absorption occurs at once 
in the stomach, commencing immediately upon ingestion. The effect 
will, therefore, be more prompt when we give a solution than when we 
give a powder of these mineral substances. But if the mineral sub- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 1107 

stances are only soluble in an alkaline solution, they meet this in the 
intestines and are there rendered fit for absorption. In this case also the 
previous solution in water or some other menstruum will hasten their 
passage through the stomach and their final absorption. 

If we administer vegetable substances they are acted upon precisely 
like mineral substances and submitted to the same conditions previous 
to absorption. If they are soluble in water, and are given in a solid 
form, gastric juice is poured out until they are dissolved and sufficiently 
diluted so that they can be absorbed. But if crude vegetable substances 
are given, as for instance powdered cinchona, the action is less simple. 
The bulk of this powder consists of lignine, cellulose, sclerogen, etc., all 
of which substances are not soluble in water or dilute acid, and while 
the alkaloids contained in cinchona bark might be readily acted on by 
the acid juice with which they come in contact, this contact is hindered 
and delayed to a great extent by the insoluble cell-walls. Hence the 
effect of our drug can be but slow and oftentimes imperfect. It is 
partly for this reason that the discovery and isolation of the alkaloids 
and the preparation of their soluble salts was so great an advance in 
pharmacy, and revolutionized the form of administering medicines. 

We must also bear in mind that the larger dose and insoluble form 
of such powders may produce objectionable effects by its mere physical 
irritation of the delicate and possibly inflamed mucous membranes. 

No one can doubt the assertion that sulphate of quinine, in solution, 
will act quicker than its equivalent quantity of powdered cinchona bark, 
though there may be a difference in action, to which we shall presently 
refer. 

There are still other substances, of an oily nature, as castor-oil, which 
require an alkaline solution to emulsify them, which they meet in the 
pancreatic juice, and probably also the bile, by the aid of which they 
are transformed into a milky emulsion which can enter the lacteals. 
Resins, oleo-resins, and balsams are saponified by the same fluids, for 
resins, whether simple or in combination with a volatile oil in oleo- 
resins, or in balsams with benzoic and cinnamic acids, are themselves but 
peculiar acids insoluble in water, but readily soluble in alcohol, or ren- 
dered soluble by alkaline solutions. Resins form the active principles 
of many of our drugs, as in podophyllum, jalap, and copaiba, and among 
them we find some of our most valued blennorrhetics, diaphoretics, diure- 
tics, and cathartics. 

Many neutral principles similar in their nature to resins are also dis- 
solved in a similar manner, and it is a matter of experience that if sub- 
stances of a resinous or resinoid nature are administered in an alkaline 
fluid, their action is increased and made more certain, and smaller doses 



1108 A COMPANION TO THE 

will usually suffice. An acid, on the other hand, retards the action of a 
resinous substance, and this kind of drug is, therefore, not readily dis- 
solved by the gastric juice, and even when it has left the stomach and 
entered the intestine the acid of the gastric juice must first be neutral- 
ized by the alkaline secretions in the intestines before saponification or 
emulsification can be effected. 

But there may be, and often are, conditions of the patients when no 
gastric juice will be secreted, and the medicine, if not given in solution, 
fails to meet with sufficient fluid to enable it to be absorbed. Under 
such circumstances solid substances may and do pass through the ali- 
mentary canal, and are voided with the stools without any, or with only 
imperfect effect, and this condition is most apt to occur in those severe 
illnesses when the physician is most anxious to produce a prompt and 
full impression with his remedy. 

Or instead of passing out of the system, these substances are re- 
tained in the intestinal canal, and may accumulate there until the 
secretions are restored, when a large quantity being acted upon at once, 
may produce the cumulative effect which often alarms and sometimes is 
fatal. 

It is true that the above-mentioned is not the only cause of the 
cumulative effect, as this sometimes depends on a failure of the secreting 
organs to remove the remedy from the system in a proper manner, 
allowing it to accumulate to an excessive extent until disagreeable 
symptoms result. But the above reason explains a not insignificant 
proportion of cases of cumulative effect. 

It is therefore logical and reasonable to believe that fluid prepara- 
tions of drugs and chemicals are more effective than solid preparations 
of the same substances. 

Pills often fail to act when solutions act promptly. Besides, in the 
pill but a very small surface is acted on at a time, and even if dissolved, 
the action is slow, while the substance of the pill, coming into contact 
in a concentrated form with the mucous membrane, is apt to irritate 
this delicate structure, as, for instance, when we give salicylic acid in 
pill form, or when we give resinous cathartics in the same way. The 
latter are much more apt to produce griping than when given in alkaline 
solutions. 

The liquid preparations, therefore, should be preferred to solid forms, 
and we next wish to inquire what class of liquid preparations are of 
most general use and applicability. 

In the case of mineral substances simple solution in water is often 
sufficient, but more frequently the efficacy of the remedy can be increased 
to a great extent by combination with tonics which accelerate absorption, 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 1109 

while aromatics and sugar render otherwise disagreeable substances 
quite agreeable to the taste. 

Vegetable substances may be given in various liquid forms, of which 
sometimes one, sometimes another offers special advantages. 

Alkaloidal salts which are very soluble are often given with good 
effect in the form of powders, as, for instance, morphine, but preferably 
in solution with a little syrup and some water. But comparatively few 
drugs furnish isolated principles which can be given in this form. Be- 
sides, it is a mistake to suppose that the action of vegetable drugs 
depends on a single isolated principle. The alkaloids themselves are 
generally almost insoluble in water, while their salts are more easily dis- 
solved, and usually they exist in the drug associated with extractive and 
other matters which are capable of effecting their solution. Often the 
action of the drug depends upon a combination of principles rather than 
upon any one, as is well illustrated in opium with its many alkaloids and 
other principles. 

Fluid preparations, therefore, which contain all the active substances 
of a drug, rejecting only the insoluble or inert lignine, cellulose, starch, 
etc., will best represent the drug and most completely exert its action. 

Probably no one class of preparations is of more general use, or 
represents the crude drugs better than the fluid extracts. These prepar- 
ations are essentially American, having been introduced first in this 
country, and being to this day almost exclusively used in American 
medicine. They are officinal only in the Pharmacopoeia of the United 
States, and it seems almost incredible that the obvious superiority of 
fluid extracts over tinctures, decoctions, infusions, etc., has not been 
recognized by the pharmacopoeias or the medical profession of other 
countries. 

In these preparations are combined all the advantages, and few if 
any of the disadvantages, of administering medicines per os. In using 
them we give our medicines in the smallest possible bulk to be readily 
absorbed. The dose is more easily remembered than that of tinctures, 
since a cubic centimeter equals a gram of the crude drug (or very nearly 
one grain for each minim). The fluid extracts are prepared with appro- 
priate menstrua which thoroughly exhaust the drug ; they are compact 
preparations for the medicine-chest or saddle-bags, and by adding a little 
sugar and water as good a solution or mixture can be made at the house 
of the patient as in the office or drug-store, and even if the fluid extract 
produces a turbid mixture by the precipitation of resin, the latter is so 
finely subdivided that its particles are scarcely perceptible even under 
the microscope, and present, therefore, the greatest possible surface for 
the action of the intestinal fluids. The only serious objection that can 



1110 A COMPANION TO THE 

be urged against the fluid extracts is, perhaps, that they possess in an 
intensified degree the often objectionable taste of the drugs. But this 
is not always an objection. 

Observing physicians have undoubtedly often noticed the beneficial 
effect of the bitter taste in increasing the appetite of their patients, as 
for instance in the use of quassia cups, where so little of the substance 
is dissolved as to amount almost to nothing, while it yet imparts the in- 
tensely bitter taste upon which mainly the action depends. 

Medicines sometimes have adventitious valuable effects which are 
produced by their influence upon the gustatory nerves. The effect of a 
prescription may even depend entirely upon the faith of the patient, 
and yet who would be willing to omit the prescription if faith alone is 
beneficial and can be best inspired by prescribing & placebo? 

That effects may be produced by other impressions than those of 
the ingested substance upon the stomach, or upon the system after ab- 
sorption, may be shown by the result which takes place when a person 
has eaten a bowl of delicious turtle-soup, and finds a cockroach at the 
bottom of the bowl. The vomiting which results is caused by an impres- 
sion upon the optic nerve, for if the cockroach had been found and re- 
moved by the cook, the soup, though the same, remains delicious. Be- 
sides, the cockroach (.Blatta orientalis), when given as medicine, without 
the knowledge by the patient of its nature, is diuretic and not emetic. 

That these adventitious effects in medicines are frequently valuable 
no one can deny, but they are lost to us when we employ the sugar- or 
gelatine-coated pills, in which the taste is uniformly sweet or insipid. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPEIA. 1111 



EXTEMPORANEOUS PRESCRIPTIONS. 



These are formulse written by the physician to meet the require- 
ments of individual cases. Frequently the term "prescription" is ap- 
plied to the paper with all it contains written upon it. 

Considering it in this sense, the prescription should begin with the 
name of the person for whom it is prescribed, and the date of the day 
on which it is written. The date is often written by giving the number 
of the month instead of the name, thus : 6 — 11—83. Unfortunately 
there is no uniform usage in this practice, some reading this as the sixth 
day of the eleventh month, others as the sixth month, eleventh day. Of 
course no mistake can be made in regard to the 13th, or any subsequent 
day of any month. 

It is better, however, to write the number of the month in Latin, the 
number of the day in Arabic numerals, thus : 6 — XI. — 83. If this were 
the universal habit it would make no difference which is written first, 
the number of the day or month. 

After the name and date follows the prescription proper, which may 
be written according to either of two methods, all the ingredients in a 
regular sequence according to their action, or irregularly according to 
the pharmaceutical requirements in dispensing. 

We shall consider, first, the former and more usual method. 

The prescription consists of four parts, the Superscription, the In- 
scription, the Subscription, and the Signature or Direction, as in the 
following plan : * 

Superscriptio. I£ 

Basis. 
Adjuvans. 

Inscriptio ^ Corrigens (seu Dirigens). 

I Excipiens. 
I^Diluens. 

Subscriptio 

Si^natura 



{ 



o 



The Superscription consists of the letter R, or the sign I}, and signi- 
fies " Recipe " (take). This sign is a relic of the influence of alchemy 



1112 A COMPANION TO THE 

and astrology on medicine, being the symbol for Jupiter, L£, provided 
with the downstroke of the R. It was at one time not uncommon to be- 
gin the prescriptions with the letters CD., meaning Cum Deo (with God, 
or, in the name of God), and even at the present time the sign of the 
cross +, or a double cross ^p, is substituted by some physicians of our 
acquaintance for the symbol of the heathenish Jupiter. 

Next follows the Inscription (also called Designatio Materice) which 
is an enumeration of the ingredients. The names of these are written 
in a certain order. 

The most important drug, that on which we base our expectations 
of success, is called the Base of the prescription. Upon its nature we 
base our choice of the other ingredients. Being the most important, it 
is written first. It may be, and often is, the only ingredient of our 
prescription, as when we order a certain quantity of only one substance. 

But frequently it is not sufficient in itself to meet all the indications 
of the case, and we must add another substance which will assist its 
action, and which is called an Adjuvant (adjuvo, I assist). This ingre- 
dient is generally of a similar nature, as when we combine senna with 
salts, both cathartics in combination being more certain to act than 
either alone. The adjuvant may differ in its action, however, from the 
base, as when we combine sulphuric acid with quinine, the state of 
solution being much more favorable to the rapid absorption and action 
of the medicine. The adjuvant should not be of a nature opposed in 
its action to that of the base. A diaphoretic is not a proper adjuvant 
to a diuretic because the secretion of urine is in a sense antagonistic to 
that of perspiration since they are complementary, one increasing as 
the other decreases in quantity, and vice versa. 

The third ingredient is the Corrective, which is used to correct cer- 
tain objectionable physiological or therapeutical actions of the base. 
Humming in the ears is often a distressing effect following the adminis- 
tration of quinine, and may be prevented by giving bromide of potas- 
sium with the quinine. The bromide is then a corrective. 

Chloroform and carbonate of ammonia are pungent when taken in- 
ternally; tincture of cantharides is irritant, etc.; and the mucilage used 
to render these substances less irritable is a corrective. 

In syphilis we may administer calomel to act on the system, and find 
that it acts on the bowels. We add opium to counteract or correct its 
cathartic effects. 

Spigelia is an anthelmintic cathartic or narcotic. It usually acts on 
the bowels, but if it fails to be eliminated in this manner its force is 
spent on the cerebral centre and it acts as a narcotic poison. 

Turpentine usually has the same effects as spigelia, being an anthel- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 1113 

mintic cathartic. If it fails to act on the bowels it is eliminated by the 
kidneys, and the dose may overwhelm the latter organs, producing con- 
gestion, perhaps even strangury or haematuria. 

To prevent or correct these evil effects both spigelia and turpen- 
tine are usually given with other cathartics, the first with senna, the 
other with castor-oil. 

We may also say that the action of the senna or castor-oil in such 
cases determines the action of the respective bases to certain organs of 
the body ; that they are directives. In some of the works on pharmacy 
this word is applied to the adjuvant, the latter being stated to often 
be directive in its nature. We think a careful analysis of the relations 
of the ingredients to each other will show in the great majority of cases 
that the directive is rather corrective than adjuvant in its nature. 

A base may possess certain organoleptic properties, as color, smell, 
or taste, which are disagreeable, but not objectionable on any physiolo- 
gical or therapeutical grounds. We can improve the medicine in these 
regards by adding an JEhccipient, as syrup, aromatic tinctures, etc. The 
excipient is also used to give a certain desirable degree of consistence 
to our preparation. A mucilage or syrup in a mixture prevents the too 
rapid subsidence of a suspended powder; powdered acacia serves to 
suspend the oil in an emulsion ; tragacanth paste or an extract may be 
employed to incorporate dry powders in a mass to make pills, or the 
latter are dusted with cinnamon or aromatic powder to prevent them from 
adhering and to improve the taste ; or they are coated with gelatine 
or sugar ; in all these instances we have examples of excipients, but the 
powder used for dusting on pills is sometimes called a conspergative. 

Often the other medicines are in such a form that it would be very 
difficult if not entirely impossible to administer proper doses. How, 
for instance, could we give -gV tn §" r * °^ strychnine unless we added some 
such substance as sugar, or extract of glycyrrhiza, or some fluid to in- 
crease the bulk. If we dissolve a grain of strychnine in 8 n.ozs. of sim- 
ple elixir, each teaspoonful will contain -g'jth grain of the alkaloid. We 
add half a drachm of sugar to a grain of morphine and divide into six 
doses, and each powder contains the sixth part of a grain of morphine. 
The elixir or the sugar in such a case is a diluent, and it will be ob- 
served that this ingredient may be liquid or solid. 

We thus comply with the ancient advice : — 

" Curare Base "To cure 

cito Adjuvant quickly, 

tuto Corrective safely, 

et jucunde" , . . \ x< ^ 1 P len (. an d pleasantly." 

( Diluent, j 



1114 A COMPANION TO THE 

But not every prescription contains all of these different ingredi- 
ents. We may have prescriptions with the base alone ; or the base 
with adjuvant ; the base with diluent ; the base, excipient, and diluent ; 
the base, adjuvant, and excipient, etc. Or one ingredient may serve 
for more than one purpose, as syrupus rhei aromaticus with quinine, 
where it serves as an adjuvant to increase the effect (rhubarb is said to 
have this property), as an excipient to improve the taste, and as a dilu- 
ent to facilitate the administration of the doses. 

It will prove of great interest as well as benefit to analyze the pre- 
scriptions we may meet with in our reading or our business, so as to 
become thoroughly conversant with the object of each ingredient. It 
is unfortunately too true, however, that in many of the prescriptions 
we meet it is difficult to divine the intentions of the prescriber in add- 
ing some of the ingredients, and it is but probable that he did not 
know himself what part they were to take in the compound. 

The Subscription follows the inscription and consists of the direc- 
tions to the druggist, telling him how to compound the prescription. 
Formerly this was often verbose and ridiculous, as in the following ex- 
ample, copied from the "Examples of Common Extemporaneous Pre- 
scriptions," in a well-known and valuable work : 

" $ . Olei ricini f f jss. 

Tincturae opii TT^xxx. 

Pulv. acaciae, 

Sacchari aa 3 ij- 

Aquae menthae viridis f § iv. 

" Acaciam et saccharum cum paululo aquae menthae tere ; dein oleum 
adjice, et iterum tere ; denique aquam reliquam paulatim infunde, et 
omnia misce. 

" S. — A tablespoonful to be taken every hour, or two hours, till it 
operates, the mixture being each time well shaken." 

It is needless to say that such a subscription would at the present 
day be considered an insult to the intelligent druggist, who perhaps 
knows better how to make the emulsion than the prescriber. We use 
very short subscriptions now, the letter M (misce) generally being 
sufficient, unless special instructions are necessary, as when we order 
powders to be dispensed in wafers or capsules, etc. 

We believe this part of prescription-writing could be much simpli- 
fied by using the vernacular instead of the Latin language ; and this 
would simply be following the good example given in the abandon- 
ing of the pedantic directions of a quarter of a century ago, which, 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 1115 

however, are still employed by a few antiquated, non-progressive 
authors. 

Physicians have, or ought to have, too much common sense to try 
and appear wise by writing such formulas as " D. in 2 plo.," " Coch. 
magn. omn. quad. hor. ads. febr.," etc. The same practical sense that 
would lead us to write " C. O. D." instead of " Ne tr. s. num.'''' (JVe 
tradas sine nummo, Do not deliver without the money), ought to lead 
us to use full or abbreviated English words in our prescriptions except 
for the names of the drugs or of their preparations. 

The Signature is the concluding part of the prescription. It con- 
tains the directions to the patient which the prescriber wishes to have 
placed upon the label of the medicine when dispensed. 

These directions should always be written in the language of the 
country, or, if possible, in the mother-tongue of the patient or attend- 
ant. They should be reasonably short, but complete, and not merely 
"use as directed." The practice of some druggists to ignore this part 
of the prescription entirely and to write "use as directed" no matter 
what the physician may have written, is reprehensible, and may lead to 
disagreeable consequences for the druggist. Surely such a substitu- 
tion of indefinite directions for the definite ones ordered by the phy- 
sician, if followed by an accident, ought to render the druggist liable 
to a prosecution for criminal carelessness. The dispenser has as little 
right to substitute other directions for those ordered as he has to 
substitute one drug for another. 

In writing the directions it is customary to begin the line with the 
letter S. (signa) ; or the letters 3f. S. are written on one line. Some- 
times the letters M. D. S. are used. They mean 

Misceantur ; Dispense Signatura. 
(Let them be mixed ; give, with the signature.) 

Signatura here is in the ablative case, the case itself implying the 
word with. M. may be rendered misce (mix), just as well. 

Finally the prescriber should write or print on the blank his own 
name, the location of his office or residence, and his consultation hours, 
so that he may be readily found and consulted if he should make a mis- 
take which requires correction. 

The other form, of writing prescriptions with reference to the phar- 
maceutical manipulations of dispensing, can only be illustrated by an 
example, as this form will of course vary with the nature of the in- 
gredients. 

We choose as an example a prescription for an emulsion and write 
the words out in full, although in practice they would be abbreviated : 



1116 A COMPANION TO THE 



1^. Olei amygdala? dulcis f 3 vj Adjuvant. 

Acacias pulveris Excipient. 

Aquas, ana quantum satis Diluent. 

Ut fiant emulsionis f § iij 

Adde 

Tincturas opii f 3 j Base. 

Bismuthi subcarbonatis 3 j Adjuvant. 

Syrupi sacchari f § j Excipient. 

Misce. Signa. 



This form is very convenient, both for the prescriber and dispenser, 
but requires a considerable degree of pharmaceutical knowledge on the 
part of the former. If such knowledge is not possessed, the other form 
of prescription will give better satisfaction. 

SIGNS, ABBBEVIATIONS, ETC., USED IN PBESCKIPTIONS. 

Physicians who do not yet employ the metric system of weights and 
measures in their prescriptions, use 

Troy or Apothecaries' Weight. 

20 grains (gr.) = 1 scruple (3j.)i 

3 scruples = 1 drachm ( 3 j.) 

8 drachms = 1 ounce (lj. ) 

12 ounces = 1 pound (lb.j.) 

The quantities are expressed in the above signs, and roman numerals 
are used after the signs of quantity. 

The term lb. ought not to be used at all in prescriptions or in for- 
mulas, to avoid confusion between the troy and avoirdupois pounds, 
containing 5,760 and 7,000 grains respectively. 

Lb. preceded by Arabic numeral's means avoirdupois pounds, thus, 
1 lb.; lb. followed by Roman numerals means troy pounds, thus, lb. vj. 
The sign for avoirdupois pounds is lbs. in the plural, while the sign for 
troy pounds is lb. in the plural as well as in the singular. Sometimes 
the sign for troy pounds is characterized by being crossed, thus, ft>. 

The sign for troy ounce is J . One troy ounce contains 480 grains. 
The sign for avoirdupois ounce is oz. or av. oz. Each avoirdupois ounce 
contains 4372- grains. We buy drugs and chemicals by avoirdupois 
and dispense by troy weight, unless we use the metric weights. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 1117 

The sign for drachm is 3 • Sometimes it is written dr. This sign 
should be dropped in prescription writing. 

The sign for scruple, 3, is rapidly becoming obsolete, and should 
also be dropped. 

The sign for grains is gr. } both singular and plural. 



Liquid Apothecaries' Measure. 

60 minims (T\[) = 1 fluidrachm (f3) 

8 fluidrachms = 1 fluidounce (f J ) 

16 fluidounces = 1 pint (O.) 

8 pints = 1 gallon (Cong.) 

The use of the signs for gallon and pint (Cong, and 0.) in prescrip- 
tions or pharmaceutical formulas is obsolete. 

When the quantities are too small to be conveniently measured, drops 
are often directed to be taken, the sign for which is gtt., for plural as 
well as singular. The drop is very variable in size, and its employ- 
ment, therefore, is conducive to inaccuracy. 

These signs are also followed by Roman numerals, which should be 
distinctly written. 

It is customary in writing to use j, instead of i, for the last numeral, 
thus, ij., viij., etc. " One-half " is written ss, or occasionally the sign /? 
is met with, which is a contraction of the written German sz, or of the 
English long and short s, fs. The sign means semissa (one-half). Other 
fractions are written in Arabic numerals, thus, J, -J-, -J, etc. 

When the quantities of two or more ingredients in a prescription 
immediately following each other are alike, the quantity need only be 
written after the last name, but must be preceded by the sign aa (a?ia, 
each) ; thus, " aa § j." means " of each an ounce." 

When the quantity of an ingredient to be employed in a prescription 
cannot be accurately determined, it is necessary to say, " take a suffi- 
cient quantity," which is expressed by writing "q. s." (quantum satis) 
after the name of the drug. But this, of course, can only be done when 
the ingredient is of minor importance, as in the case of the excipient or 
diluent, and even in such cases only if the nature of the case determines 
the quantity. 

For instance, in prescribing pills it is often impossible to determine 
exactly the quantity of excipient which will be required to make a mass, 
and we write the name of the excipient and q. s. } and the druggist takes 
just enough to make the mass. 



1118 A COMPANION TO THE 

But in prescriptions as the following, 

" $. Plumb, acet 3 ij. 

Morph. sulphat gr. iv. 

Butyr. cacao | ss. 

01. olivse q. s. 

M.," 

the words q. s. are not appropriate, for the pharmaceutical requirements 
will not determine the quantity of the substance to be employed; none 
of the oil is necessary to enable the druggist to compound the prescrip- 
tion, while an ounce of the oil will not be too much to form an oint- 
ment. The precise quantity of the oil should have been stated. 

If the medicine is desired to be dispensed in a hurry, the physician 
writes upon the prescription the word " Cito " or " Citissime " {quickly). 
Of course such a prescription ought to be simple enough to allow it to 
be dispensed in a hurry, and it should be given precedence of every- 
thing else by the druggist. 

Excessive doses on a prescription should be marked by the physician 
if he expects to have them dispensed. Otherwise the druggist cannot 
be blamed if he refuses to compound the prescription. 

The letters " Q. H." {quantum rectum), or the exclamation point in 
brackets may be placed before the name of the substance of which the 
excessive dose is ordered. Or the quantity may be expressed in signs 
and at the same time written out in full, thus : 

$. Opii pulv gr. vj. (six grains !) 

Sacchar. alb 3 ss. 

M. Div. in pulv. vj. 

S. One powder every three hours. 

Such doses might be required in peritonitis or in patients accustomed 
to the use of this narcotic. 

The word "ad" is often employed after the name of some ingredient, 
generally the diluent, and before the sign of quantity. It means that 
enough of that substance is to be taken to make up to a certain 
amount. Thus : "Aquae ad f § vj." means that after all the other in- 
gredients are taken, enough water is to be added to make the whole 
measure six lluidounces. This is sometimes written " q. s. ad." instead 
of simply " ad." 

If the patient is poor and cannot pay fully for services or medicines, 
the letter " J>" is often written after his name, or in the upper right- 
hand corner of the paper, or the letters " -PjP" if too poor to pay any- 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 1119 



thing. These letters signify pauper or pauperrimus {poor or very poor). 
Of course no physician would use these words to lead the druggist to 
charitably dispense the medicine unless he himself attended the pa- 
tient gratis. 

We have known of agreements between the doctor and druggist, for 
the former to make some sign on the prescription by which the latter 
could know whether the patient might be given credit or not. Of 
course it is best to do business on a cash basis, but sometimes the pa- 
tient has only children or servants to send, or for other reasons prefers 
to have an account kept. If the physician knows the patient or family, 
a little asterisk or other sign gives the druggist the desired informa- 
tion. This requires a preconcerted understanding between the two, the 
doctor and druggist, as it would not otherwise be understood, and they 
can agree on an appropriate sign for this purpose, which must be so in- 
conspicuous as not to attract the attention of any but the interested 
parties. 

The agreement between doctor and druggist for the use of private 
signs and names, so that no other druggist is able to understand and 
compound the doctor's prescription, is generally condemned as dishonest 
and disreputable, no matter what the motives of both may be. A doctor 
certainly has the right, and in justice to himself and his patient he 
should exercise the right, of recommending the patient to go to a drug- 
gist whom he knows to be properly qualified, rather than letting the 
patient go to any one who, perhaps, is not so well able to properly fill 
the prescription, but he can do this without writing in hieroglyphics or 
cipher. 

The physician's duty to his patient does not end with the mere writ- 
ing of the prescription, but he is under a moral obligation to do the 
best he can for the patient, which implies that it is his duty to try to 
have the several ingredients of as good a quality as possible. If he 
knows where the prescription is to be compounded, and knows the 
preparations dispensed by that pharmacist to be reliable, he need only 
write the names of the ingredients. But if he does not know who is to 
dispense the prescription, and, therefore, does not know the quality of 
preparations that will be used, the doctor owes it to himself and his 
patient to write after the name of the ingredient the name of some 
pharmacist, or manufacturer, whose preparation he positively knows to 
be superior, and whose preparation he therefore wishes to have dispensed; 
and it is perhaps better for him to do so in all cases in which he has a 
decided preference for any particular preparation. No pharmacist who 
will disinterestedly put himself in imagination in the doctor's place long 
enough to calmly think the matter over, will blame the doctor for thus 



1120 A COMPANION TO THE 

specifying, and he will no more think of substituting some other prepara- 
tion for the one specified than of substituting cinchonidia for quinine. 
The difference between different fluid extracts of ergot, for example, 
is often greater than between the two alkaloids mentioned. 

DOSES. 

The dose of a drug, as stated in the works on materia medica, is 
generally understood to be that quantity which will produce the full 
effect of the drug, unless the contrar} T is especially stated. 

The dose of opium, for instance, is said to be one grain, and this is 
the quantity generally required to produce sleep or to relieve pain in an 
adult patient. This dose may be given at once or in divided doses, al- 
though the effect to be obtained may occasionally determine our choice 
in this regard. Thus, opium is better given in a full dose to produce 
sleep, while broken or divided doses are preferable for relieving pain, 
especially when the cause of pain cannot be easily or rapidly removed. 

Quinine is given in doses of twenty or thirty grains as an antiperi- 
odic, and this dose may be given at once or in doses of a few grains at 
certain intervals of time, but which of these methods of administration 
is to be chosen in any individual case must, of course, be left to the intel- 
ligent judgment of the attending physician ; but it may be recollected 
that a larger quantity is generally required when the drug is given in 
divided doses. 

The dose of tincture of chloride of iron, on the other hand, is expressly 
directed to be given in repeated doses. The dose of the U. S. tincture 
is from ten to thirty minims, which may be gradually increased to one, 
or even two fluidrachms two or three times a day. 

The doses given in the books are adapted for adults, or persons in 
the prime of life, from twenty-three to twenty-four years to about forty- 
five to fifty years of age. After that age most medicines must be given 
in smaller doses, and especially eliminative medicines, as cathartics, etc. 

Females require somewhat smaller doses than males ; yet this is only 
a general rule to which there are numerous exceptions. The condition 
of the individual patient must be considered before determining the dose. 

The doses for children may be determined by dividing the age of 
the child in years by the same number of years plus 12 ; thus : 

4 4 1 



4 + 12 16 4 

for a child four years of age. 

This is not true of narcotics, especially of opium, which must be given 






UNITED STATES PHAEMACOPCEIA. 



11.21 






in relatively smaller doses, and of mercurials or arsenic, which may be 
given in comparatively larger doses. 

Note. — In this book the doses are stated in both metric and troy weights and meas- 
ures. They are not stated in exactly equivalent amounts, but in such quantities in 
each system as are easily remembered and approximately equivalent, fractions and odd 
numbers being ignored as unnecessaiily cumbersome. 

Table showing doses of the preparations of the old Pharmacopoeia, as 
compared with those of the new, in all cases where the strength has 
been materially changed. 



Preparations. 



Aconiti Foliorum Extractum . . . 

Aconiti Radicis Extractum 

Aconiti Tinctura 

Aloes Tinctura 

Arseniosi Acidi Liquor 

Arsenitis Potassii Liquor 

Asafoetidae Tinctura 

Calumbae Tinctura 

Camphorae Spiritus 

Cannabis Indicae Tinctura 

Cantharidis Tinctura 

Capsici Tinctura 

Catechu Tinctura 

Catechu Tinctura Comp ... 

Cinchonae Tinctura 

Conii Foliorum Extractum 

Conii Fructus Extractum 

Conii Foliorum Tinctura 

Conii Fructus Tinctura 

Cubebae Tinctura 

Ergotae Vinum 

Ferri Chloridi Tinctura 

G-uajaci Tinctura 

G-uajaci Tinctura Ammoniata. . . 

Humuli Tiuctura 

Lobeliae Acetum 

Lobelias Tinctura 

Menthae Piperitae Spiritus 

Nucis Vomicae Tinctura 

Opii Acetum 

Opii Tinctura 

Opii Tinctura Deodorata 

Opii Pulvis 

Opii Vinum 

Quassias Tinctura 

Rhei Vinum 

Sanguinariae Acetum 

Scillae Acetum 

Serpentariae Tinctura 

Stramonii Tinctura 

Valerianae Tinctura 

Valerianae Tinctura Ammoniata. 

Veratri Viridis Tinctura 

Zingiberis Tinctura 



Dose of the old preparation, 
U. S. P. 1870. 



1 to 3 grains. 



L to 2\ minims. 

4 fluidrachms. 

5£ minims. 

h\ minims. 
50 minims. 

2 fluidrachms. 
40 minims. 
10 minims. 
10 minims. 
20 minims 
i to 2 fluidrachms. 



1 to 



2 fluidrachms. 
4 grains. 



|to 1 fluidrachm. 



20 

20 

6 



1 fluidrachm. 
2£ fluidrachms. 
20 minims. 
40 minims. 
40 minims. 

1\ fluidrachm. 
15 minims. 
40 minims, 
minims, 
minims, 
minims. 
12 minims. 
12 minims. 

1 grain. 

6 minims. 
1^ fluidrachm. 

2 fluidrachms. 
10 minims. 

15 minims. 
30 minims. 
10 minims. 
65 minims. 
65 minims. 



Dose of the new preparation, 
U. S. P. 1880. 



minims. 
fluidrachm. 



1 to 3 minims. 

1£ fluidrachm. 

5 minims. 

5 minims. 
40 minims. 

3 fluidrachms. 
50 minims. 
18 minims. 

7 minims. 
15 minims. 



1 fluidrachm. 
2£ fluidrachms. 



i to 1 grain. 



15 to 30 

n 

2 

18 
50 
50 

1 
20 
30 
15 
35 
10 
10 
10 

1 
10 

1 

3 
13 
20 
40 
15 
50 
50 

6 

H 



minims. 

fluidrachm. 

fluidrachms. 

minims. 

minims. 

minims. 

fluidrachm. 

minims. 

minims. 

minims. 

minims. 

minims. 

minims. 

minims. 

grain. 

minims. 

fluidrachm. 

fluidrachms. 

minims. 

minims. 

minims. 

minims. 

minims. 

minims. 

minims. 

fluidrachm. 



71 



1122 A COMPANION TO THE 



APPKOXIMATE MEASUBES. 

In apportioning the doses for the use of the patient it is still the 
custom with many physicians to make use of the spoons, etc., found in 
every household, and which vary considerably in size. It would be much 
better if each household were provided with a " medicine-glass," accu- 
rately graduated, so that the medicines could be properly dispensed. 

The measures commonly used are called " approximate measures," 
because they are not accurate. The most useful are enumerated below, 
and are generally agreed to be as follows : 



A teacupful 


= 


f?iv. 


A wineglassful 


= 


flij. 


A tablespoonful 


— ' 


f 1 ss. 


A dessertspoonful 


= 


f3ij. 


A teaspoonful 


= 


f3j. 


A drop 


= 


•J- to 1J minim 



The following equivalents stated in metric weights are probably 
more nearly in accord with the actual sizes of the spoons, etc., in most 
common use : 

One drop is in weight about five centigrams. 
One teaspoonful == five fluigrams or cubic centimeters. 

One dessertspoonful == ten fluigrams or cubic centimeters. 
One tablespoonful = twenty fluigrams or cubic centimeters. 
One wineglassful is about sixty fluigrams or cubic centimeters. 

When a spoonful is ordered to be taken the patient seldom gets the 
amount intended for him because he will not quite fill the spoon for 
fear of spilling some of the contents. If he has no medicine-glass he* 
should be told to fill the spoon brimful while holding it over a wineglass, 
and then to pour the contents into the glass and take his dose from the 
latter. By so doing he can take his full dose without spilling any of 
the medicine. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 1123 



WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 



In the United States drugs and chemicals are usually bought and 
sold in quantities expressed in avoirdupois weight or in wine measure. 

Troy weight is no longer officially recognized in this country ; but 
it is still used in writing and dispensing prescriptions. The abolition 
of fluid measures in the pharmacopceial working formulas should serve 
to help abolishing the troy weights for any and all purposes, and it is 
to be hoped that in all cases where metric weights and measures are 
not used the commercial weights and measures of the country will be 
employed. 

As druggists buy and sell by avoirdupois pounds and ounces, and 
by wine gallons, pints, and fluidounces, the same weights and measures 
should hereafter be used in all pharmaceutical manipulations and in 
writing prescriptions by all who do not adopt the still more simple me- 
tric system. In fact, ounces, drachms, and scruples ought to be dropped 
in prescription writing, and either grams or grains substituted. This 
would eliminate one of the sources of the existing confusion between 
the several systems, and would relieve the druggist of the necessity of 
keeping three kinds of weights. 

The Incongruities of the Old Systems. 

A troy ounce of pure water measures about 505 minims ; an avoirdu- 
pois ounce measures about 460 minims. One grain measures about 1 ■£$ 
minim, and one minim weighs about t 9 ¥ 5 q grain. One U. S. fluidounce 
weighs about 456-J grains, whereas one avoirdupois ounce is only 437^- 
grains, and a troy ounce is 480 grains. It will therefore be seen that 
no simple relation exists between any of the units of the old systems of 
weights and measures. In other words, a pint is not a pound, an ounce 
is not equal to a fluidounce, a drachm is not commensurate with a flui- 
drachm, and a minim is not a grain. 

In England, where imperial fluid measures are the law, one minim is 
onl y tV grain. 



1124 A COMPANION TO THE 



The Weights and Measukes Used in the Companion. 

In all the working formulas of the Pharmacopoeia which are trans- 
lated in the Companion we have necessarily substituted grams for parts 
by weight, because the system of parts by w r eight is not, as claimed by 
some, equally applicable to all systems of weights and measures alike, 
but is far more conveniently used in connection with the metric system, 
in which the unit of weight bears so simple a relation to the unit of 
fluid measure that the absolute weight of one liter of any liquid when 
expressed in grams gives at the same time the specific gravity of that 
liquid to three decimal places. 

At the same time several of the pharmacopoeial working formulas, as 
those for fluid extracts, pills, troches, etc., actually refer to metric 
weights (and measures) so that the adoption of that system in the Com- 
panion became doubly necessary. 

In translating the pharmacopoeial working formula? into the more 
familiar forms the Companion refers to avoirdupois weight and XI. S. 
fluid measures only. Thus, troy weight and imperial fluid measures are 
never used in the Companion. 

In most cases, except in stating doses, the quantities given in paren- 
theses are the exact equivalents of the metric quantities preceding the 
parentheses ; but in some cases, where weights only are used, the equiv- 
alents are approximate only, although the proportions between the sev- 
eral ingredients are unchanged. 

The System of Paets by Weight. 

The Pharmacopoeial Convention of 1880 by a close vote adopted the 
system of parts by weight for the working formulas of the Pharmaco- 
poeia, except for fluid extracts, in reference to which the Revision Com- 
mittee was authorized to use its discretion. The Committee of Revision, 
in carrying out the instructions of the Convention, availed itself of the 
discretionary power given by retaining the volumetric method for fluid 
extracts,' although curiously mixed with parts by weight in details 
which could have been more clearly stated had definite quantities been 
referred to, using weights for solids and measures for liquids. The 
formulae for fluid extracts, accordingly, present a rather incongruous 
aspect in addition to being exceptionally awkward to work with. In 
all the other pharmacopoeial working formulas the use of fluid measures 
has been abandoned, the quantities of liquids and solids are stated in 
parts by weight only, and the strength of liquid pharmacopoeial prepara- 
tions is fixed according to certain mathematical proportions by weight. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA* 1125 

That all liquid medicines must to the end of time be administered to 
the patient in doses by measure is an incontrovertible fact. Now, as 
the medicine must be given by teaspoonfuls, tablespoonfuls, or other 
stated quantities, measured out by means of a medicine-glass, or spoons, 
or other vessels, the physician necessarily constructs his prescription 
accordingly. He makes up his mind what he will give in each dose, 
how many doses he wants put up, and what the dose of the mixture 
must be, and then he makes the bulk of the whole mixture contain the 
requisite number of doses by measure, such as the patient must take 
them. If he adds water, or syrup, or some other diluent or vehicle to 
make up a certain total bulk, the task is considerably simplified and 
greater accuracy arrived at because the simpler he makes the matter 
for the patient or the nurse the better. He might prescribe all the in- 
gredients in the mixture by weight, if he is able to guess what its final 
volume will be, or he might prescribe all the active ingredients by 
weight and direct that the final volume be made up to a certain volume 
by adding water, syrup, or whatever liquid may be preferred ; but the 
fact still remains that he must know how much by measure the patient 
is to take of the mixture. As this fact cannot be changed, the Pharma- 
copoeia and the practice of pharmacy should be in harmony with it, un- 
less there are grave reasons for ignoring it. 

The only question worth considering in this connection is that of 
relative accuracy. All other advantages claimed for "parts by weight," 
such as universality, clearness, etc., may be more conveniently gained 
by the adoption of the metric system, fluid measures included. 

It is claimed that weighing is more accurate than measuring. This 
is quite true in general. When conducted with exceptionally good 
instruments and with extreme care, weighing is more accurate ; and in 
manufacturing, where large quantities of liquids are handled, measuring 
is both less convenient and less accurate than weighing. But the ques- 
tion now is : Are the results obtained by weighing, as conducted in 
pharmacy and with fairly sufficient skill, care, and good instruments, so 
much more accurate than the results obtained by fairly careful measur- 
ing with good graduates that we are justified in changing the present 
practice, which is in harmony with the manner in which liquid medicines 
are administered, and adopting instead a method of preparing the medi- 
cines which is out of harmony with the mode of using them ? 

If the medicine is to be taken by teaspoonfuls, why not prescribe it 
by teaspoonfuls ? And if it is to be prescribed by teaspoonfuls, why 
not make it so that we can ascertain with a minimum of labor how 
much of the active substance a teaspoonf ul represents ? 

We believe that in all ordinary pharmaceutical manipulations 



1126 A COMPANION TO THE 

measures are quite as accurate as weights, and that the results ar- 
rived at by measuring are sufficiently correct for the purposes of med- 
icine. 

The most suitable dose of any drug, to be given in any case, cannot 
be fixed within narrow limits. When the physician prescribes fluid ex- 
tract of digitalis he does not try to predict beforehand whether three 
minims, or four minims, or three drops, or 0.25 C.c. is the most appro- 
priate quantity to be given in each dose in that particular case. That 
would be simply absurd. All he can do is to guess pretty nearly right 
and watch the results, and then increase or decrease the frequency or 
size of the dose as the case may require. The dose of Epsom salt is 
generally supposed to be about one ounce ; would J ounce or 1£ ounce 
make a material difference ? The dose of opium is said to be one 
grain ; if our grain were J smaller or larger than it is, would not the 
dose of opium still be one grain ? 

We make our tinctures, etc., represent 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 40, or 50 
per cent, of their weight of the drug, and these proportions have ap- 
parently no reference whatsoever to their potency or their dose, for we 
have concentrated tinctures of potent drugs and very weak tinctures of 
comparatively harmless substances. Now, the doses as generally stated 
or given are not odd fractions, or numbers of minims or grains, but in 
this as in other things we instinctively avoid practically intractable num- 
bers which are unfamiliar and distasteful to the mind only because of 
their difficult divisibility. Hence, if we change the strength of tincture 
of rhubarb from ten per cent, to twelve per cent., that change is not at 
all likely to affect the quantity of the preparation which will be pre- 
scribed in one dose. 

When these points are considered, and we further bear in mind the 
fact that the quality of medicines, as generally found, varies extremely, 
one lot of the drug or preparation being good, while another may be 
only half as active, or even absolutely worthless, the possible variations 
in strength which may result from the inaccuracies of measuring as 
compared with weighing seem ridiculously trifling. 

The Pharmacopoeia deems measuring accurate enough to introduce 
volumetric methods of testing. With the exercise of reasonable care, 
measuring is certainly accurate enough in pharmacy as well as in volu- 
metric chemical analysis. Without care weighing is less accurate than 
measuring. 

We are confident that these opinions are shared by a majority of 
the physicians and pharmacists of the United States, and that the sys- 
tem of parts by weight will not stand in this country longer than until 
the meeting of the next Pharmacopceial Convention (in 1890). 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 1127 

That parts by weight should have been adopted in Germany, Sweden, 
and other countries where fluid measures were never used in the phar- 
macopoeias, is natural. The physicians in those countries are taught to 
prescribe exclusively by weight. In this country and in England, how- 
ever, it is hardly possible that the practical common sense of the pre- 
vailing practice will ever be sacrificed for the imaginary advantages of 
"parts by weight." 

How to Weigh Liquids. 

Place the empty bottle, or other vessel, on one scale. On the oppo- 
site scale put a suitable wide-mouth vial to hold enough fine shot or 
clean sand to counterbalance the 
bottle. When equilibrium has been 
restored by pouring enough shot or 
sand into the wide-mouth vial, place 
the requisite weights on the scale 
that contains the tare, consisting of 
the vial of shot, and pour the liquid 
carefully into the bottle until equi- 
librium is again restored. 

For those who can afford it, 
Troemner's new scale for weighing: 

liquids is an excellent instrument, being both accurate and convenient. 
A figure of it is here given. The price, we believe, places it within 
the reach of every pharmacist, and it renders the use of shot or sand or 
any other extemporaneous contrivance superfluous, as a special counter- 
poise beam is attached to the scales. 

The Metric System. 

The arithmetic of the whole civilized world is decimal. We count 
from one to ten, and then begin a new series of another ten units, and 
so on. For this reason it is that we can compute money in dollars and 
cents, which are in harmony with our arithmetic, much more naturally 
and rapidly than we can compute pounds, shillings, and pence, which 
are not in harmony with our arithmetic. 

For precisely the same reason the metric system of weights and 
measures is easier and more natural to us than poundsj ounces, drachms, 
and grains, and pints, fluidounces, fluidrachms, and minims, or any other 
weights and measures, which are not decimal. When stated in a deci- 
mal system of weights and measures, the quantities can be added up as 
easily as if they were columns of dollars and cents ; prices can be com- 




1128 A COMPANION TO THE 

puted with the least possible amount of labor, and the relative propor- 
tions of the several ingredients in a formula can be seen more clearly 
than when any other system is used. 

But great as these practical advantages are, there are other and 
greater advantages gained by the use of the metric system. To know 
the specific gravity of any liquid is at once to know the weight of a 
liter of it without any computation whatsoever. If the specific gravity 
of glycerin be 1.250, then one liter of glycerin weighs 1,250 grams. Per 
contra, to ascertain the specific gravity of any liquid, it is only neces- 
sary to find the weight in grams of one, ten, or one hundred cubic cen- 
timeters of it. These things cannot be done in any other system of 
weights and measures. Finally, the metric system is known and under- 
stood all over the world, and is the only system of weights and meas- 
ures legalized in every civilized country on the globe, and used for all 
governmental, statistical, and scientific purposes, and in the arts and 
manufactures, to the exclusion of all other weights and measures in all 
these countries except England and the United States, where, although 
expressly legalized, it has not made as rapid progress as it will make in 
the near future. It is safe to predict that when the metric system of 
weights and. measures shall have been introduced in science, arts, and 
manufactures among the English-speaking peoples, it will rapidly be- 
come the only system used even in the common transactions of every- 
day life. 

Description of the Metric System. 

It is based on an unchangeable quantity — the quadrant of the earth. 
One ten-millionth part of the quadrant, called a meter, is the primary 
unit of measurement of the whole system. The meter is the standard 
of linear measurement of the metric system. It is equal to 39.370432 
inches, or about ten per cent, longer than our yard. 

The metric unit of fluid measure is the liter — the cube of one deci- 
meter (^ meter) or 1,000 cubic centimeters. It is equal to 33.8149 (or 
about 34) U. S. fluidounces, or 0.264179 wine gallon. 

The cubic centimeter is equal to 16.231 U. S. minims. 

The unit of weight of the metric system is the gram, which is the 
weight of one cubic centimeter of pure water at its greatest density. 
The gram is equal to 15.43234874 grains. To memorize this number to 
the extent of three decimals write the figures 5, 4, 3, 2 in this regular 
descending order, and then place the figure 1 before the figure 5 and 
the decimal point after the figure 5 ; thus, 15.432. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. H29 



The Names of the Metric Units. 

The names and terms used to designate the units of the metric sys- 
tem, and the multiples and subdivisions of these units are, of course, no 
essential part of the system itself. The terms meter, liter, gram, and 
cubic centimeter are easy enough, are probably as suitable as any that 
could have been adopted, and are now universally understood ; but if 
the units themselves and their relation to each other are the same, the 
adoption of other names for the units would not alter the system itself 
in the least. 

Many object to the adoption of the metric system on the ground 
that the prefixes used in connection with the units are unnecessary and 
unfamiliar. These prefixes are in fact nothing but numerals and need 
not be used at all. They are as follows : Milli — , which means one 
one-thousandth part ; centi — , which means one one-hundredth part ; 
deci — , which means one-tenth part ; deka — , which means ten ; hekto — , 
which means one hundred ; kilo — , which means one thousand ; and 
myria — , which means ten thousand. But it is easier to say " ten 
grams " than " one dekagram" or to say " one hundred grams " instead 
of '"' one hektogram" etc., and it means precisely the same thing. As 
for the subdivisions of the metric units, it seems to be sufficient to let the 
word cent stand for one-hundredths, and the word mill for one-thou- 
sandths. 

The only metric units necessary in medicine and pharmacy are the 
gram and the cubic centimeter. Now as one cubic centimeter of water 
weighs exactly one gram, this intimate relationship between the two 
units is very happily expressed by substituting the word fluigram for 
the word cubic centimeter, as proposed by Mr. Alfred B. Taylor, of 
Philadelphia. Then 

All that is essential of the metric system in medicine and pharmacy 
is to learn what a gramis, and what a fluigram (or cubic centimeter) is : 

1 gram is equal to about 15 grains, and 
1 fluigram is equal to about 15 minims. 
Hence, 

1 drachm is equal to 4 grams, and 
lfluidrachm is equal to 4 fluigrams. 

The one-hundredth part of a gram (or centigram, also called a cent) 
is equal to about \ grain, and the one-thousandth part of a gram (or 
milli-gram, also called a mill) is equal to about -^ grain. 



1130 A COMPANION TO THE 



Orthography and Abbreviations. 

The names of the metric units are in France spelled metre, litre, and 
gramme. In other countries these terms have undergone such modifi- 
cations as the language of each country naturally demanded. 

The English spelling would be meter, liter, and gram ; but when the 
question arose as to whether the French or the English orthography 
should be adopted in the Pharmacopoeia, it seems that neither the one 
nor the other spelling was accepted, but a portion of each. The Phar- 
macopoeia spells meter, liter, and gramme, instead of meter, liter, and 
gram, which would seem to be the more natural and easy orthography. 

In abbreviating the terms gram and cubic centimeter write Gm. and 
C.c, and in writing prescriptions in the metric system, put the numbers, 
always in Arabic numerals, before, and not after these abbreviations ; 
thus, 10 Gm., 50 C.c, etc. 

The term fluigram should be abbreviated fGm. When the terms 
cent and mill are used they should be spelled out in full. 

Rules for Conversion. 

1. — To convert grains into cents (or centigrams) : multiply by 6. 

2. — To convert grains into grams, or minims into fluigrams (cubic 
centimeters): divide by 15. 

3. — To convert drachms into grams, or fluidrachms into fluigrams : 
multiply by 4. 

A. — To convert cents (or centigrams) into grams : divide by 6. 

B. — To convert grams into grains, or fluigrams (cubic centimeters) 
into minims : multiply by 15. 

C. — To convert grams into drachms, or fluigrams (cubic centimeters) 
into fluidrachms : divide by 4. 

A simple method of converting grains, cents (or centigrams) is as 
follows : 

Assume the gram (written 1.00 Gm.) to be equal to 15 or 16 grains. 
To convert any number of grains, less than 16, into centigrams, think 
what fraction that number is of 15 or 16, as may be most convenient, 
and then take that fractional part of 1.00 Gm. to express the metric 
equivalent. 

A few examples will make this clear. 

1 grain = j\ of 16 grains ; T V of 1.00 Gm. — 0.06 Gm. 

2 grains = -J of 16 grains ; -J- of 1.00 Gm. = 0.12 Gm. 

3 grains = £ of 15 grains ; -£ of 1.00 Gm. = 0.20 Gm. 









UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 1131 

4 grains =" J of 16 grains ; ^ of 1.00 Gm. = 0.25 Gm. 

5 grains = ^ of 15 grains ; 4$- of 1.00 Gm. = 0.33 Gm. 

6 grains = f of 15 grains ; § of 1.00 Gm. = 0.40 Gm. 

8 grains = -J of 16 grains; \ of LOO Gm. — 0.50 Gm. 

9 grains = -| of 15 grains ; -| of 1.00 Gm. = 0.60 Gm. 
10 grains = -| of 15 grains; § of 1.00 Gm. = 0.66 Gm. 
12 grains = f of 16 grains; f of 1.00 Gm. = 0,75 Gm. 

From these equivalents any larger equivalents may be readily ascer- 
tained. This method is only approximately correct, but will be found 
convenient in prescription writing until the physician becomes familiar 
with metric quantities and thinks in that system so as to no longer need 
rules for converting. 

Prices of Metric Quantities. 

To find the price of 1,000 grams, multiply the price per pound by 2 
and then add 10 per cent, to the product. Thus, if the price of a pound 
is $1.00, the price of 1,000 grams is $2.20. 

To find the price of 1,000 cubic centimeters, multiply the price per 
pint by 2 and then add 5 percent. Thus, if the price of a pint is $1.00, 
the price of 1,000 C.c. is $2,10. 

Metric weights, graduates, and prescription vials can be readily ob- 
tained from Philadelphia or New York. 

Equivalents. 

The Meter. 

Exactly. Approximately. 

1 meter is equal to 1.093623 yard 40 inches. 

1 decimeter " " 3.9370432 inches 4 inches. 

1 centimeter " " 0.3937043 inch £ inch. 

1 millimeter " " 0.0393704 inch £z inch. 

(The U. S. five-cent nickel coin is 2 centimeters in diameter.) 

The Yard. 

Exactly. Approximately. 

1 yard is equal to 0.914392 meter 90 centimeters. 

1 foot " " 0.304797 meter 30 centimeters. 

1 inch " " 0.025399 meter 25 millimeters. 



1132 



A COMPANION TO THE 



1 liter 
1 « 
1 " 

1 " 

1 cubic centimeter 



Metric Fluid Measures. 

Exactly. Approximately. 

is equal to 2.113433 Wine pints. . . . 2J Wine pints. 
33.814933 U. S. fl. ozs.. . 34 U. S. fl. ozs. 

1.761757 Imp. pint .... If Imp. pint. 
35.23514 Imp. fl. ozs. . . 35 Imp. fl. ozs. 
16.23117 U. S. minims . 16 U. S. minims. 
16.91286 Imp. minims . 17 Imp. minims. 



1 wine gallon is equal to 

i it a a a 

^ a (( tc a 

1 wine pint " " 

1 a a a a 

1 U. S. fluid oz. " " 

1 U. S. fluidrachm " " 

i a a a a 

1 U. S. minim 

1 a a a i( 



Wine Measures. 

Exactly. Approximately. 

3.7853 liters 3,800 C.c. 

6.668 Imp. pints. . . 6§ Imp. pints. 

133.3759 Imp. fl. ozs . . 133J Imp. fl. ozs. 

473.1637 C.c 475 C.c. 

16.672 Imp. fl. czs. .. 16f Imp. fl. ozs. 

29.5727 C.c 30 C.c. 

1.042 Imp. fl. oz 1^ T Imp. fl. oz. 

3.6966 C.c 4 C.c. 

62.52 Imp. minims. 62J Imp. minims. 

0.06161 C.c T V C.c. 

1.042 Imp. minim.. 1^ 5 Imp. minim. 



Cubic Measure. 

1 cubic centimeter is equal to 0.061025 cubic inch. 
1 cubic inch is equal to 16.38662 C.c. 



Imperial Measures. 



Exactly. 

Imp. gallon is equal to 4.5409 liters 

1.1996 



pint 
et 

fl. oz. 



minim 



Approximately. 

4J liters. 

Wine gallon ... 1^ Wine gallon. 

567.6152 C.c 560 C.c. 

1.1996 Wine pint 1^ Wine pint. 

28.38076 C.c 28 C.c. 

0.959694 U. S. fl. oz ff fl. oz. 

7.67755 U. S. fl. drs 7f U. S. fl. drs. 

460.6529 U. S. minims. . . 460 U. S. minims. 

0.05913 C.c ^C.c. 

0.959694 U. S. minim f f U. S. minim. 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 



1133 



1 kilogram is equal to 

1 

1 

1 

1 gram 

1 decigram 

1 centigram 

1 milligram 



Metric Weights. 

Exactly. Approximately. 

2.2046 av. pounds 2^- av. lbs. 

35.2739 av. ozs 35£ av. ozs. 

15432.35 grains . 

32.1507 troy ounces 32 troy ozs. 

15.432 grains 15 grains. 

1.543 grain \\ grain. 

0.1543 grain \ grain. 

0.0154 grain ^ grain. 



(The U. S. five-cent nickel coin weighs 5 Gm.) 



Avoirdupois Weights. 



Exactly. Approximately. 

1 avoirdupois pound is equal to 453.5926 Gm 450 Gm. 



ounce 

u 



Gm 28-J- Gm. 



14.5833 
28.3495 
0.91146 troy oz 

437.5 grains 

0.0648 Gm 65 milligrams. 



troy ozs . . . 14J- troy ozs. 
28^ Gm. 

to tr °y oz - 



Troy Weights. 



Exactly. Approximately. 

1 troy ounce is equal to 31.1035 Gm 30 Gm. 

1 " <• " " 1.097 av. oz l^av. oz. 

1 " " " " 480 grains 

1 " grain " " 0.0648 Gm 65 milligrams. 



1134 A COMPANION TO THE 



SPECIFIC GRAVITY. 



The specific gravity of any substance is its relative weight as com- 
pared to an equal volume of water. Water being the adopted unit or 
standard of comparison, the specific gravity is expressed by the quotient 
obtained by dividing the weight of a given quantity, by measure, of the 
substance by the weight of an equal volume of water. 

In pharmacy the determination of the specific gravities of liquids is 
of great importance. In most cases it is accomplished by one of two 
principal methods — either by means of a specific gravity bottle or by a 
hydrometer (areometer). 

The specific gravity bottle is a bottle which holds a given quantity 
by weight of water — usually either 500 grains or 1,000 grains, or fifty 
grams — at the standard temperature 15° 0. (59° F.). It is provided 
with a well-fitting ground glass stopper, perforated or not. The best 
bottle is that with a perforated stopper. It is generally accompanied 
by a metal weight equal to the weight of the empty bottle (counter- 
poise). 

The clean and dry specific gravity bottle is filled with the liquid the 
specific gravity of which is to be ascertained, so that the level of the 
liquid is above the point to which the glass stopper will reach when in- 
serted. The glass stopper is then slowly inserted, and after wiping off 
the liquid which is pushed out by the stopper, the whole is weighed. 
The weight of the contents of the bottle in grains is then divided by 
the number of grains of water it is capable of holding, or the weight of 
the contents of the bottle in grams is divided by the number of grams 
of water it holds. The result in either case is the specific gravity. 

As the specific gravity is the relation of weight to volume, it is 
necessary to take into consideration the temperature, because the 
volumes of all bodies increase with an elevation of temperature, while 
their weights remain unchanged. 

The standard temperature at which the specific gravities of liquids 
in the United States Pharmacopoeia are to be determined is 15° 0. 
(50° F.), except in the cases of alcohol and diluted alcohol, the specific 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 1135 

gravities of which are taken at 15.6° C. (60° F.), and at 25° 0. (77° F.), 
respectively. 

The specific gravities of alcohol and of mixtures of alcohol and 
water may also be taken by means of the ordinary U. S. Customs 
Revenue Alcoholometer, or by any other accurate hydrometer (or areo- 
meter). 

SPECIFIC VOLUME. 

Specific volume, as the opposite of specific gravity, was proposed by 
Oscar Oldberg, in a paper read before the American Pharmaceutical 
Association at Washington, in September, 1883. 

The knowledge and use of the specific volumes of liquids is of great 
practical value in pharmacy and other arts, and in commerce. The 
term specific volume is proposed to express the relative volumes of 
substances in the same sense as the term "specific gravity" designates 
;heir relative weight. 

The specific volumes of substances are inversely as their specific 
gravities. As the specific gravity of a liquid or solid is the weight of a 
certain volume of that liquid or solid divided by the weight of an equal 
volume of water, so the specific volume of a substance is the quotient 
obtained by dividing the volume of a certain quantity by weight of that 
substance by the volume of an equal weight of water. It is, in other 
words, the quotient obtained by dividing unit by the specific gravity ; = 

■ — spec. vol. 

spec. gr. 

The product obtained by multiplying the specific gravity by the 
specific volume is, therefore, one. 

Since the introduction of the method of "parts by weight" into the 
Pharmacopoeia, the necessity of having some convenient means of con- 
verting quantities by weight into the corresponding quantities by 
measure, and of comparing weight and volume will be readily acknowl- 
edged. In our opinion, the use of specific volumes will answer that 
purpose perfectly, and better than any other method known. 

In the official working formulae for solutions, etc., the final product in 
grams when multiplied by the specific volume will at once give the 
actual volume in cubic centimeters. Thus, as the specific volume of 
solution of chloride of iron is 0.711, one thousand grams of that liquid 
measures 711 cubic centimeters. 

As 100 avoirdupois ounces of water measures 96 fluidounces, the 
volume of 100 avoirdupois ounces of any other liquid may be obtained 
(expressed in fluidounces) by simply multiplying its specific volume by 



1136 



A COMPANION TO THE 



96. Thus 100 avoirdupois ounces of solution of chloride of iron meas- 
ures 0.711 x 96 (= 68.3) fluidounces. 

Since one gram is equal to one cubic centimeter, and one avoirdupois 
ounce is equal to one imperial fluidounce, when pure water is referred 
to, it follows that the absolute weight of any given quantity of a liquid 
expressed in grams, when multiplied by the specific volume, at once 
gives the number of cubic centimeters occupied by it, and the absolute 
weight expressed in avoirdupois ounces multiplied by the specific 
volume gives the measure of the liquid in imperial fluidounces. 

Thus, as the specific volume of castor-oil is 1.042, therefore 1,000 
grams of castor-oil will measure 1,042 cubic centimeters, and 1,000 
avoirdupois ounces of it will measure 1,042 imperial fluidounces. But 
1,000 avoirdupois Ounces of castor-oil will measure 1,042 — x 96 ( = 
1,000) XI. S. fluidounces. 

The following tables of specific gravities and specific volumes will be 
found useful. 



Table showing the Specific Gravities and the Specific Volumes of the 
Pharmacopoeial and some other liquid preparations for which the 
Specific Gravities are officially given. Temperature 15° C. (59° F), 
except in the cases of Alcohol, Diluted Alcohol, and Distilled Water. 





Weight. 


Volume. 


LIQUID. 


Specific 
gravity. 


Weight 
of 1,000 
C.c. in 
grains. 


Weight 
of 100 
fl.ozs. 
in avoir- 
dupois 
ounces. 


Specific 
volume. 


Volume 

of 1,000 

Gm. in 

C.c. 


Volume 
1 of 100 
avoirdu- 
pois 
ozs. in 
fl.ozs. 


Acid. Acet 


1.0480 

1.0083 

1.303 

1.077 

1.160 

1.049 

1.212 

1.420 

1.059 

.800 

1.347 

1.057 

1.840 

1.094 

.750 

.725 

.820 


1,048 

1,008.3 

1,303 

1,077 

1,160 

1,049 

1,212 

1,420 

1,059 

800 
1,347 
1,057 
1,840 
1,094 

750 

725 

820 


109.1 

105.0 

135.7 

112.2 

120.8 

109.3 

126.2 

148.0 

110.3 

83.3 

140.3 

110.1 

191.7 

114.0 

78.1 

75.5 

85.4 ' 


.954 

.992 

.767 

.928 

.862 

.953 

.833 

.704 

.944 

1.250 

.742 

.945 

.543 

.914 

1.333 

1 379 

1.219 


954 

992 

767 

928 

862 

953 

833 

704 

944 

1,250 

742 

945 

543 

914 

1,333 

1,379 

1,219 


91.6 


Acid. Acet. Dil 


95.2 


Acid. Hydrobrom., 34 per cent 

Acid. Hydrobrom. Dil 


73.6 
89.1 


Acid. Hydrochlor 


82.8 


Acid. Hydrochlor. Dil 

Acid. Lactic 


91.5 

80.0 


Acid. Nitricum 


67.6 


Acid. Nitricum Dil 


90.6 


Acid. Oleicum 

Acid. Phosphoridum 


120.0 
71.2 


Acid. Phosphoricum Dil 


90.7 


Acid. Sulphuricum 


52/2 


Acid. Sulphuricum Dil 

iEther 


87.7 
128.0 


iEther Fortior 


132.4 


Alcohol, at 15.6° 0. (60° F.) 


117.0 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



1137 



Table of Specific Gravities and Specific Vohtmes. — (Continued.) 



LIQUID. 



Alcohol, at 25° C. (77° F.) 

Alcohol DiL, at 15.6° C. (60° F.) 
Alcohol DiL, at 25° C. (77° F.) . . 

Aqua Destillata, at 4° C 

Aqua Ammoniae 

Aqua Anmioniae Fortior 

Benzinuni 

Carbonei Bisulphidum 

Chloroformum Purific 

Chloroforniuni Yenale 

Glrcerinuni 

Liquor Fern Acet 

Liquor Ferri Chloridi 

Liquor Ferri Tersulph 

Liquor Potassae 

Liquor Sodae 

Mel 

Oleum Adipis 

Oleum Amygd. Expr 

Oleum Aurantii Cort 

Oleum Bergamii 

Oleum Carvophylli 

Oleum Copaibas 

Oleum Cubebae 

Oleum Eucalypti 

Oleum Gaultheriae 

Oleum Gossypii Seminis 

Oleum Lavandulae 

Oleum Limonis 

Oleum Lini 

Oleum Menthae Pip 

Oleum Morrhuae 

Oleum Olivae , 

Oleum Bicini , 

Oleum Bosmarini , 

Oleum Sassafras , 

Oleum Sesami 

Oleum Terebinthinae 

Spir. iEcheris Mtrosi 

Spir. Frumenti 

Spir. Yini Gallici 

Syrupus [Simplex] 

Yinum Album 

Yinum Bubrum 



72 



Weight. 



Specific 
gravity. 



812 
928 
920 
000 
959 
900 
670 
,272 
,488 
470 
250 
160 
405 
320 
036 
059 
333 
,900 
917 
860 
875 
050 
890 
920 
.900 
173 
,925 
,890 
,850 
,936 
.900 
.920 
,916 
.960 
.900 
,091 
.918 
.862 
.824 
.920 
.930 
,310 
.000 
.000 



Weight 
of 1,U00 



Weight 
of 100 



C.c. in 
grams. 


in avoir- 
dupois 




ounces. 


812 


84.6 


928 


96.7 


920 


95.8 


1,000 


104.17 


959 


99.9 


900" 


93.75 


670 


69.8 


1,272 


132.5 


1,488 


155.0 


1,470 


153.1 


1,250 


130.1 


1,160 


120.8 


1,405 


146.4 


1,320 


137.5 


1,036 


107.9 


1,059 


110.3 


1,333 


138.8 


900 


93.75 


917 


95.5 


860 


89.5 


875 


91.1 


1,050 


109.4 


890 


92.7 


920 


95.8 


900 


93.75 


1,173 


122.2 


925 


96.4 


890 


92.7 


850 


88.5 


936 


97.5 


900 


93.75 


920 


95.80 


916 


95.4 


960 


100.0 


900 


93.75 


1,091 


113.6 


918 


95.6 


862 


89.8 


824 


85.8 


920 


95.8 


930 


96.9 


1,310 


136.4 


1,000 


104.17 


1,000 


104.17 



Volume. 




Volume 


Specific 


of 1,0.10 


volume. 


y-m, in 




O.c. 


1.231 


1,231 


1.077 


1,077 


1.087 


1,087 


1.000 


1,000 


1.043 


1,043 


1.111 


1,111 


1.493 


1,493 


.786 


786 


.672 


672 


.680 


680 


.800 


800 


.862 


862 


.711 


711 


.757 


757 


.965 


965 


.944 


944 


.750 


750 


1.111 


1,111 


1.091 


1,091 


1.163 


1,163 


1.143 


1,143 


'.952 


952 


1.123 


1,123 


1.087 


1,087 


1.111 


1,111 


.852 


852 


1.081 


1,081 


1.123 


1,123 


1.176 


1,176 


1.068 


1,068 


1.111 


1,111 


1.087 


1,087 


1.092 


1,092 


1.042 


1,042 


1.111 


1,111 


.917 


917 


1.089 


1,089 


1.160 


1,160 


1.214 


1,214 


1.087 


1,087 


1.075 


1,075 


.763 


763 


1.000 


1,000 


1.000 


1,000 



Volume 
of 100 

avoirdu- 
pois 
ozs. in 
fl. ozs. 



118.1 

103.4 

104 4 

96.0 

100.1 

106.7 

143.3 

75.5 

64.5 

65.3 

76.8 

82.8 

68.3 

72.7 

92.6 

90.6 

72.0 

106.7 

104.7 

110.6 

109.7 

91.4 

107.8 

104.4 

106.7 

81.8 

103.8 

107.8 

112.9 

102.5 

106.7 

104.4 

104.8 

100.0 

106.7 

88.0 

104.5 

111.4 

116.5 

104.4 

103.1 

73.3 

96.0 

96.0 



1138 



UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 



Table showing the Alcoholic Strengths (per cent., by weight and by meas- 
ure), the Specific Gravities, the Specific Volumes, etc., of Alcohol and 
of Mixtures of Alcohol and Water, at 15.6° C. (60° F.). 



Alcohol, U. S. P., 1880 

A mixture of- — 
19 ozs. alcohol and 1 oz. water 
18 
17 
16 
15 
14 
13 
12 
11 
10 
9 



Percentage 

of absolute 

alcohol. 



91.00 94.00 



by weight 86 

86 

85. 
85. 
85. 
84. 
84. 
84. 
83. 
82. 
81. 
80. 
79. 



Weight. 



Si 






.8200 820.0 



45 90.61 
2190.41 
94;90.21 
65 '89. 99 

31 89.72 
66 89.23 
50;89.09 
00 88.70 
62 88.40 
7387.70 
90187.04 
88 86.22 



85.18 
83.85 
82.01 
79.37 
77.57 
75.34 
72.38 
68.32 
64.69 
62.43 
59.84 
58.39 
57.45 
53.20 
49.50 



48.81 

47.82 

46.26 

45.08 

43.39 

41.84 

40.91 

36.57 

31.57 

5 27.75 

.20 22.31 

.1618.67 

.0016.05 



8319 831 
8326 832 
8333 833 
8340|834. 
8349 834. 
8366 836. 
83701837 . 
8382 838, 
8392 839, 
8415 841, 
8437! 843, 
.8462 846, 
8492>49, 
,8533 853 
.8585 858, 
,8654 865 
,8702 870, 
,8763 876 
.8840 884 
.8940 894 
.9028 902 
.9077 907 
.9135 913 
.9169 916 
.9190 919 
.9:281 928 
.9356 935 
.9369 936 
.9387 938 
.9416 941 
.94351943 
.9463 946 
,9490|949 
.9508,950 
.9572,957 
.9638,963 
.968l]968 
.9738 973 
.9776 977 
.9802.980 



£ a a? 

8- g 



a 



o 
a > 



Volume. 



85.421 
I 
86.661 
86.731 
86.801 

86.88 1 
86.971 
87.151 
87.191 
87.311 
87.421 

87.e;6i 

87.891 
88.151 
88.461 

88.89 1 
89.431 
90.151 
90.65 1 
91.281 
i'2.081 
93.121 
94.041 
94.551 
95.161 
95.511 
95.731 
96.681 
97.461 
97.591 
97.781 
98.081 
98.281 
98.571 
98.851 
99.031 
99.81 1 

8100.391 
1100.841 
8 101.441 
6101.831 
2J102.101 



.2195 



2 » 3 

Bel 

,3 g a 
5 Soo 



1,219.5 



1,185 
1,181 

1,177 



20191,201. 

2010 1,201 . 

20001,200. 

19901,199. 

19771,197. 

19531,195. 

194711.194. 

19331,193. 

19161,191. 

1883 1,188 

1852 

,1817 

,1775 

.1719,1.171 

,1648 1,164 

,15551,155 

,149111,149 

,14111,141 

,1312!l,131 

,11851,118 

.10761,107 

.10171,101 

.0947 1,094 

.09C6 1,090 

.0881 1,088 

.07751,077 

.06881,068 



117.07 



,0673 
.0653 
.0620 

.0599 
,0568 
.0537 
.0518 
.0447 
.0376 
.0329 
.0270 
.0229 
.0202 



1.067 
1,065 
1,062 
1,059 
1,056 
1,053 
1,051 
1,044 
1,037 
1,082 
1,027 
1,022 
1,020 



9115.39 
0115.30 
0lll5.20 
0115.10 
7114.98 
,3114.75 
,7 114.69 
,3114.56 
.6 114.39 
.3114.08 
.2113.78 
.7113.44 
.5113.04 
.9112.50 
.8111.82 
.5110.93 
.1110.31 
.1 109.55 
.2108.60 
.5107.38 
.6106.33 
.7105.76 
.7105.09 
.6104.70 
.1104.46 
.5103.44 
.8102.60 
.3102.46 
.3102.27 
.0101.95 
.9101.75 
.8101.45 
.7101.16 
.8 100.97 
.7100.29 
.6 99.61 
.9 99.16 
.0 98.59 
.9 D8.20 
.2 97.94 



APPENDIX. 



Many pharmacists prepare their own elixirs and other similar prepa- 
rations in preference to dispensing those furnished by manufacturers. 
The following practical formulae are accordingly inserted in the Com- 
panion in the hope that they will be found useful. When intelligently 
followed these formulas yield entirely satisfactory results, provided good 
materials and careful manipulations are used. 

The strengths of these preparations, respectively, are, as a rule, in 
accordance with the most generally accepted standards, corresponding 
with the goods of that character sold by the several principal manufac- 
turers. 

Nearly all elixirs should be allowed to stand several days before 
being finally filtered for use. In filtering them, the use of magnesium 
carbonate, precipitated chalk, and other similar mediums should never 
be resorted to, and no such filtering medium is at all necessary. 

ELIXIRS. 

Simple Elixir. — The elixir of orange of the Pharmacopoeia will 
answer very well for most purposes. Whenever it is deemed necessary 
to add other aromatics or flavoring agents, the judicious use of tincture 
of vanilla, syrup of tolu, rose-water, orange-flower water, fluid extract 
of cardamom, fluid extract of coriander, Baker's best chocolate, etc., will 
be found effective as well as convenient. The use of volatile oils is not 
nearly so convenient as the agents just enumerated. Whenever volatile 
oils are used, those of sweet orange, coriander, cinnamon, lemon (and 
cloves, caraway, and nutmeg) are generally sufficient. The volatile oils 
should be distributed on clean picked cotton, as in the official process 
for making " Aquas Aromaticae " (see that title). The use of a layer of 
dry, loose cotton in the throat of the funnel or percolator, next a layer 
of cotton wetted with some of the elixir, then the cotton impregnated 
with the volatile oils, and finally a top layer of loose, dry cotton, all to 
be weighted down with clean, small pebbles, will insure uniform success. 



1140 APPENDIX. 



The choice of flavoring agents is omitted in the formulae here given, 
because it is literally a matter of taste. 

To color the elixir red, use a mixture of equal parts, by measure, of 
caramel and tincture of cudbear. 

Elixir of Arsenic. — Mix 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) Fowler's solution with 
470 C.c. (16 fl.ozs.) simple elixir. Color it pale red. Each teaspoonful 
(5 C.c.) contains 0.30 C.c. (about 5 minims) of Fowler's solution. 

Elixir of Bismuth. — Dissolve 25 grams (386 grs.) citrate of bismuth 
and ammonium in 200 C.c. (6£ fl.ozs.) boiling water, adding carefully 
enough water of ammonia, drop by drop, to give the solution a faintly 
alkaline reaction. Then add 800 C.c. (27 fl.ozs.) simple elixir, and filter. 
Each teaspoonful (5 C.c.) contains 12.5 centigrams (2 grs.) citrate of 
bismuth and ammonium. 

Elixir of Bismuth and Strychnine. — Dissolve 20 centigrams (30 
grs.) strychnine in 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) alcohol, by the aid of heat. Mix the 
solution with 970 C.c. (33 fl.ozs.) elixir of bismuth. Each teaspoonful 
(5 C.c.) contains 12.5 centigrams (2 grs.) citrate of bismuth and ammo- 
nium, and 1 milligram (^ gr.) strychnine. 

Elixir of Bromide of Ammonium. — Dissolve 33 grams (1 oz. 
72 grs.) bromide of ammonium in 500 C.c. (17 fl.ozs.) simple elixir. 
Each teaspoonful (5 C.c.) contains 33 centigrams (5 grs.) bromide of 
ammonium. 

Elixir of Bromide of Lithium.— Dissolve 33 grams (1 oz. 72 grs.) 
lithium bromide in 500 C.c. (17 fl.ozs ) simple elixir. Each teaspoonful 
(5 C.c.) contains 33 centigrams (5 grs.) lithium bromide. 

Elixir of Bromide of Potassium. — Dissolve 6C> grams (2 ozs. 144 
grs.) bromide of potassium in 500 C.c. (17 fl.ozs.) simple elixir. Each 
teaspoonful (5 C.c.) contains QG centigrams (10 grs.) potassium bromide. 

Elixir of Calisaya (Elixir of Cinchona). — To make an elixir of 
calisaya, each teaspoonful of which represents 33 centigrams (5 grs.) 
good yellow cinchona (or calisaya) bark, the following formula is the 
most rational and proper, assuming that the calisaya bark represented 
by the elixir is one containing about 6 per cent, total alkaloids. 

To make an elixir of cinchona from cinchona bark, removing the cin- 
chotannic acid, is, in our opinion, a useless waste of time and labor. A 
detannated elixir of cinchona bark is in no way superior, but in several 
respects inferior to an elixir prepared as here described. 



APPENDIX. 1141 



Dissolve 1.50 gram (23 grs.) sulphate of quinine, 1.50 gram (23 grs.) 
sulphate of cinchonine, 1 gram (15 grs.) sulphate of cinchonidine, and 
50 centigrams (8 grs.) sulphate of quinidine in 240 C.c. (8 fl.ozs.) simple 
elixir by warming them together in a glass flask placed in hot water. 
When solution is effected, and still hot, add 760 C.c. (26 fl.ozs.) simple 
elixir. Filter. Color it deep red with a mixture of equal parts of 
caramel and tincture of cudbear. 

Elixir of Calisaya with Bismuth. — Dissolve 25 grams (386 grs.) 
citrate of bismuth and ammonium in 100 C.c. (3-J fl.ozs.) boiling water ; 
add carefully enough water of ammonia to give the solution a faintly 
alkaline reaction. Then add 915 C.c. (31 fl.ozs.) elixir of calisaya. Each 
teaspoonful (5 C.c.) contains 12.5 centigrams (2 grs.) citrate of bismuth 
and ammonium. 

Elixir of Calisaya with the Compound Acid Phosphates. — 

Mix equal parts, by measure, of elixir of calisaya and compound syrup 
of phosphates. 

Elixir of Calisaya with Iron (Ferrated Elixir of Calisaya; 
Elixir of Calisaya with Pyrophosphate of Iron ; Elixir of Cinchona 
with Iron ; Ferrated Elixir of Cinchona). — Dissolve 25 grams (386 
grs.) pyrophosphate of iron in 60 C.c. (2 fl.ozs.) hot water, and add this 
solution to 940 C.c. (32 fl.ozs.) elixir of calisaya. Each teaspoonful 
(5 C.c.) contains 12.5 centigrams (2 grs.) pyrophosphate of iron. 

Elixir of Calisaya, Iron, and Bismuth. — Dissolve 25 grams (386 
grs.) pyrophosphate of iron in 60 C.c. (2 fl.ozs.) hot water, and add this 
solution to 940 C.c. (32 fl.ozs.) elixir of calisaya with bismuth. 

Elixir of Calisaya, Iron, and Strychnine. — Dissolve 20 centi- 
grams (3 grs.) strychnine in 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) alcohol, and add this solu- 
tion to 970 C.c. (33 fl.ozs.) elixir of calisaya with iron. Each teaspoon- 
ful (5 C.c.) contains 1 milligram (^ gr.) strychnine. 

Elixir of Calisaya and Pepsin. — Macerate 33 grams (1 oz. 72 grs.) 
saccharated pepsin with 120 C.c. (4 fl.ozs.) water for six hours ; then 
add 915 C.c. (31 fl.ozs.) elixir of calisaya, shake thoroughly, and then 
filter. Each teaspoonful represents 33 centigrams (5 grs.) saccharated 
pepsin. 

Elixir of Calisaya, Pepsin, and Bismuth. — Dissolve 25 grams 
(386 grs.) citrate of bismuth ammonium in 100 C.c. (3 -J- fl.ozs.) hot 
water, adding carefully enough water of ammonia, drop by drop, to 



1142 APPENDIX. 

render the solution faintly alkaline. Then add it to 915 C.c. (31 fl.ozs.) 
elixir of calisaya and pepsin. 

Elixir of Coca. — Mix 120 C.c. (4 fl.ozs.) fluid extract of erythroxy- 
lon and 360 C.c. (12 fl.ozs.) simple elixir, and add 3 C.c. (48 minims) 
solution of soda. Each tablespoonfui (20 C.c.) represents 5 grams (77 
grs.) coca leaves. This is three times the strength of the elixirs of coca 
usually sold ; but the increased strength here recommended is necessary 
in order to obtain the effects of the coca without giving inconveniently 
large doses. The dose of this preparation is a tablespoonfui. 

Elixir of Gentian. — Mix equal parts by measure of compound tinc- 
ture of gentian and simple elixir. 

Ferrated Elixir of Gentian. — Mix 30 C.c (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract 
of gentian, 8 C.c. (2 fl.drs.) fluid extract of cardamom, and 440 C.c. (15 
fl.ozs.) elixir of orange. Dissolve 6 grams (92 grs.) soluble phosphate 
of iron (U. S. P., 1880) in 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) hot water, and add this 
solution to the mixture. Each dessertspoonful (10 C.c.) contains 12.5 
centigrams (2 grs.) phosphate of iron. 

Elixir of Gentian with Tincture of Chloride of Iron.— Mix 

30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) fluid extract of gentian and 8 C.c. (2 fl.drs.) fluid ex- 
tract of cardamom, with 440 C.c. (15 fl.ozs.) simple elixir. Add a mix- 
ture of 20 C.c. (5-J fl.drs.) tincture of chloride of iron and 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) 
solution of citrate of sodium. Let stand two or three weeks. Add 
about 125 grams (^ lb.) sugar. Each dessertspoonful (10 C.c.) contains 
0.3 C.c. (5 minims) tincture of chloride of iron. 

Elixir of Guarana. — Mix 60 C.c. (2 fl.ozs.) fluid extract of guarana, 
75 C.c. m fl.ozs.) alcohol, and 305 C.c. (10£ fl.ozs.) simple elixir. Fla- 
vor it with vanilla, chocolate, and a very minute quantity of cinnamon. 
Each teaspoonful (5 C.c.) represents 65 centigrams (10 grs.) guarana. 

Compound Elixir of Liquorice (Aromatic Elixir of Liquorice). 
— Mix 150 grams (5 ozs. 127 grs.) liquorice root, and 100 grams (3 ozs. 
230 grs.) wild cherry bark, both in No. 30 powder ; moisten the mix- 
ture, pack it in a percolator, macerate twenty-four hours, and then per- 
colate with water mixed with one-tenth its volume of glycerin until 
1,000 C.c. (34 fl.ozs.) percolate has been received. 

Mix 25 grams (386 grs.) cinnamon, 25 grams anise, and 25 grams 
cardamom, all in No. 40 powder ; moisten the mixture with diluted al- 
cohol, pack it in a percolator, and percolate with diluted alcohol until 
1,000 C.c. (34 fl.ozs.) percolate has been obtained. 



APPENDIX. 1143 



Mix the two percolates, add 500 C.c. (17 fl.ozs.) rose-water, and 400 
grams (14 ozs. 48 grs.) sugar, and, when all the sugar has dissolved, 
shake the whole thoroughly together, and let it stand three or four 
weeks, after which filter. This is a very pleasant elixir, effective in mask- 
ing the taste of bitter and other disagreeably tasting substances. It 
may be used advantageously as a vehicle in making other elixirs. The 
only disadvantage it presents is that unless it is allowed to stand several 
weeks before being used it will not be clear. It should be colored deep 
reddish-brown with caramel and tincture of cudbear. 

Elixir of Pepsin and Bismuth. — Dissolve 25 grams (386 grs.) ci- 
trate of bismuth and ammonium in 100 C.c. (34j- fl.ozs.) hot water, adding 
enough water of ammonia, drop by drop, to give the solution a faintly 
alkaline reaction. 

Mix 66 grams (2 ozs. 144 grs.) saccharated pepsin with 240 C.c. (8 
fl.ozs.) water, and macerate six hours. Then add 1,770 C.c. (60 fl.ozs.) 
simple elixir. Finally add the solution of citrate of bismuth and am- 
monium. Filter. Each teaspoonful (5 C.c.) represents 33 centigrams 
(5 grs.) pepsin and 6.5 centigrams (1 gr.) citrate of bismuth and am- 
monium. 

Elixir of Pepsin, Bismuth, and Iron. — Dissolve 25 grams (386 grs.) 
phosphate of iron (U. S. P., 1880) in 60 C.c. (2 fl.ozs.) hot water and add 
this to 915 C.c. (31 fl.ozs.) elixir of pepsin and bismuth. Each tea- 
spoonful (5 C.c.) represents 33 centigrams (5 grs.) saccharated pepsin, 
6.5 centigrams (1 gr.) citrate of bismuth and ammonium, and 12.5 cen- 
tigrams (2 grs.) soluble phosphate of iron. 

Elixir of Pepsin, Bismuth, and Strychnine.— Dissolve 20 cen- 
tigrams strychnine in 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) alcohol, and add the solution to 
970 C.c. (33 fl.ozs.) elixir of pepsin and bismuth. Each teaspoonful 
represents 33 centigrams (5 grs.) saccharated pepsin, 6.5 centigrams 
(1 gr.) citrate of bismuth and ammonium, and 1 milligram (-g 1 ^ gr.) 
strychnine. 

Elixir of Pyrophosphate of Iron. — This is generally the elixir of 
calisaya with iron. 

Elixir of Phosphate of Iron and Quinine.— Mix 125 C.c (4£ 

fl.ozs.) alcoholic solution of quinine (see under title " Quinine " in the 
Companion) with 440 C.c. (15 fl.ozs.) simple elixir. Dissolve 25 grams 
(386 grs.) soluble phosphate of iron (U. S. P., 1880) in 60 C.c. (2 fl.ozs.) 
hot water, and add to it 410 C.c. (14 fl.ozs.) syrup of tolu. Pour the 



1144 APPENDIX. 



mixture containing the quinine gradually into the mixture containing 
the phosphate of iron, shaking the resulting mixture after each addi- 
tion until all is mixed. Each teaspoonful (5 C.c. ) contains 12.5 C.c. 
(2 grs.) soluble phosphate of iron and 6.3 centigrams (1 gr.) quinine. 

Elixir of Phosphate of Iron, Quinine, and Strychnine. — Dis- 
solve 20 centigrams (3 grains) strychnine in 30 C.c. (1 fl..oz.) alcohol and 
add the solution carefully and gradually to 970 C.c. (33 fl.ozs.) elixir of 
phosphate of iron and quinine, shaking the mixture after each addition. 
Each teaspoonful contains 12.5 centigrams (2 grs.) soluble phosphate of 
iron, 6.3 centigrams (1 gr.) quinine, and 1 milligram (Jj gr.) strychnine. 

Compound Elixir of Taraxacum.— Mix 50 C.c (If fl.oz.) fluid 
extract of taraxacum, 12 C.c. (3 fl.drs.) fluid extract of gentian, and 
940 C.c. (32 fl.ozs) compound elixir of liquorice. 

Elixir of Valerianate of Ammonium. — Dissolve 15 grams (230 
grs.) valerianate of ammonium in 1,000 C.c. (34 fl.ozs.) simple elixir, and 
add carefully, drop by drop, enough water of ammonia to make the 
liquid faintly alkaline to litmus paper. Color it with a mixture of equal 
parts by measure of caramel and tincture of cudbear. 

BEEF, WINE, AND IRON. 

Dissolve 50 grams (1 oz. 334 grs.) Liebig's extract of beef in 150 C.c. 
(5 fl.oz.) hot water. Add 600 C.c. (20 fl.ozs.) sherry wine and 120 C.c. 
(4 fl.oz.) simple syrup. 

Dissolve 250 grams (100 grs.) soluble phosphate of iron (U. S. P., 
1880) in 30 C.c. (1 fl.oz.) hot water, and add this solution to the beef 
and wine. Finally add enough water to make the whole measure 1,000 
C.c. (34 fl.ozs.). 

Each tablespoonful (20 C.c.) contains 12.5 centigrams (2 grs.) soluble 
phosphate of iron. 



INDEX. 



Abbreviations in' prescriptions, 1116 
Abkochungen, 399 
Absinth in, 1 
Absinthium, 1 

Preparations, 1-3 
Absorbent Cotton, 533 
Abstracta, 3 
Abstract Aconite, 56 

Aspidosperma, 200 

Belladonna. 222 

Blood Root, 881 

Cannab. Ind., 269 

Coniuni, 363 

Coto, 379 

Digitalis, 405 

Foxglove, 405 

Henbane, 582 

Hyoscyainus, 582 

Ignatia, 592 

Indian Cannabis, 269 

Jaborandi, 775 

Jalap, 620 

Krameria, 631 

Mandrake, 798 

May-apple, 798 

Nux Vomica 717 

Phytolacca, 771 

Pilocarpus, 775 

Podophyllum, 798 

Poke Root, 771 

Quebracho, 201 

Rhatany, 631 

Sanguinaria, 881 

Senega, 912 

Valerian, 1010 
Acacia. 5 

Preparations, 6-8 
Aceir.e, 720 

Comua, 722 

de Almendras Amargas, 131 

de Almendras Dulces, 134 

de Higado de Bacalao, 704 

Mineral, 760 
Aceta, Medicata, 8 
Acetate Ammonium, Solution, 121 

Copper. 389 

de Soude, 930 

Iron, 461 



Acetate Lead, 788 

Magnesium, 670 

Morphine, 702 

Potassium, 808 

Sodium, 930 

Strychnine, 956 

Zinc, 1027 
Acetato de Sosa, 930 
Acetic Acid, 13 

Acid, Arom., 15 

Acid, Diluted, 13 

Acid, Glacial, 14 

Ether, 73 
Acetum, 9 

Aromaticum, 10 

Camphoras, 263 

Cantharidis. 272 

Colchici, 350 

Lobelias, 660 

Opii, 727 

Opii Crocatum, 727 

Plumbicum, 789 

Pyroxylicum, 41 

Rosae, 859 

Rubi Idaei, 865 

SanguinariaB, 882 

Saturni, 789 

Scillss, 904 
Achillea, 11 

Preparations, 12, 13 
Achillein, 11 
Acibar, 98, 100 
Acid, Acetic, 13 

Acetic, Aromatic, 15 

Acetic, Diluted, 13 

Acetic, Glacial, 14 

Aconitic. 55 

Agaric, 76 

Ailanthic, 78 

Amber, 43 

Angelicic, 961 

Arabic, 5 

Arsenicosum, 182 

Arseniosum, 182 

Arsenosum, 182 

Arthantic, 683 

Benzoic, 16, 226, 413, 758, 

Boracic, 17 



1146 



INDE 



Acid, Boric, 17 




Acid, Nitrohydrochloric, 36 


Caffeo-tannic, 245 




Nitrohydrochloric, Bath, 37 


Calumbic, 259 




Nitrohydrochloric, Diluted, 37 


Cambogic, 2G1 




Nitromuriatic, 36 


Carbazotic, 40 




Nitromuriatic, Bath, 37 


Carbolic, 18, 783 




Nitromuriatic, Diluted, 37 


Carbolic, Crude, 21 




Nitrous, 35 


Carbolic, Liquid, 20 




Oleic, 37 


Carbolic, Preparations, 


20-23 


Ortho-oxybenzoic, 41 


Carbolic, Solution, 20 




Oxalic, 38 


Carminic, 285, 348 




Phenic, 18 


Catechutannic, 298 




Phenylic, 18 


Cathartic, 916 




Phosphoric, 38 


Cerotic, 303 




Phosphoric, Diluted, 39 


Chrysophanic, 23, 327, 


845, 867 


Phosphoric, Glacial, 40 


Chromic, 23 




Phosphoric, Lemonade, 39 


Cinchotannic, 331 




Phosphoric, Syrupy, 40 


Cinnamic, 24, 226, 344 


413, 758, 956, 


Picric, 40 


996 




Picropodophyllic, 797 


Citric, 24 




Picrotoxic. 347 


Columbic, 259 




Podophyllinic, 797 


Copaivic, 370 




Polygalic, 912 


Cornic, 376 




Punico-tannic, 537 


Cresylic, 25 




Pyrogallic, 40 


Cubebic, 385 




Pyroligneous, 41 


Elemic, 420 




Quercitannic, 832 


Emulsion, White, 723 




Quinovic, 331 


Filicic, 198 




Rheo-tannie, 845 


Formic, 26 




Salicylic, 41, 290 


Fumaric, 378 




Salicylic, Preparations, 657 


Gallic, 26, 511 




Santalic, 884 


Gambogic, 261 




Santonic, 885, 886 


Gentianic, 518 




Sclerotic, 427, 1006 


Gentisic, 506, 518 




Succinic, 43, 957 


Glyeocholic, 458 




Sulph-indigotic, 596 


Guaiacetic, 543 




Sulphuric, 44 


Guaiaconic, 543 




Sulphuric, Aromatic, 46 


Guaiacic, 543 




Sulphuric, Diluted, 47 


Gynocardic, 546 




Sulphuric, Drops, 45 


Hydriodic, 27 




Sulphuric, Fuming, 45 


Hydrobromic, 28 




Sulphuric, Noidhausen, 45 


Hydrochloric, 29 




Sulphurous, 48 


Hydrochloric, Diluted, 


31 


Sulphurous, Preparations, 673 


Hydrocyanic, 821 




Tannic, 49, 511 


Hydrocyanic, Diluted, 


31 


Tannic, Preparations, 50-52 


Hydrocyanic, Emulsion 


,33 


Tartaric, 52 


Hydrocyanic, SScheele's 


,32 


Taurocholic, 458 


Hypophosphorous, 33 




Toxicodendric, 856 


Hypopicrotoxic, 347 




Valerianic, 53, 645, 961, 1010 


Kinic, 331 




Aconite, Chinese, 55 


Kinotannic, 628 




Japanese, 55 


Kramerio-tannic, 631 




Juice, 64 


Lactic, 33, 634 




Leaves, 61 


Leditannic, 645 




Leaves, Preparations, 61-64 


Lupamaric, 663 




Preparations, 56-66 


Meconic, 725 




Root, 54 


Metacopaivic, 370 




Root, Preparations, 56-61 


Metarabic, 7 




Aconiti Folia, 61 


Muriatic, 29 




Radix, 54 


Nitric, 34 




Aconiti a, 64 


Nitric, Diluted, 35 




Aconitic acid, 55 


Nitric, Fuming, 35 




Aconitina, 64 



INDEX. 



1147 



Aconitine, 55, 64 


Alcohol, Stronger, 83 




Aconitum, 54 


Tables, 81, 85, 86, 87, 88, 


89 


Acore odorant, 247 


Wood, 91 




Vrai, 247 


Alcoholin, 91 




Acorin, 248 


Alcool de bois, 91 




Acoro verdadero, 247 


Formique, 91 




Aetata, 66 


Alcoolate Cochlearia, 350 




Racemosa, 328 


Alder, American, 96 




Adeps, 67 


Black, 96, 820 




Benzoinatus, 68 


Tag, 96 




Adiantum, 71 


Aletris, 92 




Adjuvans, 1111, 1112 


Aleurone, 1070 




Adrian's Hemostatic, 470 


Algaroth's Powder, 153 




JEgle Marmelos, 215 


Alkali volatile, concret, 124 




JErugo, 389 


Alkanet, red, 94 




.ZEsculin, 555 


Root, 93 




iEsculus Hippocastanum, 555 


Alkanna, 93 




^Ether, 71 


Alkannin, 94 




Aceticus, 73 


Alkermes Aurificum, 15G 




Fortior, 71 


Allium, 94 




Spirituosus, 73 


Allspice, 777 




Sulphuricus, 71 


Allyl-sulphocyanide, 928 




JEtherolea, 75, 720 


Almendra, Amarga, 130 




^"thiops Mineralis, 577 


Dulce, 132 




Aetzammoniak, 119 


Almidon, 136 




Aetzkali. 805 


Almizcle, 706 




Aetzkalilauge, 806 


Almond, Bitter, 130 




Aetznatron, 929 


Sweet, 132 




Aetznatronlauge, 930 


Alnus Rubra, 96 




African Pepper, 277 


Serrulata, 96 




Agaric, 76 


Aloe, 98, 100 




Acid, 76 


Hepatica, 98 




Agaricin, 76 


Lucida, 98 




Agaricus Albus, 76 


Purificata, 100 




Chirurgorum, 76 


Aloes, Barbadoes, 107 




Agrimonia, 77 


Bonaire, 107 




Agua, 165 


Cape, 107 




de Cloro, 323 


Curacoa, 107 




Aigrenioine, 77 


Preparations, 99-108 




Ail, 94 


Socotrine, 100 




Ailanthic Acid, 78 


Aloin, 99 




Ailanthus, 78 


Aloinum, 99 




Ajenjo, 1 


Alquitira, 999 




Ajo, 94 


Alstonia Constricta, 108 




Akazga, 79 


Scholaris, 411 




Akazgine, 79 


Alstonine, 108 




Alantwurzel, 606 


Althgea, 109 




Alaun, 113 


Flowers, 112 




Albayalde, 791 


Preparations, 110-112 




Albumen Ovi, 741 


Alum,* 113 




Albuminate Iron, 500 


Ammonia, 115 




Alburnum, 1094 


Burnt, 114 




Alcali Volatil, 119 


Curd, 114 




Alcanfor, 262 


Potassa, 113 




Alcaravea, 289 


Root, 554 




Alchanna, 93 


Whey. 114 




Alcohol, 79, 84 


Alumbre, 113 




Absolute, 84 


Alumen, 113 




Amylic, 91 


Exsiccatum, 114 




Diluted, 83, 87 


Ustum, 114 




Fortius, 83 


Aluminated Copper, 392 




Methylic, 91 


Aluminii Chloridum, 115 





1148 



INDEX. 



Aluminii et Potassii Sulphas, 113 


Ammonium, Hydrate, 119 


Hydras, 115 


Iodide, 127 


Sulphas, 116 


Nitrate, 128 


Aluminium, 112 


Phosphate, 128 


Chloride, 115 


Picrate, 40 


Hydrate, 115 


Sesquicarbonate, 124 


Sulphate, 116 


Succinate, Solution, 128 


Alun, 113 


Sulphate, 129 


Calcine, 114 


Supercarbonate, 124 


Amandes, Ameres, 130 


Valerianate, 129 


Douces, 132 


Ampelopsis, 130 


Amber, 957 


Amygdala Amara, 130 


Ambergris, 116 


Dulcis, 132 


Ambra Grisea, 116 


Amygdalic Acid, 641 


Ambre Blanc, 305 


Amygdalm, 131, 135, 641, 821 


Ameisensaure, 26 


Amyl Nitris, 136 


American Alder, 96 


Amylic Alcohol, 91 


Aspen, 802 


Amylum, 136 


Cannabis, 267 


Iodatum, 609; 


Columbo, 506 


Maidis, 686 


Hellebore, 1014 


Marantae, 681 


Hemp, 267 


Oryzse, 741 


Ipecac, 524 


Tritici, 136 


Ivy, 130 


Amyrin, 420 


Saffron, 288 


Anacardium, 140 


Sarsaparilla, 168 


Anacyclus Pyrethrum, 828 


Spikenard, 169 


Anchusin, 94 


Valerian, 397 


Anemone Pratensis, 825 


Wormseed, 309 


Pulsatilla, 825 


Amidon de ble, 136 


Anemonic Acid, 825 


Ammonia, 119 


Anemonin, 825 


Water, 119 


Anemopsis, 141 


Water, Stronger, 120 


Anethum, 142 


Ammoniac, 117 


Angelica, 648 


Ammoniacal Glycyrrhizin, 532 


Root, 142 


Ammoniacum Causticum, 119 


Seed, 144 


Ammoniae Murias, 126 


Southern, 648 


Ammoniak, 119 


Angelica Fructus, 144 


4mmoniated Copper, 392 


Radix, 142 


Copper Sulphate, 392 


Angelicic Acid, 961 


Glycyrrhizin, 532 


Angclicin, 143 


Mercury, 578 


Angustura, 144 


Ammonii Benzoas, 123 


Preparations, 145 


Bromidum, 123 


Aniline, 146 


Carbonas, 124 


Colors, 146 


Carbonas Pyroleosus, 124 


Inks, 146 


Chloridum, 126 


Anise, 146 


Iodidum, 127 


Cordial, 148 


Nitras, 128 


Etoile. 593 


Phosphas, 128 


Anisum, 146 


Sulphas, 129 


Stellatum, 593 


Valerianas. 129 


Annatto, 180 


Ammonio-Ferric Alum, 477 


Annual Rinjrs. 1091-1094 


Citrate. 476 


Anthemis, 150 


Tartrate, 477 


Preparations, 151 


Ammonium, 119 


Antiarin, 152 


Acetate Solution, 121 


Autiaris, 151 


Benzoate, 123 


Antidotum Arsenii, 185, 487 


Bromide, 123 


Antifat, 506 


( larbazotate, 40 


Antihydropin, 235 


Carbonate, 124 


Antimoine Crue, 156 


Chloride, 126 


Antimonial Powder, 155 



INDEX. 



1149 



Antimonial Wine, 154 


Aqua, Plumbi, 790 


Antimonii et Potassii Tartras, 153 


Regia, 36 


Oxidum, 155 


Rosas, 858 


Oxysulphuretum, 156 


Tolutana, 997 


Sulphiduni, 156 


Aquas Aromaticas, 166 


Sulphidum Flavum,*157 


Destillatas, 166 


Sulphidum Purificatum, 157 


Arabic Acid, 5 


Sulphuretum, 156 


Arabin, 5 


Antimonium, 152 


Aralia Hispida, 167 


Criidum, 156 


Nudicaulis, 168 


Nigrum, 156 


Racemosa, 169 


Sulphuratum, 158 


Spinosa, 169 


Tartaratum, 153 


Araroba, 170 


Antinionoxyd, 155 


Arbor Vitas, 979 


Antimony, Black, 156 


Arbutin, 311, 425, 514, 683, 1007 


Chloride, 152 


Arctostaphylos Glauca, 680 


Oxide, 155 


Areca Nut, 170 


Oxychloride, 153 


Areometer, 1134 


Oxysulphuret, 156 


Argel Leaves, 915 


Preparations of, 152-158 


Argent, 171 


Sulphide, 156 


Argenti Cyanidum, 171 


Apelsinsai't, 210 


Iodidum 171 


Apelsinskal, 205 


Nitras, 172 


Apfelsinenschalen, 205 


Nitras -Dilutus, 173 


Apiin, 761 


Nitras Fusus, 174 


Apiol, 761, 762 


Nitras Plumbatus, 174 


Apium, 158 


Oxidum, 174 


Apocvnum, 159 


Argentum, 171 


Androsasmifolium, 163 


Argols, 804 


Cannabinum, 159 


Arillus Myristicas, 666 


Cannabinum, Preparations, 163 


Aristolochin, 923 


Apornorphias Murias, 165 


Armenian Bole, 237 


Apomorphine Hydro chlorate, 165 


Armoise Amere, 1 


Hypodermic Injection, 601 


Armoracia, 175 


Aporhetin, 845 


Arnica Flowers, 176 


Aqua, 165 


Flowers Preparations, 176-177 


Acidi Carbolici, 22 


Preparations, 176-180 


Ammonias, 119 


Root, 177 


Ammonias Fortior, 120 


Root Preparations, 178-180 


Amygdalae Aniaras, 131 


Arnicas Flores, 176 


Anisi, 148 


Radix, 177 


Aurantii Florum, 208 


Arnicin, 178 


Calcis, 254 


Arnikabluthen, 176 


Camphorae, 263 


Arnikawurzel, 177 
Arnotta, 180 


Carui, 289 


Chlori, 323 


Aromatic Acetic Acid, 15 


Chloroformi, 320 


Powder, 180 


Cinnamomi, 346 


Spirit Ammonia, 125 


Cinnamomi Spirituosa, 345 


Sugars, 418 


Creasoti. 381 


Sulphuric Acid, 46 


Destillata, 167 


Vinegar, 10 


Foeuiculi, 503 


Waters, 166 


Fontana, 165 


Wine, 1022 


Fortis, 34 


Arrow Poison, Javanese, 151 


Laurocerasi, 641 


Arrowroot, 681 


Melissas, 689 


Arseniate Iron, 463 


Menthae Piperitae, 693 


Sodium, 185 


Menthae Viridis, 695 


Arsenic, 181 


Mercurialis Nigra, 570 


Antidote for, 185, 487 


Phagadenica, 568 


Preparations, 181-187 


Picis, 784 


Solution Valangin, 184 


Pimento, 778 


Arsenical Paste, 184 



1150 



INDEX. 



Arsenical Powders, 185 
Arsenicum Album, 182 
Arsenige Saure, 182 
Arsenii Iodidum, 186 

Oxidum, 182 
Arseniksyrlighet, 182 
Arsenious Acid, 182 

Anhydride, 182 

Iodide, 186 

Oxide, 182 
Arsenite Quinine, 835 
Arsenium, 181 
Arsenum, 181 
Artemisia Abrotanum, 187 

Absinthium, 1 

Vulgaris, 187 
Arthantic Acid, 683 
Arum Dracontium, 413 

Maculatum, 188 

Triphyllum, 188 
Asa Dulcis, 225 
Asafetida, 189 

Preparations, 190-192 
Asafoetida, 189 
Asarum, 192 

Preparations, 193 
Ase fetide, 189 
Asclepias, 193 

Cornuti, 195 

Incarnata, 195 

Preparations, 194 

Tuberosa, 193 
Asclepidin, 194 
Asparagin, 109, 196, 439, 963 
Asparagus, 196 
Aspen, American, 802 
Aspidium, 197 

Preparations, 198-199 
Aspidosperma, 199 

Preparations, 200-201 
Aspidospermine, 200, 201 
Assafcetida, 189 
Asthma Cigarettes, 218 
Atomizer, Hand, 600 

Steam, 600 
Atropia, 201 
Atropine, 201, 217, 415, 951 

Sulphate, 202 
Attar, 75 

Rose, 861 
Aufgiisse, 596 
Aunce Commune, 606 
Aurantii Amari Cortex, 203 

Dulcis Cortex, 205 

Flores. 207 

Folia, 209 

Fructus Immaturi, 209 
Auri et Sodii Chloridum, 210 
Australian Fever Bark, 108 
Ava Kava, (196 
Avenae (rimna, 210 
Avens Root, 522 



Avens Root, European, 523 

Axungia, 67 

Azafran, 383 

Azedarach, 211 

Azogup, 561 

Azotate d' Argent, 172 

de Plomb, 792 

de Potasse, 818 

de Soude, 938 
Azotic Acid, 34 
Azucar, 873 

de Leche, 875 
Azulen, 684 
Akta Moderdroppar, 296 

Baccae Cubebee, 385 

Juniperi, 624 

Lauri, 641 
Badiane, 593 
Bael Fruit, 215 
Barlappsamen, 665 
Baggsota, 517 
Baking Soda, 932 
Baldriansaure, 53 
Baldrianwurzel, 1008 
Balm, 689 
Balmony, 308 
Balnea, 211 
Balsam Fir, 974 

Honey, 733 
Balsamo Negro, 757 
Balsamum Copaibae, 370 

Dipterocarpi, 411 

Peruvianum, 757 

Styracis, 956 

Sulphuris, 960 

Sulphuris Terebinthinatum, 960 

Tolutanum, 996 
Bandolin, 396 
Baneberry, 66 
Baptisia, 213 
Baptisin, 214 
Barbadoes Tar, 760 
Barbaloin, 99 
Barberry Bark, 228 
Barbotine, 885 
Barii Carbonas, 214 

Chloridum, 215 

Nitras, 215 
Barium, 214 

Carbonate, 214 

Chloride, 215 

Nitrate, 215 

Preparations, 214-215 
Barley Flour, Prepared, 557 

Pearl, 557 
Barosma, 241 

Camphor, 242 
Bark, Structure of, 1097-1101 
Basham's Mixture, 476 
Basilicon Ointment, 841 
Basilike Salva, 841 



INDEX. 



1151 



Bassorin, 877, 1000 
Bast, 1085, 1087 
Bateman's Drops, 738 
Bath, Cold, 211 

Hot, 212 

Nitrohydrochloric Acid, 37 

Nitromuriatic Acid, 37 

Roman, 212 

Russian, 213 

Sun. 213 

Tepid, 212 

Turkish, 213 
Baths, 211 
Battery Fluid, 809 
Battley's Sedative Drops, 734 
Baume de Carthagene, 996 

de Copahu, 370 

de Perou, 757 

de Tolu, 996 

de Vie, 101 

des Indes, 757 

Tranquille, 220 

Vert. 094 
Baumwolle, 533 
Bayberrres, 641 
Bay berry Bark. 711 
Bay-laurei Leaves, 642 
Bay Leaves, 642 

Rum, 710 
Bearberry, 1007 
Bearsfoot, 801 
Beberinge Sulphas, 215 
Beberine, 714, 751 

Sulphate, 215 
Bebeeru Bark, 714 
Beck, 786 

Beef and Wine, 287 
Beef-tea, 286 

Cold-prepared, 286 
Beef, Wine and Iron, 287, 1144 
Beet Sugar, 874 
Bejuquillo, 612 
Bela, 215 
Belladonna Cigarettes, 218 

Leaves, 216 

Preparations, 218-224 

Root, 221 
Belladonnse Folia, 216 

Radix, 221 
Belladonnine, 217 
Belefio, 581 
Belville Ointment, 570 
Benedictendistel, 284 
Bengal Quince, 215 
Benjui, 225 
Benzaldehyd, 641 
Benzin, 224, 760 
Benzoate Ammonium, 123 

Iron, 464 

Lithium, 656 

Sodium, 931 
Benzoated Lard, 68 



Benzoe, 225 

Benzoesaure, 16 

Benzoic Acid, 16, 226, 413, 758, 778 

Benzoin, 225 

Odoriferum, 651 
Benzoinated Lard, 68 

Ointment, 226 
Benzoinum, 225 
Benzol, 227 

Benzyl Cinnamate, 758, 996 
Berberine, 227, 228, 229, 259, 373, 579, 

691, 797 
Berberis Aquifolium, 227 

Oregoneusis, 227 

Vulgaris, 228 
Bergmynta, 740 
Bergol, 760 
Bergolja, 760 
Bergthee, 513 
Bernstemsaure, 43 
Bernsten, 957 
Bertramsrot, 828 
Bertramwurzel, 828 
Betel Nut. 170 
Beth Root, 1001 
Beurre, 244 
Bibergeil, 295 
Biborate Sodium, 933 
Bicarbonate Potassium, 809 

Sodium, 931 

Sodium, Commercial, 932 
Bichloride Mercury, 566 
Bichromate Potassium, 809 
Biebernell, 778 
Bile, 458 
Bilis Bovina, 458 

Bovina Inspissata, 458 

Bovina Purificata, 459 
Bilsenkraut, 581 
Birch Camphor, 230 
Bird Glue, 763 

Lime, 763 

Pepper, 277 

Seed, 762 
Birth Root, 1001 
Bismuth, 230 

Alloy, 230 

and' Ammonium Citrate, 231 

Citrate, 230 

Citrate, Soluble, 231 

Nitrate, Neutral, 232 

Preparations, 230-234 

Tannate, 233 

Tris-nitrate, 232 
Bismuthi Citras, 230 

et Ammonii Citras, 231 

Nitras, 232 

Subcarbonas, 232 

Subnitras, 232 

Tannas, 233 

Valerianas, 234 
Bistorta, 234 



1152 



INDEX. 



Bisulphate Quinine, 835 
Bisulphide Carbon, 281 
Bisulphite Calcium, 250 

Sodium, 933 
Bitartrate Potassium, 810 
Bitter Almond, 130 

Almond Water, 131 

Apple, 358 

Orange Peel, 203 

Specit-s, 831 

Wine Iron, 499 
Bittere Mandeln, 130 
Bitterklee, 696 
Bittermandelol, 131 
Bitter Root, 163 
Bittersalz, 672 
Bittersuss, 416 
Bittersweet, 416 
Bitter wurzel, 517 
Black Alder, 96, 820 

Antimony, 156 

Cohosh, 328 

Draught, 920 

Drops, 727 

Haw, 1017 

Hellebore, 551 

Indian Hemp, 159 

Mustard, 926 

Oak Bark, 832 

Oxide Manganese, 677 

Pepper, 779 

Pepper, Preparations, 780 

Pitch, 786 

Plaster, 794,796 

Root, 646 

Snake Root, 328 

Sulphuret Antimony, 156 

Wash, 5/'0 
Blackberry, 863 

Cordial, 863 

Root Bark, 864 
Blacktang, 506 
Bladder-wrack, 506 
Blanc de baleine, 305 

de plomb, 791 
Blancard's Pills, 483 
Blasentang, 506 
Blatta, 235 
Blaud's Pills, 467 
Blauholz, 547 
Blausaure, 31 
Blazing Star, 92 
Ble Cornu, 426 
Bleaching Liquid, 324 

Powder, 256 
Blei, 787 
Bleichkalk, 256 
Bleiessig, 789 
Bleigliitte, 796 
Bleioxyd, 796 
Bleipflaster, 793 
Bleisalpeter, 792 



Bleiwasser, 790 
Bleiweiss, 791 
Bleiweiss-salbe, 792 
Bleizucker, 788 
Blessed Thistle, 284 
Blistering Cerate, 272 

Fluid, 276 

Paper, 273 

Plaster, 274 

Tissue, 273 
Blood Root, 881 

Preparations, 881-883 
Blue Cohosh, 300 

Flag, 617 

Mass, 565 

Ointment, 565 

Pill, 565 
Blue Vitriol, 391 
Blueberry Root, 3C0 
Bluestone, 391 
Ely, 787 
Blyglete, 796 
Blyhvitt, 791 
Blyhvittsalva, 792 
Blysocker, 788 
Blyvatten, 790 
Blyattika, 789 
Blyattiksalva, 790 
Blasyra, 31 
Bogbean, 696 
Bois de Campeche, 547 

de Gayac, 542 

de reglisse, 527 

de Sang, 547 

d' Inde, 547 
Boisdoux, 527 
Boldine, 236 
Boldo, 236 
Boldus, 236 
Bole, Armenian, 237 

White, 237 
Bolet Amadouvier, 76 
Boletus Laricis, 76 
Boli, 236, 776 
Bolmort, 581 
Bolus Alba, 237 

Armena, 237 
Bomolja, 722 
Bomull, 533 
Boneblack. 280 
Boneset, 440 

Preparations, 440, 441 

Tea, 441 
Boracic Acid, 17 
Borate de Sonde, 933 

Sodium, 933 
Borato Sodico, 933 
Borax, 933 

Tartar, 810 
Boric Acid, 17 

Boro-tartrate Potassium, 810 
Borraj, 933 






INDEX. 



1153 



Borsaure, 17 
Borsaures Natron, 933 
Borsyra, 17 
Borsvradt Natron, 933 
Botany Bay Kino, 628 
Bougies, Gelatin, 515 
Bouillon- blanc, 1016 
Boundon, 79 
Bourdaine. 503 
Bourgene, 503 
Boxberry, 513 
Boxwood Bark, 375 
Brakved, 503 
Brandy, 915 
Braunstein, 677 
Brayera, 237 
Brea, 783 

Seca. 810 
Bread Crumb, 747 
Brechnuss, 717 
Breckwein. 154, 615 
Breckweinstein. 153 
Breckwurzel, 612 
Breidin, 420 
Brein, 420 
Brimstone, 958 
Brionia, 240 
Britannia Metal, 152 
Britisk Oil, 958 
Bromide Amjnoniuni, 123 

Caloktm7249 
— -^Ethyl, 436 

Hydrogen, 28 

Iron Syrup, 464 

Litkium, 656 

Potassium, 811 

Quinine, 836 

Sodium, 933 

Sodium Solution, 934 

Zinc, 1027 
Bromine, 239 

Solutions, 239, 240 
Bromkalium, 811 
Bromum, 239 

Bromure de Potassium, 811 
Bromuro Potasico, 811 
Bromvatesyra, 28 
Bromwasserstoffsaure, 28 
Broom tops, 907 
Brown Mixture, 530 

Plaster, 794 
Brucine, 591, 717 
Brust Tkee, 111 
Brustpulver, 529 
Bryoidin, 420 
Bryonia, 240 

Preparations, 241 
Bryonin, 240 
Brannd Alun, 114 
Brostdroppar, 532, 729 
Bucku, 241 

Preparations, 242-243 
73 



Buckbean, 696 
Bucktkorn Bark, 503 

Bark, preparations, 504-505 

Berries, 842 

Juice, 842 
| Bugbane, 328 
Bugleweed, 666 
1 Bulbe de Colcbique, 350 

de Safran batard, 350 
Burdock Root, 640 

Seed, 640 
Burgundy Pitck, 782 
Burnt Alum, 114 

Sponge, 947 

Sugar, 873 
Bursa Pastoris, 276 
Butea Kino, 628 
Butter, 244 

Antimony, 152 

Cacao, 978 
Butterfly-Weed, 193 
Buttermilk, 634 
Butternut Bark, 622 

Oil, 624 
Butyrum, 244 

Cacao, 978 

Petrolei, 759 
Buxine, 751 
Byne, 674 
Bafvergall, 295 

Cacao, 977 

Beans, 977 

Butter, 978 
1 Cackou noir, 298 
! Cade Oil, 742 
; Cadmii lodidum, 244 

Sulpkas, 244 
i Cadmium, 244 

Iodide, 244 

Sulphate, 244 
! Caffea, 245 
Caffeia, 246 
Caffeine, 245, 246, 544, 977 

Citrate, 246 
Caffeo-tannic acid, 245 
Cajuput Oil, 247 
Calx viva, 255 
Calabar Bean, 767 
Calabarine, 768 
Calamina, 249 
Calamus, 247 

Preparations, 248, 249 
Calcaria, 2o5 
Calcii Bisulphis, 250 

Bromidum, 249 

Carbonas Praecip., 250 

Chloridum, 250 

Hypochloris, 256 

Hypophospkis, 251 

lodidum, 251 

Phosphas Praacipitatus, 253 



1154 



INDEX. 



Calcii Sulphas TJstus, 253 

Sulphis, 253 
Calcined Magnesia, 668, 669 

Sulphate Calcium, 253 
Calcium, 249 

Bromide, 249 

Iodide, 251 

Gummate, 6 

juli Cancror 
Calendula, 258 
Calendulin, 258 
Calisaya Bark, 333 
Calomel, 568 

" American," 569 

Hydrosublimed, 569 

Precipitated, 569 
Calumba, 259 

Preparations, 260, 261 
Calumbic Acid, 259 
Calumbin, 259 
Calx, 255 

Chlorata, 256 

Sulphurata, 256 

Viva, 255 
Cambium, 1085, 1087 
Cambogia, 261 
Cambogic Acid, 261 
Campecheholz, 547 
Camphor, 262 

Ice, 264 

Mixture, Hope's, 264 

Mixture, Parrishs, 265 

Phenol, 21, 265 

Preparations, 263, 265 

Water, 263 
Camphora Monobromata, 266 
Camphorated Oil, 264 

Spirit Ether, 265 
Canada Fleabane, 431 

Pitch, 783 

Snake Root, 192 

Turpentine, 974 
Canadian Hemp, 159 

Moonseed, 690 
Canadischer Thee, 513 
Canary Seed, 762 
Candy, 873 
Cane Sugar, 873 
Canela,' 373 
Canella, 266 
Canelle, 343 

Blanche, 266 
Canna, 293 
Can a Fistula, 293 
Cannabis Americana, 267 

Indica, 267 

Indica, Preparations, 269, 270 
Canamo Indico, 267 
Cantharida, 271 
Canthoridal Collodion, 274 

Plaster, 272 
Cantharides, 271 



Cantharides Preparations, 272, 276 

Cantharidin, 271 

Cantharis, 271 

Caoutchouc, 545 

Capsaicin, 277 

Capsella, 276 

Capsicin, 277 

Capsicum Plaster, 278 

Capsicum, 277 

Preparations, 278, 280 
Capsin Plaster, 278 
Caragheen, 325 
Caramel, 873 
Caraway, 289 

Carbazotate Ammonium, 40 
Carbazotic Acid, 40 
Carbo Animalis, 280 

Ligni, 281 

Vegetabilis, 281 
Carbolate Quinine, 836 
Carbolated Camphor, 265 
Carbolic Acid, 18, 783 

Acid Camphor, 21 

Acid Crude, 21 

Acid Liquid, 20 

Acid Preparations, 20, 23 

Acid Solution, 20 

Acid Spray, 21 
Carbolized Oil, 21 
Carbolsaure, 18 
Carbon, 280 

Bisulphide, 281 
Carbonate Ammonium, 124 

Barium, 214 

Calcium, Precipitated, 250 

Iron Mass, 466 

Iron Pills, 467 

Iron, Saccharated, 465 

Lead, 791 

Lithium, 656 

Magnesium, 670 

Potassium. 812 

Sodium, 934 

Sodium, Dried, 934 

Zinc, Precipitated, 1027 
Carbon eum, 281 
Carbonei bisulphidum, 281 
Cardamom, 282 

Preparations, 283, 284 
Carduus Benedictus, 281 
Cari Fructus, 289 
Carica Papaya, 750 
Caricaj Fructus, 502 
Caricin, 750 
Carlsbad Salt, 939 
Carmelite Spirit, 690 
Carminative, Dalby's, 671 

Dewee's, 670 
Carmine, 285 
Carminic Acid, 285, 348 
Carota, 287 
Carota) Fructus, 287 



INDEX. 



1155 



Carrageen, 325 


Cell-wall, 1068 


Jelly, 326 


Cells, 1068 


Carron Oil, 254 


Annular, 1076 


Carrot Fruit, 287 


Dotted, 1076 


Carthamin, 288 


Form of, 1072-1074 


Carthamus, 288 


Pitted, 1077 


Carum, 289 


Reticulated, 1076 


Carvi, 289 


Size of, 1068 


Caryophyllin, 290 


Spiral, 1076 


Caryophyllus, 290 


Cellulose, 1068 


Cascara Sagrada, 843 


Centaury Red, American, 870 


Cascarilla, 291 


Centeno de Cornezuelo, 426 


Preparations, 292, 293 


Cents, 1129 


Cascarillin, 292 


Cera, 302 


Cashew Nut, 140 


Alba, 301 


Casse, 293 


Blanca, 301 


Cassia, 343 


Flava, 302 


Buds, 346 


Cerata, 303 


Fistula, 293 


Cerate, 303 


Castanea, 294 


Camphor, 263 


Castile Soap, 887 


Cantharides, 272 


Castor, 295 


Carbonate Zinc, 1027 


Oil, 857 


Extract Cantharidis, 275 


Oil Leaves, 856 


Goulard's, 790 


Castoreum, 295 


Green, 390 


Cataire, 297 


Resin, 841 


Cataplasma Belladonnae, 218 


Resin, Compound, 841 


Carbonis, £81 


Savin, 871 


Chlorata, 325 


Simple, 303 


Conii, 366 


Soap, 888 


Fermenti, 460 


Subacetate Lead, 790 


Hyoscyami, 583 


Zinc Carbonate, 1027 


Lini, 653 


Cerates, 303 


Sinapis, 927 


Ceratum, 303 


Cataplasmata, 297 


Adipis, 303 


Cataria, 297 


^Bruginis, 390 


Catechin, 298 


Cacao, 978 


Catechu, 298 


Camphoras, 263 


Pallidum, 300 


Gantharidis, 272 


Preparations, 299, 300 


Capsici Compositum, 278 


Catechutannic Acid, 298 


Cetacei, 305 


Cathartic Acid, 916 


Cupri Acetatis, 390 


Cathartin, 504, 916 


Extracti Gantharidis, 275 


Catheter, 602 


Myristicge, 713 


Catmint, 297 


Plumbi Subacetatis, 790 


Catnep, 297 


Resinge, 841 


Cato, 298 


Resinse Compositum, 841 


Caulophyllin, 301 


Rosse, 862 


Caulophyllum, 300 


Sabinse, 871 


Caustic, 174 


Saponis, 888 


Pencils, 174 


Simplex, 303 


Potassa, 805 


Theobroma3, 978 


Soda, 929 


Viride, 390 


with Lead, 174 


Zinci Carbonatis, 1027 


Cayenne Pepper, 277 


Ceresin, 304 


Cebadilla, 869 


Cerii Nitras, 304 


Cebolla Albarrana, 903 


Oxalas, 304 


Celaudine, 307 


Cerin, 303 


Celery Seed, 158 


Cerium, 304 


Celidonia, 307 


Nitrate, 304 


Celine, 689 


Oxalate, 304 


Cell-sap, 1069 


Cerolein, 303 



1156 



INDEX. 



Cerotic Acid, 303 


Chinarinde, 330 


Oerussa, 791 


Braune, 338 


Cetaceum, 305 


Gelbe, 333 


Saccharatum, 306 


Graue, 338 


Cetin, 305 


Rothe, 338 


Cc-tine, 305 


Chinawein, 337 


Cetraria, 806 


Chinawurzel, 312 


Lota, 307 


Chinin Sulfat, 838 


Cetraric Acid, 306 


Chininum, 834 


Cetrarin, 306 


Sulfuricum, 838 


Cevadilla, 869 


Chinoidin, 313 


Cevadilline, 870 


Chinoline, 314 


Cevadine, 870 


Tartrate, 314 


Chalk Mixture, 3P2 


Chionanthus, 314 


Preparations, 382 


Chirata, 315 


Chamselirin, 553 


Preparations, 316, 317 


Chamaslirium, 552 


Chiratin, 315 


Chamomile, English, 150 


Chiratogenin, 316 


German, 684 


Chittem Bark, 843 


Preparations, 151 


Chloral, 317 


Roman, 150 


Hydrate, 317 


Chapman's mixture, 372 


Chloralum, 115 


Charcoal, Animal, 280 


Chlorammonium, 126 


Poultice, 281 


Chlorate Potassium, 812 


Vegetable, 281 


Sodium, 935 


Chard on benit, 284 


Chlorhydric Acid, 29 


Cbarta Cantharidis, 273 


Chloride Aluminium, 115 


Cerata, 302 


Ammonium, 126 


Epispastica, 276 


Antimony, 152 


Nitrate, 818 


Barium, 215 


Potassii Nitratis, 818 


Calcium, 250 


Sinapis, 928 


Gold and Sodium, 210 


Charts Medicatoe, 307 


Hydrogen, 29 


Chaulmoogra Oil, 546 


Iron, 467 


Salve, 546 


Iron, Green, 473 


Chauvre Indien, 267 


Lime, 256 


Chaux Vive, 255 


Manganese, 676 


Checkerberry, 513, 700 


Mercury, Corrosive, 566 


Chelerythrine, 308 


Mercury, Mild,*568 


Chelidoine, 307 


Morphine, 702 


Chelidonine, 308 


Quinine, 836 


Chelidonium, 307 


Sodium, 935 


Chelidoxanthin, 308 


Tin, 947 


Chelone, 308 


Zinc, 1028 


" Chemical Food," 764 


Chlorinated Honey, 325 


Chenopodium, 309 


Lime, 256 


Cherry Laurel, 641 


Poultice, 325 


Laurel Water, 641 


Chlorine, 322 


Wild, 821 


Fumigation, 322 


Chestnut Leaves, 294 


Water, 323 


Chia Seed, 310 


Chlorkalk, 256 


Chicory, 327 


Chlornatrium, 935 


Chiendent, 1002 


Chlorodyne, 321 


Chillies, 277 


Chloroform, 318-321 


Cbimaphila, 310 


Aconite, 57 


Chimaphilin, 311 


Commercial, 321 


China. 312 


Crude, 321 


Plava, 833 


Purified, 318 


Fusca, 338 


Chlorophyll, 322, 1070 


Regia, 333 


Chlorsaures Kali, 812 


Root, 312 


Natron, 935 


Rubra, 338 


Chlorum, 322 



INDEX. 



1157 



Chlorure d'Alumine, 115 


Cinchotannic Acid, 331 


d' Ammonium, 126 


Cinnabar, 577 


de Chaux, 256 


Cinnamate Benzyl, 758 


de Sodium, 935 


Cinnamein, 758 


Ferrique, 467 


Cinnamic Acid, 24, 226, 344, 413, 758, 956, 


Mercurique, 566 


996 


Chlorwasser, 323 


Cinnamon, 343 


Chlorwasserstoffsaure. 323 


Cinoglosa, 396 


Chocolate, 977, 978 


Cire Blanche, 301 


Cholera Drops, Russian, 730 


Jaune, 302 


Drops, Thielemann's, 730 


Cissampeline, 751 


Cholestsrin, 458 


Citrate Bismuth, 230 


Chondodendron, 751 


Bismuth and Ammonium, 231 


Chondrus. 325 


Bismuth, Soluble, 231 


Christmas Rose, 551 


Caffeine, 249 


Chromate Potassium, 813 


Iron, 474 


Chromic Acid, 23 


Iron and Ammonium, 476 


Chromium, 326 


Iron and Cinchonidine, 478 


Chromsaure, 23 


Iron and Quinine, U. S., 478 


Chrysarobin, 170, 327 


Iron and Strychnine, 479 


Chrysophan, 845 


Iron, Quinine, and Strychnine, 479 


Chrysophanic Acid, 23, 327, 845, 867 


Iron, Soluble, 476 


Churchill's Syrup of the Hypophosphites, 


Lithium, 657 


588 


".Magnesia," 672 


Cianuro de Plata, 171 


Magnesium, Granulated, 671 


Potasico, 815 


Morphine, 702 


Cichorium, 327 


Potassium, 814 


Cicuta, 361, 365 


Sodium, 936 


Cigarettes, Belladonna, 218 


Citri Cortex, 649 


Cigne, 361, 365 


Flavedo, 650 


Cilantro, 374 


Succus, 651 


Cimicifuga, 328 


Citric Acid, 24 


Preparations, 329, 330 


Citrine Ointment, 573 


Cimicifugin, 328 


Ointment, Diluted, 574 


Cina, 885 


Citron, 649 


Cinchona, 330 


Citronenkraut, 689 


Barks, Miscellaneous, 340 


Citronensaure, 24 


Carthagena, 340 


Citronensaft, 651 


Colombian, 340 


Citronenschale, 649 


Cuprea, 341 


Citronsaft, 651 


" Febrifuge," 332 


Citronskal, 649 


Flava, 333 


Citronmeliss, 689 


Grisea, 338 


Citrus, 649 


Pallida, 338 


Civetta, 346 


Pale, 337 


Claret Wine, 1023 


Preparations, 333-340 


Clavo de Especia, 290 


Red, 332, 338 


Clay, 115 


Regia, 333 


Cloruro Amonico, 126" 


Rubra, 338 


de Cal, 256 


Yellow, 333 


Clous Aromatiques, 290 


Cinchonas for Quinine, 340 


Clove-stalks, 291 


Cinchonia, 342 


Clover, Red, 1000 


Muriate, 342 


Cloves, 290 


Sulphate, 343 


Clysters, 424 


Cinchonicia, 341 


Cnicin, 285 


Cinchonicine, 341 


Coal Oil, 760 


Cinchonidia Sulphate, 342 


Tar Pitch, 786 


Cinchonidine, 341 


Cobaltum, 181 


Sulphate, 342 


Cobre, 389 


Cinchonine, 342 


Coca Leaves, 434 


Hydrochlorate, 343 


Preparations, 435, 436 


Sulphate, 343 


Cocaine, 435 



1158 



INDEX. 



Coccionella, 348 


Coloquinte, 358 


Cocculus Indicus, 347 


Coloquintida, 358 


Coccus, 348 


Color, Red, 757 


Cochenille, 348 


Colquico, 350 


Cochineal, 348 


Coltsfoot, 1004 


Cochinilla, 348 


Columbic Acid, 259 


Cochlearia, 349 


Columbin, 259 


Armoracia, 175 


Columbo, 259 


Cocimiento, 399 


American, 506 


Cockroach. 235 


Preparations, 260, 261 


Coclearia, 349 


Comfrey, 963 


Cod-Liver Oil, 704 


Comino, 388 


Oil Emulsion, 705 


Common Salt, 935 


Oil Emulsion, Ferrated, 706 


Composition Powder, 711 


Oil, Ferrated, 704 


Compressed Sponge, 946 


Oil with Iron, 704 


Confectio Aromatica, 181 


Oil with Iron and Quinine, 704 


Aurantii, 206 


Oil with Lactophosphate of Lime, 705 


Opii, 728 


Oil with Quinine, 705 


Piperis, 780 


Cod Oil, 704 


Rosse, 859 


Coddington Lens, 1046 


Sennas, 917 


Codeia, 350 


Sulphuris, 959 


Codeine, 350, 725, 748 


Confection, Aromatic, 181 


Coffee, 245 


Black Pepper, 780 


Coffein, 246 


Opium, 728 


Cognac, 945 


Orange Peel, 206 


Cohosh, Black, 328 


Pepper, 780 


Cohosh, Blue, 300 


Rose, 859 


Cola de Pescado, 589' 


Senna, 917 


Colehiei Kadix, 350 


Sulphur, 959 


Semen, 353 


Confections, 361 


Colchicine, 351, 354, 355 


Conhydrine, 362 


Colchicum, 350 r 353 


Conii Folia, 365 


Flowers,. 355 


Fructus, 361 


Root, 350 


Succus, 368 


Cold Cream, 302, 859' 


Coniine, 362 


Colic Root, 92, 408 


Conium, 361 


Colla Pisciura, 589 


Fruit, 361 


Colle de Poisson, 589 


Juice, 368 


Collenchyma, 1079 


Leaves, 365 


Collinsonia, 356 


Preparations, 363, 369 


Collodion, 357 


Seed, 361 


Cautharidal, 274 


Conquinamine, 331 


Elastic, 358 


Conserven, 361 


Flexible, 358 


Conserves, 361 


Gutta-Percha, 546 


Conspergatives. 777, 1113 


Haemostatic, 50 


Convallamarin, 369 


Iodized, 009 


Convallaria majalis, 369 


Styptic, 50 


Convallarin, 3(59, 800 


Collodium, 357 


Couvolvulin, 619, 622 


Cantharidis, 274 


Copaiba, 370 


Crotonis, 981 


Resin, 372 


Elasticum, 358 


Solidified, 371 


Flexible, 358 


Copaivic Acid, 370 


Iodatum, 609 


Copper, 389 


Stypticum, 50 


Acetate, 389 


Tiglii, 981 


Ammoniated, 392 


Colloxylon, 828 


Sulphate, 391 


Colocynth, 358 


Sulphate, Ammoniated, 392 


Colocyrjthin, 359 


Copperas, 496 


Cologne Water, 803, 944 


Coptide, 372 


Colophony, 840 


Coptine, 373 



INDEX. 



1159 



Coptis, 372 


Cortex Linderas, 651 


East Indian, 373 


Liriodendri, 655 


Teeta, 373 


Magnolias, 673 


Trifolia, 372 


Mangostanas, 678 


Coque du Levant, 347 


Mezerei, 698 


Coral, 374 


Myricas, 711 


Corail des Jardins, 277 


Nectandras, 714 


Cordial Anise, 148 


Pini Canadensis, 779 


Coria-inyrtin, 375 


Piscidias Radicis, 781 


Coriander, 374 


Populi, 802 


Coriaria, 375, 915 


Prinos, 820 


Cork, 1083 


Pruni Virginianas. 821 


Corn Ergot, 1006 


Pteleas, 824 


Indian, 686 


Quebracho, 199 


Meal, 686 


Quercus, 832 


Silk, 687 


tjuillaiae, 833 


Smut, 1006 


Rhamni Purshianas, 843 


Starch, 686 


Rhois Aromaticas, 853 


Cornezuela del Centeno, 426 


Rhois Glabras, 854 


Comic Acid, 376 


Rubi, 864 


Cornin, 376 


Salicis, 877 


Cornus, 375 


Sassafras, 900 


Circinata, 377 


Simarubas, 925 


Sericea, 377 


Ulmi, 1005 


Florida, 375 


Viburni Opuli, 1019 


Corrigens, 1111, 1112 


Vibumi Prunifolii, 1017 


Corrosive Chloride of Mercury, 566 


Winteras, 1024 


Sublimate, 566 


Xanthoxyli, 1025 


Cortex Alni Rubras, 96 


Corydaline, 378 


Alstonias Constrictas, 108 


Corydalis, 378 


Alstonias Scholaris, 411 


Cosmolin, 759 


Angusturas, 144 


Coto Bark, 379 


Aspidospermas, 199 


Cotoin, 379 


Aurantii Amari, 203 


Cotton, 533 


Aurantii Dulcis, 205 


Absorbent, 533 


Azedarachtas, 211 


Hemostatic, 534 


Bebeeru, 714 


Styptic, 534 


Cascarillas, 291 


Root Bark, 534 


Cassias, 343 


Root Bark Preparations, 535-536 


Chinas, 330 


Seed Oil, 534 


Cinchonas, 330, 


Couch Grass, 1002 


Cinchonas Calisayas, 333 


Cough Powder, 156 


Cinchonas Flavas, 


Couleuvree, 240 


Cinchonas Pallidas, 338 


Couleuvrive, 234 


Cinchonas Regias, 333 


Coumarin, 410, 553, 689 


Cinchonas Rubras, 338 


Court Plaster, 590, 591 


Cinnamomi, 343 


Cousso, 237 


Citri, 649 


Cowhage, 709 


Cornus Floridas, 375 


Coxe's Hive Syrup, 906 


Coto, 379 


Crab's Eyes, 257 


Cusparrias, 144 


Cramp Bark, 1019 


Ditas, 411 


Cranesbill, 521 


Erythrophlosi, 434 


Preparations, 521, 522 


Euonymi, 439 


Cream, 634 


Frangulas, 503 


Syrup, 634 


Gossypii Radicis, 534 


Tartar, 810 


Granati Fructus, 536 


Creasote, 380, 783 


Granati Radicis, 537 


Creme de tartre, 810 


Hamamelidis, 549 


Cremor Tartari, 810 


Hippocastani, 555 


Creosote, 380, 783 


Juglandis, 622 


Cresol, 25 


Limonis, 649 


Cresyl Alcohol, 25 



1160 



INDEX. 



Cresylic Acid, 25 
Creta Prgeparata, 381 
Criinna Avense, 210 
Crisped Mint, 691 
Crocus, 383 
Croton Oil, 981 
Crown Bark, 338 
Cryptopine, 725 
Crystals, Vegetable, 1072 
Cubeb, 384 

Berries, 384 

Preparations, 385-387 
Cubebe, 384 
Cubebic Acid, 385 
Cubebin, 385 
Cucha, 434 
Cucumber, 388 

Ointment, 388 
Cucumis Citrullus, 387 

Sativus, 388 
Cudbear, 757 
Culver's Physic, 646 

Root, 646 
Cumin, 388 

de Pres, 289 
Cumulative Effect, 1108 
Cuprea Bark, 332, 340, 341 
Cupri Acetas, 389 

Sulphas, 391 

Sulphas Ammoniacalis, 392 
Cuprum, 389 

Aluminatum, 392 

Ammoniatum, 392 
Curare, 393 
Curarine, 393 
Curcuma, 393 
Curcumin, 394 
Curd Soap, 890 
Curled Mint, 691 
Currier's Sumach, 376 
Curry Powder, 395 
Cuscus, 1017 
Cusparia, 144 
Cusparin, 145 
Cutch, 298 
Cuttlefish Bone, 741 
Cyanhydric Acid, 31 
Cyanide Hydrogen, 31 

Mercury, • 570 

Potassium, 815 

Silver, 171 
Cyankalium, 815 
Cyansilber, 171 
Cyansilfver, 171 
Cyanure de Potassium, 815 
Cyanvatesyra, 31 
Oyanwasserstoffsiiure, 31 
CyclosiB. 1070 
Cydonium, 395 
Cymene, 980 
( 'ynoglossin, 396 
Cynoglossum, 396 



Cypripedin, 397 
Cypripedium, 397 
Crystalloids, 1071 

Dalby's Carminative, 671 
Damiana, 398 
Dandelion, 971 
Danish G-inger, ^88 
Daphnin, 698 
Darnel, 662 

Datura Stramonium, 950 
Daturine, 951 
Decocta, 399 
Decoction Aloes, 101 

Althaea, 110 

Balmony, 309 

Barley, 401, 557 
• Bittersweet, 401-416 

Black Cohosh, 329 

Bladder- wrack, 508 

Boxwood, 401 

Broom, 907 

Buckthorn Bark, 504 

Calisaya, 333, 401 

Cetraria, 307, 401 

Chelone, 309 

Chimaphila, 312, 401 

Cimicifuga, 329 

Cinchona, Red, 339-401 

Cinchona, Yellow, 333-401 

Cornus Florida, 376, 401 

Couch Grass, 1003 

Dandelion, 972 

Dog Grass, 1003 

Dogwood, 376, 401 

Dulcamara, 401, 416 

Elm Bark, 1005 

Frangula, 504 

Fucus Vesiculosus, 508 

Gulfweed, 508 

Hsematoxylon, 401, 547 

Iceland Moss, 307, 401 

Logwood, 401, 547 

Marshmallow, 110 

Oak Bark, 401, 832 

Pareira, 752 

Pipsissewa, 401 

Pomegranate Root Bark, 538 

Poplar, 803 

Poppy Heads, 749 

Prince's Pine, 401 

Sarsaparilla, 896 

Sarsaparilla Compound, 401, 896 

Sarsaparilla, Stronger, Zittmann's, 
897 

Sarsaparilla, Weaker, Zittmarm's, 
897 

Scoparius, 907 

Seawrack, 508 

Senega, 401,' 913 

Slippery Elm, 1005 

Starch, 137 



INDEX. 



1161 



Decoction Sumach Bark, 855 

Taraxacum, 972 

Triticum Repens, 1003 

Ulmus, 1005 

Uva Ursi, 401, 1007 

Zittmann's Stronger, 897 

Zittmann's Weaker, 897 
Decoctions, 399 
Decoctum Aloes Comp., 101 

Althasas. 110 

Amyli, 137 

Cetrariae, 307, 401 

Chelone, 309 

Chimaphilas, 312, 401 

Cimicifugae, 329 

Cinchonas Calisayae, 333, 401 

Cinchonas Flavas, 333, 401 

Cinchonas Rubrae, 339, 401 

Cornus Floridas, 401 

Dulcamaras, 401, 416 

Frangulas, 504 

Fuci Vesiculos.i, 508 

Graminis, 1003 

Granati, 538 

Hasmatoxyli, 401, 547 

Hordei, 401, 557 

Papaveris. 749 

Pareiras, 752 

Populi, 803 

Quercus, 401, 832 

Rhois Glabras Corticis, 855 

Sarsaparillas, 896 

Sarsaparillas Compositum, 401, 896 

Scoparii, 907 

Senegae, 401, 913 

Taraxaci, 972 

Tritici, 1003 

Ulmi, 1005 

Uvas Ursi, 401, 1007 

Zittmann Fortius, 897 

Zittmann Mitius, 897 
Dedalera, 403 
Dekokter, 399 
Delphinine, 402, 948 
Delphinium, 402 

Staphisagria, 948 
Denarcotized Dover's Powder, 731 

Opium, 739 
Densolin, 759 
Dent de Lion, 971 
Dents de Leon, 971 
Deodorized Opium, 738 

Tincture Opium, 738 
Deshler's Salve, 841 
De wee's Carminative, 670 
Dextrin, 674 
Diachylon Ointment, 795 

Plaster, 793 
Dialysis, 402 
Dialyzed Iron, 480 

Iron in Scales, 481 
Diarrhoea Mixture, 734 



Diastase, 674, 675 

Dicentra, 378 

Dicotyledonous Growth, 1088, 1101 

Digitalein, 404 

Digitalin, 403, 408 

Digitalis, 403 

Preparations, 405, 408 
Dfgitoxin, 4C3 
Dill Fruit, 142 
Dinner Pills, 104 
Dioscorea, 408 
" Dioscorein," 4C9 
Diospyros, 410 
Dioxide Manganese, 677 
Dippels Animal Oil, 124 
Dipterix, 410 
Directives, 1113 
Dirigens, 1111, 1112 
Disinfectant, 21 
Distilled Water, 167 

Waters, 166 
Distilleradt Vatten, 167 
Disulphate Quinine, 838 
Disulphide Carbon, 281 
Dita Bark, 411 
Ditain, 412 
Ditamine, 412 
Dog Grass, 1002 
Dogsbane, 163 
Dogwood Bark, 375 

Round-leaved, 377 
Dolichum Pruriens, 709 
Donovan's Solution, 186 
Doppelt-kohlensaures Kali, 809 

Natron, 931 
Doses, 1120, 1121 
Dosten, 740 
Douce Ameres, 416 
Douche, Nasal, 603 
Douches, 211 
Dover's Powder, 613, 730 

Powder, Improved, 731 
Drachenblut, 412 
Draco, 412 
Dracontium, 413 
Dragant, 999 
Dragon Root, 188 
Dragon's Blood, 412 
Drakblod, 412 
Draughts, 820 
Dreiblatt, 696 
Dried Alum, 114 
Drosera, 414 
Duboisia, 415 
Duboisine, 415 

Sulphate, 415 
Ducts, Annular, 1078 

Dotted, 1078 

Laticiferous, 1079 

Pitted, 1079 

Reticulate, 1078 

Scalariform, 1078 



1162 



INDEX. 



Ducts. Sieve, 1079 


Electuarium Theriaca, 979 


Spiral, 1078 


Elemi, 420 


Vegetable, 1077 


Elemic Acid, 420 


Dugong Oil, 548 


Eleuthera Bark, 291 


Dulcamara, 416 


Elixir ad Longam Vitam, 106 


Duramen. 1093 


Anise, 148 


Dwarf Elder, 167 


Aromatic, 207 


Dyi'velstrack, 189 


Aurantii, 207 




Glycyrrhizae Pectorale, 531 


Earth Wax, 304 


Opium, McMunn's, 739 


Eau Blanche, 790 


Orange, 207 


Chloree, 323 


Paregoricum, 737 


d'Ammoniaque, 119 


Proprietatis Paracelsi, 106 


de Chaux, 254 


Rubi Villosi, 863 


de Cologne, 863, 944 


Simple, 207 


des Fleurs d'Orange, 208 


Valerianate Ammonium, 129 


de Saturne, 790 


Vitriol, 46 


Ecboline, 427 


Elixir's, 421 


Ecorce d'Azedarach, 211 


With Formulas, 1139-1144 


de Bigarade, 203 


Elm, 1005 


de Cascarille, 291 


Emetine, 612 


de Chene, 832 


Emodin, 504, 845 


de. Citron, 649 


Emplastra, 421 


de Garon, 698 


Emplastrum Aconiti, 57 


de la Racine de Grenadier, 537 


Adhassivum, 841 


de Laureole, 698 


Ammoniaci, 118 


de Margousier, 211 


Ammoniaci Cum Hydrargyro, 118 


de Mezereon, 698 


Anodynura, 728 


d'Oranges Ameres, 203 


Antimonii, 154 


d'Oranges Douces, 205 


Arnicas, 178 


de Quinquina, 330 


Asafoetidas, 190 


de Thymelee, 698 


Belladonnas, 223 


Elutherienne, 291 


Calefaciens, 274 


Edelleberkraut, 554 


Cantharidis, 272 


Effervescent Vichy Salt, 932 


Cantharidis Compositum, 274 


Egg, 741 


Cantharidis Cum Euphorbio, 444 


Shells, 741 


Capsici, 278 


White of, 741 


Cerati Saponis, 888 


Yolk of, 742, 1024 


Cicutas, 367 


Eibischwurzel, 109 


Conii, 367 


Ei, 741 


Diachylon, 146 


Eichenrinde, 832 


Euphorbii Cantharidatum, 444 


Ei-dotter, 1024 


Ferri, 476 


Eisen, 460 


Fuscum, 794 


Eisenchloridtinktur, 470 


Fuscum Camphoratum, 794 


Eisenhutknollen, 54 


Galbani, 510 


Eisenklorid, 467 


Hjasrneri, 794 


Eisenkloridlosung, 467 


Hydrargyri, 564 


Eisensyrup, 501 


Ichtyocollas, 591 


Eisessig, 14 


Meliloti, 689 


Ekbark, 832 


Opii, 728 


Elasosacchara, 418 


Oxycroceum, 787 


Elaeosaccharum Anisi, 148 


Picis, 786 


Cari, 290 


Picis Burgundicae, 782 


Cinnamomi, 346 


Picis Canadensis, 783 


Elaterin, 418 


Picis cum Cantharide, 275 


Elaterium, 419 


Picis Oxycroceum, 787 


Elder Flowers, 879 


Plumbi, 793 


Elderberry, 880 


Plumbi Compositum Hjaerneri, 794 


Elecampane, (506 


Plumbi Iodidi, 792 


Electric Battery Fluid, 809 


Plumbi Molle, 795 


Electuaires, 361, 420 


Resinas, 841 



INDEX. 



1163 



Eraplastrum Saponis,. 888 


Ericolin, 514, 645, 680, 1007 


Saponis Cerati, 888 


Erigeron, 431 


Universale, 794 


Eriodictyon, 432 


Emplatres, 421 


Preparations, 433, 434 


Empyreumatic Hartshorn, 124 


Erythrophloeine, 434 


Emalsin, 130, 133, 641, 821 


Erythrophloeum, 434 


Enmlsio Animoniaci, 119 


Erythrorhetin, 845 


Amygdalae, 133 


Erythroxyline, 435 


Camphoras, 264 


Erythroxylon, 434 


Cerse, 303 


Preparations, 435, 436 


Chloroformi, 423 


Escamonea, 902 


Guaiaci, 543 


Escila, 903 


Morrhuae, 705 


Eserine, 768 


Morrhuae cum Calcii LactopTiosphate, 


Salicylate, 769 


705 


Sulphate, 770 


Morrhuae Ferrata, 706 


Esperma de Ballena, 305 


Morrhuaa Phosphatica, 706 


Espiritu de Sal Amoniaco, 119 


Moschi, 708 


Esprit, 79, 84 


Myrrhae Ferrata, 485 


de Bois, 91 


Olei Pacini, 858 


Pyroligneux, 91 


Pancreatini, 747 


Essence Anise, 148 


Simplex, 133 


Bitter Almond, 132 


Terebinthinae, 976 # 


d'Amandes Ameres, 131 


Emulsion Almonds, Comp., 133 


de Moutarde, 928 


Castor Oil, 858 


Ginger, 1033 


Chloroform, 423 


Lemon, 651 


Hydrocyanated, 33 


Mirbane, 131 


Turpentine, 976 


Peppermint, American, 693 


Wax, 303 


Peppermint, English, 693 


White, 723 


Spearmint, 695 


White, Acid, 723 


Vanilla, 1013 


Emulsions, 422, 701 


Essences, 436, 720 


Artificial, 422 


Essentia Anisi, 148 


True, 422 


Mentha? Piperita, B., 693 


Enbar, 624 


Essentia?. 436 


Encens, 721 


Essential Oils, 75, 720 


Encina, 832 


Essig, 9 


Endermic Medication, 1105 


Essigather, 73 


Endogenous Growth, 1087-1088 


Essige, 8 


Enebro, 624 


Essigsaure, 13 


Enema Aloes, 102 


Essigsaures Bleioxyd, 788 


Asafoetidae, 191 


Kali, 9 


Magnesii Sulphatis, 673 


Nation, 930 


Opii, 728 


Eter, 71 


Tabaci, 968 


Acetico, 73 


Terebinthinae, 975 


Ether, 71 


Tobacco, 968 


Concentrated, 72 


Enemata, 424, 601 


Hydrique, 71 


Engelskt Salt, 672 


Hypodermic Injection, 605 


Envedstzara, 742 


Nitrous, 74 


Enzianwurzel, 517 


Stronger, 71 


Epidermic Medication, 1105 


Sulphuric, 71 


Epidermis, 1083 


Washed, 72 


Epigaea, 425 


Ethereal Extracts, 445 


Eponge, 945 


Oil, 74 


Epsom Salt, 672 


Oils, 75 


Equisetum, 425 


Ethol, 305 


Ergot, 426 


Ethyl Acetate, 73 


Hypodermic Injection, 605 


Bromide, 436 


Preparations, 429-431 


Nitrite, 74 


Ergotin, 427, 429 


Oxide, 71 


Ergotine, 427 


Eucalyptol, 437 



1164 



INDEX. 



Eucalyptus, 487 

Kino, 628 

Preparations, 438 
Eugenin, 290 
Euunic Acid, 439 
Euonymin, 439 
Euonymus, 439 

Preparations, 439 
Eupatoire des Grecs, 77 
Eupatorin, 440 
Eupatoriurn, 440 

Preparations, 440, 441 

Purpureum, 441 
Euphorbia Corollata, 442 

Ipecacuanha, 442 
Euphorbium, 443 
Euphorbon, 443 
Evening Primrose, 719 
Excipients, 776, 777, 1113 
Exogenous Growth, 1088-1101 
Exsiccated Alum, 114 
Extemporaneous Prescriptions, 1111 
Extract of Absinthium, 2 

of Achilla, 12 

of Aconite Leaves, 62, 63 

of Aconite Leaves, Alcoholic, 63 

of Aconite Root, 58 

of Aconiti Foliorum, 63 

of Aconiti Radicis, 58 

of Almond, Bitter, 132 

of Aloes, Aqueous, 102 

of Aloes, Liquid. 103 

of American Hellebore, 1015 

of Antbemis, 151 

of Apocynum Cannabinum, 163 

of Arnica Flowers, 176 

of Arnica Root, 179 

of Arnicas Florum, 176 

of Arnicas Radicis, 179 

of Belladonna, 219 

of Belladonna, Alcoholic, 219 

of Belladonna Leaf, 219 

of Belladonna Root, 223 

of Belladonnas Foliorum, 219 

of Belladonnas Radicis, 223 

of Bitter Almond, 132 

of Bittersweet, 417 

of Black Cohosh, 329 

of Black Haw, 1018 

of Black Hellebore, 552 

of Black Root, 646 

of Bladder-wrack, 508 

of Blood Root, 882 

of Blue Flag, 617 

of Boneset, 440 

of Buckthorn Bark, 504 

of Butternut Bark, 623 

of Calabar Bean, 768 

of Cannabis Indica, 269 

of Carduus Benedictus, 285 

of Carnis, 286 

of Cascara Sagrada, 844 



Extract of Cascarilla, 292 

of Catechu, Crudum, 298 

of Catechu, Liquid, 299 

of Caulophyllum, 301 

of Centaury, Red, 870 

of Chamomile, 151 

of Cimicifuga, 329 

of Cinas, 885 

of Cinchona, 334 

of Cinchonas, Liquid, 336 

of Clover, Red, 1001 

of Coca, 435 

of Colchicum, 352 

of Colchicum, Acetic, 352 

of Colchicum Root, 352 

of Colocynth, 359 

of Colocynth Compound, 360 

of Columbo, 260 

of Conium, Alcoholic, 364, 367 

of Conium Fruit, 365 

of Conium Leaves, 365 

of Conium Leaves, Alcoholic, 367 

of Conium Seed, Alcoholic, 364 

of Cornus Florida, 376 

of Cotton Root Bark, 535 

of Cranesbill. 521 

of Cubeb, 385 

of Culver's Root, 646 

of Cypripedium, 397 

of Damiana, 399 

of Dandelion, 973 

of Digitalis, 406 

of Dogwood, 376 

of Dulcamara, 417 

of Elder Flowers, 879 

of Ergot, 429 

of Eriodictyon, 433 

of Erythroxylon, 435 

of Euonymus, 439 

of Eupatoriurn, 440 

of Ferri Pomatum, 491 

of Foxglove, 406 

of Frangula, 504 

of Fucus Vesiculosus, 508 

of Gelsemium, 516 

of Gentian, 518 

of Geranium, 521 

of Glycyrrhiza, 531 

of Glycyrrhiza, Pure, 530 

of Glycyrrhizas Crudum, 531 

of Golden Rod, 941 

of Golden Seal. 580 

of Gossypium Root Bark, 535 

of Grindelia Robusta, 540 

of Guarana, 545 

of Hasmatoxyli, 547 

of Hellebore American, 1015 

of Hellebore, Black, 552 

of Helleboris Nigri, 552 

of Henbane, 583 

of Henbane, Alcoholic, 584 

of Hops, 559 



INDEX. 



1165 



Extract of Humuli, 559 


Extract of Senega, 913 


of Hydrastis, 580 


of Senna, 917 


of Hyoscyamus, 583 


of Skullcap, 909 


of Hyoscyamus, Alcoholic, 584 


of Solidago, 941 


of Ignatia, 592 


of Spigelia, 942 


of Indian Cannabis, 269 


of Squill, 904 


of Indian Hemp, 269 


of Stillingia, 949 


of Iridis [Versicoloris], 617 


of Stramonii Foliorum, 952 


of Jaborandi, 775 


of Stramonii Foliorum, Recentium, 


of Jalap, Alcoholic, 621 


952 


of Jalap, Phar., 1870, 621 


of Stramonii Seminis, 953 


of Juglans, 623 


of Stramonium Leaves, 952 


of Kino Liquidum, 629 


of Stramonium Leaves, Fresh, 952 


of Krameria, 632 


of Stramonium Seed, 953 


of Ladies' Slipper, 397 


of Tabaci, 969 


of Leptandra, 646 


of Taraxacum, 973 


of Lettuce, 635 


of Tobacco, 969 


of Liquorice, Crude, 531 


of Trifolii Pratensis, 1001 


of Liquorice Root, Pure, 530 


of Uncarise Crudum, 300 


of Lobelia, 660 


of Uva Ursi, 1008 


of Logwood, 547 


of Valerian, 1010 


of Lupulin, 663 


of Vanilla, 1013 > 


of Malt, 675 


of Veratrum Viride, 1015 


of Mandrake, 798 


of Viburnum Prunifolium, 1018 


of Matico, 683 


of Wahoo, 439 


of May-apple, 798 


of Wormseed, 885 


of Meat, 286 


of Wormwood, 2 


of Mezereum, 698 


of Yarrow, 12 


of Monesise, 701 


of Yellow Dock, 867 


of Nux Vomica, 718 


of Yellow Jasmine, 516 


of Opium, 732 


of Yerba Santa, 433 


of Opium, Denarcotized, 733 


Extracta, 444 


of Opium, Liquid, 733 


Fluida, 447 


of Physostigma, 768 


Extracto de Regaliz, 531 


of Phytolacca, 771 


Extracts, 444 


of Pilocarpus, 775 


Alcoholic, 445 


of Pink Root, 942 


Aqueous, 445 


of Podophyllum, 798 


Ethereal, 445 


of Poke Root, 771 


Extrait de Goulard, 789 


of Pomorum Ferratum, 491 


de Reglisse, 531 


of Poplar Bark, 803 


Extraits, 444 


of Populus, 803 


Extrakte, 444 


of Pulsatilla, 825 


Extrakter, 444 


of Quassia, 830 




of Queen's Root, 949 


Faba Ignatii, 591 


of Red Clover, 1001 


False Unicorn, 92 


of Rhamnus Purshana, 844. 


Sarsaparilla, 168 


of Rhatany, 632 


Farina, 458 


of Rhei, 846 


Hordei, 557 


of Rhubarb, 846 


Hordei Prasparata, 557 


of Rue, 868 


Lini, 653 


of Rumex, 867 


Maidis, 686 


of Rutse, 868 


Oryzse, 740 


of Sabbatia, 870 


Secalis, 910 


of Sabinge, 872 


Tritici, 1003 


of Sambucus, 879 


Faulbaumrinde, 503 


of Sanguinaria, 882 


Febrifuge, 834 


of Santonica, 885 


Feculation, 136 


of Sarsaparilla, 898 


Fecule de Froment, 136 


of Savin, 872 


Fehling's Solution, 391 


of Scillse, 904 


Feige, 502 


of Scutellaria, 909 


Fel Bovis, 458 



1166 



INDEX. 



Fel Bovis Inspissatum, 458 

Bovis Purificatum, 459 

Tauri, 458 
Felandrio, 762 
Fenchalsamen, 502 
Fenkal, 502 
Fennel, 502 

Preparations, 503 

Water, 503 
Fenouil d'Eau, 762 
Fer, 460 

Reduit, 501 
Fermentum, 459 
Ferrated Cod Liver Oil, 704 

Cod Liver Oil Emulsion, 706 

Extract Apples, 491 

Wine, Wild Cherry, 824 
Ferri Acetas, 461 

Arsenias, 463 

Benzoas, 464 

Carb. Saccharatus, 465 

Carbonatis Massa, 466 

Chloridum, 467 

Chloridum Viride, 473 

Citras, 474 

et Ammonii Citras, 476 

etAmmonii Sulphas, 477 

et Ammonii Tartras, 477 

et Cinchonid. Citras, 478 

et Potassii Tartras, 478 

et Quininas Citras, U. S., 478 

et Strychnine Citras, 479 

Ferrocyanidum, 480 

Hypophosphis, 482 

Iodidum, 482 

Iodidum Saccharatum, 483 

Lactas, 484 

Limatura, 460 

Malas Impurus, 491 

Oxalas, 486 

Oxidum Hydratum, 486 

Oxid. Hydrat. c. Magnesia, 487 

Oxidum Magneticum Prascipitatum, 
488 

Phosphas, U. S., 1880, 488 

Phosphas Praacipitatus Albus, 490 

Phosphas Prascipitatus Coeruleus, 490 

Pulvis, 501 

Pyrophosphas, 491 

Quininae et Strychninee Citras, 479 

Subcarbonas, 493 

Subsulphas. 493 

Sulphas, 495 

Sulphas Exsiccatus, 495 

Sulphas Granulatus, 496 

Sulphas Impurus, 496 

Sulphas Pracipitatus, 496 

Sulphidum, 497 

Trochisci, 498 

Valerianas, 499 
Ferric Benzoate, 464 

Chloride, 467 



Ferric Citrate, 474 

Hydrate, 486 

Phosphate, Precipitated, 490 

Phosphate, Soluble, 488 

Subsulphate, 493 

Sulphate, Basic, 493 

Valerianate, 499 
Ferri co- Ferrus Oxide, 488 

Phosphate, 490 
Ferricyanide Potassium, 816 
Ferrocyanide Iron, 480 

Potassium, 816 
Ferrous Iodide, 482 

Lactate, 484 

Oxalate, 486 

Sulphate, 495 

Sulphate, Dried, 495 

Sulphate, Granulated, 496 

Sulphate, Impure, 496 

Sulphide, 497 
Ferrum, 460 

Albuminatum, 500 

Dialysatum in Lamellis, 481 

Oxydatum Saccharatum Solubile, 500 

Pulveratum, 501 

Reductum, 501 
Feuerschwamm, 76 
Feuilles de Belladonne, 216 

de digitale, 403 

de Sene, 914 
Feve de Saint Ignace, 591 

Igasurique, 591 
Feverbush Bark, 651 

Berries, 652 
Fibro-vascular bundles, 1084-1087 

bundles, closed, 1087, 1088 

bundles, open, 1087-1095 
Ficus, 502 
Fieberklee, 696 
Fiel de bceuf , 458 
Fig, 502 
Figue, 502 
Fikon, 502 
Filicic Acid, 198 
Filix Mas, 197 
Filixolin, 198 
Fingerborgort, 403 
Fingerhutkraut, 403 
Finkelolja, 91 
Fischkorner, 347 
Fischleim, 589 
FiRh Berries, 347 

Bones, 741 
Fisklefvertran, 704 
Five-flowered Gentian, 520 
Fixed Oils, 720 
Flachssamen, 652 
Flavedo Citri, 650 

Limonis, 650 
Flaxseed, 652 
Ground, 653 
Meal, 653 



INDEX. 



1167 



Flaxseed Oil, 653 


Fluid Extract of Althaea Flowers, 112 


Poultice, 653 


of American Cannabis, 267 


Tea, 653 


of American Columbo, 506 


Fleabane, 431 


of American Hellebore, 1016 


Flesh-colored Asclepias, 195 


of American Hemp, 267 


Fleurs d'Arnique, 176 


of American Sarsaparilla, 169 


d' Arsenic, 182 


of Ampelopsis, 130 


de Benjoin, 16 


of Angelica Root, 143 


de Camomille Commune, 684 


of Augustura, 145 


de Lavande, 643 


of Apocynum Androsaemi folium, 165 


de Muscade, 666 


of Apocynum Cannabinum, 163 


de Sureau, 879 


of Arolia Hispida, 168 


de tout les Mois, 258 


of Arolia Nudicaulis, 169 


d' Orange, 207 


of Arolia Racemosa, 169 


Flexible Collodion, 358 


of Arbor Vitas, 980 


Fliederblumen, 879 


of Areca, 171 


Florentine Orris, 615 


of Arnica Flowers, 177 


Flores Althaeas, 112 


of Arnica Root, 179 


Anthemidis, 150 


of Arnicas Florum, 177 


Arnicas, 176 


of Arnicas Radicis, 179 


Aurantii, 207 


of Aromatic, 181 


Benzoes, 16 


of Arum Triphyllum, 189 


Brayeras, 237 


of Asarum, 193 


Calendulas, 258 


of Asclepias, 194 


Carthami, 288 


of Asclepias Cornuti, 195 


Cassias, 346 


of Asclepias Incarnata, 196 


Chamomillas Ronianas, 150 


of Aspidium, 198 


Chamomillas Vulgaris, 684 


of Aspidosperma, 201 


Cinae, 885 


of Aurantii Amari, 204 


Colchici, 355 


of Ava Kava, 697 


Kousso, 237 


of Balm, 689 


Lavandulae, 643 


of Baptisia, 214 


Macidis, 666 


of Barberry, 229 


Matricarias, 684 


of Bay berry, 711 


Nucis Moschatas, 666 


of Bearsfoot, 801 


Rhoeados, 852 


of Bebeern Bark, 715 


Sambuci, 879 


of Belladonna Leaves, 220 


Santonicas, 885 


of Belladonna Root, 223 


Sulphuris, 960 


of Belladonnas Fol. , 220 


Tiliae, 981 


of Belladonnas Rad. , 223 


Tritolii Pratense, 1000 


of Benzoin Bark, 651 


Verbasci, 1016 


of Berberis Aquifolium, 228 


Flour, Wheat, 1003 


of Berberis Oregonensis, 228 


Flowers, Examination of, 1103 


of Berberis Vulgaris, 229 


Sulphur, 960 


of Betel Nut, 171 


Fliichtige Oele, 720 


of Beth Root, 1001 


Fluchtiges Laugensalz, 124 


of Birth Root, 1001 


Fluid Extract of Absinthium, 2 


of Bistorta, 235 


of Achillea, 12 


of Bitter Orange Peel, 204 


of Aconite Leaves, 63 


of Bitter Root, 165 


of Aconite Root, 59 


of Bittersweet, 417 


of Aconiti Fol. , 63 


of Black Cohosh, 329 


of Aconiti Bad., 59 


of Black Haw, 1018 


of Agrimonia. 77 


of Black Hellebore, 552 


of Ailanthus, 78 


of Black Indian Hemp, 163 


of Aletris, 93 


of Black Pepper, 780 


of Allspice, 777 


of Black Root, 647 


of Alnus Rubra, 97 


of Blackberry Root Bark, 864 


of Aloes, 103 


of Bladder- wrack, 508 


of Alstonia Constricta, 109 


of Blessed Thistle, 285 


of Alstonia Scholaris, 412 


of Blood Root, 882 


of Althaea, 110 


of Blue Flag, 618 



1168 



INDEX. 



Fluid Extract of Boldo, 236 


Fluid Extract of Colocynth, 360 


of Boneset, 440 


of Coltsfoot, 1005 


of Boxbtrry, 514 


of Columbo, 260 


of Boxwood, 376 


of Columbo, American, 506 


of Brayera, 238 


of Conii Folj, 368 


of Broom, 907 


of Conii Fructus, 365 


of Bryonia, 241 


of Conium Fruit, 365 


of Buchu, 242 


of Conium Leaves, 368 


of Buckbean, 696 


of Conium Seed, 365 


of Buckthorn Bark, 505 


of Convallaria, 370 


of Buckthorn Berries, 842 


of Coptis, 373 


of Bugleweed, 666 


of Coriander, 374 


of Butternut Bark, 623 


of Corn Ergot, 1007 


of Calabar Bean, 769 


of Corn Silk, 687 


of Calamus, 248 


of Corn Smut, 1007 


of Calendula, 258 


of Cornus Florida, 376 


of Calisaya, 334 


of Corydalis, 378 


of Calumba, 260 


of Goto, 380 


of Canella, 267 


of Cotton Root Bark, 535 


of Cannabis Indica, 270 


of Couch Grass, 1003 


of Capsicum, 278 


of Cramp Bark, 1019 


of Cardamom, 283 


of Cranesbill, 522 


of Cardamom Comp. 284 


of Cubeb, 386 


of Cardii Benedicti, 28o 


of Culver's Root, 647 


of Cascara Sagrada, 844 


of Cypripedium, 397 


of Cascarilla, 292 


of Damiana, 399 


of Castanea, 294 


of Dandelion, 973 


of Castor Oil Leaves, 857 


of Delphinium, 402 


of Cat aria, 298 


of Digitalis, 406 


of Catechu, 298 


of Dioscorea, 409 


of Caulophyllum, 301 


of Dita Bark, 412 


of Cayenne, 278 


of Dog Grass, 1003 


of Centaury, Bed, 871 


of Dogsbane, 165 


of Cevadilla, 870 


of Dogwood, 376 


of Chamoelirium, 553 


of Dracontium, 414 


of Chamomile, English, 150 


of Drosera, 414 


of Chamomile, German, 685 


of Duboisia, 415 


of Chamomile, Roman, 150 


of Dulcamara, 417 


of Checkerberry, 514, 700 


of Dwarf Elder, 168 


of Chelidonium, 308 


of Elder Flowers, 879 


of Chelone, 309 


of Epigsea, 425 


of Chenopodium, 310 


of Ergot, 429 


of Cherry Bark, Wild, 822 


of Erigeron, 432 


of Chestnut Leaves, 294 


of Eriodictyon, 434 


of Chimaphila, 312 


of Erythrophloeum, 434 


of China Boot, 313 


of Erythrbxylon, 436 


of Chionanthus, 315 


of Eucalyptus, 438 


of Chirata, 316 


of Euonymus, 439 


of Cimicifuga, 329 


of Eupatorium, 440 


of Cinchona, 339 


of Eupatorium purpureum, 441 


of Cinchona, Aromatic, 335 


of False Sarsaparilla, 169 


of Cinchona, Compound, 335 


of Feverbush, 651 


of Cinchona, Detannated, 335 


of FilixMas, 198 


of Cinchona, Pale, 338 


of Fleabane, 432 


of Cinchona, Red, 339 


of False Unicorn, 553 


of Clover, Red, 1001 


of Foxglove, 406 


.of Coca, 436 


of Frangula, 505 


of Cocculus Indicus, 347 


of Frankenia, 506 


of Colchicum Root, 352 


of Frasera, 506 


of Colchicum Seed, 354 


of Fringe Tree Bark, 315 


of Colic Root, 409 


of Frost wort, 551 


of Collinsonia, 357 


of Fucus Vesiculosus, 508 



INDEX. 



1169 



Fluid Extract of Galangal, 509 
of Galls, 511 
of Gaultheria, 514 
of Gelsemium, 517 
of Gentian, 519 
of Gentian Compound, 519 
of Geranium, 522 
of Gillenia Trifoliata, 524 
of Ginger, 1032 
of Glycyrrhiza, 529 
of Gold Thread, 373 
of Golden Rod, 941 
of Golden Seal, 580 
of Golden Seal. Aqueous. 580 
of Golden Seal without Alcohol, 580 
of Gossipium Boot Bark, 535 
of Granatum, 538 
of Gravel Plant, 425 
of Grmdelia Robusta, 540 
of Grindelia Squarroaa, 541 
of Guaco, 700 
of Guaiacum Wood, 542 
of Guar an a, 545 
of Hamamelis. 549 
of Ha-namelis Bark, 549 
of Hasmatoxylon, 548 
of Helianthemum, 551 
of Hellebore, American, 1016 
of Helleborus Niger, 552 
of Helonias, 553 
of Hemlock Bark, 779 
of Henbane Leaves, 584 
of Henbane Seed, 586 
of Hepatica, 554 
of Hops. 559 
of Humulus, 559 
of Hydrangea, 561 
of Hydrastis, 580 
of Hydrastis, Aqueous, 580 
of Hydrastis without Alcohol, 580 
of Hyoscyamus | Leaves], 584 
of Hyoscyamus Seed, 586 
of Hyssop, 589 
of Ignatia, 592 
of Indian Cannabis, 270 
of Indian Hemp, 270 
of Indian Hemp, Black, 163 
of IndianHemp. Foreign, 270 
of Indian Hemp, True, 270 
of Indian Hemp, White, 196 
of Indian Physic, 524 
of Indian Turnip, 189 
of Ipecac, 613 
of Iris [Versicolor], 618 
of Jaborandi, 775 
of Jalap, 621 

of Jamaica Dogwood, 782 
of Juglans, 623 
of Juniper Berries, 625 
of Kamala, 628 
of Kava Kava. 697 
of Kousso, 238 

74: 



Fluid Extract of Krameria, 632 
of Lactucae, 636 
of Lactucarium, 63 
of Ladies' Slipper, 397 
of Larkspur Seed, 402 
of Lemon Balm, 689 
of Leonurus, 646 
of Leptandra, 647 
of Lettuce, 636 
of Life Root, 911 
of Lily-of-the-Valley, 370 
of Lindera. 651 
of Liquorice Root, 529 
of Liriodendron, 655 
of Liverwort, 554 
of Lobelia Herb. 660 
of Lobelia Leaves, 660 
of Lobelia Seed, 662 
of Logwood, 548 
of Lupulin, 663 
of Lycopus, 666 
of Magnolia, 674 
of Male Fern, 198 
of Mancona, 434 
of Mandrake, 798 
of Manzanita, 680 
of Marshmallow, 110 
of Marshmallow Flowers, 112 
of Marshtrefoil, 696 
of Matico, 683 
of Matricaria, 685 
of May-apple, 798 
of Melissa, 689 
of Menispermum, 691 
of Menyanthes, 696 
of Methysticum, 697 
of Mezereum, 698 
of Micromeria, 699 
of Mikania, 700 
of Milkweed, 195 
of Mistletoe, 764 
of Mitchella, 700 
of Motherwort, 646 
of Musk Root, 962 
of Myrica, 711 
of Nectandra, 715 
of Nutgall, 511 
of Nux Vomica, 718 
of Oak Bark, 832 
of "Opium, Aqueous," 738 
of " Opium, Deodorized," 738 
of Orange Peel, Bitter, 204 
of Oregon Berberis, 228 
of Papaver Fruit, 749 
of Pareira Brava, 752 
of Partridsreberry, 514, 700 
of PepperfBlack, 780 
of Pettymorrel, 169 
of Phoradendron. 764 
of Physostigma, 769 
of Phytolacca Berry, 770 
of Phytolacca Root, 772 



1170 



INDEX. 



Fluid Extract of Pilocarpus, 775 
of Pimenta, 777 
of Pink Root, 942 
of Pink Root and Senna. 943 
of Pinus Canadensis, W9 
of Piscidia, 782 
of Pleurisy Root, 194 
of Podophyllum, 798 
of Poke Berry, 770 
of Poke Root, 772 
of Polygonatuni, 801 
of Polymnia, 801 
of Pomegranate Root Bark, 538 
of Poplar Bark, 803 
of Poppy Flowers, 852 
of Poppy Heads, 749 
of Populus, 803 
of Prickly Ash Bark, 1025 
of Prickly Ash Berries, 1026 
of Prunus Virginiana, 822 
of Ptelea, 824 
of Pulsatilla, 825 
of Quassia. 830 
of Quebracho, 201 
of Queen of the Meadow, 442 
of Queen's Root, 949 
of Queen's Root, Compound, 950 
of Quercus, 832 
of Quillaia, 833 
of Red (lover, 1001 
of Red Poppy. 852 
of Rhamnus Purshiana, 844 
of Rhatany, G32 
of Rhei, 847 

of Rhei Aromaticum, 850 
of Rhubarb, 847 
of Rhubarb, Aromatic. 850 
of Rhus Aromatica. 853 
of Rhus Glabra, 854 
of Rhus Toxicodendron, 85j 
of Ricinus Leav es, 857 
of Rose, 860 
of Rubus, 864 
of Rue, 8G9 
of Rumex, 867 
of Ruta, 869 
of Sabadilla, 870 
of Sabbatia, 871 
of Sabina, 872 
of Sambucus, 879 
of Sanguinnria, 882 
of Santonica. 886 
of Sarsaparilla, 899 
of Sarsaparilla, American, 169 
of Sarsaparilla. Compound, 898 
of Sassafras, 900 
of Sassy J 5 ark, 434 
of Savin, 872 
of Scillffl, !;04 
of Scillaj Coinpositum, 90G 
of Scoparius. 907 
of Scutellaria, 909 



Fluid Extract of Senecio, 911 
of Senega, 913 
of Senna, 918 
of Senna, Aqueous, 918 
of Senna Purified, 919 
of Serpentaria, 923 
of Silkweed,195 
of Shnaruba, 925 
of Skullcan, 909 
of Skunk Cabbage, 414 
of Snake Root, 923 
of Soap Tree Bark, 833 
of Solidago, 941 
of Solomon's Seal, 801 
of Spicebush, 651 
of Spigelia, 942 
of Spigelia and Senna, 943 
of Spikenard, 169 
of Squaw Vine. 700 
of Squaw Weed, 911 
of Squill, 904 
of Squill, Compound, 906 
of Staphisagria. 948 
of Stavesacre, 948 
of Stigmat. Maidis, 6SG 
of Stillingia, 949 
of Stillingia, Compound, 950 
of Stone Root, 35 1 
of Strainon. Fol , 952 
of Stramon. Sem. , 953 
of Stramonium Leaves, 952 
of Stramonium Seed, 953 
of Sumach Bark, 855 
of Sumach Berries, 854 
of Sumbul, 962 
of Sundew, 414 
of feweet Bugle, 666 
of Sweet Flag, 248 
of Tag Alder, 97 
of Tanacetum, 970 
of Tansy, 970 
of Taraxacum, 973 
of Teaberry. 514 
of Thorough wort, 440 
of Thuja, 980 
of Tonga, 998 
of Tormentilla, 999 
of Toxicodendron, 856 
of Tiifolium Pratense, 1001 
of Trillium, 1001 
of Triticum. 1003 
of Tulip-tree Bark, 655 
of Tussilngo. 1005 
of Unicorn, 93 
of Unicorn, False, 553 
of Ustilago. 1007 
of Uva Ursi, 1008 
of Valerian, 1011 
of Veratrum Viride, 1016 
of Viburnum Opulus, 1019 
of Viburnum Pruni folium, 1018 
of Virginia Snake Root, 922 






INDEX. 



1171 






Fluid Extract of Waferash 824 

of Wahoo, 439 

of White Indian Hemp, 196 

of White Oak Hark, 882 

of YVhitewood, 655 

of Wild Cherry, 822 

of Wild Indigo, 214 

of Wild Yam, 409 

of Winter Clover. 700 

of Wintergreen. 514 

of Witch tfazelBaik, 549 

of Witch Hazel Leaves, 549 

of Wormseed, German, 886 

of Wormwood. 2 

of Xanthoxylum Bark, 1025 

•of Xanthoxylum Berries, 1026 

of Yarrow, 12 

of Yellow Dock, 867 

of Yellow Jasmine, 517 

of Yellow Parilla, 691 

of Yerba Buena, 699 

of Yerba Reuma, 503 

of Yerba Santa, 434 

of Zingiberis, 1032 
Fluid Extracts, 447, 1109 

Color and Density, 456 

Official Process, 451 

Preservation, 457 

Strength, 456 

Unofficial, 436 
Fluid Hydrastis, 580 
Fluigram, 1129 
Fly Stone, 181 
Fladerte, 869 
Fnoskswamp, 76 
Foeniculuin, 502 
Foie de Soufre. 807 
Folia Aconiti, 61 

Aurantii. 239 

Belladonna*, 216 

Buchu. 241 

Cardni Benedicti, 284 

Castanea*, 294 

Chimaphila*, 310 

Coriariee, 375 

Digitalis, 403 

Duboisise, 415 

Eriodictyi, 432 

Erythroxyli, 434 

Eucalypti, 437 

Gaultherise, 513 

Guaco, 700 

Hamamelidis, 548 

Hepaticas, 554 

Hyoscyami, 581 

Lauri, 642 

Laurocerasi, 641 

Lobelia?, 658 

Manzanita*, 680 

Matico, 682 

Menyanthge. 696 

Mikania*, 700 



Folia Nicotiana*, 968 

Pilocarpi, 773 

Rhois Toxicodendri, 855 

Ricini. 856 

Rosmarini, 862 

Ruta*, 868 

Salvia*, 878 

Senna*, 914 

Senna* Spiritu, Extracta, 916 

Stramonii, 950 

Tabaci, 968 

Thea*, 976 

Thymi, 980 

Toxicodendri, 855 

Trifolii Aquatici, 696 

Turnera* 398 

Tussilaginis, 1004 

Uva Ursi, 1007 
Foot Baths, 211 
Formic Acid, 26 
Fosfor, 765 
Fosforsyra, 38 
Fougere Male, 197 
Fowler's Solution, 186 
Foxglove, 403 
Fracture. Corky, 1081 

Fibrous, 1080 

Fleshy, 1080 

Mealy, 1080 

Woody, 1080 
Frangula, 508 

Preparations, 504, 505 
Frangulm, 503 
Frankenia, 505 
Frankincense, 721 
Franzosenholz, 542 
Frasera, 506 
Fraxin, 555, 680 
Freezing Mixture, 935 
French Chalk, 250 
Friars' Balsam, 226 
Fringe Tree Bark, 314 
Frostwort, 551 
Fructus Anethi, 142 

Angelica?, 144 

A nisi, 146 

Apii, 158 

Aurantii, Immaturus, 209 

Bela*, 215 

Capsici, 277 

Cardamomi, 282 

Caricse, 502 

Carni, 286 

Chenopodii, 309 

Cinnamomi Immaturus, 346 

Cocculi, 347 

Cclocynthidis, 358 

Conii, 361 

Coriandri, 374 

Cubebae, 384 

Cumini, 388 

Foeniculi, 502 



1172 



INDEX. 



Fructus Granati Cortex, 536 

lllicii, 593 

Juniperi, 624 

Lappae, 640 

Levistici, 647 

Maids, 686 

Papaveris, 748 

Phellandrii, 762 

Petrosebni, 761 

Phalaris, 762 

Pimentae, 777 

Piperis Nigri, 779 

Premi, 821 

Rhamni Cathartici, 842 

Rhois Glabrae, 853 

Rubi Idaei, 865 

Rubi Villosi. 863 
Fruit Sugar, 874 

Syrups, 866 
Fruits de Cigue, 361 

de Fenouil, 502 
Fucus Crispus, 325 

Vesiculosus. 506- 
Fumaric Acid, 378 
Fusel Oi), 91 
Fuselol, 91 
Fusible Metal, 230> 
Faertalg, 924 



Galangal, 508 
Galbanum, 501* 

Plaster, 510 
Galena, 787 
Galgant, 508 
Galgorot, 508 
Gall, 458 
Gall a, 510 
Gallapfel, 510 
Galle de Chene, 510 
Gallic Acid, 26, 511 
Gallo-fcannic Acid, 49 
Galls, 510 

Chinese, 511 

Japanese, 511 
Gallusaure, 26 
Galliipple-garfsyra, 49 
Gallapplen, 510 
Gambir, 300 
Gamboge, 261 
Gambogic Acid, 261 
Ganjah, 267 
Garfsyra, 49 
Gargle. Alum, 114 
Garlic, 94 
Gaultheria, 513 

Preparations, 514 
Cebrannte M;ign sia, 668, 669 
Gebrannter Alaun, ] 14 
Geigenharz, 840 
Gein, 523 
Gelatin, 515, 590 



Gelatin, Nektographio, 515 
Gelatina Chondri, 326 
Gel be Jasmin wurzel, 516 

Messwurz, 372 
Gelbes Wachs, 302 
Gelbwurz, 893 
Gelsemine, 516 
Gelsemium, 516 
Gemmae Populi, 803 
Genciana, 517 
Gengibre, 1031 
Genievre, 624 
Gentian, 517 

Preparations, 518-520 
Gentiana Quinqueliora, 520 
Gentianic Acid, 518 
Gentionicrin, 506. 518 
Gentisic Acid, 506, 518 
Geranium, 521 

Preparations, 521, 522 
Gerbsame, 49 
German Breast Tea, 111 
Geum Rivale, 522 

Urbanum, 523 
Gewurz Essig, 10 
Gewurznelken, 290 
Gichtriibe, 240 
Gichtwurzel, 240 
Giftlattich, 635 
Giftlattichsaft, 636 
Gillenia Stipulacea, 524 

Trifoliata, 523 
Gillenin, 525 
Gingembre, 1031 
Ginger. 1031 

Tea, 1032 
Ginseng. 746 
Girofies, 290 
Glands, 1081. 1083 
Glanduke Lupuli, 662 

Rottlerae, 627 
Glauber's Salt, 939 
Glaucine, 525 
Glaucium, 525 
Glaucopicrine, 525 
Glicerina, 525 
Globoids, 1071 
Globuli Martiales, 478 
Glonoin, 716 
Glucose, 675, 874 
Glue, 515 
Gluten, 136 
Glycamyl, 140 
Glycerates, 527 
Glycerics, 527 
Glycerin, 525 
Glyceritum, Acidi Carbolici, 22 

Acidi Tannici, 51 

Amyli, 140 

Bismuti Nitrat is, 232 

Gallic Acid, 27 

llypophospbites, 588 






INDEX. 



1173 



Glyceritum, Lactucarium, 639 


Gronmynta, 694 




Lead Tannate, 796 


Griine Minze, 694 




Picis Liquidse, 784 


Griiner Gerwer, 1014 




Plumbi Subacetatis, 791 


Guaco Leaves, 700 




Starch, 140 


Guaiac, 543 




Subacetate Lead, 791 


Resin, 542, 543 




Tannin, 51 


Yellow, 543 




Tar, 784 


Guaiacetic Acid, 543 




Vitelli, 1024 


Guaiaci Lignum, 542 




Yolk Egg. 1024 


Resina, 543 




Glvcerites, 527 


Guaiacic Acid, 543 




GJyceroles. 527 


Guaiaconic Acid, 543 




Glvchocholic Acid, 458 


Guaiacnm Wood, 542 




Glyctonin, 1024 


Guajakholz, 542 




Glycyrrhetin, 528 


Guarana, 544 




Glycyrrhiza, 527 


Preparations, 545 




Preparations, 529-582 


Guaranine, 544 




Glycyrrhizia, 523, 531, 532, 802 


Guayaco, 542 




Ammoniated, 532 


Guaza, 267 




Gnaphalium, 533 


Guinea Pepper, 277 




Goa Powder, 170 


Gul Nicht, 665 




Godfrey's Cordial, 732 


Guldklorid, 210 




G Jtterbaum, 78 


Gulf-weed, 506 




Gold and Sodium Chloride, 210 


Gult Vax, 302 




Thread, 372 


Gum Acacia, 5 




Golden Rod, 941 


Aloes, 98 




Seal, 579 


Ammoniac, 117 




Seal Preparations, 580, 581 


Arabic, 5 




Sulphur, 158 


Arabic Preparations, 6-8 




Sulphuret of Antimony, 158 


Asafetida, 189 




Goldschwefel, 158 


Benjamin, 225 




Goma Amoniaco, 117 


Benzoin, 225 




Gomme Adragante, 999 


Catechu, 298 




Lacque, 635 


Elastic, 545 




Gomme-gutte, 261 


Elemi, 420, 421 




Gordolobo, 1016 


Euphorbium, 443 




Gossypii Radicis Cortex, 534 


Galbanum, 509 




Gossypium, 533 


Gamboge, 261 




Root Bark, 534 


Guaiac, 542, 543 




Root Bark Preparations, 535, 536 


Kino, 628 




Goudron, 783 


Myrrh, 713 




Goulard's Cerate, 790 


Olibanum, 721 




Extract 789 


Opium. 724 




Graines de Cumin, 388 


Senegal, 5 




Graisse de pore, 67 


Sweet, 654 




Grana, 348 


Tragacanth, 999 




Grains Paradise, 780 


Gummigutt, 261 




Granati Fructus Cortex, 536 


Gummilacca, 635 




Granatum, 537 


Gummi-resina Ammoniacum, 


117 


Granatwurzelrinde. 537 


Asafcetida, 189 




Grand Boucage, 778 


Galbanum, 509 




Granules, 776 


Guttae, 261 




Grape Sugar, 874 


Myrrh a, 713 




Grasa de Cerdo, 67 


Gun-Cotton, 828 




Grassurzel, 1002 


Gunjah, 267 




Gravel Plant 425 


Gurjun Balsam, 411 




Root, 441 


Gurjunic Acid, 411 




Green Hellebore, 1014 


Gurkweja, 393 




Green Soap, 889 


Gutta Gamba, 261 




Griffith's Mixture, 485 


Gutta-Percha, 545 




Grindelia Robusta, 539 


Gutti, 261 




Squarrosa, 541 


Gynocardic Acid, 546 





1174 



INDEX. 



Gynocardium Oil, 546 


Herba Agrimonias, 77 


Gypsum, 253 


Artemisise Abrotani, 187 




Calendulas, 258 


Haarlem Oil, 960 


Capsellas, 276 


Haematoxylin, 547 


Catarias, 297 


Hasmatoxylon, 547 


Centaureas Americanas, 870 


Ilafregryn, 210 


Chelidonii, 307 


Hair, Vegetable, 1083 


Chiratge, 315 


Halicoris Oleum, 548 


Cochlearias, 349 


Haller's Acid Drops, 45 


Cicutas, 361 


Hamamelis, 548 


Conii, 361 


Bark, 549 


Coptis, 372 


Harnmeltalg, 924 


Droseras, 414 


Hartshorn. 124 


Equiseti, 425 


Empyreumatic, 124 


Erigerontis, 431 


Liniment, 121 


Eupatorii, 440 


Harz, 840 


Frankenias, 505 


Hasheesh, 207 


Graphalii, 583 


Hausenblase, 589 


Hedeomas, 550 


Hausmannite, 677 


Helianthemi, 551 


Heal-all, 356 


Hepaticas, 554 


Heart-wood, 1093 


Hyssopi, 589 


Heavy Magnesia, 669 


Lactucas, 635 


Oil of Wine, 74 


Ledi, 6^5 


Hebra's Balsamic Ointment. 795 


Leonuri, 645 


Diachylon Ointment, 795 


Lobelias, 658 


Ointment 795 


Lycopodis, 666 


Hedeoma, 550 


Majoranas, 674 


Hektographic Gelatin, 515 


Marrubii, 681 


Helecho Macho, 197 


Meliloti, 688 


Helenenwurzel, 606 


Melissae, 689 


Heliantherrmm, 551 


Menthas Crispas. 691 


Hellebore American, 1014 


Menthas Piperitae, 691 


Green, 1014 


Menthas Pulegii, 55 J 


Helleborein, 551 


Menthas Viridis, 694 


Helleborin, 551 


Micromerias, 699 


Helleborus Niger, 551 


Mitchellas, 700 


Helmkraut, 908 


Oenotheras, 719 


Helonias. 92, 552 


Origani, 740 


Hemidesmus, 553 


Pulsatillas, 825 


Hemlock Fruit, 361 


Rorellas, 414 


Pitch, 783 


Rutas, 868 


Spruce Bark, 779 


Sabbatias, 870 


Hemostatic, Adrians, 470> 


Sabinas, 871 


Collodion. 50 


Scoparii, 907 


Cotton, 470, 534 


Scutellariae, 9C8 


Martins, 470 


Senecionis, 910 


Monsel's, 494 


Solidaginis. 941 


Hemp. 267 


Tanaceti, 970 


American, 267 


Thy mi, 980 


Canadian, 268 


Tussilaginis, 1004 


Foreign, 268 


Violas Tricoloris, 1023 


Indian, 268 


Herbeal'IIirondelle, 307 


Hempseed Oil, 271 


aux Chats, 297 


Henbane Leaves, 581 


au Citron, 689 


Preparations, 582-587 


au Scorbut, 349 


Root, 585 


aux Vers, 970 


Seed, 586 


Hesperidin, 203, 650 


Hepar Sulphuris, 807 


Heuchera, 554 


Hepatica, 554 


Hexenmehl, 665 
Hiera Picra, 105 


Herba Absintbii, 1 


Aconiti, 61 


Hierro, 400 






INDEX. 



1175 



Higado de Azufre, 807 


Hvit Kanel. 266 


Hinojo, 502 


Senap, 925 


Hip-baths, 211 


Vax, 301 


Hipoclorito Calcico, 256 


Hvitlok, 94 


Hippoeastanum, 555 


Hydrangea, 560 


Hirschhornsalz, 124 


Hydrargyri Bichloridum, 566 


Hirudo, 555 


Chloridum Corrostvnm, 566 


Hisopo, 589 


Chloridum Mite, 568 


Hive Syrup, Coxe's, 906 


Cyanidum. 570 


Hjasrne's Plaster, 794 


Iodidum Flavum, 572 


Hjorthomssalt, 124] 


Iodidum Rubrum, 57i 


Hoarhound, 681 


Iodidum Viride, 572 


Hollenstein, 174 


Oleatum, 574 


Hoffman's Anodyne. 73, 74 


Oxidum Flavum, 575 


Hollunderbliithen, 879 


Oxidum Rubrum, 576 


Holzessig, 41 


Sub-Muriate. 568 


Holzgeist, 91 


Subsulphas Flavus, 577 


Homatropine Hydrobromate, 556 


Sulphas, 577 


Honey, 687 


Sulphidum Nigrum, 577 


Clarified, 688 


Sulphidum Rubrum, 577 


Rose, 861 


Hydrargyrum, 561 


Honejs, Medicated, 638 


Ammoniatum. 578 


Honig, 687 


cum Creta, 566 


Honing. 687 


Depuratum, 562 


Hoodwort, 908 


Hydrastine, 579 


Hop bag, 559 


Hydrastis, 579 


Poultice, 559 


Preparations, 580, 581 


Hope's Camphor Mixture, 264 


Hydrate Alumina, 115 


Hopfen, 558 


Chloral, 317 


Hopfenmehl, 662 


Hydrated Alumina, 115 


Hops, 558 


Oxide Iron, 486 


Preparations, 559 


Oxide Iron with Magnesia, 487 


Hoptree Bark, 824 


Hydrobromate Ammonia, 123 


Hordeum Prasparatum, 557 


Homatropine, 555 


Horn Poppy, 525 


Quinine. 836 


Horse-balm 856 


Hydrobromic Acid, 28 


Horse-chestnut Bark, 555 


Ether, 436 


Horseradish. 175 


Hydrochlorate Ammonia, 126 


Horse-tail, 425 


Apomorphine, 165 


Hot Drops, 714 


Cinchonine, 342 


Houblon, 558 


Morphine, 702 


Houndstongue, 396 


Pilocarpine, 773 


Huflottig, 1004 


Quinine, 836 


Huile de Cade, 742 


Trimethylamine, 1002 ♦ 


de Foie de Morue, 704 


Hydrochloric Acid, 29 


de Grain, 91 


Acid, Diluted, 31 


de Morue. 704 


Hvdrocotoin, 379 


d'Olive, 722 


H>dromel, 688 


de Romarin Eperle, 862 


Hydrometer, 1134 


de Sesame, 924 


Hydrocyanated Emulsion, 3 


de Vitriol, 44 


Hydrocvanic Acid, 821 


Minerale, 760 


Acid, Diluted, 31 


Huiles, 720 


Acid Emulsion, 33 


Humla, 558 


Acid, Scheele's, 32 


Humuli Strobili, 558 


Hydrogen, Bromide, 28 


Humulus. 558 


Chloride, 29 


Hundszunge, 396 


Cyanide, 31 


Husarfro, 869 


Iodide, 27 


Husblas, 589 


Hydriodate Ammonia, 127 


Huxham's Tincture of Bark, 340 


Hydriodic Acid, 27 


Hvetestarkelse, 136 


Hygrive, 435 


Hvit Arsenik, 182 


Hyoscyami Folia, 581 



1176 



INDEX. 



Hyoscyaini Radix, 585 

Semen, 586 
Hyoscyainine Sulphate, 581 
Hyoscyamus. 581 

Leaf, 581 

Preparations, 582, 587 

Root, 585 

Seed, 586 
Hypo, 937 

Hypopicrotoxie Acid, 347 
Hypodermic Injections, 603, 606, 1105 

Medication, 603, 606, 1105 
Hypophosphite Calcium, 251 

Iron, 482 

Lime, 251 

Manganese, 676 

Potassium, 816 

Quinine, 837 

Sodium, 937 
Hypoohosphites, 587 

Preparations, 587, 588 

Hypophosphorous Acid, 33 
Hyposulphite Sodium, 937 
Hyssop, 589 
Haftpl&ster, 841 
Hastfibleflommor, 176 
Hastfiblerot, 177 
Hiisthofsort, 1004 

Ice, 165 

Iceland Moss, 306 

Moss, Washed, 307 

Moss Jelly, Dried, 648 
Ichtyocollfl, 589 
Ictiocola, 589 
Igasuric Acid, 591 
]gel, 555 
Ignatia, 591 

Preparations, 592 
Ignazbohnen, 591 
Ikaju, 79 
Illicium, 593 

Anisatum, 593 

Religiosnm, 594 
Imperatoria, 595 
Imperatorin, 595 
" Imperial Drink," 810 
Improved Dover's Powder, 731 
Incienso, 721 
Indian Bread, 664 

Cannabis, 267 

Cannabis, Preparations, 269, 270 

Corn, 686 

Hemp, Black, 159 

Hemp, Foreign, 267 

Hemp, White, 195 

Physic, 523 

Pohe. 1014 

Sarsaparilla, 553 

Tobacco, 658 

Turnip, 188 
Indigo, 595 



Indigo Blue, 596 

Sulphate, 596 
Indigotin, 596 
Indischer Hanf , 267 
Infant Powder, Yellow, 665 
Infusa, 596 

Infused Oil, Hyoscyamus, 585 
Infusion Absinthium, 3 

Achillea, 13 

Angustura, 145 

Anise, 147 

Anthemis, 151 

Bittersweet, 417 

Boneset, 441 

Braytra, 239 

Bucbu, 243 

Calamus, 249 

Capsicum, 279 

Cardamon. 284 

Cascarilla, 293 

Cataria, 298 

Catnep, 298 

Cherry, Wild, 823 

Chirata, 317 

Cinchona, 336 

Cloves, 291 

Chamomile, 151 

Chamomile, German, 685 

Columbo, 260 

Dandelion, 974 

Digitalis, 407 

Dulcamara, 417 

Elder Flowers, 880 

Elm, 1005 

Ergot, 430 

Eupatorium. 441 

Flaxseed, 653 

Foxglove, 407 

Galls, 512 

Gentian, Compound, 519 

Ginger, 1032 

Hoarhound, 682 

Hops, 559 

Humulus, 559 

Ipecac, 614 

Jaborandi, 776 

Juniper Berries, 625 

Kousso, 2o9 

Krameria, 633 

Lobelia, 661 

Marrubium, 682 

Matico, 684 

Matricaria. 685 

Nutgall 512 

Orange Peel, Bitter, 204 

Pareira, 753 

Peppermint, 692 

Phellandrium, 763 

Pilocarpus, 776 

Pink Root, 943 

Pink Root, Compound, 943 

Rhatany, 633 



Rhubarb, Alkaline, 848 

Rhubarb, Compound, 850 

Rose, 860 

Sage, 878 

Sambucus, 880 

Sassafras, 901 

Senega, 914 

Senna, 920 

Serpentaria, 923 

Slippery Elm, 1005 

Snake Root, 923 

Spigelia, 943 

Spigelia, Compound, 943 

Tansy, 970 

Tar, 784 

Taraxacum, 974 

Tobacco, 969 

Ulmus, 1005 

Valerian, 1011 

Water-fennel, 762 

Wild Cherry, 823 

Wormwood, 3 

Yarrow, 13 
Tnfusion Pot, 598 
Infusions, 596 
lnfusum Absinthii, 3 

Achillea, 13 

Angusturas, 145 

Anisi, 147 

Anthemidis, 151 

Aurantii Amari, 204 

Calami, 249 

Calumbae, 260 

Capsici, 279 

Carais, 286 

Cam is, Frigide Paratum, 286 

Caryophyllas, 291 

Cascarillas, 293 

Cinchonas, 336 

Digitalis, 407 

Dulcamaras, 417 

Eupatorii, 441 

Gallse, 512 

Ipecacuanhas, 614 

Kousso, 229 

Lini, 653 

Matricarias, 685 

Menthae Piperitas, 692 

Pareiras, 753 

Phellandrii, 763 

Picis, 784 

Pilocarpi, 776 

Priini Virginianas, 823 

Rhei, 847 

Rhei, Alkalinum, 848 

Rhei, Compositum, 850 

Rosas, Acidulum, 860 

Salvias, 878 

Sambuci, 880 

Senegas, 914 

Sennas, 920 



INDEX. 



1177 



lnfusum Serpentarias, 923 
Spigelias, 943 
Spigelias, Compound, 943 

Taraxacas, 974 

Ulmi, 1005 

Valerianae, 1011 

Zingiberis, 1032 
Ingefara, 1031 
Ingwer, 1031 
Inhalation, Chlorine, 322 

Chloroform, 318 

Conium, 369 

Creasote, 381 

Hydrocyanic Acid, 31 

Iodine, 611 

Salicylic Acid, 43 
Inhalations, 599-601, 1013, 1106 
Inhalers, 600 
Injection, Alum, 114 

Tannic Acid, 51, 52 
Injections. 424, 601-606 

Anal, 601 

Ear, 602 

Hypodermic, 603-606 

Nasal, 603 

Subcutaneous, 603-606 

Urethral. 601, 602 

Vaginal, 602 
Ink, Blue, 480 
Inks. Aniline, 146 
Inscription, 1111, 1112 
Insect Powder, 828 
Inspissated Juices, 445 

Oxgall, 458 
Insufflation, 601, 1106 
Inula, 606 
Inulin, 327, 972 
Iodide of Ammonium, 127 

of Arsenic, 186 

of Cadmium, 244 

of Calcium, 251 

of Hydrogen, 27 

of Iron, 482 

of Iron Pills, 483 

of Iron, Saccharated, 483 

of Lead, 792 

of Lime, 251 

of Manganese, 676 

of Mercury, G-reen, 572 

of Mercury, Red, 571 

of Mercury, Yellow, 572 

of Potassium, 817 

of Silver, 171 

of Sodium, 938 

of Starch, 609 

of Sulphur, 610, 961 

of Zinc, 1028 
Iodine, 608 

Vapor, 611 
Iodiniutn, 608 
Iodinized Collodion, 609 
Iodized Phenol, 21 



1178 



INDEX. 



Iodized Starch, 609 
Iodoform, 607 

Paint, 608 

Paint Iodinized, 608 
Iodum, 608 

Iodure de Potassium, 817 
Ipecac, 612 

False, 612 

Preparations, 613-615 

Spurge, 442 
Ipecacuanha, 612 
Ipecacuanhic Acid, 612 
Ipomcea Orizabensis, 620 

Pandurata, 62i) 

Simulans, 620 
Iris Florentina, 615 

Versicolor, 617 
Irish Moss, 325 
Irlandisches Moos, 325 
Iron, 460 

Albuminate, 500 

Alum, 477 

and Ammonium Citrate, 477 

and Ammonium Sulphate, 477 

and Ammonium Tartrate, 477 

Arseniate, 463 

Benzoate, 464 

Bromide Syrup, 464 

by Hydrogen, 501 

Carbonate Mass, 466 

Carbonate Pills, 467 

Carbonate, Saccharated, 465 

Chloride, 467 

Chloride, Green, 473 

Citrate, 474 

Dialyzed, 480 

Dialyzed, Scales, 481 

Ferrocyanide, 480 

Filings, 460 

Hydrate, 486 

Hydrated Oxide, 486 

Hypophof-phite, 482 

Iodide, 482 

Iodide Pills, 483 

Iodide, Saccharated, 483 

Magnetic Oxide, Precipitated, 4 

Malate, 491 

Oxalate, 486 

Oxide, Hydrated, 486 

Oxide Magnet. Precip., 488 

Oxide, Saccharated, 500 

Oxide. Soluble, 500 

Perchloride, 467 

Persulphate, 493 

Phosphate, Blue, 490 

Phosphate, Phar. 1870, 490 

Phosphate, Soluble, 488 

Phosphate, U. S., 1880, 488 

Phosphate, White, 490 

Powdered, 501 

Preparations, 460-502 

Proto-chloride, 473 



Iron, Pyrophosphate, 491 
Quevenne's, 501 
Reduced, 501 
Sesquichloride, 467 
Subcarbonate, 493 
Subsulphate, 493 
Subsulphate Solution, 494 
Sulphate, 495 
Sulphate, Commercial, 496 
Sulphate, Dried, 495 
Sulphate, Exsiccated, 495 
Sulphate, Granulated, 496 
Sulphate, Impure, 496 
Sulphate, Precipitated, 496 
Sulphide, 497 
Sulphuret, 497 
Tersulphate Solution, 497 
Valerianate, 499 

Isinglass, 515, 589 

Plaster, United States, 591 
Plaster (Squire's), 590 

Islandisches Moos, 306 

Islandsmossa, 306 

Isop, 589 

Ister. 67 

Isattika, 14 

Itch Ointment, 959 

Jabon, 887 

de Sosa, 887 
Jaborandi, 773 

Preparations, 775, 776 
Jalap, 618 

False, 620 

Male. 620 

Preparations, 620, 622 

Resin, 622 

Tampico, 620 
Jalapenknollen, 618 
Jalapin, 619, 022, 903 
Jamaica Dogwood, 781 
James' Powder, 155 
Jamestown Weed, 950 
Janin's Plaster, 444 
Japaconitine, 55 
Jarobe, 964 

Simple, 966 
Jasmine, 516 
Jaune Amer, 40 

d'CEuf, 1024 
Javanese Arrow Poison, 151 
Jem, 460 
Jerndroppar. 470 
Jernklorid, 467 
Jernkloridlosning, 467 
Jernkloridtinktur, 470 
Jervine, 1014 
Jessamine. 516 
Jimson Weed, 950 
Jod, 608 
Jodknlium, 817 
Jodsilbcr, 171 



INDEX. 



1179 



Jodviitesyra, 27 


Kaneel, 343 


Jodwasserstoffsaure, 27 


Kanelsyra, 24 


Joe pye Weed, 441 


Karbolsyra, 18 


JohauniswurzeJ, 197 


Kardamomen. 282 


Juo-landic Acid, 623 


Kardbenediktblad, 284 


Juglans, 622 


Kardborrerot, 640 


Juglone, 623 


Karweliter, Geist, 690 


Juice Belladonna. 220 


Kaskarilirinde, 291 


Conium, 368 


Katechu, 298 


Henbane, 585 


Katzenkraut, 297 


Hyoscyamus, 585 


Katzenmiinze, 297 


Taraxacum, 973 


Kava Kava, 696 


Juices. 957 


Kavahin, 696 


Inspissated, 445 


Keep-ware, 506 


Julapium Moschi, 708 


Kellerhalsrmde, 698 


Juniper Berries, 624 


Kermes Minerahs, 156 


Syrup, 625 


Kinabark, 330 


Wood. 625 


Gra, 338 


Juniperi Lignum, 625 


Kinarot, 312 


Juniperus, 624 


Kinasalt, 838 


Virginiana, 627 


Kinic Acid, 331 


Jusquiamenoir, 581 


Kino. 628 


Jast, 459 


Preparations, 629, 630 




Varieties, 628 


Kadeol, 742 


Kinoin, 628 


Kaffee, 245 


Kino-red, 628 


Kali Aceticum, 808 


Kinotannic Acid, 628 


Bicarbonicum, 809 


Kirschlorbeerblatter, 641 


Bichromicum, 809 


Kitcben Salt, 935 


Bitartaricum, 810 


Kleesaure, 38 


Carbonicum. 812 


Klettenwurzel, 640 


Causticum, 805 


Klistirer, 424 


Chloricum, 812 


Klor, 322 


Citricum. 814 


Klorammonium, 128 


Hypermanganicum, 819 


Klorkalk, 256 


Nitricum, 818 


Kiornatrium, 985 


Oxymuriaticum, 812 


Klorsyradt Kali, 812 


Sulphuricum, 819 


Natron, 935 


Tartaricum, 820 


Klorvatten, 323 


Kalialaun, 113 


Klorvtitesyra, 29 


Kalihydrat, 805 


Klystiere, 424 


Kalilange, 806, 807 


Knoblaucb, 94 


Kalilut, 806, 807 


Knob-root, 356 


Kalisalpeter. 818 


Knorpeltang, 325 


Kalischwefelleber, 807 


Kochsalz. 935 


Kalium, 804 


Konigscbina, 333 


Bromatum, 811 


Konigskretze, 1016 


Jodatum, 817 


Koblensaures Ammonium, 124 


Sulphuratum, 807 


Kali, 812 


Jerncyanid, 816 


Natron, 934 


Kaliumj erncy anur, 8 1 6 


Kokkelskorner, 347 


Kalk, 255 


Koksalt, 935 


Kalkvatten, 254 


Kolopbonium, 840 


Kalkwasser, 254 


Koloqvinten. 358 


Kalmuswurzel, 247 


Koisyradt, Kali, 812 


Kamala, 627 


Natron, Surt, 931 


Kameela, 627 


Kolumborot, 259 


Kamfer. 262 


Kolumbowurzel, 259 


Kamille, 150, 684 


KonsioneU. 348 


Kamillenblumen, 684 


Kopaivabalsam, 370 


Kamomillblommor, 150, 684 


Koppar. 389 


Kampfer, 262 


Koriander, 374 



1180 



INDEX, 



Kornmutter, 426 

Koumys, 634 
Koussin, 238 
Kousso, 237 
Krahenaugen, 717 
Kraftmehl, 136 
Krameria, 630 

Preparations, 631-633 
Kramerio-tannic Acid, 631 
Krauseminze, 691 
Kreosot, 380 
Kreuzkiimmel, 388 
Kroni, 326 
Kromsyra, 23 
Kronchina, 338 
Krusmynta, 691 
Kryddattika, 10 
Kryddnejlikor, 29Q 
Krakrot, 612 
Kroksalt, 153 
Krokvin, 154, 615 
Krakvinsten, 153 
Kubeben, 384 
Kiihlwasser, 790 
Kiimmel, 289-388 
Kummin, 289 
Kungskina, 333 
Kungsljus, 1016 
Kupfer, 389 
Kurkuma, 393 

Labarraque's Solution, 324 
Lac, 634, 635 

Sulphuris, 960 
Lacca Coerulea, 657 

Musica, 657 

Resina, 635 
Lack, 635 
Lackmus, 657 
Lacque'Bleu, 657 
Lactate Iron, 484 

Manganese, 677 

Zinc, 1029 
Lactic Acid, 33, 634 
" Lacto-peptin," 34 
Lactophosphates, 33 
Lactosa, 875 
Lactuca, 635 

Virosa, 635 
Lactucarium, 635, 636 
Lactucerin, 637 
Lactucic Acid, 637 
Lactucin, 637 
Lactucon, 637 
Lactucopicrin, 637 
Lactuk, 635 
Ladies' Slipper, 397 
Lady Webster's Dinner Pills, 104 
Laerohenschwamm, 76 
liiiuse-korner, 809 
Lafayette's Mixture, 372 
Lagerbiir, 641 



Lait, 634 

d'Araandes, 133 
Laitue Vireuse, 635 
Lakritz, 531 
Lakritzrot, 527 
Laminaria, 639 
Langer Kiimmel, 388 
Langue de Chien, 396 
Lanugo Gossypii, 533 
Lapilli Cancrorum, 257 
Lapis, 174 

Divinus, 392 

Infernalis, 174 
Lappa, 640 
Lappa? Fructus,640 

Badix, 640 
Lard, 67 

Cerate, 303 

Oil, 69 
Large-flowering Spurge, 442 
Larktradswamp, 76 
Larkspur Seed, 402 
Latex, 1080 
Latwergen, 361 
Laudanum, 735 

Liqu'dum Sydenhami, 738 

Laughing Gas, 716 • 
Laurel Camphor, 642 

Leaves, 642 
Lauri Baccae, 641 

Folia, 642 

Fructus, 641 
Laurin, 642 
Laurocerasin, 641 
Laurocerasus, 641 
Laurostearin, 642 
Lavandula, 643 
Lavemanger, 424 
Lavements, 424 
Lavendelblommor, 643 
Lavendelbliithe, 643 
Lavender, 643 
Laxative Species, 921 
Lead, 787 

Acetate, 788 

Acetate and Opium, Pills, 789 

Carbonate, 791 

Iodide, 792 

Nitrate, 792 

Oleate, 793 

Oxide, 796 

Oxide, Red, 797 

Petrolatum, 795 

Plaster, 793 

Poisoning, 787 

Preparations, 788-797 

Red, 797 

Red Oxide, 797 

Superoxide, 797 

Tannate, Glycerite, 796 

Water, 790 

White, 791 



INDEX. 



1181 



Leaf, Structure of, 1102-1103 


Limon, 649 


Lebenselixir, 100 


Linomensaft, 651 


Leberplette, 77 


Limonenschale, 649 


Leberthran, 704 


Limonis Cortex, 649 


Leche, 634 


Flavedo, 650 


Lechuga, 635 


Oleum, 650 


Leditannic Acid, 645 


Succus, 651 


Ledon, 643 


Linaza, 652 


Ledum, 645 


Linctus Chloratus, 325 


Leech, 555 


Oleosus, 135, 723 


Leinsamen, 652 


Oleosus Acidus, 723 


Lejia de Potasa, 806, 807 


Opii Tolutanus, 733 


del Jaborjero, 930 


Lindblommor, 981 


Lemon, 649 


Linden Flowes, 981 


Balm, 689 


Lindenbluthen, 981 


Juice, 25, 651 


Lindera Bark, 651 


Zeste, 650 


Berries, 652 


Lemonade, Artificial. 25 


Fruit, 652 


Sulphuric Acid, 48 


Linderas Cortex, 651 


Tartaric Acid, 53 


Fructus, 652 


Lengua de Perro, 396 


Linfro, 652 


Leonurus, 645 


Lini Farina, 653 


Leptandra, 646 


Oleum, 653 


Leptaudrin, True, 646 


Semina, 652 


Letheon, 72 


Liniment, Acid, Tannic, 51 


Lettuce, 635 


Aconite, 60 


Opium, 636 


Ammonia, 121 


Leucotin, 379 


Anthemidis, 151 


Levantic Wormseed, 885 


Bellad. , 224 


Levisse Caustique, 806, 807 


Britannicum, 958 


Levistici, Fructus, 647 


Calcis, 254 


Radix, 648 


Camphorse, 264 


Leviere de Biere, 459 


Cantharid. , 275 


Liber, 1094 


Chamomile, 151 


Libsticka, 648 


Chloroform, 321 


Lichen d'Islande, 306 


Chloroform, Compound, 322 


Starch, 306. 648 


Hydrargyri, 564 


Lichenin, 306. 648 


Iodi, 610 


Saccharated, 648 


Iodine, 610 


Licorice, Black, 531 


Mercury, 564 


Root, 527 


Mustard, 929 


Liebstockel, 648 


Opod. ldoc, 890 


Life Everlasting, 533 


Plumbi Subacetatis, 791 


Root, 910 


Saponis, 888 


Light Magnesia, 668 


Sinapis Compositus, 929 


Lignin, 1075 


Stokes', 975 


Lignum Campechianum, 547 


Subacetate Lead, 791 


G-uaiaci, 542 


Tannin, 51 


Hasmatoxyli, 547 


Terebinthinae, 975 


Juniperi, 625 


Terebinthinas Album, 9^5 


Quassias, 829 


Turpentine, 975 


Santali Albi, 884 


Liniments, 652 


Santali, Citrini, 883 


Linolein, 624, 653 


Santali Rubri, 884 


Linseed, 652 


Vitas, 542 


Ground, 653 


Ligusticum Actseifolium, 648 


Meal. 653 


Liljekonvalj, 369 


Oil, 653 


Lily-of-the-Valley, 369 


Poultice, 653 


Limatura Ferri, 460 


Lint, 654 


Lime, 255 


Linteum, 654 


Liniment, 254 


Linum, 652 


Water, 254 


Lip Salve, 862 



1182 



INDEX. 



Lip Salve. Red, 978 

Lignen Islandico. 300 

Liqueur Hemostatique de Monsel, 404 

Liquid Bismuth, 231 

Extract Aloes, 103 

Extract Catechu, 299 

Extract Cinchona, 335 

Extract Kino, 629 

Extract Opium, 733 

Medicinal Carbolic Acid, 20 

Medicines, 1108 

Pepsin, 756 

Rv_nnet, 756 

Storax, 956 
Liquidambar, 654, 956 
Liquids, how Weighed. 1127 
Liquor Acidi Arseniosi, 184 

Acidus Halleri, 45 

Ammonias, 119 

Ammonii Acetatis, 121 

Ammonii Anisatus, 149 

Ammonii Succinatis, 128 

Anodynus Martialis, 472 

Antimonii Chloridi, 152 

Arsenici Chloridi, 184 

Arsenii et Hydrarg. Iodidi, 186 

Atropias Sulphatis, 202 

Bismuthi, 231 

Calcis, 254 

Cantharid. Epispast., 276 

Epispasticus, 276 

Ergotas, 430 

Ferri Acetatis, 461 

Ferri Albuminati, 500 

Ferri Chloridi, 467 

Ferri Citratis, 475 

Ferri Dialysati, 480 

Ferri et Quin. Citr. , 479 

Ferri Mnriatici, 467 

Ferri Nitratis, 485 

Ferri Perchloridi Fortior, 469 

Ferri Sesquichlorati, 469 

Ferri Subsulphatis, 494 

Ferri Subsulphatis, 

Ferri Tersulphatis, 497 

Gutta-perchas, 546 

Hydrargi, Chloridi, 568 

Hydrargyri Nitratis, 573 

Iodi Comp., 610 

Kali Caustici, 806, 807 

Magnesii Citratis, 672 

Morphinas Citratis, 702 

Natri, Caustici, 930 

Opii Compositus, 734 

Opii Sedativus, 734 

Pepsini. 756 

Pepsini Seriparus, 756 

Picis Kalinus, 785 

Plumbi Subacetatis, 789 

Plumbi Sul)acetatis Dilutus, 790 

Potass©, 806 

Potahsii Arsenitis, 180 



Liquor Potassii Citratis, 814 

Sodas, 930 

Sodas Chloratas, 324 

Sodii Arseniatis, 185 

Sodii Citratis, 936 

Sodii Silicotis, 939 

Stanni Chloridi, 947 

Zinci Chloridi, 1028 
Liquores, 654, 941 
Liquorice, BJack, 531 

Root, 527 

Root, Preparations, 529-532 
Lirio de Florencia, 615 
Liriodenclri Cortex, 655 
Liriodendrin, 655 
Liriodendron, 655 
Litharge, 796 
Lithii Benzoas, 656 

Bromidum, 656 

Carbon as, 656 

Citras, 657 

Salicylas, 657 
Lithium, 655 

Benzoate, 656 

Bromide, 656 

Carbonate. 656 

Citrate, 657 

Preparations, 656 

Salicylate, 657 
Litmus, 657 

Paper, 658 

Tincture, 657 
Liveche, 648 
Liver Sulphur, 807 
Liverwort, 553 
Lobelia, 658 

Preparations, 660-662 

Seed, 661 

Tea, 661 
Lobelias Semina, 661 
Lobeline, 658 
Loffelkraut, 349 
Lowenzahnwurzel, 971 
Logwood, 547 
Lolium, 662 
Lorbeer, 641 
Lotio Flava, 568 

Hydrargyri Flava, 508 

Hydrargyri Nigra, 570 

Nigra, 5<0 

Terebinthinas Actringens, 975 
Lotion Ammonium Chloride, 127 

Hyposulphite Iodium, 937 

Sodium Hyposulphite, 937 
Lotions. 002 
Lovnge Root. 648 

Seed, 647 
Loxa Bark. 338 
Lozenges, 1004 

Chlorate Potassium, 813 
Lubricating Oil, 750, 751 
Lugol's Solution, 610 



INDEX. 



1183 



Lunar Caustic, 174 


Male Fern Preparations, 198, 1 99 


Lungenmoos, 306 


Jalap, 620 


Lupamaric Acid, 668 


Mallotus, 627 


Lupuli Glandular. 662 


Malt, 674 


Lupulin, 558, 662 


Extract, 675 


Preparations, 663, 664 


Mai tin, 675 


Lupulina, 682 


Malvabisco, 109 


Lupulinum, 662 


Malort, 1 


Lupulite, 662 


Mamasiro, 750 


Lycoperdon, 664 


Mancona Bark, 434 


Lycopodii Semina, 665 


Mandelemulsion, 133 


Sporidia, 665 


Mandelmassa, 183 


Lycopodium, 665 


Mandelmilch, 133 


lycopus, 666 


Mandelmjolk, 183 




Mandeln, Bittere, 130 


Mace. GG6 


Siisse, 132 


Macias, 666 


Mandelol, 134 


Macidis ^Etheroleum, 667 


Mandrake, 797 


Macis, 666 


Manganese, 675 


Machine Oil, 750, 751 


Carbonate, 676 


Macrotin, 328 


Chloride, 676 


Madeira Wine, 1020 


Dioxide, 677 


Madweed, 908 


Hypophosphite, 676 


Magendie's Solution, 703 


Iodide, 676 


Magnesia, 668 


Lactate, 677 


Calcinada, 668, 669 


Phosphate, 678 


Calcinata, 66S, 669 


Preparations. 676-678 


Carbonica, 670 


Sulphate, 678 


Heavy, 669 


Superoxide, 677 


Leniter Usta, 668 


Manganesii Carbonas, 676 


Light, 668 


Manganesium, 675 


Milk, 669 


Mangani Carbonas, 676 


Ponderosa, 669 


Chloridum, 676 


Sulphurica, 672 


Hypophosphis, 676 


Troches, 669 


Iodidum, 676 


Usta, 668, 669 


Lactas, 677 


Magnesie, 668, 659 


Oxidum Nigrum, 677 


Magnesii Acetas, 670 


Phosphas, 678 


Carbonas, 670 


Sulphas, 678 


Citras Granulatus, 671 


Mangansuperoxid, 677 


Sulphas, 672 


Manganum, 675 


Sulphis, 673 


Mangostana, 678 


Magnesium, 668 


Mangosteen, 678 


Acetate, 670 


Mangostin. 679 


Carbonates, 670 


Manna, 679 


Citrate, Granulated, 671 


Mannit, 680 


Citrate Solution, 672 


Manzanita, 680 


Oxide, 668, 669 


Maple Sugar, 874 


Preparations, 668-673 


Syrup, 874 


Sulphate, 672 


Maranta, 681 


Sulphate Enema, 673 


Marjolaine, 674 


Sulphite, 673 


Sauvage, 740 


Magnolia, 673 


Marjoram, 674 


Magnolin, 673 


Wild, 740 


Maiblumen, 369 


Marrubium, 681 


Maidenhair Fern, 71 


Marsh Tea, 645 


Maidis Amylum, 686 


Marshmallow Flowers, 112 


Stigmata, 687 


Preparations, 110-112 


Maize, 686 


Root, 109 


Majorana, 674 


Marsh trefoil, 696 


Malate Iron, 491 


Martin's Hemostatic, 470 


Male Fern, 197 


Maskfro, 885 



1184 



INDEX. 



Massa Amygdalae, 133 


Mercure, 561 


Copaibas, 371 


Mercurial Fumigation, 564 


Ferri Carbonatis, 466 


Ointment, 565 


Hydrargyri, 565 


Pill, 565 


Massge, 682 


Plaster, 564 


Masses, 682 


Vapor Bath, 564 


Mastei wort, 595 


Mercuric Chloride, 566 


Mastic, 682' 


Cyanide, 570 


Mastiche, 682 


Iodide, 571 


Matico, 682 


Oxide, Red, 576 


Preparations, 683, 684 


Oxide, Yellow, 575 


Matolja, 722 


Sulphate, White, 577 


Matricaria, 684 


Sulphate, Yellow, 577 


Preparations, 685 


Sulphide, Red, 577 


Maw Seed, 748, 749 


Mercurio, 561 


May- Apple Pilis, Comp., 799 


Mercurous Chloride, 568 


Root, 797 


Iodide, 572 


Mays, 686 


Mercury, 561 


McMunn's Elixir, 739 


Biniodide, 571 


Measures, Approximate, 1122 


Chloride Corrosive, 566 


Meat Extract, 286 


Chloride, Mild, 568 


Mecereon, 698 


Cyanide, 570 


Mechoacan, 620 


Iodide, Green, 572 


Meconic Acid, 725 


Iodide, Red, 571 


Meconium, 724 


Iodide, Yellow, 572 


Medicated Papers, 807 


Liniment, 564 


Medicines, Administration of, 1105 


Mass, 565 


Medulla, 1089 


Nitrate Solution, 573 


Sassafras, 901 


Oleate, 574 


Medullary Rays, 1089, 1096 


Oxide, Red, 576 


Meerzwiebel, 903 


Oxide, Yellow, 574 


Meiran, 674, 740 


Prepa- ations, 562-579 


Me j ram, 674 


Protiodide, 572 


Mel, 687 


Protochloride, 568 


Despumatum, 688 


Purified, 562 


Rosse, 861 


Subchloride, 568 


Melilotenklee, 688 


Submuriate, 568 


Melilotus, 688 


Subsulphate. Yellow, 577 


Plaster, 689 


Sulphate, 577 


Melissa, 689 


Sulphide, Black, 577 


Water, 689 


Sulphide, Red, 577 


Melissenblatter, 689 


Sulphuret, Red, 577 


Melissyl Palmitate, 303 


Suppositories, 585 


Mellita, 688 


with Chalk, 566 


Meloten, 688 


Meristem, 1084 


Membrillo, 395 


Metacopaivic Acid, 370 


Menispermine, 347 


Metarabic Acid, 7 


Menispermum, 690 


Methyl-coniine, 362 


Mentha Crispa, 691 


Salicylate, 514 


Piperita, 691 


Methylic Alcohol, 91 


Piperita. Preparations, 692-694 


Methysticin, 696 


Pulegioides, 550 


Methysticum, 696 


Viridis, 694 


Metric System, 1127-1131 


Menthe Crcpue, 691 


Mexican Sage Seed, 310 


de Chats, 297 


Mezereon, 698 


Poivrc, 691 


Mezereum, 698 


Romaine, 694 


Mezquite Gum, 5 


Verte, 694 


Mica Panis, 747 


Menthol, 693, 695 


Micromeria, 699 


Menyanthes, 696 


Microscope, Accessories, 1041-1043 


Menyanthin, 696 


Action of Lenses, 1038-1040 


Mercurammonium Chloride. 578 


Choice of, 1041-1043 



INDEX. 



1185 



Microscope, Compound. 1035 

Drawing with, 1043-1045 

Examination with, 1046, 1047 

Measuring with, 1043, 1045 

Optical Parts of, 1037 

Parts of, 1035-1037 
Simple, 1034 

Mounting, Methods of, 1052 

Mounts, Dry, 1052-1055 

Mounts, in Balsam, 1058-1060 

Mounts, in Cells, 1062-1085 

Mounts, in Jelly, 1060-1061 

Mounts, Materials for, 1049-1051 

Mounts, Preparation of, 1047-1066 

Mounts, Sections for, 1055-1057 

Sections, Bleaching, 1057 

Sections, Staining, 1058 
Miel, 687 
Mikania, 700 
Milch, 634 
Milchsaure, 33 
Milchzucker, 875 . 

Mild Chloride Mercury, 568 ♦ 

Milfoil, 11 
Milk, 634 

Butter, 634 

Condensed, 634 

Skim, 634 

Almonds, 133 

Sugar, 634, 875 

Sulphur, 960 
Milkweed, 195 
Millefolium, 11 
Mills, 1129 
Mineral Wax, 304 
Mineralkermes, 156 
Minium, 797 
Mint, Curled, 691 

Julep, 692 
Mirra, 713 
Mishmi, Bitter, 373 
Mistletoe, American, 763 
Mistura Ammoniaci, 119 

Amygdalas, 133 

Aromatica Acida, 46 

Asafostidas, 191 

Camphoras Acida, 264 

Camphoras Aromatica, 265 

Chloroformi, 320 

Chloroformi Composita, 321 

Copaibas Composita, 372 

Cretas, 382 

Ferri Composita, 485 

Ferri et Ammonii Acetatis, 476 

Glycyrrhizas Composita, 530 

Guaiaci, 543 

Magnesias Carminativa, 671 : 

Morrhuas, 705 

Morrhuas cum Calcii Lactophospate, 
705 ; 

Morrhuas Ferrata, 706 

Morrhuas Phosphatica, 706 
75 



Misturia Magnesias et Asafoetidas, 670 

Moschi, 708 

Myrrhas Ferrata, 485 

Olei Ricini, 858 

Opii Composita, 734 

Opii et Ipecacuanhas Composita, 730 

Opii et Sassafras, 732 

Potassii Citratis, 814 

Rhei Composita, 848 

Rhei et Sodas, 846 

Thielemanni, 730 
Misturas, 701 
Mitchella, 700 
Mixture Aeet. Iron and Ammonium, 476 

Chloride Ammonium, 127 

Citrate Potassium, 814 

Magnesia and Asafcetida, 670 

Potassium Citrate, 814 

Rhubarb and Soda, 846 

Rhubarb, Compound, 848 

Turpentine, 976 
Mixtures, 701 
Mjoldryga, 426 
Mjolk, 634 
Mjolksocker, 875 
Mjolksyra, 33 
Mohrenkiimmel, 388 
Molasses, 875 
Molene, 1016 
Monesia, 701 
Monesin, 701 

Monobromated Camphor, 266 
Monocotyledonous Growth, 1087, 1088 
Monsel's Powder, 493 

Solution, 494 
Morelle Grimpante, 416 
Morphia, 701 
Morphias Murias, 702 

Sulphas, 703 
Morphine, 701, 725, 748 

Acetate, 702 

Chloride, 702 

Citrate, 702 

Hydrochlorate, 702 

Hypodermic Injection, 605 

Muriate, 702 

Oleate, 702 

Sulphate, 703 

Tartrate, 703 
Morphium, 701 

Aceticum, 702 

Sulphuricum, 703 
Morrhuas Oleum, 704 
Moser, 361 
Moschus, 706 
Mostaza Blanca, 925 

Negra, 926 
Mother Cloves, 291 
Motherwort, 645 
Moulded Nitrate Silver, 174 
Mousse d'liiande, 325 

Marine Perlee, 325 



1186 



INDEX. 



Moutarde Blanche, 925 

Noire, 926 
Moxae, 709 
Moxas, 709 
Mucilage Acacia, 7, 709 

Elm, 1005 

Gum Arabic, 7, 709 

Quince, 895 

Slippery Elm, 1005 

Starch, 709 

Tragacanth, 709, 1000 
Mucilages, 709 
Mucilage Amyli, 709 

Cydonii, 395 

Salep, 877 

Sassafras, 901 

Tragacanthse, 709, 1000 

Ulmi, 1005 
Mucuna, 709 
Mugnet, 369 
Mug wort, 187 
Mullein Flowers, 1016 

Leaves, 1016 
Muriate Ammonia, 126 

Apomorphia, 165 

Cinchonine, 342 

Morphine, 702 

Pilocarpine, 773 

Quinine, 836 

Tin, 947 

Trimethylamine, 1002 
Muriated Tincture Iron, 410 
Muriatic Acid, 29 
Muse, 706 
Muscade, 712 

Musgo Marino Perlado, 325 
Musk, 706 

Julep, 708 

Mixture, 708 

Root, 961 
Muskatbliithe, 666 
Muskatniisse, 712 
Muskot, 712 
Muskotblomma, 666 
Mustard Bath, 927 

Black, 926 

Paper, 928 

Plaster, 927 

Poultice, 927 

White, 925 

Yellow, 925 
Mutterharz, 509 
Mutterkorn, 426 
Mutterkummel, 388 
Mutterpflaster, 794 
Mutton Suet, 924 
Myrica, 711 
Myricin, 303 
Myristica, 712 
MyristiosB Arillus, 666 
Myrrh, 713 
Myrrhin, 713 



Myrrhol, 713 
Myrosin, 925, 926 
Myrsyra, 26 
Mysk, 706 
Mc'nja, 797 

Nagelein, 290 
Nannari, 553 
Naphtha, 760 

Wood, 91 
Naranjo Agrio, 203 

Dulce, 205 
Narceine, 725, 748 
Narcotine, 725, 748 
Nasal Douche, 603 
Nataloin, 99 
Natrium, 929 

Chloratum. 935 

Iodatum, 938 

Preparations, 929-940 
Natron, 929 

Natro-Kali Tartaricum, 815 
Natfronlut, 930 
Natrum Aceticum, 930 

Biboricum, 933 

Bicarbonicum, 931 

Carbonicum, 934 

Carbonicum Acidulum, 931 

Causticum, 929 

Chloricum, 935 

Nitricum, 938 

Phosphoricum, 938 

Pyrophosphoricum, 938 

Sulfuricum, 939 
Natterwurz, 234 
Nectandra, 714 

Puchury, 772 
Nelkenol, 291 
Nettle Root, 1006 
Neutral Mixture, 814 

Oil, 751 
Neutralizing Cordial, 845 

Mixture, 845 
Nicht, 665 
Nicociana, 968 
Nicotia, 715 
Nicotine, 715, 968 
Nitrate Ammonium, 128 

Barium, 215 

Bismuth, 232 

Cerium, 304 

Lead, 792 

Potassium, 818 

Silver, 172 

Silver, Diluted, 173 

Silver with Lead, 174 

Sodium, 938 

Strychnine, 956 

Nitre, 818 

Lunaire, 172 

Paper, 818 
Nitric Acid, 34 






INDEX. 



1187 



Nitric Acid, Diluted, 35 


Oil, Bay, 710 


Acid. Fuming, 35 


Bayberries, Fixed, 642 


Nitrite Amyl, 136 


Bayberries, Volatile, 642 


Nitro Puro, 818 


Belladonna, Infused, 220 


Nitrobenzol, 131 


Benne, 924 


Nitrogen Monoxide, 716 


Bergamot, 229 


Nitrohydrochloric Acid, 36 


Birch, 229 


Acid Bath, 37 


Bitter Almond, 131 


Acid Diluted, 37 


Bitter Almond, Artificial, 131 


Nitroglycerin, 716 


Black Pepper, 780 


Nitromuriatic Acid, 36 


Black Mustard, 926 


Acid Bath, 37 ' 


British, 958 


Acid, Diluted, 37 


Butternut, 624 


Nitro-Saccharose, 873 


Cade, 742 


Nitrous Acid, 35 


Cajuput, 247 


Ether, Spirit, 74 


Camphor, 265 


Oxide, 716 


Canada Fleabane, 432 


Noix de Galle, 510 


Caraway, 289 


de Muscade, 712 


Cassia, 345 


Vomiques, 717 


Chamomile, Infused, 151 


Nomenclature, 47, 58, 59 


Chamomile, Volatile, 151 


Nordhausen Acid, 45 


Chaulmoogra, 546 


Norwood's Tincture, 1016 


Chenopodium, 310 


Nucin, 623 


Chinese Cinnamon, 343 


Nuez Moscada, 712 


Cinnamon, 343 


Vomica, 717 


Cloves, 291 


Nucleolus, 1068 


Coal, 760 


Nucleus, 1068 


Conium, Infused, 368 


Sheath, 1088 


Copaiba, 372 


Nueza, 240 


Coriander, 375 


"No. 6," 714 


Cotton Seed, 534 


Nut Oil, 624 


Croton, 981 


Nutgall, 510 


Cubeb, 387 


Nutmeg, 712 


Cumin, 389 


Butter, 713 


Dugong, 548 


Nux Vomica, 71 7 


Erigeron, 432, 692 


Vomica, Preparations, 718, 719 


Eucalyptus, 438 




Fennel, 503 


Oak Bark, 832 


Flaxseed, 653 


Tannin, 832 


Fleabane, 432, 693 


Oaten Groats, 210 


Gaultheria, 514 


Oatmeal, 210 


Haarlem, 960 


Oberhefe, 459 


Hedeoma, 550 


Ochsengalle, 458 


Hemlock, 368 


Odermennig, 77 


Hempseed, 271 


Odortfrukt, 361 


Henbane, 585 


Odortsblad, 365 


Hyoscyamus, 585 


Oele, 720 


Juniper Berries, 626 


CElsLiss, 525 


Juniper Wood, 626 


Oenothera, 719 


Laurel Berries, Fixed, 641 


Oil Absinthium, 3 


Laurel Berries, Volatile, 642 


Alkanet, 94 


Lavender, 644 


Allspice, 777 


Lavender, Dauphin, 643 


Almond, Expressed, 134 


Lavender Flowers, 643 


Almond, Fixed, 134 


Lavender, Garden, 643, 644 


Almond, Sweet, 134 


Lavender, Mitcham, 643 


Amber, Crude, 958 


Lavender, Spike, 643, 644 


Amber, Empyreumatic, 958 


Lemon, 650 


Amber Rectified, 957 


Linseed, 653 


American Wormseed, 310 


Lubricating, 750, 751 


Anise, 593 


Mace, 667 


1 Anthemis, Volatile, 151 


Machine, 750, 751 



1188 



INDEX. 



Oil, Male Fern, 199 


Ointment, Acetate Lead, 789 


Maw Seed, 749 


Aconitine, 66 


Mirbane, 131 


Ammoniated Mercury, 579 


Mustard, Essential, 928 


Atropine, 202 


Mustard Seed, 928 


Balsam Peru, 758 


Mustard, Volatile, 928 


Basilicon, 841 


Myrcia, 710 


Bearsfoot, 802 


Neroli, 208, 209, 715 


Belladonna, 221 


Neutral, 751 


Belville, 570 


Nutmeg, 712 


Benzoin, 68 


Nutmeg, Expressed, 713 


Boric Acid, 18 


Orange, Bitter, 205 


Calomel, 570 


Orange Flowers, 209 


Carbolic Acid, 23 


Orange, Sweet, 206 


Carbonate Lead, 792 


Origanum, 740 


Carbonate Zinc, 1027 


Orris Eoot, 616 


Chrysarobin, 327 


Palm 745 


Conium, 369 


Paraffin, 750, 751 


Diachylon, 795 


Pennyroyal, 550 


Diachylon, Hebra's, 795 


Peppermint, 692 


Elemi, 420 


Peppermint, Chinese, 695 


Gallic Acid, 27 


Peppermint, Japanese, 695 


Galls, 512 


Petits Grains, 209 


Galls, with Opium, 513 


Phosphorated, 766 


Glycerin, 140 


Pimento, 777 


Hebra's, 795 


Poppy Seed, 749 


Hebra's Balsamic, 795 


Kock, 760 


Iodide Cadmium, 244 


Rose, 861 


Iodide Lead, 792 


Rosemary, 862 


Iodide Potassium, 817 


Rue, 869 


Iodide Sulphur, 961 


Salicylated, 43 


Iodine, 611 


Sandalwood, 884 


Iodoform, 608 


Santal, 884 


Itch, 959 


Sassafras, 901 


Lead Acetate, 789 


Savin, 872 


Lead Carbonate, 792 


Sea-hog, 548 


Lead Iodide, 792 


Seneca, 760 


Marjoram, 674 


Sesamum, 924 


Mercury, 565 


Spearmint, 694 


Mercury, Nitrate, 573 


Spike, 643 


Mezereum, 699 


Spindle, 751 


Nitrate Mercury, 573 


Star Anise, 147 


Nitrate Mercury, Diluted, 574 


Sulphur, 960 


Nutgall, 512 


Sulphur, with Turpentine, 960 


Nutgalls, with Opium, 513 


Sweet Almond, 134 


Olive, 795 


Tar, 786 


Oxide Mercury, Red, 576 


Teaberry, 514 


Oxide Mercury, Yellow, 576 


Theobroma, 978 


Oxide Zinc, 1029 


Thyme, 981 


Peru Balsam, 758 


Turpentine, 974 


Polymnia, 802 


Turpentine, Rectified, 976 


Poplar Buds, 804 


Valerian, 1012 


Potassium Iodide, 817 


Vitriol, 44 


Pyrogallic Acid, 41 


Wine, Heavy, 74 


Red Iodide Mercury, 572 


Wintergreen, 514 


Red Oxide Mercury, 576 


Wormwood, 3 


Rose Water, 859 


Oil-ducts, 1081 


Salicylic Acid, 43 


Oils, 720 


Simple, 70 


Essential, 75 


Stramonium, 954 


Ethereal, 75 


Sulphur, 961 


Volatile, 75 


Sulphur, Alkaline, 959 


Ointment, 70 


Sulphur, Compound, 961 






INDEX. 



1189 



Ointment, Sulphur, with Soap, 959 


Oleum Amygdalae Expressum, 134 


Sulphurated Potassa, 808 


Anethi, 142 


Sweet Marjoram, 674 


Anise, 147 


Tannic Acid, 52 


Anthemidis Infusum, 151 


Tar, 785 


Anthemidis Volatile, 151 


Tartrate Antimony and Potassium, 


Anthos, 862 . 


154 


Aurantii Amari, 205 


White Precipitate, 579 


Aurantii Dulcis Corticis, 206 


Yellow Oxide Mercury, 57G 


Aurantii Florum, 209 


Zinc Carbonate, 1027 


Aurantii Fructus Immaturi, 209 


Zinc Oxide, 1029 


Belladonnas Infusum, 220 


Ointments, 1006 


Bergamii, 229 


Old Man, 187 


Betulse, 229 


Olea mherea, 720 


Cacao, 978 


Destillata, 720 


Cadmium, 742 


Fixa, 720 


Cajuputi, 247 


Pingua, 720 


Camphorae, 265 


Volatilia, 720 


Cannabis, 271 


Oleata, 720 


Cari, 289 


Oleate Aconitine, 66 


Carvi, 289 


Atropine, 202 


Caryophylli, 291 


Lead, 793 


Chenopodin, 310 


Mercury, 574 


Cinnamomi, 345 


Morphine, 702 


Citri, 650 


Quinine, 835 


Conii Infusum, 368 


Strychnine, 955 


Copaibas, 372, 


Veratrine, 1014 


Coriandri, 375 


Zinc, 1029 


Crotonis, 981 


Oleates, 720 


Cubebas, 387 


Oleatum Aconitinae, 66 


Cumini, 389 


Atropinae, 202 


Erigerontis, 432 


Hydrargyri, 574 


Eucalypti, 438 


Morphinae, 702 


Filicis Maris, 199 


Plumbi, 793 


Foeniculi, 503 


Quininse, 837 


Gaultheriae, 514 


Strychninae, 955 


Gossypii Seminis, 534 


Veratrinse, 1014 


Gynocardiae, 546 


Zinci, 1029 


Halicoris, 548 


Oleic Acid, 37 


Hedeomae, 550 


Oiein, 723 


Hyoscyami Infusum, 585 


Oleoresin Aspidium, 199 


Iridis, 616 


Black Pepper, 780 


Jecoris Aselli, 704 


Capsicum, 279 


Juglandis, 624 


Copaiba, 370 


Juniperi, 626 


Cubeb, 386 


Juniperi Empyreumaticum, 742 


Elemi, 420 


Lauri Expressum, 642 


Filix Mas, 199 


Lauri Volatile, 642 


Ginger, 1033 


Lavandulae, 644 


Lupulin, 664 


Lavandulae Florum, 643 


Male Fern, 199 


Limonis, 650 


Pepper, 780 


Lini, 653 


Oleoresina Abietis, 974 


Menthae Piperitae, 692 


Pini, 974 


Menthas Pulegii, 550 


Piperis, 780 


Menthae Viridis, 694 


Zinziberis, 1033 


Morrhuae, 704 


Oleoresins, 721 


Morrhuas cum Quinina, 705 


Olephane, 759 


Morrhuae Ferratum, 704 


Oleum Absinthii, 3 


Morrhuae Ferratum cum Quinina, 704 


Adipis, 69 


Myrciae, 710 


^Ethereum, 74 


Myristicae, 712, 713 


Amygdalae Amarae, 131 


Myristicae Expressum, 713 


Amygdalae Dulcis, 134 


Neroli, 208, 209, 715 



1190 



INDEX. 



Oleum Nucis Juglandis, 634 


Orcein, 657 


Olivse, 722 


Ordeal Bean, 768 


Palmag, 745 


Oregon Berberis, 227 


Papaveris, 749 


Grape, 227 


Paraffini, 750 


Orellana, 180 


Pete, 760 


Origanum, 740 


Phosphoratum, 766 


Orizaba Jalap, 620 


Picis Liquidae, 786 


Orleana, 180 


Pimentse, 777 


Ormbunkerot, 197 


Kicini, 857 


Orozuz, 527 


Rosas, 861 


Orris Root, 615 


Rosmarini, 862 


Ortho oxybenzoic Acid, 41 


Rutaa, 869 


Oryza, 740 


Sabinas, 872 


Ossa Sepias, 741 


Santali, 884 


Otto, 75 


Sassafras, 901 


Rose, 861 


Sesami, 924 


Ovum, 741 


Sinapis, 928 


Ox-gall, 458 


Sinapis iEthereum, 928 


Inspissated, 458 


Sinapis Volatile, 928 


Purified, 459 


Succini, 957 


" Ox Vomit," 717 


Succini Crudum, 958 


Oxalate Cerium, 304 


Succini Rectificatum, 957 


Iron, 486 


Sulphuratum, 960 


Oxalic Acid, 38 


Sulphuris Terebinthinatum, 960 


Oxalsaure, 38 


Terebinthinae, 974 


Oxide Antimony, 155 


Terebinthinas Rectificatum, 976 


Arsenic, 182 


Theobromae, 978 


Iron, 486 


Thymi, 981 


Iron, Saccharated, 500 


Tiglii, 981 


Iron, Soluble Saccharated, 500 


Valerianae, 1012 


Lead, 796 



Vim, 74 
Olibanum, 721 
Olive Oil, 722 

Ointment, 795 
Olivenol, 722 
Oljor, 720 
Onguents, 1006 
Ophelic Acid, 315 
Opii Pulvis, 735 
Opium, 724 

and Camphor Pills, 728 

Denarcotized. 739 

Deodorized, 738 

Elixir, McMunn's, 739 

Pills, 735 

Powdered, 735 

Preparations, 727-739 
Opodeldoc, 890 
Orange Berries, 209 

Elixir, 207 

Flowers. 207 

Flower Water, 208 

Flower Water, Triple, 208 

Fruit, 209 

Juice, 210 

Leaves, 209 

Peel, Bitter, 203 

Peel, Sweet, 205 
Orangenbliithen, 207 
Orangettes, 209 
Orcannette, 93 



Manganese, Black, 677 

Mercury, Precipitated, 575 

Mercury, Red, 576 

Mercury, Yellow, 575 

Nitrous, 716 

Silver, 174 

Zinc, 1029 
Oxidum Stibicum, 155 
Oxyacanthine, 229 
Oxychloride Antimony, 153 
Oxygen, 743 
Oxyleucotin, 379 
Oxymel, 688, 745 

ScillaB, 905 

Squill, 905 
Oxymellita, 745 
Oxysulphuret Antimony, 156 
Oxytoluyltropine, 556 
Ozone, 745 



Pale Rose, 858 
Palm Oil, 745 
Palmbutter, 745 
Palmitate Melissyl, 303 
Palmoel, 745 
Palmolja, 745 
Panaquilon, 746 
Panax, 746 

Pancreatic Emulsion, 747 
Enema, 424 



INDEX. 



1191 



Pancreatin, 748 


Pepo, 753 


Panis Mica, 747 


Pepparmynta, 691 


Pansy, 1023 


Pepper African, 277 


Papain, 750 


Black, 779 


Papaver Preparations, 749 


Cayenne, 277 


Papaverine, 725 


Red, 277 


Papaveris Fructus, 748 


White, 781 


Semina, 749 


Preparations, 780 


Papaverosine, 748 


Peppermint, 691 


Papaw, 750 


Camphor, 695 


Milk, 750 


Drops, 693 


Papaya, 750 


Lozenges, 694 


Paper, Nitrate Potassium, 818 


Preparations, 692-694 


Sinapism, 928 


Tea, 692 


Mustard, 928 


Troches, 694 


Waxed, 302 


Water, 693 


Papers, Medicated, 307 


Pepsin, 754 


Pappoose Root, 300 


Pure, 755 


Paracoto Bark, 379 


Saccharated, 755 


Paracotoin, 379 


Solution, 756 


Paraffin, 750 


Vegetable, 750 


Liquid, 750 


Pepsinum Saccharatum, 755 


OD, 750 


Perchloride Iron, 467 


Paraffinoid, Soft, 759 


Percolation, 451 


Paraffinoids, 750 


Perfumed Spirit, 863 


Paramenispermine, 347 


Perlmoos, 325 


Para-rhodeoretin, 619, 903 


Perlmossa, 325 


Paregoric, 737 


Permanganate Potassium, 819 


Pareira, 751 


Persimmon, 410 


Brava, 751 


Persio, 757 


Pareiras, False, 751, 752 


Peru Balsam, 757 


Parenchyma, 1080 


Perubalsamum, 757 


Parillin, 895 


Peruvian Bark, 330 


Parillinic Acid, 895 


Peruvianum Balsamum, 757 


Parrish's Camphor Mixture, 265 


Petala Rhceados, 852 


Parsley Root, 761 


Rosae Centifoliae, 858 


Seed, 761 


Rosae Gallicae, 859 


Partridgeberry, 513, 700 


Petits Grains, 209 


Parts by Weight. 1124 


Petrolatum, 759 


Pas d'Ane, 1004 ' 


Lead, 795 


Pasta Amygdalae, 133 


Plumbi, 795 


Cacao, 978 


Petrole, 760 


Theobromae, 978 


Petroleum, 760 


Pastas, 753 


Benzin, 224 


Paste, Sulphuric Acid, 46 


Butter, 759 


Pastilles, Schuster's 52 


Crude, 760 


Pastilli, 1004 


Ether, 224 


Pate d'Amandes, 133 


Ointment, 759 


Patent Lint, 654 


Paraffinoid, 759 


Paullinia, 544 


Petrolina, 759 


Pavesi's Haemostatic Collodion, 50 


Petroselini Fructus, 761 


Paw-paw, 750 


Radix, 761 


Pearl Barley, 557 


Semina, 761 


Pearlash, 812 


Peucedanin, 595 


Pectin, 628 


Pez Griega, 840 


Pectoral Drops, 531 


Liquida, 783 


Pelitre, 828 


Pfefferminze, 691 


Pelletierine, 538 


Pflaster, 421 


Pellitory, 828 


Phaeorhetin, 845 


Pelosine 715, 751 


Phalaris Fructus. 762 


Penny Royal, 550 


Fhellandrii Fructus, 762 


Pipins de Coing, 395 


Semina, 762 



1192 



INDEX. 



Phellandrol, 762 


Pill, Excipients, 776, 777 


Pheuic Acid, 18 


Masses, 7, 682, 776, 777 


Phenol, 18, 783 


Mercury, 565 


Phenylalkohol, 18 


Piller, 776 


Phenyl Hydrate, 18 


Pills, 776, 1108 


Phenylsaure, 18 


Acetate Lead with Opium, 789 


Phloem, 1085, 1087 


Aloes, 103 


Phlorizin, 763 


Aloes and Asafetida, 103 


Phoradendron, 763 


Aloes and Iron, 104 


Phosphate Ammonium, 128 


Aloes and Iron with Belladonna, 105 


Calcium, 253 


Aloes and Mastic. 104 


Iron, Blue, 490 


Aloes and Myrrh, 104 


Iron, Soluble, 488 


Asafetida, 191 


Iron, U. S., 1880, 488 


Blancard's, 483 


Iron, White, Precipitated, 490 


Blaud's, 467 


Manganese, 678 


Calomel, 570 


Potassium, 819 


Carbonate Iron, 466 


Quinine, 837 


Compound Cathartic, 570 


Sodium, 938 


Compound Podophyllin, 799 


Phosphates, 764 


Copaiba, 371 


Phosphatic Cod Liver Oil Emulsion, 706 


Iodide Iron, 483 


Phosphide Zinc, 1030 


Iron, Comp., 490 


Phosphorated Oil, 766 


Lead and Opium, 789 


Phosphori Pasta, 766 


May-apple, Comp., 799 


Phosphoric Acid. 38 


Opium, 735 


Acid, Diluted, 39 


Opium and Camphor, 728 


Acid, Glacial, 40 


Phosphorus. 767 


Acid Lemonade, 39 


Quinine, 837, 839 


Acid, Syrupy, 40 


Rhubarb, 848 


Phosphorsaure, 38 


Rhubarb, Compound, 848 


Phosphorus, 765 


Pilocarpine, 774 


Paste, 766 


Hydrochlorate, 773 


Pills. 767 


Muriate, 773 


Powdered, 767 


Pilocarpus, 773 


Pulveratus, 767 


Preparations, 775-776 


Physostigma, 767 


PilulcE, 776 • . 


Preparations, 768, 769 


Acidi Tannici, 51 


Physostigmine, 768 


Aloes, 103 


Salicylate, 769 


Aloes et Asafcetidae, 103 


Sulphate, 770 


Aloes et Ferri, 104 


Phytolacca Berry, 770 


Aloes et Ferri c. Bellad., 104 


Preparations, 770, 772 


Aloes et Mastiches, 104 


Root, 770 


Aloes et Myrrhae, 104 


Phytolacca Bacca, 770 


Asafcetidae, 191 


Radix, 770 


Catharticae Composite, 570 


Phytolaccin, 771 


Copaibae, 371 


Pichurim Beans, 772 


Ferri Carbonatis, Phar. 1870, 466 


Semina, 772 


Ferri Carb. Blaudii, 467 


Picraena Excelsa, 829 


Ferri Comp., 490 


Picrate of Ammonium, 40 


Ferri Iodidi, 483 


Picric Acid, 40 


Galbani Compositae, 510 


Picropodophyllin, 797 


Hydrargyri, 565 


Picrotoxic Acid, 347 


Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis, 570 


Picrotoxin, 347, 773 


Opii, 735 


Piedra Infernal, 174 


Opii et Camphorae, 728 


Pierre de Vin, 810 


Phosphori, 767 


Infernale, 174 


Plurabi Acetatis et Opii, 789 


Pikrinsiiure, 40 


Po'lophyili Compositae, 799 


Pildoras, 776 


Quinime Hydrochloratis, 837 


Pill, Blue, 565 


Quininae Sulphatis, 839 


Coating, 7, 777 


Rhei. 848 


(onspergatives, 757 • 


Rhei Compositae, 848 



INDEX. 



1193 



Piment des Jardins, 277 


Plaster, Iodide Lead, 792 




Rouge, 277 


Iron, 476 




Phnenta, 777 


Isinglass, U. S., 591 




Water, 778 


Isinglass (Squire's), 590 




Pimiento, 277 


Janin's, 444 




Pimpernel, 778 


Lead, 793 




Pimpinella, 778 


Lead Iodide, 792 




Pimpinellwurzel, 778 


Mercury, 564 




Pine Rosin, 840 


Opium, 728 




Pinipicrin, 979 


Paris, 253 




Pink Root, 942 


Resin, 841 




Preparations, 942, 943 


Soap Cerate, 888 




Pinus Canadensis, 779 


Sticking, 841 




Piper, 779 


Strengthening, 476 




Album, 781 


Universal, 794 




Methysticum, 69b' 


Plasters, 421 




Nigrum, 779 


Plata, 171 




Preparations, 780 


Platinum, 787 




Piperate of Piperidine, 781 


Pleurisy Root, 193 




Piperin, 779, 781 


Plomb, 787 




Piperinum, 781 <• • 


Plomo, 787 




Piperis Semina, 781 


Plumbi Acetas, 788 




Pipsissewa, 310 


Carbonas, 791 




Piscidia, 781 


Iodidum, 792 




Piscidin, 782 


Nitras, 792 




Pissenlit, 971 


Oleatum, 793 




Pitch, Black, 786 


Oxidum, 796 




Burgundy, 782 


Quercitannatis G-lyceritum, 


796 


Canada, 783 


Superoxidum, 797 




Coal Tar, 786 


Plumbum, 787 




Gas, 786 


Aceticum, 788 




Hemlock, 783 


Carbonicum, 791 




Plaster, 786 


Nitricum, 792 




Plaster with Cantharides, 275 


Plaster, 421 




Pith, 1089, 1095 


Pockensalbe, 154 




Pitury Leaves, 415 


Pockholz, 542 




Pix Burgundica, 782 


Pod Pepper, 277 




Canadensis, 783 


Podophyllin, 797, 799 




Liquida, 783 


Podophyllinic Acid, 797 




Liquida Lota, 784 


Podophyllotoxin, 797 . 




Solida, 786 


Podophyllum, 797 




Plaster, Aconite, 57 


Preparations, 798, 799 




Adhesive, 841 


Poison Ivy, 855 




Ammoniac, 118 


Nut, 717 




Ammoniac, with Mercury, 118 


Oak, 855 




Anodyne, 728 


Poivre Queue, 384 




Antimony, 154 


de Cayenne, 277 




Arnica, 178 


de Gruinee, 277 




Asafetida, 190 


d'Inde, 277 




Belladonna, 223 


Poke Berry, 770 




Black, 794, 796 


Root, 770 




Black Pitch, 786 


Root Preparations, 771, 772 




Breast, White, 795 


Polygalic Acid, 912 




Brown, 794 


Polygonatum, 800 . 




Burgundy Pitch, 782 


Polymnia, 801 




Canada Pitch, 783 


Polypodium, 802 




Cantharides and Euphorbium, 444 


Polyporus Officinalis, 76 




Diachylon, 793 


Pomegranate, 537 




Euphorbium and Cantharides, 444 


Decoction, 538 




Galbanum, 510 


Rind, 536 




Hemlock Pitch, 783 


Root Bark, 537 




Hjaerne's, 794 


Pomeransblommor, 207 





1194 



INDEX. 



Pomeransknopp, 209 
Porneransskal, 203 
Pomeranzen, Unreife, 209 
Pomeranzenbliithen, 207 
Pomeranzenschale, 203 
Pommade d'Autenrieth, 154 

Stibie, 154 
Pommades, 1006 
Poplar Park, 802 

Buds, 803 

Preparations, 803 
Poppy Capsules, 748 

Flowers, Red, 852 

Heads, Preparations, 749 

Red, 852 

Seed Oil, 749 
Populi GemmaB, 803 
Populin, 803 
Populus, 802 

Buds, 803 

Preparations, 803 
Pors, 645 
Portwine, 1020 
Potash, Prussiate Red, 816 

Prussiate Yellow, 816 
Potassa, 805 

Alum, 113 

cum Calce, 805 

Solution, 806 

Sulphurata, 807 

with Lime, 805 
Potassii Acetas, 808 

Bicarbonas, 809 

Bichromas, 809 

Bitartras, 810 

Boro-tartras, 810 

Bromidum, 811 

Carbonas, 812 

Chloras, 812 

Chromas, 813 

Citras, 814 

Cyanidum, 815 

Antimonii Tartras, 153 

et Sodii Tartras, 815 

Ferricyanidum, 816 

Ferrocyanidum, 816 

Hypophosphis, 816 

Iodidum, 817 

Nitras, 818 

Permanganas, 819 

Phosphas, 819 

Sulphas, 819 

Sulphidum, 807 

Sulphis, 820 

Sulphuretum, 807 

Tartras, 820 
Potassium, 804 

Acetate, 808 

Carbonate, 812 

Chlorate, 812 

Chromate, 813 

Citrate, 814 



Potassium Cyanide, 815 

Ferricyanide, 816 

Hydrate, 805 

Hypophosphite, 816 

Iodide, 817 

Nitrate, 818 

Permanganate, 819 

Phosphate, 819 

Preparations, 805, 820 

Salts of, 804 

Sulphate, 819 

Sodium Tartrate, 815 

Sulphite, 820 

Tartrate, 820 
Potato-oil, 91 
Potio Riveri, 936 
Potiones, 820 
Pottaska. Renad, 812 
Poudre de Riz, 740 

de Tennant, 256 

des Chartreux, 156 
Poultice, Yeast, 460 
Poultices, 296 
Powder, Althaea, Comp., Ill 

Aromatic, 180 

Arsenical, 185 

Bayberry, Comp., 711 

Composition, 711 

Compound Effervescing, 827 

Dover's, 730 

Dover's, Improved, 731 

Clycyrrhiza, Compound, 529 

Infant, Yellow, 665 

Insect, 828 

Ipecac and Opium, 613, 730 

Jalap, Compound, 621 

Kino, Comp., 630 

Liquorice, Compound, 529 

Morphine, Comp., 703 

Myrica Comp., 711 

Opium and Ipecac, 730 

Rhubarb, Comp., 849 

Tully's, 703 
Powdered Iron, 501 

Opium, 735 
Powders, 826 
Pravaz's Solution, 469 
Precipitated Carbonate Calcium, 250 

Carbonate Lime, 250 

Phosphate Calcium, 253 

Phosphate Lime, 253 

Sulphur, 960 
Prele, 425 
Prepared Chalk, 381 

Charcoal, 281 
Prescriptions, 1111 
Prices of Metric Quantities, 1131 
Prickly Ash Bark, 1025 

Ash Berries. 1026 
Pride of China, 211 

of India, 211 
Primrose, 719 



INDEX. 



1195 



Prince's Pine, 310 


Purging Cassia 293 


Prinos, 820 


Purified Aloes, 100 


Prinsen's Akta Droppar, 128 


Animal Charcoal, 282 


Propylamine, 821, 1002 


Mercurv, 562 


Prosenchyma, 1080 


Pyrethrum,"828 


Protochloride Mercury, 563 


Roseum, 828 


Protoplasm, 1068 


Pyrocatechin, 628, 783 


Prune, 821 


Pyrogallic Acid, 40 


Prunum. 821 


Acid Ointment, 41 


Prunus Virginiana, 821 


Pyroleum Betulae, 229 


Virginiana, Preparations, 822-824 


Oxycedri, 742 


Prussian Blue, 480 


Pini, 783 


Prussiate Iron, 480 


Succini, 958 


Potash, Eed, 816 


Pyroligneous Acid, 41 


Potash, Yellow, 816 


Spirit, 91 


Prussic Acid, 31 


Pyrolusite, 677 


Prustrot, 551 


Pyrophosphate Iron, 491 


Pseudaconitine, 55, 65 


Sodium, 938 


Pseudojervine, 1015 


Pyroxylic Acid, 41 


Ptelea, 824 


Spirit, 91 


Puffball, 664 


Pyroxylin, 828 


Pulsatilla, 825 


Pyrrhopine, 308 


Pulveres, 826 




Effervescentes, 940 




Pulvis Aloes et Canella3, 105 


Quai, 79 


Althaeae Comp., Ill 


Quaker Buttons, 717 


Amygd., Comp., 134 


Quassia, 829 


Anisi, Comp., 149 


Amara, 829 


Antimonialis, 155 


Preparations, 830, 831 


Aromaticus, 180 


Quassin, 829, 925 


Cinchoninae, Comp., 342 


Quebrachine, 200 


Cocci, Comp., 348 


Quebracho, 199 


Cretae, Arom., 382 


Colorado, 200 


Cretae, Arom., c. Opio, 382 


False, 200 


Cretan, Comp., 382 


Preparations, 200, 201 


Doveri, 730 


Queckenwurzel, 1002 


Doveri, Denarcotisatus, 731 


Quecksilber, 561 


Effervescens, Compositus, 827 


Queen of the Meadow, 441 


Ferri, 501 


Queen's Delight, 949 


Glycyrrhizae, Compositus, 529 


Root, 949 


Gummosus, 111 


Root Preparations, 949, 950 


Gummosus Stibiatus, 156 


Quercitannas Plumbicus, 796 


Ipecacuanha?, Compositus, 730 


Quercitannic Acid, 832 


Ipecacuanhas et Opii, 730 


Quercus Alba, 832 


Ipecacuanhas et Opii, Denarcotisatus, 


Quermes Mineral, 156 


731 


Quevenne's Iron, 501 


Jacobi, 155 


Quickens, 1002 


Jalapae, Comp, 621 


Quick-grass, 1002 


Kino, Compositus, 630 


Quicklime, 255 


Morphinae, Comp. , 703 


Quickrot, 1002 


Myricae, Comp., 711 


Quicksilver, 561 


Opii, 735 


Quicksilfver, 561 


Opii et Ipecacuanhae, 730 


Quillaia, 833 


Opii et Ipecacuanhae, Denarcotisatus, 


Quills, 1098 


731 


Quina, 330 


Pectoralis Kurellse, 529 


Amarilla, 333 


Phosphorus, 767 


Calisaya, 333 


Rhei, Comp., 849 


de Loja, 338 


Rhei cum Magnesia, 849 


Quinamia, 833 


Pumpkin Seed, 753 


Quinamine, 331, 833 


Punico-tannic Acid, 537 


Quince Seed, 395 


Purging Agaric, 76 


Quinetum, 332, 834 



1196 



INDEX. 



Quinia, 834 


Radix Althaeas, 109 


Sulphate, 838 


Anchusas, 9.3 


Quinicia, 834 


Angelicas, 142 


Quinicine, 834 


Apocyni Androssemifolii, 163 


Quinidia Sulphate, 834 


Apocyni Cannabini, 159 


Quinidine Sulphate, 834 


Aralias Hispidas, 167 


Quininas Sulphas, 838 


Aralias Nudicaulis, 168 


Quinine. 834 


Aralias Racemosas, 169 


(See Phlorizin), 763 


Ari Triphylli, 188 


Arseniate, 835 • 


Armoracias, 175 


Barks, 340 


Arnicas, 177 


Bisulphate, 835 


Artemisias Vulgaris, 187 


Bromide, 836 


Asari, 192 


Carbamide Hydrochlorate, 837 


Asclepiadis Cornuti, 195 


Carbolate, 835 


Asclepiadis Incarnatas, 195 


Chloride, 836 


Asclepiadis Tuberosas, 193 


Disulphate, 838 


Aspidii, 197 


Hydrobromate, 836 


Baptisias, 213 


Hydrochlorate, 836 


Bardanae, 640 


Hypodermic Injection, 606 


Belladonnas, 221 


Hypophosphite, 837 


Bistortas, 234 


Muriate, 836 


Bryonies, 240 


Oleate, 835 


Calami, 247 


Phosphate, 837 


Calumbae, 259 


Pills, 836, 839 


Caryophyllata, 523 


Salicylate, 837 


Caulophylli, 300 


Solution, 835 


Chime, 312 


Sulphate, 838 


Cichorii, 327 


Tannate, 839 .- 


Cimicifugae, 328 


Valerianate, 840 


Colchici, 350 


Quinoidin, 314 


Collinsonias, 356 


Quinovic Acid, 331 


Curcumas, 393 


Quinovin, 332 


Cynoglossi, 396 


Quinquina, 330 


Cypripedii, 397 


Calisaya, 333 


Dioscoreae, 408 


Gris de Loxa, 338 


Dracontii, 413 


Jaune Royal, 333 


Enulas, 606 


Rouge, 338 


Eupatorii Purpurei, 441 


Quitch, 1002 


Euphorbias Corollatas, 442 


Quandel, 980 


Euphorbias Ipecacuanhas, 442 


Qvesved, 416 


Filic. Maris, 197 


Qvittenkarnor, 395 


Fraseras, 506 


Qvittensamen, 395 


Galangas, 508 




Gei Rivalis, 522 




Gei Urbani, 523 


Rabarbaro, 844 


Gelsemii, 516 


Racine Bresilienne, 612 


Gcntianas, 517 . 


d' Aconite, 54 


Geranii, 521 


d'Arnique, 177 


Gillenias Trifoliatas, 523 


d Aunee, 606 


Glycyrrhizas, 527 


de Belladonne, 221 


Gossypii, 534 


de Chine, 312 


Graminis, 1002 


de Gentiane, 517 


Granati, 537 


de Guimauve, 109 


Helenii, 606 


de Jasmin Jaune, 516 


Hellebori, 551 


de Valeriane, 1008 


Ilelonias, 552 


Douce, 527 


Hemidesmi, 553 


Rademacher's Tincture of Acetate of Cop- 


Heucheras, 554 


per, 391 


Hydrangeas, 560 


Radix Aconiti, 54 


Hydrastis, 579 


Aletridis, 92 


Hyoscyami. 585 


Alni, 97 


Imperatorias, 595 



INDEX. 



1197 



Radix Inulas, 606 


Rectified Spirit, 79 


Ipecacuanhas, 612 


Red Bark, 338 


Iridis Florentines, 615 


Bole, 237 


Iridis Versicoloris, 617 


Cedar, 627 


Ivarancusas, 1017 


Cinchona, 338 


Jalapas, 618 


Clover, 1000 


Kramerias, 630 


Iodide Mercury, 571 


Lappas, 640 


Lead, 797 


Leptandras, 646 


Oxide Lead, 797 


Levistici, 648 


Oxide Mercury, 576 


Liquiritias, 527 


Pepper, 277 


Melampodti, 551 


Poppy, 852 


Menisperinas, 690 


Precipitate, 576 


Methystici, 696 


Prussiate Potash. 816 


Panacis, 746 


Rose, 859 


Petroselini, 761 


Saunders, 884 


Pimpinellas, 778 


Wine, 1023 


Podophylli, 797 


Reduced Iron, 501 


Polygonati, 800 


Regaliz, 527 


Polymnias, 801 


Reglisse, 527 


Polypodii, 802 


Regulus Antimonii, 152 


Pyrethri, 828 . 


Renfana, 970 


Ratanhias, 630 


Rennet Wine, 756 


Rhei. 844 


Resin, 840 


Rumicis, 866 


Cerate, 841 


Salep, 876 


Cerate, Comp., 841 


Sanguinarias, 881 


Ducts, 1081 


Saponarias, 890 


Pilaster, 841 


Sarsas, 891 


Resin a, 840 


Sarsaparillas, 891 


Benzoes, 225 


Scammonii, 902 


Copaibas, 372 


Scillas, 903 


Draconis, 412 


Senegas, 911 


Euphorbias, 443 


Serpentarias, 922 


Flava, 841 


Spigelias, 942 


Guaiaci, 543 


Stillingias, 949 


Jalapas, 622 


Sumbul, 961 


Pini, 840 


Symphyti, 963 


Pistacias, 682 


Taraxaci, 971 


Podophylli, 799 


Tormentillas, 798 


Sandaraca, 880 


Trillii, 1001 


Scammonii, 903 


Tritici Repentis, 1002 


Resolvent Species, 559 


Valeriana?, 1008 


Resorcin, 509 


Veratri Viridis, 1014 


Rhabarber, 844 


Violarum, 615 


Rhamni Cathartici Fructus, 842 


Zedoarias, 1026 


Rhamnus Purshiana, 843 


Zingiberis, 1031 


Rhamnocathartin, 842 


Rafkakor, 717 


Rhamnoxanthin, 504 


Rain water, 165 


Rhatany, 630 


Rainfarn, 970 - 


Preparations, 631-633 


Ramuli Sabinas, 871 


Rhei Radix, 844 


Thujas, 979 


Rheo-tannic Acid, 845 


Raspberry, 865 


Rheum. 844 


Pale, 865 


Rhigolene, 760 


Purplish- black, 865 


Rhodan-allyl, 928 


Red, 865 


Rhodeoretin, 619 


Vinegar, 865 


Rhosadine, 748. 852 


Raspberries, Black Cap, 866 


Rhosados Petala, 852 


Rat Paste, 766 


Rhosas, 852 


Ratanhawurzel, 630 


Rhois Glabrae Cortex, 854 


Ratania, 630 


Glabra Fructus, 853 


Recipe, 1111 


Rhubarb, 844 



1198 



INDEX. 



Rhubarb and Magnesia, 849 


Rumex, 866 


Preparations, 845-852 


Russian Cholera Drops/ 730 


Rhubarbe, 844 


Ruta, 868 


Rhus Aromatica, 853 


Rye Flour, 910 


Glabra, 853 




Toxicodendron, 855 




Rice, 740 


Sabadilla, 869 


Flour, 740 


Sabadillfro, 869 


Starch, 741 


Sabbatia, 870 


Richweed, 356 


Sabina, 871 


Ricini Folia, 856 


Saccharated Ferrous Carbonate, 465 


Ricinolein, 857 


Iodide Iron, 483 


Ricinolja, 857 


Lichenin, 648 


Ricinus Leaves, 856 


Lime, 255 


Rindsgalle, 458 


Oxide Iron, 500 


Ringblommor, 258 


Pepsin, 755 


Ringelblume, 258 


Spermaceti, 306 


Risgryn, 740 


Saccharates, 873 


Ritterspornsamen, 402 


Saccharole's Mous, 361 


River Water, 166 


Saccharose, 873 


Riz, 740 


Saccharum, 873 


Roach, 235 


Album, 873 


Rochelle Salt, 815 


Lactis, 875 


Rock Oil, 760 


Saturni, 788 


Rohrencassie, 293 


Safflower, 288 


Romische Minze, 694 


Saffron, 383 


Romischer Kummel, 388 


American, 288 


Rohrzucker, 873 


Safran, 383 


Romarin Sauvage, 645 


Sage, 878 


Roob Juniperi, 625 


Sago, 876 


Sambuci, 880 


Saigon Cassia, 344 


Rosa Centifolia, 858 


Sal Amarum, 672 


Gallica, 859 


Ammoniac, 126 


Rose Cerate, 862 


Anglicum, 672 


Pale, 858 


Atticum, 935 


Red, 859 


Carlsbadense Factitium, 939 


Red, Preparations, 859-862 


Comun, 935 


Water, 858 


Commune, 935 


Rosin's Brostdroppar, 532, 729 


Cornu Cervi, 124 


Rosin, 840 


Culinare, 935 


White, 841 


de Saturno, 788 


Rosmarin, Wilder, 645 


Epsom, 672 


Rosmarinblatter, 862 


Glauberi, 939 


Rosmarinus, 862 


Rochelle, 815 


Rosemary, 862 


Sedativum Hombergii, 17 


Wild, 645 


Seidlicense, 827 


Rosshuf, 1004 


Seignetti, 815 


Rother Pfeffer, 277 


Soda, 934 


Rotten Stone, 113 


Succini, 43 


Rottlera, 627 


Vichy Effervescens, 932 


Rottlerin, 627 


Volatile, 124 


Rotulae, 1004 


Volatil de Sucino, 43 


Menthas Piperita, 693 


Salad Oil, 534, 722 


Rubi Fructus, 863 


Salbeibl titter, 878 


Rubijervine, 1015 


Salben, 1006 


Rubus, 864 


Salep, 876 


Idaeus, 865 


Mucilage, 877 


Rue, 868 


Salicin, 877, 878 


Itufus's Pills, 104 


(see Phlorizin), 763 


Ruhrrinde, 925 


Salicylate Cinchonidine, 841 


Ruhrwurzel, 612 


Eserine, 769 


Ruibarbo, 844 


Lithium, 657 



INDEX. 



1199 



Salicylate Methyl, 514 


Sapo. Mollis, 889 




Physostigmine, 769 


Viridis, 889 




Quinine, 837 


Sap-wood, 1094 




Sodium, 939 


Saponaria, 890 




Salicylated Oil, 43 


Saponin, 544, 800, 833, 891, 895, 


912 


Salicylic Acid, 41, 290 


Saponis Opodeldoc, 890 




Acid Inhalation, 43 


Sarsa, 891 




Acid Mixture, 43 


Sarsaparilla, 891 




Acid Oil, 43 


American, 168 




Acid Preparations, 657 


China, 312 




Salicylsaure, 41 


False, 168 




Salivaire, 828 


Preparations, 896-899 




Salix, 877 


Sassafras, 900 




Salmiak, 126 


Medulla, 901 




Salmiakgeist, 119 


Pith, 901 




Salpeter, 818 


Sassaparille, 891 




Salpetersaure, 34 


Sassy Bark, 434 




Salpetersaures Bleioxyd, 793 


Saunders, Red, 884 




Kali, 818 


Savin, 871 




Silberoxyd, 172 


Cerate, 871 




Salpetersyrad Blyoxid, 792 


Savon, 887 




Silfveroxid, 17.2 


Saxifrage, 778 




Salpetersyradt Kali, 818 


Saxolin, 759 




Salsepareille, 891 


Scabions, 431 




Salseparin, 895 


Scammonii Radix, 902 




Salt, 935 


Scammonin, 902, 903 




Carlsbad, 939 


Scammonium, 902 




Glauber's, 939 


Scammony, 902 




Salts of Wormwood, 3 


Resin, 903 




Saltsyra, 29 


Root, 902 




Salve, Deshler's, 841 


Schachtelhalm, 425 




Lip, 862 


Schafgarbe, 11 




Lip, Red, 978 


Schierlingsblatter, 365 




Salves, 1006 


Schierlingsfrucht, 361 




Salvia, 878 


Schlippe's Salt, 157 




Espanola, 310 


Schollkraut, 307 




Salzsaure, 29 


Schuster's Pastiles, 52 




Sambuci Fructus, 880 


Schwamm, 945 




Sambucus, 879 


Schwarze Nieswurzel, 551 




Sandalwood, 883 


Schwarzer Senf , 926 




Sandarac, 880 


Schwarzes Mutterpflaster, 794 




Sange Officinale, 878 


Schwefel, 958 




Sang- dragon, 412 


Schwefelather, 71 




Sanguinaria, 881 


Schwefelsaure, 44 




Preparations, 881-883 


Magnesia, 672 




Sanguinarine, 308, 525, 881 


Schwefelsaures Chinin, 838 




Sanguis Draconis, 412 


Schwefelspiessglanz, 156 




Santalic Acid, 884 


Schweflige Saure, 48 




Santalum Album, 884 


Schweineschmalz, 67 




Citrinum, 883 


Scilla, 903 




Rubrum, 884 


Preparations, 904-907 




SaDtalwood, Yellow, 883 


Scillin, 903 




Santonic Acid, 885, 886 


Scillipicrin, 903 




Santonica, 885 


Scillitoxin, 903 




Santonin, 885, 886 


Sclerenchyma Cells, 1075 




Santoninas Iodii, 886 


Sclererythrin, 427 




Santoninate Sodium, 886 


Sclerogen, 1075 




Sapo, 887 


Scleromucin, 427 




Albus, 887 


Sclerotic Acid, 427, 1006 




Animatis, 890 


Scoparin, 907 




Durus, 837 


Scoparius, 907 




Hispanicus, 887 


Scouring Rush, 425 





1200 



INDEX. 



Scurvy Grass, 349 


Semen, Sinapis Albas, 925 


Scutellaria, 908 


Sinapis Nigra?, 926 


Scutellaria 908 


Staphisagriae, 948 


Sea-tangle, 639 


Stramonii, 953 


Tents, 639 


Semences de Chenopode Anthelmintique, 


Sea-weed, 506 


309 


Sea-wrack, 506 


de Coing, 395 


Sebo, 924 


Colchique, 353 


Sebum Ovillum. 924 


de Fenonil, 502 


Secale Cornutum, 426 


de Lin, 652 


Secalis Farina, 910 


de Pied d'Alouette, 402 


Sections, direction of, 1096 


Semencine, 885 


Sedative Drops, Battley's, 735 


Semilla de Lino, 652 


Seeds, examination of, 1104 


Sen, 914 


Seidelbastrinde, 698 


Senap, Gul, 925 


Seidlitz Powder, 827 


Hoit, 925 


Seife, 887 


Svart, 926 


Seigle Ergote, 426 


Senapsolja, Fet, 928 


Seignett Salt, 815 


Flyktig, 928 


Sel Amer, 672 


Seneca Oil, 760 


Commun, 935 


Senecio, 910 


d'Epsom, 672 


Senega, 911 


de Glauber, 939 


Preparations, 912-914 


de Saturne, 788 


Senegal Gum, 5 


de Sedlitz, 672 


Senegin, 912 


de Seignette, 815 


Senf, Schwarzer, 926 


de Vichy, 931 


Weisser, 929 


Volatile d'Angleterre, 124 


Senfol Aethensches, 928 


Semen Anisi, 146 


Senna, 914 


Arecge, 170 


Alcohol-washed, 916 


BardanaB, 640 


Alexandria, 914, 915 


Caffege, 245 


India, 914, 915 


Canarienses, 762 


Maryland, 916 


Cardamomi, 282 


Mecca, 916 


Chise, 310 


Preparations, 916-921 


Cinge, 885 


Purified, 916 


Cocculi, 347 


Spiritu Extracta, 916 


Colchici, 353 


Tinnevelly, 915 


Conii, 361 


Tripoli, 916 


Cucumis Citrulli, 387 


Sennacrol, 916 


Cucumis Sativae, 388 


Sennapicrin, 916 


Cydonii, 395 


Sennesblatter, 914 


Delphinii, 402 


Serica, 922 


Diptericis, 410 


Serpentaria, 922 


Foeniculi, 502 


Preparations, 923-924 


Hyoscyami, 586 


Sesamol, 924 


Ignatiee, 591 


Sesquichloride Iron, 467 


Lini, 652 


Setag Mucunae, 709 


Lobelice, 661 


Sevum, 924 


Lycopodii, 665 


Shampoo, 812 


Myristicas, 712 


Shellac, 634 


Nucis Vomicae, 717 


Shellflower, 308 


Oryzae, 740 


Shepherd's Purse, 276 


Papaveris, 749 


Shield Fern, 197 


Pepo, 753 


Shikimi, 594 


Petroselini, 761 


Shoemaker's Wax, 786 


Phalaris, 702 


Shrubby Trefoil Bark, 824 


Phellandrii, 762 


Signatura, 1111, 1115 


Physostigmae, 767 


Signs in Prescriptions, 1116, 1117 


Piperis, 781 


Sikimin, 594 


Sabadillae, 869 


Silbsr, 171 


Santonicae, 885 


Silberoxvd, 174 



INDEX. 



1201 



Silbersalpeter, 172 


Soda, Washing, 934 


Silfver. 171 


Sodas, Biboras, 933 


Silfvercyanid, 171 


Sodii, Acetas, 930 


Silfverjodid, 171 


Arsenias, 185 


Silicate Sodium Solution, 939 


Benzoas, 931 


Silkweed, 195 


Bicarbonas, 931 


Silver, 171 


Bicarbonas Venalis, 932 


Cyanide, 171 


Bisulphis, 933 


Iodide, 171 


Boras, 933 


Nitrate, 172 


Bromidum. 933 


Nitrate, with Lead, 174 


Carbonas, 934 


Oxide, 174 


Carbonas Exsiccatus, 934 


Preparations,171-175 


Chloras, 935 


Simaruba, 925 


Chloridum, 935 


Simple Cerate, 303 


Citras, 936 


Elixir, 1139 


et Potassii Tartras, 815 


Ointment, 70 


Hypophosphis, 937 


Syrup. 966 


Hyposulphis, 937 


Sinai bin, 925 


Iodidum, 938 


Sinapis Alba, 925 


Nitras, 938 


Nigra, 926 


Phosphas, 938 


Sinapism Paper, 328 


Pyrophosphas, 938 


Sinigrin. 926 


Salicylas, 939 


Sirops, 964 


Santoninas, 886 


Sitz-baths, 211 


Silicas. 939 


Sjolok, 903 


Sulphas, 939 


Skedort. 349 


Sulpbis, 940 


Skull-cap, 908 


Sulphocarbolas, 940 


Skunk Cabbage, 413 


Tartras, 940 


Skorbjuggs^rt, 349 


Sodium, 929 


Slippery Elm, 1005 


Acetate, 930 


Elm Tea, 1005 


Benzoate, 931 


Smilacin. 895 


Biborate, 933 


Smilax Medica, 891 


Bicarbonate, 931 


Officinalis, 891 


Bicarbonate, Commercial, 932 


Syphilitica, 891 


Bisulphite, 933 


Smor, 244 


Borate. 933 


Snakehead, 308 


Bromide, 933 


Snake Root, 922 


Bromide Solution, 934 


Snakeweed, 234 


Carbonate, 934 


Soap. 887 


Carbonate, Dried, 934 


Cerate, 888 


Chlorate, 935 


Curd, 890 


Chloride, 935 


Gieen, 889 


Citrate, 936 


Liniment, 888 


Citrate Solution, 936 


Planter, 888 


Hydrate, 929 


Potassa, 889 


Hypophosphite, 937 


Root, 890 


Hyposulphite, 937 


Soft, 889 


Hyposulphite Lotion, 937 


Soda, 887 


Iodide, 938 


Tree Bark, 833 


Nitrate, 938 


Soapwort, 890 


Phosphate, 938 


Socaloin, 99 


Preparations, 929-940 


Socker, 873 


Pyrophosphate, 938 


Sockersyrup, 966 


Salicylate", 939 


Socotrine Aloes, 100 


Santonin ate, 886 


Soda, 929 


Silicate Solution, 939 


Caustic, 929 


Sulphate, 939 


Lozenges, 932 


Sulphite, 940 


Powders, 940 


Sulphocarbolate, 940 


Sal, 934 


Tartrate, 940 


Solution, 930 


Soft Soap, 887 



76 



1202 



INDEX. 



Solanine, 416 
Solid Extracts, 444 
Solidago, 941 

Odora, 941 
Solomon's Seal, 800 
Solutio Camph. Spirituoso-Aetherea, 265 

Chloreti Ferrici, 469 

Chloreti Ferrici Spirituosa, 472 

Chlori, 323 

Ferri Acet., 461 

Ferrici Chloridi, 467 

Ferrosi Chloridi Spirituoso-Aetherea, 
472 

Hydrargyrici Nitratis, 573 
Solution Acetate Ammonium, 121 

Acetate Iron, 461 

Albuminate Iron, 500 

Arseniate Sodium, 185 

Arsenic Valangin, 184 

Arsenious Acid, 184 

Arsenite Potassium, 186 

Bromide Sodium, 934 

Calcium Hydrate, 254 

Chloride Antimony. 152 

Chloride Arsenic, 184 

Chloride Iron, 467 

Chloride Iron, Strong, B., 469 

Chloride Iron, Strong. G , 469 

Chloride Iron, Sw., 469 

Chloride Tin, 947 

Chloride Zinc, 1028 

Chlorinated Soda, 324 

Citrate Iron, 475 

Citrate Iron and Quinine, 479 

Citrate Magnesium, 672 

Citrate Morphine, 702 

Citrate Potassium, 814 

Citrate Sodium, 936 

Corrosive Chloride Mercury, 567, 568 

Corrosive Sublimate, 568 

Donovan's, 186 

Ferric Citrate, 475 

Ferric Nitrate, 485 

Ferric Sulphate, 497 

Ferric Tersulphate, 497 

Fowler's, 186 

Gutta-Percha, 546 

Iodide Arsenic and Mercury, 186 

Iodine Comp., 610 

Iron Albuminate. 500 

Iron Chloride, 467 

Iron Chloride, Strong, B., 469 

Iron Chloride, Strong, G., 469 

Iron Chloride. Sw., 469 

Iron Citrate, 475 

Iron Muriate, 467 

Iron Nitrate, 485 

Iron Oxychloride, 480 

Iron Perchloride, 467 

Iron Perchloride, Pravaz's, 467 

Iron Sesquichloride. 467 

Iron Tersulphate, 497 



Solution, Labarraque's, 324 

Lead Subacetate, 789 

Lime, 254 

Litmus, 657 

Lugol's, 610 

Magnesium Sulphate, 673 

Morphine Citrate, 702 

Muriate Iron. 467 

Muriate Tin, 947 

Nitrate Iron, 485 

Nitrate Mercury, 573 

Opium, Compound, 734 

Oxychloride Iron, 480 

Pepsin, 756 

Perchloride Iron, 467 

Perchloride Iron, Pravaz's, 469 

Phosphorus, 767 

Potassa, 806 

Potassium Citrate, 814 

Potassium Hydrate, 806, 807 

Potassium Iodide, 817 

Quinine, 835 

Sesquichloride Iron, 467 

Silicate Sodium, 939 

Soda, 930 

Sodium Bromide, 934 

Sodium Silicate, 939 

Subacetate Lead, 789 

Subacetate Lead, Diluted, 790 

Subsulphate Iron, 494 

Succinate Ammonium, 128 

Sulphurated Lime, 257 

Tar, Alkaline, 785 

Tersulphate Iron, 497 

Tin Chloride, 947 

Tin Muriate, 947 

Zinc Chloride, 1028 
Solutions, 654, 941 
Sorghum Sugar, 874 

Syrup, 874 
! Sosa Oaustica, 929 
Sotwandel, 132 
Souchet des Indes, 393 
Soude Caustique, 929 

Caustique Liquide, 930 
Soufre, 958 

Dore, Antimoine, 158 
Southern Angelica, 648 

Senega, 912 
Southernwood, 187 
Spaces, Intercellular, 1081 
Spanische Fliegen, 271 
Spanischer Pfeffer, 277 
Spanish Flies, 271 

Saffron, 383 
Spansk Humla, 740 

Pepper, 277 
Spansk a Flugor, 271 
Sparteine, 907 
Spearmint, 694 

Water, 695 
Species, 941 






INDEX. 



1203 



Species, Althasas Comp., Ill 


Spirit, Perfumed, 863, 944 


Amarse, 831 


Pyroxylic, 91 


Bocckeri, 831 


Spirits, 944 


Guaiaci Compositas, 542 


Spiritus, 944 


Laxantes St. Germain, 921 


Aetheris, 73 


Pectoral es, 111 


Aetheris Compositus, 74 


Quassias Amaras, 831 


Aetheris Nitrosi, 74 


Resolventes, 559 


Ammonias, 121 


St. Germain, 921 


Ammonias Aromaticus, 125 


Specific Gravity, 1134 


Amygdalae Amaras, 182 


Gravity Bottle, 1134 


Angelicas Compositus, 143 


Volume, 1135 


Anisi,' 149 


Volumes, Tables, 1137, 1138 


Anisi Ammoniatus, 149 


Spermaceti, 305 


Armoracias Compositus, 175 


Cerati, 305 


Aurantii, 207 


Saccharated, 306 


Cajuputi, 247 


Spetsglans, 156 


Camphoras, 265 


Spice Plaster, 278 


Camphoras Aethereus, 265 


Spicebush, 651 


Cari, 290 


Berries, 652 


Caryophylli, 291 


Spigelia, 942 


Chloroformi, 321 


Preparations, 942, 943 


Cinnamomi, 346 


Spikenard. 169 


Citri, 651 


Spindle Oil, 751 


Cochlearias, 349 


Spirit, 79 


Cochlearias Compositus, 350 


of Allspice, 778 


Fosniculi, 503 


of Ammonia, 121 


Formicarum, 26 


of Anise, 149 


Frumenti, 944 


of Bay, 710 


Gaultheria, 514 


of Bitter Almond, 132 


Juniperi, 626 


of Cajuput, 247 


Juniperi Compositus, 626 


of Camphor, 265 


Limonis, 651 


of Caraway, 290 


Melissas Compositus, 690 


of Chloroform, 321 


Menthas Piperitas, 693 


of Cinnamon, 346 


Menthas Viridis, 695 


of Cloves, 291 


Mindereri, 121 


of Coriander, 375 


Myrcias, 710 


of Ether, 73 


Myristicas,7i2 


of Ether, Compound, 74 


Neroli, 715 


of Fennel, 503 


Nitri Dulcis, 74 


of Gaultheria, 514 


Odoratus, 863, 944 


of Hartshorn, 119 


Pimentas, 778 


of Hedeoma, 550 


Pyroxylicus, 91 


of Juniper, 626 


Rectificatus, 79 


of Lavender, 644 


Rosas, 861 


of Lavender, Compound, 644 


Rosmarini, 862 


of Lemon, 651 


Rosmarini Compositus Odoratus, 863 


of Mindererus, 121 


Sinapis, 929 


of Mustard, 929 


Vini, 79 


of Myrcia, 710 


Vini Gallici, 945 


of Nitre, 74 


Spiroids, 1078 


of Nitrous Ether, 74 


Spurious, 1078 


of Nutmeg-, 712 


Spiskummin, 388 


of Orange, 207 


Sponge, 945 


of Pennyroyal, 550 


Baths, 211 


of Peppermint, 693 


Burnt, 947 


of Rose, 861 


Tents, 946 


of Rosemary, 862 


Spongia, 945 


of Sassafras, 902 


Usta, 947 


of Spearmint. 695 


Spongias Ceratas, 946 


of Turpentine, 974 


Compressas, 946 


of Wintergreen, 514 


Spongioles, 1083 



1204 



INDEX. 



Sporidia Lycopodii, 665 


Stomata, 1083 




Spray Apparatus, 600 


Stone-cells, 1076 




Carbolic Acid, 21 


Stone Root, 356 




Spring Water, 166 


Storax, 956 




Sprit, 79 


Liquid, 956 




Spunk, 76 


Stramoine, 950 




Spurred Rye, 426 


Stramonii Folia, 950 




Squattram, 645 


Semen, 953 




Squaw Root, 300 


Stramonium Leaves, 950 




Vine, 700 


Ointment, 954 




Weed, 431, 910 


Preparations, 952-954 




Squill, 903 


Seed, 953 




Preparations, 904-907 


Strengthening Plaster, 476 




Squine, 312 


Streupulver, 665 




Squirrel Corn, 378 


Stronger Ether, 71 




Starke, 136 


White Wine, 1022 




Stanni Chloridum, 947 


Strontium, 954 




Stannic Chloride, 947 


Strychnia, 955 




Stannum, 947 


Strychnina, 955 




Staph ans-ort, 948 


Strychnine, 591, 717, 955 




Staphisagria, 948 


Acetate, 956 




Staphisaine, 948 


Hypodermic Injection, 606 




Star Anise, 593 


Nitrate, 956 




Anise, False, 594 


Oleate, 955 




Starch, 136 


Sulphate, 956 




Com, 686 


Sturmhutknollen, 54 




Iodide, 609 


Styptic, Collodion, 50 




Maranta, 681 


Cotton, 534 




Nature of, 1071, 1072 


Warren's, 975 




Paste, 137 


Styracibalsamum, 956 




Rice, 741 


Styracin, 956 




Tapioca. 971 


Styrax, 956 




Stargrass, 92 


Liquidus, 956 




Starwort, 92 


Styrol, 956 




Stavesacre, 948 


Starhelse, 136 




Steam Atomizer, 600* 


Stakrefron, 762 




Stearin, 948 


Subcarbonate of Bismuth, 232 




Stechapfel, 950 


of Iron, 493 




Steer's Opodeldoc, 890 


Subchloride of Mercury, 568 




Steinklee, 688 


Suber, 1083 




Steinol, 760 


Sublimed Sulphur, 960 




Sternanis, 593 


Submuriate Mercury, 568 




St. Germain Tea, 921 


Subnitrate Bismuth. 232 




Stibium, 152 


Subscription, 1111, 1114 




Oxydatum, 155 


Subsulphate Iron, 493 




Sulfuratum Aurantiacum, 158 


Mercury, 577 




Sulphuratum, 156 


Succi, 957 




Sulphuratum, Rubeum, 156 


Succinic Acid, 43, 957 




Sticking Plaster, 841 


Succinum, 957 




Stiermata Croci, 383 


Succory, 327 




~ Maidis, 687 


Succus Aconiti, 64 




St. Ignatius Bean, 591 


Aurantii, 210 




Stillingia, 949 


Belladonnae, 220 




Preparations, 949, 950 


Citri, 651 




Stinkasant, 189 


Conii, 368 




Stinkweed, 950 


Hyoscyami, 585 




Stipites Dulcamara}, 416 


Limonis, 651 




Laminarioe, 639 


Liquiritiae, 531 




Stjernanis, 5'.):; 


Rhaumi Cathartici Fructus, 


842 


Stockfischleberthran, 704 


Thebaicus, 724 




Stokes' Expectorant, 125 


Sucre, 873 




Liniment, 975 


de Lait, 875 





INDEX. 



1205 



Sucre de Saturne, 738 


Sulphide of Lime, 256 


Sucrose, 878 


of Mercury, Black, 577 


Susse Mandeln, 132 


of Mercury, Bed, 577 


Siissholz. 527 


of Potassium, 807 


Suet, 924 


Sulph-indigotic Acid, 596 


Sugar, 873 


Sulphite of Calcium, 253 


Beet, 874 


of Magnesium, 673 


Burnt. 873 


of Potassium, 820 


Fruit, 874 


of Sodium, 940 


Grape, 874 


Sulphocarbolate of Sodium. 940 


Maple, 874 


of Zinc, 1030 


Milk. 875 


Sulphur, 958 


of Lead, 788 


and Green Soap, 959 


Solutions, Densities, 875 


Balsam, 960 


Sorghum. 874 


Iodide, 610, 961 


Yolunie of, when in liquid form, 967 


Lotum, 958 


Sugars, Aromatic, 418 


Ointment, 961 


Suif, 921 


Ointment, Alkaline, 959 


Sulfate de Magnesie, 672 


Ointment, Compound, 961 


Sulfato Quinico, 838 


Praacipitatum, 960 


Sulfure d'Antimoine, 156 


Preparations, 958-961 


d'Antimoine Hydrate, 156 


Stibiatum Rubeum, 156 


Sulphate of Aluminium, 116 


Sublimatum, 960 


of Aluminium and Ammonium, 113 


Washed, 958 


of Aluminium and Potassium, 113 


Sulphurated Antimony, 158 


of Ammonium. 129 


Lime, 256 


of Atropine, 202 


Oil, 960 


of Bebeerine, 215 


Oil, with Turpentine, 960 


of Cadmium. 244 


Potassa, 807 


of Calcium, 253 


Sulphuret of Iron, 497 


of Cinchonia, 343 


of Lime, 256 


of Cinch onidine. 342 


of Potassium, 807 


of Cincbonine, 343 


Sulphuric Acid, 44 , 


of Copper, 391 


Acid, Aromatic, 46 


of Copper, Ammoniated, 392 


Acid, Diluted, 47 


of Duboisine, 415 


Acid, Fuming, 45 


of Eserine, 770 


Acid Lemonade, 48 


of Hyoscyamine, 581 


Acid, Nordhausen, 45 


of Indigo, 596 


Acid Paste, 46 


of Iron, 495 


Acid Syrup, 48 


of Iron and Ammonium, 477 


Ether, 71 


of Iron, Commercial, 496 


Sulphurous Acid, 48 


of Iron, Dried, 495 


Acid Preparations, 673 


of Iron, Granulated, 496 


Sulphuris lodidum, 610, 961 


of Iron, Impure, 496 


Sumach Bark, 854 


of Iron, Precipitated, 496 


Bark, Fragrant, 853 


of Magnesium, 672 


Berries, 853 


of Manganese. 678 


Sweet, 853 


of Mercury, 577 


Sumbol, 961 


of Morphine, 703 


Summitates Meliloti, 688 


of Physostigmine, 770 


Scoparii, 907 


of Potassium, 819 


Sumpf-forst, 645 


of Quinidia, 834 


Sundew, 414 


of Quinidine, 834 


Superoxide of Lead, 797 


of Quinine, 838 


of Manganese, 677 


of Sodium, 939 


Superscription, 1111 


of Strychnine, 956 


Super tartras Kalicus, 810 


of Zinc, 1030 


Suppositoria Acidi Carbolici, 22 


Sulphide of Antimony, 156 


Acidi Tannici. 51 


of Antimony, Yellow, 156 


Asafcetidas, 191 


of Calcium, 256 


Belladonnas, 220 


of Lron, 497 


Hydrargyri, 565 



1206 



INDEX. 



Suppositories, 962 


Syrup of Currants, White, 866 


Gelatin, 515 


of Elderberry, 880 


Mercury, 565 


of Fennel, 503 


Tannin, 51 


of Garlic, 96 


Surgeons' Agaric, 76 


of Ginger, 1033 


Surt Kolsyradt Natron, 931 


of Hydriopic Acid, 27 


Siissholz, 527 


of Hypophosphite of Calcium, 251, 


Svafoel, 958 


587 


Svafvelantimon, 156 


of Hypophosphite of Lime, 251, 587 


Svafvellefver, 807 


of Hypophosphites, 588 


Svafvelsyra, 44 


of Hypophosphites of Calcium and 


Svafvelsyrad Kinin, 838 


Sodium, 587 


Talk, 672 


of Hypophosphites of Calcium, So- 


Svafvelsyrlighet, 48 


dium, and Potassium, 588 


Svart Prustrot, 551 


of Hypophosphites of Calcium, So- 


Senap, 926 


dium, Potassium, and Iron, 588 


Sviskon, 821 


of Hypophosphites, Compound, 588 


Swamp, 945 


of Hypophosphites of Lime and Soda, 


Dogwood, 377 


587 


Milkweed, 195 


of Hypophosphites of Lime, Soda, and 


Swedish Bitters, 10S 


Potassa, 588 


Sweet Almond, 132 


of Hypophosphites of Lime, Soda, Po- 


Bugle, 666 


tassa, and Iron, 588 


Clover, 688 


of Hypophosphites with Iron, 588 


Flag, 247 


of Iodide of Calcium, 252 


Gum, 654 


of Iodide of Iron, 484 


Marjoram, 674 


of Iodide of Lime, 252 


Oil, 722 


of Iron Chloride, 474 


Orange Peel, 205 


of Iron Iodide, 484 


Spirit of Nitre, 74 


of Iron Oxide, 501 


Sumach, 853 


of Iron Phosphate, 489 


Tincture of Rhubarb, 851 


of Iron Pyrophosphate, 492 


Wine of Iron, 475 


of Ipecac, 614 


Sweetwood Bark, 291 


of Ipecac and Opium, 613, 731 


Sydenham's Laudanum, 738 


of Juniper Berries, 625 


Symphytum, 963 


of Glycyrrhiza, 530 


Symplocarpus, 413 


of Iodide of Manganese, 677 


Syringe Bulb, 602 


of Krameria, 633 


Syringes, 602 


of Lactophosphate of Calcium, 252 


Syrup of Acacia, 8 


of Lactophosphate of Iron, 485 


of Adiantum, 71 


of Lactophosphate of Lime, 252 


of Almond, 134 


of Lactucarium, 639 


of Altheea, 110 


of Lemon, 650 


of Anise, 149 


of Lemon Juice, 866 


of Asafetida, 191 


of Lime, 255 


of Asarum, Compound, 193 


of Liquorice Root, 530 


of Asparagus, 197 


of Maidenhair, 71 


of Balsam Peru, 758 


of Marshmallow, 110 


of Blackberry, 863 


of Mulberries, 866 


of Blackberry Root Bark, 865 


of Nutgall, Aromatic, 512 


of Blood Root, 883 


of Orange, 206 


of Bromide of Iron, 464 


of Orange Flowers, 209 


of Buckthorn Berries, 843 


of Orange Juice, 210 


of Chemical Food, 764 


of Orange Juice, Sweet, 866 


of Cherry, 866 


of Oxide of Iron, 501 


of Cherry, Wild, 823 


of Pansy, 1024 


of Chloride of Iron, 474 


of Peppermint, 694 


of Citric Acid, 25 


of Peru Balsam, 758 


of Compound Phosphates, 764 


of Phosphate of Iron, 489 


of Cubeb, 386 


of Phosphates, Compound, 764 


of Currants, Black, K66 


of Phosphates of Iron, Quinine and 


of Currants, Red, 866 


Strychnine, 492 



INDEX. 



1207 



Syrup of Pyrophosphate of Iron, 492 


Syrupus Aurantii, 206 


of Pineapple, 866 


Aurantii Florum. 209 


of Poppy. 749 


Aurantii Sicci, 210 


of Poppy Flowers, 852 


Balsami Peruviani, 758 


of Pruuus Virginiana, 823 


Calcii et Sodii Hypophosphitum, 587 


of Queen's Root, Compound, 950 


Calcii Hypophosphitis, 251, 587 


of Quince, 806 


Calcii Iodidi, 252 


of Raspberry, S66 


Calcii Lactophosphatis, 252 


of Red Poppy, 852 


Calcis, 255 


of Rhatany. 633 


Cimicifuga? Compositus, 330 


of Rhubarb and Potassa. 845 


Cinnamomi, 346 


of Rhubarb, Aromatic, 849 


Citri, 650 


of Rhubarb (Xew Pharmacopoeia). 


Codeinae, 350 


849 


Cubebae, 386 


of Rhubarb. Simple, 850 


Ferri Bromidi, 464 


of Rhubarb. Spiced, 849 


Ferri Chloridi Yiridis, 474 


of Rose. 861 


Ferri Oxidi, 501 


of Sarsaparilla, Compound, 899 


Ferri Hypophosphitis, 482 


of Senega. 914 


Ferri Lactophosphatis, 485 


of Senega. Compound, 914 


Ferri Oxydati Solubilis, 501 


of Senna. 921 


Ferri Phosphatis, 489 


of Senna and Manna. 921 


Ferri Pyrophosphates, 492 


of Squill. 905 


Ferri Quinina? et Strychninae Phos- 


of Squill. Aromatic, 905 


phatum, 492 


of Squill, Compound, 905 


Foeniculi, 503 


of Squill. Swedish, 905 


Fuscus, 875 


of Stillingia, Compound, 950 


Gallae Aromaticus, 512 


of Strawberries, 863 


G-lycyrrhizae, 530 


of Sulphuric Acid, 48 


Hypophosphitum, 588 


of Tar. 784 


Hypophosphitum cum Ferro, 588 


of Tartaric Acid, 53 


Ipecacuanha? et Opii, 731 


of Tolu. 997 


Krameriae, 633 


of Wild Cherry, 823 


Lactucarii, 639 


Coxe's Hive, 906 


Lirnonis, 650 


Jackson's Cough, 914 


Mangani Iodidi, 677 


Jackson's Pectoral, 901 


Mentha? Piperita?, 694 


Maple, 874 


Opii et Ipecacuanha?, 731 


Simple. 966 


Papaveris, 749 


Sorghum, 874 


Perubalsami, 758 


Sugar, Densities of, 875 


Phosphatum, Compositus, 764 


Violet, 1024 


Picis Liquids?, 784 


Syrupe, 964 


Rhamni Cathartici Fructus, 843 


Syrupi. 964 


Rkei(U. S., 1880), 849 


Syrups, 964 


Rhei, Aromaticus, 849 


Fruit, 866, 967 


Rhei et Potassa?, 845 


Soda Water, 866 


Rhei (Phar. 1870), 850 


Syrupus, 966 


Rhei, Simplex, 850 


Acacia?. 8 


Rhceados, 852 


Acidi Citrici, 25 


Rosa?, 861 


Acidi Hydriodici, 27 


Rubi, 865 


Acidi Sulphurici, 48 


Rubildaei. 866 


Actaeae Compositus, 330 


Rubi Radicis Corticis, 865 


Actaea? Racernosa?, 330 


Rubi Villosi Fructus, 863 


Adianti, 71 


Sacchari, 966 


Allii, 96 


Sacchari Fuscus, 875 


Althaea?, 110 


Sambuci Fructus, 880 


Amygdalae, 134 


Sanguinaria?, 883 


Anisi, 149 


Sarsaparilla?, Compositus, 899 


Aquae Aurantii, 209 


Sassafras, Compositus, 901 


Asafoetidae Compositus, 191 


Scilla?, 905 


Asari Compositus, 193 


Scilla?, Aromaticus, 905 


Asparagi, 197 


Scilla?, Compositus, 905 



1208 



INDEX. 



Syrupus Senegas, 914 


Tartrate of Sodium, 940 


Senegas, Compositus, 914 


Emetique, 153 


Sennas, 921 


Tartrato Sodico-potasico, 815 


Sennas Mannatus, 921 


Tartre Stibie, 153 


Simplex, 966 


Taurocbolic Acid, 458 


Stillingias, Compositus, 950 


Tea, 976 


Thebaicus, 736 


Laxative, 921 


Tolutamis, 997 


Teaberry, 513 


Vim, 1023 


Teas, 941 


Violas, 1024 


Teinture de Perchlorure de Fer, 470 


Violarum, 1024 


Tela Cantharidis, 276 


Zinziberis, 1033 


Term, 947 




Salt, 947 




Tents, 639 


Tabac, 968 


Tepbrosia, 915 


Tabacum, 968 


Terebinthina, 974 


Tabaksblatter, 968 


Canadensis. 974 


Table Salt, 935 


Communis, 974 


Tablets, 1004 


Terpentin, 974 


Tabulas, 1004 


Terpentinolin, 974 


Taffy, 875 


Terra Alba, 237 


Tag Alder, 96 


Japonica, 298 


Talg, 924 


Test-paper, 658 


Tallow, 924 


Tetterwort, 307 


Tamar Indien, 969 


Teufelsdreck, 189 


Tamariiidus, 969 


The, 976 


Tanacetin, 970 


Thea, 976 


Tanacetum, 970 


Thebaine, 725 


Tanaisie, 970 


Theer, 783 


Tannate Bismuth, 233 


Theine, 977 


Q amine, 889 


Theobroma, 977 


Tannic Acid, 49, 511 


Theobromine, 978 


Acid Preparations, 50-52 


Theriaca, 875, 979 


Tannin, 49, 511, 853, 1107 


Thielemann's Cholera Drops, 730 


Injection, 51, 52 


Thonerdeklorid, 115 


Oak. 832 


Thornapple, 950 


Pastiles-, Scbuster's, 52 


Thoroughwort, 440 


Tansy, 970 


Thridace, 636 


Tape-worm Remedy, 538 


Thuja, 979 


Tapioca, 971 


Thujin. 979 


Tar, 783 


Thus, 721 


Barbadoes, 760 


Americanum, 974 


Preparations, 784, 785 


Thyme, 980 « 


Water, 784 


Thymene, 980 


Washed, 784 


Thymian, 980 


Taraxacerin, 972 


Thymol, 980 


Taraxacin, 971 


Thymus, 980 


Taraxacum, 971 


Tidebastbark, 698 


Tartar Emetic, 153 


Tidlosefro, 353 


Tartaric Acid, 52 


Tidloserot, 350 


Acid Lemonade, 53 


Tierre Japonica, 298 


Tartarus Boraxatus, 810 


Tilia, 981 


Depuratus, 810 


Timjam, 980 


Solubilis, 820 


Tin, 947 


Stibiatus, 153 


Chloride, 947 


Tartrate of Antimony and Potassium, 153 


Muriate, 947 


of Chinoline, 314 


Tinctura Aconiti Foliorum, 64, 987 


of Iron and Ammonium, 477 


Aconiti Badicis, 60-61, 987 


of Jron and Potassium, 478 


Actasa Bacemosa, 987 


of Morphine, 70.'} 


Aloes, 105, 987 


of Potassium, 820 


Aloes, Composita, 106 


of Potassium and Sodium, 815 


Aloes et Myrrhas, 106 



INDEX. 



1209 



Tinctura Arnica, Florum, 177 
Arnicas Radicis, 180 
Aromatica Acida, 46 
Asafostidas, 192 
Aurantii, 204 
Aurantii Amari, 204 
Aurantii Dulcis, 206 
Aurea de la Mottii, 472 
Baptivia, 987 
Belladonnas, 987 
Belladonnas Radicis, 987 
Benzoini, 226 
Benzoini, Composita, 226 
Blattas, 235 

Cactus Grandiflora, 988 
Camphoras, 265 
Carnphorse, Composita, 737 
Cardamomi, 284, 988 
Cardamomi, Composita, 284, 988 
Castorei Thebaica 5 296 
Chamasliriuni, 989 
Chlorophylli, 322 
Cocci, 348 

Cocci, Composita, 349 
C&chici riorum, 356 
Colchici Radicis, 353. 990 
Colchici Seminis, 355, 990 
Conii Foliorum, 365 
Conii Fructus, 365 
Croci, 384 

Cupri Acetatis Rademacheri, 391 
de Chloruro Ferrico, 470 
Diptericis, 411 
Ferri Acetatis (B.), 462 
Ferri Acetatis (U. S.), 463 
Ferri Chlorati, 474 
Ferri Chlorati ^therea, 472 
Ferri Chloridi, 470 
Ferri Muriatici, 470 
Ferri Perchloridi, 470 
Ferri Pom at a, 491 
Ferri Sesquichloridi, 470 
Gallas, 510, 512. 991 
Humuli, 559, 991 
Hyoscyami Foliorum, 585 
Hyoscyami Radicis, 586 
Hyoscyami Seminum, 587 
Iodi, 610 

Lavandulas, Composita, 644 
Limonis Cort. Recentis, 650 
Martis Klaprothii, 472 
Moschi, 708 
Opii, 735 

Opii Camphorata, 737 
Opii Crocata, 737 
Opii Deodorata, 738 
Opii et Ipecacuanhas, 731 
Opii Pectoralis, 738 
Persionis, 757 
Picis Liquids, 785 
Rhei, 850 
Rhei, Aquosa, 850 



Tinctura Rhei, Aromatica, 850 

Rhei, Dulcis, 851 

Rhei et Sennas, 846 

Rhei, Vinosa, 852 

Santali Rubri, 884 

Saponis Camphorata, 888 

Saponis Viridis, 889 

Scillas, 906 

Styracis Composita, 956 

Thebaica, 735 

Thielemanni, 730 

Thujas, 980 

Tolutana, 997 

Tonico-Meiwina Bestuschemi, 472 

Zinziberis, 1033 
Tincturas, 982 

Herbanum Recentium, 995 
Tincture of Absinthium, 2, 986 

of Absinthium, Compound, 986 

of Acetate of Copper, 391 

of Acetate of Iron (B.), 462 

of Acetate of Iron (U. S.), 463 

of Aconite Leaves, 64, 987 

of Aconite Root, 60-61, 987 

of Alkanet, 94 

of American Hellebore, 995, 1016 

of Angelica, 987 

of Angustura, 987, 

of Aralia Spinosa, 987 

of Arbor Vitas, 980 

of Arnica Flowers, 177, 987 

of Arnica Root, 180, 987 

of Aspidosperma, 201, 987 

of Bark, Huxham's, 340 

of Belladonna Leaves, 221, 987 

of Belladonna Root, 224, 987 

of Black Cohosh, 330, 987 

of Black Snake Root, 987 

of Blood Root, 883, 987 

of Blood Root, Compound, 987 

of Blue Cohosh, 987 

of Blue Flag, 987 

of Boldo, 988 

of Bryonia, 241, 988 

of Buchu, 243, 988 

of Calabar Bean, 769, 988 

of Calamus, 249, 988 

of Calendula, 259, 988 

of Calendula Flowers, 988 

of Calendula Herb, 259, 988 

of Calumba, 261, 988 

of Canella, 988 

of Cannabis Indica, 270, 988 

of Cantharides. 276, 988 

of Capsicum, 280, 988 

of Cascarilla, 293, 988 

of Castoreum, 296 

of Catechu, 988 

of Catechu. Compound, 299, 989 

of Caulophyllum, 989 

of Caulophyllum, Compound, 989 

of Chinoidin, 314 



1210 



INDEX. 



Tincture of Chirata, 317, 989 
of Chloride of Iron, 470 
of Chloride of Iron, Ethereal, 472 
of Chloride of Iron, Swedish, 472 
of Chloride of Iron, Tasteless, 472 
of Chnicifuga, 330, 989 
of Chnicifuga, Compound, 989 
of Cinchona, 337, 989 
of Cinchona, Compound, 340, 989 
of Cinchona, Compound, Huxham's, 

340 
of Cinchona, Detannated, 337 
of Cinnamon, 345, 989 
of Cinnamon, Compound, 989 
of Coca, 990 

of Cocculus Indicus, 990 
of Cochineal, 348 
of Cochineal, Compound, 349 
of Cockroach, 235 
of Cohosh, Black, 330, 990 
of Cohosh, Black, Compound, 990 
of Cohosh, Blue, 990 
of Cohosh, Blue, Compound, 990 
of Colchicum Flowers, 356 
of Colchicum Root, 353, 990 
of Colchicum Seed, 355, 990 
of Colchicum Seed, Compound, 990 
of Colocynth, 3G1, 990 
of Columbo. 261, 990 
of Conium Fruit, 365, 990 
of Conium Leaves, 368, 990 
of Conium Seed, 365, 990 
of Corydalis, 990 
of Coto, 990 
of Cubeb, 387, 990 
of Cudbear, 757 
of Culver's Root, 990 
of Curcuma, 394 
of Delphinium, 990 
of Digitalis, 407, 990 
of Dracontium, 991 
of Ergot, 431, 991 
of Eucalyptus, 438, 991 
of Fish Berries, 991 
of Foxglove, 407, 991 
of Fresh Drugs, 995 
of Fresh Lemon Peel, 650 
of Gelsemium, 517, 991 
of Gentian, Compound, 520, 991 
of Ginger, 991, 1U33 
of Golden Seal, 581, 991 
of Green Soap, 889 
of Guaiac, 544 
of Guaiac, Ammoniated, 544 
of Hellebore, American, 995, 1016 
of Henbane Leaves, 585, 991 
of Henbane Root, 586 • 

of Henbane Seed, 587, 991 
of Hops, 550, 901 
of Hydrastis, 581, 991 
of Hydrastis, Compound, 991 
of HyoscyamuH [Leaves], 585, 991 



Tincture of Hyoscyamus Root, 586 
of Hyoscyamus Seed, 587, 992 
of Ignatia, 592, 992 
of Indian Cannabis. 270. 988, 992 
of Indian Hemp, 270, 988, 992 
of Indian Hemp, True, 270, 988, 992 
of Iodine, 610 
of Iodine, Decolorized, 611 
of Ipecac, 614, 992 
of Ipecac and Opium, 613, 731 
of Iris Versicolor, 992 
of Iron, 470 

of Iron, BestuschefFs, 472 
of Iron, Chloride, 470 
of Iron, Chloride, Ethereal, 472 
of Iron, Chloride, Swedish, 472 
of Iron, Klaproth's, 472 
of Iron, Perch! oride, 470 
of Iron, Protochloride, 474 
of Iron, Sesquichloride J> 470 
of Iron, Tasteless, 472 
of Jaborandi, 992 
of Jalap, 992 
cf Kalmia, 992 
of Kino, 629, 992 
of Krameria, 633, 992 
of Lavender, Compound, 644 
of Lemon Peel, Fresh, 650 
of Leptandra, 992 
of Litmus, 657 
of Lobelia, 661, 992 
of Lobelia and Capsicum, Compound, 

992 
of Lobelia, Compound, 992 
of Lobelia, Ethereal, 661 
of Lupulin, 664, 993 
of Mandrake, 993 
of Marygold, 993 
of Matico, 684, 993 
of May-Apple Root, 993 
of Muriate of Iron, 470 
of Musk, 708 
of Musk Root, 962, 993 
of Myrrh, 714 

of Myrrh and Capsicum, 714 
of Night-blooming Cereus, 993 
of Nutgall, 510, 512, 993 
of Nux Vomica, 719, 993 
of Opium, 736 
of Opium and Saffron, 738 
of Opium, Camphorated, 737 
of Opium, Compound, 737 
of Opium, Denarcotized, 738 
of Orange, 204 

of Orange Peel, Bitter, 204, 993 
of Orange, Sweet, 206 
of Orris Root, 616, 993 
of Pellitory. 828; 993 
of Perchloride of Iron, 470 
of Phosphorus, 767 
of PhysosLigma, 769, 993 
of Phytolacca Berry, 993 



INDEX. 



1211 



Tincture of Phytolacca Root, 772, 993 


Tisanes, 596 


of Pilocarpus, 993 


Tissue, Fundamental, 1081 


of Podophyllum, 993 


Tissues, 922 


of Poison Oak, 993 


Vegetable, 1080 


of Poke Berries, 993 


Tita, 373 


of Poke Root, 772, 993 


Tjara, 783 


of Prickly Ash Berries, 993 


Tobacco, 715, 968 


of Pulsatilla, 994 


Tobak, 968 


of Pyrethrurn, 828, 994 


Tolene, 996 


of Quassia, 831, 994 


Tolikirschenblatter, 216 


of Quebracho, 201 


Tollkirschenwurzel, 221 


of Queens Root, 994 


Tollkraut, 216 


of Quillaia, 833, 994 


Tolu Water, 997 


of Quinine, Compound, 839 


Tolubalsamum, 996 


of Red Saunders, 884 


Tolutanum Balsamum, 996 


of Rhatany, 633, 994 


Tonga, 998 


of Rhubarb, 850, 995 


Tonka Bean, 410 


of Rhubarb and Senna, 846 


Tormentilla, 998 


of Rhubarb, Aqueous, 850 


Torsklefvertran, 704 


of Rhubarb, Aromatic, 850 


Tournesol, 657 


of Rhubarb, Compound, 994 


Toxicodendric Acid, 856 


of Rhubarb, Sweet, 851, 994 


Toxicodendron, 855 


of Rhus Toxicodendron, 994 


Tracheides, 1077, 1079 


of Saffron, 384 


Tragacantha, 999 


of Sanguinaria, 883, 987, 994 


Tragacanthin, 1000 


of Sanguinaria, Compound, 994 


Traganth, 999 


of Senega, 912 


Trailing Arbutus, 425 


of Senna, 923 


Treacle, 875 


of Serpentaria, 924, 994 


Trebol Acuatico, 696 


of Sesquichloride of Iron, 470 


Trebol Oloroso, 688 


of Skunk Cabbage, 995 


Tree of Heaven, 78 


of Snake Root, 923, 995 


Trefle d'eau, 696 


of Soap, Green, 889 


de Marais, 696 


of Soap Tree Bark, 833, 995 


Trichomes, 1083 


of Soap with Camphor, 888 


Trifolium Aquaticum, 696 


of Squill, 906, 995 


Pratense, 1000 


of Staphisagria, 995 


Trillium, 1001 


of Stillingia, 995 


Trimethylamine, 426, 821, 1001 


of Storax, Compound, 956 


Hydrochlorate, 1002 


of Stramonium, 995 


Muriate, 1002 


of Stramonium Seed, 954 


Trinitrocarbol^aure, 40 


of Sumbul, 902, 995 


Trinitroglycerin, 716 


of Sweet Orange, 206 • 


Trinitrophenol, 40 


of Symplocarpus, 995 


Triolein, 745 


of Tar, 785 


Tripalmitin, 723, 745 


of Tolu, 997 


Tri-stearate Glyceryl, 948 


of Tonka, 411 


Triticum, 1002 


of Toxicodendron, 995 


Trituration Elaterin, 418 


of Turmeric, 394 


Triturationes, 1004 


of Valerian, 995, 1011 


Troches, 1004 


of Valerian, Ammoniated, 1012 


of Chalk, 382 


of Vanilla, 1013 


of Ginger, 1034 


of Veratrum Viride, 995, 1016 


of Acid, Tannic, 52 


of Wormwood, 2, 986 


of Bicarbonate Sodium, 932 


of Wormwood, Compound, 986 


of Catechu, 300 


of Yellow Jasmine, 517 


of Cubeb, 387 


Martin's, 470 


of Iron, 498 


Warburg's, 839 


of Liquorice and Opium, 531 


Tinctures from Fluid Extracts, 984, 985 


of Magnesia, 669 


of Fresh Herbs, 995 


of Morphine and Ipecac, 703 


Tinkturen, 982 


of Opium and Liquorice, 531, 729 


Tinturas, 982 


of Peppermint, 694 



1212 



INDEX. 



Troches of Tannin, 52 

Trochisci, 1004 

Ammonii Chloridi, 127 
Cretae, 382 

Glycyrrhizae et Opii, 531, 729 
Ipecacuanhas, 615 
Krameriae, 633 
Menthas Piperitae, 694 
Opii et Glycyrrhizae, 531, 729 
Potassii Chloratis, 813 
Santoninatis Sodii, 886 
Sodii Bicarbonatis, 932 
Sodii Santo u inatis, 886 
Zingiberis, 1034 

Troughs, 1098 

Trousseau's Cigarettes, 218 

Trumpet Weed, 441 

Tra-alkohol, 91 

Tra-attika, 41 

Tra-sprit, 91 

Tuber Aconiti, 54 
Jalapas, 618 

Tubera Salep, 876 

Tuckahoe, 664 

Tulip-tree Bark, 655 

Tully's Powder, 703 

Turkey Corn, 378 

Turlington's Balsam, 956 

Turmeric, 393 

Turnera, 398 

Turpentine, 974 
"Canada, 974 
Emulsion, 976 
Oil, 974 

Oil, Eectified, 976 
Preparations, 975, 976 
Spirit, 974 
1 White. 974 

Turpeth Mineral, 577 

Turtlehead, 308 

Tussilago, 1004 

Tvafaldt Kolsyradt Kali, 809 
Vinsyradt Kali, 810 

Tval, 887 

Type Metal, 152 

Uebermangansaures Kali, 819 

Ulmus, 1005 

Uncaria, 1005 

Uncariae Extr. Crudum, 300 

Unguenta, 1006 

Unguentos, 1006 

Unguentum, 70 

Acidi Borici, 18 

Acidi Carbol., 23 

Acidi Chyrsophanici, 327 

Acidi Gallici, 27 

Acidi Salicyl., 43 

Acidi Tannici, 52 

Aconitin;e, 66 

Adipis, 70 

Ammonii Iodidi, 128 



Unguentum Aquae Rosae, 859 

Atropinae, 202 

Antimonii, 154 

Authenriethii, 154 

Balsami Peruviani, 758 

Basilicum, 841 

Bellad., 221 

Benzoatum, 68 

Benzoini, 226 

Cadmii Iodidi, 244 

Cerussae, 792 

Chrysarobini, 327 

Citrinum, 573 

Conii, 369 

Diachylon, 795 

Elemi, 420 

Gallae, 512 

Gallae cum Opio, 513 

Glycerini, 140 

Gynocardiae, 546 

Hebrae, 795 

Hydrargyri, 565 

Hydrarg. Ammoniati, 579 

Hydrarg. Chloridi Nitris, 570 

Hydrarg. Chloridi Mitis Comp., 570 

Hydrarg. Iodidi Rubri, 572 

Hydrarg. Nitrat, 573 

Hydrarg. Nitrat. Dilut.. 574 

Hydrarg. Oxidi Flavi, 576 

Hydrarg. Oxidi Rubri, 576 

Iodi, 611 

lodoformi, 608 

Lauri, 643 

Majoranae, 674 

Mezerei, 699 

Petrolei, 759 

Perubalsami, 758 

Picis Liquidae, 785 

Plumbi Acetatis, 789 

Plumbi Balsamicum, 795 

Plumbi Carbonatis, 792 

Plumbi Hebrae, 795 

Plumbi Iodidi, 792 

Plumbi Nigrum, 796 

Polymniae, 802 

Populi, 804 

Potassae Sulphuratae, 808 

Potassii Iodidi, 817 

Simplex, 303 

Stibiatum, 154 

Stramonii, 954 

Sulphuris, 961 

Sulphuris Alkalinum, 959 

Sulphuris Comp., 961 

Sulphuris Iodidi, 961 

Veratrinae, 1014 

Zinci Carbonatis, 1027 

Zinci Oxidi, 1029 
Unicorn, False, 552 

Root, 92, 552 
Universal Plaster, 794 
Upas Antiar, 151 



INDEX. 



1213 



Urari, 393 


Vinaigre, 9 


Urson, 425, 514, 680, 1007 


Aromatique, 10 


Ustilago, 1006 


de Plomb, 789 


Maydis, 1006 


Glacial, 14 


Uva Ursi, 1007 


Vinaigres, 8 




Vinegar, 9 




Aromatic, 10 


Vainilla, 1012 


Camphor, 263 


Valangin's Solution Arsenic, 184 


Cantharides, 272 


Valeren, 1010 


Colchicum, 354 


Valerian, 1008 


Lobelia, 660 


Camphor, 1010 


Opium, 727 


Preparations, 1010-1012 


Opium with Saffron, 727 


Valerianate Ammonia, 129 


Raspberry, 865 


Ammon. Elixir, 129 


Rose, 859 


Bismuth, 234 


Sanguinaria, 882 


Iron. 499 


SquiU, 904 


Quinine, 840 


Vinegars, Medicated, 8 


Zinc, 1030 


Vino Emetico, 154 


Valerianic Acid, 53, 645, 961, 1010 


Vinstein, 810 


Valeriansyra, 53 


Vinsyra, 52 


Valerol, 1010 


Vinsyradt Natron-kali, 815 


Vallet's Mass, 466 ■ 


Vinum Acidi Tannici, 52 


Vandelrot, 1008 


Album, 1022 


Vanilla, 1012 


Album Fortuis, 1022 


Vanillin, 1012 


Aloes, 106 


Vapor Chlori, 322 


Antimonii, 154 


Conii, 369 


Aromaticum, 1019 


Iodi, 611 


Carnis, 287 


Vapors, 599-601, 1013 


Carnis Ferratum, 287 


Vaselin, 759 


Chinas, 337 


Vatten, 165 


Cinchonas, 337 


Vattenklofver, 696 


Colchici Rad., 353 


Vax, Gult, 302 


Colchici Seminis, 355 


Hvitt, 301 


Ergotse, 431 


" Vegetable Pepsin," 750 


Ferratum, 499 


Veilchenwurzel, 615 


Ferri, 499 


Veratre Vert, 1014 


Ferri Amarum, 499 


Veratria, 1014 


Ferri Citratis, 475 


Veratrine, 869, 1014 


Ferri Dulce, 475 


Oleate, 1014 


Ferri Phosphatis, 489 


Ointment, 1014 


Gentianse, 520 


Veratroidine, 1015 


Glycyrrhizse et Opii, 729 


Veratrum Viride, 1014 


Glycyrrhizse Thebaicum, 532, 729 


Verbasci Flores, 1016 


Ipecac, 615 


Folia, 1017 


Liquiritiae Thebaicum, 532, 729 


Verbasco, 1016 


Opii, 739 


Verbascum Flowers, 1016 


Opii Crocatum, 728 


Leaves, 1017 


Opii et Glycvrrhizaa, 532, 729 


Vesicatory, 276 


Pepsini, 756, 757 


Vessels, Vegetable, 1077 


Picis Liquids, 785 


Vetti-ver, 1017 


Portense, 1020 


Vettiveria, 1017 


Pruni Virginians, 823 


Viburnum, 1017 


Pruni Virginians Ferratum, 824 


Opulus, 1019 


Rhei, 851 


Prunifolium, 1017 


Rhei, Amarum, 851 


Vichy Salt, Effervescent, 932 


Rhei, Aromaticum, 852 


Vienna Paste, 805 


Rubrum, 1023 


Vin Antimonii, 154 


Scillaa, 907 


Vina, 1019 


Seriparum, 756 


Vinagre Antiseptico, 10 


Stibiatum, 154 



1214 



INDEX. 



Vinum Xericum, 1020 
Viola, 615 

Tricolor, 1023 
Violin, 1023 
Violrot, 615 
Virak, 721 

Virgin Scammony, 902 
Virginia Creeper, 130 

Seedling, 6 

Snake Root, 922 
Viscin, 763 
Viteilus, 1024 

Ovi, 742 
Vitriol. Blue, 391 

Green, 496 
Vitriolol, 44 
Volatile Oils, 75, 720 



Wachholderbeeren, 624 
Wachs. Gelbes, 302 

Weisses, 301 
Waferash, 824 
Wahoo Bark, 439 

Preparations, 439 
Waldfarnwurzel, 197 
Walrath, 305 
Warburg's Tincture, 839 
Warming Plaster, 274 
Warren's Styptic, 975 
Washed Ether, 72 

Sulphur, 958 
Washes, 662 
Washing Soda, 934 
Wasser, 165 
Wasserfenchel, 762 
Water. 165 

of Ammonia, 119 

of Ammonia, Stronger, 120 

Avens, 522 

Bitter Almond, 131 

Carbolic Acid, 22 

Glass, 939 

Tar, 784 

Pimenta, 778 
Water-fennel, 762 
Watermelon Seed, 387 
Wax, Mineral, 304 

Paper, 302 

White, 301 

Yellow, 302 
Weights and Measures, 1123, 1133 

how written, 1116, 1117 

Tables of Equivalents, 1131, 1133 
Weihnachtswurzel, 551 
Weihranch, 721 
Weingeist, 79 
Weinsaure, 52 
Weinstein, 810 
Weinsteinsaure, 52 



Weisser Arsenik, 182 

Kanel, 266 

Senf, 925 
Weisser Zimmt, 266 
Weizenstarke, 136 
Well Water, 166 
Welter'sches Bitter, 40 
Wermuth, 1 
Wheat Flour, 1003 

Starch, 136 
Whiskey, 944 
White Agaric, 76 

Arsenic, 182 

Bole, 237 

Breast Plaster, 795 

Cough Syrup, 135 

of Egg, 741 

Emulsion, 723 

Emulsion, Acid, 723 

Indian Hemp, 195 

Lead, 791 

Mustard, 925 

Oak Bark, 832 

Pepper, 781 

Poplar Bark, 802 

Precipitate, 578 

Precipitate Ointment, 579 

Rosin, 841 

Wine, 1022 
Whitewood, 655 
Wiener Trankchen, 920 
Wiesenknoterich, 234 
Wild Allspice Bark, 651 

Allspice Berries, 652 

Cherry, 821 

Cotton, 195 

Ginger, 192 

Indigo, 213 

Lettuce, 635 

Marjoram, 740 

Pansy, 1023' 

Rosemary, 646 

Yarn, 408 
Wilder Marjoran, 740 

Rosmarin, 645 
Willow Bark, 877 
Wine of Aloes, 106 

of Antimony, 154 

of Beef, 287 

of Beef and Iron, 1144 

of Beef, Ferrated. 287 

of Cherry, Wild, 823 

of Cinchona, 337 

of Citrate of Iron, 475 

of Colchicum Root, 353 

of Colchicum Seed, 355 

of Ergot, 431 

of Gentian, 520 

of Ipecac, 615 

of Iron, Citrate, 475 

of Iron, Phosphate, 489 



INDEX. 



1215 



Wine of Iron, Sweet, 475 


Xanthoxylum Fraxineum, 1025 


of Liquorice and Opium, 532 


Fruit, 1026 


of Opium, 739 


Xylem, 1085 


of Opium and Saffron, 738 




of Pepsin, 756, 757 




of Phosphate of Iron, 489 


Yarrow, 11 


of Prunus Yirginiana, 823 


Preparations, 12, 13 


of Squill, 907 


Yeast, 459 


of Tannic Acid, 52 


Poultice, 460 


of Tar, 785 


Yelk, Egg, 1024 


of Wild Cherry, 823 


Yellow Dock, 866 


of Wild Cherry, Ferrated, 824 


Jasmine, 516 


Red, 1023 


Parilia, 690 


Rennet, 756 


Prussiate Potash, 816 
Puccoon Root, 579 


Rhubarb, 851 


Rhubarb, Aromatic, 852 


Root, 579 


Rhubarb, Bitter, 851 


Sulphide of Antimony, 157 


Rhubarb, German, 852 


Wash, 568 


White, 1022 


Yerba Buena, 699 


White, Stronger, 1022 


Mansa, 141 


Wines. 1019 


Reuma, 505 


Winter Clover, 700 


Santa, 432 


Wintera, 1024 


Santa, Preparations, 433, 434 


Wintergreen, 310, 513 


Yolk of Egg, 742, 1024 


Winterrose, 551 


Ysop, 589 


Winter's Bark, 1024 




Witch Hazel Bark, 549 




Leaves, 548 


Zapfenkorn, 426 


Wohlverleihbluthen, 176 


Zarzaparilla, 891 


Wohlverleihwurzel, 177 


Zaunriibe, 240 


Wolfskirschenblatter, 216 


Zedoaria. 1026 


Wolfskirschenwurzel, 221 


Zedrachrinde, 211 


Wollkraut, 1016 


Zeitlosenknollen, 350 


Wood, 1085 


Zeitlosensamen, 353 


Alcohol, 91 


Zeste, 650 


Naphtha, 91 


de Limon, 649 


Oil, 411 


Zibetba, 346 


Spirit, 91 


Zimmt, 343 


Structure of, 1091-1097 


Zimmtsaure, 24 


Wood-vinegar, 41 


Zinc, 1027 


Woody Nightshade, 416 


Acetate, 1027 


Woorali, 393 


Bromide, 1027 


Woorara, Hypodermic Injection, 605 


Carbonate, 1027 


Worm Tea, 943 


Chloride, 1028 


Wormseed, American, 309 


Iodide, 1028 


German, 885 


Lactate, 1029 


Levantic, 885 


Oleate, 1029 


Wormwood, 1 


Oxide, 1029 


Salts, 3 


Phosphide, 1030 


Wourari, 393 


Sulphate, 1030 


Wurmfarnwurzel, 197 


Sulphocarbolate, 1030 


Wurmkraut, 970 


Valerianate, 1030 


Wurmsamen, 885 


Zinci Acetas, 1027 


Amerikanischer, 309 


Bromidum, 1027 




Carbonas Prascipitatus, 1027 




Chloridum, 1028 




Iodidum, 1028 


Xanthopuccine, 579 


Lactas, 1029 


Xanthoxvli Fructus, 1026 


Oxidum, 1029 


Xarjthoxylum, 1025 


Phosphidum, 1030 


Carolinianum, 1025 


Sulphas, 1030 



1216 



INDEX. 



Zinci Sulphocarbolas, 1030 

Zincuni, 1027 

Zingiber, 1031 

Zittmann's Decoction, Stronger, 897 

Decoction, Weaker, 897 
Zitteversamen, 885 
Zucker, 873 
Zumo de Limon, 651 
Zunder, 7G 



Alandsvot, 606 
Agg, 741 
Agg-gula, 1024 
Attikether, 73 
Attikor, 8, 11 
Attiksyra, 13 
Attiksyrad Blyoxid, 788 
Attiksyradt Natron, 930 
i Ofvermangansyradt Kali, 819 









>* ,/ 









\ L - < J 



v ,\\ 















a\ 






















-A 


^ 5fcJ 


V 






> 


"V -£• 













































** N 






^ -^ ', 






























V 





















4" ' 



























% 
































































































-"-* 


























%. ^ 



x ^, 









"* <* 









^ 












r\ 


















LIBRAKY 




H 

Hi 1H 



